universalindentgui-1.2.0/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426014464 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426015253 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/AboutDialog.cpp0000770000000000017510000002202011700107426020150 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "AboutDialog.h" #include "ui_AboutDialog.h" #include "UiGuiVersion.h" #include #include #include #include #include /*! \class AboutDialog \brief Displays a dialog window with information about UniversalIndentGUI */ /*! \brief The constructor calls the setup function for the ui created by uic and adds the GPL text to the text edit. */ AboutDialog::AboutDialog(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags flags) : QDialog(parent, flags) , _dialogForm(NULL) , _timer(NULL) { _dialogForm = new Ui::AboutDialog(); _dialogForm->setupUi(this); _dialogForm->authorTextBrowser->setOpenExternalLinks( true ); _dialogForm->creditsTextBrowser->setOpenExternalLinks( true ); QString versionString = _dialogForm->versionTextBrowser->toHtml(); versionString = versionString.arg(PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING).arg( UiGuiVersion::getBuildRevision() ).arg( UiGuiVersion::getBuildDate() ); _dialogForm->versionTextBrowser->setHtml(versionString); _dialogForm->creditsTextBrowser->setHtml("" "
" "

Thanks go out to

" "

Nelson Tai for Chinese translation, good ideas and always fast answers.


" "

Sebastian Pipping for helping me bring UiGUI into the Debian repository and other good ideas.


" "

Oleksandr for Ukrainian and Russian translation.


" "

Erwan "leg" for French translation and the icon logo.


" "

The Scintilla project for their great text editing component.


" "

Riverbank for their Scintilla Qt wrapper QScintilla.


" "

The Artistic Style project.


" "

The BCPP project.


" "

The Cobol Beautifier project.


" "

The CSSTidy project.


" "

The Fortran 90 PPR project.


" "

The GNU Indent project.


" "

The GreatCode project.


" "

The hindent project.


" "

The HTB project.


" "

The HTML Tidy project.


" "

The JsDecoder project.


" "

The JSPPP project.


" "

The Perltidy project.


" "

The PHP_Beautifier project.


" "

The phpCB project.


" "

The PHP Stylist project.


" "

The pindent project.


" "

The Pl/Sql tidy project.


" "

The Ruby Beautifier project.


" "

The Ruby Formatter project.


" "

The Shell Indent project.


" "

The Uncrustify project, specially Ben Gardner.


" "

The VBSBeautifier project.


" "

The XML Indent project.


" "

Nirvash for the initial Japanese translation.


" "

The Tango Project for their icons.


" "

famfamfam for the flag icons.


" "

Trolltech for their really great GUI framework .


" "

My girlfriend (meanwhile also wife) for putting my head right and not sit all the time in front of my computer ;-)

" ""); _scrollDirection = 1; _scrollSpeed = 100; _timer = new QTimer(this); connect( _timer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(scroll()) ); connect( this, SIGNAL(accepted()), _timer, SLOT(stop()) ); } /*! \brief Catches language change events and retranslates all needed widgets. */ void AboutDialog::changeEvent(QEvent *event) { if (event->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange) { _dialogForm->retranslateUi(this); QString versionString = _dialogForm->versionTextBrowser->toHtml(); versionString = versionString.arg(PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING).arg( UiGuiVersion::getBuildRevision() ).arg( UiGuiVersion::getBuildDate() ); _dialogForm->versionTextBrowser->setHtml(versionString); } else { QWidget::changeEvent(event); } } /*! \brief Reimplements the dialog execution function to init the credits scroller. */ int AboutDialog::exec() { //creditsTextBrowser->verticalScrollBar()->setValue(0); _timer->start(_scrollSpeed); return QDialog::exec(); } /*! \brief This slot is called each _timer timeout to scroll the credits textbrowser. Also changes the scroll direction and speed when reaching the start or end. */ void AboutDialog::scroll() { QScrollBar *scrollBar = _dialogForm->creditsTextBrowser->verticalScrollBar(); scrollBar->setValue( scrollBar->value()+_scrollDirection ); if ( scrollBar->value() == scrollBar->maximum() ) { // Toggle scroll direction and change scroll speed; _scrollDirection = -1; _scrollSpeed = 5; _timer->stop(); _timer->start(_scrollSpeed); } else if ( scrollBar->value() == scrollBar->minimum() ) { // Toggle scroll direction and change scroll speed; _scrollDirection = 1; _scrollSpeed = 100; _timer->stop(); _timer->start(_scrollSpeed); } _dialogForm->creditsTextBrowser->update(); } /*! \brief Shows the about dialog and also starts the credits scroller. */ void AboutDialog::show() { _timer->start(_scrollSpeed); QDialog::show(); } universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/AboutDialog.h0000770000000000017510000000352511700107426017626 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef ABOUTDIALOG_H #define ABOUTDIALOG_H #include namespace Ui { class AboutDialog; } class AboutDialog : public QDialog { Q_OBJECT public: AboutDialog(QWidget *parent = NULL, Qt::WindowFlags flags = 0); public slots: int exec(); void show(); private slots: void scroll(); private: void changeEvent(QEvent *event); Ui::AboutDialog* _dialogForm; int _scrollDirection; int _scrollSpeed; QTimer *_timer; }; #endif // ABOUTDIALOG_H universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/AboutDialog.ui0000770000000000017510000002441211700107426020012 0ustar rootvboxsf AboutDialog 0 0 588 512 0 0 588 333 About UniversalIndentGUI :/mainWindow/info.png:/mainWindow/info.png 0 QFrame#frame { background-color: qlineargradient( x1:0, y1:0, x2:0, y2:1, stop:0 #FFFF60, stop:0.5 #D8C304, stop:1 #FFFF60 ); border: 2px solid #A89C57; border-radius: 4px;} QFrame::StyledPanel 0 0 570 87 570 87 :/aboutDialog/banner.png 0 0 16777215 25 QTextBrowser{background-color:transparent} QFrame::NoFrame Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'sans-serif'; font-size:large;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3</span></p></body></html> 0 0 false QTextBrowser{background-color:transparent} QFrame::NoFrame Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">.</span></p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Credits:</span></p></body></html> QTextBrowser#creditsTextBrowser{border:2px solid rgba(0,0,0,10%); background-color:qlineargradient(spread:pad, x1:0, y1:0, x2:0, y2:1, stop:0 rgba(0,0,0,80%), stop:0.1 rgba(0,0,0,15%), stop:0.9 rgba(0,0,0,15%), stop:1 rgba(0,0,0,80%) )} QFrame::NoFrame Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff Qt::Horizontal 131 31 QPushButton#okButton { background-color: qlineargradient( x1:0, y1:0, x2:0, y2:1, stop:0 #DCB28A, stop:0.5 #B8784B, stop:1 #DCB28A ); border: 2px solid #A89C57; border-radius: 4px;} QPushButton:hover#okButton { background-color: qlineargradient( x1:0, y1:0, x2:0, y2:1, stop:0 #B8784B, stop:0.5 #DCB28A, stop:1 #B8784B ); } QPushButton:pressed#okButton{ border: 2px solid #D8CB75 } OK Qt::Horizontal 40 20 okButton clicked() AboutDialog accept() 278 253 96 254 universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp0000770000000000017510000002064311700107426022475 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "AboutDialogGraphicsView.h" #include "AboutDialog.h" #include #include #include #include #include /*! \class AboutDialogGraphicsView \brief A container for the real \a AboutDialog. Makes the 3D animation possible. The 3D animation shall suggest the user, that he is looking at his desktop, while this animation is done. Since this is not directly possible, \a AboutDialogGraphicsView when shown starts in frameless fullscreen mode with a screenshot of the desktop as background. */ /*! \brief The constructor initializes everything needed for the 3D animation. */ AboutDialogGraphicsView::AboutDialogGraphicsView(AboutDialog *aboutDialog, QWidget *parentWindow) : QGraphicsView(parentWindow) , _aboutDialog(NULL) , _graphicsProxyWidget(NULL) , _parentWindow(NULL) , _timeLine(NULL) , _aboutDialogAsSplashScreen(NULL) { _parentWindow = parentWindow; setWindowFlags(Qt::SplashScreen); #ifdef Q_OS_LINUX QRect availableGeometry = QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry(); QRect newGeometry = QRect( availableGeometry.x(), availableGeometry.y(), availableGeometry.width(), availableGeometry.height() ); #else QRect newGeometry = QRect( -1,-1, QApplication::desktop()->rect().width()+2, QApplication::desktop()->rect().height()+2 ); #endif setGeometry( newGeometry ); _aboutDialog = aboutDialog; _windowTitleBarWidth = 0; _windowPosOffset = 0; QGraphicsScene *scene = new QGraphicsScene(this); setSceneRect( newGeometry ); _aboutDialogAsSplashScreen = new QSplashScreen(this); _graphicsProxyWidget = scene->addWidget(_aboutDialogAsSplashScreen); _graphicsProxyWidget->setWindowFlags( Qt::ToolTip ); setScene( scene ); setRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing); setCacheMode(QGraphicsView::CacheBackground); setViewportUpdateMode(QGraphicsView::BoundingRectViewportUpdate); connect(_aboutDialog, SIGNAL(finished(int)), this, SLOT(hide())); //setWindowOpacity(0.9); setVerticalScrollBarPolicy(Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff); setHorizontalScrollBarPolicy(Qt::ScrollBarAlwaysOff); setStyleSheet("AboutDialogGraphicsView { border: 0px; }"); _timeLine = new QTimeLine(1000, this); _timeLine->setFrameRange(270, 0); //_timeLine->setUpdateInterval(10); //_timeLine->setCurveShape(QTimeLine::EaseInCurve); connect(_timeLine, SIGNAL(frameChanged(int)), this, SLOT(updateStep(int))); } AboutDialogGraphicsView::~AboutDialogGraphicsView(void) { } /*! \brief Grabs a screenshot of the full desktop and shows that as background. Above that background the AboutDialog 3D animation is shown. Also grabs the content of the AboutDialog itself. */ void AboutDialogGraphicsView::show() { // Because on X11 system the window decoration is only available after a widget has been shown once, // we can detect _windowTitleBarWidth here for the first time. _windowTitleBarWidth = _parentWindow->geometry().y() - _parentWindow->y(); // If the _windowTitleBarWidth could not be determined, try it a second way. Even the chances are low to get good results. if ( _windowTitleBarWidth == 0 ) _windowTitleBarWidth = _parentWindow->frameGeometry().height() - _parentWindow->geometry().height(); #ifdef Q_OS_LINUX if ( _windowTitleBarWidth == 0 ) { //TODO: 27 pixel is a fix value for the Ubuntu 10.4 default window theme and so just a workaround for that specific case. _windowPosOffset = 27; _windowTitleBarWidth = 27; } #endif QPixmap originalPixmap = QPixmap::grabWindow(QApplication::desktop()->winId(), QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry().x(), QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry().y(), geometry().width(), geometry().height() ); QBrush brush(originalPixmap); QTransform transform; transform.translate(0, QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry().y()); brush.setTransform(transform); setBackgroundBrush(brush); _aboutDialogAsSplashScreen->setPixmap( QPixmap::grabWidget(_aboutDialog) ); _graphicsProxyWidget->setGeometry( _aboutDialog->geometry() ); _aboutDialog->hide(); _graphicsProxyWidget->setPos( _parentWindow->geometry().x()+(_parentWindow->geometry().width()-_graphicsProxyWidget->geometry().width()) / 2, _parentWindow->y()+_windowTitleBarWidth-_windowPosOffset); QRectF r = _graphicsProxyWidget->boundingRect(); _graphicsProxyWidget->setTransform(QTransform() .translate(r.width() / 2, -_windowTitleBarWidth) .rotate(270, Qt::XAxis) //.rotate(90, Qt::YAxis) //.rotate(5, Qt::ZAxis) //.scale(1 + 1.5 * step, 1 + 1.5 * step) .translate(-r.width() / 2, _windowTitleBarWidth)); _graphicsProxyWidget->show(); //_aboutDialogAsSplashScreen->show(); QGraphicsView::show(); connect(_timeLine, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(showAboutDialog())); _timeLine->setDirection(QTimeLine::Forward); _timeLine->start(); } /*! \brief Does the next calculation/transformation step. */ void AboutDialogGraphicsView::updateStep(int step) { QRectF r = _graphicsProxyWidget->boundingRect(); _graphicsProxyWidget->setTransform(QTransform() .translate(r.width() / 2, -_windowTitleBarWidth) .rotate(step, Qt::XAxis) //.rotate(step, Qt::YAxis) //.rotate(step * 5, Qt::ZAxis) //.scale(1 + 1.5 * step, 1 + 1.5 * step) .translate(-r.width() / 2, _windowTitleBarWidth)); //update(); } /*! \brief Stops the 3D animation, moves the AboutDialog to the correct place and really shows it. */ void AboutDialogGraphicsView::showAboutDialog() { //hide(); disconnect(_timeLine, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(showAboutDialog())); _aboutDialog->move( int(_parentWindow->geometry().x()+(_parentWindow->geometry().width()-_graphicsProxyWidget->geometry().width()) / 2), _parentWindow->y()+_windowTitleBarWidth-_windowPosOffset ); _aboutDialog->exec(); } /*! \brief Does not directly hide the AboutDialog but instead starts the "fade out" 3D animation. */ void AboutDialogGraphicsView::hide() { _graphicsProxyWidget->setPos( _parentWindow->geometry().x()+(_parentWindow->geometry().width()-_graphicsProxyWidget->geometry().width()) / 2, _parentWindow->y()+_windowTitleBarWidth-_windowPosOffset); QRectF r = _graphicsProxyWidget->boundingRect(); _graphicsProxyWidget->setTransform(QTransform() .translate(r.width() / 2, -_windowTitleBarWidth) .rotate(0, Qt::XAxis) //.rotate(90, Qt::YAxis) //.rotate(5, Qt::ZAxis) //.scale(1 + 1.5 * step, 1 + 1.5 * step) .translate(-r.width() / 2, _windowTitleBarWidth)); _graphicsProxyWidget->show(); //_aboutDialogAsSplashScreen->show(); QGraphicsView::show(); connect(_timeLine, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(hideReally())); _timeLine->setDirection(QTimeLine::Backward); _timeLine->start(); } /*! \brief This slot really hides this AboutDialog container. */ void AboutDialogGraphicsView::hideReally() { disconnect(_timeLine, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(hideReally())); QGraphicsView::hide(); _parentWindow->activateWindow(); } universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h0000770000000000017510000000415311700107426022140 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef ABOUTDIALOGGRAPHICSVIEW_H #define ABOUTDIALOGGRAPHICSVIEW_H #include class AboutDialog; class QTimeLine; class QSplashScreen; class AboutDialogGraphicsView : public QGraphicsView { Q_OBJECT public: AboutDialogGraphicsView(AboutDialog *aboutDialog, QWidget *parentWindow = NULL); ~AboutDialogGraphicsView(void); public slots: void show(); void hide(); private slots: void updateStep(int step); void showAboutDialog(); void hideReally(); private: AboutDialog *_aboutDialog; QGraphicsProxyWidget *_graphicsProxyWidget; QWidget *_parentWindow; QTimeLine *_timeLine; QSplashScreen *_aboutDialogAsSplashScreen; int _windowTitleBarWidth; int _windowPosOffset; }; #endif // ABOUTDIALOGGRAPHICSVIEW_H universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/FindDialog.ui0000770000000000017510000000620211700107426017615 0ustar rootvboxsf FindDialog 0 0 347 227 Find 0 0 Find what: true 0 0 Find options Match case Match whole word Search forward true Use Regular Expressions Qt::Vertical 20 40 QLayout::SetMaximumSize Find Next Close universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/IndentHandler.cpp0000770000000000017510000023405111700107426020506 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "IndentHandler.h" #include "UiGuiSettings.h" #include "UiGuiErrorMessage.h" #include "TemplateBatchScript.h" #include "UiGuiIniFileParser.h" #include "SettingsPaths.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef Q_OS_WIN32 #include #endif // Avoid unused parameter warnings by this template template inline void UNUSED_PARAMETER_WARNING_AVOID(T){} //! \defgroup grp_Indenter All concerning handling of the indenter. /*! \class IndentHandler \ingroup grp_Indenter \brief A widget for handling many indenters that are configured by an ini file. This is a widget that is used by the main window. It handles access to the indenter config file and calls the chosen indenter to reformat the source text. Calls the indenter each time a setting has been changed and informs the main window about the reformatted source code. */ /*! \brief Constructor of the indent handler. By calling this constructor the indenter to be loaded, can be selected by setting its \a indenterID, which is the number of found indenter ini files in alphabetic order starting at index 0. */ IndentHandler::IndentHandler(int indenterID, QWidget *mainWindow, QWidget *parent) : QWidget(parent) , _indenterSelectionCombobox(NULL) , _indenterParameterHelpButton(NULL) , _toolBoxContainerLayout(NULL) , _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox(NULL) , _indenterSettings(NULL) , _mainWindow(NULL) , _errorMessageDialog(NULL) , _menuIndenter(NULL) , _actionLoadIndenterConfigFile(NULL) , _actionSaveIndenterConfigFile(NULL) , _actionCreateShellScript(NULL) , _actionResetIndenterParameters(NULL) , _parameterChangedCallback(NULL) , _windowClosedCallback(NULL) { Q_ASSERT_X( indenterID >= 0, "IndentHandler", "the selected indenterID is < 0" ); setObjectName(QString::fromUtf8("indentHandler")); _mainWindow = mainWindow; initIndenterMenu(); connect( _actionLoadIndenterConfigFile, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(openConfigFileDialog()) ); connect( _actionSaveIndenterConfigFile, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(saveasIndentCfgFileDialog()) ); connect( _actionCreateShellScript, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(createIndenterCallShellScript()) ); connect( _actionResetIndenterParameters, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(resetIndenterParameter()) ); // define this widgets resize behavior setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Expanding ); // create vertical layout box, into which the toolbox will be added _toolBoxContainerLayout = new QVBoxLayout(this); _toolBoxContainerLayout->setMargin(2); // Create horizontal layout for indenter selector and help button. QHBoxLayout *hboxLayout = new QHBoxLayout(); //hboxLayout->setMargin(2); _toolBoxContainerLayout->addLayout( hboxLayout ); // Create the indenter selection combo box. _indenterSelectionCombobox = new QComboBox(this); _indenterSelectionCombobox->setSizeAdjustPolicy(QComboBox::AdjustToMinimumContentsLengthWithIcon); _indenterSelectionCombobox->setMinimumContentsLength(20); connect( _indenterSelectionCombobox, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(setIndenter(int)) ); UiGuiSettings::getInstance()->registerObjectProperty(_indenterSelectionCombobox, "currentIndex", "selectedIndenter"); hboxLayout->addWidget( _indenterSelectionCombobox ); // Create the indenter parameter help button. _indenterParameterHelpButton = new QToolButton(this); _indenterParameterHelpButton->setObjectName(QString::fromUtf8("indenterParameterHelpButton")); _indenterParameterHelpButton->setIcon(QIcon(QString::fromUtf8(":/mainWindow/help.png"))); hboxLayout->addWidget( _indenterParameterHelpButton ); // Handle if the indenter parameter help button is pressed. connect( _indenterParameterHelpButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(showIndenterManual()) ); // create a toolbox and set its resize behavior _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox = new QToolBox(this); _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox->setObjectName(QString::fromUtf8("_indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox")); #ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS connect( _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox, SIGNAL(currentChanged(int)), this, SLOT(updateDrawing()) ); #endif // UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS //_indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox->setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Expanding ); //_indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox->setMaximumSize(QSize(16777215, 16777215)); // insert the toolbox into the vlayout _toolBoxContainerLayout->addWidget(_indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox); _indenterExecutableCallString = ""; _indenterExecutableSuffix = ""; _indenterDirctoryStr = SettingsPaths::getIndenterPath(); _tempDirctoryStr = SettingsPaths::getTempPath(); _settingsDirctoryStr = SettingsPaths::getSettingsPath(); QDir indenterDirctory = QDir(_indenterDirctoryStr); if ( _mainWindow != NULL ) { _errorMessageDialog = new UiGuiErrorMessage(_mainWindow); } else { _errorMessageDialog = new UiGuiErrorMessage(this); } _indenterIniFileList = indenterDirctory.entryList( QStringList("uigui_*.ini") ); if ( _indenterIniFileList.count() > 0 ) { // Take care if the selected indenterID is smaller or greater than the number of existing indenters if ( indenterID < 0 ) { indenterID = 0; } if ( indenterID >= _indenterIniFileList.count() ) { indenterID = _indenterIniFileList.count() - 1; } // Reads and parses the by indenterID defined indent ini file and creates toolbox entries readIndentIniFile( _indenterDirctoryStr + "/" + _indenterIniFileList.at(indenterID) ); // Find out how the indenter can be executed. createIndenterCallString(); // Load the users last settings made for this indenter. loadConfigFile( _settingsDirctoryStr + "/" + _indenterFileName + ".cfg" ); // Fill the indenter selection combo box with the list of available indenters. if ( !getAvailableIndenters().isEmpty() ) { _indenterSelectionCombobox->addItems( getAvailableIndenters() ); _indenterSelectionCombobox->setCurrentIndex( indenterID ); connect( _indenterSelectionCombobox, SIGNAL(currentIndexChanged(int)), this, SIGNAL(selectedIndenterIndexChanged(int)) ); } } else { _errorMessageDialog->showMessage(tr("No indenter ini files"), tr("There exists no indenter ini files in the directory \"") + QDir(_indenterDirctoryStr).absolutePath() + "\"."); } retranslateUi(); } /*! \brief Implicitly writes the current indenter parameters to the indenters config file. */ IndentHandler::~IndentHandler() { // Generate the parameter string that will be saved to the indenters config file. QString parameterString = getParameterString(); if ( !_indenterFileName.isEmpty() ) { saveConfigFile( _settingsDirctoryStr + "/" + _indenterFileName + ".cfg", parameterString ); } delete _errorMessageDialog; } /*! \brief Initializes the context menu used for some actions like saving the indenter config file. */ void IndentHandler::initIndenterMenu() { if ( _menuIndenter == NULL ) { _actionLoadIndenterConfigFile = new QAction(this); _actionLoadIndenterConfigFile->setObjectName(QString::fromUtf8("_actionLoadIndenterConfigFile")); _actionLoadIndenterConfigFile->setIcon(QIcon(QString::fromUtf8(":/mainWindow/load_indent_cfg.png"))); _actionSaveIndenterConfigFile = new QAction(this); _actionSaveIndenterConfigFile->setObjectName(QString::fromUtf8("_actionSaveIndenterConfigFile")); _actionSaveIndenterConfigFile->setIcon(QIcon(QString::fromUtf8(":/mainWindow/save_indent_cfg.png"))); _actionCreateShellScript = new QAction(this); _actionCreateShellScript->setObjectName(QString::fromUtf8("_actionCreateShellScript")); _actionCreateShellScript->setIcon(QIcon(QString::fromUtf8(":/mainWindow/shell.png"))); _actionResetIndenterParameters = new QAction(this); _actionResetIndenterParameters->setObjectName(QString::fromUtf8("_actionResetIndenterParameters")); _actionResetIndenterParameters->setIcon(QIcon(QString::fromUtf8(":/mainWindow/view-refresh.png"))); _menuIndenter = new QMenu(this); _menuIndenter->setObjectName(QString::fromUtf8("_menuIndenter")); _menuIndenter->addAction(_actionLoadIndenterConfigFile); _menuIndenter->addAction(_actionSaveIndenterConfigFile); _menuIndenter->addAction(_actionCreateShellScript); _menuIndenter->addAction(_actionResetIndenterParameters); } } /*! \brief Returns the context menu used for some actions like saving the indenter config file. */ QMenu* IndentHandler::getIndenterMenu() { return _menuIndenter; } /*! \brief Returns the actions of the context menu used for some actions like saving the indenter config file. */ QList IndentHandler::getIndenterMenuActions() { QList actionList; actionList << _actionLoadIndenterConfigFile << _actionSaveIndenterConfigFile << _actionCreateShellScript << _actionResetIndenterParameters; return actionList; } /*! \brief Opens the context menu, used for some actions like saving the indenter config file, at the event position. */ void IndentHandler::contextMenuEvent( QContextMenuEvent *event ) { getIndenterMenu()->exec( event->globalPos() ); } /*! \brief Creates the content for a shell script that can be used as a external tool call to indent an as parameter defined file. */ QString IndentHandler::generateShellScript(const QString &configFilename) { QString indenterCompleteCallString; QString parameterInputFile; QString parameterOuputFile; QString parameterParameterFile; QString replaceInputFileCommand; // Define the placeholder for parameter variables either in batch or bash programming. #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) QString shellParameterPlaceholder = "%1"; #else QString shellParameterPlaceholder = "$1"; #endif parameterInputFile = " " + _inputFileParameter + "\"" + shellParameterPlaceholder + "\""; if ( _outputFileParameter != "none" && _outputFileParameter != "stdout" ) { if ( _outputFileName == _inputFileName ) { parameterOuputFile = " " + _outputFileParameter + "\"" + shellParameterPlaceholder + "\""; } else { parameterOuputFile = " " + _outputFileParameter + _outputFileName + ".tmp"; } } // If the config file name is empty it is assumed that all parameters are sent via command line call if ( _globalConfigFilename.isEmpty() ) { parameterParameterFile = " " + getParameterString(); } // else if needed add the parameter to the indenter call string where the config file can be found. else if (_useCfgFileParameter != "none") { parameterParameterFile = " " + _useCfgFileParameter + "\"./" + configFilename + "\""; } // Assemble indenter call string for parameters according to the set order. if ( _parameterOrder == "ipo" ) { indenterCompleteCallString = parameterInputFile + parameterParameterFile + parameterOuputFile; } else if ( _parameterOrder == "pio" ) { indenterCompleteCallString = parameterParameterFile + parameterInputFile + parameterOuputFile; } else if ( _parameterOrder == "poi" ) { indenterCompleteCallString = parameterParameterFile + parameterOuputFile + parameterInputFile; } else { indenterCompleteCallString = parameterInputFile + parameterOuputFile + parameterParameterFile; } // Generate the indenter call string either for win32 or other systems. #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) indenterCompleteCallString = _indenterExecutableCallString + indenterCompleteCallString; #else indenterCompleteCallString = "#!/bin/bash\n" + _indenterExecutableCallString + indenterCompleteCallString; #endif // If the indenter writes to stdout pipe the output into a file if ( _outputFileParameter == "stdout" ) { indenterCompleteCallString = indenterCompleteCallString + " >" + _outputFileName + ".tmp"; } // If the output filename is not the same as the input filename copy the output over the input. if ( _outputFileName != _inputFileName ) { #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) replaceInputFileCommand = "move /Y " + _outputFileName + ".tmp \"" + shellParameterPlaceholder + "\"\n"; #else replaceInputFileCommand = "mv " + _outputFileName + ".tmp \"" + shellParameterPlaceholder + "\"\n"; #endif } #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) QString shellScript( TemplateBatchScript::getTemplateBatchScript() ); shellScript = shellScript.replace("__INDENTERCALLSTRING2__", indenterCompleteCallString + "\n" + replaceInputFileCommand); indenterCompleteCallString = indenterCompleteCallString.replace("%1", "%%G"); replaceInputFileCommand = replaceInputFileCommand.replace("%1", "%%G"); shellScript = shellScript.replace("__INDENTERCALLSTRING1__", indenterCompleteCallString + "\n" + replaceInputFileCommand); #else QString shellScript( TemplateBatchScript::getTemplateBatchScript() ); shellScript = shellScript.replace("__INDENTERCALLSTRING2__", indenterCompleteCallString + "\n" + replaceInputFileCommand); indenterCompleteCallString = indenterCompleteCallString.replace("$1", "$file2indent"); replaceInputFileCommand = replaceInputFileCommand.replace("$1", "$file2indent"); shellScript = shellScript.replace("__INDENTERCALLSTRING1__", indenterCompleteCallString + "\n" + replaceInputFileCommand); #endif return shellScript; } /*! \brief Format \a sourceCode by calling the indenter. The \a inputFileExtension has to be given as parameter so the called indenter can identify the programming language if needed. */ QString IndentHandler::callIndenter(QString sourceCode, QString inputFileExtension) { if ( _indenterExecutableSuffix == ".js" ) { return callJavaScriptIndenter(sourceCode); } else { return callExecutableIndenter(sourceCode, inputFileExtension); } } /*! \brief Format \a sourceCode by calling the interpreted JavaScript code of the indenter. The \a inputFileExtension has to be given as parameter so the called indenter can identify the programming language if needed. */ QString IndentHandler::callJavaScriptIndenter(QString sourceCode) { QScriptEngine engine; engine.globalObject().setProperty("unformattedCode", sourceCode); QFile jsDecoderFile( _indenterExecutableCallString ); QString jsDecoderCode; if (jsDecoderFile.open(QFile::ReadOnly)) { jsDecoderCode = jsDecoderFile.readAll(); } jsDecoderFile.close(); QScriptValue value = engine.evaluate(jsDecoderCode); return value.toString(); } /*! \brief Format \a sourceCode by calling the binary executable of the indenter. The \a inputFileExtension has to be given as parameter so the called indenter can identify the programming language if needed. */ QString IndentHandler::callExecutableIndenter(QString sourceCode, QString inputFileExtension) { Q_ASSERT_X( !_inputFileName.isEmpty(), "callIndenter", "_inputFileName is empty" ); // Q_ASSERT_X( !_outputFileName.isEmpty(), "callIndenter", "_outputFileName is empty" ); Q_ASSERT_X( !_indenterFileName.isEmpty(), "callIndenter", "_indenterFileName is empty" ); if ( _indenterFileName.isEmpty() ) { return ""; } QString formattedSourceCode; QString indenterCompleteCallString; QString parameterInputFile; QString parameterOuputFile; QString parameterParameterFile; QProcess indentProcess; QString processReturnString; // Generate the parameter string that will be saved to the indenters config file QString parameterString = getParameterString(); if ( !_globalConfigFilename.isEmpty() ) { saveConfigFile( _tempDirctoryStr + "/" + _globalConfigFilename, parameterString ); } // Only add a dot to file extension if the string is not empty if ( !inputFileExtension.isEmpty() ) { inputFileExtension = "." + inputFileExtension; } // Delete any previously used input src file and create a new input src file. QFile::remove(_tempDirctoryStr + "/" + _inputFileName + inputFileExtension); QFile inputSrcFile(_tempDirctoryStr + "/" + _inputFileName + inputFileExtension); // Write the source code to the input file for the indenter if ( inputSrcFile.open( QFile::ReadWrite | QFile::Text ) ) { inputSrcFile.write( sourceCode.toUtf8() ); inputSrcFile.close(); qDebug() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Wrote to be indented source code to file " << inputSrcFile.fileName(); } else { qCritical() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Couldn't write to be indented source code to file " << inputSrcFile.fileName(); } // Set the input file for the to be called indenter. if ( _inputFileParameter.trimmed() == "<" || _inputFileParameter == "stdin" ) { parameterInputFile = ""; indentProcess.setStandardInputFile( inputSrcFile.fileName() ); } else { parameterInputFile = " " + _inputFileParameter + _inputFileName + inputFileExtension; } // Set the output file for the to be called indenter. if ( _outputFileParameter != "none" && _outputFileParameter != "stdout" ) { parameterOuputFile = " " + _outputFileParameter + _outputFileName + inputFileExtension; } #ifdef Q_OS_WIN32 // Paths may contain Unicode or other foreign characters. Windows commands line tools will // receive als falsely encoded path string by QProcess or they connot correctly handle // the Unicode path on their own. // Because of this the path gets converted to Windows short paths using the 8.3 notation. qDebug() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Temp dir before trying to convert it to short Windows path is" << _tempDirctoryStr; // At first convert the temp path to Windows like separators. QString tempDirctoryStrHelper = QDir::toNativeSeparators(_tempDirctoryStr).replace("\\", "\\\\"); // Then convert the QString to a WCHAR array and NULL terminate it. WCHAR *tempDirctoryWindowsStr = new WCHAR[ tempDirctoryStrHelper.length()+1 ]; tempDirctoryStrHelper.toWCharArray( tempDirctoryWindowsStr ); tempDirctoryWindowsStr[ tempDirctoryStrHelper.length() ] = (WCHAR)NULL; // Get the length of the resulting short path. long length = 0; TCHAR *buffer = NULL; length = GetShortPathName((LPCTSTR)tempDirctoryWindowsStr, NULL, 0); // If the short path could be retrieved, create a correct sized buffer, store the // short path in it and convert all back to QString. if ( length != 0 ) { #ifdef UNICODE buffer = new WCHAR[length]; length = GetShortPathName((LPCTSTR)tempDirctoryWindowsStr, buffer, length); tempDirctoryStrHelper = QString::fromWCharArray( buffer ); #else buffer = new TCHAR[length]; length = GetShortPathName((LPCTSTR)tempDirctoryWindowsStr, buffer, length); tempDirctoryStrHelper = buffer; #endif _tempDirctoryStr = QDir::fromNativeSeparators(tempDirctoryStrHelper).replace("//", "/"); delete [] buffer; // Check whether the short path still contains some kind of non ascii characters. if ( _tempDirctoryStr.length() != _tempDirctoryStr.toAscii().length() ) { qWarning() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Shortened path still contains non ascii characters. Could cause some indenters not to work properly!"; } } else { qWarning() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Couldn't retrieve a short version of the temporary path!"; } qDebug() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Temp dir after trying to convert it to short Windows path is " << _tempDirctoryStr; delete [] tempDirctoryWindowsStr; #endif // If the config file name is empty it is assumed that all parameters are sent via command line call if ( _globalConfigFilename.isEmpty() ) { parameterParameterFile = " " + parameterString; } // if needed add the parameter to the indenter call string where the config file can be found else if (_useCfgFileParameter != "none") { parameterParameterFile = " " + _useCfgFileParameter + "\"" + _tempDirctoryStr + "/" + _globalConfigFilename + "\""; } // Assemble indenter call string for parameters according to the set order. if ( _parameterOrder == "ipo" ) { indenterCompleteCallString = parameterInputFile + parameterParameterFile + parameterOuputFile; } else if ( _parameterOrder == "pio" ) { indenterCompleteCallString = parameterParameterFile + parameterInputFile + parameterOuputFile; } else if ( _parameterOrder == "poi" ) { indenterCompleteCallString = parameterParameterFile + parameterOuputFile + parameterInputFile; } else { indenterCompleteCallString = parameterInputFile + parameterOuputFile + parameterParameterFile; } // If no indenter executable call string could be created before, show an error message. if ( _indenterExecutableCallString.isEmpty() ) { _errorMessageDialog->showMessage(tr("No indenter executable"), tr("There exists no indenter executable with the name \"%1\" in the directory \"%2\" nor in the global environment.").arg(_indenterFileName).arg(_indenterDirctoryStr) ); return sourceCode; } // Generate the indenter call string either for win32 or other systems. indenterCompleteCallString = _indenterExecutableCallString + indenterCompleteCallString; // errors and standard outputs from the process call are merged together //indentProcess.setReadChannelMode(QProcess::MergedChannels); // Set the directory where the indenter will be executed for the process' environment as PWD. QStringList env = indentProcess.environment(); env << "PWD=" + QFileInfo(_tempDirctoryStr).absoluteFilePath(); indentProcess.setEnvironment( env ); // Set the directory for the indenter execution indentProcess.setWorkingDirectory( QFileInfo(_tempDirctoryStr).absoluteFilePath() ); qDebug() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Will call the indenter in the directory " << indentProcess.workingDirectory() << " using this commandline call: " << indenterCompleteCallString; indentProcess.start(indenterCompleteCallString); processReturnString = ""; bool calledProcessSuccessfully = indentProcess.waitForFinished(10000); // test if there was an error during starting the process of the indenter if ( !calledProcessSuccessfully ) { processReturnString = ""; processReturnString += tr("Returned error message: ") + indentProcess.errorString() + "
"; switch ( indentProcess.error() ) { case QProcess::FailedToStart : processReturnString += tr("Reason could be: ") + "The process failed to start. Either the invoked program is missing, or you may have insufficient permissions to invoke the program.
"; break; case QProcess::Crashed : processReturnString += "The process crashed some time after starting successfully.
"; break; case QProcess::Timedout : processReturnString += "The called indenter did not response for over 10 seconds, so aborted its execution.
"; break; case QProcess::WriteError : processReturnString += "An error occurred when attempting to write to the process. For example, the process may not be running, or it may have closed its input channel.
"; break; case QProcess::ReadError : processReturnString += "An error occurred when attempting to read from the process. For example, the process may not be running.
"; break; case QProcess::UnknownError : processReturnString += "An unknown error occurred. This is the default return value of error().
"; break; default : break; } processReturnString += tr("
Callstring was: ") + encodeToHTML(indenterCompleteCallString); processReturnString += tr("

Indenter output was:
") + "
" +
            "(STDOUT):" + encodeToHTML( indentProcess.readAllStandardOutput() ) + "
" +
            "(STDERR):" + encodeToHTML( indentProcess.readAllStandardError() ) + "
" +
            "
"; qWarning() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << processReturnString; QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor(); _errorMessageDialog->showMessage(tr("Error calling Indenter"), processReturnString); } // If the indenter returned an error code != 0 show its output. if ( indentProcess.exitCode() != 0 ) { QString exitCode; exitCode.setNum(indentProcess.exitCode()); processReturnString = tr("Indenter returned with exit code: ") + exitCode + "
" + tr("Indent console output was: ") + "
" + "(STDOUT):" + encodeToHTML( indentProcess.readAllStandardOutput() ) + "
" + "(STDERR):" + encodeToHTML( indentProcess.readAllStandardError() ) + "
" + tr("
Callstring was: ") + encodeToHTML(indenterCompleteCallString) + ""; qWarning() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << processReturnString; QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor(); _errorMessageDialog->showMessage( tr("Indenter returned error"), processReturnString ); } // Only get the formatted source code, if calling the indenter did succeed. if ( calledProcessSuccessfully ) { // If the indenter results are written to stdout, read them from there... if ( indentProcess.exitCode() == 0 && _outputFileParameter == "stdout" ) { formattedSourceCode = indentProcess.readAllStandardOutput(); qDebug() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Read indenter output from StdOut."; } // ... else read the output file generated by the indenter call. else { QFile outSrcFile(_tempDirctoryStr + "/" + _outputFileName + inputFileExtension); if ( outSrcFile.open(QFile::ReadOnly | QFile::Text) ) { QTextStream outSrcStrm(&outSrcFile); outSrcStrm.setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8") ); formattedSourceCode = outSrcStrm.readAll(); outSrcFile.close(); qDebug() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Read indenter output from file " << outSrcFile.fileName(); } else { qCritical() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Couldn't read indenter output from file " << outSrcFile.fileName(); } } } else { return sourceCode; } // Delete the temporary input and output files. QFile::remove(_tempDirctoryStr + "/" + _outputFileName + inputFileExtension); QFile::remove(_tempDirctoryStr + "/" + _inputFileName + inputFileExtension); return formattedSourceCode; } /*! \brief Generates and returns a string with all parameters needed to call the indenter. */ QString IndentHandler::getParameterString() { QString parameterString = ""; // generate parameter string for all boolean values foreach (ParamBoolean pBoolean, _paramBooleans) { if ( pBoolean.checkBox->isChecked() ) { if ( !pBoolean.trueString.isEmpty() ) { parameterString += pBoolean.trueString + _cfgFileParameterEnding; } } else { if ( !pBoolean.falseString.isEmpty() ) { parameterString += pBoolean.falseString + _cfgFileParameterEnding; } } } // generate parameter string for all numeric values foreach (ParamNumeric pNumeric, _paramNumerics) { if ( pNumeric.valueEnabledChkBox->isChecked() ) { parameterString += pNumeric.paramCallName + QString::number( pNumeric.spinBox->value() ) + _cfgFileParameterEnding; } } // generate parameter string for all string values foreach (ParamString pString, _paramStrings) { if ( !pString.lineEdit->text().isEmpty() && pString.valueEnabledChkBox->isChecked() ) { // Create parameter definition for each value devided by a | sign. foreach (QString paramValue, pString.lineEdit->text().split("|")) { parameterString += pString.paramCallName + paramValue + _cfgFileParameterEnding; } } } // generate parameter string for all multiple choice values foreach (ParamMultiple pMultiple, _paramMultiples) { if ( pMultiple.valueEnabledChkBox->isChecked() ) { parameterString += pMultiple.choicesStrings.at( pMultiple.comboBox->currentIndex () ) + _cfgFileParameterEnding; } } return parameterString; } /*! \brief Write settings for the indenter to a config file. */ void IndentHandler::saveConfigFile(QString filePathName, QString paramString) { QFile::remove( filePathName ); QFile cfgFile( filePathName ); cfgFile.open( QFile::ReadWrite | QFile::Text ); cfgFile.write( paramString.toAscii() ); cfgFile.close(); } /*! \brief Load the config file for the indenter and apply the settings made there. */ bool IndentHandler::loadConfigFile(QString filePathName) { QFile cfgFile(filePathName); int index; int crPos; int paramValue = 0; QString paramValueStr = ""; QString cfgFileData = ""; // If the to be loaded config file does not exist leave all values as they are and return false. if ( !cfgFile.exists() ) { return false; } // else if the to be read config file exists, retrieve its whole content. else { // Open the config file and read all data cfgFile.open( QFile::ReadOnly | QFile::Text ); cfgFileData = cfgFile.readAll(); cfgFile.close(); } // Search for name of each boolean parameter and set its value if found. foreach (ParamBoolean pBoolean, _paramBooleans) { // boolean value that will be assigned to the checkbox bool paramValue = false; // first search for the longer parameter string // the true parameter string is longer than the false string if ( pBoolean.trueString.length() > pBoolean.falseString.length() ) { // search for the true string index = cfgFileData.indexOf( pBoolean.trueString, 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive ); // if true string found set the parameter value to true if ( index != -1 ) { paramValue = true; } // if true string not found, search for false string else { index = cfgFileData.indexOf( pBoolean.falseString, 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive ); // if false string found set the parameter value to false if ( index != -1 ) { paramValue = false; } // neither true nor false parameter found so use default value else { paramValue = _indenterSettings->value(pBoolean.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toBool(); } } } // the false parameter string is longer than the true string else { // search for the false string index = cfgFileData.indexOf( pBoolean.falseString, 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive ); // if false string found set the parameter value to false if ( index != -1 ) { paramValue = false; } // if false string not found, search for true string else { index = cfgFileData.indexOf( pBoolean.trueString, 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive ); // if true string found set the parameter value to true if ( index != -1 ) { paramValue = true; } // neither true nor false parameter found so use default value else { paramValue = _indenterSettings->value(pBoolean.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toBool(); } } } pBoolean.checkBox->setChecked(paramValue); } // Search for name of each numeric parameter and set the value found behind it. foreach (ParamNumeric pNumeric, _paramNumerics) { index = cfgFileData.indexOf( pNumeric.paramCallName, 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive ); // parameter was found in config file if ( index != -1 ) { // set index after the parameter name, so in front of the number index += pNumeric.paramCallName.length(); // Find the end of the parameter by searching for set config file parameter ending. Most of time this is a carriage return. crPos = cfgFileData.indexOf( _cfgFileParameterEnding, index+1 ); // get the number and convert it to int QString test = cfgFileData.mid( index, crPos - index ); paramValue = cfgFileData.mid( index, crPos - index ).toInt(NULL); // disable the signal-slot connection. Otherwise signal is emmitted each time when value is set QObject::disconnect(pNumeric.spinBox, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(handleChangedIndenterSettings())); pNumeric.spinBox->setValue( paramValue ); pNumeric.valueEnabledChkBox->setChecked( true ); QObject::connect(pNumeric.spinBox, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(handleChangedIndenterSettings())); } // parameter was not found in config file else { int defaultValue = _indenterSettings->value(pNumeric.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toInt(); pNumeric.spinBox->setValue( defaultValue ); pNumeric.valueEnabledChkBox->setChecked( false ); } } // Search for name of each string parameter and set it. foreach (ParamString pString, _paramStrings) { paramValueStr = ""; // The number of the found values for this parameter name. int numberOfValues = 0; index = cfgFileData.indexOf( pString.paramCallName, 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive ); // If parameter was found in config file if ( index != -1 ) { while ( index != -1 ) { numberOfValues++; // Set index after the parameter name, so it points to the front of the string value. index += pString.paramCallName.length(); // Find the end of the parameter by searching for set config file parameter ending. Most of time this is a carriage return. crPos = cfgFileData.indexOf( _cfgFileParameterEnding, index+1 ); // Get the string and remember it. if ( numberOfValues < 2 ) { paramValueStr = QString( cfgFileData.mid( index, crPos - index ) ); } // If the same parameter has been set multiple times, concatenate the strings dvivided by a |. else { paramValueStr = paramValueStr + "|" + QString( cfgFileData.mid( index, crPos - index ) ); } // Get next value for this setting, if one exists. index = cfgFileData.indexOf( pString.paramCallName, crPos+1, Qt::CaseInsensitive ); } // Set the text for the line edit. pString.lineEdit->setText( paramValueStr ); pString.valueEnabledChkBox->setChecked( true ); } // Parameter was not found in config file else { paramValueStr = _indenterSettings->value(pString.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toString(); pString.lineEdit->setText( paramValueStr ); pString.valueEnabledChkBox->setChecked( false ); } } // search for name of each multiple choice parameter and set it foreach (ParamMultiple pMultiple, _paramMultiples) { int i = 0; index = -1; // search for all parameter names of the multiple choice list // if one is found, set it and leave the while loop while ( i < pMultiple.choicesStrings.count() && index == -1 ) { index = cfgFileData.indexOf( pMultiple.choicesStrings.at(i), 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive ); if ( index != -1 ) { pMultiple.comboBox->setCurrentIndex( i ); pMultiple.valueEnabledChkBox->setChecked( true ); } i++; } // parameter was not set in config file, so use default value if ( index == -1 ) { int defaultValue = _indenterSettings->value(pMultiple.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toInt(); pMultiple.comboBox->setCurrentIndex( defaultValue ); pMultiple.valueEnabledChkBox->setChecked( false ); } } return true; } /*! \brief Sets all indenter parameters to their default values defined in the ini file. */ void IndentHandler::resetToDefaultValues() { // Search for name of each boolean parameter and set its value if found. foreach (ParamBoolean pBoolean, _paramBooleans) { // Boolean value that will be assigned to the checkbox. bool defaultValue = _indenterSettings->value(pBoolean.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toBool(); pBoolean.checkBox->setChecked( defaultValue ); } // Search for name of each numeric parameter and set the value found behind it. foreach (ParamNumeric pNumeric, _paramNumerics) { int defaultValue = _indenterSettings->value(pNumeric.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toInt(); pNumeric.spinBox->setValue( defaultValue ); pNumeric.valueEnabledChkBox->setChecked( _indenterSettings->value(pNumeric.paramName + "/Enabled").toBool() ); } // Search for name of each string parameter and set it. foreach (ParamString pString, _paramStrings) { QString defaultValue = _indenterSettings->value(pString.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toString(); pString.lineEdit->setText( defaultValue ); pString.valueEnabledChkBox->setChecked( _indenterSettings->value(pString.paramName + "/Enabled").toBool() ); } // Search for name of each multiple choice parameter and set it. foreach (ParamMultiple pMultiple, _paramMultiples) { int defaultValue = _indenterSettings->value(pMultiple.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toInt(); pMultiple.comboBox->setCurrentIndex( defaultValue ); pMultiple.valueEnabledChkBox->setChecked( _indenterSettings->value(pMultiple.paramName + "/Enabled").toBool() ); } } /*! \brief Opens and parses the indenter ini file that is declared by \a iniFilePath. */ void IndentHandler::readIndentIniFile(QString iniFilePath) { Q_ASSERT_X( !iniFilePath.isEmpty(), "readIndentIniFile", "iniFilePath is empty" ); // open the ini-file that contains all available indenter settings with their additional infos _indenterSettings = new UiGuiIniFileParser(iniFilePath); QStringList categories; //QString indenterGroupString = ""; QString paramToolTip = ""; // // parse ini file indenter header // _indenterName = _indenterSettings->value("header/indenterName").toString(); _indenterFileName = _indenterSettings->value("header/indenterFileName").toString(); _globalConfigFilename = _indenterSettings->value("header/configFilename").toString(); _useCfgFileParameter = _indenterSettings->value("header/useCfgFileParameter").toString(); _cfgFileParameterEnding = _indenterSettings->value("header/cfgFileParameterEnding").toString(); if ( _cfgFileParameterEnding == "cr" ) { _cfgFileParameterEnding = "\n"; } _indenterShowHelpParameter = _indenterSettings->value("header/showHelpParameter").toString(); if ( _indenterFileName.isEmpty() ) { _errorMessageDialog->showMessage( tr("Indenter ini file header error"), tr("The loaded indenter ini file \"%1\"has a faulty header. At least the indenters file name is not set.").arg(iniFilePath) ); } // Read the parameter order. Possible values are (p=parameter[file] i=inputfile o=outputfile) // pio, ipo, iop _parameterOrder = _indenterSettings->value("header/parameterOrder", "pio").toString(); _inputFileParameter = _indenterSettings->value("header/inputFileParameter").toString(); _inputFileName = _indenterSettings->value("header/inputFileName").toString(); _outputFileParameter = _indenterSettings->value("header/outputFileParameter").toString(); _outputFileName = _indenterSettings->value("header/outputFileName").toString(); _fileTypes = _indenterSettings->value("header/fileTypes").toString(); _fileTypes.replace('|', " "); // read the categories names which are separated by "|" QString categoriesStr = _indenterSettings->value("header/categories").toString(); categories = categoriesStr.split("|"); // Assure that the category list is never empty. At least contain a "general" section. if ( categories.isEmpty() ) { categories.append("General"); } IndenterParameterCategoryPage categoryPage; // create a page for each category and store its references in a toolboxpage-array foreach (QString category, categories) { categoryPage.widget = new QWidget(); categoryPage.widget->setObjectName(category); categoryPage.widget->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding, QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding); categoryPage.vboxLayout = new QVBoxLayout(categoryPage.widget); categoryPage.vboxLayout->setSpacing(6); categoryPage.vboxLayout->setMargin(9); categoryPage.vboxLayout->setObjectName(category); _indenterParameterCategoryPages.append(categoryPage); _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox->addItem(categoryPage.widget, category); } // // parse ini file indenter parameters // // read all possible parameters written in brackets [] _indenterParameters = _indenterSettings->childGroups(); // read each parameter to create the corresponding input field foreach (QString indenterParameter, _indenterParameters) { // if it is not the indent header definition read the parameter and add it to // the corresponding category toolbox page if ( indenterParameter != "header") { // read to which category the parameter belongs int category = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/Category").toInt(); // Assure that the category number is never greater than the available categories. if ( category > _indenterParameterCategoryPages.size()-1 ) { category = _indenterParameterCategoryPages.size()-1; } // read which type of input field the parameter needs QString editType = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/EditorType").toString(); // edit type is numeric so create a spinbox with label if ( editType == "numeric" ) { // read the parameter name as it is used at the command line or in its config file QString parameterCallName = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/CallName").toString(); // create checkbox which enables or disables the parameter QCheckBox *chkBox = new QCheckBox( _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).widget ); chkBox->setChecked( _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/Enabled").toBool() ); chkBox->setToolTip( "Enables/disables the parameter. If disabled the indenters default value will be used." ); chkBox->setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Fixed ); int left, top, right, bottom; chkBox->getContentsMargins( &left, &top, &right, &bottom ); chkBox->setContentsMargins( left, top, 0, bottom ); // create the spinbox QSpinBox *spinBox = new QSpinBox( _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).widget ); paramToolTip = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/Description").toString(); spinBox->setToolTip( paramToolTip ); spinBox->setMaximumWidth(50); spinBox->setMinimumWidth(50); if ( _mainWindow != NULL ) { spinBox->installEventFilter( _mainWindow ); } if ( _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/MinVal").toString() != "" ) { spinBox->setMinimum( _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/MinVal").toInt() ); } else { spinBox->setMinimum( 0 ); } if ( _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/MaxVal").toString() != "" ) { spinBox->setMaximum( _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/MaxVal").toInt() ); } else { spinBox->setMaximum( 2000 ); } // create the label QLabel *label = new QLabel( _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).widget ); label->setText(indenterParameter); label->setBuddy(spinBox); label->setToolTip( paramToolTip ); if ( _mainWindow != NULL ) { label->installEventFilter( _mainWindow ); } // put all into a layout and add it to the toolbox page QHBoxLayout *hboxLayout = new QHBoxLayout(); hboxLayout->addWidget(chkBox); hboxLayout->addWidget(spinBox); hboxLayout->addWidget(label); _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).vboxLayout->addLayout(hboxLayout); // remember parameter name and reference to its spinbox ParamNumeric paramNumeric; paramNumeric.paramName = indenterParameter; paramNumeric.paramCallName = parameterCallName; paramNumeric.spinBox = spinBox; paramNumeric.label = label; paramNumeric.valueEnabledChkBox = chkBox; paramNumeric.spinBox->setValue( _indenterSettings->value(paramNumeric.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toInt() ); _paramNumerics.append(paramNumeric); QObject::connect(spinBox, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(handleChangedIndenterSettings())); QObject::connect(chkBox, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(handleChangedIndenterSettings())); #ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS connect( spinBox, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(updateDrawing()) ); #endif // UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS } // edit type is boolean so create a checkbox else if ( editType == "boolean" ) { // create the checkbox, make its settings and add it to the toolbox page QCheckBox *chkBox = new QCheckBox( _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).widget ); chkBox->setText(indenterParameter); paramToolTip = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/Description").toString(); chkBox->setToolTip( paramToolTip ); if ( _mainWindow != NULL ) { chkBox->installEventFilter( _mainWindow ); } _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).vboxLayout->addWidget(chkBox); // remember parameter name and reference to its checkbox ParamBoolean paramBoolean; paramBoolean.paramName = indenterParameter; paramBoolean.checkBox = chkBox; QStringList trueFalseStrings = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/TrueFalse").toString().split("|"); paramBoolean.trueString = trueFalseStrings.at(0); paramBoolean.falseString = trueFalseStrings.at(1); paramBoolean.checkBox->setChecked( _indenterSettings->value(paramBoolean.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toBool() ); _paramBooleans.append(paramBoolean); QObject::connect(chkBox, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(handleChangedIndenterSettings())); } // edit type is numeric so create a line edit with label else if ( editType == "string" ) { // read the parameter name as it is used at the command line or in its config file QString parameterCallName = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/CallName").toString(); // create check box which enables or disables the parameter QCheckBox *chkBox = new QCheckBox( _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).widget ); chkBox->setChecked( _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/Enabled").toBool() ); chkBox->setToolTip( "Enables/disables the parameter. If disabled the indenters default value will be used." ); chkBox->setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Fixed ); int left, top, right, bottom; chkBox->getContentsMargins( &left, &top, &right, &bottom ); chkBox->setContentsMargins( left, top, 0, bottom ); // create the line edit QLineEdit *lineEdit = new QLineEdit( _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).widget ); paramToolTip = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/Description").toString(); lineEdit->setToolTip( paramToolTip ); lineEdit->setMaximumWidth(50); lineEdit->setMinimumWidth(50); if ( _mainWindow != NULL ) { lineEdit->installEventFilter( _mainWindow ); } // create the label QLabel *label = new QLabel( _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).widget ); label->setText(indenterParameter); label->setBuddy(lineEdit); label->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding, QSizePolicy::Preferred); label->setToolTip( paramToolTip ); if ( _mainWindow != NULL ) { label->installEventFilter( _mainWindow ); } // put all into a layout and add it to the toolbox page QHBoxLayout *hboxLayout = new QHBoxLayout(); hboxLayout->addWidget(chkBox); hboxLayout->addWidget(lineEdit); hboxLayout->addWidget(label); _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).vboxLayout->addLayout(hboxLayout); // remember parameter name and reference to its line edit ParamString paramString; paramString.paramName = indenterParameter; paramString.paramCallName = parameterCallName; paramString.lineEdit = lineEdit; paramString.label = label; paramString.valueEnabledChkBox = chkBox; paramString.lineEdit->setText( _indenterSettings->value(paramString.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toString() ); _paramStrings.append(paramString); QObject::connect(lineEdit, SIGNAL(editingFinished()), this, SLOT(handleChangedIndenterSettings())); QObject::connect(chkBox, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(handleChangedIndenterSettings())); #ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS connect( lineEdit, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString)), this, SLOT(updateDrawing()) ); #endif // UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS } // edit type is multiple so create a combobox with label else if ( editType == "multiple" ) { // read the parameter name as it is used at the command line or in its config file QString parameterCallName = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/CallName").toString(); // create checkbox which enables or disables the parameter QCheckBox *chkBox = new QCheckBox( _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).widget ); chkBox->setChecked( _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/Enabled").toBool() ); chkBox->setToolTip( "Enables/disables the parameter. If disabled the indenters default value will be used." ); chkBox->setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Fixed ); int left, top, right, bottom; chkBox->getContentsMargins( &left, &top, &right, &bottom ); chkBox->setContentsMargins( left, top, 0, bottom ); // create the combo box QComboBox *comboBox = new QComboBox( _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).widget ); QStringList choicesStrings = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/Choices").toString().split("|"); QStringList choicesStringsReadable = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/ChoicesReadable").toString().split("|", QString::SkipEmptyParts); if ( choicesStringsReadable.isEmpty() ) { comboBox->addItems( choicesStrings ); } else { comboBox->addItems( choicesStringsReadable ); } paramToolTip = _indenterSettings->value(indenterParameter + "/Description").toString(); comboBox->setToolTip( paramToolTip ); if ( _mainWindow != NULL ) { comboBox->installEventFilter( _mainWindow ); } // put all into a layout and add it to the toolbox page QHBoxLayout *hboxLayout = new QHBoxLayout(); hboxLayout->addWidget(chkBox); hboxLayout->addWidget(comboBox); _indenterParameterCategoryPages.at(category).vboxLayout->addLayout(hboxLayout); // remember parameter name and reference to its lineedit ParamMultiple paramMultiple; paramMultiple.paramName = indenterParameter; paramMultiple.paramCallName = parameterCallName; paramMultiple.comboBox = comboBox; paramMultiple.choicesStrings = choicesStrings; paramMultiple.choicesStringsReadable = choicesStringsReadable; paramMultiple.valueEnabledChkBox = chkBox; paramMultiple.comboBox->setCurrentIndex( _indenterSettings->value(paramMultiple.paramName + "/ValueDefault").toInt() ); _paramMultiples.append(paramMultiple); QObject::connect(comboBox, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(handleChangedIndenterSettings())); QObject::connect(chkBox, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(handleChangedIndenterSettings())); #ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS connect( comboBox, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(updateDrawing()) ); #endif // UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS } } } // put a spacer at each page end foreach (IndenterParameterCategoryPage categoryPage, _indenterParameterCategoryPages) { categoryPage.vboxLayout->addStretch(); } } /*! \brief Searches and returns all indenters a configuration file is found for. Opens all uigui ini files found in the list \a _indenterIniFileList, opens each ini file and reads the there defined real name of the indenter. These names are being returned as QStringList. */ QStringList IndentHandler::getAvailableIndenters() { QStringList indenterNamesList; // Loop for every existing uigui ini file foreach (QString indenterIniFile, _indenterIniFileList) { // Open the ini file and search for the indenter name QFile file(_indenterDirctoryStr + "/" + indenterIniFile); if ( file.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text) ) { int index = -1; QByteArray line; // Search for the string "indenterName=" and get the following string until line end. while ( index == -1 && !file.atEnd() ) { line = file.readLine(); index = line.indexOf( "indenterName=", 0); } if ( index == 0 ) { line = line.remove(0, 13); indenterNamesList << line.trimmed(); } } } return indenterNamesList; } /*! \brief Deletes all elements in the toolbox and initializes the indenter selected by \a indenterID. */ void IndentHandler::setIndenter(int indenterID) { QApplication::setOverrideCursor(Qt::WaitCursor); #ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS disconnect( _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox, SIGNAL(currentChanged(int)), this, SLOT(updateDrawing()) ); #endif // UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS // Generate the parameter string that will be saved to the indenters config file. QString parameterString = getParameterString(); if ( !_indenterFileName.isEmpty() ) { saveConfigFile( _settingsDirctoryStr + "/" + _indenterFileName + ".cfg", parameterString ); } // Take care if the selected indenterID is smaller or greater than the number of existing indenters if ( indenterID < 0 ) { indenterID = 0; } if ( indenterID >= _indenterIniFileList.count() ) { indenterID = _indenterIniFileList.count() - 1; } // remove all pages from the toolbox for (int i = 0; i < _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox->count(); i++) { _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox->removeItem(i); } // delete all toolbox pages and by this its children foreach (IndenterParameterCategoryPage categoryPage, _indenterParameterCategoryPages) { delete categoryPage.widget; } // empty all lists, which stored infos for the toolbox pages and its widgets _indenterParameterCategoryPages.clear(); _paramStrings.clear(); _paramNumerics.clear(); _paramBooleans.clear(); _paramMultiples.clear(); delete _indenterSettings; #ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS QWidget dummyWidget; _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox->addItem(&dummyWidget, "dummyText"); #endif readIndentIniFile( _indenterDirctoryStr + "/" + _indenterIniFileList.at(indenterID) ); // Find out how the indenter can be executed. createIndenterCallString(); // Load the users last settings made for this indenter. loadConfigFile( _settingsDirctoryStr + "/" + _indenterFileName + ".cfg" ); handleChangedIndenterSettings(); QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor(); #ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS connect( _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox, SIGNAL(currentChanged(int)), this, SLOT(updateDrawing()) ); _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox->removeItem( _indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox->indexOf(&dummyWidget) ); #endif // UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS } /*! \brief Returns a string containing by the indenter supported file types/extensions divided by a space. */ QString IndentHandler::getPossibleIndenterFileExtensions() { return _fileTypes; } /*! \brief Returns the path and filename of the current indenter config file. */ QString IndentHandler::getIndenterCfgFile() { QFileInfo fileInfo( _indenterDirctoryStr + "/" + _globalConfigFilename ); return fileInfo.absoluteFilePath(); } /*! \brief Tries to create a call path string for the indenter executable. If successful returns true. */ bool IndentHandler::createIndenterCallString() { QProcess indentProcess; if ( _indenterFileName.isEmpty() ) { return false; } // First try to call the indenter inside of the data dir, using some suffix // ------------------------------------------------------------------------ // Set the directory for the indenter execution indentProcess.setWorkingDirectory( QFileInfo(_indenterDirctoryStr).absoluteFilePath() ); foreach ( QString suffix, QStringList() << "" << ".exe" << ".bat" << ".com" << ".sh" ) { _indenterExecutableSuffix = suffix; _indenterExecutableCallString = QFileInfo(_indenterDirctoryStr).absoluteFilePath() + "/" + _indenterFileName; _indenterExecutableCallString += suffix; // Only try to call the indenter, if the file exists. if ( QFile::exists(_indenterExecutableCallString) ) { // Only try to call the indenter directly if it is no php file if ( QFileInfo(_indenterExecutableCallString).suffix().toLower() != "php" ) { indentProcess.start( "\"" + _indenterExecutableCallString + + "\" " + _indenterShowHelpParameter ); if ( indentProcess.waitForFinished(2000) ) { _indenterExecutableCallString = "\"" + _indenterExecutableCallString + "\""; return true; } else if ( indentProcess.error() == QProcess::Timedout ) { _indenterExecutableCallString = "\"" + _indenterExecutableCallString + "\""; return true; } } // Test for needed interpreters // ---------------------------- // If the file could not be executed, try to find a shebang at its start or test if its a php file. QString interpreterName = ""; QFile indenterExecutable( _indenterExecutableCallString ); // If indenter executable file has .php as suffix, use php as default interpreter if ( QFileInfo(_indenterExecutableCallString).suffix().toLower() == "php" ) { interpreterName = "php -f"; } // Else try to open the file and read the shebang. else if ( indenterExecutable.open(QFile::ReadOnly) ) { // Read the first line of the file. QTextStream indenterExecutableContent(&indenterExecutable); QString firstLineOfIndenterExe = indenterExecutableContent.readLine(75); indenterExecutable.close(); // If the initial shebang is found, read the named intepreter. e.g. perl if ( firstLineOfIndenterExe.startsWith("#!") ) { // Get the rightmost word. by splitting the string into only full words. interpreterName = firstLineOfIndenterExe.split( "/" ).last(); } } // Try to call the interpreter, if it exists. if ( !interpreterName.isEmpty() ) { _indenterExecutableCallString = interpreterName + " \"" + _indenterExecutableCallString + "\""; indentProcess.start( interpreterName + " -h"); if ( indentProcess.waitForFinished(2000) ) { return true; } else if ( indentProcess.error() == QProcess::Timedout ) { return true; } // now we know an interpreter is needed but it could not be called, so inform the user. else { _errorMessageDialog->showMessage( tr("Interpreter needed"), tr("To use the selected indenter the program \"%1\" needs to be available in the global environment. You should add an entry to your path settings.").arg(interpreterName) ); return true; } } } } // If unsuccessful try if the indenter executable is a JavaScript file // ------------------------------------------------------------------- _indenterExecutableSuffix = ".js"; _indenterExecutableCallString = QFileInfo(_indenterDirctoryStr).absoluteFilePath() + "/" + _indenterFileName; _indenterExecutableCallString += _indenterExecutableSuffix; if ( QFile::exists(_indenterExecutableCallString) ) { return true; } // If unsuccessful try to call the indenter global, using some suffix // ------------------------------------------------------------------ foreach ( QString suffix, QStringList() << "" << ".exe" << ".bat" << ".com" << ".sh" ) { _indenterExecutableSuffix = suffix; _indenterExecutableCallString = _indenterFileName + suffix; indentProcess.start( _indenterExecutableCallString + " " + _indenterShowHelpParameter ); if ( indentProcess.waitForFinished(2000) ) { return true; } else if ( indentProcess.error() == QProcess::Timedout ) { return true; } } // If even globally calling the indenter fails, try calling .com and .exe via wine // ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- _indenterExecutableCallString = "\"" + QFileInfo(_indenterDirctoryStr).absoluteFilePath() + "/" + _indenterFileName; foreach ( QString suffix, QStringList() << ".exe" << ".com" ) { _indenterExecutableSuffix = suffix; if ( QFile::exists(_indenterDirctoryStr + "/" + _indenterFileName + suffix) ) { QProcess wineTestProcess; wineTestProcess.start("wine --version"); // if the process of wine was not callable assume that wine is not installed if ( !wineTestProcess.waitForFinished(2000) ) { _errorMessageDialog->showMessage(tr("wine not installed"), tr("There exists only a win32 executable of the indenter and wine does not seem to be installed. Please install wine to be able to run the indenter.") ); _indenterExecutableCallString = ""; return false; } else { _indenterExecutableCallString = "\"" + QFileInfo(_indenterDirctoryStr).absoluteFilePath() + "/"; _indenterExecutableCallString += _indenterFileName + suffix + "\""; _indenterExecutableCallString = "wine " + _indenterExecutableCallString; return true; } } } _indenterExecutableCallString = ""; _indenterExecutableSuffix = ""; return false; } /*! \brief Returns a string that points to where the indenters manual can be found. */ QString IndentHandler::getManual() { if ( _indenterSettings != NULL ) { return _indenterSettings->value("header/manual").toString(); } else { return ""; } } /*! \brief This slot gets the reference to the indenters manual and opens it. */ void IndentHandler::showIndenterManual() { QString manualReference = getManual(); QDesktopServices::openUrl( manualReference ); } /*! \brief Can be called to update all widgets text to the currently selected language. */ void IndentHandler::retranslateUi() { _indenterSelectionCombobox->setToolTip( tr("

Shows the currently chosen indenters name and lets you choose other available indenters

") ); _indenterParameterHelpButton->setToolTip( tr("Brings you to the online manual of the currently selected indenter, where you can get further help on the possible parameters.") ); _actionLoadIndenterConfigFile->setText(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Load Indenter Config File", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8)); _actionLoadIndenterConfigFile->setStatusTip(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Opens a file dialog to load the original config file of the indenter.", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8)); _actionLoadIndenterConfigFile->setShortcut(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Alt+O", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8)); _actionSaveIndenterConfigFile->setText(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Save Indenter Config File", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8)); _actionSaveIndenterConfigFile->setStatusTip(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Opens a dialog to save the current indenter configuration to a file.", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8)); _actionSaveIndenterConfigFile->setShortcut(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Alt+S", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8)); _actionCreateShellScript->setText(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Create Indenter Call Shell Script", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8)); _actionCreateShellScript->setToolTip(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Create a shell script that calls the current selected indenter for formatting an as parameter given file with the current indent settings.", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8)); _actionCreateShellScript->setStatusTip(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Create a shell script that calls the current selected indenter for formatting an as parameter given file with the current indent settings.", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8)); _actionResetIndenterParameters->setText(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Reset indenter parameters", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8)); _actionResetIndenterParameters->setToolTip(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Resets all indenter parameters to the default values.", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8)); _actionResetIndenterParameters->setStatusTip(QApplication::translate("IndentHandler", "Resets all indenter parameters to the default values.", 0, QApplication::UnicodeUTF8)); } /*! \brief Returns the name of the currently selected indenter. */ QString IndentHandler::getCurrentIndenterName() { QString currentIndenterName = _indenterSelectionCombobox->currentText(); // Remove the supported programming languages from indenters name, which are set in braces. if ( currentIndenterName.indexOf("(") > 0 ) { // Using index-1 to also leave out the blank before the brace. currentIndenterName = currentIndenterName.left( currentIndenterName.indexOf("(")-1 ); } return currentIndenterName; } /*! \brief Shows a file open dialog to open an existing config file for the currently selected indenter. If the file was successfully opened the indent handler is called to load the settings and update itself. */ void IndentHandler::openConfigFileDialog() { QString configFilePath; configFilePath = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName( NULL, tr("Choose indenter config file"), getIndenterCfgFile(), "All files (*.*)" ); if (configFilePath != "") { // If the config file was loaded successfully, inform any who is interested about it. if ( loadConfigFile(configFilePath) ) handleChangedIndenterSettings(); } } /*! \brief Calls the indenter config file save as dialog to save the config file under a chosen name. If the file already exists and it should be overwritten, a warning is shown before. */ void IndentHandler::saveasIndentCfgFileDialog() { QString fileExtensions = tr("All files")+" (*.*)"; //QString openedSourceFileContent = openFileDialog( tr("Choose source code file"), "./", fileExtensions ); QString fileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName( this, tr("Save indent config file"), getIndenterCfgFile(), fileExtensions); if (fileName != "") { QFile::remove(fileName); QFile outCfgFile(fileName); outCfgFile.open( QFile::ReadWrite | QFile::Text ); outCfgFile.write( getParameterString().toAscii() ); outCfgFile.close(); } } /*! \brief Invokes the indenter to create a shell script. Lets the indenter create a shell script for calling the indenter out of any other application and open a save dialog for saving the shell script. */ void IndentHandler::createIndenterCallShellScript() { QString shellScriptExtension; #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) shellScriptExtension = "bat"; #else shellScriptExtension = "sh"; #endif QString fileExtensions = tr("Shell Script")+" (*."+shellScriptExtension+");;"+tr("All files")+" (*.*)"; QString currentIndenterName = getCurrentIndenterName(); currentIndenterName = currentIndenterName.replace(" ", "_"); QString shellScriptFileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName( this, tr("Save shell script"), "call_"+currentIndenterName+"."+shellScriptExtension, fileExtensions); // Saving has been canceled if the filename is empty if ( shellScriptFileName.isEmpty() ) { return; } // Delete any old file, write the new contents and set executable permissions. QFile::remove(shellScriptFileName); QFile outSrcFile(shellScriptFileName); if ( outSrcFile.open( QFile::ReadWrite | QFile::Text ) ) { QString shellScriptConfigFilename = QFileInfo(shellScriptFileName).baseName() + "." + QFileInfo(_globalConfigFilename).suffix(); // Get the content of the shell/batch script. QString indenterCallShellScript = generateShellScript(shellScriptConfigFilename); // Replace placeholder for script name in script template. indenterCallShellScript = indenterCallShellScript.replace( "__INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__", QFileInfo(shellScriptFileName).fileName() ); outSrcFile.write( indenterCallShellScript.toAscii() ); #if !defined(Q_OS_WIN32) // For none Windows systems set the files executable flag outSrcFile.setPermissions( outSrcFile.permissions() | QFile::ExeOwner | QFile::ExeUser| QFile::ExeGroup ); #endif outSrcFile.close(); // Save the indenter config file to the same directory, where the shell srcipt was saved to, // because the script will reference it there via "./". if ( !_globalConfigFilename.isEmpty() ) { saveConfigFile( QFileInfo(shellScriptFileName).path() + "/" + shellScriptConfigFilename, getParameterString() ); } } } /*! \brief Resets all parameters to the indenters default values as they are specified in the uigui ini file but asks the user whether to do it really. */ void IndentHandler::resetIndenterParameter() { int messageBoxAnswer = QMessageBox::question(this, tr("Really reset parameters?"), tr("Do you really want to reset the indenter parameters to the default values?"), QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::Abort ); if ( messageBoxAnswer == QMessageBox::Yes ) { resetToDefaultValues(); } } /*! \brief Catch some events and let some other be handled by the super class. Is needed for use as Notepad++ plugin. */ bool IndentHandler::event( QEvent *event ) { if ( event->type() == QEvent::WindowActivate ) { event->accept(); return true; } else if ( event->type() == QEvent::WindowDeactivate ) { event->accept(); return true; } else { event->ignore(); return QWidget::event(event); } } /*! \brief Sets the function pointer \a _parameterChangedCallback to the given callback function \a paramChangedCallback. Is needed for use as Notepad++ plugin. */ void IndentHandler::setParameterChangedCallback( void(*paramChangedCallback)(void) ) { _parameterChangedCallback = paramChangedCallback; } /*! \brief Emits the \a indenterSettingsChanged signal and if set executes the \a _parameterChangedCallback function. Is needed for use as Notepad++ plugin. */ void IndentHandler::handleChangedIndenterSettings() { emit( indenterSettingsChanged() ); if ( _parameterChangedCallback != NULL ) { _parameterChangedCallback(); } } /*! \brief Sets a callback function that shall be called, when the this indenter parameter window gets closed. Is needed for use as Notepad++ plugin. */ void IndentHandler::setWindowClosedCallback( void(*winClosedCallback)(void) ) { _windowClosedCallback = winClosedCallback; } /*! \brief Is called on this indenter parameter window close and if set calls the function \a _windowClosedCallback. Is needed for use as Notepad++ plugin. */ void IndentHandler::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event) { if ( _windowClosedCallback != NULL ) { _windowClosedCallback(); } event->accept(); } /*! \brief Returns the id (list index) of the currently selected indenter. */ int IndentHandler::getIndenterId() { return _indenterSelectionCombobox->currentIndex(); } void IndentHandler::updateDrawing() { #ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS if ( isVisible() ) { QRect savedGeometry = geometry(); setGeometry( savedGeometry.adjusted(0,0,0,1) ); repaint(); setGeometry( savedGeometry ); } #endif // UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS } void IndentHandler::wheelEvent( QWheelEvent *event ) { UNUSED_PARAMETER_WARNING_AVOID(event); #ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS QWidget::wheelEvent( event ); updateDrawing(); #endif // UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS } /*! \brief Converts characters < > and & in the \a text to HTML codes < > and &. */ //TODO: This function should go into a string helper/tool class/file. QString IndentHandler::encodeToHTML(const QString &text) { QString htmlText = text; htmlText.replace("&", "&"); htmlText.replace("<", "<"); htmlText.replace(">", ">"); htmlText.replace('"', """); htmlText.replace("'", "'"); htmlText.replace("^", "ˆ"); htmlText.replace("~", "˜"); htmlText.replace("€", "€"); htmlText.replace("©", "©"); return htmlText; } universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/IndentHandler.h0000770000000000017510000001503311700107426020150 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef INDENTHANDLER_H #define INDENTHANDLER_H #include class UiGuiErrorMessage; class UiGuiIniFileParser; class QMenu; class QVBoxLayout; class QLabel; class QSpinBox; class QComboBox; class QCheckBox; class QLineEdit; class QToolButton; class QToolBox; class IndentHandler : public QWidget { Q_OBJECT public: IndentHandler(int indenterID, QWidget *mainWindow = NULL, QWidget *parent = NULL); ~IndentHandler(); QString generateShellScript(const QString &configFilename); QString callIndenter(QString sourceCode, QString inputFileExtension); bool loadConfigFile(QString filePathName); void resetToDefaultValues(); QStringList getAvailableIndenters(); QString getPossibleIndenterFileExtensions(); QString getParameterString(); QString getIndenterCfgFile(); QString getManual(); void retranslateUi(); QString getCurrentIndenterName(); QMenu* getIndenterMenu(); QList getIndenterMenuActions(); void contextMenuEvent( QContextMenuEvent *event ); void setParameterChangedCallback( void(*paramChangedCallback)(void) ); void setWindowClosedCallback( void(*winClosedCallback)(void) ); int getIndenterId(); signals: void indenterSettingsChanged(); void selectedIndenterIndexChanged(int index); protected: bool event( QEvent *event ); void closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event); void wheelEvent( QWheelEvent *event ); private slots: void setIndenter(int indenterID); void showIndenterManual(); void openConfigFileDialog(); void saveasIndentCfgFileDialog(); void createIndenterCallShellScript(); void resetIndenterParameter(); void handleChangedIndenterSettings(); void updateDrawing(); private: QString callExecutableIndenter(QString sourceCode, QString inputFileExtension); QString callJavaScriptIndenter(QString sourceCode); void saveConfigFile(QString filePathName, QString parameterString); void readIndentIniFile(QString iniFilePath); bool createIndenterCallString(); void initIndenterMenu(); //! Holds a reference to all created pages of the parameter categories toolbox and the pages boxlayout struct IndenterParameterCategoryPage { QWidget *widget; QVBoxLayout *vboxLayout; }; QVector _indenterParameterCategoryPages; //! Holds a reference to all checkboxes needed for boolean parameter setting and the parameters name struct ParamBoolean { QString paramName; QString trueString; QString falseString; QCheckBox *checkBox; }; QVector _paramBooleans; //! Holds a reference to all line edits needed for parameter setting and the parameters name struct ParamString { QString paramName; QString paramCallName; QCheckBox *valueEnabledChkBox; QLineEdit *lineEdit; QLabel *label; }; QVector _paramStrings; //! Hold a reference to all spin boxes needed for parameter setting and the parameters name struct ParamNumeric { QString paramName; QString paramCallName; QCheckBox *valueEnabledChkBox; QSpinBox *spinBox; QLabel *label; }; QVector _paramNumerics; //! Hold a reference to all combo boxes needed for parameter setting and the parameters name struct ParamMultiple { QString paramName; QString paramCallName; QCheckBox *valueEnabledChkBox; QComboBox *comboBox; QStringList choicesStrings; QStringList choicesStringsReadable; }; QVector _paramMultiples; QComboBox *_indenterSelectionCombobox; QToolButton *_indenterParameterHelpButton; //! Vertical layout box, into which the toolbox will be added QVBoxLayout *_toolBoxContainerLayout; QToolBox *_indenterParameterCategoriesToolBox; UiGuiIniFileParser *_indenterSettings; QStringList _indenterParameters; //! The indenters name in a descriptive form QString _indenterName; //! The indenters file name (w/o extension), that is being called QString _indenterFileName; QString _indenterDirctoryStr; QString _tempDirctoryStr; QString _settingsDirctoryStr; QStringList _indenterIniFileList; QString _parameterOrder; QString _globalConfigFilename; QString _cfgFileParameterEnding; QString _inputFileParameter; QString _inputFileName; QString _outputFileParameter; QString _outputFileName; QString _fileTypes; QString _useCfgFileParameter; QString _indenterShowHelpParameter; QWidget *_mainWindow; UiGuiErrorMessage *_errorMessageDialog; QString _indenterExecutableCallString; QString _indenterExecutableSuffix; QMenu *_menuIndenter; QAction *_actionLoadIndenterConfigFile; QAction *_actionSaveIndenterConfigFile; QAction *_actionCreateShellScript; QAction *_actionResetIndenterParameters; //! Needed for the NPP plugin. void(*_parameterChangedCallback)(void); //! Needed for the NPP plugin. void(*_windowClosedCallback)(void); //TODO: This function should go into a string helper/tool class/file. QString encodeToHTML(const QString &text); }; #endif // INDENTHANDLER_H universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/MainWindow.cpp0000770000000000017510000015550111700107426020045 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "MainWindow.h" #include "ui_MainWindow.h" #include "UiGuiVersion.h" #include "debugging/TSLogger.h" #include "SettingsPaths.h" #include "ui_ToolBarWidget.h" #include "AboutDialog.h" #include "AboutDialogGraphicsView.h" #include "UiGuiSettings.h" #include "UiGuiSettingsDialog.h" #include "UiGuiHighlighter.h" #include "IndentHandler.h" #include "UpdateCheckDialog.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include using namespace tschweitzer; //! \defgroup grp_MainWindow All concerning main window functionality. /*! \class MainWindow \ingroup grp_MainWindow \brief Is the main window of UniversalIndentGUI The MainWindow class is responsible for generating and displaying most of the gui elements. Its look is set in the file "mainwindow.ui". An object for the indent handler is generated here and user actions are being controlled. Is responsible for file open dialogs and indenter selection. */ /*! \brief Constructs the main window. */ MainWindow::MainWindow(QString file2OpenOnStart, QWidget *parent) : QMainWindow(parent) , _mainWindowForm(NULL) , _qSciSourceCodeEditor(NULL) , _settings(NULL) , _highlighter(NULL) , _textEditVScrollBar(NULL) , _aboutDialog(NULL) , _aboutDialogGraphicsView(NULL) , _settingsDialog(NULL) , _encodingActionGroup(NULL) , _saveEncodedActionGroup(NULL) , _highlighterActionGroup(NULL) , _uiGuiTranslator(NULL) , _qTTranslator(NULL) , _toolBarWidget(NULL) , _indentHandler(NULL) , _updateCheckDialog(NULL) , _textEditLineColumnInfoLabel(NULL) { // Init of some variables. _sourceCodeChanged = false; _scrollPositionChanged = false; // Create the _settings object, which loads all UiGui settings from a file. _settings = UiGuiSettings::getInstance(); // Initialize the language of the application. initApplicationLanguage(); // Creates the main window and initializes it. initMainWindow(); // Create toolbar and insert it into the main window. initToolBar(); // Create the text edit component using the QScintilla widget. initTextEditor(); // Create and init the syntax highlighter. initSyntaxHighlighter(); // Create and init the indenter. initIndenter(); // Create some menus. createEncodingMenu(); createHighlighterMenu(); // Generate about dialog box _aboutDialog = new AboutDialog(this, Qt::SplashScreen); _aboutDialogGraphicsView = new AboutDialogGraphicsView(_aboutDialog, this); connect( _toolBarWidget->pbAbout, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(showAboutDialog()) ); connect( _mainWindowForm->actionAbout_UniversalIndentGUI, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(showAboutDialog()) ); // Generate settings dialog box _settingsDialog = new UiGuiSettingsDialog(this, _settings); connect( _mainWindowForm->actionShowSettings, SIGNAL(triggered()), _settingsDialog, SLOT(showDialog()) ); // If a file that should be opened on start has been handed over to the constructor exists, load it if ( QFile::exists(file2OpenOnStart) ) { openSourceFileDialog(file2OpenOnStart); } // Otherwise load the last opened file, if this is enabled in the settings. else { loadLastOpenedFile(); } updateSourceView(); // Check if a newer version is available but only if the setting for that is enabled and today not already a check has been done. if ( _settings->getValueByName("CheckForUpdate").toBool() && QDate::currentDate() != _settings->getValueByName("LastUpdateCheck").toDate() ) { _updateCheckDialog->checkForUpdate(); } // Enable accept dropping of files. setAcceptDrops(true); } /*! \brief Initializes the main window by creating the main gui and make some _settings. */ void MainWindow::initMainWindow() { // Generate gui as it is build in the file "mainwindow.ui" _mainWindowForm = new Ui::MainWindowUi(); _mainWindowForm->setupUi(this); // Handle last opened window size // ------------------------------ bool maximized = _settings->getValueByName("maximized").toBool(); QPoint pos = _settings->getValueByName("position").toPoint(); QSize size = _settings->getValueByName("size").toSize(); resize(size); move(pos); if ( maximized ) { showMaximized(); } #ifndef Q_OS_MAC // On Mac restoring the window state causes the screenshot no longer to work. restoreState( _settings->getValueByName("MainWindowState").toByteArray() ); #endif // Handle if first run of this version // ----------------------------------- QString readVersion = _settings->getValueByName("version").toString(); // If version strings are not equal set first run true. if ( readVersion != PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING ) { _isFirstRunOfThisVersion = true; } else { _isFirstRunOfThisVersion = false; } // Get last selected file encoding // ------------------------------- _currentEncoding = _settings->getValueByName("encoding").toString(); _updateCheckDialog = new UpdateCheckDialog(_settings, this); // Register the load last file setting in the menu to the _settings object. _settings->registerObjectProperty(_mainWindowForm->loadLastOpenedFileOnStartupAction, "checked", "loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup"); // Tell the QScintilla editor if it has to show white space. connect( _mainWindowForm->whiteSpaceIsVisibleAction, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, SLOT(setWhiteSpaceVisibility(bool)) ); // Register the white space setting in the menu to the _settings object. _settings->registerObjectProperty(_mainWindowForm->whiteSpaceIsVisibleAction, "checked", "whiteSpaceIsVisible"); // Connect the remaining menu items. connect( _mainWindowForm->actionOpen_Source_File, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(openSourceFileDialog()) ); connect( _mainWindowForm->actionSave_Source_File_As, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(saveasSourceFileDialog()) ); connect( _mainWindowForm->actionSave_Source_File, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(saveSourceFile()) ); connect( _mainWindowForm->actionExportPDF, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(exportToPDF()) ); connect( _mainWindowForm->actionExportHTML, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(exportToHTML()) ); connect( _mainWindowForm->actionCheck_for_update, SIGNAL(triggered()), _updateCheckDialog, SLOT(checkForUpdateAndShowDialog()) ); connect( _mainWindowForm->actionShowLog, SIGNAL(triggered()), debugging::TSLogger::getInstance(), SLOT(show()) ); // Init the menu for selecting one of the recently opened files. updateRecentlyOpenedList(); connect( _mainWindowForm->menuRecently_Opened_Files, SIGNAL(triggered(QAction*)), this, SLOT(openFileFromRecentlyOpenedList(QAction*)) ); //connect( _settings, SIGNAL(recentlyOpenedListSize(int)), this, SLOT(updateRecentlyOpenedList()) ); _settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "updateRecentlyOpenedList()", "recentlyOpenedListSize"); } /*! \brief Creates and inits the tool bar. It is added to the main window. */ void MainWindow::initToolBar() { // Create the tool bar and add it to the main window. _toolBarWidget = new Ui::ToolBarWidget(); QWidget* helpWidget = new QWidget(); _toolBarWidget->setupUi(helpWidget); _mainWindowForm->toolBar->addWidget(helpWidget); _mainWindowForm->toolBar->setAllowedAreas( Qt::TopToolBarArea | Qt::BottomToolBarArea ); // Connect the tool bar widgets to their functions. _settings->registerObjectProperty(_toolBarWidget->enableSyntaxHighlightningCheckBox, "checked", "SyntaxHighlightingEnabled"); _toolBarWidget->enableSyntaxHighlightningCheckBox->hide(); connect( _toolBarWidget->pbOpen_Source_File, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(openSourceFileDialog()) ); connect( _toolBarWidget->pbExit, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(close())); connect( _toolBarWidget->cbLivePreview, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, SLOT(previewTurnedOnOff(bool)) ); connect( _toolBarWidget->cbLivePreview, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), _mainWindowForm->actionLive_Indent_Preview, SLOT(setChecked(bool)) ); connect( _mainWindowForm->actionLive_Indent_Preview, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), _toolBarWidget->cbLivePreview, SLOT(setChecked(bool)) ); } /*! \brief Create and initialize the text editor component. It uses the QScintilla widget. */ void MainWindow::initTextEditor() { // Create the QScintilla widget and add it to the layout. qDebug() << "Trying to load QScintilla library. If anything fails during loading, it might be possible that" << " the debug and release version of QScintilla are mixed or the library cannot be found at all."; // Try and catch doesn't seem to catch the runtime error when starting UiGUI release with QScintilla debug lib and the other way around. try { _qSciSourceCodeEditor = new QsciScintilla(this); } catch (...) { QMessageBox::critical(this, "Error creating QScintilla text editor component!", "During trying to create the text editor component, that is based on QScintilla, an error occurred. Please make sure that you have installed QScintilla and not mixed release and debug versions." ); exit(1); } _mainWindowForm->hboxLayout1->addWidget(_qSciSourceCodeEditor); // Make some _settings for the QScintilla widget. _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setUtf8(true); _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setMarginLineNumbers(1, true); _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setMarginWidth(1, QString("10000") ); _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setBraceMatching(_qSciSourceCodeEditor->SloppyBraceMatch); _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setMatchedBraceForegroundColor( QColor("red") ); _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setFolding(QsciScintilla::BoxedTreeFoldStyle); _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setAutoCompletionSource(QsciScintilla::AcsAll); _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setAutoCompletionThreshold(3); // Handle if white space is set to be visible bool whiteSpaceIsVisible = _settings->getValueByName("whiteSpaceIsVisible").toBool(); setWhiteSpaceVisibility( whiteSpaceIsVisible ); // Handle the width of tabs in spaces int tabWidth = _settings->getValueByName("tabWidth").toInt(); _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setTabWidth(tabWidth); // Remember a pointer to the scrollbar of the QScintilla widget used to keep // on the same line as before when turning preview on/off. _textEditVScrollBar = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->verticalScrollBar(); // Add a column row indicator to the status bar. _textEditLineColumnInfoLabel = new QLabel( tr("Line %1, Column %2").arg(1).arg(1) ); _mainWindowForm->statusbar->addPermanentWidget(_textEditLineColumnInfoLabel); connect( _qSciSourceCodeEditor, SIGNAL(cursorPositionChanged(int, int)), this, SLOT(setStatusBarCursorPosInfo(int, int)) ); // Connect the text editor to dependent functions. connect( _qSciSourceCodeEditor, SIGNAL(textChanged()), this, SLOT(sourceCodeChangedHelperSlot()) ); connect( _qSciSourceCodeEditor, SIGNAL(linesChanged()), this, SLOT(numberOfLinesChanged()) ); //connect( _settings, SIGNAL(tabWidth(int)), _qSciSourceCodeEditor, SLOT(setTabWidth(int)) ); _settings->registerObjectSlot(_qSciSourceCodeEditor, "setTabWidth(int)", "tabWidth"); _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setTabWidth( _settings->getValueByName("tabWidth").toInt() ); } /*! \brief Create and init the syntax _highlighter and set it to use the QScintilla edit component. */ void MainWindow::initSyntaxHighlighter() { // Create the _highlighter. _highlighter = new UiGuiHighlighter(_qSciSourceCodeEditor); // Connect the syntax highlighting setting in the menu to the turnHighlightOnOff function. connect( _mainWindowForm->enableSyntaxHighlightingAction, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, SLOT(turnHighlightOnOff(bool)) ); // Register the syntax highlighting setting in the menu to the _settings object. _settings->registerObjectProperty(_mainWindowForm->enableSyntaxHighlightingAction, "checked", "SyntaxHighlightingEnabled"); } /*! \brief Initializes the language of UniversalIndentGUI. If the program language is defined in the _settings, the corresponding language file will be loaded and set for the application. If not set there, the system default language will be set, if a translation file for that language exists. Returns true, if the translation file could be loaded. Otherwise it returns false and uses the default language, which is English. */ bool MainWindow::initApplicationLanguage() { QString languageShort; // Get the language _settings from the _settings object. int languageIndex = _settings->getValueByName("language").toInt(); // If no language was set, indicated by a negative index, use the system language. if ( languageIndex < 0 ) { languageShort = QLocale::system().name(); // Chinese and Japanese language consist of country and language code. // For all others the language code will be cut off. if ( languageShort.left(2) != "zh" && languageShort.left(2) != "ja" ) { languageShort = languageShort.left(2); } // If no translation file for the systems local language exist, fall back to English. if ( _settings->getAvailableTranslations().indexOf(languageShort) < 0 ) { languageShort = "en"; } // Set the language setting to the new language. _settings->setValueByName("language", _settings->getAvailableTranslations().indexOf(languageShort) ); } // If a language was defined in the _settings, get this language mnemonic. else { languageShort = _settings->getAvailableTranslations().at(languageIndex); } // Load the Qt own translation file and set it for the application. _qTTranslator = new QTranslator(); bool translationFileLoaded; translationFileLoaded = _qTTranslator->load( SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() + "/translations/qt_" + languageShort ); if ( translationFileLoaded ) { qApp->installTranslator(_qTTranslator); } // Load the uigui translation file and set it for the application. _uiGuiTranslator = new QTranslator(); translationFileLoaded = _uiGuiTranslator->load( SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() + "/translations/universalindent_" + languageShort ); if ( translationFileLoaded ) { qApp->installTranslator(_uiGuiTranslator); } //connect( _settings, SIGNAL(language(int)), this, SLOT(languageChanged(int)) ); _settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "languageChanged(int)", "language"); return translationFileLoaded; } /*! \brief Creates and initializes the indenter. */ void MainWindow::initIndenter() { // Get Id of last selected indenter. _currentIndenterID = _settings->getValueByName("selectedIndenter").toInt(); // Create the indenter widget with the ID and add it to the layout. _indentHandler = new IndentHandler(_currentIndenterID, this, _mainWindowForm->centralwidget); _mainWindowForm->vboxLayout->addWidget(_indentHandler); // If _settings for the indenter have changed, let the main window know aboud it. connect(_indentHandler, SIGNAL(indenterSettingsChanged()), this, SLOT(indentSettingsChangedSlot())); // Set this true, so the indenter is called at first program start _indentSettingsChanged = true; _previewToggled = true; // Handle if indenter parameter tool tips are enabled _settings->registerObjectProperty(_mainWindowForm->indenterParameterTooltipsEnabledAction, "checked", "indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled"); // Add the indenters context menu to the mainwindows menu. _mainWindowForm->menuIndenter->addActions( _indentHandler->getIndenterMenuActions() ); } /*! \brief Tries to load the by \a filePath defined file and returns its content as QString. If the file could not be loaded a error dialog will be shown. */ QString MainWindow::loadFile(QString filePath) { QFile inSrcFile(filePath); QString fileContent = ""; if ( !inSrcFile.open(QFile::ReadOnly | QFile::Text) ) { QMessageBox::warning(NULL, tr("Error opening file"), tr("Cannot read the file ")+"\""+filePath+"\"." ); } else { QTextStream inSrcStrm(&inSrcFile); QApplication::setOverrideCursor(Qt::WaitCursor); inSrcStrm.setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName(_currentEncoding.toAscii()) ); fileContent = inSrcStrm.readAll(); QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor(); inSrcFile.close(); QFileInfo fileInfo(filePath); _currentSourceFileExtension = fileInfo.suffix(); int indexOfHighlighter = _highlighter->setLexerForExtension( _currentSourceFileExtension ); _highlighterActionGroup->actions().at(indexOfHighlighter)->setChecked(true); } return fileContent; } /*! \brief Calls the source file open dialog to load a source file for the formatting preview. If the file was successfully loaded the indenter will be called to generate the formatted source code. */ void MainWindow::openSourceFileDialog(QString fileName) { // If the source code file is changed and the shown dialog for saving the file // is canceled, also stop opening another source file. if ( !maybeSave() ) { return; } QString openedSourceFileContent = ""; QString fileExtensions = tr("Supported by indenter")+" ("+_indentHandler->getPossibleIndenterFileExtensions()+ ");;"+tr("All files")+" (*.*)"; //QString openedSourceFileContent = openFileDialog( tr("Choose source code file"), "./", fileExtensions ); if ( fileName.isEmpty() ) { fileName = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName( this, tr("Choose source code file"), _currentSourceFile, fileExtensions); } if (fileName != "") { _currentSourceFile = fileName; QFileInfo fileInfo(fileName); _currentSourceFileExtension = fileInfo.suffix(); openedSourceFileContent = loadFile(fileName); _sourceFileContent = openedSourceFileContent; if ( _toolBarWidget->cbLivePreview->isChecked() ) { callIndenter(); } _sourceCodeChanged = true; _previewToggled = true; updateSourceView(); updateWindowTitle(); updateRecentlyOpenedList(); _textEditLastScrollPos = 0; _textEditVScrollBar->setValue( _textEditLastScrollPos ); _savedSourceContent = openedSourceFileContent; _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified( false ); setWindowModified( false ); } } /*! \brief Calls the source file save as dialog to save a source file under a chosen name. If the file already exists and it should be overwritten, a warning is shown before. */ bool MainWindow::saveasSourceFileDialog(QAction *chosenEncodingAction) { QString encoding; QString fileExtensions = tr("Supported by indenter")+" ("+_indentHandler->getPossibleIndenterFileExtensions()+ ");;"+tr("All files")+" (*.*)"; //QString openedSourceFileContent = openFileDialog( tr("Choose source code file"), "./", fileExtensions ); QString fileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName( this, tr("Save source code file"), _currentSourceFile, fileExtensions); // Saving has been canceled if the filename is empty if ( fileName.isEmpty() ) { return false; } _savedSourceContent = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text(); _currentSourceFile = fileName; QFile::remove(fileName); QFile outSrcFile(fileName); outSrcFile.open( QFile::ReadWrite | QFile::Text ); // Get current encoding. if ( chosenEncodingAction != NULL ) { encoding = chosenEncodingAction->text(); } else { encoding = _encodingActionGroup->checkedAction()->text(); } QTextStream outSrcStrm(&outSrcFile); outSrcStrm.setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName(encoding.toAscii()) ); outSrcStrm << _savedSourceContent; outSrcFile.close(); QFileInfo fileInfo(fileName); _currentSourceFileExtension = fileInfo.suffix(); _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified( false ); setWindowModified( false ); updateWindowTitle(); return true; } /*! \brief Saves the currently shown source code to the last save or opened source file. If no source file has been opened, because only the static example has been loaded, the save as file dialog will be shown. */ bool MainWindow::saveSourceFile() { if ( _currentSourceFile.isEmpty() ) { return saveasSourceFileDialog(); } else { QFile::remove(_currentSourceFile); QFile outSrcFile(_currentSourceFile); _savedSourceContent = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text(); outSrcFile.open( QFile::ReadWrite | QFile::Text ); // Get current encoding. QString _currentEncoding = _encodingActionGroup->checkedAction()->text(); QTextStream outSrcStrm(&outSrcFile); outSrcStrm.setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName(_currentEncoding.toAscii()) ); outSrcStrm << _savedSourceContent; outSrcFile.close(); _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified( false ); setWindowModified( false ); } return true; } /*! \brief Shows a file open dialog. Shows a file open dialog with the title \a dialogHeaderStr starting in the directory \a startPath and with a file mask defined by \a fileMaskStr. Returns the contents of the file as QString. */ QString MainWindow::openFileDialog(QString dialogHeaderStr, QString startPath, QString fileMaskStr) { QString fileContent = ""; QString fileName = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName( NULL, dialogHeaderStr, startPath, fileMaskStr); if (fileName != "") { fileContent = loadFile(fileName); } return fileContent; } /*! \brief Updates the displaying of the source code. Updates the text edit field, which is showing the loaded, and if preview is enabled formatted, source code. Reassigns the line numbers and in case of switch between preview and none preview keeps the text field at the same line number. */ void MainWindow::updateSourceView() { _textEditLastScrollPos = _textEditVScrollBar->value(); if ( _toolBarWidget->cbLivePreview->isChecked() ) { _sourceViewContent = _sourceFormattedContent; } else { _sourceViewContent = _sourceFileContent; } if (_previewToggled) { disconnect( _qSciSourceCodeEditor, SIGNAL(textChanged ()), this, SLOT(sourceCodeChangedHelperSlot()) ); bool textIsModified = isWindowModified(); _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setText(_sourceViewContent); setWindowModified(textIsModified); _previewToggled = false; connect( _qSciSourceCodeEditor, SIGNAL(textChanged ()), this, SLOT(sourceCodeChangedHelperSlot()) ); } _textEditVScrollBar->setValue( _textEditLastScrollPos ); } /*! \brief Calls the selected indenter with the currently loaded source code to retrieve the formatted source code. The original loaded source code file will not be changed. */ void MainWindow::callIndenter() { QApplication::setOverrideCursor(QCursor(Qt::WaitCursor)); _sourceFormattedContent = _indentHandler->callIndenter(_sourceFileContent, _currentSourceFileExtension); //updateSourceView(); QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor(); } /*! \brief Switches the syntax highlighting corresponding to the value \a turnOn either on or off. */ void MainWindow::turnHighlightOnOff(bool turnOn) { if ( turnOn ) { _highlighter->turnHighlightOn(); } else { _highlighter->turnHighlightOff(); } _previewToggled = true; updateSourceView(); } /*! \brief Added this slot to avoid multiple calls because of changed text. */ void MainWindow::sourceCodeChangedHelperSlot() { QTimer::singleShot(0, this, SLOT(sourceCodeChangedSlot())); } /*! \brief Is emitted whenever the text inside the source view window changes. Calls the indenter to format the changed source code. */ void MainWindow::sourceCodeChangedSlot() { QChar enteredCharacter; int cursorPos, cursorPosAbsolut, cursorLine; QString text; _sourceCodeChanged = true; if ( _scrollPositionChanged ) { _scrollPositionChanged = false; } // Get the content text of the text editor. _sourceFileContent = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text(); // Get the position of the cursor in the unindented text. if ( _sourceFileContent.isEmpty() ) { // Add this line feed, because AStyle has problems with a totally emtpy file. _sourceFileContent += "\n"; cursorPosAbsolut = 0; cursorPos = 0; cursorLine = 0; enteredCharacter = _sourceFileContent.at(cursorPosAbsolut); } else { _qSciSourceCodeEditor->getCursorPosition(&cursorLine, &cursorPos); cursorPosAbsolut = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_GETCURRENTPOS); text = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text(cursorLine); if ( cursorPosAbsolut > 0 ) { cursorPosAbsolut--; } if ( cursorPos > 0 ) { cursorPos--; } enteredCharacter = _sourceFileContent.at(cursorPosAbsolut); } // Call the indenter to reformat the text. if ( _toolBarWidget->cbLivePreview->isChecked() ) { callIndenter(); _previewToggled = true; } // Update the text editor. updateSourceView(); if ( _toolBarWidget->cbLivePreview->isChecked() && !enteredCharacter.isNull() && enteredCharacter != 10 ) { //const char ch = enteredCharacter.toAscii(); int saveCursorLine = cursorLine; int saveCursorPos = cursorPos; bool charFound = false; // Search forward for ( cursorLine = saveCursorLine; cursorLine-saveCursorLine < 6 && cursorLine < _qSciSourceCodeEditor->lines(); cursorLine++ ) { text = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text(cursorLine); while ( cursorPos < text.count() && enteredCharacter != text.at(cursorPos)) { cursorPos++; } if ( cursorPos >= text.count() ) { cursorPos = 0; } else { charFound = true; break; } } // If foward search did not find the character, search backward if ( !charFound ) { text = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text(saveCursorLine); cursorPos = saveCursorPos; if ( cursorPos >= text.count() ) { cursorPos = text.count() - 1; } for ( cursorLine = saveCursorLine; saveCursorLine-cursorLine < 6 && cursorLine >= 0; cursorLine-- ) { text = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text(cursorLine); while ( cursorPos >= 0 && enteredCharacter != text.at(cursorPos)) { cursorPos--; } if ( cursorPos < 0 ) { cursorPos = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->lineLength(cursorLine-1) - 1; } else { charFound = true; break; } } } // If the character was found set its new cursor position... if ( charFound ) { _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setCursorPosition( cursorLine, cursorPos+1 ); } // ...if it was not found, set the previous cursor position. else { _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setCursorPosition( saveCursorLine, saveCursorPos+1 ); } } // set the previous cursor position. else if ( enteredCharacter == 10 ) { _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setCursorPosition( cursorLine, cursorPos ); } if ( _toolBarWidget->cbLivePreview->isChecked() ) { _sourceCodeChanged = false; } if ( _savedSourceContent == _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text() ) { _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified( false ); setWindowModified( false ); } else { _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified( true ); // Has no effect according to QScintilla docs. setWindowModified( true ); } // Could set cursor this way and use normal linear search in text instead of columns and rows. //_qSciSourceCodeEditor->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_SETCURRENTPOS, 50); //_qSciSourceCodeEditor->SendScintilla(QsciScintillaBase::SCI_SETANCHOR, 50); } /*! \brief This slot is called whenever one of the indenter _settings are changed. It calls the selected indenter if the preview is turned on. If preview is not active a flag is set, that the _settings have changed. */ void MainWindow::indentSettingsChangedSlot() { _indentSettingsChanged = true; int cursorLine, cursorPos; _qSciSourceCodeEditor->getCursorPosition(&cursorLine, &cursorPos); if ( _toolBarWidget->cbLivePreview->isChecked() ) { callIndenter(); _previewToggled = true; updateSourceView(); if (_sourceCodeChanged) { /* savedCursor = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->textCursor(); if ( cursorPos >= _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text().count() ) { cursorPos = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text().count() - 1; } savedCursor.setPosition( cursorPos ); _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setTextCursor( savedCursor ); */ _sourceCodeChanged = false; } _indentSettingsChanged = false; } else { updateSourceView(); } if ( _savedSourceContent == _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text() ) { _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified( false ); setWindowModified( false ); } else { _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified( true ); // Has no effect according to QScintilla docs. setWindowModified( true ); } } /*! \brief This slot is called whenever the preview button is turned on or off. It calls the selected indenter to format the current source code if the code has been changed since the last indenter call. */ void MainWindow::previewTurnedOnOff(bool turnOn) { _previewToggled = true; int cursorLine, cursorPos; _qSciSourceCodeEditor->getCursorPosition(&cursorLine, &cursorPos); if ( turnOn && (_indentSettingsChanged || _sourceCodeChanged) ) { callIndenter(); } updateSourceView(); if (_sourceCodeChanged) { /* savedCursor = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->textCursor(); if ( cursorPos >= _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text().count() ) { cursorPos = _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text().count() - 1; } savedCursor.setPosition( cursorPos ); _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setTextCursor( savedCursor ); */ _sourceCodeChanged = false; } _indentSettingsChanged = false; if ( _savedSourceContent == _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text() ) { _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified( false ); setWindowModified( false ); } else { _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified( true ); setWindowModified( true ); } } /*! \brief This slot updates the main window title to show the currently opened source code filename. */ void MainWindow::updateWindowTitle() { this->setWindowTitle( "UniversalIndentGUI " + QString(PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING) + " [*]" + _currentSourceFile ); } /*! \brief Opens a dialog to save the current source code as a PDF document. */ void MainWindow::exportToPDF() { QString fileExtensions = tr("PDF Document")+" (*.pdf)"; QString fileName = _currentSourceFile; QFileInfo fileInfo(fileName); QString fileExtension = fileInfo.suffix(); fileName.replace( fileName.length()-fileExtension.length(), fileExtension.length(), "pdf" ); fileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName( this, tr("Export source code file"), fileName, fileExtensions); if ( !fileName.isEmpty() ) { QsciPrinter printer(QPrinter::HighResolution); printer.setOutputFormat(QPrinter::PdfFormat); printer.setOutputFileName(fileName); printer.printRange(_qSciSourceCodeEditor); } } /*! \brief Opens a dialog to save the current source code as a HTML document. */ void MainWindow::exportToHTML() { QString fileExtensions = tr("HTML Document")+" (*.html)"; QString fileName = _currentSourceFile; QFileInfo fileInfo(fileName); QString fileExtension = fileInfo.suffix(); fileName.replace( fileName.length()-fileExtension.length(), fileExtension.length(), "html" ); fileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName( this, tr("Export source code file"), fileName, fileExtensions); if ( !fileName.isEmpty() ) { // Create a document from which HTML code can be generated. QTextDocument sourceCodeDocument( _qSciSourceCodeEditor->text() ); sourceCodeDocument.setDefaultFont( QFont("Courier", 12, QFont::Normal) ); QString sourceCodeAsHTML = sourceCodeDocument.toHtml(); // To ensure that empty lines are kept in the HTML code make this replacement. sourceCodeAsHTML.replace("\">

", "\">

"); // Write the HTML file. QFile::remove(fileName); QFile outSrcFile(fileName); outSrcFile.open( QFile::ReadWrite | QFile::Text ); outSrcFile.write( sourceCodeAsHTML.toAscii() ); outSrcFile.close(); } } /*! \brief Loads the last opened file if this option is enabled in the _settings. If the file does not exist, the default example file is tried to be loaded. If even that fails a very small code example is shown. If the setting for opening the last file is disabled, the editor is empty on startup. */ void MainWindow::loadLastOpenedFile() { // Get setting for last opened source code file. _loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup = _settings->getValueByName("loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup").toBool(); // Only load last source code file if set to do so if ( _loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup ) { // From the list of last opened files get the first one. _currentSourceFile = _settings->getValueByName("lastSourceCodeFile").toString().split("|").first(); // If source file exist load it. if ( QFile::exists(_currentSourceFile) ) { QFileInfo fileInfo(_currentSourceFile); _currentSourceFile = fileInfo.absoluteFilePath(); _sourceFileContent = loadFile(_currentSourceFile); } // If the last opened source code file does not exist, try to load the default example.cpp file. else if ( QFile::exists( SettingsPaths::getIndenterPath() + "/example.cpp" ) ) { QFileInfo fileInfo( SettingsPaths::getIndenterPath() + "/example.cpp" ); _currentSourceFile = fileInfo.absoluteFilePath(); _sourceFileContent = loadFile(_currentSourceFile); } // If neither the example source code file exists show some small code example. else { _currentSourceFile = "untitled.cpp"; _currentSourceFileExtension = "cpp"; _sourceFileContent = "if(x==\"y\"){x=z;}"; } } // if last opened source file should not be loaded make some default _settings. else { _currentSourceFile = "untitled.cpp"; _currentSourceFileExtension = "cpp"; _sourceFileContent = ""; } _savedSourceContent = _sourceFileContent; // Update the mainwindow title to show the name of the loaded source code file. updateWindowTitle(); } /*! \brief Saves the _settings for the main application to the file "UniversalIndentGUI.ini". Settings are for example last selected indenter, last loaded config file and so on. */ void MainWindow::saveSettings() { _settings->setValueByName( "encoding", _currentEncoding ); _settings->setValueByName( "version", PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING ); _settings->setValueByName( "maximized", isMaximized() ); if ( !isMaximized() ) { _settings->setValueByName( "position", pos() ); _settings->setValueByName( "size", size() ); } _settings->setValueByName( "MainWindowState", saveState() ); // Also save the syntax highlight style for all lexers. _highlighter->writeCurrentSettings(""); } /*! \brief Is always called when the program is quit. Calls the saveSettings function before really quits. */ void MainWindow::closeEvent( QCloseEvent *event ) { if ( maybeSave() ) { saveSettings(); event->accept(); } else { event->ignore(); } } /*! \brief This function is setup to capture tooltip events. All widgets that are created by the _indentHandler object and are responsible for indenter parameters are connected with this event filter. So depending on the _settings the tooltips can be enabled and disabled for these widgets. */ bool MainWindow::eventFilter(QObject *obj, QEvent *event) { if ( event->type() == QEvent::ToolTip) { if ( _mainWindowForm->indenterParameterTooltipsEnabledAction->isChecked() ) { return QMainWindow::eventFilter(obj, event); } else { //QToolTip::showText( QPoint(100,100) , "Test1"); return true; } } else { // pass the event on to the parent class return QMainWindow::eventFilter(obj, event); } } /*! \brief Is called at application exit and asks whether to save the source code file, if it has been changed. */ bool MainWindow::maybeSave() { if ( isWindowModified() ) { int ret = QMessageBox::warning(this, tr("Modified code"), tr("The source code has been modified.\nDo you want to save your changes?"), QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::Default, QMessageBox::No, QMessageBox::Cancel | QMessageBox::Escape); if (ret == QMessageBox::Yes) { return saveSourceFile(); } else if (ret == QMessageBox::Cancel) { return false; } } return true; } /*! \brief This slot is called whenever a language is selected in the menu. It tries to find the corresponding action in the languageInfoList and sets the language. */ void MainWindow::languageChanged(int languageIndex) { if ( languageIndex < _settings->getAvailableTranslations().size() ) { // Get the mnemonic of the new selected language. QString languageShort = _settings->getAvailableTranslations().at(languageIndex); // Remove the old qt translation. qApp->removeTranslator( _qTTranslator ); // Remove the old uigui translation. qApp->removeTranslator( _uiGuiTranslator ); // Load the Qt own translation file and set it for the application. bool translationFileLoaded; translationFileLoaded = _qTTranslator->load( SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() + "/translations/qt_" + languageShort ); if ( translationFileLoaded ) { qApp->installTranslator(_qTTranslator); } // Load the uigui translation file and set it for the application. translationFileLoaded = _uiGuiTranslator->load( SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() + "/translations/universalindent_" + languageShort ); if ( translationFileLoaded ) { qApp->installTranslator(_uiGuiTranslator); } } } /*! \brief Creates a menu entries in the file menu for opening and saving a file with different encodings. */ void MainWindow::createEncodingMenu() { QAction *encodingAction; QString encodingName; _encodingsList = QStringList() << "UTF-8" << "UTF-16" << "UTF-16BE" << "UTF-16LE" << "Apple Roman" << "Big5" << "Big5-HKSCS" << "EUC-JP" << "EUC-KR" << "GB18030-0" << "IBM 850" << "IBM 866" << "IBM 874" << "ISO 2022-JP" << "ISO 8859-1" << "ISO 8859-13" << "Iscii-Bng" << "JIS X 0201" << "JIS X 0208" << "KOI8-R" << "KOI8-U" << "MuleLao-1" << "ROMAN8" << "Shift-JIS" << "TIS-620" << "TSCII" << "Windows-1250" << "WINSAMI2"; _encodingActionGroup = new QActionGroup(this); _saveEncodedActionGroup = new QActionGroup(this); // Loop for each available encoding foreach ( encodingName, _encodingsList ) { // Create actions for the "reopen" menu encodingAction = new QAction(encodingName, _encodingActionGroup); encodingAction->setStatusTip( tr("Reopen the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme ") + encodingName ); encodingAction->setCheckable(true); if ( encodingName == _currentEncoding ) { encodingAction->setChecked(true); } // Create actions for the "save as encoded" menu encodingAction = new QAction(encodingName, _saveEncodedActionGroup); encodingAction->setStatusTip( tr("Save the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme ") + encodingName ); } _mainWindowForm->encodingMenu->addActions( _encodingActionGroup->actions() ); connect( _encodingActionGroup, SIGNAL(triggered(QAction*)), this, SLOT(encodingChanged(QAction*)) ); _mainWindowForm->saveEncodedMenu->addActions( _saveEncodedActionGroup->actions() ); connect( _saveEncodedActionGroup, SIGNAL(triggered(QAction*)), this, SLOT(saveAsOtherEncoding(QAction*)) ); } /*! \brief This slot calls the save dialog to save the current source file with another encoding. If the saving is successful and not aborted, the currently used encoding, visible in the "reopen" menu, is also changed to the new encoding. */ void MainWindow::saveAsOtherEncoding(QAction *chosenEncodingAction) { bool fileWasSaved = saveasSourceFileDialog(chosenEncodingAction); // If the file was save with another encoding, change the selected encoding in the reopen menu. if ( fileWasSaved ) { foreach ( QAction *action, _encodingActionGroup->actions() ) { if ( action->text() == chosenEncodingAction->text() ) { action->setChecked(true); return; } } } } /*! \brief This slot is called whenever an encoding is selected in the settings menu. */ void MainWindow::encodingChanged(QAction* encodingAction) { if ( maybeSave() ) { QFile inSrcFile(_currentSourceFile); QString fileContent = ""; if ( !inSrcFile.open(QFile::ReadOnly | QFile::Text) ) { QMessageBox::warning(NULL, tr("Error opening file"), tr("Cannot read the file ")+"\""+_currentSourceFile+"\"." ); } else { QTextStream inSrcStrm(&inSrcFile); QApplication::setOverrideCursor(Qt::WaitCursor); QString encodingName = encodingAction->text(); _currentEncoding = encodingName; inSrcStrm.setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName(encodingName.toAscii()) ); fileContent = inSrcStrm.readAll(); QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor(); inSrcFile.close(); _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setText( fileContent ); _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setModified(false); } } } /*! \brief Creates a menu entry under the settings menu for all available text encodings. */ void MainWindow::createHighlighterMenu() { QAction *highlighterAction; QString highlighterName; _highlighterActionGroup = new QActionGroup(this); // Loop for each known highlighter foreach ( highlighterName, _highlighter->getAvailableHighlighters() ) { highlighterAction = new QAction(highlighterName, _highlighterActionGroup); highlighterAction->setStatusTip( tr("Set the syntax highlightning to ") + highlighterName ); highlighterAction->setCheckable(true); } _mainWindowForm->highlighterMenu->addActions( _highlighterActionGroup->actions() ); _mainWindowForm->menuSettings->insertMenu(_mainWindowForm->indenterParameterTooltipsEnabledAction, _mainWindowForm->highlighterMenu ); connect( _highlighterActionGroup, SIGNAL(triggered(QAction*)), _highlighter, SLOT(setHighlighterByAction(QAction*)) ); } /*! \brief Is called whenever the white space visibility is being changed in the menu. */ void MainWindow::setWhiteSpaceVisibility(bool visible) { if ( _qSciSourceCodeEditor != NULL ) { if ( visible ) { _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setWhitespaceVisibility(QsciScintilla::WsVisible); } else { _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setWhitespaceVisibility(QsciScintilla::WsInvisible); } } } /*! \brief This slot is called whenever the number of lines in the editor changes and adapts the margin for the displayed line numbers. */ void MainWindow::numberOfLinesChanged() { QString lineNumbers; lineNumbers.setNum( _qSciSourceCodeEditor->lines()*10 ); _qSciSourceCodeEditor->setMarginWidth(1, lineNumbers); } /*! \brief Catches language change events and retranslates all needed widgets. */ void MainWindow::changeEvent(QEvent *event) { int i = 0; if (event->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange) { QString languageName; // Translate the main window. _mainWindowForm->retranslateUi(this); updateWindowTitle(); // Translate the toolbar. _toolBarWidget->retranslateUi(_mainWindowForm->toolBar); // Translate the indent handler widget. _indentHandler->retranslateUi(); // Translate the load encoding menu. QList encodingActionList = _encodingActionGroup->actions(); for ( i = 0; i < encodingActionList.size(); i++ ) { encodingActionList.at(i)->setStatusTip( tr("Reopen the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme ") + _encodingsList.at(i) ); } // Translate the save encoding menu. encodingActionList = _saveEncodedActionGroup->actions(); for ( i = 0; i < encodingActionList.size(); i++ ) { encodingActionList.at(i)->setStatusTip( tr("Save the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme ") + _encodingsList.at(i) ); } // Translate the _highlighter menu. QList actionList = _mainWindowForm->highlighterMenu->actions(); i = 0; foreach ( QString highlighterName, _highlighter->getAvailableHighlighters() ) { QAction *highlighterAction = actionList.at(i); highlighterAction->setStatusTip( tr("Set the syntax highlightning to ") + highlighterName ); i++; } // Translate the line and column indicators in the statusbar. int line, column; _qSciSourceCodeEditor->getCursorPosition( &line, &column ); setStatusBarCursorPosInfo( line, column ); } else { QWidget::changeEvent(event); } } /*! \brief Updates the list of recently opened files. Therefore the currently open file is set at the lists first position regarding the in the _settings set maximum list length. Overheads of the list will be cut off. The new list will be updated to the _settings and the recently opened menu will be updated too. */ void MainWindow::updateRecentlyOpenedList() { QString fileName; QString filePath; QStringList recentlyOpenedList = _settings->getValueByName("lastSourceCodeFile").toString().split("|"); QList recentlyOpenedActionList = _mainWindowForm->menuRecently_Opened_Files->actions(); // Check if the currently open file is in the list of recently opened. int indexOfCurrentFile = recentlyOpenedList.indexOf( _currentSourceFile ); // If it is in the list of recently opened files and not at the first position, move it to the first pos. if ( indexOfCurrentFile > 0 ) { recentlyOpenedList.move(indexOfCurrentFile, 0); recentlyOpenedActionList.move(indexOfCurrentFile, 0); } // Put the current file at the first position if it not already is and is not empty. else if ( indexOfCurrentFile == -1 && !_currentSourceFile.isEmpty() ) { recentlyOpenedList.insert(0, _currentSourceFile); QAction *recentlyOpenedAction = new QAction(QFileInfo(_currentSourceFile).fileName(), _mainWindowForm->menuRecently_Opened_Files); recentlyOpenedAction->setStatusTip(_currentSourceFile); recentlyOpenedActionList.insert(0, recentlyOpenedAction ); } // Get the maximum recently opened list size. int recentlyOpenedListMaxSize = _settings->getValueByName("recentlyOpenedListSize").toInt(); // Loop for each filepath in the recently opened list, remove non existing files and // loop only as long as maximum allowed list entries are set. for ( int i = 0; i < recentlyOpenedList.size() && i < recentlyOpenedListMaxSize; ) { filePath = recentlyOpenedList.at(i); QFileInfo fileInfo(filePath); // If the file does no longer exist, remove it from the list. if ( !fileInfo.exists() ) { recentlyOpenedList.takeAt(i); if ( i < recentlyOpenedActionList.size()-2 ) { QAction* action = recentlyOpenedActionList.takeAt(i); delete action; } } // else if its not already in the menu, add it to the menu. else { if ( i >= recentlyOpenedActionList.size()-2 ) { QAction *recentlyOpenedAction = new QAction(fileInfo.fileName(), _mainWindowForm->menuRecently_Opened_Files); recentlyOpenedAction->setStatusTip(filePath); recentlyOpenedActionList.insert( recentlyOpenedActionList.size()-2, recentlyOpenedAction ); } i++; } } // Trim the list to its in the _settings allowed maximum size. while ( recentlyOpenedList.size() > recentlyOpenedListMaxSize ) { recentlyOpenedList.takeLast(); QAction* action = recentlyOpenedActionList.takeAt( recentlyOpenedActionList.size()-3 ); delete action; } // Add all actions to the menu. _mainWindowForm->menuRecently_Opened_Files->addActions(recentlyOpenedActionList); _mainWindowForm->menuRecently_Opened_Files->addActions(recentlyOpenedActionList); // Write the new recently opened list to the _settings. _settings->setValueByName( "lastSourceCodeFile", recentlyOpenedList.join("|") ); // Enable or disable "actionClear_Recently_Opened_List" if list is [not] emtpy if ( recentlyOpenedList.isEmpty() ) { _mainWindowForm->actionClear_Recently_Opened_List->setEnabled(false); } else { _mainWindowForm->actionClear_Recently_Opened_List->setEnabled(true); } } /*! \brief This slot empties the list of recently opened files. */ void MainWindow::clearRecentlyOpenedList() { QStringList recentlyOpenedList = _settings->getValueByName("lastSourceCodeFile").toString().split("|"); QList recentlyOpenedActionList = _mainWindowForm->menuRecently_Opened_Files->actions(); while ( recentlyOpenedList.size() > 0 ) { recentlyOpenedList.takeLast(); QAction* action = recentlyOpenedActionList.takeAt( recentlyOpenedActionList.size()-3 ); delete action; } // Write the new recently opened list to the _settings. _settings->setValueByName( "lastSourceCodeFile", recentlyOpenedList.join("|") ); // Disable "actionClear_Recently_Opened_List" _mainWindowForm->actionClear_Recently_Opened_List->setEnabled(false); } /*! \brief This slot is called if an entry from the list of recently opened files is being selected. */ void MainWindow::openFileFromRecentlyOpenedList(QAction* recentlyOpenedAction) { // If the selected action from the recently opened list menu is the clear action // call the slot to clear the list and then leave. if ( recentlyOpenedAction == _mainWindowForm->actionClear_Recently_Opened_List ) { clearRecentlyOpenedList(); return; } QString fileName = recentlyOpenedAction->text(); int indexOfSelectedFile = _mainWindowForm->menuRecently_Opened_Files->actions().indexOf( recentlyOpenedAction ); QStringList recentlyOpenedList = _settings->getValueByName("lastSourceCodeFile").toString().split("|"); QString filePath = recentlyOpenedList.at(indexOfSelectedFile); QFileInfo fileInfo(filePath); // If the file exists, open it. if ( fileInfo.exists() ) { openSourceFileDialog(filePath); } // If it does not exist, show a warning message and update the list of recently opened files. else { QMessageBox::warning(NULL, tr("File no longer exists"), tr("The file %1 in the list of recently opened files does no longer exist.") ); // The function updateRecentlyOpenedList() has to be called via a singleShot so it is executed after this // function (openFileFromRecentlyOpenedList) has already been left. This has to be done because // a Qt3Support function tries to emit a signal based on the existing actions and deleting // any of these actions in updateRecentlyOpenedList() causes an error. QTimer::singleShot(0, this, SLOT(updateRecentlyOpenedList()) ); } } /*! \brief If the dragged in object contains urls/paths to a file, accept the drag. */ void MainWindow::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *event) { if ( event->mimeData()->hasUrls() ) { event->acceptProposedAction(); } } /*! \brief If the dropped in object contains urls/paths to a file, open that file. */ void MainWindow::dropEvent(QDropEvent *event) { if ( event->mimeData()->hasUrls() ) { QString filePathName = event->mimeData()->urls().first().toLocalFile(); openSourceFileDialog(filePathName); } event->acceptProposedAction(); } /*! \brief If the dropped in object contains urls/paths to a file, open that file. */ void MainWindow::showAboutDialog() { //QPixmap originalPixmap = QPixmap::grabWindow(QApplication::desktop()->screen()->winId()); //qDebug("in main pixmap width %d, numScreens = %d", originalPixmap.size().width(), QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry().width()); //_aboutDialogGraphicsView->setScreenshotPixmap( originalPixmap ); _aboutDialogGraphicsView->show(); } /*! \brief Sets the label in the status bar to show the \a line and \a column number. */ void MainWindow::setStatusBarCursorPosInfo( int line, int column ) { _textEditLineColumnInfoLabel->setText( tr("Line %1, Column %2").arg(line+1).arg(column+1) ); } universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/MainWindow.h0000770000000000017510000001142511700107426017506 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef MAINWINDOW_H #define MAINWINDOW_H #include #include "UiGuiSettings.h" class UiGuiSettingsDialog; class AboutDialog; class AboutDialogGraphicsView; class UiGuiHighlighter; class IndentHandler; class UpdateCheckDialog; namespace Ui { class ToolBarWidget; class MainWindowUi; } class QLabel; class QScrollBar; class QActionGroup; class QTranslator; class QsciScintilla; class MainWindow : public QMainWindow { Q_OBJECT public: //! Constructor MainWindow(QString file2OpenOnStart = "", QWidget *parent = NULL); ~MainWindow() { _settings.clear(); } protected: void closeEvent( QCloseEvent *event ); bool eventFilter(QObject *obj, QEvent *event); private slots: void openSourceFileDialog(QString fileName = ""); bool saveasSourceFileDialog(QAction *chosenEncodingAction = NULL); void saveAsOtherEncoding(QAction *chosenEncodingAction); bool saveSourceFile(); void callIndenter(); void updateSourceView(); void turnHighlightOnOff(bool turnOn); void setWhiteSpaceVisibility(bool visible); void sourceCodeChangedHelperSlot(); void sourceCodeChangedSlot(); void indentSettingsChangedSlot(); void previewTurnedOnOff(bool turnOn); void exportToPDF(); void exportToHTML(); void languageChanged(int languageIndex); void encodingChanged(QAction *encodingAction); void numberOfLinesChanged(); void updateRecentlyOpenedList(); void openFileFromRecentlyOpenedList(QAction* recentlyOpenedAction); void clearRecentlyOpenedList(); void showAboutDialog(); void setStatusBarCursorPosInfo(int line, int column); private: Ui::MainWindowUi *_mainWindowForm; QString loadFile(QString filePath); QString openFileDialog(QString dialogHeaderStr, QString startPath, QString fileMaskStr); void updateWindowTitle(); void loadLastOpenedFile(); void saveSettings(); bool maybeSave(); void createEncodingMenu(); void createHighlighterMenu(); bool initApplicationLanguage(); void initMainWindow(); void initToolBar(); void initTextEditor(); void initSyntaxHighlighter(); void initIndenter(); void changeEvent(QEvent *event); void dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *event); void dropEvent(QDropEvent *event); QsciScintilla *_qSciSourceCodeEditor; QSharedPointer _settings; QString _currentEncoding; QString _sourceFileContent; QString _sourceFormattedContent; QString _sourceViewContent; UiGuiHighlighter *_highlighter; QScrollBar *_textEditVScrollBar; AboutDialog *_aboutDialog; AboutDialogGraphicsView *_aboutDialogGraphicsView; UiGuiSettingsDialog *_settingsDialog; int _textEditLastScrollPos; int _currentIndenterID; bool _loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup; QString _currentSourceFile; QString _currentSourceFileExtension; QString _savedSourceContent; QActionGroup *_encodingActionGroup; QActionGroup *_saveEncodedActionGroup; QActionGroup *_highlighterActionGroup; QTranslator *_uiGuiTranslator; QTranslator *_qTTranslator; bool _isFirstRunOfThisVersion; bool _sourceCodeChanged; bool _scrollPositionChanged; bool _indentSettingsChanged; bool _previewToggled; QStringList _encodingsList; Ui::ToolBarWidget *_toolBarWidget; IndentHandler *_indentHandler; UpdateCheckDialog *_updateCheckDialog; QLabel *_textEditLineColumnInfoLabel; }; #endif // MAINWINDOW_H universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/MainWindow.ui0000770000000000017510000003615411700107426017702 0ustar rootvboxsf Thomas_-_S MainWindowUi 0 0 949 633 UniversalIndentGUI :/mainWindow/universalIndentGUI.svg:/mainWindow/universalIndentGUI.svg 6 0 0 2 0 0 949 21 Indenter File Export Recently Opened Files Reopen File with other Encoding Save Source File As with other Encoding Settings Set Syntax Highlighter Help 0 0 QDockWidget::DockWidgetFloatable|QDockWidget::DockWidgetMovable Qt::LeftDockWidgetArea|Qt::RightDockWidgetArea Indenter Settings 1 6 0 0 0 Qt::PreventContextMenu Main Toolbar Qt::Horizontal 16 16 Qt::ToolButtonTextBesideIcon TopToolBarArea false :/mainWindow/document-open.png:/mainWindow/document-open.png Open Source File Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file. Ctrl+O :/mainWindow/document-save.png:/mainWindow/document-save.png Save Source File Saves the currently shown source code to the last opened or saved source file. Ctrl+S :/mainWindow/document-save-as.png:/mainWindow/document-save-as.png Save Source File As... Save Source File As... Save Source File As... Opens a file dialog to save the currently shown source code. Ctrl+Shift+S :/mainWindow/info.png:/mainWindow/info.png About UniversalIndentGUI Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI. :/mainWindow/system-log-out.png:/mainWindow/system-log-out.png Exit Quits the UniversalIndentGUI. Ctrl+Q :/mainWindow/exportpdf.png:/mainWindow/exportpdf.png PDF Export the currently visible source code as PDF document :/mainWindow/exporthtml.png:/mainWindow/exporthtml.png HTML Export the currently visible source code as HTML document true true :/mainWindow/tooltip.png:/mainWindow/tooltip.png Parameter Tooltips If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while. DONOTTRANSLATE:indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled true :/mainWindow/live-preview.png:/mainWindow/live-preview.png Live Indent Preview Ctrl+L false true true :/mainWindow/syntax-highlight.png:/mainWindow/syntax-highlight.png Syntax Highlighting Syntax Highlighting Enables or disables syntax highlighting for the source code. By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted. Ctrl+H DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled true White Space Visible White Space Visible Set white space visible Enables or disables diplaying of white space characters in the editor. false DONOTTRANSLATE:whiteSpaceIsVisible true true Auto Open Last File Auto open last source file on startup If selected opens last source code file on startup false DONOTTRANSLATE:loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup :/mainWindow/preferences-system.png:/mainWindow/preferences-system.png Settings Settings Opens the settings dialog Opens the settings dialog, to set language etc. :/mainWindow/system-software-update.png:/mainWindow/system-software-update.png Check for update Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available. Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available. :/mainWindow/edit-clear.png:/mainWindow/edit-clear.png Clear Recently Opened List :/mainWindow/document-properties.png:/mainWindow/document-properties.png Show Log Displays logging information. Displays logging info about the currently running UiGUI application. actionExit triggered() MainWindowUi close() -1 -1 399 299 universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/SettingsPaths.cpp0000770000000000017510000002623711700107426020574 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "SettingsPaths.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include //! \defgroup grp_Settings All concerning applications settings. /*! \class SettingsPaths \ingroup grp_Settings \brief SettingsPaths is a pure static functions class from which info about the paths needed for settings can be retrieved. */ bool SettingsPaths::_alreadyInitialized = false; QString SettingsPaths::_applicationBinaryPath = ""; QString SettingsPaths::_settingsPath = ""; QString SettingsPaths::_globalFilesPath = ""; QString SettingsPaths::_indenterPath = ""; QString SettingsPaths::_tempPath = ""; bool SettingsPaths::_portableMode = false; /*! \brief Initializes all available information about the paths. Mainly during this init it is detected whether to start in portable mode or not. This is done by testing whether the directory "config" is in the same directory as this applications executable file. In portable mode all data is ONLY written to subdirectories of the applications executable file. Means also that the directory "indenters" has to be there. In not portable mode (multiuser mode) only users home directory is used for writing config data. */ void SettingsPaths::init() { _alreadyInitialized = true; qDebug() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Initializing application paths."; // Get the applications binary path, with respect to MacOSXs use of the .app folder. _applicationBinaryPath = QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath(); // Remove any trailing slashes while ( _applicationBinaryPath.right(1) == "/" ) { _applicationBinaryPath.chop(1); } #ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS _applicationBinaryPath += "/plugins/uigui"; #endif #ifdef Q_OS_MAC // Because on Mac universal binaries are used, the binary path is not equal // to the applications (.app) path. So get the .apps path here. int indexOfDotApp = _applicationBinaryPath.indexOf(".app"); if ( indexOfDotApp != -1 ) { // Cut off after the dot of ".app". _applicationBinaryPath = _applicationBinaryPath.left( indexOfDotApp-1 ); // Cut off after the first slash that was in front of ".app" (normally this is the word "UniversalIndentGUI") _applicationBinaryPath = _applicationBinaryPath.left( _applicationBinaryPath.lastIndexOf("/") ); } #endif // If the "config" directory is a subdir of the applications binary path, use this one (portable mode) _settingsPath = _applicationBinaryPath + "/config"; if ( QFile::exists( _settingsPath ) ) { _portableMode = true; QDir dirCreator; _globalFilesPath = _applicationBinaryPath; _indenterPath = _applicationBinaryPath + "/indenters"; dirCreator.mkpath( _settingsPath ); _tempPath = _applicationBinaryPath + "/temp"; //TODO: If the portable drive has write protection, use local temp path and clean it up on exit. dirCreator.mkpath( _tempPath ); } // ... otherwise use the system specific global application data path. else { _portableMode = false; QDir dirCreator; #ifdef Q_OS_WIN // Get the local users application settings directory. // Remove any trailing slashes. _settingsPath = QDir::fromNativeSeparators( qgetenv("APPDATA") ); while ( _settingsPath.right(1) == "/" ) { _settingsPath.chop(1); } _settingsPath = _settingsPath + "/UniversalIndentGUI"; // On windows systems the directories "indenters", "translations" are subdirs of the _applicationBinaryPath. _globalFilesPath = _applicationBinaryPath; #else // Remove any trailing slashes. _settingsPath = QDir::homePath(); while ( _settingsPath.right(1) == "/" ) { _settingsPath.chop(1); } _settingsPath = _settingsPath + "/.universalindentgui"; _globalFilesPath = "/usr/share/universalindentgui"; #endif dirCreator.mkpath( _settingsPath ); // If a highlighter config file does not exist in the users home config dir // copy the default config file over there. if ( !QFile::exists(_settingsPath+"/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini") ) { QFile::copy( _globalFilesPath+"/config/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini", _settingsPath+"/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini" ); } _indenterPath = _globalFilesPath + "/indenters"; // On different systems it may be that "QDir::tempPath()" ends with a "/" or not. So check this. // Remove any trailing slashes. _tempPath = QDir::tempPath(); while ( _tempPath.right(1) == "/" ) { _tempPath.chop(1); } _tempPath = _tempPath + "/UniversalIndentGUI"; #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) dirCreator.mkpath( _tempPath ); #else // On Unix based systems create a random temporary directory for security // reasons. Otherwise an evil human being could create a symbolic link // to an important existing file which gets overwritten when UiGUI writes // into this normally temporary but linked file. char *pathTemplate = new char[_tempPath.length()+8]; QByteArray pathTemplateQBA = QString(_tempPath + "-XXXXXX").toAscii(); delete [] pathTemplate; pathTemplate = pathTemplateQBA.data(); pathTemplate = mkdtemp( pathTemplate ); _tempPath = pathTemplate; #endif } qDebug() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Paths are:" \ "
  • _applicationBinaryPath=" << _applicationBinaryPath \ << "
  • _settingsPath=" << _settingsPath \ << "
  • _globalFilesPath=" << _globalFilesPath \ << "
  • _indenterPath=" << _indenterPath \ << "
  • _tempPath=" << _tempPath \ << "
  • Running in portable mode=" << _portableMode << "
"; } /*! \brief Returns the path of the applications executable. */ const QString SettingsPaths::getApplicationBinaryPath() { if ( !_alreadyInitialized ) { SettingsPaths::init(); } return _applicationBinaryPath; } /*! \brief Returns the path where all settings are being/should be written to. */ const QString SettingsPaths::getSettingsPath() { if ( !_alreadyInitialized ) { SettingsPaths::init(); } return _settingsPath; } /*! \brief Returns the path where the files concerning all users reside. For example translations. */ const QString SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() { if ( !_alreadyInitialized ) { SettingsPaths::init(); } return _globalFilesPath; } /*! \brief Returns the path where the indenter executables reside. */ const QString SettingsPaths::getIndenterPath() { if ( !_alreadyInitialized ) { SettingsPaths::init(); } return _indenterPath; } /*! \brief Returns the path where the where all temporary data should be written to. */ const QString SettingsPaths::getTempPath() { if ( !_alreadyInitialized ) { SettingsPaths::init(); } return _tempPath; } /*! \brief Returns true if portable mode shall be used. */ bool SettingsPaths::getPortableMode() { if ( !_alreadyInitialized ) { SettingsPaths::init(); } return _portableMode; } /*! \brief Completely deletes the created temporary directory with all of its content. */ void SettingsPaths::cleanAndRemoveTempDir() { QDirIterator dirIterator(_tempPath, QDirIterator::Subdirectories); QStack directoryStack; bool noErrorsOccurred = true; while ( dirIterator.hasNext() ) { QString currentDirOrFile = dirIterator.next(); // If this dummy call isn't done here, calling "dirIterator.fileInfo().isDir()" later somehow fails. dirIterator.fileInfo(); if ( !currentDirOrFile.isEmpty() && dirIterator.fileName() != "." && dirIterator.fileName() != ".." ) { // There is a path on the stack but the current path doesn't start with that path. // So we changed into another parent directory and the one on the stack can be deleted // since it must be empty. if ( !directoryStack.isEmpty() && !currentDirOrFile.startsWith(directoryStack.top()) ) { QString dirToBeRemoved = directoryStack.pop(); bool couldRemoveDir = QDir(dirToBeRemoved).rmdir(dirToBeRemoved); noErrorsOccurred &= couldRemoveDir; if ( couldRemoveDir == false ) qWarning() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << "Could not remove the directory: " << dirToBeRemoved; //qDebug() << "Removing Dir " << directoryStack.pop(); } // If the iterator currently points to a directory push it onto the stack. if ( dirIterator.fileInfo().isDir() ) { directoryStack.push( currentDirOrFile ); //qDebug() << "Pushing onto Stack " << currentDirOrFile; } // otherwise it must be a file, so delete it. else { bool couldRemoveFile = QFile::remove( currentDirOrFile ); noErrorsOccurred &= couldRemoveFile; if ( couldRemoveFile == false ) qWarning() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << "Could not remove the file: " << currentDirOrFile; //qDebug() << "Removing File " << currentDirOrFile; } } } noErrorsOccurred &= QDir(_tempPath).rmdir(_tempPath); if ( noErrorsOccurred == false ) qWarning() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << "While cleaning up the temp dir an error occurred."; } universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/SettingsPaths.h0000770000000000017510000000417211700107426020233 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef SETTINGSPATHS_H #define SETTINGSPATHS_H class QString; class SettingsPaths { public: static void init(); static const QString getApplicationBinaryPath(); static const QString getSettingsPath(); static const QString getGlobalFilesPath(); static const QString getIndenterPath(); static const QString getTempPath(); static bool getPortableMode(); static void cleanAndRemoveTempDir(); private: SettingsPaths(); static bool _alreadyInitialized; static QString _applicationBinaryPath; static QString _settingsPath; static QString _globalFilesPath; static QString _indenterPath; static QString _tempPath; static bool _portableMode; }; #endif // SETTINGSPATHS_H universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/TemplateBatchScript.cpp0000770000000000017510000001450211700107426021666 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "TemplateBatchScript.h" // Need to include QObject here so that platform specific defines like Q_OS_WIN32 are set. #include /*! \brief The only and static function of this class returns a batch or shell script as string that can be used to call an indenter with the current settings from the command line. The returned string contains some placeholders where the indenter name needs to be filled in. The placeholders are "__INDENTERCALLSTRING1__" that should be replaced by the indenter call string that indents a complete directory. "__INDENTERCALLSTRING2__" the call string for indenting only one file. And "__INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__" which is only the shown name of the indenter. */ const char* TemplateBatchScript::getTemplateBatchScript() { static const char* templateBatchScript = #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) "@echo off\n" "\n" "IF (%1)==() GOTO error\n" "dir /b /ad %1 >nul 2>nul && GOTO indentDir\n" "IF NOT EXIST %1 GOTO error\n" "goto indentFile\n" "\n" ":indentDir\n" "set searchdir=%1\n" "\n" "IF (%2)==() GOTO assignDefaultSuffix\n" "set filesuffix=%2\n" "\n" "GOTO run\n" "\n" ":assignDefaultSuffix\n" "::echo !!!!DEFAULT SUFFIX!!!\n" "set filesuffix=*\n" "\n" ":run\n" "FOR /F \"tokens=*\" %%G IN ('DIR /B /S %searchdir%\\*.%filesuffix%') DO (\n" "echo Indenting file \"%%G\"\n" "__INDENTERCALLSTRING1__\n" ")\n" "GOTO ende\n" "\n" ":indentFile\n" "echo Indenting one file %1\n" "__INDENTERCALLSTRING2__\n" "\n" "GOTO ende\n" "\n" ":error\n" "echo .\n" "echo ERROR: As parameter given directory or file does not exist!\n" "echo Syntax is: __INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__ dirname filesuffix\n" "echo Syntax is: __INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__ filename\n" "echo Example: __INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__ temp cpp\n" "echo .\n" "\n" ":ende\n"; #else "#!/bin/sh \n" "\n" "if [ ! -n \"$1\" ]; then\n" "echo \"Syntax is: recurse.sh dirname filesuffix\"\n" "echo \"Syntax is: recurse.sh filename\"\n" "echo \"Example: recurse.sh temp cpp\"\n" "exit 1\n" "fi\n" "\n" "if [ -d \"$1\" ]; then\n" "#echo \"Dir ${1} exists\"\n" "if [ -n \"$2\" ]; then\n" "filesuffix=$2\n" "else\n" "filesuffix=\"*\"\n" "fi\n" "\n" "#echo \"Filtering files using suffix ${filesuffix}\"\n" "\n" "file_list=`find ${1} -name \"*.${filesuffix}\" -type f`\n" "for file2indent in $file_list\n" "do \n" "echo \"Indenting file $file2indent\"\n" "__INDENTERCALLSTRING1__\n" "done\n" "else\n" "if [ -f \"$1\" ]; then\n" "echo \"Indenting one file $1\"\n" "__INDENTERCALLSTRING2__\n" "else\n" "echo \"ERROR: As parameter given directory or file does not exist!\"\n" "echo \"Syntax is: __INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__ dirname filesuffix\"\n" "echo \"Syntax is: __INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__ filename\"\n" "echo \"Example: __INDENTERCALLSTRINGSCRIPTNAME__ temp cpp\"\n" "exit 1\n" "fi\n" "fi\n"; #endif // #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) return templateBatchScript; } /* Here comes the original batch script without the c++ markup @echo off IF (%1)==() GOTO error dir /b /ad %1 >nul 2>nul && GOTO indentDir IF NOT EXIST %1 GOTO error goto indentFile :indentDir set searchdir=%1 IF (%2)==() GOTO assignDefaultSuffix set filesuffix=%2 GOTO run :assignDefaultSuffix ::echo !!!!DEFAULT SUFFIX!!! set filesuffix=* :run FOR /F "tokens=*" %%G IN ('DIR /B /S %searchdir%\*.%filesuffix%') DO ( echo Indenting file "%%G" ::call call_CSSTidy.bat "%%G" "C:/Dokumente und Einstellungen/ts/Eigene Dateien/Visual Studio 2005/Projects/UiGuixy/indenters/csstidy.exe" "%%G" --timestamp=true --allow_html_in_templates=false --compress_colors=true --compress_font=true --lowercase_s=false --preserve_css=false --remove_last_;=false --remove_bslash=true --sort_properties=false --sort_selectors=false indentoutput.css move /Y indentoutput.css "%%G" ) GOTO ende :indentFile echo Indenting one file %1 "C:/Dokumente und Einstellungen/ts/Eigene Dateien/Visual Studio 2005/Projects/UiGuixy/indenters/csstidy.exe" %1 --timestamp=true --allow_html_in_templates=false --compress_colors=true --compress_font=true --lowercase_s=false --preserve_css=false --remove_last_;=false --remove_bslash=true --sort_properties=false --sort_selectors=false indentoutput.css move /Y indentoutput.css %1 GOTO ende :error echo . echo ERROR: As parameter given directory or file does not exist! echo Syntax is: recurse.bat dirname filesuffix echo Syntax is: recurse.bat filename echo Example: recurse.bat temp cpp echo . :ende */ universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/TemplateBatchScript.h0000770000000000017510000000314511700107426021334 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef TEMPLATEBATCHSCRIPT_H #define TEMPLATEBATCHSCRIPT_H class TemplateBatchScript { private: TemplateBatchScript(); public: static const char* getTemplateBatchScript(); }; #endif // TEMPLATEBATCHSCRIPT_H universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/ToolBarWidget.ui0000770000000000017510000001504511700107426020330 0ustar rootvboxsf ToolBarWidget 0 0 773 34 Form 6 0 <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">This file will be used to show what the indent tool changes.</p></body></html> Open Source File :/mainWindow/document-open.png:/mainWindow/document-open.png <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Turns the preview of the reformatted source code on and off.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">In other words it switches between formatted and nonformatted code. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html> Live Indent Preview :/mainWindow/live-preview.png:/mainWindow/live-preview.png Ctrl+L <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Enables and disables the highlightning of the source</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">code shown below. (Still needs some performance improvements) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html> Syntax Highlight :/mainWindow/syntax-highlight.png:/mainWindow/syntax-highlight.png Ctrl+H true DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled Qt::Horizontal 40 20 <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> About :/mainWindow/info.png:/mainWindow/info.png <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quits the UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> Exit :/mainWindow/system-log-out.png:/mainWindow/system-log-out.png universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp0000770000000000017510000000635211700107426021331 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "UiGuiErrorMessage.h" #include /*! \class UiGuiErrorMessage \ingroup grp_Dialogs \brief UiGuiErrorMessage is a child of QErrorMessage. But QErrorMessages "Do not show again" didn't work with my strings, so this is my own, working implementation of it. */ /*! \brief Initializes the dialog. Retrieves the object pointer to the \a _showAgainCheckBox check box, sets the dialogs modality and for a working translation sets the check box text. */ UiGuiErrorMessage::UiGuiErrorMessage(QWidget *parent) : QErrorMessage(parent) { _showAgainCheckBox = findChild(); setWindowModality( Qt::ApplicationModal ); _showAgainCheckBox->setText( tr("Show this message again") ); } /*! \brief Just a lazy nothin doin destructive destructor. */ UiGuiErrorMessage::~UiGuiErrorMessage(void) { } /*! \brief Shows an error \a message in a dialog box with \a title. The shown \a message is added to a list, if not already in there. If it is already in that list and "Show this message again" is not checked, that message will not be shown. */ void UiGuiErrorMessage::showMessage( const QString &title, const QString &message ) { bool showAgain = true; if ( _showAgainCheckBox != 0 ) { showAgain = _showAgainCheckBox->isChecked(); } setWindowTitle(title); if ( !_errorMessageList.contains(message) ) { _errorMessageList << message; if ( _showAgainCheckBox != 0 ) { _showAgainCheckBox->setChecked(true); } QErrorMessage::showMessage( message ); } else if ( showAgain ) { QErrorMessage::showMessage( message ); } } /*! \brief For convinience, for showing a dialog box with the default title "UniversalIndentGUI". */ void UiGuiErrorMessage::showMessage( const QString &message ) { showMessage( "UniversalIndentGUI", message ); } universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h0000770000000000017510000000356611700107426021002 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef UIGUIERRORMESSAGE_H #define UIGUIERRORMESSAGE_H #include class QCheckBox; class UiGuiErrorMessage : public QErrorMessage { Q_OBJECT public: UiGuiErrorMessage(QWidget *parent = 0); ~UiGuiErrorMessage(void); void showMessage( const QString &message ); void showMessage( const QString &title, const QString &message ); private: QCheckBox *_showAgainCheckBox; QStringList _errorMessageList; }; #endif // UIGUIERRORMESSAGE_H universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UiGuiHighlighter.cpp0000770000000000017510000004151711700107426021173 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "UiGuiHighlighter.h" #include "SettingsPaths.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 ) #include #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 ) #include #endif #include #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 ) #include #endif #include #include #include #include #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020400 ) #include #endif #include #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 ) #include #endif #include #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020400 ) #include #endif #include #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 ) #include #include #endif //! \defgroup grp_EditorComponent All concerning editor widget. /*! \class UiGuiHighlighter \ingroup grp_EditorComponent \brief UiGuiHighlighter used for selecting the syntax highlighter/lexer for the QsciScintilla component. */ /*! \brief The constructor initializes some regular expressions and keywords to identify cpp tokens */ UiGuiHighlighter::UiGuiHighlighter(QsciScintilla *parent) : QObject(parent) { _qsciEditorParent = parent; // Create the highlighter _settings object from the UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini file. _settings = new QSettings(SettingsPaths::getSettingsPath() + "/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini", QSettings::IniFormat, this); _highlightningIsOn = true; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Bash"] = QStringList() << "sh"; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Batch"] = QStringList() << "bat"; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["CMake"] = QStringList() << "cmake"; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["C++"] = QStringList() << "c" << "h" << "cpp" << "hpp" << "cxx" << "hxx"; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["C#"] = QStringList() << "cs"; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["CSS"] = QStringList() << "css"; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["D"] = QStringList() << "d"; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Diff"] = QStringList() << "diff"; #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 ) _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Fortran"] = QStringList() << "f" << "for" << "f90"; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Fortran77"] = QStringList() << "f77"; #endif _mapHighlighternameToExtension["HTML"] = QStringList() << "html" << "htm"; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["IDL"] = QStringList() << "idl"; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Java"] = QStringList() << "java"; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["JavaScript"] = QStringList() << "js"; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["LUA"] = QStringList() << "lua"; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Makefile"] = QStringList() << "makefile"; #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 ) _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Pascal"] = QStringList() << "pas"; #endif _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Perl"] = QStringList() << "perl" << "pl" << "pm"; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["PHP"] = QStringList() << "php"; #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 ) _mapHighlighternameToExtension["PostScript"] = QStringList() << "ps" << "eps" << "pdf" << "ai" << "fh"; #endif _mapHighlighternameToExtension["POV"] = QStringList() << "pov"; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Ini"] = QStringList() << "ini"; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Python"] = QStringList() << "py"; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Ruby"] = QStringList() << "rub" << "rb"; #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020400 ) _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Spice"] = QStringList() << "cir"; #endif _mapHighlighternameToExtension["SQL"] = QStringList() << "sql"; #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 ) _mapHighlighternameToExtension["TCL"] = QStringList() << "tcl"; #endif _mapHighlighternameToExtension["TeX"] = QStringList() << "tex"; #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020400 ) _mapHighlighternameToExtension["Verilog"] = QStringList() << "v" << "vh"; #endif _mapHighlighternameToExtension["VHDL"] = QStringList() << "vhdl"; _mapHighlighternameToExtension["XML"] = QStringList() << "xml"; #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 ) _mapHighlighternameToExtension["YAML"] = QStringList() << "yaml"; #endif _lexer = NULL; // This code is only for testing. /* foreach(QStringList extensionList, _mapHighlighternameToExtension.values() ) { setLexerForExtension( extensionList.at(0) ); } */ // Set default highlighter to C++ highlighter. setLexerForExtension( "cpp" ); } /*! \brief Returns the available highlighters as QStringList. */ QStringList UiGuiHighlighter::getAvailableHighlighters() { return _mapHighlighternameToExtension.keys(); } /*! \brief This slot handles signals coming from selecting another syntax highlighter. */ void UiGuiHighlighter::setHighlighterByAction(QAction* highlighterAction) { QString highlighterName = highlighterAction->text(); setLexerForExtension( _mapHighlighternameToExtension[highlighterName].first() ); //TODO: This is really no nice way. How do it better? // Need to do this "text update" to update the syntax highlighting. Otherwise highlighting is wrong. int scrollPos = _qsciEditorParent->verticalScrollBar()->value(); _qsciEditorParent->setText( _qsciEditorParent->text() ); _qsciEditorParent->verticalScrollBar()->setValue(scrollPos); } /*! \brief Turns the syntax parser on. */ void UiGuiHighlighter::turnHighlightOn() { _highlightningIsOn = true; _qsciEditorParent->setLexer(_lexer); readCurrentSettings(""); } /*! \brief Turns the syntax parser off. */ void UiGuiHighlighter::turnHighlightOff() { _highlightningIsOn = false; _qsciEditorParent->setLexer(); #if defined(Q_OS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC) _qsciEditorParent->setFont( QFont("Courier", 10, QFont::Normal) ); _qsciEditorParent->setMarginsFont( QFont("Courier", 10, QFont::Normal) ); #else _qsciEditorParent->setFont( QFont("Monospace", 10, QFont::Normal) ); _qsciEditorParent->setMarginsFont( QFont("Monospace", 10, QFont::Normal) ); #endif } /*! \brief Read the settings for the current lexer from the settings file. */ //TODO: Refactor this function so that the coding style and variable names suit better. bool UiGuiHighlighter::readCurrentSettings( const char *prefix ) { bool ok, flag, rc = true; int num; QString key; // Reset lists containing fonts and colors for each style _fontForStyles.clear(); _colorForStyles.clear(); // Read the styles. for (int i = 0; i < 128; ++i) { // Ignore invalid styles. if ( _lexer->description(i).isEmpty() ) continue; key.sprintf( "%s/%s/style%d/", prefix, _lexer->language(), i ); key.replace("+", "p"); // Read the foreground color. ok = _settings->contains(key + "color"); num = _settings->value(key + "color", 0).toInt(); if (ok) setColor( QColor((num >> 16) & 0xff, (num >> 8) & 0xff, num & 0xff), i ); else rc = false; // Read the end-of-line fill. ok = _settings->contains(key + "eolfill"); flag = _settings->value(key + "eolfill", false).toBool(); if (ok) _lexer->setEolFill( flag, i ); else rc = false; // Read the font QStringList fdesc; ok = _settings->contains(key + "font"); fdesc = _settings->value(key + "font").toStringList(); if (ok && fdesc.count() == 5) { QFont f; #if defined(Q_OS_WIN) || defined(Q_OS_MAC) f.setFamily(fdesc[0]); #else if ( fdesc[0].contains("courier", Qt::CaseInsensitive) ) f.setFamily("Monospace"); else f.setFamily(fdesc[0]); #endif f.setPointSize(fdesc[1].toInt()); f.setBold(fdesc[2].toInt()); f.setItalic(fdesc[3].toInt()); f.setUnderline(fdesc[4].toInt()); setFont(f, i); } else rc = false; // Read the background color. ok = _settings->contains(key + "paper"); num = _settings->value(key + "paper", 0).toInt(); if (ok) _lexer->setPaper( QColor((num >> 16) & 0xff, (num >> 8) & 0xff, num & 0xff), i ); else rc = false; } // Read the properties. key.sprintf( "%s/%s/properties/", prefix, _lexer->language() ); _lexer->refreshProperties(); return rc; } /*! \brief Write the settings for the current lexer to the settings file. */ void UiGuiHighlighter::writeCurrentSettings( const char *prefix ) { QString key; // Write the styles. for (int i = 0; i < 128; ++i) { // Ignore invalid styles. if ( _lexer->description(i).isEmpty() ) continue; int num; QColor c; key.sprintf( "%s/%s/style%d/", prefix, _lexer->language(), i ); key.replace("+", "p"); // Write style name _settings->setValue( key + "", _lexer->description(i) ); // Write the foreground color. if ( _colorForStyles.contains(i) ) { c = _colorForStyles[i]; } else { c = _lexer->color(i); } num = (c.red() << 16) | (c.green() << 8) | c.blue(); _settings->setValue(key + "color", num); // Write the end-of-line fill. _settings->setValue( key + "eolfill", _lexer->eolFill(i) ); // Write the font QStringList fdesc; QString fmt("%1"); QFont f; if ( _fontForStyles.contains(i) ) { f = _fontForStyles[i]; } else { f = _lexer->font(i); } fdesc += f.family(); fdesc += fmt.arg( f.pointSize() ); // The casts are for Borland. fdesc += fmt.arg( (int)f.bold() ); fdesc += fmt.arg( (int)f.italic() ); fdesc += fmt.arg( (int)f.underline() ); _settings->setValue(key + "font", fdesc); // Write the background color. c = _lexer->paper(i); num = (c.red() << 16) | (c.green() << 8) | c.blue(); _settings->setValue(key + "paper", num); } } /*! \brief Sets the \a color for the given \a style. */ void UiGuiHighlighter::setColor(const QColor &color, int style) { _colorForStyles[style] = color; _lexer->setColor( color, style ); } /*! \brief Sets the \a font for the given \a style. */ void UiGuiHighlighter::setFont(const QFont &font, int style) { _fontForStyles[style] = font; _lexer->setFont( font, style ); } /*! \brief Sets the to be used lexer by giving his name. */ void UiGuiHighlighter::setLexerByName( QString lexerName ) { setLexerForExtension( _mapHighlighternameToExtension[lexerName].first() ); } /*! \brief Sets the proper highlighter / lexer for the given file \a extension. Returns the index of the used lexer in the list. */ int UiGuiHighlighter::setLexerForExtension( QString extension ) { int indexOfHighlighter = 0; extension = extension.toLower(); if ( _lexer != NULL ) { writeCurrentSettings(""); delete _lexer; } if ( extension == "cpp" || extension == "hpp" || extension == "c" || extension == "h" || extension == "cxx" || extension == "hxx" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerCPP(); } else if ( extension == "sh" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerBash(); } else if ( extension == "bat" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerBatch(); } else if ( extension == "cmake" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerCMake(); } else if ( extension == "cs" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerCSharp(); } else if ( extension == "css" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerCSS(); } else if ( extension == "d" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerD(); } else if ( extension == "diff" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerDiff(); } #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 ) else if ( extension == "f" || extension == "for" || extension == "f90" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerFortran(); } else if ( extension == "f77" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerFortran77(); } #endif else if ( extension == "html" || extension == "htm" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerHTML(); } else if ( extension == "idl" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerIDL(); } else if ( extension == "java" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerJava(); } else if ( extension == "js" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerJavaScript(); } else if ( extension == "lua" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerLua(); } else if ( extension == "makefile" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerMakefile(); } #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 ) else if ( extension == "pas" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerPascal(); } #endif else if ( extension == "perl" || extension == "pl" || extension == "pm" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerPerl(); } else if ( extension == "php" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerHTML(); } #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 ) else if ( extension == "ps" || extension == "eps" || extension == "pdf" || extension == "ai" || extension == "fh") { _lexer = new QsciLexerPostScript(); } #endif else if ( extension == "pov" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerPOV(); } else if ( extension == "ini" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerProperties(); } else if ( extension == "py" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerPython(); } else if ( extension == "rub" || extension == "rb" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerRuby(); } #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020400 ) else if ( extension == "spice?" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerSpice(); } #endif else if ( extension == "sql" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerSQL(); } #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 ) else if ( extension == "tcl" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerTCL(); } #endif else if ( extension == "tex" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerTeX(); } #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020400 ) else if ( extension == "vlog?" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerVerilog(); } #endif else if ( extension == "vhdl" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerVHDL(); } else if ( extension == "xml" ) { #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 ) _lexer = new QsciLexerXML(); #else _lexer = new QsciLexerHTML(); #endif } #if ( QSCINTILLA_VERSION >= 0x020300 ) else if ( extension == "yaml" ) { _lexer = new QsciLexerYAML(); } #endif else { _lexer = new QsciLexerCPP(); extension = "cpp"; } // Find the index of the selected _lexer. indexOfHighlighter = 0; while ( !_mapHighlighternameToExtension.values().at(indexOfHighlighter).contains(extension) ) { indexOfHighlighter++; } // Set the _lexer for the QScintilla widget. if ( _highlightningIsOn ) { _qsciEditorParent->setLexer(_lexer); } // Read the _settings for the _lexer properties from file. readCurrentSettings(""); return indexOfHighlighter; } universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UiGuiHighlighter.h0000770000000000017510000000540511700107426020634 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef UIGUIHIGHLIGHTER_H #define UIGUIHIGHLIGHTER_H #include #include #include #include class QAction; class QSettings; class QsciScintilla; class QsciLexer; class UiGuiHighlighter : public QObject { Q_OBJECT public: UiGuiHighlighter(QsciScintilla *parent); void turnHighlightOff(); void turnHighlightOn(); bool readCurrentSettings(const char *prefix); void writeCurrentSettings(const char *prefix); QStringList getAvailableHighlighters(); public slots: //! The foreground color for style number \a style is set to \a color. If //! \a style is -1 then the color is set for all styles. void setColor(const QColor &color, int style = -1); //! The font for style number \a style is set to \a font. If \a style is //! -1 then the font is set for all styles. void setFont(const QFont &font, int style = -1); //! Sets the lexer that is responsible for the given \a extension. int setLexerForExtension( QString extension ); void setLexerByName( QString lexerName ); void setHighlighterByAction(QAction* highlighterAction); private: bool _highlightningIsOn; QsciScintilla *_qsciEditorParent; QMap _fontForStyles; QMap _colorForStyles; QsciLexer* _lexer; QSettings *_settings; QMap _mapHighlighternameToExtension; }; #endif // UIGUIHIGHLIGHTER_H universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UiGuiIndentServer.cpp0000770000000000017510000001307611700107426021344 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "UiGuiIndentServer.h" #include #include #include #include //! \defgroup grp_Server All concerning the server component. /*! \class UiGuiIndentServer \ingroup grp_Server \brief UiGuiIndentServer is in such an early state, that even the communication protocol isn't completely planned. So this class lacks documentation until I really know where all this will lead to. The plan however is to have a server that receives commands for selecting an indenter and perhaps load some by the user predefined indenter config file. Then the client can send a text to it and will receive it formatted. The idea behind that is to make UiGUIs use as plugin or whatever more flexible. So the plugin is developed for Eclipse for example and it takes the client role, making it possible to use UiGUI from within Eclipse. Choosing a network protocol makes everything platform and programming language independent, so it doesn't matter for which application the plugin/client is developed. */ UiGuiIndentServer::UiGuiIndentServer(void) : QObject() { _tcpServer = NULL; _currentClientConnection = NULL; _readyForHandleRequest = false; } UiGuiIndentServer::~UiGuiIndentServer(void) { } void UiGuiIndentServer::startServer() { if ( _tcpServer == NULL ) { _tcpServer = new QTcpServer(this); } if ( !_tcpServer->isListening() ) { if ( !_tcpServer->listen(QHostAddress::Any, quint16(84484)) ) { QMessageBox::critical( NULL, tr("UiGUI Server"), tr("Unable to start the server: %1.").arg(_tcpServer->errorString()) ); return; } } connect( _tcpServer, SIGNAL(newConnection()), this, SLOT(handleNewConnection()) ); _readyForHandleRequest = true; _blockSize = 0; } void UiGuiIndentServer::stopServer() { if ( _tcpServer != NULL ) { _tcpServer->close(); delete _tcpServer; _tcpServer = NULL; } _currentClientConnection = NULL; _readyForHandleRequest = false; } void UiGuiIndentServer::handleNewConnection() { QTcpSocket *clientConnection = _tcpServer->nextPendingConnection(); connect( clientConnection, SIGNAL(disconnected()), clientConnection, SLOT(deleteLater()) ); connect( clientConnection, SIGNAL(readyRead()), this, SLOT(handleReceivedData()) ); } void UiGuiIndentServer::handleReceivedData() { if ( !_readyForHandleRequest ) { return; } _currentClientConnection = qobject_cast( sender() ); QString receivedData = ""; if ( _currentClientConnection != NULL ) { QDataStream in(_currentClientConnection); in.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_0); if ( _blockSize == 0 ) { if ( _currentClientConnection->bytesAvailable() < (int)sizeof(quint32) ) return; in >> _blockSize; } if ( _currentClientConnection->bytesAvailable() < _blockSize ) return; QString receivedMessage; in >> receivedMessage; _blockSize = 0; qDebug() << "receivedMessage: " << receivedMessage; if ( receivedMessage == "ts" ) { sendMessage("Toll"); } else { sendMessage("irgendwas"); } } } void UiGuiIndentServer::sendMessage( const QString &message ) { _readyForHandleRequest = false; _dataToSend = ""; QDataStream out(&_dataToSend, QIODevice::WriteOnly); out.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_0); out << (quint32)0; out << message; out.device()->seek(0); out << (quint32)(_dataToSend.size() - sizeof(quint32)); connect(_currentClientConnection, SIGNAL(bytesWritten(qint64)), this, SLOT(checkIfReadyForHandleRequest())); _currentClientConnection->write(_dataToSend); } void UiGuiIndentServer::checkIfReadyForHandleRequest() { if ( _currentClientConnection->bytesToWrite() == 0 ) { QString dataToSendStr = _dataToSend.right( _dataToSend.size() - sizeof(quint32) ); qDebug() << "checkIfReadyForHandleRequest _dataToSend was: " << dataToSendStr; disconnect(_currentClientConnection, SIGNAL(bytesWritten(qint64)), this, SLOT(checkIfReadyForHandleRequest())); _readyForHandleRequest = true; } } universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UiGuiIndentServer.h0000770000000000017510000000407511700107426021010 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef UIGUIINDENTSERVER_H #define UIGUIINDENTSERVER_H #include class QTcpServer; class QTcpSocket; class UiGuiIndentServer : public QObject { Q_OBJECT public: UiGuiIndentServer(void); ~UiGuiIndentServer(void); public slots: void startServer(); void stopServer(); private slots: void handleNewConnection(); void handleReceivedData(); void sendMessage(const QString &message); void checkIfReadyForHandleRequest(); private: QTcpServer *_tcpServer; QByteArray _dataToSend; bool _readyForHandleRequest; QTcpSocket *_currentClientConnection; quint32 _blockSize; }; #endif // UIGUIINDENTSERVER_H universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp0000770000000000017510000001253611700107426021430 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "UiGuiIniFileParser.h" #include #include #include #include //! \defgroup grp_Settings All concerning applications settings. /*! \class UiGuiIniFileParser \ingroup grp_Settings \brief UiGuiIniFileParser is a simple ini file format parser. These ini files need to have key-value pairs in the style "keyname=keyvalue". Groups can be defined by writing the groupname in the style [groupname] before some key-value pairs. The reason why I use my own class instead of QSettings is mainly, that QSettings always internally sorts the groups alphabetically and also rewrites a settings file sorted. Very annoying for me. */ /*! \brief Init and empty all needed lists and strings. */ UiGuiIniFileParser::UiGuiIniFileParser(void) { init(); } /*! \brief Directly loads and parses the file with name \a iniFileName. */ UiGuiIniFileParser::UiGuiIniFileParser(const QString &iniFileName) { init(); _iniFileName = iniFileName; parseIniFile(); } void UiGuiIniFileParser::init() { _sections.clear(); _keyValueMap.clear(); _iniFileName = ""; } UiGuiIniFileParser::~UiGuiIniFileParser(void) { } /*! \brief Returns the group/section names in the same order as they occurr in the ini file as QStringList. */ QStringList UiGuiIniFileParser::childGroups() { QStringList sectionsStringList; for( unsigned int i = 0; i < _sections.size(); i++ ) { sectionsStringList << _sections[i]; } return sectionsStringList; } /*! \brief Returns the value of the defined \a keyName as QVariant. The \a keyName is assembled by a section name, a slash and the key name itself. For example if you wish to access the value of the following setting: [NiceSection]
niceKeyName=2 you would have to call value("NiceSection/niceKeyName"). */ QVariant UiGuiIniFileParser::value(const QString &keyName, const QString &defaultValue) { return _keyValueMap.value( keyName, defaultValue ); } /*! \brief Parses the ini file and stores the key value pairs in the internal vectors \a keys and \a values. */ void UiGuiIniFileParser::parseIniFile() { QFile iniFile(_iniFileName); if ( iniFile.open(QFile::ReadOnly) ) { // Clear the vectors holding the keys and values. _sections.clear(); _keyValueMap.clear(); QTextStream iniFileStream( &iniFile ); QString line; QString currentSectionName = ""; QString keyName = ""; QString valueAsString = ""; while ( !iniFileStream.atEnd() ) { line = iniFileStream.readLine().trimmed(); // Test if the read line is a section name and if so remeber it. if ( line.startsWith("[") && line.endsWith("]") ) { currentSectionName = line.remove(0, 1); currentSectionName.chop(1); // Store the section name. _sections.push_back( currentSectionName ); } // Otherwise test whether the line has a assign char else if ( line.contains("=") ) { int indexOfFirstAssign = line.indexOf("="); keyName = line.left(indexOfFirstAssign); if ( !keyName.isEmpty() ) { valueAsString = line.remove(0, indexOfFirstAssign+1); // Remove any existing double quotes from the value. if ( valueAsString.startsWith("\"") && valueAsString.endsWith("\"") ) { valueAsString = valueAsString.remove(0, 1); valueAsString.chop(1); } // Prepend an eventually section name to the key name. if ( !currentSectionName.isEmpty() ) { keyName = currentSectionName + "/" + keyName; } // Store the key and value in the map. _keyValueMap.insert(keyName, valueAsString ); } } } } } universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UiGuiIniFileParser.h0000770000000000017510000000400111700107426021061 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef UIGUIINIFILEPARSER_H #define UIGUIINIFILEPARSER_H #include #include #include class QStringList; class QVariant; class UiGuiIniFileParser { public: UiGuiIniFileParser(void); UiGuiIniFileParser(const QString &iniFileName); ~UiGuiIniFileParser(void); QVariant value(const QString &keyName, const QString &defaultValue = ""); QStringList childGroups(); protected: void init(); private: void parseIniFile(); QString _iniFileName; std::vector _sections; QMap _keyValueMap; }; #endif // UIGUIINIFILEPARSER_H universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UiGuiSettings.cpp0000770000000000017510000007674311700107426020546 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "UiGuiSettings.h" #include "SettingsPaths.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include //! \defgroup grp_Settings All concerning the settings. /*! \class UiGuiSettings \ingroup grp_Settings \brief Handles the settings of the program. Reads them on startup and saves them on exit. Is a singleton class and can only be accessed via getInstance(). */ // Inits the single class instance pointer. QWeakPointer UiGuiSettings::_instance; /*! \brief The constructor for the settings. */ UiGuiSettings::UiGuiSettings() : QObject() { // Create the main application settings object from the UniversalIndentGUI.ini file. _qsettings = new QSettings(SettingsPaths::getSettingsPath() + "/UniversalIndentGUI.ini", QSettings::IniFormat, this); _indenterDirctoryStr = SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() + "/indenters"; readAvailableTranslations(); initSettings(); } /*! \brief Returns the instance of the settings class. If no instance exists, ONE will be created. */ QSharedPointer UiGuiSettings::getInstance() { QSharedPointer sharedInstance = _instance.toStrongRef(); if ( sharedInstance.isNull() ) { // Create the settings object, which loads all UiGui settings from a file. sharedInstance = QSharedPointer(new UiGuiSettings()); _instance = sharedInstance.toWeakRef(); } return sharedInstance; } /*! \brief The destructor saves the settings to a file. */ UiGuiSettings::~UiGuiSettings() { // Convert the language setting from an integer index to a string. int index = _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/language", 0).toInt(); if ( index < 0 || index >= _availableTranslations.size() ) index = 0; _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/language", _availableTranslations.at(index) ); } /*! \brief Scans the translations directory for available translation files and stores them in the QList \a _availableTranslations. */ void UiGuiSettings::readAvailableTranslations() { QString languageShort; QStringList languageFileList; // English is the default language. A translation file does not exist but to have a menu entry, added here. languageFileList << "universalindent_en.qm"; // Find all translation files in the "translations" directory. QDir translationDirectory = QDir( SettingsPaths::getGlobalFilesPath() + "/translations" ); languageFileList << translationDirectory.entryList( QStringList("universalindent_*.qm") ); // Loop for each found translation file foreach ( languageShort, languageFileList ) { // Remove the leading string "universalindent_" from the filename. languageShort.remove(0,16); // Remove trailing file extension ".qm". languageShort.chop(3); _availableTranslations.append(languageShort); } } /*! \brief Returns a list of the mnemonics of the available translations. */ QStringList UiGuiSettings::getAvailableTranslations() { return _availableTranslations; } /*! \brief Returns the value of the by \a settingsName defined setting as QVariant. If the named setting does not exist, 0 is being returned. */ QVariant UiGuiSettings::getValueByName(QString settingName) { return _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName); } /*! \brief Loads the settings for the main application. Settings are for example last selected indenter, last loaded source code file and so on. */ bool UiGuiSettings::initSettings() { // Read the version string saved in the settings file. _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/version", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/version", "") ); // Read windows last size and position from the settings file. _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/maximized", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/maximized", false) ); _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/position", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/position", QPoint(50, 50)) ); _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/size", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/size", QSize(800, 600)) ); // Read last selected encoding for the opened source code file. _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/encoding", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/encoding", "UTF-8") ); // Read maximum length of list for recently opened files. _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/recentlyOpenedListSize", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/recentlyOpenedListSize", 5) ); // Read if last opened source code file should be loaded on startup. _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup", true) ); // Read last opened source code file from the settings file. _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/lastSourceCodeFile", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/lastSourceCodeFile", _indenterDirctoryStr+"/example.cpp") ); // Read last selected indenter from the settings file. int selectedIndenter = _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/selectedIndenter", 0).toInt(); if ( selectedIndenter < 0 ) { selectedIndenter = 0; } _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/selectedIndenter", selectedIndenter ); // Read if syntax highlighting is enabled. _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/SyntaxHighlightingEnabled", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/SyntaxHighlightingEnabled", true) ); // Read if white space characters should be displayed. _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/whiteSpaceIsVisible", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/whiteSpaceIsVisible", false) ); // Read if indenter parameter tool tips are enabled. _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled", true) ); // Read the tab width from the settings file. _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/tabWidth", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/tabWidth", 4) ); // Read the last selected language and stores the index it has in the list of available translations. _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/language", _availableTranslations.indexOf( _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/language", "").toString() ) ); // Read the update check settings from the settings file. _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/CheckForUpdate", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/CheckForUpdate", true) ); _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/LastUpdateCheck", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/LastUpdateCheck", QDate(1900,1,1)) ); // Read the main window state. _qsettings->setValue( "UniversalIndentGUI/MainWindowState", _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/MainWindowState", QByteArray()) ); return true; } /*! \brief Register the by \a propertyName defined property of \a obj to be connected to the setting defined by \a settingName. The \a propertyName must be one of those that are listed in the Qt "Properties" documentation section of a Qt Object. All further needed info is retrieved via the \a obj's MetaObject, like the to the property bound signal. */ bool UiGuiSettings::registerObjectProperty( QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName ) { const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject(); bool connectSuccess = false; // Connect to the objects destroyed signal, so that it will be correctly unregistered. connectSuccess = connect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectProperty(QObject*))); int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) ); if ( connectSuccess && indexOfProp > -1 ) { QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp); // Connect to the property's value changed signal. if ( mProp.hasNotifySignal() ) { QMetaMethod signal = mProp.notifySignal(); //QString teststr = qPrintable(SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())); // The command "SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())" assembles the signal methods signature to a valid Qt SIGNAL. connectSuccess = connect(obj, qPrintable(SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())), this, SLOT(handleObjectPropertyChange())); } if ( connectSuccess ) { _registeredObjectProperties[obj] = QStringList() << propertyName << settingName; } else { //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log. disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectProperty(QObject*))); return false; } // If setting already exists, set the objects property to the setting value. if ( _qsettings->contains("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName) ) { mProp.write(obj, _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName)); } // Otherwise add the setting and set it to the value of the objects property. else { _qsettings->setValue("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName, mProp.read(obj)); } } else { //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log. disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectProperty(QObject*))); return false; } return true; } /*! \brief Searches the child QObjects of \a obj for a property name and setting name definition within their custom properties and registers this property name to that setting name if both were found. The custom properties, for which are searched, are "connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName", where "connectedPropertyName" is the name of a QObject property as it is documented in the QtDocs, and "connectedSettingName" is the name of a setting here within UiGuiSettings. If the mentioned setting name doesn't exist, it will be created. Returns true, if all found property and setting definitions could be successfully registered. Returns false, if any of those registrations fails. */ bool UiGuiSettings::registerObjectPropertyRecursive(QObject *obj) { return checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(obj, &UiGuiSettings::registerObjectProperty); } /*! \brief Assigns the by \a settingName defined setting value to the by \a propertyName defined property of \a obj. Returns true, if the value could be assigned, otherwise returns false, which is the case if settingName doesn't exist within the settings or if the mentioned propertyName wasn't found for the \a obj. */ bool UiGuiSettings::setObjectPropertyToSettingValue( QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName ) { const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject(); int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) ); if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) { QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp); // If setting already exists, set the objects property to the setting value. if ( _qsettings->contains("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName) ) { mProp.write(obj, _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName)); } // The setting didn't exist so return that setting the objects property failed. else { //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log. return false; } } else { //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log. return false; } return true; } /*! \brief Searches the child QObjects of \a obj for a property name and setting name definition within their custom properties and sets each property to settings value. The custom properties, for which are searched, are "connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName", where "connectedPropertyName" is the name of a QObject property as it is documented in the QtDocs, and "connectedSettingName" is the name of a setting here within UiGuiSettings. Returns true, if all found property and setting definitions could be successfully registered. Returns false, if any of those registrations fails. */ bool UiGuiSettings::setObjectPropertyToSettingValueRecursive(QObject *obj) { return checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(obj, &UiGuiSettings::setObjectPropertyToSettingValue); } /*! \brief Assigns the by \a propertyName defined property's value of \a obj to the by \a settingName defined setting. If the \a settingName didn't exist yet, it will be created. Returns true, if the value could be assigned, otherwise returns false, which is the case if the mentioned propertyName wasn't found for the \a obj. */ bool UiGuiSettings::setSettingToObjectPropertyValue( QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName ) { const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject(); int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) ); if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) { QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp); setValueByName(settingName, mProp.read(obj)); } else { //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log. return false; } return true; } /*! \brief Searches the child QObjects of \a obj for a property name and setting name definition within their custom properties and sets each setting to the property value. The custom properties, for which are searched, are "connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName", where "connectedPropertyName" is the name of a QObject property as it is documented in the QtDocs, and "connectedSettingName" is the name of a setting here within UiGuiSettings. If the settingName didn't exist yet, it will be created. Returns true, if all found property and setting definitions could be successfully registered. Returns false, if any of those registrations fails. */ bool UiGuiSettings::setSettingToObjectPropertyValueRecursive(QObject *obj) { return checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(obj, &UiGuiSettings::setSettingToObjectPropertyValue); } /*! \brief Iterates over all \a objs child QObjects and checks whether they have the custom properties "connectedPropertyName" and "connectedSettingName" set. If both are set, it invokes the \a callBackFunc with both. */ bool UiGuiSettings::checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(QObject *obj, bool (UiGuiSettings::*callBackFunc)(QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName)) { bool success = true; // Find all widgets that have PropertyName and SettingName defined in their style sheet. QList allObjects = obj->findChildren(); foreach (QObject *object, allObjects) { QString propertyName = object->property("connectedPropertyName").toString(); QString settingName = object->property("connectedSettingName").toString(); // If property and setting name were found, register that widget with the settings. if ( !propertyName.isEmpty() && !settingName.isEmpty() ) { success &= (this->*callBackFunc)( object, propertyName, settingName ); } } return success; } /*! \brief The with a certain property registered \a obj gets unregistered. */ void UiGuiSettings::unregisterObjectProperty(QObject *obj) { if ( _registeredObjectProperties.contains(obj) ) { const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject(); QString propertyName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].first(); QString settingName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].last(); bool connectSuccess = false; int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) ); if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) { QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp); // Disconnect to the property's value changed signal. if ( mProp.hasNotifySignal() ) { QMetaMethod signal = mProp.notifySignal(); // The command "SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())" assembles the signal methods signature to a valid Qt SIGNAL. connectSuccess = disconnect(obj, qPrintable(SIGNAL() + QString(signal.signature())), this, SLOT(handleObjectPropertyChange())); } } _registeredObjectProperties.remove(obj); } } /*! \brief Registers a slot form the \a obj by its \a slotName to be invoked, if the by \a settingName defined setting changes. The registered slot may have no parameters or exactly one. If it accepts one parameter, whenever the setting \a settingName changes the slot gets tried to be invoked with the settings value as parameter. This only works, if the slot parameter is of the same type as the setting. */ bool UiGuiSettings::registerObjectSlot(QObject *obj, const QString &slotName, const QString &settingName) { const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject(); bool connectSuccess = false; // Connect to the objects destroyed signal, so that it will be correctly unregistered. connectSuccess = connect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectSlot(QObject*))); QString normalizedSlotName = QMetaObject::normalizedSignature( qPrintable(slotName) ); int indexOfMethod = metaObject->indexOfMethod( qPrintable(normalizedSlotName) ); if ( connectSuccess && indexOfMethod > -1 ) { QMetaMethod mMethod = metaObject->method(indexOfMethod); //QMetaMethod::Access access = mMethod.access(); //QMetaMethod::MethodType methType = mMethod.methodType(); // Since the method can at maximum be invoked with the setting value as argument, // only methods taking max one argument are allowed. if ( mMethod.parameterTypes().size() <= 1 ) { _registeredObjectSlots.insert(obj, QStringList() << normalizedSlotName << settingName); } else { //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log. disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectSlot(QObject*))); return false; } } else { //TODO: Write a debug warning to the log. disconnect(obj, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(unregisterObjectSlot(QObject*))); return false; } return true; } /*! \brief If \a obj, \a slotName and \a settingName are given, that certain connection is unregistered. If only \a obj is given, all to this object registered slot-setting connections are unregistered. */ void UiGuiSettings::unregisterObjectSlot(QObject *obj, const QString &slotName, const QString &settingName) { //const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject(); QString normalizedSlotName = QMetaObject::normalizedSignature( qPrintable(slotName) ); QMutableMapIterator it(_registeredObjectSlots); while (it.hasNext()) { it.next(); if (it.key() == obj && slotName.isEmpty() && settingName.isEmpty()) it.remove(); else if (it.key() == obj && it.value().first() == slotName && it.value().last() == settingName) it.remove(); } } /*! \brief This private slot gets invoked whenever a registered objects property changes and distributes the new value to all other to the same settingName registered objects. */ void UiGuiSettings::handleObjectPropertyChange() { QObject *obj = QObject::sender(); QString className = obj->metaObject()->className(); const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject(); QString propertyName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].first(); QString settingName = _registeredObjectProperties[obj].last(); int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) ); if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) { QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp); setValueByName(settingName, mProp.read(obj)); } } /*! \brief Sets the setting defined by \a settingName to \a value. When setting a changed value, all to this settingName registered objects get the changed value set too. If the \a settingName didn't exist yet, it will be created. */ void UiGuiSettings::setValueByName(const QString &settingName, const QVariant &value) { // Do the updating only, if the setting was really changed. if ( _qsettings->value("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName) != value ) { _qsettings->setValue("UniversalIndentGUI/" + settingName, value); // Set the new value for all registered object properties for settingName. for ( QMap::ConstIterator it = _registeredObjectProperties.begin(); it != _registeredObjectProperties.end(); ++it ) { if ( it.value().last() == settingName ) { QObject *obj = it.key(); const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject(); QString propertyName = it.value().first(); int indexOfProp = metaObject->indexOfProperty( qPrintable(propertyName) ); if ( indexOfProp > -1 ) { QMetaProperty mProp = metaObject->property(indexOfProp); mProp.write(obj, value); } } } // Invoke all registered object methods for settingName. for ( QMap::ConstIterator it = _registeredObjectSlots.begin(); it != _registeredObjectSlots.end(); ++it ) { if ( it.value().last() == settingName ) { QObject *obj = it.key(); const QMetaObject *metaObject = obj->metaObject(); QString slotName = it.value().first(); int indexOfMethod = metaObject->indexOfMethod( qPrintable(slotName) ); if ( indexOfMethod > -1 ) { QMetaMethod mMethod = metaObject->method(indexOfMethod); //QMetaMethod::Access access = mMethod.access(); //QMetaMethod::MethodType methType = mMethod.methodType(); bool success = false; // Handle registered slots taking one parameter. if ( mMethod.parameterTypes().size() == 1 ) { if ( mMethod.parameterTypes().first() == value.typeName() ) { success = invokeMethodWithValue(obj, mMethod, value); } } // Handle registered slots taking zero parameters. else { success = mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection ); } if ( success == false ) { // TODO: Write a warning to the log if no success. } } } } } } #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600 #include #include #endif bool UiGuiSettings::invokeMethodWithValue( QObject *obj, QMetaMethod mMethod, QVariant value ) { switch (value.type()) { case QVariant::BitArray : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QBitArray, value.toBitArray()) ); case QVariant::Bitmap : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QBitmap, value.value()) ); case QVariant::Bool : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(bool, value.toBool()) ); case QVariant::Brush : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QBrush, value.value()) ); case QVariant::ByteArray : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QByteArray, value.toByteArray()) ); case QVariant::Char : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QChar, value.toChar()) ); case QVariant::Color : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QColor, value.value()) ); case QVariant::Cursor : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QCursor, value.value()) ); case QVariant::Date : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QDate, value.toDate()) ); case QVariant::DateTime : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QDateTime, value.toDateTime()) ); case QVariant::Double : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(double, value.toDouble()) ); case QVariant::Font : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QFont, value.value()) ); case QVariant::Hash : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVariantHash, value.toHash()) ); case QVariant::Icon : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QIcon, value.value()) ); case QVariant::Image : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QImage, value.value()) ); case QVariant::Int : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(int, value.toInt()) ); case QVariant::KeySequence : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QKeySequence, value.value()) ); case QVariant::Line : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QLine, value.toLine()) ); case QVariant::LineF : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QLineF, value.toLineF()) ); case QVariant::List : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVariantList, value.toList()) ); case QVariant::Locale : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QLocale, value.toLocale()) ); case QVariant::LongLong : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(qlonglong, value.toLongLong()) ); case QVariant::Map : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVariantMap, value.toMap()) ); case QVariant::Matrix : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QMatrix, value.value()) ); case QVariant::Transform : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTransform, value.value()) ); #if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600 case QVariant::Matrix4x4 : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QMatrix4x4, value.value()) ); #endif case QVariant::Palette : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPalette, value.value()) ); case QVariant::Pen : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPen, value.value()) ); case QVariant::Pixmap : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPixmap, value.value()) ); case QVariant::Point : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPoint, value.toPoint()) ); // case QVariant::PointArray : // return Q_ARG(QPointArray, value.value()) ); case QVariant::PointF : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPointF, value.toPointF()) ); case QVariant::Polygon : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QPolygon, value.value()) ); #if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600 case QVariant::Quaternion : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QQuaternion, value.value()) ); #endif case QVariant::Rect : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRect, value.toRect()) ); case QVariant::RectF : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRectF, value.toRectF()) ); case QVariant::RegExp : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRegExp, value.toRegExp()) ); case QVariant::Region : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QRegion, value.value()) ); case QVariant::Size : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QSize, value.toSize()) ); case QVariant::SizeF : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QSizeF, value.toSizeF()) ); case QVariant::SizePolicy : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QSizePolicy, value.value()) ); case QVariant::String : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QString, value.toString()) ); case QVariant::StringList : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QStringList, value.toStringList()) ); case QVariant::TextFormat : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTextFormat, value.value()) ); case QVariant::TextLength : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTextLength, value.value()) ); case QVariant::Time : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QTime, value.toTime()) ); case QVariant::UInt : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(uint, value.toUInt()) ); case QVariant::ULongLong : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(qulonglong, value.toULongLong()) ); case QVariant::Url : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QUrl, value.toUrl()) ); #if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600 case QVariant::Vector2D : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVector2D, value.value()) ); case QVariant::Vector3D : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVector3D, value.value()) ); case QVariant::Vector4D : return mMethod.invoke( obj, Qt::DirectConnection, Q_ARG(QVector4D, value.value()) ); #endif default: return false; } } universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UiGuiSettings.h0000770000000000017510000000721511700107426020177 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef UIGUISETTINGS_H #define UIGUISETTINGS_H #include #include #include #include class QSettings; class UiGuiSettings : public QObject { Q_OBJECT private: UiGuiSettings(); static QWeakPointer _instance; public: static QSharedPointer getInstance(); ~UiGuiSettings(); bool registerObjectProperty(QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName); bool registerObjectPropertyRecursive(QObject *obj); bool setObjectPropertyToSettingValue(QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName); bool setObjectPropertyToSettingValueRecursive(QObject *obj); bool setSettingToObjectPropertyValue(QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName); bool setSettingToObjectPropertyValueRecursive(QObject *obj); bool registerObjectSlot(QObject *obj, const QString &slotName, const QString &settingName); QVariant getValueByName(QString settingName); QStringList getAvailableTranslations(); public slots: void setValueByName(const QString &settingName, const QVariant &value); void unregisterObjectProperty(QObject *obj); void unregisterObjectSlot(QObject *obj, const QString &slotName = "", const QString &settingName = ""); protected: bool initSettings(); bool invokeMethodWithValue(QObject *obj, QMetaMethod mMethod, QVariant value); bool checkCustomPropertiesAndCallFunction(QObject *obj, bool (UiGuiSettings::*callBackFunc)(QObject *obj, const QString &propertyName, const QString &settingName)); private slots: void handleObjectPropertyChange(); private: void readAvailableTranslations(); //! Stores the mnemonics of the available translations. QStringList _availableTranslations; //! The settings file. QSettings *_qsettings; //! Maps an QObject to a string list containing the property name and the associated setting name. QMap _registeredObjectProperties; //! Maps QObjects to a string list containing the method name and the associated setting name. QMultiMap _registeredObjectSlots; QString _indenterDirctoryStr; }; #endif // UIGUISETTINGS_H universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp0000770000000000017510000001725611700107426021660 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "UiGuiSettingsDialog.h" #include "ui_UiGuiSettingsDialog.h" #include "UiGuiSettings.h" /*! \class UiGuiSettingsDialog \ingroup grp_Settings \brief Displays a dialog window with settings for UniversalIndentGUI */ /*! \brief The constructor calls the setup function for the ui created by uic. */ UiGuiSettingsDialog::UiGuiSettingsDialog(QWidget* parent, QSharedPointer settings) : QDialog(parent) { // Remember pointer to the UiGuiSettings object. _settings = settings; // Init the user interface created by the UIC. _settingsDialogForm = new Ui::SettingsDialog(); _settingsDialogForm->setupUi(this); //TODO: This call has to be removed when the properties for the highlighters can be set // with the settings dialog. _settingsDialogForm->groupBoxSyntaxHighlighterProperties->setToolTip( "(Will be implemented soon)" + _settingsDialogForm->groupBoxSyntaxHighlighterProperties->toolTip() ); // Connect the accepted signal to own function, to write values back to the UiGuiSettings object. connect(this, SIGNAL(accepted()), this, SLOT(writeWidgetValuesToSettings()) ); // Init the language selection combobox. initTranslationSelection(); } /*! \brief By calling this function the combobox for selecting the application language will be initialized. Also the translation itself will be reinitialized. */ void UiGuiSettingsDialog::initTranslationSelection() { // First empty the combo box. _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->clear(); // Now add an entry into the box for every language short. foreach (QString languageShort, _settings->getAvailableTranslations() ) { // Identify the language mnemonic and set the full name. if ( languageShort == "en" ) { _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("English") ); } else if ( languageShort == "fr" ) { _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("French") ); } else if ( languageShort == "de" ) { _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("German") ); } else if ( languageShort == "zh_TW" ) { _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("Chinese (Taiwan)") ); } else if ( languageShort == "ja" ) { _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("Japanese") ); } else if ( languageShort == "ru" ) { _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("Russian") ); } else if ( languageShort == "uk" ) { _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( QIcon(QString(":/language/language-"+languageShort+".png")), tr("Ukrainian") ); } else { _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->addItem( tr("Unknown language mnemonic ") + languageShort ); } } } /*! \brief Displays the dialog by calling the dialogs exec function. Before it gets all the values needed from the UiGuiSettings object. */ int UiGuiSettingsDialog::showDialog() { // Init all settings dialog objects with values from settings. _settings->setObjectPropertyToSettingValueRecursive(this); // Execute the dialog. return exec(); } /*! \brief This slot is called when the dialog box is closed by pressing the Ok button. Writes all settings to the UiGuiSettings object. */ void UiGuiSettingsDialog::writeWidgetValuesToSettings() { // Write settings dialog object values to settings. _settings->setSettingToObjectPropertyValueRecursive(this); } /*! \brief Catches language change events and retranslates all needed widgets. */ void UiGuiSettingsDialog::changeEvent(QEvent *event) { if (event->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange) { _settingsDialogForm->retranslateUi(this); // If this is not explicit set here, Qt < 4.3.0 does not translate the buttons. _settingsDialogForm->buttonBox->setStandardButtons(QDialogButtonBox::Cancel | QDialogButtonBox::NoButton|QDialogButtonBox::Ok); //TODO: This has to be removed when the properties for the highlighters can be set. _settingsDialogForm->groupBoxSyntaxHighlighterProperties->setToolTip( "(Will be implemented soon)" + _settingsDialogForm->groupBoxSyntaxHighlighterProperties->toolTip() ); QStringList languageShortList = _settings->getAvailableTranslations(); // Now retranslate every entry in the language selection box. for (int i = 0; i < languageShortList.size(); i++ ) { QString languageShort = languageShortList.at(i); // Identify the language mnemonic and set the full name. if ( languageShort == "en" ) { _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("English") ); } else if ( languageShort == "fr" ) { _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("French") ); } else if ( languageShort == "de" ) { _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("German") ); } else if ( languageShort == "zh_TW" ) { _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("Chinese (Taiwan)") ); } else if ( languageShort == "ja" ) { _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("Japanese") ); } else if ( languageShort == "ru" ) { _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("Russian") ); } else if ( languageShort == "uk" ) { _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("Ukrainian") ); } else { _settingsDialogForm->languageSelectionComboBox->setItemText( i, tr("Unknown language mnemonic ") + languageShort ); } } } else { QWidget::changeEvent(event); } } universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h0000770000000000017510000000366511700107426021324 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef UIGUISETTINGSDIALOG_H #define UIGUISETTINGSDIALOG_H #include #include "UiGuiSettings.h" namespace Ui { class SettingsDialog; } class UiGuiSettingsDialog : public QDialog { Q_OBJECT public: UiGuiSettingsDialog(QWidget* parent, QSharedPointer settings); public slots: int showDialog(); private slots: void writeWidgetValuesToSettings(); private: Ui::SettingsDialog *_settingsDialogForm; void changeEvent(QEvent *event); void initTranslationSelection(); QSharedPointer _settings; }; #endif // UIGUISETTINGSDIALOG_H universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui0000770000000000017510000005250411700107426021506 0ustar rootvboxsf SettingsDialog Qt::ApplicationModal 0 0 503 336 Settings :/mainWindow/preferences-system.png:/mainWindow/preferences-system.png 0 :/settingsDialog/applications-system.png:/settingsDialog/applications-system.png Common Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one. Application language languageSelectionComboBox 0 0 Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one. language currentIndex Qt::Horizontal 40 20 If selected opens the source code file on startup that was opened last time. Automatically open last file on startup loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup checked If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while. Enable Parameter Tooltips indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled checked Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files. Number of files in recently opened list 0 0 Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files. 1 30 1 recentlyOpenedListSize value Qt::Horizontal 40 20 Qt::Vertical 20 40 :/settingsDialog/accessories-text-editor.png:/settingsDialog/accessories-text-editor.png Editor Enables or disables displaying of white space characters in the editor. Display white space character (tabs, spaces, etc.) whiteSpaceIsVisible checked Sets width in single spaces used for tabs Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab. Displayed width of tabs 0 0 Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab character. 1 99 1 tabWidth value Qt::Horizontal 40 20 Qt::Vertical 20 40 :/mainWindow/system-software-update.png:/mainWindow/system-software-update.png Network Checks whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI exists on program start, but only once a day. Check online for update on program start CheckForUpdate checked If checked, the made proxy settings will be applied for all network connections. Type of the used proxy is SOCKS5. Enable proxy ProxyEnabled checked false Host name: proxyHostNameLineEdit Host name of the to be used proxy. E.g.: proxy.example.com ProxyHostName text Port: proxyPortSpinBox Port number to connect to the before named proxy. Qt::AlignRight|Qt::AlignTrailing|Qt::AlignVCenter QAbstractSpinBox::NoButtons 99999 ProxyPort text User name: proxyUserNameLineEdit If the proxy needs authentification, enter the login name here. ProxyUserName text Password: proxyPasswordLineEdit If the proxy needs authentification, enter the password here. QLineEdit::Password ProxyPassword text :/settingsDialog/syntax-highlight.png:/settingsDialog/syntax-highlight.png Syntax Highlighting By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted. Enable syntax highlighting SyntaxHighlightingEnabled checked false Lets you make settings for all properties of the available syntax highlighters, like font and color. Highlighter settings -1 -1 Set the font for the current selected highlighter property. Set Font Set the color for the current selected highlighter property. Set Color Qt::Vertical 20 40 Qt::Vertical 20 40 Qt::Horizontal QDialogButtonBox::Cancel|QDialogButtonBox::Ok buttonBox accepted() SettingsDialog accept() 250 316 153 236 buttonBox rejected() SettingsDialog reject() 327 316 282 236 enableProxyCheckBox toggled(bool) widget setEnabled(bool) 73 68 76 95 universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp0000770000000000017510000002260211700107426021027 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "UiGuiSystemInfo.h" #include #include #include #include UiGuiSystemInfo::UiGuiSystemInfo() { } /*! \brief Returns the operating system UiGUI is currently running on as one string. The String contains name and version of the os. E.g. Linux Ubuntu 9.04. */ QString UiGuiSystemInfo::getOperatingSystem() { QString operatingSystemString = ""; #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) switch ( QSysInfo::WindowsVersion ) { case QSysInfo::WV_32s : operatingSystemString = "Windows 3.1 with Win 32s"; break; case QSysInfo::WV_95 : operatingSystemString = "Windows 95"; break; case QSysInfo::WV_98 : operatingSystemString = "Windows 98"; break; case QSysInfo::WV_Me : operatingSystemString = "Windows Me"; break; case QSysInfo::WV_NT : operatingSystemString = "Windows NT (operating system version 4.0)"; break; case QSysInfo::WV_2000 : operatingSystemString = "Windows 2000 (operating system version 5.0)"; break; case QSysInfo::WV_XP : operatingSystemString = "Windows XP (operating system version 5.1)"; break; case QSysInfo::WV_2003 : operatingSystemString = "Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2003 R2, Windows Home Server, Windows XP Professional x64 Edition (operating system version 5.2)"; break; case QSysInfo::WV_VISTA : operatingSystemString = "Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008 (operating system version 6.0)"; break; case QSysInfo::WV_WINDOWS7 : operatingSystemString = "Windows 7 (operating system version 6.1)"; break; case QSysInfo::WV_CE : operatingSystemString = "Windows CE"; break; case QSysInfo::WV_CENET : operatingSystemString = "Windows CE .NET"; break; case QSysInfo::WV_CE_5 : operatingSystemString = "Windows CE 5.x"; break; case QSysInfo::WV_CE_6 : operatingSystemString = "Windows CE 6.x"; break; default : operatingSystemString = "Unknown Windows operating system."; break; } #elif defined(Q_WS_MAC) switch ( QSysInfo::MacintoshVersion ) { case QSysInfo::MV_9 : operatingSystemString = "Mac OS 9 (unsupported)"; break; case QSysInfo::MV_10_0 : operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.0 Cheetah (unsupported)"; break; case QSysInfo::MV_10_1 : operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.1 Puma (unsupported)"; break; case QSysInfo::MV_10_2 : operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.2 Jaguar (unsupported)"; break; case QSysInfo::MV_10_3 : operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.3 Panther"; break; case QSysInfo::MV_10_4 : operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.4 Tiger"; break; case QSysInfo::MV_10_5 : operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.5 Leopard"; break; case QSysInfo::MV_10_6 : operatingSystemString = "Mac OS X 10.6 Snow Leopard"; break; case QSysInfo::MV_Unknown : operatingSystemString = "An unknown and currently unsupported platform"; break; default : operatingSystemString = "Unknown Mac operating system."; break; } #else //TODO: Detect Unix, Linux etc. distro as described on http://www.novell.com/coolsolutions/feature/11251.html operatingSystemString = "Linux"; QProcess process; process.start("uname -s"); bool result = process.waitForFinished(1000); QString os = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed(); process.start("uname -r"); result = process.waitForFinished(1000); QString rev = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed(); process.start("uname -m"); result = process.waitForFinished(1000); QString mach = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed(); if ( os == "SunOS" ) { os = "Solaris"; process.start("uname -p"); result = process.waitForFinished(1000); QString arch = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed(); process.start("uname -v"); result = process.waitForFinished(1000); QString timestamp = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed(); operatingSystemString = os + " " + rev + " (" + arch + " " + timestamp + ")"; } else if ( os == "AIX" ) { process.start("oslevel -r"); result = process.waitForFinished(1000); QString oslevel = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed(); operatingSystemString = os + "oslevel " + oslevel; } else if ( os == "Linux" ) { QString dist; QString pseudoname; QString kernel = rev; if ( QFile::exists("/etc/redhat-release") ) { dist = "RedHat"; process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/redhat-release | sed s/.*\\(// | sed s/\\)//\""); result = process.waitForFinished(1000); pseudoname = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed(); process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/redhat-release | sed s/.*release\\ // | sed s/\\ .*//\""); result = process.waitForFinished(1000); rev = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed(); } else if ( QFile::exists("/etc/SUSE-release") ) { process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/SUSE-release | tr '\\n' ' '| sed s/VERSION.*//\""); result = process.waitForFinished(1000); dist = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed(); process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/SUSE-release | tr '\\n' ' ' | sed s/.*=\\ //\""); result = process.waitForFinished(1000); rev = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed(); } else if ( QFile::exists("/etc/mandrake-release") ) { dist = "Mandrake"; process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/mandrake-release | sed s/.*\\(// | sed s/\\)//\""); result = process.waitForFinished(1000); pseudoname = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed(); process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/mandrake-release | sed s/.*release\\ // | sed s/\\ .*//\""); result = process.waitForFinished(1000); rev = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed(); } else if ( QFile::exists("/etc/lsb-release") ) { dist = "Ubuntu"; QString processCall = "sh -c \"cat /etc/lsb-release | tr '\\n' ' ' | sed s/.*DISTRIB_RELEASE=// | sed s/\\ .*//\""; process.start( processCall ); result = process.waitForFinished(1000); rev = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed(); QString errorStr = process.readAllStandardError(); process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/lsb-release | tr '\\n' ' ' | sed s/.*DISTRIB_CODENAME=// | sed s/\\ .*//\""); result = process.waitForFinished(1000); pseudoname = process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed(); } else if ( QFile::exists("/etc/debian_version") ) { dist = "Debian"; process.start("cat /etc/debian_version"); result = process.waitForFinished(1000); dist += process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed(); rev = ""; } if ( QFile::exists("/etc/UnitedLinux-release") ) { process.start("sh -c \"cat /etc/UnitedLinux-release | tr '\\n' ' ' | sed s/VERSION.*//\""); result = process.waitForFinished(1000); dist += process.readAllStandardOutput().trimmed(); } operatingSystemString = os + " " + dist + " " + rev + " (" + pseudoname + " " + kernel + " " + mach + ")"; } #endif return operatingSystemString; } universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UiGuiSystemInfo.h0000770000000000017510000000313711700107426020476 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef UIGUISYSTEMINFO_H #define UIGUISYSTEMINFO_H class QString; class UiGuiSystemInfo { public: static QString getOperatingSystem(); private: UiGuiSystemInfo(); }; #endif // UIGUISYSTEMINFO_H universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UiGuiVersion.cpp0000770000000000017510000000547411700107426020364 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "UiGuiVersion.h" #include #include #include namespace UiGuiVersion { /*! \brief Returns the build date as a localized string, e.g. "9. Februar 2009". If there was some kind of error, the returned string is empty. */ QString getBuildDate() { QStringList monthNames; QString buildDateString = ""; monthNames << "Jan" << "Feb" << "Mar" << "Apr" << "May" << "Jun" << "Jul" << "Aug" << "Sep" << "Oct" << "Nov" << "Dez"; QStringList buildDateStringList = QString(__DATE__).simplified().split(' '); // __DATE__ returns eg "Feb 4 2009" if ( buildDateStringList.count() == 3 ) { QDate buildDate(buildDateStringList.last().toInt(), monthNames.indexOf( buildDateStringList.first() )+1, buildDateStringList.at(1).toInt()); buildDateString = buildDate.toString("d. MMMM yyyy"); } return buildDateString; } /*! \brief Returns the revision number, that the current build is based on, as string. If there was some kind of error, the returned string is empty. */ QString getBuildRevision() { QString buildRevision = ""; QStringList buildRevisionStringList = QString(PROGRAM_REVISION).simplified().split(' '); if ( buildRevisionStringList.count() == 3 ) { buildRevision = buildRevisionStringList.at(1); // PROGRAM_REVISION is eg "$Revision: 907 $" } return buildRevision; } } // namespace UiGuiVersion universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UiGuiVersion.h0000770000000000017510000000353011700107426020020 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef UIGUIVERSION_H #define UIGUIVERSION_H class QString; // Define the version number here. Update this as the last file before a release. #define PROGRAM_VERSION 1.2.0 #define PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING "1.2.0" #define RESOURCE_VERSION 1,2,0,0 #define RESOURCE_VERSION_STRING "1,2,0,0\0" #define PROGRAM_REVISION "$Revision: 1070 $" namespace UiGuiVersion { QString getBuildDate(); QString getBuildRevision(); } #endif // UIGUIVERSION_H universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UniversalIndentGUI.vcproj0000770000000000017510000002473611700107426022176 0ustar rootvboxsf universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UpdateCheckDialog.cpp0000770000000000017510000003260411700107426021267 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "UpdateCheckDialog.h" #include "ui_UpdateCheckDialog.h" #include "UiGuiSettings.h" #include "UiGuiVersion.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include /*! \class UpdateCheckDialog \ingroup grp_MainWindow \brief UpdateCheckDialog is a dialog widget that contains functions for online checking for a new version of UniversalIndentGUI. */ /*! \brief Initializes member variables and stores the version of UiGui and a pointer to the _settings object. */ UpdateCheckDialog::UpdateCheckDialog(QSharedPointer settings, QWidget *parent) : QDialog(parent), _manualUpdateRequested(false), _currentNetworkReply(NULL), _roleOfClickedButton(QDialogButtonBox::InvalidRole) { _updateCheckDialogForm = new Ui::UpdateCheckDialog(); _updateCheckDialogForm->setupUi(this); // Create object for _networkAccessManager request and connect it with the request return handler. _networkAccessManager = new QNetworkAccessManager(this); connect( _networkAccessManager, SIGNAL(finished(QNetworkReply*)), this, SLOT(checkResultsOfFetchedPadXMLFile(QNetworkReply*)) ); // Create a timer object used for the progress bar. _updateCheckProgressTimer = new QTimer(this); _updateCheckProgressTimer->setInterval(5); connect( _updateCheckProgressTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(updateUpdateCheckProgressBar()) ); _updateCheckProgressCounter = 0; // Connect the dialogs buttonbox with a button click handler. connect( _updateCheckDialogForm->buttonBox, SIGNAL(clicked(QAbstractButton*)), this, SLOT(handleUpdateCheckDialogButtonClicked(QAbstractButton*)) ); settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "initProxySettings()", "ProxyEnabled"); settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "initProxySettings()", "ProxyHostName"); settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "initProxySettings()", "ProxyPort"); settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "initProxySettings()", "ProxyUserName"); settings->registerObjectSlot(this, "initProxySettings()", "ProxyPassword"); _settings = settings; initProxySettings(); // This dialog is always modal. setModal(true); } /*! \brief On destroy cancels any currently running network request. */ UpdateCheckDialog::~UpdateCheckDialog() { disconnect( _networkAccessManager, SIGNAL(finished(QNetworkReply*)), this, SLOT(checkResultsOfFetchedPadXMLFile(QNetworkReply*)) ); if (_currentNetworkReply != NULL) _currentNetworkReply->abort(); } /*! \brief This slot should be called, if an update check is manually invoked. In difference to the automatic update check, during manual update check request a modal progress indicator dialog will be shown. */ void UpdateCheckDialog::checkForUpdateAndShowDialog() { _manualUpdateRequested = true; getPadXMLFile(); showCheckingForUpdateDialog(); } /*! \brief This slot should be called, if an update check is automatically invoked. An automatic invoked update check should run in background, so the user gets not interrupted by a dialog box. */ void UpdateCheckDialog::checkForUpdate() { _manualUpdateRequested = false; getPadXMLFile(); } /*! \brief This function tries to download the UniversalIndentGui pad file from the SourceForge server. */ void UpdateCheckDialog::getPadXMLFile() { //_networkAccessManager->setHost("universalindent.sourceforge.net"); //_networkAccessManager->get("/universalindentgui_pad.xml"); _currentNetworkReply = _networkAccessManager->get(QNetworkRequest(QUrl("http://universalindent.sourceforge.net/universalindentgui_pad.xml"))); } /*! \brief This slot is called after the update check has returned, either by successfully retrieving the pad file, or on any kind of network error. Shows a message if check was successful or not. Offers the user to go to the download page if a newer version exists. In case of an error during update check, a message box with the error will be displayed. */ void UpdateCheckDialog::checkResultsOfFetchedPadXMLFile(QNetworkReply *networkReply) { Q_ASSERT(_currentNetworkReply == networkReply); // Stop the progress bar timer. _updateCheckProgressTimer->stop(); if ( networkReply->error() == QNetworkReply::NoError ) { // Try to find the version string. QString returnedString = networkReply->readAll(); int leftPosition = returnedString.indexOf(""); int rightPosition = returnedString.indexOf(""); // If the version string could be found in the returned string, show an update dialog and set last update check date. if ( leftPosition != -1 && rightPosition != -1 ) { // Get the pure version string from returned string. returnedString = returnedString.mid( leftPosition+17, rightPosition-(leftPosition+17) ); // Create integer values from the version strings. int versionOnServerInt = convertVersionStringToNumber( returnedString ); int currentVersionInt = convertVersionStringToNumber( PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING ); // Only show update dialog, if the current version number is lower than the one received from the server. if ( versionOnServerInt > currentVersionInt && currentVersionInt >= 0 && versionOnServerInt >= 0 ) { // Show message box whether to download the new version. showNewVersionAvailableDialog(returnedString); // If yes clicked, open the download url in the default browser. if ( _roleOfClickedButton == QDialogButtonBox::YesRole ) { QDesktopServices::openUrl( QUrl("_networkAccessManager://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=167482") ); } } else if ( _manualUpdateRequested ) { showNoNewVersionAvailableDialog(); } // Set last update check date. _settings->setValueByName("LastUpdateCheck", QDate::currentDate()); } // In the returned string, the version string could not be found. else { QMessageBox::warning(this, tr("Update check error"), tr("There was an error while trying to check for an update! The retrieved file did not contain expected content.") ); } } // If there was some error while trying to retrieve the update info from server and not cancel was pressed. else if ( _roleOfClickedButton != QDialogButtonBox::RejectRole ) { QMessageBox::warning(this, tr("Update check error"), tr("There was an error while trying to check for an update! Error was : %1").arg(networkReply->errorString()) ); hide(); } _manualUpdateRequested = false; networkReply->deleteLater(); _currentNetworkReply = NULL; } /*! \brief Displays the progress bar during update check. For displaying activity during update check, a timer is started to updated the progress bar. The user can press a cancel button to stop the update check. */ void UpdateCheckDialog::showCheckingForUpdateDialog() { // Reset the progress bar. _updateCheckProgressCounter = 0; _updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->setValue(_updateCheckProgressCounter); _updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->setInvertedAppearance( false ); _updateCheckProgressTimer->start(); _updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->show(); setWindowTitle( tr("Checking for update...") ); _updateCheckDialogForm->label->setText( tr("Checking whether a newer version is available") ); _updateCheckDialogForm->buttonBox->setStandardButtons(QDialogButtonBox::Cancel); show(); } /*! \brief Displays the dialog with info about the new available version. */ void UpdateCheckDialog::showNewVersionAvailableDialog(QString newVersion) { _updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->hide(); setWindowTitle( tr("Update available") ); _updateCheckDialogForm->label->setText( tr("A newer version of UniversalIndentGUI is available.\nYour version is %1. New version is %2.\nDo you want to go to the download website?").arg(PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING).arg(newVersion) ); _updateCheckDialogForm->buttonBox->setStandardButtons(QDialogButtonBox::No|QDialogButtonBox::NoButton|QDialogButtonBox::Yes); exec(); } /*! \brief Displays the dialog, that no new version is available. */ void UpdateCheckDialog::showNoNewVersionAvailableDialog() { _updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->hide(); setWindowTitle( tr("No new update available") ); _updateCheckDialogForm->label->setText( tr("You already have the latest version of UniversalIndentGUI.") ); _updateCheckDialogForm->buttonBox->setStandardButtons(QDialogButtonBox::Ok); exec(); } /*! \brief This slot is called, when a button in the dialog is clicked. If the clicked button was the cancel button, the user wants to cancel the update check. So the _networkAccessManager request is aborted and the timer for the progress bar animation is stopped. In any case if a button is clicked, the dialog box will be closed. */ void UpdateCheckDialog::handleUpdateCheckDialogButtonClicked(QAbstractButton *clickedButton) { _roleOfClickedButton = _updateCheckDialogForm->buttonBox->buttonRole(clickedButton); if ( _roleOfClickedButton == QDialogButtonBox::RejectRole ) { // Abort the _networkAccessManager request. _currentNetworkReply->abort(); // Stop the progress bar timer. _updateCheckProgressTimer->stop(); } accept(); } /*! \brief This slot is responsible for the animation of the update check progress bar. */ void UpdateCheckDialog::updateUpdateCheckProgressBar() { // Depending on the progress bar direction, decrease or increase the progressbar value. if ( _updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->invertedAppearance() ) { _updateCheckProgressCounter--; } else { _updateCheckProgressCounter++; } // If the progress bar reaches 0 or 100 as value, swap the animation direction. if ( _updateCheckProgressCounter == 0 || _updateCheckProgressCounter == 100 ) { _updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->setInvertedAppearance( !_updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->invertedAppearance() ); } // Update the progress bar value. _updateCheckDialogForm->progressBar->setValue(_updateCheckProgressCounter); } /*! \brief Converts the as string given version \a versionString to an integer number. The \a versionString must have the format x.x.x where each x represents a number of a maximum of 999. If the input format is wrong, -1 will be returned.The first number will be multiplied by 1000000 the second by 1000 and then all three will be summarized. Thus for example 12.5.170 will result in 12005170. */ int UpdateCheckDialog::convertVersionStringToNumber(QString versionString) { int versionInteger = 0; int pos = 0; QRegExp regEx("\\d{1,3}.\\d{1,3}.\\d{1,3}"); QRegExpValidator validator(regEx, NULL); if ( validator.validate(versionString, pos) == QValidator::Acceptable ) { QStringList versionNumberStringList = versionString.split("."); versionInteger = versionNumberStringList.at(0).toInt() * 1000000; versionInteger += versionNumberStringList.at(1).toInt() * 1000; versionInteger += versionNumberStringList.at(2).toInt(); } else { versionInteger = -1; } return versionInteger; } void UpdateCheckDialog::initProxySettings() { if ( _settings->getValueByName("ProxyEnabled") == true ) { QString proxyHostName = _settings->getValueByName("ProxyHostName").toString(); int proxyPort = _settings->getValueByName("ProxyPort").toInt(); QString proxyUserName = _settings->getValueByName("ProxyUserName").toString(); QString proxyPassword = _settings->getValueByName("ProxyPassword").toString(); _networkAccessManager->setProxy(QNetworkProxy(QNetworkProxy::Socks5Proxy, proxyHostName, proxyPort, proxyUserName, proxyPassword)); } else { _networkAccessManager->setProxy(QNetworkProxy()); } } universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UpdateCheckDialog.h0000770000000000017510000000543311700107426020734 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef UPDATECHECKDIALOG_H #define UPDATECHECKDIALOG_H #include #include class UiGuiSettings; namespace Ui { class UpdateCheckDialog; } class QTimer; class QDesktopServices; class QNetworkAccessManager; class QNetworkReply; class UpdateCheckDialog : public QDialog { Q_OBJECT public: UpdateCheckDialog(QSharedPointer settings, QWidget *parent = NULL); ~UpdateCheckDialog(); public slots: void checkForUpdateAndShowDialog(); void checkForUpdate(); private slots: void checkResultsOfFetchedPadXMLFile(QNetworkReply *networkReply); void handleUpdateCheckDialogButtonClicked(QAbstractButton *clickedButton); void updateUpdateCheckProgressBar(); void initProxySettings(); private: Ui::UpdateCheckDialog *_updateCheckDialogForm; void getPadXMLFile(); void showCheckingForUpdateDialog(); void showNewVersionAvailableDialog(QString newVersion); void showNoNewVersionAvailableDialog(); int convertVersionStringToNumber(QString versionString); QSharedPointer _settings; bool _manualUpdateRequested; QNetworkAccessManager *_networkAccessManager; QNetworkReply *_currentNetworkReply; QDialogButtonBox::ButtonRole _roleOfClickedButton; QTimer *_updateCheckProgressTimer; int _updateCheckProgressCounter; }; #endif // UPDATECHECKDIALOG_H universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui0000770000000000017510000000232111700107426021113 0ustar rootvboxsf UpdateCheckDialog Qt::WindowModal 0 0 323 108 Checking for update... Checking whether a newer version is available 0 false QDialogButtonBox::Cancel true universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/debugging/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426017206 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/debugging/.svn/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426020072 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/debugging/.svn/text-base/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426021766 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/debugging/.svn/text-base/TSLoggerDialog.ui.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000711411700107426026656 0ustar rootvboxsf TSLoggerDialog 0 0 1030 263 Log :/mainWindow/document-properties.png:/mainWindow/document-properties.png Logged messages true Clear log ... :/mainWindow/edit-clear.png:/mainWindow/edit-clear.png Open folder containing log file. Open folder containing log file. :/mainWindow/document-open.png:/mainWindow/document-open.png Qt::Horizontal 40 20 QDialogButtonBox::Close TSLoggerDialog finished(int) TSLoggerDialog close() 2 45 5 59 buttonBox clicked(QAbstractButton*) TSLoggerDialog close() 419 280 477 263 cleanUpToolButton clicked() logTextEdit clear() 27 282 22 231 universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/debugging/.svn/text-base/TSLogger.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000441511700107426025351 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef TSLogger_H #define TSLogger_H #include #include namespace Ui { class TSLoggerDialog; } namespace tschweitzer { namespace debugging { #define TSLoggerInfoMsg QtMsgType(4) class TSLogger : public QDialog { Q_OBJECT public: static TSLogger* getInstance(int verboseLevel); static TSLogger* getInstance(); static void messageHandler(QtMsgType type, const char *msg); static void deleteInstance(); void setVerboseLevel(int level); private slots: void openLogFileFolder(); private: Ui::TSLoggerDialog *_TSLoggerDialogForm; enum LogFileInitState { NOTINITIALZED, INITIALIZING, INITIALZED } _logFileInitState; TSLogger(int verboseLevel); void writeToLogFile(const QString &message); static TSLogger* _instance; QtMsgType _verboseLevel; QFile _logFile; QStringList _messageQueue; }; }} // namespace tschweitzer::debugging #endif // TSLogger_H universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/debugging/.svn/text-base/TSLogger.cpp.svn-base0000770000000000017510000002212611700107426025703 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "TSLogger.h" #include "ui_TSLoggerDialog.h" #include "SettingsPaths.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include using namespace tschweitzer; using namespace tschweitzer::debugging; TSLogger* TSLogger::_instance = NULL; /*! \class TSLogger \brief This class handles any kind of data logging, for debugging and whatever purpose. Beneath being able of displaying a dialog window containing all log messages of the current session, a log file in the systems temporary directory is used. Its name is "UiGUI_log.html". Setting a verbose level allows to only write messages that have the selected minimum priority to the log. */ /*! \brief Returns the only existing instance of TSLogger. If the instance doesn't exist, it will be created. */ TSLogger* TSLogger::getInstance(int verboseLevel) { if ( _instance == NULL ) _instance = new TSLogger(verboseLevel); return _instance; } /*! \brief Returns the only existing instance of TSLogger. If the instance doesn't exist, it will be created. */ TSLogger* TSLogger::getInstance() { #ifdef _DEBUG return TSLogger::getInstance(QtDebugMsg); #else return TSLogger::getInstance(QtWarningMsg); #endif } /*! \brief Initializes the dialog and sets the path to the log file in the systems temporary directory. Sets the default verbose level to warning level. */ TSLogger::TSLogger(int verboseLevel) : QDialog() { _TSLoggerDialogForm = new Ui::TSLoggerDialog(); _TSLoggerDialogForm->setupUi(this); #ifdef _DEBUG _verboseLevel = QtDebugMsg; #else _verboseLevel = QtMsgType(verboseLevel); #endif _logFileInitState = NOTINITIALZED; connect( _TSLoggerDialogForm->openLogFileFolderToolButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(openLogFileFolder()) ); // Make the main application not to wait for the logging window to close. setAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose, false); } /*! \brief Logs all incoming messages \a msg to the dialogs text edit and to the log file. Only messages whos \a type have a higher priority than the set verbose level are logged. */ void TSLogger::messageHandler(QtMsgType type, const char *msg) { if ( _instance == NULL ) _instance = TSLogger::getInstance(); /* QMessageBox messageBox; QString messageBoxText = QString::fromUtf8( msg ); messageBox.setText( messageBoxText ); messageBox.setWindowModality( Qt::ApplicationModal ); messageBox.exec(); */ // Only log messages that have a higher or equal priority than set with the verbose level. if ( type < _instance->_verboseLevel ) return; // Init log message with prepended date and time. QString message = QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString(); // Depending on the QtMsgType prepend a different colored Debug, Warning, Critical or Fatal. switch (type) { case QtDebugMsg : message += " Debug: "; break; case QtWarningMsg : message += " Warning: "; break; case QtCriticalMsg : message += "Critical: "; break; case QtFatalMsg : message += " Fatal: "; // This one is no Qt message type, but can be used to send info messages to the log // by calling TSLogger::messageHandler() directly. case TSLoggerInfoMsg : message += " Info: "; break; } // Append the to UTF-8 back converted message parameter. message += QString::fromUtf8( msg ) + "
\n"; // Write the message to the log windows text edit. _instance->_TSLoggerDialogForm->logTextEdit->append( message ); // Write/append the log message to the log file. _instance->writeToLogFile( message ); // In case of a fatal error abort the application. if ( type == QtFatalMsg ) abort(); } /*! \brief Calling this the verbose level can be set in a range from 0 to 3 which is equal to debug, warning, critical and fatal priority. */ void TSLogger::setVerboseLevel(int level) { if ( level < 0 ) _verboseLevel = QtDebugMsg; if ( level > 3 ) _verboseLevel = QtFatalMsg; else _verboseLevel = QtMsgType(level); } /*! \brief Deletes the existing _instance of TSLogger. */ void TSLogger::deleteInstance() { if ( _instance != NULL ) { delete _instance; _instance = NULL; } } /*! \brief Opens the folder that contains the created log file with the name "UiGUI_log.html". */ void TSLogger::openLogFileFolder() { QDesktopServices::openUrl( QFileInfo( _logFile ).absolutePath() ); } /*! \brief Writes the \a message to the used log file. */ void TSLogger::writeToLogFile(const QString &message) { // If the file where all logging messages should go to isn't initilized yet, do that now. if ( _logFileInitState == NOTINITIALZED ) { _logFileInitState = INITIALIZING; // On different systems it may be that "QDir::tempPath()" ends with a "/" or not. So check this. // Remove any trailing slashes. QString tempPath = QFileInfo( SettingsPaths::getTempPath() ).absolutePath(); while ( tempPath.right(1) == "/" ) { tempPath.chop(1); } // To make the temporary log file invulnerable against file symbolic link hacks // append the current date and time up to milliseconds to its name and a random character. QString logFileName = "UiGUI_log_" + QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString("yyyyMMdd"); logFileName += "-" + QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString("hhmmsszzz"); // By random decide whether to append a number or an upper or lower case character. qsrand( time(NULL) ); unsigned char randomChar; switch ( qrand() % 3 ) { // Append a number from 0 to 9. case 0 : randomChar = qrand() % 10 + '0'; break; // Append a upper case characer between A and Z. case 1 : randomChar = qrand() % 26 + 'A'; break; // Append a lower case characer between a and z. default : randomChar = qrand() % 26 + 'a'; break; } logFileName += "_" + QString(randomChar) + ".html"; _logFile.setFileName( tempPath + "/" + logFileName ); // Set the tooltip of the open log file folder button to show the unique name of the log file. _TSLoggerDialogForm->openLogFileFolderToolButton->setToolTip( _TSLoggerDialogForm->openLogFileFolderToolButton->toolTip() + " (" + logFileName + ")" ); _logFileInitState = INITIALZED; } // Add the message to the message queue. _messageQueue << message; // If the logging file is initialzed, write all messages contained in the message queue into the file. if ( _logFileInitState == INITIALZED ) { // Write/append the log message to the log file. if ( _logFile.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append) ) { QTextStream out(&_logFile); while ( !_messageQueue.isEmpty() ) { out << _messageQueue.takeFirst() << "\n"; } _logFile.close(); } } } universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/debugging/.svn/prop-base/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426021762 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/debugging/.svn/props/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426021235 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/debugging/.svn/tmp/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426020672 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/debugging/.svn/tmp/text-base/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426022566 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/debugging/.svn/tmp/prop-base/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426022562 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/debugging/.svn/tmp/props/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426022035 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/debugging/.svn/entries0000770000000000017510000000134111700107426021470 0ustar rootvboxsf10 dir 1074 https://universalindent.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/universalindent/trunk/src/debugging https://universalindent.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/universalindent 2012-01-01T15:57:45.041181Z 1072 thomas_-_s c764a436-2d14-0410-8e4b-8664b97a5d8c TSLogger.cpp file 2012-01-01T15:53:22.000000Z bb8f19f90ef34ed27f3746cce9c0d857 2012-01-01T15:57:45.041181Z 1072 thomas_-_s 9302 TSLogger.h file 2012-01-01T15:53:20.000000Z 4f6c6d98220006c54c8530fed4ef69a2 2012-01-01T15:57:45.041181Z 1072 thomas_-_s 2317 TSLoggerDialog.ui file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z ca2220682b5c3f228a786bbd43fcc9ed 2010-12-21T23:07:50.799886Z 1031 thomas_-_s 3660 universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/debugging/.svn/all-wcprops0000770000000000017510000000021311700107426022257 0ustar rootvboxsfEND TSLoggerDialog.ui K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 76 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/1031/trunk/src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui0000770000000000017510000000711411700107426022361 0ustar rootvboxsf TSLoggerDialog 0 0 1030 263 Log :/mainWindow/document-properties.png:/mainWindow/document-properties.png Logged messages true Clear log ... :/mainWindow/edit-clear.png:/mainWindow/edit-clear.png Open folder containing log file. Open folder containing log file. :/mainWindow/document-open.png:/mainWindow/document-open.png Qt::Horizontal 40 20 QDialogButtonBox::Close TSLoggerDialog finished(int) TSLoggerDialog close() 2 45 5 59 buttonBox clicked(QAbstractButton*) TSLoggerDialog close() 419 280 477 263 cleanUpToolButton clicked() logTextEdit clear() 27 282 22 231 universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/debugging/TSLogger.cpp0000770000000000017510000002212611700107426021406 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "TSLogger.h" #include "ui_TSLoggerDialog.h" #include "SettingsPaths.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include using namespace tschweitzer; using namespace tschweitzer::debugging; TSLogger* TSLogger::_instance = NULL; /*! \class TSLogger \brief This class handles any kind of data logging, for debugging and whatever purpose. Beneath being able of displaying a dialog window containing all log messages of the current session, a log file in the systems temporary directory is used. Its name is "UiGUI_log.html". Setting a verbose level allows to only write messages that have the selected minimum priority to the log. */ /*! \brief Returns the only existing instance of TSLogger. If the instance doesn't exist, it will be created. */ TSLogger* TSLogger::getInstance(int verboseLevel) { if ( _instance == NULL ) _instance = new TSLogger(verboseLevel); return _instance; } /*! \brief Returns the only existing instance of TSLogger. If the instance doesn't exist, it will be created. */ TSLogger* TSLogger::getInstance() { #ifdef _DEBUG return TSLogger::getInstance(QtDebugMsg); #else return TSLogger::getInstance(QtWarningMsg); #endif } /*! \brief Initializes the dialog and sets the path to the log file in the systems temporary directory. Sets the default verbose level to warning level. */ TSLogger::TSLogger(int verboseLevel) : QDialog() { _TSLoggerDialogForm = new Ui::TSLoggerDialog(); _TSLoggerDialogForm->setupUi(this); #ifdef _DEBUG _verboseLevel = QtDebugMsg; #else _verboseLevel = QtMsgType(verboseLevel); #endif _logFileInitState = NOTINITIALZED; connect( _TSLoggerDialogForm->openLogFileFolderToolButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(openLogFileFolder()) ); // Make the main application not to wait for the logging window to close. setAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose, false); } /*! \brief Logs all incoming messages \a msg to the dialogs text edit and to the log file. Only messages whos \a type have a higher priority than the set verbose level are logged. */ void TSLogger::messageHandler(QtMsgType type, const char *msg) { if ( _instance == NULL ) _instance = TSLogger::getInstance(); /* QMessageBox messageBox; QString messageBoxText = QString::fromUtf8( msg ); messageBox.setText( messageBoxText ); messageBox.setWindowModality( Qt::ApplicationModal ); messageBox.exec(); */ // Only log messages that have a higher or equal priority than set with the verbose level. if ( type < _instance->_verboseLevel ) return; // Init log message with prepended date and time. QString message = QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString(); // Depending on the QtMsgType prepend a different colored Debug, Warning, Critical or Fatal. switch (type) { case QtDebugMsg : message += " Debug: "; break; case QtWarningMsg : message += " Warning: "; break; case QtCriticalMsg : message += "Critical: "; break; case QtFatalMsg : message += " Fatal: "; // This one is no Qt message type, but can be used to send info messages to the log // by calling TSLogger::messageHandler() directly. case TSLoggerInfoMsg : message += " Info: "; break; } // Append the to UTF-8 back converted message parameter. message += QString::fromUtf8( msg ) + "
\n"; // Write the message to the log windows text edit. _instance->_TSLoggerDialogForm->logTextEdit->append( message ); // Write/append the log message to the log file. _instance->writeToLogFile( message ); // In case of a fatal error abort the application. if ( type == QtFatalMsg ) abort(); } /*! \brief Calling this the verbose level can be set in a range from 0 to 3 which is equal to debug, warning, critical and fatal priority. */ void TSLogger::setVerboseLevel(int level) { if ( level < 0 ) _verboseLevel = QtDebugMsg; if ( level > 3 ) _verboseLevel = QtFatalMsg; else _verboseLevel = QtMsgType(level); } /*! \brief Deletes the existing _instance of TSLogger. */ void TSLogger::deleteInstance() { if ( _instance != NULL ) { delete _instance; _instance = NULL; } } /*! \brief Opens the folder that contains the created log file with the name "UiGUI_log.html". */ void TSLogger::openLogFileFolder() { QDesktopServices::openUrl( QFileInfo( _logFile ).absolutePath() ); } /*! \brief Writes the \a message to the used log file. */ void TSLogger::writeToLogFile(const QString &message) { // If the file where all logging messages should go to isn't initilized yet, do that now. if ( _logFileInitState == NOTINITIALZED ) { _logFileInitState = INITIALIZING; // On different systems it may be that "QDir::tempPath()" ends with a "/" or not. So check this. // Remove any trailing slashes. QString tempPath = QFileInfo( SettingsPaths::getTempPath() ).absolutePath(); while ( tempPath.right(1) == "/" ) { tempPath.chop(1); } // To make the temporary log file invulnerable against file symbolic link hacks // append the current date and time up to milliseconds to its name and a random character. QString logFileName = "UiGUI_log_" + QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString("yyyyMMdd"); logFileName += "-" + QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString("hhmmsszzz"); // By random decide whether to append a number or an upper or lower case character. qsrand( time(NULL) ); unsigned char randomChar; switch ( qrand() % 3 ) { // Append a number from 0 to 9. case 0 : randomChar = qrand() % 10 + '0'; break; // Append a upper case characer between A and Z. case 1 : randomChar = qrand() % 26 + 'A'; break; // Append a lower case characer between a and z. default : randomChar = qrand() % 26 + 'a'; break; } logFileName += "_" + QString(randomChar) + ".html"; _logFile.setFileName( tempPath + "/" + logFileName ); // Set the tooltip of the open log file folder button to show the unique name of the log file. _TSLoggerDialogForm->openLogFileFolderToolButton->setToolTip( _TSLoggerDialogForm->openLogFileFolderToolButton->toolTip() + " (" + logFileName + ")" ); _logFileInitState = INITIALZED; } // Add the message to the message queue. _messageQueue << message; // If the logging file is initialzed, write all messages contained in the message queue into the file. if ( _logFileInitState == INITIALZED ) { // Write/append the log message to the log file. if ( _logFile.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text | QIODevice::Append) ) { QTextStream out(&_logFile); while ( !_messageQueue.isEmpty() ) { out << _messageQueue.takeFirst() << "\n"; } _logFile.close(); } } } universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/debugging/TSLogger.h0000770000000000017510000000441511700107426021054 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef TSLogger_H #define TSLogger_H #include #include namespace Ui { class TSLoggerDialog; } namespace tschweitzer { namespace debugging { #define TSLoggerInfoMsg QtMsgType(4) class TSLogger : public QDialog { Q_OBJECT public: static TSLogger* getInstance(int verboseLevel); static TSLogger* getInstance(); static void messageHandler(QtMsgType type, const char *msg); static void deleteInstance(); void setVerboseLevel(int level); private slots: void openLogFileFolder(); private: Ui::TSLoggerDialog *_TSLoggerDialogForm; enum LogFileInitState { NOTINITIALZED, INITIALIZING, INITIALZED } _logFileInitState; TSLogger(int verboseLevel); void writeToLogFile(const QString &message); static TSLogger* _instance; QtMsgType _verboseLevel; QFile _logFile; QStringList _messageQueue; }; }} // namespace tschweitzer::debugging #endif // TSLogger_H universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/main.cpp0000770000000000017510000002356311700107426016717 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "MainWindow.h" #include "UiGuiIndentServer.h" #include "debugging/TSLogger.h" #include "UiGuiIniFileParser.h" #include "UiGuiSettings.h" #include "UiGuiVersion.h" #include "UiGuiSystemInfo.h" #include "IndentHandler.h" #include "SettingsPaths.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef _MSC_VER #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include /** \brief Calling this function tries to attach to the console of the parent process and redirect all inputs and outputs from and to this console. The redirected streams are stdout, stdin, stderr, cout, wcout, cin, wcin, wcerr, cerr, wclog and clog. Code based on info from http://dslweb.nwnexus.com/~ast/dload/guicon.htm. */ bool attachToConsole(/*enum ATTACH_ONLY|TRY_ATTACH_ELSE_CREATE|CREATE_NEW*/) { int hConHandle; long lStdHandle; CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO coninfo; FILE *fp; // Trying to attach to the console of the parent process. BOOL successful = AttachConsole(ATTACH_PARENT_PROCESS); // In case that the parent process has no console return false and do no input/output redirection. if ( !successful ) return false; // Set the screen buffer to be big enough to let us scroll text GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE), &coninfo); // Set maximum console lines. coninfo.dwSize.Y = 500; SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE), coninfo.dwSize); // Redirect unbuffered STDOUT to the console. lStdHandle = (long)GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE); hConHandle = _open_osfhandle(lStdHandle, _O_TEXT); if ( hConHandle != -1 ) { fp = _fdopen( hConHandle, "w" ); *stdout = *fp; setvbuf( stdout, NULL, _IONBF, 0 ); } // Redirect unbuffered STDIN to the console. lStdHandle = (long)GetStdHandle(STD_INPUT_HANDLE); hConHandle = _open_osfhandle(lStdHandle, _O_TEXT); if ( hConHandle != -1 ) { fp = _fdopen( hConHandle, "r" ); *stdin = *fp; setvbuf( stdin, NULL, _IONBF, 0 ); } // Redirect unbuffered STDERR to the console. lStdHandle = (long)GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE); hConHandle = _open_osfhandle(lStdHandle, _O_TEXT); if ( hConHandle != -1 ) { fp = _fdopen( hConHandle, "w" ); *stderr = *fp; setvbuf( stderr, NULL, _IONBF, 0 ); } // Make cout, wcout, cin, wcin, wcerr, cerr, wclog and clog point to console as well. std::ios::sync_with_stdio(); return true; } #else bool attachToConsole() { return false; } #endif using namespace tschweitzer::debugging; /*! /brief Entry point to UniversalIndentGUI application. Evaluates the following parameters: No parameters starts without server and full gui. A string without any parameter prefix will be loaded as file on start. -p --plugin : Run as plugin. Server will be started with a simplified gui. -s --server : Run as server only without gui. If -p and -s are set, -p will be used. -v --verbose needs a following parameter defining the verbose level as a number from 0 to 3. */ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { QString file2OpenOnStart = ""; int verboseLevel = 1; bool startAsPlugin = false; bool startAsServer = false; bool tclapExitExceptionThrown = false; int returnValue = 0; bool attachedToConsole = false; attachedToConsole = attachToConsole(); #ifdef __APPLE__ // Filter out -psn_0_118813 and similar parameters. std::vector argList; for ( int i = 0; i < argc; i++ ) { QString argString(argv[i]); if ( argString.startsWith("-psn_") == false ) { argList.push_back(argv[i]); } else { // std::cerr << std::endl << "The parameter "<< i << " is an invalid finder parameter. Parameter was " << argv[i] << std::endl; } } for ( size_t i = 0; i < argList.size(); i++ ) { argv[i] = argList.at(i); } argc = argList.size(); #endif // Wrap everything in a try block. Do this every time, // because exceptions will be thrown for problems. try { // Define the command line object. TCLAP::CmdLine cmd("If -p and -s are set, -p will be used.\nGiving no parameters starts full gui without server.", ' ', "UiGUI version " PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING " " PROGRAM_REVISION); cmd.setExceptionHandling(false); // Define a value argument and add it to the command line. TCLAP::UnlabeledValueArg filenameArg("file", "Opens the by filename defined file on start" , false, "", "filename"); cmd.add( filenameArg ); // Define a switch and add it to the command line. TCLAP::SwitchArg pluginSwitch("p", "plugin", "Run as plugin. Server will be started with a simplified gui", false); cmd.add( pluginSwitch ); // Define a switch and add it to the command line. TCLAP::SwitchArg serverSwitch("s", "server", "Run as server only without gui", false); cmd.add( serverSwitch ); // Define a value argument and add it to the command line. TCLAP::ValueArg verboselevelArg("v", "verbose", "Sets how many info is written to the log. 0 means with debug info, 3 means critical messages only" , false, 1, "int"); cmd.add( verboselevelArg ); // Parse the args. cmd.parse( argc, argv ); // Get the value parsed by each arg. file2OpenOnStart = filenameArg.getValue().c_str(); startAsPlugin = pluginSwitch.getValue(); startAsServer = serverSwitch.getValue(); verboseLevel = verboselevelArg.getValue(); } catch (TCLAP::ArgException &e) { // catch arg exceptions std::cerr << std::endl << "error: " << e.error() << ". " << e.argId() << std::endl; returnValue = 1; } catch (TCLAP::ExitException &e) { // catch exit exceptions tclapExitExceptionThrown = true; returnValue = e.getExitStatus(); } catch (...) { // catch any exceptions std::cerr << std::endl << "There was an error! Maybe faulty command line arguments set. See --help." << std::endl; returnValue = 1; } if ( returnValue != 0 || tclapExitExceptionThrown ) { #ifdef _MSC_VER if ( attachedToConsole ) { // Workaround for skipped command line prompt: Get the current working directory and print it to console. char* buffer; if( (buffer = _getcwd( NULL, 0 )) != NULL ) { std::cerr << std::endl << buffer << ">"; free(buffer); } // Release the connection to the parents console. FreeConsole(); } #endif return returnValue; } QApplication app(argc, argv); UiGuiIndentServer server; MainWindow *mainWindow = NULL; IndentHandler *indentHandler = NULL; // Init and install the logger function. // Setting UTF-8 as default 8-Bit encoding to ensure that qDebug does no false string conversion. QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings( QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8") ); QTextCodec::setCodecForLocale( QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8") ); // Force creation of an TSLogger instance here, to avoid recursion with SettingsPaths init function. #ifdef _DEBUG TSLogger::getInstance(0); #else TSLogger::getInstance(verboseLevel); #endif qInstallMsgHandler( TSLogger::messageHandler ); TSLogger::messageHandler( TSLoggerInfoMsg, QString("Starting UiGUI Version %1 %2").arg(PROGRAM_VERSION_STRING).arg(PROGRAM_REVISION).toAscii() ); TSLogger::messageHandler( TSLoggerInfoMsg, QString("Running on %1").arg(UiGuiSystemInfo::getOperatingSystem()).toAscii() ); // Set default values for all by UniversalIndentGUI used settings objects. QCoreApplication::setOrganizationName("UniversalIndentGUI"); QCoreApplication::setOrganizationDomain("universalindent.sf.net"); QCoreApplication::setApplicationName("UniversalIndentGUI"); // Start normal with full gui and without server. if ( !startAsPlugin && !startAsServer ) { mainWindow = new MainWindow(file2OpenOnStart); mainWindow->show(); } // Start as plugin with server. else if ( startAsPlugin ) { server.startServer(); indentHandler = new IndentHandler(0); indentHandler->show(); } // Start as server only without any gui. else if ( startAsServer ) { server.startServer(); } try { returnValue = app.exec(); } catch (std::exception &ex) { qCritical() << __LINE__ << " " << __FUNCTION__ << ": Something went terribly wrong:" << ex.what(); } if ( startAsPlugin || startAsServer ) server.stopServer(); delete indentHandler; delete mainWindow; SettingsPaths::cleanAndRemoveTempDir(); TSLogger::deleteInstance(); return returnValue; } universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426016356 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426017242 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426021136 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/SwitchArg.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000001455511700107426024734 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: SwitchArg.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno. * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_SWITCH_ARG_H #define TCLAP_SWITCH_ARG_H #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A simple switch argument. If the switch is set on the command line, then * the getValue method will return the opposite of the default value for the * switch. */ class SwitchArg : public Arg { protected: /** * The value of the switch. */ bool _value; /** * Used to support the reset() method so that ValueArg can be * reset to their constructed value. */ bool _default; public: /** * SwitchArg constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param def - The default value for this Switch. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ SwitchArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool def = false, Visitor* v = NULL); /** * SwitchArg constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to * \param def - The default value for this Switch. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ SwitchArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool def = false, Visitor* v = NULL); /** * Handles the processing of the argument. * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the * _value of the argument appropriately. * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list. * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed * in from main(). */ virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); /** * Checks a string to see if any of the chars in the string * match the flag for this Switch. */ bool combinedSwitchesMatch(std::string& combined); /** * Returns bool, whether or not the switch has been set. */ bool getValue(); virtual void reset(); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //BEGIN SwitchArg.cpp ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// inline SwitchArg::SwitchArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool default_val, Visitor* v ) : Arg(flag, name, desc, false, false, v), _value( default_val ), _default( default_val ) { } inline SwitchArg::SwitchArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool default_val, Visitor* v ) : Arg(flag, name, desc, false, false, v), _value( default_val ), _default(default_val) { parser.add( this ); } inline bool SwitchArg::getValue() { return _value; } inline bool SwitchArg::combinedSwitchesMatch(std::string& combinedSwitches ) { // make sure this is actually a combined switch if ( combinedSwitches.length() > 0 && combinedSwitches[0] != Arg::flagStartString()[0] ) return false; // make sure it isn't a long name if ( combinedSwitches.substr( 0, Arg::nameStartString().length() ) == Arg::nameStartString() ) return false; // make sure the delimiter isn't in the string if ( combinedSwitches.find_first_of( Arg::delimiter() ) != std::string::npos ) return false; // ok, we're not specifying a ValueArg, so we know that we have // a combined switch list. for ( unsigned int i = 1; i < combinedSwitches.length(); i++ ) if ( _flag.length() > 0 && combinedSwitches[i] == _flag[0] && _flag[0] != Arg::flagStartString()[0] ) { // update the combined switches so this one is no longer present // this is necessary so that no unlabeled args are matched // later in the processing. //combinedSwitches.erase(i,1); combinedSwitches[i] = Arg::blankChar(); return true; } // none of the switches passed in the list match. return false; } inline bool SwitchArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) { if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() ) return false; if ( argMatches( args[*i] ) || combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) ) { // If we match on a combined switch, then we want to return false // so that other switches in the combination will also have a // chance to match. bool ret = false; if ( argMatches( args[*i] ) ) ret = true; if ( _alreadySet || ( !ret && combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) ) ) throw(CmdLineParseException("Argument already set!", toString())); _alreadySet = true; if ( _value == true ) _value = false; else _value = true; _checkWithVisitor(); return ret; } else return false; } inline void SwitchArg::reset() { Arg::reset(); _value = _default; } ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //End SwitchArg.cpp ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/CmdLineInterface.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000705311700107426026170 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: CmdLineInterface.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno. * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_COMMANDLINE_INTERFACE_H #define TCLAP_COMMANDLINE_INTERFACE_H #include #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { class Arg; class CmdLineOutput; class XorHandler; /** * The base class that manages the command line definition and passes * along the parsing to the appropriate Arg classes. */ class CmdLineInterface { public: /** * Destructor */ virtual ~CmdLineInterface() {} /** * Adds an argument to the list of arguments to be parsed. * \param a - Argument to be added. */ virtual void add( Arg& a )=0; /** * An alternative add. Functionally identical. * \param a - Argument to be added. */ virtual void add( Arg* a )=0; /** * Add two Args that will be xor'd. * If this method is used, add does * not need to be called. * \param a - Argument to be added and xor'd. * \param b - Argument to be added and xor'd. */ virtual void xorAdd( Arg& a, Arg& b )=0; /** * Add a list of Args that will be xor'd. If this method is used, * add does not need to be called. * \param xors - List of Args to be added and xor'd. */ virtual void xorAdd( std::vector& xors )=0; /** * Parses the command line. * \param argc - Number of arguments. * \param argv - Array of arguments. */ virtual void parse(int argc, const char * const * argv)=0; /** * Parses the command line. * \param args - A vector of strings representing the args. * args[0] is still the program name. */ void parse(std::vector& args); /** * Returns the CmdLineOutput object. */ virtual CmdLineOutput* getOutput()=0; /** * \param co - CmdLineOutput object that we want to use instead. */ virtual void setOutput(CmdLineOutput* co)=0; /** * Returns the version string. */ virtual std::string& getVersion()=0; /** * Returns the program name string. */ virtual std::string& getProgramName()=0; /** * Returns the argList. */ virtual std::list& getArgList()=0; /** * Returns the XorHandler. */ virtual XorHandler& getXorHandler()=0; /** * Returns the delimiter string. */ virtual char getDelimiter()=0; /** * Returns the message string. */ virtual std::string& getMessage()=0; /** * Indicates whether or not the help and version switches were created * automatically. */ virtual bool hasHelpAndVersion()=0; /** * Resets the instance as if it had just been constructed so that the * instance can be reused. */ virtual void reset()=0; }; } //namespace #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/CmdLineOutput.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000360511700107426025567 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: CmdLineOutput.h * * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_CMDLINEOUTPUT_H #define TCLAP_CMDLINEOUTPUT_H #include #include #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { class CmdLineInterface; class ArgException; /** * The interface that any output object must implement. */ class CmdLineOutput { public: /** * Virtual destructor. */ virtual ~CmdLineOutput() {} /** * Generates some sort of output for the USAGE. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. */ virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c)=0; /** * Generates some sort of output for the version. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. */ virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c)=0; /** * Generates some sort of output for a failure. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. * \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure. */ virtual void failure( CmdLineInterface& c, ArgException& e )=0; }; } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Makefile.in.svn-base0000770000000000017510000002660611700107426024735 0ustar rootvboxsf# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9.2 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ top_builddir = ../.. am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd INSTALL = @INSTALL@ install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : subdir = include/tclap DIST_COMMON = $(libtclapinclude_HEADERS) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_have_long_long.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_have_sstream.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_have_strstream.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_namespaces.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/config/bb_enable_doxygen.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.in am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config/config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = SOURCES = DIST_SOURCES = am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ *) f=$$p;; \ esac; am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)" libtclapincludeHEADERS_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_HEADER) HEADERS = $(libtclapinclude_HEADERS) ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@ AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CXX = @CXX@ CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@ CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ DOC_FALSE = @DOC_FALSE@ DOC_TRUE = @DOC_TRUE@ DOT = @DOT@ DOXYGEN = @DOXYGEN@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_FALSE = @HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_FALSE@ HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_TRUE = @HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_TRUE@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ VERSION = @VERSION@ ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@ ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@ ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@ am__fastdepCXX_FALSE = @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ am__fastdepCXX_TRUE = @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build_alias = @build_alias@ datadir = @datadir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ host_alias = @host_alias@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ libtclapincludedir = $(includedir)/tclap libtclapinclude_HEADERS = \ CmdLineInterface.h \ ArgException.h \ CmdLine.h \ XorHandler.h \ MultiArg.h \ UnlabeledMultiArg.h \ ValueArg.h \ UnlabeledValueArg.h \ Visitor.h Arg.h \ HelpVisitor.h \ SwitchArg.h \ MultiSwitchArg.h \ VersionVisitor.h \ IgnoreRestVisitor.h \ CmdLineOutput.h \ StdOutput.h \ DocBookOutput.h \ ZshCompletionOutput.h \ OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h \ Constraint.h \ ValuesConstraint.h \ ArgTraits.h \ StandardTraits.h all: all-am .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ && exit 0; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu include/tclap/Makefile'; \ cd $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu include/tclap/Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh uninstall-info-am: install-libtclapincludeHEADERS: $(libtclapinclude_HEADERS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(libtclapincludedir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)" @list='$(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)'; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ f=$(am__strip_dir) \ echo " $(libtclapincludeHEADERS_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f'"; \ $(libtclapincludeHEADERS_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f"; \ done uninstall-libtclapincludeHEADERS: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)'; for p in $$list; do \ f=$(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f'"; \ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f"; \ done ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ mkid -fID $$unique tags: TAGS TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) tags=; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$tags $$unique; \ fi ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) tags=; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$tags $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && cd $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \ case $$file in \ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \ esac; \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \ dir="/$$dir"; \ $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \ else \ dir=''; \ fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ fi; \ cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ else \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-am all-am: Makefile $(HEADERS) installdirs: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \ done install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-libtclapincludeHEADERS install-exec-am: install-info: install-info-am install-man: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-libtclapincludeHEADERS .PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \ ctags distclean distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi \ dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ install-data install-data-am install-exec install-exec-am \ install-info install-info-am install-libtclapincludeHEADERS \ install-man install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \ installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \ mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags \ uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am \ uninstall-libtclapincludeHEADERS # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Visitor.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000235211700107426024470 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: Visitor.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_VISITOR_H #define TCLAP_VISITOR_H namespace TCLAP { /** * A base class that defines the interface for visitors. */ class Visitor { public: /** * Constructor. Does nothing. */ Visitor() { } /** * Destructor. Does nothing. */ virtual ~Visitor() { } /** * Does nothing. Should be overridden by child. */ virtual void visit() { } }; } #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/UnlabeledMultiArg.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000002262311700107426026374 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: UnlabeledMultiArg.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot. * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_MULTIPLE_UNLABELED_ARGUMENT_H #define TCLAP_MULTIPLE_UNLABELED_ARGUMENT_H #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * Just like a MultiArg, except that the arguments are unlabeled. Basically, * this Arg will slurp up everything that hasn't been matched to another * Arg. */ template class UnlabeledMultiArg : public MultiArg { // If compiler has two stage name lookup (as gcc >= 3.4 does) // this is requried to prevent undef. symbols using MultiArg::_ignoreable; using MultiArg::_hasBlanks; using MultiArg::_extractValue; using MultiArg::_typeDesc; using MultiArg::_name; using MultiArg::_description; using MultiArg::_alreadySet; using MultiArg::toString; public: /** * Constructor. * \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for * identification, not as a long flag. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the * type that this object expects. This is used in the generation * of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user * of the program. * \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored * using the "--" flag. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, const std::string& typeDesc, bool ignoreable = false, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Constructor. * \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for * identification, not as a long flag. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the * type that this object expects. This is used in the generation * of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user * of the program. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to * \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored * using the "--" flag. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, const std::string& typeDesc, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool ignoreable = false, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Constructor. * \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for * identification, not as a long flag. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used * to constrain this Arg. * \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored * using the "--" flag. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, Constraint* constraint, bool ignoreable = false, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Constructor. * \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for * identification, not as a long flag. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used * to constrain this Arg. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to * \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored * using the "--" flag. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, Constraint* constraint, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool ignoreable = false, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Handles the processing of the argument. * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the * _value of the argument appropriately. It knows the difference * between labeled and unlabeled. * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list. * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed from main(). */ virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); /** * Returns the a short id string. Used in the usage. * \param val - value to be used. */ virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val="val") const; /** * Returns the a long id string. Used in the usage. * \param val - value to be used. */ virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val="val") const; /** * Opertor ==. * \param a - The Arg to be compared to this. */ virtual bool operator==(const Arg& a) const; /** * Pushes this to back of list rather than front. * \param argList - The list this should be added to. */ virtual void addToList( std::list& argList ) const; }; template UnlabeledMultiArg::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, const std::string& typeDesc, bool ignoreable, Visitor* v) : MultiArg("", name, desc, req, typeDesc, v) { _ignoreable = ignoreable; OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString()); } template UnlabeledMultiArg::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, const std::string& typeDesc, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool ignoreable, Visitor* v) : MultiArg("", name, desc, req, typeDesc, v) { _ignoreable = ignoreable; OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString()); parser.add( this ); } template UnlabeledMultiArg::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, Constraint* constraint, bool ignoreable, Visitor* v) : MultiArg("", name, desc, req, constraint, v) { _ignoreable = ignoreable; OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString()); } template UnlabeledMultiArg::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, Constraint* constraint, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool ignoreable, Visitor* v) : MultiArg("", name, desc, req, constraint, v) { _ignoreable = ignoreable; OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString()); parser.add( this ); } template bool UnlabeledMultiArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) { if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) ) return false; // never ignore an unlabeled multi arg // always take the first value, regardless of the start string _extractValue( args[(*i)] ); /* // continue taking args until we hit the end or a start string while ( (unsigned int)(*i)+1 < args.size() && args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::flagStartString() ) != 0 && args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::nameStartString() ) != 0 ) _extractValue( args[++(*i)] ); */ _alreadySet = true; return true; } template std::string UnlabeledMultiArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const { static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + "> ..."; } template std::string UnlabeledMultiArg::longID(const std::string& val) const { static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + "> (accepted multiple times)"; } template bool UnlabeledMultiArg::operator==(const Arg& a) const { if ( _name == a.getName() || _description == a.getDescription() ) return true; else return false; } template void UnlabeledMultiArg::addToList( std::list& argList ) const { argList.push_back( const_cast(static_cast(this)) ); } } #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ArgTraits.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000467311700107426024741 0ustar rootvboxsf// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*- /****************************************************************************** * * file: ArgTraits.h * * Copyright (c) 2007, Daniel Aarno, Michael E. Smoot . * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ // This is an internal tclap file, you should probably not have to // include this directly #ifndef TCLAP_ARGTRAITS_H #define TCLAP_ARGTRAITS_H namespace TCLAP { // We use two empty structs to get compile type specialization // function to work /** * A value like argument value type is a value that can be set using * operator>>. This is the default value type. */ struct ValueLike { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * A string like argument value type is a value that can be set using * operator=(string). Usefull if the value type contains spaces which * will be broken up into individual tokens by operator>>. */ struct StringLike {}; /** * A class can inherit from this object to make it have string like * traits. This is a compile time thing and does not add any overhead * to the inherenting class. */ struct StringLikeTrait { typedef StringLike ValueCategory; }; /** * A class can inherit from this object to make it have value like * traits. This is a compile time thing and does not add any overhead * to the inherenting class. */ struct ValueLikeTrait { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * Arg traits are used to get compile type specialization when parsing * argument values. Using an ArgTraits you can specify the way that * values gets assigned to any particular type during parsing. The two * supported types are string like and value like. */ template struct ArgTraits { typedef typename T::ValueCategory ValueCategory; //typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; #endif } // namespace universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/DocBookOutput.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000002024411700107426025572 0ustar rootvboxsf// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*- /****************************************************************************** * * file: DocBookOutput.h * * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_DOCBOOKOUTPUT_H #define TCLAP_DOCBOOKOUTPUT_H #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A class that generates DocBook output for usage() method for the * given CmdLine and its Args. */ class DocBookOutput : public CmdLineOutput { public: /** * Prints the usage to stdout. Can be overridden to * produce alternative behavior. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. */ virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c); /** * Prints the version to stdout. Can be overridden * to produce alternative behavior. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. */ virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c); /** * Prints (to stderr) an error message, short usage * Can be overridden to produce alternative behavior. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. * \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure. */ virtual void failure(CmdLineInterface& c, ArgException& e ); protected: /** * Substitutes the char r for string x in string s. * \param s - The string to operate on. * \param r - The char to replace. * \param x - What to replace r with. */ void substituteSpecialChars( std::string& s, char r, std::string& x ); void removeChar( std::string& s, char r); void basename( std::string& s ); void printShortArg(Arg* it); void printLongArg(Arg* it); char theDelimiter; }; inline void DocBookOutput::version(CmdLineInterface& _cmd) { std::cout << _cmd.getVersion() << std::endl; } inline void DocBookOutput::usage(CmdLineInterface& _cmd ) { std::list argList = _cmd.getArgList(); std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName(); std::string version = _cmd.getVersion(); theDelimiter = _cmd.getDelimiter(); XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler(); std::vector< std::vector > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList(); basename(progName); std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << progName << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "1" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << progName << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << _cmd.getMessage() << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << progName << "" << std::endl; // xor for ( int i = 0; (unsigned int)i < xorList.size(); i++ ) { std::cout << "" << std::endl; for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin(); it != xorList[i].end(); it++ ) printShortArg((*it)); std::cout << "" << std::endl; } // rest of args for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++) if ( !xorHandler.contains( (*it) ) ) printShortArg((*it)); std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "Description" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << _cmd.getMessage() << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "Options" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++) printLongArg((*it)); std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "Version" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << version << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; } inline void DocBookOutput::failure( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, ArgException& e ) { static_cast(_cmd); // unused std::cout << e.what() << std::endl; throw ExitException(1); } inline void DocBookOutput::substituteSpecialChars( std::string& s, char r, std::string& x ) { size_t p; while ( (p = s.find_first_of(r)) != std::string::npos ) { s.erase(p,1); s.insert(p,x); } } inline void DocBookOutput::removeChar( std::string& s, char r) { size_t p; while ( (p = s.find_first_of(r)) != std::string::npos ) { s.erase(p,1); } } inline void DocBookOutput::basename( std::string& s ) { size_t p = s.find_last_of('/'); if ( p != std::string::npos ) { s.erase(0, p + 1); } } inline void DocBookOutput::printShortArg(Arg* a) { std::string lt = "<"; std::string gt = ">"; std::string id = a->shortID(); substituteSpecialChars(id,'<',lt); substituteSpecialChars(id,'>',gt); removeChar(id,'['); removeChar(id,']'); std::string choice = "opt"; if ( a->isRequired() ) choice = "plain"; std::cout << "acceptsMultipleValues() ) std::cout << " rep='repeat'"; std::cout << '>'; if ( !a->getFlag().empty() ) std::cout << a->flagStartChar() << a->getFlag(); else std::cout << a->nameStartString() << a->getName(); if ( a->isValueRequired() ) { std::string arg = a->shortID(); removeChar(arg,'['); removeChar(arg,']'); removeChar(arg,'<'); removeChar(arg,'>'); arg.erase(0, arg.find_last_of(theDelimiter) + 1); std::cout << theDelimiter; std::cout << "" << arg << ""; } std::cout << "" << std::endl; } inline void DocBookOutput::printLongArg(Arg* a) { std::string lt = "<"; std::string gt = ">"; std::string desc = a->getDescription(); substituteSpecialChars(desc,'<',lt); substituteSpecialChars(desc,'>',gt); std::cout << "" << std::endl; if ( !a->getFlag().empty() ) { std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; } std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << desc << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; } } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/IgnoreRestVisitor.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000246711700107426026501 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: IgnoreRestVisitor.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_IGNORE_REST_VISITOR_H #define TCLAP_IGNORE_REST_VISITOR_H #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A Vistor that tells the CmdLine to begin ignoring arguments after * this one is parsed. */ class IgnoreRestVisitor: public Visitor { public: /** * Constructor. */ IgnoreRestVisitor() : Visitor() {} /** * Sets Arg::_ignoreRest. */ void visit() { Arg::beginIgnoring(); } }; } #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ValuesConstraint.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000616011700107426026336 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: ValuesConstraint.h * * Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_VALUESCONSTRAINT_H #define TCLAP_VALUESCONSTRAINT_H #include #include #include #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include #else #define HAVE_SSTREAM #endif #if defined(HAVE_SSTREAM) #include #elif defined(HAVE_STRSTREAM) #include #else #error "Need a stringstream (sstream or strstream) to compile!" #endif namespace TCLAP { /** * A Constraint that constrains the Arg to only those values specified * in the constraint. */ template class ValuesConstraint : public Constraint { public: /** * Constructor. * \param allowed - vector of allowed values. */ ValuesConstraint(std::vector& allowed); /** * Virtual destructor. */ virtual ~ValuesConstraint() {} /** * Returns a description of the Constraint. */ virtual std::string description() const; /** * Returns the short ID for the Constraint. */ virtual std::string shortID() const; /** * The method used to verify that the value parsed from the command * line meets the constraint. * \param value - The value that will be checked. */ virtual bool check(const T& value) const; protected: /** * The list of valid values. */ std::vector _allowed; /** * The string used to describe the allowed values of this constraint. */ std::string _typeDesc; }; template ValuesConstraint::ValuesConstraint(std::vector& allowed) : _allowed(allowed) { for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < _allowed.size(); i++ ) { #if defined(HAVE_SSTREAM) std::ostringstream os; #elif defined(HAVE_STRSTREAM) std::ostrstream os; #else #error "Need a stringstream (sstream or strstream) to compile!" #endif os << _allowed[i]; std::string temp( os.str() ); if ( i > 0 ) _typeDesc += "|"; _typeDesc += temp; } } template bool ValuesConstraint::check( const T& val ) const { if ( std::find(_allowed.begin(),_allowed.end(),val) == _allowed.end() ) return false; else return true; } template std::string ValuesConstraint::shortID() const { return _typeDesc; } template std::string ValuesConstraint::description() const { return _typeDesc; } } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/VersionVisitor.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000351711700107426026042 0ustar rootvboxsf// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*- /****************************************************************************** * * file: VersionVisitor.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_VERSION_VISITOR_H #define TCLAP_VERSION_VISITOR_H #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A Vistor that will call the version method of the given CmdLineOutput * for the specified CmdLine object and then exit. */ class VersionVisitor: public Visitor { protected: /** * The CmdLine of interest. */ CmdLineInterface* _cmd; /** * The output object. */ CmdLineOutput** _out; public: /** * Constructor. * \param cmd - The CmdLine the output is generated for. * \param out - The type of output. */ VersionVisitor( CmdLineInterface* cmd, CmdLineOutput** out ) : Visitor(), _cmd( cmd ), _out( out ) { } /** * Calls the version method of the output object using the * specified CmdLine. */ void visit() { (*_out)->version(*_cmd); throw ExitException(0); } }; } #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/XorHandler.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000757711700107426025115 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: XorHandler.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno. * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_XORHANDLER_H #define TCLAP_XORHANDLER_H #include #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * This class handles lists of Arg's that are to be XOR'd on the command * line. This is used by CmdLine and you shouldn't ever use it. */ class XorHandler { protected: /** * The list of of lists of Arg's to be or'd together. */ std::vector< std::vector > _orList; public: /** * Constructor. Does nothing. */ XorHandler( ) {} /** * Add a list of Arg*'s that will be orred together. * \param ors - list of Arg* that will be xor'd. */ void add( std::vector& ors ); /** * Checks whether the specified Arg is in one of the xor lists and * if it does match one, returns the size of the xor list that the * Arg matched. If the Arg matches, then it also sets the rest of * the Arg's in the list. You shouldn't use this. * \param a - The Arg to be checked. */ int check( const Arg* a ); /** * Returns the XOR specific short usage. */ std::string shortUsage(); /** * Prints the XOR specific long usage. * \param os - Stream to print to. */ void printLongUsage(std::ostream& os); /** * Simply checks whether the Arg is contained in one of the arg * lists. * \param a - The Arg to be checked. */ bool contains( const Arg* a ); std::vector< std::vector >& getXorList(); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //BEGIN XOR.cpp ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// inline void XorHandler::add( std::vector& ors ) { _orList.push_back( ors ); } inline int XorHandler::check( const Arg* a ) { // iterate over each XOR list for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < _orList.size(); i++ ) { // if the XOR list contains the arg.. ArgVectorIterator ait = std::find( _orList[i].begin(), _orList[i].end(), a ); if ( ait != _orList[i].end() ) { // go through and set each arg that is not a for ( ArgVectorIterator it = _orList[i].begin(); it != _orList[i].end(); it++ ) if ( a != (*it) ) (*it)->xorSet(); // return the number of required args that have now been set if ( (*ait)->allowMore() ) return 0; else return static_cast(_orList[i].size()); } } if ( a->isRequired() ) return 1; else return 0; } inline bool XorHandler::contains( const Arg* a ) { for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < _orList.size(); i++ ) for ( ArgVectorIterator it = _orList[i].begin(); it != _orList[i].end(); it++ ) if ( a == (*it) ) return true; return false; } inline std::vector< std::vector >& XorHandler::getXorList() { return _orList; } ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //END XOR.cpp ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ValueArg.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000003271611700107426024546 0ustar rootvboxsf/****************************************************************************** * * file: ValueArg.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno. * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H #define TCLAP_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * The basic labeled argument that parses a value. * This is a template class, which means the type T defines the type * that a given object will attempt to parse when the flag/name is matched * on the command line. While there is nothing stopping you from creating * an unflagged ValueArg, it is unwise and would cause significant problems. * Instead use an UnlabeledValueArg. */ template class ValueArg : public Arg { protected: /** * The value parsed from the command line. * Can be of any type, as long as the >> operator for the type * is defined. */ T _value; /** * Used to support the reset() method so that ValueArg can be * reset to their constructed value. */ T _default; /** * A human readable description of the type to be parsed. * This is a hack, plain and simple. Ideally we would use RTTI to * return the name of type T, but until there is some sort of * consistent support for human readable names, we are left to our * own devices. */ std::string _typeDesc; /** * A Constraint this Arg must conform to. */ Constraint* _constraint; /** * Extracts the value from the string. * Attempts to parse string as type T, if this fails an exception * is thrown. * \param val - value to be parsed. */ void _extractValue( const std::string& val ); public: /** * Labeled ValueArg constructor. * You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag, * but that would make you a bad person. It would also cause * an exception to be thrown. If you want an unlabeled argument, * use the other constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it * is not present on the command line. * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the * type that this object expects. This is used in the generation * of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user * of the program. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ ValueArg( const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T value, const std::string& typeDesc, Visitor* v = NULL); /** * Labeled ValueArg constructor. * You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag, * but that would make you a bad person. It would also cause * an exception to be thrown. If you want an unlabeled argument, * use the other constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it * is not present on the command line. * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the * type that this object expects. This is used in the generation * of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user * of the program. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ ValueArg( const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T value, const std::string& typeDesc, CmdLineInterface& parser, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Labeled ValueArg constructor. * You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag, * but that would make you a bad person. It would also cause * an exception to be thrown. If you want an unlabeled argument, * use the other constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it * is not present on the command line. * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used * to constrain this Arg. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ ValueArg( const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T value, Constraint* constraint, CmdLineInterface& parser, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Labeled ValueArg constructor. * You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag, * but that would make you a bad person. It would also cause * an exception to be thrown. If you want an unlabeled argument, * use the other constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it * is not present on the command line. * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used * to constrain this Arg. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ ValueArg( const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T value, Constraint* constraint, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Handles the processing of the argument. * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the * _value of the argument appropriately. It knows the difference * between labeled and unlabeled. * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list. * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed * in from main(). */ virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); /** * Returns the value of the argument. */ T& getValue() ; /** * Specialization of shortID. * \param val - value to be used. */ virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val = "val") const; /** * Specialization of longID. * \param val - value to be used. */ virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val = "val") const; virtual void reset() ; }; /** * Constructor implementation. */ template ValueArg::ValueArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T val, const std::string& typeDesc, Visitor* v) : Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v), _value( val ), _default( val ), _typeDesc( typeDesc ), _constraint( NULL ) { } template ValueArg::ValueArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T val, const std::string& typeDesc, CmdLineInterface& parser, Visitor* v) : Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v), _value( val ), _default( val ), _typeDesc( typeDesc ), _constraint( NULL ) { parser.add( this ); } template ValueArg::ValueArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T val, Constraint* constraint, Visitor* v) : Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v), _value( val ), _default( val ), _typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ), _constraint( constraint ) { } template ValueArg::ValueArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T val, Constraint* constraint, CmdLineInterface& parser, Visitor* v) : Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v), _value( val ), _default( val ), _typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ), _constraint( constraint ) { parser.add( this ); } /** * Implementation of getValue(). */ template T& ValueArg::getValue() { return _value; } /** * Implementation of processArg(). */ template bool ValueArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) { if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() ) return false; if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) ) return false; std::string flag = args[*i]; std::string value = ""; trimFlag( flag, value ); if ( argMatches( flag ) ) { if ( _alreadySet ) throw( CmdLineParseException("Argument already set!", toString()) ); if ( Arg::delimiter() != ' ' && value == "" ) throw( ArgParseException( "Couldn't find delimiter for this argument!", toString() ) ); if ( value == "" ) { (*i)++; if ( static_cast(*i) < args.size() ) _extractValue( args[*i] ); else throw( ArgParseException("Missing a value for this argument!", toString() ) ); } else _extractValue( value ); _alreadySet = true; _checkWithVisitor(); return true; } else return false; } /** * Implementation of shortID. */ template std::string ValueArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const { static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn return Arg::shortID( _typeDesc ); } /** * Implementation of longID. */ template std::string ValueArg::longID(const std::string& val) const { static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn return Arg::longID( _typeDesc ); } template void ValueArg::_extractValue( const std::string& val ) { try { ExtractValue(_value, val, typename ArgTraits::ValueCategory()); } catch( ArgParseException &e) { throw ArgParseException(e.error(), toString()); } if ( _constraint != NULL ) if ( ! _constraint->check( _value ) ) throw( CmdLineParseException( "Value '" + val + + "' does not meet constraint: " + _constraint->description(), toString() ) ); } template void ValueArg::reset() { Arg::reset(); _value = _default; } } // namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/MultiSwitchArg.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000001277311700107426025747 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: MultiSwitchArg.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno. * Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno, Erik Zeek. * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_MULTI_SWITCH_ARG_H #define TCLAP_MULTI_SWITCH_ARG_H #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A multiple switch argument. If the switch is set on the command line, then * the getValue method will return the number of times the switch appears. */ class MultiSwitchArg : public SwitchArg { protected: /** * The value of the switch. */ int _value; /** * Used to support the reset() method so that ValueArg can be * reset to their constructed value. */ int _default; public: /** * MultiSwitchArg constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param init - Optional. The initial/default value of this Arg. * Defaults to 0. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, int init = 0, Visitor* v = NULL); /** * MultiSwitchArg constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to * \param init - Optional. The initial/default value of this Arg. * Defaults to 0. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, CmdLineInterface& parser, int init = 0, Visitor* v = NULL); /** * Handles the processing of the argument. * This re-implements the SwitchArg version of this method to set the * _value of the argument appropriately. * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list. * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed * in from main(). */ virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); /** * Returns int, the number of times the switch has been set. */ int getValue(); /** * Returns the shortID for this Arg. */ std::string shortID(const std::string& val) const; /** * Returns the longID for this Arg. */ std::string longID(const std::string& val) const; void reset(); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //BEGIN MultiSwitchArg.cpp ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// inline MultiSwitchArg::MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, int init, Visitor* v ) : SwitchArg(flag, name, desc, false, v), _value( init ), _default( init ) { } inline MultiSwitchArg::MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, CmdLineInterface& parser, int init, Visitor* v ) : SwitchArg(flag, name, desc, false, v), _value( init ), _default( init ) { parser.add( this ); } inline int MultiSwitchArg::getValue() { return _value; } inline bool MultiSwitchArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) { if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() ) return false; if ( argMatches( args[*i] )) { // so the isSet() method will work _alreadySet = true; // Matched argument: increment value. ++_value; _checkWithVisitor(); return true; } else if ( combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) ) { // so the isSet() method will work _alreadySet = true; // Matched argument: increment value. ++_value; // Check for more in argument and increment value. while ( combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) ) ++_value; _checkWithVisitor(); return false; } else return false; } inline std::string MultiSwitchArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const { return Arg::shortID(val) + " ... "; } inline std::string MultiSwitchArg::longID(const std::string& val) const { return Arg::longID(val) + " (accepted multiple times)"; } inline void MultiSwitchArg::reset() { MultiSwitchArg::_value = MultiSwitchArg::_default; } ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //END MultiSwitchArg.cpp ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/HelpVisitor.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000340711700107426025303 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: HelpVisitor.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_HELP_VISITOR_H #define TCLAP_HELP_VISITOR_H #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A Visitor object that calls the usage method of the given CmdLineOutput * object for the specified CmdLine object. */ class HelpVisitor: public Visitor { protected: /** * The CmdLine the output will be generated for. */ CmdLineInterface* _cmd; /** * The output object. */ CmdLineOutput** _out; public: /** * Constructor. * \param cmd - The CmdLine the output will be generated for. * \param out - The type of output. */ HelpVisitor(CmdLineInterface* cmd, CmdLineOutput** out) : Visitor(), _cmd( cmd ), _out( out ) { } /** * Calls the usage method of the CmdLineOutput for the * specified CmdLine. */ void visit() { (*_out)->usage(*_cmd); throw ExitException(0); } }; } #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Arg.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000004074611700107426023553 0ustar rootvboxsf// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*- /****************************************************************************** * * file: Arg.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno . * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_ARGUMENT_H #define TCLAP_ARGUMENT_H #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include #else #define HAVE_SSTREAM #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #if defined(HAVE_SSTREAM) #include typedef std::istringstream istringstream; #elif defined(HAVE_STRSTREAM) #include typedef std::istrstream istringstream; #else #error "Need a stringstream (sstream or strstream) to compile!" #endif #include #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A virtual base class that defines the essential data for all arguments. * This class, or one of its existing children, must be subclassed to do * anything. */ class Arg { private: /** * Indicates whether the rest of the arguments should be ignored. */ static bool& ignoreRestRef() { static bool ign = false; return ign; } /** * The delimiter that separates an argument flag/name from the * value. */ static char& delimiterRef() { static char delim = ' '; return delim; } protected: /** * The single char flag used to identify the argument. * This value (preceded by a dash {-}), can be used to identify * an argument on the command line. The _flag can be blank, * in fact this is how unlabeled args work. Unlabeled args must * override appropriate functions to get correct handling. Note * that the _flag does NOT include the dash as part of the flag. */ std::string _flag; /** * A single work namd indentifying the argument. * This value (preceded by two dashed {--}) can also be used * to identify an argument on the command line. Note that the * _name does NOT include the two dashes as part of the _name. The * _name cannot be blank. */ std::string _name; /** * Description of the argument. */ std::string _description; /** * Indicating whether the argument is required. */ bool _required; /** * Label to be used in usage description. Normally set to * "required", but can be changed when necessary. */ std::string _requireLabel; /** * Indicates whether a value is required for the argument. * Note that the value may be required but the argument/value * combination may not be, as specified by _required. */ bool _valueRequired; /** * Indicates whether the argument has been set. * Indicates that a value on the command line has matched the * name/flag of this argument and the values have been set accordingly. */ bool _alreadySet; /** * A pointer to a vistitor object. * The visitor allows special handling to occur as soon as the * argument is matched. This defaults to NULL and should not * be used unless absolutely necessary. */ Visitor* _visitor; /** * Whether this argument can be ignored, if desired. */ bool _ignoreable; /** * Indicates that the arg was set as part of an XOR and not on the * command line. */ bool _xorSet; bool _acceptsMultipleValues; /** * Performs the special handling described by the Vistitor. */ void _checkWithVisitor() const; /** * Primary constructor. YOU (yes you) should NEVER construct an Arg * directly, this is a base class that is extended by various children * that are meant to be used. Use SwitchArg, ValueArg, MultiArg, * UnlabeledValueArg, or UnlabeledMultiArg instead. * * \param flag - The flag identifying the argument. * \param name - The name identifying the argument. * \param desc - The description of the argument, used in the usage. * \param req - Whether the argument is required. * \param valreq - Whether the a value is required for the argument. * \param v - The visitor checked by the argument. Defaults to NULL. */ Arg( const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, bool valreq, Visitor* v = NULL ); public: /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~Arg(); /** * Adds this to the specified list of Args. * \param argList - The list to add this to. */ virtual void addToList( std::list& argList ) const; /** * Begin ignoring arguments since the "--" argument was specified. */ static void beginIgnoring() { ignoreRestRef() = true; } /** * Whether to ignore the rest. */ static bool ignoreRest() { return ignoreRestRef(); } /** * The delimiter that separates an argument flag/name from the * value. */ static char delimiter() { return delimiterRef(); } /** * The char used as a place holder when SwitchArgs are combined. * Currently set to the bell char (ASCII 7). */ static char blankChar() { return (char)7; } /** * The char that indicates the beginning of a flag. Currently '-'. */ static char flagStartChar() { return '-'; } /** * The sting that indicates the beginning of a flag. Currently "-". * Should be identical to flagStartChar. */ static const std::string flagStartString() { return "-"; } /** * The sting that indicates the beginning of a name. Currently "--". * Should be flagStartChar twice. */ static const std::string nameStartString() { return "--"; } /** * The name used to identify the ignore rest argument. */ static const std::string ignoreNameString() { return "ignore_rest"; } /** * Sets the delimiter for all arguments. * \param c - The character that delimits flags/names from values. */ static void setDelimiter( char c ) { delimiterRef() = c; } /** * Pure virtual method meant to handle the parsing and value assignment * of the string on the command line. * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list. * \param args - Mutable list of strings. What is * passed in from main. */ virtual bool processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) = 0; /** * Operator ==. * Equality operator. Must be virtual to handle unlabeled args. * \param a - The Arg to be compared to this. */ virtual bool operator==(const Arg& a) const; /** * Returns the argument flag. */ const std::string& getFlag() const; /** * Returns the argument name. */ const std::string& getName() const; /** * Returns the argument description. */ std::string getDescription() const; /** * Indicates whether the argument is required. */ virtual bool isRequired() const; /** * Sets _required to true. This is used by the XorHandler. * You really have no reason to ever use it. */ void forceRequired(); /** * Sets the _alreadySet value to true. This is used by the XorHandler. * You really have no reason to ever use it. */ void xorSet(); /** * Indicates whether a value must be specified for argument. */ bool isValueRequired() const; /** * Indicates whether the argument has already been set. Only true * if the arg has been matched on the command line. */ bool isSet() const; /** * Indicates whether the argument can be ignored, if desired. */ bool isIgnoreable() const; /** * A method that tests whether a string matches this argument. * This is generally called by the processArg() method. This * method could be re-implemented by a child to change how * arguments are specified on the command line. * \param s - The string to be compared to the flag/name to determine * whether the arg matches. */ virtual bool argMatches( const std::string& s ) const; /** * Returns a simple string representation of the argument. * Primarily for debugging. */ virtual std::string toString() const; /** * Returns a short ID for the usage. * \param valueId - The value used in the id. */ virtual std::string shortID( const std::string& valueId = "val" ) const; /** * Returns a long ID for the usage. * \param valueId - The value used in the id. */ virtual std::string longID( const std::string& valueId = "val" ) const; /** * Trims a value off of the flag. * \param flag - The string from which the flag and value will be * trimmed. Contains the flag once the value has been trimmed. * \param value - Where the value trimmed from the string will * be stored. */ virtual void trimFlag( std::string& flag, std::string& value ) const; /** * Checks whether a given string has blank chars, indicating that * it is a combined SwitchArg. If so, return true, otherwise return * false. * \param s - string to be checked. */ bool _hasBlanks( const std::string& s ) const; /** * Sets the requireLabel. Used by XorHandler. You shouldn't ever * use this. * \param s - Set the requireLabel to this value. */ void setRequireLabel( const std::string& s ); /** * Used for MultiArgs and XorHandler to determine whether args * can still be set. */ virtual bool allowMore(); /** * Use by output classes to determine whether an Arg accepts * multiple values. */ virtual bool acceptsMultipleValues(); /** * Clears the Arg object and allows it to be reused by new * command lines. */ virtual void reset(); }; /** * Typedef of an Arg list iterator. */ typedef std::list::iterator ArgListIterator; /** * Typedef of an Arg vector iterator. */ typedef std::vector::iterator ArgVectorIterator; /** * Typedef of a Visitor list iterator. */ typedef std::list::iterator VisitorListIterator; /* * Extract a value of type T from it's string representation contained * in strVal. The ValueLike parameter used to select the correct * specialization of ExtractValue depending on the value traits of T. * ValueLike traits use operator>> to assign the value from strVal. */ template void ExtractValue(T &destVal, const std::string& strVal, ValueLike vl) { static_cast(vl); // Avoid warning about unused vl std::istringstream is(strVal); int valuesRead = 0; while ( is.good() ) { if ( is.peek() != EOF ) #ifdef TCLAP_SETBASE_ZERO is >> std::setbase(0) >> destVal; #else is >> destVal; #endif else break; valuesRead++; } if ( is.fail() ) throw( ArgParseException("Couldn't read argument value " "from string '" + strVal + "'")); if ( valuesRead > 1 ) throw( ArgParseException("More than one valid value parsed from " "string '" + strVal + "'")); } /* * Extract a value of type T from it's string representation contained * in strVal. The ValueLike parameter used to select the correct * specialization of ExtractValue depending on the value traits of T. * StringLike uses assignment (operator=) to assign from strVal. */ template void ExtractValue(T &destVal, const std::string& strVal, StringLike sl) { static_cast(sl); // Avoid warning about unused sl SetString(destVal, strVal); } ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //BEGIN Arg.cpp ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// inline Arg::Arg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, bool valreq, Visitor* v) : _flag(flag), _name(name), _description(desc), _required(req), _requireLabel("required"), _valueRequired(valreq), _alreadySet(false), _visitor( v ), _ignoreable(true), _xorSet(false), _acceptsMultipleValues(false) { if ( _flag.length() > 1 ) throw(SpecificationException( "Argument flag can only be one character long", toString() ) ); if ( _name != ignoreNameString() && ( _flag == Arg::flagStartString() || _flag == Arg::nameStartString() || _flag == " " ) ) throw(SpecificationException("Argument flag cannot be either '" + Arg::flagStartString() + "' or '" + Arg::nameStartString() + "' or a space.", toString() ) ); if ( ( _name.substr( 0, Arg::flagStartString().length() ) == Arg::flagStartString() ) || ( _name.substr( 0, Arg::nameStartString().length() ) == Arg::nameStartString() ) || ( _name.find( " ", 0 ) != std::string::npos ) ) throw(SpecificationException("Argument name begin with either '" + Arg::flagStartString() + "' or '" + Arg::nameStartString() + "' or space.", toString() ) ); } inline Arg::~Arg() { } inline std::string Arg::shortID( const std::string& valueId ) const { std::string id = ""; if ( _flag != "" ) id = Arg::flagStartString() + _flag; else id = Arg::nameStartString() + _name; if ( _valueRequired ) id += std::string( 1, Arg::delimiter() ) + "<" + valueId + ">"; if ( !_required ) id = "[" + id + "]"; return id; } inline std::string Arg::longID( const std::string& valueId ) const { std::string id = ""; if ( _flag != "" ) { id += Arg::flagStartString() + _flag; if ( _valueRequired ) id += std::string( 1, Arg::delimiter() ) + "<" + valueId + ">"; id += ", "; } id += Arg::nameStartString() + _name; if ( _valueRequired ) id += std::string( 1, Arg::delimiter() ) + "<" + valueId + ">"; return id; } inline bool Arg::operator==(const Arg& a) const { if ( ( _flag != "" && _flag == a._flag ) || _name == a._name) return true; else return false; } inline std::string Arg::getDescription() const { std::string desc = ""; if ( _required ) desc = "(" + _requireLabel + ") "; // if ( _valueRequired ) // desc += "(value required) "; desc += _description; return desc; } inline const std::string& Arg::getFlag() const { return _flag; } inline const std::string& Arg::getName() const { return _name; } inline bool Arg::isRequired() const { return _required; } inline bool Arg::isValueRequired() const { return _valueRequired; } inline bool Arg::isSet() const { if ( _alreadySet && !_xorSet ) return true; else return false; } inline bool Arg::isIgnoreable() const { return _ignoreable; } inline void Arg::setRequireLabel( const std::string& s) { _requireLabel = s; } inline bool Arg::argMatches( const std::string& argFlag ) const { if ( ( argFlag == Arg::flagStartString() + _flag && _flag != "" ) || argFlag == Arg::nameStartString() + _name ) return true; else return false; } inline std::string Arg::toString() const { std::string s = ""; if ( _flag != "" ) s += Arg::flagStartString() + _flag + " "; s += "(" + Arg::nameStartString() + _name + ")"; return s; } inline void Arg::_checkWithVisitor() const { if ( _visitor != NULL ) _visitor->visit(); } /** * Implementation of trimFlag. */ inline void Arg::trimFlag(std::string& flag, std::string& value) const { int stop = 0; for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < flag.length(); i++ ) if ( flag[i] == Arg::delimiter() ) { stop = i; break; } if ( stop > 1 ) { value = flag.substr(stop+1); flag = flag.substr(0,stop); } } /** * Implementation of _hasBlanks. */ inline bool Arg::_hasBlanks( const std::string& s ) const { for ( int i = 1; static_cast(i) < s.length(); i++ ) if ( s[i] == Arg::blankChar() ) return true; return false; } inline void Arg::forceRequired() { _required = true; } inline void Arg::xorSet() { _alreadySet = true; _xorSet = true; } /** * Overridden by Args that need to added to the end of the list. */ inline void Arg::addToList( std::list& argList ) const { argList.push_front( const_cast(this) ); } inline bool Arg::allowMore() { return false; } inline bool Arg::acceptsMultipleValues() { return _acceptsMultipleValues; } inline void Arg::reset() { _xorSet = false; _alreadySet = false; } ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //END Arg.cpp ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/CmdLine.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000003223611700107426024350 0ustar rootvboxsf// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*- /****************************************************************************** * * file: CmdLine.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno. * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_CMDLINE_H #define TCLAP_CMDLINE_H #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include // Needed for exit(), which isn't defined in some envs. namespace TCLAP { template void DelPtr(T ptr) { delete ptr; } template void ClearContainer(C &c) { typedef typename C::value_type value_type; std::for_each(c.begin(), c.end(), DelPtr); c.clear(); } /** * The base class that manages the command line definition and passes * along the parsing to the appropriate Arg classes. */ class CmdLine : public CmdLineInterface { protected: /** * The list of arguments that will be tested against the * command line. */ std::list _argList; /** * The name of the program. Set to argv[0]. */ std::string _progName; /** * A message used to describe the program. Used in the usage output. */ std::string _message; /** * The version to be displayed with the --version switch. */ std::string _version; /** * The number of arguments that are required to be present on * the command line. This is set dynamically, based on the * Args added to the CmdLine object. */ int _numRequired; /** * The character that is used to separate the argument flag/name * from the value. Defaults to ' ' (space). */ char _delimiter; /** * The handler that manages xoring lists of args. */ XorHandler _xorHandler; /** * A list of Args to be explicitly deleted when the destructor * is called. At the moment, this only includes the three default * Args. */ std::list _argDeleteOnExitList; /** * A list of Visitors to be explicitly deleted when the destructor * is called. At the moment, these are the Vistors created for the * default Args. */ std::list _visitorDeleteOnExitList; /** * Object that handles all output for the CmdLine. */ CmdLineOutput* _output; /** * Should CmdLine handle parsing exceptions internally? */ bool _handleExceptions; /** * Throws an exception listing the missing args. */ void missingArgsException(); /** * Checks whether a name/flag string matches entirely matches * the Arg::blankChar. Used when multiple switches are combined * into a single argument. * \param s - The message to be used in the usage. */ bool _emptyCombined(const std::string& s); /** * Perform a delete ptr; operation on ptr when this object is deleted. */ void deleteOnExit(Arg* ptr); /** * Perform a delete ptr; operation on ptr when this object is deleted. */ void deleteOnExit(Visitor* ptr); private: /** * Encapsulates the code common to the constructors * (which is all of it). */ void _constructor(); /** * Is set to true when a user sets the output object. We use this so * that we don't delete objects that are created outside of this lib. */ bool _userSetOutput; /** * Whether or not to automatically create help and version switches. */ bool _helpAndVersion; public: /** * Command line constructor. Defines how the arguments will be * parsed. * \param message - The message to be used in the usage * output. * \param delimiter - The character that is used to separate * the argument flag/name from the value. Defaults to ' ' (space). * \param version - The version number to be used in the * --version switch. * \param helpAndVersion - Whether or not to create the Help and * Version switches. Defaults to true. */ CmdLine(const std::string& message, const char delimiter = ' ', const std::string& version = "none", bool helpAndVersion = true); /** * Deletes any resources allocated by a CmdLine object. */ virtual ~CmdLine(); /** * Adds an argument to the list of arguments to be parsed. * \param a - Argument to be added. */ void add( Arg& a ); /** * An alternative add. Functionally identical. * \param a - Argument to be added. */ void add( Arg* a ); /** * Add two Args that will be xor'd. If this method is used, add does * not need to be called. * \param a - Argument to be added and xor'd. * \param b - Argument to be added and xor'd. */ void xorAdd( Arg& a, Arg& b ); /** * Add a list of Args that will be xor'd. If this method is used, * add does not need to be called. * \param xors - List of Args to be added and xor'd. */ void xorAdd( std::vector& xors ); /** * Parses the command line. * \param argc - Number of arguments. * \param argv - Array of arguments. */ void parse(int argc, const char * const * argv); /** * Parses the command line. * \param args - A vector of strings representing the args. * args[0] is still the program name. */ void parse(std::vector& args); /** * */ CmdLineOutput* getOutput(); /** * */ void setOutput(CmdLineOutput* co); /** * */ std::string& getVersion(); /** * */ std::string& getProgramName(); /** * */ std::list& getArgList(); /** * */ XorHandler& getXorHandler(); /** * */ char getDelimiter(); /** * */ std::string& getMessage(); /** * */ bool hasHelpAndVersion(); /** * Disables or enables CmdLine's internal parsing exception handling. * * @param state Should CmdLine handle parsing exceptions internally? */ void setExceptionHandling(const bool state); /** * Returns the current state of the internal exception handling. * * @retval true Parsing exceptions are handled internally. * @retval false Parsing exceptions are propagated to the caller. */ bool getExceptionHandling() const; /** * Allows the CmdLine object to be reused. */ void reset(); }; /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //Begin CmdLine.cpp /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// inline CmdLine::CmdLine(const std::string& m, char delim, const std::string& v, bool help ) : _progName("not_set_yet"), _message(m), _version(v), _numRequired(0), _delimiter(delim), _handleExceptions(true), _userSetOutput(false), _helpAndVersion(help) { _constructor(); } inline CmdLine::~CmdLine() { ClearContainer(_argDeleteOnExitList); ClearContainer(_visitorDeleteOnExitList); if ( !_userSetOutput ) { delete _output; _output = 0; } } inline void CmdLine::_constructor() { _output = new StdOutput; Arg::setDelimiter( _delimiter ); Visitor* v; if ( _helpAndVersion ) { v = new HelpVisitor( this, &_output ); SwitchArg* help = new SwitchArg("h","help", "Displays usage information and exits.", false, v); add( help ); deleteOnExit(help); deleteOnExit(v); v = new VersionVisitor( this, &_output ); SwitchArg* vers = new SwitchArg("","version", "Displays version information and exits.", false, v); add( vers ); deleteOnExit(vers); deleteOnExit(v); } v = new IgnoreRestVisitor(); SwitchArg* ignore = new SwitchArg(Arg::flagStartString(), Arg::ignoreNameString(), "Ignores the rest of the labeled arguments following this flag.", false, v); add( ignore ); deleteOnExit(ignore); deleteOnExit(v); } inline void CmdLine::xorAdd( std::vector& ors ) { _xorHandler.add( ors ); for (ArgVectorIterator it = ors.begin(); it != ors.end(); it++) { (*it)->forceRequired(); (*it)->setRequireLabel( "OR required" ); add( *it ); } } inline void CmdLine::xorAdd( Arg& a, Arg& b ) { std::vector ors; ors.push_back( &a ); ors.push_back( &b ); xorAdd( ors ); } inline void CmdLine::add( Arg& a ) { add( &a ); } inline void CmdLine::add( Arg* a ) { for( ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++ ) if ( *a == *(*it) ) throw( SpecificationException( "Argument with same flag/name already exists!", a->longID() ) ); a->addToList( _argList ); if ( a->isRequired() ) _numRequired++; } inline void CmdLine::parse(int argc, const char * const * argv) { // this step is necessary so that we have easy access to // mutable strings. std::vector args; for (int i = 0; i < argc; i++) args.push_back(argv[i]); parse(args); } inline void CmdLine::parse(std::vector& args) { bool shouldExit = false; int estat = 0; try { _progName = args.front(); args.erase(args.begin()); int requiredCount = 0; for (int i = 0; static_cast(i) < args.size(); i++) { bool matched = false; for (ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++) { if ( (*it)->processArg( &i, args ) ) { requiredCount += _xorHandler.check( *it ); matched = true; break; } } // checks to see if the argument is an empty combined // switch and if so, then we've actually matched it if ( !matched && _emptyCombined( args[i] ) ) matched = true; if ( !matched && !Arg::ignoreRest() ) throw(CmdLineParseException("Couldn't find match " "for argument", args[i])); } if ( requiredCount < _numRequired ) missingArgsException(); if ( requiredCount > _numRequired ) throw(CmdLineParseException("Too many arguments!")); } catch ( ArgException& e ) { // If we're not handling the exceptions, rethrow. if ( !_handleExceptions) { throw; } try { _output->failure(*this,e); } catch ( ExitException &ee ) { estat = ee.getExitStatus(); shouldExit = true; } } catch (ExitException &ee) { // If we're not handling the exceptions, rethrow. if ( !_handleExceptions) { throw; } estat = ee.getExitStatus(); shouldExit = true; } if (shouldExit) exit(estat); } inline bool CmdLine::_emptyCombined(const std::string& s) { if ( s.length() > 0 && s[0] != Arg::flagStartChar() ) return false; for ( int i = 1; static_cast(i) < s.length(); i++ ) if ( s[i] != Arg::blankChar() ) return false; return true; } inline void CmdLine::missingArgsException() { int count = 0; std::string missingArgList; for (ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++) { if ( (*it)->isRequired() && !(*it)->isSet() ) { missingArgList += (*it)->getName(); missingArgList += ", "; count++; } } missingArgList = missingArgList.substr(0,missingArgList.length()-2); std::string msg; if ( count > 1 ) msg = "Required arguments missing: "; else msg = "Required argument missing: "; msg += missingArgList; throw(CmdLineParseException(msg)); } inline void CmdLine::deleteOnExit(Arg* ptr) { _argDeleteOnExitList.push_back(ptr); } inline void CmdLine::deleteOnExit(Visitor* ptr) { _visitorDeleteOnExitList.push_back(ptr); } inline CmdLineOutput* CmdLine::getOutput() { return _output; } inline void CmdLine::setOutput(CmdLineOutput* co) { _userSetOutput = true; _output = co; } inline std::string& CmdLine::getVersion() { return _version; } inline std::string& CmdLine::getProgramName() { return _progName; } inline std::list& CmdLine::getArgList() { return _argList; } inline XorHandler& CmdLine::getXorHandler() { return _xorHandler; } inline char CmdLine::getDelimiter() { return _delimiter; } inline std::string& CmdLine::getMessage() { return _message; } inline bool CmdLine::hasHelpAndVersion() { return _helpAndVersion; } inline void CmdLine::setExceptionHandling(const bool state) { _handleExceptions = state; } inline bool CmdLine::getExceptionHandling() const { return _handleExceptions; } inline void CmdLine::reset() { for( ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++ ) { (*it)->reset(); } _progName.clear(); } /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //End CmdLine.cpp /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/StdOutput.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000002040411700107426025002 0ustar rootvboxsf// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*- /****************************************************************************** * * file: StdOutput.h * * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_STDCMDLINEOUTPUT_H #define TCLAP_STDCMDLINEOUTPUT_H #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A class that isolates any output from the CmdLine object so that it * may be easily modified. */ class StdOutput : public CmdLineOutput { public: /** * Prints the usage to stdout. Can be overridden to * produce alternative behavior. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. */ virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c); /** * Prints the version to stdout. Can be overridden * to produce alternative behavior. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. */ virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c); /** * Prints (to stderr) an error message, short usage * Can be overridden to produce alternative behavior. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. * \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure. */ virtual void failure(CmdLineInterface& c, ArgException& e ); protected: /** * Writes a brief usage message with short args. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. * \param os - The stream to write the message to. */ void _shortUsage( CmdLineInterface& c, std::ostream& os ) const; /** * Writes a longer usage message with long and short args, * provides descriptions and prints message. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. * \param os - The stream to write the message to. */ void _longUsage( CmdLineInterface& c, std::ostream& os ) const; /** * This function inserts line breaks and indents long strings * according the params input. It will only break lines at spaces, * commas and pipes. * \param os - The stream to be printed to. * \param s - The string to be printed. * \param maxWidth - The maxWidth allowed for the output line. * \param indentSpaces - The number of spaces to indent the first line. * \param secondLineOffset - The number of spaces to indent the second * and all subsequent lines in addition to indentSpaces. */ void spacePrint( std::ostream& os, const std::string& s, int maxWidth, int indentSpaces, int secondLineOffset ) const; }; inline void StdOutput::version(CmdLineInterface& _cmd) { std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName(); std::string version = _cmd.getVersion(); std::cout << std::endl << progName << " version: " << version << std::endl << std::endl; } inline void StdOutput::usage(CmdLineInterface& _cmd ) { std::cout << std::endl << "USAGE: " << std::endl << std::endl; _shortUsage( _cmd, std::cout ); std::cout << std::endl << std::endl << "Where: " << std::endl << std::endl; _longUsage( _cmd, std::cout ); std::cout << std::endl; } inline void StdOutput::failure( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, ArgException& e ) { std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName(); std::cerr << "PARSE ERROR: " << e.argId() << std::endl << " " << e.error() << std::endl << std::endl; if ( _cmd.hasHelpAndVersion() ) { std::cerr << "Brief USAGE: " << std::endl; _shortUsage( _cmd, std::cerr ); std::cerr << std::endl << "For complete USAGE and HELP type: " << std::endl << " " << progName << " --help" << std::endl << std::endl; } else usage(_cmd); throw ExitException(1); } inline void StdOutput::_shortUsage( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, std::ostream& os ) const { std::list argList = _cmd.getArgList(); std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName(); XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler(); std::vector< std::vector > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList(); std::string s = progName + " "; // first the xor for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < xorList.size(); i++ ) { s += " {"; for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin(); it != xorList[i].end(); it++ ) s += (*it)->shortID() + "|"; s[s.length()-1] = '}'; } // then the rest for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++) if ( !xorHandler.contains( (*it) ) ) s += " " + (*it)->shortID(); // if the program name is too long, then adjust the second line offset int secondLineOffset = static_cast(progName.length()) + 2; if ( secondLineOffset > 75/2 ) secondLineOffset = static_cast(75/2); spacePrint( os, s, 75, 3, secondLineOffset ); } inline void StdOutput::_longUsage( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, std::ostream& os ) const { std::list argList = _cmd.getArgList(); std::string message = _cmd.getMessage(); XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler(); std::vector< std::vector > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList(); // first the xor for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < xorList.size(); i++ ) { for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin(); it != xorList[i].end(); it++ ) { spacePrint( os, (*it)->longID(), 75, 3, 3 ); spacePrint( os, (*it)->getDescription(), 75, 5, 0 ); if ( it+1 != xorList[i].end() ) spacePrint(os, "-- OR --", 75, 9, 0); } os << std::endl << std::endl; } // then the rest for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++) if ( !xorHandler.contains( (*it) ) ) { spacePrint( os, (*it)->longID(), 75, 3, 3 ); spacePrint( os, (*it)->getDescription(), 75, 5, 0 ); os << std::endl; } os << std::endl; spacePrint( os, message, 75, 3, 0 ); } inline void StdOutput::spacePrint( std::ostream& os, const std::string& s, int maxWidth, int indentSpaces, int secondLineOffset ) const { int len = static_cast(s.length()); if ( (len + indentSpaces > maxWidth) && maxWidth > 0 ) { int allowedLen = maxWidth - indentSpaces; int start = 0; while ( start < len ) { // find the substring length // int stringLen = std::min( len - start, allowedLen ); // doing it this way to support a VisualC++ 2005 bug using namespace std; int stringLen = min( len - start, allowedLen ); // trim the length so it doesn't end in middle of a word if ( stringLen == allowedLen ) while ( stringLen >= 0 && s[stringLen+start] != ' ' && s[stringLen+start] != ',' && s[stringLen+start] != '|' ) stringLen--; // ok, the word is longer than the line, so just split // wherever the line ends if ( stringLen <= 0 ) stringLen = allowedLen; // check for newlines for ( int i = 0; i < stringLen; i++ ) if ( s[start+i] == '\n' ) stringLen = i+1; // print the indent for ( int i = 0; i < indentSpaces; i++ ) os << " "; if ( start == 0 ) { // handle second line offsets indentSpaces += secondLineOffset; // adjust allowed len allowedLen -= secondLineOffset; } os << s.substr(start,stringLen) << std::endl; // so we don't start a line with a space while ( s[stringLen+start] == ' ' && start < len ) start++; start += stringLen; } } else { for ( int i = 0; i < indentSpaces; i++ ) os << " "; os << s << std::endl; } } } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000327111700107426027747 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h * * Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot . * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_OPTIONAL_UNLABELED_TRACKER_H #define TCLAP_OPTIONAL_UNLABELED_TRACKER_H #include namespace TCLAP { class OptionalUnlabeledTracker { public: static void check( bool req, const std::string& argName ); static void gotOptional() { alreadyOptionalRef() = true; } static bool& alreadyOptional() { return alreadyOptionalRef(); } private: static bool& alreadyOptionalRef() { static bool ct = false; return ct; } }; inline void OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check( bool req, const std::string& argName ) { if ( OptionalUnlabeledTracker::alreadyOptional() ) throw( SpecificationException( "You can't specify ANY Unlabeled Arg following an optional Unlabeled Arg", argName ) ); if ( !req ) OptionalUnlabeledTracker::gotOptional(); } } // namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ZshCompletionOutput.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000001737311700107426027061 0ustar rootvboxsf// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*- /****************************************************************************** * * file: ZshCompletionOutput.h * * Copyright (c) 2006, Oliver Kiddle * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_ZSHCOMPLETIONOUTPUT_H #define TCLAP_ZSHCOMPLETIONOUTPUT_H #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A class that generates a Zsh completion function as output from the usage() * method for the given CmdLine and its Args. */ class ZshCompletionOutput : public CmdLineOutput { public: ZshCompletionOutput(); /** * Prints the usage to stdout. Can be overridden to * produce alternative behavior. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. */ virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c); /** * Prints the version to stdout. Can be overridden * to produce alternative behavior. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. */ virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c); /** * Prints (to stderr) an error message, short usage * Can be overridden to produce alternative behavior. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. * \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure. */ virtual void failure(CmdLineInterface& c, ArgException& e ); protected: void basename( std::string& s ); void quoteSpecialChars( std::string& s ); std::string getMutexList( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, Arg* a ); void printOption( Arg* it, std::string mutex ); void printArg( Arg* it ); std::map common; char theDelimiter; }; ZshCompletionOutput::ZshCompletionOutput() { common["host"] = "_hosts"; common["hostname"] = "_hosts"; common["file"] = "_files"; common["filename"] = "_files"; common["user"] = "_users"; common["username"] = "_users"; common["directory"] = "_directories"; common["path"] = "_directories"; common["url"] = "_urls"; } inline void ZshCompletionOutput::version(CmdLineInterface& _cmd) { std::cout << _cmd.getVersion() << std::endl; } inline void ZshCompletionOutput::usage(CmdLineInterface& _cmd ) { std::list argList = _cmd.getArgList(); std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName(); std::string version = _cmd.getVersion(); theDelimiter = _cmd.getDelimiter(); basename(progName); std::cout << "#compdef " << progName << std::endl << std::endl << "# " << progName << " version " << _cmd.getVersion() << std::endl << std::endl << "_arguments -s -S"; for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++) { if ( (*it)->shortID().at(0) == '<' ) printArg((*it)); else if ( (*it)->getFlag() != "-" ) printOption((*it), getMutexList(_cmd, *it)); } std::cout << std::endl; } inline void ZshCompletionOutput::failure( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, ArgException& e ) { static_cast(_cmd); // unused std::cout << e.what() << std::endl; } inline void ZshCompletionOutput::quoteSpecialChars( std::string& s ) { size_t idx = s.find_last_of(':'); while ( idx != std::string::npos ) { s.insert(idx, 1, '\\'); idx = s.find_last_of(':', idx); } idx = s.find_last_of('\''); while ( idx != std::string::npos ) { s.insert(idx, "'\\'"); if (idx == 0) idx = std::string::npos; else idx = s.find_last_of('\'', --idx); } } inline void ZshCompletionOutput::basename( std::string& s ) { size_t p = s.find_last_of('/'); if ( p != std::string::npos ) { s.erase(0, p + 1); } } inline void ZshCompletionOutput::printArg(Arg* a) { static int count = 1; std::cout << " \\" << std::endl << " '"; if ( a->acceptsMultipleValues() ) std::cout << '*'; else std::cout << count++; std::cout << ':'; if ( !a->isRequired() ) std::cout << ':'; std::cout << a->getName() << ':'; std::map::iterator compArg = common.find(a->getName()); if ( compArg != common.end() ) { std::cout << compArg->second; } else { std::cout << "_guard \"^-*\" " << a->getName(); } std::cout << '\''; } inline void ZshCompletionOutput::printOption(Arg* a, std::string mutex) { std::string flag = a->flagStartChar() + a->getFlag(); std::string name = a->nameStartString() + a->getName(); std::string desc = a->getDescription(); // remove full stop and capitalisation from description as // this is the convention for zsh function if (!desc.compare(0, 12, "(required) ")) { desc.erase(0, 12); } if (!desc.compare(0, 15, "(OR required) ")) { desc.erase(0, 15); } size_t len = desc.length(); if (len && desc.at(--len) == '.') { desc.erase(len); } if (len) { desc.replace(0, 1, 1, tolower(desc.at(0))); } std::cout << " \\" << std::endl << " '" << mutex; if ( a->getFlag().empty() ) { std::cout << name; } else { std::cout << "'{" << flag << ',' << name << "}'"; } if ( theDelimiter == '=' && a->isValueRequired() ) std::cout << "=-"; quoteSpecialChars(desc); std::cout << '[' << desc << ']'; if ( a->isValueRequired() ) { std::string arg = a->shortID(); arg.erase(0, arg.find_last_of(theDelimiter) + 1); if ( arg.at(arg.length()-1) == ']' ) arg.erase(arg.length()-1); if ( arg.at(arg.length()-1) == ']' ) { arg.erase(arg.length()-1); } if ( arg.at(0) == '<' ) { arg.erase(arg.length()-1); arg.erase(0, 1); } size_t p = arg.find('|'); if ( p != std::string::npos ) { do { arg.replace(p, 1, 1, ' '); } while ( (p = arg.find_first_of('|', p)) != std::string::npos ); quoteSpecialChars(arg); std::cout << ": :(" << arg << ')'; } else { std::cout << ':' << arg; std::map::iterator compArg = common.find(arg); if ( compArg != common.end() ) { std::cout << ':' << compArg->second; } } } std::cout << '\''; } inline std::string ZshCompletionOutput::getMutexList( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, Arg* a) { XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler(); std::vector< std::vector > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList(); if (a->getName() == "help" || a->getName() == "version") { return "(-)"; } std::ostringstream list; if ( a->acceptsMultipleValues() ) { list << '*'; } for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < xorList.size(); i++ ) { for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin(); it != xorList[i].end(); it++) if ( a == (*it) ) { list << '('; for ( ArgVectorIterator iu = xorList[i].begin(); iu != xorList[i].end(); iu++ ) { bool notCur = (*iu) != a; bool hasFlag = !(*iu)->getFlag().empty(); if ( iu != xorList[i].begin() && (notCur || hasFlag) ) list << ' '; if (hasFlag) list << (*iu)->flagStartChar() << (*iu)->getFlag() << ' '; if ( notCur || hasFlag ) list << (*iu)->nameStartString() << (*iu)->getName(); } list << ')'; return list.str(); } } // wasn't found in xor list if (!a->getFlag().empty()) { list << "(" << a->flagStartChar() << a->getFlag() << ' ' << a->nameStartString() << a->getName() << ')'; } return list.str(); } } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/UnlabeledValueArg.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000002626511700107426026364 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: UnlabeledValueArg.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno. * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_UNLABELED_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H #define TCLAP_UNLABELED_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * The basic unlabeled argument that parses a value. * This is a template class, which means the type T defines the type * that a given object will attempt to parse when an UnlabeledValueArg * is reached in the list of args that the CmdLine iterates over. */ template class UnlabeledValueArg : public ValueArg { // If compiler has two stage name lookup (as gcc >= 3.4 does) // this is requried to prevent undef. symbols using ValueArg::_ignoreable; using ValueArg::_hasBlanks; using ValueArg::_extractValue; using ValueArg::_typeDesc; using ValueArg::_name; using ValueArg::_description; using ValueArg::_alreadySet; using ValueArg::toString; public: /** * UnlabeledValueArg constructor. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Note that this is used for * identification, not as a long flag. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it * is not present on the command line. * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the * type that this object expects. This is used in the generation * of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user * of the program. * \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be * ignored if the '--' flag is set. This defaults to false (cannot * be ignored) and should generally stay that way unless you have * some special need for certain arguments to be ignored. * \param v - Optional Vistor. You should leave this blank unless * you have a very good reason. */ UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T value, const std::string& typeDesc, bool ignoreable = false, Visitor* v = NULL); /** * UnlabeledValueArg constructor. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Note that this is used for * identification, not as a long flag. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it * is not present on the command line. * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the * type that this object expects. This is used in the generation * of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user * of the program. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to * \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be * ignored if the '--' flag is set. This defaults to false (cannot * be ignored) and should generally stay that way unless you have * some special need for certain arguments to be ignored. * \param v - Optional Vistor. You should leave this blank unless * you have a very good reason. */ UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T value, const std::string& typeDesc, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool ignoreable = false, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * UnlabeledValueArg constructor. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Note that this is used for * identification, not as a long flag. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it * is not present on the command line. * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used * to constrain this Arg. * \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be * ignored if the '--' flag is set. This defaults to false (cannot * be ignored) and should generally stay that way unless you have * some special need for certain arguments to be ignored. * \param v - Optional Vistor. You should leave this blank unless * you have a very good reason. */ UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T value, Constraint* constraint, bool ignoreable = false, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * UnlabeledValueArg constructor. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Note that this is used for * identification, not as a long flag. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it * is not present on the command line. * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used * to constrain this Arg. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to * \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be * ignored if the '--' flag is set. This defaults to false (cannot * be ignored) and should generally stay that way unless you have * some special need for certain arguments to be ignored. * \param v - Optional Vistor. You should leave this blank unless * you have a very good reason. */ UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T value, Constraint* constraint, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool ignoreable = false, Visitor* v = NULL); /** * Handles the processing of the argument. * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the * _value of the argument appropriately. Handling specific to * unlabled arguments. * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list. * \param args - Mutable list of strings. */ virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); /** * Overrides shortID for specific behavior. */ virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val="val") const; /** * Overrides longID for specific behavior. */ virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val="val") const; /** * Overrides operator== for specific behavior. */ virtual bool operator==(const Arg& a ) const; /** * Instead of pushing to the front of list, push to the back. * \param argList - The list to add this to. */ virtual void addToList( std::list& argList ) const; }; /** * Constructor implemenation. */ template UnlabeledValueArg::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T val, const std::string& typeDesc, bool ignoreable, Visitor* v) : ValueArg("", name, desc, req, val, typeDesc, v) { _ignoreable = ignoreable; OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString()); } template UnlabeledValueArg::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T val, const std::string& typeDesc, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool ignoreable, Visitor* v) : ValueArg("", name, desc, req, val, typeDesc, v) { _ignoreable = ignoreable; OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString()); parser.add( this ); } /** * Constructor implemenation. */ template UnlabeledValueArg::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T val, Constraint* constraint, bool ignoreable, Visitor* v) : ValueArg("", name, desc, req, val, constraint, v) { _ignoreable = ignoreable; OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString()); } template UnlabeledValueArg::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T val, Constraint* constraint, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool ignoreable, Visitor* v) : ValueArg("", name, desc, req, val, constraint, v) { _ignoreable = ignoreable; OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString()); parser.add( this ); } /** * Implementation of processArg(). */ template bool UnlabeledValueArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) { if ( _alreadySet ) return false; if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) ) return false; // never ignore an unlabeled arg _extractValue( args[*i] ); _alreadySet = true; return true; } /** * Overriding shortID for specific output. */ template std::string UnlabeledValueArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const { static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + ">"; } /** * Overriding longID for specific output. */ template std::string UnlabeledValueArg::longID(const std::string& val) const { static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn // Ideally we would like to be able to use RTTI to return the name // of the type required for this argument. However, g++ at least, // doesn't appear to return terribly useful "names" of the types. return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + ">"; } /** * Overriding operator== for specific behavior. */ template bool UnlabeledValueArg::operator==(const Arg& a ) const { if ( _name == a.getName() || _description == a.getDescription() ) return true; else return false; } template void UnlabeledValueArg::addToList( std::list& argList ) const { argList.push_back( const_cast(static_cast(this)) ); } } #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Makefile.am.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000110111700107426024703 0ustar rootvboxsf libtclapincludedir = $(includedir)/tclap libtclapinclude_HEADERS = \ CmdLineInterface.h \ ArgException.h \ CmdLine.h \ XorHandler.h \ MultiArg.h \ UnlabeledMultiArg.h \ ValueArg.h \ UnlabeledValueArg.h \ Visitor.h Arg.h \ HelpVisitor.h \ SwitchArg.h \ MultiSwitchArg.h \ VersionVisitor.h \ IgnoreRestVisitor.h \ CmdLineOutput.h \ StdOutput.h \ DocBookOutput.h \ ZshCompletionOutput.h \ OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h \ Constraint.h \ ValuesConstraint.h \ ArgTraits.h \ StandardTraits.h universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/MultiArg.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000002675411700107426024571 0ustar rootvboxsf/****************************************************************************** * * file: MultiArg.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno. * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_MULTIPLE_ARGUMENT_H #define TCLAP_MULTIPLE_ARGUMENT_H #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * An argument that allows multiple values of type T to be specified. Very * similar to a ValueArg, except a vector of values will be returned * instead of just one. */ template class MultiArg : public Arg { public: typedef std::vector container_type; typedef typename container_type::iterator iterator; typedef typename container_type::const_iterator const_iterator; protected: /** * The list of values parsed from the CmdLine. */ std::vector _values; /** * The description of type T to be used in the usage. */ std::string _typeDesc; /** * A list of constraint on this Arg. */ Constraint* _constraint; /** * Extracts the value from the string. * Attempts to parse string as type T, if this fails an exception * is thrown. * \param val - The string to be read. */ void _extractValue( const std::string& val ); /** * Used by XorHandler to decide whether to keep parsing for this arg. */ bool _allowMore; public: /** * Constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the * type that this object expects. This is used in the generation * of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user * of the program. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ MultiArg( const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, const std::string& typeDesc, Visitor* v = NULL); /** * Constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the * type that this object expects. This is used in the generation * of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user * of the program. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ MultiArg( const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, const std::string& typeDesc, CmdLineInterface& parser, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used * to constrain this Arg. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ MultiArg( const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, Constraint* constraint, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used * to constrain this Arg. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ MultiArg( const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, Constraint* constraint, CmdLineInterface& parser, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Handles the processing of the argument. * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the * _value of the argument appropriately. It knows the difference * between labeled and unlabeled. * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list. * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed from main(). */ virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); /** * Returns a vector of type T containing the values parsed from * the command line. */ const std::vector& getValue(); /** * Returns an iterator over the values parsed from the command * line. */ const_iterator begin() const { return _values.begin(); } /** * Returns the end of the values parsed from the command * line. */ const_iterator end() const { return _values.end(); } /** * Returns the a short id string. Used in the usage. * \param val - value to be used. */ virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val="val") const; /** * Returns the a long id string. Used in the usage. * \param val - value to be used. */ virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val="val") const; /** * Once we've matched the first value, then the arg is no longer * required. */ virtual bool isRequired() const; virtual bool allowMore(); virtual void reset(); }; template MultiArg::MultiArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, const std::string& typeDesc, Visitor* v) : Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ), _typeDesc( typeDesc ), _constraint( NULL ), _allowMore(false) { _acceptsMultipleValues = true; } template MultiArg::MultiArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, const std::string& typeDesc, CmdLineInterface& parser, Visitor* v) : Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ), _typeDesc( typeDesc ), _constraint( NULL ), _allowMore(false) { parser.add( this ); _acceptsMultipleValues = true; } /** * */ template MultiArg::MultiArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, Constraint* constraint, Visitor* v) : Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ), _typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ), _constraint( constraint ), _allowMore(false) { _acceptsMultipleValues = true; } template MultiArg::MultiArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, Constraint* constraint, CmdLineInterface& parser, Visitor* v) : Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ), _typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ), _constraint( constraint ), _allowMore(false) { parser.add( this ); _acceptsMultipleValues = true; } template const std::vector& MultiArg::getValue() { return _values; } template bool MultiArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) { if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() ) return false; if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) ) return false; std::string flag = args[*i]; std::string value = ""; trimFlag( flag, value ); if ( argMatches( flag ) ) { if ( Arg::delimiter() != ' ' && value == "" ) throw( ArgParseException( "Couldn't find delimiter for this argument!", toString() ) ); // always take the first one, regardless of start string if ( value == "" ) { (*i)++; if ( static_cast(*i) < args.size() ) _extractValue( args[*i] ); else throw( ArgParseException("Missing a value for this argument!", toString() ) ); } else _extractValue( value ); /* // continuing taking the args until we hit one with a start string while ( (unsigned int)(*i)+1 < args.size() && args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::flagStartString() ) != 0 && args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::nameStartString() ) != 0 ) _extractValue( args[++(*i)] ); */ _alreadySet = true; _checkWithVisitor(); return true; } else return false; } /** * */ template std::string MultiArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const { static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn return Arg::shortID(_typeDesc) + " ... "; } /** * */ template std::string MultiArg::longID(const std::string& val) const { static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn return Arg::longID(_typeDesc) + " (accepted multiple times)"; } /** * Once we've matched the first value, then the arg is no longer * required. */ template bool MultiArg::isRequired() const { if ( _required ) { if ( _values.size() > 1 ) return false; else return true; } else return false; } template void MultiArg::_extractValue( const std::string& val ) { try { T tmp; ExtractValue(tmp, val, typename ArgTraits::ValueCategory()); _values.push_back(tmp); } catch( ArgParseException &e) { throw ArgParseException(e.error(), toString()); } if ( _constraint != NULL ) if ( ! _constraint->check( _values.back() ) ) throw( CmdLineParseException( "Value '" + val + "' does not meet constraint: " + _constraint->description(), toString() ) ); } template bool MultiArg::allowMore() { bool am = _allowMore; _allowMore = true; return am; } template void MultiArg::reset() { Arg::reset(); _values.clear(); } } // namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/Constraint.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000341011700107426025151 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: Constraint.h * * Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_CONSTRAINT_H #define TCLAP_CONSTRAINT_H #include #include #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * The interface that defines the interaction between the Arg and Constraint. */ template class Constraint { public: /** * Returns a description of the Constraint. */ virtual std::string description() const =0; /** * Returns the short ID for the Constraint. */ virtual std::string shortID() const =0; /** * The method used to verify that the value parsed from the command * line meets the constraint. * \param value - The value that will be checked. */ virtual bool check(const T& value) const =0; /** * Destructor. * Silences warnings about Constraint being a base class with virtual * functions but without a virtual destructor. */ virtual ~Constraint() { ; } }; } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/StandardTraits.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000760711700107426025770 0ustar rootvboxsf// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*- /****************************************************************************** * * file: StandardTraits.h * * Copyright (c) 2007, Daniel Aarno, Michael E. Smoot . * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ // This is an internal tclap file, you should probably not have to // include this directly #ifndef TCLAP_STANDARD_TRAITS_H #define TCLAP_STANDARD_TRAITS_H #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include // To check for long long #endif namespace TCLAP { // ====================================================================== // Integer types // ====================================================================== /** * longs have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * ints have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * shorts have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * chars have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; #ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG /** * long longs have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; #endif // ====================================================================== // Unsigned integer types // ====================================================================== /** * unsigned longs have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * unsigned ints have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * unsigned shorts have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * unsigned chars have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; #ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG /** * unsigned long longs have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; #endif // ====================================================================== // Float types // ====================================================================== /** * floats have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * doubles have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; // ====================================================================== // Other types // ====================================================================== /** * bools have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * wchar_ts have value-like semantics. */ /* template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; */ /** * Strings have string like argument traits. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef StringLike ValueCategory; }; template void SetString(T &dst, const std::string &src) { dst = src; } } // namespace #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/text-base/ArgException.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000001166411700107426025427 0ustar rootvboxsf// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*- /****************************************************************************** * * file: ArgException.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_ARG_EXCEPTION_H #define TCLAP_ARG_EXCEPTION_H #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A simple class that defines and argument exception. Should be caught * whenever a CmdLine is created and parsed. */ class ArgException : public std::exception { public: /** * Constructor. * \param text - The text of the exception. * \param id - The text identifying the argument source. * \param td - Text describing the type of ArgException it is. * of the exception. */ ArgException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception", const std::string& id = "undefined", const std::string& td = "Generic ArgException") : std::exception(), _errorText(text), _argId( id ), _typeDescription(td) { } /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~ArgException() throw() { } /** * Returns the error text. */ std::string error() const { return ( _errorText ); } /** * Returns the argument id. */ std::string argId() const { if ( _argId == "undefined" ) return " "; else return ( "Argument: " + _argId ); } /** * Returns the arg id and error text. */ const char* what() const throw() { static std::string ex; ex = _argId + " -- " + _errorText; return ex.c_str(); } /** * Returns the type of the exception. Used to explain and distinguish * between different child exceptions. */ std::string typeDescription() const { return _typeDescription; } private: /** * The text of the exception message. */ std::string _errorText; /** * The argument related to this exception. */ std::string _argId; /** * Describes the type of the exception. Used to distinguish * between different child exceptions. */ std::string _typeDescription; }; /** * Thrown from within the child Arg classes when it fails to properly * parse the argument it has been passed. */ class ArgParseException : public ArgException { public: /** * Constructor. * \param text - The text of the exception. * \param id - The text identifying the argument source * of the exception. */ ArgParseException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception", const std::string& id = "undefined" ) : ArgException( text, id, std::string( "Exception found while parsing " ) + std::string( "the value the Arg has been passed." )) { } }; /** * Thrown from CmdLine when the arguments on the command line are not * properly specified, e.g. too many arguments, required argument missing, etc. */ class CmdLineParseException : public ArgException { public: /** * Constructor. * \param text - The text of the exception. * \param id - The text identifying the argument source * of the exception. */ CmdLineParseException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception", const std::string& id = "undefined" ) : ArgException( text, id, std::string( "Exception found when the values ") + std::string( "on the command line do not meet ") + std::string( "the requirements of the defined ") + std::string( "Args." )) { } }; /** * Thrown from Arg and CmdLine when an Arg is improperly specified, e.g. * same flag as another Arg, same name, etc. */ class SpecificationException : public ArgException { public: /** * Constructor. * \param text - The text of the exception. * \param id - The text identifying the argument source * of the exception. */ SpecificationException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception", const std::string& id = "undefined" ) : ArgException( text, id, std::string("Exception found when an Arg object ")+ std::string("is improperly defined by the ") + std::string("developer." )) { } }; class ExitException { public: ExitException(int estat) : _estat(estat) {} int getExitStatus() const { return _estat; } private: int _estat; }; } // namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426021132 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/CmdLineOutput.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426025553 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Makefile.in.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426024713 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Visitor.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426024456 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/UnlabeledMultiArg.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426026357 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ArgTraits.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426024717 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/DocBookOutput.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426025560 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ValuesConstraint.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426026323 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/VersionVisitor.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426026024 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/XorHandler.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426025065 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ValueArg.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426024525 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/MultiSwitchArg.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426025725 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/HelpVisitor.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426025267 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Arg.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426023530 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/CmdLine.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426024332 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/StdOutput.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426024772 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426027734 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ZshCompletionOutput.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426027036 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Makefile.am.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426024702 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/MultiArg.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426024543 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/Constraint.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426025143 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/StandardTraits.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426025746 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/ArgException.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426025407 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/SwitchArg.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426024712 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/CmdLineInterface.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426026153 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/IgnoreRestVisitor.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426026460 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/prop-base/UnlabeledValueArg.h.svn-base0000770000000000017510000000004211700107426026341 0ustar rootvboxsfK 13 svn:eol-style V 6 native END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/props/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426020405 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/tmp/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426020042 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/tmp/text-base/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426021736 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/tmp/prop-base/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426021732 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/tmp/props/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426021205 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/entries0000770000000000017510000001072411700107426020645 0ustar rootvboxsf10 dir 1074 https://universalindent.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/universalindent/trunk/src/tclap https://universalindent.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/universalindent 2010-09-12T18:15:49.802183Z 1011 thomas_-_s c764a436-2d14-0410-8e4b-8664b97a5d8c Arg.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z 09340efa3f5cc9e93bf4eb26e9d284d0 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 16870 ArgException.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z add3605d743e771cd6513d7355f3ba78 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 5044 ArgTraits.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z c149e1b3a809bbff8dfda3c4a5f76e4c 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 2491 CmdLine.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z e0dddb44d8d6bb2528dc422b6c78c4ad 2010-09-12T18:15:49.802183Z 1011 thomas_-_s has-props 13470 CmdLineInterface.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z 0237df8c4d116c7069f32ec4516b770d 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 3627 CmdLineOutput.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z 5784b4f0dbad77f47328a0ba9dcbf2ce 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 1925 Constraint.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z e9497994c72ce633bda4ed865cb0f1f6 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 1800 DocBookOutput.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z fb4a662ffb86c86481753e4a4cce850c 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 8356 HelpVisitor.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z f432610edb2ff493b4a20f69dac67409 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 1799 IgnoreRestVisitor.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z 5b27cd9d577831297d19c3383f3f3eec 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 1335 Makefile.am file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z f9e6594d9210175e8b4a6cdda7c483db 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 577 Makefile.in file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z a5268723844f898de6231869dda71b18 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 11654 MultiArg.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z bacd0ddec8b55cc17e5ab4bf40eb41ba 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 11756 MultiSwitchArg.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z 7e669d165cb2c6402d7264828948d4f9 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 5627 OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z f9333d5483b7d17e80da895c595aaf9b 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 1721 StandardTraits.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z 1cb176d1d90a53b7a08ffc0b9e663465 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 3975 StdOutput.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z 08a4119d6d4a2cce997c5f160df1f232 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 8452 SwitchArg.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z 6d76231f04804a4a435e0794cf0ccc3f 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 6509 UnlabeledMultiArg.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z d393b2eb56e557c986d2b8fea90e6160 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 9619 UnlabeledValueArg.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z 7a6b40bb7dbd6f64ba6a7e6891754cf0 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 11445 ValueArg.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z 0f7d76772ff882bcd713ad787f88eb92 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 13774 ValuesConstraint.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z b5e4d680c9b833a1f25528de649d85f0 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 3184 VersionVisitor.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z 7a04573b6407dc141dea0e2b4a5f0b28 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 1871 Visitor.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z ab867636e6271b3476d6a679b2e73d1a 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 1258 XorHandler.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z 44270ab0432092c3e32618c0cb91b3e2 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 3967 ZshCompletionOutput.h file 2011-12-26T15:10:20.000000Z 090a702ea2dd93dd4ce47dabdc70335c 2009-12-22T23:07:56.706565Z 992 thomas_-_s has-props 7931 universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/.svn/all-wcprops0000770000000000017510000000637611700107426021447 0ustar rootvboxsfK 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 54 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/1011/trunk/src/tclap END SwitchArg.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 65 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/SwitchArg.h END Makefile.in K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 65 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/Makefile.in END CmdLineOutput.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 69 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/CmdLineOutput.h END CmdLineInterface.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 72 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/CmdLineInterface.h END Visitor.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 63 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/Visitor.h END ArgTraits.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 65 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/ArgTraits.h END UnlabeledMultiArg.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 73 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/UnlabeledMultiArg.h END IgnoreRestVisitor.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 73 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/IgnoreRestVisitor.h END DocBookOutput.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 69 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/DocBookOutput.h END ValuesConstraint.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 72 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/ValuesConstraint.h END VersionVisitor.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 70 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/VersionVisitor.h END MultiSwitchArg.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 70 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/MultiSwitchArg.h END ValueArg.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 64 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/ValueArg.h END XorHandler.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 66 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/XorHandler.h END HelpVisitor.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 67 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/HelpVisitor.h END Arg.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 59 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/Arg.h END CmdLine.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 64 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/1011/trunk/src/tclap/CmdLine.h END StdOutput.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 65 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/StdOutput.h END OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 80 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h END ZshCompletionOutput.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 75 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/ZshCompletionOutput.h END UnlabeledValueArg.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 73 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/UnlabeledValueArg.h END Makefile.am K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 65 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/Makefile.am END MultiArg.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 64 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/MultiArg.h END Constraint.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 66 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/Constraint.h END StandardTraits.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 70 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/StandardTraits.h END ArgException.h K 25 svn:wc:ra_dav:version-url V 68 /svnroot/universalindent/!svn/ver/992/trunk/src/tclap/ArgException.h END universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/SwitchArg.h0000770000000000017510000001455511700107426020437 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: SwitchArg.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno. * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_SWITCH_ARG_H #define TCLAP_SWITCH_ARG_H #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A simple switch argument. If the switch is set on the command line, then * the getValue method will return the opposite of the default value for the * switch. */ class SwitchArg : public Arg { protected: /** * The value of the switch. */ bool _value; /** * Used to support the reset() method so that ValueArg can be * reset to their constructed value. */ bool _default; public: /** * SwitchArg constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param def - The default value for this Switch. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ SwitchArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool def = false, Visitor* v = NULL); /** * SwitchArg constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to * \param def - The default value for this Switch. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ SwitchArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool def = false, Visitor* v = NULL); /** * Handles the processing of the argument. * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the * _value of the argument appropriately. * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list. * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed * in from main(). */ virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); /** * Checks a string to see if any of the chars in the string * match the flag for this Switch. */ bool combinedSwitchesMatch(std::string& combined); /** * Returns bool, whether or not the switch has been set. */ bool getValue(); virtual void reset(); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //BEGIN SwitchArg.cpp ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// inline SwitchArg::SwitchArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool default_val, Visitor* v ) : Arg(flag, name, desc, false, false, v), _value( default_val ), _default( default_val ) { } inline SwitchArg::SwitchArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool default_val, Visitor* v ) : Arg(flag, name, desc, false, false, v), _value( default_val ), _default(default_val) { parser.add( this ); } inline bool SwitchArg::getValue() { return _value; } inline bool SwitchArg::combinedSwitchesMatch(std::string& combinedSwitches ) { // make sure this is actually a combined switch if ( combinedSwitches.length() > 0 && combinedSwitches[0] != Arg::flagStartString()[0] ) return false; // make sure it isn't a long name if ( combinedSwitches.substr( 0, Arg::nameStartString().length() ) == Arg::nameStartString() ) return false; // make sure the delimiter isn't in the string if ( combinedSwitches.find_first_of( Arg::delimiter() ) != std::string::npos ) return false; // ok, we're not specifying a ValueArg, so we know that we have // a combined switch list. for ( unsigned int i = 1; i < combinedSwitches.length(); i++ ) if ( _flag.length() > 0 && combinedSwitches[i] == _flag[0] && _flag[0] != Arg::flagStartString()[0] ) { // update the combined switches so this one is no longer present // this is necessary so that no unlabeled args are matched // later in the processing. //combinedSwitches.erase(i,1); combinedSwitches[i] = Arg::blankChar(); return true; } // none of the switches passed in the list match. return false; } inline bool SwitchArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) { if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() ) return false; if ( argMatches( args[*i] ) || combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) ) { // If we match on a combined switch, then we want to return false // so that other switches in the combination will also have a // chance to match. bool ret = false; if ( argMatches( args[*i] ) ) ret = true; if ( _alreadySet || ( !ret && combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) ) ) throw(CmdLineParseException("Argument already set!", toString())); _alreadySet = true; if ( _value == true ) _value = false; else _value = true; _checkWithVisitor(); return ret; } else return false; } inline void SwitchArg::reset() { Arg::reset(); _value = _default; } ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //End SwitchArg.cpp ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/CmdLineInterface.h0000770000000000017510000000705311700107426021673 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: CmdLineInterface.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno. * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_COMMANDLINE_INTERFACE_H #define TCLAP_COMMANDLINE_INTERFACE_H #include #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { class Arg; class CmdLineOutput; class XorHandler; /** * The base class that manages the command line definition and passes * along the parsing to the appropriate Arg classes. */ class CmdLineInterface { public: /** * Destructor */ virtual ~CmdLineInterface() {} /** * Adds an argument to the list of arguments to be parsed. * \param a - Argument to be added. */ virtual void add( Arg& a )=0; /** * An alternative add. Functionally identical. * \param a - Argument to be added. */ virtual void add( Arg* a )=0; /** * Add two Args that will be xor'd. * If this method is used, add does * not need to be called. * \param a - Argument to be added and xor'd. * \param b - Argument to be added and xor'd. */ virtual void xorAdd( Arg& a, Arg& b )=0; /** * Add a list of Args that will be xor'd. If this method is used, * add does not need to be called. * \param xors - List of Args to be added and xor'd. */ virtual void xorAdd( std::vector& xors )=0; /** * Parses the command line. * \param argc - Number of arguments. * \param argv - Array of arguments. */ virtual void parse(int argc, const char * const * argv)=0; /** * Parses the command line. * \param args - A vector of strings representing the args. * args[0] is still the program name. */ void parse(std::vector& args); /** * Returns the CmdLineOutput object. */ virtual CmdLineOutput* getOutput()=0; /** * \param co - CmdLineOutput object that we want to use instead. */ virtual void setOutput(CmdLineOutput* co)=0; /** * Returns the version string. */ virtual std::string& getVersion()=0; /** * Returns the program name string. */ virtual std::string& getProgramName()=0; /** * Returns the argList. */ virtual std::list& getArgList()=0; /** * Returns the XorHandler. */ virtual XorHandler& getXorHandler()=0; /** * Returns the delimiter string. */ virtual char getDelimiter()=0; /** * Returns the message string. */ virtual std::string& getMessage()=0; /** * Indicates whether or not the help and version switches were created * automatically. */ virtual bool hasHelpAndVersion()=0; /** * Resets the instance as if it had just been constructed so that the * instance can be reused. */ virtual void reset()=0; }; } //namespace #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/CmdLineOutput.h0000770000000000017510000000360511700107426021272 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: CmdLineOutput.h * * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_CMDLINEOUTPUT_H #define TCLAP_CMDLINEOUTPUT_H #include #include #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { class CmdLineInterface; class ArgException; /** * The interface that any output object must implement. */ class CmdLineOutput { public: /** * Virtual destructor. */ virtual ~CmdLineOutput() {} /** * Generates some sort of output for the USAGE. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. */ virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c)=0; /** * Generates some sort of output for the version. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. */ virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c)=0; /** * Generates some sort of output for a failure. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. * \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure. */ virtual void failure( CmdLineInterface& c, ArgException& e )=0; }; } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/Makefile.in0000770000000000017510000002660611700107426020440 0ustar rootvboxsf# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9.2 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, # 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ top_builddir = ../.. am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd INSTALL = @INSTALL@ install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : subdir = include/tclap DIST_COMMON = $(libtclapinclude_HEADERS) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_have_long_long.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_have_sstream.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_have_strstream.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/config/ac_cxx_namespaces.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/config/bb_enable_doxygen.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/configure.in am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config/config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = SOURCES = DIST_SOURCES = am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ *) f=$$p;; \ esac; am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)" libtclapincludeHEADERS_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_HEADER) HEADERS = $(libtclapinclude_HEADERS) ETAGS = etags CTAGS = ctags DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@ AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CXX = @CXX@ CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@ CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@ CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ DOC_FALSE = @DOC_FALSE@ DOC_TRUE = @DOC_TRUE@ DOT = @DOT@ DOXYGEN = @DOXYGEN@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_FALSE = @HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_FALSE@ HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_TRUE = @HAVE_GNU_COMPILERS_TRUE@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ VERSION = @VERSION@ ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@ ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@ ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@ am__fastdepCXX_FALSE = @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ am__fastdepCXX_TRUE = @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build_alias = @build_alias@ datadir = @datadir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ host_alias = @host_alias@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ libtclapincludedir = $(includedir)/tclap libtclapinclude_HEADERS = \ CmdLineInterface.h \ ArgException.h \ CmdLine.h \ XorHandler.h \ MultiArg.h \ UnlabeledMultiArg.h \ ValueArg.h \ UnlabeledValueArg.h \ Visitor.h Arg.h \ HelpVisitor.h \ SwitchArg.h \ MultiSwitchArg.h \ VersionVisitor.h \ IgnoreRestVisitor.h \ CmdLineOutput.h \ StdOutput.h \ DocBookOutput.h \ ZshCompletionOutput.h \ OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h \ Constraint.h \ ValuesConstraint.h \ ArgTraits.h \ StandardTraits.h all: all-am .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \ && exit 0; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu include/tclap/Makefile'; \ cd $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu include/tclap/Makefile .PRECIOUS: Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh uninstall-info-am: install-libtclapincludeHEADERS: $(libtclapinclude_HEADERS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) test -z "$(libtclapincludedir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)" @list='$(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)'; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ f=$(am__strip_dir) \ echo " $(libtclapincludeHEADERS_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f'"; \ $(libtclapincludeHEADERS_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f"; \ done uninstall-libtclapincludeHEADERS: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) @list='$(libtclapinclude_HEADERS)'; for p in $$list; do \ f=$(am__strip_dir) \ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f'"; \ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)/$$f"; \ done ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES) list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ mkid -fID $$unique tags: TAGS TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) tags=; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$tags $$unique; \ fi ctags: CTAGS CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) tags=; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | \ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$tags $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && cd $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \ case $$file in \ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \ $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \ esac; \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \ dir="/$$dir"; \ $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \ else \ dir=''; \ fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ fi; \ cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \ else \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-am all-am: Makefile $(HEADERS) installdirs: for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libtclapincludedir)"; do \ test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \ done install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-libtclapincludeHEADERS install-exec-am: install-info: install-info-am install-man: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-libtclapincludeHEADERS .PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \ ctags distclean distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi \ dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \ install-data install-data-am install-exec install-exec-am \ install-info install-info-am install-libtclapincludeHEADERS \ install-man install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \ installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \ mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags \ uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am \ uninstall-libtclapincludeHEADERS # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/Visitor.h0000770000000000017510000000235211700107426020173 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: Visitor.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_VISITOR_H #define TCLAP_VISITOR_H namespace TCLAP { /** * A base class that defines the interface for visitors. */ class Visitor { public: /** * Constructor. Does nothing. */ Visitor() { } /** * Destructor. Does nothing. */ virtual ~Visitor() { } /** * Does nothing. Should be overridden by child. */ virtual void visit() { } }; } #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/UnlabeledMultiArg.h0000770000000000017510000002262311700107426022077 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: UnlabeledMultiArg.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot. * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_MULTIPLE_UNLABELED_ARGUMENT_H #define TCLAP_MULTIPLE_UNLABELED_ARGUMENT_H #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * Just like a MultiArg, except that the arguments are unlabeled. Basically, * this Arg will slurp up everything that hasn't been matched to another * Arg. */ template class UnlabeledMultiArg : public MultiArg { // If compiler has two stage name lookup (as gcc >= 3.4 does) // this is requried to prevent undef. symbols using MultiArg::_ignoreable; using MultiArg::_hasBlanks; using MultiArg::_extractValue; using MultiArg::_typeDesc; using MultiArg::_name; using MultiArg::_description; using MultiArg::_alreadySet; using MultiArg::toString; public: /** * Constructor. * \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for * identification, not as a long flag. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the * type that this object expects. This is used in the generation * of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user * of the program. * \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored * using the "--" flag. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, const std::string& typeDesc, bool ignoreable = false, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Constructor. * \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for * identification, not as a long flag. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the * type that this object expects. This is used in the generation * of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user * of the program. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to * \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored * using the "--" flag. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, const std::string& typeDesc, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool ignoreable = false, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Constructor. * \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for * identification, not as a long flag. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used * to constrain this Arg. * \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored * using the "--" flag. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, Constraint* constraint, bool ignoreable = false, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Constructor. * \param name - The name of the Arg. Note that this is used for * identification, not as a long flag. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used * to constrain this Arg. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to * \param ignoreable - Whether or not this argument can be ignored * using the "--" flag. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ UnlabeledMultiArg( const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, Constraint* constraint, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool ignoreable = false, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Handles the processing of the argument. * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the * _value of the argument appropriately. It knows the difference * between labeled and unlabeled. * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list. * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed from main(). */ virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); /** * Returns the a short id string. Used in the usage. * \param val - value to be used. */ virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val="val") const; /** * Returns the a long id string. Used in the usage. * \param val - value to be used. */ virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val="val") const; /** * Opertor ==. * \param a - The Arg to be compared to this. */ virtual bool operator==(const Arg& a) const; /** * Pushes this to back of list rather than front. * \param argList - The list this should be added to. */ virtual void addToList( std::list& argList ) const; }; template UnlabeledMultiArg::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, const std::string& typeDesc, bool ignoreable, Visitor* v) : MultiArg("", name, desc, req, typeDesc, v) { _ignoreable = ignoreable; OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString()); } template UnlabeledMultiArg::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, const std::string& typeDesc, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool ignoreable, Visitor* v) : MultiArg("", name, desc, req, typeDesc, v) { _ignoreable = ignoreable; OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString()); parser.add( this ); } template UnlabeledMultiArg::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, Constraint* constraint, bool ignoreable, Visitor* v) : MultiArg("", name, desc, req, constraint, v) { _ignoreable = ignoreable; OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString()); } template UnlabeledMultiArg::UnlabeledMultiArg(const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, Constraint* constraint, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool ignoreable, Visitor* v) : MultiArg("", name, desc, req, constraint, v) { _ignoreable = ignoreable; OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(true, toString()); parser.add( this ); } template bool UnlabeledMultiArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) { if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) ) return false; // never ignore an unlabeled multi arg // always take the first value, regardless of the start string _extractValue( args[(*i)] ); /* // continue taking args until we hit the end or a start string while ( (unsigned int)(*i)+1 < args.size() && args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::flagStartString() ) != 0 && args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::nameStartString() ) != 0 ) _extractValue( args[++(*i)] ); */ _alreadySet = true; return true; } template std::string UnlabeledMultiArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const { static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + "> ..."; } template std::string UnlabeledMultiArg::longID(const std::string& val) const { static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + "> (accepted multiple times)"; } template bool UnlabeledMultiArg::operator==(const Arg& a) const { if ( _name == a.getName() || _description == a.getDescription() ) return true; else return false; } template void UnlabeledMultiArg::addToList( std::list& argList ) const { argList.push_back( const_cast(static_cast(this)) ); } } #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/ArgTraits.h0000770000000000017510000000467311700107426020444 0ustar rootvboxsf// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*- /****************************************************************************** * * file: ArgTraits.h * * Copyright (c) 2007, Daniel Aarno, Michael E. Smoot . * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ // This is an internal tclap file, you should probably not have to // include this directly #ifndef TCLAP_ARGTRAITS_H #define TCLAP_ARGTRAITS_H namespace TCLAP { // We use two empty structs to get compile type specialization // function to work /** * A value like argument value type is a value that can be set using * operator>>. This is the default value type. */ struct ValueLike { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * A string like argument value type is a value that can be set using * operator=(string). Usefull if the value type contains spaces which * will be broken up into individual tokens by operator>>. */ struct StringLike {}; /** * A class can inherit from this object to make it have string like * traits. This is a compile time thing and does not add any overhead * to the inherenting class. */ struct StringLikeTrait { typedef StringLike ValueCategory; }; /** * A class can inherit from this object to make it have value like * traits. This is a compile time thing and does not add any overhead * to the inherenting class. */ struct ValueLikeTrait { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * Arg traits are used to get compile type specialization when parsing * argument values. Using an ArgTraits you can specify the way that * values gets assigned to any particular type during parsing. The two * supported types are string like and value like. */ template struct ArgTraits { typedef typename T::ValueCategory ValueCategory; //typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; #endif } // namespace universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/DocBookOutput.h0000770000000000017510000002024411700107426021275 0ustar rootvboxsf// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*- /****************************************************************************** * * file: DocBookOutput.h * * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_DOCBOOKOUTPUT_H #define TCLAP_DOCBOOKOUTPUT_H #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A class that generates DocBook output for usage() method for the * given CmdLine and its Args. */ class DocBookOutput : public CmdLineOutput { public: /** * Prints the usage to stdout. Can be overridden to * produce alternative behavior. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. */ virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c); /** * Prints the version to stdout. Can be overridden * to produce alternative behavior. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. */ virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c); /** * Prints (to stderr) an error message, short usage * Can be overridden to produce alternative behavior. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. * \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure. */ virtual void failure(CmdLineInterface& c, ArgException& e ); protected: /** * Substitutes the char r for string x in string s. * \param s - The string to operate on. * \param r - The char to replace. * \param x - What to replace r with. */ void substituteSpecialChars( std::string& s, char r, std::string& x ); void removeChar( std::string& s, char r); void basename( std::string& s ); void printShortArg(Arg* it); void printLongArg(Arg* it); char theDelimiter; }; inline void DocBookOutput::version(CmdLineInterface& _cmd) { std::cout << _cmd.getVersion() << std::endl; } inline void DocBookOutput::usage(CmdLineInterface& _cmd ) { std::list argList = _cmd.getArgList(); std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName(); std::string version = _cmd.getVersion(); theDelimiter = _cmd.getDelimiter(); XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler(); std::vector< std::vector > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList(); basename(progName); std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << progName << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "1" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << progName << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << _cmd.getMessage() << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << progName << "" << std::endl; // xor for ( int i = 0; (unsigned int)i < xorList.size(); i++ ) { std::cout << "" << std::endl; for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin(); it != xorList[i].end(); it++ ) printShortArg((*it)); std::cout << "" << std::endl; } // rest of args for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++) if ( !xorHandler.contains( (*it) ) ) printShortArg((*it)); std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "Description" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << _cmd.getMessage() << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "Options" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++) printLongArg((*it)); std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "Version" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << version << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; } inline void DocBookOutput::failure( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, ArgException& e ) { static_cast(_cmd); // unused std::cout << e.what() << std::endl; throw ExitException(1); } inline void DocBookOutput::substituteSpecialChars( std::string& s, char r, std::string& x ) { size_t p; while ( (p = s.find_first_of(r)) != std::string::npos ) { s.erase(p,1); s.insert(p,x); } } inline void DocBookOutput::removeChar( std::string& s, char r) { size_t p; while ( (p = s.find_first_of(r)) != std::string::npos ) { s.erase(p,1); } } inline void DocBookOutput::basename( std::string& s ) { size_t p = s.find_last_of('/'); if ( p != std::string::npos ) { s.erase(0, p + 1); } } inline void DocBookOutput::printShortArg(Arg* a) { std::string lt = "<"; std::string gt = ">"; std::string id = a->shortID(); substituteSpecialChars(id,'<',lt); substituteSpecialChars(id,'>',gt); removeChar(id,'['); removeChar(id,']'); std::string choice = "opt"; if ( a->isRequired() ) choice = "plain"; std::cout << "acceptsMultipleValues() ) std::cout << " rep='repeat'"; std::cout << '>'; if ( !a->getFlag().empty() ) std::cout << a->flagStartChar() << a->getFlag(); else std::cout << a->nameStartString() << a->getName(); if ( a->isValueRequired() ) { std::string arg = a->shortID(); removeChar(arg,'['); removeChar(arg,']'); removeChar(arg,'<'); removeChar(arg,'>'); arg.erase(0, arg.find_last_of(theDelimiter) + 1); std::cout << theDelimiter; std::cout << "" << arg << ""; } std::cout << "" << std::endl; } inline void DocBookOutput::printLongArg(Arg* a) { std::string lt = "<"; std::string gt = ">"; std::string desc = a->getDescription(); substituteSpecialChars(desc,'<',lt); substituteSpecialChars(desc,'>',gt); std::cout << "" << std::endl; if ( !a->getFlag().empty() ) { std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; } std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << desc << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; std::cout << "" << std::endl; } } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/IgnoreRestVisitor.h0000770000000000017510000000246711700107426022204 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: IgnoreRestVisitor.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_IGNORE_REST_VISITOR_H #define TCLAP_IGNORE_REST_VISITOR_H #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A Vistor that tells the CmdLine to begin ignoring arguments after * this one is parsed. */ class IgnoreRestVisitor: public Visitor { public: /** * Constructor. */ IgnoreRestVisitor() : Visitor() {} /** * Sets Arg::_ignoreRest. */ void visit() { Arg::beginIgnoring(); } }; } #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/ValuesConstraint.h0000770000000000017510000000616011700107426022041 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: ValuesConstraint.h * * Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_VALUESCONSTRAINT_H #define TCLAP_VALUESCONSTRAINT_H #include #include #include #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include #else #define HAVE_SSTREAM #endif #if defined(HAVE_SSTREAM) #include #elif defined(HAVE_STRSTREAM) #include #else #error "Need a stringstream (sstream or strstream) to compile!" #endif namespace TCLAP { /** * A Constraint that constrains the Arg to only those values specified * in the constraint. */ template class ValuesConstraint : public Constraint { public: /** * Constructor. * \param allowed - vector of allowed values. */ ValuesConstraint(std::vector& allowed); /** * Virtual destructor. */ virtual ~ValuesConstraint() {} /** * Returns a description of the Constraint. */ virtual std::string description() const; /** * Returns the short ID for the Constraint. */ virtual std::string shortID() const; /** * The method used to verify that the value parsed from the command * line meets the constraint. * \param value - The value that will be checked. */ virtual bool check(const T& value) const; protected: /** * The list of valid values. */ std::vector _allowed; /** * The string used to describe the allowed values of this constraint. */ std::string _typeDesc; }; template ValuesConstraint::ValuesConstraint(std::vector& allowed) : _allowed(allowed) { for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < _allowed.size(); i++ ) { #if defined(HAVE_SSTREAM) std::ostringstream os; #elif defined(HAVE_STRSTREAM) std::ostrstream os; #else #error "Need a stringstream (sstream or strstream) to compile!" #endif os << _allowed[i]; std::string temp( os.str() ); if ( i > 0 ) _typeDesc += "|"; _typeDesc += temp; } } template bool ValuesConstraint::check( const T& val ) const { if ( std::find(_allowed.begin(),_allowed.end(),val) == _allowed.end() ) return false; else return true; } template std::string ValuesConstraint::shortID() const { return _typeDesc; } template std::string ValuesConstraint::description() const { return _typeDesc; } } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/VersionVisitor.h0000770000000000017510000000351711700107426021545 0ustar rootvboxsf// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*- /****************************************************************************** * * file: VersionVisitor.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_VERSION_VISITOR_H #define TCLAP_VERSION_VISITOR_H #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A Vistor that will call the version method of the given CmdLineOutput * for the specified CmdLine object and then exit. */ class VersionVisitor: public Visitor { protected: /** * The CmdLine of interest. */ CmdLineInterface* _cmd; /** * The output object. */ CmdLineOutput** _out; public: /** * Constructor. * \param cmd - The CmdLine the output is generated for. * \param out - The type of output. */ VersionVisitor( CmdLineInterface* cmd, CmdLineOutput** out ) : Visitor(), _cmd( cmd ), _out( out ) { } /** * Calls the version method of the output object using the * specified CmdLine. */ void visit() { (*_out)->version(*_cmd); throw ExitException(0); } }; } #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/XorHandler.h0000770000000000017510000000757711700107426020620 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: XorHandler.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno. * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_XORHANDLER_H #define TCLAP_XORHANDLER_H #include #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * This class handles lists of Arg's that are to be XOR'd on the command * line. This is used by CmdLine and you shouldn't ever use it. */ class XorHandler { protected: /** * The list of of lists of Arg's to be or'd together. */ std::vector< std::vector > _orList; public: /** * Constructor. Does nothing. */ XorHandler( ) {} /** * Add a list of Arg*'s that will be orred together. * \param ors - list of Arg* that will be xor'd. */ void add( std::vector& ors ); /** * Checks whether the specified Arg is in one of the xor lists and * if it does match one, returns the size of the xor list that the * Arg matched. If the Arg matches, then it also sets the rest of * the Arg's in the list. You shouldn't use this. * \param a - The Arg to be checked. */ int check( const Arg* a ); /** * Returns the XOR specific short usage. */ std::string shortUsage(); /** * Prints the XOR specific long usage. * \param os - Stream to print to. */ void printLongUsage(std::ostream& os); /** * Simply checks whether the Arg is contained in one of the arg * lists. * \param a - The Arg to be checked. */ bool contains( const Arg* a ); std::vector< std::vector >& getXorList(); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //BEGIN XOR.cpp ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// inline void XorHandler::add( std::vector& ors ) { _orList.push_back( ors ); } inline int XorHandler::check( const Arg* a ) { // iterate over each XOR list for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < _orList.size(); i++ ) { // if the XOR list contains the arg.. ArgVectorIterator ait = std::find( _orList[i].begin(), _orList[i].end(), a ); if ( ait != _orList[i].end() ) { // go through and set each arg that is not a for ( ArgVectorIterator it = _orList[i].begin(); it != _orList[i].end(); it++ ) if ( a != (*it) ) (*it)->xorSet(); // return the number of required args that have now been set if ( (*ait)->allowMore() ) return 0; else return static_cast(_orList[i].size()); } } if ( a->isRequired() ) return 1; else return 0; } inline bool XorHandler::contains( const Arg* a ) { for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < _orList.size(); i++ ) for ( ArgVectorIterator it = _orList[i].begin(); it != _orList[i].end(); it++ ) if ( a == (*it) ) return true; return false; } inline std::vector< std::vector >& XorHandler::getXorList() { return _orList; } ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //END XOR.cpp ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/ValueArg.h0000770000000000017510000003271611700107426020251 0ustar rootvboxsf/****************************************************************************** * * file: ValueArg.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno. * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H #define TCLAP_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * The basic labeled argument that parses a value. * This is a template class, which means the type T defines the type * that a given object will attempt to parse when the flag/name is matched * on the command line. While there is nothing stopping you from creating * an unflagged ValueArg, it is unwise and would cause significant problems. * Instead use an UnlabeledValueArg. */ template class ValueArg : public Arg { protected: /** * The value parsed from the command line. * Can be of any type, as long as the >> operator for the type * is defined. */ T _value; /** * Used to support the reset() method so that ValueArg can be * reset to their constructed value. */ T _default; /** * A human readable description of the type to be parsed. * This is a hack, plain and simple. Ideally we would use RTTI to * return the name of type T, but until there is some sort of * consistent support for human readable names, we are left to our * own devices. */ std::string _typeDesc; /** * A Constraint this Arg must conform to. */ Constraint* _constraint; /** * Extracts the value from the string. * Attempts to parse string as type T, if this fails an exception * is thrown. * \param val - value to be parsed. */ void _extractValue( const std::string& val ); public: /** * Labeled ValueArg constructor. * You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag, * but that would make you a bad person. It would also cause * an exception to be thrown. If you want an unlabeled argument, * use the other constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it * is not present on the command line. * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the * type that this object expects. This is used in the generation * of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user * of the program. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ ValueArg( const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T value, const std::string& typeDesc, Visitor* v = NULL); /** * Labeled ValueArg constructor. * You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag, * but that would make you a bad person. It would also cause * an exception to be thrown. If you want an unlabeled argument, * use the other constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it * is not present on the command line. * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the * type that this object expects. This is used in the generation * of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user * of the program. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ ValueArg( const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T value, const std::string& typeDesc, CmdLineInterface& parser, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Labeled ValueArg constructor. * You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag, * but that would make you a bad person. It would also cause * an exception to be thrown. If you want an unlabeled argument, * use the other constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it * is not present on the command line. * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used * to constrain this Arg. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ ValueArg( const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T value, Constraint* constraint, CmdLineInterface& parser, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Labeled ValueArg constructor. * You could conceivably call this constructor with a blank flag, * but that would make you a bad person. It would also cause * an exception to be thrown. If you want an unlabeled argument, * use the other constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it * is not present on the command line. * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used * to constrain this Arg. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ ValueArg( const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T value, Constraint* constraint, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Handles the processing of the argument. * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the * _value of the argument appropriately. It knows the difference * between labeled and unlabeled. * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list. * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed * in from main(). */ virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); /** * Returns the value of the argument. */ T& getValue() ; /** * Specialization of shortID. * \param val - value to be used. */ virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val = "val") const; /** * Specialization of longID. * \param val - value to be used. */ virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val = "val") const; virtual void reset() ; }; /** * Constructor implementation. */ template ValueArg::ValueArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T val, const std::string& typeDesc, Visitor* v) : Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v), _value( val ), _default( val ), _typeDesc( typeDesc ), _constraint( NULL ) { } template ValueArg::ValueArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T val, const std::string& typeDesc, CmdLineInterface& parser, Visitor* v) : Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v), _value( val ), _default( val ), _typeDesc( typeDesc ), _constraint( NULL ) { parser.add( this ); } template ValueArg::ValueArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T val, Constraint* constraint, Visitor* v) : Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v), _value( val ), _default( val ), _typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ), _constraint( constraint ) { } template ValueArg::ValueArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T val, Constraint* constraint, CmdLineInterface& parser, Visitor* v) : Arg(flag, name, desc, req, true, v), _value( val ), _default( val ), _typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ), _constraint( constraint ) { parser.add( this ); } /** * Implementation of getValue(). */ template T& ValueArg::getValue() { return _value; } /** * Implementation of processArg(). */ template bool ValueArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) { if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() ) return false; if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) ) return false; std::string flag = args[*i]; std::string value = ""; trimFlag( flag, value ); if ( argMatches( flag ) ) { if ( _alreadySet ) throw( CmdLineParseException("Argument already set!", toString()) ); if ( Arg::delimiter() != ' ' && value == "" ) throw( ArgParseException( "Couldn't find delimiter for this argument!", toString() ) ); if ( value == "" ) { (*i)++; if ( static_cast(*i) < args.size() ) _extractValue( args[*i] ); else throw( ArgParseException("Missing a value for this argument!", toString() ) ); } else _extractValue( value ); _alreadySet = true; _checkWithVisitor(); return true; } else return false; } /** * Implementation of shortID. */ template std::string ValueArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const { static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn return Arg::shortID( _typeDesc ); } /** * Implementation of longID. */ template std::string ValueArg::longID(const std::string& val) const { static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn return Arg::longID( _typeDesc ); } template void ValueArg::_extractValue( const std::string& val ) { try { ExtractValue(_value, val, typename ArgTraits::ValueCategory()); } catch( ArgParseException &e) { throw ArgParseException(e.error(), toString()); } if ( _constraint != NULL ) if ( ! _constraint->check( _value ) ) throw( CmdLineParseException( "Value '" + val + + "' does not meet constraint: " + _constraint->description(), toString() ) ); } template void ValueArg::reset() { Arg::reset(); _value = _default; } } // namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/MultiSwitchArg.h0000770000000000017510000001277311700107426021452 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: MultiSwitchArg.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno. * Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno, Erik Zeek. * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_MULTI_SWITCH_ARG_H #define TCLAP_MULTI_SWITCH_ARG_H #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A multiple switch argument. If the switch is set on the command line, then * the getValue method will return the number of times the switch appears. */ class MultiSwitchArg : public SwitchArg { protected: /** * The value of the switch. */ int _value; /** * Used to support the reset() method so that ValueArg can be * reset to their constructed value. */ int _default; public: /** * MultiSwitchArg constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param init - Optional. The initial/default value of this Arg. * Defaults to 0. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, int init = 0, Visitor* v = NULL); /** * MultiSwitchArg constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to * \param init - Optional. The initial/default value of this Arg. * Defaults to 0. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, CmdLineInterface& parser, int init = 0, Visitor* v = NULL); /** * Handles the processing of the argument. * This re-implements the SwitchArg version of this method to set the * _value of the argument appropriately. * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list. * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed * in from main(). */ virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); /** * Returns int, the number of times the switch has been set. */ int getValue(); /** * Returns the shortID for this Arg. */ std::string shortID(const std::string& val) const; /** * Returns the longID for this Arg. */ std::string longID(const std::string& val) const; void reset(); }; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //BEGIN MultiSwitchArg.cpp ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// inline MultiSwitchArg::MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, int init, Visitor* v ) : SwitchArg(flag, name, desc, false, v), _value( init ), _default( init ) { } inline MultiSwitchArg::MultiSwitchArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, CmdLineInterface& parser, int init, Visitor* v ) : SwitchArg(flag, name, desc, false, v), _value( init ), _default( init ) { parser.add( this ); } inline int MultiSwitchArg::getValue() { return _value; } inline bool MultiSwitchArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) { if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() ) return false; if ( argMatches( args[*i] )) { // so the isSet() method will work _alreadySet = true; // Matched argument: increment value. ++_value; _checkWithVisitor(); return true; } else if ( combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) ) { // so the isSet() method will work _alreadySet = true; // Matched argument: increment value. ++_value; // Check for more in argument and increment value. while ( combinedSwitchesMatch( args[*i] ) ) ++_value; _checkWithVisitor(); return false; } else return false; } inline std::string MultiSwitchArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const { return Arg::shortID(val) + " ... "; } inline std::string MultiSwitchArg::longID(const std::string& val) const { return Arg::longID(val) + " (accepted multiple times)"; } inline void MultiSwitchArg::reset() { MultiSwitchArg::_value = MultiSwitchArg::_default; } ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //END MultiSwitchArg.cpp ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/HelpVisitor.h0000770000000000017510000000340711700107426021006 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: HelpVisitor.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_HELP_VISITOR_H #define TCLAP_HELP_VISITOR_H #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A Visitor object that calls the usage method of the given CmdLineOutput * object for the specified CmdLine object. */ class HelpVisitor: public Visitor { protected: /** * The CmdLine the output will be generated for. */ CmdLineInterface* _cmd; /** * The output object. */ CmdLineOutput** _out; public: /** * Constructor. * \param cmd - The CmdLine the output will be generated for. * \param out - The type of output. */ HelpVisitor(CmdLineInterface* cmd, CmdLineOutput** out) : Visitor(), _cmd( cmd ), _out( out ) { } /** * Calls the usage method of the CmdLineOutput for the * specified CmdLine. */ void visit() { (*_out)->usage(*_cmd); throw ExitException(0); } }; } #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/Arg.h0000770000000000017510000004074611700107426017256 0ustar rootvboxsf// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*- /****************************************************************************** * * file: Arg.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno . * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_ARGUMENT_H #define TCLAP_ARGUMENT_H #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include #else #define HAVE_SSTREAM #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #if defined(HAVE_SSTREAM) #include typedef std::istringstream istringstream; #elif defined(HAVE_STRSTREAM) #include typedef std::istrstream istringstream; #else #error "Need a stringstream (sstream or strstream) to compile!" #endif #include #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A virtual base class that defines the essential data for all arguments. * This class, or one of its existing children, must be subclassed to do * anything. */ class Arg { private: /** * Indicates whether the rest of the arguments should be ignored. */ static bool& ignoreRestRef() { static bool ign = false; return ign; } /** * The delimiter that separates an argument flag/name from the * value. */ static char& delimiterRef() { static char delim = ' '; return delim; } protected: /** * The single char flag used to identify the argument. * This value (preceded by a dash {-}), can be used to identify * an argument on the command line. The _flag can be blank, * in fact this is how unlabeled args work. Unlabeled args must * override appropriate functions to get correct handling. Note * that the _flag does NOT include the dash as part of the flag. */ std::string _flag; /** * A single work namd indentifying the argument. * This value (preceded by two dashed {--}) can also be used * to identify an argument on the command line. Note that the * _name does NOT include the two dashes as part of the _name. The * _name cannot be blank. */ std::string _name; /** * Description of the argument. */ std::string _description; /** * Indicating whether the argument is required. */ bool _required; /** * Label to be used in usage description. Normally set to * "required", but can be changed when necessary. */ std::string _requireLabel; /** * Indicates whether a value is required for the argument. * Note that the value may be required but the argument/value * combination may not be, as specified by _required. */ bool _valueRequired; /** * Indicates whether the argument has been set. * Indicates that a value on the command line has matched the * name/flag of this argument and the values have been set accordingly. */ bool _alreadySet; /** * A pointer to a vistitor object. * The visitor allows special handling to occur as soon as the * argument is matched. This defaults to NULL and should not * be used unless absolutely necessary. */ Visitor* _visitor; /** * Whether this argument can be ignored, if desired. */ bool _ignoreable; /** * Indicates that the arg was set as part of an XOR and not on the * command line. */ bool _xorSet; bool _acceptsMultipleValues; /** * Performs the special handling described by the Vistitor. */ void _checkWithVisitor() const; /** * Primary constructor. YOU (yes you) should NEVER construct an Arg * directly, this is a base class that is extended by various children * that are meant to be used. Use SwitchArg, ValueArg, MultiArg, * UnlabeledValueArg, or UnlabeledMultiArg instead. * * \param flag - The flag identifying the argument. * \param name - The name identifying the argument. * \param desc - The description of the argument, used in the usage. * \param req - Whether the argument is required. * \param valreq - Whether the a value is required for the argument. * \param v - The visitor checked by the argument. Defaults to NULL. */ Arg( const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, bool valreq, Visitor* v = NULL ); public: /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~Arg(); /** * Adds this to the specified list of Args. * \param argList - The list to add this to. */ virtual void addToList( std::list& argList ) const; /** * Begin ignoring arguments since the "--" argument was specified. */ static void beginIgnoring() { ignoreRestRef() = true; } /** * Whether to ignore the rest. */ static bool ignoreRest() { return ignoreRestRef(); } /** * The delimiter that separates an argument flag/name from the * value. */ static char delimiter() { return delimiterRef(); } /** * The char used as a place holder when SwitchArgs are combined. * Currently set to the bell char (ASCII 7). */ static char blankChar() { return (char)7; } /** * The char that indicates the beginning of a flag. Currently '-'. */ static char flagStartChar() { return '-'; } /** * The sting that indicates the beginning of a flag. Currently "-". * Should be identical to flagStartChar. */ static const std::string flagStartString() { return "-"; } /** * The sting that indicates the beginning of a name. Currently "--". * Should be flagStartChar twice. */ static const std::string nameStartString() { return "--"; } /** * The name used to identify the ignore rest argument. */ static const std::string ignoreNameString() { return "ignore_rest"; } /** * Sets the delimiter for all arguments. * \param c - The character that delimits flags/names from values. */ static void setDelimiter( char c ) { delimiterRef() = c; } /** * Pure virtual method meant to handle the parsing and value assignment * of the string on the command line. * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list. * \param args - Mutable list of strings. What is * passed in from main. */ virtual bool processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) = 0; /** * Operator ==. * Equality operator. Must be virtual to handle unlabeled args. * \param a - The Arg to be compared to this. */ virtual bool operator==(const Arg& a) const; /** * Returns the argument flag. */ const std::string& getFlag() const; /** * Returns the argument name. */ const std::string& getName() const; /** * Returns the argument description. */ std::string getDescription() const; /** * Indicates whether the argument is required. */ virtual bool isRequired() const; /** * Sets _required to true. This is used by the XorHandler. * You really have no reason to ever use it. */ void forceRequired(); /** * Sets the _alreadySet value to true. This is used by the XorHandler. * You really have no reason to ever use it. */ void xorSet(); /** * Indicates whether a value must be specified for argument. */ bool isValueRequired() const; /** * Indicates whether the argument has already been set. Only true * if the arg has been matched on the command line. */ bool isSet() const; /** * Indicates whether the argument can be ignored, if desired. */ bool isIgnoreable() const; /** * A method that tests whether a string matches this argument. * This is generally called by the processArg() method. This * method could be re-implemented by a child to change how * arguments are specified on the command line. * \param s - The string to be compared to the flag/name to determine * whether the arg matches. */ virtual bool argMatches( const std::string& s ) const; /** * Returns a simple string representation of the argument. * Primarily for debugging. */ virtual std::string toString() const; /** * Returns a short ID for the usage. * \param valueId - The value used in the id. */ virtual std::string shortID( const std::string& valueId = "val" ) const; /** * Returns a long ID for the usage. * \param valueId - The value used in the id. */ virtual std::string longID( const std::string& valueId = "val" ) const; /** * Trims a value off of the flag. * \param flag - The string from which the flag and value will be * trimmed. Contains the flag once the value has been trimmed. * \param value - Where the value trimmed from the string will * be stored. */ virtual void trimFlag( std::string& flag, std::string& value ) const; /** * Checks whether a given string has blank chars, indicating that * it is a combined SwitchArg. If so, return true, otherwise return * false. * \param s - string to be checked. */ bool _hasBlanks( const std::string& s ) const; /** * Sets the requireLabel. Used by XorHandler. You shouldn't ever * use this. * \param s - Set the requireLabel to this value. */ void setRequireLabel( const std::string& s ); /** * Used for MultiArgs and XorHandler to determine whether args * can still be set. */ virtual bool allowMore(); /** * Use by output classes to determine whether an Arg accepts * multiple values. */ virtual bool acceptsMultipleValues(); /** * Clears the Arg object and allows it to be reused by new * command lines. */ virtual void reset(); }; /** * Typedef of an Arg list iterator. */ typedef std::list::iterator ArgListIterator; /** * Typedef of an Arg vector iterator. */ typedef std::vector::iterator ArgVectorIterator; /** * Typedef of a Visitor list iterator. */ typedef std::list::iterator VisitorListIterator; /* * Extract a value of type T from it's string representation contained * in strVal. The ValueLike parameter used to select the correct * specialization of ExtractValue depending on the value traits of T. * ValueLike traits use operator>> to assign the value from strVal. */ template void ExtractValue(T &destVal, const std::string& strVal, ValueLike vl) { static_cast(vl); // Avoid warning about unused vl std::istringstream is(strVal); int valuesRead = 0; while ( is.good() ) { if ( is.peek() != EOF ) #ifdef TCLAP_SETBASE_ZERO is >> std::setbase(0) >> destVal; #else is >> destVal; #endif else break; valuesRead++; } if ( is.fail() ) throw( ArgParseException("Couldn't read argument value " "from string '" + strVal + "'")); if ( valuesRead > 1 ) throw( ArgParseException("More than one valid value parsed from " "string '" + strVal + "'")); } /* * Extract a value of type T from it's string representation contained * in strVal. The ValueLike parameter used to select the correct * specialization of ExtractValue depending on the value traits of T. * StringLike uses assignment (operator=) to assign from strVal. */ template void ExtractValue(T &destVal, const std::string& strVal, StringLike sl) { static_cast(sl); // Avoid warning about unused sl SetString(destVal, strVal); } ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //BEGIN Arg.cpp ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// inline Arg::Arg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, bool valreq, Visitor* v) : _flag(flag), _name(name), _description(desc), _required(req), _requireLabel("required"), _valueRequired(valreq), _alreadySet(false), _visitor( v ), _ignoreable(true), _xorSet(false), _acceptsMultipleValues(false) { if ( _flag.length() > 1 ) throw(SpecificationException( "Argument flag can only be one character long", toString() ) ); if ( _name != ignoreNameString() && ( _flag == Arg::flagStartString() || _flag == Arg::nameStartString() || _flag == " " ) ) throw(SpecificationException("Argument flag cannot be either '" + Arg::flagStartString() + "' or '" + Arg::nameStartString() + "' or a space.", toString() ) ); if ( ( _name.substr( 0, Arg::flagStartString().length() ) == Arg::flagStartString() ) || ( _name.substr( 0, Arg::nameStartString().length() ) == Arg::nameStartString() ) || ( _name.find( " ", 0 ) != std::string::npos ) ) throw(SpecificationException("Argument name begin with either '" + Arg::flagStartString() + "' or '" + Arg::nameStartString() + "' or space.", toString() ) ); } inline Arg::~Arg() { } inline std::string Arg::shortID( const std::string& valueId ) const { std::string id = ""; if ( _flag != "" ) id = Arg::flagStartString() + _flag; else id = Arg::nameStartString() + _name; if ( _valueRequired ) id += std::string( 1, Arg::delimiter() ) + "<" + valueId + ">"; if ( !_required ) id = "[" + id + "]"; return id; } inline std::string Arg::longID( const std::string& valueId ) const { std::string id = ""; if ( _flag != "" ) { id += Arg::flagStartString() + _flag; if ( _valueRequired ) id += std::string( 1, Arg::delimiter() ) + "<" + valueId + ">"; id += ", "; } id += Arg::nameStartString() + _name; if ( _valueRequired ) id += std::string( 1, Arg::delimiter() ) + "<" + valueId + ">"; return id; } inline bool Arg::operator==(const Arg& a) const { if ( ( _flag != "" && _flag == a._flag ) || _name == a._name) return true; else return false; } inline std::string Arg::getDescription() const { std::string desc = ""; if ( _required ) desc = "(" + _requireLabel + ") "; // if ( _valueRequired ) // desc += "(value required) "; desc += _description; return desc; } inline const std::string& Arg::getFlag() const { return _flag; } inline const std::string& Arg::getName() const { return _name; } inline bool Arg::isRequired() const { return _required; } inline bool Arg::isValueRequired() const { return _valueRequired; } inline bool Arg::isSet() const { if ( _alreadySet && !_xorSet ) return true; else return false; } inline bool Arg::isIgnoreable() const { return _ignoreable; } inline void Arg::setRequireLabel( const std::string& s) { _requireLabel = s; } inline bool Arg::argMatches( const std::string& argFlag ) const { if ( ( argFlag == Arg::flagStartString() + _flag && _flag != "" ) || argFlag == Arg::nameStartString() + _name ) return true; else return false; } inline std::string Arg::toString() const { std::string s = ""; if ( _flag != "" ) s += Arg::flagStartString() + _flag + " "; s += "(" + Arg::nameStartString() + _name + ")"; return s; } inline void Arg::_checkWithVisitor() const { if ( _visitor != NULL ) _visitor->visit(); } /** * Implementation of trimFlag. */ inline void Arg::trimFlag(std::string& flag, std::string& value) const { int stop = 0; for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < flag.length(); i++ ) if ( flag[i] == Arg::delimiter() ) { stop = i; break; } if ( stop > 1 ) { value = flag.substr(stop+1); flag = flag.substr(0,stop); } } /** * Implementation of _hasBlanks. */ inline bool Arg::_hasBlanks( const std::string& s ) const { for ( int i = 1; static_cast(i) < s.length(); i++ ) if ( s[i] == Arg::blankChar() ) return true; return false; } inline void Arg::forceRequired() { _required = true; } inline void Arg::xorSet() { _alreadySet = true; _xorSet = true; } /** * Overridden by Args that need to added to the end of the list. */ inline void Arg::addToList( std::list& argList ) const { argList.push_front( const_cast(this) ); } inline bool Arg::allowMore() { return false; } inline bool Arg::acceptsMultipleValues() { return _acceptsMultipleValues; } inline void Arg::reset() { _xorSet = false; _alreadySet = false; } ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //END Arg.cpp ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/CmdLine.h0000770000000000017510000003223611700107426020053 0ustar rootvboxsf// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*- /****************************************************************************** * * file: CmdLine.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno. * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_CMDLINE_H #define TCLAP_CMDLINE_H #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include // Needed for exit(), which isn't defined in some envs. namespace TCLAP { template void DelPtr(T ptr) { delete ptr; } template void ClearContainer(C &c) { typedef typename C::value_type value_type; std::for_each(c.begin(), c.end(), DelPtr); c.clear(); } /** * The base class that manages the command line definition and passes * along the parsing to the appropriate Arg classes. */ class CmdLine : public CmdLineInterface { protected: /** * The list of arguments that will be tested against the * command line. */ std::list _argList; /** * The name of the program. Set to argv[0]. */ std::string _progName; /** * A message used to describe the program. Used in the usage output. */ std::string _message; /** * The version to be displayed with the --version switch. */ std::string _version; /** * The number of arguments that are required to be present on * the command line. This is set dynamically, based on the * Args added to the CmdLine object. */ int _numRequired; /** * The character that is used to separate the argument flag/name * from the value. Defaults to ' ' (space). */ char _delimiter; /** * The handler that manages xoring lists of args. */ XorHandler _xorHandler; /** * A list of Args to be explicitly deleted when the destructor * is called. At the moment, this only includes the three default * Args. */ std::list _argDeleteOnExitList; /** * A list of Visitors to be explicitly deleted when the destructor * is called. At the moment, these are the Vistors created for the * default Args. */ std::list _visitorDeleteOnExitList; /** * Object that handles all output for the CmdLine. */ CmdLineOutput* _output; /** * Should CmdLine handle parsing exceptions internally? */ bool _handleExceptions; /** * Throws an exception listing the missing args. */ void missingArgsException(); /** * Checks whether a name/flag string matches entirely matches * the Arg::blankChar. Used when multiple switches are combined * into a single argument. * \param s - The message to be used in the usage. */ bool _emptyCombined(const std::string& s); /** * Perform a delete ptr; operation on ptr when this object is deleted. */ void deleteOnExit(Arg* ptr); /** * Perform a delete ptr; operation on ptr when this object is deleted. */ void deleteOnExit(Visitor* ptr); private: /** * Encapsulates the code common to the constructors * (which is all of it). */ void _constructor(); /** * Is set to true when a user sets the output object. We use this so * that we don't delete objects that are created outside of this lib. */ bool _userSetOutput; /** * Whether or not to automatically create help and version switches. */ bool _helpAndVersion; public: /** * Command line constructor. Defines how the arguments will be * parsed. * \param message - The message to be used in the usage * output. * \param delimiter - The character that is used to separate * the argument flag/name from the value. Defaults to ' ' (space). * \param version - The version number to be used in the * --version switch. * \param helpAndVersion - Whether or not to create the Help and * Version switches. Defaults to true. */ CmdLine(const std::string& message, const char delimiter = ' ', const std::string& version = "none", bool helpAndVersion = true); /** * Deletes any resources allocated by a CmdLine object. */ virtual ~CmdLine(); /** * Adds an argument to the list of arguments to be parsed. * \param a - Argument to be added. */ void add( Arg& a ); /** * An alternative add. Functionally identical. * \param a - Argument to be added. */ void add( Arg* a ); /** * Add two Args that will be xor'd. If this method is used, add does * not need to be called. * \param a - Argument to be added and xor'd. * \param b - Argument to be added and xor'd. */ void xorAdd( Arg& a, Arg& b ); /** * Add a list of Args that will be xor'd. If this method is used, * add does not need to be called. * \param xors - List of Args to be added and xor'd. */ void xorAdd( std::vector& xors ); /** * Parses the command line. * \param argc - Number of arguments. * \param argv - Array of arguments. */ void parse(int argc, const char * const * argv); /** * Parses the command line. * \param args - A vector of strings representing the args. * args[0] is still the program name. */ void parse(std::vector& args); /** * */ CmdLineOutput* getOutput(); /** * */ void setOutput(CmdLineOutput* co); /** * */ std::string& getVersion(); /** * */ std::string& getProgramName(); /** * */ std::list& getArgList(); /** * */ XorHandler& getXorHandler(); /** * */ char getDelimiter(); /** * */ std::string& getMessage(); /** * */ bool hasHelpAndVersion(); /** * Disables or enables CmdLine's internal parsing exception handling. * * @param state Should CmdLine handle parsing exceptions internally? */ void setExceptionHandling(const bool state); /** * Returns the current state of the internal exception handling. * * @retval true Parsing exceptions are handled internally. * @retval false Parsing exceptions are propagated to the caller. */ bool getExceptionHandling() const; /** * Allows the CmdLine object to be reused. */ void reset(); }; /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //Begin CmdLine.cpp /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// inline CmdLine::CmdLine(const std::string& m, char delim, const std::string& v, bool help ) : _progName("not_set_yet"), _message(m), _version(v), _numRequired(0), _delimiter(delim), _handleExceptions(true), _userSetOutput(false), _helpAndVersion(help) { _constructor(); } inline CmdLine::~CmdLine() { ClearContainer(_argDeleteOnExitList); ClearContainer(_visitorDeleteOnExitList); if ( !_userSetOutput ) { delete _output; _output = 0; } } inline void CmdLine::_constructor() { _output = new StdOutput; Arg::setDelimiter( _delimiter ); Visitor* v; if ( _helpAndVersion ) { v = new HelpVisitor( this, &_output ); SwitchArg* help = new SwitchArg("h","help", "Displays usage information and exits.", false, v); add( help ); deleteOnExit(help); deleteOnExit(v); v = new VersionVisitor( this, &_output ); SwitchArg* vers = new SwitchArg("","version", "Displays version information and exits.", false, v); add( vers ); deleteOnExit(vers); deleteOnExit(v); } v = new IgnoreRestVisitor(); SwitchArg* ignore = new SwitchArg(Arg::flagStartString(), Arg::ignoreNameString(), "Ignores the rest of the labeled arguments following this flag.", false, v); add( ignore ); deleteOnExit(ignore); deleteOnExit(v); } inline void CmdLine::xorAdd( std::vector& ors ) { _xorHandler.add( ors ); for (ArgVectorIterator it = ors.begin(); it != ors.end(); it++) { (*it)->forceRequired(); (*it)->setRequireLabel( "OR required" ); add( *it ); } } inline void CmdLine::xorAdd( Arg& a, Arg& b ) { std::vector ors; ors.push_back( &a ); ors.push_back( &b ); xorAdd( ors ); } inline void CmdLine::add( Arg& a ) { add( &a ); } inline void CmdLine::add( Arg* a ) { for( ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++ ) if ( *a == *(*it) ) throw( SpecificationException( "Argument with same flag/name already exists!", a->longID() ) ); a->addToList( _argList ); if ( a->isRequired() ) _numRequired++; } inline void CmdLine::parse(int argc, const char * const * argv) { // this step is necessary so that we have easy access to // mutable strings. std::vector args; for (int i = 0; i < argc; i++) args.push_back(argv[i]); parse(args); } inline void CmdLine::parse(std::vector& args) { bool shouldExit = false; int estat = 0; try { _progName = args.front(); args.erase(args.begin()); int requiredCount = 0; for (int i = 0; static_cast(i) < args.size(); i++) { bool matched = false; for (ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++) { if ( (*it)->processArg( &i, args ) ) { requiredCount += _xorHandler.check( *it ); matched = true; break; } } // checks to see if the argument is an empty combined // switch and if so, then we've actually matched it if ( !matched && _emptyCombined( args[i] ) ) matched = true; if ( !matched && !Arg::ignoreRest() ) throw(CmdLineParseException("Couldn't find match " "for argument", args[i])); } if ( requiredCount < _numRequired ) missingArgsException(); if ( requiredCount > _numRequired ) throw(CmdLineParseException("Too many arguments!")); } catch ( ArgException& e ) { // If we're not handling the exceptions, rethrow. if ( !_handleExceptions) { throw; } try { _output->failure(*this,e); } catch ( ExitException &ee ) { estat = ee.getExitStatus(); shouldExit = true; } } catch (ExitException &ee) { // If we're not handling the exceptions, rethrow. if ( !_handleExceptions) { throw; } estat = ee.getExitStatus(); shouldExit = true; } if (shouldExit) exit(estat); } inline bool CmdLine::_emptyCombined(const std::string& s) { if ( s.length() > 0 && s[0] != Arg::flagStartChar() ) return false; for ( int i = 1; static_cast(i) < s.length(); i++ ) if ( s[i] != Arg::blankChar() ) return false; return true; } inline void CmdLine::missingArgsException() { int count = 0; std::string missingArgList; for (ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++) { if ( (*it)->isRequired() && !(*it)->isSet() ) { missingArgList += (*it)->getName(); missingArgList += ", "; count++; } } missingArgList = missingArgList.substr(0,missingArgList.length()-2); std::string msg; if ( count > 1 ) msg = "Required arguments missing: "; else msg = "Required argument missing: "; msg += missingArgList; throw(CmdLineParseException(msg)); } inline void CmdLine::deleteOnExit(Arg* ptr) { _argDeleteOnExitList.push_back(ptr); } inline void CmdLine::deleteOnExit(Visitor* ptr) { _visitorDeleteOnExitList.push_back(ptr); } inline CmdLineOutput* CmdLine::getOutput() { return _output; } inline void CmdLine::setOutput(CmdLineOutput* co) { _userSetOutput = true; _output = co; } inline std::string& CmdLine::getVersion() { return _version; } inline std::string& CmdLine::getProgramName() { return _progName; } inline std::list& CmdLine::getArgList() { return _argList; } inline XorHandler& CmdLine::getXorHandler() { return _xorHandler; } inline char CmdLine::getDelimiter() { return _delimiter; } inline std::string& CmdLine::getMessage() { return _message; } inline bool CmdLine::hasHelpAndVersion() { return _helpAndVersion; } inline void CmdLine::setExceptionHandling(const bool state) { _handleExceptions = state; } inline bool CmdLine::getExceptionHandling() const { return _handleExceptions; } inline void CmdLine::reset() { for( ArgListIterator it = _argList.begin(); it != _argList.end(); it++ ) { (*it)->reset(); } _progName.clear(); } /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //End CmdLine.cpp /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/StdOutput.h0000770000000000017510000002040411700107426020505 0ustar rootvboxsf// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*- /****************************************************************************** * * file: StdOutput.h * * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_STDCMDLINEOUTPUT_H #define TCLAP_STDCMDLINEOUTPUT_H #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A class that isolates any output from the CmdLine object so that it * may be easily modified. */ class StdOutput : public CmdLineOutput { public: /** * Prints the usage to stdout. Can be overridden to * produce alternative behavior. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. */ virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c); /** * Prints the version to stdout. Can be overridden * to produce alternative behavior. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. */ virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c); /** * Prints (to stderr) an error message, short usage * Can be overridden to produce alternative behavior. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. * \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure. */ virtual void failure(CmdLineInterface& c, ArgException& e ); protected: /** * Writes a brief usage message with short args. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. * \param os - The stream to write the message to. */ void _shortUsage( CmdLineInterface& c, std::ostream& os ) const; /** * Writes a longer usage message with long and short args, * provides descriptions and prints message. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. * \param os - The stream to write the message to. */ void _longUsage( CmdLineInterface& c, std::ostream& os ) const; /** * This function inserts line breaks and indents long strings * according the params input. It will only break lines at spaces, * commas and pipes. * \param os - The stream to be printed to. * \param s - The string to be printed. * \param maxWidth - The maxWidth allowed for the output line. * \param indentSpaces - The number of spaces to indent the first line. * \param secondLineOffset - The number of spaces to indent the second * and all subsequent lines in addition to indentSpaces. */ void spacePrint( std::ostream& os, const std::string& s, int maxWidth, int indentSpaces, int secondLineOffset ) const; }; inline void StdOutput::version(CmdLineInterface& _cmd) { std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName(); std::string version = _cmd.getVersion(); std::cout << std::endl << progName << " version: " << version << std::endl << std::endl; } inline void StdOutput::usage(CmdLineInterface& _cmd ) { std::cout << std::endl << "USAGE: " << std::endl << std::endl; _shortUsage( _cmd, std::cout ); std::cout << std::endl << std::endl << "Where: " << std::endl << std::endl; _longUsage( _cmd, std::cout ); std::cout << std::endl; } inline void StdOutput::failure( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, ArgException& e ) { std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName(); std::cerr << "PARSE ERROR: " << e.argId() << std::endl << " " << e.error() << std::endl << std::endl; if ( _cmd.hasHelpAndVersion() ) { std::cerr << "Brief USAGE: " << std::endl; _shortUsage( _cmd, std::cerr ); std::cerr << std::endl << "For complete USAGE and HELP type: " << std::endl << " " << progName << " --help" << std::endl << std::endl; } else usage(_cmd); throw ExitException(1); } inline void StdOutput::_shortUsage( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, std::ostream& os ) const { std::list argList = _cmd.getArgList(); std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName(); XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler(); std::vector< std::vector > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList(); std::string s = progName + " "; // first the xor for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < xorList.size(); i++ ) { s += " {"; for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin(); it != xorList[i].end(); it++ ) s += (*it)->shortID() + "|"; s[s.length()-1] = '}'; } // then the rest for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++) if ( !xorHandler.contains( (*it) ) ) s += " " + (*it)->shortID(); // if the program name is too long, then adjust the second line offset int secondLineOffset = static_cast(progName.length()) + 2; if ( secondLineOffset > 75/2 ) secondLineOffset = static_cast(75/2); spacePrint( os, s, 75, 3, secondLineOffset ); } inline void StdOutput::_longUsage( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, std::ostream& os ) const { std::list argList = _cmd.getArgList(); std::string message = _cmd.getMessage(); XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler(); std::vector< std::vector > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList(); // first the xor for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < xorList.size(); i++ ) { for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin(); it != xorList[i].end(); it++ ) { spacePrint( os, (*it)->longID(), 75, 3, 3 ); spacePrint( os, (*it)->getDescription(), 75, 5, 0 ); if ( it+1 != xorList[i].end() ) spacePrint(os, "-- OR --", 75, 9, 0); } os << std::endl << std::endl; } // then the rest for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++) if ( !xorHandler.contains( (*it) ) ) { spacePrint( os, (*it)->longID(), 75, 3, 3 ); spacePrint( os, (*it)->getDescription(), 75, 5, 0 ); os << std::endl; } os << std::endl; spacePrint( os, message, 75, 3, 0 ); } inline void StdOutput::spacePrint( std::ostream& os, const std::string& s, int maxWidth, int indentSpaces, int secondLineOffset ) const { int len = static_cast(s.length()); if ( (len + indentSpaces > maxWidth) && maxWidth > 0 ) { int allowedLen = maxWidth - indentSpaces; int start = 0; while ( start < len ) { // find the substring length // int stringLen = std::min( len - start, allowedLen ); // doing it this way to support a VisualC++ 2005 bug using namespace std; int stringLen = min( len - start, allowedLen ); // trim the length so it doesn't end in middle of a word if ( stringLen == allowedLen ) while ( stringLen >= 0 && s[stringLen+start] != ' ' && s[stringLen+start] != ',' && s[stringLen+start] != '|' ) stringLen--; // ok, the word is longer than the line, so just split // wherever the line ends if ( stringLen <= 0 ) stringLen = allowedLen; // check for newlines for ( int i = 0; i < stringLen; i++ ) if ( s[start+i] == '\n' ) stringLen = i+1; // print the indent for ( int i = 0; i < indentSpaces; i++ ) os << " "; if ( start == 0 ) { // handle second line offsets indentSpaces += secondLineOffset; // adjust allowed len allowedLen -= secondLineOffset; } os << s.substr(start,stringLen) << std::endl; // so we don't start a line with a space while ( s[stringLen+start] == ' ' && start < len ) start++; start += stringLen; } } else { for ( int i = 0; i < indentSpaces; i++ ) os << " "; os << s << std::endl; } } } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h0000770000000000017510000000327111700107426023452 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h * * Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot . * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_OPTIONAL_UNLABELED_TRACKER_H #define TCLAP_OPTIONAL_UNLABELED_TRACKER_H #include namespace TCLAP { class OptionalUnlabeledTracker { public: static void check( bool req, const std::string& argName ); static void gotOptional() { alreadyOptionalRef() = true; } static bool& alreadyOptional() { return alreadyOptionalRef(); } private: static bool& alreadyOptionalRef() { static bool ct = false; return ct; } }; inline void OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check( bool req, const std::string& argName ) { if ( OptionalUnlabeledTracker::alreadyOptional() ) throw( SpecificationException( "You can't specify ANY Unlabeled Arg following an optional Unlabeled Arg", argName ) ); if ( !req ) OptionalUnlabeledTracker::gotOptional(); } } // namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/ZshCompletionOutput.h0000770000000000017510000001737311700107426022564 0ustar rootvboxsf// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*- /****************************************************************************** * * file: ZshCompletionOutput.h * * Copyright (c) 2006, Oliver Kiddle * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_ZSHCOMPLETIONOUTPUT_H #define TCLAP_ZSHCOMPLETIONOUTPUT_H #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A class that generates a Zsh completion function as output from the usage() * method for the given CmdLine and its Args. */ class ZshCompletionOutput : public CmdLineOutput { public: ZshCompletionOutput(); /** * Prints the usage to stdout. Can be overridden to * produce alternative behavior. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. */ virtual void usage(CmdLineInterface& c); /** * Prints the version to stdout. Can be overridden * to produce alternative behavior. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. */ virtual void version(CmdLineInterface& c); /** * Prints (to stderr) an error message, short usage * Can be overridden to produce alternative behavior. * \param c - The CmdLine object the output is generated for. * \param e - The ArgException that caused the failure. */ virtual void failure(CmdLineInterface& c, ArgException& e ); protected: void basename( std::string& s ); void quoteSpecialChars( std::string& s ); std::string getMutexList( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, Arg* a ); void printOption( Arg* it, std::string mutex ); void printArg( Arg* it ); std::map common; char theDelimiter; }; ZshCompletionOutput::ZshCompletionOutput() { common["host"] = "_hosts"; common["hostname"] = "_hosts"; common["file"] = "_files"; common["filename"] = "_files"; common["user"] = "_users"; common["username"] = "_users"; common["directory"] = "_directories"; common["path"] = "_directories"; common["url"] = "_urls"; } inline void ZshCompletionOutput::version(CmdLineInterface& _cmd) { std::cout << _cmd.getVersion() << std::endl; } inline void ZshCompletionOutput::usage(CmdLineInterface& _cmd ) { std::list argList = _cmd.getArgList(); std::string progName = _cmd.getProgramName(); std::string version = _cmd.getVersion(); theDelimiter = _cmd.getDelimiter(); basename(progName); std::cout << "#compdef " << progName << std::endl << std::endl << "# " << progName << " version " << _cmd.getVersion() << std::endl << std::endl << "_arguments -s -S"; for (ArgListIterator it = argList.begin(); it != argList.end(); it++) { if ( (*it)->shortID().at(0) == '<' ) printArg((*it)); else if ( (*it)->getFlag() != "-" ) printOption((*it), getMutexList(_cmd, *it)); } std::cout << std::endl; } inline void ZshCompletionOutput::failure( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, ArgException& e ) { static_cast(_cmd); // unused std::cout << e.what() << std::endl; } inline void ZshCompletionOutput::quoteSpecialChars( std::string& s ) { size_t idx = s.find_last_of(':'); while ( idx != std::string::npos ) { s.insert(idx, 1, '\\'); idx = s.find_last_of(':', idx); } idx = s.find_last_of('\''); while ( idx != std::string::npos ) { s.insert(idx, "'\\'"); if (idx == 0) idx = std::string::npos; else idx = s.find_last_of('\'', --idx); } } inline void ZshCompletionOutput::basename( std::string& s ) { size_t p = s.find_last_of('/'); if ( p != std::string::npos ) { s.erase(0, p + 1); } } inline void ZshCompletionOutput::printArg(Arg* a) { static int count = 1; std::cout << " \\" << std::endl << " '"; if ( a->acceptsMultipleValues() ) std::cout << '*'; else std::cout << count++; std::cout << ':'; if ( !a->isRequired() ) std::cout << ':'; std::cout << a->getName() << ':'; std::map::iterator compArg = common.find(a->getName()); if ( compArg != common.end() ) { std::cout << compArg->second; } else { std::cout << "_guard \"^-*\" " << a->getName(); } std::cout << '\''; } inline void ZshCompletionOutput::printOption(Arg* a, std::string mutex) { std::string flag = a->flagStartChar() + a->getFlag(); std::string name = a->nameStartString() + a->getName(); std::string desc = a->getDescription(); // remove full stop and capitalisation from description as // this is the convention for zsh function if (!desc.compare(0, 12, "(required) ")) { desc.erase(0, 12); } if (!desc.compare(0, 15, "(OR required) ")) { desc.erase(0, 15); } size_t len = desc.length(); if (len && desc.at(--len) == '.') { desc.erase(len); } if (len) { desc.replace(0, 1, 1, tolower(desc.at(0))); } std::cout << " \\" << std::endl << " '" << mutex; if ( a->getFlag().empty() ) { std::cout << name; } else { std::cout << "'{" << flag << ',' << name << "}'"; } if ( theDelimiter == '=' && a->isValueRequired() ) std::cout << "=-"; quoteSpecialChars(desc); std::cout << '[' << desc << ']'; if ( a->isValueRequired() ) { std::string arg = a->shortID(); arg.erase(0, arg.find_last_of(theDelimiter) + 1); if ( arg.at(arg.length()-1) == ']' ) arg.erase(arg.length()-1); if ( arg.at(arg.length()-1) == ']' ) { arg.erase(arg.length()-1); } if ( arg.at(0) == '<' ) { arg.erase(arg.length()-1); arg.erase(0, 1); } size_t p = arg.find('|'); if ( p != std::string::npos ) { do { arg.replace(p, 1, 1, ' '); } while ( (p = arg.find_first_of('|', p)) != std::string::npos ); quoteSpecialChars(arg); std::cout << ": :(" << arg << ')'; } else { std::cout << ':' << arg; std::map::iterator compArg = common.find(arg); if ( compArg != common.end() ) { std::cout << ':' << compArg->second; } } } std::cout << '\''; } inline std::string ZshCompletionOutput::getMutexList( CmdLineInterface& _cmd, Arg* a) { XorHandler xorHandler = _cmd.getXorHandler(); std::vector< std::vector > xorList = xorHandler.getXorList(); if (a->getName() == "help" || a->getName() == "version") { return "(-)"; } std::ostringstream list; if ( a->acceptsMultipleValues() ) { list << '*'; } for ( int i = 0; static_cast(i) < xorList.size(); i++ ) { for ( ArgVectorIterator it = xorList[i].begin(); it != xorList[i].end(); it++) if ( a == (*it) ) { list << '('; for ( ArgVectorIterator iu = xorList[i].begin(); iu != xorList[i].end(); iu++ ) { bool notCur = (*iu) != a; bool hasFlag = !(*iu)->getFlag().empty(); if ( iu != xorList[i].begin() && (notCur || hasFlag) ) list << ' '; if (hasFlag) list << (*iu)->flagStartChar() << (*iu)->getFlag() << ' '; if ( notCur || hasFlag ) list << (*iu)->nameStartString() << (*iu)->getName(); } list << ')'; return list.str(); } } // wasn't found in xor list if (!a->getFlag().empty()) { list << "(" << a->flagStartChar() << a->getFlag() << ' ' << a->nameStartString() << a->getName() << ')'; } return list.str(); } } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/UnlabeledValueArg.h0000770000000000017510000002626511700107426022067 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: UnlabeledValueArg.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno. * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_UNLABELED_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H #define TCLAP_UNLABELED_VALUE_ARGUMENT_H #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * The basic unlabeled argument that parses a value. * This is a template class, which means the type T defines the type * that a given object will attempt to parse when an UnlabeledValueArg * is reached in the list of args that the CmdLine iterates over. */ template class UnlabeledValueArg : public ValueArg { // If compiler has two stage name lookup (as gcc >= 3.4 does) // this is requried to prevent undef. symbols using ValueArg::_ignoreable; using ValueArg::_hasBlanks; using ValueArg::_extractValue; using ValueArg::_typeDesc; using ValueArg::_name; using ValueArg::_description; using ValueArg::_alreadySet; using ValueArg::toString; public: /** * UnlabeledValueArg constructor. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Note that this is used for * identification, not as a long flag. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it * is not present on the command line. * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the * type that this object expects. This is used in the generation * of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user * of the program. * \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be * ignored if the '--' flag is set. This defaults to false (cannot * be ignored) and should generally stay that way unless you have * some special need for certain arguments to be ignored. * \param v - Optional Vistor. You should leave this blank unless * you have a very good reason. */ UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T value, const std::string& typeDesc, bool ignoreable = false, Visitor* v = NULL); /** * UnlabeledValueArg constructor. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Note that this is used for * identification, not as a long flag. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it * is not present on the command line. * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the * type that this object expects. This is used in the generation * of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user * of the program. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to * \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be * ignored if the '--' flag is set. This defaults to false (cannot * be ignored) and should generally stay that way unless you have * some special need for certain arguments to be ignored. * \param v - Optional Vistor. You should leave this blank unless * you have a very good reason. */ UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T value, const std::string& typeDesc, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool ignoreable = false, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * UnlabeledValueArg constructor. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Note that this is used for * identification, not as a long flag. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it * is not present on the command line. * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used * to constrain this Arg. * \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be * ignored if the '--' flag is set. This defaults to false (cannot * be ignored) and should generally stay that way unless you have * some special need for certain arguments to be ignored. * \param v - Optional Vistor. You should leave this blank unless * you have a very good reason. */ UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T value, Constraint* constraint, bool ignoreable = false, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * UnlabeledValueArg constructor. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Note that this is used for * identification, not as a long flag. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param value - The default value assigned to this argument if it * is not present on the command line. * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used * to constrain this Arg. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to * \param ignoreable - Allows you to specify that this argument can be * ignored if the '--' flag is set. This defaults to false (cannot * be ignored) and should generally stay that way unless you have * some special need for certain arguments to be ignored. * \param v - Optional Vistor. You should leave this blank unless * you have a very good reason. */ UnlabeledValueArg( const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T value, Constraint* constraint, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool ignoreable = false, Visitor* v = NULL); /** * Handles the processing of the argument. * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the * _value of the argument appropriately. Handling specific to * unlabled arguments. * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list. * \param args - Mutable list of strings. */ virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); /** * Overrides shortID for specific behavior. */ virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val="val") const; /** * Overrides longID for specific behavior. */ virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val="val") const; /** * Overrides operator== for specific behavior. */ virtual bool operator==(const Arg& a ) const; /** * Instead of pushing to the front of list, push to the back. * \param argList - The list to add this to. */ virtual void addToList( std::list& argList ) const; }; /** * Constructor implemenation. */ template UnlabeledValueArg::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T val, const std::string& typeDesc, bool ignoreable, Visitor* v) : ValueArg("", name, desc, req, val, typeDesc, v) { _ignoreable = ignoreable; OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString()); } template UnlabeledValueArg::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T val, const std::string& typeDesc, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool ignoreable, Visitor* v) : ValueArg("", name, desc, req, val, typeDesc, v) { _ignoreable = ignoreable; OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString()); parser.add( this ); } /** * Constructor implemenation. */ template UnlabeledValueArg::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T val, Constraint* constraint, bool ignoreable, Visitor* v) : ValueArg("", name, desc, req, val, constraint, v) { _ignoreable = ignoreable; OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString()); } template UnlabeledValueArg::UnlabeledValueArg(const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, T val, Constraint* constraint, CmdLineInterface& parser, bool ignoreable, Visitor* v) : ValueArg("", name, desc, req, val, constraint, v) { _ignoreable = ignoreable; OptionalUnlabeledTracker::check(req, toString()); parser.add( this ); } /** * Implementation of processArg(). */ template bool UnlabeledValueArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) { if ( _alreadySet ) return false; if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) ) return false; // never ignore an unlabeled arg _extractValue( args[*i] ); _alreadySet = true; return true; } /** * Overriding shortID for specific output. */ template std::string UnlabeledValueArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const { static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + ">"; } /** * Overriding longID for specific output. */ template std::string UnlabeledValueArg::longID(const std::string& val) const { static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn // Ideally we would like to be able to use RTTI to return the name // of the type required for this argument. However, g++ at least, // doesn't appear to return terribly useful "names" of the types. return std::string("<") + _typeDesc + ">"; } /** * Overriding operator== for specific behavior. */ template bool UnlabeledValueArg::operator==(const Arg& a ) const { if ( _name == a.getName() || _description == a.getDescription() ) return true; else return false; } template void UnlabeledValueArg::addToList( std::list& argList ) const { argList.push_back( const_cast(static_cast(this)) ); } } #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/Makefile.am0000770000000000017510000000110111700107426020406 0ustar rootvboxsf libtclapincludedir = $(includedir)/tclap libtclapinclude_HEADERS = \ CmdLineInterface.h \ ArgException.h \ CmdLine.h \ XorHandler.h \ MultiArg.h \ UnlabeledMultiArg.h \ ValueArg.h \ UnlabeledValueArg.h \ Visitor.h Arg.h \ HelpVisitor.h \ SwitchArg.h \ MultiSwitchArg.h \ VersionVisitor.h \ IgnoreRestVisitor.h \ CmdLineOutput.h \ StdOutput.h \ DocBookOutput.h \ ZshCompletionOutput.h \ OptionalUnlabeledTracker.h \ Constraint.h \ ValuesConstraint.h \ ArgTraits.h \ StandardTraits.h universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/MultiArg.h0000770000000000017510000002675411700107426020274 0ustar rootvboxsf/****************************************************************************** * * file: MultiArg.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * Copyright (c) 2004, Michael E. Smoot, Daniel Aarno. * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_MULTIPLE_ARGUMENT_H #define TCLAP_MULTIPLE_ARGUMENT_H #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * An argument that allows multiple values of type T to be specified. Very * similar to a ValueArg, except a vector of values will be returned * instead of just one. */ template class MultiArg : public Arg { public: typedef std::vector container_type; typedef typename container_type::iterator iterator; typedef typename container_type::const_iterator const_iterator; protected: /** * The list of values parsed from the CmdLine. */ std::vector _values; /** * The description of type T to be used in the usage. */ std::string _typeDesc; /** * A list of constraint on this Arg. */ Constraint* _constraint; /** * Extracts the value from the string. * Attempts to parse string as type T, if this fails an exception * is thrown. * \param val - The string to be read. */ void _extractValue( const std::string& val ); /** * Used by XorHandler to decide whether to keep parsing for this arg. */ bool _allowMore; public: /** * Constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the * type that this object expects. This is used in the generation * of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user * of the program. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ MultiArg( const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, const std::string& typeDesc, Visitor* v = NULL); /** * Constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param typeDesc - A short, human readable description of the * type that this object expects. This is used in the generation * of the USAGE statement. The goal is to be helpful to the end user * of the program. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ MultiArg( const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, const std::string& typeDesc, CmdLineInterface& parser, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used * to constrain this Arg. * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ MultiArg( const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, Constraint* constraint, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Constructor. * \param flag - The one character flag that identifies this * argument on the command line. * \param name - A one word name for the argument. Can be * used as a long flag on the command line. * \param desc - A description of what the argument is for or * does. * \param req - Whether the argument is required on the command * line. * \param constraint - A pointer to a Constraint object used * to constrain this Arg. * \param parser - A CmdLine parser object to add this Arg to * \param v - An optional visitor. You probably should not * use this unless you have a very good reason. */ MultiArg( const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, Constraint* constraint, CmdLineInterface& parser, Visitor* v = NULL ); /** * Handles the processing of the argument. * This re-implements the Arg version of this method to set the * _value of the argument appropriately. It knows the difference * between labeled and unlabeled. * \param i - Pointer the the current argument in the list. * \param args - Mutable list of strings. Passed from main(). */ virtual bool processArg(int* i, std::vector& args); /** * Returns a vector of type T containing the values parsed from * the command line. */ const std::vector& getValue(); /** * Returns an iterator over the values parsed from the command * line. */ const_iterator begin() const { return _values.begin(); } /** * Returns the end of the values parsed from the command * line. */ const_iterator end() const { return _values.end(); } /** * Returns the a short id string. Used in the usage. * \param val - value to be used. */ virtual std::string shortID(const std::string& val="val") const; /** * Returns the a long id string. Used in the usage. * \param val - value to be used. */ virtual std::string longID(const std::string& val="val") const; /** * Once we've matched the first value, then the arg is no longer * required. */ virtual bool isRequired() const; virtual bool allowMore(); virtual void reset(); }; template MultiArg::MultiArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, const std::string& typeDesc, Visitor* v) : Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ), _typeDesc( typeDesc ), _constraint( NULL ), _allowMore(false) { _acceptsMultipleValues = true; } template MultiArg::MultiArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, const std::string& typeDesc, CmdLineInterface& parser, Visitor* v) : Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ), _typeDesc( typeDesc ), _constraint( NULL ), _allowMore(false) { parser.add( this ); _acceptsMultipleValues = true; } /** * */ template MultiArg::MultiArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, Constraint* constraint, Visitor* v) : Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ), _typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ), _constraint( constraint ), _allowMore(false) { _acceptsMultipleValues = true; } template MultiArg::MultiArg(const std::string& flag, const std::string& name, const std::string& desc, bool req, Constraint* constraint, CmdLineInterface& parser, Visitor* v) : Arg( flag, name, desc, req, true, v ), _typeDesc( constraint->shortID() ), _constraint( constraint ), _allowMore(false) { parser.add( this ); _acceptsMultipleValues = true; } template const std::vector& MultiArg::getValue() { return _values; } template bool MultiArg::processArg(int *i, std::vector& args) { if ( _ignoreable && Arg::ignoreRest() ) return false; if ( _hasBlanks( args[*i] ) ) return false; std::string flag = args[*i]; std::string value = ""; trimFlag( flag, value ); if ( argMatches( flag ) ) { if ( Arg::delimiter() != ' ' && value == "" ) throw( ArgParseException( "Couldn't find delimiter for this argument!", toString() ) ); // always take the first one, regardless of start string if ( value == "" ) { (*i)++; if ( static_cast(*i) < args.size() ) _extractValue( args[*i] ); else throw( ArgParseException("Missing a value for this argument!", toString() ) ); } else _extractValue( value ); /* // continuing taking the args until we hit one with a start string while ( (unsigned int)(*i)+1 < args.size() && args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::flagStartString() ) != 0 && args[(*i)+1].find_first_of( Arg::nameStartString() ) != 0 ) _extractValue( args[++(*i)] ); */ _alreadySet = true; _checkWithVisitor(); return true; } else return false; } /** * */ template std::string MultiArg::shortID(const std::string& val) const { static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn return Arg::shortID(_typeDesc) + " ... "; } /** * */ template std::string MultiArg::longID(const std::string& val) const { static_cast(val); // Ignore input, don't warn return Arg::longID(_typeDesc) + " (accepted multiple times)"; } /** * Once we've matched the first value, then the arg is no longer * required. */ template bool MultiArg::isRequired() const { if ( _required ) { if ( _values.size() > 1 ) return false; else return true; } else return false; } template void MultiArg::_extractValue( const std::string& val ) { try { T tmp; ExtractValue(tmp, val, typename ArgTraits::ValueCategory()); _values.push_back(tmp); } catch( ArgParseException &e) { throw ArgParseException(e.error(), toString()); } if ( _constraint != NULL ) if ( ! _constraint->check( _values.back() ) ) throw( CmdLineParseException( "Value '" + val + "' does not meet constraint: " + _constraint->description(), toString() ) ); } template bool MultiArg::allowMore() { bool am = _allowMore; _allowMore = true; return am; } template void MultiArg::reset() { Arg::reset(); _values.clear(); } } // namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/Constraint.h0000770000000000017510000000341011700107426020654 0ustar rootvboxsf /****************************************************************************** * * file: Constraint.h * * Copyright (c) 2005, Michael E. Smoot * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_CONSTRAINT_H #define TCLAP_CONSTRAINT_H #include #include #include #include #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * The interface that defines the interaction between the Arg and Constraint. */ template class Constraint { public: /** * Returns a description of the Constraint. */ virtual std::string description() const =0; /** * Returns the short ID for the Constraint. */ virtual std::string shortID() const =0; /** * The method used to verify that the value parsed from the command * line meets the constraint. * \param value - The value that will be checked. */ virtual bool check(const T& value) const =0; /** * Destructor. * Silences warnings about Constraint being a base class with virtual * functions but without a virtual destructor. */ virtual ~Constraint() { ; } }; } //namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/StandardTraits.h0000770000000000017510000000760711700107426021473 0ustar rootvboxsf// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*- /****************************************************************************** * * file: StandardTraits.h * * Copyright (c) 2007, Daniel Aarno, Michael E. Smoot . * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ // This is an internal tclap file, you should probably not have to // include this directly #ifndef TCLAP_STANDARD_TRAITS_H #define TCLAP_STANDARD_TRAITS_H #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include // To check for long long #endif namespace TCLAP { // ====================================================================== // Integer types // ====================================================================== /** * longs have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * ints have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * shorts have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * chars have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; #ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG /** * long longs have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; #endif // ====================================================================== // Unsigned integer types // ====================================================================== /** * unsigned longs have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * unsigned ints have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * unsigned shorts have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * unsigned chars have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; #ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG /** * unsigned long longs have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; #endif // ====================================================================== // Float types // ====================================================================== /** * floats have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * doubles have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; // ====================================================================== // Other types // ====================================================================== /** * bools have value-like semantics. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; /** * wchar_ts have value-like semantics. */ /* template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef ValueLike ValueCategory; }; */ /** * Strings have string like argument traits. */ template<> struct ArgTraits { typedef StringLike ValueCategory; }; template void SetString(T &dst, const std::string &src) { dst = src; } } // namespace #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/src/tclap/ArgException.h0000770000000000017510000001166411700107426021132 0ustar rootvboxsf// -*- Mode: c++; c-basic-offset: 4; tab-width: 4; -*- /****************************************************************************** * * file: ArgException.h * * Copyright (c) 2003, Michael E. Smoot . * All rights reverved. * * See the file COPYING in the top directory of this distribution for * more information. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED _AS IS_, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. * *****************************************************************************/ #ifndef TCLAP_ARG_EXCEPTION_H #define TCLAP_ARG_EXCEPTION_H #include #include namespace TCLAP { /** * A simple class that defines and argument exception. Should be caught * whenever a CmdLine is created and parsed. */ class ArgException : public std::exception { public: /** * Constructor. * \param text - The text of the exception. * \param id - The text identifying the argument source. * \param td - Text describing the type of ArgException it is. * of the exception. */ ArgException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception", const std::string& id = "undefined", const std::string& td = "Generic ArgException") : std::exception(), _errorText(text), _argId( id ), _typeDescription(td) { } /** * Destructor. */ virtual ~ArgException() throw() { } /** * Returns the error text. */ std::string error() const { return ( _errorText ); } /** * Returns the argument id. */ std::string argId() const { if ( _argId == "undefined" ) return " "; else return ( "Argument: " + _argId ); } /** * Returns the arg id and error text. */ const char* what() const throw() { static std::string ex; ex = _argId + " -- " + _errorText; return ex.c_str(); } /** * Returns the type of the exception. Used to explain and distinguish * between different child exceptions. */ std::string typeDescription() const { return _typeDescription; } private: /** * The text of the exception message. */ std::string _errorText; /** * The argument related to this exception. */ std::string _argId; /** * Describes the type of the exception. Used to distinguish * between different child exceptions. */ std::string _typeDescription; }; /** * Thrown from within the child Arg classes when it fails to properly * parse the argument it has been passed. */ class ArgParseException : public ArgException { public: /** * Constructor. * \param text - The text of the exception. * \param id - The text identifying the argument source * of the exception. */ ArgParseException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception", const std::string& id = "undefined" ) : ArgException( text, id, std::string( "Exception found while parsing " ) + std::string( "the value the Arg has been passed." )) { } }; /** * Thrown from CmdLine when the arguments on the command line are not * properly specified, e.g. too many arguments, required argument missing, etc. */ class CmdLineParseException : public ArgException { public: /** * Constructor. * \param text - The text of the exception. * \param id - The text identifying the argument source * of the exception. */ CmdLineParseException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception", const std::string& id = "undefined" ) : ArgException( text, id, std::string( "Exception found when the values ") + std::string( "on the command line do not meet ") + std::string( "the requirements of the defined ") + std::string( "Args." )) { } }; /** * Thrown from Arg and CmdLine when an Arg is improperly specified, e.g. * same flag as another Arg, same name, etc. */ class SpecificationException : public ArgException { public: /** * Constructor. * \param text - The text of the exception. * \param id - The text identifying the argument source * of the exception. */ SpecificationException( const std::string& text = "undefined exception", const std::string& id = "undefined" ) : ArgException( text, id, std::string("Exception found when an Arg object ")+ std::string("is improperly defined by the ") + std::string("developer." )) { } }; class ExitException { public: ExitException(int estat) : _estat(estat) {} int getExitStatus() const { return _estat; } private: int _estat; }; } // namespace TCLAP #endif universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426016476 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/Icon1.png0000770000000000017510000000035511700107426020163 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR O…¼bsRGB®ÎégAMA± üa cHRMz&€„ú€èu0ê`:˜pœºQ<tEXtSoftwarePaint.NET 2.618»ÀHIDAT(ScdLœýŸTðô Ã2ÈFb0ºù4¶Ñ­ÿ?#¦h6ÐØ Û@¡d+›J˜¢A˜ ~Är0A6 Ût¸÷lþf±IEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/Icons.qrc0000770000000000017510000000321411700107426020263 0ustar rootvboxsf qt_logo.png banner.png language-de.png language-en.png language-fr.png language-ru.png language-uk.png language-zh_CN.png language-zh_TW.png language-ja.png document-properties.png Icon1.png universalIndentGUI.svg document-open.png document-save-as.png document-save.png edit-clear.png exporthtml.png exportpdf.png format-justify-left.png help.png icon2.png icon3.png info.png live-preview.png load_indent_cfg.png preferences-system.png save_indent_cfg.png shell.png syntax-highlight.png system-log-out.png system-software-update.png tooltip.png view-refresh.png accessories-text-editor.png applications-system.png icon3.png syntax-highlight.png universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/UniversalIndentGUI.icns0000770000000000017510000021677611700107426023061 0ustar rootvboxsficnsþis32ÜK•‰Š€Œ–ƒ˜ ””ŒÿûþþÿüÊÂÄÁËÿˆÿíìûüóL4:99;1Yÿ‡ÿ–Gÿüûļ½€º ·Ãÿ‡ÿœêÿü„þ<ûÿ‡ÿ¤wÿùøÿë•–—‘¦ÿ‡ÿ¢“ÿûÿÓ,ÿ‡ÿ¢RÎÿ씕–¥ÿ‡ÿ£uþÿ€þ8ûÿ‡ÿ£FÂú훜˜«ÿ‡ÿ£ƒÿüÿÓ,ÿ‡ÿ¦iÿúøÿ鎉Ÿÿ‡ÿŸãÿü„þ ûÿ‡ÿ“:ÿüûÈÁ€¿¼ÇÿˆÿçâýüóM5;::<2YÿŒÿûþþÿüļ¾»ÆÿK•‰‹€Œ–ƒ˜ ””ŒÿûþþÿüÊÂÄÁËÿˆÿô÷úýóL4:99;1Yÿ‰ÿæÚÿþûļ¾€½ ºÅÿ‰ÿçÐùÿý„þ<ûÿ‰ÿéÍãÿýûü÷æççææÿ‰ÿèÑÑèÿþÿòËÍÍËÏÿ‰ÿèÐÔÐÝóþùéêêééÿ‰ÿèÐÔÔÏÎáüÿ€þ8ûÿ‰ÿèÐÔÐÛñýùéêêééÿ‰ÿèÑÑåþþÿòËÍÍËÏÿ‰ÿéÎáÿþûý÷åææååÿ‰ÿèÐ÷ÿý„þ ûÿ‰ÿåØÿþûÈÁÀ¿ÉÿˆÿóôûýóM5;::<2YÿŒÿûþþÿüļ¾»ÆÿK•‰Š‡Œ Š•Œÿûþþÿþýÿþ ÿúÿˆÿíìüû÷õúù úòÿ‡ÿ–Gÿûüùúùõòÿ‡ÿœêÿü„þ<ûÿ‡ÿ¤wÿùúÿ혙š”¨ÿ‡ÿ¢“ÿûÿÓ,ÿ‡ÿ¢RÎÿ씕–¥ÿ‡ÿ£uþÿ€þ8ûÿ‡ÿ£FÂú훜˜«ÿ‡ÿ£ƒÿüÿÓ,ÿ‡ÿ¦iÿúúÿë‘’Œ¢ÿ‡ÿŸãÿü„þ ûÿ‡ÿ“:ÿûüùúùõ òÿˆÿçâýû÷õúù úòÿŒÿûþþÿþýÿþÿúÿs8mkýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýýil32G‘†‡ˆ‡Œ…‡†ˆÿû˜ÿûÿ…ÿ÷…ûúÿß°¶‰µ ´íúÿ†ÿûÿþúüÿüÿ¶¬øÿÿüüþ»ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁš LÂÿÿþûýŒÿü¤ûþ†ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ˜ LËÿÿýûþÀÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ—8Áÿÿýüÿýÿ¢_k¡ihäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ• ýÿüü‘ÿûÿ^¢Îÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ”bìÿüü“ÿûÿeŸÒÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ’²ÿýûþ”ÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ‘Kèÿûþ–ÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ~ÿþü˜ÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ¦ÿûý™ÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁŽ¿ÿûþšÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁËÿûœÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁŒÌÿûÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ‹ ÅÿûžÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ‹¬ÿúŸÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁŠ†ÿú ÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ‰Uÿü¡ÿûÿb¢Ñÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁˆ#ëÿý¡ÿûÿh¢ Óÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁˆ·ÿü¤ÿíߣáú†ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ‡hÿû×ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ†èÿþ¥ÿþ¤ý‡ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÀ†˜ÿûØÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¿…0úÿþØÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¾…§ÿüÙÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ½„2üÿþÙÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¼„ŸÿüÚÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¼ƒ"óÿþÚÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿºƒ|ÿûÛÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¹‚ÕÿýÛÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¸‚EÿýÜÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ·‚™ÿûÜÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿµ ßÿýÜÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ²AÿýÝÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ°ˆÿû•ÿ»üþ†ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ­ÆÿüÝÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿ«€òÿþ”ÿ÷·´¸µ³ðÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿª€Lÿý“ÿþÿèJG·HIAÕÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿ©€ƒÿû“ÿþÿêYW·XYQÙÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿ¤€¸ÿü“ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿýÿÕŠ‚ˆìÿþ“ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‹ÿþ„ûþ•ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêYW·XYQÙÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿèJG·HIAÖÿý„ÿþÿünÿü®ÿùÁ½¸¾½òÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü÷ÿþÿünÿü¯ÿ»üþ†ÿþÿünÿü÷ÿþÿünÿü÷ÿþÿünÿû÷þýÿûnÿü÷ÿþÿümÿù÷üûýù0voùporÿüùÿþmÿù÷üûýùnÿü÷ÿþÿünÿü÷ÿþÿünÿü÷ÿþÿünÿü¯ÿ»þ‡ÿþÿünÿü÷ÿþÿünÿü®ÿýåâ¹ãú†ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêUP·QRKÙÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿéVT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‹ÿþƒúû–ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÛÀÊ€ÈÊÀèÿþ“ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÕÌ×€Õ×ËÖÿþ“ÿþÿêYW·XYQÙÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿØËÖ€ÔÕÐËÿþ“ÿþÿèKI·JKCÖÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿ×ËÖÔÕÅú”ÿþÿòŽ‹·Œˆçÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿØËÖ€ÔÓ×ÂëÿþÝÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÖËÖÔ×ÉÜÿþ•ÿ»ýþ†ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿ×ËÖÔÕÐËÿþÝÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿØËÖ‚ÔÖÃöÞÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿØËÖ‚Ô×ÆáÿþÜÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿ×ËÖ‚ÔÕÎÍÿþÜÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿØËÖƒÔÖÂõÝÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÙËÖƒÔ×ÇÝÿþÛÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÙËÖ„ÔÒÇÝÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿØËÖƒÔÓ×ÃèÿþÚÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿØÊÖ„ÔÕÎÍÿþÚÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÙËÖ„ÔÓ×ÂíÿþÙÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÙËÖ…ÔÖÎÍÿþÙÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÙËÖ…ÔÓ×ÃëÿþØÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÙÊÖ†ÔÕÐÊÚÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÚËÖ†ÔÓ×Åàÿþ×ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÚËÖˆÔÕÃö¦ÿûö¢÷øþ†ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÚÊÖˆÔÖÍÎÿþ¢ÿþÿÇÀÄ Ãźçÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÙÊÖˆÔÓ×ÅÞÿý£ÿÈÕ¡ÖÙÈãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÛÊÖŠÔ×Âìÿþ¢ÿÉÒ¡Ô×Çäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÛÊÖŠÔÕÓÂöÿþ¡ÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÛÊÖ‹ÔÖÏÇûÿþ ÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÚÊÖ‹ÔÓ×ÌÉýÿþŸÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÛÊÖŒÔÓ×ÊÉýÿþžÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÜÊÖÔÓØÊÇúÿþÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÜÊÖŽÔÓ×ÌÃôÿþœÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÛÊÖÔÓ×ÐÀêÿýþšÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÛÉ×ÔÓÕÔÀÚÿÿþ™ÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÝÉÖ“Ô×ÅÉõÿþþ—ÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÝÉÖ“ÔÓØοàÿÿþ–ÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÝÉ×”ÔÓÖÖÃÈïÿþþ”ÿÈÕ¡ÖÙÈãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÜÉ×–ÔÓØÏÁÒöÿÿþÿþÿÈÃÇ Æȼæÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÞÉ×—Ô ÓÕ×ËÁ×øÿÿþþÿü÷¢øù‡ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÞÉ×™Ô ÓÖÖÉÂ×öÿÿþþ¿ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÞÉלÔ×ÖÉÂÒñ€ÿþ½ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÝÉ×žÔ ×ÖËÂÍèýÿÿþþºÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÞÉןÔÓÖ×ÏÃÆÝ÷€ÿþ¸ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÞÉ×¡Ô ÓÕ×ÓÇÃÑíþÿÿþþµÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÞÉ×£Ô ÓÔ×ÖÌÃÈàùÿÿþ´ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÞÉצÔÓÖ×ÒÆÃÔóµÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉרÔÓÔ×ØνÃû³ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉקÔÓÕ×ÔÊÅÍßý³ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉפÔÓÔ×ÖÏÅÅÕð¶ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ×¢Ô ÓÕ×ÓÈÃÍåüÿÿþþ´ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉסÔÖ×ÎÄÆÚô€ÿþþ¶ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ×ŸÔ ×ÕÊÂÍçýÿÿþþ¹ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ×›ÔÓÔ×ÔÇÃÖô€ÿþ¼ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ×šÔ Ó×ÔÆÃÜùÿÿþþŒÿ¦þ†ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ×˜Ô ÓÖÖÆÃßüÿÿþþÀÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ×–Ô ÓÕØËÁÚûÿþþÿþÿÑÇË ÊËÃìÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉוÔÓ×ÒÀÑ÷ÿþþ“ÿÅСÒÕÄâÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉוÔØÇÅìÿþþ•ÿÊÓ¡ÕØÇäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ×’ÔÓÖÔÀÖýÿþ—ÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉבÔÓØÍÁêÿþþ˜ÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ×ÔÓØÇÈøÿþšÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ×ÔØÃÒÿÿþ›ÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ×ÔØÁÚÿþþœÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ׎Ô×ÀÞÿýžÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ׌ÔÓ×ÁÞÿþŸÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ׋ÔÓØÃÜÿý ÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ׊ÔÓØÇÕÿþ¡ÿÉÒ¡Ô×Æäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ׊ÔÖÍÌÿþ¢ÿÉÑ¡ÓÖÆäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ׊ÔÓÄø¤ÿÊÖ¡×ÚÉãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ׈ÔÓ×Âìÿþ£ÿÂÁÅ ÄǸãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉׇÔÓ×ÈØÿþ¤ÿðæ¢èçú†ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉׇÔÕÒÇýØÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ׆ÔÓ×Âêÿþ¥ÿ¥þ‡ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÞÉ׆ÔÖÌÐÿþØÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÞÉ×…ÔÓÖÂòÚÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿßÉ×…ÔÖÊÔÿþÙÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÝÉ×…ÔÖÂôÛÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÞÉׄÔÖÌÒÿþÚÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÞÉ׃ÔÓ×ÂîÿþÚÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÝÉ׃ÔÕÐÊÿþÛÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÝÉׂÔÓ×ÅâÿþÛÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÝÉ׃ÔÕÄùÝÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÜÉׂÔÖÌÑÿþÜÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÛÊÖÔÓ×ÅæÿþÜÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÛÊÖ‚ÔÕÃùÞÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÚÊÖÔÕÏÏÿþ•ÿ»üþ†ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿÙÊÖÔ×ÈßÿþÝÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿØËÖ€ÔÓ×Âîÿþ”ÿ÷·´¸µ³ðÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿØËÖ‚ÔÆü”ÿþÿèJG·HIAÕÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿØÍ×€ÕÖÐÍÿþ“ÿþÿêYW·XYQÙÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿýÿÔÅÑ€ÏÒÃÚÿþ“ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿþÿåÌÒ€ÑÒÌñÿþ“ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‹ÿ†þ•ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêWT·UVNØÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêYW·XYQÙÿý„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿèJG·HIAÖÿý„ÿþÿünÿü®ÿùÁ½¸¾½òÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü÷ÿþÿünÿü¯ÿ»üþ†ÿþÿünÿü÷ÿþÿünÿü÷ÿþÿünÿû÷þýÿûnÿü÷ÿþÿümÿù÷üûýù0voùporÿüùÿþmÿù÷üûýùnÿü÷ÿþÿünÿü÷ÿþÿünÿü÷ÿþÿünÿü¯ÿ»þ‡ÿþÿünÿü÷ÿþÿünÿü®ÿýçºåú†ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêÌçâµãâçÒãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿéâÿþµÿþÿëãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿéáÿýµþýÿéãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‹ÿþ„ý–ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¼5B@?Üÿý“ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿ¤€«ÿü“ÿþÿêâÿþµÿþÿêäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿ¨€vÿû“ÿþÿèßÿþµÿþÿéáÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿ¨€Bÿý“ÿþÿñÌÚ·ØÚÎëÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿ¨€êÿþ•ÿþºý‡ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿ§»ÿüÝÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿ¨zÿûÝÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿ¨5ßÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿ¨ÒÿýÜÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿ¨‚ˆÿûÜÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿª‚6Þÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿª…ÆÿýÛÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿ«ƒiÿüÛÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿ«ƒæÿþÚÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿ«„‰ÿûÚÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ­„"òÿþÙÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ­…ŽÿûÙÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ­…ëÿþØÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ®†xÿûØÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¯†Ïÿý×ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¯‡Dÿý×ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ°ˆŒÿû¢ÿüÿ‚&7¢4Úÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ°ˆÈÿü¡ÿûÿ`¢Ïÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ²‰)íÿý ÿûÿdŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ²ŠMÿýþŸÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ³‹nÿûþžÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ³Œ}ÿûþÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ´‚ÿûþœÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿµyÿüý›ÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¶aûÿüšÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¶Bèÿûþ˜ÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ·‘Áÿüý—ÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¸’€ûÿûþ•ÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¹“6Ðÿýûþ“ÿûÿdŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¹”wòÿýü’ÿûÿ`¢Ïÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿº–¢üÿýûÿüÿ$5¡21Úÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¼— 3³ýÿþûþÁÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¼™ 9±üÿþûýŽÿ¤þ‡ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¼› 0 õÿÿüü½ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¼ ƒãÿþþûþºÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¾Ÿ  [Âýÿÿüü¸ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¾¡€3—ìÿÿýûþµÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¿£ fÌÿÿþü´ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¿¦ =©øÿþ³ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÀ¨’´ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ§kÇ´ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ¤ H§òÿþ´ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ¢€'‚Û€ÿûý´ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ   U¹ùÿÿýûþ¶ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁž %‡áÿþþûý¹ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁœ >¬øÿÿüüþ»ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁš LÂÿÿþûýŒÿü¤ûþ†ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ˜ LËÿÿýûþÀÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ—8Áÿÿýüÿýÿ¢_k¡ihäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ• ýÿüü‘ÿûÿ^¢Îÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ”bìÿüü“ÿûÿeŸÒÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ’²ÿýûþ”ÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ‘Kèÿûþ–ÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ~ÿþü˜ÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ¦ÿûý™ÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁŽ¿ÿûþšÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁËÿûœÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁŒÌÿûÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ‹ ÅÿûžÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ‹¬ÿúŸÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁŠ†ÿú ÿûÿcŸÑÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ‰Uÿü¡ÿûÿb¢Ñÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁˆ#ëÿý¡ÿûÿh¢ Óÿý„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁˆ·ÿü¤ÿíߣáú†ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ‡hÿû×ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÁ†èÿþ¥ÿþ¤ý‡ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿÀ†˜ÿûØÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¿…0úÿþØÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¾…§ÿüÙÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ½„2üÿþÙÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¼„ŸÿüÚÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¼ƒ"óÿþÚÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿºƒ|ÿûÛÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¹‚ÕÿýÛÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ¸‚EÿýÜÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ·‚™ÿûÜÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿµ ßÿýÜÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ²AÿýÝÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ°ˆÿû•ÿ¼þ†ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿüÿ­ÆÿüÝÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿ«€òÿþ”ÿ÷ÖÜ·ÛÜÖòÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿª€Lÿý“ÿþÿèØüõµöõûààÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿ©€ƒÿû“ÿþÿêâÿþµÿþÿëäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿûÿ¤€¸ÿü“ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‰ÿýÿÕŠ‚ˆìÿþ“ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü‹ÿþ„ûþ•ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿéáÿþµÿþÿêãÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿêâÿþµÿþÿëäÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü¬ÿþÿèÕ÷ñµòñ÷Ýáÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü®ÿøظÛÜ×ôÿþ„ÿþÿünÿü÷ÿþÿünÿü¯ÿ¼þ†ÿþÿünÿü÷ÿþÿünÿü÷ÿþÿünÿû÷þýÿûnÿü÷ÿþÿümÿù÷üûýùt8mk@ÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿic08:1 jP ‡ ftypjp2 jp2 Ojp2hihdrcolr"cdefjp2cÿOÿQ2ÿR ÿ\ PXX`XX`XX`XXXPPXÿdKakadu-v5.2.1ÿ 9Dÿ“ÏÁ–È0¼˜7®™ò:Å,·¶ˆ–uvÉÔ³&tŒ}ëZ>ÕÔJN`¡lÝîÞ˜ÂR+ÄeíùàÛ»3ÄG^BS¯–œ[ßš±ô-óþ²’‰‹ŠÝÝ´ Ž >¡»Íç‰Û`ôŸ¬³E œµ~WÝįz·ÌA„†#,ÞÈÇQÄ+¹¨ŒÓSÁæˆÈïÂKCÓ )Dþìˆa1ˆÙΆxˆqx Ð×ùœëˆ¼¥»S`3ŠŽñÆë…$¯}ûY.K´ÄšÚG$«?^—,é3çx÷¦Ö«•g1ÈOCÃ~MˆÛ4–|¦ÎéÇlÏ0k"Ì@Î'\¯C¤fO¿~eíZb×ÏÌî?Ø~`® ŽÕ¯ÏümÑšRihÚ…:àmO—dêdÛ…œO½›G—‹nß.ïÀÇ^ð„¢ ÉV2;)DøìJ×ݲEÐi-ç_Ò]cÿ‚ù+§üËH$wÁˆ3!Îõ Ꭺã‹Ž„õŒŒJ2{Mä}`ýgË]$åÔ@­©/ù]]àþ˜™9­°…‚õNð¤ãì]þ#½Õr;ànY¬;úç.^2mbž¥ŒŒ«Ô$àsþ:¾_v±ÜRÖ©ÿ~׆Dçó Ð]PþdlʦXUÌW˾dÕÒ÷t2¶cÁpeqʦ– Š*õUXRg>š¢¨¶d¢×¨v6¢»µ€ ¬Á3¨Fà^þ aX8µ)¯*aó€ ¹%û3?œ4ej(KHhÀg×}ÖåøÜjqÊîÜ]G~º„Uü¤y|Ýd>’ˆ 7àëí<–Äã@6V\þ_?uik ðPö‘_|÷ùoÚìšm÷íïy=18¨Â£lê  z{\ÀkÊ8`…¿>Ø Í±×/_991ŒKyÙdì‘ÖÚR¤U”ß1äš Üê.§ÂŸ{ës¶Üí%êÙ‹†íÀ‚Ï­ˆ£V fA›h浸é¸@­¯d ª<ü^D ñ!nõzµUc ]&&~RÚ‚2˜CžÅB€hìó9?«xräë7T¥˜,K‘‚_!¬ â˜iDõa÷÷ól°0­ßè9vwÀ3{ ÇáGGáYCðyŒ1ßYØ\XÞñÍÙ &¨÷ˆ¤‚0Z@!bŠ¾®¥ ¥ŒŠ×:³HÔŽ“¯\ŠVÝý÷ŽT\þžª-±ó¶’Ú©Ý'+{]ô+t¤ÁƒÐzýã $¨@rÎ9¤Šn €ÛxWØüñËÙöcŸÊLŸº÷ÄNšÝ”9õûïg%.Hy&Øî·MjŠ —Ȥc}”y‚)‘Ø‹ 1T&R$¬I°{Í'`Ej=®Î…'³Å>0{ÉBÎFÝÍgÍœPhoêùê) ìoUyã·ÐæâÂ*³dNGVyq$ÁHEŠÄÒKª´8ì+Uäß;†¿};Cfx)¤V\“IB² Ö¸½®uìÚZ][š¬¤­cb€¶DE:“2ªmõ2Ôé Y"rléJ°å-#f6Z¼#© Kz~"C"AÁò–™x"½t¾|wcœ†Þwð؆Ñq4 +)Ö£œ GÔÐÔ;)™Zw¸Sè.}>M“A¥¬{¾×± MN{6Ÿõg¼6¥6)¤Â«s-Šñóø›ÿI–™&²tˆ?@c×Üy—jbé_ Sh|Fçìcì2ôš‹Ã¤ÇàÙƒ¬?ÐŒ1ßYØ\XÞñÍÙx‰¶RÈ+¯d…øH(w8èØ·u)fUâç¡à6¨Õhñ%µU.B¼̦ñx%†+}Â>Θ׃´èÍTÅ”ȘwÀƒ1µ¦+YÔK y€¢ÃÜUÒ ‚)‘Ø‹ 1T&R$¬I°}Ë!ÞiÕ@ø 0*‘@­ÈJwÐS/£/ æ.ÞLȲ¢&or 0Ò"šˆ¡=ߺ¶x4àûkË›3(פ¡åI—Ç8z¡¢ØJZ–-bG ßögC©ÙÒtH œx"½t¾|wcœ†Þwð؆Ñq4 +R‡”ûä–æs=_v%€éP 2 ‹_ÌR§Ø9ïÒ}²ù[ÖÇC±&¹üU™Õ[Ñfø.o(mœ¡ RX'z´ä“¶ŽUà€ÃíÑØ}ºÂÆÄ8áE”F܈1Bàô¹Fá…gÀ@ó0x …¦LœÊA‹ÿyCƒšP]„…átkan)‰™±xL½dhX>¶Ä adÕ‘‡Æ|º…v^øÔôy­wsßñ£¶+µ“b#Ž×¯$GÈ ‡¤{N¿Îeé¾Çë8S"E!£5x‰ææ… ™¥íÄ+m»„Úêu_4E6µN ìš-µîèñ|Ç 'ðÄo#E ÅîL?ÙíLøšIgqXÜ JÞòñºû¤×âˆ1Ê+`hºFmúsCàû_ ft[ó;b•a^ cyyi§™»ŸÞr*¶MläUêýI@]ˆñoþ¥,‘)û=j+ã甞DÍcÙõ<ÆDˆðù.aêi2!’%5+d¨=Ȫá€Ûš²'E¤uçÙ:ˆ‚û_ H–û/.%Wʤàë(ï¹Ú5•°3ƒXÛ…]9´?BÝ埆(<Ô|úÈ,¹ñ½"N\«Z@ ‡q¨³bí÷„@µø ¡&ËYn8´`f äËZ²SÅ××S "l³ßltƒHŽÈ!pù2û ÍøóT‡ŒL%ŽåßµBÿY¨¿OõdÃrëX¼ÀB·ú‹ËÎÛn 0¦†&oNÕÓà¢ÿRœê §¬ù•ÁúÈ ¤ŽMHf"uúæ””Q ³SÜIS¨Ë%³^Ð9¹`)ò?ýõM«T{¦ÂsŠ1òöKžüÓ= ³h…ƒj0*'%ˆEÝ`Ÿ°tTW’C{wU›«O”+Ùe8>v7 ½„l„’I@K|‹¸N–ѯë-ƒtžL.ŠÀ?9ûÙݬ~gÄJûsÉúû6£³ƒÛŒÆÊm\ƒ£çÍ»A=CàUÆ~"Ã:Pª’v…’ï š!ÅÇcêðb® ñS~´þ*Kf¾—d+Bâä–ˆò!ž­åñÃì>‹úž´µyG2h²ÿm䎰ȨߙI¤‚»Ó|Ž‡¶/s¶Hõö}Ö¹ó94@FJŸíˆ¶¸-Ù©Q‰)àl4ï"’r›mù ?@!¸éZ,| Çá 1øiü? “5›Ö(æbŽoIiUí$U@Ol%ß„Ž<õ¬ÉíÕ‰rÜ\¾„g¥f?š´‘MDÊ» ïNÏ^š(L‹ØÉ‘ÂZªÙb‘,_ÂH-^‡뾸<ªÅßìûÞƒÑ7¬ÂŒËs'홲³’Œõ~ƒZ¨’õ$ꋉí"y(!VQ4NnÐÔÒ–ùûáÄ5ðlY!8‚n©_¾T:fëòcþš7òÔ*g€ªñ—ž; èâÎî÷Q0ÁÅ«µ×Z8‚Õ$<žK]sQ,‚æ("Aƒé` W~u<³:ÉéOJO/Ißð`q픟WtY=ì®oæ Yç÷Ã,¶·‘Ë°^ùóôVÁc!AÈä, #Q—Ñ;KÐ `÷”‘Ÿ\éó˜1ré ±:!ðâ­ƒdà:T^^9ÜÓ;o õp„ ¨½,ð€Ý(òEb2ŸšNGd~SÂa†íÍBßNÈÎŒwè⺥~ùP雯û÷* CØ¢!%ÓB‰ÝÚ&8¸HX¾ãAj‚’O&4{Gû/Û‚óÚm;æ%¦¥`ɯMš„ šÔEw&„ŽåiNjŒÜŽ›t¦ˆóùHGô’¼Oooÿ„Š؀ëBÇ(ž!¨±L3Ò—êêX…˜lê+Hx(!ø:äriĤûU_à~bµû]{QË+ä¤lOÞPéÐäª&”¨“fÔ© üj\90šÍŠuû¡hî¼Y¶À 7¸/T©Ž0Ž‘j:wsµü™Í=¿³øÏÚËŠöÿ1³=3D=Â4#îfh¯ë^¾Úw•ÚØAëóª@Óbß“¢û'à§ús¶.Aq9xÃ#mN†J€)êÀìS³‡9ðUݾ]ŠãJTòÒ’ˆº¡.B›‘ëF0iGI´· Ä)ëÁ&2:í'¬ç”âç »6±Ÿ²Ó¢BQ3€G\¿¦@õ©!8Kªrê·-:%¥RmC"(ƒ£j9‡Ð¤„x-Ï’ ªÙ¯JÓÆ7ùj~Õãá8 ÌÓñÍÒAÇJq!@àÚž_ƒä%žƒ‹l)X¡ ‚Fàc9† xF½g£¯o‰Ä£DC«’®hEçÝe¶Ñá<‡DZˆ@-Í|ù¦[# • WË´P¡ÓÕ%3ãƧÄ\6wZ0é –h¤ìBè+€ná'»åé…ì3ŠšŒ"'HÕNìmSÓ\®nøŸ)Кš€Â?KÁ‚ÓM`lh‡Û§‚_‰ ë`νv¼˜N«z¾~üv¼_‹YãØÑå:±1,?vàf›…%vF*Њ&r¥‚Ã}¼ä/­£éÕÏí•q"›'cQ0õO£"ÚzSøüàJy¹Ÿ LtÞ‡2¤9Ã¥¼!-ˆC;ö‰ÀœlǶh!Ä'ëaUˆí¥ÊRA=d  Ü&Àf•)}Ê(*Œ¾…ca9%ÊCüx-Ë<Ö¦’T'‰3%¬D1¨I³WHXÐåX+~5ÇÈ` é}õ£c³ë@ºîb"sL†Œ@U‹‡Î2œä2„•.nK@Áà<Çáµñøt†˜àU"Í4EþÁjÜvÅO´¼®qB¾×Es0Ù”ÿ{ÌÔºGL9VsÔmÒK3â üŒ¼fü—÷¿µ[<ÙãÈ£hÕºå½í˜2©Ú¿½Å^6 è:ç•Ó'ÖV ‚Ï2ïß³dò\Ì ÿ©ê¿à†I(7Æ2x‰ZŠ#i[ú™nô`Äþ•p#R’ñW9A­ˆ~c’%¸-Ùõã–Q­4Âw%S{Ìܵ"½#²ÙìÒÀ ¢¸&[’?/J·žJç^æ9¢YúŒæ¾ovdd#ƒZGªÐFe¿xµ· Z„‰„Ãü›ïÐÙáHK“¬à Ê û%Á¯œ9êÀ!Y'7/ÆÀÏäãšÐø{G8Å£ù ‡æb P,$Çž(–Ä(?/DªòÓž‰~‘ð$êÁÑ^F×ÃØ£±gÿwšþï‚ÿ"”z7·w8û¾ûÏ4*î4ùH7¬ýbX*?íœÛ/+Tʬm›ï¹þô?ä…³‚é}çí¤ f; ”Zû¡òWî­ßŠúW™×ÏÍÍs5¼ „¯ðt˜ð’Jåz!`Ûd‡ú ZetþT<aX¶ïþh˜àM)ðT¦ƒ5Íåù>$À•(¶íAÑ 7ší¸›}küøïbÈÑìEMR?DþÉÄC ¼éÏ^ŠS-ïMäci‡Ó¾ì?æ9¹T8©«ƒÎŒ”Áõ=|½ej0Š¢ÕRêÔ÷Ò#;kG%S”á¦Ðœî´ò$¾Ä‹³bEmÕ‚H§/C ß÷š$#Û6 ¸±uxžYíZ{\éðÖ ÜoˆõJ‘:‚V¤)Ûe¨mÏLOÝA„66î´döø¢F6Ú$pcžc‘؇Œ´Ô/¦Iö.± íõu%rÒ´ïÛœ3vê9¨J} _ »¦‹ˆ(ˆ¨¹aâœ#ëŠì[gY«ªÓÜÿ7¤žºtÃݲ˜ å̇šT¸ö¦TÙ_k‰¹GÿS%Ë{ÂéÍ®7KÝÃÿzÁä©H”´K•œ9¡&eÖVLácR>—ÙOì´™ÑÅt×­¯·WŠ[6%¹ Cû½Ó«[´­S؈ŽÇ9üŠöÔ–\Òà"Èm3d>p>Æÿ µh6ÑÛ›éeìH"‘"ozZpø¨wÜj¬{mŒO³Kìñ÷óͺ”\¥$¡ ØQ ¥ `@i‰Ý£ó}Ì–ë–šöLðýIU3÷sRÓîxò°_þü¢kiÿu>dóq²9!¨ÇØlY¶ðS* ù¶€ ‡8u}‹I°}s¤siöȤÑä%k›J¹œýqºÇÉ»d±#<ãÐŒüͯá³N°;T:$Af†§ÍÊؼ“Jk8°_ü =àÿ 8¸ä5ÉœíW )‰×ñ¨‰¶»Qèœ5­Ë>x?a°9o”âݧ0YpCô€Ä!]ñE”ÐSzB‘~ElÊ&¹FèªòdcÓº0{\k9Ô<ðÇ#Îe#\­U—ŠVßÚ¬Wç’{±Ð›~ëb E¾%¤“±ÊM ¡\ä?¦ˆ9e~~w=a"tÁ»}c?+¸È!Ó½A-£’ž çÚL}÷ƒ'qšŠ€§¥7èª9lž"Ç÷ˆaEíAÇ‹ú¹"²õWµ[ö¨ ï©l‡c\‰c#)é_È~ Ç7‡1ck-uÌIõ¡úŒq>$2ó9šÎ|ýznÙ¶Ø"»WxGÁä‚%^|#æëBy}™ã ê™MúTM‹Ô?Bi5g~£Ñ!¨eôïç%EhÑ´e§Tá6„KJ¹¬ðé­‹ð.>»ðL ¯Žô U-@8°E5Ðû"‚ZÈÁxEPÃu;T>5<†(͉ê‹ãùa±qÁTÉ°†-J‘œðù®±$ôæýÅ,¯)Ë$+ÿx¶¼!@¥‘‰Œ=g¯} Åá3ùj<Ûÿ…<è1øû€éW!ýjvÏ0Ç›P )î·L§ÌÎü‰¡¿ tk,7ƒ °0¢  è­Û$&h;üNdíc¸ˆE¡Šm –î)UóßÅzÍ_¯‡a‚v|qÂùxh¼¾ào¢£å‘Ÿ´“¤!­p¸-„æ<ε „-Au×Ä„Ó€Ôƒ™H§YÍ+~¯˜“§N‹ò4o$¢ ÿ"_5ç N%ýæqÈÍ)Tx”Š‹¡q™ý.¨èé¹#tu :;ë<{L‹ç*;š¤'×#(†=$YÃó¾áÃW‡uð““4vÏ)xTëÈb«1X©S|ÑYÊ?{·¹M@:ßæ/­¶°šùÞ°XmZ#³+ƒÎ"±™LU­þ€•â«¤‰½k&$g^7Ð÷\>O{ÙîíF¬GF„€Û£ò2“Ò"Y¿#}í½ZΖ@cFsÇm¨H+ÉÚÁÀ‰\b^ê6´>LŠ—áp‚F“Ü£*lcg­F×co ÎÊt;îâwM1QvI¯ŽJª9ì9Ü^nË>§4ž$Á©NÀҞ˓´Ú1È\bîÍ “à(¾Ü§|é"ïUêÚ6˜b×RN÷¦4Â]éšnÿ#…1VÐû(/©,ãý¸Y?0ùš4&‹[ÍÐU;Äß×D”õ±×¦óТ>K.îƒ÷+ôy(<¿[¶T]ɇÆCUš!¨¿Âc‘Å‹sqžæåj¥Õ³¡‡,Oº®ìK)`¯>mñköõ»·ºwCpïˆn=Äó4žŠ§Â€ž ÊŠ‰yÊI¾ö‚}›¹Vä§bowÊ8:‡Ü¹OøÇF o!+@¹ÿ,ÍCæ ¼/oùÌèŠjyÌ2æ,f6€`ìѦM½?¬ŸÀŸæ9>¹µÉ+nËó e9©#Š©pRUÞþyc“ݯfÆ~.;<šaH™><S­îq;O²>q£Ð¸˜…çÚu¨ïL¹¸W¬.;Ç_ï×p‘2þMÚ¸™r]Ô3E>¬2m7Ê] ¼cœ †|‘”u#CÎÀl¶m=KhÝC݇6QØ3Vù;*ÜèؘyÚðÆÔó¨òÀa~—>Âÿ^rÈv×Ü?~ã?»añA ½„lLIpPb‰ H„„¶)p•ÃK~Aþm ñHJ&ÄQFéœ`„ƒ¢{„„©-•9Þ4 $0wøTĪÒÊNC6LµW'¹¡C˜;É6觨°;ÃÀóHtt}q HŒ–R]K‘²é|ao61VÉ%wd‰íT—äãÔRž²Å$„5èlŒ2T @04$bPJ“ FÂÒ׫pèë"eì f›C%ÅžÝ÷_·ŒòZï­%ÂoH‘:оŽ…¬¥kˆéS­>°F?.+‹3Õ]lÔÃ8j”Auu*°”ÜÎÆà¥`¶ŸùæªMENPîÀ_ùyÏb -ƒªô‰É%Ó0@ ‚+‚ùýžÚž»*qƒièdÃýx± C•‡^’— öÆÃM/Ä—ÓL q{ŠÄ‹¤µÆÄ7· ¼8E!™‘¸nøGÎo®0NÿtÂOýf?D³ äâ¢J ÑLéЂV!.Ld?ÓBÁ¢_ƒ¡´Ó&y‰b¥íÈ„7…ÿ]ðŒ1œUIB/]»»n”üD|†Ñ#dlYØ­ TáCâÁãšbJÿ/€â%W@ è;e>Óî$ÊGþÈ_<ð C§1l€¹³Þu¶xyo|ÿ8ЦîYÿg½‹¯ð(,Ú $$Û\+ãù;‡€)5é H>çà0tK›ò1ÉÚá(óƒ” xÞ'HdJg—èlŒ2T>ļР$Ü$$I§Ò-fÒ€º¿è›VÔX¬‹°.C·Dù*3À¼ÆŸ€ ï’Œ]z·ö¶¹÷ƒw;.§ç¯ ²KôÃ5Çßµ**™# •ëË&¤`—„¿¤ôÙùBõÄÀ¿F!qÞ(W€±jÓb•P¹4{"Ã?c öÌõ Äi£Ko‡×8Áçö=%% nk˜-xaMCˆ·(60>À™fÝ ²’–ßøq²Êê¼-‘ä 2ô¦—ðo³+ü“Ñ×c;’{Lep³Ì'"æˆN¯‰Í^®ÿ$#SÆuûJÞuR¬¾¹Û§e‡™Â|˜#¶‡-Dk¶B B±&‡üdp6ñ ø4ïÓRD*•hp'änZÈ„=¨zk@ÚŸH¦xîb-Í0áW*qÒæøTâü·:⃿eNP`6"ÐL{p²qþ¶gmN˜ø q.²h¬Ôà«Bà „¶tîÎ[ÿZÔUâ(Ó %|´”F¹SŽ±G…–£sÞË¢ˆ­·NyÉ»ý¹%Q”4ݯ‚Yl´]7bIo‹Õ¯@‰3«;•Ëw@h]¢—#ök¼ºè ³"âŽÂ𢭒’.I˜ÙÙ½Ÿ€¼*áJjù_§·º©sdÇ È[–éJìrÖiÛŠÛÉ÷B8â *Ú’…ûáÃ0é ÙŽ$RÉ8ü« â¼Ñ3oÝø™OF¢Äï7XG˜Q_oÅê[>´©AŸh~8N"Ï„˦ygoOÊ}ÕX½Cdã1Mž'€‚…uRì0ï—ºzêûÜ;Þ×tjÅ‚²º¥ÌŽŒ¦ñYÖ!•ñ mÊpx#B¸Gdy¸c@ÆEê†h €°°§îÊ]Ï%ãöémõ/~Ý'ý¬Øýº-ûnÛþÚ÷ÛmO¯í´o¨ØèØÈ9$Äí] ®èCTX×Ô.轞gal.}ldáSHÂ$'Í_àç–ƒR¹eñÜW38þ^äspÐúøªÛ¾/yØ-½ iÿñ¢4NУµÖÊ´óøNÙ;†èq(±çQsϺ+t†Ç ò³ÛX§.F‰PÃŽ—òk>äñèÉ—CrD”(ðÀ¯ñšû¥yŸµ`'¬Ý ,)"ÿUÉÃëhh'[•o|Ü´Œ 8YîäŒátõ@›{lNc[—¼®L£Oþx&îã$¬JÎ,vPé1ö’x¢ìÌz=n÷ý—»=Ø£mY¿[øãžë2œþ5-6,²M@ÏÒ€M[ñc%•ºßhwà&D€}4þZè9q(,’ƒ0¸/ôõhäºw K¯w.ó§u´SZ/˜ï³* ¾AÕiòàBãñŠ¼ä;°ûˆðï(J€°çC_Ó”èy¹RZv¤©Þ‰ÿîIuth”õèG g|«ÖÙqu‰\ZL—WÔÑ¥ê à¤>Û.fÓòc{Ú½r’oì ‘”fVuÇ})3Ø«b€¢xÓ¾î€#¤ïüÇ2J9‰ˆãFÁvˆˆN~Lâ<‚ƒïÐ\ž«Ñ•ˆÖ^õœPV9©å…p)ž >»ªÇbÌ°MMTš(‡P7; ^é†úzOALý³T6k¦î §®ôõ>¦Ú»5õqhÛœÉIrj/_tÖÇkN©§ŸhrP3^EyvNÌÿr¯Mîl¡:¿ã|ª½Î1}²@vCîX¥÷ó $ny3º \ew&ù–9¡lÜ”4ÐÜ£ÒŸœÇՌͳ±Ö:ÓòÝ)YÌ™Õçßbàøžu¢Yó ìÀ¿Ê”寬û8œÄbÆ¡t0°Æjw¦–VÎèÏ´ÙJ¶“À´y>ÀÅŒÏ`›"8´qRc ­Q…B¹ûÒf—òØs¢¸@6œwàª|À¢×&ƒa¨e'uÎ^’S°“®œ‚ÝáÑ°‹jû»p4šˆ¸·ëi“ìc>(w£¹•Ãæä̡• QQ™ý5Åyõb €#J·€)Cd”úp1]>ö@ôK|Îp•žæ,“ä¿òz ËqUÜ.ŽʳÇß°$ÕžaïÓ Cµ¸¨³bÁÒÉ‹eÆj/Bm Dt&yŸ±l$Õý•f­Ï«’yìáòpÇ è&è3¬[àd\dœ¡b¯²%€ÄürR7ò¥Xà.<È/)R™{üH<ÏvlüF€]ïY'#¤:ϨžxiµI-Áòk”àán¯!Ðó¨I§âÀ°)I©’+aZ5itÿENîÃF?¶ÆÒì熜j(¬®Ï¤e±Á×l1d¥>²^h@KiÏã>lV¿C1lð¶ÌÏ:z᤮”Õ°ë <×·ÞË*$à*DmIÅQéáú’4ùµí–°ÀÆxû4FÕUº|ÉnÌvx# •Ý‚ :×¥|±}¯J¸©Ð;‡o/Z¸÷9œÖ¯ÆkÑÌ8U? ‘†J€¯’€JƒÂBPѾ!fÀ÷Ø%ˆƒØ0@È:sÿp™)„„·Çð%L»òT½ä„R+ƒ 9-NÌÀHñää„€ Àpa %*Rßx $$ýô'¬›O:Õ&@}”×aêM„½HètV ü©iý]ˆ‚˜q,Ä)Û#³&ßÈõÄ¿·¸eõó ¥q({êK¢IÌZ=8TTðq¼TÎÖbhFžü“2³Ç mw§*OüøÏ…â©ÌFCGëÈŸ|9u»Ztf-úÔo`ë7¸ñLoòoÚÐCMw\S=cd›é!dI[öÈÆØmý NIB€,凰eV-É@* S3lWn°Ý÷¯œ’´ð«l™çSg Õ3«h€Ñ'Þqƒ?b12í¼Ùô£²^¦]Zø˜j¾ø8¬çYVGqï Àë7~¨#oæê€H3Ñ“TNR³¿_¶sÑ«Cƒ Säa!,O.yñº–óÐõ˜ñÈ”°­5t*˯vJ€UõHŒìýha Õ*Ã@41¢³ Û‡ w/óÈ:¶ºÅ«wð@Q+˜ $bˆÂ@™¥òTx_Öòæñš éê9è¼û,åÉXpP²'¼ܨ„s@ÈÍà _8ýîÌXŽã\/A¿–À;KM§`÷5dÃzµé÷¾ˆü:H }¥úÐ #§lãsn¹åFšS=g.ð·Ÿñ¬+9·\ÚvÞÄ—¹[#Õí1‘ gâ‹3Ø|;ÏÚ¬:fºKM—zÒ"¹5: nkýÉtî´¤}mÊ·nVW?‹ú•¤¶%床n¯î<Ò=B@+ðox³<‹ôªs;Sž\cæ%CÚ:¬$vQÑóÕËÔDBó¨:ÚÝ0½§žx›L1·u¾07©‰–‡fèúÎu擬sÌXŸ†ùñ ¬òOÃâ@úÇâ6»ÛˆcFx“¹:mâÙå’=ÈôÅ?z¢ÈS_œka;ékÑùbÔtkÈг]RW"'…z·JîT¿ãüf¾k¦Hî& Éñ©jQ[©‹\Ÿr/Ok¹P]­k:s᣻;¿ßÞÎ?î*Zà©Kx^ h3±F¶hÙê|7ìß\—¥# M"£KN¥Ý£õ€½ÝÙ;»ÝÔdOQ(všÉ pBe°¥Nø¾E Ä<±Óƒ´LIÉ\ˆÜì^ÀöšYŽ4 ùz>:4ÏMŽ”£”-Di’x­ÑyÀ€šÄ¹ó—%À}?s8P묡*PÛ׌Ÿç@îÔãöèõ"þÝýª8ý¶ïíuý¶ŸíyÃöÚSçUûlkê,èØÈ9$Äí] ®èCTX×Ô.轞gal.}ü¿úTt¾·×®m¥ G¡C]†‡"ëÿÍÃBCèDÔ$c\„G]V¼´†)¦ÖiþÛžØqs…ó°ä½Ž%<ê.{a•ÌL?*%Çú^З[05èÏO äŒ.<ˆ|Œ¬™Î¼«=fèIÌ Q[: :.øe *—è~;ab=Ë,@šÎ çšÀ:B5ä·üðMÝÆIY:þ•œXì¡Òe±ä¡›ÈÖ?Ô~öŠð–jüÉûU <"È!Âä1{¨+™€G+TUºG&—áòKðÝèë÷ï7Z_p¥Ê¸Ñ½ÎTšZ¿w'ó§u´SZ/˜ï³* ¾AÕiòàBãñŠ¼ä;°ûˆðï(JÂ0𙓌&2_¥b…1–1«#‹"ag}ƒ‰¼×WÖ’Øê à¤>Û.fÓòc{Ú½r’oì ‘”fVuÇ})3Ø«b€f?.jH?Yç™õÜ‹DŠÄq¦ÍbA í<8p) %BH¬þµIç»]#ƒ+#/[Ê €û$™­ü\Ä4HØBÎœþÈ9ßüÑ( áø‡<Õ¦Ûî|Âû0/ò¥9kë>ÇN'1±¨] ,1šé¥£É4Ï´ÙJ¶“À´y>ÀÅŒÏ`›"8´qRc ­Q…B¹ûÒf—òØs¢¸@6œ…—P{‰•¶é%; :᎔<ÒȶrNÖŽÀøÜ[ç`·Åôä̡• QQ™ý5Åyõb €#J·€)Cd¯U™÷ÌCP-˜c+@ÊÒšt– 5¥:iPØ´Êû”îZAž1AqŠö¸kB?0=ÙÔ¤[Àž´–µÅè§Ñ{â´ÌîÇB‹“úM!—•{‘¿‘ߣ0À‘L‡aËŸ§HÖGÖ'ªŠß# $8Ž´ö#ÂóoI£0@›WŠcœßÈEEl” YyÕN…û¢5O1_´gðÊlš™WV°L†cŒ—IÕXþ5bA܆ºfTÎ6­c†ó²?§djÈ;FÕ*|† Qņټ5íð^(Áª™:Žêœï‚N8‰,§Vi - V\šY€a!(hJ°CЩÆ^/º‡ºd¨íá|ÿ,Ú¯Ê!¦¿›Mî\“%8¸“j°\}e¬›O:Õ&@}”×aêM„½HètV ü©iý]ˆ‚˜sûªŸÀ7úäJž¥s˜A{(÷ Zt3º¼–^(cÜ—„<Š©Ó®räÙ‘6~9 ù¤±|¬gç< ²›ý@LYaìk`2ûüÙð!Ò~IˆbƒOöˆQj†)/ùj¥½ü¨Ã1—ôA7ã(‚°>r¿›+†„È$’‡MrzÄD"¨k •®‹Îù”1sâ?^M îWÂôg\/\V;ø)3IǶJÇP9!ÿC»T@g Õ3«h€Ñ'Þqƒ?b16©É °SÁÀ_® ¬»“GëÝÍê6¶êG_CR’.%€j´ÆÑÖÜ01rÉÇCͶ—!p¯ÆòcE(B=­¸ I92€îÉlÇæz©µ© ÛáÔaÛpSòæñš éê9è¼û,åÉXpP²'¼ܨ„s@ÈÍà _8ýîÌXŽã\/A¿–À;KM§`÷5dÃzµé÷¾ˆü:H }¥úÕ.\UHv²è,Ú¡¿†ãBïÞ |Ó€šE7¸ƒZFpD̨áÓæâ™âõä+AÞ ë‰é/úv‰vÞxQ£[CàGÂyR¯6Êö+Zü~µ‡­ïŠt—“ˆŽR9ßM{7YüÙ<€1ÙŒò/Ò©ÌíNyq˜•hê°’DÚâçŠÕ6¬^bbpó¨:ÚÝ0½§žx›L1·u¾1&ûkñ\¡®<­.Sa¼Ë4Ó•|â6»ÛˆcFx“¹:mâÙå’=ÈôÅ?z¢ÈS_œka;ékÑùbÔtkÈг_ž¡Bþ·WÉ9£Ò€º¡Ê«s#1f—êOKR‹¹1´•©À²ÙÆd>¢ý‰Ð5¡ÏeßÞÎ?î*Zàª#ÿ/3ܱX_ׯhÄO¯¹WæóŒM"£KN¥Ý£õN«ì\Ä+‹}ψ‹ñtbÆÑuò§Ê‘?ï°"‚Ũ;…¼<±Óƒ´LIÉ\ˆ»[¿ñ|’k ùz>:4ÏMŽ”£”-Di’x­Ò¼Îgêz7D!qþ3¸Ë€ÿÙic09gD jP ‡ ftypjp2 jp2 Ojp2hihdrcolr"cdefjp2cÿOÿQ2ÿR ÿ\ PXX`XX`XX`XXXPPXÿdKakadu-v5.2.1ÿ fWÿ“ÏÂúzÃ5ö`êÕºáÍ­¨§ŒôÇŒüOÁ¤8(†8žd˜:â~=Ì9[ Ù±îʼ—šPÃr˯h× „!íòdk'nѶö[9FÚÓ#B Mâ’vyðدd{ò~öºåò*g²%šxÑ£:Ñfð-‘p»ðŸš[eÖÕ;dËϼ7)Õrµë™/ÜýŒJÕ¹^»Þ¤ÕHǘ*¾™€˜Â¸ÕÆçõÎÃÔÕÆœZµ¼ÌÝk9Ç¡­nñExìÁNå’ùÉUœ,ò@É›ÏMõZêCÖ8;ýeý%'€¥KxØA”›ÉÙ¢ü½–vÙ´fg‚ß–sbHŠíäºNö |]zïÝáv%j!uäX6Կݿéºós¡aK-òùþ¦“F§ “@†6”,Áë‡äd à‹»Ö÷ûPÝÜ‹›Í\ôYä¾ûd,;`íÄt^–lØW^µÚöVÈÃÌ¿Þ=ÎM€²ê,$g­º… JAœí0eOãmïXVš@<ÒÉínº¦Îƒ£P”í›Ê ”k‹A«O)9êútEq)bå}Ò Â¢·­å/ù ¯•Þ¡ UXø©œKRT‹ßsbHŠíäºNö |]zïÝᓺ|.ÞÑ9¤'Ź'O’Æ1…w9Ìö²ªLä]e?q·uF¯¿`µfÓâ»’β¶E/€»'˜íA)*â–¾Á”5âfðô€XVßi?*)¡@Uclæû@h5iá%4Pw å"Vž0–@æž_4ˆ‰ÇÚ\¯ßkÃí¤¡ö×0}¯ ‹ëëò³ÙêJ¬å3:V˜Z0Šx0Ç>þ˜™Ÿ˜/3ùJ}û÷ï*ZsÜ+GöAn€¥&.cy³'Èòü‡˜xMÒpÕ²Z(Im°l§¬Íåê8}šv¨S P¤i¿ÈÁICuEÖÔY[‘äÿA¸æ½÷ðø,*UÊÙÈ¿ñ¤»Öœk*%\ Kpðk¨³w¶²âé°¬IÌ´‚G»‰¦ Rµ L©yCµ³‚)‘Ø‹ 1Kª›ŠLWh ‚0–0† r|l³Á4˜1Óé¯'Á]ÑÙãIu4E°>Ö•_¦£÷ßÙò£kÅÛÀ…ñ\5çXX]Òüùid°Å*™¸õ, þ+öšZxú|J¬ä§p7hìå¹jÜ!Ìiÿe²«›PÈ¢ÊÝ<úáMÄQ]Š!ØÔÍJæö fßÈ8„РßÓì\ˆD vðÞïÞ4K¯.T”àÀÒþ%…üʹáx"½t¾|wcœ†ÞwðØ…Ö.ºôXâYXÔdØàMÊÙÍ.£‰Ióô… :kKD¨Üûm}xÐäLNß[æe·W  gälªyj¬»xÆï$hM¤òk¬Ÿ•h‹„ÅÈŠµ "æ,²-(Ë(ÚùñÃÖ·ö,¿ëT<Š”20ÇàÙƒ¬?ðŒ1ÞË1ººÈ'¶·šæ ¸¨s¦gv‡´¥Bá«|MxÁZ¥?˜¢ŸÖB;Ph>ã²@!Q7gBrM¬2ICwébÄpÚWñNÃqÎíB -ÃT‘ñ ¸µÊ¡ 0$+÷‹ß1'çs‚)‘Ø‹ 1Kª›ŠLWh ‚0¼´ˆOÓz+ïÄwpr&äÕ[mÃOñÅykZ·ú1¶þ{Ò‹ù¼oýtO@ý42ãÏ¢i?¼eG?Ñ|ºg—‚1ÿLÉ4ü ß¿áôYgŸºéß’]»£œ`ù‘ã ¥ôe%>ÍÌûΩ,½ÂœÎˆÛ<¸¸ïò3ý VkW¤‡k:[‰ˆM¥†´ `¼ê }Fq÷l\¡eJoÆqDÛL{{l¹A¼¾¸Ñy¸ûW¹9JI4+ì„‚0¬-¼2#Á pÉž¨e\ÉôRÔ|lÕnæyGнDä@F{ÔÙ1ƒñM‡Z~>¿êºŒ“|_Åø`m!Î×ÿUžT³Ê3Ö»%A'&¾Ö`&»†6DÑ1 S _þ½&@ötáˆEKÓy¾Óy„hÃá’ñ»þlëhg£hº=gáØXç$'¸—hkÏvTSùh·¼fÞúz¿]BvG¯ÑÏJ^ýôî«]0àØCÝ©ÉöÞ!õu¸×^ö=×ÒGÚï‚Ù*z• SPM (Š§ó%И¶ðˆ_JÕÏøô;‡ðJùïÌ+1BÍ&LÔ”1éjÈ( B¥<Õ LÃúoÇ•§ æÙd»l;Ó“^o“%=2!Ù§ñÀŽÖÒ@4†4G¡ß‘’öØa·¦ŠÔõ£Õé?»ò{6LµyGßD™÷„ÏþhfÍdôU³»%%%\ 0ç¿ É¢Hö{É´* »*Z‘×Xñ¯oZŸOC0¿ гvðd2è1 LdŽq$<ŠÎâØz‰¬.Óù½öÔX¾až}ÔœæH(¥ð‹!¸î—´îµç-nêeÀ5³κåå/‘<—=¤LYŽi­ˆ>Q`Ök†d‡yä͹±Wí…Ö,ÃF¢"´% ¬-O…ö*æ¡x8dXœÀ…%ÞcÊÕCÌï½ÛבÇákÇákÃð©“5›5$:øgŒûíQ(O¶|Ôz)µNk ª•j4ÝÀ“p’[xSRÔÅÉþ¼ešú#¿‡b¤ÓŸ(”1’É}¦-!hR»É¡q§•ùm4RªSÅëþ!î@”Ûðž"ìn‡õ'7Ó„25ŒžWœáÂ#°³ zu-’¼ÈÞ=\ªóÒ 8²F¡Ñ¤fj¾t5¶u´BÓSѦviY¬ ^‘¾¦·IºÂ éÕZþl±—ì*t¯öˆ1°Ý> e;Œk©Ûá ¬+ÏÁ pÉž¨e\ÉôRÔ|lÕnæySÖ9¢eÕx©?[&^Qß½/–*s U/Áv•`íTVAK†ŒbÍ:7Î;Â¥Ñq‰²—ºÒZéáÃFo¨Ýñ“h¤OdÞÖçñ{±™—¸#½Ù¡0mWpn…epfÆ'{ß~΋iK] ×ÌÆ‹‹Ûø “ìëÅ{\ÍòU]Ðy1ÚÏo f>µû ÌP³I“4r˜TÍKįÓôš£øRâ.±ÓMôVw’ŠXدFÈã¤ì= „˜…ž©\µyGßD™÷„ÏþhfÍdôU³»%%%\ 0ç¿ É¢Hö{É´* »*b ¹äPnœßØ®,BXZXšœ¬_Ë ˆq¢ä0ý–ØÃ"Œëóo]Á‡ òÊŠpDÈ´7™I-hÚ©dËŒ-keÌ6P wƒ…QBAa¿·ü ɼ\g!‘»Áú.ƒéhjʪ=üÇ›NM¾ÉZ*HÕã/%K†€ÃíèoEü4ðÈ(&ay5ÿMÐÃ"Ö{$?V«¿½`lH©ÝåqÈl ×KëƒÆ­:Õž<Ö#׌Ž(·7ÖÞëVgIYÏçÙg[C·»©©8H—Wå/ðEmm­®Óùc›: Í¬WÂüði~¾·]±Îó‘îüFÖàrŽ\œñMƒýe™Ö;ôÊænHùÜ´ñ[ß¾Ð+h5±l›²ÔóTÃ3Y´!1v°O\ºTB7{{âIqlwq1ér*ŠeŠC÷õ§Ð´ŠKïí‚êWƒ8wél]Kü;,^Ñ|—ÍÃ4<ÄÁ5Áááe¢Ý"37WÎLq—'Ïû)|ç{ ÎÂ¢ï† …DéÆdWÒûü&ˆýbñÊ;˜¦úK–$ÓÔ®ÑíWeFÿ3ÏŽ]E‡€®¢ðHYªpa Çæ(NX_ Ù‚õ7J »OËú&Ãÿ[¼©å.- Cɽ®¹cÐÕººÀI­º, 2®›Ëꎻ"è…lyÇÜ,‰u‚O⦨R‰Í1¬oƒÒ*¬­Ž½»s¨/4}ñPí,w +>ÚS%6+>R8–•3Õ"t„\•²†¸ˆK¦sÓËáåÓŸà8øvrA¹<¤3ZVA-’g1'øP6ó˜ #—ßÝ“K¬…p…ÓÆ@Sq¦Óný¡ð>J!¨±L3Ò¥ŸÀv„˜Î?>à MŠœ¬z5ò;Ž“¥6r΢s¥»qÖnw(Î5fn‚Ž9 r¬gªE‹R#èš] / fW·l¦ÎxZ,þdPZ€q^-¢B.Íô»np­?n_–[(†ñûÌ€„vJaRX‡Õ¯РÚÛÿýÉ¡€âN× OnOp'AДêÎeת°â[,¬’‰TÝfn”¨Ð)~®ooD„Úžv³²ý –„”¥€Â=± ‰l¸Í.$4E]À vÜBGiTTÕX%«Y kµ/öÝý¯ƒ‘뺟’ÈÂÏÈ!&þÒ›ºÂZ+þ,ƒEø êwEƒxHH9.*€ß–¢µ°H2žƒQì9µJcg£GuLjv9‰Ð,æ|-³—àh|ÓCÉ8Û„ ä6 ¢Ùì¥EtÛ¥pãñŸë+tÝ™4@FØǨ˜ó¬x‡Z á!¼Â•u4RMªiU´5ª¿rÎÂ**(£ Ê„r(¨/~J€?Êp9ÄîÝƱÜ×záo¡o{ühL›]&=*™×žMÿBßþG´ò³•ÐèØÙ¢\õ‰ DaˆäÙ¶¤–­·Ô÷ýó¡ó*¥bO~‘7þdÂÔ/ko=b¢6õ"f<Ñ9Ÿ»÷¾F%³( #ŠMÕ~J€:’OÆí+°$StèÜ2•“þw¢ÿNx{P¼m\·¬wl’í"oÉç.¥³G[\ùv‰Ûø›½»V®(C ïۼŠδëxŒL!òÀr™ÒŠ÷å–iêwÞ  O<ånñyÅç)[BÍõg@³`T÷Ž’ÓŒ»ÉK)ëýóyÂåWM»î©4æ5´QŸ(ÌÍ8¹B%|ݧχœAyÙQëÈò©"<"ÎÙeˆ†%~éy1 )pÄOFz¹¹¾òUm™C&Hø{Ü;J±nüœk×çÊèGâæš {‘Y÷ÍïT$ôÄöË5=ôoÖ ³vÌ0ÜB†GB…°úÆÓ]gf“]Ø%^‰€ÿSvºo9ÁñF"˜G%_æ£;kÛœz”™VšTRöµÝ—ߤaeèÊÇy÷©:,Ï™é&P&°;6ñÅž Çḑøt#ÃNÀà;ƒF_ˆë?M[6䫆$ؘd £Íù%PÏ$²bïåcÔƒ”” øÿ2ŒˆØIOÅ¿EV•ò¶pø•Îe¤!3™ÜÿAÚ$ú\c„TA³æ\ÀoªF©“1;Cj¯è—Óø^Xä܉0p;õX©FÿÁßfÆMS8‚À‹Ð‹†ðÊÛ¤ávǹécút”ã4 q„ ¶4Ë3ÔøÿÏWýãIÄW#Ïú¢\–xÒeäý/†^ë$°ãwQîG–dÊJ•e…øÕšAË·à¥)a­£ñrÏò>ú3æ2Îwól2±/1çyiO§ÿ]Œ’âfñvåê²¾ºN­¸5“¯%Ë4tÃYñ@7útºŽwF¼ÂH'w¾¦ü@Ÿf|j³@¡‡fS°3|1€Ç, —ø":rª:ÐáãYs„I{‚Uè²¢­Î£êHŠC¯#ÃI¶sÎæˆB[pÛÿ>²„’¸Œ³¦‘zû5•Cz[ˆ§‘ô';*ïœÀÌñRŸ@aÂÛ’òsI>ö6ß÷ÁTÙ?[öô/´sE¬v"i÷"J¬©VŠv2böí‘:)þ}#++yóëBôÕ²ÎÄ%ÐxÖ×Ëkò,Òµñç¦=÷˜ºÉžþâëÇÔH‹çzºÚ0¾lövrN懄|DW‹Ó‚v?:š¤€Ê[öH7Ž­)c®ß Mo|YgD½‚f™þ]!‡Õ„þˆ{Ë5$™SÝr‡CƒÖˆ5ÓùoÌ8â=C„ÒHb ˜kïFïx´˜ä±Pû~þ ,2Zÿ-š¸ pÖ—g¸ÅŠ™ŒØ¡=€×:Ó}.g—ŸBµ ÜT³•¼pgÖ£Lpÿ* <ál&.F;Vš6"t¥!Ôücz™Y?ÄW”#VÌ“"¡÷)ÝFƨk£³êI¼ÍU+C,n(J%_³\.ö.Ü>*.v ÂãF@ã…"búéE¹A@4ž¼Ã¦dÑUbÜd?a"cL­¢çß½ÀLq3mP³widª{ Æ)<äþƒÇf•GZk.u 2opA"¶Ò“M6%4ª`'GçGî…WóÖbM@ïØŸ¿ÁÿÕÄ—B-ö»¢ÏŽM]ëØT_œ”¿ï“ &üûób´×´—E¬†“q÷"JÌÉŸTÃhí‘:)þ}#++yóëBôÕ²ÎÄ%ÐxÖ×ËqàNÝgþr§•’ïOÖǪþ}Noª»;߇kݾ÷ñÅ:<ßüêyÖŸ DžWàÛ‰#˜  x¯&.†!ÙÏæ'þè¡D¸ 2¬t€ _„bäiÞ¾ân£UŒ"~»ñÖ˜hrÀX?ž!ãÍÇb©O?ßY¿=0ylœ²Ï½›DÐi0d&gu^ÔŒ4ý æÙ¤bNϾŠÓÿÛuzïÔ5oN¢Öc_Ž>7@êó©2ö·c |¸„êï>liŠ‘õ_M:]¿côÎqIC¸Wís‚ð^åâÐxà¸ý_B­PÃWSë¡jT–çÉVÝÛlRG0DX• î¿jn‰¬Ï«>µô¨ìu9ä|¢·F‹ÑÉöù¿bÈçÍ_—ܸ²„`ÓŠÙmÑD·ÛqZÛ¡¡Ú}Y%ÃÕBxðG5T­ ±¸H¡(•|ÎAp¸;Ø»pø¨¹Ø7 }€À#ÍcM¯ä™° ž¼ðYþ©1tÈ*Ô}3ŽÙ¯gƒ¬ ý%çû§BxÙŒÅÜ&%²Ä¬©·P'&$3Ç@?4E74]ªE4‘Û‡V— ÏSä¶ØÆVN­þ®SÈÓ~–°õaÌ×£pýò8qÝQØÑf<Žñ†IÇ€Nõ˜¾]ª1«¢òÞdÂRW/Žû0){T~r[‘Ȭy@Ði,o#ӽȖ ?PzîdFù¸¸û‘Ó’³Þ.ìÈ¢oóO –ì o84¸aºß‚”Õ[Ö?Q¼ƒA!Òr[ ‹–âÊ œ{Óña¶ÔOAõ®;5/R‰¦¢†Y-¦Æ¦ZÜã¾¹¦ƒXáÓ…‡ºE‘-Ønð‹¬ÂZ_€áûusö¿þÝZý´–/·G/¶Ý¾Ý!þæ?…×}§ÂÙŸQÈÈ+ú@á(ƒ¶/ù-`éÓ®™£¦¬_¥±`„öa Y|+FÇÉ,Öë¬âáºù¾oÄà ‚¨õO—d×ÇNª·>Xï\u®P{µŠhøðl h™0Óð‰yŒ§6¦²óþbí¯%MP T‰¶½…Ë2ÈpKCÍ’È›´ÅÅû»]DNªN­‘¹hsþE‹¾ãà,«R /1ê2AëO©¤kÄÂêiÀPí¦e1 ãÆuùRáÌZò3ú!+U¤@‹÷™ÊüB²5ÍP¾ {¡™h”šä˜;Ô]óoo2*ui“é’;ŒjcÑ&)¹u1©Õ™ñi$šlC+IJ)K£°{ø´ ‚ºÅQduÝÍ`d¬ðé¹Ø@¾£¸Ð›íŒÒ(âÂÄhøëŒÀɯ!žgѺ s²5Q’ìþ;Mx>ÆŽ’ñg¼ï÷ÕMŒÀÉ{üÊd@±â•,ŸìÚ&\ÇÐ×ñ cÅ~ð„½2lÎ9]šáÈ/}7—aÀ…_wœ/Å)z”ȶük`g¸/k,7`øl¥s5Ïg2\aÑGZ_¦„\VVÛ `!x»ÛŠÀô€ËæšÆØ-——­&qŠ˜Í-èX8TaÍ©~ô~ã·ËÍÒÍéÿ"û!n¦ÇÎ+6Hf œ&:ôâݪjìù/ÿJÍÖØ]>›^°–˜õª1õþ¡~v’„yÕ[ê`óì.[¼¦–š¢Hz§âk8^¸-:|»Åêóš:@oÏvü³Ðo/0ª.Kæá†o¢ÚÁ.n[2V½—æÚ‡U 4F¶Ø…/Ô¨µFÊaC뽺óqÖ ö  ËQ#2ŠÕwÎôOÐ’Jâw~\|"å°ž¦á]^°3‚üè5}Ç”,ßZ®$½ò4Úò36ML2"1îîå! j´“¥ “5€"2j³Cƒ´tqRìb£;3çöVÏÌÊýÿFï<ìÙÀÝ­F××^s>ƒ :w…þ¹c0&;EL1k­O6ÌèøŒÃ¥«—§P˜R!¶%f޼ΠtZ-cû¸V°Å®¢’ÖÆ™¢Èä•Õ_Ï׬Q0ÒëþÂBL`>ÐN®m?V?î’iý,o hŸ¶‡³¯‡¯b- HÇBdU®¥*uJC|}Û”ÈÀÓã ÀÌY?™Ð!¨¾„onÚIáÀÓ+âÊû&ž3)½ß(TQ½œb üfͯ0 dˬŸÅ¬åe ÙÞýímyQ­˜m;yQî¨_Øû†‘ï˜oçKÔ†KèF'Ñ\y#@ï2>‡»dP ¾Nu¢ ?Ït€)aôg Å€­ÁÇv,Aˆ@S×Èp#âϧ4…VoºÛŽ€`©ugúò€Fœ³ @¡Â Ø‚‰2«ž?³äàtŽ¦ÌnÛúTD§ê£A{Ö—ªé¥39sU6™âIc¾B%•E ˜^ü9ÇY5‚ÙÍö$‰£ÂþO–HJ}>"¨DŠŠENý7Õv¸v8µÙ¯ia¸‰u‘ñ)õ­ç'T7 ß¿[>Âú*‘y±/›kã:¯„9Bä¯íP $I˜¯nÍÜW•‰ÖdÕ„ƒ~$%S¯*d­€¼N+ åÜæ £!kOu@ éæÄø°$Ká xE›y?¹îx·Ö „ƒ¢z}“KŇL·z¡ÎÄj0îÖdï¬ÓÏýÎÚدԈß)V~ÈÃ%@ +)@j„~±‚ ¥mw¡®— ËÙmÐ0oŽ¾*R³>ÁFCk6«mMbl,ˆI‹~j—4Üæ‰Só9¶Þ±$Ô?ÿE¢XÁÂ’xL—' ï‰Ò'¤Ú™]3­ïdôÔi\æa´H-ŽJxæú°ý?rÑýJlÓ涼`Væw¹þ7´çž}+8uåÙѧ§€Œ5W6‚!]ç" WÃÛá°ÃAzј° ײ~Œ$$õ>~.а»ö¥v3¤Ì/|Ù•&#U­â‹B|ãã‹Ö@͉»ŸMñ¦u¥ÙÆ*6ãx5Ô$†­1gX\P¨žóüØ/cD׺V¹GñëÇÅ•öŸ¶Qýpi‡;‡~œg>re#Ïv—[Çä§Gü„5}šæú–°pMñŠf€äOʹ@3Æ~Ic屆©óðFjLžo,aŒ¢¹™`K [n¥ó™Áó¡xôª‘#>´CÛvAVÃÎ…qcZ4Cø®é¼ú7½pß­e&¶‡jè§O˜"òꬶŒ”L‰ÕŽ 4hwk<‰Ž”øSžUgn1ˆÕvMÖAb¡¼ òûƒ2~‹m÷›°˜M±°zÌIº€‚>{NŽ¬ËqìM2+Z÷Êâ(ñÌoãw…ý¡«B–2pøìÞÅýÔóß ù-ès1uÊüF '„´¿ÞÄN 1âÖV ïH¬årb‰Ôò#öÖUÜX“÷e¼8úß ¼PX7šH&”ºü‰6–Xƒ ²Ì°¿ÝS0ö¢Cï'HªÁª_ê±÷[ 'a!®R$·¾×F£‡[v£ƒ§cÌíÄ.ÚûuˆÌ“ŸÒÎÝ»Û*óu£Ö…Û9á¤Í,œ¯¡e ’‚+t?ÍÈyƒþ¥³Ÿò š¹á t$h’Ûgå´zHøŸSwë{Õý;Wkܪg }¥Ÿ+)e0R9¬b#ŠLeêq÷-Ó;_2îÃ!ý,U­¡ÌN=*wí‡\¶ H›y¤„ãøi¥ö¯_n•ßk?†…ßmyü/‹í²±ü-©õ ^}F€ð‹ì™>c¸áleŒìõ²o€‡ôA;¯•%Ùm¬é¤ZÙy^tÿP?,s 0Å”(wðZ`¿Ç][î½xá}ðäKƒŠX[®Â þß­UÏêèB1OÛ ÿ@ËÍ'j”õê VÔ×t8$0G;÷/­ œxNìët)®x¶g>G$?‹–Zíðþñã;Ö ¨wñÚÍÆFó¼V¹BêwwÚÕ†u* G`ô͢㋎ŸÑJÐËÈqÜ1HÐùǤµ½ùN»qe×yuÔ ãP.}S·>cìƽªêoŽOïp3õûD·gR1šFg~œ9_™éU8÷¡à1æõÄo)£Ã°ŸÑW‚Vl|á¹$2.Ý ¿¶ cÍšvâÎÛd_ÚTø Ò̳ÂX8n󯙭ÍÞ2i¤2`’KšÂ(˜Y­w6¡´™åVï$¬!6ढdÄô³?Ñç9™éŠ«€/Gléï*øgæÛÅóÔ²:¿Â3¡¯ãnÙâ.“•þ‡ð)ån ¸m8 ¯¾]1@¾"ÆsOŸÆtôœÌ,Ñ´A»qjÆÙN•Ó¦áh½q£×KJ•ºäï·í®ÿ!IeE?R`¯ir•¸&[Ï=sìÐζŽ-'¦ðQŸ%ËAžVû‹º¯Ð‹X‰>lÒ0Ú;2Ú¡Ü“¯•;–k­2TÅû4ßOtËʸ°”Í¡ŠÅåÚ·v””‹€Ðû'äÖebn¿j W¨­™¼SbœËS¤ Þ¡C$ ·BýžœÎ+îUà1׉I„I6BmØü©† ÿMäžæ•/ô3› ·’)\Ú‰²…ä¼äätŠäÆ'.h¢b{ÁržP ÃFÕtBÝê‚ä›%"ÜÏrDÈcmÅ‘Oª+#FÓB}AÿJ™H˜²G8Þ›ÃC#ØWb$Ž'Îl!L÷÷ÁÇq`Æý¢a`Árm EYåo6Rl?'Aj J†ÇÝk3¯ÍWùküjÓr¸çCüÞߟ|øD0ÉùÆ[Ñ =LÚ¦Î8ÈÁ·zÊšDaK¥8¦„KÌë_‘h[/Çx"Ú9Ö.ºó‡H¡'›²GVÀÕR´Ò¿§­r/õØô["™ ”·É“iæ†8Tß+Rx fæ~Û“Í\➆•XNÚ á6…„oóög ¬<™uý]½áP9TôàJMYcké¢ ×$ïÆ@a ´t:Lamì$ÓãzÄG…·.™g†Š®„­ßKGƒÓ„¿åÒ²±£‰€j_äÓg”fm&°>0RörÀ¨—mœ½â.B]üà$nä£èwÝm»TÎgC¾¼Xöße‚ Ä€,ÕDWì8NĺÙþ/¸K4[9ïÁíüöývH{™‘̇G5".ˆa!(¦ðà h½Û¨8³|èH”ßïÈ™ÿyü~⦷¿§ H@˜HKl2 $¢²/L˜Ä%T~`H/OÞ±·‡¿Éu¤cøCö&óHKŠÇô6F* È—!)¬@˜Â?Âë":uµûá1JLæ\ŽNhÂÜ|'¿Ò0ÉP€ ![(®Ÿs8o¬˜ˆ´d+éä¢{ ‹¹ 8 ¬·?wß5@‡€ƒs–"üQ Õ „6E‰cMãî"=Q„? †ú4Ù×î—&ìõ²¦+¢Kòž@@~_÷¡”O‘þ÷¶{Jy¹Ž«®ž|6hkŒð‘¼f§=7€²ú{oj‚ég¢ÑÇý¹ú¾ìCCÑÆp›³žÿ/¯µGÉ„k­ÓwåûGó±¯Àt“ wÀf@”z»ÇVÐ¥ÿU ŒËwòúž}€ùY3ýÕUup½¥ƒ©4_2·f ¥IãõïÔ†,/z¦«Ø´´žŠ¾HÈRzÊÏŠ Êùàg Õ3«ÌÔoðÎ3õÐ_kž#ÂêÓu°5Ü\Àr½Tûê k¿íaš=ø«ës!hwšÌ"r¨€º4O“Î=!›uÁ¢;Ú¯=NÈ€ ßš{óQÙlÃþ!×B€çÅà—'#ÉFÆ&ø-¨<Ðà$l’ñÜ1HÐùǤµR|QÔ]üGRŠ¶™Õˆ‚*#Šˆ§ùdòdyoj®s"œGDzõ;<Ø:%>¤™Ã¼H Q啽Î)§o,ç‚Ff¼ÇÀ4ÅÆ[ÄÈåãm O¥™g„°p(󯙭ÍÞ2i¤2`’KšÂ(˜Y­w6¡´™åVï$¬!6ढdÄúÔ+1rl¯Í€ÆºY¦%éEª|ô~Ò­TÃœ®h˜q@éï*øgæÛÅóÔ²:¿Â3¡¯ãnÛZy ØkŒúáµUQ÷S­a¼ýûIcŸ$H3ô®"™ùî6Êt°Þ`ö Õ5O@M©÷¿Ü¸QTdR<íØ,†ž(Iê°¦•NŽÓÀ vg¾Ç#´LÃÈbߪÆ(PCCw¿¡Fõu›È8-]nÎƬ]“‡ï"–ô1,×W–™´1X¼»VîÒ’’‰V­&bÑÃÙÉØ žlbN¯çô¨õoqî–„|±T~ìýµ[´œm.ɼ:ñ­úŠQƒøÏPÌ&‹~»W™çÏB®a„óÊVÀô hѾÖù0¤ÁP›HLú§kÞ6«¢ïT•ÏrDÈcmÅ‘Oª+#FÓB}AÿJ™H˜²G8Þ›ÃC#õÝ$Ž4S„A¿ÛßÚ& =ºÃó`th©› Oµ ¦UO Íщ<¥ßJÓr¸çCýBøD0ÉùÆ[Ñ =LÛfb(=²Û}T„E¹$]:z1åD5.¢3ç–ëˆÀ™G¹‹‡™Råü’m þÛÁ£pð¡€ÅЉC«mðŸ´íÅ‚î)CÛVÓ?läéY¯Û… Úû×…ŸÓ>,Ð¥¬"ï+00[7'/²ÛÆñQZE%ü¦¢u–ó¸HÀã«:3tæhÜLC(RëÅnÖ´ý±bV‰™´øXT%ô]Ÿa»æØq®ryÎ…xÁí¾š„òpÕ"EÚå"Œºz"jÛºó²?§djÈ;FÕ*|† (c‘yУF½a!N£¿ÖZOW’ûAa 2³ §®DCUw7 WîÝlñÌ”h™Ù t~ÿ€. ˆaèD[öLJޘ2lU֟טa@Ã:/£¬˜ˆ´d+éä¢{ ‹¹ 8 ­«m²*c[Ò<Àe$wp )À4 &§Ôîìàýü¾A(O“Óôÿgž4dyö¿ò{·ü \ûÑþdÝÎToþ•Ž­68öqFÔ9…Q, ñCÓ,æVXáò¸«9ïñW2]Œ)`«™*%5s3‡Ã.)Ã&q-ušÄ9½›—ê V> ($þ“B”Äúê«bÊ{ˆSÃÈ•øœƒÍf:™ {Ÿ)ãjM"çP(KtB‚‡´SÿkF2g Õ3«ÌÔoð· Ž/®~øòì$#kþwÔ é764á— ! ÈÝÛ{Eï„‹d,èäLBS^á $!p˘ÿ5Ä:w áXÌïé„XlÔHÄPÊT´ÄtSE*Jƒ´ =¾±Œ8a õIuÌå¨.µkÈÒ(» æc†‘ÅÊk’U(áFòñî:Ђ¨NŒÅª¯•¼$nÝ«Ø…ð•»}ý8îßp_7À¦N™1oítÝ΋&Ì Ž†'çI;c'‡íÔA¶ó¨:ÚÝ0½£ ¢}÷ðø6A]d*aì7+€ÌoñËø¬§¦ —wâ&nŒÀç—Ûïu%ò„.2ÌÉâ—Eü7âîh×™êÝ‘uP98q°°†üoÚ6žXÎ XÐ'0X†„ä¼2i,²èIv¬M»À‡xì†RgÛØ8Ô‘Ø2x¿Þƒ=»GF)Âj„‚ê…Ÿ"zá%©¬Ôˆµ»¼]õ¢<›Ü‡ TŸáÊÃ;K—PbˆÒà÷6t.NûÜ‹Aí#cÌ1õihE·@ÆÄŒ Ûùeb©«Î‰âùú«Àþ˜ ”Ö TÚîÍÇôÚ%° 5˜A’Ðg¨Q´žªº±þ‰ðϱßßaâ×,Œíªß"m81Óõv‘ýIÓ€òý´Çí+¿Ácöן¶Ç¾Õà׿m7ûlÎûUÿA¯öÕŸ´©üù~×Úƒ¿jgíUŸ=öÛµûö¨ñó¬¾Ûs¾ÚJûVÿB¥þ ߉þõ&Ïœ}~Ñ?Ú›ûm›ê(Ÿ8Ý}Fÿ[lsê/œoíbŸ8çðÈ+ÿQ¥Ò |{â¡Y)øx²Às‚0\3 BN£?j–¨¤$@kócþœQ N!Öƒa$ 'i¢ò´)ñ­]¶Ÿn; œö†‡x¢7dûïwÇ]fMZãÕ09F÷©± «œ*´Ù¸Ä•wM.ÍûNj }@ˆÌô¡ž…N„‰r ü™Q×Þÿ oàªjæ=+½µ•ãÏñ©±ÁÁ kX-Á¥P)Ü!CØ­ºù¼§€[ñ‹‹ÙÚUšf ¬ñ?º"w€’ûãqEß›z" ã ‘»báýä„ $%ü˜ÝM›˜•‚aCÉÀ˜±êóGOà ¡ ÑU!`>×™ o›æù¾o›æù¾o›æù¹@Û|ß7̓úm~ îËÜk[ÅŒS*¶^#&ä°á§3¸VrB '8o:—Ìü1¢m„ „R ‘æ$²ˆ–µÏà”Ñâwp,Ä–6ír!£]ßEÉl×´N0˜Î©±':³þøE­Þ‹›%.š®üH¶÷œÀ~Åôƒú5P2d¬™Ö¿áë  §4:Sdêh°_©sÖ_?ãÛóôžªF M˜×,Šþ Âî8Ñ%x¢£Îrà7Hã³ö.x&6§Ê\£ý‡xõß1ÎÓ^¹Ï¢k3/FËÙÚk¢•¹ØKQç±âlóh§´àÈ)iñ–¤ÝûîNEb 6óäo¦Hs„\"ØidgÉŠˆivܪ訦Y«IQ!`›ÊGZ2 •íE)9{ãwùØÏ/V›L"©þ5Œ—¹ço Û”o5þÓ5mÇtº›£—O¹Òó5Ö µìöƒ ‰ÒE…è68CLbµ%¬Å(¼Þ,Ú–Å©Ø¢ð}x…¯åK½¹'¬OQä—7 véN²7ã î_©ÓV±Ç!Ríسè‚Ô'x"},ª+ãÿ?óÈé#¯ì\­1ÆRò—”¼¦ @“v¹,1lÏí~dF)yKÊ^Rªj"…m×8ZÔ#¬r/”Ñ4áüT¨¡ô½Tþ ó«3»¢Öù|P0Д,Oêó9go¬ï/ýNû" «Ôs~ó\¯4DõÐ oÐy;x‰³XÔ¡^áæÝñûþ†+Ø ]žî<)Šsªý<ÊÚo~ÉþåS=)£”cŽ±xⶓ›*ºX€-ft¿´ˆŽn8ŠèÕyÈœ`‹/‹³¤\é¶2bÁâ2iÇh•W¼u#_Mè æ:°þk̃áßEâ\Fæ­ƒ²t €ü+n½Ü½o᱄qµ…uÔ¥­G?×Ëh+@ký¹ -¸"aÞ¶W_`z4·è•gü —Þ9˜G!ÕÓ1arÍ®LÁÆxúÁ¦Ó|ß7Íó|ß7Íó|ß7ÍçF¥וª!¨¿õJ;GŽ|Ÿö‘aZØJO<á€!êÞËãhù†SK•14é8œlbjtÞ <µY¨üPSvã;  ¿Ò`\ #w¼’<³¢eêÉÉÇoŠÔð‹4~ù%œ/ûÎ?­Km”Ê»>ÂÿGÁ­jˆvÛþÙ @ #}ÇìÄgÀ>®Í!9º|R¯‘ŸÜt'ÄÂÿ+RüýËF© $%N -)±£Âÿ+FOj?x÷ê2'.ú¶„{‘¹÷sYÚìI]'î/.)RMDIS²¬‹í0Ì\r»exðHG4d¨Ù Ëßħr± ‡ía êTP$ì¾Å“Õ)*¹Í»ósõ ä(K Ÿ»¬§‘|ÅJ_¾o…Zª3¡uÍÞ{a>¢¥IxaÔÄëòÀ¬Ñþpƒý¤†”¸#¤ZáOïYúù§ÙøØ#QphÃSâ÷1ÉòÅ»K¥ —쑱àÙ)•’Kǻ뮾¢o.é:À!¼•&NºZ¥Ï½5Ë 6i¶,=aá…Ö~'ƨÈ^îW¸õDÝÖ¦)$BJðÀ¼¹°=|…HFô³¦f²(çÒ4Œizoûx[5ØI·‚Ù!uÈÅ,GÁ8Æœ[²Þ°|„ã©Á¨^`AU>ºˆ …õwLW©ìo!¤8ý뛯´¼j¨ä!?sŠ†ïN;ZåøF÷^Ù„Á ®kD’ð`8g;ìg èvpRà"`ac5«ýÿJ’ÄK쀭ØH"¦°pe¡A‰Þ‘}œ.YUpRµ²X²Œ]‘ß!€HhP:"Yê#ÔÚ[{À˜Ê{? zí)UUTwâQêæã–˜F·t<ïÖA–… H¶ð6Lû¼H¦0 û{Êc¿LE_‰¦ŸeK›_ÉP(²ºU‚—MÝÉF%‹ØÙý×iJ™Ýöã/h_ˆµ€óÇXÆ0 ®~ÑÃ+7ÅZüQ —éøè@ÏS Æÿ²¨jì¾ËjÆ ÅM Ü~^‘ŸÍ O¿¬$*V"â0”—9¬Aš–$8»0/¨ù/ó»†U\"Š!ŽÍ£À§¸:IæŒuð.KnÓs=êkH ¦Õ·É?ÒJ‰³ýoÛ©9Ð1bº”™ÁÒ)<›¥é+Ø­ ¡PC¸¥© vÃY&¹8r/êL{šýt¬|Œµ]¶ôS9’h £4uƒ¥Âž?ÿ\š]xbÏðOocÛ7Ä‹¿¯›j•Es—¥O*Ëä†?LXŸúÀðÖÛÝÌ€¹pW~Âús'¿ÀÐœB)âдvBxÍ6EÚ•äµÿ~ÄsŸâ a˜Ö|ã ³äe`lCôÿ"·ÈWî>á!9¬4®E ø%qà¬$gaŠÐ‡õs,ÿDfÌwã„ÆP¡öÞþÓ‡£?÷ ÜšL¸ß¯LºUÈÐ+Nì¸é" R˜ ã™HNÂÓ×,_ì±±˜XZ‰€0w!>à-v—Šê|èJ dcš/ÉPym.ò0ÉP jÙH¯Y ®´ •3 øQRªHÿ,ÿGyF„¦9ò€ñÀÙhž&*³ÀÙÎ$±sXû©sµ ÞÀ³å?Bª‡a&ïÜ;(¬6$öq×ÓÏô.d\ŸŒQ/à6$Öµd{ [=Ûå—¾xÉym4‡Ð .Gûœ;žâ\»ªz¨ÄK/TÕ¯Ô5|)Dô»"þ‘I)qJ@ ·²oúøP*ªNa/¢\‡úTÁæDñì„tÁæ‰ 7l[.»ÕâéFÓsî~tª[]‘ðÀöÙÓÏð#/E1°púžª ù¢I¾ð±{›]—ù[ékô¨ªì¤ æ4Í0Ðõ žpƒ­\ÂΩ“’a(&7ð.î êÜý}æK·ˆ§gc˜oÃL°Ç—ÄŸtðÀïo0šäž%`å±v˜µ´2ÄjžÅåë=ž‹~ôv³´Iè¾—Ä#44z«Í“LM™çöU:þé•ÿcä¬C‹¬iR,D9ï˜ :ž_øa/³Spì5PªÂâ–øVšy¼Ér¸Dň™GØÈÔœà8c| $dkKËò|zOB÷`F5’êàíï '{ªkå~ù-¹dzßÙR¡#šªbb¶Z„8m;|h¦1òøœôÆ9±YÛa€ã{Fe„ÌàùvèíFõûë±^T蛤ŠaéËÑõ–òò?(„#xR% ô›k zÿ¨âÆÄÖët!#\^H ¨¬3õ…ç︿x_)=c$%ËÕú£î˜¾G•ˆS¤Pdà#s]æ¯ c¥Ú‘ñG‰ öÞù­(½K”äçÄÞb´Ù~ $cÔÇÜ UÝ•ôT^xiÐ’}ÿ/)ŽHS­Õ.™k˜–´åtåÜ’ OE(Ue´ÂÛ‹*ˆhÜßQ‰‚‡M~‹ð3„¾½¥a¤8!ß÷Eñ¬׈yý•üK¨â„Ý ûÉëÆŒkwœD–ß’2<µ\Ô–ù(­Ø÷"€{†`é‹jÈ~3Àñ vëãï?ûUD%°} V-ÏSù92«+: ¶ 5«–¤î£´F+•hÌ~ŸN{jvËá϶-xùc¯€‘ P2gM©’}0ØÍyuÅ×7_M ތÔœ'Á6¾®ã?àÞ{O\ä‰õ2ö9—Ý2H<¢˜JcÎÞ ]Û›yXÊ Õìå;§«@¹ÏêœPrgœnâ'»r³\åýÿ¡Z»`H2³óøP/žA2+\=S-­ —µ]— èå΀ûî2bmg/©¢‹' ‚ŒÞ»ð¢=–Š¿f7A˜GÍ©#“ÿA)zè2ÖüP{’ø¶°qk?UÄÙW¼z:A˜¡ù5š÷•¶sIæ=}ÚHí ”ªzƒù’+ø™&ô@ïÅ6Ót¬üÎæ"ßæñý¬÷Ô=o¨›öÒ¶Éý¨¿´·ý¯_¶Éÿ5Sö˜~ÚúˆÔEÆú–¿ißûW?j|ùè¶Óý­WÔuÏŸí¶ÿm¤?jíõ2þÒŸÚUûLø?©"ùÆÛçú’U“úŠgÈ7ýFÿUdïλó¾zÅóŒ~q€ôY•"_;áÄ·¸ùD§@†U-–©èl¼“5ä±{£‘Q–뢧µde7­o3*ÔÜh¯›Þ­$øEYñ};t…â’˜ê#O…ñ‘™uÂYÆte‹çphøÙjjà¢)Nd“  *æM˽µo» „âïÓŒ¹_¾t/WC.4ü¤åúÀ%A|º©ócŠDh Ù,ú†ÔÑ=`‹[¯›\q‚¬ƒÿWš<ߥ¤ÉÉv2™e®\k=áL@ÑzòF€ÿÿZ9è'WàäOÔ‰0YSìØ…¶ˆ¿Â ‘Á_èA’ƒ øý|ï‰UÁê1Éeȼb`_MVZžëç5ˆöç_bÔÀ´MÈ‚“ìKå ýO¹°ŸîÛX¬Ç/_5ͦlq Gé¿v9Z/Vèº%Ñ-ã–é“ÖCp2ÿ(ß[דּ3³Ô̳®Î%}T¨Š†’Ÿ÷ùä“<2˜TCõر=I°Ëõ&¼™¾û¬P×CÅdr3T_èua3ßí™ê¯Ç!§\©W>u.+A|0L:dl`¸•²Tøb9íÆÌÊü)žÊQ@ÖåUžúÕôþP:åmÕÚ8ŽŠ?CÊM(€ü§p†Q¤ë¨áBYÝ£$\füSʬˆ%7–N2$͘®3áÕ+µd=±KËåúF¡÷Øh£ ½(à´è""ZÆ°)¯°DOÒ0‚Y[Ÿôâ;×´ÄÉøVÝ|Þ…;®´ë©FN]ª‡bæÃÝ›iÖ P6,·///|ÈBd«K|š’o#H? Û¯›æвë////tŽ’±ÏõJÈŒr¼qÆb¯þüf9i1`)K@BtÉL˜Li“̓ÊÍ‹„œ=5ßµTU^”  ËЃýÆ‘&µºù¾o«£”W8„Xì *'ý&µºù¾qvìøKˆLŠܱo»J*ð­ºù¾oG5)HÒ ¤ô¤Ow>4ŽAT›½§êÙs§Í›\VRŠý®ý š½ý¸r8W”vI‡0H$O,%gƒ¤Ëø‡¡&i×'^7:Ü›–å­NœÞXm½«+œ¬{Ê5VæÉmÁ¶P–'¦i彘¶Hñâ2< -ÎÏÉÔf§í[P¯Wó®³Õo~wÙÕzÛ°Zäìè&K¦#òç?‘J–ôÛrÔf=‚D MÒ]¤‘ïHÀRðOÎó_Ã[Ÿ`‰ºâ^>ï>Þ»ÎBoSåúF½º)§+‰ÉÚ"@.G`$‰¾³¥„Le–BãIœ@þõÄ£9‘#-¬Ô$é¼<æÎ׸ŒAkuó|ß7Í£[ˆ¤Ìùfò[øæ–ĎùÓ¶cÈku…m×Íñ“™þ'¾¬9n–ˆê:Á·_7Í$ûYyyyyà¥?´Äc#Mûlbhù`{¹@ÿd¬Qáðba¶õ{H’¢äÇW<„2lÒ™F·?¤þ6<#EÉÞ-µEqŒ@—|Õ©ZàT7ŒFƒ›$r›xìEús Juu -²†ùß´…Töæy0¸G>ÕÎIÿf?Þ¢ë¡Óo’ÿæKPþkÖ:ˆŠ˜ØQ~Í„" áù}ŸÛû‚¶Á‘^å÷ }ãyþÏTXÐÒ·Ó×–·vð­º÷ö)ª·¶˜ò÷°Ÿ[˜—Ÿ àœ0ùæ1Rq¼YÛ¿‘ ¸É1º²&y%ºq&oQ#¼d¾^Ä‘˜TúÞéU,,×ôýŽáïïi8âKM…ÈŸ&r7Á¥‰»í í©ÀæSˆN±o¤"cš‘þ•V F™}”a1û‰Ÿ¤a -Ù’ 9ÿ0kf* ¬õèé÷Œ2T'ã™HNÿe1†oˆcë° iP ÿDNh0›½‘†J€Hy,˜lŒ2T¢éXìð6F*ã™HN¸@ŸàïÄÒ½Ù.Ú#H„ÿu–ËGöĉ-ŸÉ1\A+FÍëòTI”cý9šÜGÃ%@$#ùu,òF* ®Üߨ¬}±r›€½pÜN-Ž»´†GªøLÔ—"§Å²D¾G²U92&±¹F•C4jœiVÄÖ¨ ƒµÔý=¡´= ò¸Þ+Éò¥Þø‹Ê›•æ<2À‰UÏF{Ì^¿‰}ûgΚ^;´rìÎè^?IÛUf óÔÛƒØê³;vZ‚lFX–õõ‹÷òm‹AÿÇ=k,‰ÆÆ/ª ½ÈîÈÁ‚¹§÷¯øOê}@¹«ëm¤ËC~²Zþ?ÉPWÿzNJ ü¿l¿ÃFŒõ#Z`.<FߢT{_€Â@ÎPÆCÿõL£ çÄã]ÑmB%$áÛë­C TÐ"§Öpú7Úÿ"X‚»ýH0ê,ã™HN·t<픚Wzî0g¸Á€Gá:—{T™UŽþÛ¾Š £}I"+G&¡ F>¿Ëaâc•Æœ¾öäq7¤§÷r˪b¾ä ç°ÃñôS²›Ø9¯»Â`ïvØÏß#›N)ú-KiÛaË¢Í Ë&† ¡¾T$]c:xD³K}õT·ñ^^A´Y48íŸù`Õ Ä]›ç§±H·€¤'ÜjëüžDO7yŸ’~"@»·*þFyí\Ì ¨‘„‰º;«À°ˆºÅ·¥Rô^PÇ‘’øúˆúÉÏ?Xq¸—ÊÔ 0ü+u W•Œql ¥ÙÞõ®¸‡©ÞIlëH¸äÝ—Ž£‹±k¥dR>¬©ÙSìkάÂI&žítb¯ÀãÉU Ëd!R{:õú$O{{j18XkuKXÇÝS*6be*”¶Âr$Àpâ#_Ê™Ÿ²Z¶õÿ…y•¦ _Œ>`‡ÁÆïÏ-«Fkéšðõ—A7€Ùd¨|÷¸VÞr+L„«k”òF*ÀÉN¨yÌèAáÉÞ V{éâK¹âÃÿ(€!€|µA«½Ð]|©ƒäb5Mzð•ê`üQ’ ã£,K[ééú¡kd°£O ÓÐlã²0ÉP ®\À0•¢g$a’ €ÿRbFò¨ˆ€ÂBRe!ìŒ2TL”%*BYe%›°”[g ‘†J€î,x:¨V³ÏÆO7D¤4 Ž×~/íª†;q0IÛZäbMªÀ¨7qû¡)­™P‚³(gÇK‰ðјËúˆ¤à¿Ÿ…Æ,qÎ$(7œ#ŠûÃ8Œ™[XüÝleøÊõ_J©+SçG°XGÌФÁèå"šxäYF‹4›UÛb|ÿJ8ôŸª©:#•£ìþ>> $"Ì a!)„ÀmÛã„„¿Ði•ï}t¦ôŸª¨§9ð(!€ÌÇE̲ôA˜ý)â@¡]?žóîùBäNûp£ýJÅ×.éâøw®žwäÚÍ-Ø Š!zß,­5/{cmEAqzçŽó¢ÝÑ/¾ymvÐë+ýÖ?4úñ‚ɇQm^Îw{o嘺 Œ:dæC/G“( #B‰åï‡LYDrSÒL8kEËjDâºýÎÊ»ÚQ ¾Â)Ügíæ€S)ô™Å–ã[P(šêJ©}g1ô©¸js…fIʹQ¶åã øèõ{jÈÍçxë'¿}l0 êEr©¬%@f7§©7õìòL(¬ù8Õ=CTViïPãQž¤^GþÎÐŒ¹ü“Õi¤øÿŽ<¦,$š:WÉì"n'mN~ËØ¢ÄÅ÷}í>#Y®zv3âÖ•¢–þ.?šºTP ©Q¿"7\c½‹W3ºš‡,£ÔM?&U#ÝM$Á¶æžíó± ñÉ7þgK›µÓ¹˜`ÀbQš2ù„30Kæwô?åøš$Ê#åù‹É7SÁ}4µ¤b‚”räåÝìeö:ÿV'üãÊ`aRA=Ý'³N¡…ìßIþEæ›Qõ£HP ÔßÔ§mqžñôò+`OªµvX¦ ×lN`"¿k·«ÅÄa8õZÏàñh–8Ñý³<õCÚªaâ ¤ñî¯ñý¬éûi?Ûdÿ5ö–ÿZõûlŸöª~ÓÛ@Ž7Ô´“ç¡þÛOûZ¯¨ëŸ;?Ûmÿ[H~ÕÛêeÔŸ©'õY?ÔS>A¿ê7ýVNüë¿8Ûç¬ôY•"_;áÄ·¸ùD§@†U-–©èl¼“5ä±{£‘Q–뢧µde7­o3*ÔÜh¯›Þ­$øEYñ};t…â’˜ê#O…ñ‘™uÂYÆte‹çphøÙjjà¢)Nd“  *¤ÉÉv2™e®\k=áL@ÑzòF€ÿÿZ9è'WàäOÔ‰0YSìØ…¶ˆ¿Â ‘Á_èA’ƒ øý|ï‰UÁê1Éeȼb`_MVZžëç5ˆöç_bÔÀ´MÈ‚“ìKå ýO¹°ŸîÛX¬Ç/_5ͦlq Gé¿v9Z/Vèº%Ñ-ã–é“ÖCp2ÿ(ß[דּ3³Ô̳®Î%}T¨Š†’Ÿ÷ùä“<2˜TCõر=I°Ëõ&¼™¾û¬P×CÅdr3T_èua3ßí™ê¯Ç!§\©W>u.+A|0L:dl`¸•²Tøb9íÆÌÊü)žÊQ@ÖåUžúÕôþP:åmÕÚ8ŽŠ?CÊM(€ü§p†Q¤ë¨áBYÝ£$\füSʬˆ%7–N2$͘®3áÕ+µd=±KËåúF¡÷Øh£ ½(à´è""ZÆ°)¯°DOÒ0‚Y[Ÿôâ;×´ÄÉøVÝ|Þ…;®´ë©FN]ª‡bæÃÝ›iÖ P6,·///|ÈBd«K|š’o#H? Û¯›æвë////tŽ’±ÏõJÈŒr¼qÆb¯þüf9i1`)K@BtÉL˜Li“̓ÊÍ‹„œ=5ßµTU^”  ËЃýÆ‘&µºù¾o«£”W8„Xì *'ý&µºù¾qvìøKˆLŠܱo»J*ð­ºù¾oG5)HÒ ¤ô¤Ow>4ŽAT›½§êÙs§Í›\VRŠý®ý š½ý¸r8W”vI‡0H$O,%gƒ¤Ëø‡¡&i×'^7:Ü›–å­NœÞXm½«+œ¬{Ê5VæÉmÁ¶P–'¦i彘¶Hñâ2< -ÎÏÉÔf§í[P¯Wó®³Õo~wÙÕzÛ°Zäìè&K¦#òç?‘J–ôÛrÔf=‚D MÒ]¤‘ïHÀRðOÎó_Ã[Ÿ`‰ºâ^>ï>Þ»ÎBoSåúF½º)§+‰ÉÚ"@.G`$‰¾³¥„Le–BãIœ@þõÄ£9‘#-¬Ô$é¼<æÎ׸ŒAkuó|ß7Í£[ˆ¤Ìùfò[øæ–ĎùÓ¶cÈku…m×Íñ“™þ'¾¬9n–ˆê:Á·_7Í$ûYyyyyà¥?´Äc#Mûlbhù`{¹@ÿd¬Qáðba¶õ{H’¢äÇW<„2lÒ™F·?¤þ6<#EÉÞ-µEqŒ@—|Õ©ZàT7ŒFƒ›$r›xìEús Juu -²†ùß´…Töæy0¸G>ÕÎIÿf?Þ¢ë¡Óo’ÿò÷°Ÿ[˜—Ÿ àœ0ùæ1Rq¼YÛ¿‘ ¸É1º²&y%ºq&oQ#¼d¾^Ä‘˜TúÞéU,,×ôýŽáïïi8âKM…ÈŸ&r7Á¥‰»í í©ÀÜߨ¬}±r›€½pÜN-Ž»´†GªøLÔ—"§Å²D¾G²U92&±¹F•C4jœiVÄÖ¨ ƒµÔý=¡´= ò¸Þ+Éò¥Þø‹Ê›•æ<2À‰UÏF{Ì^¿‰}ûgΚ^;´rìÎè^?IÛUf óÔÛƒØê³;vZ‚lFX–õõ‹÷òm‹AÿÇ=k,‰ÆÆ/ª ½ÈîÈÁ‚¹§÷¯øOê}@¹«ëm¤ËC~²Zþ?ÉPWÿzNJ ü¿l¿ÃFŒõ#Z`.<FߢT{_€Â@ÎPÆCÿõL£ çÄã]ÑmB%$áÛë­C TÐ"§Öpú7Úÿ"X‚»ýH0ê,ã™HN·t<픚Wzî0g¸Á€Gá:—{T™UŽþÛ¾Š £}I"+G&¡ F>¿Ëaâc•Æœ¾öäq7¤§÷r˪b¾ä ç°ÃñôS²›Ø9¯»Â`ïvØÏß#›N)ú-KiÛaË¢Í Ë&† ¡¾T$]c:xD³K}õT·ñ^^A´Y48íŸù`Õ Ä]›ç§±H·€¤'ÜjëüžDO7yŸ’~"@»·*þFyí\Ì ¨‘„‰º;«À°ˆºÅ·¥Rô^PÇ‘’øúˆúÉÏ?Xq¸—ÊÔ 0ü+u W•Œql ¥ÙÞõ®¸‡©ÞIlëH¸äÝ—Ž£‹±k¥dR>¬©ÙSìkάÂI&žítb¯ÀãÉU Ëd!R{:õú$O{{j18XkuKXÇÝS*6be*”¶Âr$Àpâ#_Ê™Ÿ²Z¶õÿ…y•¦ _Œ>`‡ÁÆïÏ-«Fkéšðõ—A7€Ùd¨|÷¸VÞr+L„«k”òF*ÀÉN¨yÌèAáÉÞ V{éâK¹âÃÿ(€!€|µA«½Ð]|©ƒäb5Mzð•ê`üQ’ ã£,K[ééú¡kd°£O ÓÐlã²0ÉP ®\À0•¢g$a’ €ÿRbFò¨ˆ€ÂBRe!ìŒ2TL”%*BYe%›°”[g ‘†J€î,x:¨V³ÏÆO7D¤4 Ž×~/íª†;q0IÛZäbMªÀ¨7qû¡)­™P‚³(gÇK‰ðјËúˆ¤à¿Ÿ…Æ,qÎ$(7œ#ŠûÃ8Œ™[XüÝleøÊøw®žwäÚÍ-Ø Š!zß,­5/{cmEAqzçŽó¢ÝÑ/¾ymvÐë+ýÖ?4úñ‚ɇQm^Îw{o嘺 Œ:dËjDâºýÎÊ»ÚQ ¾Â)Ügíæ€S)ô™Å–ã[P(šêJ©}g1ô©¸js…fIʹQ¶åã øèõ{jÈÍçxë'¿}l0 êEr©¬%@f7§©7õìòL(¬ù8Õ=CTViïPãQž¤^GþÎÐŒ¹ü“Õi¤øÿŽ<¦,$š:WÉì"n'mN~ËØ¢ÄÅ÷}í>#Y®zv3âÖ•¢–þ.?šºTP ©Q¿"7\c½‹W3ºš‡,£ÔM?&U#ÝM$Á¶æžíó± ñÉ7þgK›µÓ¹˜`ÀbQš2ù„30Kæwô?åøš$Ê#åù‹É7SÁ}4µ¤b‚”räåÝìeö:ÿV'üãÊ`aRA=Ý'³N¡…ìßIþEæ›Qõ£HP ÔßÔ§mqžñôò+`OªµvX¦ ×lN`"¿k·«ÅÄa8€ÿÙicnV Bðuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/accessories-text-editor.png0000770000000000017510000000174311700107426023765 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDRÄ´l;bKGDÿÿÿ ½§“ pHYs  šœtIMEÖ ´¢Ù‘tEXtCommentToolbar-sized icon ============ (c) 2003 Jakub 'jimmac' Steiner, http://jimmac.musichall.cz created with the GIMP, http://www.gimp.orgó¿ÓIDAT8Ë•KLAÇ»[‚ Z4{0Hˆ'ô¢W¢&œ|ÄDà•ƒ&$Þˆ'CB@Bð¢1*„òˆÐH|PzBD,S„ ¥Ø‡´ÝÐÝñ[Y*ðO6ßÌdó›ÿ|3ó Xäí@%æ”·!„G‰v<ÙÚI-oÅé'‡ŠIfÃÐØÔÐ5ø- \àM ¨Ý=ãwwÅžOw€Z^úïÑØäùŸïP×mHÙ›ĵ+7ÇårFq:¬¬¬ ª*±XŒââb‚Á ªª²¶¶†ªª„Ãa&&&p/5SÓæeq¤—÷}mÔu’ôîv»©¨¨À0 E¡¼¼I’b+eeeȲŒa!p/5sûÑ(˺˜œY×%› €ÂÂB4M@QÛ 6ÇE! ñõùÅh Btº_1S‘ËòÎ>ƒÁœ'h}}ÙÎ*jÚ¼ßu2æ‘ ¼Êæwت’’’}¡«««;з|™ûµº/x?ÇY§­[ÐéÅñ™´³ »žÿ‚íg¶zYéaj!JÄ߇óÒ BáŸ{þ?cÓiuË߇ڙù'â鱗~’ùùùƒƒ­Ž…Œ´œ£úáGCíÌ,ʼnÏPY? @$±M[NÇB<›òy¦|>W~ŸàtÍkÂá0Bt]?8Øt¬ë:ê†×Jééë£TãÔõ^R©Éd’¢¢"Òéô¾`ÙαMÓ¨ë6h½9ÇèæUN–]æŒË€ËåBÓ´ì-ÜæVð1;ÇB„Ù%ßÚ^yû$I"“Éàv»™&Øæü­2ê ì–"I’$Ù^iSyyyäçç›Ý@t@r˜E#‹áóù8¬,“[g ØH >}ö¸Š#*±‘ÒfÌzìNEÀqËI‘s°ÌMÊ) $·û»žÙòq°Ù6þã/žb£ÆN¡z™IEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/applications-system.png0000770000000000017510000000272011700107426023220 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDRÄ´l;bKGDÿÿÿ ½§“ pHYs × ×B(›xtIMEÖ *@•Í]IDAT8Ë•]lTÇÇ3÷Þý^{×Kü±Ä&65¸$ÁÁ^' !˜Ð¤i•5DM¥ÄM‹ˆ¥~¨éSúVYMžèSU©j%+´.‹ÒVm ¡/Å mj ¬0Lƒ˜…õ®×»^ï÷½»÷ö!»ÆN«ªçitfÎïüuÎœÁÿa;_þi\w›×¸â‘Ñ¡Öÿ£~Ö÷DF‡&ë>Ýl~éÑfòÅzAg|®Ôò™óGWÖÆÈuÐ׎|=nS³ë\h8|`}J“Ñ$FE_††ÃÂ(üåA¿Ù œ¬‹«ÐƒcM2ûá¯Úæ£q~yjaùÅíl (œ:{‡º6ð§‹Ù{{‚M÷ˆ¦Šœ¼ž_‰Œ5®8œùú®voWÐ/>Â2Q¥ÅÍØ ©å<‘™[!ÐT…æ&/¹•þÀÉ,]mM´xíJ©BåñÈèÐä½R¨¶ïÿùôÕôŸ°XΖI¤KLÍÜfzöMáihR!“)b ét‘VzÅâí3 fºNñ§5þm(à0ÏØ%’é—`q1Ë –i’Wuhݲ™¥#…BŽÆ'¥‚ÁµÅYYÑ©VT|{5žº0kÅb‹,¥ò¤Òyª»MEHÍ,¡á°o-Øåõ?¾mëèå ±Ø2·Ä2óV<~×P‚}/ô\Šë_¼[$rs™==-XU MQð5xp’Sg•P°ÿÅw§Þ-íÜÿãÍO†zþøXÿƒÚhšbÞÀëqpø½ñüßâvÛÅ]o®»nϽðú>ûæÇ¿¼­MH!BðHo;ÿ˜šáäĬåuÙE_wýÏ?‰”‚óçn"… ¾´ÀØ™èÌÙ±ï<ü#]{+>ØtîùJ_§,ät¤!¸¿ÝOkK#R ò¹2ÕŠ @ôvMS8y†÷>®d-«ºwòíoOÖ*¸ÿµ#§|.u×w÷> Ã&-ÓZK)jkPɦΠˆÞJ!… ŠÎô'Q~71ÌJù‰©_Œ¨ý–¹û[Ot·æ‘†YÁã³#…¤T0>ír .… ½T¤µ­Ó*ãu5bYvšÈjB5ô’±Ž/´õ>÷…¹xnóžÏ·‹|)ËÈûW8?=Z\É9úºƒÂ¦¨¨Rb³I¦æ¢ÖÈÑ }ür4çÒ°Ùœ19=Sý8YüEÕ(]M\¿«Ôê¬Ä.œ8Ö¸å©í‘ùìÖkñKéÔGc?ø^®ñ!þzKï}q  ,@rìÂ1;3ñ³+ÇGŽ½¾Kó‹Ý—æ“áé?¼q(qeüP­7PÜ@[Ͼ‘=òê¯ÎƒÀ3À³¡á°5w=aENbÍ]OX¡á°< < ìú€Ï­@`«MPQ4giöýŸ¼œ€½–ÿFϺ¬)Óü_ÿûó_ÿûÛßÿûãÿûÛßþ{×»Þûçü3_ß !D¯ü㱿þõ¯±w¼ã±¿üå/±_ýêW±þçŽýú׿Ž½ç=ë½üî;ÿûÀ?} öûßýžßùkìüîŸÿüçØ;ÞþöØ»ßùžØ{ßûÞØßx_üü±÷ó{ïgGŽ‰½ç]ïŽ}âŸà3þûë_þÌïü%ö×?ÿ!öÖ[oÄþýßÿ-öÙÏ~‰÷{[ì·¿ý], ŒÃqþ-ö¶·…è=|ß¿þí/±?ýéOü4ûkøGì/|îñÃÇbïàÿ?õ±ÿæ=ÿûýïëŒýû‡?û×ÿõ¡ØïÿôÇØ;ÞÉ{|ཱŸýø§±þð‡Ñõýð‡?uöٱˮ¸"öÛ?ü‘ùùKì—¿ùMŒáÅÞþ··Å>øÏä³yc>í}ï}w4aÜïy÷»¢køÁ~ûÀ>ûÓŸÿÊï½-ön~‡Iˆ}ð_>ûý~]ß{ßýîhl¿ù5óø÷Góôþ÷¿7öË_þ’ù~×ýï±ãÇGóþÑ~,þbÿûߣÏânÄŽ=ûàÿ%öù/|9ö.æö?ÿ ïÁœ¿ó±¿þýo±·óæïáž¼÷}ï½íïŒýò׿½=æþ&öOŒíø±c±¿sþíCŠ®çwÜÇÃÇÞö®wÄ>̽ø;ŸûGî£?ÿõ/{ýõ×cïbÌúóŸbÿüÁÆî¾çžØøž_‹ýâW¿Œýƒuã:y÷»ß{ßûÞ{Ÿéؽ~uÞÆ}ù¿Ë„·¿-öËßý†±½#öÖÙÿþ·‹½uâ=|×;ß{Ï;ßûÕÏ~{ÿûÞ­1¿:ß¿ÿÝocûèG¢9þío~ûÿèóþø‡?±†ÿÊgý5ö£ÿ€¹úkì3Ÿùlì_>ø¿˜ãßGsà FkÇŸ9ÿïg{#ÿĽûãÉuúþýı±¿óûïæ9øÏÿøpìü}ì7ߌýô¿ˆ}ôŸŠÖÄ/XÿùÈG£µýƒ·Þd.½§ïŒýúˆ]wó-±÷¼ïݱýà‡ÌÃ;¸ÖóónÞû}<+~õ^z­~þßøÞùùýÿÀ3øÇèyúÃ~­!çäÎÇ{ÞÍÚù]´î\ó¿ùõobowN]_üܹÿÙÏ~û÷û?Ñ{üä'?‰ýÛ¿ÿŸè³þÁ¼ÿú·¿Žýîw¿‹ý†9û ×ö¹/|!öŸþ/ž‰?òYŒão‹žï?0þßþöW±ÿþäÇùÌwòœý…¿ûm´'ð¸EïûëŸý2öÎðöØG>ö±ØŸ¹îŸü짱7¿ÿVì¿>úQÖãä9sì>K?ýñOb¿ýõ/cÿüOd þ:vÖwÏŠýsêµ»–ÿü§¿Dsãµüóþ‰Ïy{´¾ÿÊ~ô~öÓ_ü2ö[Æø~æ<|èCÿ+ö{Ö°ïý®÷¾/ö÷·½=Zσ}±ù§÷Å>ù±Äþþ·?GûˆÏ€óççüö·¿çYp¯ø§Ø¾?ô|º½-ÚOX7¬‰¿ü™ûú‹ŸÇþõ_?Ƚý8ãbm¸§0·î7¾sù>ž)çÃuí\¿“g†UÅûKìûoþ ö×?º¾ÞÏçþùx_ìç¿üEìŸÿõ_bü_ÿ­5nHt­ßgëíéŽ}í+_ŽýùŠ}泟Ž}™ïË}òúÿÈgûžoc®¯÷Úÿœ«¿3gÿàwÞÆ^ñö–_²}öÃ?þšâ9|ï{ØÿûÀ?ÿSt ŽÝõü6ž×¿²ÖßÍšŒ~Ÿ¹þ=÷ßçã/¼ßá#'¢½ùSŸþ4ŸùþèçûÛ_yôþûÙ~ÌsÈ^Ëßÿæ7¿Š}îsŸÖÿ?¸×Á?˜§·3é¼MŒ²ß0·|u/qìÑzçwÜÞÁÌ¿“×ïØÓçûÙSü{çÚ¹u¼¿ý-{ÖÉköÞ”õåZfuÄþÄ=þÇ?ÞNú]ì7˜ó¿‡Ø°žÝ+ßÎÞâ}÷þü{ø·¿²¶ÿüûX6›Ž}㛟‰}ô#â™ä³Ø«ÿþ7ãš÷×Ǹùê>ùvÖ×ßý,þÑÏö«¿=s\—sâÝðùòùå6ÄÞÆçþýäZyëÒWàg~}ç»X«gìïåw™“×ßx=ÖsðXì=ÿÏ¿Ä>õåÏÆ>üñGcz7×ö¿ü‰ýäý±w¾íý±·^+–ËuÇî¹í ö2žå0_ý]´—±}Gqѹå.o'ϨëÂçãþ´FX3< !š¿ó{o®/Š¡|ïe;¯îIïâ½®Àß½ç|ÞÛÞÍß1nî¯÷½½§'öCbÔ¿ÿ÷ÿÄþçËŸŠ½ïŸÞû§÷sþð›Ø»ßþžØ_þD¼ùÛÛc©T1ö¡ý×Ø…ç~‹q¯Ã<ý1ŠmúŸÅ{ÆÞæ¾Ç|3Nïé{Ïh£Ïg:™SÆflaìâ׈/ÇíýqÌŽ÷oã]g\«{xlψ«Â†ÇÏË8+Ú26ü yn8²{rØ6>tm KŸå/„Ã;§‡c{f…£»gðufôêZ7:TVŒ™O…ε£CïÆq¡cÍK!5ïñйþÅ\òh¨lzwŒ ]›_ Õu#Biõ³¡~ú]¡eöƒ¡¸âÙÐ<óþ°õ¥ëÃö—o ‡öL ¹eÏ„m£o {&Üê¦Üv»1lñê°ã¥«BýÄëB~á}¡wýˆP]þ|ÈÎ"”—>Ë뙞ûHÈÌ{˜ïŸ ¸ŽþM/†#;LJ-£C÷æCŸŸœý@ØõâµaÝc…U|/̽é›aãã—…cÛ§†ï7. GvMÝ\szÁ#|æµaóð+ÃâÎã¯ùB(-{>ü8µ"¼Öº8Ø;#tn›Jë^¥•cCß–áÀŽÙáDÝ¢ðFÓÒptÏœ0°uJ¨­z)ä?Çß}›&„žãCfÑ3¡cýØ`ΊkF†žíBßöñ¡sË¡{#¿¿ä‰œó@èXý\(,~4ìs]XÿìÅáè® Ñ55O»+ìsØ?þ–°—9ÛÁ8w½!ìd~r  =ë_µÏ…ïŸÿtHÍ}"4Oˆ×ýÑuØþrÜ1>ô혺6 •5/„¾mãBqù³¼ï­aõã…åfÞôõ°èÎ3CïšÃãK¡]SCÿ– !¿èé°ïåÛÂÆg‡ñ»—„i73ìw{ømuSx«uQ8^7—÷›j¬‡Âò¡ëäðJýüðjÂðJݼh9í«_âúž %æ£wÃØлéå^üTH-åýgÜæ>òŒ­²á¥Pa-umy9z¿¶9†ÆèZ -3ï ž¿œë}6Ü:–5ð c»)Ô»5Ô¿#ìu]Ø=úÚ°uÄ¥¬»ù½ÇC믰ð±Ÿÿx(/y2dç=3ï…ù†Ž•Ï„þ £Â kÆWëµsÍó¡sÕó¡mò]a㇠^VÞvXxÇ·CëÔ»ÂõsáSC;×»gâ=¬Ý[Â’‡. kŸ¼<,»ÿÜ°öé+Ãë­Ìß¾Y¡¶~tèß>™gc óÍû®{‰5:5¼ºof8¾{Z8¼}ëuëfdÈ-zŠµò$ï;*ônJÜŸÔ‚Gù»gBfñãÌïžÏ‘¼^àwž팳uÖ½¡¸ô‰Pã:§ÜÎÚ¸:´L½3Þö2×úÏÏ­Üã›Âþ‰7‡­£® ÛY3Ë?7lgÕM¹#–±^æ?2 Ÿâ¹ÁÚ¶¾54N½=à¹pˆ5ÓÍú:¸mLèÛ82´ó9½üë¤ÛÃ®ç® ½ ¬äyYÀÜ4òüß9‘k›ÊïŒdÎ mÓï {G_v±ç¬{ô¼°âÁ³Ãá-cÂkû§‡ÁÍcBך¡y)poŠ¼X{‡7Ž¹Îþu<+'t­z.¼Y?=ºì_•åO‡2÷(7ÿÑÐÁšìY;’ë{) 0GÝ«_`ý2wó 陆ܜGB;{c;k<9íÎP^ô÷`(ðµ¶üÉPYö8×ýhh_öDÈ̸'d¦Ýªó Ù™ìÍo »G µ%O…Öi÷…eŸæÝ}V4¶-£ØoÆÝö0Wû&2WSï ‹y˜³NÆW]ø0/ßçÎP˜}OHO»=äùZ™{_(ñµ0ëîègù9|Ï+ÅÏ›_¾>Ôd~Eh~áªg-Ö˜Ó2sWbM—fßҬ疱ׇƯ ;Ÿ¾8$Ø{YÓ]‹ ÝKÙ+fß=Éþ˜šqØòüÕaþ]ß ‹î=/lxæêŸñpHÌâÞÏe}Ì}.lqc˜tã׈ ÷„Ž„ò»Cqέ¡8ë¶P™ÅØxŸä¸[B–¹H2¾øØëB‚¯žâô;CqÚ!;é–àß“¬£ô¸ëC:úzmhcmå&ÝÊ3ù©7‡äÄëïµ!3áúŸxc(ò*Mæ½'Ürãoù—o ¹±Ä¼§/c.ùRxìì…þ–?sÏ*s<ùÎÐ2ëá°wÒCá™ó>æßþ½Pæù¨-¸7´Ï»™ùŠSn…É·…ä˜[CrìM!5á:Æ<,´Žâ/_òSo ¥Ü“©·‡ÔøC|̵!Åõ$†±'Ç^͵\JÓo Å·…ôäCbµ!ɸs£cžtS(M¹…¿»6&Þ2<Ë>kkã™s??ïãaÜ-ß;^vŸ¹5´Í| 4L˜ýåžpÿ×>Ìšº•1?:ÜÅ3“ù<æ'Ë^é–aoJŒ»:´9nÆ’b~ŠÓïˆæ;?å¶h®c‡ÆŠÆ}]4×Ϋs›ÆØx^ëôx°c.ð*Oº9ÄyXšY¤‹ï9#zÈ_HrKžf}‘Íc8›çðгa›ÖÆ—Cuå QàÏ~„Íõ!‚Ö¨p‚üÁÐOÎ},TW }7hÏ–—ؘ‡‡$Ù8ãî°~ š`ææ]˜YþØ…¨9°k2wdHr7¼6Œ½ö aô°Ï„É7}9,¼ÿt6¦k2¼'{A¢eÚý°ÇxèGØ'øßÊæû\´iv°It³‰õÚ× g3y–ûñ%€.¸ëŒ°ÿ¥›x8 ?¨Ÿ^ÀØ;‡ <-Ü1  7)œØ?-¼V7ƒ÷$,~ð\ÂÅágÙÕáȾ١•Í6ÅuVvÙ¥løkLJîM“ÂÁ]³J¸®‘⧙ŸÇBnñ3ÌË´ðÊþÙÑ<%˜›òÊ­'˜›—C/s]]ûBȳí›x;åºÐ4åN6çç.„m£y×t&\FðžÛÙl&ßð¥ðâeŸ ¯ûb˜ +·yÄe€‡ØŸ$xN ñ™„ÔœÇ#@‘[ÌÆÏCÛ:ë>@ÙK¡ÀS&Pú¹5HûÐÁ:(X—>ø½°‘¬À¼¾¾gzx£nv8Ì×cûg†ƒ;§0?“ÃáS¢pëÄ°äÁóÂTÀÎC?Ï­øNV;çc¸¦á¡ƒ¯=›Æó·Sz\ÖSfá“ÑÚÉñõÀæñÃYül,ëãñ' Æè956ñ,ÁªÍ»n ArâÝ·yèŒÖN#›óòÇÎÜbn^Œ6ÿV‚鼻Πc.ÿL˜tÝ—ÃæfÙÃÝ¢ÂAk,UÅ5æS ÓÆÐO@uÞ+ËŸ ]¬×^þ?͆۵zx(Øv¿pMX LM¹;ôT~Ð0'Ü<ù˜ÊõMcn'rãø»q¡²ä¹°é™+ì;¿*ÌÁ¡½³CazÉóÐ-rx(²†<,ì¬Ê\ka ×;ó!æçaÀË áøÞi¼§÷ð ~öDÈ.bM-y<ôñ\µ3Ö"÷»‰ƒC#ÁLPœ (”;­üÛÊG¾]_÷»‹ßma¾Vr¨™týç¹g_ î;=,~è¬Ð@`icmd˜—f‚DÔûø¼çZχml@û™÷ž€æÎÏ«pœ?G Xæ~5¿|sXýà9!ø«\ïšm}™û;&:xt ¨¹OƒÜÓƒ€ÁѪ‡Ï€Øõ3y¦_ˆ*®¿¸ð‰èt-{.ô³ôðyU®¿È=HÎ~ð¨ágÌkP¶ù…ëxFnŒZëü§BAmßT@ Ï[ðÜBÐÚ=úšœÁØ–>RÄÍÏ]šÙ<{¹Žöh Ü 0¾&,¸ûô°ð®Ó²¾V?zNØ料à¾ÐÐéäõú8¬Â܇B·B°àT³9'+žH< €òo)öº €˜æqw…Ü,îÝš1ÑA¤‰5X\Áç¯ÊŠê§rÀñ€ÈÝüü•a ­WöL‡:îY– =ÍAÈ9÷Þ¶|«Œ+Ïϲý4Ç,‡È^Öì ó]¼rsÙ+gßËü>Æß=ÁƒçoÎ}܇[×M Î!?ë.öÆ«Cý˜ë#Ôµr8×ÿDØ=æ¦0ëöo‡},Œ¹ú3a9 Û£ïKž¸’ýuÏësöýÌ kiÁ‹Tšu;59ëN>ã¶å•›N°vkÈθpqoh"x5»v9ÔV¹ƒKbŒ­ÌÏ*Œ»@‹^<‹Uþ½‰ñÕ½peèanû–>½Ÿ@§4ï>Þ€ËßÁú(rn/}èü0ãÖoq`8’ëY#Sïÿ^X?úö«g8T<2°4` Ç>P™¸b¿I½9¤­ZGÆ^ý–€_4TlIA·4õ¶Pàßs\sŠ`(dyÅÇ_²SX›€A¸Êó;Ù ÃW¤. ¹q—‡â„kB™g¸5\?þöµaáù‹¾^¾âaÛðÛÞéO†ÏÞn;íÃ!Nl©­z†û} c¾’y»˜Ïe Æ ã™û±‚ÆüÒ!1æ*€ÍµŒ°2™µÊÚϲ ­pÌ™\ØI I@Nv2 Ÿq¸Ž‚/è™t¿s9€îb×Àßv2ß¹YBÜfßuAxòìO…y·~0ìžõt~ýiaÔußb ¥%f] ¹”y»,!¥I¬Ï—ï iÀ^ÛèËy]x¼:¤¹¦Üä›B‘¹uÜ©q7DÀ¬Ès[šÂ½blÎuv iÊMÌõ5!؇æzhÜÎužûË€ºË8‰Íåïã”`ûDÔKllpNÛÕ•£ØÇF§ÍÎuÛUãWf!‰ÍÙ„:ºg*§l^þÍw‚ÓrÍp§PR6.~·²ü9Ny/± =ÍÃ|-ïW ð7…&ØÎʧ. ³ï9+<É'ê§.ág׆½nd3ÆF~7§±ë NÖóïùnØøœLÏaíS—òoçØ(ÙÛ6¬‚U€§ÐBÜøìeaÚ _  ¬%í«2T09^£›Ìksñ½S˜ƒqÓg¸žÂú熅—| @ó}YhßðrhßD0#`e–°á¯4°ÃìlžÄg±i­¬=J°]56Û~ƒyý,Øš§˜Læ!Îâ0X— ˜é“óØ`«27}Ì›×þ 7$Î럹4bªdpÖ=}Iôo/\ü î×ü'«q7‡Ï_âœD&@žº˜{fXûÌ°P7é@ãuaáCç„f6¼,]bþÃ!)èã={DÝÙ,›Ô.˜´)7|5ä9eîÍæH S–YYð¼R?VùâÚâœ26¸–ò“Ç{ÃKC/k¤—€?°}Jr:a1ºyŸ¾-°}ç @´ÀçæÙD«\{Ϻa§EóTÊ,µH~‚å,A/NpKÌypø  _‡þm#ÌÀüû¿Ã<>êë[_¸:¬4O¸öËaòõ_ÞÀ}#`ñ*Ž›CÙf@ö²‡¿VÁ\ù7²a+û^h࡯Ä -Ù´híÀVT–=ÚaŒd(ßsf¨cŽ:™›Àë2{Üëv6ùƒ€£{gñL`!=¶=muÙçÃä;¾:7M=[{0}ƒünæSPèüÈØj\‚Í,¬J‰ƒ†þ( U YaNdû’sˆ€Fà“b®\ó‚1ªnX‘4ÿfœ~óW ¾O†Ä´{žÑ×Ã2]p ™rÃùù0q7Fkl7'eßgûK¬“Î SnþVXòÈ%aåÓô;Î ;Ø8ewã<ÏUžç,k§æËçºÀÜ PZýÐÙó "¦£À³~–Òq—aèô¾l33:äÄqÀü&ÖõÒ¿ ~ÀOíäu´3‚};óÜÉZé ˜µs­eÞ;3ç!概¹éfíôm¨#ø>7²W ç~¿.4°N IÙ^?%XV³À¾ê‘sCÓ6uVýË7„-ì ¯é ¶=?»94v¹š¹¿+ÔsºÜ {¸‘gk/óÔPÛÎoyŽgП÷@¨òlù}ñ t:VÀ¦p°Û9üª°â¾³Ã€" ëõÎÇxö‚'8ñÞZæ>g?vN¤°Ÿ$ç=É^wS˜yÛ·YOD€±“ûë³ÒÉó“çþ ®:|f TÈJÖZe®µ î‡ùβ'ç‹Ò˜˜ß €&Kp¯øÿ'Á„À¢müõúËÃnž“2À35íÞÐÀ³…9Yʾ³yÚ4âÊ0÷þsÂK·FÞrN˜ûÄ5°°r’¿fùºÐ ÒÀ‰¼þÅËC†¤}î!?íæ!å` Êsï9Xƒ· Ù ÐЙ«*@©‡k+2¾*À¥kñá Ò¾àÀÒ]œÖoqÀÅŽ§Î'ߺ`Ê0CE®¥›¹HsXïdÿïô Î>[`OÉÀ5ÁŠ¬~âÂ0–uüƒ‡§¯ÿVØÓåÙõ ØÂúIpO³ïòtÆ!(fmÄaD0 üŒ, €§ ð óÑ.+Åž’bÎò0ØÌJyº€â–›Â¿O%ðNDdr“®0„ ÈÙñ—Ö¯f^ªSF/ÜæìfÁPÒ3³x¶g<6=~CÅiáþ ¾®:ãáþ˾’Œ9KœH±Za[’€"ïQeŽkSïÜZFÂzò€–,Ÿí÷YXŽvæ°]V¹Ë0—%Æ/À)M»)TfÜëÃ2™qN»1¤'2ΉýÉŒà“?Œß½„ë¼ tΆ1 Uݬýë89õ!Àó3¬—Š{.Ï\ðåp÷Å_ ßûüÿ½Èc¯K‰ 8„µùÞ“¯äs¯ 5X½ñ#A|ou1ÌØ°hÜ~MŒæw˜ÛNæZ0)s–Pæ@Î穹vžoÇþÿ?×y®/–&`4L¸p,ÁWB= â¹UzhU6%Ži©ƒPî nNd½€!ÁMÒÀ¨©ü77ëý“îˆþ=ΆÔÍïÚ:J~"4ì Ы#yâ„ð›ò³¡eò½aôâ´¾¦òP/xø¼°ð‘ó ÊçG)€÷­Ö…á0LOA§‘ IqêhjõÄÛ µ]…I³ëøÜ&N%I6ã­° ¦·A ƒØî0¥6<:íâAÜøÌåEîxŽ˜J èx:Ižd½aÈúaõj<;>S§Ò°sª~æ! sÐ0‘Ó0k»£Ó¾òYÖí¸ˆ-ô(:²•yƺ—“ê ÖÉü;O‹Æ¼žu³ééKÃzæ¬CÀí­X´u‘'#¦Çg£…k”e¸Åa×ö…=Œ¡ƒçP°S…! å"Žo=L‘Á¿0ÖÁû÷À"yo+0t®1žÕvžU›{C3ì厑WGÀË”ÖI™÷Â.Öx¿vÁ ÷¨g@˜ëë8˜¨¤IÉì”ù¹©¿ rdzêI±m‡eXθ:qÙSî…¿ãßù¹-\ÿÓ³5<_ÛŸ¿$ìqyØòÌ%¡Лd,ÇXwƒÜ÷vR<­¤(r¤¼â½Ïn'ãqÞ¯•çÙM[¦d?'MN©QÁNߺgù½Ç`8î ûH/ï~5)X(˜¾þ5£™ æÑ=‘g)½ldX5âÖ°üéÂö±wÃìr0i î=fgXxçç@±Â¼D Ïx@¼5ÚAꩳQ°$XãöÇÊÓS€­¥2FR'² €˜¤]¤¬Ö< ;ÅÏùÝn®ãÏNåù˜|kØþôùaëS„ÍOœع2ì'í&PÛ?æØ‘»£ô¢Ïd†öôG‡…çn<+Œ»ëü°öÅ[C+ ÎÃo+ÏPA´ œ!4¸„Ë°. îˆ [àû$+€¬#šX”G;Ϫ GðÒa*žkˆ@Ü2/ÁM)¢ú‘W„ÝÏ^N2æ¹Jà—õÉðŒw±ÇT8Ðe`*sü{¶+Î÷›_¾›1Ÿî:¶ä΋ÂƱ÷q|24O}PÊ<0ŽÜô[fæ74I9 P¦’^âkòå«?WF/‡×—!Øg`j²çÁ¶<]fŠ”A·Äû “®!@“B"À§ÆÀ´¼“#’‡ñ©0öåàº#%Øj)L²§`W›X¼4œöé†ï}îßÄ{®;'>ÆþûH¨çÛ`O h&›ö»œq\uENʦ´øÌÌXÆë˜aJ K2”:Ër3Ž±2¦Š±ç&ów|ŸŸ£Â߸ŽìR[/rdÙñ+>¯Lú*Ï!©LʬÄÚHþm›€%f¦a'7ÃðÜué—Ã7?öOá¶s¾?{W¨›ú±ížÐÈa#IZ)üä¦pÿ§\ˆ)ÜË‚+בXfH –³c7@+šß•7s˜?^%Çj®˜\w|Ô%!–ƒ*ó´Ü e=ëŽÓ„ë¿^ƒ’7U í¢§ÆiZª—€j@”­iãT¶ U`ãWÙ _767É 'ù‚]™ÓYŽM'O.=•¸}Äõl2—„å÷ŸæÞv§Í["ýÇAt ƒ¤G:9ñ´¯UÇ@þŠ¿*ßÏL±peˆúbÇ8Qn›€>fâÐ"ˆ&Å#{“&M–gãy­aFøAÛ<À¬A`t~=O9mOÍêCŽì™Ž¨ŽíŸC 7@£•aSè¤Ùø›ËH]= sQ}¿mi46së€N/§³4;êGZHå5Íx ìÏFNþÒ—L…ŒE‘À®~ÂÀmzm@Œìã‘EÉWß7öNÞ—²É H âÕÅx¼'¯>:²{*À†1>ÕC¥aŽÔ'¨W1=×Çu:7²(ê ¤í‘^x?z)SŠüþ±ºéÉQÚ*“°Š€(CÔ˜Ir-¤¦ú è°Qo$– ë™Ê€Ã"+Ϧá$$“³=ÌçüW”âø :¦VŸwqïû±}ÓH·pBáþ%Øpêx0vò€ì$°¨ ‘9ü rUæ¦Ø.§ƒuTÄ–Ù<½g»ÇÜØ»`u¬Ã79ßæýA#3™ÔÑ$îý”h̽h€:V›xŽë à±Á•¡ë{YÌûÖØ!î—³—M[v¤gÀ0Ø6óžHõýæÙ0*hfŸŒÎzµ")î¯ëº0yŒÏ< t=¸òxŸ™2lBËôa"ï!wý©°ìÉ«Ñ Í 9Òšû§±ðò¤ñú9T8(xÒIr­Í€ÝPæûùž…Öò4VXÊ:Sl Àw’Ïi ÔÄò0 ¯6¢ÓÛ75çu–C`­‹áËô`'@¬@ºÂôK PZ½ÝÀæ.C•;™Ê1m‡ù+1ŸuhZæ>³5O_¶ÀòìxáZØ—aa3œVÖ>rŒÃ­Žáá(©\5@½·æ ù®0צ²R²Ί@‹kàz°^ú–~íáÚ;`½k0¤«<²*Ð/؉.‘Ëó[aa³ä2Ïi™=°ë!m€CDë&¹ô…°u"ûÆœç:÷„5Ï^Ë؇±W]&\ó¥Pc-b,±Va)j0½¬SzÎK@ž"@7|ÕÃ0¤%˜ÙYu3]€N•ÿÏsª/²Í£h#%°w8`ï‰óÂÖ'/uh»Úa¾8pt±§wšÂ‚e«ò|–øì¤Ú$ÓÜÏßÖÌvN}8¬ycXõìUÄ€Ï[žý·0Vˆ±^òŒ§3ÖƒFªo)¾Ejp8d¨ƒ‚ÑlUdÅ_U¾ nN19þžìNÆ£˜K©mÛòØ9¡eÌ5€´™<³91+Äaö*ÃÁ8£n‡ël°¶1W_º=Œ»óÒ°aìcaÞ£7†—®93L¸áLIÃ"]IŠyÉÍ»`5‡@ ÀI“zJŠ$%i^žÔ¸a¤^®†±º&Häw Î×ìD´'_‡<À!5îJ@ƒšX€Bò¥+IÛ¢Ñ;ÇÝ*HÍ IH‘bÍ<2SxŸ™€§Yøaa¦=tQxöft¥ÏÜžºüìpû×?F^úmž÷kÂþѦ¹VRB¹¹°8³†ð‡@AÞŽ¬Œ€à“xéò(ÍÕaªô¡Z"ƒcvœŽ·Èýjz-͸‹_)ÒJô1EáYžŸ*šÄÜÒg/1n˜OFn:à–qg`òözž¾áô0ù‘”n ÷~ç+áÁ3>Ó|> ëï iX¤ììaŒûr€%ŸpÌ3&ÁN9/2ö¬Ìi¸Êt4>èëLÁ™t¼ŽûÔx‡@%Z)ÆìØëœ P3Å’cs΂ÐÙ†¨›twjlØK‹ÌLÚA‡©+™œ¦”»ÁÒ©@Èß—f­°©åy¸›¶0) /ß6>yE˜uÓ·ÂÌ¿ R½7Ý>-Ù6••ôúE¬hŠ„$¹Ô<š†,dÊÍ–@àƪp·JÀí'àd "æ„ÍõÐ–ÉlÆ< ÈçóêßôRtúU“±ñ9P#Á¯‰ké% 1Hâ^iœŽ £é!]gÚN}RŽÓgÁ\/ìÏfÒ Ï]ü©°‘éá]3œˆÿ«Á­Â«†I‰ 'Î5ûw‘žÖM Zl¢ý|_eÎdoš'ßš&±IqÓ7<}E˜‡¦cÚMß[I7$ú9ñɦɮ)Ríðd¬öÝ”cè"—A+»™S>Ή§ŸB™Ô €Ù:´w"Z‘§I‚º ê¤~æ¦TL”ÎáÄ[?ùžHGt¼nV8@ZézœãÍ B?@´ cá«$åËçš›¯Ÿ|_xéÊ/’¿#eáïpb€¸6døöN€N%xhΪõˆÀ ?¤–•´8‚‡L˜ EsÚÂüì@‡1ó¶3ÃÔ[NcSº"šSa]ð,ëÌ{•g<̇©"Á£kíË»¢6© ì„嫲~ºLË’zääÞN°ë@óÕ¿ñúnÚ0RÂì A¶ð,c‰œ¡„M ºŽPñ:Ó%ãèË5éZðkÖ²´lûÃdħc¯ýZ(ʆñ¤€H¡ öIîbƒU”ïzñ à³æ¡Av§‡gJ`,H7-%s“'¥ …§ûHûnÏ»ý´°äÞïFs×ÇÜb- j:`*<ã]è@*ö½t37`ÃÀ]#WX‡5žÍ’%ØL¯:Ïêa`f:xfd«;.îII€(³ÂúD^"পiÒE]+Y;è(*ËŒäa€ÚlÜÓ~Ö_@ù ¹ƒuØ@êªa.@b=ÏËÊ1<ˤ‘ÇÞŽöîÌðði sùÚÅsVe}×Xçì¹9î[€Ù#kaêl(…æ÷hb`CÊKÂ'Ni4ÁD`“TDKª¶Ôe÷sÛ“ç‡uhµê ²E®·“ùèæ^×dWkÆ®)ÃáÖá{|+ ÚcóÜÁá0Ç3Û¿­}>,âB¤ 0mY€Y•C¥€1#+»Td|5õ„°¨|f]Œc*1Ö²@ Ö +5À xò3n¾ÐâdÑfvr¼é«O_@P‡í°—`CÚa®ÔÐdHw4“kC’(«µkem®xꊰðQ‚÷J´¦«'°'=ÅoXså—Âó~‚ýåëÌýµÞo eëytM¤âò€u+EÀO† lš$"J˜ÚèÈä ±9Cà&9våå+¢à[àß ¾€N ½OÑnz ×4Ñ2ë6ý"?#5–y™5ñ2Ò{×¢%¼žƒäuá©K?VŽDL¼†”ç’—ÂÆáw‡/>#Üüé ÷~ùã¤ÕÚ]Ïõ˜r%½‡àXátÖD1qNÆÇ”à,¤Ó\—¬”¬H @€ƒã=5îS€Á±§a³ÒN³¤(wžxž†ÑÏrèH Òã.e>?€¥`´€ÿÌ•ßûf=Jk' Ž¨}Xxø[ÿnýŸÿÃaÕ¶ G»6Ýåô›˜gUX­hÜ|Ÿ·àä˜ýZdžÕ>™*T—#å¸ |VZðxr®ÐUø8~ÿ?V#0tpÒ“©hA•¾uÔM/ˆô Y6Ì#œÕÖìBl(ÀQ‹ÓÇIXPc˯ҕ4Áÿ_4ŒG 9êFªn K͸ù´°èžsýA‘!v|£n>©­)þ Už'0”Ø„úÑ9ôn™LÐ6ðŒ‹RBN3%6É!`#Õ? &æbߌDH£ Êªßt§¯îM¾Ï˜'&eœ¡j}yxOËjR^©°ê¡Šþ`€ ~„4P?B[õ‚®*›~ ÂZ7ý/\Oêè‚HÅ/ÕydÇ4•'fÐv€Ç#ø$ì¯[OÄY68ÁP›A•¼¿Ù *ÞÉ<¯|äÂ0íÆoPiá{_É{ßK0#ÒÂpVŠT™1( ¤’©›yñu Ø^! Þ¶v«ÐÙÃ|¼Ú8û¤|4'G€ÏÎq!_]ðÙ‚^€Í{?sÓÂI=NÀ] ÀŠ€®h(X¹.Nž‡Ñæ8?þ F©Ä5öŸÔš¨ßÚñÒ­aÕc—…å²ù‘'¶ŠÈ@Ýý*ëçéÞµãØ:øÞW‰h[׳i½ý€8õh‚c¥kÆ  €\+Lö™R$Ü ÓcêÂô”i,×ÄÑ›ÈW¡Y«‡E¬pŽÂ¨¯4FLÁÉN륋ùé0p;ø¬"AÓë8 è8.Ÿ­¢L.@^à? 3•ÛNªkH£óhXˆ¶fÕS0€Œe;U“ëÐÛ4Â*•¬€ã-Áy ´;í0¼eî·4IÌS'éÚ$Atéäuǽ¤Irhú<@XЛ"ꆽd´|Ûeý`ü÷s!Èi&…š€ 5ݽi$ì©MÙÅTÞ¬…ÁÙH:s+éç-¬¥NέÐê%*þ,dHóÜ ’œ SkÀ@Y—º4Óh`hz`ý:¢ï¹ßü÷!†Í¯‚¥Ç¢ï;ø¾ 0ÑH:A»_7$Zؼ³™ «‡Ÿ‡Á,Ú~Ö{r , ë¶Ê³lÝ4¨¢ëÕ0ɯù"E_‰ö†×;Ïj3éh×¥Z>Y–Ul08œþ.ŒŽ@G1sæ¢âµvÔë4 ¿«ç¹Lrè”d|„ñquÀJ‰´c“#&Õq`šuç·Ùã8(­T>ñ8ì"‡gž6ÖÐr´GÏúH¸ëëÿ;L¸ñ´°æ*ÌÐøíGÕ"E™cŒIÓq€u7EÒq9´þ[–—êL*œLuœS k¤L÷Ë ¥ ›FŠ#¬Nó,ˆIi@g†ß¿€|íJmÓ~Àè ¿#¯ø<±ðʤÄ}è”ÍCªP‡~nÒÕ§‡k>ö¿Ã_ùHXðàe0Âwðï=Pi´pqE¼¤~Òˆ‰­r*Ášd@i_2#¤·*ŒYŽ (+[Å8|ù}‰1d±:)Ø• /‹“gÌ9ÆžF[“~ñbX‹yuoìOÜÛ§.ød˜ÿÀyÄH¤·Ï‡šÁ-Ï]ú懫>ò¡ðüÅ_럧f«ž Hœ82f[ŦY–¡b®nÑ PYDWä\—ùš‡ùqŽ³s.{å\ R¤¯b¨8êTtP*YÄ)°Ñ„î Ï¿ûLÄe7´¦DÌÍA6ôA¹'bÓX}¹ã8 I† µ`™7Þ]c@Ãl*kØhæÝuÁœ‰˜õTÿ Þo&Á‚§ÛyÖL†A!ÃëÀNʵwÎÐ Ü$æ÷Ma•Ù€z9 #¢OñÕOð¤ìÕ¯yRC]¤í™ýhfò¾2§ýti¯079®Kð¥èÔôo#¥º›' ú^t">À!B@Ó˜°­`U92:`ÅZÑ™äYw)rœ”h‚¿ýPÝûHm­,àl~ ÁíYÒRcÃ1îQ,s+ƒÓ€²; SVä}ð<õQØÅáæÀÖIQy{ÖàøôÙvíb^dxKܳXÁ×S!M"Ks \„3=µfgê-_ /\öߜ䯈ôX‚¢n@vg¬Dðë0ÅcXàÙô¹kÄxz˜7ÅÖEù="¬cíÔ“ž„ºø›nÞ§JúD°cZɯ)Nç²/uh–ÁϹ眰‡gkóˆë¢}g+@GömƒÐö«^Ö[6k7Œ•ØJø7­TF&`µkŒ.öÀ*ûLlUŠ»]Vãù:„… §Àg ÑJ¶šNÂ_¿`uüjºÄÊ®wQùÌ…¡ Û"ë3@Ú±èûr}Uæ`‡‚}ìÖr‰û6¨Òçg¥ @-°¯¦¸÷ë`{§ÂôNðX¹é5›nîœæù* ez³‚†«“¶,L¶' ûÖ‚~¢³ŸôæVRÔÛxµPIÕg >GÑwQ{S¨0tiDÈöñ,»“秓߫ªbN°'-ä0lÊRK†vLƒì»}°¡Ú ¨o«17 €¤uÜÓ…€µh”ê`xRÜ4Ÿ³p¼•´üNÝ)ÒJ¦Ö:¨¨-Q2]CÃS (D®*¤&ý”À”H+•aËjhx €I+¤|µr iàºö?:ÛBYŽ€^žCzÖÈd5½€½dÖß„=Í&m3[vÉ*-RxV 1¾ýJV>zU~їÓç~–j[*µ8ø5pXkœÅaˆRZK˜³êrHeÀV~H­” E*—dP2ˆ˜ã#/ ‰Q¤|ЙøE¶@˜ìCfh¼zÒ+TAee›ªƒÆ„«¢2üÝÿ[)Í^üÀÅì‹0Ê‚7ª­* ò a·°>HSê^~8L½á‚pÿ·>…Œà³¤ø)Dð7B6´Y¾ `jås2‘&G°FzȪ7ʲM9îŒIÖê+J¶Û^ *êEt>jz¬~â5t.ãï©ô¨ÅI&Ù VÁ¨dùY]:Á¹\nûêpŸa-yæºD)|u÷e> ÀŸü(ÏèÝáÙï}-ÜõÕ„ñןAå–Ö hJ'jäz€´8ÀʹN«Ía®£1¦LÏ•›yÙ4Æé<;ßŽß ±èß™kAe¬SciôîYQIi¥BZ¤Ô¼;Ï‹îûnøQëühávsÚ;ãa‰¹t´lÃ)ª»]A.›óaʈ üVã,¼ï*Z.æt„ÆDnô7†A‚VyÅ(€Õ °œD(ƒè¤PŽ½w.Áz^T®=ôâ´L0Uø›cC¨RtÍʨ_KÒMÏ´[JIÐîá4ÞÁ¦ÔÊ’gS.vŠPê›9q¾|Õÿ0î?J,ŽôÇ(k-ów56æO¨'aK€OÎ:@еe?ïÉÜdÑ-$f<V’3uñ§#æÅòqƒõ«\c/"å4‡ñò=e€“ÌYOT•5 s%GhêW˜ûWs½¦|r¦rLSY.–±±*,5ï)ÀÍ$„¯s¸°=[3;`¥Ö(T%‡¯7Û„W›¨"ˆ÷lG ³UDG ÐÉzâô¤·Z›ïklØ;9I»ês‘žáÇñ¥xÞªâÚ;˜2¢ÃtZ¨v^9澃`v¬eA„yµyaä¤_`ÅRT+~†_ø‘H‡t‚J<Ó®•˯XCEܦ¾zùû¬Ã®#5ý‘°ùé«ÃR€d3ìÍaÖILD…5ÓAY®¯kÁÿ·<Ûbß#©—€ÏuÓ¿uëð»e:_Ñ™*aó5U÷&ãVt~¶Láyº¥"§»*âÑr¤¹ËV¯@áÇÑ…X½´è¾ï@µ˜fàÊ°ÝV­üºYw„¨í¤I»˜·€ð ÷³ÝJÅÌ0%ôv‚j­¾ÏXL­ù, šлÎ}y]úóX²îs—#¸mD±„Ê‘m#®‰÷+T ª½éð KÑÍ¿æ28²¦¡,Á–<¼ƒßežƃ¬QÙ›!-U‘V÷˜f|¹–ÚMK)Äf>:,µß„P0˜$` ƒYéRªù^¾ú è®îlzÐøô±N ¦¶y¶º˜ŸÇ‚z îiËLL­ªS—–$¨æ æ­0RðâÙÈ¡ä0à±fú䤽c,èQ#ÐQ7ÕNŠ¼ ãçš²ZðÀù0 —†ÍÏRî |ˆµ{Ó'X#«¬Š—¤µ¶Sî½é¥ÛÂÞÉhBÖ9Dt¬õ€Á~ ¨\¦„ôUtY'©ÏØNÈèX®/Ð1µéÏ"FO’ ¬W¯"Àf"ç¹·‘ðíá•]˜Ãƒ[©¶TK%@àjÒ­Vbr4ý®ÿ€êÕvŠÆSˆô½Öó´Fçåk¿‚ïZÜ_}Î"Æ—{^“-©o²Ú¨ˆuÎ*\‡"ÛžÜñJr µÞ§ÏŽi?Öf‡@‰ï«°ˆiNQÝ éÔ È)dª¶>~ûŽÐPè´#|.òV®Éø¾@zj58£6iÕU€œþ92')X”ž.¼o|ꣂà¥X 5Vÿ‘6c>K)æ&bùê]r€ónæa÷èß>›“1t[fFó§pZ£½ÝT2hÀ'Ð2ͨ)¦é»4A©¸ Q7›kš‡HœL «Lu34ê X ™À£zÃð:ØCU€Ái'øu™î(õîl5²®˜«$ìL;ëKO¹ú:iø¨=À\¸¯1E@E?™±k çõœ‹€¹H»Æú:Ä:ì®E`»ŒTgóS@©>D½zhªüMŸ»å«Âé[íiß"Ài9îß+Æ{õóyQŠ6G?¥:À†)ÖVØŸ­g¾J0XÊÁ4§•`™²éþM\3iAàrŒí4’+Âæ D8i,©mÁ»À¢o“>Zœö–‡(0]¦)ËçåX]Ý, Ô.RËî=“*+4l¤:L+ô[•ÈïZFoðï x»ÎÔ¹Ez5ö­£1±N‘«4ïó&`tÐòsÓ‹ü­ïÓi^s¾èP…Žk×”‡Â*qZç£]Z¥ Ì£éržw«ÞHqƒ¯.î¡lNwd"ùl$X6ý‘& éÅ$Ð1}%ÈI’nÙ2üÒ°ðžo‘Bº?ƒÙÛvÈ’±'釅Æj;›¹kȹÖóK¯¬.‹ ô¸ÒÐ’žº,õk{Ñt,VHMªkÛØ;à ÖB”®å(3ÿe5<‘Ž,` íZ¯× l ¸WšŠÃ€áAîñ€éRÖ¨jŠ3bÔA¡èä±û(è“£ÓcŬÖ¦Å]Š 8Š£é©§œ\óA{Vù»j3õìÁ_e>'wö›&ÀÓ¾…¹˜i.Ⲩ|~ëó°øu¢×‹ªÀH]:%ÍÙ·ó¤çŠ°we†NX¾²•wV¯Rõæ×`,Ëûì…Ak#8wÀÐd9é·£S2•WÌ/aÌc¯ÿ6]Öòtªá`K¤æªŒ¯ »“œDŠ‰WÏÒ{ÃÁµ0è”]Çyÿú™‡é÷^^¸â‹ak«°“·JZWa´)´,ÌRAŸ þ?©© M^ƒAÒQEØ” s”‡Hóïô™R©Î$%¤Çú$ 5L¾”2ñk¸NSæ·…›¾þ!|hÎ ;‚¯ GŠ¿K¢…)L¾"Ôf¢ B§bU'>a9DÀ-“/§zõŽ°eÜýáÑsÿ'Œ¸ô‹X 楪À¼e`¼ô2J:îˆÕDÒÒ\C†&Kõ •TY˜š2z_þ[Zƒ>D VAScê+Ç^™'µŸÒ 6§c6ZŸ…w….ýÌ?…u/Qe (Ö 0‰F)=+À]ë* § o!² ªÅš§\ź~(ÌzàŠpßé sîRâ‚ ›uŸÑœ‘1«»²J/ Ð)šÊü0×IÆc®³cw®ó s™8òŠ¸tp"ª(e-¤­-/M`èÖ€Pv2î‘»tZíK«ÚpH%Ø ôuKîecð¥@v¢¦fÅ£—Rý]ؘéá§ÙµÒ-Û§³é²ùc°×µah7…êŠMh-8ykšÕ8è&ú8™¶²\ÙYS¶&JŒWS=¡;¬A'ËiÅJƒX«ô#¯6’`§Dp_Ïf³ñ¹‹A¶W“›%‡'Âç$ö嬂¤~˧}ðyoÎ ìÌ •4Móá’²šÁk7À¥B ê$è´RÙÑ-¸èÞït(¹Z%æß[rnªKÆQ*×ú}|oºà(saÞ:ꄻߌ\:SØ13Ç÷Íç}(]Màg.º`~s Äñ_éäûò …·xÔ®ê¦D¹î0sª³”»)S4ë`S @¢” Ucº+ƒº›Øˆëx[€u<H_­¢”tÝóÃ2 Ãaø’(¨éžüzFxœî{aöÂƘâì…­«)ÇkèxÛ¢0ˆ©È5‚ˆ©©›_‚Miã˜|ÓW£ÔI– {†«ê›&ígܲ5ÜïNt#G0×OÄ¿ä¾0ýÖ3Ã>Ò™? wlÄ怵’[,%®®€ HrîÚù^ÀTG>Ffîê²€IVYËŒËMy#>;VÁ™¢éCŸ§l/›ŒsÓ*Å }ÞÀFÐ~i§ñMxmGà+*Agíè¯t‘µk²¿G? N¿©˜Š^NâÇ›ç‡ó‘ xw07ê[ôœ±¢,Î)y)u‘€–@sÔ´éIaµâÔnÖz×ÆÙ:OJð÷ú(ÏNöoÁý8 (^oZ„Ó4©UÖ«A¹®¸;VÂà,PBйQ¨.ë¥À¾Ûu¹PS%Èg¨oŠ|Žãîñ·…e˜À5ª°B/£Më¥s®$s“' Qeå¡h*4àÛùâ0Ò¸x¨°›¾Dšz3U+ˆöG&ŠÜ7®¯—´åažÙAÒ2ÄXÁKA  =[ZÇŠû¿åê³°.^2;Ð\v[,` öSÖ³vcâÈM®V¡“ézͪC=ŠøÜXݘ­•W(T€³©Õ±­•×›çзN17•|•qCbkR Tí{á"˜‚ëCïò©öÒ™®&„ë”-Û ÛýØYÿ‰VêëtqŸ&ÑšÄI ¶¢áÉ!’6pËŽD•LêH Âì߆ˆÑ‹€œcݘÊCK KñŒµ<,ó.OâßÑÿXi8 „+>ý¯a=º³,{T¤UňücÐ¥hˆ—Õì–£vª2G†æR@ ÿÆ5·§¦ßrF¸ïÿAfåRæf‹g,ÅüÅV¯ rLõ©qÜ9ôMibeŠÊ»ÿ;næ5³, ¥ñEƘcÎì >¿¨^ÉRyج©Ò»OûÏðÐ÷>IXrìY.56yæ×ñ+2V]ä=:a¤òÓbjä™%k±¦õ‰ï~<<{þ§÷ÞGR÷°‚iÀ` )KÅ] –´2AôɹÎf’£ð;`žšï“sXÆzØôeF,ë¶ÔµHšA̓š­Õãic5Ö^rfZק¸é2+™¦±õ(¶þG9­°±$§1ZLêaÏ Z+¼ÞºŒÏ˜ÁfK‰ä õ°ó_‚ÙlLâæX¾®€–Ÿñ õð~UÀB…t—,ŠŸÑ§(ÖTº—V6?«hÊkð­ÑMÈúxú, ú\?Ûc€Á^˜šÃ€·N\¦wŒ¼9L¿ó»˜K½^Ï® é•‚ß©\“‚PÖçbèÒ—ðƱêL¦‡´¿#ЀWÒ²¹+¨õÞÊZÔHYXÑ´Kwhî»n¨íœª÷³Á4H¬‹âÇ"þ#MlÚ œ ªl܃ˆ”8—˜³°=lj ô_S»¥& fH³@­ º`Xj|ÍÀLƒP ÄZP£é)@VÙ-Aµƒ~í*ôSÊ ­‰kˆð~"jÛ™“2¸P×D×üûÎãÝOzrid<è5Êô´¬‹‹H].¤Ìè;X3jîÔC rj΋B_hnÓÏšYZ ¥~¡€£¸Ôjª ¹ÕV'½‡Út%ÕŸôB Ü8´iËWŽÊÆfž¿z¬:`"z¹n+ñÒóhsÀ?ëظ­±fe¢ºtj†ÝéA¯¢—OI3@,úÜHWoÆüsšAÂcu0Užé.tSŠšM ºlYž»Ý<jÞÖÁplãh•¢©>K¸MÃH7H‰çŽ@`XÁõ¹BêS³8õ^V06LyûKYöb+í¨Ø#…Q¸53¦4ÏŒC I  <É:IÜ2–rÃdaqÔ  Xó$Àqò2ØæO ÜF¶ÊÓtöN´û1†‹žîC™ G1¯•€Q5 /ÒÝ‚²¤<˽ÙK „­"šÑ‹Éò´pðÛÀ>»ëeœz]2QÜW‹ALcéæ\‚Û‡à{:–vÎ ûtu!i.@tv¨ë^&purçûïÛ¡¸™´”Ú(´i`MÍF\ÚLЩ’n§T<Åè*sC¸ü„µ#e'ëÂ5HiUgxôBxN\vÌꄪ3q=žaY>ì¤b溵ÍÐ Z¦<}þ'Ö‘04<¯­úÁ‘êL°wh ¨®ˆq8צý£@'šë“ RTņ@+_} ,Ùõ´§]¿Z›±W1=þLzÛ6 6íH|È©ßVý²^X¡n6³66¹yx4bÜöýÔJÄ™¼?ÁRÖ¦{ãdòüÕ¦P4‡ÓÚ‚åfRè*LŸ™:ÊBÁÇfH‡X5£ÏMTî Èèèʪn@=…eÊY]Bµr?Y¶Üý«›ò&lÂ_oœÁé—´HšNOèôrYJÅé«7Ú£ë ÍåHkl¾ýœÌ92lœƒ¤^d ›b§FUâSoü4ì- HIJVÞ o(AËiæw€yê÷D ˆ“O^I¯­5O]…¿ÏʨGVûZüi8]ë§pM”ëNWÿÀ†· ¦l£¢ãiüL `C)­4 Á'Ðéaî­zkâ°dûÞ/‘ç§fŸåÕ¾úqŸ¹÷žFÕÙ|tfâÍglµâçéh>W³R=œ‡—ˆ©Åœ­]AA ÀsžædÜ í/{aM•5b:ª`Ü 8®ajç×ý” oƒA>ºmt8±m$:#û^Ñ΀¤¬£‡U/ WÝÕVDš®—vt06ú<éÄÝmšçÖõ©²-¢y±åëÚJ¥5‡ ]¬K•{ 0:[ìûÊ»/ð¬ÙË­ÄKsÁ lÊNœŽëÑ;è§T#ÅØNª½¬òû²: ,@ÊÞj0Ý‘nKíì«–Ý›²ožÿLXöÌua v‰gÌVå…PAƒFlϬ8)+½üšÕàÀ`%Uà"î!–@ÃEÝerìᤓ¹,Õ~ÆfkH Xê¢O˜ŒP;`'j¡ ûv», `ÉôUAàóÑÁgVVŒ&Ĩ–hó»-s£¢íÑ0âª/ÂV^±OµE¬)@L•C^•q'a%êñÛͺ-qPTø\¼VÐðΖ±«J“kxoGè>ïî³ÃèË?‡ ö2é_`*E: G.à “ý‚l‘Ê;_˜uS@)˜ž",Œº–"¯åÑù©¾¸0QIŠæÞsq¸î3ÿâÜ[°Ø@û£"àvªŒ:²W)L÷¢¾U2GèkŠÓPS¯:j†ð²‚iþ<ŠóÇ`2庯’Æ$å³ÓÆÁÏrn«Ç,™ÒIÜÏš˜ÿßqÛË1ËŒ”#3?MaN¢qëþÌØ"«ƒÃ}ßþ$ êËÄF,!`óìgUà÷:IhQZ3DÞË–X¬ÒtÍÿÐýp «945På½ ï«Åô¤qáCœœÃ~pj®MŽ‘yvÜØ¢²šçøä|ø^@é¸sÌ{Ì…LŽÂ/ÁŒÁHç[ÍïfÛ°ëü 燧WprÆFøL”hb²¬N`S®°¡äÙš`~vD£|+ ígùõÈÉ0%sø;kèÒ žƒ*©¯o_­VôÖ,˜N¾Š(¶fþÖœ¿ŒŽ'R{F,ܨÝ^©3ø£%  t|é„là’ÉO?ƒºªS°Ã‘G •” {òœƒ#«í%Üô ð,ç¤Ók°àéz@q§g+3ÌQG'h¨y…Ö#/ùt$úüeesTVÌlÁEt;7ÊÒcK‘»`ȶjê†ðw1š†5xÁü2·ù@TŒ)½Ð7Fa4Œ‚M MuìÔnãD,ÎüX•VGy¬>'¦ÑôòÑ?¤‹ÏÒ§Ç×q)z2´g—éF(¿¨7ÁÚrû 7|!;ßoK°A7€–ɯÇÐõ˜s_þø…õdº5;²ZÒü-lÔiÒƒ¾\¿û¨àªqèJðžzîd=t¡Wêu>¾úúç4Q>¾˜ÃƒÆɽ+ŸkÙßCÎU3lÁrt^ëp:öÕ@0Ó̽# ˜É*`VøÍÞÖÈqNºYw2]Š‹Ëzñ{»Ú‹ï9 à{oÔ«¦©)Bå­sæ` IÚM¦¶º;[u54fÆH’ÊŸl:긳-#rѸIKN¸"Tq4.NÅ„ñÕá“7é–³ÃM_ø"îk"MX SÀø0‰/P¶Æf ™(JJ±°îÍÓt”Ö‘ß9i©Ûs%ì»aÚÖвçñoÿŸ0‡FÓŽ9Ž˜^ï"Ç’øSs=ÔG̹Ve?ã–èt7÷t}„“é û”9˜Ó߉øíYL”‘¾ú>•Go =ЫE§§ã¹÷~ýƒåA«ã†X»¿™†ÍÜø™[ÿ®¶5bì`âdÚ˜¶} S¤"r¤!ÊËoµL|:Úƒ—p…BÌÊÔ¥ æ}æÙ `†£”«µé¥ªÃ ^ࡔ˜tÓ—¢@þ“Ô¢HSq€ª,+™ì¯äßÚf@¯›BnƒÒj[ñP¤8Êæ‘ׯÀÒ®˜‘ fáè¾9QžZ&Eö¦ 0ù†¯Qv|:©‡ñáM õôô±Ô=Íék1Ž¯ºKË6rc¼ñ;85hEfÚë7…á­–¥€¶…a)ÝäTÞ;! Ì“²0˜G@ê¿€hꬿ¡ G „åÙöX²‘ªADæBã:’FÆxNϲ:§N‰«Ÿ¾ªûòð‹âjþÖêÒVÌ‘óñ&âì”Z\²5[Û‰ò}?ž¦¦¼ÿ%NÞ¯acº¸öµ²c¹Z›4'Dõ6y®e!ú¥—É‹;¶ï#\vÞý<×jº±/{ü{ÐîÚêãv‹xy/ Ý@š0N\|ƒ.ñ¯#¶=ŠPÛy)œ¢e*;/¼ ¦²6ÀØ:]h¬¼j³O—=–†²9ŠUõÑÑ„Ïæ™G÷L9¹NðÑà”>Äèpª'(í£ A ózÓ“cÀX7ÑôèbÝÌÉÎ6u<¨õn$èv¼&¯¯¤èÓNßaAŸz$µI‡ÑѸJzIðZÏ öåaŸ‹Zn¼Êšñ~ù9Þ«ÝP®v®nbÒo¢gjZŽm¬—½˜ÈÍGà¯ÀúG0¥ÇH-š6* …ɺ©.³ LØàÇÔš)gM9eRÓ³È&b¨"˲wïû ë@âœtÀ«T-æ¡òý'˜ÙXWps‚Cƒà¦‡2s«:atz` ãêS~UúüX’ki»>\ ¨ÿfœ¾@2X]Ü#3­ÌS(¬i¡~0uæÜöMzJ]‚kñËá8ƒTót“N3õ±ßL6òخd#›÷N½ŸpôÞ$(yËf«<“ý]}r4Û“ÅÈka9_‘uÚ#ûÌ^"ö¾ÄyžÓ<[%29¦­¶s`ÓöAîë¦8òËáz»¸~¿÷•c ¬|ø»QÓзê`±+èÉÑ4P0t°œÄj ¹…*«¹T²î¡íN3cUod¯¯lT½Dúˆ`{ªwÙ Úv+öÐˤ95¯¤Ù¨¾<šY*Êf. I@ì&ö›•8b¯B ºyiDçdƒÎ6zªMÿUR̓Š:Y0*¤™k0åYµyÀi} ‹”·MJûZÜ;g/Àdà œÆaÄlX[@¬\°Q(€¦ Àé º5¯ž†4°¯4)‹•ý£dY® GÖ‘‚e½ä*EÀNÔçé}1 é=ß ;–Âg`UÊ2:zëÀUõÒ‘)x˜Þ¨Ùß˾o–˜«Õ\4¡©ÇG¥*‹ÄzTw6–rüݤÑwᇳ‹À™&¥c‡ëJ§hÖÙDª£ÏÛOJ°ÆÌ~_§¨Œù¤oŸ›G`çì47YuU^±‰uΆ%hQë`õmP‚¹°ä¹€‡K T$-•àÚã¼"‘rÔbŸ5J• «W…þ¹{®±nú£a8nÍŸóùl7iеl :eç #.Œzo¥Hß2jm¢.äþ¦¤‘"çf¾âhÁD ×ÚŠVÌrð:˜½yôssÁÇÂ&Xž¬*ì°®ŽÂè© Ù(ûbÅù›„zõ/Žà¤ÒM€Ö ÈĹ é1nÝ‹w‡ÛOûd˜vûyÄ:ÀµUdü‘ºjÅ™¸iä%Œßê2«ÒÐPqý‘˜Òï Bå<¿õc_•³Ç˜ì\Ö§…5¼û™‹Ã˜ó?f^÷¥° ZdFA&'ÒþÀŽ™v³S|äñÃ\s­ÿß\tdp¤Sõ1,›#ÈÑÝ׶SèújÏ©×çÑÇh _çDæ|*6ÏâœyË7ÃlzU­GÕ¿˜fœšsÙÛ ô×¥áÇlʇIýh è&]dCVôW@Œ,àé#˜Ì tZI[™µèØ?ÊÒ[W¿m (Á4ˆËZvlê¨xRºw ýkV>y!'rº©sz7°i÷%Óú†ôì2ž(ÙØÛÈ÷î&×ÙÂéà(“¨í¨-<`wjÝÝ0ŸTîÏœ»¾µLx­a6Áœ’n¾j—XÌ¹ï ˜‰¯Ñ!úLŒ¿Yó¯¤óõ:æÔò×õˆ‘^~Êë×-HÈPUeƒÐ yÔé‡,,i™þ­€Êìe»œ›KÝ;}ŽWC>¿jâ¨V"j¦Ê¼âœ#µI“oþJÄø¼BåFýý·ZæE&‚A½ ~Vú˜¶òÄ¿‡ÒÔ ñC»i `Ù0§òÈ/Å––Ò“Ö²šÎ¶‚„š‰EhI–ÃxCóôfó¼D ±)O‡%~7L¾åK¬‘ïÐä«aõÃ4 Äz~-s´Fc.ÝÇíI_±µ”rY Ä Pú.Uq®Ä3ó5žCÎÜXyf…›^:E]u¹¯Nê6S5ýê=wntšð ˆýÚʆ+£“DdÚŠ®bêm_ŽJ¨ßhÆËsA s5+×Ç{”,áä4«p´¶†5´œT”ù.6בA¼fJ`£ZæÅJ<õ"ŽCVG3Æåôs›CjÆF—ÞƒWhÅ!´í6Ò¹· Àï²ùŸmþ¡ÝWÔ7cx·à¾sIù>5—DÉx¶¢³èæ^)HìäH3”©`ÔˆSFΖ¶2Ѷß5ãAÆg^f²d¥L”ëÅy9•æÌD iæÆa‹<vææð*ór¿!™œS_ úö¢²AMVB±.ÉMS,{°m%˜D‡}Y¸?zÅ8¯5¢`Ò¶›i¹SOƒûQÀå ºG(Éî`%¹_Ëù™pÓoÁSæCœ•}¶vÂ0oµ¡x“Û(ö×KBwë]rmpHÉ’žÉpüøÙÝ} MQ B‡«Ý)òûØ4ÿ¾}Ìòöª^@ì7 !(æ ðVm|æ"*ˆ. Ç°r°ýÃssFì0¢v[GXmçžb ÿn]°%²‹{ô !Ókÿ7À’eó28¾N*:rûÿE@ŽÒ}¶±á·rê UÀ*6¾V˜Ûº•õÌ‹§ß¥T­M¸òÓa ¥ÿÛ)ÄØc_(uŽ¤ ’´öaÀe‡–ŒA­dÁ '+K¢3²@‡ÏÖP—û]®5¤im‚ Ð)ÓZEÇû.ÀMŒ_fÇöEӯ̋©«ÿ/Xizùúfa¸Iï š{‡ÝLed É6‚ÜMôª[EÜhåiánÃÊ2¥æöÅRSS±y'j¨]„NËh~8td Ì)‚{+I RÝúb±ßÙoÝsôë¢eÁ´[ž» @2,ÔS:½oä¥aïˆKéALÈè”=´Î2]•ò³eŠøŒ ) ¢X˜±¬¥àl[54³¶·²ÇÅfdÑ]gGßÓ€’´%а½^ÀõC–b›rj<èJb?î"ÝttíaLxæÖ¾tW¸åÌO…UÏÓ€fຊ몌ӯݽ›.¼GtÔ»qÛ;àgS›Ee̲@ Pbnô{ÒH¯¯™ý4¢]‚ÅÅhÜÂ72ç­2 nl­à¸Ž[VÄWÀ¡•Ïi£ýJ1 κ&›Mè¡:,Åž8ö΋Ãc—~æìÒàjÕd~hê_¸$4ŽÄÌ-S@èW«¼ ®©Ìï©×É3ŽÈÔár”|ñ2Æ}ehÀAy'¥/ÿt˜Aãé}€ÖȤ‘—fˆÎ³×k×óÿï\'Ù—£¹¶êJZý :¿ vtöÕ©u ¬Ã4Ôñ{9a›ºü¨Á°¤}ytJ¶S¹à *í ¼‡Åºc(‹Åœ™£ý4³2òe‘•±û´ AA‚À•æäYàtn‘žC°&6 4‚¹"_#z^ T |Ÿ¾¹wO¥»™lOÑY*}Õ£z,ã¯ÿÁO³8}T „øW |=¾—’u¾šžÊ²áËî–Nmìíœ`÷è´ÉûÕó ÙŒô c6˜ tºZ#º–ÑÙ…6g9õ°WPÁ ™Æ1}ƨ[lMò'zS°¦š‚îv€W‚¿Ž5huO=A3´t–dào;îvN2 ¨Ä¨§R+§Êè^>+ˆôx‚EÍÛ£ FÂ1´ô9ÊF©G;­Ÿ«6¾ L¦Ô†³ ŠÕIç)™JQlÇ÷Õ°8–WëlkŒƒÎ“éc¹iN…JÓ7yôO%Ýxy6ëØŒ÷”÷q´ïXEÆØv& ÷Iƒê¶k5Ú.NÉÌ»YwV\u1ßO¿˘3€ö8€h t=‚ʽ0G;67\G ßKŠâUýµ`‹ôÙIQºn9å X’¤ÐLcµ[ŠÐñóuð¶k|dÎGàÍÄ›tgO4}¸‡gÖFÀö³i#se›}–ìܾ PÚËc+ˆS_‡„Ú9€¹­_,2ÇÝ·2:òâ5£k{ƒ.Ê̽%õ½Z°§ZßÉšíf b`$6á/T‡ÐRÏö‘.ldX‘ÓÀ³c#H+SZÙ¿öüÖÀìl~úb*Ø®{¨HÙHõ«g<ÙFB‡i«Þâ|†ß ttŸîfÿP8®9ájö¹µ(‚!Ò])´—öi‹ÒP0ÀBfì P²Ñis¢!œ©ªÕA:èÎpx óƒÞf€2ò>ÆßÇøMCåØ“6Gµ 1DFg-Û~´Pã>[ØëJ‡äŠeë|fT~ν0Í¥ÿM®¸õæ*àËFµû ¦‹ ý.@d´*NfÝÄ)¶H ¢5m%³Ëz|7€G½OdD¨‘Á(ò»Uö‰ûDš»8gÒ0)®» †~bð©W5,•j–]œŠr€}ut÷µÊèTû‚¸Ëó•€Õèƒ3ñÄšCàgŸöÍ0óш¯Xðsýmò• )+õ(‚$ I1oZÍÌcè´Ñ->ƒs±š•€O‘n©*b‹3¼q‚+Ào ïñW|K‡+`Hx/=vLÿÀBùrÜvd׬OÏ}xR¬ái0¨~ÉtX̪ ilOx‚SD ™€—¯ûr˜HNL†§ ‰M9¶‘ÆHñÀ÷pú×NßÀnŸ«ƒœ˜-í攦ãén‚ÊRÒ7zÂØx³¨Ž@n3L7ç&“T@ä8}&IkÕcÄ·ÛRIhåʽBÍËèè2¬›­Lƒ' )pOЧšDÊXÈ\L¸á‹ÃóV ]¶1+ÙŸCN?%»rY €i›¨z‹ Ê€UCŒ«Û©ôy+"¿SÍ»,‡áÐ+dõ3W…éôžyñªÏŸlû ÀÑ‘WO‚)€¨ú@¡÷)$I@}÷¨a>u:]pÏ™Q¯«#0@Úâ™w ðlˆ9ä L£F4¦û²Ìš¥½TiÄZý6¥DH=ØP¼jÊLÆÀjš@ªŒŽÔMÕcK¦k`âÇÉEQ·ð^Æ#H³•Á+TiôhÀÓÀNÀ#s¦ ¹ Úž^2-l; ß°^,×=Šqa·^8¤¬tµœ‹;íóè–¶¾xs$¶ÚG×]— nk'MãL5Ö˜ûÈR`jš¨€ÙÊ9‡f¦¾Ã€€*sji¸©(k³€™F4Jš'º~ôòë~*‘Úô4‚á:ˆŽLÐnI«]—)4RqçBýc9Õí½È8LåÍF_aÚRplu’ócÊóïuˆõkpÄHåw¡éÚ`Ù6éBô%M)έRÓí¤8;󇀖~+Š­C±Šj;…ýjÃNµOìtrz¶çT‰µÛÉü_Æ% °‹v$ÖU˜Ê=Ý„ÏÌf@]S–Û7‹Ê"Ó-Vµ¨ýüÊPvtÕ®gnt䎪©š;,ðÄÚ¬¬]†m&R«Ôæ$¸v}·Á霻¾y ÙôÔàÞp$eìË£Ý<3%@}‘çP`bïÕŽE^X![”`4êÄMµ.²'zÿ8¯‚ŒutW_@*Ü-µ;š”ò*Øs `¡¦'Ojg/ &+Pd[²?T†M¿(€½)¯¨ó¹`—ß)òŒ•xmókõ?vØ{Aê¥ì~n%,ŠýÄtD. ôíÓ.`›#5¿“5oª1í:bmz¿ìø¾£óú1Rl¦o|ÙäSgm;ÌÛJ¢È{·pàðp¨ ¼`)5÷Wu•€ßAº½ ØÊa¨[Ó?ݪ9¬¨ÍÑcÈ”î&ÌõVbZ) "ȩؤ6%ϽÒg¤Èý*Ø¿Î6öEãïs¤¦¶’í:nWö=£†ràéÖÁÛûŸóü¿†‚I@@š1Êe° ¨XmÆk%ÌóÖª²gªSjG$›Óð/ñ÷27MÜײ ÷HðYm€ {|m…éª'¨%5l+ÀݤB{Y~T˜ŠJŒR¤±*¬Ã,UB{‘C¨ÓjÓ'‡5•Fœš†e‘m9t¼ÖÀª9k$nö¨ÇXUM" m6 C@ÚŠ.'#“D¤YË‚Âì­ºŸ,¾Pº'H•ì‡åIpdsŠ´¼åâŒ/Ï¿ÉhT»“ÓN ËEð§ëzš5W`Mí¡=дk¾VpÀW\²­BæSÆv0%á‚"aÞS6'iU!é¥þùøÉf¢Uz‘Ö»§>ŽÀžryû>)ÐèXznÇî6–£^^Õ œ c$³!#c™7—GÿRhI e^¼€«ŠÓHUßžàrîác/ýo´_CUg%ÖS–ŠBu;öÃrÌ–;î,‡RÇœáïŒZŠ® ø<ºŸÅO_ê)¢iTèìa±Úœ4J£É´*õ½qÌÿ÷%XcÌy˜¤* RM &›SæoócÑ$t²£u—†Ù±¡(±¿ Be!’‘Ù7=ºÿ®³O͵¬”:&Y-çZ¯£˜Õ1¾DìZÐ+”{êü†—}š¾NñURe}æÜÏðÊÂø÷=œf›xØeܤÈ=IÎ<ØÙ]€8¤k’±ÀáÆä „æVàXÕ&Ð)2½ ñeöØÄ5½S?`o¢eÐËž’Tk¤`W2°s–÷*"~”.æsékfÔ+0E?ˆ/ù¿>6dÝv¦yòrnjE­,áf#Zñøù”_Ÿ•ÕÚ´± ƒÝÏ»í¥à˜ ÝÌ=©C\ªÁ¤F“Í”ÅFm;ÇÇ›`¨†tl øÖ¡¹ŸÏ,tyX=•·² ν÷ ÖàƒQY´ Ýù3ÕåËÔÒ - ´Ùg³"A_°sˆÊ#Z§>SjÕôqIë³æ£ˆo”%aY¬°iàŒÛOž›A®û Rz¦ _N½b¢f öÜŠ kÝÀ_!àïl"µ3‡~=¦ƒLY&|ºgÛ-Ý^M­¤Î¸FX”mYçùÊQec9º¾Vºv+ª÷\û¼ê£©¡éª¼@0AΚ§.äÐr=ßIZâ ðœ vŽÁšÊìØ/È&“¶l¨²F†»ˆÍ©d«pŠ7­¡k;co$0èzº o€Là<…$³ïÀI•€§Aé Öä‹°B‚®ïÛÁ\\Ûî7Þ+ÙK³N÷ åœâwÃðȆxLÑxÔÅ™›ïª;ã{EµmèÑÔÑõ²ÕÄØ桤(•µjoS:6Ò”íim¥˜ •çJÀ³ë:ÒeGI;v³' py=º?s }0½6«m m$Ø0:8 ±UB™¹¶$½  ¬‡ÍÚI+– @U€’f\¦•öôW¡»YtÇ·ñzA0Ës †¦×*JÀBÖöhƒt¶yÐPá>زAÓÀ&Ö‚íIJ[˜ÿÝ~k\Ÿ R5êðÈह¦8ÏÆ£ºâëP¿æyû³]±àÎÏ ûj)!ÇU•<hò°+VS t9‚Ø·MT赫ñ²ó8Uje¾và‘#èé‰*£ûÊ(2z5ÁÙ«Š¦9I®¥‚næˆêˆlMáé=Íï Pd^Š¾ÌÕNšˆnzóU]P˜dM/´m š™|Ô΂J0t7jyt5Ö)¹Äœë®›d¨!ÊxšÐ‚Ôë¬KP”ÑÉÔsyá¦ÒE{BÑ3'Ð!”#À·P´'…•&ÙʺÜNKŸ‘~ ° ³h¬r_Ó¾ŸUEGdJ¨Àÿgaa0pqØ sÞL¬\KêþÁï|ÿ0ž;4Q¶mˆÅ @Á~TIؤºx«aÑGÆqF¢^a.L© 5•ý`œ6ðlÀŒd^œ¡aJÒšHÙ)fNp`h#32îqTd5"ô-3׺Pg5åìTe|òÑç0˜ øh]Š¹ßF‘JšxË·#Áº Kí#á²é#? ÕÛ– ¥¤æÉŽ[€¦F'ͼ§3`5ê¡ÅÜ Ðò0X9›t¾ˆÿß‚/U À2+ÜÆ|íXŽ¾”ˆÁe<Û!:œk™ýuœoç:§1":¬˜:Ší¸TN¿í4L쾊øøãh(.ŒJ\–_~ZXCÉx<XäÖKl.Y@BšÉrô£¸»úUmDÞŠX ûä´°h Xn¢lÓJž*›±€Ç”‹}Ž¤Ï=ijÚÕBÀÌÃö`#ÖxÏMyt“c„™ ©°Üz"–þ?Ðí·ceÁÛS²Àê8¬‡ Ã@~ªƒ²>Ñ8ØØ öêFìjmŽåÆ @·‘^XFŠ`>Ì H€N§sös} –ë›íÿý¶%áW¥õ0OSCƒ Ó4 ÌŽ-ÒÌ“"ïÃèS‘¶±{xÀ¾A6Š,Ífª'Ö %²1`š‡Öà¡Ñ€lIl}Ášñ#’¥(:IHæröž²ôÝ~V¾§SÑ­âRS$¶[H87ÎÑÔ[¿¼&Ò rÔî˜Úø¼€5 rªãøÓ”Üã.À…jÑHÈ’hôÀØËB_BêE-ÖNz+LSaí>œ®÷c`+öq:>†Žë™åôš‹i8©® ç$EÀ9DÊä ^'0>)ÖR‚ ßÂgÄ!¦&WB»W Òá–v몫–£¬³-f–:n·²L)êmÉ}¯æŒöp<دËvQy1Ÿ­ðÔ¹=Šm€@§…ÍXÆbÕçc`öM4]­¹¯ö3•hws›QžØ¯ÌPei™ çcÐ&©°?¦ÀÊ4×i'úÕTþ,ÃdÇó×ÒÇçºh M¦¤s<Âì-t`—9û!-HÞl™ÝS‹Yl‚:SªV§Ù&Á5n(õU¾l¹ÐD […5‚¢ß4L6K cY±@Nã˪'™$Žó¤~JŸ!õ È›kèg—u@œÍL«è(ÚØø› –‹öiÜÎ9È ø·-Æ©O®WA©,õ*:w¨µá*Xî‡!•u0°¨£Hó\íÀgûÍzünVb(:õÆoâ}^˜vó7qo½2ÿëuØAÔã¹u2]šô`å¼ðLíä$gc\Óë–óéŽ8l©Ñ#`+V¶’ž1úÎ m¡,‰ =n[ž ™Kû“RÖƒ€M Ž,Z·,îqÊ`%ØÖk‡¹ôó6pÀÙ‡¦D°3Ñ´k©ß¦–ûÔçèœÜk7ûœUUÛxN’ŠäuwÈZF.cWÔ{‡”Hµp¶C¿]¸7|ô2…£Fk5¢Wµ,ƒÌñaÖ`'×›æZS0«¿l=Á÷Uýg˜K´ó°2Y Icny½½.„Õ ¶õ„‘ùñw*5SŒ79»¢«#"E¥>ÇWŽ&¢ö‚JêblC¡cpž1îù^JÏ¿Fç€oEìe‹ÌQzIçf IÙ 2ù·ñ\ ³ç¥Ûà W}ƒ®êXÏpßmÊêOU• 0’Œ7[£†&Xò~ÛŒUÝ‘©ÁÈÑ82O´Ï¥æ4Á™s-ØÉñ½×‘‚Åšk ÚÖÁŽñ¤9_¼3f‚œ÷ŸMJáêÐÞ`É÷æ¡P™°9¾R_Ùu+½Œ[ðÒΘóv ‡ÝÈ.|ž>`wÁ®ŸÐÿú°›àºö(Îi¼F€Ò;¦ `I¤¥MÍÑÚa눛(¦ ºm*l-ÕŽ¦± |FÝöŤ#ynr8°; ÙW¦¯<˜ÈèX`ÐD@êÕc«±ú‘½T£µÃðrr¦H`:tÐ*žmm0ÛFÞ&^fuÉç`èØŸaÄv²_6éÈÍq;z¬îsxv.ÏÁgþ]çQâ|.‡+öJ,Lò¶·PTÏ龓5íXÒ°9½r`r*ôÂÊ| q ŒÍ€…«IÛ Îò²9d 6¥ŠîÅF:ÀM¥΂ž¼Ò Ö¥\nùü¿†Ñ—}‘9åDjE@bãÎ6ª˜"wa™ª$ s)Ÿa_üpw/{ê i§*%Ù• ~Þ¿ ãeo*þNàÑe3NÁ›ŒÏ©ÔUV‘¯­ì$±ë¸c.ۿ˾Vêzd|ü*ÐáZs\GFíÜËR?=ÜhÛ\×SŽ[³]>×j-AFÞòxçcëhÜõß W0îÝX}ؤµ@kˆã.Vø]Ç=¤Éá߸·5Æ­›rZàfº-*ýr\Ö˜0M:Í&¨juÔèèžœ´D`)eh„¨¦rÌ‚¹Ö[^¸3ÜýõÿOœõ±¨ÒK­—eçÂV˜/[V8nÛnD@GVÇ“Š_ßj[̉siøQzyÄÖäyÈ v)§Ê&Cð,±Yÿ µ"¼«q„ Ý_µºÏó{6f_ys¹œ¤Ì§¯¤Óò&„š›×±i$¥¹æ–½váóᆛ…Zn4[ë#è¨C10ÊöèÑb Ä~ˆ@*££vBæÁÔ2Þ _¢³mFȱ ÞåG`T[— ¤Y{³pSÔ)¨Í²‘)Nu“,ØWÆ“ §½•œ2Ç_ù9*_Ølè,®µü"šxöÁü„*)+^Þh^DJ à¢Á"»bóF6¶ƒ0 ?bn~˜\ŽÓBB3Æ{*Êr¤ rlF96D$Ýd7<{)•#— ¹_²ifäÆË€>{îhS¯Ãg3›V‚A ©Q_ï+-²y~Ÿ{&!£cK€Ãº\[qÄÜlÇ{dÌÕŸhs) §'""¼µÓ¹  )­òGÎæ$ùû<GP`úD³ÃílÂóH¿ÌØXE¶™ »eøw´A7ÿ<»:¼…Ûô1ÀS @!SSë Hè¹cÙøñÈyµqþA´Ä€i# 7[‚ «“&`¨oòĸ‹t¤- <Ø ÒDª³²Ïšý›Ô™(r·âªƯ0ÑÏü¨_ò÷Þ°¸>¹®¤é;–4Û'©\ú„ë>æåšH¿¥‹°n»VùÙàò€sÀ¤®Å¾¢²kOã°ubOö J…¹³:§Ù ÖÎŒ¿Îv9V W†M¼¶ì~™Y~غˆÆ¯´áóµ ˆÖ*#Ë}·ªç8Ÿù:õ¬›>«ÄH»V n2€ Xe~N¥ivÃZ,'õ¹¡lÍ„–‚Y[1hÊ—'Ýbÿ±Œ©UY²7žŸfÒjQo0{³Á–*B—ñ:„hßÔÍA<§jèLd¢ Y÷ô%‘¾LFOfK0t&KÓs‘'è¥Y')^5@|÷Î h°“u OŒÚ؈6b9‡Ãà :_¯{òJŒâ†E6=ìŠÚ]»júRjrøüïŸažôà‘ÑäøL¹î#ƒF€´Ý×}ŽFŽYV!ΡJ èúI±Žò2zÊpôêñ•·ó9AÙÊ#K¸Õu3×2;j~"ߘµªbº ›ÒuNIï6’^°añ‚{ÏášÕNƒl× UW½°B–­o¢ìÝ—U«:Í Xs|V‚” ÂîåÔ‹ÜwÂNla®·ðMaí#E¶½‘¬æž¥Æ6À3™cNÕÙ˜",r)îúx6xvŽ°VÛùwÙ,+·Zñ9Û…%AÞ7®­<»v ßIšG˪õ­ñ4¬ˆØòò$Lß|ürG­óÙw`Ë2¢h·zq ïÐ,‘±`ÈòXæî÷ŽG–ck x®yèl@ÄÝ Äñœö-÷÷ûHíuâ¨\ ’Êj©œ‚¯6ÅÌiñ Çtn›ž»VÑðÂ,XôíˆÁ÷pO÷ §ÛÏØw ]ÜŸ¬ÕšÇ®À²áëh?5SÕqŸg–{.Ðé¤Ü¼©²Pç Ð%“#ȉÛÌR0à`d_LG%uØ=é\$à[Ñ“¡ÕAf?‹Ê¸ù Ôö=²%Û9}9Lîú§)á&?ûæo‡¥w'4#"oáç-´Ki„X®·É'‡ëzö…;¿ô_”“Ÿê0A4`¤{:©Ä*# 6]&+‘ãó­F’©2§mŒK@¦öD=Œ,Šl‹.ÀiT†rì,àDfÄï4ìˆÚ— IÞësÌ–6^»Xs>ƒ»GßN!Ñua2¬üÖ§/‹ˆ¶ þm€8æ¨Ìœ9Éq–Þyn¸æ3ÿæ?"ÅÙ¬§ óÒAåT‰y)2fÇm—tÓv%Òök±Û¹¢gÇ-ûpËË t3ÎD󢯎 S-gÐÀèXΞáoëcj4BìYþåñ(~A:‡ƒw#G­ª,Goæúšh®e€"Ž)!O+8M4Ôät¸é(ž³¿ oMwU6É…–[ÞÀ[ÇânÊ=œHó©VzŽÓQ‡4?›x}Dž]%*˜ZO‰lº…Ÿ—6…_ÐË€¹·"ŽLA 'Ù4RœLv:‚> YfCóD¤°Tæ^@…¥¹ž†­ÂRÜ9Žæ£‡p¾ ܽëWšØa&:¡Øa†ìFHÚø6ýj“Ú'ˆ4‚»¡xMKhHgï›fDôë¸KÐ';ýŒÈвm»%ïGÀg…ÝQÀ·Œ£buÙ5mÏv½\`Cd4~@çy;¤÷ÚóŠeð²jZ(*—¥³Ú^tjƒö±YlcÃÚ@ðjDˆþ:ü(æœl °S6÷L„L÷íƒÉ)ñœÙ3NGí´n絘vÛÙ< è5™”½0£ßÌ3žvp7óU¦ÙgÇæ‹éiؤ8)™¸­ô`aN¯–`òŠ}I·È¾d ž%•îÁ©)Ïñô}t w¿2‡;΋î9‹:{㨜‡qi¥Bi*ißM0O²™-ç´pèLFnÆ7‘²º.<}îÇË—=éT@^  ¥ÅRtÛA ¶ò)3SÄ°c.¢j«Å*§ÈÏQšÔP&b:šüÉBñ9E2ŨüZpAzïÅ BꥋB ¶#N•Õ6§óo9ñ4nü^‘69ÉôNÓ¯ùìsþÕD´6ä iǾ’ žöïa)€Åm€œfÞ³Ô˜cŽÆMº,3–¦£4-ó¾¦âg­6 5%h Œß/ä#?+ðÞyo%æ-/ÈÁ_(þò¥”ßOõ÷}Nz¬Õx-@S´•ï 0u9îc öhÎyÜwþ=Cz©fæ XKÉLÁ*Çͺô`K3^§;–p3¯:¯$›Ñ0q:ë¡…q+Rß›ö$‰shC£ ?9¦ï2úð8n{Ú¼3…¹a™TV ‹V°ñ¼åðºB«Å±lÞ9ÎnJ’&+Áhe¢9Ö«ˆª6RlRfq´AËðô[ “Ú0†4'éÛ4ïÑB™Ýã÷ÂòMƉ'1´}§½dBom æáÕÓ›f3"IÍñô»y¥~Nø>i")bV»'\¹€Ç.ßVÓÔ(ÿ¶ÏŽZ‹cu³^{NáÝœvËTndìKÆ£¦FAž`Á.Êö“Y‚ÜÃþ<³&b!TÇëìUWŠpü¬.‚€¯ 'ÞN;@sòïçd^fcñTî Xͬњg.£äûÛQàˆôPí%Eˆ¦„´?Á¼]1%ÁÓ†óDpÛ ·Ñßô[¿I·õ æqz±—–ž_Š*’Ø°"ºF¿R?7JYÉF(¦µ”¹×Í—ù)ë¤L ӧĹ4u$»dúLpᘪ'{Ø Ö 5XÔ©V hÀÞ€€U øƒÖ¥0IS#Oš=ä";˜›v@Ÿâ]‚wWÄ $íUÄ=‰À'©{ eíQŒ €b)z‘Ïj!8ìÄlxâ<ë—`\‡+,Áßq´ëÒÍýts¶B¨×R}žO_ýî§^:x?»z+¬-2¦"ŒQd ö,3Ð0¬òÌØCÌòõ¼mLÓü ŒÁkÙIŸ­FÛaPü±›çw3l~:3Ú~ؽc üz-±Ötm¶{úPi9ŒbÄØnuAf®‹ú%`5Û<ÔñÅ òk8ÀroTJn…UÔöJÑtŽ¯iÀžåáÍTÊm‚¹²³zpÕŒ{?k®ž ' ‘fÊ, \kÑ66¬§rN‹=½rŠoFWdA+‡<©ª2@ÐôT…ï 'KÓóŒ:E…Ȉ¤í\®wLT²µi@{CÀ0 "AÛ… ŒB¢»‘BØÝô æ±ËÂ$ÊÉwâmUä°b}UÎö„‚IÈZYCsïâxüª°gòT”>vr½coø|Þ¼âÝT ÂÒ°& e´JÒi/ÇUf¼¾ŒNŽ~Q)RgyÁ¡éÀAä4 ISU•Y¹TbîÇÇ\Š˜VexF1îQôôzþÆ°øŽ³Ðž~´ÀÀU¢­lÛÓRèÛ’Œ©­Ñ¸kpüÍ~Ju<+›É ëänúºÁÎŽÊ1n«œJTg tÔCÙs,3v  “†QÊÀðDeÞ¦­"g@ ãM3¯šæaΊÑ5™¼}ÌÏhv>J#o Ûž¸2LGË·Žø\Ñ<–¦ÆgnYÇ!›píO®@Œ~^ØMµr=‡£½÷|; 6„ÒeÀz7ëÔB«ßdG]Ÿ‚Övž9=Qº¬Ž®Æ‚„8©²¥J­¼zu?,`X² çÐCé+™»šï ˆo$p t¶PIeÚ'bD¸÷;y–2Ì£á}ô]²‘§÷¤ ŸD\Þ‚ÄÔx3¿¿‡kŠä2€RŸƒ!ÆÒg ýˆÃ¬GÅѧÀ—c)’ªœ‰¥ÕÍ´ÁJl殃8nYÀLš1õðüt©%äy”­° »µ¿#b¾ìŒ®±aT¹§—ŸQ€IRAºžCÀ&ÒÜqýŠx¯¬=âV‚ŏ@G“À8o)˜#·¸ŒôAºÝŠ¤~€b&z–c§ù»ƒxU5œ`Hº¹_ Œ+vð¶A¯®ÌV;) &åm)z‚À¿‡rý-hžìÔ'È×GHŸ@hF‡\u)–‘#Bo"ˆ4L{˜k¸!L¡ê-ÁÚÖ`1Ë¡®Äœ÷驆P{ÈÃÉÃ÷à(ȱ¯•&ŽVkEÍ=¹VY¨’š>RÍ2:;I5wðïÍŽ¸54Y!ÛMzïË8oSxpcï/5:‚‡}l-€Ä L¨€Óg[ƒKÛbèúÛ!“¤é'Ï®¼Šs5[A ûúg/‰*Ólµó:÷/bOžL[• ÐöÁ*ÉðpJ7EäKÅ&¶9ž¯_÷sØÇ&º–µ#“iºc—MùÜÌ‹)iuV¶°"lŸi/þ.#›Ç3r üõVm¡¯‘é¨ZŠ@Ú¥A! G÷ä¡6 VI ÿÙ*AJÆ“wÏøaÖÅ!æwP&T{ ˜ ý\ïu¤ÖöÁ F¦¢h‚lTXºÀîçzñ¤‚rÞN:X×]SR–›2ÜÁ5n'-g$…ÈUš±bJpë8Én¥ƒ½¡ðêàà1¤§Œ^8{}Z†oÐT³cÚ¥Ÿ½Ë—@§¸ê ýesOSƒ9˜[+ÌAå¾m0¶rÐŒT#Rû‹¥"Ê6 Øòh|~Õói²{Òƒa Bßeì7+¥qNøƒìõ½¬‰¬Š¥÷j²ì‡ê“¬ôR§ÓÎ5ÙþÃæY(Ç\4eÄuÚSkãß#Pãçs²Ìt[Pa/§Zä®×bM±Àµ‡u;“t‰)ò,. ÛgÊj%u¤±öÃ2ì…Y€u mWâŒåzts¶4^? *•UE´,E®×†’vÏtªŒM ÓëX™@F§l/-E²Ì‹ÈeÒí¤Ôª|ÍZª°,¹¨ó5©+R$%ªøêa ^}Z˜Ák+-–?v9Œ÷Y€VÀ–ÁÁl‰Wš˜Ñ‹Ò4‘}fÚãaæ}—†—n<3y]x‘¿{ê²Ï‡i˜òîc ìDÆÌÉ*D¶)¥•M––Cß €ÔÔU¬ØŒÕéœÐ¨Ž€vêôÞG J¨‚nR I6œíLŒºu#Gðñ€›‡öý¦¯4|{FŸê- ÒÍ,™N–ϔѩòðYµtœ1Xõ’6Ëk„ƃ¸žÓ~&f¸@Çt‘ʱ´«âd§î¢l„÷´A¥¿ïß½ 1©9é°z‚BKù͈Ê7¦ 6’k×|ð§™e‘÷‰/YN‡>'l Ýî£ö,‚Ý2Åu€€o_.5:Ž§Ê¦ë˜ü;Ý‹w³)F¹pNLO´z¸H™¯Ácd=höľ¹°^«£aMPžû9!ÄIAXù'°eÉÉ v¬2hÈŠ Š©y0%¶æzDg³ètÜEÚaѱi½(À؃¾zDZcP5Dƒ³é½kQJíëv­aÚ.R~ýg·’ßO±qþ0¹"2w|Šª^ÒQêÑòrÛGPÂÈ™ u­X…&ÐQ£ãÜh ¨ètHß@©?@«ŽMÛµb:ÎîÛžæ3¨ûwŽ¾3,{ä ãÄ𣶕áGñg)¦ŽVñ幇‘Ç“)0SV€Hg?i2ƒi &G ³ŸS¯úû´µØM™BS,ãgjO`ÜÎüd –INZÁ†`:F:+Ÿ°é§Õ5Öv‘ɽ¶°€í9Ž?‘-ösúùqCIÖ…óٌҊ'ŽŒ¤àWÓÄÌÍaæ®qk7ÀUÀ£ŽÈJ3STí¬Ý&NîÛ9ÑÚ€²ÊuD@Ç’T®«ƒÉUÐéYæéÀP À¹ààúÉÓ°u)‚ Ö;ŸüAÆÒϽ/ñ~…žª×±!7pbêàôÞK`ëÌâ%˜.ƒ·ìI;©•H|ÌKñëY¾Yd…³¼g•G÷t5ÕD›ðrRDÜDió.Àâ!X°cì1G`HµPk¥·Vû˜ãºvLqNdÛ9=°aVÍéÆÔµœ Ú‡Ó¬#+Žü¹ŒŽŒ{ éÅVÖ•ìÕ«° íðÚH‡6¡AÓKGVw?`LgñàJ§ñ´åÙÌa!àgÔÛ n&­² Ë…!ã˧Zœ&aŽ\;²9ªÖ„9*|j€Á4i¾­Ï#¦§çÔà:t.€› Œƒ%ϦOÚØü^zéóR#¢.çÌ”^Ö›LŽþ8¦I ¬ [ZФxM ö’š]èe¿^ƒ$‡@×NÏ)üë =(êNÓZf7>5«ž½.—{hÞ¼·›5~–¹›ëOR)'cdå’àJ­“ú¢"€BŽ¬N7óÞ¥& €“…²•Â>Û¦'ÏXÀ°púî1h·q€†@HÓØ›-ˆÓ›Æ0Dè,»ÿú¼¨™7{diˆW" 6ÁdÖë£C ¥_±éwžCÑ €YöS=`KQ·¦€VrUçÑ(”W×]¢”¼Ä¸Ë|¾}²j€œ ¢ЩðY¬UKöE2m%Kb+˨+VñÙ5€VQ󿛈%·»Mæcô-ì=ÈRöwâúK¤]tð³–’Óñšú0nú×…{‰ì TqÒ;­èj²Óô×¹6tÍa\ÿ\Ôc Ðá¸"6ÛLÈŽ , ˜cJjªb¤iÁAÀPø)ˆ½íê´Øã¶bT:kØæÇ.ÆÜ߆»ÿ|Lþš±HpÜššª3U˜à`”„ Þ 5ƒêªñ×+¤·Á<%a˜Zb …Ï»tC4nËïm»Ðf“NæÒöUÆm£ÎêŒBm&BfØ&+·dÊôÇ)SŽž %EšÔU™´ažÏ.È–‰-M0ÁËió0ÿ†oà8í˜h2îfÙ=ߟGi9îˀѢZ)ÀSœg7Aea ëc1â…+¾–£›ÒÁ<˜MR®U]ÙZá‡mM[ÉèhâfŠÁS¹)+OèGIÃô³!iâg`U\!Ð*.5ˆ›icSQ£SUôitÐEðÞv÷V”¬W‹Ì›¨Ã_ÿœ§âIQÿ©ÈžßM² 7Xîéƈ&£cëÒ ¯QaÔ¥FEÍÎ}š²2ðê£czH c9°'ð › U<+S5 v‚f3’þŸ¡Ë(“e`©òPW8-pÍiôûQm׳i tôØ‘±!å+¤ç†‚•î¹~åäc*IÖi€ m@wm} Íîx`²ŽÇ’_—¨Û¸”·ZS|þ› E½”•iŠMS~]"ÈÛ2#i—i‚y– P´ñª©Õ)i™ Źš? XhÛ@»Û $(&¥rFÇf“.aõ‡C®C½’šœF6l{”­ÂÏÃÀ¬fÄ`kY±eÍÛ¡ ý=çðlO=ªûW`œ"ðKúJ†©ªN‰5c I°3è}až7Úá}][]1Á…eÛiô0yXÀ"BLÁ†‚jç&JUt¼.×È®±w¢©H~$‚ªud ­Jkæt«¡¥UW®vNÿr5g²®ý¬›<Ôýž14DpnZ®L@Uóá÷u4%¯ÐêàŸ¥z8…Å¡î@ÚÔOÇß%0êi ºërÚ9BÕŠW¦ÑÖFé+íß9áøÚH7Ûiä„ â]¤SltÚÁëƒbÃͧ:ÐpTvÎX4Œûa|Q¤  X› QâËÒú×aÁÞ «ûqR[‘oLÅÐ #p¸#paãÆÈ,‘Š%@€eÆ2 Y?Çùqnt3Þ…nÜ6nØ!%';§ËâÔÐZAý*¥ý'špOD ÓÔŽ‚ ¨]k²(ηkB`®žÌupÄ6!‘™!âcÀ]‚KÙõ?º%«µPçQ#ÀØ"Ø=­w-W[§zb y×è×$su#H«Íd'²Â.ûSzíÊ®æªWó:ž_ÅžuÐÖ+¹œˆ™A|h™vœS±&‚ýá ¥‡†t0AO‚º©®µé=ûá@ ì› ÖfÞyzä7bnMÞ:8Y[Ådyù ÀÕq>w@Q‘ ¢ûój\‹çt RÎÆ%ýª«ºiƒ•%ïݤœ¬.²TJ4Ž ÐF’2Ríe©w‚éÁ…i.Y‚v" 5;lI¾ eK¤÷mvÈeE–eÄ;AÝ3i`Õ•s®.ªKaÕÕX£WèVny¹«²Ô>m~-bfÌØHéí`ƒXM·bY’ƒ»& Àæ4¦oàË>eƒf›N¦6ÍœçtúôÔ°k3y\S_ ¾+]hmž:6ŽôßLªÃªN‹×…Φ€ÜKšEp#³ãËïÕ$ùì(Z65•$k; äÀB¸Ÿ“:6Ô”­6X×Üï}và†–Nt<ÔØ $kzÅP>·Ü2ófÿ7û|ibh˜z+9{jñµW°ÎýRT±¡$_m¨Ù‡ƒvž °Jp·Ä¼‘MÔð¶-ÐLp€}=B{Á]€µ‡tdà$ûcCÕ.{9¨U– àB}£ÍúL­Åïfí3èClˆIGÏšÌ^Îòi*²üûvÆaû‹2`G½I=`š§~}‰µ¼ŸÔ¸- âPõE }ŒµŒø6­.fÄ6 ¦­Nv›ŒrHó´]a~v¾¬§yb»6Ü5æO``9zAPÁØßk¹§‚›fƸç'N*) ³’#­”E‡éðUÐf¿Æor-°.m0LUÊâ¸w±'É.õØÙ¶܇4z%Ë¢wQ=VGZBfg'gê‹t[ÎRânï­rÁ¥†zõ¬<éÑ"ŒgÆFöb%ö´Íìy IY,ªA—ñ½ì?[IsÕìÔÃÚøÓY A¸mö½rÎâVM!Ôí4Uµ+@$ P)’öJsÏSǽL% JTž•@2‘ø×àËøexôxÉ3ŽË ?ã’χIÒ÷0–ˆt(ô_}`áÒPh´qÀÙž;™^Q‹¸¾]ÜÓUh<×ãÞ¼“g+ïã{¥/%ûh¡c©YUeàÆ/'PÈ À`T2¼Ÿš“ €<Á˜[ÓIʧíÞÝ>ÝTï•eSZØiÅ°Ðòr}g"ïÛ)ð,ï}rXyúGò۩H¼¶ÁžÄÇ^̸/DÿBu%óõ<‡‹o³Ç­i¨ Ü´“Ç­¤Þ÷ñ¹)A EM­%JÌoSÇ´ž8¶Á`29yJ×u5ΑÞKé½CF R#‘1eñí3Ie‘šÓݸÌzÉò¾­ü¼„@YÐVÔ•Z!4{ÞÒ›h–}ÖÇÃVX°6KÞa„c¨ÆãU¤}E𵃟M§"l6±Ñ¢™uŒwõcß ÛqÍnÖÚj4îeYýŸYµÕcŽíÄ´K±ßOqó5(XŽkÕ•UŠl$[^®F§Ìi3kÐH.= ]®»bäWgG©~š¶jæa:D°êfcÕìl?Î.f+HY+{SB 66ÓOÓAñŠS­Ä9Àç¼Ö¶0bu92:‘? LÓ €Åfè)O¬¦4ÆSP9ùò½nµM:2:G`{t>÷NZ•s¨Ù㜸տ З©‰MÇ€¾ƒÅØÆ Q`jõOÊ^T 1™›ÍøÁÌÂaòórÐi™ª ÚUàh5§\Kk,Ÿdü(NO+Æ`gzå–’·²!—yoËÌ€z-ihß«Ëa âjÞ6›C'È(š®p*·Ç–'ãVµ 8ŠnåAÚ]kMÿ½DðßL ˜qÇ·"‹€7¼—åc€×£önÁ:€T6Ì5ÝGzPѽ}•:í¥FÚO{+ ÚÇ“Øf‚Ø^{œ®%m R¤2wÚìn ø–ÌS#|V™ˆþ3Çùœ#¬ EœUÀm¨Z>bŘÇ7L±.¢ª*æ/b5 ê²i¦":Ïš)Â:@Æ^žÇìÕ ÿ®È¹…P™•$§ý4iÁM¤u¸þ}Í—\í!u€µq¶Õ*« ºöVŠ£Wñû6¸åôbšEC×m¿AþÞà[æ粇ìÅçTíêŽ ;2Ý€Í ]j\·ÝÍMuÙ´Ë”*×îõŸbŽdÏLÙt·àsëñ÷:2Hvݶ©f;î½IN÷0${ Â{Ù¬½ÛÈì¨5Ùö<ŒýÍLgIyËøyvYïƧ›5XCl+kÑÇÙNSÌÅx8­‡ùñùv?±I¨©;w·²¿5ØYY°c Öþ^"ÿ¾`³þás iC®¯ €ê¬±/tV;ø¶H듶*¼»@ÃÆ™¹Ï)8µFÛIý›vË°†@MìI=J`f¬ÌêaŸÑ›e7§Ûy¬ùÚf¸î¬þ‚iã”ÛH€F+鵎eT‡‘–S4½›çm=¬LÞû0“‘é“ááðÒkÚý²fÛ ®¡@—$Öó|v©Ir¢—±úÊ¿“ÙI`6£‡œNÅmà ^öÓb¾â\k XŸ>Ÿ ¨.‡yw7'óóÂKW}1?"kRªm¼i—ȵ˜“~/¬IgÔB¶°”‘=âyH”­Ô²º'àhÈ–xv³ÌCÖ  kR"Õ’áH2ò0?i½qd{Nº"Û‡)n“LÀÏRôxÏó‘ȱº†Eî‚IM2/„¹ŽVâÚ¶Ç/žñïáás?F¬Cg°sL¦Ÿ0ŠIÓÔH[ùYq>³ÏnÁ+Æ@\Ö8÷Éi»@¬Ò8CÌÌòó<@'îÂܘÊòúOQ«Š¨%`‰J­´‘ÚGžó1ÄÝß»yS¬4ï‘›:Šæt<¥ù÷âèÒ;Ï 7|áa eç{Ø·ˆzÉÊd7—ø<ÁT»Z2Rc ÖN3à&Áµ”íÝeÏ**-+kAeVö  ‘C{S€‰Ê#.NÓ ³ 7¦ƒ‚þFMOp—²(@v=VOžö¤x/åsÅüÇG ÞgÌ9º®'`¬2|~÷r/ÒŽçÏûD¸åkÿJ%Œ 3Ÿ—YÎuVlMDu‘Ž­Àøj'ª}E±2:Rýƒ‹2ºÊ¦¥æÁ4D'Ó¬N«úr¨ègó2~LŸ‚àniRŒ<ø)íò4Ú¸7±ð“,ÊmC›¬Ü`%{¡Öc/4Ó,J|ô½kîkƒÃ4ö;„;ìat1ÕÅHŠŠÙ,W1^O©º—šú1Xh“¯@v©uê+âÐûófN8¦d6±Al•ïåÔ ƒíOÐ$ýÐðæuo >fëÊo‚È.ÓóÑcl'À©9 ÈjD7S£Óº&gºÌöèú˜7{YÙŽÁAÚ\9ÁM c0ßm'ZN]u<ÌæÙ@ttm%À kV1/½°`UD¹šäía^ÇBrÀë‹«z3¾4J[E/ÀÅAœšñ*1>›÷é+#0;  Øj صNÞW ±†Sz;O ÛÌ©_ŒÞ*{9ìâÔjÚO|#½½ ~Ò²$r ~ MÍQKüaº úÓ¤JÜýÝÈýw—=¹^§Ä»‹ª:ÅÐ5ÖO– ®¸À¡ ó"¸Éòyº_›¶<½Ö8 †_ ››÷ ñ_•Ôg‘ ´™ ¹…<{žòå¾-rRï ðfpjÈ&ÃcÇú¹(ë-Ó1ý1…àÌ“=ÇzÑ ä³eÕÔ!ìæ!®çÔ ¸íµ/™z/€JŽ@·âI*!ÐpéâÜÌ.ëeq÷`?ÖzØsì;I ko:_¡W×+˜óÃ"¡ŸµÐ….¦B#ÁO\Á8ÊÖO¸@AUY}I/ìQÁ*)Í#ÓH›° ‚ž‹™í£Ø4`;…¶XPoÒb×eªû¬X ´×“·é¤6û,QõdÌûÙ¨5 ƒÑ€x²™×~N†ËéßÁ\¿"i¿*Ö—ýËzyY.®ƒ±×cyò^Àk¿ÛeóU‚¸}› °»8 7ÁîØìR:Ó˜5‚°ÕJ{ÙÔL),ø|R)x³À”ãÐp¦Îv‡8ÐôZ"mSM>gë*Öó$„ËYoí¨É)F]êíÏ[h‘ÁÐ…×æ[æÄ>VŽ`D]óÖâžÃû6j$gŠÅt=ŒÚ8¥§ŸÒ ´Ä5TÑËä`LâÅVÖ@gÒ°ÿ‰R%}°]2¾‘ÀÆb5ãµ#;’E軟2òRìkŸ% °†‹‚_=›ën´p‚‹‚ÖIåØQ<ÅÛLÐñd\Gðjeo²ÅÃ!æðÏú™^­4X—VÔ©ó!xmÑ[çYŒ ¶v°—•Þ4UöÚ¬¤åú–íg`oËTÔ韓'•£Æ¿·|»ÓF{IµØTP·½Ý˜¸sÈ^Ó¬ˆ´‰¥Ëí̉ÝÄ;—ÛyVŠ™f× ì5ö¨>X*Í »IUv Œ¹W]¤Ëšìr]X*òœVge€¸‚ã ë$nŠ› ”$}´øöo‡5t"£#‹“~òä'X6º˜€zyhy)'ÿ»y¡C¢X¥eÜ=aÒM§qØDãÄA#£¹Ÿ²ü†áÓÁO&‚¯åç5Sg<ºÇOI®MsÎR}À‰À[ÀÈŠ©*º³P$ý“ŽZ9 ÖRŠ§ü8!`°‘&ÏTœ}h5…ÏŸñ!²qÄù—ôH™gª†ˆ¾ °+hjwª=€Ô<„Ê÷i²¤¯ðšÉ°ÖlEÐFz&Ià0T A@<Ét6­SlñÞY€Nž='ÇA»•¬6HÝä`GL½ÙB=‘¿íeÃL™)ƒ|‚çqÂùŸ`mžÃ3z)Ù$Þ³Dz´Ìÿ1äsÌvC—QJ«¯#6>qî'ÃÌ{. ]>ÔØUŸš–‘ˆyétnjLãÂ2÷¸ÅN6@J’qiª¨ÿNÚTÏ ãÎ3×EaYÆÇ1óÊ*Õ? p’¦æ‡ŽÛ{/ì¢|ý¹Óþ-b”ö°6š™Ë<ÌP…÷-\ ¤Ælî™ÕyÙkç ·Šõ÷žöŸØ› TF@¶*×: AØ$¯Q–­Eþ_ºÞ:¾Š«ýúÆÝÝ]ƒ{pw/R )N[(î)îîîîwOpw/Tï*×û];ð{îGÞ?òÒ$gÎœ™Ùk¯k‰7ç;ÉZèøµì°¹‘~ö]çú’ÔA¥\›˜ I•c£¢Ê«û–±ÐL$çô¶ ºž$Ò <0O°ëÜ z<È͈ÂÚ®±ÈH‡p‘™w,‚Æ »L,XÑÐáqÐÑQ²¿.ŠTØY}›«sç8ŒÎA¢½de%H&â"Á„‘¦Ù¡©ú¾ºû“ÈK£4¹1— ü5ë÷ça°sZôW:¦”ÝsvFÔø9¨ùã<@á!ŸÆ_ö‡á4$¯!zuby"Å—·Í°gGÑ”ì[È.â[›Ã6·geòyšºúŸ×0òaÑÚÁ{"”M_qÛ°³· ³#‘m4àÂ[ÁTì"6Ac³ ðpØ@QÚAD>P®1;xÈœŽ ž6çF£*5Š_R’3i°ÑÒrpÞx˜È%±Š…d:©²‹9‰Þ2íJ¾—ÍÁ…ÎF|náp@T)¹ ·‘ -ñ7 Í£h£Øýá¢Þ<²Ì㮣T4ì‚ñÀ‚ìµ€‘,º{LìÅâÅ¢Á…ssï{~ kçÎ #ŸçmÆ@,†kkú5³™m*±SÃN=¤µ½<»–ŸñQñª´ttE®‡íãµTóp™1„Î…¢ØÀ€F{1Û™øšÑØAÜ ÞX •µ¤ëNZ1ÙÍÕu¤÷!!»kŸÆJÌ9õmٜӭ*£¨>öôÔ À–ª xï\ÃÊßQ@£?bÌ ìvŽ&\PÅ•;Ñž1z¼³o1vÙ1\Orr5äg±£^ÊgAg¯©~¢Ü<§'Àz©þšs<4žx  ºs`l`r+IÕ¸Àîî'F` LdDýÀ"ºãÛFNÓs €øà‚jFÊk¹ í‡Z®Å®p|ŠJˆET}dJO€`Kö_vù‘0 ‡°}î毢NÝŸçÕû@(ˆÞ€v£"úñLÙIëÄ2k÷ã?΃pú€#„›ÝázˆC{‘ÜõSÉA¥‘XȲ¯h ‡iEà-ñéUÀX4£(‰ÏÏsïȲ¼ÝSŸÍÖ² ˆA‚É«ïA„ÏÛ°Ü&Ôë÷§ß¼¡¸vfÚ]>+5]ÇRqcïðr– ÕvŽëyÞ,ü¼÷Ძè‰sbƸ‘"È®¹¸·› õ'ÅICƒà­8×€-}­ï€ªÃ¼¾7á`:>±`Wx­XXpYÍ•èë¼ú;À è‹{qÓÀ¦¶ªw5ô µYÄ9—¼wÙ°c× †É¡®€š•ežæx÷ ' ˆ†¬ðǦ³à"žÕñÊj~„‡ð ‘›Òô0ŽQ1õÞèÎtΰc=ÍCß‹ÏÕ‹ÍΕ-_ó½lyQ˜@â8<•v s¡öò}ß6°£cˆ×gºh9¯®9Ü$þs†ÚÖ!­ÜñG,ˆÓé±p‹fÑ[cL kÑžD® 1w!uãºÞ¨Ó,€›¿k̦ãæy x3†–%FeÄoÆ-¹’Ýï2•÷ôR\ SL&Êùõ!+ÑZömeùÀk,¥ÖkÞûY¬K$cGñû£ÕR˜ €õ<)‘1ÂჰÄÈã †m÷ô¨aú ’7ŒÁ9˜±üŽH®ãîE‹‚ÞÂnÀ~îËã|‰Âñq8çþìÐŒâ`|e ‚q”ÞIlLbÅ€FWè4`u‚q!…('p1WÔ|˜X`61aØŸƒXŒÕ«ä£q ×ÕñQÝmz½ü8–jÙ)Í30"·î¨*‚`€Žô4!üŒ„µ>™@˜¦3,ÀßcÅÞ8¸‰Kå˦ä`%ûòÿ¤îJ6²Ù¨Tì†þ0îª/ibTü©ß#1G:°$ƒFa€ˆPÊ~XÊ}9w眸­ï^Ïæ6¡àR Æî, Ô§_ ÇÄŸA$6»Q@CéÍŒ¾y½­tÐÍhïa‡ØìhììÅ9;§ÏGÀH™7ã(ÜjþJ‡v£:f¾T¶ÉšÌgª?U, è …Á ‡ Ÿ 0ӱ󙄲)TJoä;1”î À‘7™7³Z›zT¦•žòožyê×òÓñºóÍŸŒ­äÔKã €1òf­Ÿ‡ ncNå,Iv–gž—ŠYy﮽f'L5#0OI”ºÌVPÕKþÛX/厊cñV¿Tb‹2ãYXN`ÑfÛAâ;ùÚ'¥|nôsˆ\#[ä<»Ø+² áJÂ5s­~Ïر7$Je¡Öb«fÜý å´$ïWPÐjZ4%¡ê¦R´8 €ÏÂoˆ£oÄl¼y'‰AjWx §Å’?ã gÃà–¨ö;0‚BK´{¹5!àe1; ‰æAÍb£ ’˜¸€öLÐ h7¸nb©/ƒYpzlñ=i4'Æè ®œjrãxÁ *ÔnÓ×<ÈyÐKÇ àÇ0Lí×,ú{°0.†ž _3ѧ®;]>¿ófÀŒb·£HNø*j¶ÐoÅõäF·¼wŽÉû‰‘Øt Õ+¥£Áî+;<ã¦Èõ0da‡v /ã:¸ŸÀ¥± &e™)ë4a±ëk/NâdäœÄ®Pú.»bD³A0>ó‡Ûn¬ûDZ“&¼íÔ³êÂ)|Œdáõfç °» Öh3€°#ÇQäzÝÑĺvj%àVMz¢(U±ðÞó Ú‚~@atáTEè{ƒ´CftÈhâ³ûmÚ1ÂèÇŒ­ ½`@l8£‘sÈÍ<´¥C¹Ìõ¤‘•’45þì¾O²#ð3„* (2Ö¸Àx7„1‹ôqäíœ_?Ì®lpÀîJƒ±sÍÓÌÕeË]KŠéåÍäkI¼»ZÕŒ„d_WŽ ‰Ã0‘gÕÉÄHïÏš#,8ÇÑYø±ÃTƒ¶/Œ`´6±³ÃbIJ¹ÓØ€t@*#F+Žó!ýŽœV§¦êG1Öblµepm Þ°6çe»Vó;ag!K`+{aòŽÃBiD£P¼`ìæGÑôœ`¡õæAzp\KÚÅÛòžÙ¼¡Ù —ó ö*±[ø eÛÀ¶Ì!P°Å{ #™7„óÍû‹ø_fSð ‚Ñ>Áç’ù1ô¿iψ£ïÇæ Û1PE`ž @ÃXäýoøÉ.Ì8ðýÓ0'YœüY\¢V2Ò˜§î!ž @ì(ht­ˆ@KèJ¯0‡ëaëeÑç܇/4“AsŽ…ëãš“,ä´D­B°Ì9÷S±¥š³“œe±9K !ðåÕƒ,#vÅ0vpb´6õmן„¡¡Ê¥QÈ_aÜ«Žyáï¡|Io" £¿;«7 å Öç-\{ÛX„ÏÁlë}ž$¨ô,`"Æ!ŒßÍ&DÖd5r+Ù8XÍØ,¶þj—JMäjgá D4›/Ä­.x@%–'ŒîF¬ÃÎã™)½mvÓò¶ @~n4@ëc{w Z³5Z”ÐÖ%'ëïÒ¦ –ìøÚ¼X˜л¸ SY@iC@©ªˆC¡0Bô"áFsN¥aqã!1+€_1#ãˆ5Ñ:ÓÄ1+‡&˜ãTŽç=P) CTÇ-Àà 8Û>°Íj\ÖŽ3®öÛ† ðÆ¢¯ÑšŽ; Äñ:¦n*¾Çã>Åhu3$Â×G‘Q¨#ìÀE.2å …Â|E0î‹@“#¶D9>:nw~JiöçO½žº¹tÌ!:×îKÌϤsì*Cå¸yîœQaèô>¶°]u[Ý ;ñ ¾b¾8·ÏuÎǦî/k9´t®iÞ\›ÇÑG-þ¬¼­e"tŽkÌ=˜ÔEü×¹A—”DzŒ„”äjRR©ÀŽFYJ”•æE#¡3 ô€Ú±k¼%Q«vàÄ{؎½•`£ _Ù­Óc±[OÇö¬âKD´0$—X _NÈÛjuš·(ßدDÛ¯í4b1æÂX¡±WwçÊ:„Vá$ÖÂ8^뻡EXWOqÃ>;‡“f;ÎŒ}°C°Ñ,4AKÇ1CoÃBÑ ³ öíÇv\@[”¢^Ÿ…n1÷e—yEû2‹ø•}ó %”…ffèó»h~îÇÏR.9§9ýE8ÝtÃL«Í.¹?JéÀSXty8ì@<Éîm ¶ÙCŒE¡¡¥‰ÀHËöÑ]#fâ¬:rxøÞ€¹|õÉMŒUÇ °GPÝ®eœ“UöÜkÌ£°ýˆtaÒTÒy”‡ü¶ÑŒNp ø¯D°·¨+ç‹&_.¦pvõÞèV­c»'·@+%·²qTaÁh‚cjÅŒkè7Qpã-•l»— ‹Ð*yYú#±X³Ëû&âŒb1uÖs ³~îcšb϶Jw=Í….Šß›‡Ô(Ý;€O¹V£!Ü•HvåÛGõ`¼Ä¢¡f@ˆ€¡ìΡ,ˆ±›éîÙ5‚q–æ¸`PJÀ½yx@FGIÂ{a`ö NqiÈb«.(t.óâvŽoÊõ(Œ‰“€§ãì‚ŽŠ†’XÑß6b´m.vóJ9•„Øwº µ06³›¢K: õM»XÀgØZFëØÃò]á|Ùц¯‹H[î(,Îë¿äü²Ó&€OÕ%rÙ]RoÖõ“<àÃ4©A:t)]Md)&Õwõx»½{>c)˜*έtkaá=5“…q × [ˆF™0qaL×S7A1^ ‹öe7r“8—@FÕdˆMåÆòs—7,gœÉ"Åï渣a]‚äžÚƆÄ2æýKÐdÌ’»¬Z[>Wvȳj±s.ACªì›X€N( —­>ìJ×âdÐHè ×û…m€…u€ÓuC(¡e‘sRb(NÜÌÈi#àСš…h% ƯI#¦Æj~·šœðÍ}£^¤íŒ¡ŒaÉb|ž‘QøZÜ3tfyñÒøğшt#¡ªàó Q à!f­bþûsí±ÛHœßJ¦ÏfÂ÷Ð×D®d#£°PX†h%… ^†ÁR}ÁÉi}hÁ&néF3ÌúÑh×-Ѭÿl´‡|Ò•D®ÂúüCG¾· Ô÷çvíÎG0ïÇ‹±Ôa’r÷¯“ÌàÕÏ¡ Ÿkd-‹ø:èûÕŒKrVáYÜ”ß'Jöpt2€›Èe0+lÎ.poF¯äõ–~Á®ö‡ÑeÈ|v¡dø±x)4Náv?ŸÄ¹ øõ¥XòÏJ/éMx&©Ç)”óŒ½9„X÷RÔ*ƒ¹° <ø£JããøØJ~Êq‰çe5K³‚’ÎÕ\Ob˜V2~â¸CW 6ý¡B?Ezà«Q(£„³bG°eàb96º9Thsd1'ô.€˸PÝR¾X–wŒì`ÓÛ”ág;s‘üœF®±0JÒÒ8Ð##¥>.‰ˆå–bÄèÇ‚îÍX}=Ù)‹Ø¹ŸdL~Žñ±€ÇWz 9jT?€¨Uc [Š}ã #Û¸Ã0¨7I ˆÄ­,z>9ñ3‘€•±+ZÀ '’‹»Ö´ûɆ-æÀßÕ,$Ži¢`»”Ä‚.†A °¾Ü¯+а)À÷- Û:ÚËÅäæZó†9ñèàµTé ×–/zu>)áXzï|:þ*÷tl÷ÁtDÍÒÖðß²eGÀâ„qüÁ¼ö9˜¿ã·]IìèÃêÞ‚‚áJdxMÆ•r%¹Åpö&ˆÝŠòÎbY” WÖÕèÞð!I@|ˬïë,F—ö°ÃÝHÄ.¼ý;ê 8mEfJ»z¢‘Ýó§íøÌ`{°†ÑÕb ô5ëО°ðÝÚ˜MÉ ô:· gaæ!µ·¾ù¬+nÇç·«ÇêØݳ >Þ]÷"8õeö¾;ç)Ü7È’µ W±ÑeÕLpŒ¶õÃڱ˞èòU®1z‘†æÒî¹|QÝpÁ.”}ðZ6ìÐoâbŠ„™ BÛ p ß9Æ~ ›kOýûÚ¿—ZÛ›íÕµ’ööZ%{s³:ÿÝ–€»ó0èæÛ»–ðÐÂù~äA«ãt\ÙÇ®šñ“2bBXÌÏ)G‚׋à!¡…‘Ú%€Îþ{ì¡×r„ÞäÔhG·™ñΞy”].‚í¡Ð sMÕ,´'KÚBŠè9ÆÎ[èzB¨}a»hc„¸w?H9nûHR”ç9[ûu@ÜCtw‘…³eVuô"Ì1å®S8£ç tD]Ü,‚¤T×5Äè骲MpdùÁ]ç"a8ž[€!(‘¿kw½, _hrÅ("þ,#Ž3ü~µjß94 J?‰zRf±pÂÐ)\QL•>iž¤ gÇÅ‚=~iŸ" ÐíœY‹Þf£ë= † ˆÔbSqïðj@³rŒHKæš=Ï(՛ݼt:rÇ„2îñEÏ¢1¥ìÙGaöBÊõäôDû)´‡½ºQ×ÞÞ«d¯n–µ·÷ËØë»Åí·˜ºŒÙF:‡T,£Àðµ/ñ·N`¥?ÐÝOsá]í±©Ðûë‘ÖÍÂÆñ]G‡tÿïk3¬ æQô'Y®ïXÑ>ø³”Ø0\¤Ý;ˆÉAFa‡x¸ø³ÉA&öòÒnL[Õ'¤ Úƒe½9߈‚Y€b6¡@ˆ}K¯¥±-:(…å© ;†XK›¨¾X?}ŽÆV°§¢§¡’]â‘i-ad[Û_qÍíß%íïùìõíÂœƒ2öϵ*vûD3Æk‰ÍÔ‘|æ—`Œ.ˆ™°øÌé‰8°©+áTj®‚C`-Žk¼ Æ#kãÑè-„ô±)‰ÔE®fC´–{aÃt{HRóÆ`‘°HÇa:£¹Ä¸&š±‰ïFtD|ÚŒ×Òû‰ Š‡]¹\A*Þ”£)š±›,îrN…ÀjúÃ*h̲ŒÛjXSßØML ªá‹Ð•ŒB`‡e…>K®¹]#Ð)p†2¶ñš×nö¸|”Šp Ç‹ÉjšûïEÀÉEm8¬•j"Ö¢ÅY‹þaQió_—Çž”³®”·¿¯–â|–´ozØ?W+ØŸ±5íEpiÌ¥Ù(4·[û`V$ĀÆñ9]C¶ŠFmØ/v×gÙ¬\ÜÔ]W}Æ‹µÐ•„./ÁŒDØùìàg3~XŒB Ø/ðyÄñ¹I`º²½9cíêlªŽës¯4eCц #‹rÍ F€_ìKçÿš°‘­x¶Ô㺮FþU6HêuÑÝ´² <‹Cyö†q=Cdë‡î嬖Z tÆš”Is‘‘ây±ÜXgѦ}Ï(Dæ† *Ked͘I,ŽÎy€•þ[À'-Þy€Oz›%»ñ“,à€Z˜…ÓhHV!tŸÞ´8Öa½¾D±ÝaÁ8× ¬A:AjTó!РÜY±C)¾€¡`•PÎlÉÂÉ̆CŒ“/ jMŸ6¡Q144€’}#\ú!‘œ»h®;¹4òx8‹%÷ÐGVÇöAÝQ^\CÇ((_7¯-íRÅóΙ÷£Ž#Xc€tF‰Æ¡³`á`y¢B=ª¡pUüÝÙÇ?jj‚c…ÌÒqËêÍÈN‘ ä¦Mk^g`-4€RÇÈ}+ð¡fp³Ž]¿[Ç Pc õ?,‰/t1Ò5†õ[OÛèZ9íð(FWè›|øœÏI´ÀKÊ;ãbÍ ‡å‘ð×uUÉ•…ÎKç>€á)OÙ­ù9vªþG£¦=#ÚÙ躅­£qcÓgŸXk{ÄïÑqGð»tÌbíÎÃlG#w#,@@‘X=6Ù'0 ÌjQÂf·* dóÊÎ[n3 ¹ - ã\'¹‰h3ªø<ˆèêýض’‡q 1™fõ±Ðü9Ò;\Ø3‡ ä^¯G¾°øŸYÂÝöá~-{w¯º½}PÉþ¹WÓ~Šîg¿„áB‡¢±WŒ‰F"—\Ľ@Î(û5t%ÜþÂÞÞ©ÏC·š½ãgß=bñ¹Wm½{TíBAÖ7.væè~â` ”ãr s“ª†{§VâæáJ‹øv ¢«>¼Ɖ,@g ®õµaDF3x{ዾè(i½¸K;xÛa¬ÖRÓðc¸a­œöD×åšsŒ…e»€~C}TêAº+Q±X+½ ¼ ày|Ž°Fª(n2O“>¹=‡7acW‰a£‡(“t2«ØQlü¦ão‘XÆa±€µ Æ9WK(Æ°ÃÅ¢±žÄbvœa‚Â2=%ñø©7Íähz·ð ßÍvâï|N{¥ûRŸ)ÃT‘(1ù,É®  T£÷Eì÷>ŒPC°‹‚Ô£¡=‹<Çxûð`ÀlK‹PÄž¥·÷ÏSÛ»gÉìíc¾nWã=âÀâwÆm"’€¯(X¹È-ŸÙïqíDUìÝê·²%<(oñ\ï/ú‘ N`&Ç£N?ÔG`oΠĭF|¬î0l¬`c”6º¬lž1Êÿd£GÔz²–ß«ûåˆRy'NF…&Ø¢W¿•‡WŠ’ho! À{¿ÀµN–öƆjÝŽÙ„Ö‚Q#Tß…R.Ÿ‚pà ÔÔ5€õ[Õ-áiûð")ï;‰½{šÂÞ>Ìi?…döç/d5lŸ•bý%¬=È1ëš¿©8ƉQŒ¢O1†9ŒXTµ±ŒcT¯€‹Û¡zôY|Þq›`ܶ"îßB25 : g÷òiJ¡Ü×9?áèj$âõeÜ»—„ÞÉÍ*Ù®‘Œ2ЉՊ¢! ¶à<ïëâ6âtNäÞbl¦¨hX§â‚ùö-ŽÏë–>?F—Á<8ÃW,Ö°ÐJÂÖ6CœYš1{u®AÒZ7ò^‹‚~Àg©´›ô²ûÎÂ<Áb~d‚ÂýÚº‘Õu8¤è÷Äìh`½Ûïã77¹–´÷ ògV{ÿ„sû,•}ø1¥½šÊÞsn?<Êmïä³wwË4ËÛËvçHÄÂC;<7Vb`HÈtñgØ¢VöGXSûp¯¢%Ü+Ëï(Î3¨´½»Ý c–µè54bTD0†‹Á€Ë5 ósacG{£?_ÕÞÝ)mv¿2¯Ïßo5µG>„·­'i˜kquŸÆvH÷¦„¸ ­íýöúŽ‡½{ìÁýQŽçrMK`ÃÃu»œ…PŒ‹ÐFå¬ AÅþ³Ñ¹ÌgË4 PÃgŽ [ãšå½kÚœÏ*8WŸBUîù?À€#FGn˜@ ~;btÄìhŒÂÂæô,rTeá5µ—­îºi)ÛØßKõÒ°¸úT7Dø,U{ Þ§` V€/9x\‘¤uA)gº!…XtýÑß@g6¼znÜŠ-aïÐ+&CøY¦HFOa€Çðht¥db§GC£rIÜL¡|o8Xþcè¿oZÂæ·¯ÐùÜNÀö¨*!ŒjéW¢çëgÁC„ë~‚¥áw ä„(µY¢]·x-Ù²Uz4“ãV`Rºœ=ëÛwu Âæ$™ˆ„.P{¸ƒ€Ú€“`EìÈÿ7 ‰X%û£i‰ÐhQ¦à;µ°±žùlËWMÐSQbÊD"³Ò™£8æȹJR&“οjÄxéüèØtÌ¿éï:ö@@e0SÊÖ‰Ó“{Ùø†ÅmE¯:œkò–r®7¹:îõŽ©²DÂeém>žëçZ`ÇÙî%z† „å; ˜ß¶‚M¨žDvJl­>®‘0Îu’Ša_–v@Ž|Ãøæm;3Ú»…ÛI7ÇŽ<æ#”1•·hÎ]͹ kñðÌh 3XÀ þi{û<¿ýÓ• ¸Ô7°b!D}- ±œ3×c¡è`oïÖäæÊÃïȃ7`=$ Á0P–È\ý.¥mü]=€–Eü ¬‡òr4n‰f¾žüâª×+NœÑš‚õää¸ÀÈÇ1¯Âʺvp-¢iÚ£±úÞD\à=ņ¢9œ…mÚOÙèQ|ÁûØ›GZRóÐJÃC, Ç“ SŒ‡D ¬ªmögÅqUO x£¢à#¨K•Œèb6³ð¯•užóÄ®5ñÅq¨ñý¢¥Aÿa;†ÚÓìÊß©6" 6CL“@N$¬J4»öÇè:¾j%ÇžXØyíÍ1Æx^ìr±Éª![ý6Ò¥c·W‹uP‡Ð[Qùê‹AÌ€3c'hw A]Oq´\bŒ°ÉfÕ{qÌISÅxè:öþBžgŒåâUÝ;³Àx¦Ee¦ÇiSß΢$0pÿð2å© eìgG´ês|‹‚®Iööë äg/ÁºÉz¯TV-ðZèY¨¼œŠûNÙ3€#ìîàhRN,FØF»T訥´9Ôpœ7©êÚxV£*#NàrPmDš¬ ´F;Ç@‘ââ¹wd5EŸÙÁ¹V p­%ì$ãsNÎçœÎþ¾Rk1%€*b-ÌåJX X“Ëû?³?¯xZÂó,ÿ,5×7àèG®ñÇÙí—Øf€X,ÒÒ0±à ˜ÃCeùJ[‘#Ân]íÑ,Ú¾8vö1~ü¡sQ@ ÷•/º®³¸g¤]x eQõg !mŒXµeŸà¦?ÎCÊ_¾ç ã^eë„8¦+¹94rcÅn ˆE—Ågï5_Ú#«èv‚Ñæœ[Z¶ÄãÌöž÷ý óáy {ó0‹ÝõªÍ=„“÷\ŒŠ²fÂè±ñFÀ·{dSç€R\8 (xå(‚±p.†ù ŒáµÂUEÑ +R€‡ã»®0Qž)Q0!zrˆ1û?‹“äªäb®W-€+‚1Í1yëbA†z§ ŠÑÝyÒË[èËÛȯ§+ –KŽ¬0®ûP×Ó, §Ñ^ø°£ƒõ‰ôÆ 83"’&|uW6=ìϸVö{lU{QÖþ¸TÑþ¼XÛžûó`…õ‘›KìQ¨Bí°£ôÄÄ:» f[ÝNÇÈ5íý€Þ¢lȸ~ô\xÎó걞ìý£ŒfO3³Aâùõ,)ç6 òüx”Ö=GÜ¿§àïiHEÐVqmþ@¡èb© ¬“`Õmßù5íì¯K5xî¤æû¹FLfïøœž²gAx®Ð#¦Æm¥/Ã0Eî#”<Ìî7xµ«=7åèzàJø‘köq*KxTÜn©ˆ,{î‚áh«Øü06ØFØê…b8‹XüË öï“”\çiùy@Ú*lŠ [jæJA}ÐJyó :Ì<0¢ÊXÀp4ã³hXœX5’«@uJË".˜QIÎAj,wã.1FS1üÌ1?Òä(øŽ/'(V °2[ø>YƒX„xD‚ÑÎh;¶´‰u Ø^ÄÍr™‘+½ÖbaW‹å+Š^-¾‡QK ˆ\åªø©ƒŠ]¾„¾¡ŒÞBç tå{}wœ™Ôßæ´«iÓZy“€X€ uB^ÙŸÑ¡hñy;äF4D­ ‡…X o‚YéHÐô„a—AW2GÐÄÞ$'W²©aç`zdg]ªþªn0YXà ò»Î1ËÊÎ}§ãÖñê¸F ŽcpìÕ\ÆG<¼H><ª—¨YG6w(¿³ZÎú9o¬ìöãô\øàGÝ‹DÔ0 ¹Ñ+H9Bœëا@J=÷0!ãYØÖ“W£dâ Ží0¨/ëÄã˜ñÿÔÁ%­Ô§s­œ[bŸæòZR_6Mg&÷µ•=šÎ » '¤~óøü ³õ^£Õ9Æõ¡ß'ÍŽÎsâqÃÚI[¨@ @«Êï …e ™ŸLÀot-˜"²ät"‘4Ä,Áuu´ìcàMâì~Rw2C_C2êBR‡¯1Ì-ÆM'Øñ¬â"ÞŽkéð¼á4‚Vb'ÐœØsÝÈÉíý‹$öæYV{‰ýyÔN´48N¢a=°àŸ âý ¶ï M=íÚYv™JX nd÷`П)xxäc‡ß’Å’vjhñƒ<ˆ.í…ÁÚK£À8-Hq›ç±0Œ°íãÙ)nˆÕá#¯)qhìú¥6ÂL>®C_FcrrÅ›G°¾"ˆ> bW|Pn¥±}mt6®O9[ûCaûûI{ócZ‹ç!ñî dñ˺<±¥·#‡§ý@ÖŒFI:7Ñg£zÓŒ!"Dž%büt¡ò4x+ -ë•#ôJ‘ƒrqÿ@)µÏ=t5!°=á› çÚ2Œ ;t!8‚nZåòqto£ A|z„ÝÊæŸÑŒs¢ù}‡¦Âl!]qÌf,ŸŒ€.lG˜¹……Fà07êÚoÕñp”óIù?Ð'E0Ú¸²—P½Ck9¯38/?ðßäX¨Ë#ýµÜ¬§Q¼žìË™¥.î[Û•‘ªÂâ#_F ÜŠO‚öù¸ÕÔÇtqÇÎ5I³ä|ëK ”4€È=Á)v~ìºC?„â9M_Š€qçî [àû2cÀ»'ÐlMw†B÷ߢöº$S•àlèŒOÐkEŠÎñ¾Í€ª;”@}]@;Îëhl”-sjnC»w®@`­ë/èØ“´öKL%Šö¸áÑ»„¯E›³ æˆósqWwûã|À.küÃs „Çéì§Ø†0v²¿3zC³rf>¾¸Ö¢—ÆòŒž€] 7;S¹Xö¶ap=/iG§qШê_²XTÕ¬^&Å÷³»ôÅž*‘o ߧž…ç©g*Vå•€§€âU@ÏEF¯~ŒË—^dGY¤4hª.ÐgršÅ) ¼®¦½º^†’ûÔtXß=ËhAÛ‹ÚRÂ÷MelM›µt5PćƵbÄÑÉ%ñº$b8}þÇ`zU ª˜ÅÄ!ÜŽEô~a×$#åàµ8ÓÐòD å %½ɯ‡xÿGÆ}†.ÖÄz=høc<¬ŽaMßùMÛ0 5ÍçŒd?^Ý*‹7Vc á«9°*²Õ+#EY$ )|ÄEs~çJ­Ô²Ã+£FõÜOq›ÛÙÏ! Ü&ì=Ï¥wO³VóÀ8×GØ°–sïEÜÃIÜ9~|V‘¼F(¿[kQè"¥ÍZÞÍŒõírŽ¥1E®™0‚º&Þ=IÆŸ€Îå»'lØžäp: ˆNøtí¸¿ xä!;«J"f’FËèä˜ÎŒ<#–wdäUÀHÀù‘ëô§döàqÛ§¦íž^g@;†}þ(àਓ° áìŠ}+/­ »^„Ï6…{¿©çjrØÈ’¹¯„íýž(‘é°Ã3¨s!ñw%Ž•C³`¬Roaø~LÊWrŽ>Ü/‡f²æº0£my­î|q'h“}ØœzŒ"8¡äû¨Bä cíIhSVö©é²oüY¬üÕ¶Í9UÙ£ÆVúŠ4ˆá ‘&GìÃÇý)à#ûx( 4ï3]zÍ@î‹ î­ØŠg6%ñ·MS‡$S/ïåþÔH( M›’xåüQž ‹¬ßr©ž…4!y0 «/Ÿ³£”Õ_¶´¯<ò¢Ûô çðEÈí˵å ËìÀÇåBÅøн9àÀ¨J‹°ÆBáJ f #Eã0ÆæA¸íüpêyso-l_Þf6/Ĉ²ƒ]F_vá÷Õ50a‹€®H´Yþ,àjöÖøGâ^?»:æÀ™Æ8*dzâ-7#šI*2¶ªŒÃ&y,ŽÛðçÏùS¢Ó<ý×± 48FŠc»£X8 IšŸX饔&ŒÁ ˆ‚L?º®<8×ê]&ÍeØGç+w( Z8¯½í,èn\˜Ð(uÜ*‘<ÿÔÏåÇxNn;¿îbƒ+(±™Q-ÿæòázòƒy ÒØ‹ãv× Iç:‘Ji:×bwÜèŽcŽâØ£a¢Bps}øsÌ4˜¯ ´tZãüvˆ<¨KÏu’u¸ 6 ÖT¶ÌAÄp>h Ô"+§Ñþ;Ki î¥5£»ØF s¿ín‹¾&1r(–û óþ _bA Åßrc? j›Øet„+v}§Øa¯ÓÕf â{®”©ìLv–²×ì4tsÙsí‚`„ØÅ?, R'Î €v¶‘R¸Z€±¡ëvç$oÆñ(š§»°¸µ±tnx±ÃÐkÆme¡Þ:ñéÊŒgn)W……ûÊ~tGX‹/+¤ Æå0ÀnõøÏmd×–Ö¶Z)kZ)³èSÌ~¿×Ëþ}ØØþ…­ú÷Í#¾î6†u ™ÈôE#m%ik†7pL gf©cÄÉƃY‹®;b eƒ™ï‡ÌŽ³£¿JÞÊ%Š7¯Â„Äî ÿæqþí>ºvç–R öøÜ’D û.Šå~bœsFBz?@ânb°U²v›ýf\!a;ª=]ÙAì’¥« `wzëÞDÃG¡OB+˜Ofr˜E~Mß9¼ŠY¾·X·7¢ÛÙ1ƒÿ‡£kò}ØÉ8üe‰g§À\}Ý°6“xp±(û“­bÞ¯\£]XOcSYò-cˆ/HÉÕbÞQ âf]¸úàÚ;ÏøЉ íÒ±²Ó‹˜³3:¸~}…šÜyßça¸®ËåÅH(ˆÅ'| É­¼þ“SŒ¯ŠMÇ*ÜR7è†B9r¡åasL´ ;óRO$ÙsÌúwM¨b—Ž”w@:A \;l{’É~Š¤Å|zK\ƒªhÀÕ¶†4k®¡0F¨¿FÕç{sr}³Ppôç;Íô:ñp „QñÁÒ»wR=[Ù·2;kB+™koÖ¶ÃFí"Ç èûSÌÁ×bmÞ<œ‡×lî|nˆQ½ØÕD« g˜/Vÿ@¥tãÚ9‡…[V‰=Y‰Ž¨8@§‚üÔ ­1OèRFc Ëà^ØŠž‰Œ™hÞs‚]±9^<ŒNÌ-c¯®2ŽxœÛ;cç.öá-‹óáeymD«²¶d›\?çX Žˆv\©¯ˆ‘ƒÈM:€ÚŸë^íñË–\Ê~:ÏH)n»Â1ùRH÷¬â›ê˜Å”xø4Ú‰=*W¢Ù#›Ù¾‘tÒL$Q—£®§3ÅmÇ^}ˆL•sìÅØDÂn… =Q‰¤ÿ´pÀ^„!~aTã].A|£œœbJVŽB¯§Ñ_ôÆ–ö<°*lchX¸øÇ<_žddã’É~Œ®Â=I ;î=0TÊÙ:ˆVÀÁ¿ãSDÓsº¬%`½Žý{­ ç,£¨Œ|Á^ëw=M ÛÂóêE:ûFú˜ÂWªðÜhb¯î£‡b ôꉇ½~VÌ^ó=¯Ÿgt¨WO²ÛÚïò§Q×–©Ú€s±šçÉ.ž¿Á‹»ØïÑ58æô€ÑŒnöàñêin‹=QÕfô/ls¾jdóab–pm­'2B`GE ¾ ÐåõÌ–àgae”žr8Îø‡ìøªüül5›7 £-ÒÅVëȸ¿Ý‚ÅWåãOÏ}¡Ñ?Çë¾½ça;¦e³9_V³©ÝجÞt:á´\Áë+ÈÇ…×Á˜D|8ŸAt¼ƒJŸoëæqÀñ £ —Öh4«€&TÉÃbl\ñ#‹‹kàÇ|1'buä¼R±¥D·±j‘WJ°.¬@X’ Føq­îæAÈ\5W)!ô4Ù‰C`rüËJ®¥mßr)\'‘ÜQ!Î&M$ÏÆ#èéFÕ-ks:Ôg±”£% dÓÀšD±€˜ŽÍ—ëT5Òì|bZ4Z ’ÀV ¯,ì ±‡ðZ Îó ùüÕé…ÞeÎØ%ŠÙ)Ü\8'±8ð”ÒÀ3KàÎ÷è’ŽY^3HÁ€Ò#9;;#+ÆbgùÛáõ*™›'ºØ\VŒŽ[iª×PåÀ‰ãV¥Å'VJàÉYÂ%¦V(¯   ¹ó£4:ÿôIDATã °~øNEGÃX,`V_; _ÿEe[Ù¥£¶/`ñØ\cᵂ^rŸ)ü/¹Ând•—åÝ%&KlÍF@r 2«C-´9åqÒa&ÀIæ  Ðs”s­2ÐON./\U‰L”Ž™ßɹ–óMáŠa:ߪ»P©®‰™¥—eséG¬Q.y–,ëDVÖкvcNr[Ayª`Î ÕÌbz:oiš« Ä|Ùå_úMêÝÈzµô°Ž øªYÖz5Ê`ßĩƒù4;Åob-«–¶îêXŸ–¥lݬüöê1shí0õàeÁyÏŽë݃R,R¶ 4¶‘‡á9nâ„‹‡œ˜Üœ²ŽØfIMTG3f-ô(ÃEn°ÈMÌÿ7³³ÞÝ5ŽvùÃ]ÑAv;pÅ,⢛Իžu¯[Óª(aÅ2g°’9“[Õ¼i¬G­ ¹"vzU »~’¤áì^6CÁ228N%ÃVì±ËÖÅþþ­ýä…ËKõŒv.£=‰ÀÎz‚_@MÁ…êß:Í®ûiÅWqƒÝ9¾†¯œNs3q¡­b<8qêg.Ý÷'?tH*:U¨;øÛ°-²ä‹9ãwábÜ2²>#)Oöºœgò‹a{Æ7qÿï2i樜ñÇ*é[°s~.´ë#–õÄÞ0B“ e½WƒñAÎënücZóߢ÷U×!7™?ð`ý¦™2íл0FBósK×c5Yº#Èñ!^ýÁý<`{êÛK„߇‡pþ–ð~ÙA ~†›Õw."V˜š#?´‚µÍh’„i}œß…ÀøÓ !Ä1²ˆDÏÕÍí— h¬.nƒö†)pºÆ$8¹d÷> Âß:¦£Â&ˆ´±A¢ó8ÍÎËwÍlÉ€"µW@M…Æ ó÷i±ž…•·eÃkÚ1¬ÞA‘VÀ&â0<1»1ºXvÔ Oص?NË"ÐyšÉ®ªÃÁƒ1è¹%ˆÃÇ7°=¸c®D®3ª½©XB£´(®“ œ)GØ¡-éUß–õjKp!må‡íìnËÖžñlŒòÎ)ÐŒ]^ÿiÌë|NW ü“…:šl•H¤+(^'!KûivF· FÃDÏzhó5ˆ7öB,NÀ£ò^¾/gÿ^©Ãñ³X; #Á{Ãâ»ifû¬J>›Æ½°‰qŸìÜJéUQb, ýÚ=ßùÃH$ÇúÎü^#´óÛ°EïéÇÆÍúz„[Ör÷åAD€ûp’…©e4§¤è‡*ÔLµ±Œ]/!À Ã8JÙ/ìܽÙ}îçûœeYe©Ü;'Ñø WˆÙ {c›ÓÝ ÕRuC± a¿$ Ïפ ž—·*¸­bàzhT`,½¤¾{‘‰÷œÁn”²ÝKØÌ.l^&¶ù›6ŽI:ŠÓèI¬€†pèî¨M¯—d–ÚìcŒ:_d¶×3ñìÊcÿyPÒ.´Ý«ÒÛ´¯SXßv)­½g*kç™Úú¶Oa¦³Í ÑOœ,fwΗ²_ž±ßŸ–±þÍÓ[·ªE­_cÔº´MíQÀÅaòqž°PjÀ·§é£ç¹Ì{Ok_3µµ«ZȺÖáw išM¿•ó}GÕY¦à%M]åz´ð³ ¯ñ<~ [6>¯u®‘Í:Õ(mŸ×+oß0ªùþ‹zæ·ϳ|Œ1þ|¿ÁÐ'ÀTýÃlZÿŒÖµfAkU¾´µ©TÒzÔ.ccZ׶MCp6ò Õ"åt9}ýwµ¯ë þ %cDrؘ\dŒ»"‹±49rÃèK€GÿýiaÐn^`Gn™vé3¼ùh„ƒÆ+–Ö_Ù8€…ÃíèO]D—2$å²IHù 8±XªCJ‹°QM!€=К íˆæšº€CÒ‡ ×*'z•Í 0S×$L_,›ÔðE°I€†Œ ¢ã½êK‹¯Æ2‰_€'¾J4Z $—&ØÕ8HC+Ä8R‚á î)ãùá:ÅèouçÒ¶µOµÄädÌ Þ /T-ì‡ T•~§ìÛ:feÞw‰ü¢H´m‡É¾T#?#ÂÊ輘¢‡ÅbtRF)?E Îdÿß;Ñ1%á³Ø UIð§?ßï ‹+VˆÎ5çYçÝÆù&ËÚE#Õ˜ €†Î`£Ï6ÖÕ×Ùáùhê»â¸ý9js¿ŒŒD›µt+ž•ç$:6ãÑä6¹VÀp €Ge :×”:n] eý¯sýÑé¥säÎ5àîÓ¹æÙ#IãÇ5¢Dès˜™6~NVײ–DÍÇ7Æ’¬ù·+ÝÎθŸ­ExzbÙhÛˆŽ¢w³òV³lV+U0£•Ê™Æê•Na>€ÑyM H1n,'îäƺí]ÏÑÙAkÆÚÙ#l|¯VÖªVq+•/›•-PÐ*NoS¿.ÀL¸’[lÌÝØì^´ˆ<*egVFd˼‘Xru"º;…­2d]]!ODÕÙé·E'C7n‹@¤¸ë$;¹+GšÙŸ¦ö$ @¾ï`~¦Úš2DcW±iËÚ$˜‰™¤´ölÜÀÊå(m9Sdµì)’XÑ4I¬Y‘ô6¦}qÛÂâºY* ½ÊÚÂU€Xðáá¼áÛOBYpöã¾aa¾µ ƒ F¹?rî$fÈ E§B35–ûÇ€šKè(b±7_ÜÛC0Ù&v§k{Ú.ò_vس3[Xô•ìKìÅíÃ4kïÆŽºŽþy pCէܳ¿¯U ì¡O ê2Ê:¡dØ&‚¢æWÎèá"ÐëŒ_b±×_$¯H,Ö9D¡²¹«èñ2âÑ;GýlíMÂnC[Ú¿¨ÍïQÜfw®ÈWUÎwk4QýÑ5õäuš‘þ\›ôg¨À=´Ù22 ÇU¦jƒË;qNmÀ¹²½ yXÜ®*Ô?Ô¶ÿÄö°çAí‘oG{âßG]SÚÍë¬x@ iQK$n±J C¼~¶æ@»v¢1mlw°§¾Ÿ¡ªaÏëÚß›Ûo‘Mí©_3tL­©vb5Þ€°QéQ21v'wp#-S0y5GÈÌØÏoý¨2h²<Ð×r;qí^¥W‘¦âI8‚ÁAÕm/ ´ŸZæÙ†¡IÙ5¡’ýR›…N24ù„çè&^¤±«§Ê[9WÜ>œB›q'ù˜'ëó*vK+Ñl 9y- e‹7Ÿq 7õ*òŒÖ ® Èf/ºáNl€f¤1–¸¹¶ð@_Ú- nŒeØMa*¢åtD0~idB,XôÀ<ùCaØç}èsjƒ¸ÿ3ÎKK{â͹;†“ê@˜ òYŠžœYÝ^]©ëôtxÏ&±,÷ÝëÓÙº¹¬KÍB6…4çµèáüØ<\4F3J»€†,ó‘ï[Úºo<Ŧ´3‚ÜN|.\½k² (Íy.Æ5TÆÖ ¡§f,fØœp´-AèANMëMM;'jŽÁî ʘ1 …f$hYcž7 aúYñ°;Dútà.—UÈ2èõuø¬S^ÛÀn®Êf¡Z¬ZÁ¶.§çÒzôTèì‚YÂ`°"8ϱ[é!Z_šk¯: L!6b‰Ú™7O“ EIkW}JX—ò©íó 9ì›Æùlz—”uÂz`÷UQ!¬TèbrÅ‚*6Uý”„;_0Ïoë¼û±€=ˆ+iæfµ~íÒXý2é­b¾ V"gjËŸ9‰åå+;Ï‘Üi“Zž4ɬt®$Ö±q:ûaj~ó?[Ë”Ëd•r°Êyó[}<ö%úu8¼Éïù-¦ ŸrÀ™iÔÅçõï‹ìvd[+—/‰•ÈšÞ,IJeK|ì;é’€õÞÑéœc¸–béé­‹“µUŸœ+iø=«}ÔéHlëÍ1B1ªø ²beÿÖž5t£`µÝDZapn+¥3-ñf3úßÇ,éŽ[ÌÖGŒY79ÇìH¬tR€5·€Vb5†Ò—õ3€=ÎíŒAóÚ•Bh^žtqìãû3òUÂsë—>k§‹RP!Ç-¸Fzç‘nøü0ؾ©_Ò¢)R·\˜²Ó8îõ»ñ~ÏÙà «ôžkûŸk³Ž=˜cÒxK Ó`_¶8×j*÷RÍ‹hœÝ¤\'yŒ»æ!NŽóh>‚`!ÔØ+ý…BðVdñX6Ö–Žémê–¶âù2Z–ô©,{ª¤æ‘/¹ýçQ]{› 1t©ƒwÐü·Î6q£’Zv·LìƒSɪ•Édùs§ççÓY®LIíÛþíï§ÜÜÚØm}øN‚χelí·…\aW,¶w‰`º·«¢ÑÚöç… h*ŠÚï—Š#Ükb_øŠÎ'vv€™ë§šÛ³¨ªö¯Ïp+<*Šà¹¨½ºUÆø•µÓ™£W³ô±yƒlå¸Ï­ìTÉœ™,_¶”Ö¬Q> 8ÕÖb½«ØÕàÂv?² ZŒŠöŸh¬q«¹0–«rewO{ÞÖ~¹Pžß]Þþ¼ZÕþ¸ÐÒ~ƾµ•‡ó†þNŒ«¾+UÄ ŽÀ:|‘Œš‹‡Io¾ÜÄ~½VÎþs£œ½ˆ-ƒx»NŽžö{è|lÜrOÍIJLî ÑýWD÷u²k'ëØàr¼VYûçVaœ?¸‡0ú»_ Qxû÷v)ûíry»íUżWU²Ã?Ôcä5Ý ÌãªX¤s,Aˆ^£·ö³ÿDôB·QÃþ¼T F£¨=æý>C¬{uJõ5­&Õì‹•í¯«PÛ<<ò^¯·á\à¸Ú7@6—l›iØÁàèh–×çùÝ}æý÷µ‹.ÆŸP÷·+Xü=¾p¼¹_qoIûç‚@*íÀèˆ"°þ\[µ«­ýt¾žýq³#Ã2öðw÷qÜÃÝò¨ ;j¾îæïÅДrŸë—HÔ>WÕÎ.hk‡·m#pimF ψˇ`4ßÄ÷O,ÐÁÕǸ4^Ì!$v.:ó×°½8R|¡$6{1\Ô¯=ôEŸñAº®Ïw Ý Ú‘×&ð€]öUS£Ö4ª³ãÚ:”θ^\ õí·ØòöûÅ2öÛŲü½†½ðGS²¤1A’¥ˆF¨f]!ºà KïgMïåß öŒsyu";„©‘ëX¼Ç¨å ½0ØÊŽM@'€QgÐêÊöȯWlòwXÐÙ$È¥¯vç \ kxÍq9‰8Ç$œ•¦NšØW?f´õ³s[‡jùmrÿ:¶M(öî+Œ•‹sqz,ÎÑû‹Ø8æWw¸æø,K<î;eyýÒö×å’öc ‡Ý9á k@2sC—¼›í>¾H·•…ýiÎŽt³¿¢º8 ö sMâú©Ê5IÒL¬ÍlgÛpo×´¯—æ:*Ê8§ #ä<ö†ëü?1¬ƒ¥×¡1P;Æ`ÙÑÙxÜ=Þc©cÿ¹”‡k/cqDÂO`bÐW½ãõ/Ϩßïå°¸S%좬ß%í^PI{SÖ~ iDÔF\LÝaÜØÄá–J۬їžmŒæß<)`Oâ*Ù‚±­YåV¥PF+”9eOË2¦ÎhéÓ¤°´i’Zút|t2§Kf9Ó¥²<’[þlɬf…t–7crË–2•åÏ’ÞŠ$Úyæ·HŽ0²s@`f_1&{Çqÿý"‡íÛRÝòfJb™“'³\iÓY¥¹¬_³Š¶å;YX•ˆÕ0:Oò:÷×;¹F9ñO` Õ°o¿ÈèJbYR$µ|YRY²ùlÄg”>ÂèÄ3NsLât{˜ÙÝ?®ef´Üw¦Ô©,SÚdV*Jû¬f›ÿeC§9 g7¯®)1ÃèWZDGUn0õ•EÃ`*hN#‰Bƒ”åÂbª±Õ' ã­ÑŒví¿tôw-nŸìáŽáH ý F¢œ3©Jf4äÇXø®Ë9ŸU²okçF'×ØÅ$Å\"±„0:UËv(_árî £Ñ5¾a`{ëV*;ã?»’ç³XÖl6Ëó* Æ…ßé˜Ô#¥`¿ÄêŸcø^g㸣°P èÈ^€åÝ_¶w´•*ãÔq‡ÐüÑÂúL†iF 2¶iQ›ÜŠÒPÞœŽœ·¨Å´®sî‚7!ŒkBXÄ#~`ƒaWGÖ÷°QMËòŒHÂþ*‘:´²m”¤ñ—Â5¾Ò1Käûi4è²zÄœ 4òå¯@>¾'ŠïèñgS¨s€•=­“2„\R³ÆC„gžœ@ÖPÏÚöM<°Ó5ØHiS F 6fVÀ2˜ãÕ˜‰¯}îDÖìÝú•ÈÁ³1Âé0oÒŒƒå&cÌè‡]=ÑúÏh“ãÑ1ê˜Xþç\»¿KPÎgèt!„ ŒÔ¹Öçõé\+7I®/å-!o šH2²l¥JŠUÜq(ŸÄ_‰9ûÛòaŒ0ÐÂ,ÕÓšW-fy²¦±Ô)¹‘“'±bŒyþ|ØÐQÁïä,à!’ð„ù.ôøÕõع³€‘¿³ PßV­JéÌ–%krK–<)7MÞ§ÂßrÜTÒ $¥dçÎçiYÛ=¥¼ÛF#ÆU‘hŒZ©cƒ¸|@ &(á%´î}fî·ç›ÛÏÑux°Uç!QØífâÙÁi÷í„yìŠÞá”ys³¦ý'ì „¦ìV±Vïž1ÐÆ~ÙÄ:7*a «¦±1ÃòÚO<íæã¯Jjñ|½Óâö ,vîê®íü2BÌàõÍíqX9f™Ùééu¤ß@ûñ°²ù¬.Bˆ]ê>‡áƒ$Ã%!i»Oì®WO×°×<,ŠijèÄ£Mz÷”‡ømš^wõva~F—÷N€!áõŽ6¶Ÿckaöà}åágl#2tBEé¢X°¤v£cgöî~~òR<,tk!ÄȵìéÙöèìrWÉ ÍÌè#|s+{} ‡Ó÷çsã3|(üOd]ÎQ3ÞsAÎ;BvzÚUÊE¢óð2´ B_F^Ñu·¿.4F¤Y–Ï-W¢ûÎQß›vÀÒ°˜&>tÙUë˜eí¾S ffŠ$d%éÍ\c^èiüÖWá}°X3Åÿ=ŸõºïË…–KcNŽU ø»ó·î3ÎÂ"XÒ~+ƒ–¬¿«3LÄ—d+‡ à bÈ•ß³¸Ã.éÂøݲZ'‚—”ö(¢´-þÆÓŽ ñAt‚]†4Xã;eb [“ã`äÃ5š ½ ÏÎûÕ³åm½DGØM«I<våÒ®8|šñrpŒUaÞ¢•ˆš—¯Á¹Ïeü+0N)Íâ©EˆëÓpñ|xàGàšÀâú"Ø6´¿“”D›ìý Õ¡®ÃÉ=‰&Äò汦€<²/µ#Æ}˜ðc*ŽëÝÛ;~ÿ›ûíihi„ÆÉ`tªr½H”Ëÿ×5ó$+ç/‹­ž‘×ÚÕ(`sp²FXz”ùö!t+AŒ\œ„Þ®‘ý{KŽ-Àµ»ï°¦K芖ãƒÜG÷tìÙx°E9FÏÆVƒ±jÂÈ a%#ªPW"B¾€™ z •G±Oßòpn%ëû—ɶÙ8/ÕìÌâLÄ ÀôÞd<àwòž^êL»Ñá£ÂöïåJÄÀî,ã!‰Í<€E-jmgúàš†¹v¹Ö>pèÞOà:‰×Fê!וîg­×Œƒâ¥›yʳA×)÷á{¸±Û=8æ&ösp]®wFòÎõ$vŒkï§[ÕlÁ¤œÖ brœ4– –1EvK“,³eHÉòfÍb…²e‚½Îe‹eµòEÓZ6ˆeóæ¶òòZ™¼Ù¬xîÌV8gZ·¹*V ½5«‘Ͼÿª±íd7þ2Š÷Ðù€胻ŸRÛ?\?û6Ô¶é’Xê$I-Kª”æ‘7³õlTÚ’¼OmÔèO— œ”×}Æ︞£ϘõŸ‡ž6¤{@?Ÿ,‰e˪—Èißvò´ËyŽ=ÈíÆdÆóT`'žëâ?Mšyf´Ì0R©S¥²T©“X‘¼)¬s"6·j[$ e‘ecÍ¡€µÃÔ˜„°‰ŒÅÑv‘|£Pôa:ªe@£¡|rXÀ|>¯¤Ù˜plÎGa²œQüŒ¬ànÁ$œC7un ¬ŒƒFF'ti…²üabÏIã5¸¹Md|6­iaÛè_ìN(ãX’0×P´7,¦!Òž£zhT]›Ü¼ ãNRªÑøÄ¢—q¢c •Yx £n)Ø”`,Ý Ç-ÝŽØ, §+b±•ý[Î(eÅ(I³âM`çR*PÙ/Ò¯À2„ ß BKâ=ó+B {Ù’.UmLí\„Va| øðò<ôWÇÇ„î(Pç Æ“z[—ÂY©˜AèKÙo,ÎÅh´Pî&>r~É~Î TêK,šsµ ü|ªÈp¹<ÎzÏçEˆ¡Îµ7Ÿ›²Š%àê)І!ÅIrIm½|yaõ: ød¢ÕUÚç½´jì1ù Fô°úå Znv©asRtŠdOn?hÁC#›½å(°óþ¥49-r¯‡AU~áôžöc«z•ŠX¦¬),yêd–ßñí—ùï èh§•ÁfÊÜl‹ ZØMJU¬èËÁ—UÔáÖ,hx §eW΢ó#F¨Ö‹ÛóðB<Œ

·™=>ã_R³ñùcùŽ)cÏ}è%¨G"ìVÑ*®.´@['V± G•ÕT$Q›£ñ@ïí!Öã¥#<™öq)ÒË/m†^^7¡Œ= •8T 9ב®YvY@⎖²M㈈GT-¯³öàõýíEt= “ëG¿_,B<Çü÷ÕÂ\§9ìõ­üd¤`ße!z÷ˆïÑù($:måkÃp¯4…’Œ ÒséÀØ©q)©HÓ)Âe‚à~=_’AV·ðÛ#]܇܃o doÐxHKò¿ûö¼ë£¼†s[ic&°³rj^˜‰Ü6QùQžÇ•îÓ‘¤m²‚"Z9QªÞ¿ápï½@H ûV¢\ÆB.gêžÀ¶,Ö€žè`ôþˆ©Å¨©9cg9¡ÖM¥ ’±íºÏÐYq,÷Š9ëõ;Æ$ñ\+ñϲÁpå%Ò »½ãÚµ‡ŒSøÜß²ùy­±á‹D[¼X¸7,Ä Ä>¼ð-É8°& Tàb˜HÆæoæKFImÀâ_¦„½âçu =àsçÜ¿}Î5éô…h€›îáx˜Ñˆ]…yþÔ²ßÏ8ܳCà:ñ~TŸªl<“Y¾°2RZš¤),Sš,–=CV+%ƒÕ, CV¹Œõ©[dž¶¨iCÚxXÿèj<7´:%óY‹j%­ŽG~«^*·Uã«Cƒ26{h[5¢=*åØ£xž=NK¦÷Ë=q`]=ËÎ1UÒd–9UrÆai­»g1›ûecÛCþ)ô KêaåÀéžÖïøÐ2°{!KÏs;%Í,éSš'¯ûM»*vjº565zNê¹i\»oxVþ Ô¢^KŸ2©%O– “Ì çI‡©´ÍatrÇå¹h/°È/ü¼Íÿ¬& 3ù8Œ«¢`£W.°P£=QÈ Ö] %#bµ`I¬Q“ºª¬:Bâ[5…ÿc‚vIqþhoüØÍ{+Ç5^‹ñP5òm\8ùÑÕÉÖâü^5› ñ¤C‰ûø8)Ü>Ë¿²ùôg”ëC*õQlÎ*ä¥lµ‡‹Pˆa#ï2yÂ倒[KÇìÆnrh)ÝÆDVo4*Á¸ˆ¥ @Œ-ôi4äÊ+%¬Vª4‹¾t7^0>®Š"QoÂ÷G° âyã8 ˜LóðÖ6«y)ëã‘Ý&µGÿ{sŠMŽ/ãn?²·¼§,úÖV~Ù”¼Ÿ¢Œ)ÊEŠp^îÀäüð%!¶/ú?΋¯F8z»Ú»eïqbðDÝ@ú>i£:õß|_(Z*kÆPêÒç¥sí?¸UÖNnmºæ¶P•1Ú3õ«\ÀV’¾„gˆqÞ’0Âö‚9óE3úM"¶²g3Î5µ,¸‘cp:×·ìòî\« Cçûã¹V$η€ž;×b¥]úÈú¹Ú …!ê\3úóÀtçZ*˜7±U<;“ÜFWryÇx,¼$—r±E¢kˆ€&?ƒi³-“¾´QÝZ¥BY,+t¬@Nʔ̊s'Ç•ÔÂQ£n×®17è›»< ¶—¶ƒØÅ‚|g Ô»Qnê¼–&}2K–"¹:#z“Ðúˆ›L»dåK°»zÇòõæq:aG@e¿kÞæYä]l@c€¾Âèä=tsS>ÀÑ€Èð/^ÿ-BA¹,Þ’#ñîW=èq<à!í'eDdc R‘+³ZfÈP•/ Œt*Å}Óè&Ùø=»<‚ 3ÅYµÈ¬xÝmÓ‹ÚÒ"×ëËî¿­œœÛ~f´¢…/Á-,¶,}>$¿ã!–ðX\F'8é«ZŽøyÕÈŒÕ4®ã÷Ë®¬ßÏBñ" Kö\²z¶!Â$Ýõ÷ijİïx¿Ýb¤YÙî¢[yQÓ~¿Á¨‡ó÷ZŒÈwµ(gc<âÁg J}Ũ;&õ³ÉDeÏì™ S Ãî1Œl¨bˆœå0¢ì[ !_â&á3y…–#úü̓ZdÑô@û3Ëûg¤ì–v‹ŸÛ= X²pþ…SíÙK°6>åíJ`E»áaã<ì?ì´ÿb—ÿ¬ï‘ñ —02™2ÿ^: ¶­WÀ^¿,m^Ð~¾QÜ_(b7CËZœoU»P×®3²õ´çŒ ÿ¤ÉíòꡃTœÏg¹H¥­‰,"ú8Ä鉅ÜÌ&ùõ˜€  €˜!—UÂßEzØÜÁ•mA¿ú¶à 2^0;gU³'‘µùlÙ ,bt~ÌlQ‹ÙêïdSVæ ¶dÜi[†Ø‹ ±5nÔ¥ïOÇ⛕cedöœkðçì,Þ|–?q]²x: ¬ã@¼gÌò€÷Gl=´+-•wgÇÞŽ~0ªFØz-Á&ï%@á>yWøÿåÚxv£€Ý )o§{v¾‚ýñ(¿‹|øÀµóáã{Ö¦D"Õ÷€£ÕÓòY›šEmôgÕm=Ñï „Ä]ÄŽ°Én_»|'å˜ßrÿ~«”Ý ©n÷‚ÙÝ`²iØ`¼y!¶ ÆWS¼@ГÜö+cfŸ•uxP£]Z“Áó{3–­gîb…vùYltÄz‰u¼Æs®Þ°~ÎŒN$ N¥b?ãP@ÂõÙ½æú|ó€sw§2ìin›Ò«¬mDtrÇã[g±/³s,y\N×kÆë¯æˆ>é ×8Ÿå?æµ?Ìoqþÿy™Éþ|ú¨Ží[”ÍN¯dÏg¡'²ÙÞEyíÔ–5lvÿ\hœHCeçûá%‹°(~'¶D¬©q þŸï”´SylߺvlC>‹<~$¶“]¡ÁŸqÜ•M±ÐjüÁ{xB&F",*'™}Ñ&¹µ¬•ÂÚx¦µVž)¬WÛ”öMÏ̶‡Oð‰BömFÌ~¨XÊ>/!v Çíw”ÄÝ­3ZØyĹû6¶Ùã²Ú°/“Y—–ɬAõ¤V§ZkÙ,©umŸÚ&Ìk>G ÂJ¸‘ÚŽÙq>•ö{¯ Bo.pYŒÑHE(°Žà·Ýß{Úù#\oÿÐIew‚KÙÄ%l¶J%G£‰9³ˆ€²™Uí#ÑwÒ.èpNÐyžÉµä7…â^‹&Ãå2,\ÔöaX—yh ¥q×î -äo`^Þ>/b/¯W´àc…íäŽx8»ý*°ü‚ë‡Xƒw,æ²/¿&É8v;KŽ(t9}GnìçêVþ¹ZïC7ÄÏhœò^£VŽ¸@¾1¬_“´Öƒs?®W&ó?‚^ç öa"'B°ãɨ†qîši¬[£*6‹®¸“ºÙNRýVÖFg$›²Æ'biÅ x³¨s%mÞ„l6¨[vëÑ:­õì˜Ì–ÌÊl·/æ0dq›Ž7%?qÂx^8è ED)ÀÑd]ÜÒç!º§»Œð[ŽyPfü᧔”üý$] ÈkaÇ‹›ï¾ÂÞJ¼?Y Ð4òÕHà…F-lk1›Ð³¶éæ¶_GÛXPöÖ³ó§ÊÚ/çËÀ<å<§±W/sò¹¼ç¹q?*¯MSÀ¦Œ*b3'´ù3óÚš……mÓüŠ6ö‹Œ˜/ Ûï× 弚3XŽ€Ñ×è{qßgg„”–‘ŽFøyYü+Êfí볉CŠÚòñ8SfWà56ÿµõìܪêvz)MíËÙÙ•Mm߯ilù·­lÜg ìëÖž6í«Î¶à›Þ6µ;;_Fz/©¹M–4d\ÓÜW××t¯›2£ÿÔ)¬Tî´¦6·űŒâ¸ã6µt@GÏá÷:¯zî±Áû×ÕÀÏ þÐIn5KÀxà¢ÐIp?Ãœ±ÄÈow ÑiÓ0ƒeá}¦LžÚR§Nis¥³:0Aý”´úÐBÏ(c"ö 8—BÉo c4é@Õ‹…ÇW‹.L7ž Ó)„EÌŸ7µfKg£”´$0.5™ï`eá‹T»€,ã¡êù#í8'U ’xÑ„:Á®4Ø—@ø:§…«GcŽàw^枃©9GAóÖD›t¬ëT×VàÛôý û¼v~[ÏÄ"Šñv0£ì;3U8I‚4ŒF”ZâgáìE í…ÏW#!i…ib"ÔGãLüdИLâ^ŽÙŸª!äüÂâã×ÿSX¡\`.•y‰Á?´,ŠÍØ)¶é‰ç€±cß@tÜÒf´­n‹p®ÝÓf lm}fDCG®rªüÄ7ñ=À#Š€ÝÈÙa1z!ò¦¯Š/×=å4Nz}Äãœëå)‘Ñ©Õ¦®síò‹>žkYÞÿ×¹èȽ¦*ŠÙ Œä¸Ý¹V 9wL¢05yÏfûÈgú¡smìúž¶ŒgÊÆ©ì+**æ @;©®C¢BüqÞú’ûÀûVÖQ2kXIkawÜJdÆ`À8Ï•¶Âø…ÁÐHx­kDçZ׈¾þû\»÷¢kD]füŽ$×Éi¹#»0M !S"±Ø0õqñž&EwÉè^Ö´j +#£¥J™Œ/€Î_äèHÕ¯ù·fö¦¬û9pÌ4±-4(· ×ŘîM­Ny®R±3Ha CGôè iy' ä[Ú ² 3ZðÛö¹ý0¬½õn^Ñj—ÉcÕKç³a=ØÝRL+-ªœ·÷ôÚéí×gym-y +$·êy’YS6ú«ôöè‚X÷ìTÞ T@_ÇÃ:üG±áêö¶rTkÔ¥†µª[Ê<Ëf°ÉC#!ºÕ‚  ã´ , ¯ž·Õ“ÊZßf5­qÙŠæY¢¨Õ«ÖfGÐÉNP¶øx1GUŒrž1ßÙE[3 »‹™eŽ£{Pë,vݧc åzpž.X ÿ¦¿väK¾`°¸·‘ {t‘§ý}³Ž|ø††…àc½g7ÊØÔy¬t~ÜùÓ[‘|ˆ+dµÆu3Ù¼ÑyíþyùÝrI×¢‡ô;ê+®ãN:Lrðúq½l4®³Ïj¥´§1y tcŒŠbs޳ȼAçóüfI= =:„V§DjëU7ÖÐJv`E#;‰âèĆGÙ9+Xf* Aù{@Û€i­tî$V6wj"Ùø{+'³‡Ö¯”?•õk›Å–N*aûIñ< 6hç³óÙöIm»¬Ï[fåZIŽ–!©Í•ÔŠåÎ`…reCÈžÙrä`aÉ™ÌJäMb=Z&‡áAÅî×±oñ~Ï‚x߇.Ü7¡”KF( µ}r §Ñq@ÇÙOŒ _X)7º W@#Ù6 ï;yË´Šÿ7£¸x £pþXiÛÄn= ÝV¸Æ½0¡'H§}Ó¡ñ“˜ƒ÷?(L Ê¿,šO®T´åÓ aC.d­kf´Ö5’ÛêïóÙo÷Ð^qÆßgacô¤Ñß×IßÚ÷#–Vå3mƲ¹«= lˆ6 !0Âb-úoƳ˜ÿFJ¯N©¬ç¬LúœV93c’BY­[Óz*7º_¸Ĉ*˜À& ³Ž‘lÛemþஶ‡¬’`t×ÃJÝCË8~ÍŸo~¢‹Ž±ëíR[å)¬LÑìV¢0ŸMþdV¦p€i&ûÏó<8„в(£HN%6.O‚«×fŠLvs×võ§F†ðB@ƒÒ…]:µ®?>7Ü«¿ÝËo;Wå²!]ÓØŽE¬ÛL6uX{t±#X(îw.ÿèƒn+jC;•¶Yƒ:ñÚÛÌ~l^º×± ä&= ªÇïÏËuÊùÇþ€”Àó&ôhyËš ­a²TÎ\‘‘o¹Bi­záLÖ x:6vÅíwî?±oN;Ågi<ßþy\‚‘ORËÈ3P# Ì©’adHm<‹Û¤¯Ððá {]Í~‹«i¢6f‰êü‰àÿ|}ûë|#÷Üù-®¡=öG±Œ–rXó T1Œcô3¤ _TÄp@µŸm#^wíüЩaÙÓ'Žž2:ÊäÍ`½›xsÓÄÕö2âŒXÓˆçOa§+У¨€Ë¿qP ü¼ÀG ƒ pæYÇY»JvZ£«@Gn/±ƒª<ªim£ÃèŠñ\Ú4)-_öÔÖ²z)›Ô£±MGúEóÒÖ¸R6OG”õ Á„µž7 $eë°À“í†E;’q¹£¾,b® S;o£ÒUˆ‰`×®ú‡Ovbíĵ€E’e-½‡ÅX¦œÅÚÀ*„*ê\Gq®u}|úJ¼F?/wp’\ßÿ½=>ƒµ—DÜ‹d­\¤³)ŽÄÕë4U_"…öØ’ïlöð.V×£ŒNzn´D S ×Õ_²—+«‰„—Z,?<̃­¤‡ ö4öðCžMìÕÚêW,n™²tR|:Œ)âAw‘t jyØTlŸ×ØFõn‹TÄ fOÏ,<•ulÊHêi©ÄÝ4w¼€”ò[èéïÂV”Å5+œÉ3ZžTé­RÑävt«‡²¿‹–-T#4"7<-p=y/£ÚÂ>Tµ²E4_On};³+}¨Ù¼B튴 H XœQUyû¼Q5«Z´´åNŸ›>¥5®•Ü.úååXÄñf4ññØ߸™ž„°› N`é¨~6¤“‡í›ÁžŸ/î‚4Ö.€qÔ“Ð » +4,Â1‚âæ}UÓ6OÏƘ£*ï½ßÏ¢ñæEV 9^ÄšVNÊn.™ÊžqxjtSØ?±Œ¶+ŸÉ|w1Ô(êE¢.É`Z>0vyêßÔÎ03ßÂNæ³:­jdv-‰‚È$05¹q`Ž£ÏiΘ\V<[RËŸ>³yä,nª”söã=‹ºÛaD·ËGÒü¼®€ý!—œèu>C“Ž6åÔ¦|,®i±Ð&µŠùÓYQÀmÎUaô]E3¦±å cëg÷%5@X„!^OWÉÀvÕÍ«n ô_Ej–È•ÒJæÊȘñ&š„B9’ZL)¬»Ì2,N!‡Kº±Ï‰(%ÈE›€‹é‰¸Ñ;Päãx ¢!: ³uRõ@'Q£ãDÍu4O£ËÙöÐÖè¶|Ц…ÐÑダVN££Î³ÿÒè Ù¸tªœ­ù»?vqljçK‘ä#¾ßý~7ºÒØŠ1 ,Û¯wóÚ’é9¸ÒX¥"Åóçåü&³&“ÙÃó¸Èô™é…™’Ð:áIQRÅù-æaDuìvì{ÚÙoçI#‡¥|çAq1ÂØœÙS„ÑBS>ùS嶢©óY‰Œ™œI``²ÚïwÐñù: £j‰€9_ë¿/hkW²¹?é×÷bW´D0F8«|¸ö^¿`Lý¼(c›ÌÎ*]8sJË•.µÈ–Æ ðù–áój^6 n&\qb¦\ß“Þÿv©$lzÞÇJ€'Ù*7ÕÔÁ$¸{SŸ›Ùz²à“84K'1€|Âåͳ(Z–bɳø¦çØ%ý ¬¥D»Ob X‹ê9mPÇ&¶ ?›ÄÕÙƒ[Ú<ÀÊeìè ¸u¾}É—~–ç•?ú*q’&Kf)‰É™ JÆÔVŒÏdÂWEíûÕx/ª€áúRú1ÏŽ¿1”É“”ŸMÎ30ï=ƒ5,[ÐÆv«mK¿«h?]Had³ûþ÷®6*hÌŒg¢ÝWï#hþ.‡bðºZè/Ø…’ú¼ÁP~azO\kbtxoñºvœ‘`Fç ‘Ÿ€NF\P¥òfè‘Ñ«!£ À0;Þ˜MÍÙlâ:’>ì#Ðáwüý¨Òÿè|ݶâGÎGFG¶v…rŽþx\Ã,:iatpͶ©UÖfhKÝצ î`ꔵÏTµÚ<ˆ·‚)ð‚™ñ ™Ç9§+Ýa¡/Œ "°}»‘ _r6ù`‡åßUä(Q­˜%î†L^& a«þŒTê± Š†¯ù¾®}Ó»•UF¸—%}j®ZÖ‡BQ:'2ÏèJãœÅ³dYOf™Øa¥I’Š¹yFBÉm¡FQÏY¤ÔýÒXF½„{µhn³¥u F»pžŒ<è’ZÏöÌéWÿ¸Jˆ,š?@§¨­ý¾²õl^Ã*)b™Óf´ŒÌ¹‹Hb[ ¼ÿ•€Ö±YŠ†G@ù°†Î¶…ù‚¯2€&]À÷áø‘&! ‚¦×w‹ØåãžTe|‡ r¨­ÑÙ&t+mg¶ää0âBÿ$P'÷’¹Ïb¨´ß]ÀŽm.l‡6•´ýJ#R,gG×{ØÙ%íA$ã3€Ž¾÷ÃC‰Ta`ÿÊÎá`_[Î,µq•Òäq¤°ÛQ$¾â<ÑØÃø ¤KÒlþzHYì®é¬l¾d,ƹ¬j¡òÖ³NM[ø5qé[FÛœIã»×³Åc3ØË;Œ”¨Êîó=º ‰¢ß¢v+´°Eœ)hǶ—°MË ØÄ‘i­c“$VžE·oc,±¤kï9ŒQÝt*fZ†kÆ´‘ÝÛZÃòY­F±¤V¯\Æ#ÉlÖè̶qIÛ¾WÇæ"vdC;²®<ï¹ Œ]D ÅxÅÜÌÚbXã²ðÀm c$ëÏxiÛÚ}÷SÈùQŒü?@‡‡»€ÎZ¾BW ÍñW5™RkÆ•²û04 hYÄ$:1²Ì™-úPqFWг ·«Û'ØýC3{ “G@$‘p6_'HNo7à [·f0€·‚9²#fÍbו¸†nF”r£«c]Ì ÕkÒjcöW¡òƒ‡ËJÄÕT"\<ÜÒþº†Ý^5í*çÔ÷¿ÈcÓG²(1ÚÈÎx¸XN€~þìV½Hv«R8© èœÄ~¾&«4#2@¶œSˆÛ5ºêP»¢ýÀâuŒéè=MÑ^Uäÿ1*rK"Žç ìOìé|vlcQô"¥¸î<ìðFÂÚ6”°ÓKØÙMMiZ$ú…qyÿ( [å©,(ag4uõêíºÉèêí2Ä̶d£–^íí³ü6ñëŒ<’°‘H Êge³å³Šy“ÙŠù¹wˆTpù0Êí’æ(©ýóU¡pf‚LkÚø¾-m*ãîÝ&“9õàLm4XÓ —†+¯™Áü—³4Ò«¤L‰Þ0¹åÊ–Á dNÍõ™ÍªäNaSƒ³ûVz!t¤!b¬ûZ™²°©)“0ºJÚŠçÌiª–µ¹}›Ø¶ÉÕì?×q >’fJÆÝ»ºfÐ È)tç–î³?œv©ºE¸ë…sfî›%£ºÛqz›~½P‡ G"SªkBcÐxFçû×Õ°Y= ÓóÚ¥òe"¬,PÛ;ž@S• nhÂ5$F'è|þýXŒN~î’%eCˆëʳTÞº‚ZŠ íQçß7þèÔ´vlèR&LîFW­kzØ´¾Ä)N¯çú²1äHÍCÚògömÓò6ˆL¦¹]k‰v…–l?z‘ _ b$’ØN®ÅU<²_£×A“á ›ÂâÍùP g‹e¨ØÜOÀA —¾X¸´øF"Pb (¨[*ArÚ4AŸÈ*MùdLk(i/Ö’~¿ëRÇvý@}дá6¥sëÃÚö-€mÓ`ÌŽ6tKa–Æ8î0 ]`F‚ bdtügE²ðF¢‘ˆWïAǬ"I>³þÔqëxź¨i] ) $ˆ4ß`¦¡Jõ…™ó'WȽ/ÆBAô`…¨~¼_6Àw´}óGã íiß0nîS‘Mc{OÒèašŠÁ-.ÂBÏq%uuIû”xܾªðTõÒã„*PñßçÚ·9ŽS_:æ0Þ“?Mî²PÒ©?ë@ÚÓýÉòç\H»HfŸ·/Àã–÷Q]­%ã5›tþ}ŒC»eÖêšÑ.>þi ûn`+ÄÌ:W¶ÌØßÓBµbùä¦1Ï€N¢“‡–t::Ö;ÕyÀ4¶•c»Y›º•:Y,9Ÿ·Aœ¨þ®syiu4ã~õ”þ–I¤‘¶«ažå‹ZÎl- 7~X…¾2Û}D³ï:nT„L;ì{Œ·‘‹ñu‡ÆÖ«9tùYÀ˳܉‹ ‹Á[Üa/‰¢&Áõ4—]î\ߺÕÈaþssÜÚíê= ^N“²ß»÷ .1C‰N¬ùwì¾ßÊ$»:#´÷ÚIò3ñw Ú¯Ñ íÔº†ö=®ŽÚh­ŠåNj7ÑžüóœÝ§„Ñè àýúì!A[i'ÀY[fñ]T·ñ]ZØjj‚ºô».öUSÆ_µ“Ûy?ò`Ðd½Õ.^Ÿ= ›~—ŽûÃÏ0aPàÃDýÎ8éÅíÊv'²‹b-ÛÈ7`ý^¤2‡î˜`þ›æØÁÅSmÎ7­mÒÀ¼¶ ðø(–Ì$„ãÿÒ‡ö'ŒÊ[J%BÿÈø‡Ï+„¬oùݲ鿗şE/"…퉋ê2rh”MžQ.¬5£*Ú…ã€ÆŸÿ£ÐyYÖV­o;h½ €Éñfl¥pŵãKÛƒ°ÿbt>Š‘Õs¤¤-ûÚ“1.b®RÈz÷Ï:àcôQŒ [&Eä‰ Œ‘äÍdž€þÚÕŠZír¹Ð<¤¶k!0:Nœžèô{Ï5úúa~ ÝUÊVSƒúÛ¨/¹z¼©½º ÊùpÅœ„ÈžÍVzË•1…•,–ÅVÉn¼önRцtf'Õ=ý¢rRt”ó¿€Î:D«j¸wxÈb7yåX ûž ðnÎÄêlŽqEÐÏñi\ývHŒªBëعöLå¿Ü—åG¯÷ÍðÛý@½ÊvÞ|–IŽœ„äÿH * +øß0Œ­ë§´Ô,æ¹· gQ%«_*­­ÿõ0®*FÉÎZ˜ù™—7 ZiG*àtjUͦõkÀ3k0ŒmK²‹jò»e·–®J¬‘Üy™-ง[ôSÃç'C«b±ÜÖœç[çZÖ¯Ý>rÛwJp}ɦrMmLRR ÃÈš±j´9Ó¥5<ìK’ÕW¢Ø?µ.c*^O"ñ;”’ý¤ûÐé¢4ÚuÇ«]zâ"ª’yÎêf‹x¶~Çèjá¬Þ„‚þFé¨Þßû—bƤ©’ÞŽMÍÚêlægŒÜÒ§IgÅó$ŽÑiG2ô šÏ]¼†î]‰Á˜?®jºÀ’U"ЩY";ƒåÐyø§ìç¼£“Öþ„ÑiÐÉÎϤN Øá|à<·©]Þ¦|ÙÆim#[WÆÅIR÷ê)÷õƒý_Ý¿• ®VÄ>+’±oYÛŒÀý8c¡S3è‘¢ÊÁ¦'¯z‚?æ쨺!Lš…ë‘â>C£”ÜFú3˜Q„?#*¿©møÿjÁÖ˜†ELÿ.+±ª`’$ EÛD=M0L‰ß¤€–¤3ÊáY|’tJç ˜1}B/"ÅÇ!Ô¾Ÿ>Èf´¯eÝDü¢t6[ØË“ÏÇ1.£Säǜè@=Ù™uÜb[¢ÅV-ìòJIg\µ1êÛÒñ 0öQW8‹³ûw×;…@{ £"@N_AœŸ 4A~4„Àn„RTzŠ÷ºk|[ûºI1H 7S¤Ë¸-€ ß0QÃj·ù²Ú´;¾&‹ &ë$_§T›ñ_¶~…òilæØε rD¸íC˜Ó¹ŽTó9Ç(Pöé\‹5Ó1‹QÆŽÜNþÔDø“À¢sÍy†Ýñgää?­hŒÉýáuôñ´ñ«Ú™%#Ið§,yÝþýk\zíK\‡]¸F¾ïTÑv“`|œs}’PѳŠ À…(—˜4Ob÷Túñ\k<èl€N¯Ž;\ãAΓÎó§óµá@åÇOâ̓ý4ŌǠ™Î0« !ïíÞWi×>¿g¶Y=ÑÐ’Ú’`½ü,ðÉÃ¥Bc£¿î5ç!ÎÜ[š œ…3‹½omQ»IF[°ubô)5­V™–{yR€N:B«Fõà ½\…x.cE`G¶O†+&×@4´Ê¥ Y(òd¼f³ú,pÌÈ?(º@$·1*J@<´¡M¤æbÌ瞶6g7sèƒäÞ,ÃMòE½ÊV%O*À*‰ªØ_?Âì ЕåW™.ï&î(žEâ £·äýÍÈáͳ"èJ€Œ€—’NAôJù \?·½‘Ý ó@ Aè®*%Çß'ÌLù@œ-¢²—'0Hà5ß02|¥qBÓwÊXQæ šŒ{ ™Û€QýP»¦p~g›&Ö€…©€î‰þ®ø|ï“53é‹Ò6·wR¯)¸èœèl˜äAÆÀWŒŽ]ñÙ L²øÄtfàö9{B:l ±÷§Ù‘ß"ž@צÆNŒ¬À¶"v¨ŽÕ,ÔZT.SÕÌÆ lÛ¯µõk‘ßîFÂÜܘÕ9ý šïÖ’¶`@%œVlF:—Ž5ÆÕÄ\l†ÓTpß¼%_éó&­Lþ\Öœxÿo?GïÑ·iÏW"$ê·Ë\×*›ü߀Nf[3½€s]ÍÔ’gÉ°û²ˆkÌ©ú ^i¹?q½>’ö‹ÿV¬Fž0… Œc\ا2†´aQÍǦ’È7üùA‹¯ž5´ÕSJ£É0”…½=ã1@Q‰é¾7\s*ý@\¡XZK‚`Ҭɬ åmª–±îurÛ®…dO‘—ôà¥ÍŠX°¢?Þ(äF¸åŠä³Ø­çÑuŒ 5ïeuH6®ìðä&z¯ûÓ?f°Àã¥a}ó¥MÞ-“µ­Sʆw©k3úµ±%\÷‡a ~¿ûŠ¥]YMÊ»z/‡ßí²²[:F÷ ¬V¸¨õªIx`Oô&6ʼnØ{{u{r®†Ýó.g?_"ÏG9OÚ°8מ,ãYqùyÚ€Ym`sOri*[G*f naû~hNü×Ì“Û”¹N6u·ë«:F'9öò´©Ót2Ûç =l Ÿõ¶QdµÌ§¶b-½lœ×D6GÌ’ìéiH°¯fý:tnWmT3§K k Ði%FGyF€#Éç~:ýÐIÐQ¬H~²t&ôjiýê²UCè‡bóJ|@8_±ë $ ÞŸQÜÚ¯ÚÛÀêÖ¹xv›Ü¡Šíû™âZ<3ƒ± 1 ^JÛźì£p9?Â,ÁöȤÎ#é-¤¿Ð¢¬Úíêa#Ô¶-QlØGí‰?:…ÅÉÑåM¶O0Ž+uZ’Î0‰1Î÷}±:ûa1ß4²½ ®ƒki@…5F ‹¡ˆ6Œ¼ãX¦gÑyÕ£L!ëW•^± í®2¹ÚÄôh¬å-û»òuXpÃ¥‹5Q(Ïð`6€™Ž[€BZ¯Ž[ÇÊâ¬q’:¼tÜ·ÄÎþôBËòMCÛšð¾EdC˜‰à»]E›Õ•Êìûaú†a∡9Œ¹ òµv2 ø¦N%ëR<—}×´õIì$ ×éçÚǹ™”5Ã8G™BœokÙÈC4 b¼Á1Gà¶Ò¹üÈüèØÅé\ëß]˜ €ML™­ƒ8f •ÜH†MÀTÊêCð¼׿f>êŠSæN˜:éâÖSäLņ7!‚ »5¶¾KØåòÚ î¿ƒ“{rÜtyQëËùþt®•t¬cv •;׊ û€ã®λØ6±l:×úSçZÇ­Ï@`8ÉÞéäsP¸°n Z‘ÕÍJ,y$¨/jÇt"Â'ÙÂÑ_:F'OætÜhºY’ZaFCÏ/ÖcgǃMEg…zgà_ö3ÛF4óÒ!­èe©jž-3º‹d€¤Œ€Š‰Còâ,ðp™.XÎ->é쟛…líÔ6F§j)À#íBÐA¿£¯fÿïÙm}@Øûö&ôþò²öU·ÊV©L.Ëœ)¹¥„q’#bü|°+dë8·…Æcø1ÿ¾MPÖ¢ú6ohFW•¬Á_Y±n~Ñû3áZŽaút´sŒçAµ÷sÛ:s ÿ¢¡U)›Ó²gJméîÊ“5©M“‰EœT`1.Ê2…y……zËüü„z%·Ý8Á^ ¨ó$êý ø¯+رe¶yZkÛÊb9ç›®Ö‰CÅli-»´ý ƒñJN+exàdåþ׃XÚ‹ÙO7kÛÏ·ZØ³Ë í)ŸÁCÆPãZÙµ¯“sç"ìëuì÷k5;×·G-m-ÉÀ½[æ·Ê¥Ò±Nb×"ëóûæ>€ÑAÔšK²·¬m@ë°{6¡T4ìÆ®x Q\0½R§® Ft´Ïê•@uffx?F!UìÉ|3¹-Úzªç4n|è‘ •Ï-Á‰¥óÛÎ7±Û§¾¢®cªÝ:µHˆ$›ˆòÄW0CJ£•Xõïùíè-4A¤IÿzÝ« íŅ글Hþ ¬1Œ Êãï°f×½ÊÛº1¥ÈIÂʈîì,ýGÛ¦Õ†…©ôÿ:÷‚K ³À:< ‘³–£ÑñçKÇÿ #FçÂñ²¶âÛ:4ÖÓDÌxìò¶±ŽÑ¹€NC Ûc1.œ÷!úŽ8ÔØš•JÃWÃO û‰æå=´>Ïê[ÁžÇÂp¸Ñ€MתDáŸ-T– ªd§R´ºçÒîÚ$ ×äûò¸Å[צÞHاeF«S¦ õ%Ö)ìÀN>ÃÃÓ‡Úa\0»f• áí™úè4ºrÎã¨ÕS Z§z%:Í)x$Þ` 'ú«¶ï—ÙM¦ÁÊŸÂþý)«=»Y7c {z©•ýtµ ` ‘ýq£ºýr¹šýx¡–ýr­#²ZD Ô¶‡—°z“~•äICË’#“ݦö…åœF=ÌÎ2„RêËç%àaá¿è€JNgéÒf·¼yÓ3&Ék_âpß­8@X‰ØØÆe½Ãâž7éìGR¡³gLfErg²¦XŸgönŒ°½ú€êöF4ƒË; %&*ðXEË à¼Ti¬\þœÖ§M-tcœ3vöǸ½©áøý_\³É+8ó=¿çq•e<+;]­PAûªnu[ѧ)e¤hæ7¥¶£1®ÕÆlKÙ³Ë è(äRìLjv=´¶yOfU R©›ìY:¯ iW¢ÎŠv×7"hüÈ3Nò @ùøŽª–‹j ÙÃÓ¤J‹&1³vãɯÙ2’@îÁ¸åÞ1òëkúy6x ÿ Ø»C^KÇÏ&S:®šÅsâøªd'—|:.3ìÿè$±tè˜ò£“kíY\ jÖÁ#L`E 7£¡¨,8¤ôž_5„?qÖÌÊ…âå±½ì»Æ<Ÿ«çÅ…ÓÔŽb•>E~Ì9polÂ^dÓø#ìUvŠ¬ÛÒ§èK–òpÀ›4*sô#eÛ‡ôquV…°ðI—£Œ_ÿïѤü€HØÁX£¤b”LI«* Xl‡4,icZT´°>³.Ôq£5Y‰VíçT,a‡öž;–÷ikª±ÑÍ=è6„ÝðœA ãÍ8ÆG ÉÊ—áx]ê³Æ?²A3bÒq LÈú¬Æm³Ž=¡äá`íw~Ó؃p_ÉJ-k}û@G("_\kêÁÚ=ñsëT6›mþºƒV:1ìJøR÷gD pŽÈÙ /þŽ‚Ò6½}ë[%¿Íìæi‡Ñš)á/™7€Ù³ÕE%Ý’*+Î>žk§}áœè\û«_l|+ šÙõ?¥(kd7½•c›üiÞT6øq®#øü¢d7ç¸UöÈØj—ZXá {0ãÂ5IlEÔ tThCCØϹF60ö^§´ ©SÔÖÍPÂÓ²½a}Ñÿør(—Hç:P,ìæ:׌FhÓ9åüúò\ÕW çS׈KQæOlóIN°˜äºe’Ý¢oèæáCéc¤ú¯vÏ4ïõÓ]u³Zäàde¼#“ V¦D®dvU7%»°x)O…µÊènyU²mSëÛ~”Ý;¦ô¶±=ZX=æ Ð$$e7”÷À*J=_»»„~Úˆ¹  ˜™û6,wC:7¶êht2óšÊŽhÙ 3` £Ýt½zgŒp²÷wkØ9Æ!ShÖn^¯¨åËCz3@*-?3~ s}±MΚªg˜‡;uÍkES[6²“}ÞªŠÍŸ–Ý@§ *AY‰ct$*åe}ó$‘°[3¾éh ?*˜=3aZé,#"ÆjåSØ}èèwŒ‘´ÉAóæ9Zš-Å­£g{‰øRösWu!X.h•ìÌÚ†,fßÚž¥cmÒ€ÎÖ¨ta+•!µÛ +ó‹F\Œ‚ÞßQ¼w-0§mÏ.|F›?¡² é™ÉZ×!†F^Ø¥œD¼ç'ã£f¥dPÕ™šz˜7¯á»ºíE6 ®g™ÜV #ŒNx#2Jtر; £L“ vùTEÎ óþ-3(Ì\`÷ЗE³¹ÿšv|ÅP[Fx/vŠf!Ú>¥e#î¾8<#g°mëóZàéâv\šç×+1bba¾‡¥^ì’v™ìà,¯ ;rr"·Welú 53ì®w À qÒxÈQw_»éô” ¶ gKcýÏle°¡Ýp›4§xµAr ?NH 狶ZÈã9¿ñ°?·ªÚªQèH¸Y$ûâ׎©bÑG*ÿ?ÎC\Wó‡Vuöòù=«™/lNÔVtCht†)³æ#£#¶Nº €ÜeÄÈ{“Nªj,bäHÊ*ÐÇ& ãÊ?2:o`€^ÿ˜ S×¾¨•‘TÙ&vL§-_£‰éo?ô*EöNEttÿ$°•m$íÙÙõ姗'ðl N·Î8 ÉŹR…kLº6YÐxvñSúg¥47¿‚v?ă-”ÍKÎŒÃÌÎÏ-+ƒ%6TZ5׺Ô§øµÓ [‡ºÅl¾RÐ飉ÝÛÎþºMnr”jˆæì Ó?ÏÆ*äOImÃ?Ïc3¾-h‹Ç·™Ã ‘Åz·N‰zòêeKb™ÐÚädq.L¸^½²YÑÔ¶õˆžØBB5bäW¼Ïx‰}x cö÷Ó’VºDZË@ø^‰"ù­Gýböu ºï°?  ™›*ç„$(RcL…>¿Q™1n¼,©­yùB6Ðq@—kÛÛ/¸?ÀþÅ3Ú|ýccÄx®¯Àc–A ~rÆOrX‡ú%lÅ8Æ4ÁЈHøe(Vî¹®†ç›Ý‡½›Õ®E{X“fi,3÷½gÑB6mÐÏ=88w}G<¥®Á¤Õz/ne÷½ªqÁ¸Ê…æØœ 0¿9íùWCåàžÍ¼tÞ¬XÅ=ˆ ¨L‡ÎL„ý òt½j|ocœ(g¥‹t`ÃS¥Lc¹3¥±&åó”›"ôF—kqe7¡ªwN&†FÏ›Löø<@³yž‰z~§²¬éÓ ÑÉc߶­âìåbt€ÿÿ€NººÌBˆ‘[Ô,gM)Áü¦UyW$êǘÄw 6Véðùíì)*jŒÀ*G¶?iÛǦ÷°å[Ø`Îó¸6¬ ‡³$û"”HXÝT,`JöWJ²Ó`È ¤`8˜è L ŒG(` L ªPú-‹oZ–°yª?à{{¸„eX“p@D4ÿ/’ ˜íc;XóbÙl=Vós0K²«{Mkæ¬Ò‘ ;Xež*—ŒÁq¬RÙ30CGp!ŽkÏØx>#Â#,ÚÞ?ôE¬ (RØ!Ç)æ«~'˜†`iyÚÄ.©yæCX:f™ w̉"ßhŒÒ•øªË´Õ!…HTÑôž)ixlûÊöEÍ’¤NzHsR„Ñ»…ÍkÍyîJšsoÎ5ñ<ÒkÇ÷lø¦ §"bDÓ2Œ³“”‹‹ãDœ¢/εǬŽªw®•ôŒ½à¨ZõKI+ ”x®Åòè¸5æR®Ÿ‹œc|V¡œï`1.3 ¼e£ÍhZõMíËæB»Fš5Ñâ5bfÖu]#qËpÓ©Ì ¯J~ÕõutNkJj0rŸÚ©†`ä…SØ_•ÿ׹摽\׌@°ŠIâtð¥J ]':׉@§“%ñb·{õð|v¢apîžX̳Œ~¤ïŠÎ7ÿÍ3mêW­"»léd8¤âÂ/–=©ìgƒ!^‰µ¤à&8M,¶`¨@d{ˆˆðñ=[!F.e™pÞ$g曛ΗsûÙÑ!²K9 ª“ÆE鶅mݤ†PÉM¬Z‰—þGégsJÎe7©|¡›þ%lb¿´¤8{Xov€Í)Ñ«V2«Í’Ù2áŒH¯ù;©§% dµî-«ØêÉl+B¿ð“›êk{¶àáXwI»Ö”XaŠìþ¤Ða y7 #Ÿ¾´eÏ¢z G“ɈùÞ4}i9ß8«Ÿ}M“}Ê…°çÆ ’²rMäfÄX*oJ«_%¥un‘Þ}žÓ¦ *HØcv{Å(Dvf*¨óCT1›HœÕ„ìï(íÄî®Ý¨„›è(4²“Íõ)Ý^ƒ»¦²&U2X ÙÑ·`›öÈe=’[¬ýYŒ¬ä.3reâÁ¾ÁõvÕ—ð; 9ÏPIó÷ ¶–¨h*%h{’˜)#¡êƒ0¢ô‡W#IzýнI¾#hQŸbkI¸–ù"g‰œ†÷Ï5ƒãkíwpÒ^ƒ1fýwü¼FWUÜ÷™Špû¼|ÅÑ5²m.47ЪôHÅî˜CåK.ìYxÉÄÌÇlJK–&¯€!)zÊ%íï;¦5X•°²ðÊy$àÂ(ô×Ó†iy¡Ëo󆵀â¦Yœ,¬¨%íÅ„~Ëahn±Iàû5s@G©»D!¬!³-cß¹C[ãº"ËhB)ûù¼'÷‹+y@*C‡±ñÜ1ŒLX kÍa­k•¶nÍKZÏå­k“ Ö±Q9k Ý_µX+š3%×!ãî©Ô܇¹Ógµš% Ø°ÎlÅw<È·ì–v£+1º†8_ìÔ_ôÓ èdË–Í*—)M[vq€`mÒÆ{<p¯“à+a´ª?ÜÆ% ŒN5ËÀëä†amObìrt ‡±¹FoAï®æyF‡Œ¸z)MÐÆQ'‹r¿$£Ÿ*Uä½´¯ÇÎýóZv€®³Pœ€!ôöÜ;  t$<Ó¤w#˜Ô¸¯¥7[·.§•.šÔjÌÂ"XÑvÒÆ|p\GÛA ú%6‰¡$qŸ¡…þÎIØᇸ­äðÈ)éظ8"²r2¢{Iƒ–°DîìÖ­6#øþUH•§-ŸªM Fí /òÚÅÖ¬ú%€Nú4ÔGdM£”ÖƲsöbwÎîþÑév¼IÕèèy*-U»P&& ã|ÂÿÐ0fNK)s™ü6²=×ü"’¯#K–Ž5:aÊèð_® ai¯‡k²~ÑLŒ³aP ôGP*Ak0VòèEˆ„ç·e1DÊ'€8—bE"Ôwxæ›öY-V¯°mÄâOb¼€sDñ壺ìÒ‘ 骒(Ui½*ûÔ¢¥´dFR‘èN“àÊYÌB r …° BUÁ¸"Œ×]Bé#mæ£Z•±µòÛIXY¡•œì\EmPŠtBXœ_‹Y€Iõ÷!›ç,‚ êSÙŠW'µ)‡ÈÖi ŒL©@šô$^:>ÞîS×Ñ„F(DÕ ´ „3:ŠRE XÇí’ˆd­†I ±¤/÷~ÐôD‹!C„|œcl_&³ÍèÛû;µÒÜH¨«À>6UQ »0n’¾ésÎu AÓãý¥ÎüΓKÏíÕȆÖ-D k]óÃå*×Y`GçÚ¢óÆ1+”Ovsë ×k¥Ñ_'w®#ôšœw½Ÿ@eï Ö¹R€_΋˜!0g:תÚø¡gMk[63DÇW€),ü €”Åžs©÷¦ôiÎu$ÂâXÆo¾sÚr®©À.¿kr?ž‰éò*i»Ù vçšÏ‹c z+XýŽÀÆœ®¼S×Ç­ca ¨s¦­×ˆÎkYÊošƒðx»ëÉô͵ۇæÑš½€BÉ…$öŽ°Am“èÃ¥mÙ zvѯ/»ÀÀÑö±í`êÔ-k?Œ Ø§óÈaNVGlžÃvb« @}„,‹åÙäv©@¼*1·2‰rø™žµ-sªYϺmv¿ìŽ*óýEìâA@È}ô&ʇV}àð.¶äïZe·%8Îép÷dî±#*1*"ë =—„¸o.`8à atf¶¶ŠéÃÚØŠ‘ ¬fOƒ<‰ € UP%›‰„_S‘$œÙbBpìÁæÏœÆJÌm%‹d¶Rô9ÍŸÃJÌË¿QR™+µå¡Ì2÷SØÅòh4ò¥)ëX”ü ª6wt]‹=êéòª”vœØÔ(&ÿÏó’V®¥—YsXuâÞ ŠrŸ ’Üù¥=¡s ‹~bÚ¯´p21¤¶ç·JX:±™SYóŠ¹mñ`Ɖˆ£·S çR§U3A†Î+6ouŸ*hÅyågñ®V„„àÎ lš’…ƒZÙa>©^ÚÙwQê$c”ú^Ï¥Os/þƒûóàêìÖ“<ªžÙmeŸÆÔ™´·]ÃÑV°HG±[=7¯9e³Œ$¥rщÝl¯_æ´h¿z–ƒgF6&é(ý,Ìs¤k-6kk›?¶·wq¼)0×”òožC±É[=³ ÂªE1ÆHØýÃ*½à«*äv5·¿.2Öä}ºZ ]ÜGÊòÚ]È*$è‘wŠ0:ih\§ëjxã2TÓÔNõ…ÐN¿ ù×£ªÖ±.bdØûäIpÚ¦Kaùˆ‹(ž#…}ñ·FZÔcXtÔ¸­’Oý)M…F$ÑK`ÿ8ˆù÷`ÀNøŠ¯më·hӪ汅„ú,¦öÑoþW,bÔ@°àÊ®­æs§'ˆ‚m)€…LÀA_!ìÜÛ·Ù<È©¤ºØ?„¨ÍÜF0;Øж.šÞVQ¢Ó¤E7LN£z± þÓˆDN¤¸e¼6`-€P;Y¥Ãiß`¬; —Ú°ºm7ÕTø.L•ˆ•Õ…6,‘xÜ8·`ü&Áú*…˜cXK«b' ï `ó§¶yoX?˜Ž;Z%¢œ;k×>®ñ와ƒŽ;ðxÜœ34: e @;å…ÎÇÇia`¬8çŒsäÿ´/‘Ѧv­ÅºøâýI4.-Ñ †üt®ÅÚÅ-h~t®t Äu„ó,ÇÆcP­|¶fy@œk¿…C9Ó³…`9ÆÎe/9Vâ5¤j‘ÿ:×ô|<×ú3IÔ¦ÑgÕ1ò {xb‰EÁî\d'ˆ"}!\½±—ËŸÑ vÄ`¤IšÆr >´{{v­Dâ¨GýA Í£Ó(žÐoW ˜Ÿøóü6©o>kR9•Õ®œÄ†|•Â.E³ßa8ÞpSi—ôAÌ ;øW7«2ئ¥­õmë‰æ&¿¥'×BEt­d!·…kŽo¥éQ©àýò| &‚äNÖŸ~‘|yÝt°™ïGÞ7º,¾®ôRöIQÞ÷ªÚ‘% °töÄJ]ÕŠÐ"œÀÒÕFÎú©ëJ…íÊ¡žöÐ{½¥Jᇑ½q$TÄ&Ìî«g®zžÉ-ЛØ|QÕè]d±• èµÛÉ)‹Ö `O®Ç=/Û2Zá©ßq¬oËêV†@F×SYtpe³zWt*«®„½yírhQëщ@>²E<ŠdÄÅCq`¾ÌVŒGÊá\1.›9"»…-GvO ‹Ø=Ìv@Îü¶ÂË d¤°[WÏÙm: # lbίш„×~mçqCÅи~Ž &ß…±-ÒkCÝÁiþ~tÏüÖ¶nvE4!ét§°FU³Pó‘–'³Á’Œ‘œ€â<,BŸ7ÁÑ%öNý^8xÞ¡“z«sùtÛ4¦9mÈžÄÉ#6ÕTÇ¢dgU;ðç#rXút`A*ž”,¦LÖ¸rk]7…Ý™ „[„±‡lí:ê2zÍ磫­Ó(b%çÒ¥0GS¹¦ÊYºšw¸Ä0’@0*ÝÖÃè’¶jL]ó%]6jËXÒ=¿ ï© ÇU„\“jNô¬,^— `Ž9ĸc å†Ó°ªÓ…×:0¥«=`‡ì2ŒdÛ×h   Ûtéd ´&yq õr-雘%ÏDW¶fP- Iqè(ÄÏk¶ŽŸ#³ˆy;#ÛmKØÚo›Ù ô 1Ûi›FÈÏïvz•Ÿdw¼Ð\¾g‹îR²Õ¨‹®¬#?äµ#:ŒM>tt¯: ¦Ü€ÎÊ©EÃV¶‰ˆžg´y˜ÝÕå#¸)oUà¾TU Š+NÅæ¶u¶uF(%”sÄ¡xžÔV¶`&F@é­"Áåm5(v«w6Û´&ŸíXWߪÌcõK²oxø­œÔf­‚½¦ùüƒÆ”rû$gÓ`tÊ#@Η1»U¦¸p$"ֳ˾e„þ%‘Œ©šø ñ“6U7ãAO;>§*e ¨¬l¾„>Bœïzó¸”TxõcV€Ž'‰ÊXÔ%,&ˆ¯X® „x–ftÕŠ® Äý+r^²;Gå[¾„ŸÒñ\Jo¿Ü*móÆZ3‰U.žÄ¾ê˜ ¡w ˜¿|v' °Ó²IÈ,²c×yÝI§^>=Ÿʘ((V•CîLé¬Q©œöô*s”ŒÌ3œã*FÇäÃêÖ©Ž€É$i,Ls¤e_}×®6š ,œF±Kç¨x‘Hž¾NÃ’˜j,GL(Ž'?˜€PU' ^ö[Ðß6“ =± "ì.U4CT;Íb_ÕõpÆPìàYkVoÿOì‚vïú P8;ühåÖ(û†ï÷Àø¬VÕ8 5’¼¡¯j±c]ƒø}A/±á,¬®ÇÉuV%jXÔ»1ŸrÆ0Á0BþúoÂC(½>{µj`cѨˆmüÂfПª³¸§pd)-Y¬d‘²n«û#C"–D3ÂW„îe‰ÜYþœ'_—ø¬jNóóNüÂ:—Ìn‹û5¦ïŽvr¾/˜ãŽÃe¤‘žc­8n4,:n—ÃØ+€1’ÄÑásÉü{Çu¶ï;WBoT 2„Êšáh”¾¤¸“×xDÀxé\‡#FV*t¨k³„ÒbK>2kQr–q®ƒù~?@ŒŸ´9.³†Ï0¸\—29ƒœ>GUs„ñ>£ÑÓ$wâ¹–8Zn5÷š²ÑèøÓÈ3Œã>Ãñ­‡ݬ8›·†Œ“ÉCc„Ž±˜t;:×á|Nî\.•I”x®ÿ×5ä2˜5®Í$a´—G©)|ËD»}d¡=è\ðDmšh¿ëdÓßvó, ½]ÎÊËgé`RpƒfKÎ’œëµa!C‰ §rP$R¼jÔ~}#—½Œ¤1¸–]cœp'ºˆý‚5øÂÑ´K|Í͘@b«ÚoçÆqÐÛwWÂãºZÿ5­ âÊLдéx½võ³BŸSÜ©‡ EÙ;ö€…ñN9 ÙWÖð3½Ú7°r“§“ “ÌÆõËË÷É¡ÃV ºîK‰ªžæµ¶­m˜<ĺ5¬keHÞ͉€¹Î?y:ƒrV™@ʃböàT_{|v•o‰Xz¨}Ѭš íʘ*.²400\ŒÔ‡óA”ÿC -¾Z„5Üct…e÷Ÿ›Å-n_evR,t=*]ßE¸Š²VŒ 5 k\7nxûƒôØøEZ ÄBHƒr=¢˜ÜHóömÇÜ$«æ°q}ÒÑÛ•Û­-kç½*Ú‹«tæ8³º=­Âb”vk9_ñ€°×€þß.—f¼HÕ¨ T^ä°ðÅìY ÇdUQ$¯Ä/]×ïØ”¬U` g Ñ£ {vi´ ŸYÑОEVwΩ…ºpBu QúŠí:ŽRÎ_ç€éMmC;§³áÝÒ’a“‰ß•Ë¼wV°›t’ýt»ŒýñS> L`,ÓÄ»Ÿ2Ø“óÔLø–±‹ç*ຫÁ³§¡]ÚÏŽŸæv½]_#šÜÔÓž×G×s(——t„°h‰L £%Àß+ž_Ï.óœCýò|=û1®*&J\ÑÊÜQFטîe[!öû2—ÅÁèäd|šttÜ!|iŒ¢ãVS¸ÝJÇ XQò3¥˜gHsžB…BŸªoãP@†b‚ÈŠTb±*6|~0IüN?FaaŒ ¥¡ PF‘òŠÔ¹>B¦Ñ~F«ËaÐF5À 5´ìIØ2løÿ¡€ ·žÎu,ÀΧã–vHǬ‘›œLª«pçڷΟ9€ï zÜîeóÙ¼žu( rÂlC*Ó†ó«RÔçZã,Yò`Ýt®Chê5SÑk S„Ó¼·CœëÝ£è¢lMw‹b$.ÞãƒH9HÇø_ç:R]^œ‹O_ºFt¼îй{x.àfÔ;ež'ðp˜m¶Oµ£ØÓƶ*m}j´-*Û×Ý[bMÆû‘L9©²~–ÍF÷-fhúÇM wƒÜ&‰…˜‰±î®mZU89âï°£åÎ@>²á& sàØð°Ÿ¢†¢gë'ö´¯?¯kUKç¦Mg N;£ó ñ²˜e¾¸HØy†î­E”~뀹4z&ÜPéÆ3¬’“®¦\ã5p¹[×6RÐ9¡¯u©`aì’‘t·v…Ññ"½„Ó®8 ÃÎœ…«¤Ò^Ý=™Xþi¶aâëêYÆJæHéH •Æ§UíT˜ñ€rŒ¯© ª LÀçžlÑYyV0ï•žÄo”N.Xß6-ap%”/(‘!ãA²2Jbß»¢0$õué÷pìŒ,Þ«ñ\Vy¯7„+¾ºG ¢÷OI€Å©O‰ã‡gjfVë:;}”¸½ˆÁHý]0¶³Õ¯œÇÊfOb‚[:Ûª‹¸×ñªá]ãc@éõÃãìZ­è?°ðO£…z.š­É|M°Ë»§Z QÞü»Ôéwh‘Þò ŒG0ù–dõ‹ýó´Œ \û‹ü¡×ˆ²ãÑ%È]£à5 ,ÿåø_^ä,¬jÛy@,€R×+‡ÝaLô†¹sà){D‹Àø•Åª=ý݃öJ¯ƒ8ôíÙÉ¥¥dC×ëºz (¹á]ÇV(I`7ÛÚ ¹mŠíœVQ,Å ¤( ú@–ãTö<’æú‰ÑzQôŠóà;ªƒ8ÀŒÝ8C.‰¼ bøå5Yôc°­¸]Âü^ 3*r;RF&üþÒÛ°(ªvà-€âÊÙª6¡kn lÌ]ëÛ´NUìø4´$kÚGJT¸.7>ëw|Ž§W•·É¸ÁöãP9ÍNxÇø>6“š€½óKÛOXà`+5z{ k@_ÖÀŽF‚ê]K`ãð;µ\‘ß•˜]£=´j™J}æJ ^?+·µ©V†„úvÑ‚73ósÚØþ¥ÅèUóàó“ˆ^ vâ>¶öû\/ÄþÏuO˜æ[>çx"TPûõ;¾7žÏå_Î+~ˆÝσ˜³Ť¸@æ´³['¨YEp€ËÝc ŠÑ)c•ŠsÝÐÀ#Ÿ-ÆðùÍ]ì™,#ˆ.ÍÝrür]9 Ã=üY-z¸HÂì–Qt¦M*gÿ^Äm¦Xs\¹/ ’çÔ[ôz ˆñ5j~Ë=þæãþÙš4 “C2¥Ÿm&œmÛ7Äݯic·|f0…Šy01; i$Òà5ààý.\‘î~„é‘«JI/9¾˜Àä|¿áúü^ŒOKËq@šº´ŒøŠ¾Ú¡~û~ö{ô1[šÓ—GééCrùÌ\¯Áu+†Ømø|? ãJà{Tq£RÀ4¢ã_çð+š·uóô\QÍE¢=ÈÃá\åE#Ù´LNÛºš]Œ~öH¥¾ÆûðTë+ŒdDÇ„„qWr‚^³eLiÍÊ—°Ù=`žoËùâ§*åš 7ÐèÂO Dµ°®|Sc"-hî±øûÎ2Î9Síøœ¹ÝªØÈZYmïHtܳ²q‡²Kw•0‘,’buœ“I¯¥:‹˜k®–ƒ…,„Å=šñGe‘J$>‡Ðy÷ä>ö¤)`ðaé¼`]Âa/‚`<¼°C»Î-CxÍ 7 RA' ¸hÇD©ªààÅ÷žšØzƒŽvÖp|\~­KØñ‰]Üqûó}s¢-^ÇÍbÌ{þ$ˆuÇÍ{W™¦ŽYà0ÀK,÷[ì|…íõ`¼ô•­úº“u,I˜ç v’äa †#:>Ø·½È«Qo•?zw0ç<±o+1iZÇ­ ?%Eó9èÏshUNržOxÖ÷£D¶z6Ûпbr9¢o:×;€´OçúÀѹvíë®L“^­Ym-n.š@Š ðà÷ým8ÌÙà:Eìð¤ÏI™ºÐÂNXÑ[ºôk9ì8f±:?%~~‰Çœ†¹N¸Žt¾e-?Íøìçû(ÊYd2Mh˜ˆÉ¹îøy±~ÿ}®Åêü?¯k{¾çA=Å.ï™I/ÐDú‡¾°½|pSÚ—± m=èbén‡±1Ô8xV,f™³&Ên$U² –'SjO-(g¿Ü`†Î¢¦.Œð`U•‚²uœÝð t¸’CF€ó5bæ_aeŽ¯Îg}'âšd«èÖF¬z•R™q% ²ÅÒÞ–ÑÕ_OiËæg5Êy§‡$qê wjY0%~«@§ý;tòeǾžh/©„S´µ*˜ì¹2ÊÒx›2Æ sæñ=šU¡‹)­eåÓ…¢ß×sè‰Tµ"ÜyÀß+o÷ŽuA…ßgNÚ¬‚µÅûß´b+½˜…TÕŒ0BÑ¥xíC¼I>DŸq¾ÓLL€ï5‚â‹g*šßæšðõãHàlK¿nM±_3%iFæý¦Ì ³“Æ–Ka¾ûÉ$yLÎ 3> g’¨7^ûNpÈSÖp•œeŽ&¨C ðòŽ1ǵ£\T0vs`U+DÐYR»ÖàX*1ÛGÇÈ®÷-@ìLjtc}gÏ.EL¹’‘Ýbt.³ù·¹vÿÔ»qp6 ¬“í¡?Ѳs«màé>_÷wí qÑ{$Q¼À ^Tªð#ÙËÑ.Ý-Kâ69C£šÚZò¦}Õƺ ¬^=£,ç¿2;QiOôÐÕyÓ “u/1çC»ø×€»°]Åív ç÷9¡Ð?ðýop`½âÜßðñ´ãÊÙ)K쎩6ØÉ å-ú 4t,¡GR"ïÕV0ŠzU‡U3;ˆ *F'LM4ÔªGj±OU´d\CjÚV_ ¡¼€;f÷$º^ÖŽ·k{§ÙÝÃ$<Ã<¥5\×òv^«’qÜ?,þq§kZïº)iz&œ¯gSæΣìÖž9T"ôÁV‹Å 6Êu”qýHWòc ;;7¾[>ÛσîÀøØÜomá‚Ú:å *¡(?*Äú H: ˜ËÖÑg Dß·esÎÉk¨‹Ežqñ[éÖøÌß` XEÑjÓ Ã7À@€0på@ª0Ô·srã&,ÃîFH‹6 ¢¹PH†àè„ËÊRûµ,Í€G¥6Ç¿LbwC‹óà®l‹ûPû1¡™+ýíîWq`Ì}|²áÿx«T’j î£6µJتoÉ]™3ŒÌ“¶v§Ô‡»ÔR°QÑq¿Qnø§ˆ‘åâ,ž3£uEÐ;—Àºý %£ÿÍ¿ýC¾•×ÖrÖ±> Ó„"¦Å ‘”gT*€NÉi쳚dQ³²¾Ç©M’تÄE®—‰ÞÈäRª "I^ÓÛ.9û‹Fv„,å°¨˜ó 9*¾jîþ¸H‰Ñ¢–råÛ(¼M‹…H»Û£âF_eãàô9>¦•m lxr“¶yH`BÆJ²—)˜¿K´« AµUû±KW¹£c2\;yr^®Ìoo7IØ=˜Ø—ñÌÜm­=†»`*ϱ>¨BiºÁ°(:gé±’]lŽ_?ýNŽÇwªþÚ$ÖLÈr­|¹ÀxýsÆléçöodó;Ð?ؼ°ŸÒÑÙ.³ =U*©Äd …••ãƒ3ȪOÇ ð¤Å¦n.î`7°^‡ã²:6¸ …X˜LOÔQr}¤ÿ Tº’‰É:=¾¯ÍùfDãÆ@r½1žQé¨/ŠA*Se¤¤ó/±® äÿyORØb';EøàÖ¯jÛ´f…leïZ"ò¾€®qÏ'ŠãHÕ¹öU@ ²ƒ”Ã#ÆKàŠÏñyX·–v´‹ËZd'­ÛÓúÔ)a+·äÀpÉAF–Ø_"TNoÁïSÁhâ¹öçÿëwëðG€-†Hã71ƒÊQ ôxMÄšÃæù>ü]s[Ö­"×HA’ ieç÷¨e=Œ/k7âXºv….þ÷5Âk%¹¼sŠ?>³Ò¢)ñ\÷u+Ï…liŸÚ<À°›G—ÑÙ4Ùf îd-jµ<ôU)?F¶™Ògd7’ÕÚ7$ö›Ü’Øs„t]-N‚¶afØoØÉþÃ÷õÏIiÖfIUÀ;lXð?0£MÎÓpD $á®YÒžz/Fï0Ö6OlÚW·*¥3Y&„i°´7oÛ~zÒ„”OÆ ¤¾q½ÂM¢µ÷µG¨÷%!ƒ©¦Èf±l¦†¡>¸Œýò¸97>½Qª"vÆ¿²½¹ ¢ßÐÂVLj‡sĈù3žŽmJØO?ç5<{ôæ9?|ÿ»[MíÞñÞd“4£†¾0ÖÊ t# ³C»Z£š¥-_îœ8ÃR‘ÆœÔúuÉl/n5¶ß üõqtEåù}ÌÏï—s¹#§ˆrÛ<ÌÂÖL¤¶~°[ô»¸t™t·ž-+Xy(ûŒi²óûÒ#LŠÅ>9ç6¯=Š®ákãÑU¼‡±‘M^iÈrÏ8ÛüS¨kí(ÙU+2^:ŽW7=ì¯Ëíê‘ÁæMšæß~aM«cSEÏs5¢3Ç×Ä‹oýû¨,ŸYe{ÚÎÎïj—L³ëGçÚ=ÏõãóìÂþK³ú9´:k¿á¦ÝV q'ÖñIõåu¥[Q±« $J£$1+®#QîrýußÃnø—·•ãóÙn´Å_w£×lMfDцbÉòdó,››ßî ûúû% øKU|Ȥøí˜ Øo·KbÕ®b߶Ëná§üþöÌ¡z1eìwjE®ú6#Þ½ûäôÐåAÆÍÊ‘å-òPSFfÍaíHt~Œâ¡þô°{áŒG·¶“‹¿a¡gÅ,xq¿Z6¤IrŠX›1ÎäçžxòUÍþ|ZÅ}¶±'xS/ËF1]œX£cìÞnœkÆï­Û‚ÑêŸÏ*³³®G/W+ká‘aq„ÿsé–›k7öÎ@ŒÙÝ~ŠkŽÀµ ýB|0ŠÿyPÉ~{„u#,Pï"¶:÷0ãã ‡ÀLábìZÝz2Ž8º¦°½¼èÁuk¦¾2€ìùƒ²$ÿ‡qJèÖ*¶~l:§:òWf<Äh…÷ò'i¹ðµlzikT.QíMQà^d[ì„Ñ€õýë΄Hî@”W‘϶ Æîý‹œ°bVÜdeæOè¤+ѵ£Çæåé¥R°¯¦MëUÍ}õ™-é×ÉvÁe_sÀG{˜Èº\s€(kÿyL`æSr€8×ñ9ýÁóÁgKm[7¢½­'Xn‹àéÅÜóÄ)¬B¹}b}LEù܉N ëÏ{œ œh¯äDKç„öboh3Ë ù/Là_°¬ÒúþðrQ;µ§° í™A7a£ƒ&O–ÒR¡Ñ)^ ‹umXÂæV¸:N¥…ã,nÍFg-íÆÉŠö2¦çˆç%U3꣓ÓNãñlrØßÂl¿~À(óÇ‚¼?9ÉÒZ:*¯µ¯@‘.¢ñ,¨î¡î"¯™%SRòÉ2Ù Óu¤2Gnlî":Œn/ãyjw¨æ¸Ëµq¯‡µiœÕ2a&P$HrÎq>êKÚT/`ó¸†Hì©ž'Dþ,|Þ0Þråp­~:%û:ÎBù”XY}E5E8ÄNP©þ¥ÓãÛÙ¶Ál: ɦÁ &,ìêNRö  €ŽßÄn±$³pz 8ÀxF²¸Îu" #'ÏAã€f•mÑX8»dƒVæ•êDÒ"|–ÊYÖQ‚ÄFIØËé›ë؉rE—½ø~Žð-a­Òw'¸Œ›õ,:»ã0;Ë{TµÙÊھѴœ;‹¼4Jþ±9Q¨ šØ·ÀÙYn…ø0ò:ûtkIG»¶ fÙ`[4´ƒ ”vß4´?äö£} „5[E„€/ÀñÀÒKVj@N ,•!4™`F¶1¡†3FÐŠà˜£Ô¢>—]U‰çº­íC¯9³­ªjÏó1ËHŽýS¦ŽŽ;ج2àõÎéÜÀÀ‡’ ~uagt*Ï¢Íù–dé©làßÏ­g"hQ}ïO#±³ÛØò„tŽÅžéœë\ûòºzŽS ƒë‰Rˆº¹t®)UõâçOböX×·¶}ߦ¤íü¶9`‡ÑǦ1©ÄÔ:º>“ȹ–Pû"v]—I.mŸì49N,cþ-¥[-í;PS #¤_7ÙÍ#‹-r×r6:¢g)c•‹ä&ÿ!«¥MÕ‘ÝA6‡õˆò¯nÛV”´ÁaÓʲa½Þ@¾[ëÙŽåmý²–tjÁèTü„2pCÛC'ÔÒ›§æ&GÙ‹'ø‡Üke7ü(nkÈÏ4°õ‹ÛÓu…ÝE•*6±«‡yOj÷°¥O "–nÁx:i¿µµ·Å÷g÷²j¶yi=4phÜ–µ±kšÚþÍ íøìÙÌ-b$VŽòÀYº#Á•#`ÑfÛÝ-ˉ¯˜c~ëØêqåmû¼²äñÕµ0BtsckQâkdøüLìÃÏ •Í®lyÉåñ”ªhwÈ;¾³¶­˜UÓTEç|J®ï¶BEŸ$U/nñ˜9Äÿxÿlœ…WXÆ™tÈ̳«;±6Ô°G§k[Ìݪ–ï¨n_f£uDÃó#¥ëïa¹Þ墛â:BjÚ‰íµl鸪ֿEikAi½2ž9Ÿr>FkSª8Q9ȇ Ú<¾'ºè.Œ±/Â;ÛÛöæqWìEZYµ†vã&¯m0o„-û€uíCÖ¢tÔ S–ÕlØ?µîʬӷþtУÖßX6æhµ…ËÜÍ]yP‰ÄhÓT*¯:ˆb7á\ŒýA¼ÁÅÐõ°bˆykß0¼Oj…–?M‚ÛW]ïKÚõ1lôú¹Dؤ\D­…')wñ¼wN†µ˜æ…¦4m‰a™¤Q¼Æ¥‘qžÀ‡˜± b]äÝ£ðJmž>+MIê õ$7)/(ïmŒXKe+?B}&¢½D;Å5Å«=ÈÍNÈ°ëŽPãóTNˆ¥›*ÀUt|‚e‘¼þ„ûX‚?Ñy˜Ï‡”‚¢e^Êg'ò¹ÊÓuË+Èý;¤?‹¦ëþ@ÓX'(Aæê‚C?•®òŽü¾Ð~ʼnák±XüîëFÚÑ í)Ó,àE©Ëí¤¬1ÆÛ]"ûŽ5eIµ ’}h¬=g¬“è¬ó]äe«Gu¡ì¿Ä+B]QŒ€ŽJ— àŒb!¦—ºŸ>¶axmÌíØ9·ƒÝ•ÏÃE:.-· Ó‹‰uH¦O3lï+XiÊ{ºçrˆu.ÆژÀ¸!ˆQgSšB—s×Ûϯ$l€ÚaiÞ´EïÄuw¤Í€ªí©çÛêDÇøæôÑÆô‰ èü±Mþ‰­š[ÆVΨf³èbN߃\=â*pš¬ÏBß³}m6ô‚È9ââ>;A·ÒÔá-­=º2,¨¥˜W rìÚò3Ð{XƦªfc‡‡Ù£cÄ£†µªUÝjÐÎ^ ›ƒÏØ4J¡?гkSíc[1@´ ‘à1" ®ì2ǹÝvjÕTæéèÍOæl žOyZ{›ÔúÐ&y5°=3àó1๋ˆµœv'Ù‚¾™;u r¤{ŒVùÒœje€×®ÞG6s@=NÍ#ì Âå2\âÎmÄ3j¦ù,÷´QxÐ]Tal«¨ÍšŸkÌuŽéP8±Ö2ïn#Á{³9Ï-&ìrŠm›ÞĆñn4"ö "÷_³NÅßYÿŽl FeWw-bέ³Ø3 í.‹ûžÁö‰C)?4§ƒîckIËw‡æY76¦>1uëVÜuÿÔú1W;5,g]ñâh_ÿ#kLlK%æ”Æ· új\WÓÊŸ"„m ¨þesÍ:»…nZ9q/½€†bë/ªr'ãTÝX:«ÚòY][GWRÒf .ió$Ïõ™MCœ<‰äú¡KZ×Æ‹Ö!©½viëŠñç4N©Þ¼ß,Lødl׈<˜?´¶u©‹×TgR¡x \+áoPšÞß8:ý–1Vs(óŽ"kÍÃÆõ)cé:lÀs¬H‰ºägSž© ÂëgšBdîÅÖ‹§ïJNÊìÆÆÙ¶bx+L‹[C|¯ª±.”cÞTæwÔÀÜ°aÍñêÌ¡m %éÙýÚY1³F|@Ž­çÔºÆüÖª3­ myÆ•­Ký­s#ºI›Æ;[¯ØÛÀÃö5ÝD™Wwšÿº±¶ÑÏy:NròñØ)¼‹&ƒ’Vðñ•˜–A›OdƒÛ¶²µ+ã›ò)Ô&iáx;”fÁ(‡[hE@Fy ©*|ü‰Uù ÍK hÃc¥$”m­ò6¨CC[CÖÏ­Ë-íÒ>{Ð5ÿúZ^œæ·€úã‘äc#o©+¦V8ýÐEU¼‚U,S”â:6º–ܤýfß=„@x/›0aŠ…ýkÇ°èRîªUÿ–²°:”~øÜZŸ}fk§ ³ËØ»‡À˜s{3F†k-]Ò©­sÙˆ=¬YíV©D ‚ŸZ=D{ÝÒÍ4ªŸÝó^gExçÜ;bl‚kú7ÆÛ ¥}ç¼j9÷[ -‘‡èÐPVNÃ:´¨lJX’´ ¿¯!jὺզóÈË®‘Ö{~bæ-ïJÞ ™WØðnï‡ÉZgÑÏÝ`á9´l`§y¶¯n ê•#ÒâCÆV›ìï8•´zåK°a•³&ñ.ÁX­!Í YÔê”)‰?NIÚrË°Ù²p4%@ÚœPº‰®²Á\6œ$uÄ×U+àhŒ«3 X­ò:-l5Ýu¨ý ò1F|x½ ›ÄÄ ×!Pö³p<„Ž­aœ‡ÔÇY®£ÉÏ5J}fÕØ *aM_—èÆõ*YÃêq­MmM@qy,ói9¯^ÊÚ¶¬f“†v7_JŽ[{Ÿ{ì&"Ø 1àiÔ¯Ž*ˆËJüÈW•’¿·šåñï ­¹QÝ­}óòÖeÖM0”lbUK‘‹$p@w^U˜¼N$v/ÐmÙLèßÉ–J§XÂùmvŽ”åe£ú³ñT&œ€W¥ßŒÐȱ=ÚÛÑEÐœÇ0 $|.ÚgâÙaœz½lñˆîæQ¿šUùŒyÍœR Jw²pbµ~lÍ8 <Šû+†IðÓzï½H¤¥µ©ZÇj~F7%ÈÊøNµ¦Co÷tbß¿Ä î®G 4ß–9¶oÖ@wüGÓò•yWx_>-‰Ð¿’ çi Å=”ÔŽ¯¥½ý ‚Á@õs«æܼ¬{›:Ø|â6ó,p+ƒcµ ¥ ¹-g ´uÈ'jY·Kª„´RZ÷™ÖÃv3fáؤ 9ˆb‹V€Ø( ÔX+¦¢Øsº¬òЄC©Ÿ ïFõè8%ÿê¼Û°ÏÞ=9bwö±ïàT¹ÙήŸ#ÓÛ†ukaÍ0Ÿc£¨Y¥”UÁL°2§ÖÊ%Ks*+à)ÁËX‚“EqÌÄØàW„mhj«§ô',‘„jþ=ïBÛs„œA ÆûxŒ„z/ƒC0©³ lW—¨zÐÙå1«a=[4bqd7v­¤h/'µ¤®o°'t¾Û<Ù–Œö´!m›X«ê•¬ SõR%­[ƒ&¶{!Ôõ¡ n ‘Hj­gÚ˜KÛÍoë<›É½tmÙ€SW5NŸÕ¬C½ºøGtµm³¹ž#۹L[1µg{Æv€íØjÿÌzHW’ex¢ÌÁp¬½yv¬l-Øü›Ô¨aªT§_Õ:·å”IÂïÑU³-Öï €á°¥°âÏÀÝÛm¹xå]Gßqen±ë-‚òGÐñuœ|‡Û’q½'w²-jâ«p*ó1t÷˜VXÔ8Ô.[Þj–ä°±4­VÃZÖ¬a½Û6´¹#»Ú~Ç-N310 ‘§Wã®»ê~"¬F£ªl@lF³ulÚÜ&èf{“õËêBž…‰aÞÝ=渼‚2Ë{þð-ç0<þ{í–÷R[1¹#Ï¿%vˆM©:†…ÕJÒ-«U½R5«HøkU‰:•ÊZí å`Ì*Zóúõ­s;BGt°‹ÆÛCËÝã—|6„ÒÒ©MómΈþhˆê²c†È"[ö¤§íÊå8u9Ò†®?E‰Œî…/Æðdnõ°Ž Y=rƒ´ €¾òD²TàY”t•å`Y…9P‡¶ûFUKXó*emFß.¶oö@´Œ«NÞt&%ЂœÁsOE¼›@ÎS8f“çñ‡ E;ÞÃ&Ì•†0lÍqoîQ¯ªÍíÙÌŽs(y@SF4lD ÁE·b¡˜ì¢`-bô¥Ò•â$.•/‹€Û ø}•R©Ý2dÝTœîŠòË!o,pû2²Û.Ò¯#)ÊcÇ¡ Øh­n ã´¹1w#î^]=ÞÆ·­Î¼¡drŠƒ%㦲™>Ãý»e&¨g®C¿ÇÈ‘3°º“têW«¹ºŒÜž=Šiе.´ñªä&ÆA@MÀ'‘¬¾Ä¸È¬.@¹wM cl&ëþÍ5£-v*R:šÿ€]·‹ÏJR©³y¬m™jÛ ´œÞµp qå–²X0•ýÔI¥rÛ{Ïu·‰q1ÎN@ƒÄßÿõÆË·H€R÷ÊuéºUºr^ªü$fJàNñúweAñ{1<|¼cŽm‡_NäJ$-ùáhž¢ÿ_cFJL”>Ž³h¢rX#gµ¶wFo‹?µ6OÀ“ñQT„®…ï•øù}yû–ï ×í6™øø¯£±{¬ù9]7ÏE¬›ÆZcþ>Ëì?IïÿoµÚÝcñ"»GwäìöUÌwV_‹`.GHœí¾néŠÐøttÝšƒÅòÙÔr1q”Qàë‘ʉö‹§'ì]·½E„úœ.›t6çœ;ûÍxd¥X;˶`$8wBÊ }mH÷®æÅ ¨Oû攚XGNíÝ<*[§VÕëÖÃŶ½­àpfç\¨û5î×ya :…ÝöMœŸ>!_‹”içyºŽâæ¸g-Ç=mÍ”v6g4AÃ:Ø‚I¶vZ­u³‡ éiS‰M˜;²;÷6Ò|ÖMÂ{f©åÂæ¸Îm±ã³p\Å3áÏQ—ìË'§ìË?˹qKñUœL§Øš9C)¯ô³1};áJÜÕÅNnC§Óp{ê³Å ®ûÚsr£²onµü;Û0åÃyøÌ*+ Øc¯Úcøá¾´Bo·@”÷WÐ&ã^WÒá0ÃÆ>ZÂd4²ŽÍêZÇ敬;/S÷v5­Gû&6¤g›àÕ™ÏìF‰ãX~ï^Ø“…–H˜€Äs»ˆuØK‚7¬5ٱݫZ—†%mLÆâÉÃIÑ„7Ðd»ƒ©` C~J9wŽZÒ½ö2”ë~x9À}s/¥&Ì÷8]®ž6ÌŽ xí`Ý[Õd”¶]›B§·æºšAÛW˜V²ªÛø¾Íݧð˜÷’Ñœ¶–Y"Z˜…aÞdÿµß‚ýÖ£{™n[ç±)ý»r›[ïVõ0"¬i^´òíÙݦxõ³•ûÛaÚPÏá2zdùx[9n¿ÛÓÆP‚œìÕÒ–Ž>^p'k§àÎF+¼³ç X9Ū9’zDF6¹o[2¼sm¸] Ôuè,"·£[Ð=ЗyºÒ|V’ÜطƒMØX;[=Ý“k ßhß"ÊI»0W<„ÁænØÅ58ϧ‹¬¯-žÐÉ&QJÁuõiSÞö,ïkþÄg„ùnâ}Ûg¹Œc*îËñ”?ot¸yzÀ?3°­ï×’òcÛLÔÆUçy²Ç0°Ë¦¬ä"[+±a´ß|»GðiB×ó 'öé Hl†k6›> éº6vg8Í¥L±nBoÛ=s¨mâ4eh+Þ§MôêNhG[E,È®E£IΆÆæDö” å!œ*cHIv’H„näÌÒѶ°2½G Ô¦º íÞ€¹W“’IeJ&”ȺõlÙÜz´le½Ú62¯nÕùœz°mñ?ò´“‹ÇYÈô2œtcͧõ¶í gRoæàO› ‹9cp;›>ÔÃæ¡‘Ù5¯/;§C³ˆó‰ agã·­´=+&Û² ž6o`k›3 ½MÜ ]JW;0§—]fMÇi7•¹• P/„½Í½² ¸ˆµb.bßvv5ìÈt/Ml0t]j½ß½R¯V6©O[[4ÒöNë‰+3ú \c3q80Ç6ŒF¤ÞÕmpyeûˆ®îð‚AhzÚÛô¾M)yÕ¢ WÕzÃœtˆ´®_ƒ2R5Ä¿ )/Õ²>]*2+ÛÄ~-lñðþ¶eâIJíü†áÌt$~‹,á8f§`½—XÀòÞXÏ•Çå;‚‰?:!idÖŒìŒhµîPÛÝ*îÉá¥KƒjÖ·jZ“=ñÉéÓ¾™ îÚ†Ó6¹ggB<»ØEŒUŸ²¸Ž Ü‚ Û•‹äÀÃ&F2œ±Þ3¹MêÒ€gÒɦjÏØ´´¬AËx>Y[n"f ‘›°âŽÏaŽ/l0á Œ”_ŽÊ+îÖjÄÂh!£8Çp²OñI†z/(Ó¦ğ‹IÑF†'ÚµÕ0gãºÛ’®5íÂ/·_Nìlx¡b$äþ×Á×±u¬]Åå~,‡‰ “©²–DQZIÅ›%C­Ë°GÚxeŽ÷ÞIÓ;¢’Ì$þOÈ¥Ú¾ã1£s¨u›Öæ„Êq08.X ]·€’À›‘ûO´. ìTމǛ'Ù©ùCm S«{!>§ :ÆD-÷aŸÃ(ÑÅ(­ÜÛ`Ú4Ʊï !;ìü6ô²ÆQ.Ë<Èõ¹IlÔyÀ»Ã˜¥S.’‘®YZwH EÀ}P ºA¥‰;”ƒärw0I·"¯]7 ×ìÎàb,#À ââûÌb¬d|¦àŒ¦P9E‡QêŠâÚcÝnÉ|cý€ÐàÙX9Lç} gMŠ$cËEy¦×‹iSYñ}ç ‡çâK% )M‘Æ[­êfŒ¹RÛ5ÖbÉÔ=—úŸ0]«À›ƒÉ‰Øø>Uß÷ïµK€ÊMÓ.#‘þ6eå(¤0Ê^ g.‰µ°ÓXGceP,z7Ar,/Ø2*çÖÚë`{ñè »c%‹9ýÚft%,ÊäÅà üíÃÍC‹η£ëæÙÎ…,s'Ù:JDk'AßÒÅÖÏìaËh_GÞÆáUcí *ø6ƒÈ3SË-3`«Àä< :h9÷÷(zÀrÀ†p’y‚^%ôä"µ„í·ÓL ë{¦Ø ^'îˡp“,„¸k>†ŠÀÖú1 ·¶Í1Z ×à›0¢MIÞ¦'ìÉnMMÜùµ–€-¾î¯(Ð3µm„tr°þ,ºþÔϬk¾¸_ß?Æa:‚tl²¤³ë@Ýì>/àÂÏrN›ám™æU¾8³uºùâËsprbí»¸c¶]cñ¸d1ãG)èÞi{F¹-ëúfb6`KN/w;Pç’)Vp{ý)æ ~5ûh÷\»ƒvåä*Nÿ«I7Ÿf'@Ï»“ð:¶7`'@FOÌ{ÙÊ)žÄ: D<…æ(@àXNl}l?§Ö£øóܤKsܱµØ¬¯Eà6ÇöNe3éB­Úþ–I8ûYe·è|º‹[i8´e,ž|s’ñ Jöß“{¸ ‚MhvÖ1¶0.Ka¦a²·€n¼Ñnð0ª Á’óÛ:J-f¤zÒ1ÔÃ6ÏðD/ÔmårLPÇM8æ]ßAÙn·Û;ãÆK ØeÁXÀ¼]6ÑvÌbë'ôµÕ·í”v/˜lûŽ§ œ˜nªp6…tG]Û9Ï. .e °KPêOɧqRNrT^ÞÛI yçO›énÓ¦q]°ÎàÁ\´Q–¸ºv˜™îa‹º•³s=‰؈yÞb;³~œù¬m§7N²óPä2´¼¼eißÌãkû-ËkÞ‹ÀH ¢á«,8çyÁŽr·ÍÀ ¨О…!árÆo‡¥^ØjÙŒmÊ™u–È5RιÂéîÄÊ!n`uŽ8“s›&Ø-Úœ£ÑV¹Î-µTØ¢Lü‹’(¿ÆPfˆÍø>¶j”Ï­ŸmAÌ»oQºÙFÂÞ qz¤”úd+™Fûp?õã@C7ÌŠAíÐ|<­ÖM†U›h‡ˆ9ÉiXQ#ØÜÂéèàñ£"œ9‚Æé&,ê…ͣݬЩe”Àô³EÞ¥ÌñX!€'yþÌ´‹ ,y›Êº•Ès”“mŒé“€‰ €•Ó«Fº[ö}涼cÇxŽax™rB0›aÜñEèPæYe·{k1Êc¹‡'ÉÕƒ,Eú&rg)õlÞŽôå66³C#[lÞ¨¶îtñ)½ÚÚ ˜æÍ0Aë'v²³J‹Ú™ÕS¢/„ÅTÊ5ö4b|)R Ýw›0!±ûâ£âeþhÍN’Á€ ¡dsÂ%æÖñÙýmßdæ3º¾å¸Â/Ö…çÐŒ²j3€×3ÐÃ6°_:Œn½ÙæÍóSàc€/w>Õ{%ôþB„³„s¢EŠc¸„ÅrôίænÞ?WëIO§H–îo××õ#n=Š–ï4@K…(„£ÁlþO9XEñLcØÜUbr¨³ŠÍ:‚¹Ƙ…m ‹²b2¥‘DNîq;•…Öb%‡1ÿpиŒÆæ-ÄNlÿƒ8Ôî!äñYˆØÊ0¡ü®pJ?ê^R©â saqg˜±¾½ìÞ")Bwãð¾·¹Gèkd~GV†}I0X‰l¤q‡Ä¸ŒÄ˜A1F{±ºÆÕÉ;—ˆIŸr’â(Ä0þùÓHÓBy*äh6f‹(Âp6èÞ—+Œ“¼ižð=b ..dÇv´GÌûpÄñê.ŠÜ:€»?׎ȖMùüܾ6…ƒÂ‰%´è_ÏAšwñH¦­ÝI²y"£ñxì8¸öÊûNDºqDS„Òa¥è…x¾O '~× ´8”·ˆK‰ÛFy@’´EZ4B‡ÝyPnMÚž]´J@xÓ<^1Ì.â¼|{P wYÍí,ÝoahqÔÚƒˆYiæQ¼a4ü„ñ|7 ä †ðÍhr4'ÑÅíâ¾n=WÅkH{•Là¬DÂÑö§œóoq€"15‰xø8ŨDEF,à%pèv‹Æ:z7€v;bu•9)™Enm!Ä<ÜXÚÝÎÎò°@4\.œ¯ï°Æì‰e Ì^¸Zí)EЩ¥Ri8 GnÝÅò0I,¾³º`X¶â=öÇû’7J`'£<çy rÙœ)±dÜÜÉÆ´Ç®î±àS›Ø,גȼ¶g ‹üœn‰@5~…MÇ ˜‡œàBƒ§§•| ±#§­¼‡{-óÖVwëo*º€6¤Ô+bVÂîl³´7ÔÃÍ ´–C™C‹Îùù½P¸w³sœjöhi>:ÐÖ7ŠðÂÉvœÓÆúþõmeàËÍCé™ÔÉ’ÏsqkÎÆ>xÊì·l€F"›˜“kq¡™ =‚ø’Íû! â“2ž{Cé`1Îä4uo‡íü®`(ÔeÝÛã æb'-—\0µ]Çž_e¡€„àcÒá¬wI¦²y»üwš“ŽœüÇiÓ÷µ\Úõ“ ·v³y­µ0@] 'ô„3«y»NÛ`ºÖ¹ÁEòÕÍ游Î" ß#ù÷@î‰p“òŠ?%¦[0Y·ØœƒŽ­"y~Ôþ|®ÓËŒõ° œŒngXlýyáBØ.ÑA£ÖÍMýjØDo{q$݃r=VÀÅç<:dÏ›ÏñÌ1óTÀ³OáÞ²®¬£ÞV‚:l×— ð‹¢ŒOùчÓÖ<,ÑWlCHé~“·Zìàm^œûÞ í&‹7÷pX´"ø¹Tüšò¿ç=ô¦ŒK„þëÙƒÃä1Ñj®"Š2dˆÏrNæì5Wép»½ìC'š‚hK<×›ÀWDÑ<£hjøG«¾Íbr @'óüûÃSNõa*&Øaº".Ò!pöìmƒZàlŠƒ2º%…1ßÆŽMnÇß×µcÓ;Ú^œ'üÎ8X·4®ÓE¹3ñüF>c¡‘lHèyâ`eËs>‚Þ“N¤J$/ؤ€ÍclLäz6žgÜó Œ9_<:Ìøî°ìÛaÖÀÈÌAãOgü™•|÷ÄW BÚ$>3å °. ã10/O¦w|>Œ¸ßJ{Ì;v ptaãDâ/¦ܧR®DˆÉüRWß¾Ð>Üç= åïåijëõ”EüÒâ^î\yM—æt³ÛüN-<„ÜõE½íÂÊ+“=ìÌœŒO;¿Ø †ƒÓŸsáQ×ðV¹è¸EgÞ-jíwÙüôu‡âëFá ½¬ ªÛyœƒ‚ôýcÑŸ¬à£s’w‚M"f!‚RJ8ï¤?Y=ç×qš;…ïÃNë±”%B¨õÇrŽ¤ÔÆ¡ëó,MDÔÀ,ö(âD_´#<éu¤ÕIü$,c8|D#p¢äò*=[ù4tá”Bñ^ ܳ˜Ï[ȼÂ@’ƒÖ5Jú÷3ßb‘ XÚ—1`þ‹ûpØêcÇ`šMód aŽõÄŸ†0Öéíí -€Ôéû4JÜ^3 šwbÇ\ Ì1·B÷ØaF¢E럦µK%C'¬ö=o\¤Ãi|u{µåQîÌÀ³)ñ»""'Øpï¬èâ`[yÅ©5€ÖòC¸Cû¯"›†‹ XŠ`Nö8Iûâ×u0áiêa4x{Ñ?!øöeÝæùíå`*øSÆô1 ä}6ÌGlîÁl|€¬(ot*çq(q …Ã@Ãz„°)¤Ÿrˆd #9ëÓ{§âHÅDPvqr™èݤ7 ÀÀ{GI0î ‚d€›Zúãä=#íË/Ø+´-è}`b\Œs*‡%'ó,V¡œ*mñâóû¹ŸGðª!v“¤p¿ ]íÁrá`òu?á;€·-øçÁ®Gó^ÄôâËÖˆ'»ØÖ1lIÿ¦>f³-°Pµžr¢ìŒ̈}JD-MP €ÖIIIIéQbûä> ŠÛ3Ã3Of=JK4­±ŽÛL”¿Kà^â4N|n$bd—:ä8”ÜåpåÃ:}jng>º³A!o¢}dÎñ´£“ÚÑë']ÕtA*ÿÞ™¿ÅRXœ¯¯ð²í#™ïüž´úÚ·ñçíUÈ ô)œ+›Ø6sreó»ÎIÀPôà "Ý£rYÊ­Ã^9‘ógÜÅlH«x‘Y¬Ø"I¾/«im— âÒ¶›p•£“FžR:_y·ñl¹·ƒ‘z+IÐßÄø®v„öX6lÇs6ÅtÇ]^– }ª³ à1»—]€Þ¾8¿Ÿùqâ8@–ÇjÒ›7hà^„ß²±¤ÑZ¬VÓË+¢±Âæ½ÅþêºlÙÜC '='¢cüüadM—(‹dÞØŒ›ôný;?¿¿ÍƒYz¦Ÿ\Wí먳VȆåºÛ…·L ^Dé/fr­°E…ÚÔ‚ãCãhãïøp݆ŒÑ,àIbm`s¢´P³I¦ú3¾l|yœ$Æ) íR2×—te=?«Æÿ2ü¡Ò? ¤’Rb"!‰´ùX¢Œ»Ý×¹L¤Mt+œ!åäLO»ÀØèË›ñÚ„oÆîž&/ø}¹\{0“ðÒªÁvi5“ŠÍç»ø3ö†-CÏ…Ø„(ŒãNÏó$ý¶#qv‘‹Mõ㊋vÈ!&þ¨Ö˜àÕ±§,À_Ä\´çÛ]Óh@†ãòV‹>·Áý•D‰4ëÞÆçðû¹sw?ã¿Æpå oIHD³±GÃb%2N!œ¡ÏÐÿÇnR¹×¿Õn“v#ñIAÛTpÐxa•]Ç.ü%%À<@dlQ.]ϯ¿D¼'¦·µítPÓÓNÃDœ™Ý×ÎÏóbîôv{`lüíÖrtæh î™%ý‰AÁ¤‹÷ó'ÇìÕc·V" ¦¯«0§k±}þlÚ1°b…€Ä´ « ‹¤ëMh)–lZßDžµ·”„ó˜#IX7¤Ô’ϯá{¹7G.cžÏû•Í\Êæ@ÊÜMädRÊtÂüÄùJù$š:~ ¥†JN¿%î/ÍS`8”gp—Í3Šï`Ü8($“¦}“O(ìd ,fâEž㦱ËåL< »®Å{| Ú6{qZêkw¸—{«Ùíed?zÎÍèdgfBi°²¸ææâmÙ³¯E¬Ëbèl¥"\\èºBq÷½³yï]/;»¨3f-è΀v¿Àóö_DÙ’2éš„aö`Ü8MŸ^ £”pMÌ+‡ŽÓ³/³ûÛ–Úu@S›°ó š.î%õÒFæ.îÜ_š€3s!)qæI1]‹Ä—ʉàÙ…cÊéU–HJ„Jâ÷¦p¿ISéjrq˜ BwM.XÑÕ•”9ÍŸâ³én‹õÃߊÅù`îâœöp`̇€•= ð„Ù€Ù=¢­¤KÕoaw»[‘F·bøÁ%Xàwlô³‹ˆ­C(ÕåR3¯}6Š—ÊGÚMdk­Ä›÷å@Êi:àâ’(íÃÂ]AT{™x˜t@ü+Ö­ì +,œÈzáP†ᡉ„‡ÆÂEsÚ¢1BîÙW6 _¾ãÐé8¶ ·ÝµtÂàÉ¢tp€ßMÌ`ÕôƒwKüQ4l°áX®[€€3Ûa‚ÉiÀÇX„ÂÔD°‰d‰…aJ`œ].ŠÎ£J`º®€ƒ-›W_b9èî‰ØNËò¶®8 wsÿ½²™µéÁxH\¶QÚ Ø~ÿ¼•üa}ï®Âgk—7,ÚÖ”zÐÍD »÷Œ‘vf7±W¥³ñøã þ¥[sϨf¤Šã¶,F„ˆp·YÝB6Yž¥;È>J0œô•¨pphrû ;¨’JnÉñ´3; bÜùM7ü‚´á«dãh9ùŠãÆæyu9L׌–°Gü=Õ‡TÀM, Oø6Ø)b$îŠvìh6òJõ#’PÍpîåÖºŠ{*+o $,S˜â!”{$ƒÀ$o}6º/ÀH4ÝcNRØ (EeHw¤®/—ØÆÙ €“À;šñ<Äâ¼O ¿s'¥æ¸ÎÁ–_#ü×Ág%Ÿœà¤å\žB€Õ'€ªs”²O ûÊA`áÝŸCùp4$pØ— ÏÇT)â8,¥xXÕS&3È'ìãx¯Råyß*Ï|çK g-{_±ósAÒ|mëûeøIØ _@Én‹aƒIdCK¿J»1›”¢">,ñ0]8€ÜûhNvn´Úr]|…ð"Gq¢w²YeÀRä³ù¸ØÈrŠb㇭[1Ô|9}m‚*ß8¬™ý!–‹’Þ‹§'€;éÖ‚Œ‰ÝÊáYä3&/ ºîLXl‰àé8ÀÑ—£ºh_Zï™7‰€¤çŒž} c#†+{N ü¨±’˜7£±IƒaÌÃãç6Tv]yÜ·ižLig×X&sí/ÃÅ%žØÂO±gÓT€@*§ã¬Klô<1Q,Â.æØ[ʇèÅbùï þN'ïs”)îãÅñˆÅ& 0ÆB|.¿}ã<°EèN†LW;:¹=.>€[ëÙl àOÌìb;Ç´t› ¾|t ›Ã=%|¥ñ¬nôyEÛÜe–læv6s*qK :O3.*ÍÂœÂÌ%PºÊãýÈàÞ“Ï-GÐÎAŸãïõ®Fðg,À)O*æEã%x‡.Ϧ 敺ü’ØX3°9#ÇçöºA,Ö-æ.‹¿Ï̤‹uÅs ¸°E±!eòoY¼«ñü]'ãNÕ·1ñz$WXÞ½xNø1Ì¡@þÿìü>v‚ëN6¢0‡¶Â˜ (~‚ö p#ÆxD4œ§¼úS.ÎÛÁ°+á¼ÿQtPÆB¢ñ¸³™¶Ñ³Ü§?ïÌ¥vèF;K)=û¦¤]Š…A‹;Æé› —ßw†ì>˜œTDÿéµ&s˜K86v±5%cýÒ©™ü?èžîŠþi±eÀžº8”Ór»@cá•1)0ª…Ø+$ŸžCÉq.ìæR{u‘6í‡Q`‹. pÁX”2àžEDL`³£Í˜ [ç¢m?”9x°tyi»±¢§ù/$zcÖþü}¢Ð@¹[¸ÀžÙÞî“5øì"M ؤœBSCi+S5¥€'rÉ„¡rQÆL&m= é•Õãìº5çYæ/ŒkÏ/†w5–M=VH€—X€ßÀÉMJ.îÃÁztkÓ4óžÙÉr"öÑX²ÑžF€zšÿç¹'a ™ŒÆ1€˜Ì Z<×B™à)²‚$˜Ãd@SÒº“ö+GJ*ÊîªCJv±:µ; 7îwË»ŠÖs—WóŸ7Œ1ZD»³:‰`æ`Gba“†z{Û\Û‡¦*Çp@ÄSÞÙ=è²öÒêÿ NY+B ES°Q)W4°GÉGØp½9Ìí̆,?6Dºò²‰Â”/ ¦FàÅ!g•J¶Àâ|Ä…ª£ŠkJØŒa ú¡D@\ ‡€ÃømÔ‹lN˜»Q\C6:·Tý.•¯|h"8€ÁÝ2XÊùÁû`bYƒono«¼Ú HÁ¼?A…¨ƒèZéÉTÀ— ™GåìT±Ozça™`Å£ø½Qnga´?nòŒ8dñÌ5§Ä×ÃaT"v÷çç‡ÂðP‚¢¥<€ÔøƒºØáI€(Ÿ5îPÎØC”å$˜VÆ¥Æh±Œû×Ú®Ñì"2ŒÇé ÃcìÄÂ.¶íÑ äaŒi(c‘ ¸ÌÓÐ:© L¸<•dš˜PV©CÓü[ e©ž{ö!XßøÍ<ÅWÀ¾DØ¢¶Ó¿ÍË’5†dü…°¾œ†}ÚˆŸ×ýuT8ð…1†™èÕ’au¢!ˆJÇ5$û)³N‡1Ö@[!)´·ó× Š­•íÝáñ~û6ê Ï~JX()í`ãH°I¿~t¾dûâé1{|ŒîqË¢=8…’C؉U€"¾ß SC¹);š4•E9 ƒ´tòJ!¹·w¸K`¨4®8œ@Ø#Ð髇œv)£mÑ®D[^,ÅÔߥ{¡•Nç/nnà ‚HcƒL†9Šâå‹€ÞK„R-<ȱˆn±lN±é”ÆŠ>‡³8\ LQ¨ïæÊ¡vZLÝ]I,¦r†~Áfäbs¸Ï$™z§ñÝ£[R«Ë¦´Á~Lô·o¢üì5lWÁcoN *ilrob_…ûÙ—x}ÍŸo§Â{èq`6ÄâÄÃDd.™psQúÉ$9(‰ˆ½ù/›“ƒ¥N§DNú6šT6p‹þ^ÆÄ|÷PãióˆÓr c£’S´ïR¨p\`9ɨ͑rÀ3ºyrˆ x@ùä ­ÁçЃÜ_G@èvêø{è‚:¾É‚±…¸Êaåòìvmhý®¼Wb39TñÞÝ;°VjÁ–S`F0t³–s¯®n®ç0¯DÄí<ŠÞÎ{¹eS ˆH"º"¶JW©šG¬G)ŒEdYç¹'žo_ÉŒC<ºP6Æ`6ê«°o‡ÇCé£íÚ<ƒÍíeÞs”«n¡Ù “;-ú•,Ö˜„ìs,èqÇa&áûÝÞ‚k5V Þu´aü}"ùj r6¾ŒK쉞¬[m(ýôBo3”²ÑHØ ô °`/®ÂŽÒó†Ñ’­ë” ¯/ícWæ÷°tÖÕϯíµ|î9 •Èr2½e”13ùɈþ å,NôA44œŸ=Òv ì`Gu·ËÌ™˜µ8˜pÊ NÊòñtÕÄÀf„ ÷ Dor~IW»»±knwZÜÀòô#¨“Î&@‘‚4³|å›ÐÁˆ4IÑ!êXrwüàæ{„Ï1•¾†Âö i-IpR2>€Š$XˆtJXÉ»eb8€tq@–:”äâ|lˆeD³w°‹.ocÞ°Ø;Ft³í£ìä2:‘É°K.ZöÓ(ãÆpè ß‹~tÿ˜Ô™è·ºÚùìÆ|«Ö¶K¸)‹M0$Án¦âŠœ@LÕ¸íY  |C‘Ÿ³KÖõB’ÀzÀ‹÷ëÚOùGIâ8§J’€~Ð%¯t_Q€ÉôK­8¸´AÞÑn"÷ØÒ§iñƒaf(íÁ¼¤œ¥|t®›¥Ÿ†íÙÓ :RµÖʘëÑâP†=ÍÚ¾žCîæÑMa©d I© Æ) mVª;¡1ט ps`Kfœ“1NÔX£+rr ^œ¶$ÄÎéüw %/QÒP9(¯ÊŽÀu´?ŽN–éÓ žN“[ÁÄ7e¿éj7V2ìc)δÏ+I]Qa”¿w³'2‡wcDëGÉøÜô¢ªnð.3‹½„ExŒÙ‘/a_  ý?Ç_v mlBÉ—¶±¨®G7³¹£tùØ3u•2)DCã‡K7Àɳ€E<—“t‹n”´l ‘œ˜¤ñÉ¡•:GZÑ0èÕ[ ß(þÌba@PéOí;döe0Þ8·¶±a!†÷F °ob{¢ß¡Îé"z óàbͨ[ÌÁéZ 'RƒÚv,„J+ÏaRYø‹Ø@rнdCÑ».®f£DgDéè §ð‹ ê}ø}0yË&,…Äǔ̊øz;Éiåèô®nö矙wì{ÇEt=1Ðc£Fßã¤}»ˆò‘Ææ%.Ò2^Ì$rªŽæšaŠo`ÒýÑQB¸‰Dk‘“ðW%+LM°÷\¼_p×…âS9"‘ü'Ë««Âì…IƒÕ`£¹A8ÛÁ©l7 õöãÇ8Þ@ÑŸpŽÞ…eî1ŒGÇ»“Îfš sÍËËBÿ Æ"ó?å‚»°0E‰PøVœhOÂPÜ^ˆñ,ÌçA”mج‹î Àd#–~“óráóyt/?:.ÛOÁ Àn2‚eioâXì3`wòÎ…ŒK,E㢱!v$—ÒÕK@P@Pµš<Ï«àú&Êšéè¸"ÍåT4Ý‚ô]Ü—Läž0."JÏá~žLRèŽ aìNþùãrdJ{;3¿;T,!®ÇÐ5pÚÈà%Sæ °¥ð§„ªqŒK$à:ÆC K&l‰Ê:™0iáŒ[ à*š2cÀFÄê”®aé½ÀÞqÝo`ît^Q’Ê£´’ϳ}Æœh’¸÷.ž¯™SŠðC #KšÎæœÈ½¦q¯…0,Ïîú3C%9®)šJ RÎÎNô%.~&Ald(pä16o•’yÇ2ð9Šð…³AÝhhÎÅÁJèý9 ØŠáÞòTãù†C!¬¥cm~7ó›ÓÙ./¡³ˆ,'iDTêÉ „–ÆØŠyHfþ¤RKD$ 8…Ó¶Ê'©°.Y”•’.ZŠÓЖ$1¶1œ$–ô±»D(ÜXŒ=>›O:å¥|t5‘l:Ì*¥ N¯ÃƒòÖ DŒ\ß‹GÌAÆ+`;:´å Ðõ̧Ä;—ñXÏÏóG¿“ú’ê`âïã{c“ƒUDÂö$Ö›€F -9!g`t™Á\H–æ‰VùhäÖ¸8 Ɉ¸Üï#G(§øüˋоLäL°Ótž@Ów‰ÒÎUËã°½Áò¡Ë-U%/um ü6T®“?Ï=6Ã+k†¢WbC†Rw²&¹£wFØ7±=Y/ýãL}—òyЦٖv‚ƒkÇsÿµöŒÃ^mÙ—–,L$cw–±FñŽw¹à2e66<À¹]M" z&s2Ap'à‚Û=8\ôç}G÷f V‡a%¿dîUî½ñÌ0î?Æ&’ÃåMÀä„ë'ç ‡-œÉ`€PÏf‰&"Š:ã4ú´_:"`méˆõóO»q@m…¹/å¡}Ki ^†Ð:§4˜»4„ÑlF kL£|çâÄíì$²INLîA} úŸ°}“ìÈÄ–öd[o6\X!¾/à  Q¦r‘°/!üÜã½íí{g²ý:âGÕ’ |˜{€QìëÐ ÚŠÑœâb±Æ ^N€¹HÂ!8€ê”[±t$ÒwÀÚD#¤•±¡½KÚŒ^¬ÀlŽ=ÉWÁÝÌ^tbmj{‡“„Žä= Î÷ 'Jâ\ u•¸XNÉb?)§ò»’ŒÇs@OÚÅïàóâ±<(ºÑ±îŒ­MÛ7¼¼ŸØ†Ü¹‘àƒqh*Û x—m¢g>+HíëbœŸÀ¬ÑXt=ç ¼²Vã ä>8¦S%Íbڬ 7³ù¢ëê‰<15”„²é*J¦ 6î$å’ëû,€áR÷ '°†ÝÌÄ&^ê½læxÎ@o&±`Ʊ0„±ˆ¥Á.$œãD]}Z°áà{¤cH±x ú<†›©èIQéÞc³?½€~u1Rj ÐèÌɸ7º€aÔÁ—±8b´zõƒ †–ã6Šì³”š2!élT œHõYÒÿ89ñëÏ(N[wPïÝŠSµ~NL_=‚¡z| ÝÎK‘¦œ·|ìË ¤&ol¬æ÷ÄH± ú˜›ˆSn¡°ÊKÙ§‹[Ý]7¹7hF“Ž.EyAQhLT¦J…µÉ§l÷Uè Ær›8ZÆ/„ÍL%¬dþýý¦Ïéï׿ëïtÂØØýÐÈÜ`ÌC]÷ u `¸vF„Ô}¿…´Õ®îƒÎ£7¨ûÇœ¢NB‰û#. ‡Uî ‚ÒX6°|×ÅUn¦DÌN¦J^xAöãì$Í`OX½o`c²ž+MóâÂá7º|L*÷ym9]V0^I|ÿwQg¸nÊ”èJô½É°Yú¹ Ø›lÀŸt'ŽS½aüô§Ö"-ÍØÁ Êlºÿ$X¨PJbmÒh×–Y[<_1j‡es‚4o¢a&nS‡>å.ðIÉ$ŒEï>e“½cÛØzÜ:O‹r†qðCî/¯|b"¨íú£Ãº°dŒÂE~æÚjr8•çÁäh\b"™‹©a3oSÙ„5Ž'¼ÝBp™Š< Öå+æCà-›2‘€÷ ÀÎ@m!ŒM* ñ)õ÷£“;ÀšL¶ïx¯ÒygÒU¶Do&°£ªLþÌÒß17’ùÿ$‰tè<ŒâÏÀq,W @AzÚ®ÿ†¤GÌy/pO?(à0•®vk_ýÿJ0ˆKOÓÆz \Œsø^y8d €œXLìÒ†$áXXO *õä ^vq u¦†So"}ÙÉ'ùNä¤êƒ2Vaˆ˜ÒÁÎÏéM’öPô[ÝúÅ8NåqÐóÁˆIïlã9˜5ˆñ¤´qq9á‹”° pÉ p—âGSLÈפ”ÿó¹'Ìwwš<(#cG‘Ç/`R)GeœÏ³_³‡àøŠDÚt÷x§\6ЮðîgÀLP’Œ‡¡Kg-JbÍuQ¦seó'#èñÆnöœþöÏ"/:`(¥P>½² Ñ)“Ø,µ';•E™!F½g)EbweõhØIJ ¸Ñ#9È,J„ŠT²øÎÞœÎta= ;9ˆ2BÀº†öCFcûß×­¸Wæ}ëÂ|@sÁgD²Ñ‡#€ Ao“H·œÒªƒÖ“ëwx069›v”r ¬?lñÍ•zçÈ›‚BtzoCo;9 Ã<Ø{%í¹([©ó)•¨lj‰rêÛ÷IÍÉH«m÷×@Ž€‰6æ@ve¢Øý-í8©çtË) !q,¿[!”ê@RVn*™XbvÂv ÐUÒ·ÚÜå—@‰ß³„©ž6qù¸$$¾ iD¾Xm ;[ËvMªK·ÑY”<ÇØ©)­Ü!™ItéÆì`~Áp„ïH)Ws‚FØŽ3‹‡±õs´D&$²¾ÅÒ½‡ÎÆÁ†Ÿtx€¥Èø¨M¦yè“öÐ5Æ=%À†ÄÑ9;ô†xŽÿ}W—üÁvvbv-T€`-r{/ÊXýwøæH/óÝ×™\ÇjX7³ƒË£½ÃŒ—ñŽ$u<¹å=¾>ÜÆdâ5¶Ü®dÑÕ =žôZÄÓüp<¦»i›g·ÀjJïÆ^ž ð”ÏMôAؤCÃ,ƒN l§6MÏ+@‰ÝÉ\HK@7”Ì;˜q Á0Tî¤{XÔ1ȼKr—––È)A2%'÷[x»ýûuM$]mËiF0E´.qÈ<5©Ãû4yî;p«ös9H»¢„SѹLå‘=9Óå-|¢±[‹†®|¢>ÁÉ|óÆlÐK`-`uîÒöM;¸,ñS‰È €vÇïDå—,èuiLlnNhb* `†tÊ|"A'†(Àˆ6ˆ¬ÿ˜>Ô¢œÃf’ÈÉ+#Šêy›Þ 6 ]ï²_Dœçèò£ƒèÚÚÑ䯳×ñ)0=F=ÂKuÀ£pÀøž7£#ºù.ŽW ³2¨á§aÐ÷æâX˜ é Ñ =ç”^tû› ¥ ‰@(Dºº6¢ßQýý —ì5€.ŸRC:›w]UÏ0Ó{ù½›žÄµl~Úȵ±§]Þk±Ý vžò2D°aéËÉf™ +V$­ ‰,ÕjžÈ‰>…kQ'ÏÍ5ÃìèV;sPýÝËŽ =.(šåd}FYˆrÔ#N%OYÀn‚¯ásq”ÁX³‘KŸ  ˆ|À¤pœYŠ&5eBYð\$<bã?3¯—[§ Møå¤g”ž¤™ÉàžÄVå¼dÁè¸XtCeÚD)g÷ÈvÁ¯C|i½?ÉÜP™n·¥r299üž N°*'fÀz$qïú’ ;€(Šâ~Ca´â8©&°éiSÌGÏ•‡%g˜+&ðšØqrRÀ©Ðo^wNTÜ!W©SYRlÎ%ZaB^#šWyç)tz‹a0téuC8Lrk±€ß¦%1€ùÁ‰W›D(›½Øu  Ê­4 ã‡CmÏ0‰ ­òãKÀ½š4Æç5%¹„ª ’§Š»4ƒYã”L))²£´2y€Û1s<û6ûhDå¡ þƒ2>9» /­ `ÙDa`ôs©|^ Ï4€^ÈÜqfC©E‡é4›pÎ5:Ú@ÊK‡E‰¥ ” »˜IR¥UôHر9¯h·W‹}%—0Ø´ ´gQŠ@f3ß²**qª4õ‚÷%‰ûP©ÉÉ)\Æ~!Ç ØI±d!œr¿Cë”;£g1:ú’&'—1Nਜ¥wãòR/ØËW9-êÄ^©ìè„%JtûèP6Ag”0rñ»ôsúý”«46Ñy¡Uþ6¾@ê0J8fªÃ‹ÏÈçšs%àæ~ãÔ½¢ÒUå}åQNÎEÓ–{ {ê"¦BåªE)ÈeGZ'•±òÊÉÄ™ÄâËrñlæõ–öHÁþ2¦?G†‘Îô$Y»-¾UdÙ­#ýûNwûµ¨­ýãuûûKÂ0ó»Ãy nÍb.O¶s{²q“½DêzÚÅ”>{Ûßó=IØî#Ü×R®õâ÷5µ¿>kn_Ã.üíó¾öìé@ ŠkɹLhªÿûS2©îoëðóÝèJ¿å|Gû÷ç ؤë“R_mE{Ê=­ì_¯:ÙËÈr´»½j¿ò}oÙÿ|QÉ~%„8ûI=»¾»‘½‹hÿ󮣽 gCç:Â|:Ûw-ØHzРЀL;5§õ”óSX†Ù¢úØo/pû¡ýãÛò$Ç7µüàNöø`Kû:¾“ýÝÄþErúßßt°Ÿ »Øë0:MN!,…ýŠ£4†‰ä³//ðd­À˜µb“«iÿ~WÇ~}ÞÊþ7…u¡+·¾­f¿’jþ¯w­ìÑ©òögŒÙ»†öuJûåY_û[QìêÚo…Ýíç¼ÎvwÀ;¥“k}ìï”7~ÉêcÒ¬§½ æ{ þõUMžS{ûk:ŸåÝ‘åÁöwBDÿõ®¢ýï7Í{ôW«Ø÷9IPoÍ;ÃA€UÜÑ!öB@ÞëŽdÀÕd“oÀóó°¿?kIÓ÷‘××Þ†y!êïJi;û)¿5ÌWû[ŒQZ{ؽ6TðÛ9Ãs ïi¿Q®ùíEû5Ÿñ~ÙÐAêöÚÊ6ƒ»ãSéÌB§“È;E™,ùBGû5³›ý‹MþŸ/êØo¯šØ×ÌÇãM9@T¡,ÒËþ÷Msû.•q,jmÿâþþVÐàÙáµ:“ÙëÇííï…Íøùæö?y˜§õìoÜïm¿¶6…ì¾cºÛc„±1€Ð¨í­ì»Øv̵Föu¡®¯zØO/»Úõ- °Zà~Ã:0†mìŸ<‹¼iÆ}7A§Ô•²ãÖE1q}í_EõyoêÙßsª®ý5ÍËþç%ßST‡yÛÀ~Hn ÓŽœ`^}~o[Òî[Z^lKûÏè·gí­àJkl (Ë«bÿ²¦%œÆvú½­Ôòw ºg›3/Û¯3÷ Æça7ôYC,k¤£0g‡i#g-–Sµ€ØµøÝ”ÉÞ´²¿åµäÐçI*¼Æ—žt9·¶äºžõá>ºÛ÷)™' ™ãŒvõ§‘¢µý’[Çþùªžý3¿‹ýZXÇ~þ¢„e†zbZù;Û;­ª½íl¿ñŒþ狆<³Zö¥Ë“CÀk“tN7—ö¶3SZcý@#ìj\Q°µŠŠÉc2åÊb!ŸEÅm•Úì1|hw­Ä¿ŽSÔQý…:bX¼µy¢*¿k,Á›K<'[éü™E[¬6Tu9%°øÊF'Ô$@Š„p²–VÛç#LNSóÓ&îñŸD¡Ï+,¹t㤲1 <ÈTÍA[h*¥ ¥š'¢XÈ’.é¤Më$Zœ|Jb–ž³q¥PêQÎ+|`^ÁàD³Y=q¦±¿Dt›Ké'žEßS¶$~6’S³6_•MŠØ¨>‡/Nº†åHFTúö‰2Ãl£  Yã"­–ƒg(½RÝu“çâ-Á´˜¨tž‡:Úä¥+v΋•´˜šJú1àS÷®2TšÚ™ºÿ»±KÑ”[¤cˆ§mVà8¹£–j͹8èGùô¨¼“Š¶)ï—p6ðhuzQ‡¿KÙè^.ò¹ ¡DâêWt¦p]Ù°b)*GR˜7a8Ë&tä>© :6ëTJaÒ-©};ƒ±”7S Q,§h•[ó>F“â ['tBé°BA¼@xqRùLi4^& èàR‡—@«€¹ÚÁ3ÏX"g'÷÷”î0åýø?ðëZcØÌÒ®Ò“e^ƒ©!ëK%§ h\±71€)•ë2\NX  Da›.Àp"óñ“[0Œ9UÞ§ŒÃy=/¢Ã .>»Hï$ú¬ž )†2ñwPÁŽ-h‡_Õ@‹½Rª2ÄÊ”´|QÛ~|Õ‚xX§s­em<í0ß«J·i?ûí‹Nö…³+Æ“5è\"÷ MMÏ)åŸW&Ø7Ζœ˜ÚãsMmDëll«íú®ö·—ÍY¬ñ"ÙUÕ.n«f¯H>ŽðÿBK@Ô (wN¡øP=Ä×æÔü*ö&ª©ý Жõ¨"¦¦¥ÍgQœ¾±˜Ò‚&„VöËkîãËV˜4·Ñø÷6¦íö§¬îÜ[sRëKÚÊ1U ­­o—7—±²ý%»)¢Ôê¬e|àô¾ieߧyØÆQÅè”la?¤^ǵÃ4±º^XÑžfÞ³x¦»ÚÚE<¯wìð’Ò6„ðãÉÝ>°‰ºÏvvmYXøx[õ³¿òÞ6Ç̳²/:ÚOlxÞkËÙ´Îõìðäž”ð`±!‘^ò…È =Pœì¹òö–´÷ÿyÓkŠº€Ù’%6Þ× 1…üyÏûÔžž©`ã:Šz"b- 0îh{ÖÔ¾M­‹ieq×ì »XÝ~þº¥^la£Û}€ lÈŠþ¸9ÓY¶ ÐÓÎþ×tõpEÂP?±uã*Ú–1%ynh`¾¨oŽ›•ìŸóMN û±¨&nõõaÏ{².öÖ…Y)é,ìÊ«V€«®d–ÃË­¡ý˜ÝÞ~ÈlÎ8UA¯ú‰==YgÝÒ²žzÚ´®Ûú‘U-í>FyGÊÚÝeím|u€{ òibS;~l¿2/þþ1 ‹Û(®ûÜÚâö<žËú–v§½ýã-±Û“Ûö;[:¨ãÛÒþñæòRy{tº¢ýô®@¶rå®ìåbSÞ“@üáöÃðÝf¯µ™]ÉDCXäžv|Ze{Ü•ëidÙ÷Ø‘¹Ÿâ¾àÍ%©!M5µX»Ø°ž-hDuy›ÞùwïòÞý±še‡·#†¥˜=ñmÌœõ°çQ1]-g…ÑŒ!`ûÞ‰º¶íî„ý7–÷w»8+µ<œÎ39Qdz†+E=˜-úÅ¢°O:ƒVáñSÐø)ê`¾³»»[uí¼¡ÜÁ"y†â—c’ÊI;“q§ÊSNQç,ÜQ,¢‰h7´™GÓÖø7ŧlà7ÔŽŒ!Ôáñt¥ôàä:ƒŽ•ChaŽÓ ~ˆÍó4¾’1G˹®ƒè‰Ë”U®ívƒŽD„›i”/²oÁNðùÒ’°þúñ@mÔœ°Ÿh$°ÍàDšs“{ºJJ8´¼,íe¬ÃFá‡[ëc´/™ª½;!i @íá;j OAc’Ié%†@FòpasñEÀ¼—… ™·ýi `#ÿ 3!@–Á‰ý¿ÀF%=mô$ëÞäò*jmÊ1GéV¡ NúÄ­§ð½92±# ¸¸€âXYÀ}|Öê`Sj0ˆ¾3èPʤ” ð”Ð7I:±lytô¨ ” ›’ £TúB6ât€Ï3ÀŠ@A6ÂÝL˜ôëè„H|}ŒCfuÒx¨|x ÷PñŠqÍx&Ê·„öå—Oi&÷LBêT@NŠlyb°ôuž wñæt!”ç”Åþ ø©‹Ms$ƒR›48*å‰aë'à‘ŠwM, '‚ÒU6l’JgOa6‚xGöâ|²•Ãj‰àÉ&؃ÄyľÌß04 ”l~ÈlÅé”y³ ˜½s´°ç1 ì%›êŽïÊí›”,ºÍìÄò ¶mJE ½ÐÀÞ&7áçúØß =aØl8Õ.…¾ ¦½v´·¿5±ëÞŸZAd[ûñóöÔ¯1]5Ml/Ý·x&á”ÇŸ²ÈFÑ.üyÌÀW­ù~rÆZ—²Eý+YÔe˜‚¯šZB@m’ªÉÁ[JÉ!ª¥ýð¬®Sr:9¿1åD4Ça99èÜÙÜÞÒn6êh?ç{Ø×NºDï5"ú£¤-íó)ÚŠºö˦öË»N8c—·Yžmù°âöCa/ûÆhêR6„€à]t˜ì¯+ÕÞþ˜ÖÔ¦·-Iž[c{p´.ãßÚþ˜ÚÕ– *fÉ°\¿}ÛÈB/Ö°›òÕÎvb´¹Mà™uì[ÆôoÚÛÎémFçšäʱÁfµµ_¾©K¼KiÛ€%ÿ¥ ì;‘¿}AdÄÒ vrCNéí,ßAÖ]çmeß&vtvSK½Ý0YÀ(°;Æb˜ýôº‡¹‚úXç\K›ìM oeM«Ú–ñ¥íE›ÿ7 lïêŠ6¥[3Û7©‹ÛØ2Šmîʹ7›Ù׎&öÇ”6öS¬óæ·/ÚâÞÀvÏøæ©3ŒT+›×ã#[ÒWâUeaIqOÝl -öœ£¦0Ul"€qZ§ q½®ýøBb_rÛÿÞö ñ¼¿NNºèb)£ü9ÉÓþýªšmŸWÞºÔ.nëÆ´ ‰¾s¨»ýë‹ °~ýÿÃìç·X”¼èg>KØÑ9,ã> yùCvû¹@Le3ûÇ«¶}j)»µ·lT'{ÍœÝ;é3Û3¦&¦«ÕÜcšhÝ©˜í_\Ú âªÛy&?åÂœ¾lûWÍnoD¬Égö#Ìä¯o›ûSÜ&tøÄÖýÐ~ƒ]úéuS[>¢8€¨.º‘…Ýêj}šÿÞö-¨d?¾l Ę=ï‹4Ò~ûª+àl42µÍ{n[·EG]¹Š“HñE^Ô&©ž\V.4|Ãd<\ÍV ø€gÐÔ€ÜÁÒ¶k\Û7³œýðœ÷ƒÐ®©¥Ý¥Ðßdcë›õ{Ѳœ]9T•ƒ e¼Ç]mŠG1+ nX«a¿ÂÂýýõ Ã`›èÜÜïaý h¾Cë}(L$å)…˜†KgD>!yÝ•‰0:ñ诊½ÀÌ.ëšD´ÛÜfVI€”‡Ðí7ñl¹BýSbM-Ê‘t ©-:Ëm¶Ç‰žÓb2 'á¥ÊXb.ÔV&?Š§¸j†¢"¿ÑÏ^2u0<¤UMž7ÏÙŒ‹(-.PÖÝYd@©;+€ú¦í¬ÚŒƒ™4bŸt/2›‹S'Lì$¾F‡•‘q›‚^?g|Äh ¤Ê#(¿ÌñNá$ý Ë|°:ŽVÏK2òTâçß ,ý:)›EÃr„ÒN°<ŒRa ®Ú7:Ÿ†Ùºˆ1d‹~6¥X€.Câ]˜¬hJlñ€ÐòÎÒ/KtÀ͆Nøjó+]šÀÆ3˜g÷öP¾£´øÓ•ÍõÑ èÏS"‹#SIj¬T²ºçÖõEûÓPŠ¾‚²ÏK¬ ¤5Ó˜¦œ2ÚîÎ9À·ÚÑÅlªd«¶oyåDóî8c÷tÞ†y  ä+À“ÉœÜI›%M×SæF€^^K8Þ-šÅDŽ ® çù„Бr!¯;FµB[‚Ùï­Z±3Þ™\ƒN4@ÊÅ\w FÖÜÊ0gѲ-×h}oºbQ8äRÒ̆µÊ‚ýÔW>@8 MîEØ/þL>‰Ù LOº€¼TøÒïŒÆÀ§Úèo¬¥ëÁhÑ£Žî’Ô7™UíEeíëœvfc]Û6ºÙlÊo«[j|C[>¹´íYX×¢n×`“nkœrÇ4/РŒ£s|c9›?àCÄŸ±8~X0÷̓ÍXSÆ~ü¶åÇö±‰>µµ„¯Ç‹å ~6g1 }@6O êÇÛ[Sfê@)¬%?úýùYC»s¼‚žûľ£’ü ª}ŸßÜR´±Í㪛VÁþD¹å‡WÕÉ]+i>«JØ_?¯k?ý¡§ô’¶À«* †CbÐôö݈V”ZŸ Öª¶‰öè]ã.óÅNÅhG£axñÔÃ~û¾£-l4üu,ó±§ý@J¸]ÛvM«a‡—Õ¶¬pÀå=?ľ ºU‚!E÷t†ó0sº]Náøz¾„…\øÌž'V§ŒÒÐ^8Ú’íUÑŽ1†ßPfb\6¦ŒÍïÿ1¥ìÏ…í@Öœ±¥Ì«] ²ÔðÉñiI¹¬›ý9«‰Íìô-êUŠ{mÀfÖ£—ÍîUÌ"/·µŸ¾ªg!WÊÙ¶ÉUlÛ¤Úæ·ºƒYöU2å·óN¯`óûV$J¤Ž}•ãa?Á²_SÂõ¬[RÏþD™ê§7øHÍ­h›ft¾ö°¢¤–6¥s[ݯ-í­,%PüEeK .Càni[4¬ 2%lñøJÖ¾Öï,ò%Ê·õìlϺ±ŸÚ–)Úk€é_¾®gçW°É]›QÚð C CBâ$¢é˜ú%­#娦æº[ƼW·Ì¨ÊöãÛv°rÍmáÐÏì—WÝ`šZ¢YÂöiF´Keži}6Ï6¸é°­ì¯€ó°K5mJûOp|¯hqjÙÏß4±€£M`å>°½˜ÓÞa¾Ë+&Šà÷ñíßò,Ö•5jŸÒÚ.¬o#C û;»µ´-Ë‚åÙº°œéPÂ6Ž­hßåPšzGIìx ;°²„}ÿ²ó€L²eíÈÒêöÓ @yCÛ:îÛ1¶œ=:YÎþþ‡–HimHûb–€èׯëZvdb‚Š[üÍêöϯ+Û­“5Ì‹ÿþs€â·­lÅØâ6ßëc¾çcû àóEnS›ØícØÅ*Ì@íMOë¸}v%û äJ`‡—— 7²Ù%ˆà©@¦Ú§è“*a’:†¨?"à>DÉ1· ÷Î÷/*NôIuÛ=½©YÕÌ|—•µ?¤´F8ÞÇör¶e4@yÁg¼7u˜¯ímnï2įÔ෱¸ú6±ÃG¶ppU»y²ªýð¦‰å¢Gߪ˜eñ~þí+„×׸–ñ¥ˆ6)mY;fõ+cƒ[VvÇÛD(?2š"ÂÈà ÅæAlN âo•  bòŽQ;y-ÀñøÒÄ£I‘–FÂÔ“Ðà¡Ã¿Å7&‡ Jž4*$Ã\äÀÈåUbRYÔ»i{ô.ÏØ “ÐôÜ!ç*ÝJ—‡zdì÷Š–ä|NŒ@.àB •Ä´IªLäà´C¦KF„Ïúðû2ˆ…Ÿ±±«D£î$—JßFž¢ŒÂ}Ó.3IDATí™ãTŸSlZ¯s’>G—“ýO{¬ò‡\Pÿçq}]? &ùT¼€ŽR²:B9¾9š ÀM>ã{“Âu% ¤°¡~FË9àAl“k"ˆRVü‘lº— Ä‘³µ}ÀT åV½Â-Yå¥\~ŸÛG‡Vì4X†Lß$Z–†GnÍÑî\§}[ì™Ê”[ 'ˆ¢%ÜÍìˆP÷R8*jÉV»›U&ß÷–'ÿŽÚÚOPžƒq¢Œ$_}}‹©á+˜8egåPò9ÝÇszÏ‚™Q9ÆÅ Ý xFŽ¶Ä5 |ß9¢±]_=Ø>G×óŽ²e.âé$JéÙ\•%$†ÙrÁX(á9š&ù)Tî½rîuæ'Vr_}l]ÿîû}øÞ›(ð¥örÍ—ž×{0íÖmqñtšÏ[žûÛ'‡Ý>99ÿ)çI›£UžØuþÉ18‰ùŠ¸þðd6!àù08oa Ÿ1¦3* ¦Ë„𤒡MEñšƒyŒu.¬§¢ d5@9ïž‚!9!‡Sªzówh@` `(0$!z×+íŽƉ u™I€ ›#3»€¤:‚n­,aî¥Ò§4;™”x`¤Q’‡Ðû¨:%"šK”‹V6Ìm&ó-Ÿg)à¨Î„dʈ*uéþä$]ȸäÂneøÄâ¨Û*ó=yæÄâ«ðŠ‡é’Àù0Z ‰žc`îò)g¢ùø)Áè7¥ÙüjÚÓ›ÍmíÄfî|±3ë¨ÿ»S÷G„|±ŽE ôÔ¢ûýËv`IEßþCK DÃñþáUÈ_kbÎ;õYœÙÏ_5²½ ÊØÑ5ìNÜ1})]×FR}Ð.Å“¼ ®bö¸½­·¯ïõ²ßêþŠáyzs2âŠÛžÅ¥Ø`úszniy ÛYÍÖÄ(tU-ûs~/6—Ö{­©…_­iý²¡ýùË&d¹‰¡]u e"´¿¡“øÀsõL [2±6~#8‘ÏèÅÇÑ'V;Á‡VÙû]øüŽö*¾½¡[çD[‹¹âÅBß˾¤$v¥¶ÅßjÄxP*Jmm»çV·Ùžuí4)÷qt„ª›,öp_¼Í†YúÃFvõ`=»}ðõ¥‡%= ónX9‚h;Ø2)í}ÑÊîÕ‚µÁÔmoEû=Ä/°+§”²¡íª’A†­¿úNþG;~¦å’œ¦Ñõ|UǾI@^1;¶¤Žý-Ç×Y­-˜²JØ¥ºö&Žâ /E#í.4L0@™÷ëÛµýÈÉ«g¯b)“}ð7 O­ƒ -6­ ¬É¯É]›PÕö/«L a¯³=§ôÒ¶Ž€\­Ç!‡›s=0h¹boÔ³K;‰Ù¹ØÀ\{ØT´0'·Váµ·w5íîÑús­¾ý¹ˆòã»–htjÚ´.DÙÌl?ž}ìž~öKº‡[€›t†ìrM{›ƒŽå­§ù|çüÔ~y«’^W›ØóS›ãU›¼>J[oÛž ¶Q?°=Ë*ÙW¹­ÓD¥4"[­}•Þ ÖÌîžmbã:üžµ·cT´6Çí‚щéÉf_ÓNÎû6­`Ó»×…ibù’ß`7ŸEÕ³[”é®z7·ä0ƒ7ü§–±?ç„,ž^®eAþÕíOÌ©ßõUà)n/’êÚ_^Uuß÷cߦö*± ÝXh{J†Å,óßaèRƒjñœªYQt#û÷ÚýS5mH»bösâ—¯Øý“u,à`S+Šg¬) Ç4µ©]oWvV…!¢L…0¾ Úâ!Õ,5¸-¿™švã@3»áÝȲºÄ*»Èé=ÜL{$÷w ­½{Ô†r˜§ðìÁ|nE2îÄÚ_ÞïdÿzÞÞ^E´µûGkò»kØÏ_6³DXÃÙ=Ëj[Þ^'¶¶?Wý3Þ¹±Mì×oÚX†X« «Ù_Ÿwá}©k÷ýêØù]-†øÉÉ6€¿Ö¶sd+ºI -U$ |$Ɖ:““±RPj¹‹øÖÅ´aic.‚͈Gg+ ÛhX™Ëˆ…U.xK"Sb'À¢ÿ‡á›D¼ÒÔhsÖÉ^@GmÙ°·1UóÅTíN–?Ç\¶oƒOÂäеŧø€6s•s¤mÑF•XRv’ÇZlæ;:¹°?Ò£(* ‡ ÓÑðêùLÒhP®Ò)<‹èéTv„ïB&;ù·i[FSqmÕ@Û9ª1›× û ÏØd¾;££ü­Jd0$iê¢d#½Î[âò1ÏñÓIx舒.%g\æic’ÆHÙU2RÔ˜¨ã(Ï-䕾c››™Éè|ùÄ×^R2 ¡ô =ÔU||¾ÂHîÛ0?wÛ¶C2jº_ ¢läÊSÒØ$*Jv(0ô ðPø+ºëíî†Ë¦Ô'íL:&uv}ŽXZð™è¼7hLáÄînóçd®¨T4b¼´¡?€©Ø?®%N¯ð{ÁÔO€I¤D´©{ "-’ÀŽÄÉš7š Ï)õeñL#1¶ÓF›Î½jl6àþ)_‘7xð„Ãh H2Ç2ù^éY¤=Jã¾”ý¥Ž,‰z5Ž*é©kê̼~tì´?’ÿF îÊNwéE 0ðƒ“ÀsÐÜ‘X>†AžOWq˜¾E—sP.+i©4wŸÀˆH$MÒ3DÆ€âTmæ´`ËŠ AãõuÔž)åIã$GªøÒf| !òU¾ãçžÃlåútÄLI¯n€E¬âûH+ìP !†O"|95‡"„?9£ ßèDÑýbŠévëÞH‡€'#CueIdÊueR..<%zna\x€,ëþÏ™Kš c £L¬y™Æø+Ë)N Þ*™b(Ö& “''q@Q¶´pÊÑ%P:‹„¹•h¹À rHþ–s²Êy‰‘vBeSÐIçñ€ÖVµ¡«•Ùተ_y8òúO FÁêW,PïØ Ã»Ú_ò&ÛŸ²§³øö±{'1$›ÒØy5°‹Ê[^x{û±p0]S§žlbßf³}>ÒöÌi`ÇÖ@õ>ÜòÂÆÑ•Qζb܈5…kzL«é­5´¸³Ð½ÂMùõÍñpZï@¨CRzI›Ù¯Z€ÎóþöUö@›Ö¿IàmíÈâ&–t§:œáöç :j(ýðz }ÿj¤MêQÁõmm'—´¶¯\Õai*Ú;X‘©ƒ?´ÙÃÙF2ƒ|çRŽç”›Ìá!‘‰(Zn#´Ad Û‘;‘3ÞX÷ÆÛc:ƒèô)ŠíŠöa´ý9{¼åGtµ{ˆe7Oln«Ho?¢Vd93÷bh­-¼5ÁçhJx3íO¹0¥wZÛNÛã[ £ÑÌþÝíëd/ûõÙ8û.Ÿ²½ìOiãižb›g6´‰$Ù/ØS+¢z:Û÷Ýí¯Ùt´æx­! ^*ŽI°<ŸÙº!u(;ÒqÓÃ~(˜`ßgNF :ƒNN…yŽÂL¶¯ý)‘N¯‚ñö—¬ùdÚÚÏ´§ ØÝ~ÈcÏÂG¢Gih_æô¡¤6F§Ží_TÏ~~5}Å ›Ù¹,kC[»²t&°Ý)7´×mì[× ´Xóì÷ùð8iôkÙΙUÝ@ëYžö}:æyŒÛש=I¤üÓÈfv©Çý·³ZÙåL «“KwÖ)” 1 ò°×ÎN”f´ÜÝfz•°¿½˜b¿ä·i½KÙ\,(.n@£T8Áû,›äùsõ÷vbCeÆÏË~NÏÊ{ʳúá%LáyOëñ‰ógU,îÃŽ=½ì/Q“iã¦ãsCÙ¶&€±6e؈ª=-íV{(7{¦ý%‡ƒGPwJ|õm×”šdö5¥](¥+Þ«-£`ÚŒ^5y*ØåÝeÐ/µ£{o–½ ŸhÙÁí¹—Þ–ûd¸MîXŒ°Öš€L/Ê]SíyD_ËzŒ¾èÅ»s¸ƒ yú®p$¥¨¾ö*Ž1+XÄ| röÃ*­V F‡’Ýç$’ßeƒšd#[}j~'ßmðB©t‰}“ļ}0ÔvΪ Ã׊°c:9œ;0ësìé)`Kd*my~^Ì—qöm:È~ž¬ -Ñòu¡²ø>¦¿ýš7Ѿ˄i¹ÕÜŽ,«aË6°°{g—±7ñ]xö£){“E§ß/¯GXnЛҡ˜m[ÆÂÐ+Fzpýc`hXQkÎÊ·T ŽãÖï=¶…“§–@óF8§tŽr§Nè$Ñ‚GW1Ê“ÔéÄ‚éÎ×Ï䤈Šöä0¡„êÑÉ3Mƒ~墎œ×”/tr—Œ4¯TVa»ˆ3á êæ*Qý5æåµ¹ iSO¹°…Ó3­Ã7÷¹DÊVélnb+ôUÈFþÐ#ÖG:µ¶?Eí} ÷Y‰“_âÞÌ.sŸ¶i‰•Ã0ÑØ‘ÞB%¬{,>ø:ÛèáiíÝíï:uËó§€rJ:ìD²„©”2r`£ 6yèv^£×yJ§L¢ÒV*Ÿ/`¦MZ›l8!š~2N?ºgU¶!-Kðyål9-ÉgV¶´+êÙÌ>%mx›²lªmìär„À»lˆ#ZþΖ ÿÐ6N«h“ºVfSm`~ËÚ6èüáÞî¯d½·é½›ÙN2€naSà lŸ S‚ÈS 4üÐbZÙêÁ¥l$¥£Yž0&“š°Vèt=¿º½ÍïSœ¹ðæw¯ñ©mTœ²[9›Ù¾¦CŸL‡bî܉”’díÀœoPiÙ¸º‰lK É)n3»ÿžë.eÞSÑ÷t.e zÕ·K”¥ŸîîdÇxFz=kð=ëpÚÒvG@^ïw¶¼ÿïm"ê…”0§t,O~¥V¼hRŒÅùfƒvðóK*cTWžrWMÛIjù®‘­m“W5ºK{™ÏœÚ6²Ùïmx“líÐʶgbkó™áAk¼Ü¬ÛBÏm×:ÛóC·Àxf§š6¯Cc¬DȈà z©gIQï›Ñõ#Då%mù€r6«sÛ@Fßñ¥6·WyëXþÊ?¿³5£J2¯(µ1™\ÉÌ+cK|bÃ}`“˜»¦â4¹¹máп Ý“÷Ür¶v„®»”­ÐÔfu-efÕ§œ[ÙF5ÿùÉ5 «pkIlE7, ðŸrÇNŒ³4´p Ûß—yX ô± A¼½a8%͉-ìÚb¥¹÷²“s«Ù$~ϨÆüÛˆj¶cBtm]lR³¶Žˆ¡[[¶}‹Û0Ægó{Ç ®ep›×µ,îƵqç ‰xz2¥Ä|ÏòŒÃ¸Z4A '£O,F6ö‚Æ›)RÑ"4Ä’Œ…k²òÊ(m“õ¾Ú¤sÙÐ Ùl2dòÆb«n( ýæâžJØš´ê¢Q¤€Ž˜ ¹ è°©­7 ’@ÖÕiNä8™kÿCÄY{¡\,6y'å)mú)çéÐòÃ=ùéäWØ)l” xÌ„¡HAo¡è‰<6-*mJ|–ˆø6ƒ,VG' UV“XœPÚÏv¢éQ»õSÄHw0(Ò&–Í÷ªÝ\§ö5é.Š˜ÛÁ¨¼€))¢kH9L/0,BÌ›Êix!±©t rüEˤÍü"¥9•ŸᚬMJâÛd6n9»K{9ÿ>üåsOÒ$I zƒÒÌ1(À\6容ÛÓŸêâNPºÀ|0é,Zç¶26˜æ]&.¿s²É;1'Lë£ )ÆCc_ÈgI\«tvùäÀÛe݈Nœ‚ oØ‹…wד³í,€qÙ`N½Ì®§G¡¿OO·«xØlK/ʃ,î«FxØ’~ íîÎ4ûÒµÔÙvÎ(n^ Ê"°€X0¡ºÜhiûg~…š‡#sʼ<ÈÔz|`¬íœÐ=QÛ>¡-@k0iósì‚î½“Ú âì€üP:‘˜‹†Û}R¤cOáŽ{l5.ÓXlÀüŒuíæÆAl”µYèëÙ&E½§ ŒÀc¨sˆËï®±µØDª°™66?XÈãó„M÷$¯[†yƒ°÷e~×W Ô‚¼g*>X³: ³F$õu€Û“´mlc[TÈtÚ;–thÓ¯£Á‹>6æ ž¶ ˼êÚÆõhB  °~ãèÖtU¶1Åm;!¡›ðH[3´&×ì2׿7÷í£(¯l¢¤àTnßhÖ£ëúáôÞÔÖ®gۇƢœ>=Û8LàúÚÜNÕmFûr¶Æ«>›nSZ¡Û:pá­y«¬$ èø9È_ XÙ϶nhkǻǶµm#›ÙÊ~5ÑCô˜[»xëj3VʺrÕ†bjÚÈ&5íÚ•'ÙÕµ€Ë~õÈxªmûH¤ßNèó’Þí6,át&ÆìèDæ³ý¸Çuýñøü‘¶D[pT5áÈÌ–¸#W¥l×ÆvmGÓ ]ms9Б*~aQ;~®’mZÓvÅ´sd˜;â“Ó €ÏîåÛñq[Ù§&s…ì&ÄUýÛ2V¸¿ÏasºÕ±¥°¡kGÔæ[!ïnKú¶`tDʬ° ãP‚û¨i»IßÅ×þ‰4Íí„!ß@®¯¿¿™maž#õ~u¿ÆŒq+æfs®¹¢­ê͘óþf®úÏïH¾ÖpK¡L”‚ELÀ"öä)ãl®‡­TÝmf«°ÕÓøò<&'. ÅÓsˆRâï7nγèl+xo&7«Í{ƒ+2nå·7x¾jÛŠÕyWZ¸ƒqWöl@V^[™˜&b’y~q{®±:‘Lµl;ñ)ãG²—S‘8M'îºUíîj",ð|Š™d]x‰8m§`ZXLÂSmXyl;°t÷^ÆÆ¢Î6SÆ„bu².¾/ž$ßNè.Nò¹€}¦ôalÂ)n×ZéyЙpú¸Q§ŒXœ4âÄäì\fB¿:@•½!^BÝX2 A¤yaù@{+d¾Ô¡ô-`L숫tù ðp C¹0yü·Ê6/Ja–ÎA‹â!no& Ž.,iAâd{› rþ”¡6ê\º Ù´£„3öçêÂ)U½`ܳøÞ ÆN~F)xÉü3¶P›neCùúˆM’ÇDÑfïËXÄ(XW~Wü^‡˜tæ‡X›DØ›L¸ Œ”NåN—:ÀlŸžÓ?¡¾î”ö"ÿ¹˜&ž&gÎg:br’ÆqrM»2Æníhg‡æ´²ÍãÙÄaèn’ŽÓ”î‡6)…σ|ø¼°zŒš1ˆM~mÓä—!Ú¾LnÓ]L!ïrb;KRø ÄéÌé«›ÇaóÎ<‡ATÆÛµ5ƒÑèŒ}žŒx?Ý"y±V¥ jã‚ïÃ(q ¢Ë‰¸Ü€ŸRæKD y|­]Ý4‡hºÇ‰z'W(’,© Ýó˜»8ã+uqíxŒGàÖG`Z‹w6¶íãé,ñB4푉0™ÑÄ<ÝÙð9Öø›KKæ2\‚Ù).ç¸Rbìy‹0Ö¿,Ö¼plnnD³G¶Ð­Í|îtPt»%s6cC½ÉØJBoG¬ƒ?÷{ˆx}fá¡wÉZ fÅ1—e–øvç:× b)®1†!8Äj>‹Ï}¢âo¤;m¬š~rã,;G~Ðå•Œ)šÁû¬õ7`bé°'ÕÚ᧽)v[ýs‹ÀÒ"öæÙÄ1/b|˜g°®g— ´‹üý5ôtw/DÎ¥,AW’éå•E³ÿÚÉd= '˜s´=áÐu{ƒÝ‹œºßÇÑ|EóAЖÉ8Os0%?NºÐÛ+`zVàZ½k)¥þù°I£miÏz€.€â|æsæã°Š ãCÊ|Âa˜¯D:nâ鎠œùˆqõ_4Ò.-F9|,$f¢€‹§0‘ÒS_Ð×ãrØu~ßĶÕ7N, ›$&˜‰ÔX1–/Äÿ·6Ncî#|Ç÷íé&ÄÈÛûbü‡9)à*œ0êP:.ÎïŒ qowi+z÷bóÐìÙÈÎÑy²ó…¹dñìî,ï‹×ŒƉ„ØÓßît{yiWô‰\å× Ÿ*Áþɦ!t Ç p´ùö/S*¾ÌØ\€ó[<Ê–ôjk‡wO…õ –ƒÂÙ%# SŘ?ýÒ46~¬'f“»GóÂÆã,×—yaò9’Ö|œ¯éJº9íåùC˜Óè0 ¨‚Õ ª2s e¥Æ58noémé˜õ¹HO¦R’Â!?‰¦œÊE!da][3ÈÎ2ß.qý·–ð¾ÐNI9vü6±+¹ï)=mBãªtjš)Û;X;¢9t* YymW–Þ×¢ñå³ýèÒCÉGÁ­Ö¶«ó躚I, ®67–{Änä<Ÿ¹¼K´ÁC¸/ÊÄ·¤àëTLå 1%¹œ*uÊNg£ÊRy?uR<ÏÚ2¤‘;Œð+\x%lUÍ-&¼Ülóøù4\éâ\FÓYô”wdZ" –ÚÉÎÊ€5c"£Nª˜ø¾{œÍë2e˜˜Öá.¬pGµLGRŠ€5‰å¤.­Š¼t´©Ë+Gfn*Ç(Re+…R:´˜x”‹”Ħ¥\¤} w¥¡+#J\i&Ô‘¥ÿÅÿ5õ»´¢Êƽñrr4VI.žMI‰ä¹h(Š:ÙlÎ…”³”ï%ö+ƒëIc|üÑج§ÖÆþ}üE¾‡ìDÀçÆYFü^EIÈ`ÏÁ}=Þ΂7·q´ý@ÙJnÓ'³‰+f#‘ <Œ±‰:¢¤fX›´ˆß9 C }ÌnÜ*÷ 5Š±–0;ò’Ê2beä·âä4þ9á¨)€›Â4KlT2VÊ¿¡ök6:Ñ„*ŠÉø<ûÂ|Qz•46iéT¢auÎÑf®Äku’©kI~<ê.S•ÚüÕb®¤õ<·6ì @GZ9 («œ¢ÙœΓÞûm¤Ÿ[p¬Î¼‡2DÄûE!©EãžDå aE¯Ž"vÃý‘È„çnA7@–FŒ_ÚyrÐ1/:®S”Ô‹ùRgšæ‰o¢pŒõ°¨1Ée3N–× X-âQ07/ï!‚ÆX1ë à† :Ûû4:ÐRU®Açqõ2@ç¹XæWŒŽò˜ÜÁ™…ta]G„›­.6¾rT^ H0¬ M`H"gùãÈxÑ-âwàœy%ƒ?éivã•´o|;{€h%ªÔÊÈ)ÉÁXdÿ‡qqQ†T e$–rZ> UŸÅ»ð–-UâeÞ=uTe1ÇTN"¹9ˆì˜ ²~d ¿¦,=GZÖ^¯¨7ÐᚥÁA`,G@' ¿•^Þ à6KB0W©t[%tTÚ2¸> v>ŒtD€ Æ,Q­çüì,èïÑy$s z©_‚0äq²vàt2–ɔәéöäÓ¼Û€-EnÄ£±ºNªöU6ƒë|ÁÊ!‰¢Û°[×é\c#B½=ŒÓ¿˜*å²Å3.q,”‘xEÀ°xÇsðŠÐdî5•õ#òÀ€ûX;Ɇö„÷4œ¹–ÈaÄu–ŽN7‡)ç)tNèøbŽà¿Ážâ‹‡@<¡P„Öñê<;ORõYÆ–&– ù@Esè¸Ä¦@¨? { F‰Ï¯ÏÃqÂlÊ«XdÂ$‡¡Ë»ÍBþ”àH™@ºâ ŒG*]‡’8ÞÓDØ^—뵇ÃÞgs ÞðTúúI2ºŽÏ¢,3m<ëÜ‹0–¬+.€i(›aYBµÔ²;h˜‘c ›b‚a,B°ÙÈ⽋…)º¸Š¤çi½`[‰èà^“Y¿S˜Y¬¥)Ê:ƒ)W®˜ƒÃ[ ¦QDDÂhF£årÊã êx榢0¢ITO`ÎÆrzaé8˜€ž¤^ón‘¦X ®çš'e¦R6Ï"“/ý‚°€I@Ʀ‚Ö¥%XN»¨‰kIDDêä3ãöñù‡8: ÂXÛB^Ô‘Iêí"¸¿¡ ¿©–í;ÆrŽã¡ãþ‰ÏH ÉæËzA‡âSJ- »Ô¦¨òåŒD²Ã"ÐœÅaˆ]Ô¹~H}Ý!Òá8¨ÇtÂè܉æûã;(‚Ck‘̳H„@c¹NxÊÄóg<ÂäXÆ?Ÿ™¸=*—±F7dÄ®vvÎ[Ñ£¦;094k扙–u‚àNÆÀ 3çM硦2=ŒØC Ñj™Žá÷Æóÿò¾$³ÇÀ†rý!È|ñ£›ßµ@ñOf¡ŒY0ã†kps(…®N'àÒÁ½†sHˆaý€‚)ŠÞÆçB”pô#–1 K¬­²'·}Ò’nie¥Q% b(Tö쓸–‘NP§2¹ô³ñ\"&žo˜QÒ:@CdÉÒšAz„ÐH#ÎFJd;`£±!‰¤+*Z"¥pÙÑtÞj¬xçËÄÒÊ»1!ò$n;pi„X'Z2Œå9E0ÏÕ­{wýx[ 3wF(ùAÖ±©–;WL#ò7ÉìH3¡Óx’Ûsc½Ûâ-2É{‡Ø¶ £²‘¯£•QРÌÏÔ.ûˆSÑJ‰ªW«gíÅM¾IX&Ý9ˆRcXxòo{£ÑÙ…6‡¶cß÷¬EîuhxÚȳˆP«t(bÊ(NHNñ©PÐÒèÄÒr+]Ž¬ù¥ƒ àMÞT"PYJ‘úÓoQO»uù}ÜI:o8m»[Î)w°X¿ÁÆ-W±WVS‹f#Ö¦,W„|QâXhÔFs‘ý³¼¼ê¬Yõ>³ öá0Ù`ÛpKëñ]Ü7á Î‡œÞÄd<¡\ÀIûyˆN-¼È÷¡ÖUººÆ×ÏÎ$[˜xœë†j¿»q•öèü~¾NR"¼~ˆgƒèôÀmJ4qÁø­ÈŒP‰ÕÙ”7âY8¥åp5‹ÍùÝ#%Êœ¸óhv‘GT@Ûñå•ty ‡žlOé!6Y6sØŸÊz*yÉTQ^C2÷Ó³õgÃQ˳4Hê*s·j³¹:ä^L9Få!Ä zU·óFÙiNÆò2€e'~O9± èˆÉPzŒàMNŽ;2”Ìàw…s" ö~Ä3¹+“4˜ ï£Ï¹ËžÒ!¥ (¢=)`|NÐæŒMŠñI9‡. Ïœ$Êzé”­bRá˜\JtB¹)‹y!/±3Élê:kL2/ó I´Îóǘ즼«ñ²q²›NG ‹ýæWŠ~óIÑò’Aa0/T `'Å%˜àJ¥ž;ÙÈUÞR‡”LýTR¹J?ùhw”¡%¤2’L/ã“´JÜŸösºãTbËbSWç×ý­ãùÂÖ\› ­á±,\!èžðw7á”Ó nƒ}¡2"ó.¦SåÂ,Þ“˜#xî&ÔóØ ôVó8é“UijP7[ã, #P"án&f‘Ê·JrÐöâ|½æ„`Ì(â;”•}žßÏÜRc…ÿºQd öuû2¥ãÚžNi;Ÿgš©Àae)GšRâØtb1³Œå]NÀZß p‰bÃWþW<פ|.Å‚DÂí£r5î´Üw”/e`BACØŒîoH©”î½Ó0ò°Ì©Ò "ú⑃pEÔ`tÍ©=áÀHX]j³æ÷À”EЮFXäC6½=”OAãÈççœj9¾£­Ð˜1 ˆ·ãè²QXgŽy^ ÙNN’òýI‹jƒŽb³§´›}aQÛHÉåÖê^ÄZ(÷k²åöÒ•}uP©êÄ^ CÙÒÁŽB'%¼D@CÜöáduñ=ûóría”FƒøÌU½*Û>JUOÈš{kÆEèºB11Œ™ Àá0ÅI¡î´H€™‹ü,×nÀÉÅrí!“ &,‘çÆZFòy€ü ëÞ¡±¶oDSÖ á–} Iëyçk@eò!:ʬ ë$#+žŸ‰ØŽ %Be'ȱèˆ}¬e¬™Q€¾PÂc¯û5¿C%·§˜"fÂ#·Ñ”q£H ÈŒeÞ:yv±$É'I–@xmåÁdî%•ŸI¦t–Äa= ËŸaD…òŽ…ïŸOÌÍ(ÛÞƒÌÙ-íÈdÀÎû¿Þ=E€Y™ôIEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/document-open.png0000770000000000017510000000263511700107426021772 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR szzôsBIT|dˆTIDATX…í–OlÇƳH‰TJY]¥6ìp}rsíú_j|t[ ð¥'Ÿz¯ 9Î5‡†Ñ›QŠâ"È¡AëÀIÐJÙ (É2ij)q—Ë]éA"Ã%iÙ*Šö’o±˜÷ÞÎ÷½y³;ÿgˆýœ—.]ú¹Öú϶mw†c ÃÀ4MLÓ¦ibY½Ö0 „&Û‹éÇ÷Ú[·n k_uB|199Éýû÷‹iš¢µ@kÝ¿{î†mÛ™ñzþëׯ÷mÀÕ«W?‹ãøgãD„a8((Ó¾ƒ‚zR¢”’qŸ¹qã­V+“ÖšÛ·oÐl6yðàÁÉ'8}ú4ívÃ0üŒË²vªÕjùÙ³g™—‚ àرc¤i À… €ñ31îyØõz!D=#À0Œf©T*ÏÎÎfxžÇââ"aây>|˜ÍÍMŽ?Žïû´BøQyšf;biÍÝ'C8jËöÌN²³ã#´øÔ¸wïžEÍf“J¥ÂÙ³gq‡í@0S*ài†PZƒÚÛ€”Ö(ô^קU/f¯¯w¥I¥ÉYß®;™Ê¿½…­b±H’$LMM!„ ák¦P ¦c 3Ľ«¿sB*5a’2‘3YYk ú¼¿†±í8NÙ÷}lÛF)…Ó–Lr´º ª·ÞÞ6ýêò$R‘¤Šâ„EÓ ‰â$þâî¯WøšeYA@±XÄ4-š~JaÂ&ŒÕØéTÙífMÿ¹ç“RÓM$qªÐ@!o²Vs¦ñ9 H´Ö›ÛÛÛH)B°å+ʇŠt”j$Ãq‹o0F*Ý¿‘³Lª›Û•¨?f¤iº*¥Ô–e‰(ŠXsbϾE;LúÙõUo¨½Z–£?C£b÷\·^Û1Si|2</[­V”¦éÄÍ›7ñfÊ»gÎD’TíN¥Ô­Æþ&È[&õmµ¯ÿ‹Ãja&çΛØÚÚâað6…‰nì•`ãŽ\}ß›0`ýÅNŠÔêÙúLÓlø¾/óù_.Íþð1yh&MâÜè@‡Ò:âÔG)lUê€lrX@(“€Í).Ðáõkù{üïðo`%GŒlzQ™IEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/document-properties.png0000770000000000017510000000213311700107426023216 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR szzôsBIT|dˆIDATX…å—ßjIƧª»'›8c˜!ƒ‚ 8“DP|}|½Ý˽¼Ìì+ÞŠ"øhÀ¿˜‹‰±™$Ó3Ý]Õ{»èéôd2qïöÀ¡ºÎ@}_}眪ø¿›”÷ïßÿÝ÷ý ©+¥PJa­ÅZKš¦c*Çi1Ù‹ãøŽeôàÁƒƘÌZ›Yk³8ŽÝ·1fÌÓ4už$ɘÇqì|4e£Ñ(»wïÞ2žW¤iº("|øðÁÃÂÂq#r(XytrÊAȲŒV«E’$‹S dYæ˽8? IñJÖÚJ@akk cLå‚U1­5Ng"øTEpáÊ•+•JL"P¶\Ý©ªÒ "¼ÿcL%à$ºÝîlŠå:èt:c»ÃW¯^a­eaaóçÏÓn·-ÆSÈçeÒ4%Š"Ò4e0°³³ÃÖÖÍfAkÍêêêé <þœ7n¸y·Û=’ÿn·Ëãlj¢¥I’pîÜ9Úíö¯)pûöm×ÿ"»wï*k ÙlòñãG¬µcxýú5ß¿Çó<ÖÖÖf'e"r¤%;J©Ê³áóçÏÀaá‰×®];–¯wbŠ6 xúô)KKKø¾ïâ"B–eÎÓ4ÅZËË—/ñ<õõõÙ(î.÷ýý}<Ïcoo›7oR¯×]!>|øápH­VC)Åòò2ׯ_ÿ5Ê]077GEcxôèA µf0E‘SÅZK†¼xñ‚ ¸zõªÛý‰ TIÕh4XZZâàà€$Iˆã˜$IÜÑ,"ø¾çyA€1†ÕÕÕ±b­ZW•išŽÍóÅ•R\¾|™ü ”Âó<|ß'§ˆçy(¥ˆ¢ˆÍÍM·F®Î‰(‰ôz=æççÙÝÝuGv1UÖZ§JÇDQÄüü<—.]šÀ“'O¸uë–›¯­­¹7B†DQD­V£Õj1 xöìY–¹Tø¾O¿ßg{{›‹/¯$¦©ËÕ;wˆãØ)ðöíÛ±ë8{½gÎœ¡×ë1ÑZ£µfee…~¿_ ~¬åƒ`}}ýH{æSîa²¹¹‰ÖÚ)¡µž@•½yóf¬ê‹äŠßy+j­¹páÂlŠ)([®@y×Uj„aÈ·oß\·œ˜À¯(àû¾»=ߟ;;;ÿi ä÷BngÏžEDNW„ÇYñÉvÜïpØÇY™@C)Õϲ¬Ñh4\Ï{ž7±.¦™ˆP¯×‚`X~£2:°üõë׿îÞ½û§ˆüv*ÄÉ6üôéÓß@ÐÀ6`‹Ö€ÐÎ'÷ÏŒànöؾûPñçô'ðÜÏqúcÿdf€„CÙG€Ëç¿^¥tøölÕIEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/document-save-as.png0000770000000000017510000000345511700107426022371 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR szzôsBIT|dˆäIDATX…Å—mlÇÇ3»w¾Ÿec°§–©]JsI0‚ë°i)"DJ•~I¥¦‚6}¡RYê‡V Ô¨U‰ˆ¢´´4T8 I¤P° `H Û˜ìãn}·»3ÓØWÛbš þ¥ÑÎì=zæwÏÌü5 ÿg‰;T®x±^±N Ó"ˆ e”>Œ¯vïÛòî=([ÒVhÛœ9³j+¢Ó§ÈIya|_q©ïº~ÿdwºÿzò„Â{âÒÞ_þB¦.{±, Í¡x]ybö̪!Åô€maI°¤DJpòìeµïÐÉdÆ7ó.ýuëÉ/ ¶u[0™Ìy{n¼ªDYOÿà+`çMŸR˜7³fª´¤$ã*´1Drlú>Iðû½ïõk×›uáÍç{ïÀÿ"R±øÙÉцÞþDM×¥þCלí×S¯w_¾>s¾·òŠ’€°È¸ŠdÚ£0?B, xéúý]õsU ¬µ-l%3í–%ê<£—ü—ý{ÅÒ_>YXýíú•sr¯ßÈà+1†’Â(¿{ípâ“Á¡¹w»rôÀº‘že„¹èkõøøɺÿ¶õ×® ýélw¿²-‰çk2ž&5äñµ/WD-̆»™ÆU |ùöUÚˆš‡sOì6ƼX–5rЋ04éA5Æé»–ÄW7÷B((ÙýÆ[|=ï Ƙl¼RJyž÷šã8ë÷íÛ—`hm]”Úÿ§Öú×ëÖ­[ØÜÜŒ”2›ÐCÒÉðèæW\_£µáÆGIa>ÒŽ°sçNŒ1£›µk×®'ÚÛÛß^ú¯O_œ]õñ qMÌ^¼x1~»“ïµ½yKÙl["„ÀõZ´1ä,Ri—«5&öó«y¶uíí훀€“kô ÿÀóW‚“V}«é±Ç -Ë¢~F ?Ù8—WÞèdaÃW‡‚XR`[¸žFƒÖ#`ëæeH)0ÞëøˆÞ¾«|÷›3ÉÏϧ¶¶¶Z±pÏž=>`X—.]J2™Äó<–ÔWÐÍaïÑñè#µô á¤} cn.‹“ñyýà9œŒO¼ºßMsòt7¿ùþB´òI¥R,Z´ˆS§N}0fƒ­Zµêþâââ…S§N%•JaÛ6¶m³aÅL¬.âãg(.£Œa ™¡ïÓö rùj’d†ªÒ|B69v†ži¤0?‚”’¡¡!ª««ÉÍÍ]ÙÒÒRò™BˆM«W¯ŽãŒŒÑZ£”â¹µõLÉÏáãç(Œ…¸‘!á¸(}sIK‹r©¼/G?àkãTÞ—‡1!Æ<Ï£©©)6Ü`Á‚¶âéx0úq¯¥”ÊöÇT`Ä2›››ÿ§dw’ã8H)ÇT  ”¢¼¼œ¶¶¶»:†w#Û¶™éTœd¢¬ü½þ¡ë³½yîSy ¾ëÉr+_ì¶,1Ç7zÍüîñó«~zWº:ñË{×/¨)(1†št‚_= ÷áðè¢O 9¾cæaNZÝ1Ù8@ߟ·ývppô÷Çû2ʶ$~ )úgÔçó­ ³ù“‡I˜±æÑ Úˆ–›+Þ~Öó‹H$²Ä²¬ Ã~œÑkndùâvój,Ê¢’g_|™/TîWJ)ß÷Ÿw]÷Þ={ö'Øã;Z[§¥þ¡µþÙ¦M›–vvv"¥ 74Æw‹Ü¶åi¤/Ðhmõ©I§vœ;wbŒ¯Ö3ÏË–-‹F"‘Í—X²d‰-„¸¯½½|>mÛcPJ*ðùÁæùDñ9Ùw†›fO#+¤•‰(7µÔðòÁwè\0ƒŽ–©(¥ÂÓ#¥Äu]:::¶lß¾]^N§×,Z´¨6‰P(RžçQ,)‹hðè7“Ësvà#æÏžF¼,­sëyíí^ê«cÜqëŒp½çyA€mÛxžG2™dÎœ93>¼â"!Ä×V®\I.— Œ1á&Æ´ÖD,Ã6·süäi³9ÖÞ2“Þ÷Ï‘Ëó`g3žçáû>¾ïRJ”Rh­q]—Å‹cYÖ– ëÖ­«­®®^ÕÐЀã8(¥Èçó”——‡ÅH)…RŠÊrÉïùoîåoož çhwµ` Ch­(++CA.—CkM¡P ©©‰ÊÊÊή®®ºÀ¶íûÖ¯_o»®‹"ÔÑÑQ|ß'‘HljF£!°,‹Úê[ïšCÏÑSlýJS«D£Qâñ8Éd’d2‰çy8Žƒ”)%‘H¥ .´µÖ÷Ã…: „¸»½½×u©­­%›Í222‚‚ ¶eY$“I`ìüßœNó»Ÿ4PQn#¥DkÖz,_´ß‘R’J¥¨®®¦¿¿ŸŽŽöîÝ{ðãR!úL2™ddd„³gÏ¢µFʱô°,+4¨µó¡ÔÙàûþÏÅb1„øÏ=gŒ!ŸÏã8Zk¦L™‚Öú†Ð@Ìó„ @8œÿ·\‰ ZÆ%¾š>¥´ä/ñoXž]ÿ¤ÚxIEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/edit-clear.png0000770000000000017510000000322211700107426021217 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR szzôsBIT|dˆIIDATX…µÕ}l]uÇñ÷9÷ÜÇöÞÛvm×­víº•‡µ…Ù±±=°̈‰“±dVS6jâ1èbDÑ F  Ø2Ê@cÚ1”ÛD]]ÙDÙCWº§’>ÜÇÞ¶÷áÜÇóèÞâ”tvë7ùæäwrrÎë÷9¿s~õÜ}Ø)³¼dÂ}˜hf7ªñíGºˆ0G%žß!ý¤æ†[m¹çkö\&oà˜vöøë#ºª7=ÚEf.Ò•óK·ÜÙf?rà»(ªFIE´°¾qaàÃþVÐ3±p`¦WŽ±¸Êxð©‹ÈÑ1ê×;îÙsåµsÞMÇ|¦¡¤9øX39*k›ð”Vz=-÷ÏÀR8¸·Ùü 4|¡õî[]F· Š½•¶°ÿòÒ7Ïš/Ì)à­>‚Ÿi2„ ÿùÕM[­©PÙ襋–3|ùƒÒ»nÖºŸ#t={¯Ñ㧓¡‘sNÒJ¯CS2ÈÁTUÙœáïþÖþüß;0;;¯Ä϶„éNþ|;5‹¥¿åön33N:ÂV!b+™`AÃz%2ò‹‘N.¹cÃsø僖¬ëK7ߺ°È^Ä=¯†ú­@¯´_¹p8–PU³}üaN½¯°4# Ç‹¼Þʆ•_À[±Œ¯öðÆž£Ô9‹X`ˆ d j÷Ct¶iº“=|Ë0ÄgÞt£^¹è6‚}aöï~ )aÒÞ²¯(âóùp„ÃbZ×[€?Ï0mÇ°Q48"ÕÆûš}äÄ8knVÖ/¡´ªŠ÷~þ8ÐGÍm¦¾êaLÃøκ6º¯àÄ«xºÚ Õçp.ÓÁSR‚ìõò·Dë|Áܶ¯]X¼¢ŽXdás¯§³òÐA¯ƒ‡·¡\À#0´jÝÀY‡È¸ ¶üx ëw¶cæz!÷>ŠnE1 öf'}ÇÎä4îÝÔF캾Ÿµ t VœŸÞZÌögŸlvÓˆ£eÇ°ãèº9‘°­!O«¡ÎQ }ÃÚ/ã¿f@Ñ°õ<Ѹéþíó««@ £SJ&•ÄîPѳ~-A,Åæ^‡(.1†ÏüjÂÌ¥6¬mãüL÷Ÿq‡û5\*šGR3T5F %ÄnHŒ‡AÐrv‡—X MëW=V.9ËOöàök`àW3qCUAÓdtuAHbh9²©4JVÇÔ3yë™y›l¢G¨_ý¸§ÈÝðÎñ—ùâ5 Ó‰HVÓ줒 2¤AJÊ‹‰‚¸<^’1 „îŠf&†uR·r·«¤zó ½x±·ç¬ü+#‡uCð’†B":ŽER(*qõáòT#GR˜Ú(e5k‰úþÉØà~Þô€£úÖo¶ŠZñÈñ¶Î pÇZN45ENµ¡ä’(JŽdé8ࣦ »Û¸ñs…îêÆ®l2…Õ–6&}§Ôl:B`Ì|£ë(_;Â0 Z¾Õÿé)€:ã^OÁZÐҾﱹy Oê&F<Á‰Ó9üô‹ô¥TÌ©hó­O)å®ÿywòm)h‘ÿ.°B€‘ï)ÄÔQÉ÷Œk`º² ÄüXàãŸt!bjÖS‰\1³k­ÂÕ]˜@!âëß4ÁÛ9“)IEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/edit-select-all.png0000770000000000017510000000116711700107426022164 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR szzôsBIT|dˆ.IDATX…Å—ÏnÓ@‡¿Ð*¤R©Ê-” %üqîÏP)o‚x$¨ª¾¯À…¼@SÂÁBŠÔ·zh…­U‡d¯½6¶ãˆ¹ä—Lìß7³³+þs”‚_÷m×½i¬Òpmmýlgûñ£Á`p °LºîMãí›w«ôçàðcu2™l—×× 7*• @´ßïîc."s­çŒø<þY€±¯xýìñ?±Å˜‹!áÒÓbsý¾•˜WÑëõæ 9þý¾åë`»u­Ö~ºyxÈÌ …Ä›éúÕÓûňÀh”<NÏÂûiù€ÍtRfÕç˜Ö:ÎXºÜºq’¡Y¿ln-×4ûÜívÛ?~sˆ€eYd­:¼÷@¦] ˆó¶^Ýã‹}åëçõÍlY £—¬S€p|üÕxQ–hµZÙg@u Ûí²L¥ús€Àø@²˜e¢d½·[ð?U.S@œ©©ª`‹§ÓSDdn¾Äd©:¼Öqy¶m—Àÿà^­V´Ei8>ÊÀ…(“ûïwVé.•ã8% úÛñ]` ¸Ç¬#E¿´¸À-ð›Ù‹é/Àû x\-ÕþHÕ­IEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/exporthtml.png0000770000000000017510000000303111700107426021412 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDRàw=øgAMA±Ž|ûQ“ cHRMz%€ƒùÿ€éu0ê`:˜o’_ÅFtEXtSoftwarePaint.NET 2.70V§IDATHK½•iLTWDZ[ìn©1U»è‡j„Š,q+" š"È¢ –M(‚(PˆˆÖ¢µEA\*¸4£€‚¸ÐÊ6ð Ã6À2l3Ã" \ …Âü{ÞS'A“~èK~ï¼›÷Þùßsî=÷hiý_—¾¾÷ïó††Û3õõ·gÿ ¼øK–xü¡«ëdOóžN¼¡™?9¿Ÿ]?XÚý$ðdʸ¹£ÚØÚ&Ö®Xmã S[7˜Ú¹aí¦m0Ûì3{w¬søÎ>Ø…ð[ˆ) ŸãYC‹»ä‘ãyÄ»CC/ñUÉýQ¯”>ÌXîŒÓ1W‘‡,~>2‰ = „ÈÉŸW@ˆ+*‚°PŒ|I5¼Ïˆ°üD+Œ7ùêé¹Êɱ1ñ‰F€MIôí&fÍ™Nh-؈øÄëhkkãàós+hÆââbˆò…š1û»ß^,Ú[Œ¥V>Ã::Ž2r¼ž˜9AàLVcÅë´…Ö¸q+‹s ‹9[TTÄY‰D2ÁÊd2(JD§U`eD=¾µö%­¬ÀºIg³[Û¸ûxk‘ …_Â9ª­­ålyy9g+**8[ZZª‰ ‚ÞÅæwÀ,ŠRdã÷\À|’/§•qLèÁôoì’ž©q •JQSSÃår9g›››9ÛÙѾ¾^$KÀòœ«l5L¸ÀW0®×zñž®- K+5­­­`a*•JÎ655q¶¾¾uµ2\+¹ ‡ íXm;E±¹ Æ;¹m ÿiÎÛT*ܽۉžžàÀÀþù{ŒŒêqH”Ãp»Ü‰5›ü_¢x¡ŠñO{€Ï7†¢£û!ý¨Ýèÿ1ŒaôÉ <ÁÀÐ(úGÑõhªþ1¨Œ#³a;’º`6•@b¾ŠÙ}««~)F¬ä„Êqµ|pS>ŽÄšœ— "RЋŸSÛà_÷h1¶-‡gB;v%wc½ý¯ŽàjŠÙ›ÑÍçUXöS.LCR±f÷e¬ØŃ¡ÇïÐw ‡‘Ëo0öƒ¥ß1¸„œF@ÄE„Åe"èºi½øÎa ¤Â6æ×ÜA˜ïK†×M‰ØÄ\¿ki™TÅ(¯¨DCC”ŠV´«”hii†¬ZŠ‹Íz Ç)nˆÛ™£…ÃXꆊê:‹ŒDHÈ£²²’«ZÚ1MMT\­ÜŽj¦ÝT]]…ä²{ˆÂr*Ô’v&J2cÏ£¨ª“ÃÓÓAAAç …­¶ZZZHDÁmWV ]Úƒ¨’aX;2tšÖQ‘M®ƒ›¥ ¯ræ»NB\Y‹€€>|<«Ü©²jûp<[ +/ØZýÒ£"£¬“‰«VÃÂÿ$Ò:âÈ‘#¯ ¨øUíðÙ©^¶b[ל9KO‘ÀªI§ivy'“XXEð:v صhßAz6ë,|‡´µFckbÁ„~Àׂª{ÌŸm€Û¡Hë±sçN.ÿññ—hË “U¡±±žòßDkQ§‰ÊÔÉÉ|5—ª>pàÂàüù&ñä”ífºÄ‡/t4/¾èνÑ+ÅÍpƒ¬áJË$„êôôõ¥Kéêèè¤ñƒc†|}#»œöÕXZîÈ01±=§£cBÝÑ™ZzÄÇÄ4M/`(‚Ôãq‚~{—=Ì2c·á-Žû{x„ýåê*·³ š›»$è陆͜9{}î@l|¶SV’]B|MÌ&>˜0óç*zzNß9wù/æ®™5K?B[{^ –Ö›[è½ Áv'vÑŒˆEÄ<â3âSâ£g¹~{Ò¬'„ð´AÅC:Ä|bÁ¶¾ÄûÄ;/á Ξÿ¼ºv¢ÄZ‹×IEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/exportpdf.png0000770000000000017510000000307211700107426021224 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDRàw=ø pHYs  šœgAMA±Ž|ûQ“ cHRMz%€ƒùÿ€éu0ê`:˜o’_ÅF°IDATxÚbüÿÿ?-@±ÀÆÆéž ÿXh'™æ1ýÿÿ÷îŸ??ö\¹²|+ÿ €XrÿÃòÛ ‚YD8O;ÌtùÄnÆß?32íbddb4H#ØL ,ll ÒÊZ *¦î ¢’ g³9¶p©ÐÀ³@ü €,`PcæØ÷„™eÍÊu Í©Þ J2 LLL  @üÏød˜Ï2(ÊÄÌ á³r1,;û‚aÃm–£[@fJ±4 ¸À¸øüæí§w^p2|xÿ‰ƒ™ÁÛÃ,·k×NO\\]Áü£GŽ0üþý‹ÁÁÁîºøì †O¼> ¼?ÿüýû(ÉÀÀÄÌ„Ö@Ç0p³2ƒ€‡bØÑ£ nnî ì`þñãǬml€|N0ÿâÅ‹ wïÞc0v f``ebf‡Øã „bÈ` ÌLŒ üP xyyÁ4;;;$U°°ÀÕ‚€¾¾>û·o¸Ä899àâ0 ˆ%I%ÙY€ÇÌÄðá𘞞ÃÙ³g˜™™Á|0-$$¦?zÄÀÉÅÉðà!3ë†ßŒ¨É €P,¥6 €iALB ,öàÁ†?þÀÕÀ|Ë??}:æ=ߟ \¬Ì _>€bAN X9Ø~~ÿ‹}vVV60WII‰áÐPP0‚€ªª*ÐQ, _übà¼û†‘ Õ€B "  ì,Œ ¼’ êš: ÿÿýLjþtð¯ß¿þ…~ÿýÏðý/ÃÓ¿ž}a«yÿã?'FÀ#p‰LF¡ÖòðhÉ"GB¡¡°Ý–;û{Zeºad²}È—ÄCÓ…ì'!&ܲáeʼn ³'+MÕ´˜Ú|e/·Â"v`\ŠII3ÌÜ|†óï'Æ__~üøÆðëû7†~00ÿÿŒL`*ãfgäá`äagxÇ&Ìð—…‹Í|€B±€A\ìl ïŸaÐc}Ç +-ÀÀLïüÜ‚ ÜìL B|Ü ‚@ÌÃÍÅÀTÇ tÑ/`øöå3ùOl ÷¾±ãÕ€Bá²0“) ç'7Ò­¸¾>dxuëÃõÓûTeÅ€€ f&YHñŒ `üügøŒ`ÎçfgÁˆ€BËh @ï3SÐ`†º~ã°Høà ""ÂðÑ ¤ùïƒø°TÏÊÂÌÀÉÁ²˜×þ  @ÄLr W~ÿùœ©„……Á™ d>ÀÌ¿?=gø÷ëÐâ`å@¡ÐVfFpÊËŒh+:˜ùÏW†Û‡×þóô×ÛîŠþ…"@¡åd`ð0‚S5¸ì ;ÐÇßÞd¸{îÁ;·N.~ûöÆQ ô+%„šŠ€ŠùE°°0•üüùl('3}ÆLììàpføöíçÿ¾1¼~ý‘áÝ»/ OŸ¾ùz÷Æåu@ÃOºÄÏø'@&Ê@‚gŠ|È©¶L «h„(¹ƒœ""ñì,¦X†ý ”ÖÚýÏRT ýÐA>J=ÏŒ R©ˆùŠ‘˜ˆ3­Ì›CôÎÚq‘íÓ÷‚²DP_„\e~9sòÊçc{ws?yøâë“忸¹8þùóóí—/ŸúôæÉ›7O=yrëÑÛ·ÏÞAÃT`}CÂ_€ø3ˆýZ#¬TÔÓ‹Žøøþ½ÐWl?¿óû÷‡çïß?|tÕO¨Aß‘ üµà7¥œ?ÿÑš)·Ö * TF B“Ì`ý jÜ0 ¾Ä43 qÊ CÇQð-IEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/format-justify-left.png0000770000000000017510000000100311700107426023114 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR szzôsBIT|dˆºIDATX…Å—AJÃ@†ÿÚSP’­zœîZKì)Dð‚–Ò3T¨P¯ÑSdSpQw.ÛÐ>qìL23“‰¾Õd†áÿÞ{ÿLàŸ£Â Gƒ0ŠVÍ2«ÕÚsãèä¸Ó鬠Æ/FѪyuy]¦>†£;o>ŸïxM°X.?­ \·€„ùëJâDô=פ°)œHFiL4Ö5ï­ÀôzçfýþEn±ÜËšèZ š, `Ü‚<Â¥õ@·{öÓ‚äùÏ ó@vÖbøS` OŠÊ˽µO´S´ÛíâD„  ÎT5´NAþR«[`ü/ÐH—ÛÀdò ݤ­V Z`¾ïCi¾ hß„²KÄ€ÍÅÙkl6&¢"Ÿµö1d¦ÓG馬`½æ³æ « u¡ÈŽÙV$µq~•›L–µaT¢2“mÇM¨þÕªMfÍ„¶²æ×Y„aè$êÙ¤çyRZKQ™Íf§/ Ààðt;¸i”©N„·ÅbQàâëxÀ€}ıýh‰¬| ~˜¾Ø|NCî"sÞloIEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/help.png0000770000000000017510000000426711700107426020150 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR szzôsBIT|dˆnIDATX…Å—{pUÕÆ{ŸsnnnÞ¹— „G^"D ¢(ÖâL§u¨v¬£3:cg´Ó‡m+}MÿhËØV)vªEÆç ¡© ZÃ$JBBró¼¯Üܳwÿ8çÞ$Õi§3î™5çÜ9w¯õo}k­³áK^âJÿ¸n]­Ù‘a­ˆí±FCÈqè#6z_qxâHCCmâÿ h[m®Oû1‚ûÊæÍàÆ¥Y+ªæŠ«Yø³ÓÒ£±ù¢>ôAûXkçeÐ<«ÓÆÖùzíðÿ  hó·¥!žÜ\³(ýþ¯¯´Ê箈³¶Oƒ<óÊñ‰ý‡ÏF•–wÖ}ÿwÿ€¢uµ^íóþuqéÌMO>øÕŒÊâŽãü„_"8ap$†ÈMÇŸ“Á²òY¬^:—’9ù|ÜÙÏãO¿>ÝÖ[O8úÍΆÚØX¼½Ö§½¿m}UÅOîßàI÷X´~ä¹7i<Û4$†”!R )/Zk´Ö,¯(dÇ-WS:'ŸX<ÁSϾåÐés>_ìºæ}µñ©ñŒéáµÈ,>ö궫Vî|hSše¼Þp–'ž{›K!LÓÀšb¦a`š†)1 ‰iHCr)â­ãídùÒ¨,žÁ+J¾¡pÞÉ–k†[î…'>@ñ®.º÷7Ü’n’ßï=Êžýa¦ibYnpËùmšÆ¤IÃeÇ0$ç{Eâ\[1›5ËŠÍ3í}sCÙûãC-ßûL ïØéÏÔVË›¿ývþ¼™¹¼T’çÞøÓ2§¼­diÙ –”PQ  ÏGnV:ãñ}ƒašZú¨?ÞA(ÇV ÛV$lÅÝ›—rçú .^eëûG‰—w¿öÃà4ü¥7íºçöå×ß¼z¡¯äyLò²¼,šŸÏªªÙœjï'·§Úû¨.›IIa¶òœ8Ý]0ÔrðM °x]m¦eÊ»î¹m…¡Ñ<½ï8RÈi;@L„áO(â …”é 3?ËËöõ ±,ebY&†4ؽÿ#4p÷–k Ó4îZ¼®6Àˆø¼[Ö^],ó³Ó9ÕÖKË'A<sŠèÜ4˜ [qü|?ï5÷Ò;Á‚ Ëçs{Mi \å|?Ë$!m\¬tts®s€Ê¢k¯-‘¶n^–ŽöõŽ›®[àCÀ‘º1NÞ 7÷I0¿xé¯ýó£ã¤y,,ÅÙ®A´Ö)1KIŠ±©,¾ßÜ ÀÆ•å>!ÅŽh–U•Í õ“à45›Æd*,Ó$4ncY¦ N"¥`Í’ÂTÐZs±?Œe®kÖ ”æÂ¥!*K ÐZ/› ðägN_—nð©æ‘“=ÀµšÅW±ªrf*¸­ïžîÃ2 ÐNsRJc’‘Ð8ÁŒÜ 4Ú?•òÜÁ2‰»¢“@¤“Ãm<ÉÒ\»tkO nÛhì¦g0ŠiN`%1lÇO$æ Ȝ̴TýËd7º½H!¦›”RLc£º8ŸÕ‹(¥PJaÛ6u^âãî1·;NoLR ²3½Œ„ÇS-HM°( @ χ8Š–ŽI).+I‡×/ô§‚+¥8Ö2DWÔeÊœdR¸/’ŸíGœ ä‰æ —X8/àÔ¹@ Üò"UfR²ÓõJ)Úú")†¤‘¼:{‚’ÙyœëìGHy"¥­õžCÇÛÖݱ¾ÒW³t.Ž¶Möh‘¼LœBð‡úÒ<…Çc¢4©å⟲œÝËÍà­c­e«=)¾H¬îHÓ5<£²¤€óütõŽhòMÑɲÒìX;'5’^>ÖRÊa$¹vÍÊaÁœ|FCã¼ó~«òEbu©47Ô† µ÷/uM¶î½uB×™SÇÉ{¥4ÊVXX˜Ò±øD‚‰„MÂV([9ÿS­àw­¯ûÇIÛ¶ÕÞæ†ÚÐdñ„õØî×>îîcÑ|?ßØXåWNŽíäÕpS¨”">1ÁÄ„M"a“°mlÛN=ÛZSFia.}ÁÚwl8·KÆMMÃÑöúhNÙÝÑ3\³¹¦Üª, ŽMÐÞ=ä(ZH§"„“ÑkJs±µ&a; >h&a+€ËÄDÂæ†%…l]]JÂVü`W}¤­«ÿ©®ú‰%—¥·þêõ훪7ýô»Ò„jì`ï¡sH)Ýé–üq›“[fZƒÒý 7·­.á†%…h`çó ã/Ö5Õ·½ùè6ú3 8ë fWßðêÉó[F¢UKç æú©.+ 8¥o(â@v·'ó<õã#aÛ,(Ìå[+¨*0>aóËÇ_¬k:“–ÙÜv½=½>>gÍYõHº•x©º|ÎƧºÙWê~å^¼<Ê©ö~Z»‡ O0‹#… 'ÓKŽ/²Â\ªŠýÌ8s¥ãÒ0?Úõ÷hSó…w{½p_t°-D¿à² ×~ïAovà‘;7,ó~çk+ÌùWå^ÑQêÓË£<ÿFcâåŽGƒ]Ïtýãn`̵!@}€4 ÈJ/(í¯Üö€•áßVU:Kl^S™~mE¡˜‘ç#'à FCã ŒDh:ߣë7ÇδöèØXO}ðÔ«îéu‡€A |% €S¢@6aY¾¬ìò+} 6ZéÙÕ`äh!}ŽEÛ£ñðЙHßùwFÛÞiJ$b!ºCÀ° â3çÅ+=œ€x]v¼8]Ôr*Àâ®Å€q÷þŠ©_Úú7=‡¹êù¤»IEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/icon2.ico0000770000000000017510000000227611700107426020216 0ustar rootvboxsf¨($R[](59(59(59(59(59(59(59(59(59(59(59(59(59(59(59(59(59(59|Œ²ÆʲÆÊÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ(59|Œ²ÆʲÆÊÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ(59|Œ²ÆʲÆÊÿÿÿ4¼I4¼I4¼Iÿÿÿ4¼I4¼Iÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ(59|Œ²ÆʲÆÊÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ(59|Œ²ÆʲÆÊÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ4¼I4¼I4¼Iÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ(59|Œ²ÆʲÆÊÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ(59|Œ²ÆʲÆÊÿÿÿ4¼I4¼I4¼I4¼Iÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ(59|Œ²ÆʲÆÊÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ(59|Œ²ÆʲÆÊÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ(59|Œ²ÆʲÆÊÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ(59|Œ²ÆʲÆÊÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ(59|Œ²ÆʲÆÊÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ(59|Œ²ÆʲÆÊÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ(59|Œ²ÆʲÆÊÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ(59|Œ²ÆʲÆÊÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ(59|Œ²ÆʲÆÊÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ(59|Œ|Œ|Œ|Œ|Œ|Œ|Œ|Œ|Œ|Œ|Œ|Œ|Œ|Œ|Œ|Œ|Œ|Œ(59universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/icon2.png0000770000000000017510000000035511700107426020224 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR¹ åigAMA± üatEXtSoftwarePaint.NET 2.618»ÀIDAT8OcœÐSóŸ `åÊ5 ÃNÛÆ”KSÿ† r)Ã,À&†l9VÃÈuNÃÐ]ã㳈>.¹—ëp¹’ö.CMb äÚ»ÌsÉdLlR¡½Ë`.!Õu´wº‹`|BaG{—r.y°Ëb£ƒÀ Žß.*‘PÅIEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/icon3.png0000770000000000017510000000040111700107426020215 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR ™Ü_sRGB®ÎégAMA± üa cHRMz&€„ú€èu0ê`:˜pœºQ<tEXtSoftwarePaint.NET 2.618»À\IDAT(ScœÐSóŸD°råÆSÇ61±ÀÒTã?õ42¨üÿà ¬Y³ƒÄ¨k#ÌŸ¸l¦è~ña€º~Dörè"Ç1um$&õ€mŒG(© (ZZˆÅIEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/info.png0000770000000000017510000000147111700107426020145 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDRàw=øsRGB®ÎégAMA± üa cHRMz&€„ú€èu0ê`:˜pœºQ<tEXtSoftwarePaint.NET 2.63Öµaì”IDATHKµ•MkQ†ëÎ…@Ý+"â_p§"XP÷.·»±ØkÅ…¦-E$hMÛY”ÆvT´JšD#JëG,ñƒJ£¦æ8Ï©w¸cf3p¸3¹÷¼Ïù¸÷f•ˆt´õÐNk«¸V§Yô•/?äë⢚HÍ3éøY«é7sÊeý­™EN⌂<¯æ>Ëõ¡Q#ª¿}«.Ë\å»ÎEABˆa<«Õ%Y»%&×­—]ÿd¤ ]dæù|(¤@4j„Ëž€7’ɦ=²zÛeÙ|`\¿™ÃHÐd’™zÛ …¢NjžQÞ{´$eÍoŒÆÌ÷tnAïºH@ô&2[`ÌÉJÆ)Ê­tNh0ó@ó uÄ{âj:0ù`V›eGÇ;"{õÊš çÕ(•e4Ð}W—þlâgàYi¥&2FS’­“>€@ÌbGâ½~>`bâ±Ì¾üêÄdA!ÌhÛýùO}ìÄ@#€ÚÒ$;";ý}±a?ƒ(€“¯Èñ3#šAÖ}¯ s.z[Ñ.‘õÔ‹_êƒøɲìÞsTºN%3à$&ÓY¹9ãd„Ø%¢d7ZZ1#»ðP¤}ªÛqv#ŽpúŠ«‡ÌØþ.ÇÊ×5rÖПxüd42§2utéÎkµ”[Uë¾ýFGæYGäˆoßÙÙü$›Ô¸Ôh €©±²ŠQ €¼džæSjváEÞ¦lÛcg»µöˆ`ÀúÜšô æôÒ3‰D¨8À–8ÜOŽ3® jOi( “iXÔ‘Mn¶êøZ)°×›ùµÌÀv~:óDÎõŒh¹ìÃôßFˆëàï[3 òO´ªwØüo€OÉÕ“3¾ŒIEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/language-de.png0000770000000000017510000000104111700107426021354 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR ù€šngAMA¯È7ŠétEXtSoftwareAdobe ImageReadyqÉe<³IDATxÚbôñqføûáß?f–_þýúýçÿ¿ß ÿp€bùýû{qq9õ þþýó÷/„ü¿ÿù ¦~ÿ^·n5@±011UŸ8y $þ?A~üøÄþN@•Ä"ËÀ ðïŸ,XõŸ_¿@:~þ" ®ß?~üúù¨á÷÷@ý€Ne@bÜ‚@äÑŒý7áh4ÙLVgÐ2-¢ÝûKÞ ,â z±#¶ŠÄòÿ÷¯ÿÿ2Õýúý¨âׯP `Õ@ôý;D?H%@±1Ãß?ƒŒ?€ª¡Ú€ªýü T ÿûû/@±ü¶b`PûÿŸùßÿ¿ÿþý¢¿ÆPðI†¿¿ÿÉ@Ò„ñÇa€bù¯Çð_æßA *ú$‚Bø$˜b`.ÃaÆ® ÄÂð‹á?Ðû¬FL ¿A€ä†ÿ¿ÿƒØ@òÏÿÿ@@¶üúÃô• €X~¼eØ3oÒ? 6f†ŸßA1üŸéÃ?`@03üýb°21üûÁÀÀÌðí@€wtˆÉ­_XIEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/language-en.png0000770000000000017510000000076011700107426021375 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR ù€šngAMA¯È7ŠétEXtSoftwareAdobe ImageReadyqÉe<‚IDATxÚbüøñ#ø÷áß·/礥ÿ10ܾÍÀÇ÷ Püÿÿ?T'»zQÑ¿?„¤¤ØØþ#gÏž D\5Høß¿üûýûßß¿@áªÿüù@,hª!$Põÿ_¿JŒ;ø@±÷hðï¿ÿ2ØA¨†hŠ20Ëߧ¡ —òÿ?x4á7ØHÎ@&ÁN  f  @Q„ª$ t@40ƒƒŒ®SÛ †¿ÀÀú €@˜~ÿa”ó—áH'#ØH DÿBP1@1~EHl± —€ISfà槰IEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/live-preview.png0000770000000000017510000000500611700107426021626 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR szzôsRGB®ÎégAMA± üa cHRMz&€„ú€èu0ê`:˜pœºQ<tEXtSoftwarePaint.NET 2.63Öµaì aIDATXG•WyPÔçF2N­Ó¦4™6“ÉLšbjkWS;ét’Fë›HêQ˜âh5^‚–;RnY@î9vXn–S9åÞåÚeqa9D@Å£ ìÓ÷ý-‹bEÍÎ<³ìÁ>Ï÷}ï÷¾Ï³Äâ_|xüµŸ¾µiÝÒ¥–›_²\òöìŒñg³³Xna%K,f,-—LFfŒFÕ쬱iæáK-·õ=ºr÷™gý.öʯ¶¼þæö¿]ð½À €n‘·œEøüLö8Ip40ÿ¾\‹¤Âvd”« «é”Y©Fjq;¢ä×á“T ‡€ìrLŶã±øÒ9 ."ˆ|<áà½ßú ­Üj³bm²óz;‰fGWWHŠT°ñ+„8§…×Q¥Cå*:F¡lAiÛJZM(ægzÍï7#½ªþi×aã[Qâ5T¶ê1}ÿ!ÌW‘Ïß=”±éPJ ÐÎ xsë¡ßpº€S‘•(hÔñ(ª •ŒÎQTÊÛGQ&£¸eEÍ\‚¢iy&ðkþœ?‹ÌíÀñ0%œÄ(kÒ¢op»OÆÌÚ/ëý*¸B;/`õ'ž?þ½Äÿh`. ƒ¸Ö5†j5¯v¹õ7p¥RƒKe½H«Ð@^{ƒÈ ‚(ÄdÍL>ˆú_y½RúN=’þ~Hv+ø(°ÃEŠ3J‘Š.K|ÝcöøìÙ+Rd¥]C)ýàÅ|Ž+a힇ݮr»ÎÊì>+ÅßÜd°£cr‹»Šh…ŠÈõ±ÑÈëq¹jq%}ÏëF„¢[ø;Ž&¹Lqn«1®T£sŠ{LÀÚÏübÝâkÛ¹˜Ž†”aÏ99©•áS·ìåQ‘]E§f÷îMãÁƒû¸}çt†[(iÐÀ?å·_‡+”ÙI¹ÉåýD܃ yÎKÕBr»„÷=SêÁ9]:g³€õ‡Ä?Üì’mí™ßýw÷,ìuWà¾Å° (ŶS©8ê‡ðˆHDEE=b±ab¸\ij‰øÔù œ¢Ê•Û†Pi ¼.5Â/KßÌNødªàwÕ’Û­sK¨ç#ÐXl´K]±Ùárñ{‡/iv:¦áÄ…«pŽ©ÅÉÈjœŠ¨@–¢>x.xg&&'Qß©‡ëÅJaç‚2[‘Z¡ELQ/|2:àÑ)ÍëÖKjèÝ`Ÿ¢¶Xg/YIJJþp$½ã {âò»PØÿTR.©EQEÝ ‘ß¿Œ>q¹-° (D˜¬‰¥ËÕð¾B®˜„+ztîI&›l’Wl°•ì(Ï8„ªî«”4 @ZÙƒÆVÕ¢xÕ &æúhSu#ZÖ{"+êF,_“Óê½H€×œ€ˆüGòœ€5û’–¯³•(þøuF€£w(zõSè¹1NÏ7ÐðEÏÿñºðòÆWî °ñ’#±°©ejÈëô„&Ðuæ>‘¦T¥µzHÂ$j¡­ú«ß«¯X}°œÛ&?žuæO®šWÞ¬ÒÂ… ï“3Y„Ì…8M¯ç°Ý)ï;$×Û%ë¸ -è„,äyÌÛmÞòé黸{—qwîÜÆíÛŒ)LMMa’ rrr¸uëa\XÍ‚ÿøùùýä©Ãj1O®zzz&r&6“›ˆ§¦˜xR ž˜`â['Üüþ»ûÏ{ÿñU3ùÍ›7 cßO€i»UøóWmÚî'WÍäccc}q®–éz-~Ö¦í6µi»ù¬Í«fb3ùÈÈÈ‹ xTdÏ;ë…Eöh»­šWÎäÃÃÃO`¾üüþ?ãÁWe›p²°õpÒSaí¯ó/Ô¸^˜|xØ0/àó?ç«/ÜnÜduƒÚ4%Ö!ȨÐ<75S3ɨîDZ%BÒêÐТþ¿íæ"3o·yÕ½}Z´ªµhêìCC»FhrξáßýéDz7?n‚$ EÍmñBA¯–ú´Ð.¹mòðà6[Ü+´U{ÿDf6 ±¥}ÁÕ2ÙØبPh¼Ýæ-WVÕ!¥ ²JŠêz„6ú¼dæ/ŽR·‚ ù&<0xpðI A*m‡-‘ÇÈÑ©êZPd WýˆØ¼å™¹%ðˆ-‡(¡bY‹0èz¤Ïn9’¦æȃPÀ£1LÑc@#“W]Ôƒè¼6x%Ö`û©KøÂ%1 _üìÍăÒÒsp,¸ÇÂÊqZ\-ŒúNiÆ÷§ö³`+`Á¦€ÍAhžI›_àG‚à"D©WJ#l| ð ÍzE ýz¡¸ÌÛÍEf&fò>m?Ä™µ°ö“Á)Â~ïÁìé1Z{*zÙ±bZ¶GäR´’:Á6‘e·Ù*d§ÂóºH~.©¬W®ãXh)ˆrà[©²M(´~CCƒÐëPÓÔ‰sÑeØû ;ɈnwÊ"?™-Ø=Ÿ¤*£[Ü5Û@á°6ˆñeZmdN‹`/Wj…â ÏS#,—vMjE¿àv È‚³+Ω ƒÙ—˜*Øx+Ȭfaíp6a§s¶€ÏÈ_:  opz­ÑZ”+_MFx^[dq~·öô…Á:ï÷";•Õéµä7 BFÄYô·´v2º’94Ûä„‹ÈŽ—¶ l3PˆÑ#»¦_°ï’â.\Vö%ס¤eTw –Ÿ’–q³}R0Gyì•Ý»ND áAQ­ÂÉ°Rü+¤ò6Zõ @Ƥì÷¹Ô+X@ ª¨y’ ¢Ý)#A,ª¼Ý ós^N=]"gÖ}l·e~ól´—t¿½_íì.šP§8Vq¼â˜Åq‹cÇ/ŽaÇ„X6Îü>Ç7s”ãXÇñŽcÇ=Ž}ÎnnßYYY½C^',nÁš}b—ßX»Õ×ß[÷d˜ä€ÉA“'O D9Cp0å€ÊA•+W°d9Ðr°å€ËA—/__¯ñeË–½Kä¿l°Oúˆ£2½øûó[„Õ„ß= Ë¥Ë×½ºjÛ6«NŸ\cxq£M”r£m\Û†/ãû6ØÄ÷o°IÐn²W½c[µö‹à«?Ÿ<ò£×~ýáÜﬢ畄7/,ùþ`#â{ºTIEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/load_indent_cfg.png0000770000000000017510000000321111700107426022303 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR szzôsRGB®ÎégAMA± üa cHRMz&€„ú€èu0ê`:˜pœºQ<tEXtSoftwarePaint.NET 2.70V§äIDATXGÍ—{LSgÆA‹Ì,Y²‹‹(ÞtûcçÌtÌÍh@a/Ù@ë¼`Z&S¦(ÖÞÀ»Àªâhñ‡ŽzAAؼ-cf*¥…––‹D}ö}ßñ` näOò††ÒóüÞç}Þï——ýRÄKë¤rñ“þ,yœ¤%U™"ðòòruÚÿ¯Úsèï«¢R÷H'yzzê0äÍq¯ž#$•1&@qÝ;tVn?U®ÕzÚÛÛ^¨:::ÀÈ"^:làŸ¸ÉcäW?YšÜº\–û8FyÒôD%^@à÷jø¬NEF¾M}‚hk{ˆŽŽvTTèÉv‡¼1ÈÝWêýAЮªÐXÍM…ªÔ¼ó˜{3+pàT%’²ÇO§ÿ@LêeqI'Ša®¯ï1¦õða+ûŒÀ W_s´Õcü‚…‹£çoȨüb¥Ò0W¤¶‰öŸB!öœ¨@\†Žü,ÇŽ´«ð‹8Š¬‚J477;…à…[[[ÑÚjc uí/™¸pOÕ„ñyøKÄ~Ò™£æÈÂ=ãJ¿ÞxrU)dª2Ä)B]Ñþø‡'"f›ÉÉÉ=.›­…¸ÐÀ=(þÝ‘³%ºQþ²›ïL órqqí\¡î“džlRb©XC²PŠÍ©ÅØtð ä"(JŒ¼r4448¸`o7ß5ni¡õ€ÁÁÉ :Ì{ÝÔçí¤bw–‹³I/áÇ”bD&"æÐU¬Ï‡pgªþ¾Ó €ŠÐ²Ùl¤8áh5³18Œœ-þjœß–õÁÁÁ#ŸP@ÎUö¬’æ€"D콀ȄBòú ¦/;€·n3ÇÎmLˆïš Ó¼4771(w_ɤ÷|6ø¯‰”ݸ‡ml$ö‡ïÒ’:íi%˜¦ÄϪcN3PS£GSS™#Ãgž°L0„M–)ŠÃÚ'£ü¥ö…ÑsdX´9’.C ?‡¥Ò|ì8ú>ù[‡Z#9ùÔr®k*ÜDÎ *NóBÇÑí°ïþúí;3¶$äbžPEBW1’¥—‘5¼ÑB|+ÎÃ’íg™‰z>pgÄ*Ùø­Q2›yËù®˜¸Õjeïý/…))¿°Zš…à¨ãI>ǞŢØ\|³õ DŸ†( Ÿ®>†Pé9„)ò1-$kÃSqÚ5g9nh°2q‹ÅÂ\q @!´Å×.‰VcqLÂwkHDg 315,-OÇ$A:û]yojhRRwËBYY¶Z-L¼žœžÔ¡Pˆ“ù¥‚ùÂ4|EÄ~ÁÇ+TL˜…Y¿ï"f¬Râ®ÞÈnÌÏ»k×K=7›ÍÌ•PˆÌœø®9„%ÛN³Ž'jý:²Žs…鈄‰Ü˜7ïg–óÂTÜd2õ€®áåkÂwí¤ỷ•ñZ,ÚB2yÕ5ƧâÏ‚fo9/LÅëêêX&zå Ïðl­Ž=„~Hº„pEf…¥à 2Íé`ÿ¬¨­­eîô ¥;MS„ÏW¤bÊw‰¨¼YEììY×T˜+# d¯ÚÛ9²=G PtíVçŠñëe4³ÙÄæM-ç…F#ŒFCßÚÚÚ:SNSlß9¿^õõf–r*l2Õu70qƒ¡†¬c}ï ÏpšrµZÝ£™k4Ö9ßµÑXÃÄ =0÷  ë¼ézÙwMíæ-ç„9Ëya*^SSÝ7úÅÂ~·íçí8k.hTØ^œ suŸ@›zïèºÛü¼Ÿ4{Ëya½þ>ôú{ ®÷ôKg9wœrAëšrÇ®yËi×T˜Vuõ]òùÚ¾Paû®çMÅŸç»Öëï2ñêê:D‘Â(ww÷ÁNÿ5£'a_åºÇóçŹ¹¹u Sì°’B?WÛôéÞ’Lp àêê:œÔxR’šø‚Eïñ>©qDø-Rƒÿ=Yn~¸­Ô^IEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/preferences-system.png0000770000000000017510000000217711700107426023041 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDRÄ´l;bKGDÿÿÿ ½§“ pHYs  d_‘tIMEÕ  %yÙQI IDAT8Ë¥•L”uÇ_Ïq)à¡–r„ˆÍiV £ î…¸ Îei²¦ËjýáX îÛ“ÄQÿÐäÈÖšc-Ì-sÚ&±i-Ø”g;©C%v»8‘.@¸;ž§?ä¹çAm}·g{>ϾÏkïïçó~?DÄBàý¹ò= W–åvþïBh£·G´™™iÍåúMBhÅ€ô/¯J€A/ Q6˜›>=¦ª¤šÍìÛ·—„„„ó€¶<§¼%åƒçÔœò–S‘`I‘ Ëò0`¶×}ÄÌô=222"UEB³ï±Ã;1/gMNyK»–ª««eÀ!„8®Ã­V+’ôÀÔ(‚]Ÿí§§§‡ƒùË -éñ…F`ILḺ7—cˆ‰}¨Þ²e ›6mDÓT$IÂ?3yE‘%Ëòµ(jÀãñðá÷“æÐÑš››¥%;Ÿ\ºô!~?š¦¡iZdJ¦¶Ö`žk•ut6½DÞÛ§õ­–î“e×B`!DJ||ü¯Ïo/4=þÄSH’š•oüî}ørµö:óï†Õ€ãjó+ÁÜ7¾2EÝ'ËÚ£C‘•žžþ¹ÛíÎÖŸåææ¶m+\ò÷_ãhšÆ²Ä$Z[[iêŒå熱¾sfžÊp®´ˆŸSÐZUu”±; ×oþÁÇgÝ|{¼˜‚#g„šô“8ÖZŠ9qáßTåSõE7%›¸\ý–°êý‹îËpÓ+C¯^¯JMãrý.Ôµ±ËÏË%EÔÔÔèf5|8tÏödn^¢ŒñIËV¥¦Q±#³ÉÈúŒu¤>š†,Ë–H+ƒ¾ZjEPH4™(´$¡ ypõþ„Íf#>.–;Þæþ7 ‡žÜ¨`úúîLí~†¶‹?ðcO?ŒÌƒ!¯Ê²ÌʇW#IÒ‚pC$ôèkVöçqú»vºúɳÙp¹nðOàóù¿ßŸ-Ë2+V=‚ÇÅÅ…à=EÊÇ+¿õ,{¶gsêÌE=^ŠŠKp¹náuߤ£_ÅÝP__×n·ß±êÊgü~<@ee%€#V†<Ž#eOSZIë¹Ë z¼Øž+œ ŒöZ¦w°Xét:N§³X–eÌ©i466âóùB0êwéëÒ˜U5F‡€NüÞV ¸.æ„$†ÎÎÎ 0<11±·¡¡áë±±1TU½ì¡ä­{Á®íÈ7cɶðXŠ‰_únqµ«‹Ž~•)÷¥üѾ6%b&j˜Ug`˜‚À¬`Åš”­ç;¼½zƒîMMÐѯg˜,P“SÇ%Ì÷:Pÿ£¨sð é­‡¾´Œ ÷êuBbìÚë­#á1 ƒJQb¬Î] ýŒöÞñb ê*IEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/programicon.rc0000770000000000017510000000736011700107426021355 0ustar rootvboxsf/*************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 by Thomas Schweitzer * * thomas-schweitzer(at)arcor.de * * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2.0 as * * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * * GNU General Public License for more details. * * * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * * along with this program in the file LICENSE.GPL; if not, write to the * * Free Software Foundation, Inc., * * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. * ***************************************************************************/ #include "..\src\UiGuiVersion.h" #define APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // Generated from the TEXTINCLUDE 2 resource. // #include "windows.h" ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// #undef APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // Deutsch (Deutschland) resources #if !defined(AFX_RESOURCE_DLL) || defined(AFX_TARG_DEU) #ifdef _WIN32 LANGUAGE LANG_GERMAN, SUBLANG_GERMAN #pragma code_page(1252) #endif //_WIN32 #ifdef UNIVERSALINDENTGUI_NPP_EXPORTS #define PROGRAM_TITLE "UniversalIndentGUI Notepad++ Plugin" #define INTERNALNAME "UiGUI NPP Plugin" #define ORIGINALFILENAME "UniversalIndentGUI_NPP.dll" #else #define PROGRAM_TITLE "UniversalIndentGUI" #define INTERNALNAME "UiGUI" #define ORIGINALFILENAME "UniversalIndentGUI.exe" #endif #ifndef _MAC ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // Version // VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO FILEVERSION RESOURCE_VERSION PRODUCTVERSION RESOURCE_VERSION FILEFLAGSMASK 0x3fL #ifdef _DEBUG FILEFLAGS 0x1L #else FILEFLAGS 0x0L #endif FILEOS 0x40004L FILETYPE 0x1L FILESUBTYPE 0x0L BEGIN BLOCK "StringFileInfo" BEGIN BLOCK "040704b0" BEGIN VALUE "Comments", "\0" VALUE "CompanyName", "Thomas Schweitzer\0" VALUE "FileDescription", PROGRAM_TITLE "\0" VALUE "FileVersion", RESOURCE_VERSION_STRING VALUE "InternalName", INTERNALNAME "\0" VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright © Thomas Schweitzer 2012\0" VALUE "LegalTrademarks", "\0" VALUE "OriginalFilename", ORIGINALFILENAME "\0" VALUE "PrivateBuild", "\0" VALUE "ProductName", PROGRAM_TITLE "\0" VALUE "ProductVersion", RESOURCE_VERSION_STRING VALUE "SpecialBuild", "\0" END END BLOCK "VarFileInfo" BEGIN VALUE "Translation", 0x407, 1200 END END #endif // !_MAC #endif // #if !defined(AFX_RESOURCE_DLL) || defined(AFX_TARG_DEU) ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // Icon // // Icon with lowest ID value placed first to ensure application icon // remains consistent on all systems. IDI_ICON1 ICON DISCARDABLE "universalIndentGUI.ico" universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/qt_logo.png0000770000000000017510000000173011700107426020654 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR‰ gAMA± üatEXtSoftwarePaint.NET v3.36©çâ%kIDAT8O•”{HSQǯe îNMC3ÌžÒ+rNzRd™EiÑ‹è%Tf5ÖÓG”ÙÃ2ÍRgj)åJ|„”¤¢˜+3•V«¦KgWÓ­mßÎ9Ãe‘ËÎå¹Îç|Ïï÷=_;Ñ%ts±Ù‰Üë¾Jn/pcÇØsnN^œ»“7Ç;zr®NžÜxû‰œÃhGnì(ÎÎŽ#ÃŽ=6·“Ù„CÉrLç!ÍCª°¼A …™.ìÿê\l+\Œc›q¹ö [3Ðð¹ á= F=ÕÅ×7ðs,‡ûa ä^ºñòlOl/ Ä7}·(ô÷bξ`L:ò;pÉm1Bs ²$ ‰J×!›‰ ÉY¿CîûA7 8ÿ*S¹1ø*|ÅÓ²»¥ª<¦F’Ácu’Wjeha˜)†ää2ê3•îF|ÞER'rš®aÞ5gÄÞK€º§md ý]ð0f³ÕŸÊXCfÊ}Цy‡v;nó#zºÚ5÷¦ÚP˜ÅÃ÷´ *^<í~~s S1íœ+*•Õè%õŽRÈ íéb꟨Šš?kx ”½e<”ïš0Cy‘§Çñ(®)…Á¤Ç–äMPªšÙ‘3m×½NˆñJÝ€éØ‚ñ">/!u5`kJÛý:lS(ÐGî‚š7õ H›@~±<×=ÞØ ××hQãŒÜʤV¡ÿ|ϸ“MXÝ‚.,dÀL¡Å›6m³(•ÇþQ¬Ëªîfæ½yrh´xÛý~g=Ðð¶ _ú4Ë ÀŠl/Û@zìé2´~R1hIË”7>eõ‹«:ÿný'.’ÞcJ´+1´ŠÏWEbé]¿†õ¢ ï±pS„=)û¡´ º>oÆ௘‹yºfòØL›Á“dˆ±*{*ÖÞŸfÍJÚ¨°ü98X²×ëO[£‹ûõXv|#…wf®ŒÊÿä¤É, ›ô_®¨FBv1ÔêLåùMܼIц9Çá!:BœoÔIcKÈç¥pø:N«xïZ`+;űŒ½'#uu´µµÁ`0 ¼ú*Üvåb+±ßk‚à‚SÏb¾§ çkj­ œšz j7­X]¯Gkk c¹¡Íé ¼ô‰ÈS>Ãe{¶ÄŸOR„u¢B„8‡y‰ôçúÍáv¨Œµ ˜“³½¶´\רǎØ|,㧓ÐA!§)ÉV@S‚/CŽÁ5¸€q .—îvGxˆb± 5—®<>¤óÊ­½í5g¹ºNKV±Ÿûe} na…XT— |¬ÜyÎÛò°P ÇûÞ±VTOi!Þs‹…â´ê9&#Ùƒw„R©DKK þªUÃu[VÊá©ÀrBº€Ÿƒ¹ž™xk}Þä¥1ßó%ïÍ]ƒGË^#'€µÛÔoóñ2¯ºô¾µµ•É%onn&hÂ…ßÿ†?+¶É ÙÏxÛ=!¦ b6} yÈ°'¥h†Å$P}}}wƒÆ†Í¼ßÜxQbšrƒÁ’¼‰\D½^Ï ¼ò2s]wå1Ï&"¨õßq\ÊOƒ¯øΩ.XnDV@ï]bËÅB+§½fÉ)q+SuK ­ºycc#(t:gjà¸1<Ñ1Ɖ  ¸ì ¦ _Q6gÈ=ÐÛÛËT‘‘aõX»ô½††¦5²¬¢þžà_ /é1,ðLÂþ¬Âï{ z{{Ö)×o“ݶ«¦Ä,´Œ;••·7îL<=Ï=ï|Q¼|©ÕsÜÓÓCv9»NM–³a3š©ß&Ë9b­V ­¶žPU¥º-‘Š7;ûî“ %™.6Hè¡1Ÿmó~s½njbƒÆö[ÇôÛD^Ï×××1qW€ÐÙÙùáa=Òñ£Anrssr®j­¶Ž!¯¯×úÃ~&¤§œÚm^5­˜«š%f-çˆ)y]úÁtuuݳXÌGÌd74JlNN‰YÜ ¢Gî0x¶¹~[öš#7YÎk47 Ñ\'t#@k9»ÕÌËPA£vs–Óª)1…Z]K~¿áÁpë”Ûh–ý¦–›ªæȹª5šZ†\­¾6 @ äûMœ8qÜ°¦`´ÿ5«¬RÝqZ¾,ÜÞÞž^½G­ŠKC[0Ê0:8|6vìØé„ü1«ììì^ x•`&Áÿôo¼F0•>C`³ÿq$ÝDœfrIEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/shell.png0000770000000000017510000000073211700107426020320 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR^ö¼sRGB®ÎégAMA± üa cHRMz&€„ú€èu0ê`:˜pœºQ<tEXtSoftwarePaint.NET v3.07õÍp4IDATHKc<~åÿÄÕ?\»ÍÂðÿÿZU…ï Ižf œ¶sþk$nýï;á.MqôÔkÿ­27ý×\ñŸA#eëÆŒ³TÁ¼ÿ7ìþößaâ£ÿbeWàl¿¬yÿ¯äùý7Ê\ÿŸÑtÖÆÜKÿkRó6=ùßpàχyïþ‹µ=…³ýªÖý¿Rò?»bÖF‡¥ÿlº.ý¯8ðŠnXÄ{Ù†Š¾ÿé†5‚ZJ»àƼžžžÀ2@|ô8É’›°Z 2fÌØ,Åæb‚ÓR\ša>ÄåšXŠl(rˆcL ÙÁ 2€\ß’œÐŒ’òÐ8è¡0Z8‰IP£Á;Lƒ7¥aó===ºa%ß…ÿ4CçÿW ˜õ_Éo&Ý0R0!š`dßÕIEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/syntax-highlight.png0000770000000000017510000000146511700107426022510 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR szzôsRGB®ÎégAMA± üa cHRMz&€„ú€èu0ê`:˜pœºQ<tEXtSoftwarePaint.NET 2.64HÑôOIDATXGÍ—ÍnÓ@…-~T#DY±¨H@$$XtRáx¼ Uœ–u^!oƦñ_âüÙqâ4l†9.3Ú͸$–ÎƱüsïÙ²þ§ëì{ë‡Ó:e»Ô·3Çïv»÷ s¼ë«}Þ\;ŽóôVWW+¶m­VYž­}îìßàY¶Ì ðìÏÀ_.û5 ÁKøb‘V7ÀžZ³/³kúò!`ø­H€§é¼º*ƒx½Ü2uš ø|žìΕƒ&Ê-J.Àž$ñö èCF½VS'‰€Çñ¬º½×zŸ˜ÅtaÖk›±ÌúŽÙl6ãšV7P4å©ç{Ôq,R>N¹&ÿnàf¯Ñg9d²Ü25à“É„k|wzê²!+J øx<æU7Pt¦Ñß,;Ì…>=£¦|4qEÕ ˆr‹~ÛÑ’©ÑgÑk55àQ±áphn h–-šp£×”`‚sUSÓÉrËÔHx†æh¡Xì„Ÿô“¼Ïì•uC¸OϨÏêsxæŠÖ(z-Ë-–:dTn55ÁƒÀ77@e ¥hÈ¢h˜ÊM%Gê €|.ÏÜÀ¦…RœZ‹’ °Ï|ßãrÍ ÐÑÂ9×…þ>à·Iù|<Î%Ë-SÜóúæL{]^n™É÷¼Ks›JÙQ¯ÕÔwÝž¹ý\ë ¥lȬ¦vÝK¸ë^˜Ø´PÔ£¥™‹’ põû\?Í ÐþV×è]S\5P¯×Ÿé_Føçûø4kµ¿jµÚ'ð¸l2‚oµ7æio—¦xw£ùulÛögðT0rÀ…Ò¼æzÏu¼e½ãï{Ëõ‚ëë ¿göBÒÎÓ>IEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/system-log-out.png0000770000000000017510000000236511700107426022125 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR szzôsBIT|dˆ¬IDATX…Ý—?lWÇ?ï½óù_Bþ”d„ÀÊ@‡ª"‚Ψ¢B)ja@v†Ì]QY U%CÅ€:4ªÄRÚT)ˆ&µjƒ£4¤±óϾ8w÷îuˆ}œíKp Kû“~ò³ßÙßÏïÏ»ßþv\± ˜÷åß; Þ¦.„(OLL æóy–——q]×uñ<Ïóð}?t­5¾ïZkJ)´Öh­CQ!D @2™Ä3ðVÛ¶±, ¥¶mcŒ =¡”­5RJ€ð5 Òn]¤R)lÛÆó<‚ śѵ{-ïß ‘HL&ñ<¯#ò¦5…”RaOH)ÿ=À-0Ž|Ñøb4ýí¢Q×ZcŒÁ²¬w°ø°Ri³,«%ýÑ=)%žç!„ÀuÝ ýÚ¨ÉíŽÜ¸‘ùrx˜õ'O:"mž€D"ÑáѓѼ¶Ý»°R)>½|™ÅK—àÅ‹ñhzÛÁ¢{qâQ 6ëÝ..m›Àqfgùd|œGW®àŽ!FF¶M$ìÚµ‹ÅÅEªÕjd\ ÂøìæM¤!@}jŠz>54Äè… <¹~•S§Bˆvß÷©ÕjŒŒŒ„eè@;+ËB(µ ` ««X• ñËíÛ¬œ<‰Îåb3Q©Tسgkkk[ž‚(DT«µÚ€æEÆ`‚€•T¹ÌGÇŽñë;TNœ@çr5eaaùùùØÙ@/-ድÆ÷A)T6‹@¦Ó­Ñ++$\—ý‡ã\»†{õjKô¹\×uyöìét:¶Q·Ø(qK¥–úè¥%˜ÝÌŠm£úúðûú˜¹w÷âÅZ­F¡P ··—õõõ®Âó`êu¶2ãûÈL³w/ÓÏŸ³~îæÀŽF,—ˤÓilÛÞöÐq ‚zGb‚¾Q(à¾z…54D°{7¿OOS=ž —C4Æm;Ävëfô±%xx÷nKÔB)N0<ŒjÔ¯9餔!Hûm8 ¸@³6^  0S(Ô¿Òšì¡C¤ÓéðÁ$™L’J¥b#4ÆP,™œœÜv uô°¸@°þ‚Ï_Àw½½½8Žƒ"œv͹Žé„Ei¶ÀÔÔcÖÖV‘R’LI„AK3ÆÐ(ƒ8g6³#úqß÷ß4iC8•JQ*Íðèñ}*K H)Ig;ë÷lµæsÉd³Yææg˜|ø=ó¯‹H)ÉôÄw~7MØ• !èééayõwïÍÜŸ¿!„ Û³õQŒfëßèïïgµZâÇŸ¾¡4÷tS¸Wtˆ´ Æíý#!Då¯Åüàã©o)Íý @ÏÝßv÷Y(¥*Zë®âïÿ •RËJ©ã]©ÿïíoù º¬­IEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/system-software-update.png0000770000000000017510000000425011700107426023644 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR szzôsBIT|dˆ_IDATX…í—[lÕÇßÌÞlï®c;¾Ä‰œã'€H'ä‚Bj#A©jÓ‹*n*´”BZŠZHÅCKA¨*𨥡>Ѐš%"qÉÅ$ŽC.Ž“'NL¼¾ìmvvgwÖ»3§¶Q®(ô¥}è_:šÑw¾sÎï|ç;çÌÀÿõ_–\«¢béCÚr\•®>Hì~½¶¶GW‰hk•RwÓ'úöïwvNÝݯ PÝö“&Gs– ÜÉx™%ÈGE¯ý]£ãoÆ’%?½[)õB[[ó‚åËç1{ötªªÂd2Yúú†9qb€#GÎÐ×7Ø«O}úé«]@UûÃï€ZR?iTJ)A¶ÄS‰µ¯°dÉcÏ76Ö=óÄ÷É´ú*NõÒÚ\ÏÔªJ¶lß… ÍÂJ¦é™”É»ïî$K½4cÆÈÓ¯|òIÀ˜2E»éÔ©Œ€º@÷7,>¤‰šÌSJ‰@á´£ékòÝo[‹?úüí·ã7/¿üˆœŒ0”4 –—“Ït÷¬¨ÃSR†Ç'ÔU Z›X¼h'Ož_Ò߯Ê?µkkjÚ´³²²âO±˜ù»Ë ¾\‚©m>åŠö´WÜ“{Þüg[Û£wM›VµcÓ¦§åÓCÇ©žZA©_‡`‚† äòE2FŒt*‰[Èqç¢V cyFF¢<ùä_‰Ç­5…}Û>·í…šRÖœÞÞãh“/®&mˆ2QKîysË8œ¼¸qãz)- °²ýVš›¹!g¥ñù}x½^<Ûš¸gÅ"JKx½^ÊËC<ðÀ DÔ¤ûÛN Pˆé"7žmnžy€ÈL)Qj3 ÚÛ¶bþüÙ ç6ÏÀ²²ìØÓEýœVÂÕ(ššhT lßÝÍûÛöpüäi<®ëÒÚz•7/^ûæÙúúå8eˆ,ÚxÑÄ5€ÐŠH%J&º{p<ÝûÖ®]‚G×q]ÅÖŽ.šæ·áõP€;Q¥0ÒYVµ- ,áÄ“í»!"¸®Ã²e7¢irÿÊŽŽ¢®i†™¾¾¥å†I€¿Pô¹xM‚䋃ã,;w&ïüc;n¨†š†y˜Ù"A/2‘ÞO4ar!n1Ï2’Ì32— îº.Åb5åüýã^ŠEPJ¹ºã8@H™~É€(x¨a–r=a |µI»„b.Ìš»æàózùxO7£¹é(¥(l;Ìà‡Ä ‹ï}k %~/Ùl–²€TÆŲr0~T#š6ED¸®ÿ²]JÔ~\e*×mÏõ¯Ó§ñ²Lñáóz¸kém,¬Éa%I¦sVž¾l%ƒN-=§úI§ÓX–Å;ö„J 90¥Âˆ¨+ ßéGô!¥S˺uº¦±ùðá>êJ…Ï#ilÛþ2Ìs›fc#$ÍF:G*ccZyNœÁ4MÒé4ѤÅô2óçGÐ46O ¶TAH‰D¯ ££(š»SD/TTÞ°oßk‘HlßèPŒb<É‹oïÀ0 ,Ë"—Ëq.é’4³ãQ˜€(ŽÙ¤R)Î \À±]Æ,›DÂìÞ·ïÕ]gçÍ»EÁ͈„9v%ÜóÆEŽ4­~FÛ%"<µsçgÎMS|1\d4%‹ñç·> š/%‘ÎdlR™GφÁ¹ •u=zF‰h ®û¸ˆ„Bºã &®Ë”쎕̺Õu”Uýù ãX]<ŒÞ½¬µ‘Ê*"C¼È$çúÉÙcX¹V.OÁÎ2fv“ä2^ººÎJeÛÙùʦµ´ü‘((E©2%²Æ¨©ùÎÏkjì+ìîTÙÌ[ó!S Ÿôî¨4Cɳg‡V‡B-·ÉeY+K.›Ce3”ÓÔ{Çh®ðèêêsMÓúugçk¿ïoi¹xIA¥ÊGDˆR[4‘Ï®ùE4!u¼ç¶·?v›ã¨?ÖÔT¬lh¨¦¦¦‚@À‹ë*,Ëft4I$'7wkšürõÞW|¿¹ùa4í1 ŽjJuE:ª«?[ÙÑQ¼h€¯§;îøñí@¶+¬Ãu=Œáó ÙìÑhnõ‰Xö -- t¥¬ÆÞÞ2~m\k†×%ßÊ•+Ÿ×uýJ)À½÷Þ‹ßï'‰°ÿþñEŠ¹\î/{÷î}Hq¾ÀºuëtÓ4Z'íŽã°jÕ*Æu¯Þg¡P`×®]èú•é¥iÚ&ùÕÖ­[‡'mžËž}öÙ©ŽãËËËã"rβ¬p>Ÿ/Û°aƒéҥ̟?Ÿžžššš—´µm›ƒ²sçNž{î94MÃçóåKJJÒÁ`ÐÐu½qxx¸ò+Ž9’+‹=º® Ã0‰D“eY €ûöí>|˜ÑÑQ¶mÛvõ˜NhÓ¦Møý~@& ž¯­­í­¨¨èQJ%.ö»`ýúõæêÕ«4M»¸eÒ."$ R©ÔWì8"Bÿ¤© ¨RJµ±@ `]ì=IèêÚÛÛŸ)))y@)uÕ³ã"P7•JmîêêzÎékú_À¤<@¨¦¥p“@EÀ 1ñ´¯ìæ?¸ZÛ‹Û+®òãñ?¯† 'üÖ?àIEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/tooltip.png0000770000000000017510000000152411700107426020703 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR5,Å?ð#gAMA± üatEXtSoftwarePaint.NET 2.70V§èIDAThCí™?HQÇ#\[Ò?Ôb)m)íP‡.;¸dèä`íÐ¥º–,E,¸(¥$4j ”,%K)Š§! ÔÅ èᢈ8A£ƒÿ˯÷‹ä].éÝó5w—K½Àïò{ï{¿?ï÷^\”O(ôhÏX=ÞÝý³¡ª9yÞv£*Aøc» ÂõT-Êïo»Á,jpð%ø| ô÷߇³3Îvˆb³*%¨"Q5ò"³§‰i*Hܱ]èa:HÒ„g„ŠðK&£rþx [[wm)D/·C¡$Çüþp9¢j”C´ \ᩱ±ïÐÛûš°¹ÙHÂ/ŸçàøXamQ´IÒßV*DŽT5?“¹¥µ·ÇA4ÎóÖ#Ž(p]:Oa‚žž*rÉXÏÎŽáG«:vg*vY4mÌ¢JÃ/—»*WB·å]Óír˜D¡  …©©{59cŸÇÔ&éU?G”‰w†z Û¤ím…ååFUË_Úþ›ù=•zd\øѪŽ]Æ™ …]M[Çå «ËCX_Wºôò7”Nß–ͦͺÿùÄ]á©h4^¯‡Nk‹ZX0oŸ*=òЭ|ÜUþFêÆSå×K‘H; ;‘¡¡çª8Ç ÃÄ NN®\8§&'“5â:©7´ÁàÛ’ë¦Ö OÄšÕ<Ï|™ù_Šø _l¾*Ð××&3®k‚á˜Ëql«ŠÀï»»nB6«mGoŽó±°¿“0>Þ"ÿÓA †_ù<ÿFÇ¿#Oaf†#(¢P×ÛFèìl×´£7Žõô¼SÝ"3‹pDÕ«§b±¯ E*å•Ž°¸Ø¸—!óóO þLˆD¾hÚÑ›Çâño0<&T~zòùª’_Ñ®˜:»IÆQ&½XCÌÎÎ&¡ÈÒRVW?ææ~Àôô¯’$ÒÛCVd€‘XÌ''ü91yúM0À|mLÔƒ¨?fcë‰à€(qIEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/universalIndentGUI.ico0000770000000000017510000000237611700107426022724 0ustar rootvboxsfè(&àààïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïàààïïïÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿáËËßkkßkkßkkßkkßkkßkkßkkßkkÚhhìèèïïïïïïÿÿÿÙéÙÆÞÆÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿßÃÃÿUUÿUUÿUUÿUUÿUUÿUUÿUUÿUU÷RRçããïïïïïïÿÿÿ}Î}¿ðóðÿÿÿÿÿÿïååß««ß««ß««ß««ß««ß««ß««ß««Ýªªöõõïïïïïïÿÿÿ}Î}Ԙ͘ÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿïïïïïïÿÿÿ}Î}ÔC¿Cÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿñññïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïþþþïïïïïïÿÿÿ}Î}ÔÓwÇwÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ µ ÇÇÇÇÁàæàïïïïïïÿÿÿ}Î}ÔÔÒtÄtñôñÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ"¿"ÔÔÔÔÍàæàïïïïïïÿÿÿ}Î}ÔÔÔÔÄ~Ë~èïèÿÿÿÃÛüټ¼Ù¼¼Ù¼¼Ù¼¼Ù¼úûúïïïïïïÿÿÿ}Î}ÔÔÔÔÔÔ2±2ÚåÚÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿïïïïïïÿÿÿ}Î}ÔÔÔÔ0Ã0—Ñ—øùøÿÿÿµ×µ®×®®×®®×®®×®­Ö­øùøïïïïïïÿÿÿ}Î}ÔÔÐÏýýýÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ"¿"ÔÔÔÔÍàæàïïïïïïÿÿÿ}Î}ÔÑ–Õ–ÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ)¬) ¼ ¼ ¼ ¼ ¶ âçâïïïïïïÿÿÿ}Î}ÔSÃSÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿïïïïïïÿÿÿ}Î}ԥѥÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿïïïïïïÿÿÿ}Î}½úûúÿÿÿÿÿÿìßßßßßßßßßßÜ››ôòòïïïïïïÿÿÿéïéàçàÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿßÃÃÿUUÿUUÿUUÿUUÿUUÿUUÿUUÿUU÷RRçããïïïïïïÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿãÏÏßssßssßssßssßssßssßssßssÚqqíêêïïïàààïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïïàààuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/universalIndentGUI.svg0000770000000000017510000001062111700107426022741 0ustar rootvboxsf image/svg+xml universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/universalIndentGUI_32x32.xpm0000770000000000017510000000470211700107426023612 0ustar rootvboxsf/* XPM */ static char * universalIndentGUI_32x32_xpm[] = { "32 32 85 1", " c None", ". c #DFDFDF", "+ c #EEEEEE", "@ c #DEDEDE", "# c #F0F0F0", "$ c #FFFFFF", "% c #EFEFEF", "& c #7878E4", "* c #6565EE", "= c #9191E7", "- c #6C6CF0", "; c #5555FF", "> c #8888F0", ", c #E9F1E9", "' c #DEEBDE", ") c #F8FAF8", "! c #55D655", "~ c #00D400", "{ c #ADEAAD", "] c #8080E5", "^ c #6F6FEE", "/ c #9898E8", "( c #69DF69", "_ c #24D324", ": c #FEFEFE", "< c #AEEAAE", "[ c #32D632", "} c #FDFEFD", "| c #84E084", "1 c #CFF7CF", "2 c #33DD33", "3 c #75DE75", "4 c #03D503", "5 c #ABE8AB", "6 c #C3F5C3", "7 c #05D205", "8 c #96E796", "9 c #51D851", "0 c #DDF4DD", "a c #C8F2C8", "b c #20CB20", "c c #65D165", "d c #0AD30A", "e c #68DD68", "f c #D9F3D9", "g c #03D303", "h c #4DD94D", "i c #B5EBB5", "j c #FCFDFC", "k c #22D322", "l c #83E283", "m c #EAF6EA", "n c #01D301", "o c #44D844", "p c #B6ECB6", "q c #2ED52E", "r c #BEEBBE", "s c #D3F8D3", "t c #44DF44", "u c #80E180", "v c #67DC67", "w c #F9FCF9", "x c #82DF82", "y c #5CDB5C", "z c #C4F2C4", "A c #10C910", "B c #5BCF5B", "C c #1AD31A", "D c #F3FAF3", "E c #91E691", "F c #15D215", "G c #F6FBF6", "H c #58DC58", "I c #9DE89D", "J c #9C9CF5", "K c #8E8EFF", "L c #AFAFF5", "M c #D0F4D0", "N c #BBF4BB", "O c #EFFAEF", "P c #6E6EE3", "Q c #5A5AEE", "R c #8989E5", "S c #EDEDED", "T c #DCDCDC", ".++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++@", "#$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%", "#$$$$$$$$$$$$&**************=$$%", "#$$$$$$$$$$$$-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;>$$%", "#$$$,')$$$$$$-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;>$$%", "#$$$!~{$$$$$$]^^^^^^^^^^^^^^/$$%", "#$$$!~($$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%", "#$$$!~_:$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%", "#$$$!~~<$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%", "#$$$!~~[}$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%", "#$$$!~~~|$$$$$$$$$12222222223$$%", "#$$$!~~~45$$$$$$$$6~~~~~~~~~!$$%", "#$$$!~~~~78$$$$$$$6~~~~~~~~~!$$%", "#$$$!~~~~~~90$$$$$abbbbbbbbbc$$%", "#$$$!~~~~~~~def$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%", "#$$$!~~~~~~~~~ghij$$$$$$$$$$$$$%", "#$$$!~~~~~~~~~~klm$$$$$$$$$$$$$%", "#$$$!~~~~~~~nopj$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%", "#$$$!~~~~~~qr$$$$$stttttttttu$$%", "#$$$!~~~~~vw$$$$$$6~~~~~~~~~!$$%", "#$$$!~~~~x$$$$$$$$6~~~~~~~~~!$$%", "#$$$!~~~y$$$$$$$$$zAAAAAAAAAB$$%", "#$$$!~~CD$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%", "#$$$!~~E$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%", "#$$$!~FG$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%", "#$$$!~H$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%", "#$$$!~I$$$$$$JKKKKKKKKKKKKKKL$$%", "#$$$MNO$$$$$$-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;>$$%", "#$$$$$$$$$$$$-;;;;;;;;;;;;;;>$$%", "#$$$$$$$$$$$$PQQQQQQQQQQQQQQR$$%", "#$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%", "@SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSST"}; universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/universalIndentGUI_512x512.png0000770000000000017510000003375011700107426023745 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR{C­ IDATxíÝ|UõýÿñÏÍMBH˜aÈ #ˆ‚ Âr€€¬µJh­Ukk•V±.¨U[ý¹­{ ("ýkETdŠÈÞ dÝõÿ†Ô*!79ã{¾çu›Ç£$÷žïx~Ž÷}ï™`0Ø°a䤤X,&<@L¡PhëÖ­‰™™™óçÏoР`zÑ™ P" `ûöíƒNTßêÕ«—žž  €€O¢Ñ¨zóOP³D">™3ÓDP¥oû%À@À‡€‹Î”@€õð©àÓÂ3m@€`@|*@ø´ðL X@Ÿ >-<ÓFÖ@À§€O Ï´@€uð©àÓÂ3m@€`@|*@ø´ðL X@Ÿ >-<ÓFÖ@À§€O Ï´@€uð©àÓÂ3m@€`@|*@ø´ðL X@Ÿ >-<ÓFÖ@À§€O Ï´@€uð©àÓÂ3m@€`@|*@ø´ðLH„çž|ò©¼¼W’œïšpL ##õ¼¥Q£†ŽõoG@¼b¼¾ò±Ï>Û¸{÷¥õêuF+ß-  £@$]»vξ}; ËØ\HLLLM­žššF¸Xº¶U ‰V ¶öRÉÆÙPI@GŽ+;î_µú# U9  àœàœ5=!€Z Z•ƒÁ €Î ÎYÓ  • U9  àœàœ5=!€Z Z•ƒÁ €Î ÎYÓ  • U9  àœàœ5=!€Z Z•ƒÁ €Î ÎYÓ  • U9  àœàœ5=!€Z Z•ƒÁ €Î ÎYÓ  • U9  àœàœ5=!€Z Z•ƒÁ €Î ÎYÓ  • U9  àœàœ5=!€Z Z•ƒÁ €Î ÎYÓ  • U9  àœàœ5=!€Z Z•ƒÁ €Î ÎYÓ  • U9  àœàœ5=!€Z Z•ƒÁ €Î ÎYÓ  • U9  àœàœ5=!€Z Z•ƒÁ €Î ÎYÓ  • U9  àœàœ5=!€Z Z•ƒÁ €Î ÎYÓ  •@¢V£±f0!kš9ª•¤£~ã@À£ ŠÜþÀí{Óö&ˆ•ßlÂÅáSO¹ôÂKSSS (9S@JŒ €hqô¡OÚ|Ñf [Z߀¤¾šûUn›Žm,m—Æ@7Œ €@ V'MŠX»¨ª6(ÿ[ýPMÖ–u;ו|·à˜"`ZXzøÏŠÕìܾóG⟠€€·Œ µ819Ѧ 5›oþ`ÅÞ®6£G~$`T¨y© øÑì¬üg~ýüOVbe‹´…¸*`Z؈YM¶„·Ä¢ì¶Ñ˜¦@ÀI |Úêm?]–',ß»coùàU €€î@ù*¤ ¦¬IX³{×îò-À«N*`×ƺ“vÌ pDÀk¸QgÛ]ÔâšÅ›vmj#\¢²Ò¡PqQQ~qqQ”Mj•µdyM"‘hQQ:9IÓñPîê„%Ò,òÆço 0¨ÜËðÂã 4¨šðHä?±˜µ—m:nwü"‘pzúêÔÔñ.ô]î.M ûŽ’ˆH¦,Ÿ¿¼ä0S|·+÷*àÆ /½ô² .PÓ´þpä }%P¥JÕŒŒ::Oɸ°õ½9Q¶×Ú¾ñ«Í²šé\TýÇVµäÑDÿq2BÌ`'p|õýºÉ×ÿ^òïø–áÕ €€–@ê´B£c!@ <@y”Ž÷šDY•¹êÓO?=Þsü ð€€i NÍ((;3w®X³ÂEfˆ €Àñœz»<^ßÞþ›ÚöÓX^ÿöõ¢ïŠ¼=F~ *Zy äÝ=ïîÚÉ•A+jÈr àªP þ¨lwð­ÞªD,Š¸&@T‚^]´cøµ¯U¢ E\ *GŸ*§¼n57‰¬#K#€€@åÔ“ä›Ìo–¶¼r­°4 à‚€q ®×¯~{¨¾šË‹_½Ê9Ö'!€–êB=êÇk‚–ò9há¾…Û·m·¤4‚8&`Z$$8>£ˆìïºÿ¹EÏ9V3:B,püíÒ’QŸ ‡nsLïa‰¶Œ¾ùÕ›¡B¶Cï  µ€QP"íØÆŸ—5U–Ö[úñÇÿøoüÐ\À¸pÅ;Aœr`Áª±¨ÚÿÀð†`EÔ±@mäÿÖýß¡}‡¬hŽ6@'+”Õçþ$ÙÔlÓ;Kß±¢9Ú@œ ,R>r°¼òb¶YDJ3 `³`°zÛ¯!‹Ò}ñÙµH3 €€½¦€s7„ùi]’dGóo®x³äL4 €€ö¦€›àa‘vòØšÇ ¸9 úFÊ'@”Ï©<¯Rü“åËf_Îû÷¼ò¼œ× €î –ú‡¥¨SÑ?—ý³¸¨ØÒvi °^€°ÔT} Èùéó?ýøSKÛ¥1@ÀzÀjÓ€js(oyž¨ …ò@4 ¬.ŽÚÜRžÝúìö­\ Új[ÚCKŒ õþ«~Ü}ÄäÛœo{ù1wGAï €@ÙÆ€Ú ïúaøjãO–<»ûÙ][w•­Ï³ €€‹¦@BPƒ©ª.+¯X°d‹¥¥k@ l Þ.Ë`<Ï–Ü&9)ž%l{­º7LŽÜÿáýá×7HÙ6GF ÕB} ¨*+›¯|ñÍ5CA~$@üÃÚF$?;ÿÑOåÊÖºÒX%@X%ù“vÔ—€:òvÝ·ÿ³ì??yŽ? €î vÖ ,áӳ͎…\?2ÉÎiÒ6xS€°³nêxÐZòAÝæ-àòpv:Ó6THÀ´H B¶-•]<¸ôÁ¢ÃE¶õAà €@EL €„€f3R_ê˼úó¼Ç9YAYìÐìíÒ¾‰ºØrX¢Ý£³ß›]\À5¢],]#€À±À±"Öÿ®¾T—%-–<ù¯'­oœ@Š •‹k¹ˆd<üõÃßíþ.®åx1 `Ÿ`ŸíZVGÖ’%-—<õÖS?ú+ÿDÜ œÒWÛÿ;Éý_Ü¿sûN§º¤@ , ,‹Ÿ Ê]¿xâõ',n–æ@ ˜êuñMõ£ÙÉÿ-ÚÜNfoœ½fÕš ‹…@+Ì €R/»m}¶Ízq–ûw­±r-¢-ð¤€i Å aÊX""Mä¹Ͻ»èÝ2^ÅS €€F€F7„)£tQ9Üãð­ïÞzpÏÁ2^ÅS €€ÝF€ÝXÖ´ä qï5ïñW·¦AZA*$@Tˆ­’ Kôôè›îürÍ—•l‰Å@ ¦«Ü‚ ²©Ç¦;_¹3R¤v ð@\ \@/éR½í7“ÇR{iþK.€n@Àï€{k@±„ú†þ°ì;·qn°{U g|,`ZhwC˜²×­dYÙ}åìgg‹Ú3ÌpVÀ´‚^:ÇJmj+sŠçÌ_8ßÙºÓ ‰¸,P,‡¾é¥›º¶ëZ·Q]—C÷n.„5½~‰ †ô“`•`jZªÎÓ!4¨N5YÖuÙ]Ïß5ë—³‰z^ÆH%C‡pèà¡Kn»dWí](¥7ªÆÑh4ãpÆŸñ禧4Õvb€¥ •\$nÎÆ9gÎ?säð‘ ˆ!8':zãðû.Ü'ÎuJOΤ-H»~÷õ€3Ú^î%,‡û¾ú…«;¶îØ¢U /Ï„±Ç' ®_¢¶쫾ͱñÁyáÕ)5R‚ AGjÚN`­Ë›º‚i²lè½á–çn‰rjXYT>§ªÏ©z¯¯€6õQoûMäÙÏÎ}z®6cb  `²€qPzC–,$ŧÿnÇïÞÿÏûÃF Ê^}—ôî# {í½~þõ{¶íñî$9xBÀ´HLôøqMê”à4Y|úâkÿqmq¡º‘<@À.£ ä†0IIvQ9Ö®ÚŠÕJžhøÄCy9Ö'!€€Œ sê–HÈm[n[´p‘9“b&  ™ YAJ‡£vcDeÇ°/¼xýšõZ‘A!€€ç]K¨2 UÖ\UÞUöÐu”Œ <,@h\<µ3 Sæu˜wóC7ÇBž>¶Icd††€½‹–hçèu˜óä½Êè@À{€ö5Sw?3ª.)õô¿žÖ~¬ ¼$`Z$<~ÀqWž˜äΟ¹jæ‹?8îóü¨€€iP,¢¶ÿW‘­¹[gÌ›±é«M0CD/^¨’£ºT\uùhÐG3Ÿ±oç> ša"€€Ö€Öå9jp*2å•œW.~àâüýùG=Å/ €@ü@üf..¡îÖZž?õù«ÿzuáw….„®@ÀÀkET't’¿5úÛµs¯ ©_x €0.üp¾”úpºüµá_}ÿ¯Ã…d@W}C³ pdg©zKTÿ0û¡N뽯Ú}|ä‘·4»ØÌ»Ì €R%?| P3 K¨èŽÄ;f=<«ä! €@œ¦€çoWý"RÔ¯èö¢ÛïþÇÝÑ°º• @ ã ÉÄ3OTPõ]',ùCó[øÛ??üg¾œÈ‰¿#€ÀqL €ãNÒð?F¥`pÁ­E·ÞñÐì0¼ÖLKK9]iìÈ÷€Â¡…·Æn½uî­\8Ú•"Ð)^ ¼XµãYíPt{òí×ÞsmQ~Ññ^Áß@£€£8<ü‹ú‘HÿÈ_êþåWwÿªèàáb2tœ œqv¤—#Û‚b=c5{hÊŸ¦ìߵߑ^é¼*`Z$ˆi3Š{ÍRç w—¼nyfOøv÷q/Î àÓÞ.ƒôMíNáú™³gØ{À½¡Ð3è%@èU[F£2 "±±»³î{çØ5Ÿ¯±¥E¯ ˜êpx?P‡u’·¼5ú±Ñ‹ß[üÓçù øMÀ¬(½! Ç?ÑZ¬2 ±¬°vÌ;cøÇ‘b¤N$Åßð…€Y J¦>þó  ŒUW½çW•ãv^ýÝÕ×þåZÎ.ƒŠ§0^À´HJJ"N²Öª]Q Ý“uϘ»Æ,[ºì$¯çi0TÀ¬H¢¯nS™•Rm:U³hØ›ÃîýÛ½ÑbŽ­Œ&Ë"àI³À“%poÐêL±š%g \ºæúŶo·¹7zFÐ5êRíHdpäᮼà 5CA››õo^í3W›ƒZÉç}qÁûÜ>÷öCûé?jFˆ• *ohD *Òd׸]7¦ÝxÞŸÎûà?1+&e eéøë¹#GÉ2ØüQoŽºï‘ûíç«€¿Vfë7Ó€ÂTv .©+»Æïº2áJõU`åG++Û Ë#€€®¦@b QWjïŒëÈ¡±Þ±ùgÏÏ}.÷þÜŸ0ß;£g¤ P^Ó ¼óæue ¨=Ãê«@=ÙÝ÷é>ïõ™øljóçÏ/9e¸'`ZpG0÷Ö¥“õ¬b@íh ‡GÎ;+oÜgãFÝ2já‚……‡ O¶$Ï#€€-¦€-H4j¡€úÔ¯N!Δ#¼2ü•!Ÿ9çOç<óÜ3á<@ÀQÀQn:û¯@é·Z~ãì7&ïœÜç–>y/æíؼ"pL€Á£¦£Ÿ”îH—¢E‹ó/^¾¸Ë#]ί}þE£/jФÁO^Í@ÀbÀbPš‹[ ô¼uÙˆ¾²âЊ_®øÛ›Ütò¹§Ÿ›“wk,€å`P¹©x¡­*Ô‘B*²å›‹¾ù}æï¾=pê-S.ZÈî[áiÜÏÆ€zQ?<<* j§ö«Ÿ²kä®Gû=:rÙÈÜ;r_~åå=;öxtN mÌ €€Ä"1Ž.×vm‹c`êH!õäðèÃó‡Í½mô°†Íš;kû¦í\83F^Š@™ì(“‡'ÝP ¶ ©› ô“ó?üp݇<ðÀ„&Ff<³ç™$Nús·<ôîy³¾¨mÈUª° Èókå1P ©/I%»¶Lßrgó;ÏþäìÜ›söñý;öóZ~Eò ˜ö ˜ÀõÊ_}¯½²t÷@+9œuxÞáyó?žŸuwÖ´VÓ†tÒ)§“×&Ãxp_À´oî‹2»Ô)Ãê;AU‰ô¬›´îúô뇼3dÜoÇÍgþÁÝíîœö0IÀ´o&Õ†¹œD@mR`:ÊŽv;žÝÿìKÿy©ë»]§µ6àŒÍ[6?ɲ<êº àaµ—¸ôBµ¤xLñ’ƒK–¬]’õϬþ ý§ ˜vjÛSSk¥zxv ››iÞ•êþ3)"]eCö† Û7<ùÖ“Þ0®õ¸A½ÕoXß™QÐ Þ ¼U/F[¦Àÿ¾4”‚‰¯í|íµ¯^k÷`»!5†Lî7¹]›vUª«Sy €ÀL €€pl8+÷‘½Äê.µDrdu—Õ«¿^ýÈ‹Œª1jT«QƒÏ\³¶:³€· $ˆVìRu°Pé#Kµ9ôÔ¶§žÚøT‡;; o8|R¯ImÚµIªªN.à€LûàßJ2ó2JO ¨#RWVå¬ZµqÕœwæ |màˆ¦#ÆW=½z‹ò p€ÁÅejG ¨/* Ô~‚¬’K ½Ü÷åŸG~ÞëŽ^w<|ÇÚÏÖrùÑXüæ Àef’G ¨#GÕ%†êJ´gtåä•¿©ó›¯÷˜üûÉ/¼üB¤@Eü"@ø¥ÒÌóXÒ/ê¯dßè}÷z|Ò–IgÞræÃÿ|øëµ_ûb~GÀDö˜XUæ—€:£X=J~£ü¥ÅK—~º´Ùs͆ņMì7±G÷\s4.K^ì-㾨-¼ê‡ñ ”~!PŸˆÎ#7Î=}îð÷‡çþ!÷¥W_â^4ñZòz¯÷ @mÂU[x9Ô++ nãTŸÔÅê’²eÓýóöΛ÷ɼ3þzFnFîÔ1S3e–\}ˆ¦¦†y¸)Pú=R}'PgŒ ’K }³äÁ×pÜø3ÆçtÏᆛաoëLû<“\%™M@Ö­¾oIe€:^¨ªH{Ù8wpËö¼û—‰Æ“z zׇѹ. ¾$«Oýê­ÿ3©µ¡ÖÐÃCGf3~L•4n-àzm@e€Ê ²¼±ÉGöýî¤õIm×´ØvâðAÃ;vêÈ©ÆVÜ#üWsf\¶@éG~uØϧ’¾!}Pá ÜV¹çÞtnj n/\6ÏzO€ð^ͱ]ê#¿:Îg«¤¬Oi¿¾ýضcGݺmk.d8íº-@¸]úwW@mßWùÕ‘þꄯO¥ÞÆzâƶ:rÂÈ”4uy˜,@˜\]æV–€zëWùÕ•¾’jtú¶ÓÄΟ3¸yëæ\é¡,7ž3H€0¨˜L¥<ÿûÈH‚ ‚Y;³~Öäg}ºôéõ‹^‚ËÈk  *&S)[@½õ«C7Õµ¾’ú_×ÏÙ3¹ÇäÞ#{g6Ë,{9žEÀTÀÔÊ2¯ïÔ&~õ£ŽêÙ'I‹“:ì4©Å¤³úÕ¹kçï_Áÿ#àSÀ§…÷Å´Õû¾ÚÊ¿Gdƒ4ûºYÏ¢žSúLéÖ¾[zƒt_LŸI"p2àdB<ï9Òüêâ[%uIêé¡Ó'µžÔûÜÞ\´Çs•dÀv v Ó¾ƒ¥öìY#m¾iÓ7ÐwÊ€)§¶=µZz5AWxF€ðL©è ÔG~u…Nu ÿN©þ~õÓçOí0µ÷…½›4orÂExDÖ/ ”~äß'ò…´þ¶uÿXÿ©gOíغcÕšê&^<@à$ÀI€xZGõ¾¯ŽÙWåß-Õ–T;-ÿ´©§Ní}Aïf-›é8ZÆ„€®€®•a\Ç(}ëWÇò/“–[Z˜­è?LÏ£IDATwr5u„?¨”P)>¶Q@½ï«Ã{öKÂê„Ö«ZOn=yÄ:w°±GšFÀg€Ï î‰é–Ö¹S?J컧ïØ–c/øõiiž;ƒDÀC€‡Šåƒ¡–^Ÿù©½¼vßPßËú\vz·Ó¹— ÏÝ Üq§×£Ô†~õ©_Ýx}…4^×x´Œž$!Yý‰¸,@¸\û?r„Opy°ßÆ~3zÏØk Ÿú ¯8Óó”à©rye°jƒºC‘È鹩çÌž3s§ä&¦°²y¥~ŒÓ/ü7é—J;7OµN…E>’ŽŸv¼¼ýå\}Aͺ5ëž@ Ü@¹©xáIÔ§þ˜È*i¶´Ù•­¯¼`ÆõÕ?éB¼ Š–\y ¢ùî.À¼•Î©m>ê]¥ÞâzSR§Ì¸dFã݇÷úÜ¿wÿK‡lx0Uˆ<̈F¢iûÓž¸ù‰¶­Ûj;+@ÛÒxd`ê]K­D%ùäñÅã¯È½¢KN ]a˦曶ÿr»è1Fa•@@2ÞÊ(<¬Nv×÷Aè[ŒLmóQÛ.K¯Õ½®;ëºa†SÔŸxÄ'ŒKnv¦vœð0K  Z±#ÌZã›MéæþõÒtQÓßdÿfÜuãjÖfO¯cút„€5€5ŽþjEmîß#5Õ˜›<ó²™Mš7ñ×ô™-¦¦TÒ™y¨õ%,ÅÞ_ô¾møm½ûôv¦[zA;;TMl³tgïFið^ƒë]wÉ—pN¯‰efNþ üUï ÎVmó9$Á÷ƒî¿pæy3;tâÎì„d1´ ´*‡~ƒ)ýà¿N²ßϾ¶óµ“~9‰Û4êW$F„@L € ºÖ‡]U°Nî,¦ÖŽIz;iò¡É¿ÿåï3OÉtgôŠö˜ö(ù¯ÕÒþßH‹…-nêpÓ”SJ.éÌÌ ̪§%³Q+E‘/ØuÁmSokÖª™%­Òè&@èVWÇ£>ø«3¼¶HÓwšÞØúÆé—L$±AÍÕŠÐ9v vêz«mµ‘'PrŒÿÈõ#ïœpg«­¼5|F‹ñ ñŠúzµ"’êoU¿.åºk}mÕ´ª†Î“i!€ÀÀþý—ºqãZéò^—Yg 4Ø¿ÌŸ >+ø1ÓU›}bx#pñÁ‹o¹ì–†§4<æy~Eƒƒ‹{²©©âÌW3ohvÃ/~þ‹¤u¾/ð‘à£b5Uõn¿A:/èüȸGrºçõ¿ €€?Ôù˜YªwÿeôêÑ÷þòÞS²N9æI~EŸ>)ô÷ÓKdÜ—ã¼úÁZukycØŒìà"¿ö»Øƒz÷Oà¢à•Û®|üúÇy÷w±t€†|а( I…{TÒ^J»¡æ ×]u]0™}¾ÁÒ ¦¦Tò˜y¨wÿB©ûrÝ{Úß3aì„cžäW@@ &®ê³þwÒüùæ x¤ÿ þ&Î9!€€€ˆz5¡Þý÷J‹—[<3ú™n=ºé56Fƒ: :U£òcQõÜ!§¾zêÓžîØ¥cåÛ£0X€0¨¸ê³ÿVÉž—÷³¼v§¶3hbLl lau¡Quª×fé>¿{Þô¼æmš»0ºD¯ p€×*vÜñªÏþ›%ç­œ§.zŠwÿã ñGø©ß~j⵿¨n‘ó{ä]œwJK®íìµò1^Üà€{ö–ô¬>ûo—ì·²¿èqÞý-¥ü#@x¹Öê³ÿNéúzצ¼Ð²mK/Ï„±#€€ lrÝš.Õgÿ]ÒéµNÏ_ò|³¬fÖ´I+ à'¾x³Úªn‡¤í«mŸÿ$ïþÞ,!£FÀ}ÀýÄ=U´BÉz!ë™qÏp¶WÜz,€ß ßKxåÿÕž#ÒøÅÆø÷ì®Ù^5ãD  ‹râ!©wÿ€¤¿’>çŒ9}ú÷9ñëx8¹pr#^”äÉ77¸yä°‘Š¡ €€7ïÔM±µLnH¼aÆ…3¼3hFŠú úÖ樑©wÿ 2yã䛧Ý̽½Ž’ᨨPQ9'—;rºï€Åî½äÞ„dJæ$=}!`²ï&ÚWW•¨@Ú/hÏØ{jÖ­©ýp xF€Ð»Tê°Ÿ˜Ôx³Æ}ýîë˜Í ^ô.£CÀk€ÞK””§ü)óOúÐ{ Œ¼'@h\3u—ÏåWE¿ºdÒ%’¡!€€W]+§*³Mú­èwÝ„ëAµ%ˆ `±`1¨5Í©7ü´]Ðö¡ Õ®WÛš6i8Z€8ÚC“ߤú¢êwõ¼«e;®ò¯II úUmú_!W®:h¨~ƒcD `Ž Y-Õ9_;dÔÚQ7N¹1!‘êhV†ƒ€Y¼ÅhVÏ4_Ô|Öù³ª¦UÕld Là–:U4Yª½^mv§Ùm;´ÕiXŒÅfµÏ_}ãØÍÌ.4¯ýá{€ kÅñ»T¥X+Ó£ÓÇ süðWb±Xþ|Ù_r—7† (ŒD#:OŠÐ£:ê“Â!龤ûogüVÔn¾H®žœ[3w÷[»1í?.ú¦(–L4‰fdÔ©SÇ’Ölj„° 6Îf¥Æ;5fõŸU§¾Ö«Kœ³âå'¨–Ví‘ß=.«{½ñ0L !)!¥ZŠÎ“"4¨Ž:îó3¹¢ÚýúôÓ`4 Áiä”dõãt¯ô‡;žÜ_Ô羃Òó“žWž%Ü/#@ÀOyàvµ%íí´ÛÞ–Q/Ãí¡Ð?øK€pµÞjïj¹¼Úåýz³ñÇÕBÐ9¾ \-{‘t^Þ¹dãupµtŽ€?xãq¯îÉ’ünòMÝoª—YϽAÐ3øW€p©öjãÏF™š:zÈh—F@· àwÀ¥5 *?h|UîU É”À¥Ð-¾0íÝ'¦î¡Ó¾ªê˜ïårUëZ·k­ýX +`ZD%ª{­ùéýeïi£§é>TƇF ˜(V‚T]Rõ¦>7Õ¬SÓ£eˆ `®àlm•÷6µgÔ þƒœí˜Þ@c€cEìý=Aê,¬sè8ðß^gZGr˜áP¸³vé%êÐÏu2#sFö©Ù.€n@L €âP±¾—ÕH›em.ν˜‹¾ý°ò/pOÀ´š¾½ªC?¿éM§g6Ét¯ÜôŒü `Z”|üWsÒíT5ªï¤ÃªS†NùÁž!€® ®jž°óIú4é²S.«Ó~‰'@ÀaÀ~põñ¿Hº­í6éÜIöwF €@y€òJUüuIX˜ÙsfõšÕ+ÞK"€V ˜%—‚Ðj€úø¿Wzmé5°ç@«kG{ €@¥L €JaرpPR>M¹¸ÍÅiµÓìhž6@ ¦+Ç‚êã¾älÈ7z\9^ÍK@G;¹ÕÖÿלyMrª: €  —€ijs9hõñ¿ôÜÚ³þzÕœÑ €GL €¢â"].”àêàÄf¹ì3ÿ­!€€ž¦@ÉýÀÔGoai÷y»I£9ö_‡b08Ž€Y Þü5¹Úæÿ‰\š}iõtŽý?ÎjÇŸ@@³@ÑÒ1H«¯[è1BŸ1@àà+~MÀ–À¨¤QM²šXÑm €¶6°&J¥u¦årÏwli¬0-¢1·U·ýÚ$ÃS†·mÛÖº2Ñ `½€iPr»Iþ<ùg§ýLÓûÒ¸‹Cï  “€ià²í‘“¿úïéßãŒ.„î@“ 'Šëù $®OÞ|xJµ”¸–ãÅ €€ó€ÅæV4š8l¢ÅÒ `ƒ€iP*¶A©|M&‰¬“qMÇ¥×I/ß¼ pSÀ¬ˆI8.¹)¼+ˆ¤mH;§Ë9ìþu…ŸN@ ^·Þ,ãg¹_¯ŽÂT?® ôôÛÕ¯KN—r•"€n n] .I‚k‚¹r“S¸ô¿›+4}#€@ùŒ €òOÝÂWI†Ÿ7<§ï9¶JS €€­€¼Jñ+9·ñ¹µëÕ¶¢9Ú@œ0-b1W6ÿK•¯ªä¶Ï•D'jF €€%¦@HB–¸Ä×H¡œ¶í´îݺǷ¯F\0-\ÀTm–Þ½Ój¥¹Ð;]"€ **÷¿å’$íô‰8û÷"ü¼!@T®NêøŸ½’““Õ,«r ±4 à´€i:{?µýg½Œo9>¥WszÝ¥?¨¤€Y“¢Â"qò\°ˆÔßV¿{{vÿVr=dqpAÀ¬P€jBNΩHºìèÒ¹SgJG— €@åœ|³¬ÜH˳´:@MHm–qæ‘(/ýZõs®GgæE/ à³@$ªþçØ#QÒ>IÓsŒcÒ `¡€i‘ˆ…:e5¥äöH÷Ôî6*ëe<‡è*`\„ €odÌ)cRk¥êZ\Æ…”%`VÄ$ •\Ç E$}{z×V]ËÒå9@@c³@A«c@9 4"í·¶ïœÍñ?¯Ý Ê0-"1G6)¶’]+;¥ç•¹~ñ$h,`ZÄœØú#’,U>¬2áÌ W–¡!€'0*ÔÍŠ‹‹ØT,õÔoÙ¤åItyÐXÀ¨PÎ%‡Ú}W–#×V÷ÿª“YGãÊ24@à$¦€ÿéÉ©›“˜lwÔœ¤x<TFÀ´(Ù l÷Q@Qi°µAv»ìʸ³, ຀iàÄNà¨dmËêоƒëÅc €@eŒ µ8T*ù`߉` l·d×ËNH2Š®2ëË"€€GÌz‹I4µw'p²$®K“Ãà<ºÂ3løAÀ¬øa^¶ý+"Õ÷VoݸµmÐ0 à€i`ï™ÀjãÒ.éè^¯A=‡êC7 €€mF@É`û¶þ«(­½ÒEºT­QÕ¶ŠÐ0 à€YG²«{ÙzKÈĽ‰­2[9Ts»ÉÏÏß³g§;ë͵cfPǤ¤¤T«[·^ `÷‘é1+”ƒ:M×¾[BƤé·MûëWqo–<"0wî/¼°&#£mÌ™‹÷ÁŽ€ãáp(X5wî-Z´p¼óòvhZØ» (,™û2[´Ô·œå-»Ë¯‹íÚUœ0½J•Ó¢ÞÁÓåIӽςÁèž=ÉÏ?¨ó¼ €rWG}±Ø"Ý›u·ýLãrÈ»/LLLJN®’””Dx·ˆŒ¼l„„¨ZÉuÞþ£ÆoÔN`5ŸhĶ”‰ü:xvû³Ë®:Ï"€^0*J·JöØs,P•UN©{ŠWJË8@²Œ €’©ªýívÌI5{PZKë:õ¸tÙkÏ"€€gìx³tsòvíV°WºGºgÔËpszôX'@”Ûò4NjHPQÀ0AÀ¬Pƒ Gm:J§úÖê9rL¨9s@Ž˜êÓ¹ú±gp“-Mzäô`µAŒ0+Ôà =3ŠJÂéµÓ)<Aìy»tÏU j}çê¸ÒÒ¹Qg[Ž/²~¸´ˆ”KÀ¸°c €ÍÒ7«¯M{ÊU(^„X-`Ô¥ ÔÇÿH$"IVï¨" ûZµæ" V¯}´‡® êzþö|ùX$l)jLj}]«ÖÙµ,m”Æ@—Œ €`•àìógK±$[É.g ÈhÒ¼‰•Ò ඀Q {ÎX·Iéð†€i;½¡Î(@  ŠÀ@77ÔéÐ@€Ð  pC€pC>@  ŠÀ@77ÔéÐ@€Ð  pC€pC>@  ŠÀ@77ÔéÐ@€Ð  pC€pC>@  ŠÀ@77ÔéÐ@€Ð  pC€pC>@  ŠÀ@77ÔéÐ@€Ð  pC€pC>@  ŠÀ@77ÔéÐ@€Ð  pC€pC>@  ŠÀ@77ÔéÐ@€Ð  pC€pC>@  ŠÀ@77ÔéÐ@€Ð  pC€pC>@  ŠÀ@77ÔéÐ@€Ð  pC€pC>@  ŠÀ@77ÔéÐ@€Ð >BÀ§ófÚ~ðÀžè—Z0OB¡Ð¡CûRS÷E£: ‹± `@$-(8‹Å¬kÒú–ëMiñdγ֯¬jÕç5ÿÏãdáyN(‰Dš6MÎȨÂWhð Aü7„ Æ«ÿÍ›# —ûôª£A £¦#@@/@¯z0@À1À1j:Bô ôª£A £¦#@@/@¯z0@À1À1j:Bô ôª£A £¦#@@/@¯z0@À1À1j:Bô ôª£A £¦#@@/@¯z0@À1À1j:Bô ôª£A £¦#@@/@¯z0@À1À1j:Bô ôª£A £¦#@@/@¯z0@À1À1j:Bô ôª£A £¦#@@/@¯z0@À1À1j:Bô( €`0¨×   €€¥oû‰‘HdçÎ ±XÌÎîh@@ @  ÞöÕ›@å@Æ “’’-*à @›T„B¡­[·þ³^¯·wœàIEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/resources/universalIndentGUI_64x64.png0000770000000000017510000000236511700107426023607 0ustar rootvboxsf‰PNG  IHDR@@ªiqÞsBIT|dˆ pHYs##rAwÞtEXtSoftwarewww.inkscape.org›î<rIDATxœí›ÛkSIÇ¿¹´5×&½¦ÄS²&’Ðjˆ`».4¥iÑ—Š7J/AñŠ©ïEú¢¨õ"RõðAÐÒšØ+T Mɉ.[ ¦¤Is³›î[÷ÁdÛsÎd¦%~ a˜ßï{¾dæÌüf"Ÿá8N „çù´’ã8µÅbѱà 9k¬©x”´ݾ=‰ÏŸÙL5àñ4m£fÀÌŒSSÅE”—+R²­â‡ÀOX `ͲsÀlrŸ¾~Zún^o†Qg,«(š,û xyŒ­Ù­KŸ¡ð ]ÔüðÏûE%²ÙòÐë#¢úJÅd*ý˜‚ xSóÑX7 êwèMh**žóªÜ#­… ¢BÃÉadóY’Z˜ Ú€!„ûî“ÔÂIKááÔ0ÒÙ4)-L´B¸üî2n´Ý ¥ðdò ÆæLjÅÛkØ‹^koÑ6Éõ€[ª[pL8àÝâ•j‰‰ìª‹çÈ8ЋâHÞ .*q1w¯¦_I Å"Ûá”:…c_ŽáíßoI„£ ±z@DÁοvâYø©T Z‰©bèKôáÚ»k$Öâ¡\Mçäç°Ë¿ ðêß3”§*,^4¾ÀXb ûƒûqå—+h5µ®¸;'çГè!&Çd0•l“…Ãá¹ÿ;»ùþ&NËOK šWáHá|6ÌufI±H2==¤RÍh2¸£»gÈ ßŸ>ð1žFÚAµ*×ÅqU}-áþã0üa?ÍôEaROéRÑ +Ý…Žß;ð`ò2¹ )ôŽÆŠ±(_DPD&–<#ÇÑmG©k`f@}²ûûp°î :·t²’AßWÂ…†èoé‡Ak þ¨`³â‚þŽ·‡B¡ •vYÊn€)e™ugpÊy •fE}žO=Çëäkb¯X„ƒtM#%LÃÆpÊ@Ï`ʽ|s }·?EŒÓAӢ߷¬ë¯ú™ÆÍàx¯åÀS÷tï °®¾é»~]ùÃö¯U—..eD€$I‚K)s~€3@á ©ŒÖ}öéó¶Cn“#±·eÿŽ!Xû½Æ‡Eœ´]70-Àº†¦m]=òü·kÅad^@ ™q$ˆ %A )¢«®$|té¶}º¥Óp€&éºü_[7U…Þ8y^e¼øú].áŒjx¢:0+âƒKÃrKdaX!PÔ é lWÂr$HlI0m‚3<¼ºB­¬(SÿròÊx2xbÓ2Z87¸=6Yͬx¶)êwù³‚³Ÿ|eå"ßÊÊyÊ`ÒD8Sá'Ÿ<&º"Fù¹»: ÷&ôxù…¯û\ñH"Ø®„”¹BêèMb߉ó)Ûr«§onîðmܸØ(ÌÛ‹­o2â…'q>ÙBI„Ë ´vÄq¹3kwRˆšˆgpàÍ–´ã:›/Üùù”é17ª–7· ÌýŸ¹@®‰M 0Þf…4¨‚áÇÎIÃvë Ýp*ûÅ/Á®ßÍ>, «N]í ¹¹YQUmkî[cO¡2”iÈdmÄxmõž£¥ÓtF.…ãi÷«_¦pªj‹ÏÙH$w0XBŒL à}f7{G 9Çw>„ kÊ· ŽöuõGž¯©kœØÜó––ö£ªÂª8£e‰´µöøéëMEá"Á9¹º¯.^ð›´%8c˜_êGO, Û%ÄF,ÄF€%‹ÊÔYÑ"õò§½/uvýj}ÃѶ#_Ó œÿ¤é©Tõ‹ïGŠ„ï¹Ñ´óâòŠPêí³wæž¹Ô± ð‘/àS‰Ô¯Ö¤Çðw?ÚŒ¬å"‘Ê"ò£/‘E÷pý ®”ÐUhP…”„®ž˜{·'–Ždt!q”vKÇA ¨»ÑhXÑ~ÜéêÉšæ.¾²£qÊ nÞIÈÃoµðËK²[6<èWc1¤ B0D£a1»,& Œ¤ ¤ ŽKàœ1®hpI*Ž ¤’iX†1jÆÕc^­ñ nõ&Ðø÷Ö‘áÛçµS›:zb?_³t¡º¤b¶’LÛˆ¥-ØÁr$L[BÝ[Î5Bæú†åº1d2Y öõgDÏ®¶ã/0äjO€ðˆsú‚êm?»r£?=tûRí­ws«¿í½ÏÌlòo#|ö¼ÏoÇúus¢!î×0†ü{!@2w•$óyäv+>œ”½ƒ™Ì`{CÛ‰½gó:9@²{è€@«ÞݘÊ&n?sí½Í…{…QZõÈ’ùË«õEJ)eiiÔ ø˜¦©cp$`š6Ò†…d2í&c‰¬mfþÓ}ñ­Ÿö_y§€5n˜Ì“½@ÿríË{®¼þÜQú8€{sÍ)*[¾eeñÂ5zQÙ—¸¦—¸BŒ 9*³×ˆ÷}8tãŸï\?ÕYó 篆÷L*–ê¸Ïj¾~„w;8lÏŸñ˜ì˜Þ"´1öX‚ºùÀN~aAX`l#£¼¯×ßö¬óBùë¤L ?‡Š±ÙŽ.S!F¸=HAø^¯îUKä… Üà/x!¼ÂNþޛѻÞ$k¼£ î…˜øä>ö_„=ˆm2svIEND®B`‚universalindentgui-1.2.0/config/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426015731 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/config/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini0000770000000000017510000024617711700107426023665 0ustar rootvboxsf[Bash] style0=Default style0\color=8421504 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Error style1\color=16776960 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16711680 style10=Parameter expansion style10\color=0 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777184 style11=Backticks style11\color=16776960 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=10518656 style12=Here document delimiter style12\color=0 style12\eolfill=false style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style12\paper=14536925 style13=Single-quoted here document style13\color=8323199 style13\eolfill=true style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style13\paper=14536925 style2=Comment style2\color=32512 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=Number style3\color=32639 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Keyword style4\color=127 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Double-quoted string style5\color=8323199 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=Single-quoted string style6\color=8323199 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Operator style7\color=0 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style8=Identifier style8\color=0 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 style9=Scalar style9\color=0 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style9\paper=16769248 [Batch] style0=Default style0\color=0 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style2=Keyword style2\color=127 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=Label style3\color=8323199 style3\eolfill=true style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=6316128 style4=Hide command character style4\color=8355584 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=External command style5\color=127 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=Variable style6\color=8388736 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Operator style7\color=0 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 [C%23] style0=Default style0\color=8421504 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=C comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style10=Operator style10\color=0 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=Identifier style11\color=0 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style12=Unclosed string style12\color=0 style12\eolfill=true style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style12\paper=16777215 style13=Verbatim string style13\color=32512 style13\eolfill=true style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style13\paper=14745568 style15=JavaDoc style C++ comment style15\color=4157503 style15\eolfill=false style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style15\paper=16777215 style16=Secondary keywords and identifiers style16\color=0 style16\eolfill=false style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style16\paper=16777215 style17=JavaDoc keyword style17\color=3170464 style17\eolfill=false style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style17\paper=16777215 style18=JavaDoc keyword error style18\color=8405024 style18\eolfill=false style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style18\paper=16777215 style19=Global classes and typedefs style19\color=0 style19\eolfill=false style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style19\paper=16777215 style2=C++ comment style2\color=32512 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=JavaDoc style C comment style3\color=4157503 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Number style4\color=32639 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Keyword style5\color=127 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=Double-quoted string style6\color=8323199 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Single-quoted string style7\color=8323199 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style9=Pre-processor block style9\color=8355584 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 style8=IDL UUID style8\color=0 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 [CSS] style0=Default style0\color=16711808 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Tag style1\color=127 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style10=ID selector style10\color=32639 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 1, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=Important style11\color=16744448 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style12=@@-rule style12\color=8355584 style12\eolfill=false style12\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style12\paper=16777215 style13=Double-quoted string style13\color=8323199 style13\eolfill=false style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style13\paper=16777215 style14=Single-quoted string style14\color=8323199 style14\eolfill=false style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style14\paper=16777215 style15=CSS2 property style15\color=41184 style15\eolfill=false style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style15\paper=16777215 style16=Attribute style16\color=8388608 style16\eolfill=false style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style16\paper=16777215 style2=Class selector style2\color=0 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=Pseudo-class style3\color=8388608 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Unknown pseudo-class style4\color=16711680 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Operator style5\color=0 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=CSS1 property style6\color=16608 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Unknown property style7\color=16711680 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style8=Value style8\color=8323199 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 style17=CSS3 property style17\color=0 style17\eolfill=false style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style17\paper=16777215 style18=Pseudo-element style18\color=0 style18\eolfill=false style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style18\paper=16777215 style19=Extended CSS property style19\color=0 style19\eolfill=false style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style19\paper=16777215 style20=Extended pseudo-class style20\color=0 style20\eolfill=false style20\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style20\paper=16777215 style21=Extended pseudo-element style21\color=0 style21\eolfill=false style21\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style21\paper=16777215 [Cpp] style0=Default style0\color=8421504 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=C comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style10=Operator style10\color=0 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=Identifier style11\color=0 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style12=Unclosed string style12\color=0 style12\eolfill=true style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style12\paper=14729440 style15=JavaDoc style C++ comment style15\color=4157503 style15\eolfill=false style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style15\paper=16777215 style16=Secondary keywords and identifiers style16\color=0 style16\eolfill=false style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style16\paper=16777215 style17=JavaDoc keyword style17\color=3170464 style17\eolfill=false style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style17\paper=16777215 style18=JavaDoc keyword error style18\color=8405024 style18\eolfill=false style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style18\paper=16777215 style19=Global classes and typedefs style19\color=0 style19\eolfill=false style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style19\paper=16777215 style2=C++ comment style2\color=32512 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=JavaDoc style C comment style3\color=4157503 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Number style4\color=32639 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Keyword style5\color=127 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=Double-quoted string style6\color=8323199 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Single-quoted string style7\color=8323199 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style9=Pre-processor block style9\color=8355584 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 style8=IDL UUID style8\color=0 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 style20=C++ raw string style20\color=8323199 style20\eolfill=false style20\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style20\paper=16774143 style40=Inactive C++ raw string style40\color=11571376 style40\eolfill=false style40\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style40\paper=16774143 style64=Inactive default style64\color=12632256 style64\eolfill=false style64\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style64\paper=16777215 style65=Inactive C comment style65\color=9482384 style65\eolfill=false style65\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style65\paper=16777215 style66=Inactive C++ comment style66\color=9482384 style66\eolfill=false style66\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style66\paper=16777215 style67=Inactive JavaDoc style C comment style67\color=13684944 style67\eolfill=false style67\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style67\paper=16777215 style68=Inactive number style68\color=9482384 style68\eolfill=false style68\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style68\paper=16777215 style69=Inactive keyword style69\color=9474224 style69\eolfill=false style69\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style69\paper=16777215 style70=Inactive double-quoted string style70\color=11571376 style70\eolfill=false style70\font=Courier New, 10, 0, 0, 0 style70\paper=16777215 style71=Inactive single-quoted string style71\color=11571376 style71\eolfill=false style71\font=Courier New, 10, 0, 0, 0 style71\paper=16777215 style72=Inactive IDL UUID style72\color=12632256 style72\eolfill=false style72\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style72\paper=16777215 style73=Inactive pre-processor block style73\color=11579536 style73\eolfill=false style73\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style73\paper=16777215 style74=Inactive operator style74\color=11579568 style74\eolfill=false style74\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style74\paper=16777215 style75=Inactive identifier style75\color=11579568 style75\eolfill=false style75\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style75\paper=16777215 style76=Inactive unclosed string style76\color=0 style76\eolfill=true style76\font=Courier New, 10, 0, 0, 0 style76\paper=14729440 style79=Inactive JavaDoc style C++ comment style79\color=12632256 style79\eolfill=false style79\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style79\paper=16777215 style80=Inactive secondary keywords and identifiers style80\color=12632256 style80\eolfill=false style80\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style80\paper=16777215 style81=Inactive JavaDoc keyword style81\color=12632256 style81\eolfill=false style81\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style81\paper=16777215 style82=Inactive JavaDoc keyword error style82\color=12632256 style82\eolfill=false style82\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style82\paper=16777215 style83=Inactive global classes and typedefs style83\color=11579568 style83\eolfill=false style83\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style83\paper=16777215 [D] style0=Default style0\color=8421504 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Block comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style10=String style10\color=8323199 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=Unclosed string style11\color=0 style11\eolfill=true style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=14729440 style12=Character style12\color=8323199 style12\eolfill=false style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style12\paper=16777215 style13=Operator style13\color=0 style13\eolfill=false style13\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style13\paper=16777215 style14=Identifier style14\color=0 style14\eolfill=false style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style14\paper=16777215 style15=DDoc style line comment style15\color=4157503 style15\eolfill=false style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style15\paper=16777215 style16=DDoc keyword style16\color=3170464 style16\eolfill=false style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style16\paper=16777215 style17=DDoc keyword error style17\color=8405024 style17\eolfill=false style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style17\paper=16777215 style2=Line comment style2\color=32512 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=DDoc style block comment style3\color=4157503 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Nesting comment style4\color=10535072 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Number style5\color=32639 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=Keyword style6\color=127 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Secondary keyword style7\color=127 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style8=Documentation keyword style8\color=127 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 style9=Type definition style9\color=127 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 [Diff] style0=Default style0\color=0 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style2=Command style2\color=8355584 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=Header style3\color=8323072 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Position style4\color=8323199 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Removed line style5\color=32639 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=Added line style6\color=127 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Changed line style7\color=8355711 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 [HTML] style0=HTML default style0\color=0 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Tag style1\color=128 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style10=Entity style10\color=8388736 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style100=Python function or method name style100\color=32639 style100\eolfill=true style100\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style100\paper=15728623 style101=Python operator style101\color=0 style101\eolfill=true style101\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style101\paper=15728623 style102=Python identifier style102\color=0 style102\eolfill=true style102\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style102\paper=15728623 style105=Start of an ASP Python fragment style105\color=8421504 style105\eolfill=false style105\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style105\paper=16777215 style106=ASP Python default style106\color=8421504 style106\eolfill=true style106\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style106\paper=13627343 style107=ASP Python comment style107\color=32512 style107\eolfill=true style107\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style107\paper=13627343 style108=ASP Python number style108\color=32639 style108\eolfill=true style108\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style108\paper=13627343 style109=ASP Python double-quoted string style109\color=8323199 style109\eolfill=true style109\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style109\paper=13627343 style11=End of a tag style11\color=128 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style110=ASP Python single-quoted string style110\color=8323199 style110\eolfill=true style110\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style110\paper=13627343 style111=ASP Python keyword style111\color=127 style111\eolfill=true style111\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style111\paper=13627343 style112=ASP Python triple single-quoted string style112\color=8323072 style112\eolfill=true style112\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style112\paper=13627343 style113=ASP Python triple double-quoted string style113\color=8323072 style113\eolfill=true style113\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style113\paper=13627343 style114=ASP Python class name style114\color=255 style114\eolfill=true style114\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style114\paper=13627343 style115=ASP Python function or method name style115\color=32639 style115\eolfill=true style115\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style115\paper=13627343 style116=ASP Python operator style116\color=0 style116\eolfill=true style116\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style116\paper=13627343 style117=ASP Python identifier style117\color=0 style117\eolfill=true style117\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style117\paper=13627343 style118=PHP default style118\color=51 style118\eolfill=true style118\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style118\paper=16775416 style119=PHP double-quoted string style119\color=32512 style119\eolfill=false style119\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style119\paper=16775416 style12=Start of an XML fragment style12\color=255 style12\eolfill=false style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style12\paper=16777215 style120=PHP single-quoted string style120\color=40704 style120\eolfill=false style120\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style120\paper=16775416 style121=PHP keyword style121\color=8323199 style121\eolfill=false style121\font=Courier, 10, 0, 1, 0 style121\paper=16775416 style122=PHP number style122\color=13408512 style122\eolfill=false style122\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style122\paper=16775416 style123=PHP variable style123\color=127 style123\eolfill=false style123\font=Courier, 10, 0, 1, 0 style123\paper=16775416 style124=PHP comment style124\color=10066329 style124\eolfill=false style124\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style124\paper=16775416 style125=PHP line comment style125\color=6710886 style125\eolfill=false style125\font=Courier, 10, 0, 1, 0 style125\paper=16775416 style126=PHP double-quoted variable style126\color=127 style126\eolfill=false style126\font=Courier, 10, 0, 1, 0 style126\paper=16775416 style127=PHP operator style127\color=0 style127\eolfill=false style127\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style127\paper=16775416 style13=End of an XML fragment style13\color=255 style13\eolfill=false style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style13\paper=16777215 style14=Script tag style14\color=128 style14\eolfill=false style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style14\paper=16777215 style15=Start of an ASP fragment with @ style15\color=0 style15\eolfill=false style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style15\paper=16776960 style16=Start of an ASP fragment style16\color=0 style16\eolfill=false style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style16\paper=16768768 style17=CDATA style17\color=0 style17\eolfill=false style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style17\paper=16768768 style18=Start of a PHP fragment style18\color=255 style18\eolfill=false style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style18\paper=16773055 style19=Unquoted HTML value style19\color=16711935 style19\eolfill=false style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style19\paper=16773119 style2=Unknown tag style2\color=16711680 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style20=ASP X-Code comment style20\color=0 style20\eolfill=false style20\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style20\paper=16777215 style21=SGML default style21\color=128 style21\eolfill=false style21\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style21\paper=15724543 style22=SGML command style22\color=128 style22\eolfill=false style22\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style22\paper=15724543 style23=First parameter of an SGML command style23\color=26112 style23\eolfill=false style23\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style23\paper=15724543 style24=SGML double-quoted string style24\color=8388608 style24\eolfill=false style24\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style24\paper=15724543 style25=SGML single-quoted string style25\color=10040064 style25\eolfill=false style25\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style25\paper=15724543 style26=SGML error style26\color=8388608 style26\eolfill=false style26\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style26\paper=16737894 style27=SGML special entity style27\color=3368703 style27\eolfill=false style27\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style27\paper=15724543 style29=SGML comment style29\color=8421376 style29\eolfill=false style29\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style29\paper=15724543 style3=Attribute style3\color=32896 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style30=First parameter comment of an SGML command style30\color=0 style30\eolfill=false style30\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style30\paper=16777215 style31=SGML block default style31\color=102 style31\eolfill=false style31\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style31\paper=13421792 style4=Unknown attribute style4\color=16711680 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style40=Start of a JavaScript fragment style40\color=8355584 style40\eolfill=false style40\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style40\paper=16777215 style41=JavaScript default style41\color=0 style41\eolfill=true style41\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style41\paper=15790335 style42=JavaScript comment style42\color=32512 style42\eolfill=true style42\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style42\paper=15790335 style43=JavaScript line comment style43\color=32512 style43\eolfill=false style43\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style43\paper=15790335 style44=JavaDoc style JavaScript comment style44\color=4157503 style44\eolfill=true style44\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style44\paper=15790335 style45=JavaScript number style45\color=32639 style45\eolfill=false style45\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style45\paper=15790335 style46=JavaScript word style46\color=0 style46\eolfill=false style46\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style46\paper=15790335 style47=JavaScript keyword style47\color=127 style47\eolfill=false style47\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style47\paper=15790335 style48=JavaScript double-quoted string style48\color=8323199 style48\eolfill=false style48\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style48\paper=15790335 style49=JavaScript single-quoted string style49\color=8323199 style49\eolfill=false style49\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style49\paper=15790335 style5=HTML number style5\color=32639 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style50=JavaScript symbol style50\color=0 style50\eolfill=false style50\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style50\paper=15790335 style51=JavaScript unclosed string style51\color=0 style51\eolfill=true style51\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style51\paper=12565424 style52=JavaScript regular expression style52\color=0 style52\eolfill=false style52\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style52\paper=16759728 style55=Start of an ASP JavaScript fragment style55\color=8355584 style55\eolfill=false style55\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style55\paper=16777215 style56=ASP JavaScript default style56\color=0 style56\eolfill=true style56\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style56\paper=14671743 style57=ASP JavaScript comment style57\color=32512 style57\eolfill=true style57\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style57\paper=14671743 style58=ASP JavaScript line comment style58\color=32512 style58\eolfill=false style58\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style58\paper=14671743 style59=JavaDoc style ASP JavaScript comment style59\color=8355711 style59\eolfill=true style59\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style59\paper=14671743 style6=HTML double-quoted string style6\color=8323199 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style60=ASP JavaScript number style60\color=32639 style60\eolfill=false style60\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style60\paper=14671743 style61=ASP JavaScript word style61\color=0 style61\eolfill=false style61\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style61\paper=14671743 style62=ASP JavaScript keyword style62\color=127 style62\eolfill=false style62\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style62\paper=14671743 style63=ASP JavaScript double-quoted string style63\color=8323199 style63\eolfill=false style63\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style63\paper=14671743 style64=ASP JavaScript single-quoted string style64\color=8323199 style64\eolfill=false style64\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style64\paper=14671743 style65=ASP JavaScript symbol style65\color=0 style65\eolfill=false style65\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style65\paper=14671743 style66=ASP JavaScript unclosed string style66\color=0 style66\eolfill=true style66\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style66\paper=12565424 style67=ASP JavaScript regular expression style67\color=0 style67\eolfill=false style67\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style67\paper=16759728 style7=HTML single-quoted string style7\color=8323199 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style70=Start of a VBScript fragment style70\color=0 style70\eolfill=false style70\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style70\paper=16777215 style71=VBScript default style71\color=0 style71\eolfill=true style71\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style71\paper=15724543 style72=VBScript comment style72\color=32768 style72\eolfill=true style72\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style72\paper=15724543 style73=VBScript number style73\color=32896 style73\eolfill=true style73\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style73\paper=15724543 style74=VBScript keyword style74\color=128 style74\eolfill=true style74\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style74\paper=15724543 style75=VBScript string style75\color=8388736 style75\eolfill=true style75\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style75\paper=15724543 style76=VBScript identifier style76\color=128 style76\eolfill=true style76\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style76\paper=15724543 style77=VBScript unclosed string style77\color=128 style77\eolfill=true style77\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style77\paper=8355839 style8=Other text in a tag style8\color=8388736 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 style80=Start of an ASP VBScript fragment style80\color=0 style80\eolfill=false style80\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style80\paper=16777215 style81=ASP VBScript default style81\color=0 style81\eolfill=true style81\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style81\paper=13619183 style82=ASP VBScript comment style82\color=32768 style82\eolfill=true style82\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style82\paper=13619183 style83=ASP VBScript number style83\color=32896 style83\eolfill=true style83\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style83\paper=13619183 style84=ASP VBScript keyword style84\color=128 style84\eolfill=true style84\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style84\paper=13619183 style85=ASP VBScript string style85\color=8388736 style85\eolfill=true style85\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style85\paper=13619183 style86=ASP VBScript identifier style86\color=128 style86\eolfill=true style86\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style86\paper=13619183 style87=ASP VBScript unclosed string style87\color=128 style87\eolfill=true style87\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style87\paper=8355839 style9=HTML comment style9\color=8421376 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 style90=Start of a Python fragment style90\color=8421504 style90\eolfill=false style90\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style90\paper=16777215 style91=Python default style91\color=8421504 style91\eolfill=true style91\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style91\paper=15728623 style92=Python comment style92\color=32512 style92\eolfill=true style92\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style92\paper=15728623 style93=Python number style93\color=32639 style93\eolfill=true style93\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style93\paper=15728623 style94=Python double-quoted string style94\color=8323199 style94\eolfill=true style94\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style94\paper=15728623 style95=Python single-quoted string style95\color=8323199 style95\eolfill=true style95\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style95\paper=15728623 style96=Python keyword style96\color=127 style96\eolfill=true style96\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style96\paper=15728623 style97=Python triple single-quoted string style97\color=8323072 style97\eolfill=true style97\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style97\paper=15728623 style98=Python triple double-quoted string style98\color=8323072 style98\eolfill=true style98\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style98\paper=15728623 style99=Python class name style99\color=255 style99\eolfill=true style99\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style99\paper=15728623 [IDL] style0=Default style0\color=8421504 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=C comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style10=Operator style10\color=0 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=Identifier style11\color=0 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style12=Unclosed string style12\color=0 style12\eolfill=true style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style12\paper=14729440 style15=JavaDoc style C++ comment style15\color=4157503 style15\eolfill=false style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style15\paper=16777215 style16=Secondary keywords and identifiers style16\color=0 style16\eolfill=false style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style16\paper=16777215 style17=JavaDoc keyword style17\color=3170464 style17\eolfill=false style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style17\paper=16777215 style18=JavaDoc keyword error style18\color=8405024 style18\eolfill=false style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style18\paper=16777215 style19=Global classes and typedefs style19\color=0 style19\eolfill=false style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style19\paper=16777215 style2=C++ comment style2\color=32512 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=JavaDoc style C comment style3\color=4157503 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Number style4\color=32639 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Keyword style5\color=127 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=Double-quoted string style6\color=8323199 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Single-quoted string style7\color=8323199 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style8=UUID style8\color=8405120 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 style9=Pre-processor block style9\color=8355584 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 [Java] style0=Default style0\color=8421504 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=C comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style10=Operator style10\color=0 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=Identifier style11\color=0 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style12=Unclosed string style12\color=0 style12\eolfill=true style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style12\paper=14729440 style15=JavaDoc style C++ comment style15\color=4157503 style15\eolfill=false style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style15\paper=16777215 style16=Secondary keywords and identifiers style16\color=0 style16\eolfill=false style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style16\paper=16777215 style17=JavaDoc keyword style17\color=3170464 style17\eolfill=false style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style17\paper=16777215 style18=JavaDoc keyword error style18\color=8405024 style18\eolfill=false style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style18\paper=16777215 style19=Global classes and typedefs style19\color=0 style19\eolfill=false style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style19\paper=16777215 style2=C++ comment style2\color=32512 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=JavaDoc style C comment style3\color=4157503 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Number style4\color=32639 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Keyword style5\color=127 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=Double-quoted string style6\color=8323199 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Single-quoted string style7\color=8323199 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style9=Pre-processor block style9\color=8355584 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 style8=IDL UUID style8\color=0 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 [JavaScript] style0=Default style0\color=8421504 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=C comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style10=Operator style10\color=0 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=Identifier style11\color=0 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style12=Unclosed string style12\color=0 style12\eolfill=true style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style12\paper=16777215 style14=Regular expression style14\color=4161343 style14\eolfill=true style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style14\paper=14741759 style15=JavaDoc style C++ comment style15\color=4157503 style15\eolfill=false style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style15\paper=16777215 style16=Secondary keywords and identifiers style16\color=0 style16\eolfill=false style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style16\paper=16777215 style17=JavaDoc keyword style17\color=3170464 style17\eolfill=false style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style17\paper=16777215 style18=JavaDoc keyword error style18\color=8405024 style18\eolfill=false style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style18\paper=16777215 style19=Global classes and typedefs style19\color=0 style19\eolfill=false style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style19\paper=16777215 style2=C++ comment style2\color=32512 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=JavaDoc style C comment style3\color=4157503 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Number style4\color=32639 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Keyword style5\color=127 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=Double-quoted string style6\color=8323199 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Single-quoted string style7\color=8323199 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style9=Pre-processor block style9\color=8355584 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 style8=IDL UUID style8\color=0 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 [Lua] style0=Default style0\color=0 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=true style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=13693168 style10=Operator style10\color=0 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=Identifier style11\color=0 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style12=Unclosed string style12\color=0 style12\eolfill=true style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style12\paper=14729440 style13=Basic functions style13\color=127 style13\eolfill=false style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style13\paper=13696976 style14="String, table and maths functions" style14\color=127 style14\eolfill=false style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style14\paper=13684991 style15="Coroutines, i/o and system facilities" style15\color=127 style15\eolfill=false style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style15\paper=16765136 style2=Line comment style2\color=32512 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style4=Number style4\color=32639 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Keyword style5\color=127 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=String style6\color=8323199 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Character style7\color=8323199 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style8=Literal string style8\color=8323199 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=14745599 style9=Preprocessor style9\color=8355584 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 [Makefile] style0=Default style0\color=0 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style2=Preprocessor style2\color=8355584 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=Variable style3\color=128 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Operator style4\color=0 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Target style5\color=10485760 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style9=Error style9\color=16776960 style9\eolfill=true style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style9\paper=16711680 [POV] style0=Default style0\color=16711808 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style10="Objects, CSG and appearance" style10\color=127 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style10\paper=16765136 style11="Types, modifiers and items" style11\color=127 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777168 style12=Predefined identifiers style12\color=127 style12\eolfill=false style12\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style12\paper=16777215 style13=Predefined functions style13\color=127 style13\eolfill=false style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style13\paper=13684991 style14=User defined 1 style14\color=127 style14\eolfill=false style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style14\paper=13696976 style15=User defined 2 style15\color=127 style15\eolfill=false style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style15\paper=13684944 style16=User defined 3 style16\color=127 style16\eolfill=false style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style16\paper=14737632 style2=Comment line style2\color=32512 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=Number style3\color=32639 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Operator style4\color=0 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Identifier style5\color=0 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=String style6\color=8323199 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Unclosed string style7\color=0 style7\eolfill=true style7\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style7\paper=14729440 style8=Directive style8\color=8355584 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 style9=Bad directive style9\color=8405024 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 1, 0 style9\paper=16777215 [Perl] style0=Default style0\color=8421504 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Error style1\color=16776960 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16711680 style10=Operator style10\color=0 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=Identifier style11\color=0 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style12=Scalar style12\color=0 style12\eolfill=false style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style12\paper=16769248 style13=Array style13\color=0 style13\eolfill=false style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style13\paper=16777184 style14=Hash style14\color=0 style14\eolfill=false style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style14\paper=16769279 style15=Symbol table style15\color=0 style15\eolfill=false style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style15\paper=14737632 style17=Regular expression style17\color=0 style17\eolfill=false style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style17\paper=10551200 style18=Substitution style18\color=0 style18\eolfill=false style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style18\paper=15786112 style2=Comment style2\color=32512 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style20=Backticks style20\color=16776960 style20\eolfill=false style20\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style20\paper=10518656 style21=Data section style21\color=6291456 style21\eolfill=true style21\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style21\paper=16773336 style22=Here document delimiter style22\color=0 style22\eolfill=false style22\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style22\paper=14536925 style23=Single-quoted here document style23\color=8323199 style23\eolfill=true style23\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style23\paper=14536925 style24=Double-quoted here document style24\color=8323199 style24\eolfill=true style24\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style24\paper=14536925 style25=Backtick here document style25\color=8323199 style25\eolfill=true style25\font=Courier, 10, 0, 1, 0 style25\paper=14536925 style26=Quoted string (q) style26\color=8323199 style26\eolfill=false style26\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style26\paper=16777215 style27=Quoted string (qq) style27\color=8323199 style27\eolfill=false style27\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style27\paper=16777215 style28=Quoted string (qx) style28\color=16776960 style28\eolfill=false style28\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style28\paper=16777215 style29=Quoted string (qr) style29\color=0 style29\eolfill=false style29\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style29\paper=16777215 style3=POD style3\color=16384 style3\eolfill=true style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=14745568 style30=Quoted string (qw) style30\color=0 style30\eolfill=false style30\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style30\paper=16777215 style31=POD verbatim style31\color=16384 style31\eolfill=true style31\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style31\paper=12648384 style4=Number style4\color=32639 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style40=Subroutine prototype style40\color=0 style40\eolfill=false style40\font=Courier, 10, 0, 1, 0 style40\paper=16777215 style41=Format identifier style41\color=12583104 style41\eolfill=false style41\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style41\paper=16777215 style42=Format body style42\color=12583104 style42\eolfill=true style42\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style42\paper=16773375 style5=Keyword style5\color=127 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=Double-quoted string style6\color=8323199 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Single-quoted string style7\color=8323199 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 [Properties] style0=Default style0\color=0 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Comment style1\color=32639 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style2=Section style2\color=8323199 style2\eolfill=true style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=14741744 style3=Assignment style3\color=11558912 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Default value style4\color=8355584 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 [Python] style0=Default style0\color=8421504 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style10=Operator style10\color=0 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=Identifier style11\color=0 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style12=Comment block style12\color=8355711 style12\eolfill=false style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style12\paper=16777215 style13=Unclosed string style13\color=0 style13\eolfill=true style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style13\paper=14729440 style14=Highlighted identifier style14\color=4223120 style14\eolfill=false style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style14\paper=16777215 style15=Decorator style15\color=8409088 style15\eolfill=false style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style15\paper=16777215 style2=Number style2\color=32639 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=Double-quoted string style3\color=8323199 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Single-quoted string style4\color=8323199 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Keyword style5\color=127 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=Triple single-quoted string style6\color=8323072 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Triple double-quoted string style7\color=8323072 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style8=Class name style8\color=255 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 style9=Function or method name style9\color=32639 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 [Ruby] style0=Default style0\color=8421504 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Error style1\color=0 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16711680 style10=Operator style10\color=0 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=Identifier style11\color=0 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style12=Regular expression style12\color=0 style12\eolfill=false style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style12\paper=10551200 style13=Global style13\color=8388736 style13\eolfill=false style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style13\paper=16777215 style14=Symbol style14\color=12623920 style14\eolfill=false style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style14\paper=16777215 style15=Module name style15\color=10485920 style15\eolfill=false style15\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style15\paper=16777215 style16=Instance variable style16\color=11534464 style16\eolfill=false style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style16\paper=16777215 style17=Class variable style17\color=8388784 style17\eolfill=false style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style17\paper=16777215 style18=Backticks style18\color=16776960 style18\eolfill=false style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style18\paper=10518656 style19=Data section style19\color=6291456 style19\eolfill=true style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style19\paper=16773336 style2=Comment style2\color=32512 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style20=Here document delimiter style20\color=0 style20\eolfill=false style20\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style20\paper=14536925 style21=Here document style21\color=8323199 style21\eolfill=true style21\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style21\paper=14536925 style24=%q string style24\color=8323199 style24\eolfill=false style24\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style24\paper=16777215 style25=%Q string style25\color=8323199 style25\eolfill=false style25\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style25\paper=16777215 style26=%x string style26\color=16776960 style26\eolfill=false style26\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style26\paper=10518656 style27=%r string style27\color=0 style27\eolfill=false style27\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style27\paper=10551200 style28=%w string style28\color=0 style28\eolfill=false style28\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style28\paper=16777184 style29=Demoted keyword style29\color=127 style29\eolfill=false style29\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style29\paper=16777215 style3=POD style3\color=16384 style3\eolfill=true style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=12648384 style30=stdin style30\color=0 style30\eolfill=false style30\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style30\paper=16744576 style31=stdout style31\color=0 style31\eolfill=false style31\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style31\paper=16744576 style4=Number style4\color=32639 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style40=stderr style40\color=0 style40\eolfill=false style40\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style40\paper=16744576 style5=Keyword style5\color=127 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=Double-quoted string style6\color=8323199 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Single-quoted string style7\color=8323199 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style8=Class name style8\color=255 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 style9=Function or method name style9\color=32639 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 [SQL] style0=Default style0\color=8421504 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style10=Operator style10\color=0 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=Identifier style11\color=0 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style13=SQL*Plus comment style13\color=32512 style13\eolfill=false style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style13\paper=16777215 style15=# comment line style15\color=32512 style15\eolfill=false style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style15\paper=16777215 style17=JavaDoc keyword style17\color=3170464 style17\eolfill=false style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style17\paper=16777215 style18=JavaDoc keyword error style18\color=8405024 style18\eolfill=false style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style18\paper=16777215 style19=User defined 1 style19\color=4915330 style19\eolfill=false style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style19\paper=16777215 style2=Comment line style2\color=32512 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style20=User defined 2 style20\color=11534400 style20\eolfill=false style20\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style20\paper=16777215 style21=User defined 3 style21\color=9109504 style21\eolfill=false style21\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style21\paper=16777215 style22=User defined 4 style22\color=8388736 style22\eolfill=false style22\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style22\paper=16777215 style3=JavaDoc style comment style3\color=8355711 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Number style4\color=32639 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Keyword style5\color=127 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=Double-quoted string style6\color=8323199 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Single-quoted string style7\color=8323199 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style8=SQL*Plus keyword style8\color=8355584 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 style9=SQL*Plus prompt style9\color=32512 style9\eolfill=true style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style9\paper=14745568 [TeX] style0=Default style0\color=4144959 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Special style1\color=32639 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style2=Group style2\color=8323072 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=Symbol style3\color=8355584 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Command style4\color=32512 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Text style5\color=0 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 [XML] style0=HTML default style0\color=0 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Tag style1\color=128 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style2=Unknown tag style2\color=128 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=Attribute style3\color=32896 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Unknown attribute style4\color=32896 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=HTML number style5\color=32639 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=HTML double-quoted string style6\color=8323199 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=HTML single-quoted string style7\color=8323199 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style8=Other text in a tag style8\color=8388736 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 style9=HTML comment style9\color=8421376 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 style10=Entity style10\color=8388736 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=End of a tag style11\color=128 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style12=Start of an XML fragment style12\color=8388736 style12\eolfill=false style12\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style12\paper=16777215 style13=End of an XML fragment style13\color=8388736 style13\eolfill=false style13\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style13\paper=16777215 style14=Script tag style14\color=0 style14\eolfill=false style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style14\paper=16777215 style15=Start of an ASP fragment with @ style15\color=0 style15\eolfill=false style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style15\paper=16777215 style16=Start of an ASP fragment style16\color=0 style16\eolfill=false style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style16\paper=16777215 style17=CDATA style17\color=8388608 style17\eolfill=true style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style17\paper=16773360 style18=Start of a PHP fragment style18\color=8388608 style18\eolfill=false style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style18\paper=16777215 style19=Unquoted HTML value style19\color=6324320 style19\eolfill=false style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style19\paper=16777215 style20=ASP X-Code comment style20\color=0 style20\eolfill=false style20\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style20\paper=16777215 style21=SGML default style21\color=128 style21\eolfill=false style21\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style21\paper=15724543 style22=SGML command style22\color=128 style22\eolfill=false style22\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style22\paper=15724543 style23=First parameter of an SGML command style23\color=26112 style23\eolfill=false style23\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style23\paper=15724543 style24=SGML double-quoted string style24\color=8388608 style24\eolfill=false style24\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style24\paper=15724543 style25=SGML single-quoted string style25\color=10040064 style25\eolfill=false style25\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style25\paper=15724543 style26=SGML error style26\color=8388608 style26\eolfill=false style26\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style26\paper=16737894 style27=SGML special entity style27\color=3368703 style27\eolfill=false style27\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style27\paper=15724543 style29=SGML comment style29\color=8421376 style29\eolfill=false style29\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style29\paper=15724543 style30=First parameter comment of an SGML command style30\color=0 style30\eolfill=false style30\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style30\paper=16777215 style31=SGML block default style31\color=102 style31\eolfill=false style31\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style31\paper=13421792 style40=Start of a JavaScript fragment style40\color=0 style40\eolfill=false style40\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style40\paper=16777215 style41=JavaScript default style41\color=0 style41\eolfill=false style41\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style41\paper=16777215 style42=JavaScript comment style42\color=0 style42\eolfill=false style42\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style42\paper=16777215 style43=JavaScript line comment style43\color=0 style43\eolfill=false style43\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style43\paper=16777215 style44=JavaDoc style JavaScript comment style44\color=0 style44\eolfill=false style44\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style44\paper=16777215 style45=JavaScript number style45\color=0 style45\eolfill=false style45\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style45\paper=16777215 style46=JavaScript word style46\color=0 style46\eolfill=false style46\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style46\paper=16777215 style47=JavaScript keyword style47\color=0 style47\eolfill=false style47\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style47\paper=16777215 style48=JavaScript double-quoted string style48\color=0 style48\eolfill=false style48\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style48\paper=16777215 style49=JavaScript single-quoted string style49\color=0 style49\eolfill=false style49\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style49\paper=16777215 style50=JavaScript symbol style50\color=0 style50\eolfill=false style50\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style50\paper=16777215 style51=JavaScript unclosed string style51\color=0 style51\eolfill=false style51\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style51\paper=16777215 style52=JavaScript regular expression style52\color=0 style52\eolfill=false style52\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style52\paper=16777215 style55=Start of an ASP JavaScript fragment style55\color=0 style55\eolfill=false style55\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style55\paper=16777215 style56=ASP JavaScript default style56\color=0 style56\eolfill=false style56\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style56\paper=16777215 style57=ASP JavaScript comment style57\color=0 style57\eolfill=false style57\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style57\paper=16777215 style58=ASP JavaScript line comment style58\color=0 style58\eolfill=false style58\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style58\paper=16777215 style59=JavaDoc style ASP JavaScript comment style59\color=0 style59\eolfill=false style59\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style59\paper=16777215 style60=ASP JavaScript number style60\color=0 style60\eolfill=false style60\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style60\paper=16777215 style61=ASP JavaScript word style61\color=0 style61\eolfill=false style61\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style61\paper=16777215 style62=ASP JavaScript keyword style62\color=0 style62\eolfill=false style62\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style62\paper=16777215 style63=ASP JavaScript double-quoted string style63\color=0 style63\eolfill=false style63\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style63\paper=16777215 style64=ASP JavaScript single-quoted string style64\color=0 style64\eolfill=false style64\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style64\paper=16777215 style65=ASP JavaScript symbol style65\color=0 style65\eolfill=false style65\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style65\paper=16777215 style66=ASP JavaScript unclosed string style66\color=0 style66\eolfill=false style66\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style66\paper=16777215 style67=ASP JavaScript regular expression style67\color=0 style67\eolfill=false style67\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style67\paper=16777215 style70=Start of a VBScript fragment style70\color=0 style70\eolfill=false style70\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style70\paper=16777215 style71=VBScript default style71\color=0 style71\eolfill=false style71\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style71\paper=16777215 style72=VBScript comment style72\color=0 style72\eolfill=false style72\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style72\paper=16777215 style73=VBScript number style73\color=0 style73\eolfill=false style73\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style73\paper=16777215 style74=VBScript keyword style74\color=0 style74\eolfill=false style74\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style74\paper=16777215 style75=VBScript string style75\color=0 style75\eolfill=false style75\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style75\paper=16777215 style76=VBScript identifier style76\color=0 style76\eolfill=false style76\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style76\paper=16777215 style77=VBScript unclosed string style77\color=0 style77\eolfill=false style77\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style77\paper=16777215 style80=Start of an ASP VBScript fragment style80\color=0 style80\eolfill=false style80\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style80\paper=16777215 style81=ASP VBScript default style81\color=0 style81\eolfill=false style81\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style81\paper=16777215 style82=ASP VBScript comment style82\color=0 style82\eolfill=false style82\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style82\paper=16777215 style83=ASP VBScript number style83\color=0 style83\eolfill=false style83\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style83\paper=16777215 style84=ASP VBScript keyword style84\color=0 style84\eolfill=false style84\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style84\paper=16777215 style85=ASP VBScript string style85\color=0 style85\eolfill=false style85\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style85\paper=16777215 style86=ASP VBScript identifier style86\color=0 style86\eolfill=false style86\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style86\paper=16777215 style87=ASP VBScript unclosed string style87\color=0 style87\eolfill=false style87\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style87\paper=16777215 style90=Start of a Python fragment style90\color=0 style90\eolfill=false style90\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style90\paper=16777215 style91=Python default style91\color=0 style91\eolfill=false style91\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style91\paper=16777215 style92=Python comment style92\color=0 style92\eolfill=false style92\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style92\paper=16777215 style93=Python number style93\color=0 style93\eolfill=false style93\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style93\paper=16777215 style94=Python double-quoted string style94\color=0 style94\eolfill=false style94\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style94\paper=16777215 style95=Python single-quoted string style95\color=0 style95\eolfill=false style95\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style95\paper=16777215 style96=Python keyword style96\color=0 style96\eolfill=false style96\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style96\paper=16777215 style97=Python triple single-quoted string style97\color=0 style97\eolfill=false style97\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style97\paper=16777215 style98=Python triple double-quoted string style98\color=0 style98\eolfill=false style98\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style98\paper=16777215 style99=Python class name style99\color=0 style99\eolfill=false style99\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style99\paper=16777215 style100=Python function or method name style100\color=0 style100\eolfill=false style100\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style100\paper=16777215 style101=Python operator style101\color=0 style101\eolfill=false style101\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style101\paper=16777215 style102=Python identifier style102\color=0 style102\eolfill=false style102\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style102\paper=16777215 style105=Start of an ASP Python fragment style105\color=0 style105\eolfill=false style105\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style105\paper=16777215 style106=ASP Python default style106\color=0 style106\eolfill=false style106\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style106\paper=16777215 style107=ASP Python comment style107\color=0 style107\eolfill=false style107\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style107\paper=16777215 style108=ASP Python number style108\color=0 style108\eolfill=false style108\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style108\paper=16777215 style109=ASP Python double-quoted string style109\color=0 style109\eolfill=false style109\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style109\paper=16777215 style110=ASP Python single-quoted string style110\color=0 style110\eolfill=false style110\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style110\paper=16777215 style111=ASP Python keyword style111\color=0 style111\eolfill=false style111\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style111\paper=16777215 style112=ASP Python triple single-quoted string style112\color=0 style112\eolfill=false style112\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style112\paper=16777215 style113=ASP Python triple double-quoted string style113\color=0 style113\eolfill=false style113\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style113\paper=16777215 style114=ASP Python class name style114\color=0 style114\eolfill=false style114\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style114\paper=16777215 style115=ASP Python function or method name style115\color=0 style115\eolfill=false style115\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style115\paper=16777215 style116=ASP Python operator style116\color=0 style116\eolfill=false style116\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style116\paper=16777215 style117=ASP Python identifier style117\color=0 style117\eolfill=false style117\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style117\paper=16777215 style118=PHP default style118\color=0 style118\eolfill=false style118\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style118\paper=16777215 style119=PHP double-quoted string style119\color=0 style119\eolfill=false style119\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style119\paper=16777215 style120=PHP single-quoted string style120\color=0 style120\eolfill=false style120\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style120\paper=16777215 style121=PHP keyword style121\color=0 style121\eolfill=false style121\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style121\paper=16777215 style122=PHP number style122\color=0 style122\eolfill=false style122\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style122\paper=16777215 style123=PHP variable style123\color=0 style123\eolfill=false style123\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style123\paper=16777215 style124=PHP comment style124\color=0 style124\eolfill=false style124\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style124\paper=16777215 style125=PHP line comment style125\color=0 style125\eolfill=false style125\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style125\paper=16777215 style126=PHP double-quoted variable style126\color=0 style126\eolfill=false style126\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style126\paper=16777215 style127=PHP operator style127\color=0 style127\eolfill=false style127\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style127\paper=16777215 [CMake] style0=Default style0\color=0 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style2=String style2\color=8323199 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=15658734 style3=Left quoted string style3\color=8323199 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=15658734 style4=Right quoted string style4\color=8323199 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=15658734 style5=Function style5\color=127 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=Variable style6\color=8388608 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Label style7\color=13382400 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style8=User defined style8\color=0 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 style9=WHILE block style9\color=127 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 style10=FOREACH block style10\color=127 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=IF block style11\color=127 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style12=MACRO block style12\color=127 style12\eolfill=false style12\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style12\paper=16777215 style13=Variable within a string style13\color=13382400 style13\eolfill=false style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style13\paper=15658734 style14=Number style14\color=32639 style14\eolfill=false style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style14\paper=16777215 [Fortran] style0=Default style0\color=8421504 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style2=Number style2\color=32639 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=Single-quoted string style3\color=8323199 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Double-quoted string style4\color=8323199 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Unclosed string style5\color=0 style5\eolfill=true style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style5\paper=14729440 style6=Operator style6\color=0 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Identifier style7\color=0 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style8=Keyword style8\color=127 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 style9=Intrinsic function style9\color=11534400 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 style10=Extended function style10\color=11550848 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=Pre-processor block style11\color=8355584 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style12=Dotted operator style12\color=0 style12\eolfill=false style12\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style12\paper=16777215 style13=Label style13\color=14729440 style13\eolfill=false style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style13\paper=16777215 style14=Continuation style14\color=0 style14\eolfill=false style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style14\paper=15786112 [Fortran77] style0=Default style0\color=8421504 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style2=Number style2\color=32639 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=Single-quoted string style3\color=8323199 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Double-quoted string style4\color=8323199 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Unclosed string style5\color=0 style5\eolfill=true style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style5\paper=14729440 style6=Operator style6\color=0 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Identifier style7\color=0 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style8=Keyword style8\color=127 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 style9=Intrinsic function style9\color=11534400 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 style10=Extended function style10\color=11550848 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=Pre-processor block style11\color=8355584 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style12=Dotted operator style12\color=0 style12\eolfill=false style12\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style12\paper=16777215 style13=Label style13\color=14729440 style13\eolfill=false style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style13\paper=16777215 style14=Continuation style14\color=0 style14\eolfill=false style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style14\paper=15786112 [Pascal] style0=Default style0\color=0 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Identifier style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style2='{ ... }' style comment style2\color=32512 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3='(* ... *)' style comment style3\color=8355711 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Line comment style4\color=32639 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5='{$ ... }' style pre-processor block style5\color=127 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style7=Number style7\color=8323199 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 1, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style9=Keyword style9\color=8355584 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 style10=Single-quoted string style10\color=0 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=Unclosed string style11\color=0 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style14=Inline asm style14\color=32896 style14\eolfill=false style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style14\paper=16777215 style6='(*$ ... *)' style pre-processor block style6\color=8355584 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style8=Hexadecimal number style8\color=32639 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 style12=Character style12\color=8323199 style12\eolfill=false style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style12\paper=16777215 style13=Operator style13\color=0 style13\eolfill=false style13\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style13\paper=16777215 [PostScript] style0=Default style0\color=0 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style2=DSC comment style2\color=4157503 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=DSC comment value style3\color=3170464 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Number style4\color=32639 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Name style5\color=0 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=Keyword style6\color=127 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Literal style7\color=8355584 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style8=Immediately evaluated literal style8\color=8355584 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 style9=Array parenthesis style9\color=127 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 style10=Dictionary parenthesis style10\color=3170464 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=Procedure parenthesis style11\color=0 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style12=Text style12\color=8323199 style12\eolfill=false style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style12\paper=16777215 style13=Hexadecimal string style13\color=4161343 style13\eolfill=false style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style13\paper=16777215 style14=Base85 string style14\color=8323199 style14\eolfill=false style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style14\paper=16777215 style15=Bad string character style15\color=16776960 style15\eolfill=false style15\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style15\paper=16711680 [VHDL] style0=Default style0\color=8388736 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style2=Comment line style2\color=4161343 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=Number style3\color=32639 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=String style4\color=8323199 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Operator style5\color=0 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=Identifier style6\color=0 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Unclosed string style7\color=0 style7\eolfill=true style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=14729440 style8=Keyword style8\color=127 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=16777215 style9=Standard operator style9\color=32639 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 style10=Attribute style10\color=8405024 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=Standard function style11\color=8421408 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777215 style12=Standard package style12\color=2129952 style12\eolfill=false style12\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style12\paper=16777215 style13=Standard type style13\color=2130048 style13\eolfill=false style13\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style13\paper=16777215 style14=User defined style14\color=8405024 style14\eolfill=false style14\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style14\paper=16777215 [YAML] style0=Default style0\color=0 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Comment style1\color=34816 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=16777215 style2=Identifier style2\color=136 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=Keyword style3\color=8913032 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Number style4\color=8912896 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style4\paper=16777215 style5=Reference style5\color=34952 style5\eolfill=false style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style5\paper=16777215 style6=Document delimiter style6\color=16777215 style6\eolfill=true style6\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style6\paper=136 style7=Text block marker style7\color=3355494 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style8=Syntax error marker style8\color=16777215 style8\eolfill=true style8\font=Courier, 10, 1, 1, 0 style8\paper=16711680 style9=Operator style9\color=0 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 [TCL] style0=Default style0\color=8421504 style0\eolfill=false style0\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style0\paper=16777215 style1=Comment style1\color=32512 style1\eolfill=false style1\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style1\paper=15794144 style2=Comment line style2\color=32512 style2\eolfill=false style2\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style2\paper=16777215 style3=Number style3\color=32639 style3\eolfill=false style3\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style3\paper=16777215 style4=Quoted keyword style4\color=8323199 style4\eolfill=false style4\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style4\paper=16773360 style5=Quoted string style5\color=8323199 style5\eolfill=true style5\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style5\paper=16773360 style6=Operator style6\color=0 style6\eolfill=false style6\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style6\paper=16777215 style7=Identifier style7\color=127 style7\eolfill=false style7\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style7\paper=16777215 style8=Substitution style8\color=8355584 style8\eolfill=false style8\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style8\paper=15728624 style9=Brace substitution style9\color=8355584 style9\eolfill=false style9\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style9\paper=16777215 style10=Modifier style10\color=8323199 style10\eolfill=false style10\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style10\paper=16777215 style11=Expand keyword style11\color=127 style11\eolfill=false style11\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style11\paper=16777088 style12=TCL keyword style12\color=127 style12\eolfill=false style12\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style12\paper=16777215 style13=Tk keyword style13\color=127 style13\eolfill=false style13\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style13\paper=14745584 style14=iTCL keyword style14\color=127 style14\eolfill=false style14\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style14\paper=16773360 style15=Tk command style15\color=127 style15\eolfill=false style15\font=Courier, 10, 1, 0, 0 style15\paper=16765136 style16=User defined 1 style16\color=127 style16\eolfill=false style16\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style16\paper=16777215 style17=User defined 2 style17\color=127 style17\eolfill=false style17\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style17\paper=16777215 style18=User defined 3 style18\color=127 style18\eolfill=false style18\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style18\paper=16777215 style19=User defined 4 style19\color=127 style19\eolfill=false style19\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style19\paper=16777215 style20=Comment box style20\color=32512 style20\eolfill=true style20\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style20\paper=15794160 style21=Comment block style21\color=0 style21\eolfill=false style21\font=Courier, 10, 0, 0, 0 style21\paper=15794160 universalindentgui-1.2.0/translations/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426017205 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/translations/universalindent.ts0000770000000000017510000014725411700107426023007 0ustar rootvboxsf AboutDialog About UniversalIndentGUI <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'sans-serif'; font-size:large;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3</span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">.</span></p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Credits:</span></p></body></html> OK FindDialog Find Find what: Find options Match case Match whole word Search forward Use Regular Expressions Find Next Close IndentHandler No indenter ini files There exists no indenter ini files in the directory " No indenter executable There exists no indenter executable with the name "%1" in the directory "%2" nor in the global environment. <b>Returned error message:</b> <b>Reason could be:</b> <br><b>Callstring was:</b> <br><br><b>Indenter output was:</b><pre> Error calling Indenter <b>Indenter returned with exit code:</b> <b>Indent console output was:</b> Indenter returned error Indenter ini file header error The loaded indenter ini file "%1"has a faulty header. At least the indenters file name is not set. Interpreter needed To use the selected indenter the program "%1" needs to be available in the global environment. You should add an entry to your path settings. wine not installed There exists only a win32 executable of the indenter and wine does not seem to be installed. Please install wine to be able to run the indenter. <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows the currently chosen indenters name and lets you choose other available indenters</p></body></html> Brings you to the online manual of the currently selected indenter, where you can get further help on the possible parameters. Load Indenter Config File Opens a file dialog to load the original config file of the indenter. Alt+O Save Indenter Config File Opens a dialog to save the current indenter configuration to a file. Alt+S Create Indenter Call Shell Script Create a shell script that calls the current selected indenter for formatting an as parameter given file with the current indent settings. Reset indenter parameters Resets all indenter parameters to the default values. Choose indenter config file All files Save indent config file Shell Script Save shell script Really reset parameters? Do you really want to reset the indenter parameters to the default values? MainWindow Line %1, Column %2 Error opening file Cannot read the file Supported by indenter All files Choose source code file Save source code file PDF Document Export source code file HTML Document Modified code The source code has been modified. Do you want to save your changes? Reopen the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme Save the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme Set the syntax highlightning to File no longer exists The file %1 in the list of recently opened files does no longer exist. MainWindowUi UniversalIndentGUI Indenter File Export Recently Opened Files Reopen File with other Encoding Save Source File As with other Encoding Settings Set Syntax Highlighter Help Indenter Settings Main Toolbar Open Source File Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file. Ctrl+O Save Source File Saves the currently shown source code to the last opened or saved source file. Ctrl+S Save Source File As... Opens a file dialog to save the currently shown source code. Ctrl+Shift+S About UniversalIndentGUI Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI. Exit Quits the UniversalIndentGUI. Ctrl+Q PDF Export the currently visible source code as PDF document HTML Export the currently visible source code as HTML document Parameter Tooltips If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while. DONOTTRANSLATE:indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled Live Indent Preview Ctrl+L Syntax Highlighting Enables or disables syntax highlighting for the source code. By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted. Ctrl+H DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled White Space Visible Set white space visible Enables or disables diplaying of white space characters in the editor. DONOTTRANSLATE:whiteSpaceIsVisible Auto Open Last File Auto open last source file on startup If selected opens last source code file on startup DONOTTRANSLATE:loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup Opens the settings dialog Opens the settings dialog, to set language etc. Check for update Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available. Clear Recently Opened List Show Log Displays logging information. Displays logging info about the currently running UiGUI application. SettingsDialog Settings Common Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one. Application language If selected opens the source code file on startup that was opened last time. Automatically open last file on startup If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while. Enable Parameter Tooltips Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files. Number of files in recently opened list Editor Enables or disables displaying of white space characters in the editor. Display white space character (tabs, spaces, etc.) Sets width in single spaces used for tabs Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab. Displayed width of tabs Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab character. Network Checks whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI exists on program start, but only once a day. Check online for update on program start If checked, the made proxy settings will be applied for all network connections. Type of the used proxy is SOCKS5. Enable proxy Host name: Host name of the to be used proxy. E.g.: proxy.example.com Port: Port number to connect to the before named proxy. User name: If the proxy needs authentification, enter the login name here. Password: If the proxy needs authentification, enter the password here. Syntax Highlighting By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted. Enable syntax highlighting Lets you make settings for all properties of the available syntax highlighters, like font and color. Highlighter settings Set the font for the current selected highlighter property. Set Font Set the color for the current selected highlighter property. Set Color TSLoggerDialog Log Logged messages Clear log ... Open folder containing log file. ToolBarWidget Form <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">This file will be used to show what the indent tool changes.</p></body></html> Open Source File <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Turns the preview of the reformatted source code on and off.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">In other words it switches between formatted and nonformatted code. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html> Live Indent Preview Ctrl+L <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Enables and disables the highlightning of the source</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">code shown below. (Still needs some performance improvements) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html> Syntax Highlight Ctrl+H DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> About <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quits the UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> Exit UiGuiErrorMessage Show this message again UiGuiIndentServer UiGUI Server Unable to start the server: %1. UiGuiSettingsDialog English French German Chinese (Taiwan) Japanese Russian Ukrainian Unknown language mnemonic UpdateCheckDialog Checking for update... Checking whether a newer version is available Update check error There was an error while trying to check for an update! The retrieved file did not contain expected content. There was an error while trying to check for an update! Error was : %1 Update available A newer version of UniversalIndentGUI is available. Your version is %1. New version is %2. Do you want to go to the download website? No new update available You already have the latest version of UniversalIndentGUI. universalindentgui-1.2.0/translations/universalindent_de.ts0000770000000000017510000020332411700107426023446 0ustar rootvboxsf AboutDialog About UniversalIndentGUI Ãœber UniversalIndentGUI <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'sans-serif'; font-size:large;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3</span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">.</span></p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Credits:</span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:12pt;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3 </span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:12pt;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3 </p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">.</span></p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Credits:</span></p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';">... ist eine Betriebssystem unabhängige, grafische Benutzeroberfläche für nahezu beliebige Quellcode Formatierer wie GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP und weitere. Hauptmerkmal ist eine Vorschau, welche es ermöglicht direkt zu sehen, welche Auswirkungen eine Änderung der Einstellungen des Quellcode Formatierers auf den Code haben.</span></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';"><br />Entwickelt von : <a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';">Projekt Homepage : <a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';">Lizenz: UniversalIndentGui wird unter der Lizenz GPL 2 veröffentlicht. Details können in der Datei LICENSE.GPL oder auf <a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html">nachgelesen werden.<span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a>.</p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';">Credits:</p></body></html> OK OK FindDialog Find Find what: Find options Match case Match whole word Search forward Use Regular Expressions Find Next Close IndentHandler No indenter executable Keine ausführbare Formatierer Datei Error calling Indenter Fehler beim Aufruf des Formatierers Indenter returned error Fehler beim Ausführen des Formatierers wine not installed wine nicht installiert There exists only a win32 executable of the indenter and wine does not seem to be installed. Please install wine to be able to run the indenter. Es existiert nur eine Win32 Version des Formatierers, für dessen Ausführung wine benötigt wird. Wine scheint nicht installiert zu sein. Bitte installieren Sie es. <b>Returned error message:</b> <b>Zurückgegebene Fehlermeldung:</b> <b>Reason could be:</b> <b>Grund könnte sein:</b> <b>Indenter returned with exit code:</b> <b>Zurückgegebener Exit Code ist:</b> <b>Indent console output was:</b> <b>Ausgabe des Formatierers war:</b> <br><b>Callstring was:</b> <br><b>Der Aufruf lautete:</b> No indenter ini files Keine Indenter ini-Dateien There exists no indenter ini files in the directory " Es wurden keine ini-Dateien für Indenter gefunden. Suchpfad war " There exists no indenter executable with the name "%1" in the directory "%2" nor in the global environment. Es wurde kein ausführbarer Formatierer mit dem Namen "%1" in dem Verzeichnis "%2" oder global über die Pathvariable gefunden. <br><br><b>Indenter output was:</b><pre> <br><br><b>Ausgabe des Formatierers:</b><pre> Indenter ini file header error The loaded indenter ini file "%1"has a faulty header. At least the indenters file name is not set. Interpreter needed Interpreter benötigt To use the selected indenter the program "%1" needs to be available in the global environment. You should add an entry to your path settings. Um den gewählten Formatierer benutzen zu können, muss das Programm "%1" global aufrufbar sein. Sie sollten den Pfad des Programms der Pathvariablen hinzufügen. <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows the currently chosen indenters name and lets you choose other available indenters</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Zeigt den aktuell gewählten und alle verfügbaren Formatierer an.</p></body></html> Brings you to the online manual of the currently selected indenter, where you can get further help on the possible parameters. Öffnet die Webseite mit dem Benutzerhandbuch des gewählten Formatierers, wo Sie weitere Informationen zu den möglichen Parametern erhalten. Create a shell script that calls the current selected indenter for formatting an as parameter given file with the current indent settings. Erzeugt ein Shell Skript mit dem sich der momentan gewählte Formatierer mit den momentanen Einstellungen zum Formatieren einer Datei aufrufen lässt. Choose indenter config file Formatierer Konfigurationsdatei wählen All files Alle Dateien Save indent config file Formatierer Konfiguration speichern Shell Script Shell Skript Save shell script Shell Skript speichern Load Indenter Config File Formatierer Konfiguration laden Opens a file dialog to load the original config file of the indenter. Öffnet ein Dialogfenster zum Laden einer Konfigurationsdatei des momentan gewählten Formatierers. Alt+O Alt+O Save Indenter Config File Formatierer Konfiguration speichern Opens a dialog to save the current indenter configuration to a file. Öffnet ein Dialogfenster zum Speichern der Konfigurationsdatei des momentan gewählten Formatierers. Alt+S Alt+S Create Indenter Call Shell Script Formatierer Shell Skript erzeugen Reset indenter parameters Parameter des Formatierers zurücksetzen Resets all indenter parameters to the default values. Alle Parameter des Formatierers auf Standardwerte zurücksetzen. Really reset parameters? Wirklich alle Parameter zurücksetzen? Do you really want to reset the indenter parameters to the default values? Wollen Sie wirklich alle Parameter des Formatierers auf die Standardwerte zurücksetzen? MainWindow Error opening file Fehler beim Dateiöffnen Cannot read the file Kann folgende Datei nicht lesen Choose source code file Quellcodedatei wählen Save source code file Quellcodedatei speichern Export source code file Quellcode exportieren The source code has been modified. Do you want to save your changes? Die Quellcodedatei wurde geändert. Möchten Sie die Änderungen speichern? Supported by indenter Von Formatierer unterstützt All files Alle Dateien PDF Document PDF Dokument HTML Document HTML Dokument Modified code Geänderter Quellcode Reopen the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme Die momentan geöffnete Quellcodedatei erneut öffnen, unter Verwendung der Textkodierung Set the syntax highlightning to Setzte Syntax-Hervorhebung für File no longer exists Datei existiert nicht mehr The file %1 in the list of recently opened files does no longer exist. Die Datei %1 in der Liste der zuletzt geöffneten Dateien existiert nicht mehr. Save the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme Die momentan geöffnete Quellcodedatei speichern, unter Verwendung der Textkodierung Line %1, Column %2 Zeile %1, Spalte %2 MainWindowUi UniversalIndentGUI Indenter File Datei Export Recently Opened Files Zuletzt geöffnete Dateien Reopen File with other Encoding Datei mit anderer Kodierung erneut öffnen Save Source File As with other Encoding Quellcodedatei mit anderer Kodierung speichern Settings Einstellungen Set Syntax Highlighter Setze Syntax Highlighter Help Hilfe Main Toolbar Hauptmenüleiste Open Source File Quellcodedatei öffnen Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file. Öffnet ein Dialogfenster zur Auswahl der Quellcodedatei. Ctrl+O Ctrl+O Save Source File Speichern des Quellcodes Saves the currently shown source code to the last opened or saved source file. Speichert den momentan sichtbaren Quellcode unter dem zuletzt gewählten Dateinamen. Ctrl+S Ctrl+S Opens a file dialog to save the currently shown source code. Öffnet ein Dialogfenster zur Auswahl des Dateinamens unter dem der momentan sichtbare Quellcode gespeichert werden soll. About UniversalIndentGUI Ãœber UniversalIndentGUI Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI. Zeigt Informationen über UniversalIndentGUI. Exit Beenden Quits the UniversalIndentGUI. Beendet UniversalIndentGUI. Ctrl+Q Ctrl+Q PDF PDF Export the currently visible source code as PDF document Exportiert den momentan sichtbaren Quellcode als PDF Dokument HTML HTML Export the currently visible source code as HTML document Exportiert den momentan sichtbaren Quellcode als HTML Dokument Parameter Tooltips Parameter Tooltips If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while. Zeigt Tooltips zu den Formatierer Einstellungen an, wenn aktiviert. DONOTTRANSLATE:indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled Live Indent Preview Echtzeit Formatieransicht Ctrl+L Strg+L Syntax Highlighting Syntax Hervorhebung Enables or disables syntax highlighting for the source code. Aktiviert oder deaktiviert die Syntaxhervorhebung des Quellcodes. By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted. Aktiviert oder deaktiviert die Syntaxhervorhebung des Quellcodes. DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled White Space Visible Leerzeichen sichtbar Set white space visible Stelle Leerzeichen dar Enables or disables diplaying of white space characters in the editor. Aktiviert oder deaktiviert die Darstellung von Leerzeichen im Editor. DONOTTRANSLATE:whiteSpaceIsVisible Auto Open Last File Letzte Datei automatisch öffnen Auto open last source file on startup Bei Porgrammstart letzte Datei automatisch öffnen If selected opens last source code file on startup Wenn aktiviert, dann wird die zuletzt geöffnete Datei bei Progrannstart automatisch geladen DONOTTRANSLATE:loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup Opens the settings dialog Öffnet das Einstellungsmenü Opens the settings dialog, to set language etc. Öffnet das Einstellungsmenü, für Sprache usw. Check for update Auf Update prüfen Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available. Prüft ob eine neue Version von UniversalIndentGUI zum Download verfügbar ist. Clear Recently Opened List Liste zuletzt geöffneter Dateien leeren Show Log Displays logging information. Displays logging info about the currently running UiGUI application. Indenter Settings Indenter Einstellungen Save Source File As... Speichern unter... Ctrl+Shift+S Strg+Shift+S Ctrl+H Strg+H SettingsDialog Common Allgemein Settings Einstellungen Automatically open last file on startup Letzte Datei automatisch öffnen Enable Parameter Tooltips Parameter Tooltips aktivieren Editor Editor Highlighter settings Syntaxhervorhebung Set Font Schriftart Set Color Farbe Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one. Zeigt alle für UniversalIndentGui zum Auswählen verfügbaren Ãœbersetzungen an. Application language Programmsprache If selected opens the source code file on startup that was opened last time. Wenn aktiviert, dann wird die zuletzt geöffnete Datei bei Progrannstart automatisch geladen. If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while. Zeigt Tooltips zu den Formatierer Einstellungen an, wenn aktiviert. Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files. Legt fest wieviele Einträge in der Liste der zuletzt geöffneten Dateien möglich sein sollen. Enables or disables displaying of white space characters in the editor. Aktiviert oder deaktiviert die Darstellung von Leerzeichen, Tbs usw. im Editor. Display white space character (tabs, spaces, etc.) Leerzeichen, Tabs usw. darstellen Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab character. Legt fest wie viele Zeichen breit ein Tabulator dargestellt werden soll. Sets width in single spaces used for tabs Legt die Breite eines Tabs fest Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab. Legt fest wie viele Zeichen breit ein Tabulator dargestellt werden soll. Displayed width of tabs Breite eines Tabs Network If checked, the made proxy settings will be applied for all network connections. Type of the used proxy is SOCKS5. Enable proxy Host name: Host name of the to be used proxy. E.g.: proxy.example.com Port: Port number to connect to the before named proxy. User name: If the proxy needs authentification, enter the login name here. Password: If the proxy needs authentification, enter the password here. Syntax Highlighting Syntax Hervorhebung By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted. Aktiviert oder deaktiviert die Syntaxhervorhebung des Quellcodes. Enable syntax highlighting Syntaxhervorhebung aktivieren Lets you make settings for all properties of the available syntax highlighters, like font and color. Einstellungen für die verschiedenen Syntaxhervorhebungen, wie Schriftart und Farbe. Set the font for the current selected highlighter property. Schriftart für die gewählte Syntaxeigenschaft festlegen. Set the color for the current selected highlighter property. Farbe für die gewählte Syntaxeigenschaft festlegen. Number of files in recently opened list Anzahl der Einträge in zuletzt geöffnet Liste Checks whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI exists on program start, but only once a day. Prüft bei Programmstart ob eine neue Version von UniversalIndentGUI zum Download verfügbar ist, prüft aber nur einmal täglich. Check online for update on program start Auf Update bei Programmstart prüfen TSLoggerDialog Log Logged messages Clear log ... Open folder containing log file. ToolBarWidget Form Form <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">This file will be used to show what the indent tool changes.</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Öffnet ein Dialogfenster zur Auswahl der Quellcodedatei.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">Anhand dieser Datei werden die Auswirkungen des Formatierers dargestellt.</p></body></html> Open Source File Quellcodedatei öffnen <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Turns the preview of the reformatted source code on and off.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">In other words it switches between formatted and nonformatted code. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Schaltet die Voransicht für die Auswirkungen des Formatierers ein und aus.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Bedeutet es wird zwischen formatiertem und unformatiertem Code gewechselt. (Strg+L)</p></body></html> Live Indent Preview Echtzeit Formatieransicht Ctrl+L Strg+L <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Enables and disables the highlightning of the source</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">code shown below. (Still needs some performance improvements) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Schaltet die Syntaxhervorhebung für den Quellcode ein und aus.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">(Benötigt noch Performanz Verbesserungen.) (Strg+H)</p></body></html> Syntax Highlight Syntax Hervorhebung Ctrl+H Strg-H DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Zeigt Informationen über UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> About Info <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quits the UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Beendet UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> Exit Beenden UiGuiErrorMessage Show this message again Meldung immer wieder anzeigen UiGuiIndentServer UiGUI Server UiGUI Server Unable to start the server: %1. Konnte Server nicht starten: %1. UiGuiSettingsDialog English Englisch German Deutsch Japanese Japanisch Unknown language mnemonic Unbekanntes Sprachkürzel Chinese (Taiwan) Chinesisch (Taiwan) French Französisch Russian Russisch Ukrainian Ukrainisch UpdateCheckDialog Checking for update... Prüfe auf Update... Checking whether a newer version is available Prüfe ob eine neuere Version verfügbar ist Update check error There was an error while trying to check for an update! The retrieved file did not contain expected content. There was an error while trying to check for an update! Error was : %1 Update available Update verfügbar A newer version of UniversalIndentGUI is available. Your version is %1. New version is %2. Do you want to go to the download website? Eine neuere Version von UniversalIndentGUI ist verfügbar. Ihre Version ist %1. Die neue Version ist %2. Wollen Sie zur Download Website geleitet werden? No new update available Kein Update verfügbar You already have the latest version of UniversalIndentGUI. Sie haben bereits die aktuellste Version von UniversalIndentGUI. universalindentgui-1.2.0/translations/universalindent_fr.ts0000770000000000017510000020641511700107426023471 0ustar rootvboxsf AboutDialog About UniversalIndentGUI À propos d'UniversalIdentGUI <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'sans-serif'; font-size:large;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3</span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">.</span></p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Credits:</span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:12pt;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3 </span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:12pt;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3 </p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">.</span></p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Credits:</span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';">… est une surcouche graphique multiplateforme pour de nombreux outils de formatage, embellisseurs et indenteurs de code tels GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP, etc. La fonctionnalité principale en est une vue « temps réel » qui permet de juger immédiatement de l'impact du choix d'une option de formatage sur le code source.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;"><br />Créé par : <a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p><p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">Site du projet : <a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">License : UniversalIndentGui est diffusé sous licence GPL 2. Pour plus de détails, lire le fichier inclus LICENSE.GPL et visiter <a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a>.</p><p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;"></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">Crédits :</p></body></html> OK OK FindDialog Find Find what: Find options Match case Match whole word Search forward Use Regular Expressions Find Next Close IndentHandler No indenter executable Pas de fichier exécutable d'indenteur wine not installed Wine n'est pas installé There exists only a win32 executable of the indenter and wine does not seem to be installed. Please install wine to be able to run the indenter. Il n'existe qu'une version win32 du fichier exécutable de l'indenteur et Wine ne semble pas installé. Prière d'installer Wine pour être en mesure de lancer le logiciel. <b>Returned error message:</b> <b>Message d'erreur retourné :</b> <b>Reason could be:</b> <b>La raison peut en être :</b> Error calling Indenter Erreur lors de l'appel de l'indenteur <b>Indenter returned with exit code:</b> <b>L'indenteur a renvoyé le code de retour suivant :</b> <b>Indent console output was:</b> <b>La sortie console est :</b> Indenter returned error L'indenteur a retourné l'erreur suivante No indenter ini files Pas de fichier ini pour l'indenteur There exists no indenter ini files in the directory " Il n'y a aucun fichier ini d'indenteur dans le répertoire " There exists no indenter executable with the name "%1" in the directory "%2" nor in the global environment. Il n'y a aucun fichier exécutable d'indenteur de nom « %1 » dans le répertoire « %2 » ou dans l'environnement global. <br><b>Callstring was:</b> <br><b>La valeur passée était :</b> <br><br><b>Indenter output was:</b><pre> <br><br><b>La sortie de l'indenteur était :</b><pre> Indenter ini file header error The loaded indenter ini file "%1"has a faulty header. At least the indenters file name is not set. Interpreter needed Interpréteur nécessaire To use the selected indenter the program "%1" needs to be available in the global environment. You should add an entry to your path settings. Pour utiliser l'indenteur chois, le programme « %1 » doit être disponible dans l'environnement global. Vous devriez l'ajouter dans votre PATH. <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows the currently chosen indenters name and lets you choose other available indenters</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Montre le nom de l'indenteur actuellement sélectionné et vous propose les autres indenteurs disponibles</p></body></html> Brings you to the online manual of the currently selected indenter, where you can get further help on the possible parameters. Vous conduit au manuel en ligne de l'indenteur actuellement sélectionné, où vous pouvez obtenir plus d'aide sur les paramètres possibles. Load Indenter Config File Charger un fichier de configuration d'indenteur Opens a file dialog to load the original config file of the indenter. Ouvrir une boite de dialogue d'ouverture de fichier pour charger le fichier de configuration d'origine de l'indenteur. Alt+O Alt+O Save Indenter Config File Enregistrer le fichier de configuration de l'indenteur Opens a dialog to save the current indenter configuration to a file. Ouvrir une boite de dialogue d'enregistrement de fichier pour enregistrer le fichier de configuration de l'indenteur. Alt+S Alt+S Create Indenter Call Shell Script Créer un script shell d'appel de l'indenteur Create a shell script that calls the current selected indenter for formatting an as parameter given file with the current indent settings. Créé un script shell qui appelle l'indenteur actuellement sélectionné pour l'appliquer à un fichier passé en paramètre avec les réglages actuels. Reset indenter parameters Réinitialiser les paramètres de l'indenteur Resets all indenter parameters to the default values. Réinitialiser tous les paramètres de l'indenteur à leur valeur par défaut. Choose indenter config file Sélectionner le fichier de configuration de l'indenteur All files Tous les fichiers Save indent config file Enregistrer le fichier de configuration de l'indenteur Shell Script Script shell Save shell script Sauvegarder le script shell Really reset parameters? Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir réinitialiser les paramètres de l'indenteur ? Do you really want to reset the indenter parameters to the default values? Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir réinitialiser tous les paramètres de l'indenteur à leur valeur par défaut ? MainWindow Error opening file Erreur à l'ouverture du fichier Cannot read the file Lecture du fichier impossible Supported by indenter Supporté par l'indenteur All files Tous les fichiers Choose source code file Sélectionner le fichier de code source Save source code file Enregistrer le fichier de code source PDF Document Document PDF Export source code file Exporter le fichier de code source HTML Document Document HTML Modified code Code modifié The source code has been modified. Do you want to save your changes? Le code source a été modifié. Souhaitez-vous enregistrer vos modifications ? Reopen the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme Réouvrir le fichier de code source en utilisant le schéma d'encodage du texte Line %1, Column %2 Ligne %1, Colonne %2 Save the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme Enregistrer le code source en cours d'édition en utilisant le schéma d'encodage du texte Set the syntax highlightning to Régler la coloration syntaxique sur File no longer exists Le fichier n'existe plus The file %1 in the list of recently opened files does no longer exist. Le fichier %1 de la liste des fichiers récents n'existe plus. MainWindowUi UniversalIndentGUI UniversalIndentGUI Indenter Indenteur File Fichier Export Export Recently Opened Files Fichiers ouverts récemment Reopen File with other Encoding Réouvrir le fichier avec un autre encodage Save Source File As with other Encoding Enregistrer le fichier Sous… avec un autre encodage Settings Préférences Set Syntax Highlighter Choisir l'outil de coloration syntaxique Help Aide Indenter Settings Réglages de l'indenteur Main Toolbar Barre d'outils principale Open Source File Ouvrir un fichier source Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file. Ouvrir une boite de dialogue pour choisir un fichier source. Ctrl+O Ctrl+O Save Source File Enregistrer le fichier source Saves the currently shown source code to the last opened or saved source file. Enregistrer le code source en cours d'édition dans le dernier fichier ouvert ou sauvegardé. Ctrl+S Ctrl+S Opens a file dialog to save the currently shown source code. Ouvrir une boite de dialogue d'enregistrement de fichier pour enregistrer le code source en cours d'édition. About UniversalIndentGUI À propos d'UniversalIdentGUI Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI. Informations à propos d'UniversalIndentGUI. Exit Quitter Quits the UniversalIndentGUI. Quitte le logiciel UniversalIndentGUI. Ctrl+Q Ctrl+Q PDF PDF Export the currently visible source code as PDF document Exporte le code source en cours d'édition en format PDF HTML HTML Export the currently visible source code as HTML document Exporte le code source en cours d'édition en format HTML Parameter Tooltips Bulle d'aide de paramètre If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while. Si coché, les bulles d'aide apparaitront si le curseur de la souris s'immobilise sur un paramètre d'indenteur quelque temps. DONOTTRANSLATE:indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled Live Indent Preview Prévisualisation « temps réel » de l'indentation Ctrl+L Ctrl+L Syntax Highlighting Coloration syntaxique Enables or disables syntax highlighting for the source code. (Dés-)active la coloration syntaxique du code. By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted. L'activation met en valeur les mots-clefs du code source. DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled White Space Visible Voir les espaces blancs Set white space visible Rend les espaces blancs Enables or disables diplaying of white space characters in the editor. (Dés-)active l'affichage des espaces blancs dans l'éditeur. DONOTTRANSLATE:whiteSpaceIsVisible Auto Open Last File Réouverture automatique du dernier fichier Auto open last source file on startup Rouvre automatiquement au démarrage du programme le dernier fichier ouvert If selected opens last source code file on startup Si activé, rouvre automatiquement au démarrage du programme le dernier fichier ouvert DONOTTRANSLATE:loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup Opens the settings dialog Ouvrir la boite de dialogue des préférences Opens the settings dialog, to set language etc. Ouvrir la boite de dialogue des préférences, pour choisir la langue de l'interface, etc. Check for update Vérifier les mises à jour Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available. Recherche en ligne si une nouvelle version d'UniversalIndentGUI est disponible. Clear Recently Opened List Vider la liste des fichiers récemment ouverts Show Log Displays logging information. Displays logging info about the currently running UiGUI application. Save Source File As... Enregistrer le fichier source Sous… Ctrl+Shift+S Ctrl+Shift+S Ctrl+H Ctrl+H SettingsDialog Settings Préférences Common Général Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one. Affiche toutes les versions linguistiques d'UniversalIndentGui et vous permet d'en sélectionner une. Application language Langue de l'application If selected opens the source code file on startup that was opened last time. Si cativé, ouvre le fichier de code source qui était ouvert la dernière fois. Automatically open last file on startup Réouverture automatique du dernier fichier If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while. Si coché, les bulles d'aide apparaitront si le curseur de la souris s'immobilise sur un paramètre d'indenteur quelque temps. Enable Parameter Tooltips Activer les bulles d'aide sur les paramètres Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files. Définit combien de noms de fichiers apparaissent dans la liste des fichiers récemment ouverts. Number of files in recently opened list Nombre de fichiers dans la liste des fichiers récents Checks whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI exists on program start, but only once a day. Recherche si une nouvelle version d'UniversalIndentGUI est disponible au démarrage du programme, mais une fois par jour seulement. Check online for update on program start Rechercher si une nouvelle version est disponible au démarrage du programme Editor Éditeur Enables or disables displaying of white space characters in the editor. (Dés-)active l'affichage des espaces blancs dans l'éditeur. Display white space character (tabs, spaces, etc.) Afficher les espaces blancs (tabulations, espaces, etc.) Sets width in single spaces used for tabs Régler la largeur en espaces simples pour les tabulations Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab. Définit combien d'espaces blancs doivent être affichés pour une tabulation, dans l'éditeur. Displayed width of tabs Affiche la largeur des tabulations Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab character. Définit combien d'espaces blancs doivent être affichés pour une tabulation, dans l'éditeur. Network If checked, the made proxy settings will be applied for all network connections. Type of the used proxy is SOCKS5. Enable proxy Host name: Host name of the to be used proxy. E.g.: proxy.example.com Port: Port number to connect to the before named proxy. User name: If the proxy needs authentification, enter the login name here. Password: If the proxy needs authentification, enter the password here. Syntax Highlighting Coloration syntaxique By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted. L'activation met en valeur les mots-clefs du code source. Enable syntax highlighting Activer la coloration syntaxique Lets you make settings for all properties of the available syntax highlighters, like font and color. Vous permet de régler toutes les propriétés des outils de coloration syntaxique disponibles, comme la police de caractère et la couleur. Highlighter settings Réglage de l'outil de coloration syntaxique Set the font for the current selected highlighter property. Choisir la police de caractère comme propriété de l'outil de coloration syntaxique sélectionné. Set Font Choisir la police Set the color for the current selected highlighter property. Choisir la couleur comme propriété de l'outil de coloration syntaxique sélectionné. Set Color Choisir la couleur TSLoggerDialog Log Logged messages Clear log ... Open folder containing log file. ToolBarWidget Form Formulaire <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">This file will be used to show what the indent tool changes.</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Ouvrir une boite de dialogue pour choisir un fichier source.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">Ce fichier va être utilisé pour montrer les altérations apportées par l'outil d'indentation.</p></body></html> Open Source File Ouvrir un fichier source <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Turns the preview of the reformatted source code on and off.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">In other words it switches between formatted and nonformatted code. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">(Dés-)active la prévisualisation du code source reformaté.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">En d'autres termes, bascule entre code source formaté et non formaté. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html> Live Indent Preview Prévisualisation « temps réel » de l'indentation Ctrl+L Ctrl+L <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Enables and disables the highlightning of the source</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">code shown below. (Still needs some performance improvements) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">(Dés-)active la coloration syntaxique du code</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">source présenté ci-dessous. (nécessite encore des améliorations de performances) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html> Syntax Highlight Coloration syntaxique Ctrl+H Ctrl+H DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Présente des informations à propos d'UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> About À propos <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quits the UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quitter UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> Exit Quitter UiGuiErrorMessage Show this message again Afficher ce message à nouveau UiGuiIndentServer UiGUI Server Serveur UIGUI Unable to start the server: %1. Impossible de démarrer le serveur : %1. UiGuiSettingsDialog English Anglais French Français German Allemand Chinese (Taiwan) Chinois (Taïwan) Japanese Japonais Russian Russe Ukrainian Ukrainien Unknown language mnemonic Mnémonique de langue inconnue UpdateCheckDialog Checking for update... Rechercher les mises à jour… Checking whether a newer version is available Rechercher si une nouvelle version est disponible Update check error There was an error while trying to check for an update! The retrieved file did not contain expected content. There was an error while trying to check for an update! Error was : %1 Update available Mise à jour disponible A newer version of UniversalIndentGUI is available. Your version is %1. New version is %2. Do you want to go to the download website? Une nouvelle version d'UniversalIndentGUI est disponible. Votre version est %1. La nouvelle version est %2. Voulez-vous allez sur le site de téléchargement ? No new update available Aucune mise à jour disponible You already have the latest version of UniversalIndentGUI. Vous possédez déjà la dernière version d'UniversalIndentGUI. universalindentgui-1.2.0/translations/universalindent_ja.ts0000770000000000017510000015203711700107426023454 0ustar rootvboxsf AboutDialog About UniversalIndentGUI UniversalIndentGUI ã«ã¤ã„㦠<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'sans-serif'; font-size:large;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3</span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">.</span></p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Credits:</span></p></body></html> OK FindDialog Find Find what: Find options Match case Match whole word Search forward Use Regular Expressions Find Next Close IndentHandler No indenter executable インデントツールã®å®Ÿè¡Œãƒ•ã‚¡ã‚¤ãƒ«ãŒã‚ã‚Šã¾ã›ã‚“ wine not installed wine ãŒã‚¤ãƒ³ã‚¹ãƒˆãƒ¼ãƒ«ã•ã‚Œã¦ã„ã¾ã›ã‚“ There exists only a win32 executable of the indenter and wine does not seem to be installed. Please install wine to be able to run the indenter. インデントツールã®å®Ÿè¡Œãƒ•ã‚¡ã‚¤ãƒ«ã¯ win32 å½¢å¼ã®ã‚‚ã®ã—ã‹å­˜åœ¨ã—ã¾ã›ã‚“。インデントツールを実行ã™ã‚‹ãŸã‚ã« wine をインストールã—ã¦ãã ã•ã„。 <b>Returned error message:</b> <b>Reason could be:</b> Error calling Indenter <b>Indenter returned with exit code:</b> <b>Indent console output was:</b> <br><b>Callstring was:</b> No indenter ini files There exists no indenter ini files in the directory " There exists no indenter executable with the name "%1" in the directory "%2" nor in the global environment. <br><br><b>Indenter output was:</b><pre> Indenter returned error Indenter ini file header error The loaded indenter ini file "%1"has a faulty header. At least the indenters file name is not set. Interpreter needed To use the selected indenter the program "%1" needs to be available in the global environment. You should add an entry to your path settings. <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows the currently chosen indenters name and lets you choose other available indenters</p></body></html> Brings you to the online manual of the currently selected indenter, where you can get further help on the possible parameters. Create a shell script that calls the current selected indenter for formatting an as parameter given file with the current indent settings. Choose indenter config file All files Save indent config file Shell Script Save shell script Load Indenter Config File インデントツールã®è¨­å®šãƒ•ã‚¡ã‚¤ãƒ«ã‚’é–‹ã Opens a file dialog to load the original config file of the indenter. インデントツールã®è¨­å®šãƒ•ã‚¡ã‚¤ãƒ«ã®èª­ã¿è¾¼ã¿ãƒ€ã‚¤ã‚¢ãƒ­ã‚°ã‚’é–‹ãã¾ã™ã€‚ Alt+O Save Indenter Config File インデントツールã®è¨­å®šãƒ•ã‚¡ã‚¤ãƒ«ã‚’ä¿å­˜ Opens a dialog to save the current indenter configuration to a file. ç¾åœ¨ã®ã‚¤ãƒ³ãƒ‡ãƒ³ãƒˆãƒ„ールã®è¨­å®šã‚’ファイルã«ä¿å­˜ã™ã‚‹ãŸã‚ã®ãƒ€ã‚¤ã‚¢ãƒ­ã‚°ã‚’é–‹ãã¾ã™ã€‚ Alt+S Create Indenter Call Shell Script Reset indenter parameters Resets all indenter parameters to the default values. Really reset parameters? Do you really want to reset the indenter parameters to the default values? MainWindow Error opening file ファイルã®èª­ã¿è¾¼ã¿ã‚¨ãƒ©ãƒ¼ãŒç™ºç”Ÿã—ã¾ã—㟠Cannot read the file 次ã®ãƒ•ã‚¡ã‚¤ãƒ«ã‚’é–‹ã‘ã¾ã›ã‚“ã§ã—ãŸã€‚: Supported by indenter All files Choose source code file Save source code file PDF Document Export source code file HTML Document Modified code The source code has been modified. Do you want to save your changes? Reopen the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme Set the syntax highlightning to File no longer exists The file %1 in the list of recently opened files does no longer exist. Save the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme Line %1, Column %2 MainWindowUi UniversalIndentGUI Indenter インデントツール File ファイル Export エクスãƒãƒ¼ãƒˆ Recently Opened Files Reopen File with other Encoding Save Source File As with other Encoding Settings 設定 Set Syntax Highlighter Help ヘルプ Main Toolbar Open Source File ソースファイルを開ã Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file. ソースコードファイルをé¸æŠžã™ã‚‹ãŸã‚ã®ãƒ€ã‚¤ã‚¢ãƒ­ã‚°ã‚’é–‹ãã¾ã™ Ctrl+O Save Source File ソースファイルをä¿å­˜ Saves the currently shown source code to the last opened or saved source file. ç¾åœ¨é–‹ã„ã¦ã„るソースコードを最後ã«é–‹ã„ãŸãƒ•ã‚¡ã‚¤ãƒ«ã¾ãŸã¯ä¿å­˜ã—ãŸãƒ•ã‚¡ã‚¤ãƒ«ã«ä¿å­˜ã—ã¾ã™ã€‚ Ctrl+S Opens a file dialog to save the currently shown source code. ç¾åœ¨é–‹ã„ã¦ã„るソースコードをä¿å­˜ã™ã‚‹ãŸã‚ã®ãƒ€ã‚¤ã‚¢ãƒ­ã‚°ã‚’é–‹ãã¾ã™ã€‚ About UniversalIndentGUI UniversalIndentGUI ã«ã¤ã„㦠Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI. UniversalIndentGUI ã«ã¤ã„ã¦ã®æƒ…報を表示ã—ã¾ã™ã€‚ Exit 終了 Quits the UniversalIndentGUI. UniversalIndentGUI を終了ã—ã¾ã™ã€‚ Ctrl+Q PDF Export the currently visible source code as PDF document 表示ã•ã‚Œã¦ã„るソースコードを PDF ファイルã¨ã—ã¦å‡ºåŠ›ã—ã¾ã™ã€‚ HTML Export the currently visible source code as HTML document 表示ã•ã‚Œã¦ã„るソースコードを HTML ã¨ã—ã¦å‡ºåŠ›ã—ã¾ã™ã€‚ Parameter Tooltips パラメータ ツールãƒãƒƒãƒ— If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while. ãƒã‚§ãƒƒã‚¯ã™ã‚‹ã¨ã€ã‚¤ãƒ³ãƒ‡ãƒ³ãƒˆãƒ„ールã®ãƒ‘ラメータã®ä¸Šã«ã—ã°ã‚‰ãマウスカーソルを置ãã¨ãƒ„ールãƒãƒƒãƒ—を表示ã™ã‚‹ã‚ˆã†ã«ã—ã¾ã™ã€‚ DONOTTRANSLATE:indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled Live Indent Preview インデントã®å³æ™‚プレビュー Ctrl+L Syntax Highlighting Enables or disables syntax highlighting for the source code. By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted. DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled White Space Visible Set white space visible Enables or disables diplaying of white space characters in the editor. DONOTTRANSLATE:whiteSpaceIsVisible Auto Open Last File Auto open last source file on startup If selected opens last source code file on startup DONOTTRANSLATE:loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup Opens the settings dialog Opens the settings dialog, to set language etc. Check for update Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available. Clear Recently Opened List Show Log Displays logging information. Displays logging info about the currently running UiGUI application. Indenter Settings Save Source File As... åå‰ã‚’付ã‘ã¦ã‚½ãƒ¼ã‚¹ãƒ•ã‚¡ã‚¤ãƒ«ã‚’ä¿å­˜... Ctrl+Shift+S Ctrl+H SettingsDialog Common Settings 設定 Automatically open last file on startup Enable Parameter Tooltips Editor Highlighter settings Set Font Set Color Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one. Application language If selected opens the source code file on startup that was opened last time. If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while. ãƒã‚§ãƒƒã‚¯ã™ã‚‹ã¨ã€ã‚¤ãƒ³ãƒ‡ãƒ³ãƒˆãƒ„ールã®ãƒ‘ラメータã®ä¸Šã«ã—ã°ã‚‰ãマウスカーソルを置ãã¨ãƒ„ールãƒãƒƒãƒ—を表示ã™ã‚‹ã‚ˆã†ã«ã—ã¾ã™ã€‚ Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files. Enables or disables displaying of white space characters in the editor. Display white space character (tabs, spaces, etc.) Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab character. Sets width in single spaces used for tabs Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab. Displayed width of tabs Network If checked, the made proxy settings will be applied for all network connections. Type of the used proxy is SOCKS5. Enable proxy Host name: Host name of the to be used proxy. E.g.: proxy.example.com Port: Port number to connect to the before named proxy. User name: If the proxy needs authentification, enter the login name here. Password: If the proxy needs authentification, enter the password here. Syntax Highlighting By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted. Enable syntax highlighting Lets you make settings for all properties of the available syntax highlighters, like font and color. Set the font for the current selected highlighter property. Set the color for the current selected highlighter property. Number of files in recently opened list Checks whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI exists on program start, but only once a day. Check online for update on program start TSLoggerDialog Log Logged messages Clear log ... Open folder containing log file. ToolBarWidget Form <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">This file will be used to show what the indent tool changes.</p></body></html> Open Source File ソースファイルを開ã <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Turns the preview of the reformatted source code on and off.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">In other words it switches between formatted and nonformatted code. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html> Live Indent Preview インデントã®å³æ™‚プレビュー Ctrl+L <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Enables and disables the highlightning of the source</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">code shown below. (Still needs some performance improvements) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html> Syntax Highlight Ctrl+H DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> About <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quits the UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> Exit 終了 UiGuiErrorMessage Show this message again UiGuiIndentServer UiGUI Server Unable to start the server: %1. UiGuiSettingsDialog English French German Chinese (Taiwan) Japanese Russian Ukrainian Unknown language mnemonic UpdateCheckDialog Checking for update... Checking whether a newer version is available Update check error There was an error while trying to check for an update! The retrieved file did not contain expected content. There was an error while trying to check for an update! Error was : %1 Update available A newer version of UniversalIndentGUI is available. Your version is %1. New version is %2. Do you want to go to the download website? No new update available You already have the latest version of UniversalIndentGUI. universalindentgui-1.2.0/translations/universalindent_ru.ts0000770000000000017510000021561111700107426023506 0ustar rootvboxsf AboutDialog About UniversalIndentGUI О UniversalIndentGUI <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'sans-serif'; font-size:large;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3</span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">.</span></p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Credits:</span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:12pt;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3 </span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:12pt;">ВерÑÐ¸Ñ %1 ред.%2, %3 </p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">.</span></p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Credits:</span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';">... кроÑÑ-платформенный ÑовмеÑтимый ГИП Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð½ÐµÑкольких форматтеров, украÑителей и отÑтупаторов, как GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP, и так далее. ОÑновной функцией ÑвлÑетÑÑ Ð¶Ð¸Ð²Ð¾Ð¹ проÑмотр, чтобы Ñразу видеть, как выбранный вариант Ñ„Ð¾Ñ€Ð¼Ð°Ñ‚Ð¸Ñ€Ð¾Ð²Ð°Ð½Ð¸Ñ Ð²Ð»Ð¸Ñет на иÑходный код.</span></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;"><br />ÐапиÑано: <a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">ТомаÑом Швайцером</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">Страница проекта : <a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">ЛицензиÑ: UniversalIndentGui выдаетÑÑ Ð² рамках GPL 2. О деталÑÑ… читайте приÑоединенный файл LICENSE.GPL ПоÑетите <a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a>.</p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">УчаÑтники проекта:</p></body></html> OK (sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)OK(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp) FindDialog Find Find what: Find options Match case Match whole word Search forward Use Regular Expressions Find Next Close IndentHandler No indenter executable Ðет программы отÑтупатора wine not installed вино не уÑтановлено There exists only a win32 executable of the indenter and wine does not seem to be installed. Please install wine to be able to run the indenter. СущеÑтвует только win32-программа отÑтупатора, а вино, кажетÑÑ, не уÑтановлено. ПожалуйÑта, уÑтановите вино, чтобы запуÑтить отÑтупатор. <b>Returned error message:</b> <b>Возвращенное Ñообщение об ошибке:</b>(sp) <b>Reason could be:</b> <b>Причиной может быть:</b>(sp) Error calling Indenter Ошибка вызова отÑтупатора <b>Indenter returned with exit code:</b> <b>ОтÑтупатор возвратилÑÑ Ñ ÐºÐ¾Ð´Ð¾Ð¼ выхода:</b>(sp) <b>Indent console output was:</b> <b>Выходом конÑоли отÑтупатора было:</b>(sp) <br><b>Callstring was:</b> <br><b>Строкой вызова было:</b>(sp) No indenter ini files ОтÑутÑтвуют ini-файлы отÑтупатора There exists no indenter ini files in the directory " Ðе ÑущеÑтвуют ini-файлы отÑтупатора в папке " There exists no indenter executable with the name "%1" in the directory "%2" nor in the global environment. Ðе ÑущеÑтвует программы отÑтупатора под названием "%1" в папке "%2" и в глобальной Ñреде. <br><br><b>Indenter output was:</b><pre> <br><br><b>Выходом отÑтупатора было:</b><pre> Indenter returned error ОтÑтупатор возвратил ошибку Indenter ini file header error The loaded indenter ini file "%1"has a faulty header. At least the indenters file name is not set. Interpreter needed ТребуетÑÑ Ð¸Ð½Ñ‚ÐµÑ€Ð¿Ñ€ÐµÑ‚Ð°Ñ‚Ð¾Ñ€ To use the selected indenter the program "%1" needs to be available in the global environment. You should add an entry to your path settings. Ð”Ð»Ñ Ð¸ÑÐ¿Ð¾Ð»ÑŒÐ·Ð¾Ð²Ð°Ð½Ð¸Ñ Ð²Ñ‹Ð±Ñ€Ð°Ð½Ð½Ð¾Ð³Ð¾ отÑтупатора, программа "%1" должна быть доÑтупна в глобальной Ñреде. Добавьте пункт к наÑтройкам пути. <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows the currently chosen indenters name and lets you choose other available indenters</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Показывает название текущего выбранного отÑтупатора и позволÑет выбрать другие доÑтупные отÑтупаторы</p></body></html> Brings you to the online manual of the currently selected indenter, where you can get further help on the possible parameters. Ведет к онлайн-руководÑтву текущего выбранного отÑтупатора, где можна найти дальнейшую помощь по возможным параметрам. Create a shell script that calls the current selected indenter for formatting an as parameter given file with the current indent settings. Создать Ñкрипт оболочки, вызывающий текущий выбранный отÑтупатор Ð´Ð»Ñ Ñ„Ð¾Ñ€Ð¼Ð°Ñ‚Ð¸Ñ€Ð¾Ð²Ð°Ð½Ð¸Ñ Ð¿Ð¾ параметрам данного файла Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑƒÑ‰Ð¸Ð¼Ð¸ наÑтройками отÑтупов. Choose indenter config file Выбрать конфигурационный файл отÑтупатора All files Ð’Ñе файлы Save indent config file Сохранить конфигурационный файл отÑтупатора Shell Script Скрипт оболочки Save shell script Сохранить Ñкрипт оболочки Load Indenter Config File Загрузить конфигурационный файл отÑтупатора Opens a file dialog to load the original config file of the indenter. Открывает файловый диалог Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð·Ð°Ð³Ñ€ÑƒÐ·ÐºÐ¸ начального конфигурационного файла отÑтупатора. Alt+O Alt+O Save Indenter Config File Сохранить конфигурационный файл отÑтупатора Opens a dialog to save the current indenter configuration to a file. Открывает диалог Ð´Ð»Ñ ÑÐ¾Ñ…Ñ€Ð°Ð½ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑƒÑ‰ÐµÐ¹ конфигурации отÑтупатора в файл. Alt+S Alt+S Create Indenter Call Shell Script Создать Ñкрипт оболочки вызова отÑтупатора Reset indenter parameters Скинуть параметры отÑтупатора Resets all indenter parameters to the default values. Скидывает вÑе параметры отÑтупатора на Ð·Ð½Ð°Ñ‡ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð¿Ð¾ умолчанию. Really reset parameters? ДейÑтвительно Ñкинуть параметры? Do you really want to reset the indenter parameters to the default values? Ð’Ñ‹ дейÑтвительно хотите Ñкинуть параметры отÑтупатора на Ð·Ð½Ð°Ñ‡ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð¿Ð¾ умолчанию? MainWindow Error opening file Ошибка Ð¾Ñ‚ÐºÑ€Ñ‹Ñ‚Ð¸Ñ Ñ„Ð°Ð¹Ð»Ð° Cannot read the file Ðевозможно прочитать файл(sp) Supported by indenter ПоддерживаетÑÑ Ð¾Ñ‚Ñтупатором All files Ð’Ñе файлы Choose source code file Выбрать файл иÑходного кода Save source code file Сохранить файл иÑходного кода PDF Document Документ PDF Export source code file ЭкÑпорт файла иÑходного кода HTML Document Документ HTML Modified code Измененный код The source code has been modified. Do you want to save your changes? ИÑходный код изменен. Хотите Ñохранить изменениÑ? Reopen the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme Повторно открыть текущий открытый файл иÑходного кода, иÑÐ¿Ð¾Ð»ÑŒÐ·ÑƒÑ Ñхему ÐºÐ¾Ð´Ð¸Ñ€Ð¾Ð²Ð°Ð½Ð¸Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑта(sp) Set the syntax highlightning to Задать подÑветку ÑинтакÑиÑа на(sp) File no longer exists Файл больше не ÑущеÑтвует The file %1 in the list of recently opened files does no longer exist. Файл %1 из ÑпиÑка недавно открытых файлов больше не ÑущеÑтвует. Save the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme Сохранить текущий открытый файл иÑходного кода Ñ Ð¸Ñпользованием Ñхемы ÐºÐ¾Ð´Ð¸Ñ€Ð¾Ð²Ð°Ð½Ð¸Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑта(sp) Line %1, Column %2 Строка %1, колонка %2 MainWindowUi UniversalIndentGUI UniversalIndentGUI Indenter ОтÑтупатор File Файл Export ЭкÑпорт Recently Opened Files Ðедавно открытые файлы Reopen File with other Encoding Повторно открывает файлы Ñ Ð´Ñ€ÑƒÐ³Ð¾Ð¹ кодировкой Save Source File As with other Encoding Сохранить иÑходный файл Ñ Ð´Ñ€ÑƒÐ³Ð¾Ð¹ кодировкой как Settings ÐаÑтройки Set Syntax Highlighter Задать подÑветку ÑинтакÑиÑа Help Помощь Main Toolbar Ð“Ð»Ð°Ð²Ð½Ð°Ñ Ð¿Ð°Ð½ÐµÐ»ÑŒ Open Source File Открыть иÑходный файл Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file. Открывает диалог выбора файла иÑходного кода. Ctrl+O Ctrl+O Save Source File Сохранить иÑходный файл Saves the currently shown source code to the last opened or saved source file. СохранÑет текущий показанный иÑходный код в поÑледний открытый или Ñохраненный иÑходный файл. Ctrl+S Ctrl+S Opens a file dialog to save the currently shown source code. Открывает файловый диалог Ð´Ð»Ñ ÑÐ¾Ñ…Ñ€Ð°Ð½ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑƒÑ‰ÐµÐ³Ð¾ показанного иÑходного кода. About UniversalIndentGUI О UniversalIndentGUI Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI. Показывает информацию о UniversalIndentGUI. Exit Выход Quits the UniversalIndentGUI. Выходит из UniversalIndentGUI. Ctrl+Q Ctrl+Q PDF PDF Export the currently visible source code as PDF document ЭкÑпорт текущего видимого иÑходного кода в документ PDF HTML HTML Export the currently visible source code as HTML document ЭкÑпорт текущего видимого иÑходного кода в документ HTML Parameter Tooltips ПодÑказки параметра If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while. ЕÑли выбрано, будут поÑвлÑÑ‚ÑŒÑÑ Ð¿Ð¾Ð´Ñказки, еÑли курÑор мыши задерживаетÑÑ Ð½Ð° некоторое Ð²Ñ€ÐµÐ¼Ñ Ð½Ð°Ð´ параметром. DONOTTRANSLATE:indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled Live Indent Preview Живой проÑмотр отÑтупа Ctrl+L Ctrl+L Syntax Highlighting ПодÑветка ÑинтакÑиÑа Enables or disables syntax highlighting for the source code. Включает или отключает подÑветку ÑинтакÑиÑа Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð¸Ñходного кода. By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted. При включении подÑвечиваютÑÑ Ñпециальные ключевые Ñлова иÑходного кода. DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled White Space Visible Видимые пробелы Set white space visible Задать видимые пробелы Enables or disables diplaying of white space characters in the editor. Включает или выключает показ Ñимволов пробелов в редакторе. DONOTTRANSLATE:whiteSpaceIsVisible Auto Open Last File Ðвтооткрытие поÑледнего файла Auto open last source file on startup Ðвтооткрытие поÑледнего иÑходного файла при загрузке If selected opens last source code file on startup ЕÑли выбрано, при загрузке открываетÑÑ Ð¿Ð¾Ñледний файл иÑходного кода DONOTTRANSLATE:loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup Opens the settings dialog Открывает диалог наÑтроек Opens the settings dialog, to set language etc. Открывает диалог наÑтроек Ð´Ð»Ñ ÑƒÑтановки Ñзыка, и Ñ‚. д. Check for update Проверить обновление Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available. Проверить в Ñети доÑтупноÑÑ‚ÑŒ новой верÑии UniversalIndentGUI. Clear Recently Opened List ОчиÑтить ÑпиÑок недавно открытых Show Log Displays logging information. Displays logging info about the currently running UiGUI application. Indenter Settings ÐаÑтройки отÑтупатора Save Source File As... Сохранить иÑходный файл как... Ctrl+Shift+S Ctrl+Shift+S Ctrl+H Ctrl+H SettingsDialog Common Общее Settings ÐаÑтройки Automatically open last file on startup ÐвтоматичеÑки открывать поÑледний файл при загрузке Enable Parameter Tooltips Включить подÑказки параметра Editor Редактор Highlighter settings ÐаÑтройки подÑветки Set Font УÑтановить шрифт Set Color УÑтановить цвет Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one. Показывает вÑе доÑтупные переводы Ð´Ð»Ñ UniversalIndentGui и позволÑет выбрать один из них. Application language Язык программы If selected opens the source code file on startup that was opened last time. ЕÑли выбрано, при загрузке открываетÑÑ Ñ„Ð°Ð¹Ð» иÑходного кода, открытый в поÑледний раз. If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while. ЕÑли выбрано, будут поÑвлÑÑ‚ÑŒÑÑ Ð¿Ð¾Ð´Ñказки, еÑли курÑор мыши задерживаетÑÑ Ð½Ð° некоторое Ð²Ñ€ÐµÐ¼Ñ Ð½Ð°Ð´ параметром. Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files. Задает Ñколько файлов должно запоминатьÑÑ Ð² ÑпиÑке недавно открытых файлов. Enables or disables displaying of white space characters in the editor. Включает или выключает показ Ñимволов пробелов в редакторе. Display white space character (tabs, spaces, etc.) Показывает Ñимволы пробелов (табулÑторы, пробелы, и Ñ‚. д.) Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab character. ОпределÑет, Ñколько пробелов должно показыватьÑÑ Ð² редакторе вмеÑто одного Ñимвола табулÑции. Sets width in single spaces used for tabs Задает ширину в единичных пробелах, иÑпользуемых вмеÑто табулÑторов Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab. ОпределÑет, Ñколько пробелов должно показыватьÑÑ Ð² редакторе вмеÑто одного табулÑтора. Displayed width of tabs Показывает ширину табулÑторов Network If checked, the made proxy settings will be applied for all network connections. Type of the used proxy is SOCKS5. Enable proxy Host name: Host name of the to be used proxy. E.g.: proxy.example.com Port: Port number to connect to the before named proxy. User name: If the proxy needs authentification, enter the login name here. Password: If the proxy needs authentification, enter the password here. Syntax Highlighting ПодÑветка ÑинтакÑиÑа By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted. При включении подÑвечиваютÑÑ Ñпециальные ключевые Ñлова иÑходного кода. Enable syntax highlighting Включает подÑветку ÑинтакÑиÑа Lets you make settings for all properties of the available syntax highlighters, like font and color. ПозволÑет Ñоздавать наÑтройки Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð²Ñех ÑвойÑтв доÑтупных подÑветок ÑинтакÑиÑа, как шрифт и цвет. Set the font for the current selected highlighter property. Задает шрифт Ð´Ð»Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑƒÑ‰ÐµÐ³Ð¾ выбранного ÑвойÑтва подÑветки. Set the color for the current selected highlighter property. Задает цвет Ð´Ð»Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑƒÑ‰ÐµÐ³Ð¾ выбранного ÑвойÑтва подÑветки. Number of files in recently opened list КоличеÑтво файлов в ÑпиÑке недавно открытых Checks whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI exists on program start, but only once a day. ПроверÑет ÑущеÑтвование новой верÑии UniversalIndentGUI при запуÑке программы, но только раз в день. Check online for update on program start ПроверÑет в Ñети обновление при запуÑке программы TSLoggerDialog Log Logged messages Clear log ... Open folder containing log file. ToolBarWidget Form Форма <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">This file will be used to show what the indent tool changes.</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Открывает диалог выбора файла иÑходного кода.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">Этот файл будет иÑпользоватьÑÑ Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð¿Ð¾ÐºÐ°Ð·Ð° изменений, Ñделанных инÑтрументом отÑтупа.</p></body></html> Open Source File Открыть иÑходный файл <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Turns the preview of the reformatted source code on and off.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">In other words it switches between formatted and nonformatted code. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Включает и выключает проÑмотр реформатированного иÑходного кода.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Другими Ñловами, переключает между форматированным и неформатированным кодом. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html> Live Indent Preview Живой проÑмотр отÑтупа Ctrl+L Ctrl+L <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Enables and disables the highlightning of the source</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">code shown below. (Still needs some performance improvements) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Включает и выключает подÑветку иÑходного</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">кода, показанного ниже. (Ð’Ñе еще нужно доработать ÑффективноÑÑ‚ÑŒ) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html> Syntax Highlight ПодÑветка ÑинтакÑиÑа Ctrl+H Ctrl+H DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Показывает информацию о UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> About О <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quits the UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Выходит из UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> Exit Выход UiGuiErrorMessage Show this message again Показать Ñто Ñообщение Ñнова UiGuiIndentServer UiGUI Server Сервер UiGUI Unable to start the server: %1. Ðевозможно запуÑтить Ñервер: %1. UiGuiSettingsDialog English ÐнглийÑкий French ФранцузÑкий German Ðемецкий Japanese ЯпонÑкий Unknown language mnemonic ÐеизвеÑтный мнемокод Ñзыка Chinese (Taiwan) КитайÑкий (Тайвань) Russian РуÑÑкий Ukrainian УкраинÑкий UpdateCheckDialog Checking for update... Проверка обновлениÑ... Checking whether a newer version is available Проверка доÑтупноÑти новой верÑии Update check error There was an error while trying to check for an update! The retrieved file did not contain expected content. There was an error while trying to check for an update! Error was : %1 Update available Обновление доÑтупно A newer version of UniversalIndentGUI is available. Your version is %1. New version is %2. Do you want to go to the download website? ДоÑтупна Ð½Ð¾Ð²Ð°Ñ Ð²ÐµÑ€ÑÐ¸Ñ UniversalIndentGUI. Ваша верÑÐ¸Ñ %1. ÐÐ¾Ð²Ð°Ñ Ð²ÐµÑ€ÑÐ¸Ñ %2. Хотите перейти на веб-Ñайт загрузки? No new update available Обновлений нет You already have the latest version of UniversalIndentGUI. У Ð²Ð°Ñ Ð¿Ð¾ÑледнÑÑ Ð²ÐµÑ€ÑÐ¸Ñ UniversalIndentGUI. universalindentgui-1.2.0/translations/universalindent_uk.ts0000770000000000017510000021521111700107426023473 0ustar rootvboxsf AboutDialog <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:12pt;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3 </span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:12pt;">ВерÑÑ–Ñ %1 ред.%2, %3 </p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">.</span></p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Credits:</span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';">... Ñ” кроÑ-платформним ÑуміÑним ГІК Ð´Ð»Ñ ÐºÑ–Ð»ÑŒÐºÐ¾Ñ… форматорів, прикрашувачів та відÑтупаторів, на зразок GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP, Ñ– так далі. ОÑновною функцією Ñ” живий переглÑд, щоб одразу бачити Ñк обраний варіант Ñ„Ð¾Ñ€Ð¼Ð°Ñ‚ÑƒÐ²Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Ð²Ð¿Ð»Ð¸Ð²Ð°Ñ” на вхідний код.</span></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;"><br />ÐапиÑав : <a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;"> Ð¢Ð¾Ð¼Ð°Ñ Ð¨Ð²Ð°Ð¹Ñ†ÐµÑ€</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">Сторінка проекту : <a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">ЛіцензіÑ: UniversalIndentGui видаєтьÑÑ Ð² межах GPL 2. Щодо деталей читайте включений файл LICENSE.GPL Відвідайте <a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a>.</p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">УчаÑники проекту:</p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'sans-serif'; font-size:large;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3</span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">.</span></p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Credits:</span></p></body></html> OK (sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)Добре(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp)(sp) About UniversalIndentGUI Про UniversalIndentGUI FindDialog Find Find what: Find options Match case Match whole word Search forward Use Regular Expressions Find Next Close IndentHandler <b>Indent console output was:</b> <b>Виходом конÑолі відÑтупача було: </b>(sp) <b>Indenter returned with exit code:</b> <b>ВідÑтупач повернувÑÑ Ð· вихідним кодом:</b>(sp) <b>Reason could be:</b> <b>Причиною могло б бути:</b>(sp) <b>Returned error message:</b> <b>Повернене Ð¿Ð¾Ð²Ñ–Ð´Ð¾Ð¼Ð»ÐµÐ½Ð½Ñ Ð¿Ñ€Ð¾ помилку:</b>(sp) <br><b>Callstring was:</b> <br><b>Стрічкою виклику було:</b> (sp) <br><br><b>Indenter output was:</b><pre> <br><br><b>Виходом відÑтупача було:</b><pre> Indenter ini file header error The loaded indenter ini file "%1"has a faulty header. At least the indenters file name is not set. <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows the currently chosen indenters name and lets you choose other available indenters</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Показує поточні обрані назви відÑтупачів Ñ– дозволÑÑ” обрати інші доÑтупні відÑтупачі</p></body></html> Create a shell script that calls the current selected indenter for formatting an as parameter given file with the current indent settings. Створити Ñкрипт оболонки, Ñкий викликає поточний обраний відÑтупач Ð´Ð»Ñ Ñ„Ð¾Ñ€Ð¼Ð°Ñ‚ÑƒÐ²Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Ð¿Ð¾ параметрам даного файлу з поточними налаштуваннÑми відÑтупів. All files Ð’ÑÑ– файли Alt+O Alt+O Alt+S Alt+S Brings you to the online manual of the currently selected indenter, where you can get further help on the possible parameters. Веде до онлайн-керівництва даного обраного відÑтупача Ñ– де можна отримати подальшу допомогу ÑтоÑовно можливих параметрів. Choose indenter config file Обрати файл конфігурації відÑтупача Create Indenter Call Shell Script Створити Ñкрипт оболонки виклику відÑтупача Do you really want to reset the indenter parameters to the default values? Чи Ñправді хочете Ñкинути параметри відÑтупача на типові значеннÑ? Error calling Indenter Помилка виклику відÑтупача Indenter returned error ВідÑтупач повернув помилку Interpreter needed Потрібен інтерпретатор Load Indenter Config File Завантажити файл конфігурації відÑтупача No indenter executable Жодної програми відÑтупача No indenter ini files Жодних ini-файлів відÑтупача Opens a dialog to save the current indenter configuration to a file. Відкриває діалог Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð·Ð±ÐµÑ€ÐµÐ¶ÐµÐ½Ð½Ñ Ð¿Ð¾Ñ‚Ð¾Ñ‡Ð½Ð¾Ñ— конфігурації відÑтупача у файл. Opens a file dialog to load the original config file of the indenter. Відкриває файловий діалог Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð·Ð°Ð²Ð°Ð½Ñ‚Ð°Ð¶ÐµÐ½Ð½Ñ Ð¾Ñновного файлу конфігурації відÑтупача. Really reset parameters? Справді Ñкинути параметри? Reset indenter parameters Скинути параметри відÑтупача Resets all indenter parameters to the default values. Скинути уÑÑ– параметри відÑтупача на типові значеннÑ. Save indent config file Зберегти файл конфігурації відÑтупів Save Indenter Config File Зберегти файл конфігурації відÑтупача Save shell script Зберегти Ñкрипт оболонки Shell Script Скрипт оболонки There exists no indenter executable with the name "%1" in the directory "%2" nor in the global environment. Ðе Ñ–Ñнує програми відÑтупача з назвою "%1" ні у теці "%2", ні у глобальному Ñередовищі. There exists no indenter ini files in the directory " Ðе Ñ–Ñнує ini-файлів відÑтупача у теці " There exists only a win32 executable of the indenter and wine does not seem to be installed. Please install wine to be able to run the indenter. ІÑнує лише win32-програма відÑтупача, а вино, здаєтьÑÑ, не вÑтановлено. Будь лаÑка, вÑтановіть вино, щоб запуÑтити відÑтупач. To use the selected indenter the program "%1" needs to be available in the global environment. You should add an entry to your path settings. Ð”Ð»Ñ Ð²Ð¸ÐºÐ¾Ñ€Ð¸ÑÑ‚Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Ð¾Ð±Ñ€Ð°Ð½Ð¾Ð³Ð¾ відÑтупача, програма "%1" повинна бути доÑтупна у глобальному Ñередовищі. Потрібно додати пункт до налаштувань шлÑху. wine not installed вино не вÑтановлено MainWindow All files Ð’ÑÑ– файли Cannot read the file Ðеможливо прочитати файл(sp) Choose source code file Обрати файл коду джерела Error opening file Помилка Ð²Ñ–Ð´ÐºÑ€Ð¸Ñ‚Ñ‚Ñ Ñ„Ð°Ð¹Ð»Ð° Export source code file ЕкÑпортувати файл коду джерела File no longer exists Файл більше не Ñ–Ñнує HTML Document Документ HTML Line %1, Column %2 РÑдок %1, колонка %2 Modified code Змінений код PDF Document Документ PDF Reopen the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme Відкрити поточний відкритий файл коду джерела викориÑтовуючи Ñхему ÐºÐ¾Ð´ÑƒÐ²Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑту(sp) Save source code file Зберегти файл коду джерела Save the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme Зберегти поточний відкритий файл коду джерела викориÑтовуючи Ñхему ÐºÐ¾Ð´ÑƒÐ²Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Ñ‚ÐµÐºÑту(sp) Set the syntax highlightning to Ð’Ñтановити підÑÐ²Ñ–Ñ‡ÑƒÐ²Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ ÑинтакÑиÑу на(sp) Supported by indenter ПідтримуєтьÑÑ Ð²Ñ–Ð´Ñтупачем The file %1 in the list of recently opened files does no longer exist. Файл %1 з переліку нещодавно відкритих файлів більше не Ñ–Ñнує. The source code has been modified. Do you want to save your changes? Код джерела змінено. Хочете зберегти зміни? MainWindowUi About UniversalIndentGUI Про UniversalIndentGUI Auto Open Last File ÐÐ²Ñ‚Ð¾Ð²Ñ–Ð´ÐºÑ€Ð¸Ñ‚Ñ‚Ñ‚Ñ Ð¾Ñтаннього файлу Auto open last source file on startup ÐÐ²Ñ‚Ð¾Ð²Ñ–Ð´ÐºÑ€Ð¸Ñ‚Ñ‚Ñ‚Ñ Ð¾Ñтаннього файлу джерела при запуÑку By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted. Ð’ÐºÐ»ÑŽÑ‡ÐµÐ½Ð½Ñ Ð¿Ñ–Ð´Ñвічує Ñпеціальні ключові Ñлова коду джерела. Check for update Перевірити Ð¾Ð½Ð¾Ð²Ð»ÐµÐ½Ð½Ñ Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available. ПеревірÑÑ” в мережі, чи доÑтупна нова верÑÑ–Ñ UniversalIndentGUI. Clear Recently Opened List ОчиÑтити перелік нещодавно відкритих файлів Ctrl+L Ctrl+L Ctrl+O Ctrl+O Ctrl+Q Ctrl+Q Ctrl+S Ctrl+S Enables or disables diplaying of white space characters in the editor. Включити або відключити показ Ñимволів пробілу у редакторі. Enables or disables syntax highlighting for the source code. Включає або відключає підÑÐ²Ñ–Ñ‡ÑƒÐ²Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ ÑинтакÑиÑу Ð´Ð»Ñ Ñ„Ð°Ð¹Ð»Ð° джерела. Exit Вихід Export ЕкÑпорт Export the currently visible source code as HTML document ЕкÑпортує поточний код джерела у HTML-документ Export the currently visible source code as PDF document ЕкÑпортує поточний код джерела у PDF-документ File Файл Help Допомога Save Source File As... Зберегти файл джерела Ñк... HTML HTML If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while. Якщо виділено, підказки з'ÑвлÑтимутьÑÑ Ð¿Ñ€Ð¸ наведенні Ñ– утриманні курÑору миші над параметром відÑтупача. DONOTTRANSLATE:indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled DONOTTRANSLATE:whiteSpaceIsVisible If selected opens last source code file on startup При виборі при запуÑку відкриватиметьÑÑ Ð¾Ñтанній файл коду джерела DONOTTRANSLATE:loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup Show Log Displays logging information. Displays logging info about the currently running UiGUI application. Indenter ВідÑтупач Indenter Settings ÐÐ°Ð»Ð°ÑˆÑ‚ÑƒÐ²Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Ð²Ñ–Ð´Ñтупача Live Indent Preview Живий переглÑд відÑтупів Main Toolbar Головна панель Open Source File Відкрити файл джерела Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file. Відкриває діалог Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð¾Ð±Ð¸Ñ€Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Ñ„Ð°Ð¹Ð»Ð° коду джерела. Opens a file dialog to save the currently shown source code. Відкриває файловий діалог Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð·Ð±ÐµÑ€ÐµÐ¶ÐµÐ½Ð½Ñ Ð¿Ð¾Ñ‚Ð¾Ñ‡Ð½Ð¾Ð³Ð¾ коду джерела. Opens the settings dialog Відкриває діалог налаштувань Opens the settings dialog, to set language etc. Відкриває діалог налаштувань, вÑÑ‚Ð°Ð½Ð¾Ð²Ð»ÐµÐ½Ð½Ñ Ð¼Ð¾Ð²Ð¸, Ñ– Ñ‚.д. Parameter Tooltips Підказки параметрів PDF PDF Quits the UniversalIndentGUI. Виходить з UniversalIndentGUI. Recently Opened Files Ðещодавно відкриті файли Reopen File with other Encoding Відкрити файл з іншим кодуваннÑм Save Source File Зберегти файл джерела Save Source File As with other Encoding Зберегти вихідний файл з іншим кодуваннÑм Ñк Saves the currently shown source code to the last opened or saved source file. Зберігає поточний код джерела у оÑтанній відкрити або збережений файл джерела. Set Syntax Highlighter Ð’Ñтановити підÑвітку ÑинтакÑиÑу Set white space visible Зробити пробіл видимим Settings ÐÐ°Ð»Ð°ÑˆÑ‚ÑƒÐ²Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI. Показує інформацію про UniversalIndentGUI. Syntax Highlighting ПідÑвітка ÑинтакÑиÑу UniversalIndentGUI UniversalIndentGUI White Space Visible Пробіл видимий Ctrl+Shift+S Ctrl+Shift+S Ctrl+H Ctrl+H SettingsDialog Application language Мова програми Automatically open last file on startup Ðвтоматично відкривати оÑтанній файл при запуÑку Network If checked, the made proxy settings will be applied for all network connections. Type of the used proxy is SOCKS5. Enable proxy Host name: Host name of the to be used proxy. E.g.: proxy.example.com Port: Port number to connect to the before named proxy. User name: If the proxy needs authentification, enter the login name here. Password: If the proxy needs authentification, enter the password here. By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted. Ð’ÐºÐ»ÑŽÑ‡ÐµÐ½Ð½Ñ Ð¿Ñ–Ð´Ñвічує Ñпеціальні ключові Ñлова коду джерела. Check online for update on program start ПеревірÑти Ð¾Ð½Ð¾Ð²Ð»ÐµÐ½Ð½Ñ Ð² мережі при запуÑку програми Checks whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI exists on program start, but only once a day. ПеревірÑÑ” Ñ–ÑÐ½ÑƒÐ²Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Ð½Ð¾Ð²Ð¾Ñ— верÑÑ–Ñ— UniversalIndentGUI при запуÑку програми, але лише один раз в день. Common Загально Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab character. Визначає, Ñкільки пробілів повинно показуватиÑÑ Ñƒ редакторі Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð¾Ð´Ð½Ð¾Ð³Ð¾ Ñимволу табулÑтора. Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab. Визначає, Ñкільки пробілів повинно показуватиÑÑ Ñƒ редакторі Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð¾Ð´Ð½Ñ–Ñ”Ñ— табулÑтора. Display white space character (tabs, spaces, etc.) Показує Ñимволи пробілів (табулÑтори, пробіли, Ñ– Ñ‚. д.) Displayed width of tabs Показана ширина табулÑторів Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one. Показує уÑÑ– доÑтупні переклади UniversalIndentGui Ñ– дозволÑÑ” обрати один. Editor Редактор Enable Parameter Tooltips Включити підказки параметрів Enable syntax highlighting Включити підÑвітку ÑинтакÑиÑу Enables or disables displaying of white space characters in the editor. Включити або відключити показ Ñимволів пробілу у редакторі. Highlighter settings ÐÐ°Ð»Ð°ÑˆÑ‚ÑƒÐ²Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Ð¿Ñ–Ð´ÑÐ²Ñ–Ñ‡ÑƒÐ²Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while. Якщо виділено, підказки з'ÑвлÑтимутьÑÑ Ð¿Ñ€Ð¸ наведенні Ñ– утриманні курÑору миші над параметром відÑтупача. If selected opens the source code file on startup that was opened last time. При виборі при запуÑку відкриватиметьÑÑ Ð¾Ñтанній відкритий файл коду джерела, відкритий минулого разу. Lets you make settings for all properties of the available syntax highlighters, like font and color. ДозволÑÑ” Ñтворювати Ð½Ð°Ð»Ð°ÑˆÑ‚ÑƒÐ²Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Ð´Ð»Ñ ÑƒÑÑ–Ñ… влаÑтивоÑтей доÑтупних підÑвіток ÑинтакÑиÑу (шрифт, колір...). Number of files in recently opened list КількіÑÑ‚ÑŒ файлів у переліку нещодавніх файлів Set Color Ð’Ñтановити колір Set Font Шрифт Set the color for the current selected highlighter property. Ð’Ñтановити колір Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð¿Ð¾Ñ‚Ð¾Ñ‡Ð½Ð¾Ñ— підÑвіченої влаÑтивоÑÑ‚Ñ– підÑвічувача. Set the font for the current selected highlighter property. Ð’Ñтановити шрифт Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð¿Ð¾Ñ‚Ð¾Ñ‡Ð½Ð¾Ñ— підÑвіченої влаÑтивоÑÑ‚Ñ– підÑвічувача. Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files. Ð’Ñтановлює Ñкільки файлів потрібно пам'Ñтати у переліку нещодавно відкритих файлів. Sets width in single spaces used for tabs Ð’Ñтановлює ширину у одиничних пробілах, Ñкі викориÑтовуютьÑÑ Ð´Ð»Ñ Ñ‚Ð°Ð±ÑƒÐ»Ñторів Settings ÐÐ°Ð»Ð°ÑˆÑ‚ÑƒÐ²Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Syntax Highlighting ПідÑвітка ÑинтакÑиÑу TSLoggerDialog Log Logged messages Clear log ... Open folder containing log file. ToolBarWidget Form Форма <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">This file will be used to show what the indent tool changes.</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Відкриває діалог Ð¾Ð±Ñ€Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Ñ„Ð°Ð¹Ð»Ñƒ коду джерела.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">Цей файл викориÑтовуватиметьÑÑ Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð¿Ð¾ÐºÐ°Ð·Ñƒ змін інÑтрументом відÑтупача.</p></body></html> Open Source File Відкрити файл джерела <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Turns the preview of the reformatted source code on and off.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">In other words it switches between formatted and nonformatted code. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Включає Ñ– виключає переглÑд переформатованого коду джерела.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Іншими Ñловами, переключає між форматованим Ñ– неформатованим кодом. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html> Live Indent Preview Живий переглÑд відÑтупів Ctrl+L Ctrl+L <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Enables and disables the highlightning of the source</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">code shown below. (Still needs some performance improvements) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Включає Ñ– відключає підÑвітку коду</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">джерела, показаного нижче. (Ð’Ñе ще потребує Ð¿Ð¾ÐºÑ€Ð°Ñ‰ÐµÐ½Ð½Ñ Ñ€Ð¾Ð±Ð¾Ñ‚Ð¸) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html> Syntax Highlight ПідÑвітка ÑинтакÑиÑу Ctrl+H Ctrl+H DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Показує інформацію про UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> About Про <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quits the UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Виходить з UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> Exit Вихід UiGuiErrorMessage Show this message again Показати знову це Ð¿Ð¾Ð²Ñ–Ð´Ð¾Ð¼Ð»ÐµÐ½Ð½Ñ UiGuiIndentServer UiGUI Server Сервер UiGUI Unable to start the server: %1. Ðеможливо запуÑтити Ñерверr: %1. UiGuiSettingsDialog Chinese (Taiwan) КитайÑька (Тайвань) English ÐнглійÑька French Французька German Ðімецька Japanese ЯпонÑька Russian РоÑійÑька Ukrainian УкраїнÑька Unknown language mnemonic Ðевідомий мовний мнемокод UpdateCheckDialog A newer version of UniversalIndentGUI is available. Your version is %1. New version is %2. Do you want to go to the download website? ДоÑтупна новіша верÑÑ–Ñ UniversalIndentGUI. Ð’Ñтановлена верÑÑ–Ñ %1. Ðова верÑÑ–Ñ %2. Хочете перейти на веб-Ñайт завантаженнÑ? Checking for update... Перевірка оновленнÑ…... Checking whether a newer version is available Перевірки доÑтупноÑÑ‚Ñ– новішої верÑÑ–Ñ— No new update available Жодних оновлень Update available ДоÑтупне Ð¾Ð½Ð¾Ð²Ð»ÐµÐ½Ð½Ñ Update check error There was an error while trying to check for an update! The retrieved file did not contain expected content. There was an error while trying to check for an update! Error was : %1 You already have the latest version of UniversalIndentGUI. Вже вÑтановлена оÑÑ‚Ð°Ð½Ð½Ñ Ð²ÐµÑ€ÑÑ–Ñ UniversalIndentGUI. universalindentgui-1.2.0/translations/universalindent_zh_TW.ts0000770000000000017510000017721011700107426024115 0ustar rootvboxsf AboutDialog About UniversalIndentGUI 關於 UniversalIndentGUI <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'sans-serif'; font-size:large;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3</span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">.</span></p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Trebuchet MS,Helvetica,sans-serif'; font-size:medium;">Credits:</span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:12pt;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3 </span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:12pt;">Version %1 rev.%2, %3 </p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">... is a cross platform compatible GUI for several code formatter, beautifier and indenter like GreatCode, AStyle (Artistic Styler), GNU Indent, BCPP and so on. Main feature is a live preview to directly see how the selected formatting option affects the source code.</span></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"><br />Written by : </span><a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Project Homepage : </span><a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">License: UniversalIndentGui is released under the GPL 2. For details read the included file LICENSE.GPL visit </span><a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">.</span></p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:9pt;">Credits:</span></p></body></html> <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt;"><span style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2';">這是一套跨平å°ã€æ”¯æ´å¤šç¨®ç¨‹å¼ç¢¼é‡æ•´ / 美化 / 縮排工具的圖形化使用者介é¢ï¼ŒGreatCodeã€AStyle (Artistic Styler)ã€GNU Indentã€BCPP åŠå…¶ä»–工具皆在支æ´å單裡頭。本工具最大的特色在於å¯ä»¥è®“ä½ å³æ™‚é è¦½åŽŸå§‹ç¨‹å¼ç¢¼é‡æ•´ä¹‹å¾Œçš„çµæžœã€‚</span></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;"><br />開發者：<a href="http://www.thomas-schweitzer.de"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Thomas Schweitzer</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">專案首é ï¼š<a href="http://universalindent.sourceforge.net"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://universalindent.sourceforge.net</span></a></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">授權å”定：UniversalIndentGui 採用 GPL 2 授權。詳情請åƒé–±é™„帶的 LICENSE.GPL 文件，或拜訪 <a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html</span></a> å–得進一步的資訊。</p> <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;"></p> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:9pt;">致è¬å單：</p></body></html> OK 確定 FindDialog Find Find what: Find options Match case Match whole word Search forward Use Regular Expressions Find Next Close IndentHandler <b>Indent console output was:</b> <b>é‡æ•´å·¥å…·å‘½ä»¤åˆ—輸出為：</b> <b>Indenter returned with exit code:</b> <b>é‡æ•´å·¥å…·å‚³å›žçš„錯誤代碼：</b> <b>Reason could be:</b> <b>原因å¯èƒ½æ˜¯ï¼š</b> <b>Returned error message:</b> <b>傳回的錯誤訊æ¯ï¼š</b> Error calling Indenter 呼å«é‡æ•´å·¥å…·æ™‚發生錯誤 Indenter returned error é‡æ•´å·¥å…·å‚³å›žéŒ¯èª¤ No indenter executable 找ä¸åˆ°é‡æ•´å·¥å…· There exists only a win32 executable of the indenter and wine does not seem to be installed. Please install wine to be able to run the indenter. 該é‡æ•´å·¥å…·åªæœ‰ Win32 ç‰ˆæœ¬ï¼Œè€Œä½ ä¼¼ä¹Žå°šæœªå®‰è£ wineã€‚è«‹å®‰è£ wine 以便執行該é‡æ•´å·¥å…·ã€‚ wine not installed å°šæœªå®‰è£ wine <br><b>Callstring was:</b> <br><b>呼å«æ–¹å¼æ˜¯ï¼š</b> No indenter ini files 找ä¸åˆ°é‡æ•´å·¥å…·éœ€è¦çš„ INI 檔 There exists no indenter ini files in the directory " 本目錄下找ä¸åˆ°é‡æ•´å·¥å…·æ‰€éœ€çš„ INI 檔 " There exists no indenter executable with the name "%1" in the directory "%2" nor in the global environment. 找ä¸åˆ°é‡æ•´å·¥å…· "%1" 於目錄 "%2" 下åŠå…¨åŸŸç’°å¢ƒè®Šæ•¸ä¸‹ã€‚ <br><br><b>Indenter output was:</b><pre> <br><br><b>é‡æ•´å·¥å…·çš„輸出çµæžœï¼š</b><pre> Indenter ini file header error The loaded indenter ini file "%1"has a faulty header. At least the indenters file name is not set. Interpreter needed 需è¦ç›´è­¯å™¨ To use the selected indenter the program "%1" needs to be available in the global environment. You should add an entry to your path settings. è¦ä½¿ç”¨é€™å€‹é‡æ•´å·¥å…·ï¼Œä½ å¿…é ˆå°‡ç¨‹å¼ "%1" 加到全域的 Path 變數中。 <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows the currently chosen indenters name and lets you choose other available indenters</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">顯示目å‰ä½¿ç”¨çš„é‡æ•´å·¥å…·å稱，並讓你é¸æ“‡å…¶ä»–å¯ç”¨çš„é‡æ•´å·¥å…·</p></body></html> Brings you to the online manual of the currently selected indenter, where you can get further help on the possible parameters. 這會開啟當å‰é‡æ•´å·¥å…·çš„線上手冊，你將能找到更多關於å¯ç”¨åƒæ•¸çš„說明。 Create a shell script that calls the current selected indenter for formatting an as parameter given file with the current indent settings. 建立批次檔呼å«ç›®å‰çš„é‡æ•´å·¥å…·ã€‚它會接å—檔案路徑作為åƒæ•¸ï¼ŒæŽ¥è‘—呼å«é‡æ•´å·¥å…·ä¸¦å¥—用目å‰çš„é‡æ•´è¨­å®šï¼Œé©åˆè®“ IDE 作為外部工具呼å«ã€‚ Choose indenter config file é¸æ“‡é‡æ•´å·¥å…·è¨­å®šæª” All files 所有檔案 Save indent config file 儲存é‡æ•´å·¥å…·çš„設定 Shell Script 批次檔 Save shell script 儲存批次檔 Load Indenter Config File 載入é‡æ•´å·¥å…·è¨­å®šæª” Opens a file dialog to load the original config file of the indenter. 載入目å‰é‡æ•´å·¥å…·çš„設定 Alt+O Alt+O Save Indenter Config File 儲存é‡æ•´å·¥å…·è¨­å®šæª” Opens a dialog to save the current indenter configuration to a file. 儲存目å‰é‡æ•´å·¥å…·çš„設定 Alt+S Alt+S Create Indenter Call Shell Script 建立é‡æ•´å·¥å…·æ‰¹æ¬¡æª” Reset indenter parameters æ¢å¾©ç‚ºé è¨­å€¼ Resets all indenter parameters to the default values. 將所有é‡æ•´åƒæ•¸è¨­å®šæ¢å¾©ç‚ºé è¨­å€¼ã€‚ Really reset parameters? 確定è¦æ¢å¾©ç‚ºé è¨­å€¼ï¼Ÿ Do you really want to reset the indenter parameters to the default values? 你真的è¦å°‡åƒæ•¸æ¢å¾©ç‚ºé è¨­å€¼å—Žï¼Ÿ MainWindow All files 所有檔案 Cannot read the file 無法讀å–檔案 Choose source code file é¸æ“‡æª”案 Error opening file 開啟檔案時發生錯誤 Export source code file 匯出檔案 HTML Document HTML 文件 Modified code 修改後的檔案 PDF Document PDF 文件 Reopen the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme é‡æ–°é–‹å•Ÿç›®å‰çš„檔案，編碼使用 Save source code file 儲存檔案 Supported by indenter é‡æ•´å·¥å…·æ”¯æ´çš„檔案類型 The source code has been modified. Do you want to save your changes? 程å¼ç¢¼å·²è¢«ä¿®æ”¹ã€‚ ä½ è¦å„²å­˜å—Žï¼Ÿ Set the syntax highlightning to 將語法高亮度方å¼è¨­ç‚º File no longer exists 檔案ä¸å­˜åœ¨ The file %1 in the list of recently opened files does no longer exist. 找ä¸åˆ°æª”案清單裡的「%1〠Save the currently opened source code file by using the text encoding scheme å¦å­˜ç›®å‰çš„檔案，編碼使用 Line %1, Column %2 列 %1，行 %2 MainWindowUi UniversalIndentGUI UniversalIndentGUI Indenter é‡æ•´å·¥å…· File 檔案 Export 匯出 Recently Opened Files 最近開啟的檔案 Reopen File with other Encoding 用別的編碼方å¼é‡æ–°é–‹å•Ÿ Save Source File As with other Encoding 用別的編碼方å¼å¦å­˜æ–°æª” Settings 設定 Set Syntax Highlighter é¸æ“‡èªžæ³•é«˜äº®åº¦ Help 說明 Main Toolbar 主è¦å·¥å…·åˆ— Open Source File 開啟檔案 Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file. é¸æ“‡è¦è™•ç†çš„檔案 Ctrl+O Ctrl+O Save Source File 儲存 Saves the currently shown source code to the last opened or saved source file. 儲存目å‰é¡¯ç¤ºçš„程å¼ç¢¼ Ctrl+S Ctrl+S Opens a file dialog to save the currently shown source code. 儲存目å‰é¡¯ç¤ºçš„程å¼ç¢¼åˆ°åˆ¥çš„檔案 About UniversalIndentGUI 關於 UniversalIndentGUI Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI. 顯示 UniversalIndentGUI 的相關資訊 Exit 離開 Quits the UniversalIndentGUI. é›¢é–‹æœ¬ç¨‹å¼ Ctrl+Q Ctrl+Q PDF PDF Export the currently visible source code as PDF document 匯出目å‰é¡¯ç¤ºçš„程å¼ç¢¼åˆ° PDF 文件 HTML HTML Export the currently visible source code as HTML document 匯出目å‰é¡¯ç¤ºçš„程å¼ç¢¼åˆ° HTML 文件 Parameter Tooltips 顯示åƒæ•¸çš„æç¤ºè¨Šæ¯ If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while. 滑鼠移到é‡æ•´å·¥å…·çš„å„é …åƒæ•¸è¨­å®šæ™‚，會顯示該åƒæ•¸çš„相關æ示 DONOTTRANSLATE:indenterParameterTooltipsEnabled Live Indent Preview å³æ™‚é è¦½é‡æ•´æ•ˆæžœ Ctrl+L Ctrl+L Syntax Highlighting 語法高亮度 Enables or disables syntax highlighting for the source code. 啟用或åœç”¨èªžæ³•é«˜äº®åº¦é¡¯ç¤º By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted. 啟用之後，程å¼ç¢¼æœƒæ¯”較容易閱讀 DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled White Space Visible 顯示空白字元 Set white space visible 顯示空白字元 Enables or disables diplaying of white space characters in the editor. 是å¦åœ¨ç·¨è¼¯è¦–窗裡頭顯示空白字元 DONOTTRANSLATE:whiteSpaceIsVisible Auto Open Last File 自動載入上次使用的檔案 Auto open last source file on startup 啟動程å¼å¾Œï¼Œè‡ªå‹•è¼‰å…¥ä¸Šæ¬¡ä½¿ç”¨çš„檔案 If selected opens last source code file on startup 若你啟用這個é¸é …，程å¼å•Ÿå‹•å¾Œå°‡æœƒè‡ªå‹•è¼‰å…¥ä¸Šæ¬¡ä½¿ç”¨çš„檔案 DONOTTRANSLATE:loadLastSourceCodeFileOnStartup Opens the settings dialog 開啟設定視窗 Opens the settings dialog, to set language etc. 開啟設定視窗 Check for update 檢查是å¦æœ‰æ›´æ–°æª” Checks online whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI is available. 上網檢查是å¦æœ‰æ–°ç‰ˆçš„ UniversalIndentGUI Clear Recently Opened List 清空最近開啟的檔案清單 Show Log Displays logging information. Displays logging info about the currently running UiGUI application. Indenter Settings é‡æ•´å·¥å…·è¨­å®š Save Source File As... å¦å­˜æ–°æª”... Ctrl+Shift+S Ctrl+Shift+S Ctrl+H Ctrl+H SettingsDialog Common 一般 Settings 設定 Automatically open last file on startup 啟動程å¼å¾Œï¼Œè‡ªå‹•è¼‰å…¥ä¸Šæ¬¡ä½¿ç”¨çš„檔案 Enable Parameter Tooltips 顯示åƒæ•¸çš„æç¤ºè¨Šæ¯ Editor 編輯器 Highlighter settings 高亮度設定 Set Font é¸æ“‡å­—åž‹ Set Color é¸æ“‡é¡è‰² Displays all available translations for UniversalIndentGui and lets you choose one. 顯示所有å¯ç”¨çš„ç¿»è­¯ï¼Œè®“æˆ‘è‡ªè¡ŒæŒ‘é¸ Application language é¸æ“‡èªžç³» If selected opens the source code file on startup that was opened last time. 若你啟用這個é¸é …，程å¼å•Ÿå‹•å¾Œå°‡æœƒè‡ªå‹•è¼‰å…¥ä¸Šæ¬¡ä½¿ç”¨çš„檔案 If checked, tool tips will show up if the mouse cursor remains over an indenter parameter for a while. 滑鼠移到é‡æ•´å·¥å…·çš„å„é …åƒæ•¸è¨­å®šæ™‚，會顯示該åƒæ•¸çš„相關æ示 Sets how many files should be remembered in the list of recently opened files. 設定在最近開啟的檔案清單裡è¦é¡¯ç¤ºå¹¾ç­†æª”案 Enables or disables displaying of white space characters in the editor. é¸æ“‡æ˜¯å¦åœ¨ç·¨è¼¯è¦–窗裡頭顯示空白字元 Display white space character (tabs, spaces, etc.) 顯示空白字元 (Tab, 空白, 其他) Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab character. 設定 Tab è¦ç”¨å¹¾å€‹ç©ºç™½é¡¯ç¤º Sets width in single spaces used for tabs 設定 Tab 相當於幾個空白的寬度 Defines how many spaces should be displayed in the editor for one tab. 設定 Tab è¦ç”¨å¹¾å€‹ç©ºç™½é¡¯ç¤º Displayed width of tabs Tab 的寬度 Network If checked, the made proxy settings will be applied for all network connections. Type of the used proxy is SOCKS5. Enable proxy Host name: Host name of the to be used proxy. E.g.: proxy.example.com Port: Port number to connect to the before named proxy. User name: If the proxy needs authentification, enter the login name here. Password: If the proxy needs authentification, enter the password here. Syntax Highlighting 語法高亮度 By enabling special key words of the source code are highlighted. 啟用之後，程å¼ç¢¼æœƒæ¯”較容易閱讀 Enable syntax highlighting 啟用語法高亮度 Lets you make settings for all properties of the available syntax highlighters, like font and color. 讓你設定語法高亮度屬性，例如字型跟é¡è‰² Set the font for the current selected highlighter property. 設定字型 Set the color for the current selected highlighter property. 設定é¡è‰² Number of files in recently opened list 最近開啟的檔案清單裡è¦é¡¯ç¤ºçš„檔案個數 Checks whether a new version of UniversalIndentGUI exists on program start, but only once a day. 程å¼å•Ÿå‹•æ™‚自動檢查是å¦æœ‰æ–°ç‰ˆæœ¬ï¼Œä¸€å¤©åªæœƒæª¢æŸ¥ä¸€æ¬¡ã€‚ Check online for update on program start 程å¼å•Ÿå‹•æ™‚自動檢查更新 TSLoggerDialog Log Logged messages Clear log ... Open folder containing log file. ToolBarWidget Form 表單 <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Opens a dialog for selecting a source code file.</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">This file will be used to show what the indent tool changes.</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">é¸æ“‡è¦é‡æ•´çš„檔案</span></p></body></html> Open Source File 開啟檔案 <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Turns the preview of the reformatted source code on and off.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">In other words it switches between formatted and nonformatted code. (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">啟用或åœç”¨ç¨‹å¼ç¢¼é è¦½åŠŸèƒ½ã€‚</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">æ›å¥è©±èªªï¼Œå®ƒå°‡åœ¨é‡æ•´éŽä»¥åŠæœªé‡æ•´çš„程å¼ç¢¼ä¹‹é–“åˆ‡æ› (Ctrl+L)</p></body></html> Live Indent Preview å³æ™‚é è¦½é‡æ•´æ•ˆæžœ Ctrl+L Ctrl+L <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">Enables and disables the highlightning of the source</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">code shown below. (Still needs some performance improvements) (Ctrl+H)</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg 2; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8pt;">啟用或åœç”¨ç¨‹å¼ç¢¼é«˜äº®åº¦åŠŸèƒ½ã€‚效能尚待改進。(Ctrl+H)</p></body></html> Syntax Highlight 語法高亮度 Ctrl+H Ctrl+H DONOTTRANSLATE:SyntaxHighlightingEnabled <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Shows info about UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">顯示 UniversalIndentGUI 的相關資訊</p></body></html> About 關於 <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Quits the UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style=" white-space: pre-wrap; font-family:MS Shell Dlg; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">離開 UniversalIndentGUI</p></body></html> Exit 離開 UiGuiErrorMessage Show this message again ä¸‹æ¬¡ç¹¼çºŒé¡¯ç¤ºé€™å€‹è¨Šæ¯ UiGuiIndentServer UiGUI Server UiGUI 伺æœå™¨ Unable to start the server: %1. 無法連到伺æœå™¨ï¼š%1。 UiGuiSettingsDialog English 英文 German å¾·æ–‡ Japanese 日文 Unknown language mnemonic 未知語言 Chinese (Taiwan) 中文（å°ç£ï¼‰ French 法文 Russian ä¿„æ–‡ Ukrainian çƒå…‹è˜­æ–‡ UpdateCheckDialog Checking for update... 正在檢查是å¦æœ‰æ›´æ–°æª” Checking whether a newer version is available 正在檢查是å¦æœ‰æ–°ç‰ˆæœ¬ Update check error There was an error while trying to check for an update! The retrieved file did not contain expected content. There was an error while trying to check for an update! Error was : %1 Update available 找到新版本 A newer version of UniversalIndentGUI is available. Your version is %1. New version is %2. Do you want to go to the download website? 找到新版本 你使用的版本是 %1，新版本是 %2 你想è¦é–‹å•Ÿä¸‹è¼‰é é¢å—Žï¼Ÿ No new update available 沒有找到新版本 You already have the latest version of UniversalIndentGUI. 你使用的是最新版的 UniversalIndentGUI universalindentgui-1.2.0/doc/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426015231 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/doc/universalindentgui.man0000770000000000017510000000174211700107426021654 0ustar rootvboxsf.TH universalindentgui 1 "2012-01-01" "1.2.0" "UniversalIndentGUI" .SH NAME universalindentgui \- GUI frontend for several code beautifiers .SH SYNOPSIS .B universalindentgui .RI [ FILE ] .br Optional the as parameter given .IR FILE can be opened at start. .SH DESCRIPTION \fBUniversalIndentGUI\fP is a GUI frontend for nearly any code beautifier. It allows you to comfortably change each parameter of a beautifier and directly see how the source code is affected done by a live preview. Many free available code beautifier, formatter and indenter are currently supported, like GNU Indent, Uncrustify, Artistic Styler, PHP Stylist, Ruby Beautify, HTML Tidy and many other (look at features for complete list). Currently not supported indenters can be easily added by creating a configuration file for them. .SH BUGS Currently known bugs can be browsed on http://sf.net/tracker2/?func=browse&group_id=167482&atid=843127 .SH AUTHOR Thomas\ Schweitzer universalindentgui-1.2.0/doc/iniFileFormat.html0000770000000000017510000002340611700107426020657 0ustar rootvboxsf iniFileFormat

Fileformat of the UniversalIndentGUI indent description ini files
=================================================================

1. General
----------
The ini file has equal base format as common used ini files. It contains groups, which are written in brackets []. These groups can contain keys, to which a value can be assigned by the equal sign =.

2. Ini file header
------------------
At the beginning of the ini file the header is located. It is named [header]. In the following a ini file header is shown:

[header]
categories=Predefined Style|Tab and Bracket|Indentation|Formatting
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
configFilename=.astylerc
fileTypes=*.cpp|*.c|*.h|*.hpp|*.cs|*.java
indenterFileName=astyle
indenterName=Artistic Style
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter=
manual="http://website.of.onlinemanual"
outputFileName=indentinput
outputFileParameter=none
parameterOrder=ipo
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter="--options="
version=1.21

"categories" defines the categories, where each parameter can be assigned to. It is a list of strings, with each category name divied by a "|" from the other.

"cfgFileParameterEnding" defines how each parameter setting in the indenters config file is seperated from the other. Possible values are "cr" for CarriageReturn or any other string (also space signs, which are normally used if parameters are only set via commandline).

"configFilename" is the filename of the indenters default config file. It is used when the indenter is being called and might be explicit handed over as argument by setting the parameter "useCfgFileParameter". If "configFilename" is left empty, all parameters are set with the commandline call of the indenter. (As needed for csstidy and phpCB for example.)

"fileTypes" is a list of fileendings used for the selection in the "open source file" file dialog.

"indenterFileName" is the name of the indenters executable without any extension. Under linux it is tested, whether only a file with the extension ".exe" exists. If so, wine will be used to call the indenter.

"indenterName" is the name of the indenter as it will be shown in UniversalIndentGUIs indenters selection. Theoretic it can be any string.

"inputFileName" defines the file used as input file for the called indenter. It is a copy of the previous opened source code file.

"inputFileParameter" sets the eventually needed parameter in front of "inputFileName" to tell the indenter and the command line call that the following string is the input file. If set to "none" no special output file will be set. If set to "<" or "stdin" the to be formatted source code will be sent to the indenter using the standard input stdin.

"manual" is a string that points to a website that hosts the indenters online manual.

"outputFileName" the file name where the indenter writes its formatted source code to. Also the file UniversalIndentGUI reads after the indenter call to show it in the preview. Some times an indenter overwrites the content of the inputfile by default and creates a backup (as AStyle does). In this case "outputFileName" is equal to "inputFileName" but the parameter "outputFileParameter" has to be set to "none". No output file name will be selected for the indenter but UniversalIndentGUI knows where the output was written to.

"outputFileParameter" same as for "inputFileParameter" with respect to the special case mentioned for "inputFileParameter" if the input file will be overwritten. If the indenter only writes to standard output (stdout) this value has to be set to "stdout" (see uigui_phpCB.ini). In that case "outputFileName" can be left empty. It will be ignored anyway.

"parameterOrder" Some indenters need a strict order of the command line parameters for input file, output file and eventually indent settings. "parameterOrder" can be set to "iop", "ipo" and "pio" to define the order of input, ouput and paramters at the commandline call.

"stringparaminquotes" tells UniversalIndentGUI that all string values should be written to the indenter config file in quotes.

"useCfgFileParameter" is the parameter for the indenter used to tell the indenter where to find the config file, set in "configFilename", that it should use. If this parameter is left empty you should read the indenters manual where it searches by default for the config file.

"version" is not evaluated by UiGUI, but by this it is easier to see for which version of the indenter the configuration file has been written for.

3. The indenters parameters
---------------------------
After the header definition the paramters used by the indenter are defined. Each paramter name is written in brackets [] again, but the name is only descriptive and not functional. Each parameter consists of keys with values (same as in header). There are four types of parameters: boolean, numeric, string and multiple. All have the following keys in common:
"Category" defines to which category they belong and are corresponding only shown there in the GUI.

"Description" holds a text describing the parameter and it options. It is formatted as html, so source code examples can be embedded via <pre></pre> for example. This text is shown as tool tip for each parameter.

"EditorType" defines whether the parameter is boolean, numeric, string or multiple.

"ValueDefault" is the default value that is normally used by the indenter if this parameter is not defined. It is needed if the config file of an indenter is loaded but this parameter value is not defined there. For boolean 0 is equal to false and 1 is equal to true. In case of multiple the number defines which of the multiple choice parameters is selected, starting with 0.

"Enabled" is not used for boolean but for all other parameters. Defines whether the value should be written to the indenters config file or not. If it is disabled it will not be written and the indenter uses its default value.


3.1. Boolean parameters

Example:

[ANSI style formatting]
Category=0
Description="<html>ANSI style formatting/indenting.</html>"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--style=ansi|"
Value=0
ValueDefault=0

The only special here is the key "TrueFalse". The string is a parameter list always consists of two parameters devided by a "|" sign, where the first one defines the true case and the second the false case. Some indenters like GreatCode have a parameter for true and false, some other like AStyle in this example only have a parameter for the false case, so the second parameter is empty.


3.2. Numeric parameters

[Indent spaces]
CallName="--indent=spaces="
Category=1
Description="<html>Indent using # spaces per indent</html>"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=20
MinVal=2
Value=4
ValueDefault=4

Numeric parameters have defined a maximum value "MaxVal" and a minimum value "MinVal" which can/should not be exceeded. The "CallName" is the parameter as string as it will be written to the indenters config file. At its ending "Value" will be appended.


3.3. String parameters

[Comment separation char]
CallName=-cmt_sep_char_4-
Category=5
Description="<html>Set the special character to fill automatic comments.</html>"
EditorType=string
Enabled=true
Value=*
ValueDefault=*

The "CallName" is the parameter as string as it will be written to the indenters config file. At its ending "Value" will be appended. Value can also be a list of strings separated by the "|" sign. By this the parameter is written to the config file with each value in the list.
In the upper example value could be "C|c|K". The result in the ouput file would be:
-cmt_sep_char_4-C -cmt_sep_char_4-c -cmt_sep_char_4-K


3.4. Multiple parameters

[Bracket style]
Category=1
Choices="--brackets=break|--brackets=attach|--brackets=linux|--brackets=break-closing-headers"
ChoicesReadable="Break brackets|Attach brackets|Break brackets Linux like|Break closing headers"
Description="<html>Sets the bracket style.</html>"
EditorType=multiple
Enabled=false
Value=1
ValueDefault=-1

Multiple parameters can have exactly one parameter out of a list selected. "Choices" is a parameter list consisting of parameters devided by a "|" sign. Each parameter in the list will be exactly written to the indenters config file as defined here. The list "ChoicesReadable" can be used to show more readable text in the combo box, instead of the "Choices" text. "ChoicesReadable" must have as many entries as "Choices".

universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/0000770000000000017510000000000011700107426016457 5ustar rootvboxsfuniversalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/hindent0000770000000000017510000001534411700107426020045 0ustar rootvboxsf#!/usr/bin/perl # # hindent 1.1.2 # # Properly indent HTML code and convert tags to uppercase like the Gods intended. # Understands all nesting tags defined under the HTML 3.2 standard. # # by Paul Balyoz # # Usage: # hindent [-fslcv] [-i num] [file ...] > newfile # # Options: # -f Flow - just prints tags _without_args_, for visual checking. # NOTE: This option DAMAGES the HTML code. The output is for # human debugging use ONLY. Keep your original file!! # -s Strict - prints 1 tag per line with proper indenting. # Helpful for deciphering HTML code that's all on one line. # NOTE: This slightly DAMAGES the HTML code because it introduces # whitespace around tags that had none before, which will mess up # formatting somewhat on the page (links will have extra spaces, etc). # -i num Set indentation to this many characters. # -l List all the tags we recognize and exit. # -c Lowercase HTML tags. (Uppercase is default) # -v Print version of hindent and exit. # # Copyright (C) 1993-1999 Paul A. Balyoz # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. # # How many spaces to indent per level? # (sets of 8-spaces will be automatically converted to tabs intelligently). # You can use any value here, some recommendations: 8, 4, 3, or 2 $spacesperlevel = 2; # How many spaces does a "tab" occupy on your screen? # Unix generally uses 8-space-tabs, but it's user-configurable in most editors. # If tabs are not turned off (-t0) then we output 1 tab character for every # $tabstop spaces we need to output. $tabstop = 8; # Tags that require their own end tag ... we will nest them # properly: (WARNING, you must use lower-case here) # All other tags (not on this list) will be ignored for indenting purposes. %nesttag = ( 'html' => 1, 'head' => 1, 'body' => 1, 'title' => 1, 'a' => 1, 'table' => 1, 'tr' => 1, 'th' => 1, 'td' => 1, 'form' => 1, 'select' => 1, 'textarea' => 1, # 'p' => 1, Don't do this one because many people use

but not

'ul' => 1, 'ol' => 1, 'dl' => 1, 'blockquote' => 1, 'center' => 1, 'div' => 1, 'font' => 1, 'pre' => 1, 'tt' => 1, 'i' => 1, 'b' => 1, 'u' => 1, 'strike' => 1, 'big' => 1, 'small' => 1, 'sub' => 1, 'sup' => 1, 'em' => 1, 'strong' => 1, 'dfn' => 1, 'code' => 1, 'samp' => 1, 'kbd' => 1, 'var' => 1, 'cite' => 1, 'h1' => 1, 'h2' => 1, 'h3' => 1, 'h4' => 1, 'h5' => 1, 'h6' => 1, 'applet' => 1, 'map' => 1, 'frameset' => 1, 'noframes' => 1, ); #-------------------\ # END CONFIGURATIONS =================================================================== #-------------------/ use Getopt::Std; # # Parse args # sub usageexit { print STDERR "usage: hindent [-fslcv] [-i num] [-t num] [file ...] > newfile\n"; exit 1; } getopts('fsi:lvt:c') || &usageexit; if (defined $opt_i) { if ($opt_i < 0 || $opt_i > 10) { print STDERR "$0: error: indentation factor '$opt_i' not in range 0..10.\n"; &usageexit; } else { $spacesperlevel = $opt_i; } } if (defined $opt_t) { if ($opt_t < 0 || $opt_t > 12) { print STDERR "$0: error: indentation factor '$opt_i' not in range 0..12.\n"; &usageexit; } else { $tabstop = $opt_t; } } # # If -l option, just list tags and exit. # if ($opt_l) { print "hindent recognizes these HTML tags:\n"; for $tag (sort(keys(%nesttag))) { $tag =~ tr/a-z/A-Z/; print "$tag\n"; } exit 0; } # # If -v option, just print version and exit. # if ($opt_v) { print "hindent version 1.1.2\n"; exit 0; } # # Main HTML parsing code # $level = 0; # indentation level $changelevel = 0; # change in indentation level (delta) $out = ""; # accumulated output string while (<>) { chomp; # some HTML has no newline on last line, chop mangles it. s/^\s+//; # remove ALL preceding whitespace, we rebuild it ourselves $line++; $end = -1; $start = $len = 0; while (/<(.*?)>/g) { $end = $start+$len-1; # of previous values $start = length($`); $len = 1 + length($1) + 1; ($tag,$arg) = split(/\s+/,$1,2); if (!$opt_f) { $out .= substr($_, $end+1, $start-($end+1)); # print stuff from last tag to here } if ($opt_c) { $tag =~ tr/A-Z/a-z/; } else { $tag =~ tr/a-z/A-Z/; } if ($arg && !$opt_f) { $out .= "<$tag $arg>"; } else { $out .= "<$tag>"; } # if regular tag, push it on stack; if end-tag, pop it off stack. # but don't do any of this if it's not a special "nesting" tag! if ($tag !~ m,^/,) { if ($nesttag{lc($tag)}) { push @tagstack,$tag; $changelevel++; # remember how much for later } } else { $tag =~ s,^/,,; # convert this end-tag to a begin-tag $tag = lc($tag); if ($nesttag{lc($tag)}) { # throw away tags until we find a match if ($#tagstack > -1) { while ($tag ne lc(pop @tagstack)) { $changelevel--; # we threw away extra tags last if $#tagstack <= 0; } $changelevel--; # we threw away extra tags if ($level+$changelevel < 0) { print STDERR "line $line: saw more end tags than begin ones!\n"; $changelevel = -$level; } } } } &printout if $opt_s; # -s -> print every tag on new line } # # Print rest of line after the last match, and newline. # (not part of Flow) # if (!$opt_f) { $end = $start+$len-1; $out .= substr($_,$end+1,length($_)-($end+1)); } &printout; } # Any tags left on the stack? if ($level > 0) { print STDERR "WARNING: level=$level, ", $#tagstack+1," tags left on stack after done parsing! Specifically:\n"; while ($tag = pop @tagstack) { print STDERR "\t$tag"; } } exit 0; # # Print this line of data indented properly. # sub printout { my($numtabs) = 0; # # To OUTdent, do that BEFORE printing. # if ($changelevel < 0) { $level += $changelevel; $changelevel = 0; } # # Print indents and this line of output # $spaces = " " x ($level * $spacesperlevel); $numtabs = int(length($spaces)/$tabstop) if $tabstop; print "\t" x $numtabs; # print the tabs print " " x (length($spaces)-$numtabs*$tabstop); # print the spaces print "$out\n"; $out = ""; # # To INdent, do that AFTER printing. # if ($changelevel > 0) { $level += $changelevel; $changelevel = 0; } } universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/pindent.py0000770000000000017510000004273411700107426020507 0ustar rootvboxsf#! /usr/bin/python # This file contains a class and a main program that perform three # related (though complimentary) formatting operations on Python # programs. When called as "pindent -c", it takes a valid Python # program as input and outputs a version augmented with block-closing # comments. When called as "pindent -d", it assumes its input is a # Python program with block-closing comments and outputs a commentless # version. When called as "pindent -r" it assumes its input is a # Python program with block-closing comments but with its indentation # messed up, and outputs a properly indented version. # A "block-closing comment" is a comment of the form '# end ' # where is the keyword that opened the block. If the # opening keyword is 'def' or 'class', the function or class name may # be repeated in the block-closing comment as well. Here is an # example of a program fully augmented with block-closing comments: # def foobar(a, b): # if a == b: # a = a+1 # elif a < b: # b = b-1 # if b > a: a = a-1 # # end if # else: # print 'oops!' # # end if # # end def foobar # Note that only the last part of an if...elif...else... block needs a # block-closing comment; the same is true for other compound # statements (e.g. try...except). Also note that "short-form" blocks # like the second 'if' in the example must be closed as well; # otherwise the 'else' in the example would be ambiguous (remember # that indentation is not significant when interpreting block-closing # comments). # The operations are idempotent (i.e. applied to their own output # they yield an identical result). Running first "pindent -c" and # then "pindent -r" on a valid Python program produces a program that # is semantically identical to the input (though its indentation may # be different). Running "pindent -e" on that output produces a # program that only differs from the original in indentation. # Other options: # -s stepsize: set the indentation step size (default 8) # -t tabsize : set the number of spaces a tab character is worth (default 8) # -e : expand TABs into spaces # file ... : input file(s) (default standard input) # The results always go to standard output # Caveats: # - comments ending in a backslash will be mistaken for continued lines # - continuations using backslash are always left unchanged # - continuations inside parentheses are not extra indented by -r # but must be indented for -c to work correctly (this breaks # idempotency!) # - continued lines inside triple-quoted strings are totally garbled # Secret feature: # - On input, a block may also be closed with an "end statement" -- # this is a block-closing comment without the '#' sign. # Possible improvements: # - check syntax based on transitions in 'next' table # - better error reporting # - better error recovery # - check identifier after class/def # The following wishes need a more complete tokenization of the source: # - Don't get fooled by comments ending in backslash # - reindent continuation lines indicated by backslash # - handle continuation lines inside parentheses/braces/brackets # - handle triple quoted strings spanning lines # - realign comments # - optionally do much more thorough reformatting, a la C indent # Defaults STEPSIZE = 8 TABSIZE = 8 EXPANDTABS = 0 import os import re import sys next = {} next['if'] = next['elif'] = 'elif', 'else', 'end' next['while'] = next['for'] = 'else', 'end' next['try'] = 'except', 'finally' next['except'] = 'except', 'else', 'end' next['else'] = next['finally'] = next['def'] = next['class'] = 'end' next['end'] = () start = 'if', 'while', 'for', 'try', 'def', 'class' class PythonIndenter: def __init__(self, fpi = sys.stdin, fpo = sys.stdout, indentsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS): self.fpi = fpi self.fpo = fpo self.indentsize = indentsize self.tabsize = tabsize self.lineno = 0 self.expandtabs = expandtabs self._write = fpo.write self.kwprog = re.compile( r'^\s*(?P[a-z]+)' r'(\s+(?P[a-zA-Z_]\w*))?' r'[^\w]') self.endprog = re.compile( r'^\s*#?\s*end\s+(?P[a-z]+)' r'(\s+(?P[a-zA-Z_]\w*))?' r'[^\w]') self.wsprog = re.compile(r'^[ \t]*') # end def __init__ def write(self, line): if self.expandtabs: self._write(line.expandtabs(self.tabsize)) else: self._write(line) # end if # end def write def readline(self): line = self.fpi.readline() if line: self.lineno = self.lineno + 1 # end if return line # end def readline def error(self, fmt, *args): if args: fmt = fmt % args # end if sys.stderr.write('Error at line %d: %s\n' % (self.lineno, fmt)) self.write('### %s ###\n' % fmt) # end def error def getline(self): line = self.readline() while line[-2:] == '\\\n': line2 = self.readline() if not line2: break # end if line = line + line2 # end while return line # end def getline def putline(self, line, indent = None): if indent is None: self.write(line) return # end if tabs, spaces = divmod(indent*self.indentsize, self.tabsize) i = 0 m = self.wsprog.match(line) if m: i = m.end() # end if self.write('\t'*tabs + ' '*spaces + line[i:]) # end def putline def reformat(self): stack = [] while 1: line = self.getline() if not line: break # EOF # end if m = self.endprog.match(line) if m: kw = 'end' kw2 = m.group('kw') if not stack: self.error('unexpected end') elif stack[-1][0] != kw2: self.error('unmatched end') # end if del stack[-1:] self.putline(line, len(stack)) continue # end if m = self.kwprog.match(line) if m: kw = m.group('kw') if kw in start: self.putline(line, len(stack)) stack.append((kw, kw)) continue # end if if next.has_key(kw) and stack: self.putline(line, len(stack)-1) kwa, kwb = stack[-1] stack[-1] = kwa, kw continue # end if # end if self.putline(line, len(stack)) # end while if stack: self.error('unterminated keywords') for kwa, kwb in stack: self.write('\t%s\n' % kwa) # end for # end if # end def reformat def delete(self): begin_counter = 0 end_counter = 0 while 1: line = self.getline() if not line: break # EOF # end if m = self.endprog.match(line) if m: end_counter = end_counter + 1 continue # end if m = self.kwprog.match(line) if m: kw = m.group('kw') if kw in start: begin_counter = begin_counter + 1 # end if # end if self.putline(line) # end while if begin_counter - end_counter < 0: sys.stderr.write('Warning: input contained more end tags than expected\n') elif begin_counter - end_counter > 0: sys.stderr.write('Warning: input contained less end tags than expected\n') # end if # end def delete def complete(self): self.indentsize = 1 stack = [] todo = [] thisid = '' current, firstkw, lastkw, topid = 0, '', '', '' while 1: line = self.getline() i = 0 m = self.wsprog.match(line) if m: i = m.end() # end if m = self.endprog.match(line) if m: thiskw = 'end' endkw = m.group('kw') thisid = m.group('id') else: m = self.kwprog.match(line) if m: thiskw = m.group('kw') if not next.has_key(thiskw): thiskw = '' # end if if thiskw in ('def', 'class'): thisid = m.group('id') else: thisid = '' # end if elif line[i:i+1] in ('\n', '#'): todo.append(line) continue else: thiskw = '' # end if # end if indent = len(line[:i].expandtabs(self.tabsize)) while indent < current: if firstkw: if topid: s = '# end %s %s\n' % ( firstkw, topid) else: s = '# end %s\n' % firstkw # end if self.putline(s, current) firstkw = lastkw = '' # end if current, firstkw, lastkw, topid = stack[-1] del stack[-1] # end while if indent == current and firstkw: if thiskw == 'end': if endkw != firstkw: self.error('mismatched end') # end if firstkw = lastkw = '' elif not thiskw or thiskw in start: if topid: s = '# end %s %s\n' % ( firstkw, topid) else: s = '# end %s\n' % firstkw # end if self.putline(s, current) firstkw = lastkw = topid = '' # end if # end if if indent > current: stack.append((current, firstkw, lastkw, topid)) if thiskw and thiskw not in start: # error thiskw = '' # end if current, firstkw, lastkw, topid = \ indent, thiskw, thiskw, thisid # end if if thiskw: if thiskw in start: firstkw = lastkw = thiskw topid = thisid else: lastkw = thiskw # end if # end if for l in todo: self.write(l) # end for todo = [] if not line: break # end if self.write(line) # end while # end def complete # end class PythonIndenter # Simplified user interface # - xxx_filter(input, output): read and write file objects # - xxx_string(s): take and return string object # - xxx_file(filename): process file in place, return true iff changed def complete_filter(input = sys.stdin, output = sys.stdout, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS): pi = PythonIndenter(input, output, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs) pi.complete() # end def complete_filter def delete_filter(input= sys.stdin, output = sys.stdout, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS): pi = PythonIndenter(input, output, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs) pi.delete() # end def delete_filter def reformat_filter(input = sys.stdin, output = sys.stdout, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS): pi = PythonIndenter(input, output, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs) pi.reformat() # end def reformat_filter class StringReader: def __init__(self, buf): self.buf = buf self.pos = 0 self.len = len(self.buf) # end def __init__ def read(self, n = 0): if n <= 0: n = self.len - self.pos else: n = min(n, self.len - self.pos) # end if r = self.buf[self.pos : self.pos + n] self.pos = self.pos + n return r # end def read def readline(self): i = self.buf.find('\n', self.pos) return self.read(i + 1 - self.pos) # end def readline def readlines(self): lines = [] line = self.readline() while line: lines.append(line) line = self.readline() # end while return lines # end def readlines # seek/tell etc. are left as an exercise for the reader # end class StringReader class StringWriter: def __init__(self): self.buf = '' # end def __init__ def write(self, s): self.buf = self.buf + s # end def write def getvalue(self): return self.buf # end def getvalue # end class StringWriter def complete_string(source, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS): input = StringReader(source) output = StringWriter() pi = PythonIndenter(input, output, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs) pi.complete() return output.getvalue() # end def complete_string def delete_string(source, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS): input = StringReader(source) output = StringWriter() pi = PythonIndenter(input, output, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs) pi.delete() return output.getvalue() # end def delete_string def reformat_string(source, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS): input = StringReader(source) output = StringWriter() pi = PythonIndenter(input, output, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs) pi.reformat() return output.getvalue() # end def reformat_string def complete_file(filename, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS): source = open(filename, 'r').read() result = complete_string(source, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs) if source == result: return 0 # end if import os try: os.rename(filename, filename + '~') except os.error: pass # end try f = open(filename, 'w') f.write(result) f.close() return 1 # end def complete_file def delete_file(filename, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS): source = open(filename, 'r').read() result = delete_string(source, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs) if source == result: return 0 # end if import os try: os.rename(filename, filename + '~') except os.error: pass # end try f = open(filename, 'w') f.write(result) f.close() return 1 # end def delete_file def reformat_file(filename, stepsize = STEPSIZE, tabsize = TABSIZE, expandtabs = EXPANDTABS): source = open(filename, 'r').read() result = reformat_string(source, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs) if source == result: return 0 # end if import os try: os.rename(filename, filename + '~') except os.error: pass # end try f = open(filename, 'w') f.write(result) f.close() return 1 # end def reformat_file # Test program when called as a script usage = """ usage: pindent (-c|-d|-r) [-s stepsize] [-t tabsize] [-e] [file] ... -c : complete a correctly indented program (add #end directives) -d : delete #end directives -r : reformat a completed program (use #end directives) -s stepsize: indentation step (default %(STEPSIZE)d) -t tabsize : the worth in spaces of a tab (default %(TABSIZE)d) -e : expand TABs into spaces (defailt OFF) [file] ... : files are changed in place, with backups in file~ If no files are specified or a single - is given, the program acts as a filter (reads stdin, writes stdout). """ % vars() def error_both(op1, op2): sys.stderr.write('Error: You can not specify both '+op1+' and -'+op2[0]+' at the same time\n') sys.stderr.write(usage) sys.exit(2) # end def error_both def test(): import getopt try: opts, args = getopt.getopt(sys.argv[1:], 'cdrs:t:e') except getopt.error, msg: sys.stderr.write('Error: %s\n' % msg) sys.stderr.write(usage) sys.exit(2) # end try action = None stepsize = STEPSIZE tabsize = TABSIZE expandtabs = EXPANDTABS for o, a in opts: if o == '-c': if action: error_both(o, action) # end if action = 'complete' elif o == '-d': if action: error_both(o, action) # end if action = 'delete' elif o == '-r': if action: error_both(o, action) # end if action = 'reformat' elif o == '-s': stepsize = int(a) elif o == '-t': tabsize = int(a) elif o == '-e': expandtabs = 1 # end if # end for if not action: sys.stderr.write( 'You must specify -c(omplete), -d(elete) or -r(eformat)\n') sys.stderr.write(usage) sys.exit(2) # end if if not args or args == ['-']: action = eval(action + '_filter') action(sys.stdin, sys.stdout, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs) else: action = eval(action + '_file') for filename in args: action(filename, stepsize, tabsize, expandtabs) # end for # end if # end def test if __name__ == '__main__': test() # end if universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/pindent.txt0000770000000000017510000000645011700107426020671 0ustar rootvboxsf# This file contains a class and a main program that perform three # related (though complimentary) formatting operations on Python # programs. When called as "pindent -c", it takes a valid Python # program as input and outputs a version augmented with block-closing # comments. When called as "pindent -d", it assumes its input is a # Python program with block-closing comments and outputs a commentless # version. When called as "pindent -r" it assumes its input is a # Python program with block-closing comments but with its indentation # messed up, and outputs a properly indented version. # A "block-closing comment" is a comment of the form '# end ' # where is the keyword that opened the block. If the # opening keyword is 'def' or 'class', the function or class name may # be repeated in the block-closing comment as well. Here is an # example of a program fully augmented with block-closing comments: # def foobar(a, b): # if a == b: # a = a+1 # elif a < b: # b = b-1 # if b > a: a = a-1 # # end if # else: # print 'oops!' # # end if # # end def foobar # Note that only the last part of an if...elif...else... block needs a # block-closing comment; the same is true for other compound # statements (e.g. try...except). Also note that "short-form" blocks # like the second 'if' in the example must be closed as well; # otherwise the 'else' in the example would be ambiguous (remember # that indentation is not significant when interpreting block-closing # comments). # The operations are idempotent (i.e. applied to their own output # they yield an identical result). Running first "pindent -c" and # then "pindent -r" on a valid Python program produces a program that # is semantically identical to the input (though its indentation may # be different). Running "pindent -e" on that output produces a # program that only differs from the original in indentation. # Other options: # -s stepsize: set the indentation step size (default 8) # -t tabsize : set the number of spaces a tab character is worth (default 8) # -e : expand TABs into spaces # file ... : input file(s) (default standard input) # The results always go to standard output # Caveats: # - comments ending in a backslash will be mistaken for continued lines # - continuations using backslash are always left unchanged # - continuations inside parentheses are not extra indented by -r # but must be indented for -c to work correctly (this breaks # idempotency!) # - continued lines inside triple-quoted strings are totally garbled # Secret feature: # - On input, a block may also be closed with an "end statement" -- # this is a block-closing comment without the '#' sign. # Possible improvements: # - check syntax based on transitions in 'next' table # - better error reporting # - better error recovery # - check identifier after class/def # The following wishes need a more complete tokenization of the source: # - Don't get fooled by comments ending in backslash # - reindent continuation lines indicated by backslash # - handle continuation lines inside parentheses/braces/brackets # - handle triple quoted strings spanning lines # - realign comments # - optionally do much more thorough reformatting, a la C indent universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/perltidy0000770000000000017510000377076611700107426020273 0ustar rootvboxsf#!/usr/bin/perl # ############################################################ # # perltidy - a perl script indenter and formatter # # Copyright (c) 2000-2009 by Steve Hancock # Distributed under the GPL license agreement; see file COPYING # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA # # For brief instructions instructions, try 'perltidy -h'. # For more complete documentation, try 'man perltidy' # or visit http://perltidy.sourceforge.net # # This script is an example of the default style. It was formatted with: # # perltidy Tidy.pm # # Code Contributions: See ChangeLog.html for a complete history. # Michael Cartmell supplied code for adaptation to VMS and helped with # v-strings. # Hugh S. Myers supplied sub streamhandle and the supporting code to # create a Perl::Tidy module which can operate on strings, arrays, etc. # Yves Orton supplied coding to help detect Windows versions. # Axel Rose supplied a patch for MacPerl. # Sebastien Aperghis-Tramoni supplied a patch for the defined or operator. # Dan Tyrell contributed a patch for binary I/O. # Ueli Hugenschmidt contributed a patch for -fpsc # Sam Kington supplied a patch to identify the initial indentation of # entabbed code. # jonathan swartz supplied patches for: # * .../ pattern, which looks upwards from directory # * --notidy, to be used in directories where we want to avoid # accidentally tidying # * prefilter and postfilter # * iterations option # # Many others have supplied key ideas, suggestions, and bug reports; # see the CHANGES file. # ############################################################ package Perl::Tidy; use 5.004; # need IO::File from 5.004 or later BEGIN { $^W = 1; } # turn on warnings use strict; use Exporter; use Carp; $|++; use vars qw{ $VERSION @ISA @EXPORT $missing_file_spec }; @ISA = qw( Exporter ); @EXPORT = qw( &perltidy ); use Cwd; use IO::File; use File::Basename; BEGIN { ( $VERSION = q($Id: Tidy.pm,v 1.74 2010/12/17 13:56:49 perltidy Exp $) ) =~ s/^.*\s+(\d+)\/(\d+)\/(\d+).*$/$1$2$3/; # all one line for MakeMaker } sub streamhandle { # given filename and mode (r or w), create an object which: # has a 'getline' method if mode='r', and # has a 'print' method if mode='w'. # The objects also need a 'close' method. # # How the object is made: # # if $filename is: Make object using: # ---------------- ----------------- # '-' (STDIN if mode = 'r', STDOUT if mode='w') # string IO::File # ARRAY ref Perl::Tidy::IOScalarArray (formerly IO::ScalarArray) # STRING ref Perl::Tidy::IOScalar (formerly IO::Scalar) # object object # (check for 'print' method for 'w' mode) # (check for 'getline' method for 'r' mode) my $ref = ref( my $filename = shift ); my $mode = shift; my $New; my $fh; # handle a reference if ($ref) { if ( $ref eq 'ARRAY' ) { $New = sub { Perl::Tidy::IOScalarArray->new(@_) }; } elsif ( $ref eq 'SCALAR' ) { $New = sub { Perl::Tidy::IOScalar->new(@_) }; } else { # Accept an object with a getline method for reading. Note: # IO::File is built-in and does not respond to the defined # operator. If this causes trouble, the check can be # skipped and we can just let it crash if there is no # getline. if ( $mode =~ /[rR]/ ) { if ( $ref eq 'IO::File' || defined &{ $ref . "::getline" } ) { $New = sub { $filename }; } else { $New = sub { undef }; confess <new(@_) }; } } $fh = $New->( $filename, $mode ) or warn "Couldn't open file:$filename in mode:$mode : $!\n"; return $fh, ( $ref or $filename ); } sub find_input_line_ending { # Peek at a file and return first line ending character. # Quietly return undef in case of any trouble. my ($input_file) = @_; my $ending; # silently ignore input from object or stdin if ( ref($input_file) || $input_file eq '-' ) { return $ending; } open( INFILE, $input_file ) || return $ending; binmode INFILE; my $buf; read( INFILE, $buf, 1024 ); close INFILE; if ( $buf && $buf =~ /([\012\015]+)/ ) { my $test = $1; # dos if ( $test =~ /^(\015\012)+$/ ) { $ending = "\015\012" } # mac elsif ( $test =~ /^\015+$/ ) { $ending = "\015" } # unix elsif ( $test =~ /^\012+$/ ) { $ending = "\012" } # unknown else { } } # no ending seen else { } return $ending; } sub catfile { # concatenate a path and file basename # returns undef in case of error BEGIN { eval "require File::Spec"; $missing_file_spec = $@; } # use File::Spec if we can unless ($missing_file_spec) { return File::Spec->catfile(@_); } # Perl 5.004 systems may not have File::Spec so we'll make # a simple try. We assume File::Basename is available. # return undef if not successful. my $name = pop @_; my $path = join '/', @_; my $test_file = $path . $name; my ( $test_name, $test_path ) = fileparse($test_file); return $test_file if ( $test_name eq $name ); return undef if ( $^O eq 'VMS' ); # this should work at least for Windows and Unix: $test_file = $path . '/' . $name; ( $test_name, $test_path ) = fileparse($test_file); return $test_file if ( $test_name eq $name ); return undef; } sub make_temporary_filename { # Make a temporary filename. # # The POSIX tmpnam() function tends to be unreliable for non-unix # systems (at least for the win32 systems that I've tested), so use # a pre-defined name. A slight disadvantage of this is that two # perltidy runs in the same working directory may conflict. # However, the chance of that is small and managable by the user. # An alternative would be to check for the file's existance and use, # say .TMP0, .TMP1, etc, but that scheme has its own problems. So, # keep it simple. my $name = "perltidy.TMP"; if ( $^O =~ /win32|dos/i || $^O eq 'VMS' || $^O eq 'MacOs' ) { return $name; } eval "use POSIX qw(tmpnam)"; if ($@) { return $name } use IO::File; # just make a couple of tries before giving up and using the default for ( 0 .. 1 ) { my $tmpname = tmpnam(); my $fh = IO::File->new( $tmpname, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL ); if ($fh) { $fh->close(); return ($tmpname); last; } } return ($name); } # Here is a map of the flow of data from the input source to the output # line sink: # # LineSource-->Tokenizer-->Formatter-->VerticalAligner-->FileWriter--> # input groups output # lines tokens lines of lines lines # lines # # The names correspond to the package names responsible for the unit processes. # # The overall process is controlled by the "main" package. # # LineSource is the stream of input lines # # Tokenizer analyzes a line and breaks it into tokens, peeking ahead # if necessary. A token is any section of the input line which should be # manipulated as a single entity during formatting. For example, a single # ',' character is a token, and so is an entire side comment. It handles # the complexities of Perl syntax, such as distinguishing between '<<' as # a shift operator and as a here-document, or distinguishing between '/' # as a divide symbol and as a pattern delimiter. # # Formatter inserts and deletes whitespace between tokens, and breaks # sequences of tokens at appropriate points as output lines. It bases its # decisions on the default rules as modified by any command-line options. # # VerticalAligner collects groups of lines together and tries to line up # certain tokens, such as '=>', '#', and '=' by adding whitespace. # # FileWriter simply writes lines to the output stream. # # The Logger package, not shown, records significant events and warning # messages. It writes a .LOG file, which may be saved with a # '-log' or a '-g' flag. { # variables needed by interrupt handler: my $tokenizer; my $input_file; # this routine may be called to give a status report if interrupted. If a # parameter is given, it will call exit with that parameter. This is no # longer used because it works under Unix but not under Windows. sub interrupt_handler { my $exit_flag = shift; print STDERR "perltidy interrupted"; if ($tokenizer) { my $input_line_number = Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer::get_input_line_number(); print STDERR " at line $input_line_number"; } if ($input_file) { if ( ref $input_file ) { print STDERR " of reference to:" } else { print STDERR " of file:" } print STDERR " $input_file"; } print STDERR "\n"; exit $exit_flag if defined($exit_flag); } sub perltidy { my %defaults = ( argv => undef, destination => undef, formatter => undef, logfile => undef, errorfile => undef, perltidyrc => undef, source => undef, stderr => undef, dump_options => undef, dump_options_type => undef, dump_getopt_flags => undef, dump_options_category => undef, dump_options_range => undef, dump_abbreviations => undef, prefilter => undef, postfilter => undef, ); # don't overwrite callers ARGV local @ARGV = @ARGV; my %input_hash = @_; if ( my @bad_keys = grep { !exists $defaults{$_} } keys %input_hash ) { local $" = ')('; my @good_keys = sort keys %defaults; @bad_keys = sort @bad_keys; confess <('dump_options'); my $dump_getopt_flags = $get_hash_ref->('dump_getopt_flags'); my $dump_options_category = $get_hash_ref->('dump_options_category'); my $dump_abbreviations = $get_hash_ref->('dump_abbreviations'); my $dump_options_range = $get_hash_ref->('dump_options_range'); # validate dump_options_type if ( defined($dump_options) ) { unless ( defined($dump_options_type) ) { $dump_options_type = 'perltidyrc'; } unless ( $dump_options_type =~ /^(perltidyrc|full)$/ ) { croak <new(); } # see if ARGV is overridden if ( defined($argv) ) { my $rargv = ref $argv; if ( $rargv eq 'SCALAR' ) { $argv = $$argv; $rargv = undef } # ref to ARRAY if ($rargv) { if ( $rargv eq 'ARRAY' ) { @ARGV = @$argv; } else { croak <{$opt} = $flag; } } if ( defined($dump_options_category) ) { $quit_now = 1; %{$dump_options_category} = %{$roption_category}; } if ( defined($dump_options_range) ) { $quit_now = 1; %{$dump_options_range} = %{$roption_range}; } if ( defined($dump_abbreviations) ) { $quit_now = 1; %{$dump_abbreviations} = %{$rexpansion}; } if ( defined($dump_options) ) { $quit_now = 1; %{$dump_options} = %{$rOpts}; } return if ($quit_now); # make printable string of options for this run as possible diagnostic my $readable_options = readable_options( $rOpts, $roption_string ); # dump from command line if ( $rOpts->{'dump-options'} ) { print STDOUT $readable_options; exit 1; } check_options( $rOpts, $is_Windows, $Windows_type, $rpending_complaint ); if ($user_formatter) { $rOpts->{'format'} = 'user'; } # there must be one entry here for every possible format my %default_file_extension = ( tidy => 'tdy', html => 'html', user => '', ); # be sure we have a valid output format unless ( exists $default_file_extension{ $rOpts->{'format'} } ) { my $formats = join ' ', sort map { "'" . $_ . "'" } keys %default_file_extension; my $fmt = $rOpts->{'format'}; die "-format='$fmt' but must be one of: $formats\n"; } my $output_extension = make_extension( $rOpts->{'output-file-extension'}, $default_file_extension{ $rOpts->{'format'} }, $dot ); my $backup_extension = make_extension( $rOpts->{'backup-file-extension'}, 'bak', $dot ); my $html_toc_extension = make_extension( $rOpts->{'html-toc-extension'}, 'toc', $dot ); my $html_src_extension = make_extension( $rOpts->{'html-src-extension'}, 'src', $dot ); # check for -b option; my $in_place_modify = $rOpts->{'backup-and-modify-in-place'} && $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy' # silently ignore unless beautify mode && @ARGV > 0; # silently ignore if standard input; # this allows -b to be in a .perltidyrc file # without error messages when running from an editor # turn off -b with warnings in case of conflicts with other options if ($in_place_modify) { if ( $rOpts->{'standard-output'} ) { warn "Ignoring -b; you may not use -b and -st together\n"; $in_place_modify = 0; } if ($destination_stream) { warn "Ignoring -b; you may not specify a destination array and -b together\n"; $in_place_modify = 0; } if ($source_stream) { warn "Ignoring -b; you may not specify a source array and -b together\n"; $in_place_modify = 0; } if ( $rOpts->{'outfile'} ) { warn "Ignoring -b; you may not use -b and -o together\n"; $in_place_modify = 0; } if ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-path'} ) ) { warn "Ignoring -b; you may not use -b and -opath together\n"; $in_place_modify = 0; } } Perl::Tidy::Formatter::check_options($rOpts); if ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'html' ) { Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter->check_options($rOpts); } # make the pattern of file extensions that we shouldn't touch my $forbidden_file_extensions = "(($dot_pattern)(LOG|DEBUG|ERR|TEE)"; if ($output_extension) { my $ext = quotemeta($output_extension); $forbidden_file_extensions .= "|$ext"; } if ( $in_place_modify && $backup_extension ) { my $ext = quotemeta($backup_extension); $forbidden_file_extensions .= "|$ext"; } $forbidden_file_extensions .= ')$'; # Create a diagnostics object if requested; # This is only useful for code development my $diagnostics_object = undef; if ( $rOpts->{'DIAGNOSTICS'} ) { $diagnostics_object = Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics->new(); } # no filenames should be given if input is from an array if ($source_stream) { if ( @ARGV > 0 ) { die "You may not specify any filenames when a source array is given\n"; } # we'll stuff the source array into ARGV unshift( @ARGV, $source_stream ); # No special treatment for source stream which is a filename. # This will enable checks for binary files and other bad stuff. $source_stream = undef unless ref($source_stream); } # use stdin by default if no source array and no args else { unshift( @ARGV, '-' ) unless @ARGV; } # loop to process all files in argument list my $number_of_files = @ARGV; my $formatter = undef; $tokenizer = undef; while ( $input_file = shift @ARGV ) { my $fileroot; my $input_file_permissions; #--------------------------------------------------------------- # determine the input file name #--------------------------------------------------------------- if ($source_stream) { $fileroot = "perltidy"; } elsif ( $input_file eq '-' ) { # '-' indicates input from STDIN $fileroot = "perltidy"; # root name to use for .ERR, .LOG, etc $in_place_modify = 0; } else { $fileroot = $input_file; unless ( -e $input_file ) { # file doesn't exist - check for a file glob if ( $input_file =~ /([\?\*\[\{])/ ) { # Windows shell may not remove quotes, so do it my $input_file = $input_file; if ( $input_file =~ /^\'(.+)\'$/ ) { $input_file = $1 } if ( $input_file =~ /^\"(.+)\"$/ ) { $input_file = $1 } my $pattern = fileglob_to_re($input_file); ##eval "/$pattern/"; if ( !$@ && opendir( DIR, './' ) ) { my @files = grep { /$pattern/ && !-d $_ } readdir(DIR); closedir(DIR); if (@files) { unshift @ARGV, @files; next; } } } print "skipping file: '$input_file': no matches found\n"; next; } unless ( -f $input_file ) { print "skipping file: $input_file: not a regular file\n"; next; } unless ( ( -T $input_file ) || $rOpts->{'force-read-binary'} ) { print "skipping file: $input_file: Non-text (override with -f)\n"; next; } # we should have a valid filename now $fileroot = $input_file; $input_file_permissions = ( stat $input_file )[2] & 07777; if ( $^O eq 'VMS' ) { ( $fileroot, $dot ) = check_vms_filename($fileroot); } # add option to change path here if ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-path'} ) ) { my ( $base, $old_path ) = fileparse($fileroot); my $new_path = $rOpts->{'output-path'}; unless ( -d $new_path ) { unless ( mkdir $new_path, 0777 ) { die "unable to create directory $new_path: $!\n"; } } my $path = $new_path; $fileroot = catfile( $path, $base ); unless ($fileroot) { die <new( $input_file, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message ); next unless ($source_object); # Prefilters and postfilters: The prefilter is a code reference # that will be applied to the source before tidying, and the # postfilter is a code reference to the result before outputting. if ($prefilter) { my $buf = ''; while ( my $line = $source_object->get_line() ) { $buf .= $line; } $buf = $prefilter->($buf); $source_object = Perl::Tidy::LineSource->new( \$buf, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message ); } # register this file name with the Diagnostics package $diagnostics_object->set_input_file($input_file) if $diagnostics_object; #--------------------------------------------------------------- # determine the output file name #--------------------------------------------------------------- my $output_file = undef; my $actual_output_extension; if ( $rOpts->{'outfile'} ) { if ( $number_of_files <= 1 ) { if ( $rOpts->{'standard-output'} ) { die "You may not use -o and -st together\n"; } elsif ($destination_stream) { die "You may not specify a destination array and -o together\n"; } elsif ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-path'} ) ) { die "You may not specify -o and -opath together\n"; } elsif ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-file-extension'} ) ) { die "You may not specify -o and -oext together\n"; } $output_file = $rOpts->{outfile}; # make sure user gives a file name after -o if ( $output_file =~ /^-/ ) { die "You must specify a valid filename after -o\n"; } # do not overwrite input file with -o if ( defined($input_file_permissions) && ( $output_file eq $input_file ) ) { die "Use 'perltidy -b $input_file' to modify in-place\n"; } } else { die "You may not use -o with more than one input file\n"; } } elsif ( $rOpts->{'standard-output'} ) { if ($destination_stream) { die "You may not specify a destination array and -st together\n"; } $output_file = '-'; if ( $number_of_files <= 1 ) { } else { die "You may not use -st with more than one input file\n"; } } elsif ($destination_stream) { $output_file = $destination_stream; } elsif ($source_stream) { # source but no destination goes to stdout $output_file = '-'; } elsif ( $input_file eq '-' ) { $output_file = '-'; } else { if ($in_place_modify) { $output_file = IO::File->new_tmpfile() or die "cannot open temp file for -b option: $!\n"; } else { $actual_output_extension = $output_extension; $output_file = $fileroot . $output_extension; } } # the 'sink_object' knows how to write the output file my $tee_file = $fileroot . $dot . "TEE"; my $line_separator = $rOpts->{'output-line-ending'}; if ( $rOpts->{'preserve-line-endings'} ) { $line_separator = find_input_line_ending($input_file); } # Eventually all I/O may be done with binmode, but for now it is # only done when a user requests a particular line separator # through the -ple or -ole flags my $binmode = 0; if ( defined($line_separator) ) { $binmode = 1 } else { $line_separator = "\n" } my ( $sink_object, $postfilter_buffer ); if ($postfilter) { $sink_object = Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( \$postfilter_buffer, $tee_file, $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message, $binmode ); } else { $sink_object = Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( $output_file, $tee_file, $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message, $binmode ); } #--------------------------------------------------------------- # initialize the error logger #--------------------------------------------------------------- my $warning_file = $fileroot . $dot . "ERR"; if ($errorfile_stream) { $warning_file = $errorfile_stream } my $log_file = $fileroot . $dot . "LOG"; if ($logfile_stream) { $log_file = $logfile_stream } my $logger_object = Perl::Tidy::Logger->new( $rOpts, $log_file, $warning_file, $saw_extrude ); write_logfile_header( $rOpts, $logger_object, $config_file, $rraw_options, $Windows_type, $readable_options, ); if ($$rpending_logfile_message) { $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($$rpending_logfile_message); } if ($$rpending_complaint) { $logger_object->complain($$rpending_complaint); } #--------------------------------------------------------------- # initialize the debug object, if any #--------------------------------------------------------------- my $debugger_object = undef; if ( $rOpts->{DEBUG} ) { $debugger_object = Perl::Tidy::Debugger->new( $fileroot . $dot . "DEBUG" ); } # loop over iterations my $max_iterations = $rOpts->{'iterations'}; my $sink_object_final = $sink_object; for ( my $iter = 1 ; $iter <= $max_iterations ; $iter++ ) { my $temp_buffer; # local copies of some debugging objects which get deleted # after first iteration, but will reappear after this loop my $debugger_object = $debugger_object; my $logger_object = $logger_object; my $diagnostics_object = $diagnostics_object; # output to temp buffer until last iteration if ( $iter < $max_iterations ) { $sink_object = Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( \$temp_buffer, $tee_file, $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message, $binmode ); } else { $sink_object = $sink_object_final; # terminate some debugging output after first pass # to avoid needless output. $debugger_object = undef; $logger_object = undef; $diagnostics_object = undef; } #--------------------------------------------------------------- # create a formatter for this file : html writer or pretty printer #--------------------------------------------------------------- # we have to delete any old formatter because, for safety, # the formatter will check to see that there is only one. $formatter = undef; if ($user_formatter) { $formatter = $user_formatter; } elsif ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'html' ) { $formatter = Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter->new( $fileroot, $output_file, $actual_output_extension, $html_toc_extension, $html_src_extension ); } elsif ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy' ) { $formatter = Perl::Tidy::Formatter->new( logger_object => $logger_object, diagnostics_object => $diagnostics_object, sink_object => $sink_object, ); } else { die "I don't know how to do -format=$rOpts->{'format'}\n"; } unless ($formatter) { die "Unable to continue with $rOpts->{'format'} formatting\n"; } #--------------------------------------------------------------- # create the tokenizer for this file #--------------------------------------------------------------- $tokenizer = undef; # must destroy old tokenizer $tokenizer = Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer->new( source_object => $source_object, logger_object => $logger_object, debugger_object => $debugger_object, diagnostics_object => $diagnostics_object, starting_level => $rOpts->{'starting-indentation-level'}, tabs => $rOpts->{'tabs'}, entab_leading_space => $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'}, indent_columns => $rOpts->{'indent-columns'}, look_for_hash_bang => $rOpts->{'look-for-hash-bang'}, look_for_autoloader => $rOpts->{'look-for-autoloader'}, look_for_selfloader => $rOpts->{'look-for-selfloader'}, trim_qw => $rOpts->{'trim-qw'}, ); #--------------------------------------------------------------- # now we can do it #--------------------------------------------------------------- process_this_file( $tokenizer, $formatter ); #--------------------------------------------------------------- # close the input source and report errors #--------------------------------------------------------------- $source_object->close_input_file(); # line source for next iteration (if any) comes from the current # temporary buffer if ( $iter < $max_iterations ) { $source_object = Perl::Tidy::LineSource->new( \$temp_buffer, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message ); } } # end loop over iterations # get file names to use for syntax check my $ifname = $source_object->get_input_file_copy_name(); my $ofname = $sink_object->get_output_file_copy(); #--------------------------------------------------------------- # handle the -b option (backup and modify in-place) #--------------------------------------------------------------- if ($in_place_modify) { unless ( -f $input_file ) { # oh, oh, no real file to backup .. # shouldn't happen because of numerous preliminary checks die print "problem with -b backing up input file '$input_file': not a file\n"; } my $backup_name = $input_file . $backup_extension; if ( -f $backup_name ) { unlink($backup_name) or die "unable to remove previous '$backup_name' for -b option; check permissions: $!\n"; } rename( $input_file, $backup_name ) or die "problem renaming $input_file to $backup_name for -b option: $!\n"; $ifname = $backup_name; seek( $output_file, 0, 0 ) or die "unable to rewind tmp file for -b option: $!\n"; my $fout = IO::File->new("> $input_file") or die "problem opening $input_file for write for -b option; check directory permissions: $!\n"; binmode $fout; my $line; while ( $line = $output_file->getline() ) { $fout->print($line); } $fout->close(); $output_file = $input_file; $ofname = $input_file; } #--------------------------------------------------------------- # clean up and report errors #--------------------------------------------------------------- $sink_object->close_output_file() if $sink_object; $debugger_object->close_debug_file() if $debugger_object; if ($postfilter) { my $new_sink = Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( $output_file, $tee_file, $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message, $binmode ); my $buf = $postfilter->($postfilter_buffer); foreach my $line ( split( "\n", $buf ) ) { $new_sink->write_line($line); } } my $infile_syntax_ok = 0; # -1 no 0=don't know 1 yes if ($output_file) { if ($input_file_permissions) { # give output script same permissions as input script, but # make it user-writable or else we can't run perltidy again. # Thus we retain whatever executable flags were set. if ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy' ) { chmod( $input_file_permissions | 0600, $output_file ); } # else use default permissions for html and any other format } if ( $logger_object && $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} ) { $infile_syntax_ok = check_syntax( $ifname, $ofname, $logger_object, $rOpts ); } } $logger_object->finish( $infile_syntax_ok, $formatter ) if $logger_object; } # end of loop to process all files } # end of main program } sub fileglob_to_re { # modified (corrected) from version in find2perl my $x = shift; $x =~ s#([./^\$()])#\\$1#g; # escape special characters $x =~ s#\*#.*#g; # '*' -> '.*' $x =~ s#\?#.#g; # '?' -> '.' "^$x\\z"; # match whole word } sub make_extension { # Make a file extension, including any leading '.' if necessary # The '.' may actually be an '_' under VMS my ( $extension, $default, $dot ) = @_; # Use the default if none specified $extension = $default unless ($extension); # Only extensions with these leading characters get a '.' # This rule gives the user some freedom if ( $extension =~ /^[a-zA-Z0-9]/ ) { $extension = $dot . $extension; } return $extension; } sub write_logfile_header { my ( $rOpts, $logger_object, $config_file, $rraw_options, $Windows_type, $readable_options ) = @_; $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( "perltidy version $VERSION log file on a $^O system, OLD_PERL_VERSION=$]\n" ); if ($Windows_type) { $logger_object->write_logfile_entry("Windows type is $Windows_type\n"); } my $options_string = join( ' ', @$rraw_options ); if ($config_file) { $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( "Found Configuration File >>> $config_file \n"); } $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( "Configuration and command line parameters for this run:\n"); $logger_object->write_logfile_entry("$options_string\n"); if ( $rOpts->{'DEBUG'} || $rOpts->{'show-options'} ) { $rOpts->{'logfile'} = 1; # force logfile to be saved $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( "Final parameter set for this run\n"); $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( "------------------------------------\n"); $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($readable_options); $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( "------------------------------------\n"); } $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( "To find error messages search for 'WARNING' with your editor\n"); } sub generate_options { ###################################################################### # Generate and return references to: # @option_string - the list of options to be passed to Getopt::Long # @defaults - the list of default options # %expansion - a hash showing how all abbreviations are expanded # %category - a hash giving the general category of each option # %option_range - a hash giving the valid ranges of certain options # Note: a few options are not documented in the man page and usage # message. This is because these are experimental or debug options and # may or may not be retained in future versions. # # Here are the undocumented flags as far as I know. Any of them # may disappear at any time. They are mainly for fine-tuning # and debugging. # # fll --> fuzzy-line-length # a trivial parameter which gets # turned off for the extrude option # which is mainly for debugging # chk --> check-multiline-quotes # check for old bug; to be deleted # scl --> short-concatenation-item-length # helps break at '.' # recombine # for debugging line breaks # valign # for debugging vertical alignment # I --> DIAGNOSTICS # for debugging ###################################################################### # here is a summary of the Getopt codes: # does not take an argument # =s takes a mandatory string # :s takes an optional string (DO NOT USE - filenames will get eaten up) # =i takes a mandatory integer # :i takes an optional integer (NOT RECOMMENDED - can cause trouble) # ! does not take an argument and may be negated # i.e., -foo and -nofoo are allowed # a double dash signals the end of the options list # #--------------------------------------------------------------- # Define the option string passed to GetOptions. #--------------------------------------------------------------- my @option_string = (); my %expansion = (); my %option_category = (); my %option_range = (); my $rexpansion = \%expansion; # names of categories in manual # leading integers will allow sorting my @category_name = ( '0. I/O control', '1. Basic formatting options', '2. Code indentation control', '3. Whitespace control', '4. Comment controls', '5. Linebreak controls', '6. Controlling list formatting', '7. Retaining or ignoring existing line breaks', '8. Blank line control', '9. Other controls', '10. HTML options', '11. pod2html options', '12. Controlling HTML properties', '13. Debugging', ); # These options are parsed directly by perltidy: # help h # version v # However, they are included in the option set so that they will # be seen in the options dump. # These long option names have no abbreviations or are treated specially @option_string = qw( html! noprofile no-profile npro recombine! valign! notidy ); my $category = 13; # Debugging foreach (@option_string) { my $opt = $_; # must avoid changing the actual flag $opt =~ s/!$//; $option_category{$opt} = $category_name[$category]; } $category = 11; # HTML $option_category{html} = $category_name[$category]; # routine to install and check options my $add_option = sub { my ( $long_name, $short_name, $flag ) = @_; push @option_string, $long_name . $flag; $option_category{$long_name} = $category_name[$category]; if ($short_name) { if ( $expansion{$short_name} ) { my $existing_name = $expansion{$short_name}[0]; die "redefining abbreviation $short_name for $long_name; already used for $existing_name\n"; } $expansion{$short_name} = [$long_name]; if ( $flag eq '!' ) { my $nshort_name = 'n' . $short_name; my $nolong_name = 'no' . $long_name; if ( $expansion{$nshort_name} ) { my $existing_name = $expansion{$nshort_name}[0]; die "attempting to redefine abbreviation $nshort_name for $nolong_name; already used for $existing_name\n"; } $expansion{$nshort_name} = [$nolong_name]; } } }; # Install long option names which have a simple abbreviation. # Options with code '!' get standard negation ('no' for long names, # 'n' for abbreviations). Categories follow the manual. ########################### $category = 0; # I/O_Control ########################### $add_option->( 'backup-and-modify-in-place', 'b', '!' ); $add_option->( 'backup-file-extension', 'bext', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'force-read-binary', 'f', '!' ); $add_option->( 'format', 'fmt', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'iterations', 'it', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'logfile', 'log', '!' ); $add_option->( 'logfile-gap', 'g', ':i' ); $add_option->( 'outfile', 'o', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'output-file-extension', 'oext', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'output-path', 'opath', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'profile', 'pro', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'quiet', 'q', '!' ); $add_option->( 'standard-error-output', 'se', '!' ); $add_option->( 'standard-output', 'st', '!' ); $add_option->( 'warning-output', 'w', '!' ); # options which are both toggle switches and values moved here # to hide from tidyview (which does not show category 0 flags): # -ole moved here from category 1 # -sil moved here from category 2 $add_option->( 'output-line-ending', 'ole', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'starting-indentation-level', 'sil', '=i' ); ######################################## $category = 1; # Basic formatting options ######################################## $add_option->( 'check-syntax', 'syn', '!' ); $add_option->( 'entab-leading-whitespace', 'et', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'indent-columns', 'i', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'maximum-line-length', 'l', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'perl-syntax-check-flags', 'pscf', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'preserve-line-endings', 'ple', '!' ); $add_option->( 'tabs', 't', '!' ); ######################################## $category = 2; # Code indentation control ######################################## $add_option->( 'continuation-indentation', 'ci', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'line-up-parentheses', 'lp', '!' ); $add_option->( 'outdent-keyword-list', 'okwl', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'outdent-keywords', 'okw', '!' ); $add_option->( 'outdent-labels', 'ola', '!' ); $add_option->( 'outdent-long-quotes', 'olq', '!' ); $add_option->( 'indent-closing-brace', 'icb', '!' ); $add_option->( 'closing-token-indentation', 'cti', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'closing-paren-indentation', 'cpi', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'closing-brace-indentation', 'cbi', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'closing-square-bracket-indentation', 'csbi', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'brace-left-and-indent', 'bli', '!' ); $add_option->( 'brace-left-and-indent-list', 'blil', '=s' ); ######################################## $category = 3; # Whitespace control ######################################## $add_option->( 'add-semicolons', 'asc', '!' ); $add_option->( 'add-whitespace', 'aws', '!' ); $add_option->( 'block-brace-tightness', 'bbt', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'brace-tightness', 'bt', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'delete-old-whitespace', 'dws', '!' ); $add_option->( 'delete-semicolons', 'dsm', '!' ); $add_option->( 'nospace-after-keyword', 'nsak', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'nowant-left-space', 'nwls', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'nowant-right-space', 'nwrs', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'paren-tightness', 'pt', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'space-after-keyword', 'sak', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'space-for-semicolon', 'sfs', '!' ); $add_option->( 'space-function-paren', 'sfp', '!' ); $add_option->( 'space-keyword-paren', 'skp', '!' ); $add_option->( 'space-terminal-semicolon', 'sts', '!' ); $add_option->( 'square-bracket-tightness', 'sbt', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'square-bracket-vertical-tightness', 'sbvt', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing', 'sbvtc', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'trim-qw', 'tqw', '!' ); $add_option->( 'want-left-space', 'wls', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'want-right-space', 'wrs', '=s' ); ######################################## $category = 4; # Comment controls ######################################## $add_option->( 'closing-side-comment-else-flag', 'csce', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'closing-side-comment-interval', 'csci', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'closing-side-comment-list', 'cscl', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'closing-side-comment-maximum-text', 'csct', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'closing-side-comment-prefix', 'cscp', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'closing-side-comment-warnings', 'cscw', '!' ); $add_option->( 'closing-side-comments', 'csc', '!' ); $add_option->( 'closing-side-comments-balanced', 'cscb', '!' ); $add_option->( 'format-skipping', 'fs', '!' ); $add_option->( 'format-skipping-begin', 'fsb', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'format-skipping-end', 'fse', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'hanging-side-comments', 'hsc', '!' ); $add_option->( 'indent-block-comments', 'ibc', '!' ); $add_option->( 'indent-spaced-block-comments', 'isbc', '!' ); $add_option->( 'fixed-position-side-comment', 'fpsc', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'minimum-space-to-comment', 'msc', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'outdent-long-comments', 'olc', '!' ); $add_option->( 'outdent-static-block-comments', 'osbc', '!' ); $add_option->( 'static-block-comment-prefix', 'sbcp', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'static-block-comments', 'sbc', '!' ); $add_option->( 'static-side-comment-prefix', 'sscp', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'static-side-comments', 'ssc', '!' ); ######################################## $category = 5; # Linebreak controls ######################################## $add_option->( 'add-newlines', 'anl', '!' ); $add_option->( 'block-brace-vertical-tightness', 'bbvt', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'block-brace-vertical-tightness-list', 'bbvtl', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'brace-vertical-tightness', 'bvt', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'brace-vertical-tightness-closing', 'bvtc', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'cuddled-else', 'ce', '!' ); $add_option->( 'delete-old-newlines', 'dnl', '!' ); $add_option->( 'opening-brace-always-on-right', 'bar', '!' ); $add_option->( 'opening-brace-on-new-line', 'bl', '!' ); $add_option->( 'opening-hash-brace-right', 'ohbr', '!' ); $add_option->( 'opening-paren-right', 'opr', '!' ); $add_option->( 'opening-square-bracket-right', 'osbr', '!' ); $add_option->( 'opening-anonymous-sub-brace-on-new-line', 'asbl', '!' ); $add_option->( 'opening-sub-brace-on-new-line', 'sbl', '!' ); $add_option->( 'paren-vertical-tightness', 'pvt', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'paren-vertical-tightness-closing', 'pvtc', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'stack-closing-hash-brace', 'schb', '!' ); $add_option->( 'stack-closing-paren', 'scp', '!' ); $add_option->( 'stack-closing-square-bracket', 'scsb', '!' ); $add_option->( 'stack-opening-hash-brace', 'sohb', '!' ); $add_option->( 'stack-opening-paren', 'sop', '!' ); $add_option->( 'stack-opening-square-bracket', 'sosb', '!' ); $add_option->( 'vertical-tightness', 'vt', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'vertical-tightness-closing', 'vtc', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'want-break-after', 'wba', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'want-break-before', 'wbb', '=s' ); $add_option->( 'break-after-all-operators', 'baao', '!' ); $add_option->( 'break-before-all-operators', 'bbao', '!' ); $add_option->( 'keep-interior-semicolons', 'kis', '!' ); ######################################## $category = 6; # Controlling list formatting ######################################## $add_option->( 'break-at-old-comma-breakpoints', 'boc', '!' ); $add_option->( 'comma-arrow-breakpoints', 'cab', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'maximum-fields-per-table', 'mft', '=i' ); ######################################## $category = 7; # Retaining or ignoring existing line breaks ######################################## $add_option->( 'break-at-old-keyword-breakpoints', 'bok', '!' ); $add_option->( 'break-at-old-logical-breakpoints', 'bol', '!' ); $add_option->( 'break-at-old-ternary-breakpoints', 'bot', '!' ); $add_option->( 'ignore-old-breakpoints', 'iob', '!' ); ######################################## $category = 8; # Blank line control ######################################## $add_option->( 'blanks-before-blocks', 'bbb', '!' ); $add_option->( 'blanks-before-comments', 'bbc', '!' ); $add_option->( 'blanks-before-subs', 'bbs', '!' ); $add_option->( 'long-block-line-count', 'lbl', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'maximum-consecutive-blank-lines', 'mbl', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'keep-old-blank-lines', 'kbl', '=i' ); ######################################## $category = 9; # Other controls ######################################## $add_option->( 'delete-block-comments', 'dbc', '!' ); $add_option->( 'delete-closing-side-comments', 'dcsc', '!' ); $add_option->( 'delete-pod', 'dp', '!' ); $add_option->( 'delete-side-comments', 'dsc', '!' ); $add_option->( 'tee-block-comments', 'tbc', '!' ); $add_option->( 'tee-pod', 'tp', '!' ); $add_option->( 'tee-side-comments', 'tsc', '!' ); $add_option->( 'look-for-autoloader', 'lal', '!' ); $add_option->( 'look-for-hash-bang', 'x', '!' ); $add_option->( 'look-for-selfloader', 'lsl', '!' ); $add_option->( 'pass-version-line', 'pvl', '!' ); ######################################## $category = 13; # Debugging ######################################## $add_option->( 'DEBUG', 'D', '!' ); $add_option->( 'DIAGNOSTICS', 'I', '!' ); $add_option->( 'check-multiline-quotes', 'chk', '!' ); $add_option->( 'dump-defaults', 'ddf', '!' ); $add_option->( 'dump-long-names', 'dln', '!' ); $add_option->( 'dump-options', 'dop', '!' ); $add_option->( 'dump-profile', 'dpro', '!' ); $add_option->( 'dump-short-names', 'dsn', '!' ); $add_option->( 'dump-token-types', 'dtt', '!' ); $add_option->( 'dump-want-left-space', 'dwls', '!' ); $add_option->( 'dump-want-right-space', 'dwrs', '!' ); $add_option->( 'fuzzy-line-length', 'fll', '!' ); $add_option->( 'help', 'h', '' ); $add_option->( 'short-concatenation-item-length', 'scl', '=i' ); $add_option->( 'show-options', 'opt', '!' ); $add_option->( 'version', 'v', '' ); #--------------------------------------------------------------------- # The Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter will add its own options to the string Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter->make_getopt_long_names( \@option_string ); ######################################## # Set categories 10, 11, 12 ######################################## # Based on their known order $category = 12; # HTML properties foreach my $opt (@option_string) { my $long_name = $opt; $long_name =~ s/(!|=.*|:.*)$//; unless ( defined( $option_category{$long_name} ) ) { if ( $long_name =~ /^html-linked/ ) { $category = 10; # HTML options } elsif ( $long_name =~ /^pod2html/ ) { $category = 11; # Pod2html } $option_category{$long_name} = $category_name[$category]; } } #--------------------------------------------------------------- # Assign valid ranges to certain options #--------------------------------------------------------------- # In the future, these may be used to make preliminary checks # hash keys are long names # If key or value is undefined: # strings may have any value # integer ranges are >=0 # If value is defined: # value is [qw(any valid words)] for strings # value is [min, max] for integers # if min is undefined, there is no lower limit # if max is undefined, there is no upper limit # Parameters not listed here have defaults %option_range = ( 'format' => [ 'tidy', 'html', 'user' ], 'output-line-ending' => [ 'dos', 'win', 'mac', 'unix' ], 'block-brace-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ], 'brace-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ], 'paren-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ], 'square-bracket-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ], 'block-brace-vertical-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ], 'brace-vertical-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ], 'brace-vertical-tightness-closing' => [ 0, 2 ], 'paren-vertical-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ], 'paren-vertical-tightness-closing' => [ 0, 2 ], 'square-bracket-vertical-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ], 'square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing' => [ 0, 2 ], 'vertical-tightness' => [ 0, 2 ], 'vertical-tightness-closing' => [ 0, 2 ], 'closing-brace-indentation' => [ 0, 3 ], 'closing-paren-indentation' => [ 0, 3 ], 'closing-square-bracket-indentation' => [ 0, 3 ], 'closing-token-indentation' => [ 0, 3 ], 'closing-side-comment-else-flag' => [ 0, 2 ], 'comma-arrow-breakpoints' => [ 0, 3 ], ); # Note: we could actually allow negative ci if someone really wants it: # $option_range{'continuation-indentation'} = [ undef, undef ]; #--------------------------------------------------------------- # Assign default values to the above options here, except # for 'outfile' and 'help'. # These settings should approximate the perlstyle(1) suggestions. #--------------------------------------------------------------- my @defaults = qw( add-newlines add-semicolons add-whitespace blanks-before-blocks blanks-before-comments blanks-before-subs block-brace-tightness=0 block-brace-vertical-tightness=0 brace-tightness=1 brace-vertical-tightness-closing=0 brace-vertical-tightness=0 break-at-old-logical-breakpoints break-at-old-ternary-breakpoints break-at-old-keyword-breakpoints comma-arrow-breakpoints=1 nocheck-syntax closing-side-comment-interval=6 closing-side-comment-maximum-text=20 closing-side-comment-else-flag=0 closing-side-comments-balanced closing-paren-indentation=0 closing-brace-indentation=0 closing-square-bracket-indentation=0 continuation-indentation=2 delete-old-newlines delete-semicolons fuzzy-line-length hanging-side-comments indent-block-comments indent-columns=4 iterations=1 keep-old-blank-lines=1 long-block-line-count=8 look-for-autoloader look-for-selfloader maximum-consecutive-blank-lines=1 maximum-fields-per-table=0 maximum-line-length=80 minimum-space-to-comment=4 nobrace-left-and-indent nocuddled-else nodelete-old-whitespace nohtml nologfile noquiet noshow-options nostatic-side-comments notabs nowarning-output outdent-labels outdent-long-quotes outdent-long-comments paren-tightness=1 paren-vertical-tightness-closing=0 paren-vertical-tightness=0 pass-version-line recombine valign short-concatenation-item-length=8 space-for-semicolon square-bracket-tightness=1 square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing=0 square-bracket-vertical-tightness=0 static-block-comments trim-qw format=tidy backup-file-extension=bak format-skipping pod2html html-table-of-contents html-entities ); push @defaults, "perl-syntax-check-flags=-c -T"; #--------------------------------------------------------------- # Define abbreviations which will be expanded into the above primitives. # These may be defined recursively. #--------------------------------------------------------------- %expansion = ( %expansion, 'freeze-newlines' => [qw(noadd-newlines nodelete-old-newlines)], 'fnl' => [qw(freeze-newlines)], 'freeze-whitespace' => [qw(noadd-whitespace nodelete-old-whitespace)], 'fws' => [qw(freeze-whitespace)], 'freeze-blank-lines' => [qw(maximum-consecutive-blank-lines=0 keep-old-blank-lines=2)], 'fbl' => [qw(freeze-blank-lines)], 'indent-only' => [qw(freeze-newlines freeze-whitespace)], 'outdent-long-lines' => [qw(outdent-long-quotes outdent-long-comments)], 'nooutdent-long-lines' => [qw(nooutdent-long-quotes nooutdent-long-comments)], 'noll' => [qw(nooutdent-long-lines)], 'io' => [qw(indent-only)], 'delete-all-comments' => [qw(delete-block-comments delete-side-comments delete-pod)], 'nodelete-all-comments' => [qw(nodelete-block-comments nodelete-side-comments nodelete-pod)], 'dac' => [qw(delete-all-comments)], 'ndac' => [qw(nodelete-all-comments)], 'gnu' => [qw(gnu-style)], 'pbp' => [qw(perl-best-practices)], 'tee-all-comments' => [qw(tee-block-comments tee-side-comments tee-pod)], 'notee-all-comments' => [qw(notee-block-comments notee-side-comments notee-pod)], 'tac' => [qw(tee-all-comments)], 'ntac' => [qw(notee-all-comments)], 'html' => [qw(format=html)], 'nhtml' => [qw(format=tidy)], 'tidy' => [qw(format=tidy)], 'swallow-optional-blank-lines' => [qw(kbl=0)], 'noswallow-optional-blank-lines' => [qw(kbl=1)], 'sob' => [qw(kbl=0)], 'nsob' => [qw(kbl=1)], 'break-after-comma-arrows' => [qw(cab=0)], 'nobreak-after-comma-arrows' => [qw(cab=1)], 'baa' => [qw(cab=0)], 'nbaa' => [qw(cab=1)], 'break-at-old-trinary-breakpoints' => [qw(bot)], 'cti=0' => [qw(cpi=0 cbi=0 csbi=0)], 'cti=1' => [qw(cpi=1 cbi=1 csbi=1)], 'cti=2' => [qw(cpi=2 cbi=2 csbi=2)], 'icp' => [qw(cpi=2 cbi=2 csbi=2)], 'nicp' => [qw(cpi=0 cbi=0 csbi=0)], 'closing-token-indentation=0' => [qw(cpi=0 cbi=0 csbi=0)], 'closing-token-indentation=1' => [qw(cpi=1 cbi=1 csbi=1)], 'closing-token-indentation=2' => [qw(cpi=2 cbi=2 csbi=2)], 'indent-closing-paren' => [qw(cpi=2 cbi=2 csbi=2)], 'noindent-closing-paren' => [qw(cpi=0 cbi=0 csbi=0)], 'vt=0' => [qw(pvt=0 bvt=0 sbvt=0)], 'vt=1' => [qw(pvt=1 bvt=1 sbvt=1)], 'vt=2' => [qw(pvt=2 bvt=2 sbvt=2)], 'vertical-tightness=0' => [qw(pvt=0 bvt=0 sbvt=0)], 'vertical-tightness=1' => [qw(pvt=1 bvt=1 sbvt=1)], 'vertical-tightness=2' => [qw(pvt=2 bvt=2 sbvt=2)], 'vtc=0' => [qw(pvtc=0 bvtc=0 sbvtc=0)], 'vtc=1' => [qw(pvtc=1 bvtc=1 sbvtc=1)], 'vtc=2' => [qw(pvtc=2 bvtc=2 sbvtc=2)], 'vertical-tightness-closing=0' => [qw(pvtc=0 bvtc=0 sbvtc=0)], 'vertical-tightness-closing=1' => [qw(pvtc=1 bvtc=1 sbvtc=1)], 'vertical-tightness-closing=2' => [qw(pvtc=2 bvtc=2 sbvtc=2)], 'otr' => [qw(opr ohbr osbr)], 'opening-token-right' => [qw(opr ohbr osbr)], 'notr' => [qw(nopr nohbr nosbr)], 'noopening-token-right' => [qw(nopr nohbr nosbr)], 'sot' => [qw(sop sohb sosb)], 'nsot' => [qw(nsop nsohb nsosb)], 'stack-opening-tokens' => [qw(sop sohb sosb)], 'nostack-opening-tokens' => [qw(nsop nsohb nsosb)], 'sct' => [qw(scp schb scsb)], 'stack-closing-tokens' => => [qw(scp schb scsb)], 'nsct' => [qw(nscp nschb nscsb)], 'nostack-opening-tokens' => [qw(nscp nschb nscsb)], # 'mangle' originally deleted pod and comments, but to keep it # reversible, it no longer does. But if you really want to # delete them, just use: # -mangle -dac # An interesting use for 'mangle' is to do this: # perltidy -mangle myfile.pl -st | perltidy -o myfile.pl.new # which will form as many one-line blocks as possible 'mangle' => [ qw( check-syntax keep-old-blank-lines=0 delete-old-newlines delete-old-whitespace delete-semicolons indent-columns=0 maximum-consecutive-blank-lines=0 maximum-line-length=100000 noadd-newlines noadd-semicolons noadd-whitespace noblanks-before-blocks noblanks-before-subs notabs ) ], # 'extrude' originally deleted pod and comments, but to keep it # reversible, it no longer does. But if you really want to # delete them, just use # extrude -dac # # An interesting use for 'extrude' is to do this: # perltidy -extrude myfile.pl -st | perltidy -o myfile.pl.new # which will break up all one-line blocks. 'extrude' => [ qw( check-syntax ci=0 delete-old-newlines delete-old-whitespace delete-semicolons indent-columns=0 maximum-consecutive-blank-lines=0 maximum-line-length=1 noadd-semicolons noadd-whitespace noblanks-before-blocks noblanks-before-subs nofuzzy-line-length notabs norecombine ) ], # this style tries to follow the GNU Coding Standards (which do # not really apply to perl but which are followed by some perl # programmers). 'gnu-style' => [ qw( lp bl noll pt=2 bt=2 sbt=2 cpi=1 csbi=1 cbi=1 ) ], # Style suggested in Damian Conway's Perl Best Practices 'perl-best-practices' => [ qw(l=78 i=4 ci=4 st se vt=2 cti=0 pt=1 bt=1 sbt=1 bbt=1 nsfs nolq), q(wbb=% + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < > | & = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=) ], # Additional styles can be added here ); Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter->make_abbreviated_names( \%expansion ); # Uncomment next line to dump all expansions for debugging: # dump_short_names(\%expansion); return ( \@option_string, \@defaults, \%expansion, \%option_category, \%option_range ); } # end of generate_options sub process_command_line { my ( $perltidyrc_stream, $is_Windows, $Windows_type, $rpending_complaint, $dump_options_type ) = @_; use Getopt::Long; my ( $roption_string, $rdefaults, $rexpansion, $roption_category, $roption_range ) = generate_options(); #--------------------------------------------------------------- # set the defaults by passing the above list through GetOptions #--------------------------------------------------------------- my %Opts = (); { local @ARGV; my $i; # do not load the defaults if we are just dumping perltidyrc unless ( $dump_options_type eq 'perltidyrc' ) { for $i (@$rdefaults) { push @ARGV, "--" . $i } } # Patch to save users Getopt::Long configuration # and set to Getopt::Long defaults. Use eval to avoid # breaking old versions of Perl without these routines. my $glc; eval { $glc = Getopt::Long::Configure() }; unless ($@) { eval { Getopt::Long::ConfigDefaults() }; } else { $glc = undef } if ( !GetOptions( \%Opts, @$roption_string ) ) { die "Programming Bug: error in setting default options"; } # Patch to put the previous Getopt::Long configuration back eval { Getopt::Long::Configure($glc) } if defined $glc; } my $word; my @raw_options = (); my $config_file = ""; my $saw_ignore_profile = 0; my $saw_extrude = 0; my $saw_dump_profile = 0; my $i; #--------------------------------------------------------------- # Take a first look at the command-line parameters. Do as many # immediate dumps as possible, which can avoid confusion if the # perltidyrc file has an error. #--------------------------------------------------------------- foreach $i (@ARGV) { $i =~ s/^--/-/; if ( $i =~ /^-(npro|noprofile|no-profile)$/ ) { $saw_ignore_profile = 1; } # note: this must come before -pro and -profile, below: elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-profile|dpro)$/ ) { $saw_dump_profile = 1; } elsif ( $i =~ /^-(pro|profile)=(.+)/ ) { if ($config_file) { warn "Only one -pro=filename allowed, using '$2' instead of '$config_file'\n"; } $config_file = $2; # resolve /.../, meaning look upwards from directory if ( defined($config_file) ) { if ( my ( $start_dir, $search_file ) = ( $config_file =~ m{^(.*)\.\.\./(.*)$} ) ) { $start_dir = '.' if !$start_dir; $start_dir = Cwd::realpath($start_dir); if ( my $found_file = find_file_upwards( $start_dir, $search_file ) ) { $config_file = $found_file; } } } unless ( -e $config_file ) { warn "cannot find file given with -pro=$config_file: $!\n"; $config_file = ""; } } elsif ( $i =~ /^-(pro|profile)=?$/ ) { die "usage: -pro=filename or --profile=filename, no spaces\n"; } elsif ( $i =~ /^-extrude$/ ) { $saw_extrude = 1; } elsif ( $i =~ /^-(help|h|HELP|H)$/ ) { usage(); exit 1; } elsif ( $i =~ /^-(version|v)$/ ) { show_version(); exit 1; } elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-defaults|ddf)$/ ) { dump_defaults(@$rdefaults); exit 1; } elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-long-names|dln)$/ ) { dump_long_names(@$roption_string); exit 1; } elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-short-names|dsn)$/ ) { dump_short_names($rexpansion); exit 1; } elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-token-types|dtt)$/ ) { Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer->dump_token_types(*STDOUT); exit 1; } } if ( $saw_dump_profile && $saw_ignore_profile ) { warn "No profile to dump because of -npro\n"; exit 1; } #--------------------------------------------------------------- # read any .perltidyrc configuration file #--------------------------------------------------------------- unless ($saw_ignore_profile) { # resolve possible conflict between $perltidyrc_stream passed # as call parameter to perltidy and -pro=filename on command # line. if ($perltidyrc_stream) { if ($config_file) { warn <{'vertical-tightness'} ) { my $vt = $rOpts->{'vertical-tightness'}; $rOpts->{'paren-vertical-tightness'} = $vt; $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness'} = $vt; $rOpts->{'brace-vertical-tightness'} = $vt; } if ( defined $rOpts->{'vertical-tightness-closing'} ) { my $vtc = $rOpts->{'vertical-tightness-closing'}; $rOpts->{'paren-vertical-tightness-closing'} = $vtc; $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing'} = $vtc; $rOpts->{'brace-vertical-tightness-closing'} = $vtc; } if ( defined $rOpts->{'closing-token-indentation'} ) { my $cti = $rOpts->{'closing-token-indentation'}; $rOpts->{'closing-square-bracket-indentation'} = $cti; $rOpts->{'closing-brace-indentation'} = $cti; $rOpts->{'closing-paren-indentation'} = $cti; } # In quiet mode, there is no log file and hence no way to report # results of syntax check, so don't do it. if ( $rOpts->{'quiet'} ) { $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} = 0; } # can't check syntax if no output if ( $rOpts->{'format'} ne 'tidy' ) { $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} = 0; } # Never let Windows 9x/Me systems run syntax check -- this will prevent a # wide variety of nasty problems on these systems, because they cannot # reliably run backticks. Don't even think about changing this! if ( $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} && $is_Windows && ( !$Windows_type || $Windows_type =~ /^(9|Me)/ ) ) { $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} = 0; } # It's really a bad idea to check syntax as root unless you wrote # the script yourself. FIXME: not sure if this works with VMS unless ($is_Windows) { if ( $< == 0 && $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} ) { $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} = 0; $$rpending_complaint .= "Syntax check deactivated for safety; you shouldn't run this as root\n"; } } # check iteration count and quietly fix if necessary: # - iterations option only applies to code beautification mode # - it shouldn't be nessary to use more than about 2 iterations if ( $rOpts->{'format'} ne 'tidy' ) { $rOpts->{'iterations'} = 1; } elsif ( defined( $rOpts->{'iterations'} ) ) { if ( $rOpts->{'iterations'} <= 0 ) { $rOpts->{'iterations'} = 1 } elsif ( $rOpts->{'iterations'} > 5 ) { $rOpts->{'iterations'} = 5 } } else { $rOpts->{'iterations'} = 1; } # see if user set a non-negative logfile-gap if ( defined( $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} ) && $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} >= 0 ) { # a zero gap will be taken as a 1 if ( $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} == 0 ) { $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} = 1; } # setting a non-negative logfile gap causes logfile to be saved $rOpts->{'logfile'} = 1; } # not setting logfile gap, or setting it negative, causes default of 50 else { $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} = 50; } # set short-cut flag when only indentation is to be done. # Note that the user may or may not have already set the # indent-only flag. if ( !$rOpts->{'add-whitespace'} && !$rOpts->{'delete-old-whitespace'} && !$rOpts->{'add-newlines'} && !$rOpts->{'delete-old-newlines'} ) { $rOpts->{'indent-only'} = 1; } # -isbc implies -ibc if ( $rOpts->{'indent-spaced-block-comments'} ) { $rOpts->{'indent-block-comments'} = 1; } # -bli flag implies -bl if ( $rOpts->{'brace-left-and-indent'} ) { $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'} = 1; } if ( $rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'} && $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'} ) { warn <{'opening-brace-on-new-line'} = 0; } # it simplifies things if -bl is 0 rather than undefined if ( !defined( $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'} ) ) { $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'} = 0; } # -sbl defaults to -bl if not defined if ( !defined( $rOpts->{'opening-sub-brace-on-new-line'} ) ) { $rOpts->{'opening-sub-brace-on-new-line'} = $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'}; } if ( $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'} ) { if ( $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'} < 0 ) { warn "-et=n must use a positive integer; ignoring -et\n"; $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'} = undef; } # entab leading whitespace has priority over the older 'tabs' option if ( $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) { $rOpts->{'tabs'} = 0; } } } sub find_file_upwards { my ( $search_dir, $search_file ) = @_; $search_dir =~ s{/+$}{}; $search_file =~ s{^/+}{}; while (1) { my $try_path = "$search_dir/$search_file"; if ( -f $try_path ) { return $try_path; } elsif ( $search_dir eq '/' ) { return undef; } else { $search_dir = dirname($search_dir); } } } sub expand_command_abbreviations { # go through @ARGV and expand any abbreviations my ( $rexpansion, $rraw_options, $config_file ) = @_; my ($word); # set a pass limit to prevent an infinite loop; # 10 should be plenty, but it may be increased to allow deeply # nested expansions. my $max_passes = 10; my @new_argv = (); # keep looping until all expansions have been converted into actual # dash parameters.. for ( my $pass_count = 0 ; $pass_count <= $max_passes ; $pass_count++ ) { my @new_argv = (); my $abbrev_count = 0; # loop over each item in @ARGV.. foreach $word (@ARGV) { # convert any leading 'no-' to just 'no' if ( $word =~ /^(-[-]?no)-(.*)/ ) { $word = $1 . $2 } # if it is a dash flag (instead of a file name).. if ( $word =~ /^-[-]?([\w\-]+)(.*)/ ) { my $abr = $1; my $flags = $2; # save the raw input for debug output in case of circular refs if ( $pass_count == 0 ) { push( @$rraw_options, $word ); } # recombine abbreviation and flag, if necessary, # to allow abbreviations with arguments such as '-vt=1' if ( $rexpansion->{ $abr . $flags } ) { $abr = $abr . $flags; $flags = ""; } # if we see this dash item in the expansion hash.. if ( $rexpansion->{$abr} ) { $abbrev_count++; # stuff all of the words that it expands to into the # new arg list for the next pass foreach my $abbrev ( @{ $rexpansion->{$abr} } ) { next unless $abbrev; # for safety; shouldn't happen push( @new_argv, '--' . $abbrev . $flags ); } } # not in expansion hash, must be actual long name else { push( @new_argv, $word ); } } # not a dash item, so just save it for the next pass else { push( @new_argv, $word ); } } # end of this pass # update parameter list @ARGV to the new one @ARGV = @new_argv; last unless ( $abbrev_count > 0 ); # make sure we are not in an infinite loop if ( $pass_count == $max_passes ) { print STDERR "I'm tired. We seem to be in an infinite loop trying to expand aliases.\n"; print STDERR "Here are the raw options\n"; local $" = ')('; print STDERR "(@$rraw_options)\n"; my $num = @new_argv; if ( $num < 50 ) { print STDERR "After $max_passes passes here is ARGV\n"; print STDERR "(@new_argv)\n"; } else { print STDERR "After $max_passes passes ARGV has $num entries\n"; } if ($config_file) { die <<"DIE"; Please check your configuration file $config_file for circular-references. To deactivate it, use -npro. DIE } else { die <<'DIE'; Program bug - circular-references in the %expansion hash, probably due to a recent program change. DIE } } # end of check for circular references } # end of loop over all passes } # Debug routine -- this will dump the expansion hash sub dump_short_names { my $rexpansion = shift; print STDOUT < @list\n"; } } sub check_vms_filename { # given a valid filename (the perltidy input file) # create a modified filename and separator character # suitable for VMS. # # Contributed by Michael Cartmell # my ( $base, $path ) = fileparse( $_[0] ); # remove explicit ; version $base =~ s/;-?\d*$// # remove explicit . version ie two dots in filename NB ^ escapes a dot or $base =~ s/( # begin capture $1 (?:^|[^^])\. # match a dot not preceded by a caret (?: # followed by nothing | # or .*[^^] # anything ending in a non caret ) ) # end capture $1 \.-?\d*$ # match . version number /$1/x; # normalise filename, if there are no unescaped dots then append one $base .= '.' unless $base =~ /(?:^|[^^])\./; # if we don't already have an extension then we just append the extention my $separator = ( $base =~ /\.$/ ) ? "" : "_"; return ( $path . $base, $separator ); } sub Win_OS_Type { # TODO: are these more standard names? # Win32s Win95 Win98 WinMe WinNT3.51 WinNT4 Win2000 WinXP/.Net Win2003 # Returns a string that determines what MS OS we are on. # Returns win32s,95,98,Me,NT3.51,NT4,2000,XP/.Net,Win2003 # Returns blank string if not an MS system. # Original code contributed by: Yves Orton # We need to know this to decide where to look for config files my $rpending_complaint = shift; my $os = ""; return $os unless $^O =~ /win32|dos/i; # is it a MS box? # Systems built from Perl source may not have Win32.pm # But probably have Win32::GetOSVersion() anyway so the # following line is not 'required': # return $os unless eval('require Win32'); # Use the standard API call to determine the version my ( $undef, $major, $minor, $build, $id ); eval { ( $undef, $major, $minor, $build, $id ) = Win32::GetOSVersion() }; # # NAME ID MAJOR MINOR # Windows NT 4 2 4 0 # Windows 2000 2 5 0 # Windows XP 2 5 1 # Windows Server 2003 2 5 2 return "win32s" unless $id; # If id==0 then its a win32s box. $os = { # Magic numbers from MSDN # documentation of GetOSVersion 1 => { 0 => "95", 10 => "98", 90 => "Me" }, 2 => { 0 => "2000", # or NT 4, see below 1 => "XP/.Net", 2 => "Win2003", 51 => "NT3.51" } }->{$id}->{$minor}; # If $os is undefined, the above code is out of date. Suggested updates # are welcome. unless ( defined $os ) { $os = ""; $$rpending_complaint .= <($config_file); if ($is_Windows) { $config_file = "perltidy.ini"; return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); } # Default environment vars. my @envs = qw(PERLTIDY HOME); # Check the NT/2k/XP locations, first a local machine def, then a # network def push @envs, qw(USERPROFILE HOMESHARE) if $^O =~ /win32/i; # Now go through the enviornment ... foreach my $var (@envs) { $$rconfig_file_chatter .= "# Examining: \$ENV{$var}"; if ( defined( $ENV{$var} ) ) { $$rconfig_file_chatter .= " = $ENV{$var}\n"; # test ENV{ PERLTIDY } as file: if ( $var eq 'PERLTIDY' ) { $config_file = "$ENV{$var}"; return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); } # test ENV as directory: $config_file = catfile( $ENV{$var}, ".perltidyrc" ); return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); if ($is_Windows) { $config_file = catfile( $ENV{$var}, "perltidy.ini" ); return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); } } else { $$rconfig_file_chatter .= "\n"; } } # then look for a system-wide definition # where to look varies with OS if ($is_Windows) { if ($Windows_type) { my ( $os, $system, $allusers ) = Win_Config_Locs( $rpending_complaint, $Windows_type ); # Check All Users directory, if there is one. # i.e. C:\Documents and Settings\User\perltidy.ini if ($allusers) { $config_file = catfile( $allusers, ".perltidyrc" ); return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); $config_file = catfile( $allusers, "perltidy.ini" ); return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); } # Check system directory. # retain old code in case someone has been able to create # a file with a leading period. $config_file = catfile( $system, ".perltidyrc" ); return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); $config_file = catfile( $system, "perltidy.ini" ); return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); } } # Place to add customization code for other systems elsif ( $^O eq 'OS2' ) { } elsif ( $^O eq 'MacOS' ) { } elsif ( $^O eq 'VMS' ) { } # Assume some kind of Unix else { $config_file = "/usr/local/etc/perltidyrc"; return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); $config_file = "/etc/perltidyrc"; return $config_file if $exists_config_file->($config_file); } # Couldn't find a config file return; } sub Win_Config_Locs { # In scalar context returns the OS name (95 98 ME NT3.51 NT4 2000 XP), # or undef if its not a win32 OS. In list context returns OS, System # Directory, and All Users Directory. All Users will be empty on a # 9x/Me box. Contributed by: Yves Orton. my $rpending_complaint = shift; my $os = (@_) ? shift : Win_OS_Type(); return unless $os; my $system = ""; my $allusers = ""; if ( $os =~ /9[58]|Me/ ) { $system = "C:/Windows"; } elsif ( $os =~ /NT|XP|200?/ ) { $system = ( $os =~ /XP/ ) ? "C:/Windows/" : "C:/WinNT/"; $allusers = ( $os =~ /NT/ ) ? "C:/WinNT/profiles/All Users/" : "C:/Documents and Settings/All Users/"; } else { # This currently would only happen on a win32s computer. I dont have # one to test, so I am unsure how to proceed. Suggestions welcome! $$rpending_complaint .= "I dont know a sensible place to look for config files on an $os system.\n"; return; } return wantarray ? ( $os, $system, $allusers ) : $os; } sub dump_config_file { my $fh = shift; my $config_file = shift; my $rconfig_file_chatter = shift; print STDOUT "$$rconfig_file_chatter"; if ($fh) { print STDOUT "# Dump of file: '$config_file'\n"; while ( my $line = $fh->getline() ) { print STDOUT $line } eval { $fh->close() }; } else { print STDOUT "# ...no config file found\n"; } } sub read_config_file { my ( $fh, $config_file, $rexpansion ) = @_; my @config_list = (); # file is bad if non-empty $death_message is returned my $death_message = ""; my $name = undef; my $line_no; while ( my $line = $fh->getline() ) { $line_no++; chomp $line; next if $line =~ /^\s*#/; # skip full-line comment ( $line, $death_message ) = strip_comment( $line, $config_file, $line_no ); last if ($death_message); $line =~ s/^\s*(.*?)\s*$/$1/; # trim both ends next unless $line; # look for something of the general form # newname { body } # or just # body if ( $line =~ /^((\w+)\s*\{)?([^}]*)(\})?$/ ) { my ( $newname, $body, $curly ) = ( $2, $3, $4 ); # handle a new alias definition if ($newname) { if ($name) { $death_message = "No '}' seen after $name and before $newname in config file $config_file line $.\n"; last; } $name = $newname; if ( ${$rexpansion}{$name} ) { local $" = ')('; my @names = sort keys %$rexpansion; $death_message = "Here is a list of all installed aliases\n(@names)\n" . "Attempting to redefine alias ($name) in config file $config_file line $.\n"; last; } ${$rexpansion}{$name} = []; } # now do the body if ($body) { my ( $rbody_parts, $msg ) = parse_args($body); if ($msg) { $death_message = <close() }; return ( \@config_list, $death_message ); } sub strip_comment { my ( $instr, $config_file, $line_no ) = @_; my $msg = ""; # nothing to do if no comments if ( $instr !~ /#/ ) { return ( $instr, $msg ); } # use simple method of no quotes elsif ( $instr !~ /['"]/ ) { $instr =~ s/\s*\#.*$//; # simple trim return ( $instr, $msg ); } # handle comments and quotes my $outstr = ""; my $quote_char = ""; while (1) { # looking for ending quote character if ($quote_char) { if ( $instr =~ /\G($quote_char)/gc ) { $quote_char = ""; $outstr .= $1; } elsif ( $instr =~ /\G(.)/gc ) { $outstr .= $1; } # error..we reached the end without seeing the ending quote char else { $msg = < in this text: $instr Please fix this line or use -npro to avoid reading this file EOM last; } } # accumulating characters and looking for start of a quoted string else { if ( $instr =~ /\G([\"\'])/gc ) { $outstr .= $1; $quote_char = $1; } elsif ( $instr =~ /\G#/gc ) { last; } elsif ( $instr =~ /\G(.)/gc ) { $outstr .= $1; } else { last; } } } return ( $outstr, $msg ); } sub parse_args { # Parse a command string containing multiple string with possible # quotes, into individual commands. It might look like this, for example: # # -wba=" + - " -some-thing -wbb='. && ||' # # There is no need, at present, to handle escaped quote characters. # (They are not perltidy tokens, so needn't be in strings). my ($body) = @_; my @body_parts = (); my $quote_char = ""; my $part = ""; my $msg = ""; while (1) { # looking for ending quote character if ($quote_char) { if ( $body =~ /\G($quote_char)/gc ) { $quote_char = ""; } elsif ( $body =~ /\G(.)/gc ) { $part .= $1; } # error..we reached the end without seeing the ending quote char else { if ( length($part) ) { push @body_parts, $part; } $msg = < in this text: $body EOM last; } } # accumulating characters and looking for start of a quoted string else { if ( $body =~ /\G([\"\'])/gc ) { $quote_char = $1; } elsif ( $body =~ /\G(\s+)/gc ) { if ( length($part) ) { push @body_parts, $part; } $part = ""; } elsif ( $body =~ /\G(.)/gc ) { $part .= $1; } else { if ( length($part) ) { push @body_parts, $part; } last; } } } return ( \@body_parts, $msg ); } sub dump_long_names { my @names = sort @_; print STDOUT < does not take an argument # =s takes a mandatory string # :s takes an optional string # =i takes a mandatory integer # :i takes an optional integer # ! does not take an argument and may be negated # i.e., -foo and -nofoo are allowed # a double dash signals the end of the options list # #--------------------------------------------------------------- EOM foreach (@names) { print STDOUT "$_\n" } } sub dump_defaults { my @defaults = sort @_; print STDOUT "Default command line options:\n"; foreach (@_) { print STDOUT "$_\n" } } sub readable_options { # return options for this run as a string which could be # put in a perltidyrc file my ( $rOpts, $roption_string ) = @_; my %Getopt_flags; my $rGetopt_flags = \%Getopt_flags; my $readable_options = "# Final parameter set for this run.\n"; $readable_options .= "# See utility 'perltidyrc_dump.pl' for nicer formatting.\n"; foreach my $opt ( @{$roption_string} ) { my $flag = ""; if ( $opt =~ /(.*)(!|=.*)$/ ) { $opt = $1; $flag = $2; } if ( defined( $rOpts->{$opt} ) ) { $rGetopt_flags->{$opt} = $flag; } } foreach my $key ( sort keys %{$rOpts} ) { my $flag = $rGetopt_flags->{$key}; my $value = $rOpts->{$key}; my $prefix = '--'; my $suffix = ""; if ($flag) { if ( $flag =~ /^=/ ) { if ( $value !~ /^\d+$/ ) { $value = '"' . $value . '"' } $suffix = "=" . $value; } elsif ( $flag =~ /^!/ ) { $prefix .= "no" unless ($value); } else { # shouldn't happen $readable_options .= "# ERROR in dump_options: unrecognized flag $flag for $key\n"; } } $readable_options .= $prefix . $key . $suffix . "\n"; } return $readable_options; } sub show_version { print <<"EOM"; This is perltidy, v$VERSION Copyright 2000-2010, Steve Hancock Perltidy is free software and may be copied under the terms of the GNU General Public License, which is included in the distribution files. Complete documentation for perltidy can be found using 'man perltidy' or on the internet at http://perltidy.sourceforge.net. EOM } sub usage { print STDOUT <outfile perltidy [ options ] outfile Options have short and long forms. Short forms are shown; see man pages for long forms. Note: '=s' indicates a required string, and '=n' indicates a required integer. I/O control -h show this help -o=file name of the output file (only if single input file) -oext=s change output extension from 'tdy' to s -opath=path change path to be 'path' for output files -b backup original to .bak and modify file in-place -bext=s change default backup extension from 'bak' to s -q deactivate error messages (for running under editor) -w include non-critical warning messages in the .ERR error output -syn run perl -c to check syntax (default under unix systems) -log save .LOG file, which has useful diagnostics -f force perltidy to read a binary file -g like -log but writes more detailed .LOG file, for debugging scripts -opt write the set of options actually used to a .LOG file -npro ignore .perltidyrc configuration command file -pro=file read configuration commands from file instead of .perltidyrc -st send output to standard output, STDOUT -se send error output to standard error output, STDERR -v display version number to standard output and quit Basic Options: -i=n use n columns per indentation level (default n=4) -t tabs: use one tab character per indentation level, not recommeded -nt no tabs: use n spaces per indentation level (default) -et=n entab leading whitespace n spaces per tab; not recommended -io "indent only": just do indentation, no other formatting. -sil=n set starting indentation level to n; use if auto detection fails -ole=s specify output line ending (s=dos or win, mac, unix) -ple keep output line endings same as input (input must be filename) Whitespace Control -fws freeze whitespace; this disables all whitespace changes and disables the following switches: -bt=n sets brace tightness, n= (0 = loose, 1=default, 2 = tight) -bbt same as -bt but for code block braces; same as -bt if not given -bbvt block braces vertically tight; use with -bl or -bli -bbvtl=s make -bbvt to apply to selected list of block types -pt=n paren tightness (n=0, 1 or 2) -sbt=n square bracket tightness (n=0, 1, or 2) -bvt=n brace vertical tightness, n=(0=open, 1=close unless multiple steps on a line, 2=always close) -pvt=n paren vertical tightness (see -bvt for n) -sbvt=n square bracket vertical tightness (see -bvt for n) -bvtc=n closing brace vertical tightness: n=(0=open, 1=sometimes close, 2=always close) -pvtc=n closing paren vertical tightness, see -bvtc for n. -sbvtc=n closing square bracket vertical tightness, see -bvtc for n. -ci=n sets continuation indentation=n, default is n=2 spaces -lp line up parentheses, brackets, and non-BLOCK braces -sfs add space before semicolon in for( ; ; ) -aws allow perltidy to add whitespace (default) -dws delete all old non-essential whitespace -icb indent closing brace of a code block -cti=n closing indentation of paren, square bracket, or non-block brace: n=0 none, =1 align with opening, =2 one full indentation level -icp equivalent to -cti=2 -wls=s want space left of tokens in string; i.e. -nwls='+ - * /' -wrs=s want space right of tokens in string; -sts put space before terminal semicolon of a statement -sak=s put space between keywords given in s and '('; -nsak=s no space between keywords in s and '('; i.e. -nsak='my our local' Line Break Control -fnl freeze newlines; this disables all line break changes and disables the following switches: -anl add newlines; ok to introduce new line breaks -bbs add blank line before subs and packages -bbc add blank line before block comments -bbb add blank line between major blocks -kbl=n keep old blank lines? 0=no, 1=some, 2=all -mbl=n maximum consecutive blank lines to output (default=1) -ce cuddled else; use this style: '} else {' -dnl delete old newlines (default) -l=n maximum line length; default n=80 -bl opening brace on new line -sbl opening sub brace on new line. value of -bl is used if not given. -bli opening brace on new line and indented -bar opening brace always on right, even for long clauses -vt=n vertical tightness (requires -lp); n controls break after opening token: 0=never 1=no break if next line balanced 2=no break -vtc=n vertical tightness of closing container; n controls if closing token starts new line: 0=always 1=not unless list 1=never -wba=s want break after tokens in string; i.e. wba=': .' -wbb=s want break before tokens in string Following Old Breakpoints -kis keep interior semicolons. Allows multiple statements per line. -boc break at old comma breaks: turns off all automatic list formatting -bol break at old logical breakpoints: or, and, ||, && (default) -bok break at old list keyword breakpoints such as map, sort (default) -bot break at old conditional (ternary ?:) operator breakpoints (default) -cab=n break at commas after a comma-arrow (=>): n=0 break at all commas after => n=1 stable: break unless this breaks an existing one-line container n=2 break only if a one-line container cannot be formed n=3 do not treat commas after => specially at all Comment controls -ibc indent block comments (default) -isbc indent spaced block comments; may indent unless no leading space -msc=n minimum desired spaces to side comment, default 4 -fpsc=n fix position for side comments; default 0; -csc add or update closing side comments after closing BLOCK brace -dcsc delete closing side comments created by a -csc command -cscp=s change closing side comment prefix to be other than '## end' -cscl=s change closing side comment to apply to selected list of blocks -csci=n minimum number of lines needed to apply a -csc tag, default n=6 -csct=n maximum number of columns of appended text, default n=20 -cscw causes warning if old side comment is overwritten with -csc -sbc use 'static block comments' identified by leading '##' (default) -sbcp=s change static block comment identifier to be other than '##' -osbc outdent static block comments -ssc use 'static side comments' identified by leading '##' (default) -sscp=s change static side comment identifier to be other than '##' Delete selected text -dac delete all comments AND pod -dbc delete block comments -dsc delete side comments -dp delete pod Send selected text to a '.TEE' file -tac tee all comments AND pod -tbc tee block comments -tsc tee side comments -tp tee pod Outdenting -olq outdent long quoted strings (default) -olc outdent a long block comment line -ola outdent statement labels -okw outdent control keywords (redo, next, last, goto, return) -okwl=s specify alternative keywords for -okw command Other controls -mft=n maximum fields per table; default n=40 -x do not format lines before hash-bang line (i.e., for VMS) -asc allows perltidy to add a ';' when missing (default) -dsm allows perltidy to delete an unnecessary ';' (default) Combinations of other parameters -gnu attempt to follow GNU Coding Standards as applied to perl -mangle remove as many newlines as possible (but keep comments and pods) -extrude insert as many newlines as possible Dump and die, debugging -dop dump options used in this run to standard output and quit -ddf dump default options to standard output and quit -dsn dump all option short names to standard output and quit -dln dump option long names to standard output and quit -dpro dump whatever configuration file is in effect to standard output -dtt dump all token types to standard output and quit HTML -html write an html file (see 'man perl2web' for many options) Note: when -html is used, no indentation or formatting are done. Hint: try perltidy -html -css=mystyle.css filename.pl and edit mystyle.css to change the appearance of filename.html. -nnn gives line numbers -pre only writes out 
..
code section -toc places a table of contents to subs at the top (default) -pod passes pod text through pod2html (default) -frm write html as a frame (3 files) -text=s extra extension for table of contents if -frm, default='toc' -sext=s extra extension for file content if -frm, default='src' A prefix of "n" negates short form toggle switches, and a prefix of "no" negates the long forms. For example, -nasc means don't add missing semicolons. If you are unable to see this entire text, try "perltidy -h | more" For more detailed information, and additional options, try "man perltidy", or go to the perltidy home page at http://perltidy.sourceforge.net EOF } sub process_this_file { my ( $truth, $beauty ) = @_; # loop to process each line of this file while ( my $line_of_tokens = $truth->get_line() ) { $beauty->write_line($line_of_tokens); } # finish up eval { $beauty->finish_formatting() }; $truth->report_tokenization_errors(); } sub check_syntax { # Use 'perl -c' to make sure that we did not create bad syntax # This is a very good independent check for programming errors # # Given names of the input and output files, ($ifname, $ofname), # we do the following: # - check syntax of the input file # - if bad, all done (could be an incomplete code snippet) # - if infile syntax ok, then check syntax of the output file; # - if outfile syntax bad, issue warning; this implies a code bug! # - set and return flag "infile_syntax_ok" : =-1 bad 0 unknown 1 good my ( $ifname, $ofname, $logger_object, $rOpts ) = @_; my $infile_syntax_ok = 0; my $line_of_dashes = '-' x 42 . "\n"; my $flags = $rOpts->{'perl-syntax-check-flags'}; # be sure we invoke perl with -c # note: perl will accept repeated flags like '-c -c'. It is safest # to append another -c than try to find an interior bundled c, as # in -Tc, because such a 'c' might be in a quoted string, for example. if ( $flags !~ /(^-c|\s+-c)/ ) { $flags .= " -c" } # be sure we invoke perl with -x if requested # same comments about repeated parameters applies if ( $rOpts->{'look-for-hash-bang'} ) { if ( $flags !~ /(^-x|\s+-x)/ ) { $flags .= " -x" } } # this shouldn't happen unless a termporary file couldn't be made if ( $ifname eq '-' ) { $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( "Cannot run perl -c on STDIN and STDOUT\n"); return $infile_syntax_ok; } $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( "checking input file syntax with perl $flags\n"); $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($line_of_dashes); # Not all operating systems/shells support redirection of the standard # error output. my $error_redirection = ( $^O eq 'VMS' ) ? "" : '2>&1'; my $perl_output = do_syntax_check( $ifname, $flags, $error_redirection ); $logger_object->write_logfile_entry("$perl_output\n"); if ( $perl_output =~ /syntax\s*OK/ ) { $infile_syntax_ok = 1; $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($line_of_dashes); $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( "checking output file syntax with perl $flags ...\n"); $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($line_of_dashes); my $perl_output = do_syntax_check( $ofname, $flags, $error_redirection ); $logger_object->write_logfile_entry("$perl_output\n"); unless ( $perl_output =~ /syntax\s*OK/ ) { $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($line_of_dashes); $logger_object->warning( "The output file has a syntax error when tested with perl $flags $ofname !\n" ); $logger_object->warning( "This implies an error in perltidy; the file $ofname is bad\n"); $logger_object->report_definite_bug(); # the perl version number will be helpful for diagnosing the problem $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( qx/perl -v $error_redirection/ . "\n" ); } } else { # Only warn of perl -c syntax errors. Other messages, # such as missing modules, are too common. They can be # seen by running with perltidy -w $logger_object->complain("A syntax check using perl $flags gives: \n"); $logger_object->complain($line_of_dashes); $logger_object->complain("$perl_output\n"); $logger_object->complain($line_of_dashes); $infile_syntax_ok = -1; $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($line_of_dashes); $logger_object->write_logfile_entry( "The output file will not be checked because of input file problems\n" ); } return $infile_syntax_ok; } sub do_syntax_check { my ( $fname, $flags, $error_redirection ) = @_; # We have to quote the filename in case it has unusual characters # or spaces. Example: this filename #CM11.pm# gives trouble. $fname = '"' . $fname . '"'; # Under VMS something like -T will become -t (and an error) so we # will put quotes around the flags. Double quotes seem to work on # Unix/Windows/VMS, but this may not work on all systems. (Single # quotes do not work under Windows). It could become necessary to # put double quotes around each flag, such as: -"c" -"T" # We may eventually need some system-dependent coding here. $flags = '"' . $flags . '"'; # now wish for luck... return qx/perl $flags $fname $error_redirection/; } ##################################################################### # # This is a stripped down version of IO::Scalar # Given a reference to a scalar, it supplies either: # a getline method which reads lines (mode='r'), or # a print method which reads lines (mode='w') # ##################################################################### package Perl::Tidy::IOScalar; use Carp; sub new { my ( $package, $rscalar, $mode ) = @_; my $ref = ref $rscalar; if ( $ref ne 'SCALAR' ) { confess <[1]; if ( $mode ne 'r' ) { confess <[2]++; ##my $line = $self->[0]->[$i]; return $self->[0]->[$i]; } sub print { my $self = shift; my $mode = $self->[1]; if ( $mode ne 'w' ) { confess <[0] } .= $_[0]; } sub close { return } ##################################################################### # # This is a stripped down version of IO::ScalarArray # Given a reference to an array, it supplies either: # a getline method which reads lines (mode='r'), or # a print method which reads lines (mode='w') # # NOTE: this routine assumes that that there aren't any embedded # newlines within any of the array elements. There are no checks # for that. # ##################################################################### package Perl::Tidy::IOScalarArray; use Carp; sub new { my ( $package, $rarray, $mode ) = @_; my $ref = ref $rarray; if ( $ref ne 'ARRAY' ) { confess <[1]; if ( $mode ne 'r' ) { confess <[2]++; return $self->[0]->[$i]; } sub print { my $self = shift; my $mode = $self->[1]; if ( $mode ne 'w' ) { confess <[0] }, $_[0]; } sub close { return } ##################################################################### # # the Perl::Tidy::LineSource class supplies an object with a 'get_line()' method # which returns the next line to be parsed # ##################################################################### package Perl::Tidy::LineSource; sub new { my ( $class, $input_file, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message ) = @_; my $input_file_copy = undef; my $fh_copy; my $input_line_ending; if ( $rOpts->{'preserve-line-endings'} ) { $input_line_ending = Perl::Tidy::find_input_line_ending($input_file); } ( my $fh, $input_file ) = Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $input_file, 'r' ); return undef unless $fh; # in order to check output syntax when standard output is used, # or when it is an object, we have to make a copy of the file if ( ( $input_file eq '-' || ref $input_file ) && $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} ) { # Turning off syntax check when input output is used. # The reason is that temporary files cause problems on # on many systems. $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} = 0; $input_file_copy = '-'; $$rpending_logfile_message .= < $fh, _fh_copy => $fh_copy, _filename => $input_file, _input_file_copy => $input_file_copy, _input_line_ending => $input_line_ending, _rinput_buffer => [], _started => 0, }, $class; } sub get_input_file_copy_name { my $self = shift; my $ifname = $self->{_input_file_copy}; unless ($ifname) { $ifname = $self->{_filename}; } return $ifname; } sub close_input_file { my $self = shift; eval { $self->{_fh}->close() }; eval { $self->{_fh_copy}->close() } if $self->{_fh_copy}; } sub get_line { my $self = shift; my $line = undef; my $fh = $self->{_fh}; my $fh_copy = $self->{_fh_copy}; my $rinput_buffer = $self->{_rinput_buffer}; if ( scalar(@$rinput_buffer) ) { $line = shift @$rinput_buffer; } else { $line = $fh->getline(); # patch to read raw mac files under unix, dos # see if the first line has embedded \r's if ( $line && !$self->{_started} ) { if ( $line =~ /[\015][^\015\012]/ ) { # found one -- break the line up and store in a buffer @$rinput_buffer = map { $_ . "\n" } split /\015/, $line; my $count = @$rinput_buffer; $line = shift @$rinput_buffer; } $self->{_started}++; } } if ( $line && $fh_copy ) { $fh_copy->print($line); } return $line; } ##################################################################### # # the Perl::Tidy::LineSink class supplies a write_line method for # actual file writing # ##################################################################### package Perl::Tidy::LineSink; sub new { my ( $class, $output_file, $tee_file, $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message, $binmode ) = @_; my $fh = undef; my $fh_copy = undef; my $fh_tee = undef; my $output_file_copy = ""; my $output_file_open = 0; if ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy' ) { ( $fh, $output_file ) = Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $output_file, 'w' ); unless ($fh) { die "Cannot write to output stream\n"; } $output_file_open = 1; if ($binmode) { if ( ref($fh) eq 'IO::File' ) { binmode $fh; } if ( $output_file eq '-' ) { binmode STDOUT } } } # in order to check output syntax when standard output is used, # or when it is an object, we have to make a copy of the file if ( $output_file eq '-' || ref $output_file ) { if ( $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} ) { # Turning off syntax check when standard output is used. # The reason is that temporary files cause problems on # on many systems. $rOpts->{'check-syntax'} = 0; $output_file_copy = '-'; $$rpending_logfile_message .= < $fh, _fh_copy => $fh_copy, _fh_tee => $fh_tee, _output_file => $output_file, _output_file_open => $output_file_open, _output_file_copy => $output_file_copy, _tee_flag => 0, _tee_file => $tee_file, _tee_file_opened => 0, _line_separator => $line_separator, _binmode => $binmode, }, $class; } sub write_line { my $self = shift; my $fh = $self->{_fh}; my $fh_copy = $self->{_fh_copy}; my $output_file_open = $self->{_output_file_open}; chomp $_[0]; $_[0] .= $self->{_line_separator}; $fh->print( $_[0] ) if ( $self->{_output_file_open} ); print $fh_copy $_[0] if ( $fh_copy && $self->{_output_file_copy} ); if ( $self->{_tee_flag} ) { unless ( $self->{_tee_file_opened} ) { $self->really_open_tee_file() } my $fh_tee = $self->{_fh_tee}; print $fh_tee $_[0]; } } sub get_output_file_copy { my $self = shift; my $ofname = $self->{_output_file_copy}; unless ($ofname) { $ofname = $self->{_output_file}; } return $ofname; } sub tee_on { my $self = shift; $self->{_tee_flag} = 1; } sub tee_off { my $self = shift; $self->{_tee_flag} = 0; } sub really_open_tee_file { my $self = shift; my $tee_file = $self->{_tee_file}; my $fh_tee; $fh_tee = IO::File->new(">$tee_file") or die("couldn't open TEE file $tee_file: $!\n"); binmode $fh_tee if $self->{_binmode}; $self->{_tee_file_opened} = 1; $self->{_fh_tee} = $fh_tee; } sub close_output_file { my $self = shift; eval { $self->{_fh}->close() } if $self->{_output_file_open}; eval { $self->{_fh_copy}->close() } if ( $self->{_output_file_copy} ); $self->close_tee_file(); } sub close_tee_file { my $self = shift; if ( $self->{_tee_file_opened} ) { eval { $self->{_fh_tee}->close() }; $self->{_tee_file_opened} = 0; } } ##################################################################### # # The Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics class writes the DIAGNOSTICS file, which is # useful for program development. # # Only one such file is created regardless of the number of input # files processed. This allows the results of processing many files # to be summarized in a single file. # ##################################################################### package Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics; sub new { my $class = shift; bless { _write_diagnostics_count => 0, _last_diagnostic_file => "", _input_file => "", _fh => undef, }, $class; } sub set_input_file { my $self = shift; $self->{_input_file} = $_[0]; } # This is a diagnostic routine which is useful for program development. # Output from debug messages go to a file named DIAGNOSTICS, where # they are labeled by file and line. This allows many files to be # scanned at once for some particular condition of interest. sub write_diagnostics { my $self = shift; unless ( $self->{_write_diagnostics_count} ) { open DIAGNOSTICS, ">DIAGNOSTICS" or death("couldn't open DIAGNOSTICS: $!\n"); } my $last_diagnostic_file = $self->{_last_diagnostic_file}; my $input_file = $self->{_input_file}; if ( $last_diagnostic_file ne $input_file ) { print DIAGNOSTICS "\nFILE:$input_file\n"; } $self->{_last_diagnostic_file} = $input_file; my $input_line_number = Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer::get_input_line_number(); print DIAGNOSTICS "$input_line_number:\t@_"; $self->{_write_diagnostics_count}++; } ##################################################################### # # The Perl::Tidy::Logger class writes the .LOG and .ERR files # ##################################################################### package Perl::Tidy::Logger; sub new { my $class = shift; my $fh; my ( $rOpts, $log_file, $warning_file, $saw_extrude ) = @_; # remove any old error output file unless ( ref($warning_file) ) { if ( -e $warning_file ) { unlink($warning_file) } } bless { _log_file => $log_file, _fh_warnings => undef, _rOpts => $rOpts, _fh_warnings => undef, _last_input_line_written => 0, _at_end_of_file => 0, _use_prefix => 1, _block_log_output => 0, _line_of_tokens => undef, _output_line_number => undef, _wrote_line_information_string => 0, _wrote_column_headings => 0, _warning_file => $warning_file, _warning_count => 0, _complaint_count => 0, _saw_code_bug => -1, # -1=no 0=maybe 1=for sure _saw_brace_error => 0, _saw_extrude => $saw_extrude, _output_array => [], }, $class; } sub close_log_file { my $self = shift; if ( $self->{_fh_warnings} ) { eval { $self->{_fh_warnings}->close() }; $self->{_fh_warnings} = undef; } } sub get_warning_count { my $self = shift; return $self->{_warning_count}; } sub get_use_prefix { my $self = shift; return $self->{_use_prefix}; } sub block_log_output { my $self = shift; $self->{_block_log_output} = 1; } sub unblock_log_output { my $self = shift; $self->{_block_log_output} = 0; } sub interrupt_logfile { my $self = shift; $self->{_use_prefix} = 0; $self->warning("\n"); $self->write_logfile_entry( '#' x 24 . " WARNING " . '#' x 25 . "\n" ); } sub resume_logfile { my $self = shift; $self->write_logfile_entry( '#' x 60 . "\n" ); $self->{_use_prefix} = 1; } sub we_are_at_the_last_line { my $self = shift; unless ( $self->{_wrote_line_information_string} ) { $self->write_logfile_entry("Last line\n\n"); } $self->{_at_end_of_file} = 1; } # record some stuff in case we go down in flames sub black_box { my $self = shift; my ( $line_of_tokens, $output_line_number ) = @_; my $input_line = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text}; my $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number}; # save line information in case we have to write a logfile message $self->{_line_of_tokens} = $line_of_tokens; $self->{_output_line_number} = $output_line_number; $self->{_wrote_line_information_string} = 0; my $last_input_line_written = $self->{_last_input_line_written}; my $rOpts = $self->{_rOpts}; if ( ( ( $input_line_number - $last_input_line_written ) >= $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} ) || ( $input_line =~ /^\s*(sub|package)\s+(\w+)/ ) ) { my $rlevels = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels}; my $structural_indentation_level = $$rlevels[0]; $self->{_last_input_line_written} = $input_line_number; ( my $out_str = $input_line ) =~ s/^\s*//; chomp $out_str; $out_str = ( '.' x $structural_indentation_level ) . $out_str; if ( length($out_str) > 35 ) { $out_str = substr( $out_str, 0, 35 ) . " ...."; } $self->logfile_output( "", "$out_str\n" ); } } sub write_logfile_entry { my $self = shift; # add leading >>> to avoid confusing error mesages and code $self->logfile_output( ">>>", "@_" ); } sub write_column_headings { my $self = shift; $self->{_wrote_column_headings} = 1; my $routput_array = $self->{_output_array}; push @{$routput_array}, <>>) lines levels i k (code begins with one '.' per indent level) ------ ----- - - -------- ------------------------------------------- EOM } sub make_line_information_string { # make columns of information when a logfile message needs to go out my $self = shift; my $line_of_tokens = $self->{_line_of_tokens}; my $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number}; my $line_information_string = ""; if ($input_line_number) { my $output_line_number = $self->{_output_line_number}; my $brace_depth = $line_of_tokens->{_curly_brace_depth}; my $paren_depth = $line_of_tokens->{_paren_depth}; my $square_bracket_depth = $line_of_tokens->{_square_bracket_depth}; my $python_indentation_level = $line_of_tokens->{_python_indentation_level}; my $rlevels = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels}; my $rnesting_tokens = $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_tokens}; my $rci_levels = $line_of_tokens->{_rci_levels}; my $rnesting_blocks = $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_blocks}; my $structural_indentation_level = $$rlevels[0]; $self->write_column_headings() unless $self->{_wrote_column_headings}; # keep logfile columns aligned for scripts up to 999 lines; # for longer scripts it doesn't really matter my $extra_space = ""; $extra_space .= ( $input_line_number < 10 ) ? " " : ( $input_line_number < 100 ) ? " " : ""; $extra_space .= ( $output_line_number < 10 ) ? " " : ( $output_line_number < 100 ) ? " " : ""; # there are 2 possible nesting strings: # the original which looks like this: (0 [1 {2 # the new one, which looks like this: {{[ # the new one is easier to read, and shows the order, but # could be arbitrarily long, so we use it unless it is too long my $nesting_string = "($paren_depth [$square_bracket_depth {$brace_depth"; my $nesting_string_new = $$rnesting_tokens[0]; my $ci_level = $$rci_levels[0]; if ( $ci_level > 9 ) { $ci_level = '*' } my $bk = ( $$rnesting_blocks[0] =~ /1$/ ) ? '1' : '0'; if ( length($nesting_string_new) <= 8 ) { $nesting_string = $nesting_string_new . " " x ( 8 - length($nesting_string_new) ); } if ( $python_indentation_level < 0 ) { $python_indentation_level = 0 } $line_information_string = "L$input_line_number:$output_line_number$extra_space i$python_indentation_level:$structural_indentation_level $ci_level $bk $nesting_string"; } return $line_information_string; } sub logfile_output { my $self = shift; my ( $prompt, $msg ) = @_; return if ( $self->{_block_log_output} ); my $routput_array = $self->{_output_array}; if ( $self->{_at_end_of_file} || !$self->{_use_prefix} ) { push @{$routput_array}, "$msg"; } else { my $line_information_string = $self->make_line_information_string(); $self->{_wrote_line_information_string} = 1; if ($line_information_string) { push @{$routput_array}, "$line_information_string $prompt$msg"; } else { push @{$routput_array}, "$msg"; } } } sub get_saw_brace_error { my $self = shift; return $self->{_saw_brace_error}; } sub increment_brace_error { my $self = shift; $self->{_saw_brace_error}++; } sub brace_warning { my $self = shift; use constant BRACE_WARNING_LIMIT => 10; my $saw_brace_error = $self->{_saw_brace_error}; if ( $saw_brace_error < BRACE_WARNING_LIMIT ) { $self->warning(@_); } $saw_brace_error++; $self->{_saw_brace_error} = $saw_brace_error; if ( $saw_brace_error == BRACE_WARNING_LIMIT ) { $self->warning("No further warnings of this type will be given\n"); } } sub complain { # handle non-critical warning messages based on input flag my $self = shift; my $rOpts = $self->{_rOpts}; # these appear in .ERR output only if -w flag is used if ( $rOpts->{'warning-output'} ) { $self->warning(@_); } # otherwise, they go to the .LOG file else { $self->{_complaint_count}++; $self->write_logfile_entry(@_); } } sub warning { # report errors to .ERR file (or stdout) my $self = shift; use constant WARNING_LIMIT => 50; my $rOpts = $self->{_rOpts}; unless ( $rOpts->{'quiet'} ) { my $warning_count = $self->{_warning_count}; unless ($warning_count) { my $warning_file = $self->{_warning_file}; my $fh_warnings; if ( $rOpts->{'standard-error-output'} ) { $fh_warnings = *STDERR; } else { ( $fh_warnings, my $filename ) = Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $warning_file, 'w' ); $fh_warnings or die("couldn't open $filename $!\n"); warn "## Please see file $filename\n"; } $self->{_fh_warnings} = $fh_warnings; } my $fh_warnings = $self->{_fh_warnings}; if ( $warning_count < WARNING_LIMIT ) { if ( $self->get_use_prefix() > 0 ) { my $input_line_number = Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer::get_input_line_number(); $fh_warnings->print("$input_line_number:\t@_"); $self->write_logfile_entry("WARNING: @_"); } else { $fh_warnings->print(@_); $self->write_logfile_entry(@_); } } $warning_count++; $self->{_warning_count} = $warning_count; if ( $warning_count == WARNING_LIMIT ) { $fh_warnings->print("No further warnings will be given\n"); } } } # programming bug codes: # -1 = no bug # 0 = maybe, not sure. # 1 = definitely sub report_possible_bug { my $self = shift; my $saw_code_bug = $self->{_saw_code_bug}; $self->{_saw_code_bug} = ( $saw_code_bug < 0 ) ? 0 : $saw_code_bug; } sub report_definite_bug { my $self = shift; $self->{_saw_code_bug} = 1; } sub ask_user_for_bug_report { my $self = shift; my ( $infile_syntax_ok, $formatter ) = @_; my $saw_code_bug = $self->{_saw_code_bug}; if ( ( $saw_code_bug == 0 ) && ( $infile_syntax_ok == 1 ) ) { $self->warning(<{_saw_extrude} ) { $self->warning(<warning(<get_added_semicolon_count(); }; if ( $added_semicolon_count > 0 ) { $self->warning(<{_rOpts}; my $warning_count = $self->{_warning_count}; my $saw_code_bug = $self->{_saw_code_bug}; my $save_logfile = ( $saw_code_bug == 0 && $infile_syntax_ok == 1 ) || $saw_code_bug == 1 || $rOpts->{'logfile'}; my $log_file = $self->{_log_file}; if ($warning_count) { if ($save_logfile) { $self->block_log_output(); # avoid echoing this to the logfile $self->warning( "The logfile $log_file may contain useful information\n"); $self->unblock_log_output(); } if ( $self->{_complaint_count} > 0 ) { $self->warning( "To see $self->{_complaint_count} non-critical warnings rerun with -w\n" ); } if ( $self->{_saw_brace_error} && ( $rOpts->{'logfile-gap'} > 1 || !$save_logfile ) ) { $self->warning("To save a full .LOG file rerun with -g\n"); } } $self->ask_user_for_bug_report( $infile_syntax_ok, $formatter ); if ($save_logfile) { my $log_file = $self->{_log_file}; my ( $fh, $filename ) = Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $log_file, 'w' ); if ($fh) { my $routput_array = $self->{_output_array}; foreach ( @{$routput_array} ) { $fh->print($_) } eval { $fh->close() }; } } } ##################################################################### # # The Perl::Tidy::DevNull class supplies a dummy print method # ##################################################################### package Perl::Tidy::DevNull; sub new { return bless {}, $_[0] } sub print { return } sub close { return } ##################################################################### # # The Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter class writes a copy of the input stream in html # ##################################################################### package Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter; use File::Basename; # class variables use vars qw{ %html_color %html_bold %html_italic %token_short_names %short_to_long_names $rOpts $css_filename $css_linkname $missing_html_entities }; # replace unsafe characters with HTML entity representation if HTML::Entities # is available { eval "use HTML::Entities"; $missing_html_entities = $@; } sub new { my ( $class, $input_file, $html_file, $extension, $html_toc_extension, $html_src_extension ) = @_; my $html_file_opened = 0; my $html_fh; ( $html_fh, my $html_filename ) = Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $html_file, 'w' ); unless ($html_fh) { warn("can't open $html_file: $!\n"); return undef; } $html_file_opened = 1; if ( !$input_file || $input_file eq '-' || ref($input_file) ) { $input_file = "NONAME"; } # write the table of contents to a string my $toc_string; my $html_toc_fh = Perl::Tidy::IOScalar->new( \$toc_string, 'w' ); my $html_pre_fh; my @pre_string_stack; if ( $rOpts->{'html-pre-only'} ) { # pre section goes directly to the output stream $html_pre_fh = $html_fh; $html_pre_fh->print( <<"PRE_END"); 
PRE_END
    }
    else {

        # pre section go out to a temporary string
        my $pre_string;
        $html_pre_fh = Perl::Tidy::IOScalar->new( \$pre_string, 'w' );
        push @pre_string_stack, \$pre_string;
    }

    # pod text gets diverted if the 'pod2html' is used
    my $html_pod_fh;
    my $pod_string;
    if ( $rOpts->{'pod2html'} ) {
        if ( $rOpts->{'html-pre-only'} ) {
            undef $rOpts->{'pod2html'};
        }
        else {
            eval "use Pod::Html";
            if ($@) {
                warn
"unable to find Pod::Html; cannot use pod2html\n-npod disables this message\n";
                undef $rOpts->{'pod2html'};
            }
            else {
                $html_pod_fh = Perl::Tidy::IOScalar->new( \$pod_string, 'w' );
            }
        }
    }

    my $toc_filename;
    my $src_filename;
    if ( $rOpts->{'frames'} ) {
        unless ($extension) {
            warn
"cannot use frames without a specified output extension; ignoring -frm\n";
            undef $rOpts->{'frames'};
        }
        else {
            $toc_filename = $input_file . $html_toc_extension . $extension;
            $src_filename = $input_file . $html_src_extension . $extension;
        }
    }

    # ----------------------------------------------------------
    # Output is now directed as follows:
    # html_toc_fh <-- table of contents items
    # html_pre_fh <-- the 
 section of formatted code, except:
    # html_pod_fh <-- pod goes here with the pod2html option
    # ----------------------------------------------------------

    my $title = $rOpts->{'title'};
    unless ($title) {
        ( $title, my $path ) = fileparse($input_file);
    }
    my $toc_item_count = 0;
    my $in_toc_package = "";
    my $last_level     = 0;
    bless {
        _input_file        => $input_file,          # name of input file
        _title             => $title,               # title, unescaped
        _html_file         => $html_file,           # name of .html output file
        _toc_filename      => $toc_filename,        # for frames option
        _src_filename      => $src_filename,        # for frames option
        _html_file_opened  => $html_file_opened,    # a flag
        _html_fh           => $html_fh,             # the output stream
        _html_pre_fh       => $html_pre_fh,         # pre section goes here
        _rpre_string_stack => \@pre_string_stack,   # stack of pre sections
        _html_pod_fh       => $html_pod_fh,         # pod goes here if pod2html
        _rpod_string       => \$pod_string,         # string holding pod
        _pod_cut_count     => 0,                    # how many =cut's?
        _html_toc_fh       => $html_toc_fh,         # fh for table of contents
        _rtoc_string       => \$toc_string,         # string holding toc
        _rtoc_item_count   => \$toc_item_count,     # how many toc items
        _rin_toc_package   => \$in_toc_package,     # package name
        _rtoc_name_count   => {},                   # hash to track unique names
        _rpackage_stack    => [],                   # stack to check for package
                                                    # name changes
        _rlast_level       => \$last_level,         # brace indentation level
    }, $class;
}

sub add_toc_item {

    # Add an item to the html table of contents.
    # This is called even if no table of contents is written,
    # because we still want to put the anchors in the 
 text.
    # We are given an anchor name and its type; types are:
    #      'package', 'sub', '__END__', '__DATA__', 'EOF'
    # There must be an 'EOF' call at the end to wrap things up.
    my $self = shift;
    my ( $name, $type ) = @_;
    my $html_toc_fh     = $self->{_html_toc_fh};
    my $html_pre_fh     = $self->{_html_pre_fh};
    my $rtoc_name_count = $self->{_rtoc_name_count};
    my $rtoc_item_count = $self->{_rtoc_item_count};
    my $rlast_level     = $self->{_rlast_level};
    my $rin_toc_package = $self->{_rin_toc_package};
    my $rpackage_stack  = $self->{_rpackage_stack};

    # packages contain sublists of subs, so to avoid errors all package
    # items are written and finished with the following routines
    my $end_package_list = sub {
        if ($$rin_toc_package) {
            $html_toc_fh->print("\n\n");
            $$rin_toc_package = "";
        }
    };

    my $start_package_list = sub {
        my ( $unique_name, $package ) = @_;
        if ($$rin_toc_package) { $end_package_list->() }
        $html_toc_fh->print(<package $package

    
EOM
        $$rin_toc_package = $package;
    };

    # start the table of contents on the first item
    unless ($$rtoc_item_count) {

        # but just quit if we hit EOF without any other entries
        # in this case, there will be no toc
        return if ( $type eq 'EOF' );
        $html_toc_fh->print( <<"TOC_END");


      
TOC_END
    }
    $$rtoc_item_count++;

    # make a unique anchor name for this location:
    #   - packages get a 'package-' prefix
    #   - subs use their names
    my $unique_name = $name;
    if ( $type eq 'package' ) { $unique_name = "package-$name" }

    # append '-1', '-2', etc if necessary to make unique; this will
    # be unique because subs and packages cannot have a '-'
    if ( my $count = $rtoc_name_count->{ lc $unique_name }++ ) {
        $unique_name .= "-$count";
    }

    #   - all names get terminal '-' if pod2html is used, to avoid
    #     conflicts with anchor names created by pod2html
    if ( $rOpts->{'pod2html'} ) { $unique_name .= '-' }

    # start/stop lists of subs
    if ( $type eq 'sub' ) {
        my $package = $rpackage_stack->[$$rlast_level];
        unless ($package) { $package = 'main' }

        # if we're already in a package/sub list, be sure its the right
        # package or else close it
        if ( $$rin_toc_package && $$rin_toc_package ne $package ) {
            $end_package_list->();
        }

        # start a package/sub list if necessary
        unless ($$rin_toc_package) {
            $start_package_list->( $unique_name, $package );
        }
    }

    # now write an entry in the toc for this item
    if ( $type eq 'package' ) {
        $start_package_list->( $unique_name, $name );
    }
    elsif ( $type eq 'sub' ) {
        $html_toc_fh->print("
    • $name
      • \n");
    }
    else {
        $end_package_list->();
        $html_toc_fh->print("
    • $name
      • \n");
    }

    # write the anchor in the 
       section
    $html_pre_fh->print("");

    # end the table of contents, if any, on the end of file
    if ( $type eq 'EOF' ) {
        $html_toc_fh->print( <<"TOC_END");

    

TOC_END
    }
}

BEGIN {

    # This is the official list of tokens which may be identified by the
    # user.  Long names are used as getopt keys.  Short names are
    # convenient short abbreviations for specifying input.  Short names
    # somewhat resemble token type characters, but are often different
    # because they may only be alphanumeric, to allow command line
    # input.  Also, note that because of case insensitivity of html,
    # this table must be in a single case only (I've chosen to use all
    # lower case).
    # When adding NEW_TOKENS: update this hash table
    # short names => long names
    %short_to_long_names = (
        'n'  => 'numeric',
        'p'  => 'paren',
        'q'  => 'quote',
        's'  => 'structure',
        'c'  => 'comment',
        'v'  => 'v-string',
        'cm' => 'comma',
        'w'  => 'bareword',
        'co' => 'colon',
        'pu' => 'punctuation',
        'i'  => 'identifier',
        'j'  => 'label',
        'h'  => 'here-doc-target',
        'hh' => 'here-doc-text',
        'k'  => 'keyword',
        'sc' => 'semicolon',
        'm'  => 'subroutine',
        'pd' => 'pod-text',
    );

    # Now we have to map actual token types into one of the above short
    # names; any token types not mapped will get 'punctuation'
    # properties.

    # The values of this hash table correspond to the keys of the
    # previous hash table.
    # The keys of this hash table are token types and can be seen
    # by running with --dump-token-types (-dtt).

    # When adding NEW_TOKENS: update this hash table
    # $type => $short_name
    %token_short_names = (
        '#'  => 'c',
        'n'  => 'n',
        'v'  => 'v',
        'k'  => 'k',
        'F'  => 'k',
        'Q'  => 'q',
        'q'  => 'q',
        'J'  => 'j',
        'j'  => 'j',
        'h'  => 'h',
        'H'  => 'hh',
        'w'  => 'w',
        ','  => 'cm',
        '=>' => 'cm',
        ';'  => 'sc',
        ':'  => 'co',
        'f'  => 'sc',
        '('  => 'p',
        ')'  => 'p',
        'M'  => 'm',
        'P'  => 'pd',
        'A'  => 'co',
    );

    # These token types will all be called identifiers for now
    # FIXME: need to separate user defined modules as separate type
    my @identifier = qw" i t U C Y Z G :: ";
    @token_short_names{@identifier} = ('i') x scalar(@identifier);

    # These token types will be called 'structure'
    my @structure = qw" { } ";
    @token_short_names{@structure} = ('s') x scalar(@structure);

    # OLD NOTES: save for reference
    # Any of these could be added later if it would be useful.
    # For now, they will by default become punctuation
    #    my @list = qw" L R [ ] ";
    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('non-structure') x scalar(@list);
    #
    #    my @list = qw"
    #      / /= * *= ** **= + += - -= % %= = ++ -- << <<= >> >>= pp p m mm
    #      ";
    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('math') x scalar(@list);
    #
    #    my @list = qw" & &= ~ ~= ^ ^= | |= ";
    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('bit') x scalar(@list);
    #
    #    my @list = qw" == != < > <= <=> ";
    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('numerical-comparison') x scalar(@list);
    #
    #    my @list = qw" && || ! &&= ||= //= ";
    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('logical') x scalar(@list);
    #
    #    my @list = qw" . .= =~ !~ x x= ";
    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('string-operators') x scalar(@list);
    #
    #    # Incomplete..
    #    my @list = qw" .. -> <> ... \ ? ";
    #    @token_long_names{@list} = ('misc-operators') x scalar(@list);

}

sub make_getopt_long_names {
    my $class = shift;
    my ($rgetopt_names) = @_;
    while ( my ( $short_name, $name ) = each %short_to_long_names ) {
        push @$rgetopt_names, "html-color-$name=s";
        push @$rgetopt_names, "html-italic-$name!";
        push @$rgetopt_names, "html-bold-$name!";
    }
    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-color-background=s";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-linked-style-sheet=s";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "nohtml-style-sheets";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-pre-only";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-line-numbers";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-entities!";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "stylesheet";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-table-of-contents!";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "pod2html!";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "frames!";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-toc-extension=s";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "html-src-extension=s";

    # Pod::Html parameters:
    push @$rgetopt_names, "backlink=s";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "cachedir=s";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "htmlroot=s";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "libpods=s";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "podpath=s";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "podroot=s";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "title=s";

    # Pod::Html parameters with leading 'pod' which will be removed
    # before the call to Pod::Html
    push @$rgetopt_names, "podquiet!";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "podverbose!";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "podrecurse!";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "podflush";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "podheader!";
    push @$rgetopt_names, "podindex!";
}

sub make_abbreviated_names {

    # We're appending things like this to the expansion list:
    #      'hcc'    => [qw(html-color-comment)],
    #      'hck'    => [qw(html-color-keyword)],
    #  etc
    my $class = shift;
    my ($rexpansion) = @_;

    # abbreviations for color/bold/italic properties
    while ( my ( $short_name, $long_name ) = each %short_to_long_names ) {
        ${$rexpansion}{"hc$short_name"}  = ["html-color-$long_name"];
        ${$rexpansion}{"hb$short_name"}  = ["html-bold-$long_name"];
        ${$rexpansion}{"hi$short_name"}  = ["html-italic-$long_name"];
        ${$rexpansion}{"nhb$short_name"} = ["nohtml-bold-$long_name"];
        ${$rexpansion}{"nhi$short_name"} = ["nohtml-italic-$long_name"];
    }

    # abbreviations for all other html options
    ${$rexpansion}{"hcbg"}  = ["html-color-background"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"pre"}   = ["html-pre-only"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"toc"}   = ["html-table-of-contents"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"ntoc"}  = ["nohtml-table-of-contents"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"nnn"}   = ["html-line-numbers"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"hent"}  = ["html-entities"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"nhent"} = ["nohtml-entities"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"css"}   = ["html-linked-style-sheet"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"nss"}   = ["nohtml-style-sheets"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"ss"}    = ["stylesheet"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"pod"}   = ["pod2html"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"npod"}  = ["nopod2html"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"frm"}   = ["frames"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"nfrm"}  = ["noframes"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"text"}  = ["html-toc-extension"];
    ${$rexpansion}{"sext"}  = ["html-src-extension"];
}

sub check_options {

    # This will be called once after options have been parsed
    my $class = shift;
    $rOpts = shift;

    # X11 color names for default settings that seemed to look ok
    # (these color names are only used for programming clarity; the hex
    # numbers are actually written)
    use constant ForestGreen   => "#228B22";
    use constant SaddleBrown   => "#8B4513";
    use constant magenta4      => "#8B008B";
    use constant IndianRed3    => "#CD5555";
    use constant DeepSkyBlue4  => "#00688B";
    use constant MediumOrchid3 => "#B452CD";
    use constant black         => "#000000";
    use constant white         => "#FFFFFF";
    use constant red           => "#FF0000";

    # set default color, bold, italic properties
    # anything not listed here will be given the default (punctuation) color --
    # these types currently not listed and get default: ws pu s sc cm co p
    # When adding NEW_TOKENS: add an entry here if you don't want defaults

    # set_default_properties( $short_name, default_color, bold?, italic? );
    set_default_properties( 'c',  ForestGreen,   0, 0 );
    set_default_properties( 'pd', ForestGreen,   0, 1 );
    set_default_properties( 'k',  magenta4,      1, 0 );    # was SaddleBrown
    set_default_properties( 'q',  IndianRed3,    0, 0 );
    set_default_properties( 'hh', IndianRed3,    0, 1 );
    set_default_properties( 'h',  IndianRed3,    1, 0 );
    set_default_properties( 'i',  DeepSkyBlue4,  0, 0 );
    set_default_properties( 'w',  black,         0, 0 );
    set_default_properties( 'n',  MediumOrchid3, 0, 0 );
    set_default_properties( 'v',  MediumOrchid3, 0, 0 );
    set_default_properties( 'j',  IndianRed3,    1, 0 );
    set_default_properties( 'm',  red,           1, 0 );

    set_default_color( 'html-color-background',  white );
    set_default_color( 'html-color-punctuation', black );

    # setup property lookup tables for tokens based on their short names
    # every token type has a short name, and will use these tables
    # to do the html markup
    while ( my ( $short_name, $long_name ) = each %short_to_long_names ) {
        $html_color{$short_name}  = $rOpts->{"html-color-$long_name"};
        $html_bold{$short_name}   = $rOpts->{"html-bold-$long_name"};
        $html_italic{$short_name} = $rOpts->{"html-italic-$long_name"};
    }

    # write style sheet to STDOUT and die if requested
    if ( defined( $rOpts->{'stylesheet'} ) ) {
        write_style_sheet_file('-');
        exit 1;
    }

    # make sure user gives a file name after -css
    if ( defined( $rOpts->{'html-linked-style-sheet'} ) ) {
        $css_linkname = $rOpts->{'html-linked-style-sheet'};
        if ( $css_linkname =~ /^-/ ) {
            die "You must specify a valid filename after -css\n";
        }
    }

    # check for conflict
    if ( $css_linkname && $rOpts->{'nohtml-style-sheets'} ) {
        $rOpts->{'nohtml-style-sheets'} = 0;
        warning("You can't specify both -css and -nss; -nss ignored\n");
    }

    # write a style sheet file if necessary
    if ($css_linkname) {

        # if the selected filename exists, don't write, because user may
        # have done some work by hand to create it; use backup name instead
        # Also, this will avoid a potential disaster in which the user
        # forgets to specify the style sheet, like this:
        #    perltidy -html -css myfile1.pl myfile2.pl
        # This would cause myfile1.pl to parsed as the style sheet by GetOpts
        my $css_filename = $css_linkname;
        unless ( -e $css_filename ) {
            write_style_sheet_file($css_filename);
        }
    }
    $missing_html_entities = 1 unless $rOpts->{'html-entities'};
}

sub write_style_sheet_file {

    my $css_filename = shift;
    my $fh;
    unless ( $fh = IO::File->new("> $css_filename") ) {
        die "can't open $css_filename: $!\n";
    }
    write_style_sheet_data($fh);
    eval { $fh->close };
}

sub write_style_sheet_data {

    # write the style sheet data to an open file handle
    my $fh = shift;

    my $bg_color   = $rOpts->{'html-color-background'};
    my $text_color = $rOpts->{'html-color-punctuation'};

    # pre-bgcolor is new, and may not be defined
    my $pre_bg_color = $rOpts->{'html-pre-color-background'};
    $pre_bg_color = $bg_color unless $pre_bg_color;

    $fh->print(<<"EOM");
/* default style sheet generated by perltidy */
body {background: $bg_color; color: $text_color}
pre { color: $text_color; 
      background: $pre_bg_color;
      font-family: courier;
    } 

EOM

    foreach my $short_name ( sort keys %short_to_long_names ) {
        my $long_name = $short_to_long_names{$short_name};

        my $abbrev = '.' . $short_name;
        if ( length($short_name) == 1 ) { $abbrev .= ' ' }    # for alignment
        my $color = $html_color{$short_name};
        if ( !defined($color) ) { $color = $text_color }
        $fh->print("$abbrev \{ color: $color;");

        if ( $html_bold{$short_name} ) {
            $fh->print(" font-weight:bold;");
        }

        if ( $html_italic{$short_name} ) {
            $fh->print(" font-style:italic;");
        }
        $fh->print("} /* $long_name */\n");
    }
}

sub set_default_color {

    # make sure that options hash $rOpts->{$key} contains a valid color
    my ( $key, $color ) = @_;
    if ( $rOpts->{$key} ) { $color = $rOpts->{$key} }
    $rOpts->{$key} = check_RGB($color);
}

sub check_RGB {

    # if color is a 6 digit hex RGB value, prepend a #, otherwise
    # assume that it is a valid ascii color name
    my ($color) = @_;
    if ( $color =~ /^[0-9a-fA-F]{6,6}$/ ) { $color = "#$color" }
    return $color;
}

sub set_default_properties {
    my ( $short_name, $color, $bold, $italic ) = @_;

    set_default_color( "html-color-$short_to_long_names{$short_name}", $color );
    my $key;
    $key = "html-bold-$short_to_long_names{$short_name}";
    $rOpts->{$key} = ( defined $rOpts->{$key} ) ? $rOpts->{$key} : $bold;
    $key = "html-italic-$short_to_long_names{$short_name}";
    $rOpts->{$key} = ( defined $rOpts->{$key} ) ? $rOpts->{$key} : $italic;
}

sub pod_to_html {

    # Use Pod::Html to process the pod and make the page
    # then merge the perltidy code sections into it.
    # return 1 if success, 0 otherwise
    my $self = shift;
    my ( $pod_string, $css_string, $toc_string, $rpre_string_stack ) = @_;
    my $input_file   = $self->{_input_file};
    my $title        = $self->{_title};
    my $success_flag = 0;

    # don't try to use pod2html if no pod
    unless ($pod_string) {
        return $success_flag;
    }

    # Pod::Html requires a real temporary filename
    # If we are making a frame, we have a name available
    # Otherwise, we have to fine one
    my $tmpfile;
    if ( $rOpts->{'frames'} ) {
        $tmpfile = $self->{_toc_filename};
    }
    else {
        $tmpfile = Perl::Tidy::make_temporary_filename();
    }
    my $fh_tmp = IO::File->new( $tmpfile, 'w' );
    unless ($fh_tmp) {
        warn "unable to open temporary file $tmpfile; cannot use pod2html\n";
        return $success_flag;
    }

    #------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Warning: a temporary file is open; we have to clean up if
    # things go bad.  From here on all returns should be by going to
    # RETURN so that the temporary file gets unlinked.
    #------------------------------------------------------------------

    # write the pod text to the temporary file
    $fh_tmp->print($pod_string);
    $fh_tmp->close();

    # Hand off the pod to pod2html.
    # Note that we can use the same temporary filename for input and output
    # because of the way pod2html works.
    {

        my @args;
        push @args, "--infile=$tmpfile", "--outfile=$tmpfile", "--title=$title";
        my $kw;

        # Flags with string args:
        # "backlink=s", "cachedir=s", "htmlroot=s", "libpods=s",
        # "podpath=s", "podroot=s"
        # Note: -css=s is handled by perltidy itself
        foreach $kw (qw(backlink cachedir htmlroot libpods podpath podroot)) {
            if ( $rOpts->{$kw} ) { push @args, "--$kw=$rOpts->{$kw}" }
        }

        # Toggle switches; these have extra leading 'pod'
        # "header!", "index!", "recurse!", "quiet!", "verbose!"
        foreach $kw (qw(podheader podindex podrecurse podquiet podverbose)) {
            my $kwd = $kw;    # allows us to strip 'pod'
            if ( $rOpts->{$kw} ) { $kwd =~ s/^pod//; push @args, "--$kwd" }
            elsif ( defined( $rOpts->{$kw} ) ) {
                $kwd =~ s/^pod//;
                push @args, "--no$kwd";
            }
        }

        # "flush",
        $kw = 'podflush';
        if ( $rOpts->{$kw} ) { $kw =~ s/^pod//; push @args, "--$kw" }

        # Must clean up if pod2html dies (it can);
        # Be careful not to overwrite callers __DIE__ routine
        local $SIG{__DIE__} = sub {
            print $_[0];
            unlink $tmpfile if -e $tmpfile;
            exit 1;
        };

        pod2html(@args);
    }
    $fh_tmp = IO::File->new( $tmpfile, 'r' );
    unless ($fh_tmp) {

        # this error shouldn't happen ... we just used this filename
        warn "unable to open temporary file $tmpfile; cannot use pod2html\n";
        goto RETURN;
    }

    my $html_fh = $self->{_html_fh};
    my @toc;
    my $in_toc;
    my $no_print;

    # This routine will write the html selectively and store the toc
    my $html_print = sub {
        foreach (@_) {
            $html_fh->print($_) unless ($no_print);
            if ($in_toc) { push @toc, $_ }
        }
    };

    # loop over lines of html output from pod2html and merge in
    # the necessary perltidy html sections
    my ( $saw_body, $saw_index, $saw_body_end );
    while ( my $line = $fh_tmp->getline() ) {

        if ( $line =~ /^\s*\s*$/i ) {
            my $date = localtime;
            $html_print->("\n");
            $html_print->($line);
        }

        # Copy the perltidy css, if any, after  tag
        elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*\s*$/i ) {
            $saw_body = 1;
            $html_print->($css_string) if $css_string;
            $html_print->($line);

            # add a top anchor and heading
            $html_print->("\n");
            $title = escape_html($title);
            $html_print->("
    $title
    \n");
        }
        elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*\s*$/i ) {
            $in_toc = 1;

            # when frames are used, an extra table of contents in the
            # contents panel is confusing, so don't print it
            $no_print = $rOpts->{'frames'}
              || !$rOpts->{'html-table-of-contents'};
            $html_print->("
    Doc Index:
    \n") if $rOpts->{'frames'};
            $html_print->($line);
        }

        # Copy the perltidy toc, if any, after the Pod::Html toc
        elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*\s*$/i ) {
            $saw_index = 1;
            $html_print->($line);
            if ($toc_string) {
                $html_print->("
    \n") if $rOpts->{'frames'};
                $html_print->("
    Code Index:
    \n");
                my @toc = map { $_ .= "\n" } split /\n/, $toc_string;
                $html_print->(@toc);
            }
            $in_toc   = 0;
            $no_print = 0;
        }

        # Copy one perltidy section after each marker
        elsif ( $line =~ /^(.*)(.*)$/ ) {
            $line = $2;
            $html_print->($1) if $1;

            # Intermingle code and pod sections if we saw multiple =cut's.
            if ( $self->{_pod_cut_count} > 1 ) {
                my $rpre_string = shift(@$rpre_string_stack);
                if ($$rpre_string) {
                    $html_print->('
    ');
                    $html_print->($$rpre_string);
                    $html_print->('
    ');
                }
                else {

                    # shouldn't happen: we stored a string before writing
                    # each marker.
                    warn
"Problem merging html stream with pod2html; order may be wrong\n";
                }
                $html_print->($line);
            }

            # If didn't see multiple =cut lines, we'll put the pod out first
            # and then the code, because it's less confusing.
            else {

                # since we are not intermixing code and pod, we don't need
                # or want any 
     lines which separated pod and code
                $html_print->($line) unless ( $line =~ /^\s*
    \s*$/i );
            }
        }

        # Copy any remaining code section before the  tag
        elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*<\/body>\s*$/i ) {
            $saw_body_end = 1;
            if (@$rpre_string_stack) {
                unless ( $self->{_pod_cut_count} > 1 ) {
                    $html_print->('
    ');
                }
                while ( my $rpre_string = shift(@$rpre_string_stack) ) {
                    $html_print->('
    ');
                    $html_print->($$rpre_string);
                    $html_print->('
    ');
                }
            }
            $html_print->($line);
        }
        else {
            $html_print->($line);
        }
    }

    $success_flag = 1;
    unless ($saw_body) {
        warn "Did not see  in pod2html output\n";
        $success_flag = 0;
    }
    unless ($saw_body_end) {
        warn "Did not see  in pod2html output\n";
        $success_flag = 0;
    }
    unless ($saw_index) {
        warn "Did not find INDEX END in pod2html output\n";
        $success_flag = 0;
    }

  RETURN:
    eval { $html_fh->close() };

    # note that we have to unlink tmpfile before making frames
    # because the tmpfile may be one of the names used for frames
    unlink $tmpfile if -e $tmpfile;
    if ( $success_flag && $rOpts->{'frames'} ) {
        $self->make_frame( \@toc );
    }
    return $success_flag;
}

sub make_frame {

    # Make a frame with table of contents in the left panel
    # and the text in the right panel.
    # On entry:
    #  $html_filename contains the no-frames html output
    #  $rtoc is a reference to an array with the table of contents
    my $self          = shift;
    my ($rtoc)        = @_;
    my $input_file    = $self->{_input_file};
    my $html_filename = $self->{_html_file};
    my $toc_filename  = $self->{_toc_filename};
    my $src_filename  = $self->{_src_filename};
    my $title         = $self->{_title};
    $title = escape_html($title);

    # FUTURE input parameter:
    my $top_basename = "";

    # We need to produce 3 html files:
    # 1. - the table of contents
    # 2. - the contents (source code) itself
    # 3. - the frame which contains them

    # get basenames for relative links
    my ( $toc_basename, $toc_path ) = fileparse($toc_filename);
    my ( $src_basename, $src_path ) = fileparse($src_filename);

    # 1. Make the table of contents panel, with appropriate changes
    # to the anchor names
    my $src_frame_name = 'SRC';
    my $first_anchor =
      write_toc_html( $title, $toc_filename, $src_basename, $rtoc,
        $src_frame_name );

    # 2. The current .html filename is renamed to be the contents panel
    rename( $html_filename, $src_filename )
      or die "Cannot rename $html_filename to $src_filename:$!\n";

    # 3. Then use the original html filename for the frame
    write_frame_html(
        $title,        $html_filename, $top_basename,
        $toc_basename, $src_basename,  $src_frame_name
    );
}

sub write_toc_html {

    # write a separate html table of contents file for frames
    my ( $title, $toc_filename, $src_basename, $rtoc, $src_frame_name ) = @_;
    my $fh = IO::File->new( $toc_filename, 'w' )
      or die "Cannot open $toc_filename:$!\n";
    $fh->print(<

$title



    $title
    
EOM

    my $first_anchor =
      change_anchor_names( $rtoc, $src_basename, "$src_frame_name" );
    $fh->print( join "", @$rtoc );

    $fh->print(<

EOM

}

sub write_frame_html {

    # write an html file to be the table of contents frame
    my (
        $title,        $frame_filename, $top_basename,
        $toc_basename, $src_basename,   $src_frame_name
    ) = @_;

    my $fh = IO::File->new( $frame_filename, 'w' )
      or die "Cannot open $toc_basename:$!\n";

    $fh->print(<



$title

EOM

    # two left panels, one right, if master index file
    if ($top_basename) {
        $fh->print(<




EOM
    }

    # one left panels, one right, if no master index file
    else {
        $fh->print(<

EOM
    }
    $fh->print(<

<body>
<p>If you see this message, you are using a non-frame-capable web client.</p>
<p>This document contains:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="$toc_basename">A table of contents</a></li>
<li><a href="$src_basename">The source code</a></li>
</ul>
</body>



EOM
}

sub change_anchor_names {

    # add a filename and target to anchors
    # also return the first anchor
    my ( $rlines, $filename, $target ) = @_;
    my $first_anchor;
    foreach my $line (@$rlines) {

        #  We're looking for lines like this:
        #  
  • SYNOPSIS
    • 
        #  ----  -       --------  -----------------
        #  $1              $4            $5
        if ( $line =~ /^(.*)]*>(.*)$/i ) {
            my $pre  = $1;
            my $name = $4;
            my $post = $5;
            my $href = "$filename#$name";
            $line = "$pre$post\n";
            unless ($first_anchor) { $first_anchor = $href }
        }
    }
    return $first_anchor;
}

sub close_html_file {
    my $self = shift;
    return unless $self->{_html_file_opened};

    my $html_fh     = $self->{_html_fh};
    my $rtoc_string = $self->{_rtoc_string};

    # There are 3 basic paths to html output...

    # ---------------------------------
    # Path 1: finish up if in -pre mode
    # ---------------------------------
    if ( $rOpts->{'html-pre-only'} ) {
        $html_fh->print( <<"PRE_END");


PRE_END
        eval { $html_fh->close() };
        return;
    }

    # Finish the index
    $self->add_toc_item( 'EOF', 'EOF' );

    my $rpre_string_stack = $self->{_rpre_string_stack};

    # Patch to darken the 
 background color in case of pod2html and
    # interleaved code/documentation.  Otherwise, the distinction
    # between code and documentation is blurred.
    if (   $rOpts->{pod2html}
        && $self->{_pod_cut_count} >= 1
        && $rOpts->{'html-color-background'} eq '#FFFFFF' )
    {
        $rOpts->{'html-pre-color-background'} = '#F0F0F0';
    }

    # put the css or its link into a string, if used
    my $css_string;
    my $fh_css = Perl::Tidy::IOScalar->new( \$css_string, 'w' );

    # use css linked to another file
    if ( $rOpts->{'html-linked-style-sheet'} ) {
        $fh_css->print(
            qq()
        );
    }

    # use css embedded in this file
    elsif ( !$rOpts->{'nohtml-style-sheets'} ) {
        $fh_css->print( <<'ENDCSS');

ENDCSS
    }

    # -----------------------------------------------------------
    # path 2: use pod2html if requested
    #         If we fail for some reason, continue on to path 3
    # -----------------------------------------------------------
    if ( $rOpts->{'pod2html'} ) {
        my $rpod_string = $self->{_rpod_string};
        $self->pod_to_html( $$rpod_string, $css_string, $$rtoc_string,
            $rpre_string_stack )
          && return;
    }

    # --------------------------------------------------
    # path 3: write code in html, with pod only in italics
    # --------------------------------------------------
    my $input_file = $self->{_input_file};
    my $title      = escape_html($input_file);
    my $date       = localtime;
    $html_fh->print( <<"HTML_START");




$title
HTML_START

    # output the css, if used
    if ($css_string) {
        $html_fh->print($css_string);
        $html_fh->print( <<"ENDCSS");


ENDCSS
    }
    else {

        $html_fh->print( <<"HTML_START");

{'html-color-background'}\" text=\"$rOpts->{'html-color-punctuation'}\">
HTML_START
    }

    $html_fh->print("\n");
    $html_fh->print( <<"EOM");

$title

EOM

    # copy the table of contents
    if (   $$rtoc_string
        && !$rOpts->{'frames'}
        && $rOpts->{'html-table-of-contents'} )
    {
        $html_fh->print($$rtoc_string);
    }

    # copy the pre section(s)
    my $fname_comment = $input_file;
    $fname_comment =~ s/--+/-/g;    # protect HTML comment tags
    $html_fh->print( <<"END_PRE");




END_PRE

    foreach my $rpre_string (@$rpre_string_stack) {
        $html_fh->print($$rpre_string);
    }

    # and finish the html page
    $html_fh->print( <<"HTML_END");




HTML_END
    eval { $html_fh->close() };    # could be object without close method

    if ( $rOpts->{'frames'} ) {
        my @toc = map { $_ .= "\n" } split /\n/, $$rtoc_string;
        $self->make_frame( \@toc );
    }
}

sub markup_tokens {
    my $self = shift;
    my ( $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $rlevels ) = @_;
    my ( @colored_tokens, $j, $string, $type, $token, $level );
    my $rlast_level    = $self->{_rlast_level};
    my $rpackage_stack = $self->{_rpackage_stack};

    for ( $j = 0 ; $j < @$rtoken_type ; $j++ ) {
        $type  = $$rtoken_type[$j];
        $token = $$rtokens[$j];
        $level = $$rlevels[$j];
        $level = 0 if ( $level < 0 );

        #-------------------------------------------------------
        # Update the package stack.  The package stack is needed to keep
        # the toc correct because some packages may be declared within
        # blocks and go out of scope when we leave the block.
        #-------------------------------------------------------
        if ( $level > $$rlast_level ) {
            unless ( $rpackage_stack->[ $level - 1 ] ) {
                $rpackage_stack->[ $level - 1 ] = 'main';
            }
            $rpackage_stack->[$level] = $rpackage_stack->[ $level - 1 ];
        }
        elsif ( $level < $$rlast_level ) {
            my $package = $rpackage_stack->[$level];
            unless ($package) { $package = 'main' }

            # if we change packages due to a nesting change, we
            # have to make an entry in the toc
            if ( $package ne $rpackage_stack->[ $level + 1 ] ) {
                $self->add_toc_item( $package, 'package' );
            }
        }
        $$rlast_level = $level;

        #-------------------------------------------------------
        # Intercept a sub name here; split it
        # into keyword 'sub' and sub name; and add an
        # entry in the toc
        #-------------------------------------------------------
        if ( $type eq 'i' && $token =~ /^(sub\s+)(\w.*)$/ ) {
            $token = $self->markup_html_element( $1, 'k' );
            push @colored_tokens, $token;
            $token = $2;
            $type  = 'M';

            # but don't include sub declarations in the toc;
            # these wlll have leading token types 'i;'
            my $signature = join "", @$rtoken_type;
            unless ( $signature =~ /^i;/ ) {
                my $subname = $token;
                $subname =~ s/[\s\(].*$//; # remove any attributes and prototype
                $self->add_toc_item( $subname, 'sub' );
            }
        }

        #-------------------------------------------------------
        # Intercept a package name here; split it
        # into keyword 'package' and name; add to the toc,
        # and update the package stack
        #-------------------------------------------------------
        if ( $type eq 'i' && $token =~ /^(package\s+)(\w.*)$/ ) {
            $token = $self->markup_html_element( $1, 'k' );
            push @colored_tokens, $token;
            $token = $2;
            $type  = 'i';
            $self->add_toc_item( "$token", 'package' );
            $rpackage_stack->[$level] = $token;
        }

        $token = $self->markup_html_element( $token, $type );
        push @colored_tokens, $token;
    }
    return ( \@colored_tokens );
}

sub markup_html_element {
    my $self = shift;
    my ( $token, $type ) = @_;

    return $token if ( $type eq 'b' );    # skip a blank token
    return $token if ( $token =~ /^\s*$/ );    # skip a blank line
    $token = escape_html($token);

    # get the short abbreviation for this token type
    my $short_name = $token_short_names{$type};
    if ( !defined($short_name) ) {
        $short_name = "pu";                    # punctuation is default
    }

    # handle style sheets..
    if ( !$rOpts->{'nohtml-style-sheets'} ) {
        if ( $short_name ne 'pu' ) {
            $token = qq() . $token . "";
        }
    }

    # handle no style sheets..
    else {
        my $color = $html_color{$short_name};

        if ( $color && ( $color ne $rOpts->{'html-color-punctuation'} ) ) {
            $token = qq() . $token . "";
        }
        if ( $html_italic{$short_name} ) { $token = "$token" }
        if ( $html_bold{$short_name} )   { $token = "$token" }
    }
    return $token;
}

sub escape_html {

    my $token = shift;
    if ($missing_html_entities) {
        $token =~ s/\&/&/g;
        $token =~ s/\/>/g;
        $token =~ s/\"/"/g;
    }
    else {
        HTML::Entities::encode_entities($token);
    }
    return $token;
}

sub finish_formatting {

    # called after last line
    my $self = shift;
    $self->close_html_file();
    return;
}

sub write_line {

    my $self = shift;
    return unless $self->{_html_file_opened};
    my $html_pre_fh      = $self->{_html_pre_fh};
    my ($line_of_tokens) = @_;
    my $line_type        = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type};
    my $input_line       = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};
    my $line_number      = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number};
    chomp $input_line;

    # markup line of code..
    my $html_line;
    if ( $line_type eq 'CODE' ) {
        my $rtoken_type = $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type};
        my $rtokens     = $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens};
        my $rlevels     = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels};

        if ( $input_line =~ /(^\s*)/ ) {
            $html_line = $1;
        }
        else {
            $html_line = "";
        }
        my ($rcolored_tokens) =
          $self->markup_tokens( $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $rlevels );
        $html_line .= join '', @$rcolored_tokens;
    }

    # markup line of non-code..
    else {
        my $line_character;
        if    ( $line_type eq 'HERE' )       { $line_character = 'H' }
        elsif ( $line_type eq 'HERE_END' )   { $line_character = 'h' }
        elsif ( $line_type eq 'FORMAT' )     { $line_character = 'H' }
        elsif ( $line_type eq 'FORMAT_END' ) { $line_character = 'h' }
        elsif ( $line_type eq 'SYSTEM' )     { $line_character = 'c' }
        elsif ( $line_type eq 'END_START' ) {
            $line_character = 'k';
            $self->add_toc_item( '__END__', '__END__' );
        }
        elsif ( $line_type eq 'DATA_START' ) {
            $line_character = 'k';
            $self->add_toc_item( '__DATA__', '__DATA__' );
        }
        elsif ( $line_type =~ /^POD/ ) {
            $line_character = 'P';
            if ( $rOpts->{'pod2html'} ) {
                my $html_pod_fh = $self->{_html_pod_fh};
                if ( $line_type eq 'POD_START' ) {

                    my $rpre_string_stack = $self->{_rpre_string_stack};
                    my $rpre_string       = $rpre_string_stack->[-1];

                    # if we have written any non-blank lines to the
                    # current pre section, start writing to a new output
                    # string
                    if ( $$rpre_string =~ /\S/ ) {
                        my $pre_string;
                        $html_pre_fh =
                          Perl::Tidy::IOScalar->new( \$pre_string, 'w' );
                        $self->{_html_pre_fh} = $html_pre_fh;
                        push @$rpre_string_stack, \$pre_string;

                        # leave a marker in the pod stream so we know
                        # where to put the pre section we just
                        # finished.
                        my $for_html = '=for html';    # don't confuse pod utils
                        $html_pod_fh->print(<

EOM
                    }

                    # otherwise, just clear the current string and start
                    # over
                    else {
                        $$rpre_string = "";
                        $html_pod_fh->print("\n");
                    }
                }
                $html_pod_fh->print( $input_line . "\n" );
                if ( $line_type eq 'POD_END' ) {
                    $self->{_pod_cut_count}++;
                    $html_pod_fh->print("\n");
                }
                return;
            }
        }
        else { $line_character = 'Q' }
        $html_line = $self->markup_html_element( $input_line, $line_character );
    }

    # add the line number if requested
    if ( $rOpts->{'html-line-numbers'} ) {
        my $extra_space .=
            ( $line_number < 10 )   ? "   "
          : ( $line_number < 100 )  ? "  "
          : ( $line_number < 1000 ) ? " "
          :                           "";
        $html_line = $extra_space . $line_number . " " . $html_line;
    }

    # write the line
    $html_pre_fh->print("$html_line\n");
}

#####################################################################
#
# The Perl::Tidy::Formatter package adds indentation, whitespace, and
# line breaks to the token stream
#
# WARNING: This is not a real class for speed reasons.  Only one
# Formatter may be used.
#
#####################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::Formatter;

BEGIN {

    # Caution: these debug flags produce a lot of output
    # They should all be 0 except when debugging small scripts
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BOND    => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BREAK   => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_CI      => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FLUSH   => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FORCE   => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_LIST    => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_NOBREAK => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_OUTPUT  => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_SPARSE  => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_STORE   => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_UNDOBP  => 0;
    use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE   => 0;

    my $debug_warning = sub {
        print "FORMATTER_DEBUGGING with key $_[0]\n";
    };

    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BOND    && $debug_warning->('BOND');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BREAK   && $debug_warning->('BREAK');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_CI      && $debug_warning->('CI');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FLUSH   && $debug_warning->('FLUSH');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FORCE   && $debug_warning->('FORCE');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_LIST    && $debug_warning->('LIST');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_NOBREAK && $debug_warning->('NOBREAK');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_OUTPUT  && $debug_warning->('OUTPUT');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_SPARSE  && $debug_warning->('SPARSE');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_STORE   && $debug_warning->('STORE');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_UNDOBP  && $debug_warning->('UNDOBP');
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE   && $debug_warning->('WHITE');
}

use Carp;
use vars qw{

  @gnu_stack
  $max_gnu_stack_index
  $gnu_position_predictor
  $line_start_index_to_go
  $last_indentation_written
  $last_unadjusted_indentation
  $last_leading_token

  $saw_VERSION_in_this_file
  $saw_END_or_DATA_

  @gnu_item_list
  $max_gnu_item_index
  $gnu_sequence_number
  $last_output_indentation
  %last_gnu_equals
  %gnu_comma_count
  %gnu_arrow_count

  @block_type_to_go
  @type_sequence_to_go
  @container_environment_to_go
  @bond_strength_to_go
  @forced_breakpoint_to_go
  @lengths_to_go
  @levels_to_go
  @leading_spaces_to_go
  @reduced_spaces_to_go
  @matching_token_to_go
  @mate_index_to_go
  @nesting_blocks_to_go
  @ci_levels_to_go
  @nesting_depth_to_go
  @nobreak_to_go
  @old_breakpoint_to_go
  @tokens_to_go
  @types_to_go

  %saved_opening_indentation

  $max_index_to_go
  $comma_count_in_batch
  $old_line_count_in_batch
  $last_nonblank_index_to_go
  $last_nonblank_type_to_go
  $last_nonblank_token_to_go
  $last_last_nonblank_index_to_go
  $last_last_nonblank_type_to_go
  $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go
  @nonblank_lines_at_depth
  $starting_in_quote
  $ending_in_quote

  $in_format_skipping_section
  $format_skipping_pattern_begin
  $format_skipping_pattern_end

  $forced_breakpoint_count
  $forced_breakpoint_undo_count
  @forced_breakpoint_undo_stack
  %postponed_breakpoint

  $tabbing
  $embedded_tab_count
  $first_embedded_tab_at
  $last_embedded_tab_at
  $deleted_semicolon_count
  $first_deleted_semicolon_at
  $last_deleted_semicolon_at
  $added_semicolon_count
  $first_added_semicolon_at
  $last_added_semicolon_at
  $first_tabbing_disagreement
  $last_tabbing_disagreement
  $in_tabbing_disagreement
  $tabbing_disagreement_count
  $input_line_tabbing

  $last_line_type
  $last_line_leading_type
  $last_line_leading_level
  $last_last_line_leading_level

  %block_leading_text
  %block_opening_line_number
  $csc_new_statement_ok
  $accumulating_text_for_block
  $leading_block_text
  $rleading_block_if_elsif_text
  $leading_block_text_level
  $leading_block_text_length_exceeded
  $leading_block_text_line_length
  $leading_block_text_line_number
  $closing_side_comment_prefix_pattern
  $closing_side_comment_list_pattern

  $last_nonblank_token
  $last_nonblank_type
  $last_last_nonblank_token
  $last_last_nonblank_type
  $last_nonblank_block_type
  $last_output_level
  %is_do_follower
  %is_if_brace_follower
  %space_after_keyword
  $rbrace_follower
  $looking_for_else
  %is_last_next_redo_return
  %is_other_brace_follower
  %is_else_brace_follower
  %is_anon_sub_brace_follower
  %is_anon_sub_1_brace_follower
  %is_sort_map_grep
  %is_sort_map_grep_eval
  %is_sort_map_grep_eval_do
  %is_block_without_semicolon
  %is_if_unless
  %is_and_or
  %is_assignment
  %is_chain_operator
  %is_if_unless_and_or_last_next_redo_return
  %is_until_while_for_if_elsif_else

  @has_broken_sublist
  @dont_align
  @want_comma_break

  $is_static_block_comment
  $index_start_one_line_block
  $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct
  $index_max_forced_break
  $input_line_number
  $diagnostics_object
  $vertical_aligner_object
  $logger_object
  $file_writer_object
  $formatter_self
  @ci_stack
  $last_line_had_side_comment
  %want_break_before
  %outdent_keyword
  $static_block_comment_pattern
  $static_side_comment_pattern
  %opening_vertical_tightness
  %closing_vertical_tightness
  %closing_token_indentation

  %opening_token_right
  %stack_opening_token
  %stack_closing_token

  $block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern

  $rOpts_add_newlines
  $rOpts_add_whitespace
  $rOpts_block_brace_tightness
  $rOpts_block_brace_vertical_tightness
  $rOpts_brace_left_and_indent
  $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints
  $rOpts_break_at_old_keyword_breakpoints
  $rOpts_break_at_old_comma_breakpoints
  $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints
  $rOpts_break_at_old_ternary_breakpoints
  $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag
  $rOpts_closing_side_comment_maximum_text
  $rOpts_continuation_indentation
  $rOpts_cuddled_else
  $rOpts_delete_old_whitespace
  $rOpts_fuzzy_line_length
  $rOpts_indent_columns
  $rOpts_line_up_parentheses
  $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table
  $rOpts_maximum_line_length
  $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length
  $rOpts_keep_old_blank_lines
  $rOpts_ignore_old_breakpoints
  $rOpts_format_skipping
  $rOpts_space_function_paren
  $rOpts_space_keyword_paren
  $rOpts_keep_interior_semicolons

  $half_maximum_line_length

  %is_opening_type
  %is_closing_type
  %is_keyword_returning_list
  %tightness
  %matching_token
  $rOpts
  %right_bond_strength
  %left_bond_strength
  %binary_ws_rules
  %want_left_space
  %want_right_space
  %is_digraph
  %is_trigraph
  $bli_pattern
  $bli_list_string
  %is_closing_type
  %is_opening_type
  %is_closing_token
  %is_opening_token
};

BEGIN {

    # default list of block types for which -bli would apply
    $bli_list_string = 'if else elsif unless while for foreach do : sub';

    @_ = qw(
      .. :: << >> ** && .. || // -> => += -= .= %= &= |= ^= *= <>
      <= >= == =~ !~ != ++ -- /= x=
    );
    @is_digraph{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw( ... **= <<= >>= &&= ||= //= <=> );
    @is_trigraph{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw(
      = **= += *= &= <<= &&=
      -= /= |= >>= ||= //=
      .= %= ^=
      x=
    );
    @is_assignment{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw(
      grep
      keys
      map
      reverse
      sort
      split
    );
    @is_keyword_returning_list{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw(is if unless and or err last next redo return);
    @is_if_unless_and_or_last_next_redo_return{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # always break after a closing curly of these block types:
    @_ = qw(until while for if elsif else);
    @is_until_while_for_if_elsif_else{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw(last next redo return);
    @is_last_next_redo_return{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw(sort map grep);
    @is_sort_map_grep{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw(sort map grep eval);
    @is_sort_map_grep_eval{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw(sort map grep eval do);
    @is_sort_map_grep_eval_do{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw(if unless);
    @is_if_unless{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw(and or err);
    @is_and_or{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # Identify certain operators which often occur in chains.
    # Note: the minus (-) causes a side effect of padding of the first line in
    # something like this (by sub set_logical_padding):
    #    Checkbutton => 'Transmission checked',
    #   -variable    => \$TRANS
    # This usually improves appearance so it seems ok.
    @_ = qw(&& || and or : ? . + - * /);
    @is_chain_operator{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # We can remove semicolons after blocks preceded by these keywords
    @_ =
      qw(BEGIN END CHECK INIT AUTOLOAD DESTROY UNITCHECK continue if elsif else
      unless while until for foreach);
    @is_block_without_semicolon{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # 'L' is token for opening { at hash key
    @_ = qw" L { ( [ ";
    @is_opening_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # 'R' is token for closing } at hash key
    @_ = qw" R } ) ] ";
    @is_closing_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw" { ( [ ";
    @is_opening_token{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    @_ = qw" } ) ] ";
    @is_closing_token{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
}

# whitespace codes
use constant WS_YES      => 1;
use constant WS_OPTIONAL => 0;
use constant WS_NO       => -1;

# Token bond strengths.
use constant NO_BREAK    => 10000;
use constant VERY_STRONG => 100;
use constant STRONG      => 2.1;
use constant NOMINAL     => 1.1;
use constant WEAK        => 0.8;
use constant VERY_WEAK   => 0.55;

# values for testing indexes in output array
use constant UNDEFINED_INDEX => -1;

# Maximum number of little messages; probably need not be changed.
use constant MAX_NAG_MESSAGES => 6;

# increment between sequence numbers for each type
# For example, ?: pairs might have numbers 7,11,15,...
use constant TYPE_SEQUENCE_INCREMENT => 4;

{

    # methods to count instances
    my $_count = 0;
    sub get_count        { $_count; }
    sub _increment_count { ++$_count }
    sub _decrement_count { --$_count }
}

sub trim {

    # trim leading and trailing whitespace from a string
    $_[0] =~ s/\s+$//;
    $_[0] =~ s/^\s+//;
    return $_[0];
}

sub split_words {

    # given a string containing words separated by whitespace,
    # return the list of words
    my ($str) = @_;
    return unless $str;
    $str =~ s/\s+$//;
    $str =~ s/^\s+//;
    return split( /\s+/, $str );
}

# interface to Perl::Tidy::Logger routines
sub warning {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->warning(@_);
    }
}

sub complain {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->complain(@_);
    }
}

sub write_logfile_entry {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(@_);
    }
}

sub black_box {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->black_box(@_);
    }
}

sub report_definite_bug {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->report_definite_bug();
    }
}

sub get_saw_brace_error {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->get_saw_brace_error();
    }
}

sub we_are_at_the_last_line {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->we_are_at_the_last_line();
    }
}

# interface to Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics routine
sub write_diagnostics {

    if ($diagnostics_object) {
        $diagnostics_object->write_diagnostics(@_);
    }
}

sub get_added_semicolon_count {
    my $self = shift;
    return $added_semicolon_count;
}

sub DESTROY {
    $_[0]->_decrement_count();
}

sub new {

    my $class = shift;

    # we are given an object with a write_line() method to take lines
    my %defaults = (
        sink_object        => undef,
        diagnostics_object => undef,
        logger_object      => undef,
    );
    my %args = ( %defaults, @_ );

    $logger_object      = $args{logger_object};
    $diagnostics_object = $args{diagnostics_object};

    # we create another object with a get_line() and peek_ahead() method
    my $sink_object = $args{sink_object};
    $file_writer_object =
      Perl::Tidy::FileWriter->new( $sink_object, $rOpts, $logger_object );

    # initialize the leading whitespace stack to negative levels
    # so that we can never run off the end of the stack
    $gnu_position_predictor = 0;    # where the current token is predicted to be
    $max_gnu_stack_index    = 0;
    $max_gnu_item_index     = -1;
    $gnu_stack[0] = new_lp_indentation_item( 0, -1, -1, 0, 0 );
    @gnu_item_list               = ();
    $last_output_indentation     = 0;
    $last_indentation_written    = 0;
    $last_unadjusted_indentation = 0;
    $last_leading_token          = "";

    $saw_VERSION_in_this_file = !$rOpts->{'pass-version-line'};
    $saw_END_or_DATA_         = 0;

    @block_type_to_go            = ();
    @type_sequence_to_go         = ();
    @container_environment_to_go = ();
    @bond_strength_to_go         = ();
    @forced_breakpoint_to_go     = ();
    @lengths_to_go               = ();    # line length to start of ith token
    @levels_to_go                = ();
    @matching_token_to_go        = ();
    @mate_index_to_go            = ();
    @nesting_blocks_to_go        = ();
    @ci_levels_to_go             = ();
    @nesting_depth_to_go         = (0);
    @nobreak_to_go               = ();
    @old_breakpoint_to_go        = ();
    @tokens_to_go                = ();
    @types_to_go                 = ();
    @leading_spaces_to_go        = ();
    @reduced_spaces_to_go        = ();

    @dont_align         = ();
    @has_broken_sublist = ();
    @want_comma_break   = ();

    @ci_stack                   = ("");
    $first_tabbing_disagreement = 0;
    $last_tabbing_disagreement  = 0;
    $tabbing_disagreement_count = 0;
    $in_tabbing_disagreement    = 0;
    $input_line_tabbing         = undef;

    $last_line_type               = "";
    $last_last_line_leading_level = 0;
    $last_line_leading_level      = 0;
    $last_line_leading_type       = '#';

    $last_nonblank_token        = ';';
    $last_nonblank_type         = ';';
    $last_last_nonblank_token   = ';';
    $last_last_nonblank_type    = ';';
    $last_nonblank_block_type   = "";
    $last_output_level          = 0;
    $looking_for_else           = 0;
    $embedded_tab_count         = 0;
    $first_embedded_tab_at      = 0;
    $last_embedded_tab_at       = 0;
    $deleted_semicolon_count    = 0;
    $first_deleted_semicolon_at = 0;
    $last_deleted_semicolon_at  = 0;
    $added_semicolon_count      = 0;
    $first_added_semicolon_at   = 0;
    $last_added_semicolon_at    = 0;
    $last_line_had_side_comment = 0;
    $is_static_block_comment    = 0;
    %postponed_breakpoint       = ();

    # variables for adding side comments
    %block_leading_text        = ();
    %block_opening_line_number = ();
    $csc_new_statement_ok      = 1;

    %saved_opening_indentation  = ();
    $in_format_skipping_section = 0;

    reset_block_text_accumulator();

    prepare_for_new_input_lines();

    $vertical_aligner_object =
      Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner->initialize( $rOpts, $file_writer_object,
        $logger_object, $diagnostics_object );

    if ( $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'} ) {
        write_logfile_entry(
"Leading whitespace will be entabbed with $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'} spaces per tab\n"
        );
    }
    elsif ( $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) {
        write_logfile_entry("Indentation will be with a tab character\n");
    }
    else {
        write_logfile_entry(
            "Indentation will be with $rOpts->{'indent-columns'} spaces\n");
    }

    # This was the start of a formatter referent, but object-oriented
    # coding has turned out to be too slow here.
    $formatter_self = {};

    bless $formatter_self, $class;

    # Safety check..this is not a class yet
    if ( _increment_count() > 1 ) {
        confess
"Attempt to create more than 1 object in $class, which is not a true class yet\n";
    }
    return $formatter_self;
}

sub prepare_for_new_input_lines {

    $gnu_sequence_number++;    # increment output batch counter
    %last_gnu_equals                = ();
    %gnu_comma_count                = ();
    %gnu_arrow_count                = ();
    $line_start_index_to_go         = 0;
    $max_gnu_item_index             = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
    $index_max_forced_break         = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
    $max_index_to_go                = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
    $last_nonblank_index_to_go      = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
    $last_nonblank_type_to_go       = '';
    $last_nonblank_token_to_go      = '';
    $last_last_nonblank_index_to_go = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
    $last_last_nonblank_type_to_go  = '';
    $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go = '';
    $forced_breakpoint_count        = 0;
    $forced_breakpoint_undo_count   = 0;
    $rbrace_follower                = undef;
    $lengths_to_go[0]               = 0;
    $old_line_count_in_batch        = 1;
    $comma_count_in_batch           = 0;
    $starting_in_quote              = 0;

    destroy_one_line_block();
}

sub write_line {

    my $self = shift;
    my ($line_of_tokens) = @_;

    my $line_type  = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type};
    my $input_line = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};

    if ( $rOpts->{notidy} ) {
        write_unindented_line($input_line);
        $last_line_type = $line_type;
        return;
    }

    # _line_type codes are:
    #   SYSTEM         - system-specific code before hash-bang line
    #   CODE           - line of perl code (including comments)
    #   POD_START      - line starting pod, such as '=head'
    #   POD            - pod documentation text
    #   POD_END        - last line of pod section, '=cut'
    #   HERE           - text of here-document
    #   HERE_END       - last line of here-doc (target word)
    #   FORMAT         - format section
    #   FORMAT_END     - last line of format section, '.'
    #   DATA_START     - __DATA__ line
    #   DATA           - unidentified text following __DATA__
    #   END_START      - __END__ line
    #   END            - unidentified text following __END__
    #   ERROR          - we are in big trouble, probably not a perl script

    # put a blank line after an =cut which comes before __END__ and __DATA__
    # (required by podchecker)
    if ( $last_line_type eq 'POD_END' && !$saw_END_or_DATA_ ) {
        $file_writer_object->reset_consecutive_blank_lines();
        if ( $input_line !~ /^\s*$/ ) { want_blank_line() }
    }

    # handle line of code..
    if ( $line_type eq 'CODE' ) {

        # let logger see all non-blank lines of code
        if ( $input_line !~ /^\s*$/ ) {
            my $output_line_number =
              $vertical_aligner_object->get_output_line_number();
            black_box( $line_of_tokens, $output_line_number );
        }
        print_line_of_tokens($line_of_tokens);
    }

    # handle line of non-code..
    else {

        # set special flags
        my $skip_line = 0;
        my $tee_line  = 0;
        if ( $line_type =~ /^POD/ ) {

            # Pod docs should have a preceding blank line.  But be
            # very careful in __END__ and __DATA__ sections, because:
            #   1. the user may be using this section for any purpose whatsoever
            #   2. the blank counters are not active there
            # It should be safe to request a blank line between an
            # __END__ or __DATA__ and an immediately following '=head'
            # type line, (types END_START and DATA_START), but not for
            # any other lines of type END or DATA.
            if ( $rOpts->{'delete-pod'} ) { $skip_line = 1; }
            if ( $rOpts->{'tee-pod'} )    { $tee_line  = 1; }
            if (  !$skip_line
                && $line_type eq 'POD_START'
                && $last_line_type !~ /^(END|DATA)$/ )
            {
                want_blank_line();
            }
        }

        # leave the blank counters in a predictable state
        # after __END__ or __DATA__
        elsif ( $line_type =~ /^(END_START|DATA_START)$/ ) {
            $file_writer_object->reset_consecutive_blank_lines();
            $saw_END_or_DATA_ = 1;
        }

        # write unindented non-code line
        if ( !$skip_line ) {
            if ($tee_line) { $file_writer_object->tee_on() }
            write_unindented_line($input_line);
            if ($tee_line) { $file_writer_object->tee_off() }
        }
    }
    $last_line_type = $line_type;
}

sub create_one_line_block {
    $index_start_one_line_block            = $_[0];
    $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct = $_[1];
}

sub destroy_one_line_block {
    $index_start_one_line_block            = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
    $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct = 0;
}

sub leading_spaces_to_go {

    # return the number of indentation spaces for a token in the output stream;
    # these were previously stored by 'set_leading_whitespace'.

    return get_SPACES( $leading_spaces_to_go[ $_[0] ] );

}

sub get_SPACES {

    # return the number of leading spaces associated with an indentation
    # variable $indentation is either a constant number of spaces or an object
    # with a get_SPACES method.
    my $indentation = shift;
    return ref($indentation) ? $indentation->get_SPACES() : $indentation;
}

sub get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES {

    # return the number of spaces (+ means shift right, - means shift left)
    # that we would like to shift a group of lines with the same indentation
    # to get them to line up with their opening parens
    my $indentation = shift;
    return ref($indentation) ? $indentation->get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES() : 0;
}

sub get_AVAILABLE_SPACES_to_go {

    my $item = $leading_spaces_to_go[ $_[0] ];

    # return the number of available leading spaces associated with an
    # indentation variable.  $indentation is either a constant number of
    # spaces or an object with a get_AVAILABLE_SPACES method.
    return ref($item) ? $item->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES() : 0;
}

sub new_lp_indentation_item {

    # this is an interface to the IndentationItem class
    my ( $spaces, $level, $ci_level, $available_spaces, $align_paren ) = @_;

    # A negative level implies not to store the item in the item_list
    my $index = 0;
    if ( $level >= 0 ) { $index = ++$max_gnu_item_index; }

    my $item = Perl::Tidy::IndentationItem->new(
        $spaces,      $level,
        $ci_level,    $available_spaces,
        $index,       $gnu_sequence_number,
        $align_paren, $max_gnu_stack_index,
        $line_start_index_to_go,
    );

    if ( $level >= 0 ) {
        $gnu_item_list[$max_gnu_item_index] = $item;
    }

    return $item;
}

sub set_leading_whitespace {

    # This routine defines leading whitespace
    # given: the level and continuation_level of a token,
    # define: space count of leading string which would apply if it
    # were the first token of a new line.

    my ( $level, $ci_level, $in_continued_quote ) = @_;

    # modify for -bli, which adds one continuation indentation for
    # opening braces
    if (   $rOpts_brace_left_and_indent
        && $max_index_to_go == 0
        && $block_type_to_go[$max_index_to_go] =~ /$bli_pattern/o )
    {
        $ci_level++;
    }

    # patch to avoid trouble when input file has negative indentation.
    # other logic should catch this error.
    if ( $level < 0 ) { $level = 0 }

    #-------------------------------------------
    # handle the standard indentation scheme
    #-------------------------------------------
    unless ($rOpts_line_up_parentheses) {
        my $space_count =
          $ci_level * $rOpts_continuation_indentation +
          $level * $rOpts_indent_columns;
        my $ci_spaces =
          ( $ci_level == 0 ) ? 0 : $rOpts_continuation_indentation;

        if ($in_continued_quote) {
            $space_count = 0;
            $ci_spaces   = 0;
        }
        $leading_spaces_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $space_count;
        $reduced_spaces_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $space_count - $ci_spaces;
        return;
    }

    #-------------------------------------------------------------
    # handle case of -lp indentation..
    #-------------------------------------------------------------

    # The continued_quote flag means that this is the first token of a
    # line, and it is the continuation of some kind of multi-line quote
    # or pattern.  It requires special treatment because it must have no
    # added leading whitespace. So we create a special indentation item
    # which is not in the stack.
    if ($in_continued_quote) {
        my $space_count     = 0;
        my $available_space = 0;
        $level = -1;    # flag to prevent storing in item_list
        $leading_spaces_to_go[$max_index_to_go] =
          $reduced_spaces_to_go[$max_index_to_go] =
          new_lp_indentation_item( $space_count, $level, $ci_level,
            $available_space, 0 );
        return;
    }

    # get the top state from the stack
    my $space_count      = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_SPACES();
    my $current_level    = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_LEVEL();
    my $current_ci_level = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_CI_LEVEL();

    my $type        = $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
    my $token       = $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
    my $total_depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go];

    if ( $type eq '{' || $type eq '(' ) {

        $gnu_comma_count{ $total_depth + 1 } = 0;
        $gnu_arrow_count{ $total_depth + 1 } = 0;

        # If we come to an opening token after an '=' token of some type,
        # see if it would be helpful to 'break' after the '=' to save space
        my $last_equals = $last_gnu_equals{$total_depth};
        if ( $last_equals && $last_equals > $line_start_index_to_go ) {

            # find the position if we break at the '='
            my $i_test = $last_equals;
            if ( $types_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ] eq 'b' ) { $i_test++ }

            # TESTING
            ##my $too_close = ($i_test==$max_index_to_go-1);

            my $test_position = total_line_length( $i_test, $max_index_to_go );

            if (

                # the equals is not just before an open paren (testing)
                ##!$too_close &&

                # if we are beyond the midpoint
                $gnu_position_predictor > $half_maximum_line_length

                # or we are beyont the 1/4 point and there was an old
                # break at the equals
                || (
                    $gnu_position_predictor > $half_maximum_line_length / 2
                    && (
                        $old_breakpoint_to_go[$last_equals]
                        || (   $last_equals > 0
                            && $old_breakpoint_to_go[ $last_equals - 1 ] )
                        || (   $last_equals > 1
                            && $types_to_go[ $last_equals - 1 ] eq 'b'
                            && $old_breakpoint_to_go[ $last_equals - 2 ] )
                    )
                )
              )
            {

                # then make the switch -- note that we do not set a real
                # breakpoint here because we may not really need one; sub
                # scan_list will do that if necessary
                $line_start_index_to_go = $i_test + 1;
                $gnu_position_predictor = $test_position;
            }
        }
    }

    # Check for decreasing depth ..
    # Note that one token may have both decreasing and then increasing
    # depth. For example, (level, ci) can go from (1,1) to (2,0).  So,
    # in this example we would first go back to (1,0) then up to (2,0)
    # in a single call.
    if ( $level < $current_level || $ci_level < $current_ci_level ) {

        # loop to find the first entry at or completely below this level
        my ( $lev, $ci_lev );
        while (1) {
            if ($max_gnu_stack_index) {

                # save index of token which closes this level
                $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->set_CLOSED($max_index_to_go);

                # Undo any extra indentation if we saw no commas
                my $available_spaces =
                  $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES();

                my $comma_count = 0;
                my $arrow_count = 0;
                if ( $type eq '}' || $type eq ')' ) {
                    $comma_count = $gnu_comma_count{$total_depth};
                    $arrow_count = $gnu_arrow_count{$total_depth};
                    $comma_count = 0 unless $comma_count;
                    $arrow_count = 0 unless $arrow_count;
                }
                $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->set_COMMA_COUNT($comma_count);
                $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->set_ARROW_COUNT($arrow_count);

                if ( $available_spaces > 0 ) {

                    if ( $comma_count <= 0 || $arrow_count > 0 ) {

                        my $i = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_INDEX();
                        my $seqno =
                          $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]
                          ->get_SEQUENCE_NUMBER();

                        # Be sure this item was created in this batch.  This
                        # should be true because we delete any available
                        # space from open items at the end of each batch.
                        if (   $gnu_sequence_number != $seqno
                            || $i > $max_gnu_item_index )
                        {
                            warning(
"Program bug with -lp.  seqno=$seqno should be $gnu_sequence_number and i=$i should be less than max=$max_gnu_item_index\n"
                            );
                            report_definite_bug();
                        }

                        else {
                            if ( $arrow_count == 0 ) {
                                $gnu_item_list[$i]
                                  ->permanently_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES(
                                    $available_spaces);
                            }
                            else {
                                $gnu_item_list[$i]
                                  ->tentatively_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES(
                                    $available_spaces);
                            }

                            my $j;
                            for (
                                $j = $i + 1 ;
                                $j <= $max_gnu_item_index ;
                                $j++
                              )
                            {
                                $gnu_item_list[$j]
                                  ->decrease_SPACES($available_spaces);
                            }
                        }
                    }
                }

                # go down one level
                --$max_gnu_stack_index;
                $lev    = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_LEVEL();
                $ci_lev = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_CI_LEVEL();

                # stop when we reach a level at or below the current level
                if ( $lev <= $level && $ci_lev <= $ci_level ) {
                    $space_count =
                      $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_SPACES();
                    $current_level    = $lev;
                    $current_ci_level = $ci_lev;
                    last;
                }
            }

            # reached bottom of stack .. should never happen because
            # only negative levels can get here, and $level was forced
            # to be positive above.
            else {
                warning(
"program bug with -lp: stack_error. level=$level; lev=$lev; ci_level=$ci_level; ci_lev=$ci_lev; rerun with -nlp\n"
                );
                report_definite_bug();
                last;
            }
        }
    }

    # handle increasing depth
    if ( $level > $current_level || $ci_level > $current_ci_level ) {

        # Compute the standard incremental whitespace.  This will be
        # the minimum incremental whitespace that will be used.  This
        # choice results in a smooth transition between the gnu-style
        # and the standard style.
        my $standard_increment =
          ( $level - $current_level ) * $rOpts_indent_columns +
          ( $ci_level - $current_ci_level ) * $rOpts_continuation_indentation;

        # Now we have to define how much extra incremental space
        # ("$available_space") we want.  This extra space will be
        # reduced as necessary when long lines are encountered or when
        # it becomes clear that we do not have a good list.
        my $available_space = 0;
        my $align_paren     = 0;
        my $excess          = 0;

        # initialization on empty stack..
        if ( $max_gnu_stack_index == 0 ) {
            $space_count = $level * $rOpts_indent_columns;
        }

        # if this is a BLOCK, add the standard increment
        elsif ($last_nonblank_block_type) {
            $space_count += $standard_increment;
        }

        # if last nonblank token was not structural indentation,
        # just use standard increment
        elsif ( $last_nonblank_type ne '{' ) {
            $space_count += $standard_increment;
        }

        # otherwise use the space to the first non-blank level change token
        else {

            $space_count = $gnu_position_predictor;

            my $min_gnu_indentation =
              $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->get_SPACES();

            $available_space = $space_count - $min_gnu_indentation;
            if ( $available_space >= $standard_increment ) {
                $min_gnu_indentation += $standard_increment;
            }
            elsif ( $available_space > 1 ) {
                $min_gnu_indentation += $available_space + 1;
            }
            elsif ( $last_nonblank_token =~ /^[\{\[\(]$/ ) {
                if ( ( $tightness{$last_nonblank_token} < 2 ) ) {
                    $min_gnu_indentation += 2;
                }
                else {
                    $min_gnu_indentation += 1;
                }
            }
            else {
                $min_gnu_indentation += $standard_increment;
            }
            $available_space = $space_count - $min_gnu_indentation;

            if ( $available_space < 0 ) {
                $space_count     = $min_gnu_indentation;
                $available_space = 0;
            }
            $align_paren = 1;
        }

        # update state, but not on a blank token
        if ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] ne 'b' ) {

            $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]->set_HAVE_CHILD(1);

            ++$max_gnu_stack_index;
            $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index] =
              new_lp_indentation_item( $space_count, $level, $ci_level,
                $available_space, $align_paren );

            # If the opening paren is beyond the half-line length, then
            # we will use the minimum (standard) indentation.  This will
            # help avoid problems associated with running out of space
            # near the end of a line.  As a result, in deeply nested
            # lists, there will be some indentations which are limited
            # to this minimum standard indentation. But the most deeply
            # nested container will still probably be able to shift its
            # parameters to the right for proper alignment, so in most
            # cases this will not be noticable.
            if (   $available_space > 0
                && $space_count > $half_maximum_line_length )
            {
                $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]
                  ->tentatively_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($available_space);
            }
        }
    }

    # Count commas and look for non-list characters.  Once we see a
    # non-list character, we give up and don't look for any more commas.
    if ( $type eq '=>' ) {
        $gnu_arrow_count{$total_depth}++;

        # tentatively treating '=>' like '=' for estimating breaks
        # TODO: this could use some experimentation
        $last_gnu_equals{$total_depth} = $max_index_to_go;
    }

    elsif ( $type eq ',' ) {
        $gnu_comma_count{$total_depth}++;
    }

    elsif ( $is_assignment{$type} ) {
        $last_gnu_equals{$total_depth} = $max_index_to_go;
    }

    # this token might start a new line
    # if this is a non-blank..
    if ( $type ne 'b' ) {

        # and if ..
        if (

            # this is the first nonblank token of the line
            $max_index_to_go == 1 && $types_to_go[0] eq 'b'

            # or previous character was one of these:
            || $last_nonblank_type_to_go =~ /^([\:\?\,f])$/

            # or previous character was opening and this does not close it
            || ( $last_nonblank_type_to_go eq '{' && $type ne '}' )
            || ( $last_nonblank_type_to_go eq '(' and $type ne ')' )

            # or this token is one of these:
            || $type =~ /^([\.]|\|\||\&\&)$/

            # or this is a closing structure
            || (   $last_nonblank_type_to_go eq '}'
                && $last_nonblank_token_to_go eq $last_nonblank_type_to_go )

            # or previous token was keyword 'return'
            || ( $last_nonblank_type_to_go eq 'k'
                && ( $last_nonblank_token_to_go eq 'return' && $type ne '{' ) )

            # or starting a new line at certain keywords is fine
            || (   $type eq 'k'
                && $is_if_unless_and_or_last_next_redo_return{$token} )

            # or this is after an assignment after a closing structure
            || (
                $is_assignment{$last_nonblank_type_to_go}
                && (
                    $last_last_nonblank_type_to_go =~ /^[\}\)\]]$/

                    # and it is significantly to the right
                    || $gnu_position_predictor > $half_maximum_line_length
                )
            )
          )
        {
            check_for_long_gnu_style_lines();
            $line_start_index_to_go = $max_index_to_go;

            # back up 1 token if we want to break before that type
            # otherwise, we may strand tokens like '?' or ':' on a line
            if ( $line_start_index_to_go > 0 ) {
                if ( $last_nonblank_type_to_go eq 'k' ) {

                    if ( $want_break_before{$last_nonblank_token_to_go} ) {
                        $line_start_index_to_go--;
                    }
                }
                elsif ( $want_break_before{$last_nonblank_type_to_go} ) {
                    $line_start_index_to_go--;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    # remember the predicted position of this token on the output line
    if ( $max_index_to_go > $line_start_index_to_go ) {
        $gnu_position_predictor =
          total_line_length( $line_start_index_to_go, $max_index_to_go );
    }
    else {
        $gnu_position_predictor = $space_count +
          token_sequence_length( $max_index_to_go, $max_index_to_go );
    }

    # store the indentation object for this token
    # this allows us to manipulate the leading whitespace
    # (in case we have to reduce indentation to fit a line) without
    # having to change any token values
    $leading_spaces_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index];
    $reduced_spaces_to_go[$max_index_to_go] =
      ( $max_gnu_stack_index > 0 && $ci_level )
      ? $gnu_stack[ $max_gnu_stack_index - 1 ]
      : $gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index];
    return;
}

sub check_for_long_gnu_style_lines {

    # look at the current estimated maximum line length, and
    # remove some whitespace if it exceeds the desired maximum

    # this is only for the '-lp' style
    return unless ($rOpts_line_up_parentheses);

    # nothing can be done if no stack items defined for this line
    return if ( $max_gnu_item_index == UNDEFINED_INDEX );

    # see if we have exceeded the maximum desired line length
    # keep 2 extra free because they are needed in some cases
    # (result of trial-and-error testing)
    my $spaces_needed =
      $gnu_position_predictor - $rOpts_maximum_line_length + 2;

    return if ( $spaces_needed <= 0 );

    # We are over the limit, so try to remove a requested number of
    # spaces from leading whitespace.  We are only allowed to remove
    # from whitespace items created on this batch, since others have
    # already been used and cannot be undone.
    my @candidates = ();
    my $i;

    # loop over all whitespace items created for the current batch
    for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $max_gnu_item_index ; $i++ ) {
        my $item = $gnu_item_list[$i];

        # item must still be open to be a candidate (otherwise it
        # cannot influence the current token)
        next if ( $item->get_CLOSED() >= 0 );

        my $available_spaces = $item->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES();

        if ( $available_spaces > 0 ) {
            push( @candidates, [ $i, $available_spaces ] );
        }
    }

    return unless (@candidates);

    # sort by available whitespace so that we can remove whitespace
    # from the maximum available first
    @candidates = sort { $b->[1] <=> $a->[1] } @candidates;

    # keep removing whitespace until we are done or have no more
    my $candidate;
    foreach $candidate (@candidates) {
        my ( $i, $available_spaces ) = @{$candidate};
        my $deleted_spaces =
          ( $available_spaces > $spaces_needed )
          ? $spaces_needed
          : $available_spaces;

        # remove the incremental space from this item
        $gnu_item_list[$i]->decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($deleted_spaces);

        my $i_debug = $i;

        # update the leading whitespace of this item and all items
        # that came after it
        for ( ; $i <= $max_gnu_item_index ; $i++ ) {

            my $old_spaces = $gnu_item_list[$i]->get_SPACES();
            if ( $old_spaces >= $deleted_spaces ) {
                $gnu_item_list[$i]->decrease_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
            }

            # shouldn't happen except for code bug:
            else {
                my $level        = $gnu_item_list[$i_debug]->get_LEVEL();
                my $ci_level     = $gnu_item_list[$i_debug]->get_CI_LEVEL();
                my $old_level    = $gnu_item_list[$i]->get_LEVEL();
                my $old_ci_level = $gnu_item_list[$i]->get_CI_LEVEL();
                warning(
"program bug with -lp: want to delete $deleted_spaces from item $i, but old=$old_spaces deleted: lev=$level ci=$ci_level  deleted: level=$old_level ci=$ci_level\n"
                );
                report_definite_bug();
            }
        }
        $gnu_position_predictor -= $deleted_spaces;
        $spaces_needed          -= $deleted_spaces;
        last unless ( $spaces_needed > 0 );
    }
}

sub finish_lp_batch {

    # This routine is called once after each each output stream batch is
    # finished to undo indentation for all incomplete -lp
    # indentation levels.  It is too risky to leave a level open,
    # because then we can't backtrack in case of a long line to follow.
    # This means that comments and blank lines will disrupt this
    # indentation style.  But the vertical aligner may be able to
    # get the space back if there are side comments.

    # this is only for the 'lp' style
    return unless ($rOpts_line_up_parentheses);

    # nothing can be done if no stack items defined for this line
    return if ( $max_gnu_item_index == UNDEFINED_INDEX );

    # loop over all whitespace items created for the current batch
    my $i;
    for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $max_gnu_item_index ; $i++ ) {
        my $item = $gnu_item_list[$i];

        # only look for open items
        next if ( $item->get_CLOSED() >= 0 );

        # Tentatively remove all of the available space
        # (The vertical aligner will try to get it back later)
        my $available_spaces = $item->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES();
        if ( $available_spaces > 0 ) {

            # delete incremental space for this item
            $gnu_item_list[$i]
              ->tentatively_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($available_spaces);

            # Reduce the total indentation space of any nodes that follow
            # Note that any such nodes must necessarily be dependents
            # of this node.
            foreach ( $i + 1 .. $max_gnu_item_index ) {
                $gnu_item_list[$_]->decrease_SPACES($available_spaces);
            }
        }
    }
    return;
}

sub reduce_lp_indentation {

    # reduce the leading whitespace at token $i if possible by $spaces_needed
    # (a large value of $spaces_needed will remove all excess space)
    # NOTE: to be called from scan_list only for a sequence of tokens
    # contained between opening and closing parens/braces/brackets

    my ( $i, $spaces_wanted ) = @_;
    my $deleted_spaces = 0;

    my $item             = $leading_spaces_to_go[$i];
    my $available_spaces = $item->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES();

    if (
        $available_spaces > 0
        && ( ( $spaces_wanted <= $available_spaces )
            || !$item->get_HAVE_CHILD() )
      )
    {

        # we'll remove these spaces, but mark them as recoverable
        $deleted_spaces =
          $item->tentatively_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($spaces_wanted);
    }

    return $deleted_spaces;
}

sub token_sequence_length {

    # return length of tokens ($ifirst .. $ilast) including first & last
    # returns 0 if $ifirst > $ilast
    my $ifirst = shift;
    my $ilast  = shift;
    return 0 if ( $ilast < 0 || $ifirst > $ilast );
    return $lengths_to_go[ $ilast + 1 ] if ( $ifirst < 0 );
    return $lengths_to_go[ $ilast + 1 ] - $lengths_to_go[$ifirst];
}

sub total_line_length {

    # return length of a line of tokens ($ifirst .. $ilast)
    my $ifirst = shift;
    my $ilast  = shift;
    if ( $ifirst < 0 ) { $ifirst = 0 }

    return leading_spaces_to_go($ifirst) +
      token_sequence_length( $ifirst, $ilast );
}

sub excess_line_length {

    # return number of characters by which a line of tokens ($ifirst..$ilast)
    # exceeds the allowable line length.
    my $ifirst = shift;
    my $ilast  = shift;
    if ( $ifirst < 0 ) { $ifirst = 0 }
    return leading_spaces_to_go($ifirst) +
      token_sequence_length( $ifirst, $ilast ) - $rOpts_maximum_line_length;
}

sub finish_formatting {

    # flush buffer and write any informative messages
    my $self = shift;

    flush();
    $file_writer_object->decrement_output_line_number()
      ;    # fix up line number since it was incremented
    we_are_at_the_last_line();
    if ( $added_semicolon_count > 0 ) {
        my $first = ( $added_semicolon_count > 1 ) ? "First" : "";
        my $what =
          ( $added_semicolon_count > 1 ) ? "semicolons were" : "semicolon was";
        write_logfile_entry("$added_semicolon_count $what added:\n");
        write_logfile_entry(
            "  $first at input line $first_added_semicolon_at\n");

        if ( $added_semicolon_count > 1 ) {
            write_logfile_entry(
                "   Last at input line $last_added_semicolon_at\n");
        }
        write_logfile_entry("  (Use -nasc to prevent semicolon addition)\n");
        write_logfile_entry("\n");
    }

    if ( $deleted_semicolon_count > 0 ) {
        my $first = ( $deleted_semicolon_count > 1 ) ? "First" : "";
        my $what =
          ( $deleted_semicolon_count > 1 )
          ? "semicolons were"
          : "semicolon was";
        write_logfile_entry(
            "$deleted_semicolon_count unnecessary $what deleted:\n");
        write_logfile_entry(
            "  $first at input line $first_deleted_semicolon_at\n");

        if ( $deleted_semicolon_count > 1 ) {
            write_logfile_entry(
                "   Last at input line $last_deleted_semicolon_at\n");
        }
        write_logfile_entry("  (Use -ndsc to prevent semicolon deletion)\n");
        write_logfile_entry("\n");
    }

    if ( $embedded_tab_count > 0 ) {
        my $first = ( $embedded_tab_count > 1 ) ? "First" : "";
        my $what =
          ( $embedded_tab_count > 1 )
          ? "quotes or patterns"
          : "quote or pattern";
        write_logfile_entry("$embedded_tab_count $what had embedded tabs:\n");
        write_logfile_entry(
"This means the display of this script could vary with device or software\n"
        );
        write_logfile_entry("  $first at input line $first_embedded_tab_at\n");

        if ( $embedded_tab_count > 1 ) {
            write_logfile_entry(
                "   Last at input line $last_embedded_tab_at\n");
        }
        write_logfile_entry("\n");
    }

    if ($first_tabbing_disagreement) {
        write_logfile_entry(
"First indentation disagreement seen at input line $first_tabbing_disagreement\n"
        );
    }

    if ($in_tabbing_disagreement) {
        write_logfile_entry(
"Ending with indentation disagreement which started at input line $in_tabbing_disagreement\n"
        );
    }
    else {

        if ($last_tabbing_disagreement) {

            write_logfile_entry(
"Last indentation disagreement seen at input line $last_tabbing_disagreement\n"
            );
        }
        else {
            write_logfile_entry("No indentation disagreement seen\n");
        }
    }
    write_logfile_entry("\n");

    $vertical_aligner_object->report_anything_unusual();

    $file_writer_object->report_line_length_errors();
}

sub check_options {

    # This routine is called to check the Opts hash after it is defined

    ($rOpts) = @_;
    my ( $tabbing_string, $tab_msg );

    make_static_block_comment_pattern();
    make_static_side_comment_pattern();
    make_closing_side_comment_prefix();
    make_closing_side_comment_list_pattern();
    $format_skipping_pattern_begin =
      make_format_skipping_pattern( 'format-skipping-begin', '#<<<' );
    $format_skipping_pattern_end =
      make_format_skipping_pattern( 'format-skipping-end', '#>>>' );

    # If closing side comments ARE selected, then we can safely
    # delete old closing side comments unless closing side comment
    # warnings are requested.  This is a good idea because it will
    # eliminate any old csc's which fall below the line count threshold.
    # We cannot do this if warnings are turned on, though, because we
    # might delete some text which has been added.  So that must
    # be handled when comments are created.
    if ( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comments'} ) {
        if ( !$rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-warnings'} ) {
            $rOpts->{'delete-closing-side-comments'} = 1;
        }
    }

    # If closing side comments ARE NOT selected, but warnings ARE
    # selected and we ARE DELETING csc's, then we will pretend to be
    # adding with a huge interval.  This will force the comments to be
    # generated for comparison with the old comments, but not added.
    elsif ( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-warnings'} ) {
        if ( $rOpts->{'delete-closing-side-comments'} ) {
            $rOpts->{'delete-closing-side-comments'}  = 0;
            $rOpts->{'closing-side-comments'}         = 1;
            $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-interval'} = 100000000;
        }
    }

    make_bli_pattern();
    make_block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern();

    if ( $rOpts->{'line-up-parentheses'} ) {

        if (   $rOpts->{'indent-only'}
            || !$rOpts->{'add-newlines'}
            || !$rOpts->{'delete-old-newlines'} )
        {
            warn <{'line-up-parentheses'} = 0;
        }
    }

    # At present, tabs are not compatable with the line-up-parentheses style
    # (it would be possible to entab the total leading whitespace
    # just prior to writing the line, if desired).
    if ( $rOpts->{'line-up-parentheses'} && $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) {
        warn <{'tabs'} = 0;
    }

    # Likewise, tabs are not compatable with outdenting..
    if ( $rOpts->{'outdent-keywords'} && $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) {
        warn <{'tabs'} = 0;
    }

    if ( $rOpts->{'outdent-labels'} && $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) {
        warn <{'tabs'} = 0;
    }

    if ( !$rOpts->{'space-for-semicolon'} ) {
        $want_left_space{'f'} = -1;
    }

    if ( $rOpts->{'space-terminal-semicolon'} ) {
        $want_left_space{';'} = 1;
    }

    # implement outdenting preferences for keywords
    %outdent_keyword = ();
    unless ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'outdent-keyword-okl'} ) ) {
        @_ = qw(next last redo goto return);    # defaults
    }

    # FUTURE: if not a keyword, assume that it is an identifier
    foreach (@_) {
        if ( $Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer::is_keyword{$_} ) {
            $outdent_keyword{$_} = 1;
        }
        else {
            warn "ignoring '$_' in -okwl list; not a perl keyword";
        }
    }

    # implement user whitespace preferences
    if ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'want-left-space'} ) ) {
        @want_left_space{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    if ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'want-right-space'} ) ) {
        @want_right_space{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    if ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'nowant-left-space'} ) ) {
        @want_left_space{@_} = (-1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    if ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'nowant-right-space'} ) ) {
        @want_right_space{@_} = (-1) x scalar(@_);
    }
    if ( $rOpts->{'dump-want-left-space'} ) {
        dump_want_left_space(*STDOUT);
        exit 1;
    }

    if ( $rOpts->{'dump-want-right-space'} ) {
        dump_want_right_space(*STDOUT);
        exit 1;
    }

    # default keywords for which space is introduced before an opening paren
    # (at present, including them messes up vertical alignment)
    @_ = qw(my local our and or err eq ne if else elsif until
      unless while for foreach return switch case given when);
    @space_after_keyword{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # allow user to modify these defaults
    if ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'space-after-keyword'} ) ) {
        @space_after_keyword{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    if ( @_ = split_words( $rOpts->{'nospace-after-keyword'} ) ) {
        @space_after_keyword{@_} = (0) x scalar(@_);
    }

    # implement user break preferences
    my @all_operators = qw(% + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < > | &
      = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=
      . : ? && || and or err xor
    );

    my $break_after = sub {
        foreach my $tok (@_) {
            if ( $tok eq '?' ) { $tok = ':' }    # patch to coordinate ?/:
            my $lbs = $left_bond_strength{$tok};
            my $rbs = $right_bond_strength{$tok};
            if ( defined($lbs) && defined($rbs) && $lbs < $rbs ) {
                ( $right_bond_strength{$tok}, $left_bond_strength{$tok} ) =
                  ( $lbs, $rbs );
            }
        }
    };

    my $break_before = sub {
        foreach my $tok (@_) {
            my $lbs = $left_bond_strength{$tok};
            my $rbs = $right_bond_strength{$tok};
            if ( defined($lbs) && defined($rbs) && $rbs < $lbs ) {
                ( $right_bond_strength{$tok}, $left_bond_strength{$tok} ) =
                  ( $lbs, $rbs );
            }
        }
    };

    $break_after->(@all_operators) if ( $rOpts->{'break-after-all-operators'} );
    $break_before->(@all_operators)
      if ( $rOpts->{'break-before-all-operators'} );

    $break_after->( split_words( $rOpts->{'want-break-after'} ) );
    $break_before->( split_words( $rOpts->{'want-break-before'} ) );

    # make note if breaks are before certain key types
    %want_break_before = ();
    foreach my $tok ( @all_operators, ',' ) {
        $want_break_before{$tok} =
          $left_bond_strength{$tok} < $right_bond_strength{$tok};
    }

    # Coordinate ?/: breaks, which must be similar
    if ( !$want_break_before{':'} ) {
        $want_break_before{'?'}   = $want_break_before{':'};
        $right_bond_strength{'?'} = $right_bond_strength{':'} + 0.01;
        $left_bond_strength{'?'}  = NO_BREAK;
    }

    # Define here tokens which may follow the closing brace of a do statement
    # on the same line, as in:
    #   } while ( $something);
    @_ = qw(until while unless if ; : );
    push @_, ',';
    @is_do_follower{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # These tokens may follow the closing brace of an if or elsif block.
    # In other words, for cuddled else we want code to look like:
    #   } elsif ( $something) {
    #   } else {
    if ( $rOpts->{'cuddled-else'} ) {
        @_ = qw(else elsif);
        @is_if_brace_follower{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }
    else {
        %is_if_brace_follower = ();
    }

    # nothing can follow the closing curly of an else { } block:
    %is_else_brace_follower = ();

    # what can follow a multi-line anonymous sub definition closing curly:
    @_ = qw# ; : => or and  && || ~~ !~~ ) #;
    push @_, ',';
    @is_anon_sub_brace_follower{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # what can follow a one-line anonynomous sub closing curly:
    # one-line anonumous subs also have ']' here...
    # see tk3.t and PP.pm
    @_ = qw#  ; : => or and  && || ) ] ~~ !~~ #;
    push @_, ',';
    @is_anon_sub_1_brace_follower{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # What can follow a closing curly of a block
    # which is not an if/elsif/else/do/sort/map/grep/eval/sub
    # Testfiles: 'Toolbar.pm', 'Menubar.pm', bless.t, '3rules.pl'
    @_ = qw#  ; : => or and  && || ) #;
    push @_, ',';

    # allow cuddled continue if cuddled else is specified
    if ( $rOpts->{'cuddled-else'} ) { push @_, 'continue'; }

    @is_other_brace_follower{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    $right_bond_strength{'{'} = WEAK;
    $left_bond_strength{'{'}  = VERY_STRONG;

    # make -l=0  equal to -l=infinite
    if ( !$rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'} ) {
        $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'} = 1000000;
    }

    # make -lbl=0  equal to -lbl=infinite
    if ( !$rOpts->{'long-block-line-count'} ) {
        $rOpts->{'long-block-line-count'} = 1000000;
    }

    my $ole = $rOpts->{'output-line-ending'};
    if ($ole) {
        my %endings = (
            dos  => "\015\012",
            win  => "\015\012",
            mac  => "\015",
            unix => "\012",
        );
        $ole = lc $ole;
        unless ( $rOpts->{'output-line-ending'} = $endings{$ole} ) {
            my $str = join " ", keys %endings;
            die <{'preserve-line-endings'} ) {
            warn "Ignoring -ple; conflicts with -ole\n";
            $rOpts->{'preserve-line-endings'} = undef;
        }
    }

    # hashes used to simplify setting whitespace
    %tightness = (
        '{' => $rOpts->{'brace-tightness'},
        '}' => $rOpts->{'brace-tightness'},
        '(' => $rOpts->{'paren-tightness'},
        ')' => $rOpts->{'paren-tightness'},
        '[' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-tightness'},
        ']' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-tightness'},
    );
    %matching_token = (
        '{' => '}',
        '(' => ')',
        '[' => ']',
        '?' => ':',
    );

    # frequently used parameters
    $rOpts_add_newlines          = $rOpts->{'add-newlines'};
    $rOpts_add_whitespace        = $rOpts->{'add-whitespace'};
    $rOpts_block_brace_tightness = $rOpts->{'block-brace-tightness'};
    $rOpts_block_brace_vertical_tightness =
      $rOpts->{'block-brace-vertical-tightness'};
    $rOpts_brace_left_and_indent   = $rOpts->{'brace-left-and-indent'};
    $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints = $rOpts->{'comma-arrow-breakpoints'};
    $rOpts_break_at_old_ternary_breakpoints =
      $rOpts->{'break-at-old-ternary-breakpoints'};
    $rOpts_break_at_old_comma_breakpoints =
      $rOpts->{'break-at-old-comma-breakpoints'};
    $rOpts_break_at_old_keyword_breakpoints =
      $rOpts->{'break-at-old-keyword-breakpoints'};
    $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints =
      $rOpts->{'break-at-old-logical-breakpoints'};
    $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag =
      $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-else-flag'};
    $rOpts_closing_side_comment_maximum_text =
      $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-maximum-text'};
    $rOpts_continuation_indentation = $rOpts->{'continuation-indentation'};
    $rOpts_cuddled_else             = $rOpts->{'cuddled-else'};
    $rOpts_delete_old_whitespace    = $rOpts->{'delete-old-whitespace'};
    $rOpts_fuzzy_line_length        = $rOpts->{'fuzzy-line-length'};
    $rOpts_indent_columns           = $rOpts->{'indent-columns'};
    $rOpts_line_up_parentheses      = $rOpts->{'line-up-parentheses'};
    $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table = $rOpts->{'maximum-fields-per-table'};
    $rOpts_maximum_line_length      = $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'};
    $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length =
      $rOpts->{'short-concatenation-item-length'};
    $rOpts_keep_old_blank_lines     = $rOpts->{'keep-old-blank-lines'};
    $rOpts_ignore_old_breakpoints   = $rOpts->{'ignore-old-breakpoints'};
    $rOpts_format_skipping          = $rOpts->{'format-skipping'};
    $rOpts_space_function_paren     = $rOpts->{'space-function-paren'};
    $rOpts_space_keyword_paren      = $rOpts->{'space-keyword-paren'};
    $rOpts_keep_interior_semicolons = $rOpts->{'keep-interior-semicolons'};
    $half_maximum_line_length       = $rOpts_maximum_line_length / 2;

    # Note that both opening and closing tokens can access the opening
    # and closing flags of their container types.
    %opening_vertical_tightness = (
        '(' => $rOpts->{'paren-vertical-tightness'},
        '{' => $rOpts->{'brace-vertical-tightness'},
        '[' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness'},
        ')' => $rOpts->{'paren-vertical-tightness'},
        '}' => $rOpts->{'brace-vertical-tightness'},
        ']' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness'},
    );

    %closing_vertical_tightness = (
        '(' => $rOpts->{'paren-vertical-tightness-closing'},
        '{' => $rOpts->{'brace-vertical-tightness-closing'},
        '[' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing'},
        ')' => $rOpts->{'paren-vertical-tightness-closing'},
        '}' => $rOpts->{'brace-vertical-tightness-closing'},
        ']' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing'},
    );

    # assume flag for '>' same as ')' for closing qw quotes
    %closing_token_indentation = (
        ')' => $rOpts->{'closing-paren-indentation'},
        '}' => $rOpts->{'closing-brace-indentation'},
        ']' => $rOpts->{'closing-square-bracket-indentation'},
        '>' => $rOpts->{'closing-paren-indentation'},
    );

    %opening_token_right = (
        '(' => $rOpts->{'opening-paren-right'},
        '{' => $rOpts->{'opening-hash-brace-right'},
        '[' => $rOpts->{'opening-square-bracket-right'},
    );

    %stack_opening_token = (
        '(' => $rOpts->{'stack-opening-paren'},
        '{' => $rOpts->{'stack-opening-hash-brace'},
        '[' => $rOpts->{'stack-opening-square-bracket'},
    );

    %stack_closing_token = (
        ')' => $rOpts->{'stack-closing-paren'},
        '}' => $rOpts->{'stack-closing-hash-brace'},
        ']' => $rOpts->{'stack-closing-square-bracket'},
    );
}

sub make_static_block_comment_pattern {

    # create the pattern used to identify static block comments
    $static_block_comment_pattern = '^\s*##';

    # allow the user to change it
    if ( $rOpts->{'static-block-comment-prefix'} ) {
        my $prefix = $rOpts->{'static-block-comment-prefix'};
        $prefix =~ s/^\s*//;
        my $pattern = $prefix;

        # user may give leading caret to force matching left comments only
        if ( $prefix !~ /^\^#/ ) {
            if ( $prefix !~ /^#/ ) {
                die
"ERROR: the -sbcp prefix is '$prefix' but must begin with '#' or '^#'\n";
            }
            $pattern = '^\s*' . $prefix;
        }
        eval "'##'=~/$pattern/";
        if ($@) {
            die
"ERROR: the -sbc prefix '$prefix' causes the invalid regex '$pattern'\n";
        }
        $static_block_comment_pattern = $pattern;
    }
}

sub make_format_skipping_pattern {
    my ( $opt_name, $default ) = @_;
    my $param = $rOpts->{$opt_name};
    unless ($param) { $param = $default }
    $param =~ s/^\s*//;
    if ( $param !~ /^#/ ) {
        die "ERROR: the $opt_name parameter '$param' must begin with '#'\n";
    }
    my $pattern = '^' . $param . '\s';
    eval "'#'=~/$pattern/";
    if ($@) {
        die
"ERROR: the $opt_name parameter '$param' causes the invalid regex '$pattern'\n";
    }
    return $pattern;
}

sub make_closing_side_comment_list_pattern {

    # turn any input list into a regex for recognizing selected block types
    $closing_side_comment_list_pattern = '^\w+';
    if ( defined( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-list'} )
        && $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-list'} )
    {
        $closing_side_comment_list_pattern =
          make_block_pattern( '-cscl', $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-list'} );
    }
}

sub make_bli_pattern {

    if ( defined( $rOpts->{'brace-left-and-indent-list'} )
        && $rOpts->{'brace-left-and-indent-list'} )
    {
        $bli_list_string = $rOpts->{'brace-left-and-indent-list'};
    }

    $bli_pattern = make_block_pattern( '-blil', $bli_list_string );
}

sub make_block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern {

    # turn any input list into a regex for recognizing selected block types
    $block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern =
      '^((if|else|elsif|unless|while|for|foreach|do|\w+:)$|sub)';

    if ( defined( $rOpts->{'block-brace-vertical-tightness-list'} )
        && $rOpts->{'block-brace-vertical-tightness-list'} )
    {
        $block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern =
          make_block_pattern( '-bbvtl',
            $rOpts->{'block-brace-vertical-tightness-list'} );
    }
}

sub make_block_pattern {

    #  given a string of block-type keywords, return a regex to match them
    #  The only tricky part is that labels are indicated with a single ':'
    #  and the 'sub' token text may have additional text after it (name of
    #  sub).
    #
    #  Example:
    #
    #   input string: "if else elsif unless while for foreach do : sub";
    #   pattern:  '^((if|else|elsif|unless|while|for|foreach|do|\w+:)$|sub)';

    my ( $abbrev, $string ) = @_;
    my @list  = split_words($string);
    my @words = ();
    my %seen;
    for my $i (@list) {
        next if $seen{$i};
        $seen{$i} = 1;
        if ( $i eq 'sub' ) {
        }
        elsif ( $i eq ':' ) {
            push @words, '\w+:';
        }
        elsif ( $i =~ /^\w/ ) {
            push @words, $i;
        }
        else {
            warn "unrecognized block type $i after $abbrev, ignoring\n";
        }
    }
    my $pattern = '(' . join( '|', @words ) . ')$';
    if ( $seen{'sub'} ) {
        $pattern = '(' . $pattern . '|sub)';
    }
    $pattern = '^' . $pattern;
    return $pattern;
}

sub make_static_side_comment_pattern {

    # create the pattern used to identify static side comments
    $static_side_comment_pattern = '^##';

    # allow the user to change it
    if ( $rOpts->{'static-side-comment-prefix'} ) {
        my $prefix = $rOpts->{'static-side-comment-prefix'};
        $prefix =~ s/^\s*//;
        my $pattern = '^' . $prefix;
        eval "'##'=~/$pattern/";
        if ($@) {
            die
"ERROR: the -sscp prefix '$prefix' causes the invalid regex '$pattern'\n";
        }
        $static_side_comment_pattern = $pattern;
    }
}

sub make_closing_side_comment_prefix {

    # Be sure we have a valid closing side comment prefix
    my $csc_prefix = $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-prefix'};
    my $csc_prefix_pattern;
    if ( !defined($csc_prefix) ) {
        $csc_prefix         = '## end';
        $csc_prefix_pattern = '^##\s+end';
    }
    else {
        my $test_csc_prefix = $csc_prefix;
        if ( $test_csc_prefix !~ /^#/ ) {
            $test_csc_prefix = '#' . $test_csc_prefix;
        }

        # make a regex to recognize the prefix
        my $test_csc_prefix_pattern = $test_csc_prefix;

        # escape any special characters
        $test_csc_prefix_pattern =~ s/([^#\s\w])/\\$1/g;

        $test_csc_prefix_pattern = '^' . $test_csc_prefix_pattern;

        # allow exact number of intermediate spaces to vary
        $test_csc_prefix_pattern =~ s/\s+/\\s\+/g;

        # make sure we have a good pattern
        # if we fail this we probably have an error in escaping
        # characters.
        eval "'##'=~/$test_csc_prefix_pattern/";
        if ($@) {

            # shouldn't happen..must have screwed up escaping, above
            report_definite_bug();
            warn
"Program Error: the -cscp prefix '$csc_prefix' caused the invalid regex '$csc_prefix_pattern'\n";

            # just warn and keep going with defaults
            warn "Please consider using a simpler -cscp prefix\n";
            warn "Using default -cscp instead; please check output\n";
        }
        else {
            $csc_prefix         = $test_csc_prefix;
            $csc_prefix_pattern = $test_csc_prefix_pattern;
        }
    }
    $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-prefix'} = $csc_prefix;
    $closing_side_comment_prefix_pattern = $csc_prefix_pattern;
}

sub dump_want_left_space {
    my $fh = shift;
    local $" = "\n";
    print $fh <1;
          #   $a = $b - III;
          # and even this:
          #   $a = - III;
          || ( ( $tokenl eq '-' )
            && ( $typer =~ /^[wC]$/ && $tokenr =~ /^[_A-Za-z]/ ) )

          # '= -' should not become =- or you will get a warning
          # about reversed -=
          # || ($tokenr eq '-')

          # keep a space between a quote and a bareword to prevent the
          # bareword from becomming a quote modifier.
          || ( ( $typel eq 'Q' ) && ( $tokenr =~ /^[a-zA-Z_]/ ) )

          # keep a space between a token ending in '$' and any word;
          # this caused trouble:  "die @$ if $@"
          || ( ( $typel eq 'i' && $tokenl =~ /\$$/ )
            && ( $tokenr =~ /^[a-zA-Z_]/ ) )

          # perl is very fussy about spaces before <<
          || ( $tokenr =~ /^\<\' is excluded because it never gets space
        # parentheses and brackets are excluded since they are handled specially
        # curly braces are included but may be overridden by logic, such as
        # newline logic.

        # NEW_TOKENS: create a whitespace rule here.  This can be as
        # simple as adding your new letter to @spaces_both_sides, for
        # example.

        @_ = qw" L { ( [ ";
        @is_opening_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

        @_ = qw" R } ) ] ";
        @is_closing_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

        my @spaces_both_sides = qw"
          + - * / % ? = . : x < > | & ^ .. << >> ** && .. || // => += -=
          .= %= x= &= |= ^= *= <> <= >= == =~ !~ /= != ... <<= >>= ~~ !~~
          &&= ||= //= <=> A k f w F n C Y U G v
          ";

        my @spaces_left_side = qw"
          t ! ~ m p { \ h pp mm Z j
          ";
        push( @spaces_left_side, '#' );    # avoids warning message

        my @spaces_right_side = qw"
          ; } ) ] R J ++ -- **=
          ";
        push( @spaces_right_side, ',' );    # avoids warning message
        @want_left_space{@spaces_both_sides} = (1) x scalar(@spaces_both_sides);
        @want_right_space{@spaces_both_sides} =
          (1) x scalar(@spaces_both_sides);
        @want_left_space{@spaces_left_side}  = (1) x scalar(@spaces_left_side);
        @want_right_space{@spaces_left_side} = (-1) x scalar(@spaces_left_side);
        @want_left_space{@spaces_right_side} =
          (-1) x scalar(@spaces_right_side);
        @want_right_space{@spaces_right_side} =
          (1) x scalar(@spaces_right_side);
        $want_left_space{'L'}   = WS_NO;
        $want_left_space{'->'}  = WS_NO;
        $want_right_space{'->'} = WS_NO;
        $want_left_space{'**'}  = WS_NO;
        $want_right_space{'**'} = WS_NO;

        # hash type information must stay tightly bound
        # as in :  ${xxxx}
        $binary_ws_rules{'i'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'i'}{'{'} = WS_YES;
        $binary_ws_rules{'k'}{'{'} = WS_YES;
        $binary_ws_rules{'U'}{'{'} = WS_YES;
        $binary_ws_rules{'i'}{'['} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'R'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'R'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'t'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'t'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'}'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'}'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'$'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'$'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'@'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'@'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'='}{'L'} = WS_YES;

        # the following includes ') {'
        # as in :    if ( xxx ) { yyy }
        $binary_ws_rules{']'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{']'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{')'}{'{'} = WS_YES;
        $binary_ws_rules{')'}{'['} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{']'}{'['} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{']'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'}'}{'['} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'R'}{'['} = WS_NO;

        $binary_ws_rules{']'}{'++'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{']'}{'--'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{')'}{'++'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{')'}{'--'} = WS_NO;

        $binary_ws_rules{'R'}{'++'} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'R'}{'--'} = WS_NO;

        ########################################################
        # should no longer be necessary (see niek.pl)
        ##$binary_ws_rules{'k'}{':'} = WS_NO;     # keep colon with label
        ##$binary_ws_rules{'w'}{':'} = WS_NO;
        ########################################################
        $binary_ws_rules{'i'}{'Q'} = WS_YES;
        $binary_ws_rules{'n'}{'('} = WS_YES;    # occurs in 'use package n ()'

        # FIXME: we need to split 'i' into variables and functions
        # and have no space for functions but space for variables.  For now,
        # I have a special patch in the special rules below
        $binary_ws_rules{'i'}{'('} = WS_NO;

        $binary_ws_rules{'w'}{'('} = WS_NO;
        $binary_ws_rules{'w'}{'{'} = WS_YES;
    }
    my ( $jmax, $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $rblock_type ) = @_;
    my ( $last_token, $last_type, $last_block_type, $token, $type,
        $block_type );
    my (@white_space_flag);
    my $j_tight_closing_paren = -1;

    if ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 ) {
        $token      = $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
        $type       = $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
        $block_type = $block_type_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
    }
    else {
        $token      = ' ';
        $type       = 'b';
        $block_type = '';
    }

    # loop over all tokens
    my ( $j, $ws );

    for ( $j = 0 ; $j <= $jmax ; $j++ ) {

        if ( $$rtoken_type[$j] eq 'b' ) {
            $white_space_flag[$j] = WS_OPTIONAL;
            next;
        }

        # set a default value, to be changed as needed
        $ws              = undef;
        $last_token      = $token;
        $last_type       = $type;
        $last_block_type = $block_type;
        $token           = $$rtokens[$j];
        $type            = $$rtoken_type[$j];
        $block_type      = $$rblock_type[$j];

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # section 1:
        # handle space on the inside of opening braces
        #---------------------------------------------------------------

        #    /^[L\{\(\[]$/
        if ( $is_opening_type{$last_type} ) {

            $j_tight_closing_paren = -1;

            # let's keep empty matched braces together: () {} []
            # except for BLOCKS
            if ( $token eq $matching_token{$last_token} ) {
                if ($block_type) {
                    $ws = WS_YES;
                }
                else {
                    $ws = WS_NO;
                }
            }
            else {

                # we're considering the right of an opening brace
                # tightness = 0 means always pad inside with space
                # tightness = 1 means pad inside if "complex"
                # tightness = 2 means never pad inside with space

                my $tightness;
                if (   $last_type eq '{'
                    && $last_token eq '{'
                    && $last_block_type )
                {
                    $tightness = $rOpts_block_brace_tightness;
                }
                else { $tightness = $tightness{$last_token} }

    #=================================================================
    # Patch for fabrice_bug.pl
    # We must always avoid spaces around a bare word beginning with ^ as in:
    #    my $before = ${^PREMATCH};
    # Because all of the following cause an error in perl:
    #    my $before = ${ ^PREMATCH };
    #    my $before = ${ ^PREMATCH};
    #    my $before = ${^PREMATCH };
    # So if brace tightness flag is -bt=0 we must temporarily reset to bt=1.
    # Note that here we must set tightness=1 and not 2 so that the closing space
    # is also avoided (via the $j_tight_closing_paren flag in coding)
                if ( $type eq 'w' && $token =~ /^\^/ ) { $tightness = 1 }

              #=================================================================

                if ( $tightness <= 0 ) {
                    $ws = WS_YES;
                }
                elsif ( $tightness > 1 ) {
                    $ws = WS_NO;
                }
                else {

                    # Patch to count '-foo' as single token so that
                    # each of  $a{-foo} and $a{foo} and $a{'foo'} do
                    # not get spaces with default formatting.
                    my $j_here = $j;
                    ++$j_here
                      if ( $token eq '-'
                        && $last_token eq '{'
                        && $$rtoken_type[ $j + 1 ] eq 'w' );

                    # $j_next is where a closing token should be if
                    # the container has a single token
                    my $j_next =
                      ( $$rtoken_type[ $j_here + 1 ] eq 'b' )
                      ? $j_here + 2
                      : $j_here + 1;
                    my $tok_next  = $$rtokens[$j_next];
                    my $type_next = $$rtoken_type[$j_next];

                    # for tightness = 1, if there is just one token
                    # within the matching pair, we will keep it tight
                    if (
                        $tok_next eq $matching_token{$last_token}

                        # but watch out for this: [ [ ]    (misc.t)
                        && $last_token ne $token
                      )
                    {

                        # remember where to put the space for the closing paren
                        $j_tight_closing_paren = $j_next;
                        $ws                    = WS_NO;
                    }
                    else {
                        $ws = WS_YES;
                    }
                }
            }
        }    # done with opening braces and brackets
        my $ws_1 = $ws
          if FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE;

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # section 2:
        # handle space on inside of closing brace pairs
        #---------------------------------------------------------------

        #   /[\}\)\]R]/
        if ( $is_closing_type{$type} ) {

            if ( $j == $j_tight_closing_paren ) {

                $j_tight_closing_paren = -1;
                $ws                    = WS_NO;
            }
            else {

                if ( !defined($ws) ) {

                    my $tightness;
                    if ( $type eq '}' && $token eq '}' && $block_type ) {
                        $tightness = $rOpts_block_brace_tightness;
                    }
                    else { $tightness = $tightness{$token} }

                    $ws = ( $tightness > 1 ) ? WS_NO : WS_YES;
                }
            }
        }

        my $ws_2 = $ws
          if FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE;

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # section 3:
        # use the binary table
        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        if ( !defined($ws) ) {
            $ws = $binary_ws_rules{$last_type}{$type};
        }
        my $ws_3 = $ws
          if FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE;

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # section 4:
        # some special cases
        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        if ( $token eq '(' ) {

            # This will have to be tweaked as tokenization changes.
            # We usually want a space at '} (', for example:
            #     map { 1 * $_; } ( $y, $M, $w, $d, $h, $m, $s );
            #
            # But not others:
            #     &{ $_->[1] }( delete $_[$#_]{ $_->[0] } );
            # At present, the above & block is marked as type L/R so this case
            # won't go through here.
            if ( $last_type eq '}' ) { $ws = WS_YES }

            # NOTE: some older versions of Perl had occasional problems if
            # spaces are introduced between keywords or functions and opening
            # parens.  So the default is not to do this except is certain
            # cases.  The current Perl seems to tolerate spaces.

            # Space between keyword and '('
            elsif ( $last_type eq 'k' ) {
                $ws = WS_NO
                  unless ( $rOpts_space_keyword_paren
                    || $space_after_keyword{$last_token} );
            }

            # Space between function and '('
            # -----------------------------------------------------
            # 'w' and 'i' checks for something like:
            #   myfun(    &myfun(   ->myfun(
            # -----------------------------------------------------
            elsif (( $last_type =~ /^[wUG]$/ )
                || ( $last_type =~ /^[wi]$/ && $last_token =~ /^(\&|->)/ ) )
            {
                $ws = WS_NO unless ($rOpts_space_function_paren);
            }

            # space between something like $i and ( in
            # for $i ( 0 .. 20 ) {
            # FIXME: eventually, type 'i' needs to be split into multiple
            # token types so this can be a hardwired rule.
            elsif ( $last_type eq 'i' && $last_token =~ /^[\$\%\@]/ ) {
                $ws = WS_YES;
            }

            # allow constant function followed by '()' to retain no space
            elsif ( $last_type eq 'C' && $$rtokens[ $j + 1 ] eq ')' ) {
                $ws = WS_NO;
            }
        }

        # patch for SWITCH/CASE: make space at ']{' optional
        # since the '{' might begin a case or when block
        elsif ( ( $token eq '{' && $type ne 'L' ) && $last_token eq ']' ) {
            $ws = WS_OPTIONAL;
        }

        # keep space between 'sub' and '{' for anonymous sub definition
        if ( $type eq '{' ) {
            if ( $last_token eq 'sub' ) {
                $ws = WS_YES;
            }

            # this is needed to avoid no space in '){'
            if ( $last_token eq ')' && $token eq '{' ) { $ws = WS_YES }

            # avoid any space before the brace or bracket in something like
            #  @opts{'a','b',...}
            if ( $last_type eq 'i' && $last_token =~ /^\@/ ) {
                $ws = WS_NO;
            }
        }

        elsif ( $type eq 'i' ) {

            # never a space before ->
            if ( $token =~ /^\-\>/ ) {
                $ws = WS_NO;
            }
        }

        # retain any space between '-' and bare word
        elsif ( $type eq 'w' || $type eq 'C' ) {
            $ws = WS_OPTIONAL if $last_type eq '-';

            # never a space before ->
            if ( $token =~ /^\-\>/ ) {
                $ws = WS_NO;
            }
        }

        # retain any space between '-' and bare word
        # example: avoid space between 'USER' and '-' here:
        #   $myhash{USER-NAME}='steve';
        elsif ( $type eq 'm' || $type eq '-' ) {
            $ws = WS_OPTIONAL if ( $last_type eq 'w' );
        }

        # always space before side comment
        elsif ( $type eq '#' ) { $ws = WS_YES if $j > 0 }

        # always preserver whatever space was used after a possible
        # filehandle (except _) or here doc operator
        if (
            $type ne '#'
            && ( ( $last_type eq 'Z' && $last_token ne '_' )
                || $last_type eq 'h' )
          )
        {
            $ws = WS_OPTIONAL;
        }

        my $ws_4 = $ws
          if FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE;

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # section 5:
        # default rules not covered above
        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # if we fall through to here,
        # look at the pre-defined hash tables for the two tokens, and
        # if (they are equal) use the common value
        # if (either is zero or undef) use the other
        # if (either is -1) use it
        # That is,
        # left  vs right
        #  1    vs    1     -->  1
        #  0    vs    0     -->  0
        # -1    vs   -1     --> -1
        #
        #  0    vs   -1     --> -1
        #  0    vs    1     -->  1
        #  1    vs    0     -->  1
        # -1    vs    0     --> -1
        #
        # -1    vs    1     --> -1
        #  1    vs   -1     --> -1
        if ( !defined($ws) ) {
            my $wl = $want_left_space{$type};
            my $wr = $want_right_space{$last_type};
            if ( !defined($wl) ) { $wl = 0 }
            if ( !defined($wr) ) { $wr = 0 }
            $ws = ( ( $wl == $wr ) || ( $wl == -1 ) || !$wr ) ? $wl : $wr;
        }

        if ( !defined($ws) ) {
            $ws = 0;
            write_diagnostics(
                "WS flag is undefined for tokens $last_token $token\n");
        }

        # Treat newline as a whitespace. Otherwise, we might combine
        # 'Send' and '-recipients' here according to the above rules:
        #    my $msg = new Fax::Send
        #      -recipients => $to,
        #      -data => $data;
        if ( $ws == 0 && $j == 0 ) { $ws = 1 }

        if (   ( $ws == 0 )
            && $j > 0
            && $j < $jmax
            && ( $last_type !~ /^[Zh]$/ ) )
        {

            # If this happens, we have a non-fatal but undesirable
            # hole in the above rules which should be patched.
            write_diagnostics(
                "WS flag is zero for tokens $last_token $token\n");
        }
        $white_space_flag[$j] = $ws;

        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE && do {
            my $str = substr( $last_token, 0, 15 );
            $str .= ' ' x ( 16 - length($str) );
            if ( !defined($ws_1) ) { $ws_1 = "*" }
            if ( !defined($ws_2) ) { $ws_2 = "*" }
            if ( !defined($ws_3) ) { $ws_3 = "*" }
            if ( !defined($ws_4) ) { $ws_4 = "*" }
            print
"WHITE:  i=$j $str $last_type $type $ws_1 : $ws_2 : $ws_3 : $ws_4 : $ws \n";
        };
    }
    return \@white_space_flag;
}

{    # begin print_line_of_tokens

    my $rtoken_type;
    my $rtokens;
    my $rlevels;
    my $rslevels;
    my $rblock_type;
    my $rcontainer_type;
    my $rcontainer_environment;
    my $rtype_sequence;
    my $input_line;
    my $rnesting_tokens;
    my $rci_levels;
    my $rnesting_blocks;

    my $in_quote;
    my $python_indentation_level;

    # These local token variables are stored by store_token_to_go:
    my $block_type;
    my $ci_level;
    my $container_environment;
    my $container_type;
    my $in_continued_quote;
    my $level;
    my $nesting_blocks;
    my $no_internal_newlines;
    my $slevel;
    my $token;
    my $type;
    my $type_sequence;

    # routine to pull the jth token from the line of tokens
    sub extract_token {
        my $j = shift;
        $token                 = $$rtokens[$j];
        $type                  = $$rtoken_type[$j];
        $block_type            = $$rblock_type[$j];
        $container_type        = $$rcontainer_type[$j];
        $container_environment = $$rcontainer_environment[$j];
        $type_sequence         = $$rtype_sequence[$j];
        $level                 = $$rlevels[$j];
        $slevel                = $$rslevels[$j];
        $nesting_blocks        = $$rnesting_blocks[$j];
        $ci_level              = $$rci_levels[$j];
    }

    {
        my @saved_token;

        sub save_current_token {

            @saved_token = (
                $block_type,            $ci_level,
                $container_environment, $container_type,
                $in_continued_quote,    $level,
                $nesting_blocks,        $no_internal_newlines,
                $slevel,                $token,
                $type,                  $type_sequence,
            );
        }

        sub restore_current_token {
            (
                $block_type,            $ci_level,
                $container_environment, $container_type,
                $in_continued_quote,    $level,
                $nesting_blocks,        $no_internal_newlines,
                $slevel,                $token,
                $type,                  $type_sequence,
            ) = @saved_token;
        }
    }

    # Routine to place the current token into the output stream.
    # Called once per output token.
    sub store_token_to_go {

        my $flag = $no_internal_newlines;
        if ( $_[0] ) { $flag = 1 }

        $tokens_to_go[ ++$max_index_to_go ]            = $token;
        $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go]                 = $type;
        $nobreak_to_go[$max_index_to_go]               = $flag;
        $old_breakpoint_to_go[$max_index_to_go]        = 0;
        $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$max_index_to_go]     = 0;
        $block_type_to_go[$max_index_to_go]            = $block_type;
        $type_sequence_to_go[$max_index_to_go]         = $type_sequence;
        $container_environment_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $container_environment;
        $nesting_blocks_to_go[$max_index_to_go]        = $nesting_blocks;
        $ci_levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go]             = $ci_level;
        $mate_index_to_go[$max_index_to_go]            = -1;
        $matching_token_to_go[$max_index_to_go]        = '';
        $bond_strength_to_go[$max_index_to_go]         = 0;

        # Note: negative levels are currently retained as a diagnostic so that
        # the 'final indentation level' is correctly reported for bad scripts.
        # But this means that every use of $level as an index must be checked.
        # If this becomes too much of a problem, we might give up and just clip
        # them at zero.
        ## $levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = ( $level > 0 ) ? $level : 0;
        $levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $level;
        $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = ( $slevel >= 0 ) ? $slevel : 0;
        $lengths_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ] =
          $lengths_to_go[$max_index_to_go] + length($token);

        # Define the indentation that this token would have if it started
        # a new line.  We have to do this now because we need to know this
        # when considering one-line blocks.
        set_leading_whitespace( $level, $ci_level, $in_continued_quote );

        if ( $type ne 'b' ) {
            $last_last_nonblank_index_to_go = $last_nonblank_index_to_go;
            $last_last_nonblank_type_to_go  = $last_nonblank_type_to_go;
            $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go = $last_nonblank_token_to_go;
            $last_nonblank_index_to_go      = $max_index_to_go;
            $last_nonblank_type_to_go       = $type;
            $last_nonblank_token_to_go      = $token;
            if ( $type eq ',' ) {
                $comma_count_in_batch++;
            }
        }

        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_STORE && do {
            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
            print
"STORE: from $a $c: storing token $token type $type lev=$level slev=$slevel at $max_index_to_go\n";
        };
    }

    sub insert_new_token_to_go {

        # insert a new token into the output stream.  use same level as
        # previous token; assumes a character at max_index_to_go.
        save_current_token();
        ( $token, $type, $slevel, $no_internal_newlines ) = @_;

        if ( $max_index_to_go == UNDEFINED_INDEX ) {
            warning("code bug: bad call to insert_new_token_to_go\n");
        }
        $level = $levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go];

        # FIXME: it seems to be necessary to use the next, rather than
        # previous, value of this variable when creating a new blank (align.t)
        #my $slevel         = $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
        $nesting_blocks        = $nesting_blocks_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
        $ci_level              = $ci_levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
        $container_environment = $container_environment_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
        $in_continued_quote    = 0;
        $block_type            = "";
        $type_sequence         = "";
        store_token_to_go();
        restore_current_token();
        return;
    }

    sub print_line_of_tokens {

        my $line_of_tokens = shift;

        # This routine is called once per input line to process all of
        # the tokens on that line.  This is the first stage of
        # beautification.
        #
        # Full-line comments and blank lines may be processed immediately.
        #
        # For normal lines of code, the tokens are stored one-by-one,
        # via calls to 'sub store_token_to_go', until a known line break
        # point is reached.  Then, the batch of collected tokens is
        # passed along to 'sub output_line_to_go' for further
        # processing.  This routine decides if there should be
        # whitespace between each pair of non-white tokens, so later
        # routines only need to decide on any additional line breaks.
        # Any whitespace is initally a single space character.  Later,
        # the vertical aligner may expand that to be multiple space
        # characters if necessary for alignment.

        # extract input line number for error messages
        $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number};

        $rtoken_type            = $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type};
        $rtokens                = $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens};
        $rlevels                = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels};
        $rslevels               = $line_of_tokens->{_rslevels};
        $rblock_type            = $line_of_tokens->{_rblock_type};
        $rcontainer_type        = $line_of_tokens->{_rcontainer_type};
        $rcontainer_environment = $line_of_tokens->{_rcontainer_environment};
        $rtype_sequence         = $line_of_tokens->{_rtype_sequence};
        $input_line             = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};
        $rnesting_tokens        = $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_tokens};
        $rci_levels             = $line_of_tokens->{_rci_levels};
        $rnesting_blocks        = $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_blocks};

        $in_continued_quote = $starting_in_quote =
          $line_of_tokens->{_starting_in_quote};
        $in_quote        = $line_of_tokens->{_ending_in_quote};
        $ending_in_quote = $in_quote;
        $python_indentation_level =
          $line_of_tokens->{_python_indentation_level};

        my $j;
        my $j_next;
        my $jmax;
        my $next_nonblank_token;
        my $next_nonblank_token_type;
        my $rwhite_space_flag;

        $jmax                    = @$rtokens - 1;
        $block_type              = "";
        $container_type          = "";
        $container_environment   = "";
        $type_sequence           = "";
        $no_internal_newlines    = 1 - $rOpts_add_newlines;
        $is_static_block_comment = 0;

        # Handle a continued quote..
        if ($in_continued_quote) {

            # A line which is entirely a quote or pattern must go out
            # verbatim.  Note: the \n is contained in $input_line.
            if ( $jmax <= 0 ) {
                if ( ( $input_line =~ "\t" ) ) {
                    note_embedded_tab();
                }
                write_unindented_line("$input_line");
                $last_line_had_side_comment = 0;
                return;
            }

            # prior to version 20010406, perltidy had a bug which placed
            # continuation indentation before the last line of some multiline
            # quotes and patterns -- exactly the lines passing this way.
            # To help find affected lines in scripts run with these
            # versions, run with '-chk', and it will warn of any quotes or
            # patterns which might have been modified by these early
            # versions.
            if ( $rOpts->{'check-multiline-quotes'} && $input_line =~ /^ / ) {
                warning(
"-chk: please check this line for extra leading whitespace\n"
                );
            }
        }

        # Write line verbatim if we are in a formatting skip section
        if ($in_format_skipping_section) {
            write_unindented_line("$input_line");
            $last_line_had_side_comment = 0;

            # Note: extra space appended to comment simplifies pattern matching
            if (   $jmax == 0
                && $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#'
                && ( $$rtokens[0] . " " ) =~ /$format_skipping_pattern_end/o )
            {
                $in_format_skipping_section = 0;
                write_logfile_entry("Exiting formatting skip section\n");
            }
            return;
        }

        # See if we are entering a formatting skip section
        if (   $rOpts_format_skipping
            && $jmax == 0
            && $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#'
            && ( $$rtokens[0] . " " ) =~ /$format_skipping_pattern_begin/o )
        {
            flush();
            $in_format_skipping_section = 1;
            write_logfile_entry("Entering formatting skip section\n");
            write_unindented_line("$input_line");
            $last_line_had_side_comment = 0;
            return;
        }

        # delete trailing blank tokens
        if ( $jmax > 0 && $$rtoken_type[$jmax] eq 'b' ) { $jmax-- }

        # Handle a blank line..
        if ( $jmax < 0 ) {

            # If keep-old-blank-lines is zero, we delete all
            # old blank lines and let the blank line rules generate any
            # needed blanks.
            if ($rOpts_keep_old_blank_lines) {
                flush();
                $file_writer_object->write_blank_code_line(
                    $rOpts_keep_old_blank_lines == 2 );
                $last_line_leading_type = 'b';
            }
            $last_line_had_side_comment = 0;
            return;
        }

        # see if this is a static block comment (starts with ## by default)
        my $is_static_block_comment_without_leading_space = 0;
        if (   $jmax == 0
            && $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#'
            && $rOpts->{'static-block-comments'}
            && $input_line =~ /$static_block_comment_pattern/o )
        {
            $is_static_block_comment = 1;
            $is_static_block_comment_without_leading_space =
              substr( $input_line, 0, 1 ) eq '#';
        }

        # Check for comments which are line directives
        # Treat exactly as static block comments without leading space
        # reference: perlsyn, near end, section Plain Old Comments (Not!)
        # example: '# line 42 "new_filename.plx"'
        if (
               $jmax == 0
            && $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#'
            && $input_line =~ /^\#   \s*
                               line \s+ (\d+)   \s*
                               (?:\s("?)([^"]+)\2)? \s*
                               $/x
          )
        {
            $is_static_block_comment                       = 1;
            $is_static_block_comment_without_leading_space = 1;
        }

        # create a hanging side comment if appropriate
        if (
               $jmax == 0
            && $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#'    # only token is a comment
            && $last_line_had_side_comment    # last line had side comment
            && $input_line =~ /^\s/           # there is some leading space
            && !$is_static_block_comment    # do not make static comment hanging
            && $rOpts->{'hanging-side-comments'}    # user is allowing this
          )
        {

            # We will insert an empty qw string at the start of the token list
            # to force this comment to be a side comment. The vertical aligner
            # should then line it up with the previous side comment.
            unshift @$rtoken_type,            'q';
            unshift @$rtokens,                '';
            unshift @$rlevels,                $$rlevels[0];
            unshift @$rslevels,               $$rslevels[0];
            unshift @$rblock_type,            '';
            unshift @$rcontainer_type,        '';
            unshift @$rcontainer_environment, '';
            unshift @$rtype_sequence,         '';
            unshift @$rnesting_tokens,        $$rnesting_tokens[0];
            unshift @$rci_levels,             $$rci_levels[0];
            unshift @$rnesting_blocks,        $$rnesting_blocks[0];
            $jmax = 1;
        }

        # remember if this line has a side comment
        $last_line_had_side_comment =
          ( $jmax > 0 && $$rtoken_type[$jmax] eq '#' );

        # Handle a block (full-line) comment..
        if ( ( $jmax == 0 ) && ( $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#' ) ) {

            if ( $rOpts->{'delete-block-comments'} ) { return }

            if ( $rOpts->{'tee-block-comments'} ) {
                $file_writer_object->tee_on();
            }

            destroy_one_line_block();
            output_line_to_go();

            # output a blank line before block comments
            if (
                   $last_line_leading_type !~ /^[#b]$/
                && $rOpts->{'blanks-before-comments'}    # only if allowed
                && !
                $is_static_block_comment    # never before static block comments
              )
            {
                flush();                    # switching to new output stream
                $file_writer_object->write_blank_code_line();
                $last_line_leading_type = 'b';
            }

            # TRIM COMMENTS -- This could be turned off as a option
            $$rtokens[0] =~ s/\s*$//;       # trim right end

            if (
                $rOpts->{'indent-block-comments'}
                && (  !$rOpts->{'indent-spaced-block-comments'}
                    || $input_line =~ /^\s+/ )
                && !$is_static_block_comment_without_leading_space
              )
            {
                extract_token(0);
                store_token_to_go();
                output_line_to_go();
            }
            else {
                flush();    # switching to new output stream
                $file_writer_object->write_code_line( $$rtokens[0] . "\n" );
                $last_line_leading_type = '#';
            }
            if ( $rOpts->{'tee-block-comments'} ) {
                $file_writer_object->tee_off();
            }
            return;
        }

        # compare input/output indentation except for continuation lines
        # (because they have an unknown amount of initial blank space)
        # and lines which are quotes (because they may have been outdented)
        # Note: this test is placed here because we know the continuation flag
        # at this point, which allows us to avoid non-meaningful checks.
        my $structural_indentation_level = $$rlevels[0];
        compare_indentation_levels( $python_indentation_level,
            $structural_indentation_level )
          unless ( $python_indentation_level < 0
            || ( $$rci_levels[0] > 0 )
            || ( ( $python_indentation_level == 0 ) && $$rtoken_type[0] eq 'Q' )
          );

        #   Patch needed for MakeMaker.  Do not break a statement
        #   in which $VERSION may be calculated.  See MakeMaker.pm;
        #   this is based on the coding in it.
        #   The first line of a file that matches this will be eval'd:
        #       /([\$*])(([\w\:\']*)\bVERSION)\b.*\=/
        #   Examples:
        #     *VERSION = \'1.01';
        #     ( $VERSION ) = '$Revision: 1.74 $ ' =~ /\$Revision:\s+([^\s]+)/;
        #   We will pass such a line straight through without breaking
        #   it unless -npvl is used

        my $is_VERSION_statement = 0;

        if (
              !$saw_VERSION_in_this_file
            && $input_line =~ /VERSION/    # quick check to reject most lines
            && $input_line =~ /([\$*])(([\w\:\']*)\bVERSION)\b.*\=/
          )
        {
            $saw_VERSION_in_this_file = 1;
            $is_VERSION_statement     = 1;
            write_logfile_entry("passing VERSION line; -npvl deactivates\n");
            $no_internal_newlines = 1;
        }

        # take care of indentation-only
        # NOTE: In previous versions we sent all qw lines out immediately here.
        # No longer doing this: also write a line which is entirely a 'qw' list
        # to allow stacking of opening and closing tokens.  Note that interior
        # qw lines will still go out at the end of this routine.
        if ( $rOpts->{'indent-only'} ) {
            flush();
            trim($input_line);

            extract_token(0);
            $token                 = $input_line;
            $type                  = 'q';
            $block_type            = "";
            $container_type        = "";
            $container_environment = "";
            $type_sequence         = "";
            store_token_to_go();
            output_line_to_go();
            return;
        }

        push( @$rtokens,     ' ', ' ' );   # making $j+2 valid simplifies coding
        push( @$rtoken_type, 'b', 'b' );
        ($rwhite_space_flag) =
          set_white_space_flag( $jmax, $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $rblock_type );

        # find input tabbing to allow checks for tabbing disagreement
        ## not used for now
        ##$input_line_tabbing = "";
        ##if ( $input_line =~ /^(\s*)/ ) { $input_line_tabbing = $1; }

        # if the buffer hasn't been flushed, add a leading space if
        # necessary to keep essential whitespace. This is really only
        # necessary if we are squeezing out all ws.
        if ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 ) {

            $old_line_count_in_batch++;

            if (
                is_essential_whitespace(
                    $last_last_nonblank_token,
                    $last_last_nonblank_type,
                    $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go],
                    $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go],
                    $$rtokens[0],
                    $$rtoken_type[0]
                )
              )
            {
                my $slevel = $$rslevels[0];
                insert_new_token_to_go( ' ', 'b', $slevel,
                    $no_internal_newlines );
            }
        }

        # If we just saw the end of an elsif block, write nag message
        # if we do not see another elseif or an else.
        if ($looking_for_else) {

            unless ( $$rtokens[0] =~ /^(elsif|else)$/ ) {
                write_logfile_entry("(No else block)\n");
            }
            $looking_for_else = 0;
        }

        # This is a good place to kill incomplete one-line blocks
        if (   ( $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct == 0 )
            && ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 )
            && ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq ';' )
            && ( $$rtokens[0] ne '}' ) )
        {
            destroy_one_line_block();
            output_line_to_go();
        }

        # loop to process the tokens one-by-one
        $type  = 'b';
        $token = "";

        foreach $j ( 0 .. $jmax ) {

            # pull out the local values for this token
            extract_token($j);

            if ( $type eq '#' ) {

                # trim trailing whitespace
                # (there is no option at present to prevent this)
                $token =~ s/\s*$//;

                if (
                    $rOpts->{'delete-side-comments'}

                    # delete closing side comments if necessary
                    || (   $rOpts->{'delete-closing-side-comments'}
                        && $token =~ /$closing_side_comment_prefix_pattern/o
                        && $last_nonblank_block_type =~
                        /$closing_side_comment_list_pattern/o )
                  )
                {
                    if ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq 'b' ) {
                        unstore_token_to_go();
                    }
                    last;
                }
            }

            # If we are continuing after seeing a right curly brace, flush
            # buffer unless we see what we are looking for, as in
            #   } else ...
            if ( $rbrace_follower && $type ne 'b' ) {

                unless ( $rbrace_follower->{$token} ) {
                    output_line_to_go();
                }
                $rbrace_follower = undef;
            }

            $j_next = ( $$rtoken_type[ $j + 1 ] eq 'b' ) ? $j + 2 : $j + 1;
            $next_nonblank_token      = $$rtokens[$j_next];
            $next_nonblank_token_type = $$rtoken_type[$j_next];

            #--------------------------------------------------------
            # Start of section to patch token text
            #--------------------------------------------------------

            # Modify certain tokens here for whitespace
            # The following is not yet done, but could be:
            #   sub (x x x)
            if ( $type =~ /^[wit]$/ ) {

                # Examples:
                # change '$  var'  to '$var' etc
                #        '-> new'  to '->new'
                if ( $token =~ /^([\$\&\%\*\@]|\-\>)\s/ ) {
                    $token =~ s/\s*//g;
                }

                if ( $token =~ /^sub/ ) { $token =~ s/\s+/ /g }
            }

            # change 'LABEL   :'   to 'LABEL:'
            elsif ( $type eq 'J' ) { $token =~ s/\s+//g }

            # patch to add space to something like "x10"
            # This avoids having to split this token in the pre-tokenizer
            elsif ( $type eq 'n' ) {
                if ( $token =~ /^x\d+/ ) { $token =~ s/x/x / }
            }

            elsif ( $type eq 'Q' ) {
                note_embedded_tab() if ( $token =~ "\t" );

                # make note of something like '$var = s/xxx/yyy/;'
                # in case it should have been '$var =~ s/xxx/yyy/;'
                if (
                       $token =~ /^(s|tr|y|m|\/)/
                    && $last_nonblank_token =~ /^(=|==|!=)$/

                    # precededed by simple scalar
                    && $last_last_nonblank_type eq 'i'
                    && $last_last_nonblank_token =~ /^\$/

                    # followed by some kind of termination
                    # (but give complaint if we can's see far enough ahead)
                    && $next_nonblank_token =~ /^[; \)\}]$/

                    # scalar is not decleared
                    && !(
                           $types_to_go[0] eq 'k'
                        && $tokens_to_go[0] =~ /^(my|our|local)$/
                    )
                  )
                {
                    my $guess = substr( $last_nonblank_token, 0, 1 ) . '~';
                    complain(
"Note: be sure you want '$last_nonblank_token' instead of '$guess' here\n"
                    );
                }
            }

           # trim blanks from right of qw quotes
           # (To avoid trimming qw quotes use -ntqw; the tokenizer handles this)
            elsif ( $type eq 'q' ) {
                $token =~ s/\s*$//;
                note_embedded_tab() if ( $token =~ "\t" );
            }

            #--------------------------------------------------------
            # End of section to patch token text
            #--------------------------------------------------------

            # insert any needed whitespace
            if (   ( $type ne 'b' )
                && ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 )
                && ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] ne 'b' )
                && $rOpts_add_whitespace )
            {
                my $ws = $$rwhite_space_flag[$j];

                if ( $ws == 1 ) {
                    insert_new_token_to_go( ' ', 'b', $slevel,
                        $no_internal_newlines );
                }
            }

            # Do not allow breaks which would promote a side comment to a
            # block comment.  In order to allow a break before an opening
            # or closing BLOCK, followed by a side comment, those sections
            # of code will handle this flag separately.
            my $side_comment_follows = ( $next_nonblank_token_type eq '#' );
            my $is_opening_BLOCK =
              (      $type eq '{'
                  && $token eq '{'
                  && $block_type
                  && $block_type ne 't' );
            my $is_closing_BLOCK =
              (      $type eq '}'
                  && $token eq '}'
                  && $block_type
                  && $block_type ne 't' );

            if (   $side_comment_follows
                && !$is_opening_BLOCK
                && !$is_closing_BLOCK )
            {
                $no_internal_newlines = 1;
            }

            # We're only going to handle breaking for code BLOCKS at this
            # (top) level.  Other indentation breaks will be handled by
            # sub scan_list, which is better suited to dealing with them.
            if ($is_opening_BLOCK) {

                # Tentatively output this token.  This is required before
                # calling starting_one_line_block.  We may have to unstore
                # it, though, if we have to break before it.
                store_token_to_go($side_comment_follows);

                # Look ahead to see if we might form a one-line block
                my $too_long =
                  starting_one_line_block( $j, $jmax, $level, $slevel,
                    $ci_level, $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $rblock_type );
                clear_breakpoint_undo_stack();

                # to simplify the logic below, set a flag to indicate if
                # this opening brace is far from the keyword which introduces it
                my $keyword_on_same_line = 1;
                if (   ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 )
                    && ( $last_nonblank_type eq ')' ) )
                {
                    if (   $block_type =~ /^(if|else|elsif)$/
                        && ( $tokens_to_go[0] eq '}' )
                        && $rOpts_cuddled_else )
                    {
                        $keyword_on_same_line = 1;
                    }
                    elsif ( ( $slevel < $nesting_depth_to_go[0] ) || $too_long )
                    {
                        $keyword_on_same_line = 0;
                    }
                }

                # decide if user requested break before '{'
                my $want_break =

                  # use -bl flag if not a sub block of any type
                  $block_type !~ /^sub/
                  ? $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'}

                  # use -sbl flag for a named sub block
                  : $block_type !~ /^sub\W*$/
                  ? $rOpts->{'opening-sub-brace-on-new-line'}

                  # use -asbl flag for an anonymous sub block
                  : $rOpts->{'opening-anonymous-sub-brace-on-new-line'};

                # Break before an opening '{' ...
                if (

                    # if requested
                    $want_break

                    # and we were unable to start looking for a block,
                    && $index_start_one_line_block == UNDEFINED_INDEX

                    # or if it will not be on same line as its keyword, so that
                    # it will be outdented (eval.t, overload.t), and the user
                    # has not insisted on keeping it on the right
                    || (   !$keyword_on_same_line
                        && !$rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'} )

                  )
                {

                    # but only if allowed
                    unless ($no_internal_newlines) {

                        # since we already stored this token, we must unstore it
                        unstore_token_to_go();

                        # then output the line
                        output_line_to_go();

                        # and now store this token at the start of a new line
                        store_token_to_go($side_comment_follows);
                    }
                }

                # Now update for side comment
                if ($side_comment_follows) { $no_internal_newlines = 1 }

                # now output this line
                unless ($no_internal_newlines) {
                    output_line_to_go();
                }
            }

            elsif ($is_closing_BLOCK) {

                # If there is a pending one-line block ..
                if ( $index_start_one_line_block != UNDEFINED_INDEX ) {

                    # we have to terminate it if..
                    if (

                    # it is too long (final length may be different from
                    # initial estimate). note: must allow 1 space for this token
                        excess_line_length( $index_start_one_line_block,
                            $max_index_to_go ) >= 0

                        # or if it has too many semicolons
                        || (   $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct == 0
                            && $last_nonblank_type ne ';' )
                      )
                    {
                        destroy_one_line_block();
                    }
                }

                # put a break before this closing curly brace if appropriate
                unless ( $no_internal_newlines
                    || $index_start_one_line_block != UNDEFINED_INDEX )
                {

                    # add missing semicolon if ...
                    # there are some tokens
                    if (
                        ( $max_index_to_go > 0 )

                        # and we don't have one
                        && ( $last_nonblank_type ne ';' )

                        # patch until some block type issues are fixed:
                        # Do not add semi-colon for block types '{',
                        # '}', and ';' because we cannot be sure yet
                        # that this is a block and not an anonomyous
                        # hash (blktype.t, blktype1.t)
                        && ( $block_type !~ /^[\{\};]$/ )

                        # patch: and do not add semi-colons for recently
                        # added block types (see tmp/semicolon.t)
                        && ( $block_type !~
                            /^(switch|case|given|when|default)$/ )

                        # it seems best not to add semicolons in these
                        # special block types: sort|map|grep
                        && ( !$is_sort_map_grep{$block_type} )

                        # and we are allowed to do so.
                        && $rOpts->{'add-semicolons'}
                      )
                    {

                        save_current_token();
                        $token  = ';';
                        $type   = ';';
                        $level  = $levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
                        $slevel = $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
                        $nesting_blocks =
                          $nesting_blocks_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
                        $ci_level       = $ci_levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
                        $block_type     = "";
                        $container_type = "";
                        $container_environment = "";
                        $type_sequence         = "";

                        # Note - we remove any blank AFTER extracting its
                        # parameters such as level, etc, above
                        if ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq 'b' ) {
                            unstore_token_to_go();
                        }
                        store_token_to_go();

                        note_added_semicolon();
                        restore_current_token();
                    }

                    # then write out everything before this closing curly brace
                    output_line_to_go();

                }

                # Now update for side comment
                if ($side_comment_follows) { $no_internal_newlines = 1 }

                # store the closing curly brace
                store_token_to_go();

                # ok, we just stored a closing curly brace.  Often, but
                # not always, we want to end the line immediately.
                # So now we have to check for special cases.

                # if this '}' successfully ends a one-line block..
                my $is_one_line_block = 0;
                my $keep_going        = 0;
                if ( $index_start_one_line_block != UNDEFINED_INDEX ) {

                    # Remember the type of token just before the
                    # opening brace.  It would be more general to use
                    # a stack, but this will work for one-line blocks.
                    $is_one_line_block =
                      $types_to_go[$index_start_one_line_block];

                    # we have to actually make it by removing tentative
                    # breaks that were set within it
                    undo_forced_breakpoint_stack(0);
                    set_nobreaks( $index_start_one_line_block,
                        $max_index_to_go - 1 );

                    # then re-initialize for the next one-line block
                    destroy_one_line_block();

                    # then decide if we want to break after the '}' ..
                    # We will keep going to allow certain brace followers as in:
                    #   do { $ifclosed = 1; last } unless $losing;
                    #
                    # But make a line break if the curly ends a
                    # significant block:
                    if (
                        $is_block_without_semicolon{$block_type}

                        # if needless semicolon follows we handle it later
                        && $next_nonblank_token ne ';'
                      )
                    {
                        output_line_to_go() unless ($no_internal_newlines);
                    }
                }

                # set string indicating what we need to look for brace follower
                # tokens
                if ( $block_type eq 'do' ) {
                    $rbrace_follower = \%is_do_follower;
                }
                elsif ( $block_type =~ /^(if|elsif|unless)$/ ) {
                    $rbrace_follower = \%is_if_brace_follower;
                }
                elsif ( $block_type eq 'else' ) {
                    $rbrace_follower = \%is_else_brace_follower;
                }

                # added eval for borris.t
                elsif ($is_sort_map_grep_eval{$block_type}
                    || $is_one_line_block eq 'G' )
                {
                    $rbrace_follower = undef;
                    $keep_going      = 1;
                }

                # anonymous sub
                elsif ( $block_type =~ /^sub\W*$/ ) {

                    if ($is_one_line_block) {
                        $rbrace_follower = \%is_anon_sub_1_brace_follower;
                    }
                    else {
                        $rbrace_follower = \%is_anon_sub_brace_follower;
                    }
                }

                # None of the above: specify what can follow a closing
                # brace of a block which is not an
                # if/elsif/else/do/sort/map/grep/eval
                # Testfiles:
                # 'Toolbar.pm', 'Menubar.pm', bless.t, '3rules.pl', 'break1.t
                else {
                    $rbrace_follower = \%is_other_brace_follower;
                }

                # See if an elsif block is followed by another elsif or else;
                # complain if not.
                if ( $block_type eq 'elsif' ) {

                    if ( $next_nonblank_token_type eq 'b' ) {    # end of line?
                        $looking_for_else = 1;    # ok, check on next line
                    }
                    else {

                        unless ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^(elsif|else)$/ ) {
                            write_logfile_entry("No else block :(\n");
                        }
                    }
                }

                # keep going after certain block types (map,sort,grep,eval)
                # added eval for borris.t
                if ($keep_going) {

                    # keep going
                }

                # if no more tokens, postpone decision until re-entring
                elsif ( ( $next_nonblank_token_type eq 'b' )
                    && $rOpts_add_newlines )
                {
                    unless ($rbrace_follower) {
                        output_line_to_go() unless ($no_internal_newlines);
                    }
                }

                elsif ($rbrace_follower) {

                    unless ( $rbrace_follower->{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
                        output_line_to_go() unless ($no_internal_newlines);
                    }
                    $rbrace_follower = undef;
                }

                else {
                    output_line_to_go() unless ($no_internal_newlines);
                }

            }    # end treatment of closing block token

            # handle semicolon
            elsif ( $type eq ';' ) {

                # kill one-line blocks with too many semicolons
                $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct--;
                if (
                    ( $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct < 0 )
                    || (   $semicolons_before_block_self_destruct == 0
                        && $next_nonblank_token_type !~ /^[b\}]$/ )
                  )
                {
                    destroy_one_line_block();
                }

                # Remove unnecessary semicolons, but not after bare
                # blocks, where it could be unsafe if the brace is
                # mistokenized.
                if (
                    (
                        $last_nonblank_token eq '}'
                        && (
                            $is_block_without_semicolon{
                                $last_nonblank_block_type}
                            || $last_nonblank_block_type =~ /^sub\s+\w/
                            || $last_nonblank_block_type =~ /^\w+:$/ )
                    )
                    || $last_nonblank_type eq ';'
                  )
                {

                    if (
                        $rOpts->{'delete-semicolons'}

                        # don't delete ; before a # because it would promote it
                        # to a block comment
                        && ( $next_nonblank_token_type ne '#' )
                      )
                    {
                        note_deleted_semicolon();
                        output_line_to_go()
                          unless ( $no_internal_newlines
                            || $index_start_one_line_block != UNDEFINED_INDEX );
                        next;
                    }
                    else {
                        write_logfile_entry("Extra ';'\n");
                    }
                }
                store_token_to_go();

                output_line_to_go()
                  unless ( $no_internal_newlines
                    || ( $rOpts_keep_interior_semicolons && $j < $jmax )
                    || ( $next_nonblank_token eq '}' ) );

            }

            # handle here_doc target string
            elsif ( $type eq 'h' ) {
                $no_internal_newlines =
                  1;    # no newlines after seeing here-target
                destroy_one_line_block();
                store_token_to_go();
            }

            # handle all other token types
            else {

                # if this is a blank...
                if ( $type eq 'b' ) {

                    # make it just one character
                    $token = ' ' if $rOpts_add_whitespace;

                    # delete it if unwanted by whitespace rules
                    # or we are deleting all whitespace
                    my $ws = $$rwhite_space_flag[ $j + 1 ];
                    if ( ( defined($ws) && $ws == -1 )
                        || $rOpts_delete_old_whitespace )
                    {

                        # unless it might make a syntax error
                        next
                          unless is_essential_whitespace(
                            $last_last_nonblank_token,
                            $last_last_nonblank_type,
                            $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go],
                            $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go],
                            $$rtokens[ $j + 1 ],
                            $$rtoken_type[ $j + 1 ]
                          );
                    }
                }
                store_token_to_go();
            }

            # remember two previous nonblank OUTPUT tokens
            if ( $type ne '#' && $type ne 'b' ) {
                $last_last_nonblank_token = $last_nonblank_token;
                $last_last_nonblank_type  = $last_nonblank_type;
                $last_nonblank_token      = $token;
                $last_nonblank_type       = $type;
                $last_nonblank_block_type = $block_type;
            }

            # unset the continued-quote flag since it only applies to the
            # first token, and we want to resume normal formatting if
            # there are additional tokens on the line
            $in_continued_quote = 0;

        }    # end of loop over all tokens in this 'line_of_tokens'

        # we have to flush ..
        if (

            # if there is a side comment
            ( ( $type eq '#' ) && !$rOpts->{'delete-side-comments'} )

            # if this line ends in a quote
            # NOTE: This is critically important for insuring that quoted lines
            # do not get processed by things like -sot and -sct
            || $in_quote

            # if this is a VERSION statement
            || $is_VERSION_statement

            # to keep a label on one line if that is how it is now
            || ( ( $type eq 'J' ) && ( $max_index_to_go == 0 ) )

            # if we are instructed to keep all old line breaks
            || !$rOpts->{'delete-old-newlines'}
          )
        {
            destroy_one_line_block();
            output_line_to_go();
        }

        # mark old line breakpoints in current output stream
        if ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 && !$rOpts_ignore_old_breakpoints ) {
            $old_breakpoint_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = 1;
        }
    }    # end sub print_line_of_tokens
}    # end print_line_of_tokens

# sub output_line_to_go sends one logical line of tokens on down the
# pipeline to the VerticalAligner package, breaking the line into continuation
# lines as necessary.  The line of tokens is ready to go in the "to_go"
# arrays.
sub output_line_to_go {

    # debug stuff; this routine can be called from many points
    FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_OUTPUT && do {
        my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller;
        write_diagnostics(
"OUTPUT: output_line_to_go called: $a $c $last_nonblank_type $last_nonblank_token, one_line=$index_start_one_line_block, tokens to write=$max_index_to_go\n"
        );
        my $output_str = join "", @tokens_to_go[ 0 .. $max_index_to_go ];
        write_diagnostics("$output_str\n");
    };

    # just set a tentative breakpoint if we might be in a one-line block
    if ( $index_start_one_line_block != UNDEFINED_INDEX ) {
        set_forced_breakpoint($max_index_to_go);
        return;
    }

    my $cscw_block_comment;
    $cscw_block_comment = add_closing_side_comment()
      if ( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comments'} && $max_index_to_go >= 0 );

    match_opening_and_closing_tokens();

    # tell the -lp option we are outputting a batch so it can close
    # any unfinished items in its stack
    finish_lp_batch();

    # If this line ends in a code block brace, set breaks at any
    # previous closing code block braces to breakup a chain of code
    # blocks on one line.  This is very rare but can happen for
    # user-defined subs.  For example we might be looking at this:
    #  BOOL { $server_data{uptime} > 0; } NUM { $server_data{load}; } STR {
    my $saw_good_break = 0;    # flag to force breaks even if short line
    if (

        # looking for opening or closing block brace
        $block_type_to_go[$max_index_to_go]

        # but not one of these which are never duplicated on a line:
        # until|while|for|if|elsif|else
        && !$is_block_without_semicolon{ $block_type_to_go[$max_index_to_go] }
      )
    {
        my $lev = $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go];

        # Walk backwards from the end and
        # set break at any closing block braces at the same level.
        # But quit if we are not in a chain of blocks.
        for ( my $i = $max_index_to_go - 1 ; $i >= 0 ; $i-- ) {
            last if ( $levels_to_go[$i] < $lev );    # stop at a lower level
            next if ( $levels_to_go[$i] > $lev );    # skip past higher level

            if ( $block_type_to_go[$i] ) {
                if ( $tokens_to_go[$i] eq '}' ) {
                    set_forced_breakpoint($i);
                    $saw_good_break = 1;
                }
            }

            # quit if we see anything besides words, function, blanks
            # at this level
            elsif ( $types_to_go[$i] !~ /^[\(\)Gwib]$/ ) { last }
        }
    }

    my $imin = 0;
    my $imax = $max_index_to_go;

    # trim any blank tokens
    if ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 ) {
        if ( $types_to_go[$imin] eq 'b' ) { $imin++ }
        if ( $types_to_go[$imax] eq 'b' ) { $imax-- }
    }

    # anything left to write?
    if ( $imin <= $imax ) {

        # add a blank line before certain key types
        if ( $last_line_leading_type !~ /^[#b]/ ) {
            my $want_blank    = 0;
            my $leading_token = $tokens_to_go[$imin];
            my $leading_type  = $types_to_go[$imin];

            # blank lines before subs except declarations and one-liners
            # MCONVERSION LOCATION - for sub tokenization change
            if ( $leading_token =~ /^(sub\s)/ && $leading_type eq 'i' ) {
                $want_blank = ( $rOpts->{'blanks-before-subs'} )
                  && (
                    terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, $imin,
                        $imax ) !~ /^[\;\}]$/
                  );
            }

            # break before all package declarations
            # MCONVERSION LOCATION - for tokenizaton change
            elsif ($leading_token =~ /^(package\s)/
                && $leading_type eq 'i' )
            {
                $want_blank = ( $rOpts->{'blanks-before-subs'} );
            }

            # break before certain key blocks except one-liners
            if ( $leading_token =~ /^(BEGIN|END)$/ && $leading_type eq 'k' ) {
                $want_blank = ( $rOpts->{'blanks-before-subs'} )
                  && (
                    terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, $imin,
                        $imax ) ne '}'
                  );
            }

            # Break before certain block types if we haven't had a
            # break at this level for a while.  This is the
            # difficult decision..
            elsif ($leading_token =~ /^(unless|if|while|until|for|foreach)$/
                && $leading_type eq 'k' )
            {
                my $lc = $nonblank_lines_at_depth[$last_line_leading_level];
                if ( !defined($lc) ) { $lc = 0 }

                $want_blank =
                     $rOpts->{'blanks-before-blocks'}
                  && $lc >= $rOpts->{'long-block-line-count'}
                  && $file_writer_object->get_consecutive_nonblank_lines() >=
                  $rOpts->{'long-block-line-count'}
                  && (
                    terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, $imin,
                        $imax ) ne '}'
                  );
            }

            if ($want_blank) {

                # future: send blank line down normal path to VerticalAligner
                Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::flush();
                $file_writer_object->write_blank_code_line();
            }
        }

        # update blank line variables and count number of consecutive
        # non-blank, non-comment lines at this level
        $last_last_line_leading_level = $last_line_leading_level;
        $last_line_leading_level      = $levels_to_go[$imin];
        if ( $last_line_leading_level < 0 ) { $last_line_leading_level = 0 }
        $last_line_leading_type = $types_to_go[$imin];
        if (   $last_line_leading_level == $last_last_line_leading_level
            && $last_line_leading_type ne 'b'
            && $last_line_leading_type ne '#'
            && defined( $nonblank_lines_at_depth[$last_line_leading_level] ) )
        {
            $nonblank_lines_at_depth[$last_line_leading_level]++;
        }
        else {
            $nonblank_lines_at_depth[$last_line_leading_level] = 1;
        }

        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FLUSH && do {
            my ( $package, $file, $line ) = caller;
            print
"FLUSH: flushing from $package $file $line, types= $types_to_go[$imin] to $types_to_go[$imax]\n";
        };

        # add a couple of extra terminal blank tokens
        pad_array_to_go();

        # set all forced breakpoints for good list formatting
        my $is_long_line = excess_line_length( $imin, $max_index_to_go ) > 0;

        if (
            $max_index_to_go > 0
            && (
                   $is_long_line
                || $old_line_count_in_batch > 1
                || is_unbalanced_batch()
                || (
                    $comma_count_in_batch
                    && (   $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table > 0
                        || $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints == 0 )
                )
            )
          )
        {
            $saw_good_break ||= scan_list();
        }

        # let $ri_first and $ri_last be references to lists of
        # first and last tokens of line fragments to output..
        my ( $ri_first, $ri_last );

        # write a single line if..
        if (

            # we aren't allowed to add any newlines
            !$rOpts_add_newlines

            # or, we don't already have an interior breakpoint
            # and we didn't see a good breakpoint
            || (
                   !$forced_breakpoint_count
                && !$saw_good_break

                # and this line is 'short'
                && !$is_long_line
            )
          )
        {
            @$ri_first = ($imin);
            @$ri_last  = ($imax);
        }

        # otherwise use multiple lines
        else {

            ( $ri_first, $ri_last, my $colon_count ) =
              set_continuation_breaks($saw_good_break);

            break_all_chain_tokens( $ri_first, $ri_last );

            break_equals( $ri_first, $ri_last );

            # now we do a correction step to clean this up a bit
            # (The only time we would not do this is for debugging)
            if ( $rOpts->{'recombine'} ) {
                ( $ri_first, $ri_last ) =
                  recombine_breakpoints( $ri_first, $ri_last );
            }

            insert_final_breaks( $ri_first, $ri_last ) if $colon_count;
        }

        # do corrector step if -lp option is used
        my $do_not_pad = 0;
        if ($rOpts_line_up_parentheses) {
            $do_not_pad = correct_lp_indentation( $ri_first, $ri_last );
        }
        send_lines_to_vertical_aligner( $ri_first, $ri_last, $do_not_pad );
    }
    prepare_for_new_input_lines();

    # output any new -cscw block comment
    if ($cscw_block_comment) {
        flush();
        $file_writer_object->write_code_line( $cscw_block_comment . "\n" );
    }
}

sub note_added_semicolon {
    $last_added_semicolon_at = $input_line_number;
    if ( $added_semicolon_count == 0 ) {
        $first_added_semicolon_at = $last_added_semicolon_at;
    }
    $added_semicolon_count++;
    write_logfile_entry("Added ';' here\n");
}

sub note_deleted_semicolon {
    $last_deleted_semicolon_at = $input_line_number;
    if ( $deleted_semicolon_count == 0 ) {
        $first_deleted_semicolon_at = $last_deleted_semicolon_at;
    }
    $deleted_semicolon_count++;
    write_logfile_entry("Deleted unnecessary ';'\n");    # i hope ;)
}

sub note_embedded_tab {
    $embedded_tab_count++;
    $last_embedded_tab_at = $input_line_number;
    if ( !$first_embedded_tab_at ) {
        $first_embedded_tab_at = $last_embedded_tab_at;
    }

    if ( $embedded_tab_count <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
        write_logfile_entry("Embedded tabs in quote or pattern\n");
    }
}

sub starting_one_line_block {

    # after seeing an opening curly brace, look for the closing brace
    # and see if the entire block will fit on a line.  This routine is
    # not always right because it uses the old whitespace, so a check
    # is made later (at the closing brace) to make sure we really
    # have a one-line block.  We have to do this preliminary check,
    # though, because otherwise we would always break at a semicolon
    # within a one-line block if the block contains multiple statements.

    my ( $j, $jmax, $level, $slevel, $ci_level, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
        $rblock_type )
      = @_;

    # kill any current block - we can only go 1 deep
    destroy_one_line_block();

    # return value:
    #  1=distance from start of block to opening brace exceeds line length
    #  0=otherwise

    my $i_start = 0;

    # shouldn't happen: there must have been a prior call to
    # store_token_to_go to put the opening brace in the output stream
    if ( $max_index_to_go < 0 ) {
        warning("program bug: store_token_to_go called incorrectly\n");
        report_definite_bug();
    }
    else {

        # cannot use one-line blocks with cuddled else else/elsif lines
        if ( ( $tokens_to_go[0] eq '}' ) && $rOpts_cuddled_else ) {
            return 0;
        }
    }

    my $block_type = $$rblock_type[$j];

    # find the starting keyword for this block (such as 'if', 'else', ...)

    if ( $block_type =~ /^[\{\}\;\:]$/ ) {
        $i_start = $max_index_to_go;
    }

    elsif ( $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go eq ')' ) {

        # For something like "if (xxx) {", the keyword "if" will be
        # just after the most recent break. This will be 0 unless
        # we have just killed a one-line block and are starting another.
        # (doif.t)
        $i_start = $index_max_forced_break + 1;
        if ( $types_to_go[$i_start] eq 'b' ) {
            $i_start++;
        }

        unless ( $tokens_to_go[$i_start] eq $block_type ) {
            return 0;
        }
    }

    # the previous nonblank token should start these block types
    elsif (
        ( $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go eq $block_type )
        || (   $block_type =~ /^sub/
            && $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go =~ /^sub/ )
      )
    {
        $i_start = $last_last_nonblank_index_to_go;
    }

    # patch for SWITCH/CASE to retain one-line case/when blocks
    elsif ( $block_type eq 'case' || $block_type eq 'when' ) {
        $i_start = $index_max_forced_break + 1;
        if ( $types_to_go[$i_start] eq 'b' ) {
            $i_start++;
        }
        unless ( $tokens_to_go[$i_start] eq $block_type ) {
            return 0;
        }
    }

    else {
        return 1;
    }

    my $pos = total_line_length( $i_start, $max_index_to_go ) - 1;

    my $i;

    # see if length is too long to even start
    if ( $pos > $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
        return 1;
    }

    for ( $i = $j + 1 ; $i <= $jmax ; $i++ ) {

        # old whitespace could be arbitrarily large, so don't use it
        if   ( $$rtoken_type[$i] eq 'b' ) { $pos += 1 }
        else                              { $pos += length( $$rtokens[$i] ) }

        # Return false result if we exceed the maximum line length,
        if ( $pos > $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
            return 0;
        }

        # or encounter another opening brace before finding the closing brace.
        elsif ($$rtokens[$i] eq '{'
            && $$rtoken_type[$i] eq '{'
            && $$rblock_type[$i] )
        {
            return 0;
        }

        # if we find our closing brace..
        elsif ($$rtokens[$i] eq '}'
            && $$rtoken_type[$i] eq '}'
            && $$rblock_type[$i] )
        {

            # be sure any trailing comment also fits on the line
            my $i_nonblank =
              ( $$rtoken_type[ $i + 1 ] eq 'b' ) ? $i + 2 : $i + 1;

            if ( $$rtoken_type[$i_nonblank] eq '#' ) {
                $pos += length( $$rtokens[$i_nonblank] );

                if ( $i_nonblank > $i + 1 ) {
                    $pos += length( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] );
                }

                if ( $pos > $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
                    return 0;
                }
            }

            # ok, it's a one-line block
            create_one_line_block( $i_start, 20 );
            return 0;
        }

        # just keep going for other characters
        else {
        }
    }

    # Allow certain types of new one-line blocks to form by joining
    # input lines.  These can be safely done, but for other block types,
    # we keep old one-line blocks but do not form new ones. It is not
    # always a good idea to make as many one-line blocks as possible,
    # so other types are not done.  The user can always use -mangle.
    if ( $is_sort_map_grep_eval{$block_type} ) {
        create_one_line_block( $i_start, 1 );
    }

    return 0;
}

sub unstore_token_to_go {

    # remove most recent token from output stream
    if ( $max_index_to_go > 0 ) {
        $max_index_to_go--;
    }
    else {
        $max_index_to_go = UNDEFINED_INDEX;
    }

}

sub want_blank_line {
    flush();
    $file_writer_object->want_blank_line();
}

sub write_unindented_line {
    flush();
    $file_writer_object->write_line( $_[0] );
}

sub undo_ci {

    # Undo continuation indentation in certain sequences
    # For example, we can undo continuation indation in sort/map/grep chains
    #    my $dat1 = pack( "n*",
    #        map { $_, $lookup->{$_} }
    #          sort { $a <=> $b }
    #          grep { $lookup->{$_} ne $default } keys %$lookup );
    # To align the map/sort/grep keywords like this:
    #    my $dat1 = pack( "n*",
    #        map { $_, $lookup->{$_} }
    #        sort { $a <=> $b }
    #        grep { $lookup->{$_} ne $default } keys %$lookup );
    my ( $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
    my ( $line_1, $line_2, $lev_last );
    my $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated;
    my $max_line = @$ri_first - 1;

    # looking at each line of this batch..
    # We are looking at leading tokens and looking for a sequence
    # all at the same level and higher level than enclosing lines.
    foreach my $line ( 0 .. $max_line ) {

        my $ibeg = $$ri_first[$line];
        my $lev  = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
        if ( $line > 0 ) {

            # if we have started a chain..
            if ($line_1) {

                # see if it continues..
                if ( $lev == $lev_last ) {
                    if (   $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'k'
                        && $is_sort_map_grep{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] } )
                    {

                        # chain continues...
                        # check for chain ending at end of a a statement
                        if ( $line == $max_line ) {

                            # see of this line ends a statement
                            my $iend = $$ri_last[$line];
                            $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated =
                              $types_to_go[$iend] eq ';'

                              # with possible side comment
                              || ( $types_to_go[$iend] eq '#'
                                && $iend - $ibeg >= 2
                                && $types_to_go[ $iend - 2 ] eq ';'
                                && $types_to_go[ $iend - 1 ] eq 'b' );
                        }
                        $line_2 = $line if ($this_line_is_semicolon_terminated);
                    }
                    else {

                        # kill chain
                        $line_1 = undef;
                    }
                }
                elsif ( $lev < $lev_last ) {

                    # chain ends with previous line
                    $line_2 = $line - 1;
                }
                elsif ( $lev > $lev_last ) {

                    # kill chain
                    $line_1 = undef;
                }

                # undo the continuation indentation if a chain ends
                if ( defined($line_2) && defined($line_1) ) {
                    my $continuation_line_count = $line_2 - $line_1 + 1;
                    @ci_levels_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $line_2 ] ] =
                      (0) x ($continuation_line_count);
                    @leading_spaces_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $line_2 ] ] =
                      @reduced_spaces_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $line_2 ] ];
                    $line_1 = undef;
                }
            }

            # not in a chain yet..
            else {

                # look for start of a new sort/map/grep chain
                if ( $lev > $lev_last ) {
                    if (   $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'k'
                        && $is_sort_map_grep{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] } )
                    {
                        $line_1 = $line;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        $lev_last = $lev;
    }
}

sub undo_lp_ci {

    # If there is a single, long parameter within parens, like this:
    #
    #  $self->command( "/msg "
    #        . $infoline->chan
    #        . " You said $1, but did you know that it's square was "
    #        . $1 * $1 . " ?" );
    #
    # we can remove the continuation indentation of the 2nd and higher lines
    # to achieve this effect, which is more pleasing:
    #
    #  $self->command("/msg "
    #                 . $infoline->chan
    #                 . " You said $1, but did you know that it's square was "
    #                 . $1 * $1 . " ?");

    my ( $line_open, $i_start, $closing_index, $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
    my $max_line = @$ri_first - 1;

    # must be multiple lines
    return unless $max_line > $line_open;

    my $lev_start     = $levels_to_go[$i_start];
    my $ci_start_plus = 1 + $ci_levels_to_go[$i_start];

    # see if all additional lines in this container have continuation
    # indentation
    my $n;
    my $line_1 = 1 + $line_open;
    for ( $n = $line_1 ; $n <= $max_line ; ++$n ) {
        my $ibeg = $$ri_first[$n];
        my $iend = $$ri_last[$n];
        if ( $ibeg eq $closing_index ) { $n--; last }
        return if ( $lev_start != $levels_to_go[$ibeg] );
        return if ( $ci_start_plus != $ci_levels_to_go[$ibeg] );
        last   if ( $closing_index <= $iend );
    }

    # we can reduce the indentation of all continuation lines
    my $continuation_line_count = $n - $line_open;
    @ci_levels_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $n ] ] =
      (0) x ($continuation_line_count);
    @leading_spaces_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $n ] ] =
      @reduced_spaces_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $n ] ];
}

sub set_logical_padding {

    # Look at a batch of lines and see if extra padding can improve the
    # alignment when there are certain leading operators. Here is an
    # example, in which some extra space is introduced before
    # '( $year' to make it line up with the subsequent lines:
    #
    #       if (   ( $Year < 1601 )
    #           || ( $Year > 2899 )
    #           || ( $EndYear < 1601 )
    #           || ( $EndYear > 2899 ) )
    #       {
    #           &Error_OutOfRange;
    #       }
    #
    my ( $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
    my $max_line = @$ri_first - 1;

    my ( $ibeg, $ibeg_next, $ibegm, $iend, $iendm, $ipad, $line, $pad_spaces,
        $tok_next, $type_next, $has_leading_op_next, $has_leading_op );

    # looking at each line of this batch..
    foreach $line ( 0 .. $max_line - 1 ) {

        # see if the next line begins with a logical operator
        $ibeg      = $$ri_first[$line];
        $iend      = $$ri_last[$line];
        $ibeg_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 1 ];
        $tok_next  = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
        $type_next = $types_to_go[$ibeg_next];

        $has_leading_op_next = ( $tok_next =~ /^\w/ )
          ? $is_chain_operator{$tok_next}      # + - * / : ? && ||
          : $is_chain_operator{$type_next};    # and, or

        next unless ($has_leading_op_next);

        # next line must not be at lesser depth
        next
          if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] > $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] );

        # identify the token in this line to be padded on the left
        $ipad = undef;

        # handle lines at same depth...
        if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] == $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] ) {

            # if this is not first line of the batch ...
            if ( $line > 0 ) {

                # and we have leading operator..
                next if $has_leading_op;

                # Introduce padding if..
                # 1. the previous line is at lesser depth, or
                # 2. the previous line ends in an assignment
                # 3. the previous line ends in a 'return'
                # 4. the previous line ends in a comma
                # Example 1: previous line at lesser depth
                #       if (   ( $Year < 1601 )      # <- we are here but
                #           || ( $Year > 2899 )      #  list has not yet
                #           || ( $EndYear < 1601 )   # collapsed vertically
                #           || ( $EndYear > 2899 ) )
                #       {
                #
                # Example 2: previous line ending in assignment:
                #    $leapyear =
                #        $year % 4   ? 0     # <- We are here
                #      : $year % 100 ? 1
                #      : $year % 400 ? 0
                #      : 1;
                #
                # Example 3: previous line ending in comma:
                #    push @expr,
                #        /test/   ? undef
                #      : eval($_) ? 1
                #      : eval($_) ? 1
                #      :            0;

                # be sure levels agree (do not indent after an indented 'if')
                next if ( $levels_to_go[$ibeg] ne $levels_to_go[$ibeg_next] );

                # allow padding on first line after a comma but only if:
                # (1) this is line 2 and
                # (2) there are at more than three lines and
                # (3) lines 3 and 4 have the same leading operator
                # These rules try to prevent padding within a long
                # comma-separated list.
                my $ok_comma;
                if (   $types_to_go[$iendm] eq ','
                    && $line == 1
                    && $max_line > 2 )
                {
                    my $ibeg_next_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 2 ];
                    my $tok_next_next  = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next_next];
                    $ok_comma = $tok_next_next eq $tok_next;
                }

                next
                  unless (
                       $is_assignment{ $types_to_go[$iendm] }
                    || $ok_comma
                    || ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibegm] <
                        $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] )
                    || (   $types_to_go[$iendm] eq 'k'
                        && $tokens_to_go[$iendm] eq 'return' )
                  );

                # we will add padding before the first token
                $ipad = $ibeg;
            }

            # for first line of the batch..
            else {

                # WARNING: Never indent if first line is starting in a
                # continued quote, which would change the quote.
                next if $starting_in_quote;

                # if this is text after closing '}'
                # then look for an interior token to pad
                if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq '}' ) {

                }

                # otherwise, we might pad if it looks really good
                else {

                    # we might pad token $ibeg, so be sure that it
                    # is at the same depth as the next line.
                    next
                      if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] !=
                        $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] );

                    # We can pad on line 1 of a statement if at least 3
                    # lines will be aligned. Otherwise, it
                    # can look very confusing.

                 # We have to be careful not to pad if there are too few
                 # lines.  The current rule is:
                 # (1) in general we require at least 3 consecutive lines
                 # with the same leading chain operator token,
                 # (2) but an exception is that we only require two lines
                 # with leading colons if there are no more lines.  For example,
                 # the first $i in the following snippet would get padding
                 # by the second rule:
                 #
                 #   $i == 1 ? ( "First", "Color" )
                 # : $i == 2 ? ( "Then",  "Rarity" )
                 # :           ( "Then",  "Name" );

                    if ( $max_line > 1 ) {
                        my $leading_token = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
                        my $tokens_differ;

                        # never indent line 1 of a '.' series because
                        # previous line is most likely at same level.
                        # TODO: we should also look at the leasing_spaces
                        # of the last output line and skip if it is same
                        # as this line.
                        next if ( $leading_token eq '.' );

                        my $count = 1;
                        foreach my $l ( 2 .. 3 ) {
                            last if ( $line + $l > $max_line );
                            my $ibeg_next_next = $$ri_first[ $line + $l ];
                            if ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next_next] ne
                                $leading_token )
                            {
                                $tokens_differ = 1;
                                last;
                            }
                            $count++;
                        }
                        next if ($tokens_differ);
                        next if ( $count < 3 && $leading_token ne ':' );
                        $ipad = $ibeg;
                    }
                    else {
                        next;
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        # find interior token to pad if necessary
        if ( !defined($ipad) ) {

            for ( my $i = $ibeg ; ( $i < $iend ) && !$ipad ; $i++ ) {

                # find any unclosed container
                next
                  unless ( $type_sequence_to_go[$i]
                    && $mate_index_to_go[$i] > $iend );

                # find next nonblank token to pad
                $ipad = $i + 1;
                if ( $types_to_go[$ipad] eq 'b' ) {
                    $ipad++;
                    last if ( $ipad > $iend );
                }
            }
            last unless $ipad;
        }

        # next line must not be at greater depth
        my $iend_next = $$ri_last[ $line + 1 ];
        next
          if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[ $iend_next + 1 ] >
            $nesting_depth_to_go[$ipad] );

        # lines must be somewhat similar to be padded..
        my $inext_next = $ibeg_next + 1;
        if ( $types_to_go[$inext_next] eq 'b' ) {
            $inext_next++;
        }
        my $type      = $types_to_go[$ipad];
        my $type_next = $types_to_go[ $ipad + 1 ];

        # see if there are multiple continuation lines
        my $logical_continuation_lines = 1;
        if ( $line + 2 <= $max_line ) {
            my $leading_token  = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
            my $ibeg_next_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 2 ];
            if (   $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next_next] eq $leading_token
                && $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] eq
                $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next_next] )
            {
                $logical_continuation_lines++;
            }
        }

        # see if leading types match
        my $types_match = $types_to_go[$inext_next] eq $type;
        my $matches_without_bang;

        # if first line has leading ! then compare the following token
        if ( !$types_match && $type eq '!' ) {
            $types_match = $matches_without_bang =
              $types_to_go[$inext_next] eq $types_to_go[ $ipad + 1 ];
        }

        if (

            # either we have multiple continuation lines to follow
            # and we are not padding the first token
            ( $logical_continuation_lines > 1 && $ipad > 0 )

            # or..
            || (

                # types must match
                $types_match

                # and keywords must match if keyword
                && !(
                       $type eq 'k'
                    && $tokens_to_go[$ipad] ne $tokens_to_go[$inext_next]
                )
            )
          )
        {

            #----------------------begin special checks--------------
            #
            # SPECIAL CHECK 1:
            # A check is needed before we can make the pad.
            # If we are in a list with some long items, we want each
            # item to stand out.  So in the following example, the
            # first line begining with '$casefold->' would look good
            # padded to align with the next line, but then it
            # would be indented more than the last line, so we
            # won't do it.
            #
            #  ok(
            #      $casefold->{code}         eq '0041'
            #        && $casefold->{status}  eq 'C'
            #        && $casefold->{mapping} eq '0061',
            #      'casefold 0x41'
            #  );
            #
            # Note:
            # It would be faster, and almost as good, to use a comma
            # count, and not pad if comma_count > 1 and the previous
            # line did not end with a comma.
            #
            my $ok_to_pad = 1;

            my $ibg   = $$ri_first[ $line + 1 ];
            my $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[ $ibg + 1 ];

            # just use simplified formula for leading spaces to avoid
            # needless sub calls
            my $lsp = $levels_to_go[$ibg] + $ci_levels_to_go[$ibg];

            # look at each line beyond the next ..
            my $l = $line + 1;
            foreach $l ( $line + 2 .. $max_line ) {
                my $ibg = $$ri_first[$l];

                # quit looking at the end of this container
                last
                  if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[ $ibg + 1 ] < $depth )
                  || ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibg] < $depth );

                # cannot do the pad if a later line would be
                # outdented more
                if ( $levels_to_go[$ibg] + $ci_levels_to_go[$ibg] < $lsp ) {
                    $ok_to_pad = 0;
                    last;
                }
            }

            # don't pad if we end in a broken list
            if ( $l == $max_line ) {
                my $i2 = $$ri_last[$l];
                if ( $types_to_go[$i2] eq '#' ) {
                    my $i1 = $$ri_first[$l];
                    next
                      if (
                        terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, $i1,
                            $i2 ) eq ','
                      );
                }
            }

            # SPECIAL CHECK 2:
            # a minus may introduce a quoted variable, and we will
            # add the pad only if this line begins with a bare word,
            # such as for the word 'Button' here:
            #    [
            #         Button      => "Print letter \"~$_\"",
            #        -command     => [ sub { print "$_[0]\n" }, $_ ],
            #        -accelerator => "Meta+$_"
            #    ];
            #
            #  On the other hand, if 'Button' is quoted, it looks best
            #  not to pad:
            #    [
            #        'Button'     => "Print letter \"~$_\"",
            #        -command     => [ sub { print "$_[0]\n" }, $_ ],
            #        -accelerator => "Meta+$_"
            #    ];
            if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_next] eq 'm' ) {
                $ok_to_pad = 0 if $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'Q';
            }

            next unless $ok_to_pad;

            #----------------------end special check---------------

            my $length_1 = total_line_length( $ibeg,      $ipad - 1 );
            my $length_2 = total_line_length( $ibeg_next, $inext_next - 1 );
            $pad_spaces = $length_2 - $length_1;

            # If the first line has a leading ! and the second does
            # not, then remove one space to try to align the next
            # leading characters, which are often the same.  For example:
            #  if (  !$ts
            #      || $ts == $self->Holder
            #      || $self->Holder->Type eq "Arena" )
            #
            # This usually helps readability, but if there are subsequent
            # ! operators things will still get messed up.  For example:
            #
            #  if (  !exists $Net::DNS::typesbyname{$qtype}
            #      && exists $Net::DNS::classesbyname{$qtype}
            #      && !exists $Net::DNS::classesbyname{$qclass}
            #      && exists $Net::DNS::typesbyname{$qclass} )
            # We can't fix that.
            if ($matches_without_bang) { $pad_spaces-- }

            # make sure this won't change if -lp is used
            my $indentation_1 = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg];
            if ( ref($indentation_1) ) {
                if ( $indentation_1->get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES() == 0 ) {
                    my $indentation_2 = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg_next];
                    unless ( $indentation_2->get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES() == 0 ) {
                        $pad_spaces = 0;
                    }
                }
            }

            # we might be able to handle a pad of -1 by removing a blank
            # token
            if ( $pad_spaces < 0 ) {

                if ( $pad_spaces == -1 ) {
                    if ( $ipad > $ibeg && $types_to_go[ $ipad - 1 ] eq 'b' ) {
                        $tokens_to_go[ $ipad - 1 ] = '';
                    }
                }
                $pad_spaces = 0;
            }

            # now apply any padding for alignment
            if ( $ipad >= 0 && $pad_spaces ) {

                my $length_t = total_line_length( $ibeg, $iend );
                if ( $pad_spaces + $length_t <= $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
                    $tokens_to_go[$ipad] =
                      ' ' x $pad_spaces . $tokens_to_go[$ipad];
                }
            }
        }
    }
    continue {
        $iendm          = $iend;
        $ibegm          = $ibeg;
        $has_leading_op = $has_leading_op_next;
    }    # end of loop over lines
    return;
}

sub correct_lp_indentation {

    # When the -lp option is used, we need to make a last pass through
    # each line to correct the indentation positions in case they differ
    # from the predictions.  This is necessary because perltidy uses a
    # predictor/corrector method for aligning with opening parens.  The
    # predictor is usually good, but sometimes stumbles.  The corrector
    # tries to patch things up once the actual opening paren locations
    # are known.
    my ( $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
    my $do_not_pad = 0;

    #  Note on flag '$do_not_pad':
    #  We want to avoid a situation like this, where the aligner inserts
    #  whitespace before the '=' to align it with a previous '=', because
    #  otherwise the parens might become mis-aligned in a situation like
    #  this, where the '=' has become aligned with the previous line,
    #  pushing the opening '(' forward beyond where we want it.
    #
    #  $mkFloor::currentRoom = '';
    #  $mkFloor::c_entry     = $c->Entry(
    #                                 -width        => '10',
    #                                 -relief       => 'sunken',
    #                                 ...
    #                                 );
    #
    #  We leave it to the aligner to decide how to do this.

    # first remove continuation indentation if appropriate
    my $max_line = @$ri_first - 1;

    # looking at each line of this batch..
    my ( $ibeg, $iend );
    my $line;
    foreach $line ( 0 .. $max_line ) {
        $ibeg = $$ri_first[$line];
        $iend = $$ri_last[$line];

        # looking at each token in this output line..
        my $i;
        foreach $i ( $ibeg .. $iend ) {

            # How many space characters to place before this token
            # for special alignment.  Actual padding is done in the
            # continue block.

            # looking for next unvisited indentation item
            my $indentation = $leading_spaces_to_go[$i];
            if ( !$indentation->get_MARKED() ) {
                $indentation->set_MARKED(1);

                # looking for indentation item for which we are aligning
                # with parens, braces, and brackets
                next unless ( $indentation->get_ALIGN_PAREN() );

                # skip closed container on this line
                if ( $i > $ibeg ) {
                    my $im = $i - 1;
                    if ( $types_to_go[$im] eq 'b' && $im > $ibeg ) { $im-- }
                    if (   $type_sequence_to_go[$im]
                        && $mate_index_to_go[$im] <= $iend )
                    {
                        next;
                    }
                }

                if ( $line == 1 && $i == $ibeg ) {
                    $do_not_pad = 1;
                }

                # Ok, let's see what the error is and try to fix it
                my $actual_pos;
                my $predicted_pos = $indentation->get_SPACES();
                if ( $i > $ibeg ) {

                    # token is mid-line - use length to previous token
                    $actual_pos = total_line_length( $ibeg, $i - 1 );

                    # for mid-line token, we must check to see if all
                    # additional lines have continuation indentation,
                    # and remove it if so.  Otherwise, we do not get
                    # good alignment.
                    my $closing_index = $indentation->get_CLOSED();
                    if ( $closing_index > $iend ) {
                        my $ibeg_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 1 ];
                        if ( $ci_levels_to_go[$ibeg_next] > 0 ) {
                            undo_lp_ci( $line, $i, $closing_index, $ri_first,
                                $ri_last );
                        }
                    }
                }
                elsif ( $line > 0 ) {

                    # handle case where token starts a new line;
                    # use length of previous line
                    my $ibegm = $$ri_first[ $line - 1 ];
                    my $iendm = $$ri_last[ $line - 1 ];
                    $actual_pos = total_line_length( $ibegm, $iendm );

                    # follow -pt style
                    ++$actual_pos
                      if ( $types_to_go[ $iendm + 1 ] eq 'b' );
                }
                else {

                    # token is first character of first line of batch
                    $actual_pos = $predicted_pos;
                }

                my $move_right = $actual_pos - $predicted_pos;

                # done if no error to correct (gnu2.t)
                if ( $move_right == 0 ) {
                    $indentation->set_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($move_right);
                    next;
                }

                # if we have not seen closure for this indentation in
                # this batch, we can only pass on a request to the
                # vertical aligner
                my $closing_index = $indentation->get_CLOSED();

                if ( $closing_index < 0 ) {
                    $indentation->set_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($move_right);
                    next;
                }

                # If necessary, look ahead to see if there is really any
                # leading whitespace dependent on this whitespace, and
                # also find the longest line using this whitespace.
                # Since it is always safe to move left if there are no
                # dependents, we only need to do this if we may have
                # dependent nodes or need to move right.

                my $right_margin = 0;
                my $have_child   = $indentation->get_HAVE_CHILD();

                my %saw_indentation;
                my $line_count = 1;
                $saw_indentation{$indentation} = $indentation;

                if ( $have_child || $move_right > 0 ) {
                    $have_child = 0;
                    my $max_length = 0;
                    if ( $i == $ibeg ) {
                        $max_length = total_line_length( $ibeg, $iend );
                    }

                    # look ahead at the rest of the lines of this batch..
                    my $line_t;
                    foreach $line_t ( $line + 1 .. $max_line ) {
                        my $ibeg_t = $$ri_first[$line_t];
                        my $iend_t = $$ri_last[$line_t];
                        last if ( $closing_index <= $ibeg_t );

                        # remember all different indentation objects
                        my $indentation_t = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg_t];
                        $saw_indentation{$indentation_t} = $indentation_t;
                        $line_count++;

                        # remember longest line in the group
                        my $length_t = total_line_length( $ibeg_t, $iend_t );
                        if ( $length_t > $max_length ) {
                            $max_length = $length_t;
                        }
                    }
                    $right_margin = $rOpts_maximum_line_length - $max_length;
                    if ( $right_margin < 0 ) { $right_margin = 0 }
                }

                my $first_line_comma_count =
                  grep { $_ eq ',' } @types_to_go[ $ibeg .. $iend ];
                my $comma_count = $indentation->get_COMMA_COUNT();
                my $arrow_count = $indentation->get_ARROW_COUNT();

                # This is a simple approximate test for vertical alignment:
                # if we broke just after an opening paren, brace, bracket,
                # and there are 2 or more commas in the first line,
                # and there are no '=>'s,
                # then we are probably vertically aligned.  We could set
                # an exact flag in sub scan_list, but this is good
                # enough.
                my $indentation_count = keys %saw_indentation;
                my $is_vertically_aligned =
                  (      $i == $ibeg
                      && $first_line_comma_count > 1
                      && $indentation_count == 1
                      && ( $arrow_count == 0 || $arrow_count == $line_count ) );

                # Make the move if possible ..
                if (

                    # we can always move left
                    $move_right < 0

                    # but we should only move right if we are sure it will
                    # not spoil vertical alignment
                    || ( $comma_count == 0 )
                    || ( $comma_count > 0 && !$is_vertically_aligned )
                  )
                {
                    my $move =
                      ( $move_right <= $right_margin )
                      ? $move_right
                      : $right_margin;

                    foreach ( keys %saw_indentation ) {
                        $saw_indentation{$_}
                          ->permanently_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES( -$move );
                    }
                }

                # Otherwise, record what we want and the vertical aligner
                # will try to recover it.
                else {
                    $indentation->set_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($move_right);
                }
            }
        }
    }
    return $do_not_pad;
}

# flush is called to output any tokens in the pipeline, so that
# an alternate source of lines can be written in the correct order

sub flush {
    destroy_one_line_block();
    output_line_to_go();
    Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::flush();
}

sub reset_block_text_accumulator {

    # save text after 'if' and 'elsif' to append after 'else'
    if ($accumulating_text_for_block) {

        if ( $accumulating_text_for_block =~ /^(if|elsif)$/ ) {
            push @{$rleading_block_if_elsif_text}, $leading_block_text;
        }
    }
    $accumulating_text_for_block        = "";
    $leading_block_text                 = "";
    $leading_block_text_level           = 0;
    $leading_block_text_length_exceeded = 0;
    $leading_block_text_line_number     = 0;
    $leading_block_text_line_length     = 0;
}

sub set_block_text_accumulator {
    my $i = shift;
    $accumulating_text_for_block = $tokens_to_go[$i];
    if ( $accumulating_text_for_block !~ /^els/ ) {
        $rleading_block_if_elsif_text = [];
    }
    $leading_block_text       = "";
    $leading_block_text_level = $levels_to_go[$i];
    $leading_block_text_line_number =
      $vertical_aligner_object->get_output_line_number();
    $leading_block_text_length_exceeded = 0;

    # this will contain the column number of the last character
    # of the closing side comment
    $leading_block_text_line_length =
      length($accumulating_text_for_block) +
      length( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-prefix'} ) +
      $leading_block_text_level * $rOpts_indent_columns + 3;
}

sub accumulate_block_text {
    my $i = shift;

    # accumulate leading text for -csc, ignoring any side comments
    if (   $accumulating_text_for_block
        && !$leading_block_text_length_exceeded
        && $types_to_go[$i] ne '#' )
    {

        my $added_length = length( $tokens_to_go[$i] );
        $added_length += 1 if $i == 0;
        my $new_line_length = $leading_block_text_line_length + $added_length;

        # we can add this text if we don't exceed some limits..
        if (

            # we must not have already exceeded the text length limit
            length($leading_block_text) <
            $rOpts_closing_side_comment_maximum_text

            # and either:
            # the new total line length must be below the line length limit
            # or the new length must be below the text length limit
            # (ie, we may allow one token to exceed the text length limit)
            && ( $new_line_length < $rOpts_maximum_line_length
                || length($leading_block_text) + $added_length <
                $rOpts_closing_side_comment_maximum_text )

            # UNLESS: we are adding a closing paren before the brace we seek.
            # This is an attempt to avoid situations where the ... to be
            # added are longer than the omitted right paren, as in:

            #   foreach my $item (@a_rather_long_variable_name_here) {
            #      &whatever;
            #   } ## end foreach my $item (@a_rather_long_variable_name_here...

            || (
                $tokens_to_go[$i] eq ')'
                && (
                    (
                           $i + 1 <= $max_index_to_go
                        && $block_type_to_go[ $i + 1 ] eq
                        $accumulating_text_for_block
                    )
                    || (   $i + 2 <= $max_index_to_go
                        && $block_type_to_go[ $i + 2 ] eq
                        $accumulating_text_for_block )
                )
            )
          )
        {

            # add an extra space at each newline
            if ( $i == 0 ) { $leading_block_text .= ' ' }

            # add the token text
            $leading_block_text .= $tokens_to_go[$i];
            $leading_block_text_line_length = $new_line_length;
        }

        # show that text was truncated if necessary
        elsif ( $types_to_go[$i] ne 'b' ) {
            $leading_block_text_length_exceeded = 1;
            $leading_block_text .= '...';
        }
    }
}

{
    my %is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach;

    BEGIN {

        # These block types may have text between the keyword and opening
        # curly.  Note: 'else' does not, but must be included to allow trailing
        # if/elsif text to be appended.
        # patch for SWITCH/CASE: added 'case' and 'when'
        @_ = qw(if elsif else unless while until for foreach case when);
        @is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    sub accumulate_csc_text {

        # called once per output buffer when -csc is used. Accumulates
        # the text placed after certain closing block braces.
        # Defines and returns the following for this buffer:

        my $block_leading_text = "";    # the leading text of the last '}'
        my $rblock_leading_if_elsif_text;
        my $i_block_leading_text =
          -1;    # index of token owning block_leading_text
        my $block_line_count    = 100;    # how many lines the block spans
        my $terminal_type       = 'b';    # type of last nonblank token
        my $i_terminal          = 0;      # index of last nonblank token
        my $terminal_block_type = "";

        for my $i ( 0 .. $max_index_to_go ) {
            my $type       = $types_to_go[$i];
            my $block_type = $block_type_to_go[$i];
            my $token      = $tokens_to_go[$i];

            # remember last nonblank token type
            if ( $type ne '#' && $type ne 'b' ) {
                $terminal_type       = $type;
                $terminal_block_type = $block_type;
                $i_terminal          = $i;
            }

            my $type_sequence = $type_sequence_to_go[$i];
            if ( $block_type && $type_sequence ) {

                if ( $token eq '}' ) {

                    # restore any leading text saved when we entered this block
                    if ( defined( $block_leading_text{$type_sequence} ) ) {
                        ( $block_leading_text, $rblock_leading_if_elsif_text ) =
                          @{ $block_leading_text{$type_sequence} };
                        $i_block_leading_text = $i;
                        delete $block_leading_text{$type_sequence};
                        $rleading_block_if_elsif_text =
                          $rblock_leading_if_elsif_text;
                    }

                    # if we run into a '}' then we probably started accumulating
                    # at something like a trailing 'if' clause..no harm done.
                    if (   $accumulating_text_for_block
                        && $levels_to_go[$i] <= $leading_block_text_level )
                    {
                        my $lev = $levels_to_go[$i];
                        reset_block_text_accumulator();
                    }

                    if ( defined( $block_opening_line_number{$type_sequence} ) )
                    {
                        my $output_line_number =
                          $vertical_aligner_object->get_output_line_number();
                        $block_line_count =
                          $output_line_number -
                          $block_opening_line_number{$type_sequence} + 1;
                        delete $block_opening_line_number{$type_sequence};
                    }
                    else {

                        # Error: block opening line undefined for this line..
                        # This shouldn't be possible, but it is not a
                        # significant problem.
                    }
                }

                elsif ( $token eq '{' ) {

                    my $line_number =
                      $vertical_aligner_object->get_output_line_number();
                    $block_opening_line_number{$type_sequence} = $line_number;

                    if (   $accumulating_text_for_block
                        && $levels_to_go[$i] == $leading_block_text_level )
                    {

                        if ( $accumulating_text_for_block eq $block_type ) {

                            # save any leading text before we enter this block
                            $block_leading_text{$type_sequence} = [
                                $leading_block_text,
                                $rleading_block_if_elsif_text
                            ];
                            $block_opening_line_number{$type_sequence} =
                              $leading_block_text_line_number;
                            reset_block_text_accumulator();
                        }
                        else {

                            # shouldn't happen, but not a serious error.
                            # We were accumulating -csc text for block type
                            # $accumulating_text_for_block and unexpectedly
                            # encountered a '{' for block type $block_type.
                        }
                    }
                }
            }

            if (   $type eq 'k'
                && $csc_new_statement_ok
                && $is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach{$token}
                && $token =~ /$closing_side_comment_list_pattern/o )
            {
                set_block_text_accumulator($i);
            }
            else {

                # note: ignoring type 'q' because of tricks being played
                # with 'q' for hanging side comments
                if ( $type ne 'b' && $type ne '#' && $type ne 'q' ) {
                    $csc_new_statement_ok =
                      ( $block_type || $type eq 'J' || $type eq ';' );
                }
                if (   $type eq ';'
                    && $accumulating_text_for_block
                    && $levels_to_go[$i] == $leading_block_text_level )
                {
                    reset_block_text_accumulator();
                }
                else {
                    accumulate_block_text($i);
                }
            }
        }

        # Treat an 'else' block specially by adding preceding 'if' and
        # 'elsif' text.  Otherwise, the 'end else' is not helpful,
        # especially for cuddled-else formatting.
        if ( $terminal_block_type =~ /^els/ && $rblock_leading_if_elsif_text ) {
            $block_leading_text =
              make_else_csc_text( $i_terminal, $terminal_block_type,
                $block_leading_text, $rblock_leading_if_elsif_text );
        }

        return ( $terminal_type, $i_terminal, $i_block_leading_text,
            $block_leading_text, $block_line_count );
    }
}

sub make_else_csc_text {

    # create additional -csc text for an 'else' and optionally 'elsif',
    # depending on the value of switch
    # $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag:
    #
    #  = 0 add 'if' text to trailing else
    #  = 1 same as 0 plus:
    #      add 'if' to 'elsif's if can fit in line length
    #      add last 'elsif' to trailing else if can fit in one line
    #  = 2 same as 1 but do not check if exceed line length
    #
    # $rif_elsif_text = a reference to a list of all previous closing
    # side comments created for this if block
    #
    my ( $i_terminal, $block_type, $block_leading_text, $rif_elsif_text ) = @_;
    my $csc_text = $block_leading_text;

    if ( $block_type eq 'elsif' && $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag == 0 )
    {
        return $csc_text;
    }

    my $count = @{$rif_elsif_text};
    return $csc_text unless ($count);

    my $if_text = '[ if' . $rif_elsif_text->[0];

    # always show the leading 'if' text on 'else'
    if ( $block_type eq 'else' ) {
        $csc_text .= $if_text;
    }

    # see if that's all
    if ( $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag == 0 ) {
        return $csc_text;
    }

    my $last_elsif_text = "";
    if ( $count > 1 ) {
        $last_elsif_text = ' [elsif' . $rif_elsif_text->[ $count - 1 ];
        if ( $count > 2 ) { $last_elsif_text = ' [...' . $last_elsif_text; }
    }

    # tentatively append one more item
    my $saved_text = $csc_text;
    if ( $block_type eq 'else' ) {
        $csc_text .= $last_elsif_text;
    }
    else {
        $csc_text .= ' ' . $if_text;
    }

    # all done if no length checks requested
    if ( $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag == 2 ) {
        return $csc_text;
    }

    # undo it if line length exceeded
    my $length =
      length($csc_text) +
      length($block_type) +
      length( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-prefix'} ) +
      $levels_to_go[$i_terminal] * $rOpts_indent_columns + 3;
    if ( $length > $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
        $csc_text = $saved_text;
    }
    return $csc_text;
}

{    # sub balance_csc_text

    my %matching_char;

    BEGIN {
        %matching_char = (
            '{' => '}',
            '(' => ')',
            '[' => ']',
            '}' => '{',
            ')' => '(',
            ']' => '[',
        );
    }

    sub balance_csc_text {

        # Append characters to balance a closing side comment so that editors
        # such as vim can correctly jump through code.
        # Simple Example:
        #  input  = ## end foreach my $foo ( sort { $b  ...
        #  output = ## end foreach my $foo ( sort { $b  ...})

        # NOTE: This routine does not currently filter out structures within
        # quoted text because the bounce algorithims in text editors do not
        # necessarily do this either (a version of vim was checked and
        # did not do this).

        # Some complex examples which will cause trouble for some editors:
        #  while ( $mask_string =~ /\{[^{]*?\}/g ) {
        #  if ( $mask_str =~ /\}\s*els[^\{\}]+\{$/ ) {
        #  if ( $1 eq '{' ) {
        # test file test1/braces.pl has many such examples.

        my ($csc) = @_;

        # loop to examine characters one-by-one, RIGHT to LEFT and
        # build a balancing ending, LEFT to RIGHT.
        for ( my $pos = length($csc) - 1 ; $pos >= 0 ; $pos-- ) {

            my $char = substr( $csc, $pos, 1 );

            # ignore everything except structural characters
            next unless ( $matching_char{$char} );

            # pop most recently appended character
            my $top = chop($csc);

            # push it back plus the mate to the newest character
            # unless they balance each other.
            $csc = $csc . $top . $matching_char{$char} unless $top eq $char;
        }

        # return the balanced string
        return $csc;
    }
}

sub add_closing_side_comment {

    # add closing side comments after closing block braces if -csc used
    my $cscw_block_comment;

    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    # Step 1: loop through all tokens of this line to accumulate
    # the text needed to create the closing side comments. Also see
    # how the line ends.
    #---------------------------------------------------------------

    my ( $terminal_type, $i_terminal, $i_block_leading_text,
        $block_leading_text, $block_line_count )
      = accumulate_csc_text();

    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    # Step 2: make the closing side comment if this ends a block
    #---------------------------------------------------------------
    my $have_side_comment = $i_terminal != $max_index_to_go;

    # if this line might end in a block closure..
    if (
        $terminal_type eq '}'

        # ..and either
        && (

            # the block is long enough
            ( $block_line_count >= $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-interval'} )

            # or there is an existing comment to check
            || (   $have_side_comment
                && $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-warnings'} )
        )

        # .. and if this is one of the types of interest
        && $block_type_to_go[$i_terminal] =~
        /$closing_side_comment_list_pattern/o

        # .. but not an anonymous sub
        # These are not normally of interest, and their closing braces are
        # often followed by commas or semicolons anyway.  This also avoids
        # possible erratic output due to line numbering inconsistencies
        # in the cases where their closing braces terminate a line.
        && $block_type_to_go[$i_terminal] ne 'sub'

        # ..and the corresponding opening brace must is not in this batch
        # (because we do not need to tag one-line blocks, although this
        # should also be caught with a positive -csci value)
        && $mate_index_to_go[$i_terminal] < 0

        # ..and either
        && (

            # this is the last token (line doesnt have a side comment)
            !$have_side_comment

            # or the old side comment is a closing side comment
            || $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go] =~
            /$closing_side_comment_prefix_pattern/o
        )
      )
    {

        # then make the closing side comment text
        my $token =
"$rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-prefix'} $block_type_to_go[$i_terminal]";

        # append any extra descriptive text collected above
        if ( $i_block_leading_text == $i_terminal ) {
            $token .= $block_leading_text;
        }

        $token = balance_csc_text($token)
          if $rOpts->{'closing-side-comments-balanced'};

        $token =~ s/\s*$//;    # trim any trailing whitespace

        # handle case of existing closing side comment
        if ($have_side_comment) {

            # warn if requested and tokens differ significantly
            if ( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-warnings'} ) {
                my $old_csc = $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
                my $new_csc = $token;
                $new_csc =~ s/\s+//g;            # trim all whitespace
                $old_csc =~ s/\s+//g;            # trim all whitespace
                $new_csc =~ s/[\]\)\}\s]*$//;    # trim trailing structures
                $old_csc =~ s/[\]\)\}\s]*$//;    # trim trailing structures
                $new_csc =~ s/(\.\.\.)$//;       # trim trailing '...'
                my $new_trailing_dots = $1;
                $old_csc =~ s/(\.\.\.)\s*$//;    # trim trailing '...'

                # Patch to handle multiple closing side comments at
                # else and elsif's.  These have become too complicated
                # to check, so if we see an indication of
                # '[ if' or '[ # elsif', then assume they were made
                # by perltidy.
                if ( $block_type_to_go[$i_terminal] eq 'else' ) {
                    if ( $old_csc =~ /\[\s*elsif/ ) { $old_csc = $new_csc }
                }
                elsif ( $block_type_to_go[$i_terminal] eq 'elsif' ) {
                    if ( $old_csc =~ /\[\s*if/ ) { $old_csc = $new_csc }
                }

                # if old comment is contained in new comment,
                # only compare the common part.
                if ( length($new_csc) > length($old_csc) ) {
                    $new_csc = substr( $new_csc, 0, length($old_csc) );
                }

                # if the new comment is shorter and has been limited,
                # only compare the common part.
                if ( length($new_csc) < length($old_csc) && $new_trailing_dots )
                {
                    $old_csc = substr( $old_csc, 0, length($new_csc) );
                }

                # any remaining difference?
                if ( $new_csc ne $old_csc ) {

                    # just leave the old comment if we are below the threshold
                    # for creating side comments
                    if ( $block_line_count <
                        $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-interval'} )
                    {
                        $token = undef;
                    }

                    # otherwise we'll make a note of it
                    else {

                        warning(
"perltidy -cscw replaced: $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go]\n"
                        );

                     # save the old side comment in a new trailing block comment
                        my ( $day, $month, $year ) = (localtime)[ 3, 4, 5 ];
                        $year  += 1900;
                        $month += 1;
                        $cscw_block_comment =
"## perltidy -cscw $year-$month-$day: $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go]";
                    }
                }
                else {

                    # No differences.. we can safely delete old comment if we
                    # are below the threshold
                    if ( $block_line_count <
                        $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-interval'} )
                    {
                        $token = undef;
                        unstore_token_to_go()
                          if ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq '#' );
                        unstore_token_to_go()
                          if ( $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq 'b' );
                    }
                }
            }

            # switch to the new csc (unless we deleted it!)
            $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $token if $token;
        }

        # handle case of NO existing closing side comment
        else {

            # insert the new side comment into the output token stream
            my $type          = '#';
            my $block_type    = '';
            my $type_sequence = '';
            my $container_environment =
              $container_environment_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
            my $level                = $levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
            my $slevel               = $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
            my $no_internal_newlines = 0;

            my $nesting_blocks     = $nesting_blocks_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
            my $ci_level           = $ci_levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
            my $in_continued_quote = 0;

            # first insert a blank token
            insert_new_token_to_go( ' ', 'b', $slevel, $no_internal_newlines );

            # then the side comment
            insert_new_token_to_go( $token, $type, $slevel,
                $no_internal_newlines );
        }
    }
    return $cscw_block_comment;
}

sub previous_nonblank_token {
    my ($i)  = @_;
    my $name = "";
    my $im   = $i - 1;
    return "" if ( $im < 0 );
    if ( $types_to_go[$im] eq 'b' ) { $im--; }
    return "" if ( $im < 0 );
    $name = $tokens_to_go[$im];

    # prepend any sub name to an isolated -> to avoid unwanted alignments
    # [test case is test8/penco.pl]
    if ( $name eq '->' ) {
        $im--;
        if ( $im >= 0 && $types_to_go[$im] ne 'b' ) {
            $name = $tokens_to_go[$im] . $name;
        }
    }
    return $name;
}

sub send_lines_to_vertical_aligner {

    my ( $ri_first, $ri_last, $do_not_pad ) = @_;

    my $rindentation_list = [0];    # ref to indentations for each line

    # define the array @matching_token_to_go for the output tokens
    # which will be non-blank for each special token (such as =>)
    # for which alignment is required.
    set_vertical_alignment_markers( $ri_first, $ri_last );

    # flush if necessary to avoid unwanted alignment
    my $must_flush = 0;
    if ( @$ri_first > 1 ) {

        # flush before a long if statement
        if ( $types_to_go[0] eq 'k' && $tokens_to_go[0] =~ /^(if|unless)$/ ) {
            $must_flush = 1;
        }
    }
    if ($must_flush) {
        Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::flush();
    }

    undo_ci( $ri_first, $ri_last );

    set_logical_padding( $ri_first, $ri_last );

    # loop to prepare each line for shipment
    my $n_last_line = @$ri_first - 1;
    my $in_comma_list;
    for my $n ( 0 .. $n_last_line ) {
        my $ibeg = $$ri_first[$n];
        my $iend = $$ri_last[$n];

        my ( $rtokens, $rfields, $rpatterns ) =
          make_alignment_patterns( $ibeg, $iend );

        my ( $indentation, $lev, $level_end, $terminal_type,
            $is_semicolon_terminated, $is_outdented_line )
          = set_adjusted_indentation( $ibeg, $iend, $rfields, $rpatterns,
            $ri_first, $ri_last, $rindentation_list );

        # we will allow outdenting of long lines..
        my $outdent_long_lines = (

            # which are long quotes, if allowed
            ( $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'Q' && $rOpts->{'outdent-long-quotes'} )

            # which are long block comments, if allowed
              || (
                   $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq '#'
                && $rOpts->{'outdent-long-comments'}

                # but not if this is a static block comment
                && !$is_static_block_comment
              )
        );

        my $level_jump =
          $nesting_depth_to_go[ $iend + 1 ] - $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg];

        my $rvertical_tightness_flags =
          set_vertical_tightness_flags( $n, $n_last_line, $ibeg, $iend,
            $ri_first, $ri_last );

        # flush an outdented line to avoid any unwanted vertical alignment
        Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::flush() if ($is_outdented_line);

        my $is_terminal_ternary = 0;
        if (   $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] eq ':'
            || $n > 0 && $tokens_to_go[ $$ri_last[ $n - 1 ] ] eq ':' )
        {
            if (   ( $terminal_type eq ';' && $level_end <= $lev )
                || ( $level_end < $lev ) )
            {
                $is_terminal_ternary = 1;
            }
        }

        # send this new line down the pipe
        my $forced_breakpoint = $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend];
        Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::append_line(
            $lev,
            $level_end,
            $indentation,
            $rfields,
            $rtokens,
            $rpatterns,
            $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend] || $in_comma_list,
            $outdent_long_lines,
            $is_terminal_ternary,
            $is_semicolon_terminated,
            $do_not_pad,
            $rvertical_tightness_flags,
            $level_jump,
        );
        $in_comma_list =
          $tokens_to_go[$iend] eq ',' && $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend];

        # flush an outdented line to avoid any unwanted vertical alignment
        Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::flush() if ($is_outdented_line);

        $do_not_pad = 0;

    }    # end of loop to output each line

    # remember indentation of lines containing opening containers for
    # later use by sub set_adjusted_indentation
    save_opening_indentation( $ri_first, $ri_last, $rindentation_list );
}

{        # begin make_alignment_patterns

    my %block_type_map;
    my %keyword_map;

    BEGIN {

        # map related block names into a common name to
        # allow alignment
        %block_type_map = (
            'unless'  => 'if',
            'else'    => 'if',
            'elsif'   => 'if',
            'when'    => 'if',
            'default' => 'if',
            'case'    => 'if',
            'sort'    => 'map',
            'grep'    => 'map',
        );

        # map certain keywords to the same 'if' class to align
        # long if/elsif sequences. [elsif.pl]
        %keyword_map = (
            'unless'  => 'if',
            'else'    => 'if',
            'elsif'   => 'if',
            'when'    => 'given',
            'default' => 'given',
            'case'    => 'switch',

            # treat an 'undef' similar to numbers and quotes
            'undef' => 'Q',
        );
    }

    sub make_alignment_patterns {

        # Here we do some important preliminary work for the
        # vertical aligner.  We create three arrays for one
        # output line. These arrays contain strings that can
        # be tested by the vertical aligner to see if
        # consecutive lines can be aligned vertically.
        #
        # The three arrays are indexed on the vertical
        # alignment fields and are:
        # @tokens - a list of any vertical alignment tokens for this line.
        #   These are tokens, such as '=' '&&' '#' etc which
        #   we want to might align vertically.  These are
        #   decorated with various information such as
        #   nesting depth to prevent unwanted vertical
        #   alignment matches.
        # @fields - the actual text of the line between the vertical alignment
        #   tokens.
        # @patterns - a modified list of token types, one for each alignment
        #   field.  These should normally each match before alignment is
        #   allowed, even when the alignment tokens match.
        my ( $ibeg, $iend ) = @_;
        my @tokens   = ();
        my @fields   = ();
        my @patterns = ();
        my $i_start  = $ibeg;
        my $i;

        my $depth                 = 0;
        my @container_name        = ("");
        my @multiple_comma_arrows = (undef);

        my $j = 0;    # field index

        $patterns[0] = "";
        for $i ( $ibeg .. $iend ) {

            # Keep track of containers balanced on this line only.
            # These are used below to prevent unwanted cross-line alignments.
            # Unbalanced containers already avoid aligning across
            # container boundaries.
            if ( $tokens_to_go[$i] eq '(' ) {

                # if container is balanced on this line...
                my $i_mate = $mate_index_to_go[$i];
                if ( $i_mate > $i && $i_mate <= $iend ) {
                    $depth++;
                    my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$i];
                    my $count = comma_arrow_count($seqno);
                    $multiple_comma_arrows[$depth] = $count && $count > 1;

                    # Append the previous token name to make the container name
                    # more unique.  This name will also be given to any commas
                    # within this container, and it helps avoid undesirable
                    # alignments of different types of containers.
                    my $name = previous_nonblank_token($i);
                    $name =~ s/^->//;
                    $container_name[$depth] = "+" . $name;

                    # Make the container name even more unique if necessary.
                    # If we are not vertically aligning this opening paren,
                    # append a character count to avoid bad alignment because
                    # it usually looks bad to align commas within continers
                    # for which the opening parens do not align.  Here
                    # is an example very BAD alignment of commas (because
                    # the atan2 functions are not all aligned):
                    #    $XY =
                    #      $X * $RTYSQP1 * atan2( $X, $RTYSQP1 ) +
                    #      $Y * $RTXSQP1 * atan2( $Y, $RTXSQP1 ) -
                    #      $X * atan2( $X,            1 ) -
                    #      $Y * atan2( $Y,            1 );
                    #
                    # On the other hand, it is usually okay to align commas if
                    # opening parens align, such as:
                    #    glVertex3d( $cx + $s * $xs, $cy,            $z );
                    #    glVertex3d( $cx,            $cy + $s * $ys, $z );
                    #    glVertex3d( $cx - $s * $xs, $cy,            $z );
                    #    glVertex3d( $cx,            $cy - $s * $ys, $z );
                    #
                    # To distinguish between these situations, we will
                    # append the length of the line from the previous matching
                    # token, or beginning of line, to the function name.  This
                    # will allow the vertical aligner to reject undesirable
                    # matches.

                    # if we are not aligning on this paren...
                    if ( $matching_token_to_go[$i] eq '' ) {

                        # Sum length from previous alignment, or start of line.
                        # Note that we have to sum token lengths here because
                        # padding has been done and so array $lengths_to_go
                        # is now wrong.
                        my $len =
                          length(
                            join( '', @tokens_to_go[ $i_start .. $i - 1 ] ) );
                        $len += leading_spaces_to_go($i_start)
                          if ( $i_start == $ibeg );

                        # tack length onto the container name to make unique
                        $container_name[$depth] .= "-" . $len;
                    }
                }
            }
            elsif ( $tokens_to_go[$i] eq ')' ) {
                $depth-- if $depth > 0;
            }

            # if we find a new synchronization token, we are done with
            # a field
            if ( $i > $i_start && $matching_token_to_go[$i] ne '' ) {

                my $tok = my $raw_tok = $matching_token_to_go[$i];

                # make separators in different nesting depths unique
                # by appending the nesting depth digit.
                if ( $raw_tok ne '#' ) {
                    $tok .= "$nesting_depth_to_go[$i]";
                }

                # also decorate commas with any container name to avoid
                # unwanted cross-line alignments.
                if ( $raw_tok eq ',' || $raw_tok eq '=>' ) {
                    if ( $container_name[$depth] ) {
                        $tok .= $container_name[$depth];
                    }
                }

                # Patch to avoid aligning leading and trailing if, unless.
                # Mark trailing if, unless statements with container names.
                # This makes them different from leading if, unless which
                # are not so marked at present.  If we ever need to name
                # them too, we could use ci to distinguish them.
                # Example problem to avoid:
                #    return ( 2, "DBERROR" )
                #      if ( $retval == 2 );
                #    if   ( scalar @_ ) {
                #        my ( $a, $b, $c, $d, $e, $f ) = @_;
                #    }
                if ( $raw_tok eq '(' ) {
                    my $ci = $ci_levels_to_go[$ibeg];
                    if (   $container_name[$depth] =~ /^\+(if|unless)/
                        && $ci )
                    {
                        $tok .= $container_name[$depth];
                    }
                }

                # Decorate block braces with block types to avoid
                # unwanted alignments such as the following:
                # foreach ( @{$routput_array} ) { $fh->print($_) }
                # eval                          { $fh->close() };
                if ( $raw_tok eq '{' && $block_type_to_go[$i] ) {
                    my $block_type = $block_type_to_go[$i];

                    # map certain related block types to allow
                    # else blocks to align
                    $block_type = $block_type_map{$block_type}
                      if ( defined( $block_type_map{$block_type} ) );

                    # remove sub names to allow one-line sub braces to align
                    # regardless of name
                    if ( $block_type =~ /^sub / ) { $block_type = 'sub' }

                    # allow all control-type blocks to align
                    if ( $block_type =~ /^[A-Z]+$/ ) { $block_type = 'BEGIN' }

                    $tok .= $block_type;
                }

                # concatenate the text of the consecutive tokens to form
                # the field
                push( @fields,
                    join( '', @tokens_to_go[ $i_start .. $i - 1 ] ) );

                # store the alignment token for this field
                push( @tokens, $tok );

                # get ready for the next batch
                $i_start = $i;
                $j++;
                $patterns[$j] = "";
            }

            # continue accumulating tokens
            # handle non-keywords..
            if ( $types_to_go[$i] ne 'k' ) {
                my $type = $types_to_go[$i];

                # Mark most things before arrows as a quote to
                # get them to line up. Testfile: mixed.pl.
                if ( ( $i < $iend - 1 ) && ( $type =~ /^[wnC]$/ ) ) {
                    my $next_type = $types_to_go[ $i + 1 ];
                    my $i_next_nonblank =
                      ( ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ? $i + 2 : $i + 1 );

                    if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq '=>' ) {
                        $type = 'Q';

                        # Patch to ignore leading minus before words,
                        # by changing pattern 'mQ' into just 'Q',
                        # so that we can align things like this:
                        #  Button   => "Print letter \"~$_\"",
                        #  -command => [ sub { print "$_[0]\n" }, $_ ],
                        if ( $patterns[$j] eq 'm' ) { $patterns[$j] = "" }
                    }
                }

                # patch to make numbers and quotes align
                if ( $type eq 'n' ) { $type = 'Q' }

                # patch to ignore any ! in patterns
                if ( $type eq '!' ) { $type = '' }

                $patterns[$j] .= $type;
            }

            # for keywords we have to use the actual text
            else {

                my $tok = $tokens_to_go[$i];

                # but map certain keywords to a common string to allow
                # alignment.
                $tok = $keyword_map{$tok}
                  if ( defined( $keyword_map{$tok} ) );
                $patterns[$j] .= $tok;
            }
        }

        # done with this line .. join text of tokens to make the last field
        push( @fields, join( '', @tokens_to_go[ $i_start .. $iend ] ) );
        return ( \@tokens, \@fields, \@patterns );
    }

}    # end make_alignment_patterns

{    # begin unmatched_indexes

    # closure to keep track of unbalanced containers.
    # arrays shared by the routines in this block:
    my @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch;
    my @unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch;
    my %comma_arrow_count;

    sub is_unbalanced_batch {
        @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch +
          @unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch;
    }

    sub comma_arrow_count {
        my $seqno = $_[0];
        return $comma_arrow_count{$seqno};
    }

    sub match_opening_and_closing_tokens {

        # Match up indexes of opening and closing braces, etc, in this batch.
        # This has to be done after all tokens are stored because unstoring
        # of tokens would otherwise cause trouble.

        @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch = ();
        @unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch = ();
        %comma_arrow_count                       = ();

        my ( $i, $i_mate, $token );
        foreach $i ( 0 .. $max_index_to_go ) {
            if ( $type_sequence_to_go[$i] ) {
                $token = $tokens_to_go[$i];
                if ( $token =~ /^[\(\[\{\?]$/ ) {
                    push @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch, $i;
                }
                elsif ( $token =~ /^[\)\]\}\:]$/ ) {

                    $i_mate = pop @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch;
                    if ( defined($i_mate) && $i_mate >= 0 ) {
                        if ( $type_sequence_to_go[$i_mate] ==
                            $type_sequence_to_go[$i] )
                        {
                            $mate_index_to_go[$i]      = $i_mate;
                            $mate_index_to_go[$i_mate] = $i;
                        }
                        else {
                            push @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch,
                              $i_mate;
                            push @unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch, $i;
                        }
                    }
                    else {
                        push @unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch, $i;
                    }
                }
            }
            elsif ( $tokens_to_go[$i] eq '=>' ) {
                if (@unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch) {
                    my $j     = $unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch[-1];
                    my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$j];
                    $comma_arrow_count{$seqno}++;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    sub save_opening_indentation {

        # This should be called after each batch of tokens is output. It
        # saves indentations of lines of all unmatched opening tokens.
        # These will be used by sub get_opening_indentation.

        my ( $ri_first, $ri_last, $rindentation_list ) = @_;

        # we no longer need indentations of any saved indentations which
        # are unmatched closing tokens in this batch, because we will
        # never encounter them again.  So we can delete them to keep
        # the hash size down.
        foreach (@unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch) {
            my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$_];
            delete $saved_opening_indentation{$seqno};
        }

        # we need to save indentations of any unmatched opening tokens
        # in this batch because we may need them in a subsequent batch.
        foreach (@unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch) {
            my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$_];
            $saved_opening_indentation{$seqno} = [
                lookup_opening_indentation(
                    $_, $ri_first, $ri_last, $rindentation_list
                )
            ];
        }
    }
}    # end unmatched_indexes

sub get_opening_indentation {

    # get the indentation of the line which output the opening token
    # corresponding to a given closing token in the current output batch.
    #
    # given:
    # $i_closing - index in this line of a closing token ')' '}' or ']'
    #
    # $ri_first - reference to list of the first index $i for each output
    #               line in this batch
    # $ri_last - reference to list of the last index $i for each output line
    #              in this batch
    # $rindentation_list - reference to a list containing the indentation
    #            used for each line.
    #
    # return:
    #   -the indentation of the line which contained the opening token
    #    which matches the token at index $i_opening
    #   -and its offset (number of columns) from the start of the line
    #
    my ( $i_closing, $ri_first, $ri_last, $rindentation_list ) = @_;

    # first, see if the opening token is in the current batch
    my $i_opening = $mate_index_to_go[$i_closing];
    my ( $indent, $offset, $is_leading, $exists );
    $exists = 1;
    if ( $i_opening >= 0 ) {

        # it is..look up the indentation
        ( $indent, $offset, $is_leading ) =
          lookup_opening_indentation( $i_opening, $ri_first, $ri_last,
            $rindentation_list );
    }

    # if not, it should have been stored in the hash by a previous batch
    else {
        my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$i_closing];
        if ($seqno) {
            if ( $saved_opening_indentation{$seqno} ) {
                ( $indent, $offset, $is_leading ) =
                  @{ $saved_opening_indentation{$seqno} };
            }

            # some kind of serious error
            # (example is badfile.t)
            else {
                $indent     = 0;
                $offset     = 0;
                $is_leading = 0;
                $exists     = 0;
            }
        }

        # if no sequence number it must be an unbalanced container
        else {
            $indent     = 0;
            $offset     = 0;
            $is_leading = 0;
            $exists     = 0;
        }
    }
    return ( $indent, $offset, $is_leading, $exists );
}

sub lookup_opening_indentation {

    # get the indentation of the line in the current output batch
    # which output a selected opening token
    #
    # given:
    #   $i_opening - index of an opening token in the current output batch
    #                whose line indentation we need
    #   $ri_first - reference to list of the first index $i for each output
    #               line in this batch
    #   $ri_last - reference to list of the last index $i for each output line
    #              in this batch
    #   $rindentation_list - reference to a list containing the indentation
    #            used for each line.  (NOTE: the first slot in
    #            this list is the last returned line number, and this is
    #            followed by the list of indentations).
    #
    # return
    #   -the indentation of the line which contained token $i_opening
    #   -and its offset (number of columns) from the start of the line

    my ( $i_opening, $ri_start, $ri_last, $rindentation_list ) = @_;

    my $nline = $rindentation_list->[0];    # line number of previous lookup

    # reset line location if necessary
    $nline = 0 if ( $i_opening < $ri_start->[$nline] );

    # find the correct line
    unless ( $i_opening > $ri_last->[-1] ) {
        while ( $i_opening > $ri_last->[$nline] ) { $nline++; }
    }

    # error - token index is out of bounds - shouldn't happen
    else {
        warning(
"non-fatal program bug in lookup_opening_indentation - index out of range\n"
        );
        report_definite_bug();
        $nline = $#{$ri_last};
    }

    $rindentation_list->[0] =
      $nline;    # save line number to start looking next call
    my $ibeg       = $ri_start->[$nline];
    my $offset     = token_sequence_length( $ibeg, $i_opening ) - 1;
    my $is_leading = ( $ibeg == $i_opening );
    return ( $rindentation_list->[ $nline + 1 ], $offset, $is_leading );
}

{
    my %is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach;

    BEGIN {

        # These block types may have text between the keyword and opening
        # curly.  Note: 'else' does not, but must be included to allow trailing
        # if/elsif text to be appended.
        # patch for SWITCH/CASE: added 'case' and 'when'
        @_ = qw(if elsif else unless while until for foreach case when);
        @is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    sub set_adjusted_indentation {

        # This routine has the final say regarding the actual indentation of
        # a line.  It starts with the basic indentation which has been
        # defined for the leading token, and then takes into account any
        # options that the user has set regarding special indenting and
        # outdenting.

        my ( $ibeg, $iend, $rfields, $rpatterns, $ri_first, $ri_last,
            $rindentation_list )
          = @_;

        # we need to know the last token of this line
        my ( $terminal_type, $i_terminal ) =
          terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, $ibeg, $iend );

        my $is_outdented_line = 0;

        my $is_semicolon_terminated = $terminal_type eq ';'
          && $nesting_depth_to_go[$iend] < $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg];

        ##########################################################
        # Section 1: set a flag and a default indentation
        #
        # Most lines are indented according to the initial token.
        # But it is common to outdent to the level just after the
        # terminal token in certain cases...
        # adjust_indentation flag:
        #       0 - do not adjust
        #       1 - outdent
        #       2 - vertically align with opening token
        #       3 - indent
        ##########################################################
        my $adjust_indentation         = 0;
        my $default_adjust_indentation = $adjust_indentation;

        my (
            $opening_indentation, $opening_offset,
            $is_leading,          $opening_exists
        );

        # if we are at a closing token of some type..
        if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg] =~ /^[\)\}\]]$/ ) {

            # get the indentation of the line containing the corresponding
            # opening token
            (
                $opening_indentation, $opening_offset,
                $is_leading,          $opening_exists
              )
              = get_opening_indentation( $ibeg, $ri_first, $ri_last,
                $rindentation_list );

            # First set the default behavior:
            # default behavior is to outdent closing lines
            # of the form:   ");  };  ];  )->xxx;"
            if (
                $is_semicolon_terminated

                # and 'cuddled parens' of the form:   ")->pack("
                || (
                       $terminal_type eq '('
                    && $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq ')'
                    && ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$iend] + 1 ==
                        $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] )
                )
              )
            {
                $adjust_indentation = 1;
            }

            # TESTING: outdent something like '),'
            if (
                $terminal_type eq ','

                # allow just one character before the comma
                && $i_terminal == $ibeg + 1

                # requre LIST environment; otherwise, we may outdent too much --
                # this can happen in calls without parentheses (overload.t);
                && $container_environment_to_go[$i_terminal] eq 'LIST'
              )
            {
                $adjust_indentation = 1;
            }

            # undo continuation indentation of a terminal closing token if
            # it is the last token before a level decrease.  This will allow
            # a closing token to line up with its opening counterpart, and
            # avoids a indentation jump larger than 1 level.
            if (   $types_to_go[$i_terminal] =~ /^[\}\]\)R]$/
                && $i_terminal == $ibeg )
            {
                my $ci        = $ci_levels_to_go[$ibeg];
                my $lev       = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
                my $next_type = $types_to_go[ $ibeg + 1 ];
                my $i_next_nonblank =
                  ( ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ? $ibeg + 2 : $ibeg + 1 );
                if (   $i_next_nonblank <= $max_index_to_go
                    && $levels_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] < $lev )
                {
                    $adjust_indentation = 1;
                }
            }

            # YVES patch 1 of 2:
            # Undo ci of line with leading closing eval brace,
            # but not beyond the indention of the line with
            # the opening brace.
            if (   $block_type_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'eval'
                && !$rOpts->{'line-up-parentheses'}
                && !$rOpts->{'indent-closing-brace'} )
            {
                (
                    $opening_indentation, $opening_offset,
                    $is_leading,          $opening_exists
                  )
                  = get_opening_indentation( $ibeg, $ri_first, $ri_last,
                    $rindentation_list );
                my $indentation = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg];
                if ( defined($opening_indentation)
                    && $indentation > $opening_indentation )
                {
                    $adjust_indentation = 1;
                }
            }

            $default_adjust_indentation = $adjust_indentation;

            # Now modify default behavior according to user request:
            # handle option to indent non-blocks of the form );  };  ];
            # But don't do special indentation to something like ')->pack('
            if ( !$block_type_to_go[$ibeg] ) {
                my $cti = $closing_token_indentation{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] };
                if ( $cti == 1 ) {
                    if (   $i_terminal <= $ibeg + 1
                        || $is_semicolon_terminated )
                    {
                        $adjust_indentation = 2;
                    }
                    else {
                        $adjust_indentation = 0;
                    }
                }
                elsif ( $cti == 2 ) {
                    if ($is_semicolon_terminated) {
                        $adjust_indentation = 3;
                    }
                    else {
                        $adjust_indentation = 0;
                    }
                }
                elsif ( $cti == 3 ) {
                    $adjust_indentation = 3;
                }
            }

            # handle option to indent blocks
            else {
                if (
                    $rOpts->{'indent-closing-brace'}
                    && (
                        $i_terminal == $ibeg    #  isolated terminal '}'
                        || $is_semicolon_terminated
                    )
                  )                             #  } xxxx ;
                {
                    $adjust_indentation = 3;
                }
            }
        }

        # if at ');', '};', '>;', and '];' of a terminal qw quote
        elsif ($$rpatterns[0] =~ /^qb*;$/
            && $$rfields[0] =~ /^([\)\}\]\>]);$/ )
        {
            if ( $closing_token_indentation{$1} == 0 ) {
                $adjust_indentation = 1;
            }
            else {
                $adjust_indentation = 3;
            }
        }

        # if line begins with a ':', align it with any
        # previous line leading with corresponding ?
        elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq ':' ) {
            (
                $opening_indentation, $opening_offset,
                $is_leading,          $opening_exists
              )
              = get_opening_indentation( $ibeg, $ri_first, $ri_last,
                $rindentation_list );
            if ($is_leading) { $adjust_indentation = 2; }
        }

        ##########################################################
        # Section 2: set indentation according to flag set above
        #
        # Select the indentation object to define leading
        # whitespace.  If we are outdenting something like '} } );'
        # then we want to use one level below the last token
        # ($i_terminal) in order to get it to fully outdent through
        # all levels.
        ##########################################################
        my $indentation;
        my $lev;
        my $level_end = $levels_to_go[$iend];

        if ( $adjust_indentation == 0 ) {
            $indentation = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg];
            $lev         = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
        }
        elsif ( $adjust_indentation == 1 ) {
            $indentation = $reduced_spaces_to_go[$i_terminal];
            $lev         = $levels_to_go[$i_terminal];
        }

        # handle indented closing token which aligns with opening token
        elsif ( $adjust_indentation == 2 ) {

            # handle option to align closing token with opening token
            $lev = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];

            # calculate spaces needed to align with opening token
            my $space_count =
              get_SPACES($opening_indentation) + $opening_offset;

            # Indent less than the previous line.
            #
            # Problem: For -lp we don't exactly know what it was if there
            # were recoverable spaces sent to the aligner.  A good solution
            # would be to force a flush of the vertical alignment buffer, so
            # that we would know.  For now, this rule is used for -lp:
            #
            # When the last line did not start with a closing token we will
            # be optimistic that the aligner will recover everything wanted.
            #
            # This rule will prevent us from breaking a hierarchy of closing
            # tokens, and in a worst case will leave a closing paren too far
            # indented, but this is better than frequently leaving it not
            # indented enough.
            my $last_spaces = get_SPACES($last_indentation_written);
            if ( $last_leading_token !~ /^[\}\]\)]$/ ) {
                $last_spaces +=
                  get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($last_indentation_written);
            }

            # reset the indentation to the new space count if it works
            # only options are all or none: nothing in-between looks good
            $lev = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
            if ( $space_count < $last_spaces ) {
                if ($rOpts_line_up_parentheses) {
                    my $lev = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
                    $indentation =
                      new_lp_indentation_item( $space_count, $lev, 0, 0, 0 );
                }
                else {
                    $indentation = $space_count;
                }
            }

            # revert to default if it doesnt work
            else {
                $space_count = leading_spaces_to_go($ibeg);
                if ( $default_adjust_indentation == 0 ) {
                    $indentation = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg];
                }
                elsif ( $default_adjust_indentation == 1 ) {
                    $indentation = $reduced_spaces_to_go[$i_terminal];
                    $lev         = $levels_to_go[$i_terminal];
                }
            }
        }

        # Full indentaion of closing tokens (-icb and -icp or -cti=2)
        else {

            # handle -icb (indented closing code block braces)
            # Updated method for indented block braces: indent one full level if
            # there is no continuation indentation.  This will occur for major
            # structures such as sub, if, else, but not for things like map
            # blocks.
            #
            # Note: only code blocks without continuation indentation are
            # handled here (if, else, unless, ..). In the following snippet,
            # the terminal brace of the sort block will have continuation
            # indentation as shown so it will not be handled by the coding
            # here.  We would have to undo the continuation indentation to do
            # this, but it probably looks ok as is.  This is a possible future
            # update for semicolon terminated lines.
            #
            #     if ($sortby eq 'date' or $sortby eq 'size') {
            #         @files = sort {
            #             $file_data{$a}{$sortby} <=> $file_data{$b}{$sortby}
            #                 or $a cmp $b
            #                 } @files;
            #         }
            #
            if (   $block_type_to_go[$ibeg]
                && $ci_levels_to_go[$i_terminal] == 0 )
            {
                my $spaces = get_SPACES( $leading_spaces_to_go[$i_terminal] );
                $indentation = $spaces + $rOpts_indent_columns;

                # NOTE: for -lp we could create a new indentation object, but
                # there is probably no need to do it
            }

            # handle -icp and any -icb block braces which fall through above
            # test such as the 'sort' block mentioned above.
            else {

                # There are currently two ways to handle -icp...
                # One way is to use the indentation of the previous line:
                # $indentation = $last_indentation_written;

                # The other way is to use the indentation that the previous line
                # would have had if it hadn't been adjusted:
                $indentation = $last_unadjusted_indentation;

                # Current method: use the minimum of the two. This avoids
                # inconsistent indentation.
                if ( get_SPACES($last_indentation_written) <
                    get_SPACES($indentation) )
                {
                    $indentation = $last_indentation_written;
                }
            }

            # use previous indentation but use own level
            # to cause list to be flushed properly
            $lev = $levels_to_go[$ibeg];
        }

        # remember indentation except for multi-line quotes, which get
        # no indentation
        unless ( $ibeg == 0 && $starting_in_quote ) {
            $last_indentation_written    = $indentation;
            $last_unadjusted_indentation = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg];
            $last_leading_token          = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg];
        }

        # be sure lines with leading closing tokens are not outdented more
        # than the line which contained the corresponding opening token.

        #############################################################
        # updated per bug report in alex_bug.pl: we must not
        # mess with the indentation of closing logical braces so
        # we must treat something like '} else {' as if it were
        # an isolated brace my $is_isolated_block_brace = (
        # $iend == $ibeg ) && $block_type_to_go[$ibeg];
        #############################################################
        my $is_isolated_block_brace = $block_type_to_go[$ibeg]
          && ( $iend == $ibeg
            || $is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach{
                $block_type_to_go[$ibeg] } );

        # only do this for a ':; which is aligned with its leading '?'
        my $is_unaligned_colon = $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq ':' && !$is_leading;
        if (   defined($opening_indentation)
            && !$is_isolated_block_brace
            && !$is_unaligned_colon )
        {
            if ( get_SPACES($opening_indentation) > get_SPACES($indentation) ) {
                $indentation = $opening_indentation;
            }
        }

        # remember the indentation of each line of this batch
        push @{$rindentation_list}, $indentation;

        # outdent lines with certain leading tokens...
        if (

            # must be first word of this batch
            $ibeg == 0

            # and ...
            && (

                # certain leading keywords if requested
                (
                       $rOpts->{'outdent-keywords'}
                    && $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'k'
                    && $outdent_keyword{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] }
                )

                # or labels if requested
                || ( $rOpts->{'outdent-labels'} && $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'J' )

                # or static block comments if requested
                || (   $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq '#'
                    && $rOpts->{'outdent-static-block-comments'}
                    && $is_static_block_comment )
            )
          )

        {
            my $space_count = leading_spaces_to_go($ibeg);
            if ( $space_count > 0 ) {
                $space_count -= $rOpts_continuation_indentation;
                $is_outdented_line = 1;
                if ( $space_count < 0 ) { $space_count = 0 }

                # do not promote a spaced static block comment to non-spaced;
                # this is not normally necessary but could be for some
                # unusual user inputs (such as -ci = -i)
                if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq '#' && $space_count == 0 ) {
                    $space_count = 1;
                }

                if ($rOpts_line_up_parentheses) {
                    $indentation =
                      new_lp_indentation_item( $space_count, $lev, 0, 0, 0 );
                }
                else {
                    $indentation = $space_count;
                }
            }
        }

        return ( $indentation, $lev, $level_end, $terminal_type,
            $is_semicolon_terminated, $is_outdented_line );
    }
}

sub set_vertical_tightness_flags {

    my ( $n, $n_last_line, $ibeg, $iend, $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;

    # Define vertical tightness controls for the nth line of a batch.
    # We create an array of parameters which tell the vertical aligner
    # if we should combine this line with the next line to achieve the
    # desired vertical tightness.  The array of parameters contains:
    #
    #   [0] type: 1=is opening tok 2=is closing tok  3=is opening block brace
    #   [1] flag: if opening: 1=no multiple steps, 2=multiple steps ok
    #             if closing: spaces of padding to use
    #   [2] sequence number of container
    #   [3] valid flag: do not append if this flag is false. Will be
    #       true if appropriate -vt flag is set.  Otherwise, Will be
    #       made true only for 2 line container in parens with -lp
    #
    # These flags are used by sub set_leading_whitespace in
    # the vertical aligner

    my $rvertical_tightness_flags = [ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 ];

    # For non-BLOCK tokens, we will need to examine the next line
    # too, so we won't consider the last line.
    if ( $n < $n_last_line ) {

        # see if last token is an opening token...not a BLOCK...
        my $ibeg_next = $$ri_first[ $n + 1 ];
        my $token_end = $tokens_to_go[$iend];
        my $iend_next = $$ri_last[ $n + 1 ];
        if (
               $type_sequence_to_go[$iend]
            && !$block_type_to_go[$iend]
            && $is_opening_token{$token_end}
            && (
                $opening_vertical_tightness{$token_end} > 0

                # allow 2-line method call to be closed up
                || (   $rOpts_line_up_parentheses
                    && $token_end eq '('
                    && $iend > $ibeg
                    && $types_to_go[ $iend - 1 ] ne 'b' )
            )
          )
        {

            # avoid multiple jumps in nesting depth in one line if
            # requested
            my $ovt       = $opening_vertical_tightness{$token_end};
            my $iend_next = $$ri_last[ $n + 1 ];
            unless (
                $ovt < 2
                && ( $nesting_depth_to_go[ $iend_next + 1 ] !=
                    $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] )
              )
            {

                # If -vt flag has not been set, mark this as invalid
                # and aligner will validate it if it sees the closing paren
                # within 2 lines.
                my $valid_flag = $ovt;
                @{$rvertical_tightness_flags} =
                  ( 1, $ovt, $type_sequence_to_go[$iend], $valid_flag );
            }
        }

        # see if first token of next line is a closing token...
        # ..and be sure this line does not have a side comment
        my $token_next = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
        if (   $type_sequence_to_go[$ibeg_next]
            && !$block_type_to_go[$ibeg_next]
            && $is_closing_token{$token_next}
            && $types_to_go[$iend] !~ '#' )    # for safety, shouldn't happen!
        {
            my $ovt = $opening_vertical_tightness{$token_next};
            my $cvt = $closing_vertical_tightness{$token_next};
            if (

                # never append a trailing line like   )->pack(
                # because it will throw off later alignment
                (
                    $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] ==
                    $nesting_depth_to_go[ $iend_next + 1 ] + 1
                )
                && (
                    $cvt == 2
                    || (
                        $container_environment_to_go[$ibeg_next] ne 'LIST'
                        && (
                            $cvt == 1

                            # allow closing up 2-line method calls
                            || (   $rOpts_line_up_parentheses
                                && $token_next eq ')' )
                        )
                    )
                )
              )
            {

                # decide which trailing closing tokens to append..
                my $ok = 0;
                if ( $cvt == 2 || $iend_next == $ibeg_next ) { $ok = 1 }
                else {
                    my $str = join( '',
                        @types_to_go[ $ibeg_next + 1 .. $ibeg_next + 2 ] );

                    # append closing token if followed by comment or ';'
                    if ( $str =~ /^b?[#;]/ ) { $ok = 1 }
                }

                if ($ok) {
                    my $valid_flag = $cvt;
                    @{$rvertical_tightness_flags} = (
                        2,
                        $tightness{$token_next} == 2 ? 0 : 1,
                        $type_sequence_to_go[$ibeg_next], $valid_flag,
                    );
                }
            }
        }

        # Opening Token Right
        # If requested, move an isolated trailing opening token to the end of
        # the previous line which ended in a comma.  We could do this
        # in sub recombine_breakpoints but that would cause problems
        # with -lp formatting.  The problem is that indentation will
        # quickly move far to the right in nested expressions.  By
        # doing it after indentation has been set, we avoid changes
        # to the indentation.  Actual movement of the token takes place
        # in sub write_leader_and_string.
        if (
            $opening_token_right{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next] }

            # previous line is not opening
            # (use -sot to combine with it)
            && !$is_opening_token{$token_end}

            # previous line ended in one of these
            # (add other cases if necessary; '=>' and '.' are not necessary
            ##&& ($is_opening_token{$token_end} || $token_end eq ',')
            && !$block_type_to_go[$ibeg_next]

            # this is a line with just an opening token
            && (   $iend_next == $ibeg_next
                || $iend_next == $ibeg_next + 2
                && $types_to_go[$iend_next] eq '#' )

            # looks bad if we align vertically with the wrong container
            && $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] ne $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next]
          )
        {
            my $valid_flag = 1;
            my $spaces = ( $types_to_go[ $ibeg_next - 1 ] eq 'b' ) ? 1 : 0;
            @{$rvertical_tightness_flags} =
              ( 2, $spaces, $type_sequence_to_go[$ibeg_next], $valid_flag, );
        }

        # Stacking of opening and closing tokens
        my $stackable;
        my $token_beg_next = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];

        # patch to make something like 'qw(' behave like an opening paren
        # (aran.t)
        if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_next] eq 'q' ) {
            if ( $token_beg_next =~ /^qw\s*([\[\(\{])$/ ) {
                $token_beg_next = $1;
            }
        }

        if (   $is_closing_token{$token_end}
            && $is_closing_token{$token_beg_next} )
        {
            $stackable = $stack_closing_token{$token_beg_next}
              unless ( $block_type_to_go[$ibeg_next] )
              ;    # shouldn't happen; just checking
        }
        elsif ($is_opening_token{$token_end}
            && $is_opening_token{$token_beg_next} )
        {
            $stackable = $stack_opening_token{$token_beg_next}
              unless ( $block_type_to_go[$ibeg_next] )
              ;    # shouldn't happen; just checking
        }

        if ($stackable) {

            my $is_semicolon_terminated;
            if ( $n + 1 == $n_last_line ) {
                my ( $terminal_type, $i_terminal ) = terminal_type(
                    \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go,
                    $ibeg_next,    $iend_next
                );
                $is_semicolon_terminated = $terminal_type eq ';'
                  && $nesting_depth_to_go[$iend_next] <
                  $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next];
            }

            # this must be a line with just an opening token
            # or end in a semicolon
            if (
                $is_semicolon_terminated
                || (   $iend_next == $ibeg_next
                    || $iend_next == $ibeg_next + 2
                    && $types_to_go[$iend_next] eq '#' )
              )
            {
                my $valid_flag = 1;
                my $spaces = ( $types_to_go[ $ibeg_next - 1 ] eq 'b' ) ? 1 : 0;
                @{$rvertical_tightness_flags} =
                  ( 2, $spaces, $type_sequence_to_go[$ibeg_next], $valid_flag,
                  );
            }
        }
    }

    # Check for a last line with isolated opening BLOCK curly
    elsif ($rOpts_block_brace_vertical_tightness
        && $ibeg eq $iend
        && $types_to_go[$iend] eq '{'
        && $block_type_to_go[$iend] =~
        /$block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern/o )
    {
        @{$rvertical_tightness_flags} =
          ( 3, $rOpts_block_brace_vertical_tightness, 0, 1 );
    }

    # pack in the sequence numbers of the ends of this line
    $rvertical_tightness_flags->[4] = get_seqno($ibeg);
    $rvertical_tightness_flags->[5] = get_seqno($iend);
    return $rvertical_tightness_flags;
}

sub get_seqno {

    # get opening and closing sequence numbers of a token for the vertical
    # aligner.  Assign qw quotes a value to allow qw opening and closing tokens
    # to be treated somewhat like opening and closing tokens for stacking
    # tokens by the vertical aligner.
    my ($ii) = @_;
    my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$ii];
    if ( $types_to_go[$ii] eq 'q' ) {
        my $SEQ_QW = -1;
        if ( $ii > 0 ) {
            $seqno = $SEQ_QW if ( $tokens_to_go[$ii] =~ /^qw\s*[\(\{\[]/ );
        }
        else {
            if ( !$ending_in_quote ) {
                $seqno = $SEQ_QW if ( $tokens_to_go[$ii] =~ /[\)\}\]]$/ );
            }
        }
    }
    return ($seqno);
}

{
    my %is_vertical_alignment_type;
    my %is_vertical_alignment_keyword;

    BEGIN {

        @_ = qw#
          = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=
          { ? : => =~ && || // ~~ !~~
          #;
        @is_vertical_alignment_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

        @_ = qw(if unless and or err eq ne for foreach while until);
        @is_vertical_alignment_keyword{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    sub set_vertical_alignment_markers {

        # This routine takes the first step toward vertical alignment of the
        # lines of output text.  It looks for certain tokens which can serve as
        # vertical alignment markers (such as an '=').
        #
        # Method: We look at each token $i in this output batch and set
        # $matching_token_to_go[$i] equal to those tokens at which we would
        # accept vertical alignment.

        # nothing to do if we aren't allowed to change whitespace
        if ( !$rOpts_add_whitespace ) {
            for my $i ( 0 .. $max_index_to_go ) {
                $matching_token_to_go[$i] = '';
            }
            return;
        }

        my ( $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;

        # remember the index of last nonblank token before any sidecomment
        my $i_terminal = $max_index_to_go;
        if ( $types_to_go[$i_terminal] eq '#' ) {
            if ( $i_terminal > 0 && $types_to_go[ --$i_terminal ] eq 'b' ) {
                if ( $i_terminal > 0 ) { --$i_terminal }
            }
        }

        # look at each line of this batch..
        my $last_vertical_alignment_before_index;
        my $vert_last_nonblank_type;
        my $vert_last_nonblank_token;
        my $vert_last_nonblank_block_type;
        my $max_line = @$ri_first - 1;
        my ( $i, $type, $token, $block_type, $alignment_type );
        my ( $ibeg, $iend, $line );

        foreach $line ( 0 .. $max_line ) {
            $ibeg                                 = $$ri_first[$line];
            $iend                                 = $$ri_last[$line];
            $last_vertical_alignment_before_index = -1;
            $vert_last_nonblank_type              = '';
            $vert_last_nonblank_token             = '';
            $vert_last_nonblank_block_type        = '';

            # look at each token in this output line..
            foreach $i ( $ibeg .. $iend ) {
                $alignment_type = '';
                $type           = $types_to_go[$i];
                $block_type     = $block_type_to_go[$i];
                $token          = $tokens_to_go[$i];

                # check for flag indicating that we should not align
                # this token
                if ( $matching_token_to_go[$i] ) {
                    $matching_token_to_go[$i] = '';
                    next;
                }

                #--------------------------------------------------------
                # First see if we want to align BEFORE this token
                #--------------------------------------------------------

                # The first possible token that we can align before
                # is index 2 because: 1) it doesn't normally make sense to
                # align before the first token and 2) the second
                # token must be a blank if we are to align before
                # the third
                if ( $i < $ibeg + 2 ) { }

                # must follow a blank token
                elsif ( $types_to_go[ $i - 1 ] ne 'b' ) { }

                # align a side comment --
                elsif ( $type eq '#' ) {

                    unless (

                        # it is a static side comment
                        (
                               $rOpts->{'static-side-comments'}
                            && $token =~ /$static_side_comment_pattern/o
                        )

                        # or a closing side comment
                        || (   $vert_last_nonblank_block_type
                            && $token =~
                            /$closing_side_comment_prefix_pattern/o )
                      )
                    {
                        $alignment_type = $type;
                    }    ## Example of a static side comment
                }

                # otherwise, do not align two in a row to create a
                # blank field
                elsif ( $last_vertical_alignment_before_index == $i - 2 ) { }

                # align before one of these keywords
                # (within a line, since $i>1)
                elsif ( $type eq 'k' ) {

                    #  /^(if|unless|and|or|eq|ne)$/
                    if ( $is_vertical_alignment_keyword{$token} ) {
                        $alignment_type = $token;
                    }
                }

                # align before one of these types..
                # Note: add '.' after new vertical aligner is operational
                elsif ( $is_vertical_alignment_type{$type} ) {
                    $alignment_type = $token;

                    # Do not align a terminal token.  Although it might
                    # occasionally look ok to do this, it has been found to be
                    # a good general rule.  The main problems are:
                    # (1) that the terminal token (such as an = or :) might get
                    # moved far to the right where it is hard to see because
                    # nothing follows it, and
                    # (2) doing so may prevent other good alignments.
                    if ( $i == $iend || $i >= $i_terminal ) {
                        $alignment_type = "";
                    }

                    # Do not align leading ': (' or '. ('.  This would prevent
                    # alignment in something like the following:
                    #   $extra_space .=
                    #       ( $input_line_number < 10 )  ? "  "
                    #     : ( $input_line_number < 100 ) ? " "
                    #     :                                "";
                    # or
                    #  $code =
                    #      ( $case_matters ? $accessor : " lc($accessor) " )
                    #    . ( $yesno        ? " eq "       : " ne " )
                    if (   $i == $ibeg + 2
                        && $types_to_go[$ibeg] =~ /^[\.\:]$/
                        && $types_to_go[ $i - 1 ] eq 'b' )
                    {
                        $alignment_type = "";
                    }

                    # For a paren after keyword, only align something like this:
                    #    if    ( $a ) { &a }
                    #    elsif ( $b ) { &b }
                    if ( $token eq '(' && $vert_last_nonblank_type eq 'k' ) {
                        $alignment_type = ""
                          unless $vert_last_nonblank_token =~
                              /^(if|unless|elsif)$/;
                    }

                    # be sure the alignment tokens are unique
                    # This didn't work well: reason not determined
                    # if ($token ne $type) {$alignment_type .= $type}
                }

                # NOTE: This is deactivated because it causes the previous
                # if/elsif alignment to fail
                #elsif ( $type eq '}' && $token eq '}' && $block_type_to_go[$i])
                #{ $alignment_type = $type; }

                if ($alignment_type) {
                    $last_vertical_alignment_before_index = $i;
                }

                #--------------------------------------------------------
                # Next see if we want to align AFTER the previous nonblank
                #--------------------------------------------------------

                # We want to line up ',' and interior ';' tokens, with the added
                # space AFTER these tokens.  (Note: interior ';' is included
                # because it may occur in short blocks).
                if (

                    # we haven't already set it
                    !$alignment_type

                    # and its not the first token of the line
                    && ( $i > $ibeg )

                    # and it follows a blank
                    && $types_to_go[ $i - 1 ] eq 'b'

                    # and previous token IS one of these:
                    && ( $vert_last_nonblank_type =~ /^[\,\;]$/ )

                    # and it's NOT one of these
                    && ( $type !~ /^[b\#\)\]\}]$/ )

                    # then go ahead and align
                  )

                {
                    $alignment_type = $vert_last_nonblank_type;
                }

                #--------------------------------------------------------
                # then store the value
                #--------------------------------------------------------
                $matching_token_to_go[$i] = $alignment_type;
                if ( $type ne 'b' ) {
                    $vert_last_nonblank_type       = $type;
                    $vert_last_nonblank_token      = $token;
                    $vert_last_nonblank_block_type = $block_type;
                }
            }
        }
    }
}

sub terminal_type {

    #    returns type of last token on this line (terminal token), as follows:
    #    returns # for a full-line comment
    #    returns ' ' for a blank line
    #    otherwise returns final token type

    my ( $rtype, $rblock_type, $ibeg, $iend ) = @_;

    # check for full-line comment..
    if ( $$rtype[$ibeg] eq '#' ) {
        return wantarray ? ( $$rtype[$ibeg], $ibeg ) : $$rtype[$ibeg];
    }
    else {

        # start at end and walk bakwards..
        for ( my $i = $iend ; $i >= $ibeg ; $i-- ) {

            # skip past any side comment and blanks
            next if ( $$rtype[$i] eq 'b' );
            next if ( $$rtype[$i] eq '#' );

            # found it..make sure it is a BLOCK termination,
            # but hide a terminal } after sort/grep/map because it is not
            # necessarily the end of the line.  (terminal.t)
            my $terminal_type = $$rtype[$i];
            if (
                $terminal_type eq '}'
                && ( !$$rblock_type[$i]
                    || ( $is_sort_map_grep_eval_do{ $$rblock_type[$i] } ) )
              )
            {
                $terminal_type = 'b';
            }
            return wantarray ? ( $terminal_type, $i ) : $terminal_type;
        }

        # empty line
        return wantarray ? ( ' ', $ibeg ) : ' ';
    }
}

{
    my %is_good_keyword_breakpoint;
    my %is_lt_gt_le_ge;

    sub set_bond_strengths {

        BEGIN {

            @_ = qw(if unless while until for foreach);
            @is_good_keyword_breakpoint{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

            @_ = qw(lt gt le ge);
            @is_lt_gt_le_ge{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

            ###############################################################
            # NOTE: NO_BREAK's set here are HINTS which may not be honored;
            # essential NO_BREAKS's must be enforced in section 2, below.
            ###############################################################

            # adding NEW_TOKENS: add a left and right bond strength by
            # mimmicking what is done for an existing token type.  You
            # can skip this step at first and take the default, then
            # tweak later to get desired results.

            # The bond strengths should roughly follow precenence order where
            # possible.  If you make changes, please check the results very
            # carefully on a variety of scripts.

            # no break around possible filehandle
            $left_bond_strength{'Z'}  = NO_BREAK;
            $right_bond_strength{'Z'} = NO_BREAK;

            # never put a bare word on a new line:
            # example print (STDERR, "bla"); will fail with break after (
            $left_bond_strength{'w'} = NO_BREAK;

        # blanks always have infinite strength to force breaks after real tokens
            $right_bond_strength{'b'} = NO_BREAK;

            # try not to break on exponentation
            @_                       = qw" ** .. ... <=> ";
            @left_bond_strength{@_}  = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
            @right_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);

            # The comma-arrow has very low precedence but not a good break point
            $left_bond_strength{'=>'}  = NO_BREAK;
            $right_bond_strength{'=>'} = NOMINAL;

            # ok to break after label
            $left_bond_strength{'J'}  = NO_BREAK;
            $right_bond_strength{'J'} = NOMINAL;
            $left_bond_strength{'j'}  = STRONG;
            $right_bond_strength{'j'} = STRONG;
            $left_bond_strength{'A'}  = STRONG;
            $right_bond_strength{'A'} = STRONG;

            $left_bond_strength{'->'}  = STRONG;
            $right_bond_strength{'->'} = VERY_STRONG;

            # breaking AFTER modulus operator is ok:
            @_ = qw" % ";
            @left_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
            @right_bond_strength{@_} =
              ( 0.1 * NOMINAL + 0.9 * STRONG ) x scalar(@_);

            # Break AFTER math operators * and /
            @_                       = qw" * / x  ";
            @left_bond_strength{@_}  = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
            @right_bond_strength{@_} = (NOMINAL) x scalar(@_);

            # Break AFTER weakest math operators + and -
            # Make them weaker than * but a bit stronger than '.'
            @_ = qw" + - ";
            @left_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
            @right_bond_strength{@_} =
              ( 0.91 * NOMINAL + 0.09 * WEAK ) x scalar(@_);

            # breaking BEFORE these is just ok:
            @_                       = qw" >> << ";
            @right_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
            @left_bond_strength{@_}  = (NOMINAL) x scalar(@_);

            # breaking before the string concatenation operator seems best
            # because it can be hard to see at the end of a line
            $right_bond_strength{'.'} = STRONG;
            $left_bond_strength{'.'}  = 0.9 * NOMINAL + 0.1 * WEAK;

            @_                       = qw"} ] ) ";
            @left_bond_strength{@_}  = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
            @right_bond_strength{@_} = (NOMINAL) x scalar(@_);

            # make these a little weaker than nominal so that they get
            # favored for end-of-line characters
            @_ = qw"!= == =~ !~ ~~ !~~";
            @left_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
            @right_bond_strength{@_} =
              ( 0.9 * NOMINAL + 0.1 * WEAK ) x scalar(@_);

            # break AFTER these
            @_ = qw" < >  | & >= <=";
            @left_bond_strength{@_} = (VERY_STRONG) x scalar(@_);
            @right_bond_strength{@_} =
              ( 0.8 * NOMINAL + 0.2 * WEAK ) x scalar(@_);

            # breaking either before or after a quote is ok
            # but bias for breaking before a quote
            $left_bond_strength{'Q'}  = NOMINAL;
            $right_bond_strength{'Q'} = NOMINAL + 0.02;
            $left_bond_strength{'q'}  = NOMINAL;
            $right_bond_strength{'q'} = NOMINAL;

            # starting a line with a keyword is usually ok
            $left_bond_strength{'k'} = NOMINAL;

            # we usually want to bond a keyword strongly to what immediately
            # follows, rather than leaving it stranded at the end of a line
            $right_bond_strength{'k'} = STRONG;

            $left_bond_strength{'G'}  = NOMINAL;
            $right_bond_strength{'G'} = STRONG;

            # it is good to break AFTER various assignment operators
            @_ = qw(
              = **= += *= &= <<= &&=
              -= /= |= >>= ||= //=
              .= %= ^=
              x=
            );
            @left_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
            @right_bond_strength{@_} =
              ( 0.4 * WEAK + 0.6 * VERY_WEAK ) x scalar(@_);

            # break BEFORE '&&' and '||' and '//'
            # set strength of '||' to same as '=' so that chains like
            # $a = $b || $c || $d   will break before the first '||'
            $right_bond_strength{'||'} = NOMINAL;
            $left_bond_strength{'||'}  = $right_bond_strength{'='};

            # same thing for '//'
            $right_bond_strength{'//'} = NOMINAL;
            $left_bond_strength{'//'}  = $right_bond_strength{'='};

            # set strength of && a little higher than ||
            $right_bond_strength{'&&'} = NOMINAL;
            $left_bond_strength{'&&'}  = $left_bond_strength{'||'} + 0.1;

            $left_bond_strength{';'}  = VERY_STRONG;
            $right_bond_strength{';'} = VERY_WEAK;
            $left_bond_strength{'f'}  = VERY_STRONG;

            # make right strength of for ';' a little less than '='
            # to make for contents break after the ';' to avoid this:
            #   for ( $j = $number_of_fields - 1 ; $j < $item_count ; $j +=
            #     $number_of_fields )
            # and make it weaker than ',' and 'and' too
            $right_bond_strength{'f'} = VERY_WEAK - 0.03;

            # The strengths of ?/: should be somewhere between
            # an '=' and a quote (NOMINAL),
            # make strength of ':' slightly less than '?' to help
            # break long chains of ? : after the colons
            $left_bond_strength{':'}  = 0.4 * WEAK + 0.6 * NOMINAL;
            $right_bond_strength{':'} = NO_BREAK;
            $left_bond_strength{'?'}  = $left_bond_strength{':'} + 0.01;
            $right_bond_strength{'?'} = NO_BREAK;

            $left_bond_strength{','}  = VERY_STRONG;
            $right_bond_strength{','} = VERY_WEAK;

            # Set bond strengths of certain keywords
            # make 'or', 'err', 'and' slightly weaker than a ','
            $left_bond_strength{'and'}  = VERY_WEAK - 0.01;
            $left_bond_strength{'or'}   = VERY_WEAK - 0.02;
            $left_bond_strength{'err'}  = VERY_WEAK - 0.02;
            $left_bond_strength{'xor'}  = NOMINAL;
            $right_bond_strength{'and'} = NOMINAL;
            $right_bond_strength{'or'}  = NOMINAL;
            $right_bond_strength{'err'} = NOMINAL;
            $right_bond_strength{'xor'} = STRONG;
        }

        # patch-its always ok to break at end of line
        $nobreak_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = 0;

        # adding a small 'bias' to strengths is a simple way to make a line
        # break at the first of a sequence of identical terms.  For example,
        # to force long string of conditional operators to break with
        # each line ending in a ':', we can add a small number to the bond
        # strength of each ':'
        my $colon_bias = 0;
        my $amp_bias   = 0;
        my $bar_bias   = 0;
        my $and_bias   = 0;
        my $or_bias    = 0;
        my $dot_bias   = 0;
        my $f_bias     = 0;
        my $code_bias  = -.01;
        my $type       = 'b';
        my $token      = ' ';
        my $last_type;
        my $last_nonblank_type  = $type;
        my $last_nonblank_token = $token;
        my $delta_bias          = 0.0001;
        my $list_str            = $left_bond_strength{'?'};

        my ( $block_type, $i_next, $i_next_nonblank, $next_nonblank_token,
            $next_nonblank_type, $next_token, $next_type, $total_nesting_depth,
        );

        # preliminary loop to compute bond strengths
        for ( my $i = 0 ; $i <= $max_index_to_go ; $i++ ) {
            $last_type = $type;
            if ( $type ne 'b' ) {
                $last_nonblank_type  = $type;
                $last_nonblank_token = $token;
            }
            $type = $types_to_go[$i];

            # strength on both sides of a blank is the same
            if ( $type eq 'b' && $last_type ne 'b' ) {
                $bond_strength_to_go[$i] = $bond_strength_to_go[ $i - 1 ];
                next;
            }

            $token               = $tokens_to_go[$i];
            $block_type          = $block_type_to_go[$i];
            $i_next              = $i + 1;
            $next_type           = $types_to_go[$i_next];
            $next_token          = $tokens_to_go[$i_next];
            $total_nesting_depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_next];
            $i_next_nonblank     = ( ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ? $i + 2 : $i + 1 );
            $next_nonblank_type  = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
            $next_nonblank_token = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];

            # Some token chemistry...  The decision about where to break a
            # line depends upon a "bond strength" between tokens.  The LOWER
            # the bond strength, the MORE likely a break.  The strength
            # values are based on trial-and-error, and need to be tweaked
            # occasionally to get desired results.  Things to keep in mind
            # are:
            #   1. relative strengths are important.  small differences
            #      in strengths can make big formatting differences.
            #   2. each indentation level adds one unit of bond strength
            #   3. a value of NO_BREAK makes an unbreakable bond
            #   4. a value of VERY_WEAK is the strength of a ','
            #   5. values below NOMINAL are considered ok break points
            #   6. values above NOMINAL are considered poor break points
            # We are computing the strength of the bond between the current
            # token and the NEXT token.
            my $bond_str = VERY_STRONG;    # a default, high strength

            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # section 1:
            # use minimum of left and right bond strengths if defined;
            # digraphs and trigraphs like to break on their left
            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            my $bsr = $right_bond_strength{$type};

            if ( !defined($bsr) ) {

                if ( $is_digraph{$type} || $is_trigraph{$type} ) {
                    $bsr = STRONG;
                }
                else {
                    $bsr = VERY_STRONG;
                }
            }

            # define right bond strengths of certain keywords
            if ( $type eq 'k' && defined( $right_bond_strength{$token} ) ) {
                $bsr = $right_bond_strength{$token};
            }
            elsif ( $token eq 'ne' or $token eq 'eq' ) {
                $bsr = NOMINAL;
            }
            my $bsl = $left_bond_strength{$next_nonblank_type};

            # set terminal bond strength to the nominal value
            # this will cause good preceding breaks to be retained
            if ( $i_next_nonblank > $max_index_to_go ) {
                $bsl = NOMINAL;
            }

            if ( !defined($bsl) ) {

                if (   $is_digraph{$next_nonblank_type}
                    || $is_trigraph{$next_nonblank_type} )
                {
                    $bsl = WEAK;
                }
                else {
                    $bsl = VERY_STRONG;
                }
            }

            # define right bond strengths of certain keywords
            if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'k'
                && defined( $left_bond_strength{$next_nonblank_token} ) )
            {
                $bsl = $left_bond_strength{$next_nonblank_token};
            }
            elsif ($next_nonblank_token eq 'ne'
                or $next_nonblank_token eq 'eq' )
            {
                $bsl = NOMINAL;
            }
            elsif ( $is_lt_gt_le_ge{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
                $bsl = 0.9 * NOMINAL + 0.1 * STRONG;
            }

            # Note: it might seem that we would want to keep a NO_BREAK if
            # either token has this value.  This didn't work, because in an
            # arrow list, it prevents the comma from separating from the
            # following bare word (which is probably quoted by its arrow).
            # So necessary NO_BREAK's have to be handled as special cases
            # in the final section.
            $bond_str = ( $bsr < $bsl ) ? $bsr : $bsl;
            my $bond_str_1 = $bond_str;

            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # section 2:
            # special cases
            #---------------------------------------------------------------

            # allow long lines before final { in an if statement, as in:
            #    if (..........
            #      ..........)
            #    {
            #
            # Otherwise, the line before the { tends to be too short.
            if ( $type eq ')' ) {
                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '{' ) {
                    $bond_str = VERY_WEAK + 0.03;
                }
            }

            elsif ( $type eq '(' ) {
                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '{' ) {
                    $bond_str = NOMINAL;
                }
            }

            # break on something like '} (', but keep this stronger than a ','
            # example is in 'howe.pl'
            elsif ( $type eq 'R' or $type eq '}' ) {
                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '(' ) {
                    $bond_str = 0.8 * VERY_WEAK + 0.2 * WEAK;
                }
            }

            #-----------------------------------------------------------------
            # adjust bond strength bias
            #-----------------------------------------------------------------

            # TESTING: add any bias set by sub scan_list at old comma
            # break points.
            elsif ( $type eq ',' ) {
                $bond_str += $bond_strength_to_go[$i];
            }

            elsif ( $type eq 'f' ) {
                $bond_str += $f_bias;
                $f_bias   += $delta_bias;
            }

          # in long ?: conditionals, bias toward just one set per line (colon.t)
            elsif ( $type eq ':' ) {
                if ( !$want_break_before{$type} ) {
                    $bond_str   += $colon_bias;
                    $colon_bias += $delta_bias;
                }
            }

            if (   $next_nonblank_type eq ':'
                && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_type} )
            {
                $bond_str   += $colon_bias;
                $colon_bias += $delta_bias;
            }

            # if leading '.' is used, align all but 'short' quotes;
            # the idea is to not place something like "\n" on a single line.
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq '.' ) {
                if ( $want_break_before{'.'} ) {
                    unless (
                        $last_nonblank_type eq '.'
                        && (
                            length($token) <=
                            $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length )
                        && ( $token !~ /^[\)\]\}]$/ )
                      )
                    {
                        $dot_bias += $delta_bias;
                    }
                    $bond_str += $dot_bias;
                }
            }
            elsif ($next_nonblank_type eq '&&'
                && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_type} )
            {
                $bond_str += $amp_bias;
                $amp_bias += $delta_bias;
            }
            elsif ($next_nonblank_type eq '||'
                && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_type} )
            {
                $bond_str += $bar_bias;
                $bar_bias += $delta_bias;
            }
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'k' ) {

                if (   $next_nonblank_token eq 'and'
                    && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_token} )
                {
                    $bond_str += $and_bias;
                    $and_bias += $delta_bias;
                }
                elsif ($next_nonblank_token =~ /^(or|err)$/
                    && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_token} )
                {
                    $bond_str += $or_bias;
                    $or_bias  += $delta_bias;
                }

                # FIXME: needs more testing
                elsif ( $is_keyword_returning_list{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
                    $bond_str = $list_str if ( $bond_str > $list_str );
                }
                elsif ( $token eq 'err'
                    && !$want_break_before{$token} )
                {
                    $bond_str += $or_bias;
                    $or_bias  += $delta_bias;
                }
            }

            if ( $type eq ':'
                && !$want_break_before{$type} )
            {
                $bond_str   += $colon_bias;
                $colon_bias += $delta_bias;
            }
            elsif ( $type eq '&&'
                && !$want_break_before{$type} )
            {
                $bond_str += $amp_bias;
                $amp_bias += $delta_bias;
            }
            elsif ( $type eq '||'
                && !$want_break_before{$type} )
            {
                $bond_str += $bar_bias;
                $bar_bias += $delta_bias;
            }
            elsif ( $type eq 'k' ) {

                if ( $token eq 'and'
                    && !$want_break_before{$token} )
                {
                    $bond_str += $and_bias;
                    $and_bias += $delta_bias;
                }
                elsif ( $token eq 'or'
                    && !$want_break_before{$token} )
                {
                    $bond_str += $or_bias;
                    $or_bias  += $delta_bias;
                }
            }

            # keep matrix and hash indices together
            # but make them a little below STRONG to allow breaking open
            # something like {'some-word'}{'some-very-long-word'} at the }{
            # (bracebrk.t)
            if (   ( $type eq ']' or $type eq 'R' )
                && ( $next_nonblank_type eq '[' or $next_nonblank_type eq 'L' )
              )
            {
                $bond_str = 0.9 * STRONG + 0.1 * NOMINAL;
            }

            if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^->/ ) {

                # increase strength to the point where a break in the following
                # will be after the opening paren rather than at the arrow:
                #    $a->$b($c);
                if ( $type eq 'i' ) {
                    $bond_str = 1.45 * STRONG;
                }

                elsif ( $type =~ /^[\)\]\}R]$/ ) {
                    $bond_str = 0.1 * STRONG + 0.9 * NOMINAL;
                }

                # otherwise make strength before an '->' a little over a '+'
                else {
                    if ( $bond_str <= NOMINAL ) {
                        $bond_str = NOMINAL + 0.01;
                    }
                }
            }

            if ( $token eq ')' && $next_nonblank_token eq '[' ) {
                $bond_str = 0.2 * STRONG + 0.8 * NOMINAL;
            }

            # map1.t -- correct for a quirk in perl
            if (   $token eq '('
                && $next_nonblank_type eq 'i'
                && $last_nonblank_type eq 'k'
                && $is_sort_map_grep{$last_nonblank_token} )

              #     /^(sort|map|grep)$/ )
            {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
            }

            # extrude.t: do not break before paren at:
            #    -l pid_filename(
            if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'F' && $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
            }

            # good to break after end of code blocks
            if ( $type eq '}' && $block_type ) {

                $bond_str = 0.5 * WEAK + 0.5 * VERY_WEAK + $code_bias;
                $code_bias += $delta_bias;
            }

            if ( $type eq 'k' ) {

                # allow certain control keywords to stand out
                if (   $next_nonblank_type eq 'k'
                    && $is_last_next_redo_return{$token} )
                {
                    $bond_str = 0.45 * WEAK + 0.55 * VERY_WEAK;
                }

# Don't break after keyword my.  This is a quick fix for a
# rare problem with perl. An example is this line from file
# Container.pm:
# foreach my $question( Debian::DebConf::ConfigDb::gettree( $this->{'question'} ) )

                if ( $token eq 'my' ) {
                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                }

            }

            # good to break before 'if', 'unless', etc
            if ( $is_if_brace_follower{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
                $bond_str = VERY_WEAK;
            }

            if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'k' ) {

                # keywords like 'unless', 'if', etc, within statements
                # make good breaks
                if ( $is_good_keyword_breakpoint{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
                    $bond_str = VERY_WEAK / 1.05;
                }
            }

            # try not to break before a comma-arrow
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq '=>' ) {
                if ( $bond_str < STRONG ) { $bond_str = STRONG }
            }

         #----------------------------------------------------------------------
         # only set NO_BREAK's from here on
         #----------------------------------------------------------------------
            if ( $type eq 'C' or $type eq 'U' ) {

                # use strict requires that bare word and => not be separated
                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '=>' ) {
                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                }

                # Never break between a bareword and a following paren because
                # perl may give an error.  For example, if a break is placed
                # between 'to_filehandle' and its '(' the following line will
                # give a syntax error [Carp.pm]: my( $no) =fileno(
                # to_filehandle( $in)) ;
                if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) {
                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                }
            }

           # use strict requires that bare word within braces not start new line
            elsif ( $type eq 'L' ) {

                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'w' ) {
                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                }
            }

            # in older version of perl, use strict can cause problems with
            # breaks before bare words following opening parens.  For example,
            # this will fail under older versions if a break is made between
            # '(' and 'MAIL':
            #  use strict;
            #  open( MAIL, "a long filename or command");
            #  close MAIL;
            elsif ( $type eq '{' ) {

                if ( $token eq '(' && $next_nonblank_type eq 'w' ) {

                    # but it's fine to break if the word is followed by a '=>'
                    # or if it is obviously a sub call
                    my $i_next_next_nonblank = $i_next_nonblank + 1;
                    my $next_next_type = $types_to_go[$i_next_next_nonblank];
                    if (   $next_next_type eq 'b'
                        && $i_next_nonblank < $max_index_to_go )
                    {
                        $i_next_next_nonblank++;
                        $next_next_type = $types_to_go[$i_next_next_nonblank];
                    }

                    ##if ( $next_next_type ne '=>' ) {
                    # these are ok: '->xxx', '=>', '('

                    # We'll check for an old breakpoint and keep a leading
                    # bareword if it was that way in the input file.
                    # Presumably it was ok that way.  For example, the
                    # following would remain unchanged:
                    #
                    # @months = (
                    #   January,   February, March,    April,
                    #   May,       June,     July,     August,
                    #   September, October,  November, December,
                    # );
                    #
                    # This should be sufficient:
                    if ( !$old_breakpoint_to_go[$i]
                        && ( $next_next_type eq ',' || $next_next_type eq '}' )
                      )
                    {
                        $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                    }
                }
            }

            elsif ( $type eq 'w' ) {

                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'R' ) {
                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                }

                # use strict requires that bare word and => not be separated
                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '=>' ) {
                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                }
            }

            # in fact, use strict hates bare words on any new line.  For
            # example, a break before the underscore here provokes the
            # wrath of use strict:
            # if ( -r $fn && ( -s _ || $AllowZeroFilesize)) {
            elsif ( $type eq 'F' ) {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
            }

            # use strict does not allow separating type info from trailing { }
            # testfile is readmail.pl
            elsif ( $type eq 't' or $type eq 'i' ) {

                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'L' ) {
                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                }
            }

            # Do not break between a possible filehandle and a ? or / and do
            # not introduce a break after it if there is no blank
            # (extrude.t)
            elsif ( $type eq 'Z' ) {

                # dont break..
                if (

                    # if there is no blank and we do not want one. Examples:
                    #    print $x++    # do not break after $x
                    #    print HTML"HELLO"   # break ok after HTML
                    (
                           $next_type ne 'b'
                        && defined( $want_left_space{$next_type} )
                        && $want_left_space{$next_type} == WS_NO
                    )

                    # or we might be followed by the start of a quote
                    || $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\/\?]$/
                  )
                {
                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                }
            }

            # Do not break before a possible file handle
            if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'Z' ) {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
            }

            # As a defensive measure, do not break between a '(' and a
            # filehandle.  In some cases, this can cause an error.  For
            # example, the following program works:
            #    my $msg="hi!\n";
            #    print
            #    ( STDOUT
            #    $msg
            #    );
            #
            # But this program fails:
            #    my $msg="hi!\n";
            #    print
            #    (
            #    STDOUT
            #    $msg
            #    );
            #
            # This is normally only a problem with the 'extrude' option
            if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'Y' && $token eq '(' ) {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
            }

            # Breaking before a ++ can cause perl to guess wrong. For
            # example the following line will cause a syntax error
            # with -extrude if we break between '$i' and '++' [fixstyle2]
            #   print( ( $i++ & 1 ) ? $_ : ( $change{$_} || $_ ) );
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq '++' ) {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
            }

            # Breaking before a ? before a quote can cause trouble if
            # they are not separated by a blank.
            # Example: a syntax error occurs if you break before the ? here
            #  my$logic=join$all?' && ':' || ',@regexps;
            # From: Professional_Perl_Programming_Code/multifind.pl
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq '?' ) {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK
                  if ( $types_to_go[ $i_next_nonblank + 1 ] eq 'Q' );
            }

            # Breaking before a . followed by a number
            # can cause trouble if there is no intervening space
            # Example: a syntax error occurs if you break before the .2 here
            #  $str .= pack($endian.2, ensurrogate($ord));
            # From: perl58/Unicode.pm
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq '.' ) {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK
                  if ( $types_to_go[ $i_next_nonblank + 1 ] eq 'n' );
            }

            # patch to put cuddled elses back together when on multiple
            # lines, as in: } \n else \n { \n
            if ($rOpts_cuddled_else) {

                if (   ( $token eq 'else' ) && ( $next_nonblank_type eq '{' )
                    || ( $type eq '}' ) && ( $next_nonblank_token eq 'else' ) )
                {
                    $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
                }
            }

            # keep '}' together with ';'
            if ( ( $token eq '}' ) && ( $next_nonblank_type eq ';' ) ) {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
            }

            # never break between sub name and opening paren
            if ( ( $type eq 'w' ) && ( $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) ) {
                $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
            }

            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # section 3:
            # now take nesting depth into account
            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # final strength incorporates the bond strength and nesting depth
            my $strength;

            if ( defined($bond_str) && !$nobreak_to_go[$i] ) {
                if ( $total_nesting_depth > 0 ) {
                    $strength = $bond_str + $total_nesting_depth;
                }
                else {
                    $strength = $bond_str;
                }
            }
            else {
                $strength = NO_BREAK;
            }

            # always break after side comment
            if ( $type eq '#' ) { $strength = 0 }

            $bond_strength_to_go[$i] = $strength;

            FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BOND && do {
                my $str = substr( $token, 0, 15 );
                $str .= ' ' x ( 16 - length($str) );
                print
"BOND:  i=$i $str $type $next_nonblank_type depth=$total_nesting_depth strength=$bond_str_1 -> $bond_str -> $strength \n";
            };
        }
    }

}

sub pad_array_to_go {

    # to simplify coding in scan_list and set_bond_strengths, it helps
    # to create some extra blank tokens at the end of the arrays
    $tokens_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ] = '';
    $tokens_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 2 ] = '';
    $types_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ]  = 'b';
    $types_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 2 ]  = 'b';
    $nesting_depth_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ] =
      $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go];

    #    /^[R\}\)\]]$/
    if ( $is_closing_type{ $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] } ) {
        if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go] <= 0 ) {

            # shouldn't happen:
            unless ( get_saw_brace_error() ) {
                warning(
"Program bug in scan_list: hit nesting error which should have been caught\n"
                );
                report_definite_bug();
            }
        }
        else {
            $nesting_depth_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ] -= 1;
        }
    }

    #       /^[L\{\(\[]$/
    elsif ( $is_opening_type{ $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] } ) {
        $nesting_depth_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ] += 1;
    }
}

{    # begin scan_list

    my (
        $block_type,                $current_depth,
        $depth,                     $i,
        $i_last_nonblank_token,     $last_colon_sequence_number,
        $last_nonblank_token,       $last_nonblank_type,
        $last_old_breakpoint_count, $minimum_depth,
        $next_nonblank_block_type,  $next_nonblank_token,
        $next_nonblank_type,        $old_breakpoint_count,
        $starting_breakpoint_count, $starting_depth,
        $token,                     $type,
        $type_sequence,
    );

    my (
        @breakpoint_stack,              @breakpoint_undo_stack,
        @comma_index,                   @container_type,
        @identifier_count_stack,        @index_before_arrow,
        @interrupted_list,              @item_count_stack,
        @last_comma_index,              @last_dot_index,
        @last_nonblank_type,            @old_breakpoint_count_stack,
        @opening_structure_index_stack, @rfor_semicolon_list,
        @has_old_logical_breakpoints,   @rand_or_list,
        @i_equals,
    );

    # routine to define essential variables when we go 'up' to
    # a new depth
    sub check_for_new_minimum_depth {
        my $depth = shift;
        if ( $depth < $minimum_depth ) {

            $minimum_depth = $depth;

            # these arrays need not retain values between calls
            $breakpoint_stack[$depth]              = $starting_breakpoint_count;
            $container_type[$depth]                = "";
            $identifier_count_stack[$depth]        = 0;
            $index_before_arrow[$depth]            = -1;
            $interrupted_list[$depth]              = 1;
            $item_count_stack[$depth]              = 0;
            $last_nonblank_type[$depth]            = "";
            $opening_structure_index_stack[$depth] = -1;

            $breakpoint_undo_stack[$depth]       = undef;
            $comma_index[$depth]                 = undef;
            $last_comma_index[$depth]            = undef;
            $last_dot_index[$depth]              = undef;
            $old_breakpoint_count_stack[$depth]  = undef;
            $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth] = 0;
            $rand_or_list[$depth]                = [];
            $rfor_semicolon_list[$depth]         = [];
            $i_equals[$depth]                    = -1;

            # these arrays must retain values between calls
            if ( !defined( $has_broken_sublist[$depth] ) ) {
                $dont_align[$depth]         = 0;
                $has_broken_sublist[$depth] = 0;
                $want_comma_break[$depth]   = 0;
            }
        }
    }

    # routine to decide which commas to break at within a container;
    # returns:
    #   $bp_count = number of comma breakpoints set
    #   $do_not_break_apart = a flag indicating if container need not
    #     be broken open
    sub set_comma_breakpoints {

        my $dd                 = shift;
        my $bp_count           = 0;
        my $do_not_break_apart = 0;

        # anything to do?
        if ( $item_count_stack[$dd] ) {

            # handle commas not in containers...
            if ( $dont_align[$dd] ) {
                do_uncontained_comma_breaks($dd);
            }

            # handle commas within containers...
            else {
                my $fbc = $forced_breakpoint_count;

                # always open comma lists not preceded by keywords,
                # barewords, identifiers (that is, anything that doesn't
                # look like a function call)
                my $must_break_open = $last_nonblank_type[$dd] !~ /^[kwiU]$/;

                set_comma_breakpoints_do(
                    $dd,
                    $opening_structure_index_stack[$dd],
                    $i,
                    $item_count_stack[$dd],
                    $identifier_count_stack[$dd],
                    $comma_index[$dd],
                    $next_nonblank_type,
                    $container_type[$dd],
                    $interrupted_list[$dd],
                    \$do_not_break_apart,
                    $must_break_open,
                );
                $bp_count = $forced_breakpoint_count - $fbc;
                $do_not_break_apart = 0 if $must_break_open;
            }
        }
        return ( $bp_count, $do_not_break_apart );
    }

    sub do_uncontained_comma_breaks {

        # Handle commas not in containers...
        # This is a catch-all routine for commas that we
        # don't know what to do with because the don't fall
        # within containers.  We will bias the bond strength
        # to break at commas which ended lines in the input
        # file.  This usually works better than just trying
        # to put as many items on a line as possible.  A
        # downside is that if the input file is garbage it
        # won't work very well. However, the user can always
        # prevent following the old breakpoints with the
        # -iob flag.
        my $dd   = shift;
        my $bias = -.01;
        foreach my $ii ( @{ $comma_index[$dd] } ) {
            if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$ii] ) {
                $bond_strength_to_go[$ii] = $bias;

                # reduce bias magnitude to force breaks in order
                $bias *= 0.99;
            }
        }

        # Also put a break before the first comma if
        # (1) there was a break there in the input, and
        # (2) that was exactly one previous break in the input
        #
        # For example, we will follow the user and break after
        # 'print' in this snippet:
        #    print
        #      "conformability (Not the same dimension)\n",
        #      "\t", $have, " is ", text_unit($hu), "\n",
        #      "\t", $want, " is ", text_unit($wu), "\n",
        #      ;
        my $i_first_comma = $comma_index[$dd]->[0];
        if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$i_first_comma] ) {
            my $level_comma = $levels_to_go[$i_first_comma];
            my $ibreak      = -1;
            my $obp_count   = 0;
            for ( my $ii = $i_first_comma - 1 ; $ii >= 0 ; $ii -= 1 ) {
                if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$ii] ) {
                    $obp_count++;
                    last if ( $obp_count > 1 );
                    $ibreak = $ii
                      if ( $levels_to_go[$ii] == $level_comma );
                }
            }
            if ( $ibreak >= 0 && $obp_count == 1 ) {
                set_forced_breakpoint($ibreak);
            }
        }
    }

    my %is_logical_container;

    BEGIN {
        @_ = qw# if elsif unless while and or err not && | || ? : ! #;
        @is_logical_container{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    sub set_for_semicolon_breakpoints {
        my $dd = shift;
        foreach ( @{ $rfor_semicolon_list[$dd] } ) {
            set_forced_breakpoint($_);
        }
    }

    sub set_logical_breakpoints {
        my $dd = shift;
        if (
               $item_count_stack[$dd] == 0
            && $is_logical_container{ $container_type[$dd] }

            # TESTING:
            || $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$dd]
          )
        {

            # Look for breaks in this order:
            # 0   1    2   3
            # or  and  ||  &&
            foreach my $i ( 0 .. 3 ) {
                if ( $rand_or_list[$dd][$i] ) {
                    foreach ( @{ $rand_or_list[$dd][$i] } ) {
                        set_forced_breakpoint($_);
                    }

                    # break at any 'if' and 'unless' too
                    foreach ( @{ $rand_or_list[$dd][4] } ) {
                        set_forced_breakpoint($_);
                    }
                    $rand_or_list[$dd] = [];
                    last;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    sub is_unbreakable_container {

        # never break a container of one of these types
        # because bad things can happen (map1.t)
        my $dd = shift;
        $is_sort_map_grep{ $container_type[$dd] };
    }

    sub scan_list {

        # This routine is responsible for setting line breaks for all lists,
        # so that hierarchical structure can be displayed and so that list
        # items can be vertically aligned.  The output of this routine is
        # stored in the array @forced_breakpoint_to_go, which is used to set
        # final breakpoints.

        $starting_depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[0];

        $block_type                 = ' ';
        $current_depth              = $starting_depth;
        $i                          = -1;
        $last_colon_sequence_number = -1;
        $last_nonblank_token        = ';';
        $last_nonblank_type         = ';';
        $last_nonblank_block_type   = ' ';
        $last_old_breakpoint_count  = 0;
        $minimum_depth = $current_depth + 1;    # forces update in check below
        $old_breakpoint_count      = 0;
        $starting_breakpoint_count = $forced_breakpoint_count;
        $token                     = ';';
        $type                      = ';';
        $type_sequence             = '';

        check_for_new_minimum_depth($current_depth);

        my $is_long_line = excess_line_length( 0, $max_index_to_go ) > 0;
        my $want_previous_breakpoint = -1;

        my $saw_good_breakpoint;
        my $i_line_end   = -1;
        my $i_line_start = -1;

        # loop over all tokens in this batch
        while ( ++$i <= $max_index_to_go ) {
            if ( $type ne 'b' ) {
                $i_last_nonblank_token    = $i - 1;
                $last_nonblank_type       = $type;
                $last_nonblank_token      = $token;
                $last_nonblank_block_type = $block_type;
            }
            $type          = $types_to_go[$i];
            $block_type    = $block_type_to_go[$i];
            $token         = $tokens_to_go[$i];
            $type_sequence = $type_sequence_to_go[$i];
            my $next_type       = $types_to_go[ $i + 1 ];
            my $next_token      = $tokens_to_go[ $i + 1 ];
            my $i_next_nonblank = ( ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ? $i + 2 : $i + 1 );
            $next_nonblank_type       = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
            $next_nonblank_token      = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
            $next_nonblank_block_type = $block_type_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];

            # set break if flag was set
            if ( $want_previous_breakpoint >= 0 ) {
                set_forced_breakpoint($want_previous_breakpoint);
                $want_previous_breakpoint = -1;
            }

            $last_old_breakpoint_count = $old_breakpoint_count;
            if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$i] ) {
                $i_line_end   = $i;
                $i_line_start = $i_next_nonblank;

                $old_breakpoint_count++;

                # Break before certain keywords if user broke there and
                # this is a 'safe' break point. The idea is to retain
                # any preferred breaks for sequential list operations,
                # like a schwartzian transform.
                if ($rOpts_break_at_old_keyword_breakpoints) {
                    if (
                           $next_nonblank_type eq 'k'
                        && $is_keyword_returning_list{$next_nonblank_token}
                        && (   $type =~ /^[=\)\]\}Riw]$/
                            || $type eq 'k'
                            && $is_keyword_returning_list{$token} )
                      )
                    {

                        # we actually have to set this break next time through
                        # the loop because if we are at a closing token (such
                        # as '}') which forms a one-line block, this break might
                        # get undone.
                        $want_previous_breakpoint = $i;
                    }
                }
            }
            next if ( $type eq 'b' );
            $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[ $i + 1 ];

            # safety check - be sure we always break after a comment
            # Shouldn't happen .. an error here probably means that the
            # nobreak flag did not get turned off correctly during
            # formatting.
            if ( $type eq '#' ) {
                if ( $i != $max_index_to_go ) {
                    warning(
"Non-fatal program bug: backup logic needed to break after a comment\n"
                    );
                    report_definite_bug();
                    $nobreak_to_go[$i] = 0;
                    set_forced_breakpoint($i);
                }
            }

            # Force breakpoints at certain tokens in long lines.
            # Note that such breakpoints will be undone later if these tokens
            # are fully contained within parens on a line.
            if (

                # break before a keyword within a line
                $type eq 'k'
                && $i > 0

                # if one of these keywords:
                && $token =~ /^(if|unless|while|until|for)$/

                # but do not break at something like '1 while'
                && ( $last_nonblank_type ne 'n' || $i > 2 )

                # and let keywords follow a closing 'do' brace
                && $last_nonblank_block_type ne 'do'

                && (
                    $is_long_line

                    # or container is broken (by side-comment, etc)
                    || (   $next_nonblank_token eq '('
                        && $mate_index_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] < $i )
                )
              )
            {
                set_forced_breakpoint( $i - 1 );
            }

            # remember locations of '||'  and '&&' for possible breaks if we
            # decide this is a long logical expression.
            if ( $type eq '||' ) {
                push @{ $rand_or_list[$depth][2] }, $i;
                ++$has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth]
                  if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
                    && $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints );
            }
            elsif ( $type eq '&&' ) {
                push @{ $rand_or_list[$depth][3] }, $i;
                ++$has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth]
                  if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
                    && $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints );
            }
            elsif ( $type eq 'f' ) {
                push @{ $rfor_semicolon_list[$depth] }, $i;
            }
            elsif ( $type eq 'k' ) {
                if ( $token eq 'and' ) {
                    push @{ $rand_or_list[$depth][1] }, $i;
                    ++$has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth]
                      if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
                        && $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints );
                }

                # break immediately at 'or's which are probably not in a logical
                # block -- but we will break in logical breaks below so that
                # they do not add to the forced_breakpoint_count
                elsif ( $token eq 'or' ) {
                    push @{ $rand_or_list[$depth][0] }, $i;
                    ++$has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth]
                      if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
                        && $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints );
                    if ( $is_logical_container{ $container_type[$depth] } ) {
                    }
                    else {
                        if ($is_long_line) { set_forced_breakpoint($i) }
                        elsif ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
                            && $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints )
                        {
                            $saw_good_breakpoint = 1;
                        }
                    }
                }
                elsif ( $token eq 'if' || $token eq 'unless' ) {
                    push @{ $rand_or_list[$depth][4] }, $i;
                    if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
                        && $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints )
                    {
                        set_forced_breakpoint($i);
                    }
                }
            }
            elsif ( $is_assignment{$type} ) {
                $i_equals[$depth] = $i;
            }

            if ($type_sequence) {

                # handle any postponed closing breakpoints
                if ( $token =~ /^[\)\]\}\:]$/ ) {
                    if ( $type eq ':' ) {
                        $last_colon_sequence_number = $type_sequence;

                        # TESTING: retain break at a ':' line break
                        if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
                            && $rOpts_break_at_old_ternary_breakpoints )
                        {

                            # TESTING:
                            set_forced_breakpoint($i);

                            # break at previous '='
                            if ( $i_equals[$depth] > 0 ) {
                                set_forced_breakpoint( $i_equals[$depth] );
                                $i_equals[$depth] = -1;
                            }
                        }
                    }
                    if ( defined( $postponed_breakpoint{$type_sequence} ) ) {
                        my $inc = ( $type eq ':' ) ? 0 : 1;
                        set_forced_breakpoint( $i - $inc );
                        delete $postponed_breakpoint{$type_sequence};
                    }
                }

                # set breaks at ?/: if they will get separated (and are
                # not a ?/: chain), or if the '?' is at the end of the
                # line
                elsif ( $token eq '?' ) {
                    my $i_colon = $mate_index_to_go[$i];
                    if (
                        $i_colon <= 0  # the ':' is not in this batch
                        || $i == 0     # this '?' is the first token of the line
                        || $i ==
                        $max_index_to_go    # or this '?' is the last token
                      )
                    {

                        # don't break at a '?' if preceded by ':' on
                        # this line of previous ?/: pair on this line.
                        # This is an attempt to preserve a chain of ?/:
                        # expressions (elsif2.t).  And don't break if
                        # this has a side comment.
                        set_forced_breakpoint($i)
                          unless (
                            $type_sequence == (
                                $last_colon_sequence_number +
                                  TYPE_SEQUENCE_INCREMENT
                            )
                            || $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq '#'
                          );
                        set_closing_breakpoint($i);
                    }
                }
            }

#print "LISTX sees: i=$i type=$type  tok=$token  block=$block_type depth=$depth\n";

            #------------------------------------------------------------
            # Handle Increasing Depth..
            #
            # prepare for a new list when depth increases
            # token $i is a '(','{', or '['
            #------------------------------------------------------------
            if ( $depth > $current_depth ) {

                $breakpoint_stack[$depth]       = $forced_breakpoint_count;
                $breakpoint_undo_stack[$depth]  = $forced_breakpoint_undo_count;
                $has_broken_sublist[$depth]     = 0;
                $identifier_count_stack[$depth] = 0;
                $index_before_arrow[$depth]     = -1;
                $interrupted_list[$depth]       = 0;
                $item_count_stack[$depth]       = 0;
                $last_comma_index[$depth]       = undef;
                $last_dot_index[$depth]         = undef;
                $last_nonblank_type[$depth]     = $last_nonblank_type;
                $old_breakpoint_count_stack[$depth]    = $old_breakpoint_count;
                $opening_structure_index_stack[$depth] = $i;
                $rand_or_list[$depth]                  = [];
                $rfor_semicolon_list[$depth]           = [];
                $i_equals[$depth]                      = -1;
                $want_comma_break[$depth]              = 0;
                $container_type[$depth] =
                  ( $last_nonblank_type =~ /^(k|=>|&&|\|\||\?|\:|\.)$/ )
                  ? $last_nonblank_token
                  : "";
                $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth] = 0;

                # if line ends here then signal closing token to break
                if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'b' || $next_nonblank_type eq '#' )
                {
                    set_closing_breakpoint($i);
                }

                # Not all lists of values should be vertically aligned..
                $dont_align[$depth] =

                  # code BLOCKS are handled at a higher level
                  ( $block_type ne "" )

                  # certain paren lists
                  || ( $type eq '(' ) && (

                    # it does not usually look good to align a list of
                    # identifiers in a parameter list, as in:
                    #    my($var1, $var2, ...)
                    # (This test should probably be refined, for now I'm just
                    # testing for any keyword)
                    ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'k' )

                    # a trailing '(' usually indicates a non-list
                    || ( $next_nonblank_type eq '(' )
                  );

                # patch to outdent opening brace of long if/for/..
                # statements (like this one).  See similar coding in
                # set_continuation breaks.  We have also catch it here for
                # short line fragments which otherwise will not go through
                # set_continuation_breaks.
                if (
                    $block_type

                    # if we have the ')' but not its '(' in this batch..
                    && ( $last_nonblank_token eq ')' )
                    && $mate_index_to_go[$i_last_nonblank_token] < 0

                    # and user wants brace to left
                    && !$rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'}

                    && ( $type  eq '{' )    # should be true
                    && ( $token eq '{' )    # should be true
                  )
                {
                    set_forced_breakpoint( $i - 1 );
                }
            }

            #------------------------------------------------------------
            # Handle Decreasing Depth..
            #
            # finish off any old list when depth decreases
            # token $i is a ')','}', or ']'
            #------------------------------------------------------------
            elsif ( $depth < $current_depth ) {

                check_for_new_minimum_depth($depth);

                # force all outer logical containers to break after we see on
                # old breakpoint
                $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth] ||=
                  $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$current_depth];

                # Patch to break between ') {' if the paren list is broken.
                # There is similar logic in set_continuation_breaks for
                # non-broken lists.
                if (   $token eq ')'
                    && $next_nonblank_block_type
                    && $interrupted_list[$current_depth]
                    && $next_nonblank_type eq '{'
                    && !$rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'} )
                {
                    set_forced_breakpoint($i);
                }

#print "LISTY sees: i=$i type=$type  tok=$token  block=$block_type depth=$depth next=$next_nonblank_type next_block=$next_nonblank_block_type inter=$interrupted_list[$current_depth]\n";

                # set breaks at commas if necessary
                my ( $bp_count, $do_not_break_apart ) =
                  set_comma_breakpoints($current_depth);

                my $i_opening = $opening_structure_index_stack[$current_depth];
                my $saw_opening_structure = ( $i_opening >= 0 );

                # this term is long if we had to break at interior commas..
                my $is_long_term = $bp_count > 0;

                # ..or if the length between opening and closing parens exceeds
                # allowed line length
                if ( !$is_long_term && $saw_opening_structure ) {
                    my $i_opening_minus = find_token_starting_list($i_opening);

                    # Note: we have to allow for one extra space after a
                    # closing token so that we do not strand a comma or
                    # semicolon, hence the '>=' here (oneline.t)
                    $is_long_term =
                      excess_line_length( $i_opening_minus, $i ) >= 0;
                }

                # We've set breaks after all comma-arrows.  Now we have to
                # undo them if this can be a one-line block
                # (the only breakpoints set will be due to comma-arrows)
                if (

                    # user doesn't require breaking after all comma-arrows
                    ( $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints != 0 )

                    # and if the opening structure is in this batch
                    && $saw_opening_structure

                    # and either on the same old line
                    && (
                        $old_breakpoint_count_stack[$current_depth] ==
                        $last_old_breakpoint_count

                        # or user wants to form long blocks with arrows
                        || $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints == 2
                    )

                  # and we made some breakpoints between the opening and closing
                    && ( $breakpoint_undo_stack[$current_depth] <
                        $forced_breakpoint_undo_count )

                    # and this block is short enough to fit on one line
                    # Note: use < because need 1 more space for possible comma
                    && !$is_long_term

                  )
                {
                    undo_forced_breakpoint_stack(
                        $breakpoint_undo_stack[$current_depth] );
                }

                # now see if we have any comma breakpoints left
                my $has_comma_breakpoints =
                  ( $breakpoint_stack[$current_depth] !=
                      $forced_breakpoint_count );

                # update broken-sublist flag of the outer container
                $has_broken_sublist[$depth] =
                     $has_broken_sublist[$depth]
                  || $has_broken_sublist[$current_depth]
                  || $is_long_term
                  || $has_comma_breakpoints;

# Having come to the closing ')', '}', or ']', now we have to decide if we
# should 'open up' the structure by placing breaks at the opening and
# closing containers.  This is a tricky decision.  Here are some of the
# basic considerations:
#
# -If this is a BLOCK container, then any breakpoints will have already
# been set (and according to user preferences), so we need do nothing here.
#
# -If we have a comma-separated list for which we can align the list items,
# then we need to do so because otherwise the vertical aligner cannot
# currently do the alignment.
#
# -If this container does itself contain a container which has been broken
# open, then it should be broken open to properly show the structure.
#
# -If there is nothing to align, and no other reason to break apart,
# then do not do it.
#
# We will not break open the parens of a long but 'simple' logical expression.
# For example:
#
# This is an example of a simple logical expression and its formatting:
#
#     if ( $bigwasteofspace1 && $bigwasteofspace2
#         || $bigwasteofspace3 && $bigwasteofspace4 )
#
# Most people would prefer this than the 'spacey' version:
#
#     if (
#         $bigwasteofspace1 && $bigwasteofspace2
#         || $bigwasteofspace3 && $bigwasteofspace4
#     )
#
# To illustrate the rules for breaking logical expressions, consider:
#
#             FULLY DENSE:
#             if ( $opt_excl
#                 and ( exists $ids_excl_uc{$id_uc}
#                     or grep $id_uc =~ /$_/, @ids_excl_uc ))
#
# This is on the verge of being difficult to read.  The current default is to
# open it up like this:
#
#             DEFAULT:
#             if (
#                 $opt_excl
#                 and ( exists $ids_excl_uc{$id_uc}
#                     or grep $id_uc =~ /$_/, @ids_excl_uc )
#               )
#
# This is a compromise which tries to avoid being too dense and to spacey.
# A more spaced version would be:
#
#             SPACEY:
#             if (
#                 $opt_excl
#                 and (
#                     exists $ids_excl_uc{$id_uc}
#                     or grep $id_uc =~ /$_/, @ids_excl_uc
#                 )
#               )
#
# Some people might prefer the spacey version -- an option could be added.  The
# innermost expression contains a long block '( exists $ids_...  ')'.
#
# Here is how the logic goes: We will force a break at the 'or' that the
# innermost expression contains, but we will not break apart its opening and
# closing containers because (1) it contains no multi-line sub-containers itself,
# and (2) there is no alignment to be gained by breaking it open like this
#
#             and (
#                 exists $ids_excl_uc{$id_uc}
#                 or grep $id_uc =~ /$_/, @ids_excl_uc
#             )
#
# (although this looks perfectly ok and might be good for long expressions).  The
# outer 'if' container, though, contains a broken sub-container, so it will be
# broken open to avoid too much density.  Also, since it contains no 'or's, there
# will be a forced break at its 'and'.

                # set some flags telling something about this container..
                my $is_simple_logical_expression = 0;
                if (   $item_count_stack[$current_depth] == 0
                    && $saw_opening_structure
                    && $tokens_to_go[$i_opening] eq '('
                    && $is_logical_container{ $container_type[$current_depth] }
                  )
                {

                    # This seems to be a simple logical expression with
                    # no existing breakpoints.  Set a flag to prevent
                    # opening it up.
                    if ( !$has_comma_breakpoints ) {
                        $is_simple_logical_expression = 1;
                    }

                    # This seems to be a simple logical expression with
                    # breakpoints (broken sublists, for example).  Break
                    # at all 'or's and '||'s.
                    else {
                        set_logical_breakpoints($current_depth);
                    }
                }

                if ( $is_long_term
                    && @{ $rfor_semicolon_list[$current_depth] } )
                {
                    set_for_semicolon_breakpoints($current_depth);

                    # open up a long 'for' or 'foreach' container to allow
                    # leading term alignment unless -lp is used.
                    $has_comma_breakpoints = 1
                      unless $rOpts_line_up_parentheses;
                }

                if (

                    # breaks for code BLOCKS are handled at a higher level
                    !$block_type

                    # we do not need to break at the top level of an 'if'
                    # type expression
                    && !$is_simple_logical_expression

                    ## modification to keep ': (' containers vertically tight;
                    ## but probably better to let user set -vt=1 to avoid
                    ## inconsistency with other paren types
                    ## && ($container_type[$current_depth] ne ':')

                    # otherwise, we require one of these reasons for breaking:
                    && (

                        # - this term has forced line breaks
                        $has_comma_breakpoints

                       # - the opening container is separated from this batch
                       #   for some reason (comment, blank line, code block)
                       # - this is a non-paren container spanning multiple lines
                        || !$saw_opening_structure

                        # - this is a long block contained in another breakable
                        #   container
                        || (   $is_long_term
                            && $container_environment_to_go[$i_opening] ne
                            'BLOCK' )
                    )
                  )
                {

                    # For -lp option, we must put a breakpoint before
                    # the token which has been identified as starting
                    # this indentation level.  This is necessary for
                    # proper alignment.
                    if ( $rOpts_line_up_parentheses && $saw_opening_structure )
                    {
                        my $item = $leading_spaces_to_go[ $i_opening + 1 ];
                        if (   $i_opening + 1 < $max_index_to_go
                            && $types_to_go[ $i_opening + 1 ] eq 'b' )
                        {
                            $item = $leading_spaces_to_go[ $i_opening + 2 ];
                        }
                        if ( defined($item) ) {
                            my $i_start_2 = $item->get_STARTING_INDEX();
                            if (
                                defined($i_start_2)

                                # we are breaking after an opening brace, paren,
                                # so don't break before it too
                                && $i_start_2 ne $i_opening
                              )
                            {

                                # Only break for breakpoints at the same
                                # indentation level as the opening paren
                                my $test1 = $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_opening];
                                my $test2 = $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_start_2];
                                if ( $test2 == $test1 ) {
                                    set_forced_breakpoint( $i_start_2 - 1 );
                                }
                            }
                        }
                    }

                    # break after opening structure.
                    # note: break before closing structure will be automatic
                    if ( $minimum_depth <= $current_depth ) {

                        set_forced_breakpoint($i_opening)
                          unless ( $do_not_break_apart
                            || is_unbreakable_container($current_depth) );

                        # break at '.' of lower depth level before opening token
                        if ( $last_dot_index[$depth] ) {
                            set_forced_breakpoint( $last_dot_index[$depth] );
                        }

                        # break before opening structure if preeced by another
                        # closing structure and a comma.  This is normally
                        # done by the previous closing brace, but not
                        # if it was a one-line block.
                        if ( $i_opening > 2 ) {
                            my $i_prev =
                              ( $types_to_go[ $i_opening - 1 ] eq 'b' )
                              ? $i_opening - 2
                              : $i_opening - 1;

                            if (   $types_to_go[$i_prev] eq ','
                                && $types_to_go[ $i_prev - 1 ] =~ /^[\)\}]$/ )
                            {
                                set_forced_breakpoint($i_prev);
                            }

                            # also break before something like ':('  or '?('
                            # if appropriate.
                            elsif (
                                $types_to_go[$i_prev] =~ /^([k\:\?]|&&|\|\|)$/ )
                            {
                                my $token_prev = $tokens_to_go[$i_prev];
                                if ( $want_break_before{$token_prev} ) {
                                    set_forced_breakpoint($i_prev);
                                }
                            }
                        }
                    }

                    # break after comma following closing structure
                    if ( $next_type eq ',' ) {
                        set_forced_breakpoint( $i + 1 );
                    }

                    # break before an '=' following closing structure
                    if (
                        $is_assignment{$next_nonblank_type}
                        && ( $breakpoint_stack[$current_depth] !=
                            $forced_breakpoint_count )
                      )
                    {
                        set_forced_breakpoint($i);
                    }

                    # break at any comma before the opening structure Added
                    # for -lp, but seems to be good in general.  It isn't
                    # obvious how far back to look; the '5' below seems to
                    # work well and will catch the comma in something like
                    #  push @list, myfunc( $param, $param, ..

                    my $icomma = $last_comma_index[$depth];
                    if ( defined($icomma) && ( $i_opening - $icomma ) < 5 ) {
                        unless ( $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$icomma] ) {
                            set_forced_breakpoint($icomma);
                        }
                    }
                }    # end logic to open up a container

                # Break open a logical container open if it was already open
                elsif ($is_simple_logical_expression
                    && $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$current_depth] )
                {
                    set_logical_breakpoints($current_depth);
                }

                # Handle long container which does not get opened up
                elsif ($is_long_term) {

                    # must set fake breakpoint to alert outer containers that
                    # they are complex
                    set_fake_breakpoint();
                }
            }

            #------------------------------------------------------------
            # Handle this token
            #------------------------------------------------------------

            $current_depth = $depth;

            # handle comma-arrow
            if ( $type eq '=>' ) {
                next if ( $last_nonblank_type eq '=>' );
                next if $rOpts_break_at_old_comma_breakpoints;
                next if $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints == 3;
                $want_comma_break[$depth]   = 1;
                $index_before_arrow[$depth] = $i_last_nonblank_token;
                next;
            }

            elsif ( $type eq '.' ) {
                $last_dot_index[$depth] = $i;
            }

            # Turn off alignment if we are sure that this is not a list
            # environment.  To be safe, we will do this if we see certain
            # non-list tokens, such as ';', and also the environment is
            # not a list.  Note that '=' could be in any of the = operators
            # (lextest.t). We can't just use the reported environment
            # because it can be incorrect in some cases.
            elsif ( ( $type =~ /^[\;\<\>\~]$/ || $is_assignment{$type} )
                && $container_environment_to_go[$i] ne 'LIST' )
            {
                $dont_align[$depth]         = 1;
                $want_comma_break[$depth]   = 0;
                $index_before_arrow[$depth] = -1;
            }

            # now just handle any commas
            next unless ( $type eq ',' );

            $last_dot_index[$depth]   = undef;
            $last_comma_index[$depth] = $i;

            # break here if this comma follows a '=>'
            # but not if there is a side comment after the comma
            if ( $want_comma_break[$depth] ) {

                if ( $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\)\}\]R]$/ ) {
                    $want_comma_break[$depth]   = 0;
                    $index_before_arrow[$depth] = -1;
                    next;
                }

                set_forced_breakpoint($i) unless ( $next_nonblank_type eq '#' );

                # break before the previous token if it looks safe
                # Example of something that we will not try to break before:
                #   DBI::SQL_SMALLINT() => $ado_consts->{adSmallInt},
                # Also we don't want to break at a binary operator (like +):
                # $c->createOval(
                #    $x + $R, $y +
                #    $R => $x - $R,
                #    $y - $R, -fill   => 'black',
                # );
                my $ibreak = $index_before_arrow[$depth] - 1;
                if (   $ibreak > 0
                    && $tokens_to_go[ $ibreak + 1 ] !~ /^[\)\}\]]$/ )
                {
                    if ( $tokens_to_go[$ibreak] eq '-' ) { $ibreak-- }
                    if ( $types_to_go[$ibreak]  eq 'b' ) { $ibreak-- }
                    if ( $types_to_go[$ibreak] =~ /^[,wiZCUG\(\{\[]$/ ) {

                        # don't break pointer calls, such as the following:
                        #  File::Spec->curdir  => 1,
                        # (This is tokenized as adjacent 'w' tokens)
                        if ( $tokens_to_go[ $ibreak + 1 ] !~ /^->/ ) {
                            set_forced_breakpoint($ibreak);
                        }
                    }
                }

                $want_comma_break[$depth]   = 0;
                $index_before_arrow[$depth] = -1;

                # handle list which mixes '=>'s and ','s:
                # treat any list items so far as an interrupted list
                $interrupted_list[$depth] = 1;
                next;
            }

            # break after all commas above starting depth
            if ( $depth < $starting_depth && !$dont_align[$depth] ) {
                set_forced_breakpoint($i) unless ( $next_nonblank_type eq '#' );
                next;
            }

            # add this comma to the list..
            my $item_count = $item_count_stack[$depth];
            if ( $item_count == 0 ) {

                # but do not form a list with no opening structure
                # for example:

                #            open INFILE_COPY, ">$input_file_copy"
                #              or die ("very long message");

                if ( ( $opening_structure_index_stack[$depth] < 0 )
                    && $container_environment_to_go[$i] eq 'BLOCK' )
                {
                    $dont_align[$depth] = 1;
                }
            }

            $comma_index[$depth][$item_count] = $i;
            ++$item_count_stack[$depth];
            if ( $last_nonblank_type =~ /^[iR\]]$/ ) {
                $identifier_count_stack[$depth]++;
            }
        }

        #-------------------------------------------
        # end of loop over all tokens in this batch
        #-------------------------------------------

        # set breaks for any unfinished lists ..
        for ( my $dd = $current_depth ; $dd >= $minimum_depth ; $dd-- ) {

            $interrupted_list[$dd] = 1;
            $has_broken_sublist[$dd] = 1 if ( $dd < $current_depth );
            set_comma_breakpoints($dd);
            set_logical_breakpoints($dd)
              if ( $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$dd] );
            set_for_semicolon_breakpoints($dd);

            # break open container...
            my $i_opening = $opening_structure_index_stack[$dd];
            set_forced_breakpoint($i_opening)
              unless (
                is_unbreakable_container($dd)

                # Avoid a break which would place an isolated ' or "
                # on a line
                || (   $type eq 'Q'
                    && $i_opening >= $max_index_to_go - 2
                    && $token =~ /^['"]$/ )
              );
        }

        # Return a flag indicating if the input file had some good breakpoints.
        # This flag will be used to force a break in a line shorter than the
        # allowed line length.
        if ( $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$current_depth] ) {
            $saw_good_breakpoint = 1;
        }
        return $saw_good_breakpoint;
    }
}    # end scan_list

sub find_token_starting_list {

    # When testing to see if a block will fit on one line, some
    # previous token(s) may also need to be on the line; particularly
    # if this is a sub call.  So we will look back at least one
    # token. NOTE: This isn't perfect, but not critical, because
    # if we mis-identify a block, it will be wrapped and therefore
    # fixed the next time it is formatted.
    my $i_opening_paren = shift;
    my $i_opening_minus = $i_opening_paren;
    my $im1             = $i_opening_paren - 1;
    my $im2             = $i_opening_paren - 2;
    my $im3             = $i_opening_paren - 3;
    my $typem1          = $types_to_go[$im1];
    my $typem2          = $im2 >= 0 ? $types_to_go[$im2] : 'b';
    if ( $typem1 eq ',' || ( $typem1 eq 'b' && $typem2 eq ',' ) ) {
        $i_opening_minus = $i_opening_paren;
    }
    elsif ( $tokens_to_go[$i_opening_paren] eq '(' ) {
        $i_opening_minus = $im1 if $im1 >= 0;

        # walk back to improve length estimate
        for ( my $j = $im1 ; $j >= 0 ; $j-- ) {
            last if ( $types_to_go[$j] =~ /^[\(\[\{L\}\]\)Rb,]$/ );
            $i_opening_minus = $j;
        }
        if ( $types_to_go[$i_opening_minus] eq 'b' ) { $i_opening_minus++ }
    }
    elsif ( $typem1 eq 'k' ) { $i_opening_minus = $im1 }
    elsif ( $typem1 eq 'b' && $im2 >= 0 && $types_to_go[$im2] eq 'k' ) {
        $i_opening_minus = $im2;
    }
    return $i_opening_minus;
}

{    # begin set_comma_breakpoints_do

    my %is_keyword_with_special_leading_term;

    BEGIN {

        # These keywords have prototypes which allow a special leading item
        # followed by a list
        @_ =
          qw(formline grep kill map printf sprintf push chmod join pack unshift);
        @is_keyword_with_special_leading_term{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    sub set_comma_breakpoints_do {

        # Given a list with some commas, set breakpoints at some of the
        # commas, if necessary, to make it easy to read.  This list is
        # an example:
        my (
            $depth,               $i_opening_paren,  $i_closing_paren,
            $item_count,          $identifier_count, $rcomma_index,
            $next_nonblank_type,  $list_type,        $interrupted,
            $rdo_not_break_apart, $must_break_open,
        ) = @_;

        # nothing to do if no commas seen
        return if ( $item_count < 1 );
        my $i_first_comma     = $$rcomma_index[0];
        my $i_true_last_comma = $$rcomma_index[ $item_count - 1 ];
        my $i_last_comma      = $i_true_last_comma;
        if ( $i_last_comma >= $max_index_to_go ) {
            $i_last_comma = $$rcomma_index[ --$item_count - 1 ];
            return if ( $item_count < 1 );
        }

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # find lengths of all items in the list to calculate page layout
        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        my $comma_count = $item_count;
        my @item_lengths;
        my @i_term_begin;
        my @i_term_end;
        my @i_term_comma;
        my $i_prev_plus;
        my @max_length = ( 0, 0 );
        my $first_term_length;
        my $i      = $i_opening_paren;
        my $is_odd = 1;

        for ( my $j = 0 ; $j < $comma_count ; $j++ ) {
            $is_odd      = 1 - $is_odd;
            $i_prev_plus = $i + 1;
            $i           = $$rcomma_index[$j];

            my $i_term_end =
              ( $types_to_go[ $i - 1 ] eq 'b' ) ? $i - 2 : $i - 1;
            my $i_term_begin =
              ( $types_to_go[$i_prev_plus] eq 'b' )
              ? $i_prev_plus + 1
              : $i_prev_plus;
            push @i_term_begin, $i_term_begin;
            push @i_term_end,   $i_term_end;
            push @i_term_comma, $i;

            # note: currently adding 2 to all lengths (for comma and space)
            my $length =
              2 + token_sequence_length( $i_term_begin, $i_term_end );
            push @item_lengths, $length;

            if ( $j == 0 ) {
                $first_term_length = $length;
            }
            else {

                if ( $length > $max_length[$is_odd] ) {
                    $max_length[$is_odd] = $length;
                }
            }
        }

        # now we have to make a distinction between the comma count and item
        # count, because the item count will be one greater than the comma
        # count if the last item is not terminated with a comma
        my $i_b =
          ( $types_to_go[ $i_last_comma + 1 ] eq 'b' )
          ? $i_last_comma + 1
          : $i_last_comma;
        my $i_e =
          ( $types_to_go[ $i_closing_paren - 1 ] eq 'b' )
          ? $i_closing_paren - 2
          : $i_closing_paren - 1;
        my $i_effective_last_comma = $i_last_comma;

        my $last_item_length = token_sequence_length( $i_b + 1, $i_e );

        if ( $last_item_length > 0 ) {

            # add 2 to length because other lengths include a comma and a blank
            $last_item_length += 2;
            push @item_lengths, $last_item_length;
            push @i_term_begin, $i_b + 1;
            push @i_term_end,   $i_e;
            push @i_term_comma, undef;

            my $i_odd = $item_count % 2;

            if ( $last_item_length > $max_length[$i_odd] ) {
                $max_length[$i_odd] = $last_item_length;
            }

            $item_count++;
            $i_effective_last_comma = $i_e + 1;

            if ( $types_to_go[ $i_b + 1 ] =~ /^[iR\]]$/ ) {
                $identifier_count++;
            }
        }

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # End of length calculations
        #---------------------------------------------------------------

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # Compound List Rule 1:
        # Break at (almost) every comma for a list containing a broken
        # sublist.  This has higher priority than the Interrupted List
        # Rule.
        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        if ( $has_broken_sublist[$depth] ) {

            # Break at every comma except for a comma between two
            # simple, small terms.  This prevents long vertical
            # columns of, say, just 0's.
            my $small_length = 10;    # 2 + actual maximum length wanted

            # We'll insert a break in long runs of small terms to
            # allow alignment in uniform tables.
            my $skipped_count = 0;
            my $columns       = table_columns_available($i_first_comma);
            my $fields        = int( $columns / $small_length );
            if (   $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table
                && $fields > $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table )
            {
                $fields = $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table;
            }
            my $max_skipped_count = $fields - 1;

            my $is_simple_last_term = 0;
            my $is_simple_next_term = 0;
            foreach my $j ( 0 .. $item_count ) {
                $is_simple_last_term = $is_simple_next_term;
                $is_simple_next_term = 0;
                if (   $j < $item_count
                    && $i_term_end[$j] == $i_term_begin[$j]
                    && $item_lengths[$j] <= $small_length )
                {
                    $is_simple_next_term = 1;
                }
                next if $j == 0;
                if (   $is_simple_last_term
                    && $is_simple_next_term
                    && $skipped_count < $max_skipped_count )
                {
                    $skipped_count++;
                }
                else {
                    $skipped_count = 0;
                    my $i = $i_term_comma[ $j - 1 ];
                    last unless defined $i;
                    set_forced_breakpoint($i);
                }
            }

            # always break at the last comma if this list is
            # interrupted; we wouldn't want to leave a terminal '{', for
            # example.
            if ($interrupted) { set_forced_breakpoint($i_true_last_comma) }
            return;
        }

#my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
#print "LISTX: in set_list $a $c interupt=$interrupted count=$item_count
#i_first = $i_first_comma  i_last=$i_last_comma max=$max_index_to_go\n";
#print "depth=$depth has_broken=$has_broken_sublist[$depth] is_multi=$is_multiline opening_paren=($i_opening_paren) \n";

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # Interrupted List Rule:
        # A list is is forced to use old breakpoints if it was interrupted
        # by side comments or blank lines, or requested by user.
        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        if (   $rOpts_break_at_old_comma_breakpoints
            || $interrupted
            || $i_opening_paren < 0 )
        {
            copy_old_breakpoints( $i_first_comma, $i_true_last_comma );
            return;
        }

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # Looks like a list of items.  We have to look at it and size it up.
        #---------------------------------------------------------------

        my $opening_token = $tokens_to_go[$i_opening_paren];
        my $opening_environment =
          $container_environment_to_go[$i_opening_paren];

        #-------------------------------------------------------------------
        # Return if this will fit on one line
        #-------------------------------------------------------------------

        my $i_opening_minus = find_token_starting_list($i_opening_paren);
        return
          unless excess_line_length( $i_opening_minus, $i_closing_paren ) > 0;

        #-------------------------------------------------------------------
        # Now we know that this block spans multiple lines; we have to set
        # at least one breakpoint -- real or fake -- as a signal to break
        # open any outer containers.
        #-------------------------------------------------------------------
        set_fake_breakpoint();

        # be sure we do not extend beyond the current list length
        if ( $i_effective_last_comma >= $max_index_to_go ) {
            $i_effective_last_comma = $max_index_to_go - 1;
        }

        # Set a flag indicating if we need to break open to keep -lp
        # items aligned.  This is necessary if any of the list terms
        # exceeds the available space after the '('.
        my $need_lp_break_open = $must_break_open;
        if ( $rOpts_line_up_parentheses && !$must_break_open ) {
            my $columns_if_unbroken = $rOpts_maximum_line_length -
              total_line_length( $i_opening_minus, $i_opening_paren );
            $need_lp_break_open =
                 ( $max_length[0] > $columns_if_unbroken )
              || ( $max_length[1] > $columns_if_unbroken )
              || ( $first_term_length > $columns_if_unbroken );
        }

        # Specify if the list must have an even number of fields or not.
        # It is generally safest to assume an even number, because the
        # list items might be a hash list.  But if we can be sure that
        # it is not a hash, then we can allow an odd number for more
        # flexibility.
        my $odd_or_even = 2;    # 1 = odd field count ok, 2 = want even count

        if (   $identifier_count >= $item_count - 1
            || $is_assignment{$next_nonblank_type}
            || ( $list_type && $list_type ne '=>' && $list_type !~ /^[\:\?]$/ )
          )
        {
            $odd_or_even = 1;
        }

        # do we have a long first term which should be
        # left on a line by itself?
        my $use_separate_first_term = (
            $odd_or_even == 1       # only if we can use 1 field/line
              && $item_count > 3    # need several items
              && $first_term_length >
              2 * $max_length[0] - 2    # need long first term
              && $first_term_length >
              2 * $max_length[1] - 2    # need long first term
        );

        # or do we know from the type of list that the first term should
        # be placed alone?
        if ( !$use_separate_first_term ) {
            if ( $is_keyword_with_special_leading_term{$list_type} ) {
                $use_separate_first_term = 1;

                # should the container be broken open?
                if ( $item_count < 3 ) {
                    if ( $i_first_comma - $i_opening_paren < 4 ) {
                        $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
                    }
                }
                elsif ($first_term_length < 20
                    && $i_first_comma - $i_opening_paren < 4 )
                {
                    my $columns = table_columns_available($i_first_comma);
                    if ( $first_term_length < $columns ) {
                        $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        # if so,
        if ($use_separate_first_term) {

            # ..set a break and update starting values
            $use_separate_first_term = 1;
            set_forced_breakpoint($i_first_comma);
            $i_opening_paren = $i_first_comma;
            $i_first_comma   = $$rcomma_index[1];
            $item_count--;
            return if $comma_count == 1;
            shift @item_lengths;
            shift @i_term_begin;
            shift @i_term_end;
            shift @i_term_comma;
        }

        # if not, update the metrics to include the first term
        else {
            if ( $first_term_length > $max_length[0] ) {
                $max_length[0] = $first_term_length;
            }
        }

        # Field width parameters
        my $pair_width = ( $max_length[0] + $max_length[1] );
        my $max_width =
          ( $max_length[0] > $max_length[1] ) ? $max_length[0] : $max_length[1];

        # Number of free columns across the page width for laying out tables
        my $columns = table_columns_available($i_first_comma);

        # Estimated maximum number of fields which fit this space
        # This will be our first guess
        my $number_of_fields_max =
          maximum_number_of_fields( $columns, $odd_or_even, $max_width,
            $pair_width );
        my $number_of_fields = $number_of_fields_max;

        # Find the best-looking number of fields
        # and make this our second guess if possible
        my ( $number_of_fields_best, $ri_ragged_break_list,
            $new_identifier_count )
          = study_list_complexity( \@i_term_begin, \@i_term_end, \@item_lengths,
            $max_width );

        if (   $number_of_fields_best != 0
            && $number_of_fields_best < $number_of_fields_max )
        {
            $number_of_fields = $number_of_fields_best;
        }

        # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
        # If we are crowded and the -lp option is being used, try to
        # undo some indentation
        # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
        if (
            $rOpts_line_up_parentheses
            && (
                $number_of_fields == 0
                || (   $number_of_fields == 1
                    && $number_of_fields != $number_of_fields_best )
            )
          )
        {
            my $available_spaces = get_AVAILABLE_SPACES_to_go($i_first_comma);
            if ( $available_spaces > 0 ) {

                my $spaces_wanted = $max_width - $columns;    # for 1 field

                if ( $number_of_fields_best == 0 ) {
                    $number_of_fields_best =
                      get_maximum_fields_wanted( \@item_lengths );
                }

                if ( $number_of_fields_best != 1 ) {
                    my $spaces_wanted_2 =
                      1 + $pair_width - $columns;             # for 2 fields
                    if ( $available_spaces > $spaces_wanted_2 ) {
                        $spaces_wanted = $spaces_wanted_2;
                    }
                }

                if ( $spaces_wanted > 0 ) {
                    my $deleted_spaces =
                      reduce_lp_indentation( $i_first_comma, $spaces_wanted );

                    # redo the math
                    if ( $deleted_spaces > 0 ) {
                        $columns = table_columns_available($i_first_comma);
                        $number_of_fields_max =
                          maximum_number_of_fields( $columns, $odd_or_even,
                            $max_width, $pair_width );
                        $number_of_fields = $number_of_fields_max;

                        if (   $number_of_fields_best == 1
                            && $number_of_fields >= 1 )
                        {
                            $number_of_fields = $number_of_fields_best;
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        # try for one column if two won't work
        if ( $number_of_fields <= 0 ) {
            $number_of_fields = int( $columns / $max_width );
        }

        # The user can place an upper bound on the number of fields,
        # which can be useful for doing maintenance on tables
        if (   $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table
            && $number_of_fields > $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table )
        {
            $number_of_fields = $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table;
        }

        # How many columns (characters) and lines would this container take
        # if no additional whitespace were added?
        my $packed_columns = token_sequence_length( $i_opening_paren + 1,
            $i_effective_last_comma + 1 );
        if ( $columns <= 0 ) { $columns = 1 }    # avoid divide by zero
        my $packed_lines = 1 + int( $packed_columns / $columns );

        # are we an item contained in an outer list?
        my $in_hierarchical_list = $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\}\,]$/;

        if ( $number_of_fields <= 0 ) {

#         #---------------------------------------------------------------
#         # We're in trouble.  We can't find a single field width that works.
#         # There is no simple answer here; we may have a single long list
#         # item, or many.
#         #---------------------------------------------------------------
#
#         In many cases, it may be best to not force a break if there is just one
#         comma, because the standard continuation break logic will do a better
#         job without it.
#
#         In the common case that all but one of the terms can fit
#         on a single line, it may look better not to break open the
#         containing parens.  Consider, for example
#
#             $color =
#               join ( '/',
#                 sort { $color_value{$::a} <=> $color_value{$::b}; }
#                 keys %colors );
#
#         which will look like this with the container broken:
#
#             $color = join (
#                 '/',
#                 sort { $color_value{$::a} <=> $color_value{$::b}; } keys %colors
#             );
#
#         Here is an example of this rule for a long last term:
#
#             log_message( 0, 256, 128,
#                 "Number of routes in adj-RIB-in to be considered: $peercount" );
#
#         And here is an example with a long first term:
#
#         $s = sprintf(
# "%2d wallclock secs (%$f usr %$f sys + %$f cusr %$f csys = %$f CPU)",
#             $r, $pu, $ps, $cu, $cs, $tt
#           )
#           if $style eq 'all';

            my $i_last_comma = $$rcomma_index[ $comma_count - 1 ];
            my $long_last_term = excess_line_length( 0, $i_last_comma ) <= 0;
            my $long_first_term =
              excess_line_length( $i_first_comma + 1, $max_index_to_go ) <= 0;

            # break at every comma ...
            if (

                # if requested by user or is best looking
                $number_of_fields_best == 1

                # or if this is a sublist of a larger list
                || $in_hierarchical_list

                # or if multiple commas and we dont have a long first or last
                # term
                || ( $comma_count > 1
                    && !( $long_last_term || $long_first_term ) )
              )
            {
                foreach ( 0 .. $comma_count - 1 ) {
                    set_forced_breakpoint( $$rcomma_index[$_] );
                }
            }
            elsif ($long_last_term) {

                set_forced_breakpoint($i_last_comma);
                $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1 unless $must_break_open;
            }
            elsif ($long_first_term) {

                set_forced_breakpoint($i_first_comma);
            }
            else {

                # let breaks be defined by default bond strength logic
            }
            return;
        }

        # --------------------------------------------------------
        # We have a tentative field count that seems to work.
        # How many lines will this require?
        # --------------------------------------------------------
        my $formatted_lines = $item_count / ($number_of_fields);
        if ( $formatted_lines != int $formatted_lines ) {
            $formatted_lines = 1 + int $formatted_lines;
        }

        # So far we've been trying to fill out to the right margin.  But
        # compact tables are easier to read, so let's see if we can use fewer
        # fields without increasing the number of lines.
        $number_of_fields =
          compactify_table( $item_count, $number_of_fields, $formatted_lines,
            $odd_or_even );

        # How many spaces across the page will we fill?
        my $columns_per_line =
          ( int $number_of_fields / 2 ) * $pair_width +
          ( $number_of_fields % 2 ) * $max_width;

        my $formatted_columns;

        if ( $number_of_fields > 1 ) {
            $formatted_columns =
              ( $pair_width * ( int( $item_count / 2 ) ) +
                  ( $item_count % 2 ) * $max_width );
        }
        else {
            $formatted_columns = $max_width * $item_count;
        }
        if ( $formatted_columns < $packed_columns ) {
            $formatted_columns = $packed_columns;
        }

        my $unused_columns = $formatted_columns - $packed_columns;

        # set some empirical parameters to help decide if we should try to
        # align; high sparsity does not look good, especially with few lines
        my $sparsity = ($unused_columns) / ($formatted_columns);
        my $max_allowed_sparsity =
            ( $item_count < 3 )    ? 0.1
          : ( $packed_lines == 1 ) ? 0.15
          : ( $packed_lines == 2 ) ? 0.4
          :                          0.7;

        # Begin check for shortcut methods, which avoid treating a list
        # as a table for relatively small parenthesized lists.  These
        # are usually easier to read if not formatted as tables.
        if (
            $packed_lines <= 2    # probably can fit in 2 lines
            && $item_count < 9    # doesn't have too many items
            && $opening_environment eq 'BLOCK'    # not a sub-container
            && $opening_token       eq '('        # is paren list
          )
        {

            # Shortcut method 1: for -lp and just one comma:
            # This is a no-brainer, just break at the comma.
            if (
                $rOpts_line_up_parentheses        # -lp
                && $item_count == 2               # two items, one comma
                && !$must_break_open
              )
            {
                my $i_break = $$rcomma_index[0];
                set_forced_breakpoint($i_break);
                $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
                set_non_alignment_flags( $comma_count, $rcomma_index );
                return;

            }

            # method 2 is for most small ragged lists which might look
            # best if not displayed as a table.
            if (
                ( $number_of_fields == 2 && $item_count == 3 )
                || (
                    $new_identifier_count > 0    # isn't all quotes
                    && $sparsity > 0.15
                )    # would be fairly spaced gaps if aligned
              )
            {

                my $break_count = set_ragged_breakpoints( \@i_term_comma,
                    $ri_ragged_break_list );
                ++$break_count if ($use_separate_first_term);

                # NOTE: we should really use the true break count here,
                # which can be greater if there are large terms and
                # little space, but usually this will work well enough.
                unless ($must_break_open) {

                    if ( $break_count <= 1 ) {
                        $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
                    }
                    elsif ( $rOpts_line_up_parentheses && !$need_lp_break_open )
                    {
                        $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
                    }
                }
                set_non_alignment_flags( $comma_count, $rcomma_index );
                return;
            }

        }    # end shortcut methods

        # debug stuff

        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_SPARSE && do {
            print
"SPARSE:cols=$columns commas=$comma_count items:$item_count ids=$identifier_count pairwidth=$pair_width fields=$number_of_fields lines packed: $packed_lines packed_cols=$packed_columns fmtd:$formatted_lines cols /line:$columns_per_line  unused:$unused_columns fmtd:$formatted_columns sparsity=$sparsity allow=$max_allowed_sparsity\n";

        };

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # Compound List Rule 2:
        # If this list is too long for one line, and it is an item of a
        # larger list, then we must format it, regardless of sparsity
        # (ian.t).  One reason that we have to do this is to trigger
        # Compound List Rule 1, above, which causes breaks at all commas of
        # all outer lists.  In this way, the structure will be properly
        # displayed.
        #---------------------------------------------------------------

        # Decide if this list is too long for one line unless broken
        my $total_columns = table_columns_available($i_opening_paren);
        my $too_long      = $packed_columns > $total_columns;

        # For a paren list, include the length of the token just before the
        # '(' because this is likely a sub call, and we would have to
        # include the sub name on the same line as the list.  This is still
        # imprecise, but not too bad.  (steve.t)
        if ( !$too_long && $i_opening_paren > 0 && $opening_token eq '(' ) {

            $too_long = excess_line_length( $i_opening_minus,
                $i_effective_last_comma + 1 ) > 0;
        }

        # FIXME: For an item after a '=>', try to include the length of the
        # thing before the '=>'.  This is crude and should be improved by
        # actually looking back token by token.
        if ( !$too_long && $i_opening_paren > 0 && $list_type eq '=>' ) {
            my $i_opening_minus = $i_opening_paren - 4;
            if ( $i_opening_minus >= 0 ) {
                $too_long = excess_line_length( $i_opening_minus,
                    $i_effective_last_comma + 1 ) > 0;
            }
        }

        # Always break lists contained in '[' and '{' if too long for 1 line,
        # and always break lists which are too long and part of a more complex
        # structure.
        my $must_break_open_container = $must_break_open
          || ( $too_long
            && ( $in_hierarchical_list || $opening_token ne '(' ) );

#print "LISTX: next=$next_nonblank_type  avail cols=$columns packed=$packed_columns must format = $must_break_open_container too-long=$too_long  opening=$opening_token list_type=$list_type formatted_lines=$formatted_lines  packed=$packed_lines max_sparsity= $max_allowed_sparsity sparsity=$sparsity \n";

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # The main decision:
        # Now decide if we will align the data into aligned columns.  Do not
        # attempt to align columns if this is a tiny table or it would be
        # too spaced.  It seems that the more packed lines we have, the
        # sparser the list that can be allowed and still look ok.
        #---------------------------------------------------------------

        if (   ( $formatted_lines < 3 && $packed_lines < $formatted_lines )
            || ( $formatted_lines < 2 )
            || ( $unused_columns > $max_allowed_sparsity * $formatted_columns )
          )
        {

            #---------------------------------------------------------------
            # too sparse: would look ugly if aligned in a table;
            #---------------------------------------------------------------

            # use old breakpoints if this is a 'big' list
            # FIXME: goal is to improve set_ragged_breakpoints so that
            # this is not necessary.
            if ( $packed_lines > 2 && $item_count > 10 ) {
                write_logfile_entry("List sparse: using old breakpoints\n");
                copy_old_breakpoints( $i_first_comma, $i_last_comma );
            }

            # let the continuation logic handle it if 2 lines
            else {

                my $break_count = set_ragged_breakpoints( \@i_term_comma,
                    $ri_ragged_break_list );
                ++$break_count if ($use_separate_first_term);

                unless ($must_break_open_container) {
                    if ( $break_count <= 1 ) {
                        $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
                    }
                    elsif ( $rOpts_line_up_parentheses && !$need_lp_break_open )
                    {
                        $$rdo_not_break_apart = 1;
                    }
                }
                set_non_alignment_flags( $comma_count, $rcomma_index );
            }
            return;
        }

        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        # go ahead and format as a table
        #---------------------------------------------------------------
        write_logfile_entry(
            "List: auto formatting with $number_of_fields fields/row\n");

        my $j_first_break =
          $use_separate_first_term ? $number_of_fields : $number_of_fields - 1;

        for (
            my $j = $j_first_break ;
            $j < $comma_count ;
            $j += $number_of_fields
          )
        {
            my $i = $$rcomma_index[$j];
            set_forced_breakpoint($i);
        }
        return;
    }
}

sub set_non_alignment_flags {

    # set flag which indicates that these commas should not be
    # aligned
    my ( $comma_count, $rcomma_index ) = @_;
    foreach ( 0 .. $comma_count - 1 ) {
        $matching_token_to_go[ $$rcomma_index[$_] ] = 1;
    }
}

sub study_list_complexity {

    # Look for complex tables which should be formatted with one term per line.
    # Returns the following:
    #
    #  \@i_ragged_break_list = list of good breakpoints to avoid lines
    #    which are hard to read
    #  $number_of_fields_best = suggested number of fields based on
    #    complexity; = 0 if any number may be used.
    #
    my ( $ri_term_begin, $ri_term_end, $ritem_lengths, $max_width ) = @_;
    my $item_count            = @{$ri_term_begin};
    my $complex_item_count    = 0;
    my $number_of_fields_best = $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table;
    my $i_max                 = @{$ritem_lengths} - 1;
    ##my @item_complexity;

    my $i_last_last_break = -3;
    my $i_last_break      = -2;
    my @i_ragged_break_list;

    my $definitely_complex = 30;
    my $definitely_simple  = 12;
    my $quote_count        = 0;

    for my $i ( 0 .. $i_max ) {
        my $ib = $ri_term_begin->[$i];
        my $ie = $ri_term_end->[$i];

        # define complexity: start with the actual term length
        my $weighted_length = ( $ritem_lengths->[$i] - 2 );

        ##TBD: join types here and check for variations
        ##my $str=join "", @tokens_to_go[$ib..$ie];

        my $is_quote = 0;
        if ( $types_to_go[$ib] =~ /^[qQ]$/ ) {
            $is_quote = 1;
            $quote_count++;
        }
        elsif ( $types_to_go[$ib] =~ /^[w\-]$/ ) {
            $quote_count++;
        }

        if ( $ib eq $ie ) {
            if ( $is_quote && $tokens_to_go[$ib] =~ /\s/ ) {
                $complex_item_count++;
                $weighted_length *= 2;
            }
            else {
            }
        }
        else {
            if ( grep { $_ eq 'b' } @types_to_go[ $ib .. $ie ] ) {
                $complex_item_count++;
                $weighted_length *= 2;
            }
            if ( grep { $_ eq '..' } @types_to_go[ $ib .. $ie ] ) {
                $weighted_length += 4;
            }
        }

        # add weight for extra tokens.
        $weighted_length += 2 * ( $ie - $ib );

##        my $BUB = join '', @tokens_to_go[$ib..$ie];
##        print "# COMPLEXITY:$weighted_length   $BUB\n";

##push @item_complexity, $weighted_length;

        # now mark a ragged break after this item it if it is 'long and
        # complex':
        if ( $weighted_length >= $definitely_complex ) {

            # if we broke after the previous term
            # then break before it too
            if (   $i_last_break == $i - 1
                && $i > 1
                && $i_last_last_break != $i - 2 )
            {

                ## FIXME: don't strand a small term
                pop @i_ragged_break_list;
                push @i_ragged_break_list, $i - 2;
                push @i_ragged_break_list, $i - 1;
            }

            push @i_ragged_break_list, $i;
            $i_last_last_break = $i_last_break;
            $i_last_break      = $i;
        }

        # don't break before a small last term -- it will
        # not look good on a line by itself.
        elsif ($i == $i_max
            && $i_last_break == $i - 1
            && $weighted_length <= $definitely_simple )
        {
            pop @i_ragged_break_list;
        }
    }

    my $identifier_count = $i_max + 1 - $quote_count;

    # Need more tuning here..
    if (   $max_width > 12
        && $complex_item_count > $item_count / 2
        && $number_of_fields_best != 2 )
    {
        $number_of_fields_best = 1;
    }

    return ( $number_of_fields_best, \@i_ragged_break_list, $identifier_count );
}

sub get_maximum_fields_wanted {

    # Not all tables look good with more than one field of items.
    # This routine looks at a table and decides if it should be
    # formatted with just one field or not.
    # This coding is still under development.
    my ($ritem_lengths) = @_;

    my $number_of_fields_best = 0;

    # For just a few items, we tentatively assume just 1 field.
    my $item_count = @{$ritem_lengths};
    if ( $item_count <= 5 ) {
        $number_of_fields_best = 1;
    }

    # For larger tables, look at it both ways and see what looks best
    else {

        my $is_odd            = 1;
        my @max_length        = ( 0, 0 );
        my @last_length_2     = ( undef, undef );
        my @first_length_2    = ( undef, undef );
        my $last_length       = undef;
        my $total_variation_1 = 0;
        my $total_variation_2 = 0;
        my @total_variation_2 = ( 0, 0 );
        for ( my $j = 0 ; $j < $item_count ; $j++ ) {

            $is_odd = 1 - $is_odd;
            my $length = $ritem_lengths->[$j];
            if ( $length > $max_length[$is_odd] ) {
                $max_length[$is_odd] = $length;
            }

            if ( defined($last_length) ) {
                my $dl = abs( $length - $last_length );
                $total_variation_1 += $dl;
            }
            $last_length = $length;

            my $ll = $last_length_2[$is_odd];
            if ( defined($ll) ) {
                my $dl = abs( $length - $ll );
                $total_variation_2[$is_odd] += $dl;
            }
            else {
                $first_length_2[$is_odd] = $length;
            }
            $last_length_2[$is_odd] = $length;
        }
        $total_variation_2 = $total_variation_2[0] + $total_variation_2[1];

        my $factor = ( $item_count > 10 ) ? 1 : ( $item_count > 5 ) ? 0.75 : 0;
        unless ( $total_variation_2 < $factor * $total_variation_1 ) {
            $number_of_fields_best = 1;
        }
    }
    return ($number_of_fields_best);
}

sub table_columns_available {
    my $i_first_comma = shift;
    my $columns =
      $rOpts_maximum_line_length - leading_spaces_to_go($i_first_comma);

    # Patch: the vertical formatter does not line up lines whose lengths
    # exactly equal the available line length because of allowances
    # that must be made for side comments.  Therefore, the number of
    # available columns is reduced by 1 character.
    $columns -= 1;
    return $columns;
}

sub maximum_number_of_fields {

    # how many fields will fit in the available space?
    my ( $columns, $odd_or_even, $max_width, $pair_width ) = @_;
    my $max_pairs        = int( $columns / $pair_width );
    my $number_of_fields = $max_pairs * 2;
    if (   $odd_or_even == 1
        && $max_pairs * $pair_width + $max_width <= $columns )
    {
        $number_of_fields++;
    }
    return $number_of_fields;
}

sub compactify_table {

    # given a table with a certain number of fields and a certain number
    # of lines, see if reducing the number of fields will make it look
    # better.
    my ( $item_count, $number_of_fields, $formatted_lines, $odd_or_even ) = @_;
    if ( $number_of_fields >= $odd_or_even * 2 && $formatted_lines > 0 ) {
        my $min_fields;

        for (
            $min_fields = $number_of_fields ;
            $min_fields >= $odd_or_even
            && $min_fields * $formatted_lines >= $item_count ;
            $min_fields -= $odd_or_even
          )
        {
            $number_of_fields = $min_fields;
        }
    }
    return $number_of_fields;
}

sub set_ragged_breakpoints {

    # Set breakpoints in a list that cannot be formatted nicely as a
    # table.
    my ( $ri_term_comma, $ri_ragged_break_list ) = @_;

    my $break_count = 0;
    foreach (@$ri_ragged_break_list) {
        my $j = $ri_term_comma->[$_];
        if ($j) {
            set_forced_breakpoint($j);
            $break_count++;
        }
    }
    return $break_count;
}

sub copy_old_breakpoints {
    my ( $i_first_comma, $i_last_comma ) = @_;
    for my $i ( $i_first_comma .. $i_last_comma ) {
        if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$i] ) {
            set_forced_breakpoint($i);
        }
    }
}

sub set_nobreaks {
    my ( $i, $j ) = @_;
    if ( $i >= 0 && $i <= $j && $j <= $max_index_to_go ) {

        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_NOBREAK && do {
            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
            print(
"NOBREAK: forced_breakpoint $forced_breakpoint_count from $a $c with i=$i max=$max_index_to_go type=$types_to_go[$i]\n"
            );
        };

        @nobreak_to_go[ $i .. $j ] = (1) x ( $j - $i + 1 );
    }

    # shouldn't happen; non-critical error
    else {
        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_NOBREAK && do {
            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
            print(
"NOBREAK ERROR: from $a $c with i=$i j=$j max=$max_index_to_go\n"
            );
        };
    }
}

sub set_fake_breakpoint {

    # Just bump up the breakpoint count as a signal that there are breaks.
    # This is useful if we have breaks but may want to postpone deciding where
    # to make them.
    $forced_breakpoint_count++;
}

sub set_forced_breakpoint {
    my $i = shift;

    return unless defined $i && $i >= 0;

    # when called with certain tokens, use bond strengths to decide
    # if we break before or after it
    my $token = $tokens_to_go[$i];

    if ( $token =~ /^([\=\.\,\:\?]|and|or|xor|&&|\|\|)$/ ) {
        if ( $want_break_before{$token} && $i >= 0 ) { $i-- }
    }

    # breaks are forced before 'if' and 'unless'
    elsif ( $is_if_unless{$token} ) { $i-- }

    if ( $i >= 0 && $i <= $max_index_to_go ) {
        my $i_nonblank = ( $types_to_go[$i] ne 'b' ) ? $i : $i - 1;

        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FORCE && do {
            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
            print
"FORCE forced_breakpoint $forced_breakpoint_count from $a $c with i=$i_nonblank max=$max_index_to_go tok=$tokens_to_go[$i_nonblank] type=$types_to_go[$i_nonblank] nobr=$nobreak_to_go[$i_nonblank]\n";
        };

        if ( $i_nonblank >= 0 && $nobreak_to_go[$i_nonblank] == 0 ) {
            $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$i_nonblank] = 1;

            if ( $i_nonblank > $index_max_forced_break ) {
                $index_max_forced_break = $i_nonblank;
            }
            $forced_breakpoint_count++;
            $forced_breakpoint_undo_stack[ $forced_breakpoint_undo_count++ ] =
              $i_nonblank;

            # if we break at an opening container..break at the closing
            if ( $tokens_to_go[$i_nonblank] =~ /^[\{\[\(\?]$/ ) {
                set_closing_breakpoint($i_nonblank);
            }
        }
    }
}

sub clear_breakpoint_undo_stack {
    $forced_breakpoint_undo_count = 0;
}

sub undo_forced_breakpoint_stack {

    my $i_start = shift;
    if ( $i_start < 0 ) {
        $i_start = 0;
        my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
        warning(
"Program Bug: undo_forced_breakpoint_stack from $a $c has i=$i_start "
        );
    }

    while ( $forced_breakpoint_undo_count > $i_start ) {
        my $i =
          $forced_breakpoint_undo_stack[ --$forced_breakpoint_undo_count ];
        if ( $i >= 0 && $i <= $max_index_to_go ) {
            $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$i] = 0;
            $forced_breakpoint_count--;

            FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_UNDOBP && do {
                my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
                print(
"UNDOBP: undo forced_breakpoint i=$i $forced_breakpoint_undo_count from $a $c max=$max_index_to_go\n"
                );
            };
        }

        # shouldn't happen, but not a critical error
        else {
            FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_UNDOBP && do {
                my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
                print(
"Program Bug: undo_forced_breakpoint from $a $c has i=$i but max=$max_index_to_go"
                );
            };
        }
    }
}

{    # begin recombine_breakpoints

    my %is_amp_amp;
    my %is_ternary;
    my %is_math_op;

    BEGIN {

        @_ = qw( && || );
        @is_amp_amp{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

        @_ = qw( ? : );
        @is_ternary{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

        @_ = qw( + - * / );
        @is_math_op{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    sub recombine_breakpoints {

        # sub set_continuation_breaks is very liberal in setting line breaks
        # for long lines, always setting breaks at good breakpoints, even
        # when that creates small lines.  Occasionally small line fragments
        # are produced which would look better if they were combined.
        # That's the task of this routine, recombine_breakpoints.
        #
        # $ri_beg = ref to array of BEGinning indexes of each line
        # $ri_end = ref to array of ENDing indexes of each line
        my ( $ri_beg, $ri_end ) = @_;

        my $more_to_do = 1;

        # We keep looping over all of the lines of this batch
        # until there are no more possible recombinations
        my $nmax_last = @$ri_end;
        while ($more_to_do) {
            my $n_best = 0;
            my $bs_best;
            my $n;
            my $nmax = @$ri_end - 1;

            # safety check for infinite loop
            unless ( $nmax < $nmax_last ) {

            # shouldn't happen because splice below decreases nmax on each pass:
            # but i get paranoid sometimes
                die "Program bug-infinite loop in recombine breakpoints\n";
            }
            $nmax_last  = $nmax;
            $more_to_do = 0;
            my $previous_outdentable_closing_paren;
            my $leading_amp_count = 0;
            my $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated;

            # loop over all remaining lines in this batch
            for $n ( 1 .. $nmax ) {

                #----------------------------------------------------------
                # If we join the current pair of lines,
                # line $n-1 will become the left part of the joined line
                # line $n will become the right part of the joined line
                #
                # Here are Indexes of the endpoint tokens of the two lines:
                #
                #  -----line $n-1--- | -----line $n-----
                #  $ibeg_1   $iend_1 | $ibeg_2   $iend_2
                #                    ^
                #                    |
                # We want to decide if we should remove the line break
                # betwen the tokens at $iend_1 and $ibeg_2
                #
                # We will apply a number of ad-hoc tests to see if joining
                # here will look ok.  The code will just issue a 'next'
                # command if the join doesn't look good.  If we get through
                # the gauntlet of tests, the lines will be recombined.
                #----------------------------------------------------------
                #
                # beginning and ending tokens of the lines we are working on
                my $ibeg_1 = $$ri_beg[ $n - 1 ];
                my $iend_1 = $$ri_end[ $n - 1 ];
                my $iend_2 = $$ri_end[$n];
                my $ibeg_2 = $$ri_beg[$n];

                my $ibeg_nmax = $$ri_beg[$nmax];

                # some beginning indexes of other lines, which may not exist
                my $ibeg_0 = $n > 1          ? $$ri_beg[ $n - 2 ] : -1;
                my $ibeg_3 = $n < $nmax      ? $$ri_beg[ $n + 1 ] : -1;
                my $ibeg_4 = $n + 2 <= $nmax ? $$ri_beg[ $n + 2 ] : -1;

                my $bs_tweak = 0;

                #my $depth_increase=( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_2] -
                #        $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_1] );

##print "RECOMBINE: n=$n imid=$iend_1 if=$ibeg_1 type=$types_to_go[$ibeg_1] =$tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] next_type=$types_to_go[$ibeg_2] next_tok=$tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2]\n";

                # If line $n is the last line, we set some flags and
                # do any special checks for it
                if ( $n == $nmax ) {

                    # a terminal '{' should stay where it is
                    next if $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq '{';

                    # set flag if statement $n ends in ';'
                    $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated =
                      $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq ';'

                      # with possible side comment
                      || ( $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq '#'
                        && $iend_2 - $ibeg_2 >= 2
                        && $types_to_go[ $iend_2 - 2 ] eq ';'
                        && $types_to_go[ $iend_2 - 1 ] eq 'b' );
                }

                #----------------------------------------------------------
                # Section 1: examine token at $iend_1 (right end of first line
                # of pair)
                #----------------------------------------------------------

                # an isolated '}' may join with a ';' terminated segment
                if ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq '}' ) {

                    # Check for cases where combining a semicolon terminated
                    # statement with a previous isolated closing paren will
                    # allow the combined line to be outdented.  This is
                    # generally a good move.  For example, we can join up
                    # the last two lines here:
                    #  (
                    #      $dev,  $ino,   $mode,  $nlink, $uid,     $gid, $rdev,
                    #      $size, $atime, $mtime, $ctime, $blksize, $blocks
                    #    )
                    #    = stat($file);
                    #
                    # to get:
                    #  (
                    #      $dev,  $ino,   $mode,  $nlink, $uid,     $gid, $rdev,
                    #      $size, $atime, $mtime, $ctime, $blksize, $blocks
                    #  ) = stat($file);
                    #
                    # which makes the parens line up.
                    #
                    # Another example, from Joe Matarazzo, probably looks best
                    # with the 'or' clause appended to the trailing paren:
                    #  $self->some_method(
                    #      PARAM1 => 'foo',
                    #      PARAM2 => 'bar'
                    #  ) or die "Some_method didn't work";
                    #
                    $previous_outdentable_closing_paren =
                      $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated    # ends in ';'
                      && $ibeg_1 == $iend_1    # only one token on last line
                      && $tokens_to_go[$iend_1] eq
                      ')'                      # must be structural paren

                      # only &&, ||, and : if no others seen
                      # (but note: our count made below could be wrong
                      # due to intervening comments)
                      && ( $leading_amp_count == 0
                        || $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] !~ /^(:|\&\&|\|\|)$/ )

                      # but leading colons probably line up with with a
                      # previous colon or question (count could be wrong).
                      && $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] ne ':'

                      # only one step in depth allowed.  this line must not
                      # begin with a ')' itself.
                      && ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$iend_1] ==
                        $nesting_depth_to_go[$iend_2] + 1 );

                    # YVES patch 2 of 2:
                    # Allow cuddled eval chains, like this:
                    #   eval {
                    #       #STUFF;
                    #       1; # return true
                    #   } or do {
                    #       #handle error
                    #   };
                    # This patch works together with a patch in
                    # setting adjusted indentation (where the closing eval
                    # brace is outdented if possible).
                    # The problem is that an 'eval' block has continuation
                    # indentation and it looks better to undo it in some
                    # cases.  If we do not use this patch we would get:
                    #   eval {
                    #       #STUFF;
                    #       1; # return true
                    #       }
                    #       or do {
                    #       #handle error
                    #     };
                    # The alternative, for uncuddled style, is to create
                    # a patch in set_adjusted_indentation which undoes
                    # the indentation of a leading line like 'or do {'.
                    # This doesn't work well with -icb through
                    if (
                           $block_type_to_go[$iend_1] eq 'eval'
                        && !$rOpts->{'line-up-parentheses'}
                        && !$rOpts->{'indent-closing-brace'}
                        && $tokens_to_go[$iend_2] eq '{'
                        && (
                            ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] =~ /^(|\&\&|\|\|)$/ )
                            || (   $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'k'
                                && $is_and_or{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] } )
                            || $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] }
                        )
                      )
                    {
                        $previous_outdentable_closing_paren ||= 1;
                    }

                    next
                      unless (
                        $previous_outdentable_closing_paren

                        # handle '.' and '?' specially below
                        || ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] =~ /^[\.\?]$/ )
                      );
                }

                # YVES
                # honor breaks at opening brace
                # Added to prevent recombining something like this:
                #  } || eval { package main;
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq '{' ) {
                    next if $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1];
                }

                # do not recombine lines with ending &&, ||,
                elsif ( $is_amp_amp{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {
                    next unless $want_break_before{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] };
                }

                # keep a terminal colon
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq ':' ) {
                    next unless $want_break_before{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] };
                }

                # Identify and recombine a broken ?/: chain
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq '?' ) {

                    # Do not recombine different levels
                    next
                      if ( $levels_to_go[$ibeg_1] ne $levels_to_go[$ibeg_2] );

                    # do not recombine unless next line ends in :
                    next unless $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq ':';
                }

                # for lines ending in a comma...
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq ',' ) {

                    # Do not recombine at comma which is following the
                    # input bias.
                    # TODO: might be best to make a special flag
                    next if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] );

                 # an isolated '},' may join with an identifier + ';'
                 # this is useful for the class of a 'bless' statement (bless.t)
                    if (   $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq '}'
                        && $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'i' )
                    {
                        next
                          unless ( ( $ibeg_1 == ( $iend_1 - 1 ) )
                            && ( $iend_2 == ( $ibeg_2 + 1 ) )
                            && $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated );

                        # override breakpoint
                        $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0;
                    }

                    # but otherwise ..
                    else {

                        # do not recombine after a comma unless this will leave
                        # just 1 more line
                        next unless ( $n + 1 >= $nmax );

                    # do not recombine if there is a change in indentation depth
                        next
                          if (
                            $levels_to_go[$iend_1] != $levels_to_go[$iend_2] );

                        # do not recombine a "complex expression" after a
                        # comma.  "complex" means no parens.
                        my $saw_paren;
                        foreach my $ii ( $ibeg_2 .. $iend_2 ) {
                            if ( $tokens_to_go[$ii] eq '(' ) {
                                $saw_paren = 1;
                                last;
                            }
                        }
                        next if $saw_paren;
                    }
                }

                # opening paren..
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq '(' ) {

                    # No longer doing this
                }

                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq ')' ) {

                    # No longer doing this
                }

                # keep a terminal for-semicolon
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq 'f' ) {
                    next;
                }

                # if '=' at end of line ...
                elsif ( $is_assignment{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {

                    my $is_short_quote =
                      (      $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'Q'
                          && $ibeg_2 == $iend_2
                          && length( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] ) <
                          $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length );
                    my $is_ternary =
                      ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq '?'
                          && ( $ibeg_3 >= 0 && $types_to_go[$ibeg_3] eq ':' ) );

                    # always join an isolated '=', a short quote, or if this
                    # will put ?/: at start of adjacent lines
                    if (   $ibeg_1 != $iend_1
                        && !$is_short_quote
                        && !$is_ternary )
                    {
                        next
                          unless (
                            (

                                # unless we can reduce this to two lines
                                $nmax < $n + 2

                             # or three lines, the last with a leading semicolon
                                || (   $nmax == $n + 2
                                    && $types_to_go[$ibeg_nmax] eq ';' )

                                # or the next line ends with a here doc
                                || $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq 'h'

                               # or the next line ends in an open paren or brace
                               # and the break hasn't been forced [dima.t]
                                || (  !$forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1]
                                    && $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq '{' )
                            )

                            # do not recombine if the two lines might align well
                            # this is a very approximate test for this
                            && (   $ibeg_3 >= 0
                                && $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] ne
                                $types_to_go[$ibeg_3] )
                          );

                        # -lp users often prefer this:
                        #  my $title = function($env, $env, $sysarea,
                        #                       "bubba Borrower Entry");
                        #  so we will recombine if -lp is used we have ending
                        #  comma
                        if (  !$rOpts_line_up_parentheses
                            || $types_to_go[$iend_2] ne ',' )
                        {

                           # otherwise, scan the rhs line up to last token for
                           # complexity.  Note that we are not counting the last
                           # token in case it is an opening paren.
                            my $tv    = 0;
                            my $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_2];
                            for ( my $i = $ibeg_2 + 1 ; $i < $iend_2 ; $i++ ) {
                                if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] != $depth ) {
                                    $tv++;
                                    last if ( $tv > 1 );
                                }
                                $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[$i];
                            }

                         # ok to recombine if no level changes before last token
                            if ( $tv > 0 ) {

                                # otherwise, do not recombine if more than two
                                # level changes.
                                next if ( $tv > 1 );

                              # check total complexity of the two adjacent lines
                              # that will occur if we do this join
                                my $istop =
                                  ( $n < $nmax ) ? $$ri_end[ $n + 1 ] : $iend_2;
                                for ( my $i = $iend_2 ; $i <= $istop ; $i++ ) {
                                    if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] != $depth ) {
                                        $tv++;
                                        last if ( $tv > 2 );
                                    }
                                    $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[$i];
                                }

                        # do not recombine if total is more than 2 level changes
                                next if ( $tv > 2 );
                            }
                        }
                    }

                    unless ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] =~ /^[\{\(\[]$/ ) {
                        $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0;
                    }
                }

                # for keywords..
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq 'k' ) {

                    # make major control keywords stand out
                    # (recombine.t)
                    next
                      if (

                        #/^(last|next|redo|return)$/
                        $is_last_next_redo_return{ $tokens_to_go[$iend_1] }

                        # but only if followed by multiple lines
                        && $n < $nmax
                      );

                    if ( $is_and_or{ $tokens_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {
                        next
                          unless $want_break_before{ $tokens_to_go[$iend_1] };
                    }
                }

                # handle trailing + - * /
                elsif ( $is_math_op{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {

                    # combine lines if next line has single number
                    # or a short term followed by same operator
                    my $i_next_nonblank = $ibeg_2;
                    my $i_next_next     = $i_next_nonblank + 1;
                    $i_next_next++ if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_next] eq 'b' );
                    my $number_follows = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'n'
                      && (
                        $i_next_nonblank == $iend_2
                        || (   $i_next_next == $iend_2
                            && $is_math_op{ $types_to_go[$i_next_next] } )
                        || $types_to_go[$i_next_next] eq ';'
                      );

                    # find token before last operator of previous line
                    my $iend_1_minus = $iend_1;
                    $iend_1_minus--
                      if ( $iend_1_minus > $ibeg_1 );
                    $iend_1_minus--
                      if ( $types_to_go[$iend_1_minus] eq 'b'
                        && $iend_1_minus > $ibeg_1 );

                    my $short_term_follows =
                      (      $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq $types_to_go[$iend_1]
                          && $types_to_go[$iend_1_minus] =~ /^[in]$/
                          && $iend_2 <= $ibeg_2 + 2
                          && length( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] ) <
                          $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length );

                    next
                      unless ( $number_follows || $short_term_follows );
                }

                #----------------------------------------------------------
                # Section 2: Now examine token at $ibeg_2 (left end of second
                # line of pair)
                #----------------------------------------------------------

                # join lines identified above as capable of
                # causing an outdented line with leading closing paren
                if ($previous_outdentable_closing_paren) {
                    $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0;
                }

                # do not recombine lines with leading :
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq ':' ) {
                    $leading_amp_count++;
                    next if $want_break_before{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] };
                }

                # handle lines with leading &&, ||
                elsif ( $is_amp_amp{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {

                    $leading_amp_count++;

                    # ok to recombine if it follows a ? or :
                    # and is followed by an open paren..
                    my $ok =
                      (      $is_ternary{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] }
                          && $tokens_to_go[$iend_2] eq '(' )

                    # or is followed by a ? or : at same depth
                    #
                    # We are looking for something like this. We can
                    # recombine the && line with the line above to make the
                    # structure more clear:
                    #  return
                    #    exists $G->{Attr}->{V}
                    #    && exists $G->{Attr}->{V}->{$u}
                    #    ? %{ $G->{Attr}->{V}->{$u} }
                    #    : ();
                    #
                    # We should probably leave something like this alone:
                    #  return
                    #       exists $G->{Attr}->{E}
                    #    && exists $G->{Attr}->{E}->{$u}
                    #    && exists $G->{Attr}->{E}->{$u}->{$v}
                    #    ? %{ $G->{Attr}->{E}->{$u}->{$v} }
                    #    : ();
                    # so that we either have all of the &&'s (or ||'s)
                    # on one line, as in the first example, or break at
                    # each one as in the second example.  However, it
                    # sometimes makes things worse to check for this because
                    # it prevents multiple recombinations.  So this is not done.
                      || ( $ibeg_3 >= 0
                        && $is_ternary{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_3] }
                        && $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_3] ==
                        $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_2] );

                    next if !$ok && $want_break_before{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] };
                    $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0;

                    # tweak the bond strength to give this joint priority
                    # over ? and :
                    $bs_tweak = 0.25;
                }

                # Identify and recombine a broken ?/: chain
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq '?' ) {

                    # Do not recombine different levels
                    my $lev = $levels_to_go[$ibeg_2];
                    next if ( $lev ne $levels_to_go[$ibeg_1] );

                    # Do not recombine a '?' if either next line or
                    # previous line does not start with a ':'.  The reasons
                    # are that (1) no alignment of the ? will be possible
                    # and (2) the expression is somewhat complex, so the
                    # '?' is harder to see in the interior of the line.
                    my $follows_colon =
                      $ibeg_1 >= 0 && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq ':';
                    my $precedes_colon =
                      $ibeg_3 >= 0 && $types_to_go[$ibeg_3] eq ':';
                    next unless ( $follows_colon || $precedes_colon );

                    # we will always combining a ? line following a : line
                    if ( !$follows_colon ) {

                        # ...otherwise recombine only if it looks like a chain.
                        # we will just look at a few nearby lines to see if
                        # this looks like a chain.
                        my $local_count = 0;
                        foreach my $ii ( $ibeg_0, $ibeg_1, $ibeg_3, $ibeg_4 ) {
                            $local_count++
                              if $ii >= 0
                                  && $types_to_go[$ii] eq ':'
                                  && $levels_to_go[$ii] == $lev;
                        }
                        next unless ( $local_count > 1 );
                    }
                    $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0;
                }

                # do not recombine lines with leading '.'
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] =~ /^(\.)$/ ) {
                    my $i_next_nonblank = $ibeg_2 + 1;
                    if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'b' ) {
                        $i_next_nonblank++;
                    }

                    next
                      unless (

                   # ... unless there is just one and we can reduce
                   # this to two lines if we do.  For example, this
                   #
                   #
                   #  $bodyA .=
                   #    '($dummy, $pat) = &get_next_tex_cmd;' . '$args .= $pat;'
                   #
                   #  looks better than this:
                   #  $bodyA .= '($dummy, $pat) = &get_next_tex_cmd;'
                   #    . '$args .= $pat;'

                        (
                               $n == 2
                            && $n == $nmax
                            && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] ne $types_to_go[$ibeg_2]
                        )

                        #  ... or this would strand a short quote , like this
                        #                . "some long qoute"
                        #                . "\n";
                        || (   $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'Q'
                            && $i_next_nonblank >= $iend_2 - 1
                            && length( $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] ) <
                            $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length )
                      );
                }

                # handle leading keyword..
                elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'k' ) {

                    # handle leading "or"
                    if ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'or' ) {
                        next
                          unless (
                            $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated
                            && (

                                # following 'if' or 'unless' or 'or'
                                $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'k'
                                && $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] }

                                # important: only combine a very simple or
                                # statement because the step below may have
                                # combined a trailing 'and' with this or,
                                # and we do not want to then combine
                                # everything together
                                && ( $iend_2 - $ibeg_2 <= 7 )
                            )
                          );
                    }

                    # handle leading 'and'
                    elsif ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'and' ) {

                        # Decide if we will combine a single terminal 'and'
                        # after an 'if' or 'unless'.

                        #     This looks best with the 'and' on the same
                        #     line as the 'if':
                        #
                        #         $a = 1
                        #           if $seconds and $nu < 2;
                        #
                        #     But this looks better as shown:
                        #
                        #         $a = 1
                        #           if !$this->{Parents}{$_}
                        #           or $this->{Parents}{$_} eq $_;
                        #
                        next
                          unless (
                            $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated
                            && (

                                # following 'if' or 'unless' or 'or'
                                $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'k'
                                && (   $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] }
                                    || $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'or' )
                            )
                          );
                    }

                    # handle leading "if" and "unless"
                    elsif ( $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {

                      # FIXME: This is still experimental..may not be too useful
                        next
                          unless (
                            $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated

                            #  previous line begins with 'and' or 'or'
                            && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'k'
                            && $is_and_or{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] }

                          );
                    }

                    # handle all other leading keywords
                    else {

                        # keywords look best at start of lines,
                        # but combine things like "1 while"
                        unless ( $is_assignment{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {
                            next
                              if ( ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] ne 'k' )
                                && ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] ne 'while' ) );
                        }
                    }
                }

                # similar treatment of && and || as above for 'and' and 'or':
                # NOTE: This block of code is currently bypassed because
                # of a previous block but is retained for possible future use.
                elsif ( $is_amp_amp{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {

                    # maybe looking at something like:
                    # unless $TEXTONLY || $item =~ m%|p>|a|img)%i;

                    next
                      unless (
                        $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated

                        # previous line begins with an 'if' or 'unless' keyword
                        && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'k'
                        && $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] }

                      );
                }

                # handle leading + - * /
                elsif ( $is_math_op{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {
                    my $i_next_nonblank = $ibeg_2 + 1;
                    if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'b' ) {
                        $i_next_nonblank++;
                    }

                    my $i_next_next = $i_next_nonblank + 1;
                    $i_next_next++ if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_next] eq 'b' );

                    my $is_number = (
                        $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'n'
                          && ( $i_next_nonblank >= $iend_2 - 1
                            || $types_to_go[$i_next_next] eq ';' )
                    );

                    my $iend_1_nonblank =
                      $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq 'b' ? $iend_1 - 1 : $iend_1;
                    my $iend_2_nonblank =
                      $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq 'b' ? $iend_2 - 1 : $iend_2;

                    my $is_short_term =
                      (      $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq $types_to_go[$ibeg_1]
                          && $types_to_go[$iend_2_nonblank] =~ /^[in]$/
                          && $types_to_go[$iend_1_nonblank] =~ /^[in]$/
                          && $iend_2_nonblank <= $ibeg_2 + 2
                          && length( $tokens_to_go[$iend_2_nonblank] ) <
                          $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length );

                    # Combine these lines if this line is a single
                    # number, or if it is a short term with same
                    # operator as the previous line.  For example, in
                    # the following code we will combine all of the
                    # short terms $A, $B, $C, $D, $E, $F, together
                    # instead of leaving them one per line:
                    #  my $time =
                    #    $A * $B * $C * $D * $E * $F *
                    #    ( 2. * $eps * $sigma * $area ) *
                    #    ( 1. / $tcold**3 - 1. / $thot**3 );
                    # This can be important in math-intensive code.
                    next
                      unless (
                           $is_number
                        || $is_short_term

                        # or if we can reduce this to two lines if we do.
                        || (   $n == 2
                            && $n == $nmax
                            && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] ne $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] )
                      );
                }

                # handle line with leading = or similar
                elsif ( $is_assignment{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {
                    next unless $n == 1;
                    next
                      unless (

                        # unless we can reduce this to two lines
                        $nmax == 2

                        # or three lines, the last with a leading semicolon
                        || ( $nmax == 3 && $types_to_go[$ibeg_nmax] eq ';' )

                        # or the next line ends with a here doc
                        || $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq 'h'
                      );
                }

                #----------------------------------------------------------
                # Section 3:
                # Combine the lines if we arrive here and it is possible
                #----------------------------------------------------------

                # honor hard breakpoints
                next if ( $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] > 0 );

                my $bs = $bond_strength_to_go[$iend_1] + $bs_tweak;

                # combined line cannot be too long
                next
                  if excess_line_length( $ibeg_1, $iend_2 ) > 0;

                # do not recombine if we would skip in indentation levels
                if ( $n < $nmax ) {
                    my $if_next = $$ri_beg[ $n + 1 ];
                    next
                      if (
                           $levels_to_go[$ibeg_1] < $levels_to_go[$ibeg_2]
                        && $levels_to_go[$ibeg_2] < $levels_to_go[$if_next]

                        # but an isolated 'if (' is undesirable
                        && !(
                               $n == 1
                            && $iend_1 - $ibeg_1 <= 2
                            && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1]  eq 'k'
                            && $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'if'
                            && $tokens_to_go[$iend_1] ne '('
                        )
                      );
                }

                # honor no-break's
                next if ( $bs == NO_BREAK );

                # remember the pair with the greatest bond strength
                if ( !$n_best ) {
                    $n_best  = $n;
                    $bs_best = $bs;
                }
                else {

                    if ( $bs > $bs_best ) {
                        $n_best  = $n;
                        $bs_best = $bs;
                    }
                }
            }

            # recombine the pair with the greatest bond strength
            if ($n_best) {
                splice @$ri_beg, $n_best, 1;
                splice @$ri_end, $n_best - 1, 1;

                # keep going if we are still making progress
                $more_to_do++;
            }
        }
        return ( $ri_beg, $ri_end );
    }
}    # end recombine_breakpoints

sub break_all_chain_tokens {

    # scan the current breakpoints looking for breaks at certain "chain
    # operators" (. : && || + etc) which often occur repeatedly in a long
    # statement.  If we see a break at any one, break at all similar tokens
    # within the same container.
    #
    my ( $ri_left, $ri_right ) = @_;

    my %saw_chain_type;
    my %left_chain_type;
    my %right_chain_type;
    my %interior_chain_type;
    my $nmax = @$ri_right - 1;

    # scan the left and right end tokens of all lines
    my $count = 0;
    for my $n ( 0 .. $nmax ) {
        my $il    = $$ri_left[$n];
        my $ir    = $$ri_right[$n];
        my $typel = $types_to_go[$il];
        my $typer = $types_to_go[$ir];
        $typel = '+' if ( $typel eq '-' );    # treat + and - the same
        $typer = '+' if ( $typer eq '-' );
        $typel = '*' if ( $typel eq '/' );    # treat * and / the same
        $typer = '*' if ( $typer eq '/' );
        my $tokenl = $tokens_to_go[$il];
        my $tokenr = $tokens_to_go[$ir];

        if ( $is_chain_operator{$tokenl} && $want_break_before{$typel} ) {
            next if ( $typel eq '?' );
            push @{ $left_chain_type{$typel} }, $il;
            $saw_chain_type{$typel} = 1;
            $count++;
        }
        if ( $is_chain_operator{$tokenr} && !$want_break_before{$typer} ) {
            next if ( $typer eq '?' );
            push @{ $right_chain_type{$typer} }, $ir;
            $saw_chain_type{$typer} = 1;
            $count++;
        }
    }
    return unless $count;

    # now look for any interior tokens of the same types
    $count = 0;
    for my $n ( 0 .. $nmax ) {
        my $il = $$ri_left[$n];
        my $ir = $$ri_right[$n];
        for ( my $i = $il + 1 ; $i < $ir ; $i++ ) {
            my $type = $types_to_go[$i];
            $type = '+' if ( $type eq '-' );
            $type = '*' if ( $type eq '/' );
            if ( $saw_chain_type{$type} ) {
                push @{ $interior_chain_type{$type} }, $i;
                $count++;
            }
        }
    }
    return unless $count;

    # now make a list of all new break points
    my @insert_list;

    # loop over all chain types
    foreach my $type ( keys %saw_chain_type ) {

        # quit if just ONE continuation line with leading .  For example--
        # print LATEXFILE '\framebox{\parbox[c][' . $h . '][t]{' . $w . '}{'
        #  . $contents;
        last if ( $nmax == 1 && $type =~ /^[\.\+]$/ );

        # loop over all interior chain tokens
        foreach my $itest ( @{ $interior_chain_type{$type} } ) {

            # loop over all left end tokens of same type
            if ( $left_chain_type{$type} ) {
                next if $nobreak_to_go[ $itest - 1 ];
                foreach my $i ( @{ $left_chain_type{$type} } ) {
                    next unless in_same_container( $i, $itest );
                    push @insert_list, $itest - 1;

                    # Break at matching ? if this : is at a different level.
                    # For example, the ? before $THRf_DEAD in the following
                    # should get a break if its : gets a break.
                    #
                    # my $flags =
                    #     ( $_ & 1 ) ? ( $_ & 4 ) ? $THRf_DEAD : $THRf_ZOMBIE
                    #   : ( $_ & 4 ) ? $THRf_R_DETACHED
                    #   :              $THRf_R_JOINABLE;
                    if (   $type eq ':'
                        && $levels_to_go[$i] != $levels_to_go[$itest] )
                    {
                        my $i_question = $mate_index_to_go[$itest];
                        if ( $i_question > 0 ) {
                            push @insert_list, $i_question - 1;
                        }
                    }
                    last;
                }
            }

            # loop over all right end tokens of same type
            if ( $right_chain_type{$type} ) {
                next if $nobreak_to_go[$itest];
                foreach my $i ( @{ $right_chain_type{$type} } ) {
                    next unless in_same_container( $i, $itest );
                    push @insert_list, $itest;

                    # break at matching ? if this : is at a different level
                    if (   $type eq ':'
                        && $levels_to_go[$i] != $levels_to_go[$itest] )
                    {
                        my $i_question = $mate_index_to_go[$itest];
                        if ( $i_question >= 0 ) {
                            push @insert_list, $i_question;
                        }
                    }
                    last;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    # insert any new break points
    if (@insert_list) {
        insert_additional_breaks( \@insert_list, $ri_left, $ri_right );
    }
}

sub break_equals {

    # Look for assignment operators that could use a breakpoint.
    # For example, in the following snippet
    #
    #    $HOME = $ENV{HOME}
    #      || $ENV{LOGDIR}
    #      || $pw[7]
    #      || die "no home directory for user $<";
    #
    # we could break at the = to get this, which is a little nicer:
    #    $HOME =
    #         $ENV{HOME}
    #      || $ENV{LOGDIR}
    #      || $pw[7]
    #      || die "no home directory for user $<";
    #
    # The logic here follows the logic in set_logical_padding, which
    # will add the padding in the second line to improve alignment.
    #
    my ( $ri_left, $ri_right ) = @_;
    my $nmax = @$ri_right - 1;
    return unless ( $nmax >= 2 );

    # scan the left ends of first two lines
    my $tokbeg = "";
    my $depth_beg;
    for my $n ( 1 .. 2 ) {
        my $il     = $$ri_left[$n];
        my $typel  = $types_to_go[$il];
        my $tokenl = $tokens_to_go[$il];

        my $has_leading_op = ( $tokenl =~ /^\w/ )
          ? $is_chain_operator{$tokenl}    # + - * / : ? && ||
          : $is_chain_operator{$typel};    # and, or
        return unless ($has_leading_op);
        if ( $n > 1 ) {
            return
              unless ( $tokenl eq $tokbeg
                && $nesting_depth_to_go[$il] eq $depth_beg );
        }
        $tokbeg    = $tokenl;
        $depth_beg = $nesting_depth_to_go[$il];
    }

    # now look for any interior tokens of the same types
    my $il = $$ri_left[0];
    my $ir = $$ri_right[0];

    # now make a list of all new break points
    my @insert_list;
    for ( my $i = $ir - 1 ; $i > $il ; $i-- ) {
        my $type = $types_to_go[$i];
        if (   $is_assignment{$type}
            && $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] eq $depth_beg )
        {
            if ( $want_break_before{$type} ) {
                push @insert_list, $i - 1;
            }
            else {
                push @insert_list, $i;
            }
        }
    }

    # Break after a 'return' followed by a chain of operators
    #  return ( $^O !~ /win32|dos/i )
    #    && ( $^O ne 'VMS' )
    #    && ( $^O ne 'OS2' )
    #    && ( $^O ne 'MacOS' );
    # To give:
    #  return
    #       ( $^O !~ /win32|dos/i )
    #    && ( $^O ne 'VMS' )
    #    && ( $^O ne 'OS2' )
    #    && ( $^O ne 'MacOS' );
    my $i = 0;
    if (   $types_to_go[$i] eq 'k'
        && $tokens_to_go[$i] eq 'return'
        && $ir > $il
        && $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] eq $depth_beg )
    {
        push @insert_list, $i;
    }

    return unless (@insert_list);

    # One final check...
    # scan second and thrid lines and be sure there are no assignments
    # we want to avoid breaking at an = to make something like this:
    #    unless ( $icon =
    #           $html_icons{"$type-$state"}
    #        or $icon = $html_icons{$type}
    #        or $icon = $html_icons{$state} )
    for my $n ( 1 .. 2 ) {
        my $il = $$ri_left[$n];
        my $ir = $$ri_right[$n];
        for ( my $i = $il + 1 ; $i <= $ir ; $i++ ) {
            my $type = $types_to_go[$i];
            return
              if ( $is_assignment{$type}
                && $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] eq $depth_beg );
        }
    }

    # ok, insert any new break point
    if (@insert_list) {
        insert_additional_breaks( \@insert_list, $ri_left, $ri_right );
    }
}

sub insert_final_breaks {

    my ( $ri_left, $ri_right ) = @_;

    my $nmax = @$ri_right - 1;

    # scan the left and right end tokens of all lines
    my $count         = 0;
    my $i_first_colon = -1;
    for my $n ( 0 .. $nmax ) {
        my $il    = $$ri_left[$n];
        my $ir    = $$ri_right[$n];
        my $typel = $types_to_go[$il];
        my $typer = $types_to_go[$ir];
        return if ( $typel eq '?' );
        return if ( $typer eq '?' );
        if    ( $typel eq ':' ) { $i_first_colon = $il; last; }
        elsif ( $typer eq ':' ) { $i_first_colon = $ir; last; }
    }

    # For long ternary chains,
    # if the first : we see has its # ? is in the interior
    # of a preceding line, then see if there are any good
    # breakpoints before the ?.
    if ( $i_first_colon > 0 ) {
        my $i_question = $mate_index_to_go[$i_first_colon];
        if ( $i_question > 0 ) {
            my @insert_list;
            for ( my $ii = $i_question - 1 ; $ii >= 0 ; $ii -= 1 ) {
                my $token = $tokens_to_go[$ii];
                my $type  = $types_to_go[$ii];

                # For now, a good break is either a comma or a 'return'.
                if ( ( $type eq ',' || $type eq 'k' && $token eq 'return' )
                    && in_same_container( $ii, $i_question ) )
                {
                    push @insert_list, $ii;
                    last;
                }
            }

            # insert any new break points
            if (@insert_list) {
                insert_additional_breaks( \@insert_list, $ri_left, $ri_right );
            }
        }
    }
}

sub in_same_container {

    # check to see if tokens at i1 and i2 are in the
    # same container, and not separated by a comma, ? or :
    my ( $i1, $i2 ) = @_;
    my $type  = $types_to_go[$i1];
    my $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[$i1];
    return unless ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i2] == $depth );
    if ( $i2 < $i1 ) { ( $i1, $i2 ) = ( $i2, $i1 ) }

    ###########################################################
    # This is potentially a very slow routine and not critical.
    # For safety just give up for large differences.
    # See test file 'infinite_loop.txt'
    # TODO: replace this loop with a data structure
    ###########################################################
    return if ( $i2 - $i1 > 200 );

    for ( my $i = $i1 + 1 ; $i < $i2 ; $i++ ) {
        next   if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] > $depth );
        return if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i] < $depth );

        my $tok = $tokens_to_go[$i];
        $tok = ',' if $tok eq '=>';    # treat => same as ,

        # Example: we would not want to break at any of these .'s
        #  : "$str"
        if ( $type ne ':' ) {
            return if ( $tok =~ /^[\,\:\?]$/ ) || $tok eq '||' || $tok eq 'or';
        }
        else {
            return if ( $tok =~ /^[\,]$/ );
        }
    }
    return 1;
}

sub set_continuation_breaks {

    # Define an array of indexes for inserting newline characters to
    # keep the line lengths below the maximum desired length.  There is
    # an implied break after the last token, so it need not be included.

    # Method:
    # This routine is part of series of routines which adjust line
    # lengths.  It is only called if a statement is longer than the
    # maximum line length, or if a preliminary scanning located
    # desirable break points.   Sub scan_list has already looked at
    # these tokens and set breakpoints (in array
    # $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$i]) where it wants breaks (for example
    # after commas, after opening parens, and before closing parens).
    # This routine will honor these breakpoints and also add additional
    # breakpoints as necessary to keep the line length below the maximum
    # requested.  It bases its decision on where the 'bond strength' is
    # lowest.

    # Output: returns references to the arrays:
    #  @i_first
    #  @i_last
    # which contain the indexes $i of the first and last tokens on each
    # line.

    # In addition, the array:
    #   $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$i]
    # may be updated to be =1 for any index $i after which there must be
    # a break.  This signals later routines not to undo the breakpoint.

    my $saw_good_break = shift;
    my @i_first        = ();      # the first index to output
    my @i_last         = ();      # the last index to output
    my @i_colon_breaks = ();      # needed to decide if we have to break at ?'s
    if ( $types_to_go[0] eq ':' ) { push @i_colon_breaks, 0 }

    set_bond_strengths();

    my $imin = 0;
    my $imax = $max_index_to_go;
    if ( $types_to_go[$imin] eq 'b' ) { $imin++ }
    if ( $types_to_go[$imax] eq 'b' ) { $imax-- }
    my $i_begin = $imin;          # index for starting next iteration

    my $leading_spaces          = leading_spaces_to_go($imin);
    my $line_count              = 0;
    my $last_break_strength     = NO_BREAK;
    my $i_last_break            = -1;
    my $max_bias                = 0.001;
    my $tiny_bias               = 0.0001;
    my $leading_alignment_token = "";
    my $leading_alignment_type  = "";

    # see if any ?/:'s are in order
    my $colons_in_order = 1;
    my $last_tok        = "";
    my @colon_list  = grep /^[\?\:]$/, @tokens_to_go[ 0 .. $max_index_to_go ];
    my $colon_count = @colon_list;
    foreach (@colon_list) {
        if ( $_ eq $last_tok ) { $colons_in_order = 0; last }
        $last_tok = $_;
    }

    # This is a sufficient but not necessary condition for colon chain
    my $is_colon_chain = ( $colons_in_order && @colon_list > 2 );

    #-------------------------------------------------------
    # BEGINNING of main loop to set continuation breakpoints
    # Keep iterating until we reach the end
    #-------------------------------------------------------
    while ( $i_begin <= $imax ) {
        my $lowest_strength        = NO_BREAK;
        my $starting_sum           = $lengths_to_go[$i_begin];
        my $i_lowest               = -1;
        my $i_test                 = -1;
        my $lowest_next_token      = '';
        my $lowest_next_type       = 'b';
        my $i_lowest_next_nonblank = -1;

        #-------------------------------------------------------
        # BEGINNING of inner loop to find the best next breakpoint
        #-------------------------------------------------------
        for ( $i_test = $i_begin ; $i_test <= $imax ; $i_test++ ) {
            my $type       = $types_to_go[$i_test];
            my $token      = $tokens_to_go[$i_test];
            my $next_type  = $types_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ];
            my $next_token = $tokens_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ];
            my $i_next_nonblank =
              ( ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ? $i_test + 2 : $i_test + 1 );
            my $next_nonblank_type       = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
            my $next_nonblank_token      = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
            my $next_nonblank_block_type = $block_type_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
            my $strength                 = $bond_strength_to_go[$i_test];
            my $must_break               = 0;

            # FIXME: TESTING: Might want to be able to break after these
            # force an immediate break at certain operators
            # with lower level than the start of the line
            if (
                (
                    $next_nonblank_type =~ /^(\.|\&\&|\|\|)$/
                    || (   $next_nonblank_type eq 'k'
                        && $next_nonblank_token =~ /^(and|or)$/ )
                )
                && ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_begin] >
                    $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] )
              )
            {
                set_forced_breakpoint($i_next_nonblank);
            }

            if (

                # Try to put a break where requested by scan_list
                $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$i_test]

                # break between ) { in a continued line so that the '{' can
                # be outdented
                # See similar logic in scan_list which catches instances
                # where a line is just something like ') {'
                || (   $line_count
                    && ( $token              eq ')' )
                    && ( $next_nonblank_type eq '{' )
                    && ($next_nonblank_block_type)
                    && !$rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'} )

                # There is an implied forced break at a terminal opening brace
                || ( ( $type eq '{' ) && ( $i_test == $imax ) )
              )
            {

                # Forced breakpoints must sometimes be overridden, for example
                # because of a side comment causing a NO_BREAK.  It is easier
                # to catch this here than when they are set.
                if ( $strength < NO_BREAK ) {
                    $strength   = $lowest_strength - $tiny_bias;
                    $must_break = 1;
                }
            }

            # quit if a break here would put a good terminal token on
            # the next line and we already have a possible break
            if (
                   !$must_break
                && ( $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\;\,]$/ )
                && (
                    (
                        $leading_spaces +
                        $lengths_to_go[ $i_next_nonblank + 1 ] -
                        $starting_sum
                    ) > $rOpts_maximum_line_length
                )
              )
            {
                last if ( $i_lowest >= 0 );
            }

            # Avoid a break which would strand a single punctuation
            # token.  For example, we do not want to strand a leading
            # '.' which is followed by a long quoted string.
            if (
                   !$must_break
                && ( $i_test == $i_begin )
                && ( $i_test < $imax )
                && ( $token eq $type )
                && (
                    (
                        $leading_spaces +
                        $lengths_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ] -
                        $starting_sum
                    ) <= $rOpts_maximum_line_length
                )
              )
            {
                $i_test++;

                if ( ( $i_test < $imax ) && ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ) {
                    $i_test++;
                }
                redo;
            }

            if ( ( $strength <= $lowest_strength ) && ( $strength < NO_BREAK ) )
            {

                # break at previous best break if it would have produced
                # a leading alignment of certain common tokens, and it
                # is different from the latest candidate break
                last
                  if ($leading_alignment_type);

                # Force at least one breakpoint if old code had good
                # break It is only called if a breakpoint is required or
                # desired.  This will probably need some adjustments
                # over time.  A goal is to try to be sure that, if a new
                # side comment is introduced into formated text, then
                # the same breakpoints will occur.  scbreak.t
                last
                  if (
                    $i_test == $imax                # we are at the end
                    && !$forced_breakpoint_count    #
                    && $saw_good_break              # old line had good break
                    && $type =~ /^[#;\{]$/          # and this line ends in
                                                    # ';' or side comment
                    && $i_last_break < 0        # and we haven't made a break
                    && $i_lowest > 0            # and we saw a possible break
                    && $i_lowest < $imax - 1    # (but not just before this ;)
                    && $strength - $lowest_strength < 0.5 * WEAK # and it's good
                  );

                $lowest_strength        = $strength;
                $i_lowest               = $i_test;
                $lowest_next_token      = $next_nonblank_token;
                $lowest_next_type       = $next_nonblank_type;
                $i_lowest_next_nonblank = $i_next_nonblank;
                last if $must_break;

                # set flags to remember if a break here will produce a
                # leading alignment of certain common tokens
                if (   $line_count > 0
                    && $i_test < $imax
                    && ( $lowest_strength - $last_break_strength <= $max_bias )
                  )
                {
                    my $i_last_end = $i_begin - 1;
                    if ( $types_to_go[$i_last_end] eq 'b' ) { $i_last_end -= 1 }
                    my $tok_beg  = $tokens_to_go[$i_begin];
                    my $type_beg = $types_to_go[$i_begin];
                    if (

                        # check for leading alignment of certain tokens
                        (
                               $tok_beg eq $next_nonblank_token
                            && $is_chain_operator{$tok_beg}
                            && (   $type_beg eq 'k'
                                || $type_beg eq $tok_beg )
                            && $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_begin] >=
                            $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_next_nonblank]
                        )

                        || (   $tokens_to_go[$i_last_end] eq $token
                            && $is_chain_operator{$token}
                            && ( $type eq 'k' || $type eq $token )
                            && $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_last_end] >=
                            $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_test] )
                      )
                    {
                        $leading_alignment_token = $next_nonblank_token;
                        $leading_alignment_type  = $next_nonblank_type;
                    }
                }
            }

            my $too_long =
              ( $i_test >= $imax )
              ? 1
              : (
                (
                    $leading_spaces +
                      $lengths_to_go[ $i_test + 2 ] -
                      $starting_sum
                ) > $rOpts_maximum_line_length
              );

            FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BREAK
              && print
"BREAK: testing i = $i_test imax=$imax $types_to_go[$i_test] $next_nonblank_type leading sp=($leading_spaces) next length = $lengths_to_go[$i_test+2] too_long=$too_long str=$strength\n";

            # allow one extra terminal token after exceeding line length
            # if it would strand this token.
            if (   $rOpts_fuzzy_line_length
                && $too_long
                && ( $i_lowest == $i_test )
                && ( length($token) > 1 )
                && ( $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\;\,]$/ ) )
            {
                $too_long = 0;
            }

            last
              if (
                ( $i_test == $imax )    # we're done if no more tokens,
                || (
                    ( $i_lowest >= 0 )    # or no more space and we have a break
                    && $too_long
                )
              );
        }

        #-------------------------------------------------------
        # END of inner loop to find the best next breakpoint
        # Now decide exactly where to put the breakpoint
        #-------------------------------------------------------

        # it's always ok to break at imax if no other break was found
        if ( $i_lowest < 0 ) { $i_lowest = $imax }

        # semi-final index calculation
        my $i_next_nonblank = (
            ( $types_to_go[ $i_lowest + 1 ] eq 'b' )
            ? $i_lowest + 2
            : $i_lowest + 1
        );
        my $next_nonblank_type  = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
        my $next_nonblank_token = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];

        #-------------------------------------------------------
        # ?/: rule 1 : if a break here will separate a '?' on this
        # line from its closing ':', then break at the '?' instead.
        #-------------------------------------------------------
        my $i;
        foreach $i ( $i_begin + 1 .. $i_lowest - 1 ) {
            next unless ( $tokens_to_go[$i] eq '?' );

            # do not break if probable sequence of ?/: statements
            next if ($is_colon_chain);

            # do not break if statement is broken by side comment
            next
              if (
                $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq '#'
                && terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, 0,
                    $max_index_to_go ) !~ /^[\;\}]$/
              );

            # no break needed if matching : is also on the line
            next
              if ( $mate_index_to_go[$i] >= 0
                && $mate_index_to_go[$i] <= $i_next_nonblank );

            $i_lowest = $i;
            if ( $want_break_before{'?'} ) { $i_lowest-- }
            last;
        }

        #-------------------------------------------------------
        # END of inner loop to find the best next breakpoint:
        # Break the line after the token with index i=$i_lowest
        #-------------------------------------------------------

        # final index calculation
        $i_next_nonblank = (
            ( $types_to_go[ $i_lowest + 1 ] eq 'b' )
            ? $i_lowest + 2
            : $i_lowest + 1
        );
        $next_nonblank_type  = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
        $next_nonblank_token = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];

        FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BREAK
          && print "BREAK: best is i = $i_lowest strength = $lowest_strength\n";

        #-------------------------------------------------------
        # ?/: rule 2 : if we break at a '?', then break at its ':'
        #
        # Note: this rule is also in sub scan_list to handle a break
        # at the start and end of a line (in case breaks are dictated
        # by side comments).
        #-------------------------------------------------------
        if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '?' ) {
            set_closing_breakpoint($i_next_nonblank);
        }
        elsif ( $types_to_go[$i_lowest] eq '?' ) {
            set_closing_breakpoint($i_lowest);
        }

        #-------------------------------------------------------
        # ?/: rule 3 : if we break at a ':' then we save
        # its location for further work below.  We may need to go
        # back and break at its '?'.
        #-------------------------------------------------------
        if ( $next_nonblank_type eq ':' ) {
            push @i_colon_breaks, $i_next_nonblank;
        }
        elsif ( $types_to_go[$i_lowest] eq ':' ) {
            push @i_colon_breaks, $i_lowest;
        }

        # here we should set breaks for all '?'/':' pairs which are
        # separated by this line

        $line_count++;

        # save this line segment, after trimming blanks at the ends
        push( @i_first,
            ( $types_to_go[$i_begin] eq 'b' ) ? $i_begin + 1 : $i_begin );
        push( @i_last,
            ( $types_to_go[$i_lowest] eq 'b' ) ? $i_lowest - 1 : $i_lowest );

        # set a forced breakpoint at a container opening, if necessary, to
        # signal a break at a closing container.  Excepting '(' for now.
        if ( $tokens_to_go[$i_lowest] =~ /^[\{\[]$/
            && !$forced_breakpoint_to_go[$i_lowest] )
        {
            set_closing_breakpoint($i_lowest);
        }

        # get ready to go again
        $i_begin                 = $i_lowest + 1;
        $last_break_strength     = $lowest_strength;
        $i_last_break            = $i_lowest;
        $leading_alignment_token = "";
        $leading_alignment_type  = "";
        $lowest_next_token       = '';
        $lowest_next_type        = 'b';

        if ( ( $i_begin <= $imax ) && ( $types_to_go[$i_begin] eq 'b' ) ) {
            $i_begin++;
        }

        # update indentation size
        if ( $i_begin <= $imax ) {
            $leading_spaces = leading_spaces_to_go($i_begin);
        }
    }

    #-------------------------------------------------------
    # END of main loop to set continuation breakpoints
    # Now go back and make any necessary corrections
    #-------------------------------------------------------

    #-------------------------------------------------------
    # ?/: rule 4 -- if we broke at a ':', then break at
    # corresponding '?' unless this is a chain of ?: expressions
    #-------------------------------------------------------
    if (@i_colon_breaks) {

        # using a simple method for deciding if we are in a ?/: chain --
        # this is a chain if it has multiple ?/: pairs all in order;
        # otherwise not.
        # Note that if line starts in a ':' we count that above as a break
        my $is_chain = ( $colons_in_order && @i_colon_breaks > 1 );

        unless ($is_chain) {
            my @insert_list = ();
            foreach (@i_colon_breaks) {
                my $i_question = $mate_index_to_go[$_];
                if ( $i_question >= 0 ) {
                    if ( $want_break_before{'?'} ) {
                        $i_question--;
                        if (   $i_question > 0
                            && $types_to_go[$i_question] eq 'b' )
                        {
                            $i_question--;
                        }
                    }

                    if ( $i_question >= 0 ) {
                        push @insert_list, $i_question;
                    }
                }
                insert_additional_breaks( \@insert_list, \@i_first, \@i_last );
            }
        }
    }
    return ( \@i_first, \@i_last, $colon_count );
}

sub insert_additional_breaks {

    # this routine will add line breaks at requested locations after
    # sub set_continuation_breaks has made preliminary breaks.

    my ( $ri_break_list, $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
    my $i_f;
    my $i_l;
    my $line_number = 0;
    my $i_break_left;
    foreach $i_break_left ( sort { $a <=> $b } @$ri_break_list ) {

        $i_f = $$ri_first[$line_number];
        $i_l = $$ri_last[$line_number];
        while ( $i_break_left >= $i_l ) {
            $line_number++;

            # shouldn't happen unless caller passes bad indexes
            if ( $line_number >= @$ri_last ) {
                warning(
"Non-fatal program bug: couldn't set break at $i_break_left\n"
                );
                report_definite_bug();
                return;
            }
            $i_f = $$ri_first[$line_number];
            $i_l = $$ri_last[$line_number];
        }

        my $i_break_right = $i_break_left + 1;
        if ( $types_to_go[$i_break_right] eq 'b' ) { $i_break_right++ }

        if (   $i_break_left >= $i_f
            && $i_break_left < $i_l
            && $i_break_right > $i_f
            && $i_break_right <= $i_l )
        {
            splice( @$ri_first, $line_number, 1, ( $i_f, $i_break_right ) );
            splice( @$ri_last, $line_number, 1, ( $i_break_left, $i_l ) );
        }
    }
}

sub set_closing_breakpoint {

    # set a breakpoint at a matching closing token
    # at present, this is only used to break at a ':' which matches a '?'
    my $i_break = shift;

    if ( $mate_index_to_go[$i_break] >= 0 ) {

        # CAUTION: infinite recursion possible here:
        #   set_closing_breakpoint calls set_forced_breakpoint, and
        #   set_forced_breakpoint call set_closing_breakpoint
        #   ( test files attrib.t, BasicLyx.pm.html).
        # Don't reduce the '2' in the statement below
        if ( $mate_index_to_go[$i_break] > $i_break + 2 ) {

            # break before } ] and ), but sub set_forced_breakpoint will decide
            # to break before or after a ? and :
            my $inc = ( $tokens_to_go[$i_break] eq '?' ) ? 0 : 1;
            set_forced_breakpoint( $mate_index_to_go[$i_break] - $inc );
        }
    }
    else {
        my $type_sequence = $type_sequence_to_go[$i_break];
        if ($type_sequence) {
            my $closing_token = $matching_token{ $tokens_to_go[$i_break] };
            $postponed_breakpoint{$type_sequence} = 1;
        }
    }
}

# check to see if output line tabbing agrees with input line
# this can be very useful for debugging a script which has an extra
# or missing brace
sub compare_indentation_levels {

    my ( $python_indentation_level, $structural_indentation_level ) = @_;
    if ( ( $python_indentation_level ne $structural_indentation_level ) ) {
        $last_tabbing_disagreement = $input_line_number;

        if ($in_tabbing_disagreement) {
        }
        else {
            $tabbing_disagreement_count++;

            if ( $tabbing_disagreement_count <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
                write_logfile_entry(
"Start indentation disagreement: input=$python_indentation_level; output=$structural_indentation_level\n"
                );
            }
            $in_tabbing_disagreement    = $input_line_number;
            $first_tabbing_disagreement = $in_tabbing_disagreement
              unless ($first_tabbing_disagreement);
        }
    }
    else {

        if ($in_tabbing_disagreement) {

            if ( $tabbing_disagreement_count <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
                write_logfile_entry(
"End indentation disagreement from input line $in_tabbing_disagreement\n"
                );

                if ( $tabbing_disagreement_count == MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
                    write_logfile_entry(
                        "No further tabbing disagreements will be noted\n");
                }
            }
            $in_tabbing_disagreement = 0;
        }
    }
}

#####################################################################
#
# the Perl::Tidy::IndentationItem class supplies items which contain
# how much whitespace should be used at the start of a line
#
#####################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::IndentationItem;

# Indexes for indentation items
use constant SPACES             => 0;     # total leading white spaces
use constant LEVEL              => 1;     # the indentation 'level'
use constant CI_LEVEL           => 2;     # the 'continuation level'
use constant AVAILABLE_SPACES   => 3;     # how many left spaces available
                                          # for this level
use constant CLOSED             => 4;     # index where we saw closing '}'
use constant COMMA_COUNT        => 5;     # how many commas at this level?
use constant SEQUENCE_NUMBER    => 6;     # output batch number
use constant INDEX              => 7;     # index in output batch list
use constant HAVE_CHILD         => 8;     # any dependents?
use constant RECOVERABLE_SPACES => 9;     # how many spaces to the right
                                          # we would like to move to get
                                          # alignment (negative if left)
use constant ALIGN_PAREN        => 10;    # do we want to try to align
                                          # with an opening structure?
use constant MARKED             => 11;    # if visited by corrector logic
use constant STACK_DEPTH        => 12;    # indentation nesting depth
use constant STARTING_INDEX     => 13;    # first token index of this level
use constant ARROW_COUNT        => 14;    # how many =>'s

sub new {

    # Create an 'indentation_item' which describes one level of leading
    # whitespace when the '-lp' indentation is used.  We return
    # a reference to an anonymous array of associated variables.
    # See above constants for storage scheme.
    my (
        $class,               $spaces,           $level,
        $ci_level,            $available_spaces, $index,
        $gnu_sequence_number, $align_paren,      $stack_depth,
        $starting_index,
    ) = @_;
    my $closed            = -1;
    my $arrow_count       = 0;
    my $comma_count       = 0;
    my $have_child        = 0;
    my $want_right_spaces = 0;
    my $marked            = 0;
    bless [
        $spaces,              $level,          $ci_level,
        $available_spaces,    $closed,         $comma_count,
        $gnu_sequence_number, $index,          $have_child,
        $want_right_spaces,   $align_paren,    $marked,
        $stack_depth,         $starting_index, $arrow_count,
    ], $class;
}

sub permanently_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES {

    # make a permanent reduction in the available indentation spaces
    # at one indentation item.  NOTE: if there are child nodes, their
    # total SPACES must be reduced by the caller.

    my ( $item, $spaces_needed ) = @_;
    my $available_spaces = $item->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES();
    my $deleted_spaces =
      ( $available_spaces > $spaces_needed )
      ? $spaces_needed
      : $available_spaces;
    $item->decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
    $item->decrease_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
    $item->set_RECOVERABLE_SPACES(0);

    return $deleted_spaces;
}

sub tentatively_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES {

    # We are asked to tentatively delete $spaces_needed of indentation
    # for a indentation item.  We may want to undo this later.  NOTE: if
    # there are child nodes, their total SPACES must be reduced by the
    # caller.
    my ( $item, $spaces_needed ) = @_;
    my $available_spaces = $item->get_AVAILABLE_SPACES();
    my $deleted_spaces =
      ( $available_spaces > $spaces_needed )
      ? $spaces_needed
      : $available_spaces;
    $item->decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
    $item->decrease_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
    $item->increase_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($deleted_spaces);
    return $deleted_spaces;
}

sub get_STACK_DEPTH {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[STACK_DEPTH];
}

sub get_SPACES {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[SPACES];
}

sub get_MARKED {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[MARKED];
}

sub set_MARKED {
    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
    if ( defined($value) ) {
        $self->[MARKED] = $value;
    }
    return $self->[MARKED];
}

sub get_AVAILABLE_SPACES {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[AVAILABLE_SPACES];
}

sub decrease_SPACES {
    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
    if ( defined($value) ) {
        $self->[SPACES] -= $value;
    }
    return $self->[SPACES];
}

sub decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES {
    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
    if ( defined($value) ) {
        $self->[AVAILABLE_SPACES] -= $value;
    }
    return $self->[AVAILABLE_SPACES];
}

sub get_ALIGN_PAREN {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[ALIGN_PAREN];
}

sub get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[RECOVERABLE_SPACES];
}

sub set_RECOVERABLE_SPACES {
    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
    if ( defined($value) ) {
        $self->[RECOVERABLE_SPACES] = $value;
    }
    return $self->[RECOVERABLE_SPACES];
}

sub increase_RECOVERABLE_SPACES {
    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
    if ( defined($value) ) {
        $self->[RECOVERABLE_SPACES] += $value;
    }
    return $self->[RECOVERABLE_SPACES];
}

sub get_CI_LEVEL {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[CI_LEVEL];
}

sub get_LEVEL {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[LEVEL];
}

sub get_SEQUENCE_NUMBER {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[SEQUENCE_NUMBER];
}

sub get_INDEX {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[INDEX];
}

sub get_STARTING_INDEX {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[STARTING_INDEX];
}

sub set_HAVE_CHILD {
    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
    if ( defined($value) ) {
        $self->[HAVE_CHILD] = $value;
    }
    return $self->[HAVE_CHILD];
}

sub get_HAVE_CHILD {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[HAVE_CHILD];
}

sub set_ARROW_COUNT {
    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
    if ( defined($value) ) {
        $self->[ARROW_COUNT] = $value;
    }
    return $self->[ARROW_COUNT];
}

sub get_ARROW_COUNT {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[ARROW_COUNT];
}

sub set_COMMA_COUNT {
    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
    if ( defined($value) ) {
        $self->[COMMA_COUNT] = $value;
    }
    return $self->[COMMA_COUNT];
}

sub get_COMMA_COUNT {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[COMMA_COUNT];
}

sub set_CLOSED {
    my ( $self, $value ) = @_;
    if ( defined($value) ) {
        $self->[CLOSED] = $value;
    }
    return $self->[CLOSED];
}

sub get_CLOSED {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->[CLOSED];
}

#####################################################################
#
# the Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::Line class supplies an object to
# contain a single output line
#
#####################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::Line;

{

    use strict;
    use Carp;

    use constant JMAX                      => 0;
    use constant JMAX_ORIGINAL_LINE        => 1;
    use constant RTOKENS                   => 2;
    use constant RFIELDS                   => 3;
    use constant RPATTERNS                 => 4;
    use constant INDENTATION               => 5;
    use constant LEADING_SPACE_COUNT       => 6;
    use constant OUTDENT_LONG_LINES        => 7;
    use constant LIST_TYPE                 => 8;
    use constant IS_HANGING_SIDE_COMMENT   => 9;
    use constant RALIGNMENTS               => 10;
    use constant MAXIMUM_LINE_LENGTH       => 11;
    use constant RVERTICAL_TIGHTNESS_FLAGS => 12;

    my %_index_map;
    $_index_map{jmax}                      = JMAX;
    $_index_map{jmax_original_line}        = JMAX_ORIGINAL_LINE;
    $_index_map{rtokens}                   = RTOKENS;
    $_index_map{rfields}                   = RFIELDS;
    $_index_map{rpatterns}                 = RPATTERNS;
    $_index_map{indentation}               = INDENTATION;
    $_index_map{leading_space_count}       = LEADING_SPACE_COUNT;
    $_index_map{outdent_long_lines}        = OUTDENT_LONG_LINES;
    $_index_map{list_type}                 = LIST_TYPE;
    $_index_map{is_hanging_side_comment}   = IS_HANGING_SIDE_COMMENT;
    $_index_map{ralignments}               = RALIGNMENTS;
    $_index_map{maximum_line_length}       = MAXIMUM_LINE_LENGTH;
    $_index_map{rvertical_tightness_flags} = RVERTICAL_TIGHTNESS_FLAGS;

    my @_default_data = ();
    $_default_data[JMAX]                      = undef;
    $_default_data[JMAX_ORIGINAL_LINE]        = undef;
    $_default_data[RTOKENS]                   = undef;
    $_default_data[RFIELDS]                   = undef;
    $_default_data[RPATTERNS]                 = undef;
    $_default_data[INDENTATION]               = undef;
    $_default_data[LEADING_SPACE_COUNT]       = undef;
    $_default_data[OUTDENT_LONG_LINES]        = undef;
    $_default_data[LIST_TYPE]                 = undef;
    $_default_data[IS_HANGING_SIDE_COMMENT]   = undef;
    $_default_data[RALIGNMENTS]               = [];
    $_default_data[MAXIMUM_LINE_LENGTH]       = undef;
    $_default_data[RVERTICAL_TIGHTNESS_FLAGS] = undef;

    {

        # methods to count object population
        my $_count = 0;
        sub get_count        { $_count; }
        sub _increment_count { ++$_count }
        sub _decrement_count { --$_count }
    }

    # Constructor may be called as a class method
    sub new {
        my ( $caller, %arg ) = @_;
        my $caller_is_obj = ref($caller);
        my $class = $caller_is_obj || $caller;
        no strict "refs";
        my $self = bless [], $class;

        $self->[RALIGNMENTS] = [];

        my $index;
        foreach ( keys %_index_map ) {
            $index = $_index_map{$_};
            if    ( exists $arg{$_} ) { $self->[$index] = $arg{$_} }
            elsif ($caller_is_obj)    { $self->[$index] = $caller->[$index] }
            else { $self->[$index] = $_default_data[$index] }
        }

        $self->_increment_count();
        return $self;
    }

    sub DESTROY {
        $_[0]->_decrement_count();
    }

    sub get_jmax                      { $_[0]->[JMAX] }
    sub get_jmax_original_line        { $_[0]->[JMAX_ORIGINAL_LINE] }
    sub get_rtokens                   { $_[0]->[RTOKENS] }
    sub get_rfields                   { $_[0]->[RFIELDS] }
    sub get_rpatterns                 { $_[0]->[RPATTERNS] }
    sub get_indentation               { $_[0]->[INDENTATION] }
    sub get_leading_space_count       { $_[0]->[LEADING_SPACE_COUNT] }
    sub get_outdent_long_lines        { $_[0]->[OUTDENT_LONG_LINES] }
    sub get_list_type                 { $_[0]->[LIST_TYPE] }
    sub get_is_hanging_side_comment   { $_[0]->[IS_HANGING_SIDE_COMMENT] }
    sub get_rvertical_tightness_flags { $_[0]->[RVERTICAL_TIGHTNESS_FLAGS] }

    sub set_column     { $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS]->[ $_[1] ]->set_column( $_[2] ) }
    sub get_alignment  { $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS]->[ $_[1] ] }
    sub get_alignments { @{ $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS] } }
    sub get_column     { $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS]->[ $_[1] ]->get_column() }

    sub get_starting_column {
        $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS]->[ $_[1] ]->get_starting_column();
    }

    sub increment_column {
        $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS]->[ $_[1] ]->increment_column( $_[2] );
    }
    sub set_alignments { my $self = shift; @{ $self->[RALIGNMENTS] } = @_; }

    sub current_field_width {
        my $self = shift;
        my ($j) = @_;
        if ( $j == 0 ) {
            return $self->get_column($j);
        }
        else {
            return $self->get_column($j) - $self->get_column( $j - 1 );
        }
    }

    sub field_width_growth {
        my $self = shift;
        my $j    = shift;
        return $self->get_column($j) - $self->get_starting_column($j);
    }

    sub starting_field_width {
        my $self = shift;
        my $j    = shift;
        if ( $j == 0 ) {
            return $self->get_starting_column($j);
        }
        else {
            return $self->get_starting_column($j) -
              $self->get_starting_column( $j - 1 );
        }
    }

    sub increase_field_width {

        my $self = shift;
        my ( $j, $pad ) = @_;
        my $jmax = $self->get_jmax();
        for my $k ( $j .. $jmax ) {
            $self->increment_column( $k, $pad );
        }
    }

    sub get_available_space_on_right {
        my $self = shift;
        my $jmax = $self->get_jmax();
        return $self->[MAXIMUM_LINE_LENGTH] - $self->get_column($jmax);
    }

    sub set_jmax                    { $_[0]->[JMAX]                    = $_[1] }
    sub set_jmax_original_line      { $_[0]->[JMAX_ORIGINAL_LINE]      = $_[1] }
    sub set_rtokens                 { $_[0]->[RTOKENS]                 = $_[1] }
    sub set_rfields                 { $_[0]->[RFIELDS]                 = $_[1] }
    sub set_rpatterns               { $_[0]->[RPATTERNS]               = $_[1] }
    sub set_indentation             { $_[0]->[INDENTATION]             = $_[1] }
    sub set_leading_space_count     { $_[0]->[LEADING_SPACE_COUNT]     = $_[1] }
    sub set_outdent_long_lines      { $_[0]->[OUTDENT_LONG_LINES]      = $_[1] }
    sub set_list_type               { $_[0]->[LIST_TYPE]               = $_[1] }
    sub set_is_hanging_side_comment { $_[0]->[IS_HANGING_SIDE_COMMENT] = $_[1] }
    sub set_alignment               { $_[0]->[RALIGNMENTS]->[ $_[1] ]  = $_[2] }

}

#####################################################################
#
# the Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::Alignment class holds information
# on a single column being aligned
#
#####################################################################
package Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::Alignment;

{

    use strict;

    #use Carp;

    # Symbolic array indexes
    use constant COLUMN          => 0;    # the current column number
    use constant STARTING_COLUMN => 1;    # column number when created
    use constant MATCHING_TOKEN  => 2;    # what token we are matching
    use constant STARTING_LINE   => 3;    # the line index of creation
    use constant ENDING_LINE     => 4;    # the most recent line to use it
    use constant SAVED_COLUMN    => 5;    # the most recent line to use it
    use constant SERIAL_NUMBER   => 6;    # unique number for this alignment
                                          # (just its index in an array)

    # Correspondence between variables and array indexes
    my %_index_map;
    $_index_map{column}          = COLUMN;
    $_index_map{starting_column} = STARTING_COLUMN;
    $_index_map{matching_token}  = MATCHING_TOKEN;
    $_index_map{starting_line}   = STARTING_LINE;
    $_index_map{ending_line}     = ENDING_LINE;
    $_index_map{saved_column}    = SAVED_COLUMN;
    $_index_map{serial_number}   = SERIAL_NUMBER;

    my @_default_data = ();
    $_default_data[COLUMN]          = undef;
    $_default_data[STARTING_COLUMN] = undef;
    $_default_data[MATCHING_TOKEN]  = undef;
    $_default_data[STARTING_LINE]   = undef;
    $_default_data[ENDING_LINE]     = undef;
    $_default_data[SAVED_COLUMN]    = undef;
    $_default_data[SERIAL_NUMBER]   = undef;

    # class population count
    {
        my $_count = 0;
        sub get_count        { $_count; }
        sub _increment_count { ++$_count }
        sub _decrement_count { --$_count }
    }

    # constructor
    sub new {
        my ( $caller, %arg ) = @_;
        my $caller_is_obj = ref($caller);
        my $class = $caller_is_obj || $caller;
        no strict "refs";
        my $self = bless [], $class;

        foreach ( keys %_index_map ) {
            my $index = $_index_map{$_};
            if    ( exists $arg{$_} ) { $self->[$index] = $arg{$_} }
            elsif ($caller_is_obj)    { $self->[$index] = $caller->[$index] }
            else { $self->[$index] = $_default_data[$index] }
        }
        $self->_increment_count();
        return $self;
    }

    sub DESTROY {
        $_[0]->_decrement_count();
    }

    sub get_column          { return $_[0]->[COLUMN] }
    sub get_starting_column { return $_[0]->[STARTING_COLUMN] }
    sub get_matching_token  { return $_[0]->[MATCHING_TOKEN] }
    sub get_starting_line   { return $_[0]->[STARTING_LINE] }
    sub get_ending_line     { return $_[0]->[ENDING_LINE] }
    sub get_serial_number   { return $_[0]->[SERIAL_NUMBER] }

    sub set_column          { $_[0]->[COLUMN]          = $_[1] }
    sub set_starting_column { $_[0]->[STARTING_COLUMN] = $_[1] }
    sub set_matching_token  { $_[0]->[MATCHING_TOKEN]  = $_[1] }
    sub set_starting_line   { $_[0]->[STARTING_LINE]   = $_[1] }
    sub set_ending_line     { $_[0]->[ENDING_LINE]     = $_[1] }
    sub increment_column { $_[0]->[COLUMN] += $_[1] }

    sub save_column    { $_[0]->[SAVED_COLUMN] = $_[0]->[COLUMN] }
    sub restore_column { $_[0]->[COLUMN]       = $_[0]->[SAVED_COLUMN] }

}

package Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner;

# The Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner package collects output lines and
# attempts to line up certain common tokens, such as => and #, which are
# identified by the calling routine.
#
# There are two main routines: append_line and flush.  Append acts as a
# storage buffer, collecting lines into a group which can be vertically
# aligned.  When alignment is no longer possible or desirable, it dumps
# the group to flush.
#
#     append_line -----> flush
#
#     collects          writes
#     vertical          one
#     groups            group

BEGIN {

    # Caution: these debug flags produce a lot of output
    # They should all be 0 except when debugging small scripts

    use constant VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND  => 0;
    use constant VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 => 0;
    use constant VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TERNARY => 0;

    my $debug_warning = sub {
        print "VALIGN_DEBUGGING with key $_[0]\n";
    };

    VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND  && $debug_warning->('APPEND');
    VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 && $debug_warning->('APPEND0');

}

use vars qw(
  $vertical_aligner_self
  $current_line
  $maximum_alignment_index
  $ralignment_list
  $maximum_jmax_seen
  $minimum_jmax_seen
  $previous_minimum_jmax_seen
  $previous_maximum_jmax_seen
  $maximum_line_index
  $group_level
  $group_type
  $group_maximum_gap
  $marginal_match
  $last_group_level_written
  $last_leading_space_count
  $extra_indent_ok
  $zero_count
  @group_lines
  $last_comment_column
  $last_side_comment_line_number
  $last_side_comment_length
  $last_side_comment_level
  $outdented_line_count
  $first_outdented_line_at
  $last_outdented_line_at
  $diagnostics_object
  $logger_object
  $file_writer_object
  @side_comment_history
  $comment_leading_space_count
  $is_matching_terminal_line

  $cached_line_text
  $cached_line_type
  $cached_line_flag
  $cached_seqno
  $cached_line_valid
  $cached_line_leading_space_count
  $cached_seqno_string

  $seqno_string
  $last_nonblank_seqno_string

  $rOpts

  $rOpts_maximum_line_length
  $rOpts_continuation_indentation
  $rOpts_indent_columns
  $rOpts_tabs
  $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace
  $rOpts_valign

  $rOpts_fixed_position_side_comment
  $rOpts_minimum_space_to_comment

);

sub initialize {

    my $class;

    ( $class, $rOpts, $file_writer_object, $logger_object, $diagnostics_object )
      = @_;

    # variables describing the entire space group:
    $ralignment_list            = [];
    $group_level                = 0;
    $last_group_level_written   = -1;
    $extra_indent_ok            = 0;    # can we move all lines to the right?
    $last_side_comment_length   = 0;
    $maximum_jmax_seen          = 0;
    $minimum_jmax_seen          = 0;
    $previous_minimum_jmax_seen = 0;
    $previous_maximum_jmax_seen = 0;

    # variables describing each line of the group
    @group_lines = ();                  # list of all lines in group

    $outdented_line_count          = 0;
    $first_outdented_line_at       = 0;
    $last_outdented_line_at        = 0;
    $last_side_comment_line_number = 0;
    $last_side_comment_level       = -1;
    $is_matching_terminal_line     = 0;

    # most recent 3 side comments; [ line number, column ]
    $side_comment_history[0] = [ -300, 0 ];
    $side_comment_history[1] = [ -200, 0 ];
    $side_comment_history[2] = [ -100, 0 ];

    # write_leader_and_string cache:
    $cached_line_text                = "";
    $cached_line_type                = 0;
    $cached_line_flag                = 0;
    $cached_seqno                    = 0;
    $cached_line_valid               = 0;
    $cached_line_leading_space_count = 0;
    $cached_seqno_string             = "";

    # string of sequence numbers joined together
    $seqno_string               = "";
    $last_nonblank_seqno_string = "";

    # frequently used parameters
    $rOpts_indent_columns           = $rOpts->{'indent-columns'};
    $rOpts_tabs                     = $rOpts->{'tabs'};
    $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace = $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'};
    $rOpts_fixed_position_side_comment =
      $rOpts->{'fixed-position-side-comment'};
    $rOpts_minimum_space_to_comment = $rOpts->{'minimum-space-to-comment'};
    $rOpts_maximum_line_length      = $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'};
    $rOpts_valign                   = $rOpts->{'valign'};

    forget_side_comment();

    initialize_for_new_group();

    $vertical_aligner_self = {};
    bless $vertical_aligner_self, $class;
    return $vertical_aligner_self;
}

sub initialize_for_new_group {
    $maximum_line_index      = -1;      # lines in the current group
    $maximum_alignment_index = -1;      # alignments in current group
    $zero_count              = 0;       # count consecutive lines without tokens
    $current_line            = undef;   # line being matched for alignment
    $group_maximum_gap       = 0;       # largest gap introduced
    $group_type              = "";
    $marginal_match          = 0;
    $comment_leading_space_count = 0;
    $last_leading_space_count    = 0;
}

# interface to Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics routines
sub write_diagnostics {
    if ($diagnostics_object) {
        $diagnostics_object->write_diagnostics(@_);
    }
}

# interface to Perl::Tidy::Logger routines
sub warning {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->warning(@_);
    }
}

sub write_logfile_entry {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(@_);
    }
}

sub report_definite_bug {
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->report_definite_bug();
    }
}

sub get_SPACES {

    # return the number of leading spaces associated with an indentation
    # variable $indentation is either a constant number of spaces or an
    # object with a get_SPACES method.
    my $indentation = shift;
    return ref($indentation) ? $indentation->get_SPACES() : $indentation;
}

sub get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES {

    # return the number of spaces (+ means shift right, - means shift left)
    # that we would like to shift a group of lines with the same indentation
    # to get them to line up with their opening parens
    my $indentation = shift;
    return ref($indentation) ? $indentation->get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES() : 0;
}

sub get_STACK_DEPTH {

    my $indentation = shift;
    return ref($indentation) ? $indentation->get_STACK_DEPTH() : 0;
}

sub make_alignment {
    my ( $col, $token ) = @_;

    # make one new alignment at column $col which aligns token $token
    ++$maximum_alignment_index;
    my $alignment = new Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::Alignment(
        column          => $col,
        starting_column => $col,
        matching_token  => $token,
        starting_line   => $maximum_line_index,
        ending_line     => $maximum_line_index,
        serial_number   => $maximum_alignment_index,
    );
    $ralignment_list->[$maximum_alignment_index] = $alignment;
    return $alignment;
}

sub dump_alignments {
    print
"Current Alignments:\ni\ttoken\tstarting_column\tcolumn\tstarting_line\tending_line\n";
    for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_alignment_index ) {
        my $column          = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_column();
        my $starting_column = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_starting_column();
        my $matching_token  = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_matching_token();
        my $starting_line   = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_starting_line();
        my $ending_line     = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_ending_line();
        print
"$i\t$matching_token\t$starting_column\t$column\t$starting_line\t$ending_line\n";
    }
}

sub save_alignment_columns {
    for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_alignment_index ) {
        $ralignment_list->[$i]->save_column();
    }
}

sub restore_alignment_columns {
    for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_alignment_index ) {
        $ralignment_list->[$i]->restore_column();
    }
}

sub forget_side_comment {
    $last_comment_column = 0;
}

sub append_line {

    # sub append is called to place one line in the current vertical group.
    #
    # The input parameters are:
    #     $level = indentation level of this line
    #     $rfields = reference to array of fields
    #     $rpatterns = reference to array of patterns, one per field
    #     $rtokens   = reference to array of tokens starting fields 1,2,..
    #
    # Here is an example of what this package does.  In this example,
    # we are trying to line up both the '=>' and the '#'.
    #
    #         '18' => 'grave',    #   \`
    #         '19' => 'acute',    #   `'
    #         '20' => 'caron',    #   \v
    # <-tabs-><--field 2 ---><-f3->
    # |            |              |    |
    # |            |              |    |
    # col1        col2         col3 col4
    #
    # The calling routine has already broken the entire line into 3 fields as
    # indicated.  (So the work of identifying promising common tokens has
    # already been done).
    #
    # In this example, there will be 2 tokens being matched: '=>' and '#'.
    # They are the leading parts of fields 2 and 3, but we do need to know
    # what they are so that we can dump a group of lines when these tokens
    # change.
    #
    # The fields contain the actual characters of each field.  The patterns
    # are like the fields, but they contain mainly token types instead
    # of tokens, so they have fewer characters.  They are used to be
    # sure we are matching fields of similar type.
    #
    # In this example, there will be 4 column indexes being adjusted.  The
    # first one is always at zero.  The interior columns are at the start of
    # the matching tokens, and the last one tracks the maximum line length.
    #
    # Basically, each time a new line comes in, it joins the current vertical
    # group if possible.  Otherwise it causes the current group to be dumped
    # and a new group is started.
    #
    # For each new group member, the column locations are increased, as
    # necessary, to make room for the new fields.  When the group is finally
    # output, these column numbers are used to compute the amount of spaces of
    # padding needed for each field.
    #
    # Programming note: the fields are assumed not to have any tab characters.
    # Tabs have been previously removed except for tabs in quoted strings and
    # side comments.  Tabs in these fields can mess up the column counting.
    # The log file warns the user if there are any such tabs.

    my (
        $level,               $level_end,
        $indentation,         $rfields,
        $rtokens,             $rpatterns,
        $is_forced_break,     $outdent_long_lines,
        $is_terminal_ternary, $is_terminal_statement,
        $do_not_pad,          $rvertical_tightness_flags,
        $level_jump,
    ) = @_;

    # number of fields is $jmax
    # number of tokens between fields is $jmax-1
    my $jmax = $#{$rfields};

    my $leading_space_count = get_SPACES($indentation);

    # set outdented flag to be sure we either align within statements or
    # across statement boundaries, but not both.
    my $is_outdented = $last_leading_space_count > $leading_space_count;
    $last_leading_space_count = $leading_space_count;

    # Patch: undo for hanging side comment
    my $is_hanging_side_comment =
      ( $jmax == 1 && $rtokens->[0] eq '#' && $rfields->[0] =~ /^\s*$/ );
    $is_outdented = 0 if $is_hanging_side_comment;

    VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 && do {
        print
"APPEND0: entering lines=$maximum_line_index new #fields= $jmax, leading_count=$leading_space_count last_cmt=$last_comment_column force=$is_forced_break\n";
    };

    # Validate cached line if necessary: If we can produce a container
    # with just 2 lines total by combining an existing cached opening
    # token with the closing token to follow, then we will mark both
    # cached flags as valid.
    if ($rvertical_tightness_flags) {
        if (   $maximum_line_index <= 0
            && $cached_line_type
            && $cached_seqno
            && $rvertical_tightness_flags->[2]
            && $rvertical_tightness_flags->[2] == $cached_seqno )
        {
            $rvertical_tightness_flags->[3] ||= 1;
            $cached_line_valid ||= 1;
        }
    }

    # do not join an opening block brace with an unbalanced line
    # unless requested with a flag value of 2
    if (   $cached_line_type == 3
        && $maximum_line_index < 0
        && $cached_line_flag < 2
        && $level_jump != 0 )
    {
        $cached_line_valid = 0;
    }

    # patch until new aligner is finished
    if ($do_not_pad) { my_flush() }

    # shouldn't happen:
    if ( $level < 0 ) { $level = 0 }

    # do not align code across indentation level changes
    # or if vertical alignment is turned off for debugging
    if ( $level != $group_level || $is_outdented || !$rOpts_valign ) {

        # we are allowed to shift a group of lines to the right if its
        # level is greater than the previous and next group
        $extra_indent_ok =
          ( $level < $group_level && $last_group_level_written < $group_level );

        my_flush();

        # If we know that this line will get flushed out by itself because
        # of level changes, we can leave the extra_indent_ok flag set.
        # That way, if we get an external flush call, we will still be
        # able to do some -lp alignment if necessary.
        $extra_indent_ok = ( $is_terminal_statement && $level > $group_level );

        $group_level = $level;

        # wait until after the above flush to get the leading space
        # count because it may have been changed if the -icp flag is in
        # effect
        $leading_space_count = get_SPACES($indentation);

    }

    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Patch to collect outdentable block COMMENTS
    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    my $is_blank_line = "";
    my $is_block_comment = ( $jmax == 0 && $rfields->[0] =~ /^#/ );
    if ( $group_type eq 'COMMENT' ) {
        if (
            (
                   $is_block_comment
                && $outdent_long_lines
                && $leading_space_count == $comment_leading_space_count
            )
            || $is_blank_line
          )
        {
            $group_lines[ ++$maximum_line_index ] = $rfields->[0];
            return;
        }
        else {
            my_flush();
        }
    }

    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    # add dummy fields for terminal ternary
    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    my $j_terminal_match;
    if ( $is_terminal_ternary && $current_line ) {
        $j_terminal_match =
          fix_terminal_ternary( $rfields, $rtokens, $rpatterns );
        $jmax = @{$rfields} - 1;
    }

    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    # add dummy fields for else statement
    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    if (   $rfields->[0] =~ /^else\s*$/
        && $current_line
        && $level_jump == 0 )
    {
        $j_terminal_match = fix_terminal_else( $rfields, $rtokens, $rpatterns );
        $jmax = @{$rfields} - 1;
    }

    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Step 1. Handle simple line of code with no fields to match.
    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    if ( $jmax <= 0 ) {
        $zero_count++;

        if ( $maximum_line_index >= 0
            && !get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES( $group_lines[0]->get_indentation() ) )
        {

            # flush the current group if it has some aligned columns..
            if ( $group_lines[0]->get_jmax() > 1 ) { my_flush() }

            # flush current group if we are just collecting side comments..
            elsif (

                # ...and we haven't seen a comment lately
                ( $zero_count > 3 )

                # ..or if this new line doesn't fit to the left of the comments
                || ( ( $leading_space_count + length( $$rfields[0] ) ) >
                    $group_lines[0]->get_column(0) )
              )
            {
                my_flush();
            }
        }

        # patch to start new COMMENT group if this comment may be outdented
        if (   $is_block_comment
            && $outdent_long_lines
            && $maximum_line_index < 0 )
        {
            $group_type                           = 'COMMENT';
            $comment_leading_space_count          = $leading_space_count;
            $group_lines[ ++$maximum_line_index ] = $rfields->[0];
            return;
        }

        # just write this line directly if no current group, no side comment,
        # and no space recovery is needed.
        if ( $maximum_line_index < 0 && !get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($indentation) )
        {
            write_leader_and_string( $leading_space_count, $$rfields[0], 0,
                $outdent_long_lines, $rvertical_tightness_flags );
            return;
        }
    }
    else {
        $zero_count = 0;
    }

    # programming check: (shouldn't happen)
    # an error here implies an incorrect call was made
    if ( $jmax > 0 && ( $#{$rtokens} != ( $jmax - 1 ) ) ) {
        warning(
"Program bug in Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner - number of tokens = $#{$rtokens} should be one less than number of fields: $#{$rfields})\n"
        );
        report_definite_bug();
    }

    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    # create an object to hold this line
    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    my $new_line = new Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::Line(
        jmax                      => $jmax,
        jmax_original_line        => $jmax,
        rtokens                   => $rtokens,
        rfields                   => $rfields,
        rpatterns                 => $rpatterns,
        indentation               => $indentation,
        leading_space_count       => $leading_space_count,
        outdent_long_lines        => $outdent_long_lines,
        list_type                 => "",
        is_hanging_side_comment   => $is_hanging_side_comment,
        maximum_line_length       => $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'},
        rvertical_tightness_flags => $rvertical_tightness_flags,
    );

    # Initialize a global flag saying if the last line of the group should
    # match end of group and also terminate the group.  There should be no
    # returns between here and where the flag is handled at the bottom.
    my $col_matching_terminal = 0;
    if ( defined($j_terminal_match) ) {

        # remember the column of the terminal ? or { to match with
        $col_matching_terminal = $current_line->get_column($j_terminal_match);

        # set global flag for sub decide_if_aligned
        $is_matching_terminal_line = 1;
    }

    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    # It simplifies things to create a zero length side comment
    # if none exists.
    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    make_side_comment( $new_line, $level_end );

    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Decide if this is a simple list of items.
    # There are 3 list types: none, comma, comma-arrow.
    # We use this below to be less restrictive in deciding what to align.
    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    if ($is_forced_break) {
        decide_if_list($new_line);
    }

    if ($current_line) {

        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        # Allow hanging side comment to join current group, if any
        # This will help keep side comments aligned, because otherwise we
        # will have to start a new group, making alignment less likely.
        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        join_hanging_comment( $new_line, $current_line )
          if $is_hanging_side_comment;

        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        # If there is just one previous line, and it has more fields
        # than the new line, try to join fields together to get a match with
        # the new line.  At the present time, only a single leading '=' is
        # allowed to be compressed out.  This is useful in rare cases where
        # a table is forced to use old breakpoints because of side comments,
        # and the table starts out something like this:
        #   my %MonthChars = ('0', 'Jan',   # side comment
        #                     '1', 'Feb',
        #                     '2', 'Mar',
        # Eliminating the '=' field will allow the remaining fields to line up.
        # This situation does not occur if there are no side comments
        # because scan_list would put a break after the opening '('.
        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        eliminate_old_fields( $new_line, $current_line );

        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        # If the new line has more fields than the current group,
        # see if we can match the first fields and combine the remaining
        # fields of the new line.
        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        eliminate_new_fields( $new_line, $current_line );

        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        # Flush previous group unless all common tokens and patterns match..
        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        check_match( $new_line, $current_line );

        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        # See if there is space for this line in the current group (if any)
        # --------------------------------------------------------------------
        if ($current_line) {
            check_fit( $new_line, $current_line );
        }
    }

    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Append this line to the current group (or start new group)
    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    accept_line($new_line);

    # Future update to allow this to vary:
    $current_line = $new_line if ( $maximum_line_index == 0 );

    # output this group if it ends in a terminal else or ternary line
    if ( defined($j_terminal_match) ) {

        # if there is only one line in the group (maybe due to failure to match
        # perfectly with previous lines), then align the ? or { of this
        # terminal line with the previous one unless that would make the line
        # too long
        if ( $maximum_line_index == 0 ) {
            my $col_now = $current_line->get_column($j_terminal_match);
            my $pad     = $col_matching_terminal - $col_now;
            my $padding_available =
              $current_line->get_available_space_on_right();
            if ( $pad > 0 && $pad <= $padding_available ) {
                $current_line->increase_field_width( $j_terminal_match, $pad );
            }
        }
        my_flush();
        $is_matching_terminal_line = 0;
    }

    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Step 8. Some old debugging stuff
    # --------------------------------------------------------------------
    VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND && do {
        print "APPEND fields:";
        dump_array(@$rfields);
        print "APPEND tokens:";
        dump_array(@$rtokens);
        print "APPEND patterns:";
        dump_array(@$rpatterns);
        dump_alignments();
    };

    return;
}

sub join_hanging_comment {

    my $line = shift;
    my $jmax = $line->get_jmax();
    return 0 unless $jmax == 1;    # must be 2 fields
    my $rtokens = $line->get_rtokens();
    return 0 unless $$rtokens[0] eq '#';    # the second field is a comment..
    my $rfields = $line->get_rfields();
    return 0 unless $$rfields[0] =~ /^\s*$/;    # the first field is empty...
    my $old_line            = shift;
    my $maximum_field_index = $old_line->get_jmax();
    return 0
      unless $maximum_field_index > $jmax;    # the current line has more fields
    my $rpatterns = $line->get_rpatterns();

    $line->set_is_hanging_side_comment(1);
    $jmax = $maximum_field_index;
    $line->set_jmax($jmax);
    $$rfields[$jmax]         = $$rfields[1];
    $$rtokens[ $jmax - 1 ]   = $$rtokens[0];
    $$rpatterns[ $jmax - 1 ] = $$rpatterns[0];
    for ( my $j = 1 ; $j < $jmax ; $j++ ) {
        $$rfields[$j]         = " ";  # NOTE: caused glitch unless 1 blank, why?
        $$rtokens[ $j - 1 ]   = "";
        $$rpatterns[ $j - 1 ] = "";
    }
    return 1;
}

sub eliminate_old_fields {

    my $new_line = shift;
    my $jmax     = $new_line->get_jmax();
    if ( $jmax > $maximum_jmax_seen ) { $maximum_jmax_seen = $jmax }
    if ( $jmax < $minimum_jmax_seen ) { $minimum_jmax_seen = $jmax }

    # there must be one previous line
    return unless ( $maximum_line_index == 0 );

    my $old_line            = shift;
    my $maximum_field_index = $old_line->get_jmax();

    ###############################################
    # this line must have fewer fields
    return unless $maximum_field_index > $jmax;
    ###############################################

    # Identify specific cases where field elimination is allowed:
    # case=1: both lines have comma-separated lists, and the first
    #         line has an equals
    # case=2: both lines have leading equals

    # case 1 is the default
    my $case = 1;

    # See if case 2: both lines have leading '='
    # We'll require smiliar leading patterns in this case
    my $old_rtokens   = $old_line->get_rtokens();
    my $rtokens       = $new_line->get_rtokens();
    my $rpatterns     = $new_line->get_rpatterns();
    my $old_rpatterns = $old_line->get_rpatterns();
    if (   $rtokens->[0] =~ /^=\d*$/
        && $old_rtokens->[0]   eq $rtokens->[0]
        && $old_rpatterns->[0] eq $rpatterns->[0] )
    {
        $case = 2;
    }

    # not too many fewer fields in new line for case 1
    return unless ( $case != 1 || $maximum_field_index - 2 <= $jmax );

    # case 1 must have side comment
    my $old_rfields = $old_line->get_rfields();
    return
      if ( $case == 1
        && length( $$old_rfields[$maximum_field_index] ) == 0 );

    my $rfields = $new_line->get_rfields();

    my $hid_equals = 0;

    my @new_alignments        = ();
    my @new_fields            = ();
    my @new_matching_patterns = ();
    my @new_matching_tokens   = ();

    my $j = 0;
    my $k;
    my $current_field   = '';
    my $current_pattern = '';

    # loop over all old tokens
    my $in_match = 0;
    for ( $k = 0 ; $k < $maximum_field_index ; $k++ ) {
        $current_field   .= $$old_rfields[$k];
        $current_pattern .= $$old_rpatterns[$k];
        last if ( $j > $jmax - 1 );

        if ( $$old_rtokens[$k] eq $$rtokens[$j] ) {
            $in_match                  = 1;
            $new_fields[$j]            = $current_field;
            $new_matching_patterns[$j] = $current_pattern;
            $current_field             = '';
            $current_pattern           = '';
            $new_matching_tokens[$j]   = $$old_rtokens[$k];
            $new_alignments[$j]        = $old_line->get_alignment($k);
            $j++;
        }
        else {

            if ( $$old_rtokens[$k] =~ /^\=\d*$/ ) {
                last if ( $case == 2 );    # avoid problems with stuff
                                           # like:   $a=$b=$c=$d;
                $hid_equals = 1;
            }
            last
              if ( $in_match && $case == 1 )
              ;    # disallow gaps in matching field types in case 1
        }
    }

    # Modify the current state if we are successful.
    # We must exactly reach the ends of both lists for success.
    if (   ( $j == $jmax )
        && ( $current_field eq '' )
        && ( $case != 1 || $hid_equals ) )
    {
        $k = $maximum_field_index;
        $current_field   .= $$old_rfields[$k];
        $current_pattern .= $$old_rpatterns[$k];
        $new_fields[$j]            = $current_field;
        $new_matching_patterns[$j] = $current_pattern;

        $new_alignments[$j] = $old_line->get_alignment($k);
        $maximum_field_index = $j;

        $old_line->set_alignments(@new_alignments);
        $old_line->set_jmax($jmax);
        $old_line->set_rtokens( \@new_matching_tokens );
        $old_line->set_rfields( \@new_fields );
        $old_line->set_rpatterns( \@$rpatterns );
    }
}

# create an empty side comment if none exists
sub make_side_comment {
    my $new_line  = shift;
    my $level_end = shift;
    my $jmax      = $new_line->get_jmax();
    my $rtokens   = $new_line->get_rtokens();

    # if line does not have a side comment...
    if ( ( $jmax == 0 ) || ( $$rtokens[ $jmax - 1 ] ne '#' ) ) {
        my $rfields   = $new_line->get_rfields();
        my $rpatterns = $new_line->get_rpatterns();
        $$rtokens[$jmax]     = '#';
        $$rfields[ ++$jmax ] = '';
        $$rpatterns[$jmax]   = '#';
        $new_line->set_jmax($jmax);
        $new_line->set_jmax_original_line($jmax);
    }

    # line has a side comment..
    else {

        # don't remember old side comment location for very long
        my $line_number = $vertical_aligner_self->get_output_line_number();
        my $rfields     = $new_line->get_rfields();
        if (
            $line_number - $last_side_comment_line_number > 12

            # and don't remember comment location across block level changes
            || ( $level_end < $last_side_comment_level && $$rfields[0] =~ /^}/ )
          )
        {
            forget_side_comment();
        }
        $last_side_comment_line_number = $line_number;
        $last_side_comment_level       = $level_end;
    }
}

sub decide_if_list {

    my $line = shift;

    # A list will be taken to be a line with a forced break in which all
    # of the field separators are commas or comma-arrows (except for the
    # trailing #)

    # List separator tokens are things like ',3'   or '=>2',
    # where the trailing digit is the nesting depth.  Allow braces
    # to allow nested list items.
    my $rtokens    = $line->get_rtokens();
    my $test_token = $$rtokens[0];
    if ( $test_token =~ /^(\,|=>)/ ) {
        my $list_type = $test_token;
        my $jmax      = $line->get_jmax();

        foreach ( 1 .. $jmax - 2 ) {
            if ( $$rtokens[$_] !~ /^(\,|=>|\{)/ ) {
                $list_type = "";
                last;
            }
        }
        $line->set_list_type($list_type);
    }
}

sub eliminate_new_fields {

    return unless ( $maximum_line_index >= 0 );
    my ( $new_line, $old_line ) = @_;
    my $jmax = $new_line->get_jmax();

    my $old_rtokens = $old_line->get_rtokens();
    my $rtokens     = $new_line->get_rtokens();
    my $is_assignment =
      ( $rtokens->[0] =~ /^=\d*$/ && ( $old_rtokens->[0] eq $rtokens->[0] ) );

    # must be monotonic variation
    return unless ( $is_assignment || $previous_maximum_jmax_seen <= $jmax );

    # must be more fields in the new line
    my $maximum_field_index = $old_line->get_jmax();
    return unless ( $maximum_field_index < $jmax );

    unless ($is_assignment) {
        return
          unless ( $old_line->get_jmax_original_line() == $minimum_jmax_seen )
          ;    # only if monotonic

        # never combine fields of a comma list
        return
          unless ( $maximum_field_index > 1 )
          && ( $new_line->get_list_type() !~ /^,/ );
    }

    my $rfields       = $new_line->get_rfields();
    my $rpatterns     = $new_line->get_rpatterns();
    my $old_rpatterns = $old_line->get_rpatterns();

    # loop over all OLD tokens except comment and check match
    my $match = 1;
    my $k;
    for ( $k = 0 ; $k < $maximum_field_index - 1 ; $k++ ) {
        if (   ( $$old_rtokens[$k] ne $$rtokens[$k] )
            || ( $$old_rpatterns[$k] ne $$rpatterns[$k] ) )
        {
            $match = 0;
            last;
        }
    }

    # first tokens agree, so combine extra new tokens
    if ($match) {
        for $k ( $maximum_field_index .. $jmax - 1 ) {

            $$rfields[ $maximum_field_index - 1 ] .= $$rfields[$k];
            $$rfields[$k] = "";
            $$rpatterns[ $maximum_field_index - 1 ] .= $$rpatterns[$k];
            $$rpatterns[$k] = "";
        }

        $$rtokens[ $maximum_field_index - 1 ] = '#';
        $$rfields[$maximum_field_index]       = $$rfields[$jmax];
        $$rpatterns[$maximum_field_index]     = $$rpatterns[$jmax];
        $jmax                                 = $maximum_field_index;
    }
    $new_line->set_jmax($jmax);
}

sub fix_terminal_ternary {

    # Add empty fields as necessary to align a ternary term
    # like this:
    #
    #  my $leapyear =
    #      $year % 4   ? 0
    #    : $year % 100 ? 1
    #    : $year % 400 ? 0
    #    :               1;
    #
    # returns 1 if the terminal item should be indented

    my ( $rfields, $rtokens, $rpatterns ) = @_;

    my $jmax        = @{$rfields} - 1;
    my $old_line    = $group_lines[$maximum_line_index];
    my $rfields_old = $old_line->get_rfields();

    my $rpatterns_old       = $old_line->get_rpatterns();
    my $rtokens_old         = $old_line->get_rtokens();
    my $maximum_field_index = $old_line->get_jmax();

    # look for the question mark after the :
    my ($jquestion);
    my $depth_question;
    my $pad = "";
    for ( my $j = 0 ; $j < $maximum_field_index ; $j++ ) {
        my $tok = $rtokens_old->[$j];
        if ( $tok =~ /^\?(\d+)$/ ) {
            $depth_question = $1;

            # depth must be correct
            next unless ( $depth_question eq $group_level );

            $jquestion = $j;
            if ( $rfields_old->[ $j + 1 ] =~ /^(\?\s*)/ ) {
                $pad = " " x length($1);
            }
            else {
                return;    # shouldn't happen
            }
            last;
        }
    }
    return unless ( defined($jquestion) );    # shouldn't happen

    # Now splice the tokens and patterns of the previous line
    # into the else line to insure a match.  Add empty fields
    # as necessary.
    my $jadd = $jquestion;

    # Work on copies of the actual arrays in case we have
    # to return due to an error
    my @fields   = @{$rfields};
    my @patterns = @{$rpatterns};
    my @tokens   = @{$rtokens};

    VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TERNARY && do {
        local $" = '><';
        print "CURRENT FIELDS=<@{$rfields_old}>\n";
        print "CURRENT TOKENS=<@{$rtokens_old}>\n";
        print "CURRENT PATTERNS=<@{$rpatterns_old}>\n";
        print "UNMODIFIED FIELDS=<@{$rfields}>\n";
        print "UNMODIFIED TOKENS=<@{$rtokens}>\n";
        print "UNMODIFIED PATTERNS=<@{$rpatterns}>\n";
    };

    # handle cases of leading colon on this line
    if ( $fields[0] =~ /^(:\s*)(.*)$/ ) {

        my ( $colon, $therest ) = ( $1, $2 );

        # Handle sub-case of first field with leading colon plus additional code
        # This is the usual situation as at the '1' below:
        #  ...
        #  : $year % 400 ? 0
        #  :               1;
        if ($therest) {

            # Split the first field after the leading colon and insert padding.
            # Note that this padding will remain even if the terminal value goes
            # out on a separate line.  This does not seem to look to bad, so no
            # mechanism has been included to undo it.
            my $field1 = shift @fields;
            unshift @fields, ( $colon, $pad . $therest );

            # change the leading pattern from : to ?
            return unless ( $patterns[0] =~ s/^\:/?/ );

            # install leading tokens and patterns of existing line
            unshift( @tokens,   @{$rtokens_old}[ 0 .. $jquestion ] );
            unshift( @patterns, @{$rpatterns_old}[ 0 .. $jquestion ] );

            # insert appropriate number of empty fields
            splice( @fields, 1, 0, ('') x $jadd ) if $jadd;
        }

        # handle sub-case of first field just equal to leading colon.
        # This can happen for example in the example below where
        # the leading '(' would create a new alignment token
        # : ( $name =~ /[]}]$/ ) ? ( $mname = $name )
        # :                        ( $mname = $name . '->' );
        else {

            return unless ( $jmax > 0 && $tokens[0] ne '#' ); # shouldn't happen

            # prepend a leading ? onto the second pattern
            $patterns[1] = "?b" . $patterns[1];

            # pad the second field
            $fields[1] = $pad . $fields[1];

            # install leading tokens and patterns of existing line, replacing
            # leading token and inserting appropriate number of empty fields
            splice( @tokens,   0, 1, @{$rtokens_old}[ 0 .. $jquestion ] );
            splice( @patterns, 1, 0, @{$rpatterns_old}[ 1 .. $jquestion ] );
            splice( @fields, 1, 0, ('') x $jadd ) if $jadd;
        }
    }

    # Handle case of no leading colon on this line.  This will
    # be the case when -wba=':' is used.  For example,
    #  $year % 400 ? 0 :
    #                1;
    else {

        # install leading tokens and patterns of existing line
        $patterns[0] = '?' . 'b' . $patterns[0];
        unshift( @tokens,   @{$rtokens_old}[ 0 .. $jquestion ] );
        unshift( @patterns, @{$rpatterns_old}[ 0 .. $jquestion ] );

        # insert appropriate number of empty fields
        $jadd = $jquestion + 1;
        $fields[0] = $pad . $fields[0];
        splice( @fields, 0, 0, ('') x $jadd ) if $jadd;
    }

    VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TERNARY && do {
        local $" = '><';
        print "MODIFIED TOKENS=<@tokens>\n";
        print "MODIFIED PATTERNS=<@patterns>\n";
        print "MODIFIED FIELDS=<@fields>\n";
    };

    # all ok .. update the arrays
    @{$rfields}   = @fields;
    @{$rtokens}   = @tokens;
    @{$rpatterns} = @patterns;

    # force a flush after this line
    return $jquestion;
}

sub fix_terminal_else {

    # Add empty fields as necessary to align a balanced terminal
    # else block to a previous if/elsif/unless block,
    # like this:
    #
    #  if   ( 1 || $x ) { print "ok 13\n"; }
    #  else             { print "not ok 13\n"; }
    #
    # returns 1 if the else block should be indented
    #
    my ( $rfields, $rtokens, $rpatterns ) = @_;
    my $jmax = @{$rfields} - 1;
    return unless ( $jmax > 0 );

    # check for balanced else block following if/elsif/unless
    my $rfields_old = $current_line->get_rfields();

    # TBD: add handling for 'case'
    return unless ( $rfields_old->[0] =~ /^(if|elsif|unless)\s*$/ );

    # look for the opening brace after the else, and extrace the depth
    my $tok_brace = $rtokens->[0];
    my $depth_brace;
    if ( $tok_brace =~ /^\{(\d+)/ ) { $depth_brace = $1; }

    # probably:  "else # side_comment"
    else { return }

    my $rpatterns_old       = $current_line->get_rpatterns();
    my $rtokens_old         = $current_line->get_rtokens();
    my $maximum_field_index = $current_line->get_jmax();

    # be sure the previous if/elsif is followed by an opening paren
    my $jparen    = 0;
    my $tok_paren = '(' . $depth_brace;
    my $tok_test  = $rtokens_old->[$jparen];
    return unless ( $tok_test eq $tok_paren );    # shouldn't happen

    # Now find the opening block brace
    my ($jbrace);
    for ( my $j = 1 ; $j < $maximum_field_index ; $j++ ) {
        my $tok = $rtokens_old->[$j];
        if ( $tok eq $tok_brace ) {
            $jbrace = $j;
            last;
        }
    }
    return unless ( defined($jbrace) );           # shouldn't happen

    # Now splice the tokens and patterns of the previous line
    # into the else line to insure a match.  Add empty fields
    # as necessary.
    my $jadd = $jbrace - $jparen;
    splice( @{$rtokens},   0, 0, @{$rtokens_old}[ $jparen .. $jbrace - 1 ] );
    splice( @{$rpatterns}, 1, 0, @{$rpatterns_old}[ $jparen + 1 .. $jbrace ] );
    splice( @{$rfields}, 1, 0, ('') x $jadd );

    # force a flush after this line if it does not follow a case
    return $jbrace
      unless ( $rfields_old->[0] =~ /^case\s*$/ );
}

{    # sub check_match
    my %is_good_alignment;

    BEGIN {

        # Vertically aligning on certain "good" tokens is usually okay
        # so we can be less restrictive in marginal cases.
        @_ = qw( { ? => = );
        push @_, (',');
        @is_good_alignment{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
    }

    sub check_match {

        # See if the current line matches the current vertical alignment group.
        # If not, flush the current group.
        my $new_line = shift;
        my $old_line = shift;

        # uses global variables:
        #  $previous_minimum_jmax_seen
        #  $maximum_jmax_seen
        #  $maximum_line_index
        #  $marginal_match
        my $jmax                = $new_line->get_jmax();
        my $maximum_field_index = $old_line->get_jmax();

        # flush if this line has too many fields
        if ( $jmax > $maximum_field_index ) { goto NO_MATCH }

        # flush if adding this line would make a non-monotonic field count
        if (
            ( $maximum_field_index > $jmax )    # this has too few fields
            && (
                ( $previous_minimum_jmax_seen <
                    $jmax )                     # and wouldn't be monotonic
                || ( $old_line->get_jmax_original_line() != $maximum_jmax_seen )
            )
          )
        {
            goto NO_MATCH;
        }

        # otherwise see if this line matches the current group
        my $jmax_original_line      = $new_line->get_jmax_original_line();
        my $is_hanging_side_comment = $new_line->get_is_hanging_side_comment();
        my $rtokens                 = $new_line->get_rtokens();
        my $rfields                 = $new_line->get_rfields();
        my $rpatterns               = $new_line->get_rpatterns();
        my $list_type               = $new_line->get_list_type();

        my $group_list_type = $old_line->get_list_type();
        my $old_rpatterns   = $old_line->get_rpatterns();
        my $old_rtokens     = $old_line->get_rtokens();

        my $jlimit = $jmax - 1;
        if ( $maximum_field_index > $jmax ) {
            $jlimit = $jmax_original_line;
            --$jlimit unless ( length( $new_line->get_rfields()->[$jmax] ) );
        }

        # handle comma-separated lists ..
        if ( $group_list_type && ( $list_type eq $group_list_type ) ) {
            for my $j ( 0 .. $jlimit ) {
                my $old_tok = $$old_rtokens[$j];
                next unless $old_tok;
                my $new_tok = $$rtokens[$j];
                next unless $new_tok;

                # lists always match ...
                # unless they would align any '=>'s with ','s
                goto NO_MATCH
                  if ( $old_tok =~ /^=>/ && $new_tok =~ /^,/
                    || $new_tok =~ /^=>/ && $old_tok =~ /^,/ );
            }
        }

        # do detailed check for everything else except hanging side comments
        elsif ( !$is_hanging_side_comment ) {

            my $leading_space_count = $new_line->get_leading_space_count();

            my $max_pad = 0;
            my $min_pad = 0;
            my $saw_good_alignment;

            for my $j ( 0 .. $jlimit ) {

                my $old_tok = $$old_rtokens[$j];
                my $new_tok = $$rtokens[$j];

                # Note on encoding used for alignment tokens:
                # -------------------------------------------
                # Tokens are "decorated" with information which can help
                # prevent unwanted alignments.  Consider for example the
                # following two lines:
                #   local ( $xn, $xd ) = split( '/', &'rnorm(@_) );
                #   local ( $i, $f ) = &'bdiv( $xn, $xd );
                # There are three alignment tokens in each line, a comma,
                # an =, and a comma.  In the first line these three tokens
                # are encoded as:
                #    ,4+local-18     =3      ,4+split-7
                # and in the second line they are encoded as
                #    ,4+local-18     =3      ,4+&'bdiv-8
                # Tokens always at least have token name and nesting
                # depth.  So in this example the ='s are at depth 3 and
                # the ,'s are at depth 4.  This prevents aligning tokens
                # of different depths.  Commas contain additional
                # information, as follows:
                # ,  {depth} + {container name} - {spaces to opening paren}
                # This allows us to reject matching the rightmost commas
                # in the above two lines, since they are for different
                # function calls.  This encoding is done in
                # 'sub send_lines_to_vertical_aligner'.

                # Pick off actual token.
                # Everything up to the first digit is the actual token.
                my $alignment_token = $new_tok;
                if ( $alignment_token =~ /^([^\d]+)/ ) { $alignment_token = $1 }

                # see if the decorated tokens match
                my $tokens_match = $new_tok eq $old_tok

                  # Exception for matching terminal : of ternary statement..
                  # consider containers prefixed by ? and : a match
                  || ( $new_tok =~ /^,\d*\+\:/ && $old_tok =~ /^,\d*\+\?/ );

                # No match if the alignment tokens differ...
                if ( !$tokens_match ) {

                    # ...Unless this is a side comment
                    if (
                        $j == $jlimit

                        # and there is either at least one alignment token
                        # or this is a single item following a list.  This
                        # latter rule is required for 'December' to join
                        # the following list:
                        # my (@months) = (
                        #     '',       'January',   'February', 'March',
                        #     'April',  'May',       'June',     'July',
                        #     'August', 'September', 'October',  'November',
                        #     'December'
                        # );
                        # If it doesn't then the -lp formatting will fail.
                        && ( $j > 0 || $old_tok =~ /^,/ )
                      )
                    {
                        $marginal_match = 1
                          if ( $marginal_match == 0
                            && $maximum_line_index == 0 );
                        last;
                    }

                    goto NO_MATCH;
                }

                # Calculate amount of padding required to fit this in.
                # $pad is the number of spaces by which we must increase
                # the current field to squeeze in this field.
                my $pad =
                  length( $$rfields[$j] ) - $old_line->current_field_width($j);
                if ( $j == 0 ) { $pad += $leading_space_count; }

                # remember max pads to limit marginal cases
                if ( $alignment_token ne '#' ) {
                    if ( $pad > $max_pad ) { $max_pad = $pad }
                    if ( $pad < $min_pad ) { $min_pad = $pad }
                }
                if ( $is_good_alignment{$alignment_token} ) {
                    $saw_good_alignment = 1;
                }

                # If patterns don't match, we have to be careful...
                if ( $$old_rpatterns[$j] ne $$rpatterns[$j] ) {

                    # flag this as a marginal match since patterns differ
                    $marginal_match = 1
                      if ( $marginal_match == 0 && $maximum_line_index == 0 );

                    # We have to be very careful about aligning commas
                    # when the pattern's don't match, because it can be
                    # worse to create an alignment where none is needed
                    # than to omit one.  Here's an example where the ','s
                    # are not in named continers.  The first line below
                    # should not match the next two:
                    #   ( $a, $b ) = ( $b, $r );
                    #   ( $x1, $x2 ) = ( $x2 - $q * $x1, $x1 );
                    #   ( $y1, $y2 ) = ( $y2 - $q * $y1, $y1 );
                    if ( $alignment_token eq ',' ) {

                       # do not align commas unless they are in named containers
                        goto NO_MATCH unless ( $new_tok =~ /[A-Za-z]/ );
                    }

                    # do not align parens unless patterns match;
                    # large ugly spaces can occur in math expressions.
                    elsif ( $alignment_token eq '(' ) {

                        # But we can allow a match if the parens don't
                        # require any padding.
                        if ( $pad != 0 ) { goto NO_MATCH }
                    }

                    # Handle an '=' alignment with different patterns to
                    # the left.
                    elsif ( $alignment_token eq '=' ) {

                        # It is best to be a little restrictive when
                        # aligning '=' tokens.  Here is an example of
                        # two lines that we will not align:
                        #       my $variable=6;
                        #       $bb=4;
                        # The problem is that one is a 'my' declaration,
                        # and the other isn't, so they're not very similar.
                        # We will filter these out by comparing the first
                        # letter of the pattern.  This is crude, but works
                        # well enough.
                        if (
                            substr( $$old_rpatterns[$j], 0, 1 ) ne
                            substr( $$rpatterns[$j], 0, 1 ) )
                        {
                            goto NO_MATCH;
                        }

                        # If we pass that test, we'll call it a marginal match.
                        # Here is an example of a marginal match:
                        #       $done{$$op} = 1;
                        #       $op         = compile_bblock($op);
                        # The left tokens are both identifiers, but
                        # one accesses a hash and the other doesn't.
                        # We'll let this be a tentative match and undo
                        # it later if we don't find more than 2 lines
                        # in the group.
                        elsif ( $maximum_line_index == 0 ) {
                            $marginal_match =
                              2;    # =2 prevents being undone below
                        }
                    }
                }

                # Don't let line with fewer fields increase column widths
                # ( align3.t )
                if ( $maximum_field_index > $jmax ) {

                    # Exception: suspend this rule to allow last lines to join
                    if ( $pad > 0 ) { goto NO_MATCH; }
                }
            } ## end for my $j ( 0 .. $jlimit)

            # Turn off the "marginal match" flag in some cases...
            # A "marginal match" occurs when the alignment tokens agree
            # but there are differences in the other tokens (patterns).
            # If we leave the marginal match flag set, then the rule is that we
            # will align only if there are more than two lines in the group.
            # We will turn of the flag if we almost have a match
            # and either we have seen a good alignment token or we
            # just need a small pad (2 spaces) to fit.  These rules are
            # the result of experimentation.  Tokens which misaligned by just
            # one or two characters are annoying.  On the other hand,
            # large gaps to less important alignment tokens are also annoying.
            if (   $marginal_match == 1
                && $jmax == $maximum_field_index
                && ( $saw_good_alignment || ( $max_pad < 3 && $min_pad > -3 ) )
              )
            {
                $marginal_match = 0;
            }
            ##print "marginal=$marginal_match saw=$saw_good_alignment jmax=$jmax max=$maximum_field_index maxpad=$max_pad minpad=$min_pad\n";
        }

        # We have a match (even if marginal).
        # If the current line has fewer fields than the current group
        # but otherwise matches, copy the remaining group fields to
        # make it a perfect match.
        if ( $maximum_field_index > $jmax ) {
            my $comment = $$rfields[$jmax];
            for $jmax ( $jlimit .. $maximum_field_index ) {
                $$rtokens[$jmax]     = $$old_rtokens[$jmax];
                $$rfields[ ++$jmax ] = '';
                $$rpatterns[$jmax]   = $$old_rpatterns[$jmax];
            }
            $$rfields[$jmax] = $comment;
            $new_line->set_jmax($jmax);
        }
        return;

      NO_MATCH:
        ##print "BUBBA: no match jmax=$jmax  max=$maximum_field_index $group_list_type lines=$maximum_line_index token=$$old_rtokens[0]\n";
        my_flush();
        return;
    }
}

sub check_fit {

    return unless ( $maximum_line_index >= 0 );
    my $new_line = shift;
    my $old_line = shift;

    my $jmax                    = $new_line->get_jmax();
    my $leading_space_count     = $new_line->get_leading_space_count();
    my $is_hanging_side_comment = $new_line->get_is_hanging_side_comment();
    my $rtokens                 = $new_line->get_rtokens();
    my $rfields                 = $new_line->get_rfields();
    my $rpatterns               = $new_line->get_rpatterns();

    my $group_list_type = $group_lines[0]->get_list_type();

    my $padding_so_far    = 0;
    my $padding_available = $old_line->get_available_space_on_right();

    # save current columns in case this doesn't work
    save_alignment_columns();

    my ( $j, $pad, $eight );
    my $maximum_field_index = $old_line->get_jmax();
    for $j ( 0 .. $jmax ) {

        $pad = length( $$rfields[$j] ) - $old_line->current_field_width($j);

        if ( $j == 0 ) {
            $pad += $leading_space_count;
        }

        # remember largest gap of the group, excluding gap to side comment
        if (   $pad < 0
            && $group_maximum_gap < -$pad
            && $j > 0
            && $j < $jmax - 1 )
        {
            $group_maximum_gap = -$pad;
        }

        next if $pad < 0;

        ## This patch helps sometimes, but it doesn't check to see if
        ## the line is too long even without the side comment.  It needs
        ## to be reworked.
        ##don't let a long token with no trailing side comment push
        ##side comments out, or end a group.  (sidecmt1.t)
        ##next if ($j==$jmax-1 && length($$rfields[$jmax])==0);

        # This line will need space; lets see if we want to accept it..
        if (

            # not if this won't fit
            ( $pad > $padding_available )

            # previously, there were upper bounds placed on padding here
            # (maximum_whitespace_columns), but they were not really helpful

          )
        {

            # revert to starting state then flush; things didn't work out
            restore_alignment_columns();
            my_flush();
            last;
        }

        # patch to avoid excessive gaps in previous lines,
        # due to a line of fewer fields.
        #   return join( ".",
        #       $self->{"dfi"},  $self->{"aa"}, $self->rsvd,     $self->{"rd"},
        #       $self->{"area"}, $self->{"id"}, $self->{"sel"} );
        next if ( $jmax < $maximum_field_index && $j == $jmax - 1 );

        # looks ok, squeeze this field in
        $old_line->increase_field_width( $j, $pad );
        $padding_available -= $pad;

        # remember largest gap of the group, excluding gap to side comment
        if ( $pad > $group_maximum_gap && $j > 0 && $j < $jmax - 1 ) {
            $group_maximum_gap = $pad;
        }
    }
}

sub accept_line {

    # The current line either starts a new alignment group or is
    # accepted into the current alignment group.
    my $new_line = shift;
    $group_lines[ ++$maximum_line_index ] = $new_line;

    # initialize field lengths if starting new group
    if ( $maximum_line_index == 0 ) {

        my $jmax    = $new_line->get_jmax();
        my $rfields = $new_line->get_rfields();
        my $rtokens = $new_line->get_rtokens();
        my $j;
        my $col = $new_line->get_leading_space_count();

        for $j ( 0 .. $jmax ) {
            $col += length( $$rfields[$j] );

            # create initial alignments for the new group
            my $token = "";
            if ( $j < $jmax ) { $token = $$rtokens[$j] }
            my $alignment = make_alignment( $col, $token );
            $new_line->set_alignment( $j, $alignment );
        }

        $maximum_jmax_seen = $jmax;
        $minimum_jmax_seen = $jmax;
    }

    # use previous alignments otherwise
    else {
        my @new_alignments =
          $group_lines[ $maximum_line_index - 1 ]->get_alignments();
        $new_line->set_alignments(@new_alignments);
    }

    # remember group jmax extremes for next call to append_line
    $previous_minimum_jmax_seen = $minimum_jmax_seen;
    $previous_maximum_jmax_seen = $maximum_jmax_seen;
}

sub dump_array {

    # debug routine to dump array contents
    local $" = ')(';
    print "(@_)\n";
}

# flush() sends the current Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner group down the
# pipeline to Perl::Tidy::FileWriter.

# This is the external flush, which also empties the cache
sub flush {

    if ( $maximum_line_index < 0 ) {
        if ($cached_line_type) {
            $seqno_string = $cached_seqno_string;
            entab_and_output( $cached_line_text,
                $cached_line_leading_space_count,
                $last_group_level_written );
            $cached_line_type    = 0;
            $cached_line_text    = "";
            $cached_seqno_string = "";
        }
    }
    else {
        my_flush();
    }
}

# This is the internal flush, which leaves the cache intact
sub my_flush {

    return if ( $maximum_line_index < 0 );

    # handle a group of comment lines
    if ( $group_type eq 'COMMENT' ) {

        VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 && do {
            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
            print
"APPEND0: Flush called from $a $b $c for COMMENT group: lines=$maximum_line_index \n";

        };
        my $leading_space_count = $comment_leading_space_count;
        my $leading_string      = get_leading_string($leading_space_count);

        # zero leading space count if any lines are too long
        my $max_excess = 0;
        for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
            my $str = $group_lines[$i];
            my $excess =
              length($str) + $leading_space_count - $rOpts_maximum_line_length;
            if ( $excess > $max_excess ) {
                $max_excess = $excess;
            }
        }

        if ( $max_excess > 0 ) {
            $leading_space_count -= $max_excess;
            if ( $leading_space_count < 0 ) { $leading_space_count = 0 }
            $last_outdented_line_at =
              $file_writer_object->get_output_line_number();
            unless ($outdented_line_count) {
                $first_outdented_line_at = $last_outdented_line_at;
            }
            $outdented_line_count += ( $maximum_line_index + 1 );
        }

        # write the group of lines
        my $outdent_long_lines = 0;
        for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
            write_leader_and_string( $leading_space_count, $group_lines[$i], 0,
                $outdent_long_lines, "" );
        }
    }

    # handle a group of code lines
    else {

        VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 && do {
            my $group_list_type = $group_lines[0]->get_list_type();
            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
            my $maximum_field_index = $group_lines[0]->get_jmax();
            print
"APPEND0: Flush called from $a $b $c fields=$maximum_field_index list=$group_list_type lines=$maximum_line_index extra=$extra_indent_ok\n";

        };

        # some small groups are best left unaligned
        my $do_not_align = decide_if_aligned();

        # optimize side comment location
        $do_not_align = adjust_side_comment($do_not_align);

        # recover spaces for -lp option if possible
        my $extra_leading_spaces = get_extra_leading_spaces();

        # all lines of this group have the same basic leading spacing
        my $group_leader_length = $group_lines[0]->get_leading_space_count();

        # add extra leading spaces if helpful
        my $min_ci_gap = improve_continuation_indentation( $do_not_align,
            $group_leader_length );

        # loop to output all lines
        for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
            my $line = $group_lines[$i];
            write_vertically_aligned_line( $line, $min_ci_gap, $do_not_align,
                $group_leader_length, $extra_leading_spaces );
        }
    }
    initialize_for_new_group();
}

sub decide_if_aligned {

    # Do not try to align two lines which are not really similar
    return unless $maximum_line_index == 1;
    return if ($is_matching_terminal_line);

    my $group_list_type = $group_lines[0]->get_list_type();

    my $do_not_align = (

        # always align lists
        !$group_list_type

          && (

            # don't align if it was just a marginal match
            $marginal_match

            # don't align two lines with big gap
            || $group_maximum_gap > 12

            # or lines with differing number of alignment tokens
            # TODO: this could be improved.  It occasionally rejects
            # good matches.
            || $previous_maximum_jmax_seen != $previous_minimum_jmax_seen
          )
    );

    # But try to convert them into a simple comment group if the first line
    # a has side comment
    my $rfields             = $group_lines[0]->get_rfields();
    my $maximum_field_index = $group_lines[0]->get_jmax();
    if (   $do_not_align
        && ( $maximum_line_index > 0 )
        && ( length( $$rfields[$maximum_field_index] ) > 0 ) )
    {
        combine_fields();
        $do_not_align = 0;
    }
    return $do_not_align;
}

sub adjust_side_comment {

    my $do_not_align = shift;

    # let's see if we can move the side comment field out a little
    # to improve readability (the last field is always a side comment field)
    my $have_side_comment       = 0;
    my $first_side_comment_line = -1;
    my $maximum_field_index     = $group_lines[0]->get_jmax();
    for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
        my $line = $group_lines[$i];

        if ( length( $line->get_rfields()->[$maximum_field_index] ) ) {
            $have_side_comment       = 1;
            $first_side_comment_line = $i;
            last;
        }
    }

    my $kmax = $maximum_field_index + 1;

    if ($have_side_comment) {

        my $line = $group_lines[0];

        # the maximum space without exceeding the line length:
        my $avail = $line->get_available_space_on_right();

        # try to use the previous comment column
        my $side_comment_column = $line->get_column( $kmax - 2 );
        my $move                = $last_comment_column - $side_comment_column;

##        my $sc_line0 = $side_comment_history[0]->[0];
##        my $sc_col0  = $side_comment_history[0]->[1];
##        my $sc_line1 = $side_comment_history[1]->[0];
##        my $sc_col1  = $side_comment_history[1]->[1];
##        my $sc_line2 = $side_comment_history[2]->[0];
##        my $sc_col2  = $side_comment_history[2]->[1];
##
##        # FUTURE UPDATES:
##        # Be sure to ignore 'do not align' and  '} # end comments'
##        # Find first $move > 0 and $move <= $avail as follows:
##        # 1. try sc_col1 if sc_col1 == sc_col0 && (line-sc_line0) < 12
##        # 2. try sc_col2 if (line-sc_line2) < 12
##        # 3. try min possible space, plus up to 8,
##        # 4. try min possible space

        if ( $kmax > 0 && !$do_not_align ) {

            # but if this doesn't work, give up and use the minimum space
            if ( $move > $avail ) {
                $move = $rOpts_minimum_space_to_comment - 1;
            }

            # but we want some minimum space to the comment
            my $min_move = $rOpts_minimum_space_to_comment - 1;
            if (   $move >= 0
                && $last_side_comment_length > 0
                && ( $first_side_comment_line == 0 )
                && $group_level == $last_group_level_written )
            {
                $min_move = 0;
            }

            if ( $move < $min_move ) {
                $move = $min_move;
            }

            # prevously, an upper bound was placed on $move here,
            # (maximum_space_to_comment), but it was not helpful

            # don't exceed the available space
            if ( $move > $avail ) { $move = $avail }

            # we can only increase space, never decrease
            if ( $move > 0 ) {
                $line->increase_field_width( $maximum_field_index - 1, $move );
            }

            # remember this column for the next group
            $last_comment_column = $line->get_column( $kmax - 2 );
        }
        else {

            # try to at least line up the existing side comment location
            if ( $kmax > 0 && $move > 0 && $move < $avail ) {
                $line->increase_field_width( $maximum_field_index - 1, $move );
                $do_not_align = 0;
            }

            # reset side comment column if we can't align
            else {
                forget_side_comment();
            }
        }
    }
    return $do_not_align;
}

sub improve_continuation_indentation {
    my ( $do_not_align, $group_leader_length ) = @_;

    # See if we can increase the continuation indentation
    # to move all continuation lines closer to the next field
    # (unless it is a comment).
    #
    # '$min_ci_gap'is the extra indentation that we may need to introduce.
    # We will only introduce this to fields which already have some ci.
    # Without this variable, we would occasionally get something like this
    # (Complex.pm):
    #
    # use overload '+' => \&plus,
    #   '-'            => \&minus,
    #   '*'            => \&multiply,
    #   ...
    #   'tan'          => \&tan,
    #   'atan2'        => \&atan2,
    #
    # Whereas with this variable, we can shift variables over to get this:
    #
    # use overload '+' => \&plus,
    #          '-'     => \&minus,
    #          '*'     => \&multiply,
    #          ...
    #          'tan'   => \&tan,
    #          'atan2' => \&atan2,

    ## BUB: Deactivated####################
    # The trouble with this patch is that it may, for example,
    # move in some 'or's  or ':'s, and leave some out, so that the
    # left edge alignment suffers.
    return 0;
    ###########################################

    my $maximum_field_index = $group_lines[0]->get_jmax();

    my $min_ci_gap = $rOpts_maximum_line_length;
    if ( $maximum_field_index > 1 && !$do_not_align ) {

        for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
            my $line                = $group_lines[$i];
            my $leading_space_count = $line->get_leading_space_count();
            my $rfields             = $line->get_rfields();

            my $gap =
              $line->get_column(0) -
              $leading_space_count -
              length( $$rfields[0] );

            if ( $leading_space_count > $group_leader_length ) {
                if ( $gap < $min_ci_gap ) { $min_ci_gap = $gap }
            }
        }

        if ( $min_ci_gap >= $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
            $min_ci_gap = 0;
        }
    }
    else {
        $min_ci_gap = 0;
    }
    return $min_ci_gap;
}

sub write_vertically_aligned_line {

    my ( $line, $min_ci_gap, $do_not_align, $group_leader_length,
        $extra_leading_spaces )
      = @_;
    my $rfields                   = $line->get_rfields();
    my $leading_space_count       = $line->get_leading_space_count();
    my $outdent_long_lines        = $line->get_outdent_long_lines();
    my $maximum_field_index       = $line->get_jmax();
    my $rvertical_tightness_flags = $line->get_rvertical_tightness_flags();

    # add any extra spaces
    if ( $leading_space_count > $group_leader_length ) {
        $leading_space_count += $min_ci_gap;
    }

    my $str = $$rfields[0];

    # loop to concatenate all fields of this line and needed padding
    my $total_pad_count = 0;
    my ( $j, $pad );
    for $j ( 1 .. $maximum_field_index ) {

        # skip zero-length side comments
        last
          if ( ( $j == $maximum_field_index )
            && ( !defined( $$rfields[$j] ) || ( length( $$rfields[$j] ) == 0 ) )
          );

        # compute spaces of padding before this field
        my $col = $line->get_column( $j - 1 );
        $pad = $col - ( length($str) + $leading_space_count );

        if ($do_not_align) {
            $pad =
              ( $j < $maximum_field_index )
              ? 0
              : $rOpts_minimum_space_to_comment - 1;
        }

        # if the -fpsc flag is set, move the side comment to the selected
        # column if and only if it is possible, ignoring constraints on
        # line length and minimum space to comment
        if ( $rOpts_fixed_position_side_comment && $j == $maximum_field_index )
        {
            my $newpad = $pad + $rOpts_fixed_position_side_comment - $col - 1;
            if ( $newpad >= 0 ) { $pad = $newpad; }
        }

        # accumulate the padding
        if ( $pad > 0 ) { $total_pad_count += $pad; }

        # add this field
        if ( !defined $$rfields[$j] ) {
            write_diagnostics("UNDEFined field at j=$j\n");
        }

        # only add padding when we have a finite field;
        # this avoids extra terminal spaces if we have empty fields
        if ( length( $$rfields[$j] ) > 0 ) {
            $str .= ' ' x $total_pad_count;
            $total_pad_count = 0;
            $str .= $$rfields[$j];
        }
        else {
            $total_pad_count = 0;
        }

        # update side comment history buffer
        if ( $j == $maximum_field_index ) {
            my $lineno = $file_writer_object->get_output_line_number();
            shift @side_comment_history;
            push @side_comment_history, [ $lineno, $col ];
        }
    }

    my $side_comment_length = ( length( $$rfields[$maximum_field_index] ) );

    # ship this line off
    write_leader_and_string( $leading_space_count + $extra_leading_spaces,
        $str, $side_comment_length, $outdent_long_lines,
        $rvertical_tightness_flags );
}

sub get_extra_leading_spaces {

    #----------------------------------------------------------
    # Define any extra indentation space (for the -lp option).
    # Here is why:
    # If a list has side comments, sub scan_list must dump the
    # list before it sees everything.  When this happens, it sets
    # the indentation to the standard scheme, but notes how
    # many spaces it would have liked to use.  We may be able
    # to recover that space here in the event that that all of the
    # lines of a list are back together again.
    #----------------------------------------------------------

    my $extra_leading_spaces = 0;
    if ($extra_indent_ok) {
        my $object = $group_lines[0]->get_indentation();
        if ( ref($object) ) {
            my $extra_indentation_spaces_wanted =
              get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($object);

            # all indentation objects must be the same
            my $i;
            for $i ( 1 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
                if ( $object != $group_lines[$i]->get_indentation() ) {
                    $extra_indentation_spaces_wanted = 0;
                    last;
                }
            }

            if ($extra_indentation_spaces_wanted) {

                # the maximum space without exceeding the line length:
                my $avail = $group_lines[0]->get_available_space_on_right();
                $extra_leading_spaces =
                  ( $avail > $extra_indentation_spaces_wanted )
                  ? $extra_indentation_spaces_wanted
                  : $avail;

                # update the indentation object because with -icp the terminal
                # ');' will use the same adjustment.
                $object->permanently_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES(
                    -$extra_leading_spaces );
            }
        }
    }
    return $extra_leading_spaces;
}

sub combine_fields {

    # combine all fields except for the comment field  ( sidecmt.t )
    # Uses global variables:
    #  @group_lines
    #  $maximum_line_index
    my ( $j, $k );
    my $maximum_field_index = $group_lines[0]->get_jmax();
    for ( $j = 0 ; $j <= $maximum_line_index ; $j++ ) {
        my $line    = $group_lines[$j];
        my $rfields = $line->get_rfields();
        foreach ( 1 .. $maximum_field_index - 1 ) {
            $$rfields[0] .= $$rfields[$_];
        }
        $$rfields[1] = $$rfields[$maximum_field_index];

        $line->set_jmax(1);
        $line->set_column( 0, 0 );
        $line->set_column( 1, 0 );

    }
    $maximum_field_index = 1;

    for $j ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
        my $line    = $group_lines[$j];
        my $rfields = $line->get_rfields();
        for $k ( 0 .. $maximum_field_index ) {
            my $pad = length( $$rfields[$k] ) - $line->current_field_width($k);
            if ( $k == 0 ) {
                $pad += $group_lines[$j]->get_leading_space_count();
            }

            if ( $pad > 0 ) { $line->increase_field_width( $k, $pad ) }

        }
    }
}

sub get_output_line_number {

    # the output line number reported to a caller is the number of items
    # written plus the number of items in the buffer
    my $self = shift;
    1 + $maximum_line_index + $file_writer_object->get_output_line_number();
}

sub write_leader_and_string {

    my ( $leading_space_count, $str, $side_comment_length, $outdent_long_lines,
        $rvertical_tightness_flags )
      = @_;

    # handle outdenting of long lines:
    if ($outdent_long_lines) {
        my $excess =
          length($str) -
          $side_comment_length +
          $leading_space_count -
          $rOpts_maximum_line_length;
        if ( $excess > 0 ) {
            $leading_space_count = 0;
            $last_outdented_line_at =
              $file_writer_object->get_output_line_number();

            unless ($outdented_line_count) {
                $first_outdented_line_at = $last_outdented_line_at;
            }
            $outdented_line_count++;
        }
    }

    # Make preliminary leading whitespace.  It could get changed
    # later by entabbing, so we have to keep track of any changes
    # to the leading_space_count from here on.
    my $leading_string =
      $leading_space_count > 0 ? ( ' ' x $leading_space_count ) : "";

    # Unpack any recombination data; it was packed by
    # sub send_lines_to_vertical_aligner. Contents:
    #
    #   [0] type: 1=opening  2=closing  3=opening block brace
    #   [1] flag: if opening: 1=no multiple steps, 2=multiple steps ok
    #             if closing: spaces of padding to use
    #   [2] sequence number of container
    #   [3] valid flag: do not append if this flag is false
    #
    my ( $open_or_close, $tightness_flag, $seqno, $valid, $seqno_beg,
        $seqno_end );
    if ($rvertical_tightness_flags) {
        (
            $open_or_close, $tightness_flag, $seqno, $valid, $seqno_beg,
            $seqno_end
        ) = @{$rvertical_tightness_flags};
    }

    $seqno_string = $seqno_end;

    # handle any cached line ..
    # either append this line to it or write it out
    if ( length($cached_line_text) ) {

        if ( !$cached_line_valid ) {
            entab_and_output( $cached_line_text,
                $cached_line_leading_space_count,
                $last_group_level_written );
        }

        # handle cached line with opening container token
        elsif ( $cached_line_type == 1 || $cached_line_type == 3 ) {

            my $gap = $leading_space_count - length($cached_line_text);

            # handle option of just one tight opening per line:
            if ( $cached_line_flag == 1 ) {
                if ( defined($open_or_close) && $open_or_close == 1 ) {
                    $gap = -1;
                }
            }

            if ( $gap >= 0 ) {
                $leading_string      = $cached_line_text . ' ' x $gap;
                $leading_space_count = $cached_line_leading_space_count;
                $seqno_string        = $cached_seqno_string . ':' . $seqno_beg;
            }
            else {
                entab_and_output( $cached_line_text,
                    $cached_line_leading_space_count,
                    $last_group_level_written );
            }
        }

        # handle cached line to place before this closing container token
        else {
            my $test_line = $cached_line_text . ' ' x $cached_line_flag . $str;

            if ( length($test_line) <= $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {

                $seqno_string = $cached_seqno_string . ':' . $seqno_beg;

                # Patch to outdent closing tokens ending # in ');'
                # If we are joining a line like ');' to a previous stacked
                # set of closing tokens, then decide if we may outdent the
                # combined stack to the indentation of the ');'.  Since we
                # should not normally outdent any of the other tokens more than
                # the indentation of the lines that contained them, we will
                # only do this if all of the corresponding opening
                # tokens were on the same line.  This can happen with
                # -sot and -sct.  For example, it is ok here:
                #   __PACKAGE__->load_components( qw(
                #         PK::Auto
                #         Core
                #   ));
                #
                #   But, for example, we do not outdent in this example because
                #   that would put the closing sub brace out farther than the
                #   opening sub brace:
                #
                #   perltidy -sot -sct
                #   $c->Tk::bind(
                #       '' => sub {
                #           my ($c) = @_;
                #           my $e = $c->XEvent;
                #           itemsUnderArea $c;
                #       } );
                #
                if ( $str =~ /^\);/ && $cached_line_text =~ /^[\)\}\]\s]*$/ ) {

                    # The way to tell this is if the stacked sequence numbers
                    # of this output line are the reverse of the stacked
                    # sequence numbers of the previous non-blank line of
                    # sequence numbers.  So we can join if the previous
                    # nonblank string of tokens is the mirror image.  For
                    # example if stack )}] is 13:8:6 then we are looking for a
                    # leading stack like [{( which is 6:8:13 We only need to
                    # check the two ends, because the intermediate tokens must
                    # fall in order.  Note on speed: having to split on colons
                    # and eliminate multiple colons might appear to be slow,
                    # but it's not an issue because we almost never come
                    # through here.  In a typical file we don't.
                    $seqno_string               =~ s/^:+//;
                    $last_nonblank_seqno_string =~ s/^:+//;
                    $seqno_string               =~ s/:+/:/g;
                    $last_nonblank_seqno_string =~ s/:+/:/g;

                    # how many spaces can we outdent?
                    my $diff =
                      $cached_line_leading_space_count - $leading_space_count;
                    if (   $diff > 0
                        && length($seqno_string)
                        && length($last_nonblank_seqno_string) ==
                        length($seqno_string) )
                    {
                        my @seqno_last =
                          ( split ':', $last_nonblank_seqno_string );
                        my @seqno_now = ( split ':', $seqno_string );
                        if (   $seqno_now[-1] == $seqno_last[0]
                            && $seqno_now[0] == $seqno_last[-1] )
                        {

                            # OK to outdent ..
                            # for absolute safety, be sure we only remove
                            # whitespace
                            my $ws = substr( $test_line, 0, $diff );
                            if ( ( length($ws) == $diff ) && $ws =~ /^\s+$/ ) {

                                $test_line = substr( $test_line, $diff );
                                $cached_line_leading_space_count -= $diff;
                            }

                            # shouldn't happen, but not critical:
                            ##else {
                            ## ERROR transferring indentation here
                            ##}
                        }
                    }
                }

                $str                 = $test_line;
                $leading_string      = "";
                $leading_space_count = $cached_line_leading_space_count;
            }
            else {
                entab_and_output( $cached_line_text,
                    $cached_line_leading_space_count,
                    $last_group_level_written );
            }
        }
    }
    $cached_line_type = 0;
    $cached_line_text = "";

    # make the line to be written
    my $line = $leading_string . $str;

    # write or cache this line
    if ( !$open_or_close || $side_comment_length > 0 ) {
        entab_and_output( $line, $leading_space_count, $group_level );
    }
    else {
        $cached_line_text                = $line;
        $cached_line_type                = $open_or_close;
        $cached_line_flag                = $tightness_flag;
        $cached_seqno                    = $seqno;
        $cached_line_valid               = $valid;
        $cached_line_leading_space_count = $leading_space_count;
        $cached_seqno_string             = $seqno_string;
    }

    $last_group_level_written = $group_level;
    $last_side_comment_length = $side_comment_length;
    $extra_indent_ok          = 0;
}

sub entab_and_output {
    my ( $line, $leading_space_count, $level ) = @_;

    # The line is currently correct if there is no tabbing (recommended!)
    # We may have to lop off some leading spaces and replace with tabs.
    if ( $leading_space_count > 0 ) {

        # Nothing to do if no tabs
        if ( !( $rOpts_tabs || $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace )
            || $rOpts_indent_columns <= 0 )
        {

            # nothing to do
        }

        # Handle entab option
        elsif ($rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace) {
            my $space_count =
              $leading_space_count % $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace;
            my $tab_count =
              int( $leading_space_count / $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace );
            my $leading_string = "\t" x $tab_count . ' ' x $space_count;
            if ( $line =~ /^\s{$leading_space_count,$leading_space_count}/ ) {
                substr( $line, 0, $leading_space_count ) = $leading_string;
            }
            else {

                # REMOVE AFTER TESTING
                # shouldn't happen - program error counting whitespace
                # we'll skip entabbing
                warning(
"Error entabbing in entab_and_output: expected count=$leading_space_count\n"
                );
            }
        }

        # Handle option of one tab per level
        else {
            my $leading_string = ( "\t" x $level );
            my $space_count =
              $leading_space_count - $level * $rOpts_indent_columns;

            # shouldn't happen:
            if ( $space_count < 0 ) {
                warning(
"Error entabbing in append_line: for level=$group_level count=$leading_space_count\n"
                );
                $leading_string = ( ' ' x $leading_space_count );
            }
            else {
                $leading_string .= ( ' ' x $space_count );
            }
            if ( $line =~ /^\s{$leading_space_count,$leading_space_count}/ ) {
                substr( $line, 0, $leading_space_count ) = $leading_string;
            }
            else {

                # REMOVE AFTER TESTING
                # shouldn't happen - program error counting whitespace
                # we'll skip entabbing
                warning(
"Error entabbing in entab_and_output: expected count=$leading_space_count\n"
                );
            }
        }
    }
    $file_writer_object->write_code_line( $line . "\n" );
    if ($seqno_string) {
        $last_nonblank_seqno_string = $seqno_string;
    }
}

{    # begin get_leading_string

    my @leading_string_cache;

    sub get_leading_string {

        # define the leading whitespace string for this line..
        my $leading_whitespace_count = shift;

        # Handle case of zero whitespace, which includes multi-line quotes
        # (which may have a finite level; this prevents tab problems)
        if ( $leading_whitespace_count <= 0 ) {
            return "";
        }

        # look for previous result
        elsif ( $leading_string_cache[$leading_whitespace_count] ) {
            return $leading_string_cache[$leading_whitespace_count];
        }

        # must compute a string for this number of spaces
        my $leading_string;

        # Handle simple case of no tabs
        if ( !( $rOpts_tabs || $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace )
            || $rOpts_indent_columns <= 0 )
        {
            $leading_string = ( ' ' x $leading_whitespace_count );
        }

        # Handle entab option
        elsif ($rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace) {
            my $space_count =
              $leading_whitespace_count % $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace;
            my $tab_count = int(
                $leading_whitespace_count / $rOpts_entab_leading_whitespace );
            $leading_string = "\t" x $tab_count . ' ' x $space_count;
        }

        # Handle option of one tab per level
        else {
            $leading_string = ( "\t" x $group_level );
            my $space_count =
              $leading_whitespace_count - $group_level * $rOpts_indent_columns;

            # shouldn't happen:
            if ( $space_count < 0 ) {
                warning(
"Error in append_line: for level=$group_level count=$leading_whitespace_count\n"
                );
                $leading_string = ( ' ' x $leading_whitespace_count );
            }
            else {
                $leading_string .= ( ' ' x $space_count );
            }
        }
        $leading_string_cache[$leading_whitespace_count] = $leading_string;
        return $leading_string;
    }
}    # end get_leading_string

sub report_anything_unusual {
    my $self = shift;
    if ( $outdented_line_count > 0 ) {
        write_logfile_entry(
            "$outdented_line_count long lines were outdented:\n");
        write_logfile_entry(
            "  First at output line $first_outdented_line_at\n");

        if ( $outdented_line_count > 1 ) {
            write_logfile_entry(
                "   Last at output line $last_outdented_line_at\n");
        }
        write_logfile_entry(
            "  use -noll to prevent outdenting, -l=n to increase line length\n"
        );
        write_logfile_entry("\n");
    }
}

#####################################################################
#
# the Perl::Tidy::FileWriter class writes the output file
#
#####################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::FileWriter;

# Maximum number of little messages; probably need not be changed.
use constant MAX_NAG_MESSAGES => 6;

sub write_logfile_entry {
    my $self          = shift;
    my $logger_object = $self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(@_);
    }
}

sub new {
    my $class = shift;
    my ( $line_sink_object, $rOpts, $logger_object ) = @_;

    bless {
        _line_sink_object           => $line_sink_object,
        _logger_object              => $logger_object,
        _rOpts                      => $rOpts,
        _output_line_number         => 1,
        _consecutive_blank_lines    => 0,
        _consecutive_nonblank_lines => 0,
        _first_line_length_error    => 0,
        _max_line_length_error      => 0,
        _last_line_length_error     => 0,
        _first_line_length_error_at => 0,
        _max_line_length_error_at   => 0,
        _last_line_length_error_at  => 0,
        _line_length_error_count    => 0,
        _max_output_line_length     => 0,
        _max_output_line_length_at  => 0,
    }, $class;
}

sub tee_on {
    my $self = shift;
    $self->{_line_sink_object}->tee_on();
}

sub tee_off {
    my $self = shift;
    $self->{_line_sink_object}->tee_off();
}

sub get_output_line_number {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->{_output_line_number};
}

sub decrement_output_line_number {
    my $self = shift;
    $self->{_output_line_number}--;
}

sub get_consecutive_nonblank_lines {
    my $self = shift;
    return $self->{_consecutive_nonblank_lines};
}

sub reset_consecutive_blank_lines {
    my $self = shift;
    $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines} = 0;
}

sub want_blank_line {
    my $self = shift;
    unless ( $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines} ) {
        $self->write_blank_code_line();
    }
}

sub write_blank_code_line {
    my $self   = shift;
    my $forced = shift;
    my $rOpts  = $self->{_rOpts};
    return
      if (!$forced
        && $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines} >=
        $rOpts->{'maximum-consecutive-blank-lines'} );
    $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines}++;
    $self->{_consecutive_nonblank_lines} = 0;
    $self->write_line("\n");
}

sub write_code_line {
    my $self = shift;
    my $a    = shift;

    if ( $a =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
        my $rOpts = $self->{_rOpts};
        return
          if ( $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines} >=
            $rOpts->{'maximum-consecutive-blank-lines'} );
        $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines}++;
        $self->{_consecutive_nonblank_lines} = 0;
    }
    else {
        $self->{_consecutive_blank_lines} = 0;
        $self->{_consecutive_nonblank_lines}++;
    }
    $self->write_line($a);
}

sub write_line {
    my $self = shift;
    my $a    = shift;

    # TODO: go through and see if the test is necessary here
    if ( $a =~ /\n$/ ) { $self->{_output_line_number}++; }

    $self->{_line_sink_object}->write_line($a);

    # This calculation of excess line length ignores any internal tabs
    my $rOpts  = $self->{_rOpts};
    my $exceed = length($a) - $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'} - 1;
    if ( $a =~ /^\t+/g ) {
        $exceed += pos($a) * ( $rOpts->{'indent-columns'} - 1 );
    }

    # Note that we just incremented output line number to future value
    # so we must subtract 1 for current line number
    if ( length($a) > 1 + $self->{_max_output_line_length} ) {
        $self->{_max_output_line_length}    = length($a) - 1;
        $self->{_max_output_line_length_at} = $self->{_output_line_number} - 1;
    }

    if ( $exceed > 0 ) {
        my $output_line_number = $self->{_output_line_number};
        $self->{_last_line_length_error}    = $exceed;
        $self->{_last_line_length_error_at} = $output_line_number - 1;
        if ( $self->{_line_length_error_count} == 0 ) {
            $self->{_first_line_length_error}    = $exceed;
            $self->{_first_line_length_error_at} = $output_line_number - 1;
        }

        if (
            $self->{_last_line_length_error} > $self->{_max_line_length_error} )
        {
            $self->{_max_line_length_error}    = $exceed;
            $self->{_max_line_length_error_at} = $output_line_number - 1;
        }

        if ( $self->{_line_length_error_count} < MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
            $self->write_logfile_entry(
                "Line length exceeded by $exceed characters\n");
        }
        $self->{_line_length_error_count}++;
    }

}

sub report_line_length_errors {
    my $self                    = shift;
    my $rOpts                   = $self->{_rOpts};
    my $line_length_error_count = $self->{_line_length_error_count};
    if ( $line_length_error_count == 0 ) {
        $self->write_logfile_entry(
            "No lines exceeded $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'} characters\n");
        my $max_output_line_length    = $self->{_max_output_line_length};
        my $max_output_line_length_at = $self->{_max_output_line_length_at};
        $self->write_logfile_entry(
"  Maximum output line length was $max_output_line_length at line $max_output_line_length_at\n"
        );

    }
    else {

        my $word = ( $line_length_error_count > 1 ) ? "s" : "";
        $self->write_logfile_entry(
"$line_length_error_count output line$word exceeded $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'} characters:\n"
        );

        $word = ( $line_length_error_count > 1 ) ? "First" : "";
        my $first_line_length_error    = $self->{_first_line_length_error};
        my $first_line_length_error_at = $self->{_first_line_length_error_at};
        $self->write_logfile_entry(
" $word at line $first_line_length_error_at by $first_line_length_error characters\n"
        );

        if ( $line_length_error_count > 1 ) {
            my $max_line_length_error     = $self->{_max_line_length_error};
            my $max_line_length_error_at  = $self->{_max_line_length_error_at};
            my $last_line_length_error    = $self->{_last_line_length_error};
            my $last_line_length_error_at = $self->{_last_line_length_error_at};
            $self->write_logfile_entry(
" Maximum at line $max_line_length_error_at by $max_line_length_error characters\n"
            );
            $self->write_logfile_entry(
" Last at line $last_line_length_error_at by $last_line_length_error characters\n"
            );
        }
    }
}

#####################################################################
#
# The Perl::Tidy::Debugger class shows line tokenization
#
#####################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::Debugger;

sub new {

    my ( $class, $filename ) = @_;

    bless {
        _debug_file        => $filename,
        _debug_file_opened => 0,
        _fh                => undef,
    }, $class;
}

sub really_open_debug_file {

    my $self       = shift;
    my $debug_file = $self->{_debug_file};
    my $fh;
    unless ( $fh = IO::File->new("> $debug_file") ) {
        warn("can't open $debug_file: $!\n");
    }
    $self->{_debug_file_opened} = 1;
    $self->{_fh}                = $fh;
    print $fh
      "Use -dump-token-types (-dtt) to get a list of token type codes\n";
}

sub close_debug_file {

    my $self = shift;
    my $fh   = $self->{_fh};
    if ( $self->{_debug_file_opened} ) {

        eval { $self->{_fh}->close() };
    }
}

sub write_debug_entry {

    # This is a debug dump routine which may be modified as necessary
    # to dump tokens on a line-by-line basis.  The output will be written
    # to the .DEBUG file when the -D flag is entered.
    my $self           = shift;
    my $line_of_tokens = shift;

    my $input_line        = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};
    my $rtoken_type       = $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type};
    my $rtokens           = $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens};
    my $rlevels           = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels};
    my $rslevels          = $line_of_tokens->{_rslevels};
    my $rblock_type       = $line_of_tokens->{_rblock_type};
    my $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number};
    my $line_type         = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type};

    my ( $j, $num );

    my $token_str              = "$input_line_number: ";
    my $reconstructed_original = "$input_line_number: ";
    my $block_str              = "$input_line_number: ";

    #$token_str .= "$line_type: ";
    #$reconstructed_original .= "$line_type: ";

    my $pattern   = "";
    my @next_char = ( '"', '"' );
    my $i_next    = 0;
    unless ( $self->{_debug_file_opened} ) { $self->really_open_debug_file() }
    my $fh = $self->{_fh};

    for ( $j = 0 ; $j < @$rtoken_type ; $j++ ) {

        # testing patterns
        if ( $$rtoken_type[$j] eq 'k' ) {
            $pattern .= $$rtokens[$j];
        }
        else {
            $pattern .= $$rtoken_type[$j];
        }
        $reconstructed_original .= $$rtokens[$j];
        $block_str .= "($$rblock_type[$j])";
        $num = length( $$rtokens[$j] );
        my $type_str = $$rtoken_type[$j];

        # be sure there are no blank tokens (shouldn't happen)
        # This can only happen if a programming error has been made
        # because all valid tokens are non-blank
        if ( $type_str eq ' ' ) {
            print $fh "BLANK TOKEN on the next line\n";
            $type_str = $next_char[$i_next];
            $i_next   = 1 - $i_next;
        }

        if ( length($type_str) == 1 ) {
            $type_str = $type_str x $num;
        }
        $token_str .= $type_str;
    }

    # Write what you want here ...
    # print $fh "$input_line\n";
    # print $fh "$pattern\n";
    print $fh "$reconstructed_original\n";
    print $fh "$token_str\n";

    #print $fh "$block_str\n";
}

#####################################################################
#
# The Perl::Tidy::LineBuffer class supplies a 'get_line()'
# method for returning the next line to be parsed, as well as a
# 'peek_ahead()' method
#
# The input parameter is an object with a 'get_line()' method
# which returns the next line to be parsed
#
#####################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::LineBuffer;

sub new {

    my $class              = shift;
    my $line_source_object = shift;

    return bless {
        _line_source_object => $line_source_object,
        _rlookahead_buffer  => [],
    }, $class;
}

sub peek_ahead {
    my $self               = shift;
    my $buffer_index       = shift;
    my $line               = undef;
    my $line_source_object = $self->{_line_source_object};
    my $rlookahead_buffer  = $self->{_rlookahead_buffer};
    if ( $buffer_index < scalar(@$rlookahead_buffer) ) {
        $line = $$rlookahead_buffer[$buffer_index];
    }
    else {
        $line = $line_source_object->get_line();
        push( @$rlookahead_buffer, $line );
    }
    return $line;
}

sub get_line {
    my $self               = shift;
    my $line               = undef;
    my $line_source_object = $self->{_line_source_object};
    my $rlookahead_buffer  = $self->{_rlookahead_buffer};

    if ( scalar(@$rlookahead_buffer) ) {
        $line = shift @$rlookahead_buffer;
    }
    else {
        $line = $line_source_object->get_line();
    }
    return $line;
}

########################################################################
#
# the Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer package is essentially a filter which
# reads lines of perl source code from a source object and provides
# corresponding tokenized lines through its get_line() method.  Lines
# flow from the source_object to the caller like this:
#
# source_object --> LineBuffer_object --> Tokenizer -->  calling routine
#   get_line()         get_line()           get_line()     line_of_tokens
#
# The source object can be any object with a get_line() method which
# supplies one line (a character string) perl call.
# The LineBuffer object is created by the Tokenizer.
# The Tokenizer returns a reference to a data structure 'line_of_tokens'
# containing one tokenized line for each call to its get_line() method.
#
# WARNING: This is not a real class yet.  Only one tokenizer my be used.
#
########################################################################

package Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer;

BEGIN {

    # Caution: these debug flags produce a lot of output
    # They should all be 0 except when debugging small scripts

    use constant TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_EXPECT   => 0;
    use constant TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_NSCAN    => 0;
    use constant TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_QUOTE    => 0;
    use constant TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_SCAN_ID  => 0;
    use constant TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_TOKENIZE => 0;

    my $debug_warning = sub {
        print "TOKENIZER_DEBUGGING with key $_[0]\n";
    };

    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_EXPECT   && $debug_warning->('EXPECT');
    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_NSCAN    && $debug_warning->('NSCAN');
    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_QUOTE    && $debug_warning->('QUOTE');
    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_SCAN_ID  && $debug_warning->('SCAN_ID');
    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_TOKENIZE && $debug_warning->('TOKENIZE');

}

use Carp;

# PACKAGE VARIABLES for for processing an entire FILE.
use vars qw{
  $tokenizer_self

  $last_nonblank_token
  $last_nonblank_type
  $last_nonblank_block_type
  $statement_type
  $in_attribute_list
  $current_package
  $context

  %is_constant
  %is_user_function
  %user_function_prototype
  %is_block_function
  %is_block_list_function
  %saw_function_definition

  $brace_depth
  $paren_depth
  $square_bracket_depth

  @current_depth
  @total_depth
  $total_depth
  @nesting_sequence_number
  @current_sequence_number
  @paren_type
  @paren_semicolon_count
  @paren_structural_type
  @brace_type
  @brace_structural_type
  @brace_statement_type
  @brace_context
  @brace_package
  @square_bracket_type
  @square_bracket_structural_type
  @depth_array
  @nested_ternary_flag
  @starting_line_of_current_depth
};

# GLOBAL CONSTANTS for routines in this package
use vars qw{
  %is_indirect_object_taker
  %is_block_operator
  %expecting_operator_token
  %expecting_operator_types
  %expecting_term_types
  %expecting_term_token
  %is_digraph
  %is_file_test_operator
  %is_trigraph
  %is_valid_token_type
  %is_keyword
  %is_code_block_token
  %really_want_term
  @opening_brace_names
  @closing_brace_names
  %is_keyword_taking_list
  %is_q_qq_qw_qx_qr_s_y_tr_m
};

# possible values of operator_expected()
use constant TERM     => -1;
use constant UNKNOWN  => 0;
use constant OPERATOR => 1;

# possible values of context
use constant SCALAR_CONTEXT  => -1;
use constant UNKNOWN_CONTEXT => 0;
use constant LIST_CONTEXT    => 1;

# Maximum number of little messages; probably need not be changed.
use constant MAX_NAG_MESSAGES => 6;

{

    # methods to count instances
    my $_count = 0;
    sub get_count        { $_count; }
    sub _increment_count { ++$_count }
    sub _decrement_count { --$_count }
}

sub DESTROY {
    $_[0]->_decrement_count();
}

sub new {

    my $class = shift;

    # Note: 'tabs' and 'indent_columns' are temporary and should be
    # removed asap
    my %defaults = (
        source_object        => undef,
        debugger_object      => undef,
        diagnostics_object   => undef,
        logger_object        => undef,
        starting_level       => undef,
        indent_columns       => 4,
        tabs                 => 0,
        entab_leading_space  => undef,
        look_for_hash_bang   => 0,
        trim_qw              => 1,
        look_for_autoloader  => 1,
        look_for_selfloader  => 1,
        starting_line_number => 1,
    );
    my %args = ( %defaults, @_ );

    # we are given an object with a get_line() method to supply source lines
    my $source_object = $args{source_object};

    # we create another object with a get_line() and peek_ahead() method
    my $line_buffer_object = Perl::Tidy::LineBuffer->new($source_object);

    # Tokenizer state data is as follows:
    # _rhere_target_list    reference to list of here-doc targets
    # _here_doc_target      the target string for a here document
    # _here_quote_character the type of here-doc quoting (" ' ` or none)
    #                       to determine if interpolation is done
    # _quote_target         character we seek if chasing a quote
    # _line_start_quote     line where we started looking for a long quote
    # _in_here_doc          flag indicating if we are in a here-doc
    # _in_pod               flag set if we are in pod documentation
    # _in_error             flag set if we saw severe error (binary in script)
    # _in_data              flag set if we are in __DATA__ section
    # _in_end               flag set if we are in __END__ section
    # _in_format            flag set if we are in a format description
    # _in_attribute_list    flag telling if we are looking for attributes
    # _in_quote             flag telling if we are chasing a quote
    # _starting_level       indentation level of first line
    # _input_tabstr         string denoting one indentation level of input file
    # _know_input_tabstr    flag indicating if we know _input_tabstr
    # _line_buffer_object   object with get_line() method to supply source code
    # _diagnostics_object   place to write debugging information
    # _unexpected_error_count  error count used to limit output
    # _lower_case_labels_at  line numbers where lower case labels seen
    $tokenizer_self = {
        _rhere_target_list                  => [],
        _in_here_doc                        => 0,
        _here_doc_target                    => "",
        _here_quote_character               => "",
        _in_data                            => 0,
        _in_end                             => 0,
        _in_format                          => 0,
        _in_error                           => 0,
        _in_pod                             => 0,
        _in_attribute_list                  => 0,
        _in_quote                           => 0,
        _quote_target                       => "",
        _line_start_quote                   => -1,
        _starting_level                     => $args{starting_level},
        _know_starting_level                => defined( $args{starting_level} ),
        _tabs                               => $args{tabs},
        _entab_leading_space                => $args{entab_leading_space},
        _indent_columns                     => $args{indent_columns},
        _look_for_hash_bang                 => $args{look_for_hash_bang},
        _trim_qw                            => $args{trim_qw},
        _input_tabstr                       => "",
        _know_input_tabstr                  => -1,
        _last_line_number                   => $args{starting_line_number} - 1,
        _saw_perl_dash_P                    => 0,
        _saw_perl_dash_w                    => 0,
        _saw_use_strict                     => 0,
        _saw_v_string                       => 0,
        _look_for_autoloader                => $args{look_for_autoloader},
        _look_for_selfloader                => $args{look_for_selfloader},
        _saw_autoloader                     => 0,
        _saw_selfloader                     => 0,
        _saw_hash_bang                      => 0,
        _saw_end                            => 0,
        _saw_data                           => 0,
        _saw_negative_indentation           => 0,
        _started_tokenizing                 => 0,
        _line_buffer_object                 => $line_buffer_object,
        _debugger_object                    => $args{debugger_object},
        _diagnostics_object                 => $args{diagnostics_object},
        _logger_object                      => $args{logger_object},
        _unexpected_error_count             => 0,
        _started_looking_for_here_target_at => 0,
        _nearly_matched_here_target_at      => undef,
        _line_text                          => "",
        _rlower_case_labels_at              => undef,
    };

    prepare_for_a_new_file();
    find_starting_indentation_level();

    bless $tokenizer_self, $class;

    # This is not a full class yet, so die if an attempt is made to
    # create more than one object.

    if ( _increment_count() > 1 ) {
        confess
"Attempt to create more than 1 object in $class, which is not a true class yet\n";
    }

    return $tokenizer_self;

}

# interface to Perl::Tidy::Logger routines
sub warning {
    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->warning(@_);
    }
}

sub complain {
    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->complain(@_);
    }
}

sub write_logfile_entry {
    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->write_logfile_entry(@_);
    }
}

sub interrupt_logfile {
    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->interrupt_logfile();
    }
}

sub resume_logfile {
    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->resume_logfile();
    }
}

sub increment_brace_error {
    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->increment_brace_error();
    }
}

sub report_definite_bug {
    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->report_definite_bug();
    }
}

sub brace_warning {
    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->brace_warning(@_);
    }
}

sub get_saw_brace_error {
    my $logger_object = $tokenizer_self->{_logger_object};
    if ($logger_object) {
        $logger_object->get_saw_brace_error();
    }
    else {
        0;
    }
}

# interface to Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics routines
sub write_diagnostics {
    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_diagnostics_object} ) {
        $tokenizer_self->{_diagnostics_object}->write_diagnostics(@_);
    }
}

sub report_tokenization_errors {

    my $self = shift;

    my $level = get_indentation_level();
    if ( $level != $tokenizer_self->{_starting_level} ) {
        warning("final indentation level: $level\n");
    }

    check_final_nesting_depths();

    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_hash_bang}
        && !$tokenizer_self->{_saw_hash_bang} )
    {
        warning(
            "hit EOF without seeing hash-bang line; maybe don't need -x?\n");
    }

    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_format} ) {
        warning("hit EOF while in format description\n");
    }

    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} ) {

        # Just write log entry if this is after __END__ or __DATA__
        # because this happens to often, and it is not likely to be
        # a parsing error.
        if ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_data} || $tokenizer_self->{_saw_end} ) {
            write_logfile_entry(
"hit eof while in pod documentation (no =cut seen)\n\tthis can cause trouble with some pod utilities\n"
            );
        }

        else {
            complain(
"hit eof while in pod documentation (no =cut seen)\n\tthis can cause trouble with some pod utilities\n"
            );
        }

    }

    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_here_doc} ) {
        my $here_doc_target = $tokenizer_self->{_here_doc_target};
        my $started_looking_for_here_target_at =
          $tokenizer_self->{_started_looking_for_here_target_at};
        if ($here_doc_target) {
            warning(
"hit EOF in here document starting at line $started_looking_for_here_target_at with target: $here_doc_target\n"
            );
        }
        else {
            warning(
"hit EOF in here document starting at line $started_looking_for_here_target_at with empty target string\n"
            );
        }
        my $nearly_matched_here_target_at =
          $tokenizer_self->{_nearly_matched_here_target_at};
        if ($nearly_matched_here_target_at) {
            warning(
"NOTE: almost matched at input line $nearly_matched_here_target_at except for whitespace\n"
            );
        }
    }

    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_quote} ) {
        my $line_start_quote = $tokenizer_self->{_line_start_quote};
        my $quote_target     = $tokenizer_self->{_quote_target};
        my $what =
          ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_attribute_list} )
          ? "attribute list"
          : "quote/pattern";
        warning(
"hit EOF seeking end of $what starting at line $line_start_quote ending in $quote_target\n"
        );
    }

    unless ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_w} ) {
        if ( $] < 5.006 ) {
            write_logfile_entry("Suggest including '-w parameter'\n");
        }
        else {
            write_logfile_entry("Suggest including 'use warnings;'\n");
        }
    }

    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_P} ) {
        write_logfile_entry("Use of -P parameter for defines is discouraged\n");
    }

    unless ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_use_strict} ) {
        write_logfile_entry("Suggest including 'use strict;'\n");
    }

    # it is suggested that lables have at least one upper case character
    # for legibility and to avoid code breakage as new keywords are introduced
    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_rlower_case_labels_at} ) {
        my @lower_case_labels_at =
          @{ $tokenizer_self->{_rlower_case_labels_at} };
        write_logfile_entry(
            "Suggest using upper case characters in label(s)\n");
        local $" = ')(';
        write_logfile_entry("  defined at line(s): (@lower_case_labels_at)\n");
    }
}

sub report_v_string {

    # warn if this version can't handle v-strings
    my $tok = shift;
    unless ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_v_string} ) {
        $tokenizer_self->{_saw_v_string} = $tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
    }
    if ( $] < 5.006 ) {
        warning(
"Found v-string '$tok' but v-strings are not implemented in your version of perl; see Camel 3 book ch 2\n"
        );
    }
}

sub get_input_line_number {
    return $tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
}

# returns the next tokenized line
sub get_line {

    my $self = shift;

    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self, $brace_depth,
    # $square_bracket_depth, $paren_depth

    my $input_line = $tokenizer_self->{_line_buffer_object}->get_line();
    $tokenizer_self->{_line_text} = $input_line;

    return undef unless ($input_line);

    my $input_line_number = ++$tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};

    # Find and remove what characters terminate this line, including any
    # control r
    my $input_line_separator = "";
    if ( chomp($input_line) ) { $input_line_separator = $/ }

    # TODO: what other characters should be included here?
    if ( $input_line =~ s/((\r|\035|\032)+)$// ) {
        $input_line_separator = $2 . $input_line_separator;
    }

    # for backwards compatability we keep the line text terminated with
    # a newline character
    $input_line .= "\n";
    $tokenizer_self->{_line_text} = $input_line;    # update

    # create a data structure describing this line which will be
    # returned to the caller.

    # _line_type codes are:
    #   SYSTEM         - system-specific code before hash-bang line
    #   CODE           - line of perl code (including comments)
    #   POD_START      - line starting pod, such as '=head'
    #   POD            - pod documentation text
    #   POD_END        - last line of pod section, '=cut'
    #   HERE           - text of here-document
    #   HERE_END       - last line of here-doc (target word)
    #   FORMAT         - format section
    #   FORMAT_END     - last line of format section, '.'
    #   DATA_START     - __DATA__ line
    #   DATA           - unidentified text following __DATA__
    #   END_START      - __END__ line
    #   END            - unidentified text following __END__
    #   ERROR          - we are in big trouble, probably not a perl script

    # Other variables:
    #   _curly_brace_depth     - depth of curly braces at start of line
    #   _square_bracket_depth  - depth of square brackets at start of line
    #   _paren_depth           - depth of parens at start of line
    #   _starting_in_quote     - this line continues a multi-line quote
    #                            (so don't trim leading blanks!)
    #   _ending_in_quote       - this line ends in a multi-line quote
    #                            (so don't trim trailing blanks!)
    my $line_of_tokens = {
        _line_type                => 'EOF',
        _line_text                => $input_line,
        _line_number              => $input_line_number,
        _rtoken_type              => undef,
        _rtokens                  => undef,
        _rlevels                  => undef,
        _rslevels                 => undef,
        _rblock_type              => undef,
        _rcontainer_type          => undef,
        _rcontainer_environment   => undef,
        _rtype_sequence           => undef,
        _rnesting_tokens          => undef,
        _rci_levels               => undef,
        _rnesting_blocks          => undef,
        _python_indentation_level => -1,                   ## 0,
        _starting_in_quote    => 0,                    # to be set by subroutine
        _ending_in_quote      => 0,
        _curly_brace_depth    => $brace_depth,
        _square_bracket_depth => $square_bracket_depth,
        _paren_depth          => $paren_depth,
        _quote_character      => '',
    };

    # must print line unchanged if we are in a here document
    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_here_doc} ) {

        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'HERE';
        my $here_doc_target      = $tokenizer_self->{_here_doc_target};
        my $here_quote_character = $tokenizer_self->{_here_quote_character};
        my $candidate_target     = $input_line;
        chomp $candidate_target;
        if ( $candidate_target eq $here_doc_target ) {
            $tokenizer_self->{_nearly_matched_here_target_at} = undef;
            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type}                     = 'HERE_END';
            write_logfile_entry("Exiting HERE document $here_doc_target\n");

            my $rhere_target_list = $tokenizer_self->{_rhere_target_list};
            if (@$rhere_target_list) {    # there can be multiple here targets
                ( $here_doc_target, $here_quote_character ) =
                  @{ shift @$rhere_target_list };
                $tokenizer_self->{_here_doc_target} = $here_doc_target;
                $tokenizer_self->{_here_quote_character} =
                  $here_quote_character;
                write_logfile_entry(
                    "Entering HERE document $here_doc_target\n");
                $tokenizer_self->{_nearly_matched_here_target_at} = undef;
                $tokenizer_self->{_started_looking_for_here_target_at} =
                  $input_line_number;
            }
            else {
                $tokenizer_self->{_in_here_doc}          = 0;
                $tokenizer_self->{_here_doc_target}      = "";
                $tokenizer_self->{_here_quote_character} = "";
            }
        }

        # check for error of extra whitespace
        # note for PERL6: leading whitespace is allowed
        else {
            $candidate_target =~ s/\s*$//;
            $candidate_target =~ s/^\s*//;
            if ( $candidate_target eq $here_doc_target ) {
                $tokenizer_self->{_nearly_matched_here_target_at} =
                  $input_line_number;
            }
        }
        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    # must print line unchanged if we are in a format section
    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_format} ) {

        if ( $input_line =~ /^\.[\s#]*$/ ) {
            write_logfile_entry("Exiting format section\n");
            $tokenizer_self->{_in_format} = 0;
            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'FORMAT_END';
        }
        else {
            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'FORMAT';
        }
        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    # must print line unchanged if we are in pod documentation
    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} ) {

        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD';
        if ( $input_line =~ /^=cut/ ) {
            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD_END';
            write_logfile_entry("Exiting POD section\n");
            $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} = 0;
        }
        if ( $input_line =~ /^\#\!.*perl\b/ ) {
            warning(
                "Hash-bang in pod can cause older versions of perl to fail! \n"
            );
        }

        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    # must print line unchanged if we have seen a severe error (i.e., we
    # are seeing illegal tokens and connot continue.  Syntax errors do
    # not pass this route).  Calling routine can decide what to do, but
    # the default can be to just pass all lines as if they were after __END__
    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_error} ) {
        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'ERROR';
        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    # print line unchanged if we are __DATA__ section
    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_data} ) {

        # ...but look for POD
        # Note that the _in_data and _in_end flags remain set
        # so that we return to that state after seeing the
        # end of a pod section
        if ( $input_line =~ /^=(?!cut)/ ) {
            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD_START';
            write_logfile_entry("Entering POD section\n");
            $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} = 1;
            return $line_of_tokens;
        }
        else {
            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'DATA';
            return $line_of_tokens;
        }
    }

    # print line unchanged if we are in __END__ section
    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_end} ) {

        # ...but look for POD
        # Note that the _in_data and _in_end flags remain set
        # so that we return to that state after seeing the
        # end of a pod section
        if ( $input_line =~ /^=(?!cut)/ ) {
            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD_START';
            write_logfile_entry("Entering POD section\n");
            $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} = 1;
            return $line_of_tokens;
        }
        else {
            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'END';
            return $line_of_tokens;
        }
    }

    # check for a hash-bang line if we haven't seen one
    if ( !$tokenizer_self->{_saw_hash_bang} ) {
        if ( $input_line =~ /^\#\!.*perl\b/ ) {
            $tokenizer_self->{_saw_hash_bang} = $input_line_number;

            # check for -w and -P flags
            if ( $input_line =~ /^\#\!.*perl\s.*-.*P/ ) {
                $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_P} = 1;
            }

            if ( $input_line =~ /^\#\!.*perl\s.*-.*w/ ) {
                $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_w} = 1;
            }

            if (   ( $input_line_number > 1 )
                && ( !$tokenizer_self->{_look_for_hash_bang} ) )
            {

                # this is helpful for VMS systems; we may have accidentally
                # tokenized some DCL commands
                if ( $tokenizer_self->{_started_tokenizing} ) {
                    warning(
"There seems to be a hash-bang after line 1; do you need to run with -x ?\n"
                    );
                }
                else {
                    complain("Useless hash-bang after line 1\n");
                }
            }

            # Report the leading hash-bang as a system line
            # This will prevent -dac from deleting it
            else {
                $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'SYSTEM';
                return $line_of_tokens;
            }
        }
    }

    # wait for a hash-bang before parsing if the user invoked us with -x
    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_hash_bang}
        && !$tokenizer_self->{_saw_hash_bang} )
    {
        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'SYSTEM';
        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    # a first line of the form ': #' will be marked as SYSTEM
    # since lines of this form may be used by tcsh
    if ( $input_line_number == 1 && $input_line =~ /^\s*\:\s*\#/ ) {
        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'SYSTEM';
        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    # now we know that it is ok to tokenize the line...
    # the line tokenizer will modify any of these private variables:
    #        _rhere_target_list
    #        _in_data
    #        _in_end
    #        _in_format
    #        _in_error
    #        _in_pod
    #        _in_quote
    my $ending_in_quote_last = $tokenizer_self->{_in_quote};
    tokenize_this_line($line_of_tokens);

    # Now finish defining the return structure and return it
    $line_of_tokens->{_ending_in_quote} = $tokenizer_self->{_in_quote};

    # handle severe error (binary data in script)
    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_error} ) {
        $tokenizer_self->{_in_quote} = 0;    # to avoid any more messages
        warning("Giving up after error\n");
        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'ERROR';
        reset_indentation_level(0);          # avoid error messages
        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    # handle start of pod documentation
    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} ) {

        # This gets tricky..above a __DATA__ or __END__ section, perl
        # accepts '=cut' as the start of pod section. But afterwards,
        # only pod utilities see it and they may ignore an =cut without
        # leading =head.  In any case, this isn't good.
        if ( $input_line =~ /^=cut\b/ ) {
            if ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_data} || $tokenizer_self->{_saw_end} ) {
                complain("=cut while not in pod ignored\n");
                $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod}    = 0;
                $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD_END';
            }
            else {
                $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD_START';
                complain(
"=cut starts a pod section .. this can fool pod utilities.\n"
                );
                write_logfile_entry("Entering POD section\n");
            }
        }

        else {
            $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'POD_START';
            write_logfile_entry("Entering POD section\n");
        }

        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    # update indentation levels for log messages
    if ( $input_line !~ /^\s*$/ ) {
        my $rlevels                      = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels};
        my $structural_indentation_level = $$rlevels[0];
        my ( $python_indentation_level, $msg ) =
          find_indentation_level( $input_line, $structural_indentation_level );
        if ($msg) { write_logfile_entry("$msg") }
        if ( $tokenizer_self->{_know_input_tabstr} == 1 ) {
            $line_of_tokens->{_python_indentation_level} =
              $python_indentation_level;
        }
    }

    # see if this line contains here doc targets
    my $rhere_target_list = $tokenizer_self->{_rhere_target_list};
    if (@$rhere_target_list) {

        my ( $here_doc_target, $here_quote_character ) =
          @{ shift @$rhere_target_list };
        $tokenizer_self->{_in_here_doc}          = 1;
        $tokenizer_self->{_here_doc_target}      = $here_doc_target;
        $tokenizer_self->{_here_quote_character} = $here_quote_character;
        write_logfile_entry("Entering HERE document $here_doc_target\n");
        $tokenizer_self->{_started_looking_for_here_target_at} =
          $input_line_number;
    }

    # NOTE: __END__ and __DATA__ statements are written unformatted
    # because they can theoretically contain additional characters
    # which are not tokenized (and cannot be read with  either!).
    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_data} ) {
        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'DATA_START';
        write_logfile_entry("Starting __DATA__ section\n");
        $tokenizer_self->{_saw_data} = 1;

        # keep parsing after __DATA__ if use SelfLoader was seen
        if ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_selfloader} ) {
            $tokenizer_self->{_in_data} = 0;
            write_logfile_entry(
                "SelfLoader seen, continuing; -nlsl deactivates\n");
        }

        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_end} ) {
        $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'END_START';
        write_logfile_entry("Starting __END__ section\n");
        $tokenizer_self->{_saw_end} = 1;

        # keep parsing after __END__ if use AutoLoader was seen
        if ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_autoloader} ) {
            $tokenizer_self->{_in_end} = 0;
            write_logfile_entry(
                "AutoLoader seen, continuing; -nlal deactivates\n");
        }
        return $line_of_tokens;
    }

    # now, finally, we know that this line is type 'CODE'
    $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} = 'CODE';

    # remember if we have seen any real code
    if (  !$tokenizer_self->{_started_tokenizing}
        && $input_line !~ /^\s*$/
        && $input_line !~ /^\s*#/ )
    {
        $tokenizer_self->{_started_tokenizing} = 1;
    }

    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_debugger_object} ) {
        $tokenizer_self->{_debugger_object}->write_debug_entry($line_of_tokens);
    }

    # Note: if keyword 'format' occurs in this line code, it is still CODE
    # (keyword 'format' need not start a line)
    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_format} ) {
        write_logfile_entry("Entering format section\n");
    }

    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_quote}
        and ( $tokenizer_self->{_line_start_quote} < 0 ) )
    {

        #if ( ( my $quote_target = get_quote_target() ) !~ /^\s*$/ ) {
        if (
            ( my $quote_target = $tokenizer_self->{_quote_target} ) !~ /^\s*$/ )
        {
            $tokenizer_self->{_line_start_quote} = $input_line_number;
            write_logfile_entry(
                "Start multi-line quote or pattern ending in $quote_target\n");
        }
    }
    elsif ( ( $tokenizer_self->{_line_start_quote} >= 0 )
        and !$tokenizer_self->{_in_quote} )
    {
        $tokenizer_self->{_line_start_quote} = -1;
        write_logfile_entry("End of multi-line quote or pattern\n");
    }

    # we are returning a line of CODE
    return $line_of_tokens;
}

sub find_starting_indentation_level {

    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self
    my $starting_level    = 0;
    my $know_input_tabstr = -1;    # flag for find_indentation_level

    # use value if given as parameter
    if ( $tokenizer_self->{_know_starting_level} ) {
        $starting_level = $tokenizer_self->{_starting_level};
    }

    # if we know there is a hash_bang line, the level must be zero
    elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_hash_bang} ) {
        $tokenizer_self->{_know_starting_level} = 1;
    }

    # otherwise figure it out from the input file
    else {
        my $line;
        my $i                            = 0;
        my $structural_indentation_level = -1; # flag for find_indentation_level

        # keep looking at lines until we find a hash bang or piece of code
        my $msg = "";
        while ( $line =
            $tokenizer_self->{_line_buffer_object}->peek_ahead( $i++ ) )
        {

            # if first line is #! then assume starting level is zero
            if ( $i == 1 && $line =~ /^\#\!/ ) {
                $starting_level = 0;
                last;
            }
            next if ( $line =~ /^\s*#/ );    # skip past comments
            next if ( $line =~ /^\s*$/ );    # skip past blank lines
            ( $starting_level, $msg ) =
              find_indentation_level( $line, $structural_indentation_level );
            if ($msg) { write_logfile_entry("$msg") }
            last;
        }
        $msg = "Line $i implies starting-indentation-level = $starting_level\n";

        if ( $starting_level > 0 ) {

            my $input_tabstr = $tokenizer_self->{_input_tabstr};
            if ( $input_tabstr eq "\t" ) {
                $msg .= "by guessing input tabbing uses 1 tab per level\n";
            }
            else {
                my $cols = length($input_tabstr);
                $msg .=
                  "by guessing input tabbing uses $cols blanks per level\n";
            }
        }
        write_logfile_entry("$msg");
    }
    $tokenizer_self->{_starting_level} = $starting_level;
    reset_indentation_level($starting_level);
}

# Find indentation level given a input line.  At the same time, try to
# figure out the input tabbing scheme.
#
# There are two types of calls:
#
# Type 1: $structural_indentation_level < 0
#  In this case we have to guess $input_tabstr to figure out the level.
#
# Type 2: $structural_indentation_level >= 0
#  In this case the level of this line is known, and this routine can
#  update the tabbing string, if still unknown, to make the level correct.

sub find_indentation_level {
    my ( $line, $structural_indentation_level ) = @_;

    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self
    my $level = 0;
    my $msg   = "";

    my $know_input_tabstr = $tokenizer_self->{_know_input_tabstr};
    my $input_tabstr      = $tokenizer_self->{_input_tabstr};

    # find leading whitespace
    my $leading_whitespace = ( $line =~ /^(\s*)/ ) ? $1 : "";

    # make first guess at input tabbing scheme if necessary
    if ( $know_input_tabstr < 0 ) {

        $know_input_tabstr = 0;

        # When -et=n is used for the output formatting, we will assume that
        # tabs in the input formatting were also produced with -et=n.  This may
        # not be true, but it is the best guess because it will keep leading
        # whitespace unchanged on repeated formatting on small pieces of code
        # when -et=n is used.  Thanks to Sam Kington for this patch.
        if ( my $tabsize = $tokenizer_self->{_entab_leading_space} ) {
            $leading_whitespace =~ s{^ (\t*) }
           { " " x (length($1) * $tabsize) }xe;
            $input_tabstr = " " x $tokenizer_self->{_indent_columns};
        }
        elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_tabs} ) {
            $input_tabstr = "\t";
            if ( length($leading_whitespace) > 0 ) {
                if ( $leading_whitespace !~ /\t/ ) {

                    my $cols = $tokenizer_self->{_indent_columns};

                    if ( length($leading_whitespace) < $cols ) {
                        $cols = length($leading_whitespace);
                    }
                    $input_tabstr = " " x $cols;
                }
            }
        }
        else {
            $input_tabstr = " " x $tokenizer_self->{_indent_columns};

            if ( length($leading_whitespace) > 0 ) {
                if ( $leading_whitespace =~ /^\t/ ) {
                    $input_tabstr = "\t";
                }
            }
        }
        $tokenizer_self->{_know_input_tabstr} = $know_input_tabstr;
        $tokenizer_self->{_input_tabstr}      = $input_tabstr;
    }

    # determine the input tabbing scheme if possible
    if (   ( $know_input_tabstr == 0 )
        && ( length($leading_whitespace) > 0 )
        && ( $structural_indentation_level > 0 ) )
    {
        my $saved_input_tabstr = $input_tabstr;

        # check for common case of one tab per indentation level
        if ( $leading_whitespace eq "\t" x $structural_indentation_level ) {
            if ( $leading_whitespace eq "\t" x $structural_indentation_level ) {
                $input_tabstr = "\t";
                $msg          = "Guessing old indentation was tab character\n";
            }
        }

        else {

            # detab any tabs based on 8 blanks per tab
            my $entabbed = "";
            if ( $leading_whitespace =~ s/^\t+/        /g ) {
                $entabbed = "entabbed";
            }

            # now compute tabbing from number of spaces
            my $columns =
              length($leading_whitespace) / $structural_indentation_level;
            if ( $columns == int $columns ) {
                $msg =
                  "Guessing old indentation was $columns $entabbed spaces\n";
            }
            else {
                $columns = int $columns;
                $msg =
"old indentation is unclear, using $columns $entabbed spaces\n";
            }
            $input_tabstr = " " x $columns;
        }
        $know_input_tabstr                    = 1;
        $tokenizer_self->{_know_input_tabstr} = $know_input_tabstr;
        $tokenizer_self->{_input_tabstr}      = $input_tabstr;

        # see if mistakes were made
        if ( ( $tokenizer_self->{_starting_level} > 0 )
            && !$tokenizer_self->{_know_starting_level} )
        {

            if ( $input_tabstr ne $saved_input_tabstr ) {
                complain(
"I made a bad starting level guess; rerun with a value for -sil \n"
                );
            }
        }
    }

    # use current guess at input tabbing to get input indentation level
    #
    # Patch to handle a common case of entabbed leading whitespace
    # If the leading whitespace equals 4 spaces and we also have
    # tabs, detab the input whitespace assuming 8 spaces per tab.
    if ( length($input_tabstr) == 4 ) {
        $leading_whitespace =~ s/^\t+/        /g;
    }

    if ( ( my $len_tab = length($input_tabstr) ) > 0 ) {
        my $pos = 0;

        while ( substr( $leading_whitespace, $pos, $len_tab ) eq $input_tabstr )
        {
            $pos += $len_tab;
            $level++;
        }
    }
    return ( $level, $msg );
}

# This is a currently unused debug routine
sub dump_functions {

    my $fh = *STDOUT;
    my ( $pkg, $sub );
    foreach $pkg ( keys %is_user_function ) {
        print $fh "\nnon-constant subs in package $pkg\n";

        foreach $sub ( keys %{ $is_user_function{$pkg} } ) {
            my $msg = "";
            if ( $is_block_list_function{$pkg}{$sub} ) {
                $msg = 'block_list';
            }

            if ( $is_block_function{$pkg}{$sub} ) {
                $msg = 'block';
            }
            print $fh "$sub $msg\n";
        }
    }

    foreach $pkg ( keys %is_constant ) {
        print $fh "\nconstants and constant subs in package $pkg\n";

        foreach $sub ( keys %{ $is_constant{$pkg} } ) {
            print $fh "$sub\n";
        }
    }
}

sub ones_count {

    # count number of 1's in a string of 1's and 0's
    # example: ones_count("010101010101") gives 6
    return ( my $cis = $_[0] ) =~ tr/1/0/;
}

sub prepare_for_a_new_file {

    # previous tokens needed to determine what to expect next
    $last_nonblank_token      = ';';    # the only possible starting state which
    $last_nonblank_type       = ';';    # will make a leading brace a code block
    $last_nonblank_block_type = '';

    # scalars for remembering statement types across multiple lines
    $statement_type    = '';            # '' or 'use' or 'sub..' or 'case..'
    $in_attribute_list = 0;

    # scalars for remembering where we are in the file
    $current_package = "main";
    $context         = UNKNOWN_CONTEXT;

    # hashes used to remember function information
    %is_constant             = ();      # user-defined constants
    %is_user_function        = ();      # user-defined functions
    %user_function_prototype = ();      # their prototypes
    %is_block_function       = ();
    %is_block_list_function  = ();
    %saw_function_definition = ();

    # variables used to track depths of various containers
    # and report nesting errors
    $paren_depth          = 0;
    $brace_depth          = 0;
    $square_bracket_depth = 0;
    @current_depth[ 0 .. $#closing_brace_names ] =
      (0) x scalar @closing_brace_names;
    $total_depth = 0;
    @total_depth = ();
    @nesting_sequence_number[ 0 .. $#closing_brace_names ] =
      ( 0 .. $#closing_brace_names );
    @current_sequence_number             = ();
    $paren_type[$paren_depth]            = '';
    $paren_semicolon_count[$paren_depth] = 0;
    $paren_structural_type[$brace_depth] = '';
    $brace_type[$brace_depth] = ';';    # identify opening brace as code block
    $brace_structural_type[$brace_depth]                   = '';
    $brace_statement_type[$brace_depth]                    = "";
    $brace_context[$brace_depth]                           = UNKNOWN_CONTEXT;
    $brace_package[$paren_depth]                           = $current_package;
    $square_bracket_type[$square_bracket_depth]            = '';
    $square_bracket_structural_type[$square_bracket_depth] = '';

    initialize_tokenizer_state();
}

{                                       # begin tokenize_this_line

    use constant BRACE          => 0;
    use constant SQUARE_BRACKET => 1;
    use constant PAREN          => 2;
    use constant QUESTION_COLON => 3;

    # TV1: scalars for processing one LINE.
    # Re-initialized on each entry to sub tokenize_this_line.
    my (
        $block_type,        $container_type,    $expecting,
        $i,                 $i_tok,             $input_line,
        $input_line_number, $last_nonblank_i,   $max_token_index,
        $next_tok,          $next_type,         $peeked_ahead,
        $prototype,         $rhere_target_list, $rtoken_map,
        $rtoken_type,       $rtokens,           $tok,
        $type,              $type_sequence,     $indent_flag,
    );

    # TV2: refs to ARRAYS for processing one LINE
    # Re-initialized on each call.
    my $routput_token_list     = [];    # stack of output token indexes
    my $routput_token_type     = [];    # token types
    my $routput_block_type     = [];    # types of code block
    my $routput_container_type = [];    # paren types, such as if, elsif, ..
    my $routput_type_sequence  = [];    # nesting sequential number
    my $routput_indent_flag    = [];    #

    # TV3: SCALARS for quote variables.  These are initialized with a
    # subroutine call and continually updated as lines are processed.
    my ( $in_quote, $quote_type, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
        $quoted_string_1, $quoted_string_2, $allowed_quote_modifiers, );

    # TV4: SCALARS for multi-line identifiers and
    # statements. These are initialized with a subroutine call
    # and continually updated as lines are processed.
    my ( $id_scan_state, $identifier, $want_paren, $indented_if_level );

    # TV5: SCALARS for tracking indentation level.
    # Initialized once and continually updated as lines are
    # processed.
    my (
        $nesting_token_string,      $nesting_type_string,
        $nesting_block_string,      $nesting_block_flag,
        $nesting_list_string,       $nesting_list_flag,
        $ci_string_in_tokenizer,    $continuation_string_in_tokenizer,
        $in_statement_continuation, $level_in_tokenizer,
        $slevel_in_tokenizer,       $rslevel_stack,
    );

    # TV6: SCALARS for remembering several previous
    # tokens. Initialized once and continually updated as
    # lines are processed.
    my (
        $last_nonblank_container_type,     $last_nonblank_type_sequence,
        $last_last_nonblank_token,         $last_last_nonblank_type,
        $last_last_nonblank_block_type,    $last_last_nonblank_container_type,
        $last_last_nonblank_type_sequence, $last_nonblank_prototype,
    );

    # ----------------------------------------------------------------
    # beginning of tokenizer variable access and manipulation routines
    # ----------------------------------------------------------------

    sub initialize_tokenizer_state {

        # TV1: initialized on each call
        # TV2: initialized on each call
        # TV3:
        $in_quote                = 0;
        $quote_type              = 'Q';
        $quote_character         = "";
        $quote_pos               = 0;
        $quote_depth             = 0;
        $quoted_string_1         = "";
        $quoted_string_2         = "";
        $allowed_quote_modifiers = "";

        # TV4:
        $id_scan_state     = '';
        $identifier        = '';
        $want_paren        = "";
        $indented_if_level = 0;

        # TV5:
        $nesting_token_string             = "";
        $nesting_type_string              = "";
        $nesting_block_string             = '1';    # initially in a block
        $nesting_block_flag               = 1;
        $nesting_list_string              = '0';    # initially not in a list
        $nesting_list_flag                = 0;      # initially not in a list
        $ci_string_in_tokenizer           = "";
        $continuation_string_in_tokenizer = "0";
        $in_statement_continuation        = 0;
        $level_in_tokenizer               = 0;
        $slevel_in_tokenizer              = 0;
        $rslevel_stack                    = [];

        # TV6:
        $last_nonblank_container_type      = '';
        $last_nonblank_type_sequence       = '';
        $last_last_nonblank_token          = ';';
        $last_last_nonblank_type           = ';';
        $last_last_nonblank_block_type     = '';
        $last_last_nonblank_container_type = '';
        $last_last_nonblank_type_sequence  = '';
        $last_nonblank_prototype           = "";
    }

    sub save_tokenizer_state {

        my $rTV1 = [
            $block_type,        $container_type,    $expecting,
            $i,                 $i_tok,             $input_line,
            $input_line_number, $last_nonblank_i,   $max_token_index,
            $next_tok,          $next_type,         $peeked_ahead,
            $prototype,         $rhere_target_list, $rtoken_map,
            $rtoken_type,       $rtokens,           $tok,
            $type,              $type_sequence,     $indent_flag,
        ];

        my $rTV2 = [
            $routput_token_list,    $routput_token_type,
            $routput_block_type,    $routput_container_type,
            $routput_type_sequence, $routput_indent_flag,
        ];

        my $rTV3 = [
            $in_quote,        $quote_type,
            $quote_character, $quote_pos,
            $quote_depth,     $quoted_string_1,
            $quoted_string_2, $allowed_quote_modifiers,
        ];

        my $rTV4 =
          [ $id_scan_state, $identifier, $want_paren, $indented_if_level ];

        my $rTV5 = [
            $nesting_token_string,      $nesting_type_string,
            $nesting_block_string,      $nesting_block_flag,
            $nesting_list_string,       $nesting_list_flag,
            $ci_string_in_tokenizer,    $continuation_string_in_tokenizer,
            $in_statement_continuation, $level_in_tokenizer,
            $slevel_in_tokenizer,       $rslevel_stack,
        ];

        my $rTV6 = [
            $last_nonblank_container_type,
            $last_nonblank_type_sequence,
            $last_last_nonblank_token,
            $last_last_nonblank_type,
            $last_last_nonblank_block_type,
            $last_last_nonblank_container_type,
            $last_last_nonblank_type_sequence,
            $last_nonblank_prototype,
        ];
        return [ $rTV1, $rTV2, $rTV3, $rTV4, $rTV5, $rTV6 ];
    }

    sub restore_tokenizer_state {
        my ($rstate) = @_;
        my ( $rTV1, $rTV2, $rTV3, $rTV4, $rTV5, $rTV6 ) = @{$rstate};
        (
            $block_type,        $container_type,    $expecting,
            $i,                 $i_tok,             $input_line,
            $input_line_number, $last_nonblank_i,   $max_token_index,
            $next_tok,          $next_type,         $peeked_ahead,
            $prototype,         $rhere_target_list, $rtoken_map,
            $rtoken_type,       $rtokens,           $tok,
            $type,              $type_sequence,     $indent_flag,
        ) = @{$rTV1};

        (
            $routput_token_list,    $routput_token_type,
            $routput_block_type,    $routput_container_type,
            $routput_type_sequence, $routput_type_sequence,
        ) = @{$rTV2};

        (
            $in_quote, $quote_type, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
            $quoted_string_1, $quoted_string_2, $allowed_quote_modifiers,
        ) = @{$rTV3};

        ( $id_scan_state, $identifier, $want_paren, $indented_if_level ) =
          @{$rTV4};

        (
            $nesting_token_string,      $nesting_type_string,
            $nesting_block_string,      $nesting_block_flag,
            $nesting_list_string,       $nesting_list_flag,
            $ci_string_in_tokenizer,    $continuation_string_in_tokenizer,
            $in_statement_continuation, $level_in_tokenizer,
            $slevel_in_tokenizer,       $rslevel_stack,
        ) = @{$rTV5};

        (
            $last_nonblank_container_type,
            $last_nonblank_type_sequence,
            $last_last_nonblank_token,
            $last_last_nonblank_type,
            $last_last_nonblank_block_type,
            $last_last_nonblank_container_type,
            $last_last_nonblank_type_sequence,
            $last_nonblank_prototype,
        ) = @{$rTV6};
    }

    sub get_indentation_level {

        # patch to avoid reporting error if indented if is not terminated
        if ($indented_if_level) { return $level_in_tokenizer - 1 }
        return $level_in_tokenizer;
    }

    sub reset_indentation_level {
        $level_in_tokenizer  = $_[0];
        $slevel_in_tokenizer = $_[0];
        push @{$rslevel_stack}, $slevel_in_tokenizer;
    }

    sub peeked_ahead {
        $peeked_ahead = defined( $_[0] ) ? $_[0] : $peeked_ahead;
    }

    # ------------------------------------------------------------
    # end of tokenizer variable access and manipulation routines
    # ------------------------------------------------------------

    # ------------------------------------------------------------
    # beginning of various scanner interface routines
    # ------------------------------------------------------------
    sub scan_replacement_text {

        # check for here-docs in replacement text invoked by
        # a substitution operator with executable modifier 'e'.
        #
        # given:
        #  $replacement_text
        # return:
        #  $rht = reference to any here-doc targets
        my ($replacement_text) = @_;

        # quick check
        return undef unless ( $replacement_text =~ /<{_logger_object};

        # localize all package variables
        local (
            $tokenizer_self,          $last_nonblank_token,
            $last_nonblank_type,      $last_nonblank_block_type,
            $statement_type,          $in_attribute_list,
            $current_package,         $context,
            %is_constant,             %is_user_function,
            %user_function_prototype, %is_block_function,
            %is_block_list_function,  %saw_function_definition,
            $brace_depth,             $paren_depth,
            $square_bracket_depth,    @current_depth,
            @total_depth,             $total_depth,
            @nesting_sequence_number, @current_sequence_number,
            @paren_type,              @paren_semicolon_count,
            @paren_structural_type,   @brace_type,
            @brace_structural_type,   @brace_statement_type,
            @brace_context,           @brace_package,
            @square_bracket_type,     @square_bracket_structural_type,
            @depth_array,             @starting_line_of_current_depth,
            @nested_ternary_flag,
        );

        # save all lexical variables
        my $rstate = save_tokenizer_state();
        _decrement_count();    # avoid error check for multiple tokenizers

        # make a new tokenizer
        my $rOpts = {};
        my $rpending_logfile_message;
        my $source_object =
          Perl::Tidy::LineSource->new( \$replacement_text, $rOpts,
            $rpending_logfile_message );
        my $tokenizer = Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer->new(
            source_object        => $source_object,
            logger_object        => $logger_object,
            starting_line_number => $input_line_number,
        );

        # scan the replacement text
        1 while ( $tokenizer->get_line() );

        # remove any here doc targets
        my $rht = undef;
        if ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_here_doc} ) {
            $rht = [];
            push @{$rht},
              [
                $tokenizer_self->{_here_doc_target},
                $tokenizer_self->{_here_quote_character}
              ];
            if ( $tokenizer_self->{_rhere_target_list} ) {
                push @{$rht}, @{ $tokenizer_self->{_rhere_target_list} };
                $tokenizer_self->{_rhere_target_list} = undef;
            }
            $tokenizer_self->{_in_here_doc} = undef;
        }

        # now its safe to report errors
        $tokenizer->report_tokenization_errors();

        # restore all tokenizer lexical variables
        restore_tokenizer_state($rstate);

        # return the here doc targets
        return $rht;
    }

    sub scan_bare_identifier {
        ( $i, $tok, $type, $prototype ) =
          scan_bare_identifier_do( $input_line, $i, $tok, $type, $prototype,
            $rtoken_map, $max_token_index );
    }

    sub scan_identifier {
        ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state, $identifier ) =
          scan_identifier_do( $i, $id_scan_state, $identifier, $rtokens,
            $max_token_index, $expecting );
    }

    sub scan_id {
        ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state ) =
          scan_id_do( $input_line, $i, $tok, $rtokens, $rtoken_map,
            $id_scan_state, $max_token_index );
    }

    sub scan_number {
        my $number;
        ( $i, $type, $number ) =
          scan_number_do( $input_line, $i, $rtoken_map, $type,
            $max_token_index );
        return $number;
    }

    # a sub to warn if token found where term expected
    sub error_if_expecting_TERM {
        if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
            if ( $really_want_term{$last_nonblank_type} ) {
                unexpected( $tok, "term", $i_tok, $last_nonblank_i, $rtoken_map,
                    $rtoken_type, $input_line );
                1;
            }
        }
    }

    # a sub to warn if token found where operator expected
    sub error_if_expecting_OPERATOR {
        if ( $expecting == OPERATOR ) {
            my $thing = defined $_[0] ? $_[0] : $tok;
            unexpected( $thing, "operator", $i_tok, $last_nonblank_i,
                $rtoken_map, $rtoken_type, $input_line );
            if ( $i_tok == 0 ) {
                interrupt_logfile();
                warning("Missing ';' above?\n");
                resume_logfile();
            }
            1;
        }
    }

    # ------------------------------------------------------------
    # end scanner interfaces
    # ------------------------------------------------------------

    my %is_for_foreach;
    @_ = qw(for foreach);
    @is_for_foreach{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    my %is_my_our;
    @_ = qw(my our);
    @is_my_our{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # These keywords may introduce blocks after parenthesized expressions,
    # in the form:
    # keyword ( .... ) { BLOCK }
    # patch for SWITCH/CASE: added 'switch' 'case' 'given' 'when'
    my %is_blocktype_with_paren;
    @_ = qw(if elsif unless while until for foreach switch case given when);
    @is_blocktype_with_paren{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # ------------------------------------------------------------
    # begin hash of code for handling most token types
    # ------------------------------------------------------------
    my $tokenization_code = {

        # no special code for these types yet, but syntax checks
        # could be added

##      '!'   => undef,
##      '!='  => undef,
##      '!~'  => undef,
##      '%='  => undef,
##      '&&=' => undef,
##      '&='  => undef,
##      '+='  => undef,
##      '-='  => undef,
##      '..'  => undef,
##      '..'  => undef,
##      '...' => undef,
##      '.='  => undef,
##      '<<=' => undef,
##      '<='  => undef,
##      '<=>' => undef,
##      '<>'  => undef,
##      '='   => undef,
##      '=='  => undef,
##      '=~'  => undef,
##      '>='  => undef,
##      '>>'  => undef,
##      '>>=' => undef,
##      '\\'  => undef,
##      '^='  => undef,
##      '|='  => undef,
##      '||=' => undef,
##      '//=' => undef,
##      '~'   => undef,
##      '~~'  => undef,
##      '!~~'  => undef,

        '>' => sub {
            error_if_expecting_TERM()
              if ( $expecting == TERM );
        },
        '|' => sub {
            error_if_expecting_TERM()
              if ( $expecting == TERM );
        },
        '$' => sub {

            # start looking for a scalar
            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR("Scalar")
              if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
            scan_identifier();

            if ( $identifier eq '$^W' ) {
                $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_w} = 1;
            }

            # Check for indentifier in indirect object slot
            # (vorboard.pl, sort.t).  Something like:
            #   /^(print|printf|sort|exec|system)$/
            if (
                $is_indirect_object_taker{$last_nonblank_token}

                || ( ( $last_nonblank_token eq '(' )
                    && $is_indirect_object_taker{ $paren_type[$paren_depth] } )
                || ( $last_nonblank_type =~ /^[Uw]$/ )    # possible object
              )
            {
                $type = 'Z';
            }
        },
        '(' => sub {

            ++$paren_depth;
            $paren_semicolon_count[$paren_depth] = 0;
            if ($want_paren) {
                $container_type = $want_paren;
                $want_paren     = "";
            }
            else {
                $container_type = $last_nonblank_token;

                # We can check for a syntax error here of unexpected '(',
                # but this is going to get messy...
                if (
                    $expecting == OPERATOR

                    # be sure this is not a method call of the form
                    # &method(...), $method->(..), &{method}(...),
                    # $ref[2](list) is ok & short for $ref[2]->(list)
                    # NOTE: at present, braces in something like &{ xxx }
                    # are not marked as a block, we might have a method call
                    && $last_nonblank_token !~ /^([\]\}\&]|\-\>)/

                  )
                {

                    # ref: camel 3 p 703.
                    if ( $last_last_nonblank_token eq 'do' ) {
                        complain(
"do SUBROUTINE is deprecated; consider & or -> notation\n"
                        );
                    }
                    else {

                        # if this is an empty list, (), then it is not an
                        # error; for example, we might have a constant pi and
                        # invoke it with pi() or just pi;
                        my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
                          find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens,
                            $max_token_index );
                        if ( $next_nonblank_token ne ')' ) {
                            my $hint;
                            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR('(');

                            if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'C' ) {
                                $hint =
                                  "$last_nonblank_token has a void prototype\n";
                            }
                            elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'i' ) {
                                if (   $i_tok > 0
                                    && $last_nonblank_token =~ /^\$/ )
                                {
                                    $hint =
"Do you mean '$last_nonblank_token->(' ?\n";
                                }
                            }
                            if ($hint) {
                                interrupt_logfile();
                                warning($hint);
                                resume_logfile();
                            }
                        } ## end if ( $next_nonblank_token...
                    } ## end else [ if ( $last_last_nonblank_token...
                } ## end if ( $expecting == OPERATOR...
            }
            $paren_type[$paren_depth] = $container_type;
            ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
              increase_nesting_depth( PAREN, $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );

            # propagate types down through nested parens
            # for example: the second paren in 'if ((' would be structural
            # since the first is.

            if ( $last_nonblank_token eq '(' ) {
                $type = $last_nonblank_type;
            }

            #     We exclude parens as structural after a ',' because it
            #     causes subtle problems with continuation indentation for
            #     something like this, where the first 'or' will not get
            #     indented.
            #
            #         assert(
            #             __LINE__,
            #             ( not defined $check )
            #               or ref $check
            #               or $check eq "new"
            #               or $check eq "old",
            #         );
            #
            #     Likewise, we exclude parens where a statement can start
            #     because of problems with continuation indentation, like
            #     these:
            #
            #         ($firstline =~ /^#\!.*perl/)
            #         and (print $File::Find::name, "\n")
            #           and (return 1);
            #
            #         (ref($usage_fref) =~ /CODE/)
            #         ? &$usage_fref
            #           : (&blast_usage, &blast_params, &blast_general_params);

            else {
                $type = '{';
            }

            if ( $last_nonblank_type eq ')' ) {
                warning(
                    "Syntax error? found token '$last_nonblank_type' then '('\n"
                );
            }
            $paren_structural_type[$paren_depth] = $type;

        },
        ')' => sub {
            ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
              decrease_nesting_depth( PAREN, $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );

            if ( $paren_structural_type[$paren_depth] eq '{' ) {
                $type = '}';
            }

            $container_type = $paren_type[$paren_depth];

            #    /^(for|foreach)$/
            if ( $is_for_foreach{ $paren_type[$paren_depth] } ) {
                my $num_sc = $paren_semicolon_count[$paren_depth];
                if ( $num_sc > 0 && $num_sc != 2 ) {
                    warning("Expected 2 ';' in 'for(;;)' but saw $num_sc\n");
                }
            }

            if ( $paren_depth > 0 ) { $paren_depth-- }
        },
        ',' => sub {
            if ( $last_nonblank_type eq ',' ) {
                complain("Repeated ','s \n");
            }

            # patch for operator_expected: note if we are in the list (use.t)
            if ( $statement_type eq 'use' ) { $statement_type = '_use' }
##                FIXME: need to move this elsewhere, perhaps check after a '('
##                elsif ($last_nonblank_token eq '(') {
##                    warning("Leading ','s illegal in some versions of perl\n");
##                }
        },
        ';' => sub {
            $context        = UNKNOWN_CONTEXT;
            $statement_type = '';

            #    /^(for|foreach)$/
            if ( $is_for_foreach{ $paren_type[$paren_depth] } )
            {    # mark ; in for loop

                # Be careful: we do not want a semicolon such as the
                # following to be included:
                #
                #    for (sort {strcoll($a,$b);} keys %investments) {

                if (   $brace_depth == $depth_array[PAREN][BRACE][$paren_depth]
                    && $square_bracket_depth ==
                    $depth_array[PAREN][SQUARE_BRACKET][$paren_depth] )
                {

                    $type = 'f';
                    $paren_semicolon_count[$paren_depth]++;
                }
            }

        },
        '"' => sub {
            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR("String")
              if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
            $in_quote                = 1;
            $type                    = 'Q';
            $allowed_quote_modifiers = "";
        },
        "'" => sub {
            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR("String")
              if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
            $in_quote                = 1;
            $type                    = 'Q';
            $allowed_quote_modifiers = "";
        },
        '`' => sub {
            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR("String")
              if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
            $in_quote                = 1;
            $type                    = 'Q';
            $allowed_quote_modifiers = "";
        },
        '/' => sub {
            my $is_pattern;

            if ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) {    # indeterminte, must guess..
                my $msg;
                ( $is_pattern, $msg ) =
                  guess_if_pattern_or_division( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map,
                    $max_token_index );

                if ($msg) {
                    write_diagnostics("DIVIDE:$msg\n");
                    write_logfile_entry($msg);
                }
            }
            else { $is_pattern = ( $expecting == TERM ) }

            if ($is_pattern) {
                $in_quote                = 1;
                $type                    = 'Q';
                $allowed_quote_modifiers = '[cgimosxp]';
            }
            else {    # not a pattern; check for a /= token

                if ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq '=' ) {    # form token /=
                    $i++;
                    $tok  = '/=';
                    $type = $tok;
                }

              #DEBUG - collecting info on what tokens follow a divide
              # for development of guessing algorithm
              #if ( numerator_expected( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) < 0 ) {
              #    #write_diagnostics( "DIVIDE? $input_line\n" );
              #}
            }
        },
        '{' => sub {

            # if we just saw a ')', we will label this block with
            # its type.  We need to do this to allow sub
            # code_block_type to determine if this brace starts a
            # code block or anonymous hash.  (The type of a paren
            # pair is the preceding token, such as 'if', 'else',
            # etc).
            $container_type = "";

            # ATTRS: for a '{' following an attribute list, reset
            # things to look like we just saw the sub name
            if ( $statement_type =~ /^sub/ ) {
                $last_nonblank_token = $statement_type;
                $last_nonblank_type  = 'i';
                $statement_type      = "";
            }

            # patch for SWITCH/CASE: hide these keywords from an immediately
            # following opening brace
            elsif ( ( $statement_type eq 'case' || $statement_type eq 'when' )
                && $statement_type eq $last_nonblank_token )
            {
                $last_nonblank_token = ";";
            }

            elsif ( $last_nonblank_token eq ')' ) {
                $last_nonblank_token = $paren_type[ $paren_depth + 1 ];

                # defensive move in case of a nesting error (pbug.t)
                # in which this ')' had no previous '('
                # this nesting error will have been caught
                if ( !defined($last_nonblank_token) ) {
                    $last_nonblank_token = 'if';
                }

                # check for syntax error here;
                unless ( $is_blocktype_with_paren{$last_nonblank_token} ) {
                    my $list = join( ' ', sort keys %is_blocktype_with_paren );
                    warning(
                        "syntax error at ') {', didn't see one of: $list\n");
                }
            }

            # patch for paren-less for/foreach glitch, part 2.
            # see note below under 'qw'
            elsif ($last_nonblank_token eq 'qw'
                && $is_for_foreach{$want_paren} )
            {
                $last_nonblank_token = $want_paren;
                if ( $last_last_nonblank_token eq $want_paren ) {
                    warning(
"syntax error at '$want_paren .. {' -- missing \$ loop variable\n"
                    );

                }
                $want_paren = "";
            }

            # now identify which of the three possible types of
            # curly braces we have: hash index container, anonymous
            # hash reference, or code block.

            # non-structural (hash index) curly brace pair
            # get marked 'L' and 'R'
            if ( is_non_structural_brace() ) {
                $type = 'L';

                # patch for SWITCH/CASE:
                # allow paren-less identifier after 'when'
                # if the brace is preceded by a space
                if (   $statement_type eq 'when'
                    && $last_nonblank_type      eq 'i'
                    && $last_last_nonblank_type eq 'k'
                    && ( $i_tok == 0 || $rtoken_type->[ $i_tok - 1 ] eq 'b' ) )
                {
                    $type       = '{';
                    $block_type = $statement_type;
                }
            }

            # code and anonymous hash have the same type, '{', but are
            # distinguished by 'block_type',
            # which will be blank for an anonymous hash
            else {

                $block_type = code_block_type( $i_tok, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
                    $max_token_index );

                # patch to promote bareword type to function taking block
                if (   $block_type
                    && $last_nonblank_type eq 'w'
                    && $last_nonblank_i >= 0 )
                {
                    if ( $routput_token_type->[$last_nonblank_i] eq 'w' ) {
                        $routput_token_type->[$last_nonblank_i] = 'G';
                    }
                }

                # patch for SWITCH/CASE: if we find a stray opening block brace
                # where we might accept a 'case' or 'when' block, then take it
                if (   $statement_type eq 'case'
                    || $statement_type eq 'when' )
                {
                    if ( !$block_type || $block_type eq '}' ) {
                        $block_type = $statement_type;
                    }
                }
            }
            $brace_type[ ++$brace_depth ] = $block_type;
            $brace_package[$brace_depth] = $current_package;
            ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
              increase_nesting_depth( BRACE, $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );
            $brace_structural_type[$brace_depth] = $type;
            $brace_context[$brace_depth]         = $context;
            $brace_statement_type[$brace_depth]  = $statement_type;
        },
        '}' => sub {
            $block_type = $brace_type[$brace_depth];
            if ($block_type) { $statement_type = '' }
            if ( defined( $brace_package[$brace_depth] ) ) {
                $current_package = $brace_package[$brace_depth];
            }

            # can happen on brace error (caught elsewhere)
            else {
            }
            ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
              decrease_nesting_depth( BRACE, $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );

            if ( $brace_structural_type[$brace_depth] eq 'L' ) {
                $type = 'R';
            }

            # propagate type information for 'do' and 'eval' blocks.
            # This is necessary to enable us to know if an operator
            # or term is expected next
            if ( $is_block_operator{ $brace_type[$brace_depth] } ) {
                $tok = $brace_type[$brace_depth];
            }

            $context        = $brace_context[$brace_depth];
            $statement_type = $brace_statement_type[$brace_depth];
            if ( $brace_depth > 0 ) { $brace_depth--; }
        },
        '&' => sub {    # maybe sub call? start looking

            # We have to check for sub call unless we are sure we
            # are expecting an operator.  This example from s2p
            # got mistaken as a q operator in an early version:
            #   print BODY &q(<<'EOT');
            if ( $expecting != OPERATOR ) {
                scan_identifier();
            }
            else {
            }
        },
        '<' => sub {    # angle operator or less than?

            if ( $expecting != OPERATOR ) {
                ( $i, $type ) =
                  find_angle_operator_termination( $input_line, $i, $rtoken_map,
                    $expecting, $max_token_index );

                if ( $type eq '<' && $expecting == TERM ) {
                    error_if_expecting_TERM();
                    interrupt_logfile();
                    warning("Unterminated <> operator?\n");
                    resume_logfile();
                }
            }
            else {
            }
        },
        '?' => sub {    # ?: conditional or starting pattern?

            my $is_pattern;

            if ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) {

                my $msg;
                ( $is_pattern, $msg ) =
                  guess_if_pattern_or_conditional( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map,
                    $max_token_index );

                if ($msg) { write_logfile_entry($msg) }
            }
            else { $is_pattern = ( $expecting == TERM ) }

            if ($is_pattern) {
                $in_quote                = 1;
                $type                    = 'Q';
                $allowed_quote_modifiers = '[cgimosxp]';
            }
            else {
                ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
                  increase_nesting_depth( QUESTION_COLON,
                    $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );
            }
        },
        '*' => sub {    # typeglob, or multiply?

            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
                scan_identifier();
            }
            else {

                if ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq '=' ) {
                    $tok  = '*=';
                    $type = $tok;
                    $i++;
                }
                elsif ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq '*' ) {
                    $tok  = '**';
                    $type = $tok;
                    $i++;
                    if ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq '=' ) {
                        $tok  = '**=';
                        $type = $tok;
                        $i++;
                    }
                }
            }
        },
        '.' => sub {    # what kind of . ?

            if ( $expecting != OPERATOR ) {
                scan_number();
                if ( $type eq '.' ) {
                    error_if_expecting_TERM()
                      if ( $expecting == TERM );
                }
            }
            else {
            }
        },
        ':' => sub {

            # if this is the first nonblank character, call it a label
            # since perl seems to just swallow it
            if ( $input_line_number == 1 && $last_nonblank_i == -1 ) {
                $type = 'J';
            }

            # ATTRS: check for a ':' which introduces an attribute list
            # (this might eventually get its own token type)
            elsif ( $statement_type =~ /^sub/ ) {
                $type              = 'A';
                $in_attribute_list = 1;
            }

            # check for scalar attribute, such as
            # my $foo : shared = 1;
            elsif ($is_my_our{$statement_type}
                && $current_depth[QUESTION_COLON] == 0 )
            {
                $type              = 'A';
                $in_attribute_list = 1;
            }

            # otherwise, it should be part of a ?/: operator
            else {
                ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
                  decrease_nesting_depth( QUESTION_COLON,
                    $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );
                if ( $last_nonblank_token eq '?' ) {
                    warning("Syntax error near ? :\n");
                }
            }
        },
        '+' => sub {    # what kind of plus?

            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
                my $number = scan_number();

                # unary plus is safest assumption if not a number
                if ( !defined($number) ) { $type = 'p'; }
            }
            elsif ( $expecting == OPERATOR ) {
            }
            else {
                if ( $next_type eq 'w' ) { $type = 'p' }
            }
        },
        '@' => sub {

            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR("Array")
              if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
            scan_identifier();
        },
        '%' => sub {    # hash or modulo?

            # first guess is hash if no following blank
            if ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) {
                if ( $next_type ne 'b' ) { $expecting = TERM }
            }
            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
                scan_identifier();
            }
        },
        '[' => sub {
            $square_bracket_type[ ++$square_bracket_depth ] =
              $last_nonblank_token;
            ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
              increase_nesting_depth( SQUARE_BRACKET, $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );

            # It may seem odd, but structural square brackets have
            # type '{' and '}'.  This simplifies the indentation logic.
            if ( !is_non_structural_brace() ) {
                $type = '{';
            }
            $square_bracket_structural_type[$square_bracket_depth] = $type;
        },
        ']' => sub {
            ( $type_sequence, $indent_flag ) =
              decrease_nesting_depth( SQUARE_BRACKET, $$rtoken_map[$i_tok] );

            if ( $square_bracket_structural_type[$square_bracket_depth] eq '{' )
            {
                $type = '}';
            }
            if ( $square_bracket_depth > 0 ) { $square_bracket_depth--; }
        },
        '-' => sub {    # what kind of minus?

            if ( ( $expecting != OPERATOR )
                && $is_file_test_operator{$next_tok} )
            {
                my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
                  find_next_nonblank_token( $i + 1, $rtokens,
                    $max_token_index );

                # check for a quoted word like "-w=>xx";
                # it is sufficient to just check for a following '='
                if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '=' ) {
                    $type = 'm';
                }
                else {
                    $i++;
                    $tok .= $next_tok;
                    $type = 'F';
                }
            }
            elsif ( $expecting == TERM ) {
                my $number = scan_number();

                # maybe part of bareword token? unary is safest
                if ( !defined($number) ) { $type = 'm'; }

            }
            elsif ( $expecting == OPERATOR ) {
            }
            else {

                if ( $next_type eq 'w' ) {
                    $type = 'm';
                }
            }
        },

        '^' => sub {

            # check for special variables like ${^WARNING_BITS}
            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {

                # FIXME: this should work but will not catch errors
                # because we also have to be sure that previous token is
                # a type character ($,@,%).
                if ( $last_nonblank_token eq '{'
                    && ( $next_tok =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) )
                {

                    if ( $next_tok eq 'W' ) {
                        $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_w} = 1;
                    }
                    $tok  = $tok . $next_tok;
                    $i    = $i + 1;
                    $type = 'w';
                }

                else {
                    unless ( error_if_expecting_TERM() ) {

                        # Something like this is valid but strange:
                        # undef ^I;
                        complain("The '^' seems unusual here\n");
                    }
                }
            }
        },

        '::' => sub {    # probably a sub call
            scan_bare_identifier();
        },
        '<<' => sub {    # maybe a here-doc?
            return
              unless ( $i < $max_token_index )
              ;          # here-doc not possible if end of line

            if ( $expecting != OPERATOR ) {
                my ( $found_target, $here_doc_target, $here_quote_character,
                    $saw_error );
                (
                    $found_target, $here_doc_target, $here_quote_character, $i,
                    $saw_error
                  )
                  = find_here_doc( $expecting, $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map,
                    $max_token_index );

                if ($found_target) {
                    push @{$rhere_target_list},
                      [ $here_doc_target, $here_quote_character ];
                    $type = 'h';
                    if ( length($here_doc_target) > 80 ) {
                        my $truncated = substr( $here_doc_target, 0, 80 );
                        complain("Long here-target: '$truncated' ...\n");
                    }
                    elsif ( $here_doc_target !~ /^[A-Z_]\w+$/ ) {
                        complain(
                            "Unconventional here-target: '$here_doc_target'\n"
                        );
                    }
                }
                elsif ( $expecting == TERM ) {
                    unless ($saw_error) {

                        # shouldn't happen..
                        warning("Program bug; didn't find here doc target\n");
                        report_definite_bug();
                    }
                }
            }
            else {
            }
        },
        '->' => sub {

            # if -> points to a bare word, we must scan for an identifier,
            # otherwise something like ->y would look like the y operator
            scan_identifier();
        },

        # type = 'pp' for pre-increment, '++' for post-increment
        '++' => sub {
            if ( $expecting == TERM ) { $type = 'pp' }
            elsif ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) {
                my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
                  find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );
                if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '$' ) { $type = 'pp' }
            }
        },

        '=>' => sub {
            if ( $last_nonblank_type eq $tok ) {
                complain("Repeated '=>'s \n");
            }

            # patch for operator_expected: note if we are in the list (use.t)
            # TODO: make version numbers a new token type
            if ( $statement_type eq 'use' ) { $statement_type = '_use' }
        },

        # type = 'mm' for pre-decrement, '--' for post-decrement
        '--' => sub {

            if ( $expecting == TERM ) { $type = 'mm' }
            elsif ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) {
                my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
                  find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );
                if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '$' ) { $type = 'mm' }
            }
        },

        '&&' => sub {
            error_if_expecting_TERM()
              if ( $expecting == TERM );
        },

        '||' => sub {
            error_if_expecting_TERM()
              if ( $expecting == TERM );
        },

        '//' => sub {
            error_if_expecting_TERM()
              if ( $expecting == TERM );
        },
    };

    # ------------------------------------------------------------
    # end hash of code for handling individual token types
    # ------------------------------------------------------------

    my %matching_start_token = ( '}' => '{', ']' => '[', ')' => '(' );

    # These block types terminate statements and do not need a trailing
    # semicolon
    # patched for SWITCH/CASE/
    my %is_zero_continuation_block_type;
    @_ = qw( } { BEGIN END CHECK INIT AUTOLOAD DESTROY UNITCHECK continue ;
      if elsif else unless while until for foreach switch case given when);
    @is_zero_continuation_block_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    my %is_not_zero_continuation_block_type;
    @_ = qw(sort grep map do eval);
    @is_not_zero_continuation_block_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    my %is_logical_container;
    @_ = qw(if elsif unless while and or err not && !  || for foreach);
    @is_logical_container{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    my %is_binary_type;
    @_ = qw(|| &&);
    @is_binary_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    my %is_binary_keyword;
    @_ = qw(and or err eq ne cmp);
    @is_binary_keyword{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # 'L' is token for opening { at hash key
    my %is_opening_type;
    @_ = qw" L { ( [ ";
    @is_opening_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # 'R' is token for closing } at hash key
    my %is_closing_type;
    @_ = qw" R } ) ] ";
    @is_closing_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    my %is_redo_last_next_goto;
    @_ = qw(redo last next goto);
    @is_redo_last_next_goto{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    my %is_use_require;
    @_ = qw(use require);
    @is_use_require{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    my %is_sub_package;
    @_ = qw(sub package);
    @is_sub_package{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # This hash holds the hash key in $tokenizer_self for these keywords:
    my %is_format_END_DATA = (
        'format'   => '_in_format',
        '__END__'  => '_in_end',
        '__DATA__' => '_in_data',
    );

    # ref: camel 3 p 147,
    # but perl may accept undocumented flags
    # perl 5.10 adds 'p' (preserve)
    my %quote_modifiers = (
        's'  => '[cegimosxp]',
        'y'  => '[cds]',
        'tr' => '[cds]',
        'm'  => '[cgimosxp]',
        'qr' => '[imosxp]',
        'q'  => "",
        'qq' => "",
        'qw' => "",
        'qx' => "",
    );

    # table showing how many quoted things to look for after quote operator..
    # s, y, tr have 2 (pattern and replacement)
    # others have 1 (pattern only)
    my %quote_items = (
        's'  => 2,
        'y'  => 2,
        'tr' => 2,
        'm'  => 1,
        'qr' => 1,
        'q'  => 1,
        'qq' => 1,
        'qw' => 1,
        'qx' => 1,
    );

    sub tokenize_this_line {

  # This routine breaks a line of perl code into tokens which are of use in
  # indentation and reformatting.  One of my goals has been to define tokens
  # such that a newline may be inserted between any pair of tokens without
  # changing or invalidating the program. This version comes close to this,
  # although there are necessarily a few exceptions which must be caught by
  # the formatter.  Many of these involve the treatment of bare words.
  #
  # The tokens and their types are returned in arrays.  See previous
  # routine for their names.
  #
  # See also the array "valid_token_types" in the BEGIN section for an
  # up-to-date list.
  #
  # To simplify things, token types are either a single character, or they
  # are identical to the tokens themselves.
  #
  # As a debugging aid, the -D flag creates a file containing a side-by-side
  # comparison of the input string and its tokenization for each line of a file.
  # This is an invaluable debugging aid.
  #
  # In addition to tokens, and some associated quantities, the tokenizer
  # also returns flags indication any special line types.  These include
  # quotes, here_docs, formats.
  #
  # -----------------------------------------------------------------------
  #
  # How to add NEW_TOKENS:
  #
  # New token types will undoubtedly be needed in the future both to keep up
  # with changes in perl and to help adapt the tokenizer to other applications.
  #
  # Here are some notes on the minimal steps.  I wrote these notes while
  # adding the 'v' token type for v-strings, which are things like version
  # numbers 5.6.0, and ip addresses, and will use that as an example.  ( You
  # can use your editor to search for the string "NEW_TOKENS" to find the
  # appropriate sections to change):
  #
  # *. Try to talk somebody else into doing it!  If not, ..
  #
  # *. Make a backup of your current version in case things don't work out!
  #
  # *. Think of a new, unused character for the token type, and add to
  # the array @valid_token_types in the BEGIN section of this package.
  # For example, I used 'v' for v-strings.
  #
  # *. Implement coding to recognize the $type of the token in this routine.
  # This is the hardest part, and is best done by immitating or modifying
  # some of the existing coding.  For example, to recognize v-strings, I
  # patched 'sub scan_bare_identifier' to recognize v-strings beginning with
  # 'v' and 'sub scan_number' to recognize v-strings without the leading 'v'.
  #
  # *. Update sub operator_expected.  This update is critically important but
  # the coding is trivial.  Look at the comments in that routine for help.
  # For v-strings, which should behave like numbers, I just added 'v' to the
  # regex used to handle numbers and strings (types 'n' and 'Q').
  #
  # *. Implement a 'bond strength' rule in sub set_bond_strengths in
  # Perl::Tidy::Formatter for breaking lines around this token type.  You can
  # skip this step and take the default at first, then adjust later to get
  # desired results.  For adding type 'v', I looked at sub bond_strength and
  # saw that number type 'n' was using default strengths, so I didn't do
  # anything.  I may tune it up someday if I don't like the way line
  # breaks with v-strings look.
  #
  # *. Implement a 'whitespace' rule in sub set_white_space_flag in
  # Perl::Tidy::Formatter.  For adding type 'v', I looked at this routine
  # and saw that type 'n' used spaces on both sides, so I just added 'v'
  # to the array @spaces_both_sides.
  #
  # *. Update HtmlWriter package so that users can colorize the token as
  # desired.  This is quite easy; see comments identified by 'NEW_TOKENS' in
  # that package.  For v-strings, I initially chose to use a default color
  # equal to the default for numbers, but it might be nice to change that
  # eventually.
  #
  # *. Update comments in Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer::dump_token_types.
  #
  # *. Run lots and lots of debug tests.  Start with special files designed
  # to test the new token type.  Run with the -D flag to create a .DEBUG
  # file which shows the tokenization.  When these work ok, test as many old
  # scripts as possible.  Start with all of the '.t' files in the 'test'
  # directory of the distribution file.  Compare .tdy output with previous
  # version and updated version to see the differences.  Then include as
  # many more files as possible. My own technique has been to collect a huge
  # number of perl scripts (thousands!) into one directory and run perltidy
  # *, then run diff between the output of the previous version and the
  # current version.
  #
  # *. For another example, search for the smartmatch operator '~~'
  # with your editor to see where updates were made for it.
  #
  # -----------------------------------------------------------------------

        my $line_of_tokens = shift;
        my ($untrimmed_input_line) = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};

        # patch while coding change is underway
        # make callers private data to allow access
        # $tokenizer_self = $caller_tokenizer_self;

        # extract line number for use in error messages
        $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number};

        # reinitialize for multi-line quote
        $line_of_tokens->{_starting_in_quote} = $in_quote && $quote_type eq 'Q';

        # check for pod documentation
        if ( ( $untrimmed_input_line =~ /^=[A-Za-z_]/ ) ) {

            # must not be in multi-line quote
            # and must not be in an eqn
            if ( !$in_quote and ( operator_expected( 'b', '=', 'b' ) == TERM ) )
            {
                $tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} = 1;
                return;
            }
        }

        $input_line = $untrimmed_input_line;

        chomp $input_line;

        # trim start of this line unless we are continuing a quoted line
        # do not trim end because we might end in a quote (test: deken4.pl)
        # Perl::Tidy::Formatter will delete needless trailing blanks
        unless ( $in_quote && ( $quote_type eq 'Q' ) ) {
            $input_line =~ s/^\s*//;    # trim left end
        }

        # update the copy of the line for use in error messages
        # This must be exactly what we give the pre_tokenizer
        $tokenizer_self->{_line_text} = $input_line;

        # re-initialize for the main loop
        $routput_token_list     = [];    # stack of output token indexes
        $routput_token_type     = [];    # token types
        $routput_block_type     = [];    # types of code block
        $routput_container_type = [];    # paren types, such as if, elsif, ..
        $routput_type_sequence  = [];    # nesting sequential number

        $rhere_target_list = [];

        $tok             = $last_nonblank_token;
        $type            = $last_nonblank_type;
        $prototype       = $last_nonblank_prototype;
        $last_nonblank_i = -1;
        $block_type      = $last_nonblank_block_type;
        $container_type  = $last_nonblank_container_type;
        $type_sequence   = $last_nonblank_type_sequence;
        $indent_flag     = 0;
        $peeked_ahead    = 0;

        # tokenization is done in two stages..
        # stage 1 is a very simple pre-tokenization
        my $max_tokens_wanted = 0; # this signals pre_tokenize to get all tokens

        # a little optimization for a full-line comment
        if ( !$in_quote && ( $input_line =~ /^#/ ) ) {
            $max_tokens_wanted = 1    # no use tokenizing a comment
        }

        # start by breaking the line into pre-tokens
        ( $rtokens, $rtoken_map, $rtoken_type ) =
          pre_tokenize( $input_line, $max_tokens_wanted );

        $max_token_index = scalar(@$rtokens) - 1;
        push( @$rtokens,    ' ', ' ', ' ' ); # extra whitespace simplifies logic
        push( @$rtoken_map, 0,   0,   0 );   # shouldn't be referenced
        push( @$rtoken_type, 'b', 'b', 'b' );

        # initialize for main loop
        for $i ( 0 .. $max_token_index + 3 ) {
            $routput_token_type->[$i]     = "";
            $routput_block_type->[$i]     = "";
            $routput_container_type->[$i] = "";
            $routput_type_sequence->[$i]  = "";
            $routput_indent_flag->[$i]    = 0;
        }
        $i     = -1;
        $i_tok = -1;

        # ------------------------------------------------------------
        # begin main tokenization loop
        # ------------------------------------------------------------

        # we are looking at each pre-token of one line and combining them
        # into tokens
        while ( ++$i <= $max_token_index ) {

            if ($in_quote) {    # continue looking for end of a quote
                $type = $quote_type;

                unless ( @{$routput_token_list} )
                {               # initialize if continuation line
                    push( @{$routput_token_list}, $i );
                    $routput_token_type->[$i] = $type;

                }
                $tok = $quote_character unless ( $quote_character =~ /^\s*$/ );

                # scan for the end of the quote or pattern
                (
                    $i, $in_quote, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
                    $quoted_string_1, $quoted_string_2
                  )
                  = do_quote(
                    $i,               $in_quote,    $quote_character,
                    $quote_pos,       $quote_depth, $quoted_string_1,
                    $quoted_string_2, $rtokens,     $rtoken_map,
                    $max_token_index
                  );

                # all done if we didn't find it
                last if ($in_quote);

                # save pattern and replacement text for rescanning
                my $qs1 = $quoted_string_1;
                my $qs2 = $quoted_string_2;

                # re-initialize for next search
                $quote_character = '';
                $quote_pos       = 0;
                $quote_type      = 'Q';
                $quoted_string_1 = "";
                $quoted_string_2 = "";
                last if ( ++$i > $max_token_index );

                # look for any modifiers
                if ($allowed_quote_modifiers) {

                    # check for exact quote modifiers
                    if ( $$rtokens[$i] =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) {
                        my $str = $$rtokens[$i];
                        my $saw_modifier_e;
                        while ( $str =~ /\G$allowed_quote_modifiers/gc ) {
                            my $pos = pos($str);
                            my $char = substr( $str, $pos - 1, 1 );
                            $saw_modifier_e ||= ( $char eq 'e' );
                        }

                        # For an 'e' quote modifier we must scan the replacement
                        # text for here-doc targets.
                        if ($saw_modifier_e) {

                            my $rht = scan_replacement_text($qs1);

                            # Change type from 'Q' to 'h' for quotes with
                            # here-doc targets so that the formatter (see sub
                            # print_line_of_tokens) will not make any line
                            # breaks after this point.
                            if ($rht) {
                                push @{$rhere_target_list}, @{$rht};
                                $type = 'h';
                                if ( $i_tok < 0 ) {
                                    my $ilast = $routput_token_list->[-1];
                                    $routput_token_type->[$ilast] = $type;
                                }
                            }
                        }

                        if ( defined( pos($str) ) ) {

                            # matched
                            if ( pos($str) == length($str) ) {
                                last if ( ++$i > $max_token_index );
                            }

                            # Looks like a joined quote modifier
                            # and keyword, maybe something like
                            # s/xxx/yyy/gefor @k=...
                            # Example is "galgen.pl".  Would have to split
                            # the word and insert a new token in the
                            # pre-token list.  This is so rare that I haven't
                            # done it.  Will just issue a warning citation.

                            # This error might also be triggered if my quote
                            # modifier characters are incomplete
                            else {
                                warning(< $max_token_index );
                            }
                        }
                        else {

                            # example file: rokicki4.pl
                            # This error might also be triggered if my quote
                            # modifier characters are incomplete
                            write_logfile_entry(
"Note: found word $str at quote modifier location\n"
                            );
                        }
                    }

                    # re-initialize
                    $allowed_quote_modifiers = "";
                }
            }

            unless ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) {

                # try to catch some common errors
                if ( ( $type eq 'n' ) && ( $tok ne '0' ) ) {

                    if ( $last_nonblank_token eq 'eq' ) {
                        complain("Should 'eq' be '==' here ?\n");
                    }
                    elsif ( $last_nonblank_token eq 'ne' ) {
                        complain("Should 'ne' be '!=' here ?\n");
                    }
                }

                $last_last_nonblank_token      = $last_nonblank_token;
                $last_last_nonblank_type       = $last_nonblank_type;
                $last_last_nonblank_block_type = $last_nonblank_block_type;
                $last_last_nonblank_container_type =
                  $last_nonblank_container_type;
                $last_last_nonblank_type_sequence =
                  $last_nonblank_type_sequence;
                $last_nonblank_token          = $tok;
                $last_nonblank_type           = $type;
                $last_nonblank_prototype      = $prototype;
                $last_nonblank_block_type     = $block_type;
                $last_nonblank_container_type = $container_type;
                $last_nonblank_type_sequence  = $type_sequence;
                $last_nonblank_i              = $i_tok;
            }

            # store previous token type
            if ( $i_tok >= 0 ) {
                $routput_token_type->[$i_tok]     = $type;
                $routput_block_type->[$i_tok]     = $block_type;
                $routput_container_type->[$i_tok] = $container_type;
                $routput_type_sequence->[$i_tok]  = $type_sequence;
                $routput_indent_flag->[$i_tok]    = $indent_flag;
            }
            my $pre_tok  = $$rtokens[$i];        # get the next pre-token
            my $pre_type = $$rtoken_type[$i];    # and type
            $tok  = $pre_tok;
            $type = $pre_type;                   # to be modified as necessary
            $block_type = "";    # blank for all tokens except code block braces
            $container_type = "";    # blank for all tokens except some parens
            $type_sequence  = "";    # blank for all tokens except ?/:
            $indent_flag    = 0;
            $prototype = "";    # blank for all tokens except user defined subs
            $i_tok     = $i;

            # this pre-token will start an output token
            push( @{$routput_token_list}, $i_tok );

            # continue gathering identifier if necessary
            # but do not start on blanks and comments
            if ( $id_scan_state && $pre_type !~ /[b#]/ ) {

                if ( $id_scan_state =~ /^(sub|package)/ ) {
                    scan_id();
                }
                else {
                    scan_identifier();
                }

                last if ($id_scan_state);
                next if ( ( $i > 0 ) || $type );

                # didn't find any token; start over
                $type = $pre_type;
                $tok  = $pre_tok;
            }

            # handle whitespace tokens..
            next if ( $type eq 'b' );
            my $prev_tok  = $i > 0 ? $$rtokens[ $i - 1 ]     : ' ';
            my $prev_type = $i > 0 ? $$rtoken_type[ $i - 1 ] : 'b';

            # Build larger tokens where possible, since we are not in a quote.
            #
            # First try to assemble digraphs.  The following tokens are
            # excluded and handled specially:
            # '/=' is excluded because the / might start a pattern.
            # 'x=' is excluded since it might be $x=, with $ on previous line
            # '**' and *= might be typeglobs of punctuation variables
            # I have allowed tokens starting with <, such as <=,
            # because I don't think these could be valid angle operators.
            # test file: storrs4.pl
            my $test_tok   = $tok . $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
            my $combine_ok = $is_digraph{$test_tok};

            # check for special cases which cannot be combined
            if ($combine_ok) {

                # '//' must be defined_or operator if an operator is expected.
                # TODO: Code for other ambiguous digraphs (/=, x=, **, *=)
                # could be migrated here for clarity
                if ( $test_tok eq '//' ) {
                    my $next_type = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
                    my $expecting =
                      operator_expected( $prev_type, $tok, $next_type );
                    $combine_ok = 0 unless ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
                }
            }

            if (
                $combine_ok
                && ( $test_tok ne '/=' )    # might be pattern
                && ( $test_tok ne 'x=' )    # might be $x
                && ( $test_tok ne '**' )    # typeglob?
                && ( $test_tok ne '*=' )    # typeglob?
              )
            {
                $tok = $test_tok;
                $i++;

                # Now try to assemble trigraphs.  Note that all possible
                # perl trigraphs can be constructed by appending a character
                # to a digraph.
                $test_tok = $tok . $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];

                if ( $is_trigraph{$test_tok} ) {
                    $tok = $test_tok;
                    $i++;
                }
            }

            $type      = $tok;
            $next_tok  = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
            $next_type = $$rtoken_type[ $i + 1 ];

            TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_TOKENIZE && do {
                local $" = ')(';
                my @debug_list = (
                    $last_nonblank_token,      $tok,
                    $next_tok,                 $brace_depth,
                    $brace_type[$brace_depth], $paren_depth,
                    $paren_type[$paren_depth]
                );
                print "TOKENIZE:(@debug_list)\n";
            };

            # turn off attribute list on first non-blank, non-bareword
            if ( $pre_type ne 'w' ) { $in_attribute_list = 0 }

            ###############################################################
            # We have the next token, $tok.
            # Now we have to examine this token and decide what it is
            # and define its $type
            #
            # section 1: bare words
            ###############################################################

            if ( $pre_type eq 'w' ) {
                $expecting = operator_expected( $prev_type, $tok, $next_type );
                my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
                  find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );

                # ATTRS: handle sub and variable attributes
                if ($in_attribute_list) {

                    # treat bare word followed by open paren like qw(
                    if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) {
                        $in_quote                = $quote_items{'q'};
                        $allowed_quote_modifiers = $quote_modifiers{'q'};
                        $type                    = 'q';
                        $quote_type              = 'q';
                        next;
                    }

                    # handle bareword not followed by open paren
                    else {
                        $type = 'w';
                        next;
                    }
                }

                # quote a word followed by => operator
                if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '=' ) {

                    if ( $$rtokens[ $i_next + 1 ] eq '>' ) {
                        if ( $is_constant{$current_package}{$tok} ) {
                            $type = 'C';
                        }
                        elsif ( $is_user_function{$current_package}{$tok} ) {
                            $type = 'U';
                            $prototype =
                              $user_function_prototype{$current_package}{$tok};
                        }
                        elsif ( $tok =~ /^v\d+$/ ) {
                            $type = 'v';
                            report_v_string($tok);
                        }
                        else { $type = 'w' }

                        next;
                    }
                }

     # quote a bare word within braces..like xxx->{s}; note that we
     # must be sure this is not a structural brace, to avoid
     # mistaking {s} in the following for a quoted bare word:
     #     for(@[){s}bla}BLA}
     # Also treat q in something like var{-q} as a bare word, not qoute operator
                ##if (   ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'L' )
                ##    && ( $next_nonblank_token eq '}' ) )
                if (
                    $next_nonblank_token eq '}'
                    && (
                        $last_nonblank_type eq 'L'
                        || (   $last_nonblank_type eq 'm'
                            && $last_last_nonblank_type eq 'L' )
                    )
                  )
                {
                    $type = 'w';
                    next;
                }

                # a bare word immediately followed by :: is not a keyword;
                # use $tok_kw when testing for keywords to avoid a mistake
                my $tok_kw = $tok;
                if ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq ':' && $$rtokens[ $i + 2 ] eq ':' )
                {
                    $tok_kw .= '::';
                }

                # handle operator x (now we know it isn't $x=)
                if ( ( $tok =~ /^x\d*$/ ) && ( $expecting == OPERATOR ) ) {
                    if ( $tok eq 'x' ) {

                        if ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq '=' ) {    # x=
                            $tok  = 'x=';
                            $type = $tok;
                            $i++;
                        }
                        else {
                            $type = 'x';
                        }
                    }

                    # FIXME: Patch: mark something like x4 as an integer for now
                    # It gets fixed downstream.  This is easier than
                    # splitting the pretoken.
                    else {
                        $type = 'n';
                    }
                }

                elsif ( ( $tok eq 'strict' )
                    and ( $last_nonblank_token eq 'use' ) )
                {
                    $tokenizer_self->{_saw_use_strict} = 1;
                    scan_bare_identifier();
                }

                elsif ( ( $tok eq 'warnings' )
                    and ( $last_nonblank_token eq 'use' ) )
                {
                    $tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_w} = 1;

                    # scan as identifier, so that we pick up something like:
                    # use warnings::register
                    scan_bare_identifier();
                }

                elsif (
                       $tok eq 'AutoLoader'
                    && $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_autoloader}
                    && (
                        $last_nonblank_token eq 'use'

                        # these regexes are from AutoSplit.pm, which we want
                        # to mimic
                        || $input_line =~ /^\s*(use|require)\s+AutoLoader\b/
                        || $input_line =~ /\bISA\s*=.*\bAutoLoader\b/
                    )
                  )
                {
                    write_logfile_entry("AutoLoader seen, -nlal deactivates\n");
                    $tokenizer_self->{_saw_autoloader}      = 1;
                    $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_autoloader} = 0;
                    scan_bare_identifier();
                }

                elsif (
                       $tok eq 'SelfLoader'
                    && $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_selfloader}
                    && (   $last_nonblank_token eq 'use'
                        || $input_line =~ /^\s*(use|require)\s+SelfLoader\b/
                        || $input_line =~ /\bISA\s*=.*\bSelfLoader\b/ )
                  )
                {
                    write_logfile_entry("SelfLoader seen, -nlsl deactivates\n");
                    $tokenizer_self->{_saw_selfloader}      = 1;
                    $tokenizer_self->{_look_for_selfloader} = 0;
                    scan_bare_identifier();
                }

                elsif ( ( $tok eq 'constant' )
                    and ( $last_nonblank_token eq 'use' ) )
                {
                    scan_bare_identifier();
                    my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
                      find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens,
                        $max_token_index );

                    if ($next_nonblank_token) {

                        if ( $is_keyword{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
                            warning(
"Attempting to define constant '$next_nonblank_token' which is a perl keyword\n"
                            );
                        }

                        # FIXME: could check for error in which next token is
                        # not a word (number, punctuation, ..)
                        else {
                            $is_constant{$current_package}
                              {$next_nonblank_token} = 1;
                        }
                    }
                }

                # various quote operators
                elsif ( $is_q_qq_qw_qx_qr_s_y_tr_m{$tok} ) {
                    if ( $expecting == OPERATOR ) {

                        # patch for paren-less for/foreach glitch, part 1
                        # perl will accept this construct as valid:
                        #
                        #    foreach my $key qw\Uno Due Tres Quadro\ {
                        #        print "Set $key\n";
                        #    }
                        unless ( $tok eq 'qw' && $is_for_foreach{$want_paren} )
                        {
                            error_if_expecting_OPERATOR();
                        }
                    }
                    $in_quote                = $quote_items{$tok};
                    $allowed_quote_modifiers = $quote_modifiers{$tok};

                   # All quote types are 'Q' except possibly qw quotes.
                   # qw quotes are special in that they may generally be trimmed
                   # of leading and trailing whitespace.  So they are given a
                   # separate type, 'q', unless requested otherwise.
                    $type =
                      ( $tok eq 'qw' && $tokenizer_self->{_trim_qw} )
                      ? 'q'
                      : 'Q';
                    $quote_type = $type;
                }

                # check for a statement label
                elsif (
                       ( $next_nonblank_token eq ':' )
                    && ( $$rtokens[ $i_next + 1 ] ne ':' )
                    && ( $i_next <= $max_token_index )    # colon on same line
                    && label_ok()
                  )
                {
                    if ( $tok !~ /[A-Z]/ ) {
                        push @{ $tokenizer_self->{_rlower_case_labels_at} },
                          $input_line_number;
                    }
                    $type = 'J';
                    $tok .= ':';
                    $i = $i_next;
                    next;
                }

                #      'sub' || 'package'
                elsif ( $is_sub_package{$tok_kw} ) {
                    error_if_expecting_OPERATOR()
                      if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
                    scan_id();
                }

                # Note on token types for format, __DATA__, __END__:
                # It simplifies things to give these type ';', so that when we
                # start rescanning we will be expecting a token of type TERM.
                # We will switch to type 'k' before outputting the tokens.
                elsif ( $is_format_END_DATA{$tok_kw} ) {
                    $type = ';';    # make tokenizer look for TERM next
                    $tokenizer_self->{ $is_format_END_DATA{$tok_kw} } = 1;
                    last;
                }

                elsif ( $is_keyword{$tok_kw} ) {
                    $type = 'k';

                    # Since for and foreach may not be followed immediately
                    # by an opening paren, we have to remember which keyword
                    # is associated with the next '('
                    if ( $is_for_foreach{$tok} ) {
                        if ( new_statement_ok() ) {
                            $want_paren = $tok;
                        }
                    }

                    # recognize 'use' statements, which are special
                    elsif ( $is_use_require{$tok} ) {
                        $statement_type = $tok;
                        error_if_expecting_OPERATOR()
                          if ( $expecting == OPERATOR );
                    }

                    # remember my and our to check for trailing ": shared"
                    elsif ( $is_my_our{$tok} ) {
                        $statement_type = $tok;
                    }

                    # Check for misplaced 'elsif' and 'else', but allow isolated
                    # else or elsif blocks to be formatted.  This is indicated
                    # by a last noblank token of ';'
                    elsif ( $tok eq 'elsif' ) {
                        if (   $last_nonblank_token ne ';'
                            && $last_nonblank_block_type !~
                            /^(if|elsif|unless)$/ )
                        {
                            warning(
"expecting '$tok' to follow one of 'if|elsif|unless'\n"
                            );
                        }
                    }
                    elsif ( $tok eq 'else' ) {

                        # patched for SWITCH/CASE
                        if (   $last_nonblank_token ne ';'
                            && $last_nonblank_block_type !~
                            /^(if|elsif|unless|case|when)$/ )
                        {
                            warning(
"expecting '$tok' to follow one of 'if|elsif|unless|case|when'\n"
                            );
                        }
                    }
                    elsif ( $tok eq 'continue' ) {
                        if (   $last_nonblank_token ne ';'
                            && $last_nonblank_block_type !~
                            /(^(\{|\}|;|while|until|for|foreach)|:$)/ )
                        {

                            # note: ';' '{' and '}' in list above
                            # because continues can follow bare blocks;
                            # ':' is labeled block
                            #
                            ############################################
                            # NOTE: This check has been deactivated because
                            # continue has an alternative usage for given/when
                            # blocks in perl 5.10
                            ## warning("'$tok' should follow a block\n");
                            ############################################
                        }
                    }

                    # patch for SWITCH/CASE if 'case' and 'when are
                    # treated as keywords.
                    elsif ( $tok eq 'when' || $tok eq 'case' ) {
                        $statement_type = $tok;    # next '{' is block
                    }

                    # indent trailing if/unless/while/until
                    # outdenting will be handled by later indentation loop
                    if (   $tok =~ /^(if|unless|while|until)$/
                        && $next_nonblank_token ne '(' )
                    {
                        $indent_flag = 1;
                    }
                }

                # check for inline label following
                #         /^(redo|last|next|goto)$/
                elsif (( $last_nonblank_type eq 'k' )
                    && ( $is_redo_last_next_goto{$last_nonblank_token} ) )
                {
                    $type = 'j';
                    next;
                }

                # something else --
                else {

                    scan_bare_identifier();
                    if ( $type eq 'w' ) {

                        if ( $expecting == OPERATOR ) {

                            # don't complain about possible indirect object
                            # notation.
                            # For example:
                            #   package main;
                            #   sub new($) { ... }
                            #   $b = new A::;  # calls A::new
                            #   $c = new A;    # same thing but suspicious
                            # This will call A::new but we have a 'new' in
                            # main:: which looks like a constant.
                            #
                            if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'C' ) {
                                if ( $tok !~ /::$/ ) {
                                    complain(<{$tok};
                if ($code) {
                    $expecting =
                      operator_expected( $prev_type, $tok, $next_type );
                    $code->();
                    redo if $in_quote;
                }
            }
        }

        # -----------------------------
        # end of main tokenization loop
        # -----------------------------

        if ( $i_tok >= 0 ) {
            $routput_token_type->[$i_tok]     = $type;
            $routput_block_type->[$i_tok]     = $block_type;
            $routput_container_type->[$i_tok] = $container_type;
            $routput_type_sequence->[$i_tok]  = $type_sequence;
            $routput_indent_flag->[$i_tok]    = $indent_flag;
        }

        unless ( ( $type eq 'b' ) || ( $type eq '#' ) ) {
            $last_last_nonblank_token          = $last_nonblank_token;
            $last_last_nonblank_type           = $last_nonblank_type;
            $last_last_nonblank_block_type     = $last_nonblank_block_type;
            $last_last_nonblank_container_type = $last_nonblank_container_type;
            $last_last_nonblank_type_sequence  = $last_nonblank_type_sequence;
            $last_nonblank_token               = $tok;
            $last_nonblank_type                = $type;
            $last_nonblank_block_type          = $block_type;
            $last_nonblank_container_type      = $container_type;
            $last_nonblank_type_sequence       = $type_sequence;
            $last_nonblank_prototype           = $prototype;
        }

        # reset indentation level if necessary at a sub or package
        # in an attempt to recover from a nesting error
        if ( $level_in_tokenizer < 0 ) {
            if ( $input_line =~ /^\s*(sub|package)\s+(\w+)/ ) {
                reset_indentation_level(0);
                brace_warning("resetting level to 0 at $1 $2\n");
            }
        }

        # all done tokenizing this line ...
        # now prepare the final list of tokens and types

        my @token_type     = ();   # stack of output token types
        my @block_type     = ();   # stack of output code block types
        my @container_type = ();   # stack of output code container types
        my @type_sequence  = ();   # stack of output type sequence numbers
        my @tokens         = ();   # output tokens
        my @levels         = ();   # structural brace levels of output tokens
        my @slevels        = ();   # secondary nesting levels of output tokens
        my @nesting_tokens = ();   # string of tokens leading to this depth
        my @nesting_types  = ();   # string of token types leading to this depth
        my @nesting_blocks = ();   # string of block types leading to this depth
        my @nesting_lists  = ();   # string of list types leading to this depth
        my @ci_string = ();  # string needed to compute continuation indentation
        my @container_environment = ();    # BLOCK or LIST
        my $container_environment = '';
        my $im                    = -1;    # previous $i value
        my $num;
        my $ci_string_sum = ones_count($ci_string_in_tokenizer);

# Computing Token Indentation
#
#     The final section of the tokenizer forms tokens and also computes
#     parameters needed to find indentation.  It is much easier to do it
#     in the tokenizer than elsewhere.  Here is a brief description of how
#     indentation is computed.  Perl::Tidy computes indentation as the sum
#     of 2 terms:
#
#     (1) structural indentation, such as if/else/elsif blocks
#     (2) continuation indentation, such as long parameter call lists.
#
#     These are occasionally called primary and secondary indentation.
#
#     Structural indentation is introduced by tokens of type '{', although
#     the actual tokens might be '{', '(', or '['.  Structural indentation
#     is of two types: BLOCK and non-BLOCK.  Default structural indentation
#     is 4 characters if the standard indentation scheme is used.
#
#     Continuation indentation is introduced whenever a line at BLOCK level
#     is broken before its termination.  Default continuation indentation
#     is 2 characters in the standard indentation scheme.
#
#     Both types of indentation may be nested arbitrarily deep and
#     interlaced.  The distinction between the two is somewhat arbitrary.
#
#     For each token, we will define two variables which would apply if
#     the current statement were broken just before that token, so that
#     that token started a new line:
#
#     $level = the structural indentation level,
#     $ci_level = the continuation indentation level
#
#     The total indentation will be $level * (4 spaces) + $ci_level * (2 spaces),
#     assuming defaults.  However, in some special cases it is customary
#     to modify $ci_level from this strict value.
#
#     The total structural indentation is easy to compute by adding and
#     subtracting 1 from a saved value as types '{' and '}' are seen.  The
#     running value of this variable is $level_in_tokenizer.
#
#     The total continuation is much more difficult to compute, and requires
#     several variables.  These veriables are:
#
#     $ci_string_in_tokenizer = a string of 1's and 0's indicating, for
#       each indentation level, if there are intervening open secondary
#       structures just prior to that level.
#     $continuation_string_in_tokenizer = a string of 1's and 0's indicating
#       if the last token at that level is "continued", meaning that it
#       is not the first token of an expression.
#     $nesting_block_string = a string of 1's and 0's indicating, for each
#       indentation level, if the level is of type BLOCK or not.
#     $nesting_block_flag = the most recent 1 or 0 of $nesting_block_string
#     $nesting_list_string = a string of 1's and 0's indicating, for each
#       indentation level, if it is is appropriate for list formatting.
#       If so, continuation indentation is used to indent long list items.
#     $nesting_list_flag = the most recent 1 or 0 of $nesting_list_string
#     @{$rslevel_stack} = a stack of total nesting depths at each
#       structural indentation level, where "total nesting depth" means
#       the nesting depth that would occur if every nesting token -- '{', '[',
#       and '(' -- , regardless of context, is used to compute a nesting
#       depth.

        #my $nesting_block_flag = ($nesting_block_string =~ /1$/);
        #my $nesting_list_flag = ($nesting_list_string =~ /1$/);

        my ( $ci_string_i, $level_i, $nesting_block_string_i,
            $nesting_list_string_i, $nesting_token_string_i,
            $nesting_type_string_i, );

        foreach $i ( @{$routput_token_list} )
        {    # scan the list of pre-tokens indexes

            # self-checking for valid token types
            my $type                    = $routput_token_type->[$i];
            my $forced_indentation_flag = $routput_indent_flag->[$i];

            # See if we should undo the $forced_indentation_flag.
            # Forced indentation after 'if', 'unless', 'while' and 'until'
            # expressions without trailing parens is optional and doesn't
            # always look good.  It is usually okay for a trailing logical
            # expression, but if the expression is a function call, code block,
            # or some kind of list it puts in an unwanted extra indentation
            # level which is hard to remove.
            #
            # Example where extra indentation looks ok:
            # return 1
            #   if $det_a < 0 and $det_b > 0
            #       or $det_a > 0 and $det_b < 0;
            #
            # Example where extra indentation is not needed because
            # the eval brace also provides indentation:
            # print "not " if defined eval {
            #     reduce { die if $b > 2; $a + $b } 0, 1, 2, 3, 4;
            # };
            #
            # The following rule works fairly well:
            #   Undo the flag if the end of this line, or start of the next
            #   line, is an opening container token or a comma.
            # This almost always works, but if not after another pass it will
            # be stable.
            if ( $forced_indentation_flag && $type eq 'k' ) {
                my $ixlast  = -1;
                my $ilast   = $routput_token_list->[$ixlast];
                my $toklast = $routput_token_type->[$ilast];
                if ( $toklast eq '#' ) {
                    $ixlast--;
                    $ilast   = $routput_token_list->[$ixlast];
                    $toklast = $routput_token_type->[$ilast];
                }
                if ( $toklast eq 'b' ) {
                    $ixlast--;
                    $ilast   = $routput_token_list->[$ixlast];
                    $toklast = $routput_token_type->[$ilast];
                }
                if ( $toklast =~ /^[\{,]$/ ) {
                    $forced_indentation_flag = 0;
                }
                else {
                    ( $toklast, my $i_next ) =
                      find_next_nonblank_token( $max_token_index, $rtokens,
                        $max_token_index );
                    if ( $toklast =~ /^[\{,]$/ ) {
                        $forced_indentation_flag = 0;
                    }
                }
            }

            # if we are already in an indented if, see if we should outdent
            if ($indented_if_level) {

                # don't try to nest trailing if's - shouldn't happen
                if ( $type eq 'k' ) {
                    $forced_indentation_flag = 0;
                }

                # check for the normal case - outdenting at next ';'
                elsif ( $type eq ';' ) {
                    if ( $level_in_tokenizer == $indented_if_level ) {
                        $forced_indentation_flag = -1;
                        $indented_if_level       = 0;
                    }
                }

                # handle case of missing semicolon
                elsif ( $type eq '}' ) {
                    if ( $level_in_tokenizer == $indented_if_level ) {
                        $indented_if_level = 0;

                        # TBD: This could be a subroutine call
                        $level_in_tokenizer--;
                        if ( @{$rslevel_stack} > 1 ) {
                            pop( @{$rslevel_stack} );
                        }
                        if ( length($nesting_block_string) > 1 )
                        {    # true for valid script
                            chop $nesting_block_string;
                            chop $nesting_list_string;
                        }

                    }
                }
            }

            my $tok = $$rtokens[$i];   # the token, but ONLY if same as pretoken
            $level_i = $level_in_tokenizer;

            # This can happen by running perltidy on non-scripts
            # although it could also be bug introduced by programming change.
            # Perl silently accepts a 032 (^Z) and takes it as the end
            if ( !$is_valid_token_type{$type} ) {
                my $val = ord($type);
                warning(
                    "unexpected character decimal $val ($type) in script\n");
                $tokenizer_self->{_in_error} = 1;
            }

            # ----------------------------------------------------------------
            # TOKEN TYPE PATCHES
            #  output __END__, __DATA__, and format as type 'k' instead of ';'
            # to make html colors correct, etc.
            my $fix_type = $type;
            if ( $type eq ';' && $tok =~ /\w/ ) { $fix_type = 'k' }

            # output anonymous 'sub' as keyword
            if ( $type eq 't' && $tok eq 'sub' ) { $fix_type = 'k' }

            # -----------------------------------------------------------------

            $nesting_token_string_i = $nesting_token_string;
            $nesting_type_string_i  = $nesting_type_string;
            $nesting_block_string_i = $nesting_block_string;
            $nesting_list_string_i  = $nesting_list_string;

            # set primary indentation levels based on structural braces
            # Note: these are set so that the leading braces have a HIGHER
            # level than their CONTENTS, which is convenient for indentation
            # Also, define continuation indentation for each token.
            if ( $type eq '{' || $type eq 'L' || $forced_indentation_flag > 0 )
            {

                # use environment before updating
                $container_environment =
                    $nesting_block_flag ? 'BLOCK'
                  : $nesting_list_flag  ? 'LIST'
                  :                       "";

                # if the difference between total nesting levels is not 1,
                # there are intervening non-structural nesting types between
                # this '{' and the previous unclosed '{'
                my $intervening_secondary_structure = 0;
                if ( @{$rslevel_stack} ) {
                    $intervening_secondary_structure =
                      $slevel_in_tokenizer - $rslevel_stack->[-1];
                }

     # Continuation Indentation
     #
     # Having tried setting continuation indentation both in the formatter and
     # in the tokenizer, I can say that setting it in the tokenizer is much,
     # much easier.  The formatter already has too much to do, and can't
     # make decisions on line breaks without knowing what 'ci' will be at
     # arbitrary locations.
     #
     # But a problem with setting the continuation indentation (ci) here
     # in the tokenizer is that we do not know where line breaks will actually
     # be.  As a result, we don't know if we should propagate continuation
     # indentation to higher levels of structure.
     #
     # For nesting of only structural indentation, we never need to do this.
     # For example, in a long if statement, like this
     #
     #   if ( !$output_block_type[$i]
     #     && ($in_statement_continuation) )
     #   {           <--outdented
     #       do_something();
     #   }
     #
     # the second line has ci but we do normally give the lines within the BLOCK
     # any ci.  This would be true if we had blocks nested arbitrarily deeply.
     #
     # But consider something like this, where we have created a break after
     # an opening paren on line 1, and the paren is not (currently) a
     # structural indentation token:
     #
     # my $file = $menubar->Menubutton(
     #   qw/-text File -underline 0 -menuitems/ => [
     #       [
     #           Cascade    => '~View',
     #           -menuitems => [
     #           ...
     #
     # The second line has ci, so it would seem reasonable to propagate it
     # down, giving the third line 1 ci + 1 indentation.  This suggests the
     # following rule, which is currently used to propagating ci down: if there
     # are any non-structural opening parens (or brackets, or braces), before
     # an opening structural brace, then ci is propagated down, and otherwise
     # not.  The variable $intervening_secondary_structure contains this
     # information for the current token, and the string
     # "$ci_string_in_tokenizer" is a stack of previous values of this
     # variable.

                # save the current states
                push( @{$rslevel_stack}, 1 + $slevel_in_tokenizer );
                $level_in_tokenizer++;

                if ($forced_indentation_flag) {

                    # break BEFORE '?' when there is forced indentation
                    if ( $type eq '?' ) { $level_i = $level_in_tokenizer; }
                    if ( $type eq 'k' ) {
                        $indented_if_level = $level_in_tokenizer;
                    }
                }

                if ( $routput_block_type->[$i] ) {
                    $nesting_block_flag = 1;
                    $nesting_block_string .= '1';
                }
                else {
                    $nesting_block_flag = 0;
                    $nesting_block_string .= '0';
                }

                # we will use continuation indentation within containers
                # which are not blocks and not logical expressions
                my $bit = 0;
                if ( !$routput_block_type->[$i] ) {

                    # propagate flag down at nested open parens
                    if ( $routput_container_type->[$i] eq '(' ) {
                        $bit = 1 if $nesting_list_flag;
                    }

                  # use list continuation if not a logical grouping
                  # /^(if|elsif|unless|while|and|or|not|&&|!|\|\||for|foreach)$/
                    else {
                        $bit = 1
                          unless
                            $is_logical_container{ $routput_container_type->[$i]
                              };
                    }
                }
                $nesting_list_string .= $bit;
                $nesting_list_flag = $bit;

                $ci_string_in_tokenizer .=
                  ( $intervening_secondary_structure != 0 ) ? '1' : '0';
                $ci_string_sum = ones_count($ci_string_in_tokenizer);
                $continuation_string_in_tokenizer .=
                  ( $in_statement_continuation > 0 ) ? '1' : '0';

   #  Sometimes we want to give an opening brace continuation indentation,
   #  and sometimes not.  For code blocks, we don't do it, so that the leading
   #  '{' gets outdented, like this:
   #
   #   if ( !$output_block_type[$i]
   #     && ($in_statement_continuation) )
   #   {           <--outdented
   #
   #  For other types, we will give them continuation indentation.  For example,
   #  here is how a list looks with the opening paren indented:
   #
   #     @LoL =
   #       ( [ "fred", "barney" ], [ "george", "jane", "elroy" ],
   #         [ "homer", "marge", "bart" ], );
   #
   #  This looks best when 'ci' is one-half of the indentation  (i.e., 2 and 4)

                my $total_ci = $ci_string_sum;
                if (
                    !$routput_block_type->[$i]    # patch: skip for BLOCK
                    && ($in_statement_continuation)
                    && !( $forced_indentation_flag && $type eq ':' )
                  )
                {
                    $total_ci += $in_statement_continuation
                      unless ( $ci_string_in_tokenizer =~ /1$/ );
                }

                $ci_string_i               = $total_ci;
                $in_statement_continuation = 0;
            }

            elsif ($type eq '}'
                || $type eq 'R'
                || $forced_indentation_flag < 0 )
            {

                # only a nesting error in the script would prevent popping here
                if ( @{$rslevel_stack} > 1 ) { pop( @{$rslevel_stack} ); }

                $level_i = --$level_in_tokenizer;

                # restore previous level values
                if ( length($nesting_block_string) > 1 )
                {    # true for valid script
                    chop $nesting_block_string;
                    $nesting_block_flag = ( $nesting_block_string =~ /1$/ );
                    chop $nesting_list_string;
                    $nesting_list_flag = ( $nesting_list_string =~ /1$/ );

                    chop $ci_string_in_tokenizer;
                    $ci_string_sum = ones_count($ci_string_in_tokenizer);

                    $in_statement_continuation =
                      chop $continuation_string_in_tokenizer;

                    # zero continuation flag at terminal BLOCK '}' which
                    # ends a statement.
                    if ( $routput_block_type->[$i] ) {

                        # ...These include non-anonymous subs
                        # note: could be sub ::abc { or sub 'abc
                        if ( $routput_block_type->[$i] =~ m/^sub\s*/gc ) {

                         # note: older versions of perl require the /gc modifier
                         # here or else the \G does not work.
                            if ( $routput_block_type->[$i] =~ /\G('|::|\w)/gc )
                            {
                                $in_statement_continuation = 0;
                            }
                        }

# ...and include all block types except user subs with
# block prototypes and these: (sort|grep|map|do|eval)
# /^(\}|\{|BEGIN|END|CHECK|INIT|AUTOLOAD|DESTROY|UNITCHECK|continue|;|if|elsif|else|unless|while|until|for|foreach)$/
                        elsif (
                            $is_zero_continuation_block_type{
                                $routput_block_type->[$i] } )
                        {
                            $in_statement_continuation = 0;
                        }

                        # ..but these are not terminal types:
                        #     /^(sort|grep|map|do|eval)$/ )
                        elsif (
                            $is_not_zero_continuation_block_type{
                                $routput_block_type->[$i] } )
                        {
                        }

                        # ..and a block introduced by a label
                        # /^\w+\s*:$/gc ) {
                        elsif ( $routput_block_type->[$i] =~ /:$/ ) {
                            $in_statement_continuation = 0;
                        }

                        # user function with block prototype
                        else {
                            $in_statement_continuation = 0;
                        }
                    }

                    # If we are in a list, then
                    # we must set continuatoin indentation at the closing
                    # paren of something like this (paren after $check):
                    #     assert(
                    #         __LINE__,
                    #         ( not defined $check )
                    #           or ref $check
                    #           or $check eq "new"
                    #           or $check eq "old",
                    #     );
                    elsif ( $tok eq ')' ) {
                        $in_statement_continuation = 1
                          if $routput_container_type->[$i] =~ /^[;,\{\}]$/;
                    }

                    elsif ( $tok eq ';' ) { $in_statement_continuation = 0 }
                }

                # use environment after updating
                $container_environment =
                    $nesting_block_flag ? 'BLOCK'
                  : $nesting_list_flag  ? 'LIST'
                  :                       "";
                $ci_string_i = $ci_string_sum + $in_statement_continuation;
                $nesting_block_string_i = $nesting_block_string;
                $nesting_list_string_i  = $nesting_list_string;
            }

            # not a structural indentation type..
            else {

                $container_environment =
                    $nesting_block_flag ? 'BLOCK'
                  : $nesting_list_flag  ? 'LIST'
                  :                       "";

                # zero the continuation indentation at certain tokens so
                # that they will be at the same level as its container.  For
                # commas, this simplifies the -lp indentation logic, which
                # counts commas.  For ?: it makes them stand out.
                if ($nesting_list_flag) {
                    if ( $type =~ /^[,\?\:]$/ ) {
                        $in_statement_continuation = 0;
                    }
                }

                # be sure binary operators get continuation indentation
                if (
                    $container_environment
                    && (   $type eq 'k' && $is_binary_keyword{$tok}
                        || $is_binary_type{$type} )
                  )
                {
                    $in_statement_continuation = 1;
                }

                # continuation indentation is sum of any open ci from previous
                # levels plus the current level
                $ci_string_i = $ci_string_sum + $in_statement_continuation;

                # update continuation flag ...
                # if this isn't a blank or comment..
                if ( $type ne 'b' && $type ne '#' ) {

                    # and we are in a BLOCK
                    if ($nesting_block_flag) {

                        # the next token after a ';' and label starts a new stmt
                        if ( $type eq ';' || $type eq 'J' ) {
                            $in_statement_continuation = 0;
                        }

                        # otherwise, we are continuing the current statement
                        else {
                            $in_statement_continuation = 1;
                        }
                    }

                    # if we are not in a BLOCK..
                    else {

                        # do not use continuation indentation if not list
                        # environment (could be within if/elsif clause)
                        if ( !$nesting_list_flag ) {
                            $in_statement_continuation = 0;
                        }

                       # otherwise, the next token after a ',' starts a new term
                        elsif ( $type eq ',' ) {
                            $in_statement_continuation = 0;
                        }

                        # otherwise, we are continuing the current term
                        else {
                            $in_statement_continuation = 1;
                        }
                    }
                }
            }

            if ( $level_in_tokenizer < 0 ) {
                unless ( $tokenizer_self->{_saw_negative_indentation} ) {
                    $tokenizer_self->{_saw_negative_indentation} = 1;
                    warning("Starting negative indentation\n");
                }
            }

            # set secondary nesting levels based on all continment token types
            # Note: these are set so that the nesting depth is the depth
            # of the PREVIOUS TOKEN, which is convenient for setting
            # the stength of token bonds
            my $slevel_i = $slevel_in_tokenizer;

            #    /^[L\{\(\[]$/
            if ( $is_opening_type{$type} ) {
                $slevel_in_tokenizer++;
                $nesting_token_string .= $tok;
                $nesting_type_string  .= $type;
            }

            #       /^[R\}\)\]]$/
            elsif ( $is_closing_type{$type} ) {
                $slevel_in_tokenizer--;
                my $char = chop $nesting_token_string;

                if ( $char ne $matching_start_token{$tok} ) {
                    $nesting_token_string .= $char . $tok;
                    $nesting_type_string  .= $type;
                }
                else {
                    chop $nesting_type_string;
                }
            }

            push( @block_type,            $routput_block_type->[$i] );
            push( @ci_string,             $ci_string_i );
            push( @container_environment, $container_environment );
            push( @container_type,        $routput_container_type->[$i] );
            push( @levels,                $level_i );
            push( @nesting_tokens,        $nesting_token_string_i );
            push( @nesting_types,         $nesting_type_string_i );
            push( @slevels,               $slevel_i );
            push( @token_type,            $fix_type );
            push( @type_sequence,         $routput_type_sequence->[$i] );
            push( @nesting_blocks,        $nesting_block_string );
            push( @nesting_lists,         $nesting_list_string );

            # now form the previous token
            if ( $im >= 0 ) {
                $num =
                  $$rtoken_map[$i] - $$rtoken_map[$im];    # how many characters

                if ( $num > 0 ) {
                    push( @tokens,
                        substr( $input_line, $$rtoken_map[$im], $num ) );
                }
            }
            $im = $i;
        }

        $num = length($input_line) - $$rtoken_map[$im];    # make the last token
        if ( $num > 0 ) {
            push( @tokens, substr( $input_line, $$rtoken_map[$im], $num ) );
        }

        $tokenizer_self->{_in_attribute_list} = $in_attribute_list;
        $tokenizer_self->{_in_quote}          = $in_quote;
        $tokenizer_self->{_quote_target} =
          $in_quote ? matching_end_token($quote_character) : "";
        $tokenizer_self->{_rhere_target_list} = $rhere_target_list;

        $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type}            = \@token_type;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens}                = \@tokens;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rblock_type}            = \@block_type;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rcontainer_type}        = \@container_type;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rcontainer_environment} = \@container_environment;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rtype_sequence}         = \@type_sequence;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels}                = \@levels;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rslevels}               = \@slevels;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_tokens}        = \@nesting_tokens;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rci_levels}             = \@ci_string;
        $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_blocks}        = \@nesting_blocks;

        return;
    }
}    # end tokenize_this_line

#########i#############################################################
# Tokenizer routines which assist in identifying token types
#######################################################################

sub operator_expected {

    # Many perl symbols have two or more meanings.  For example, '<<'
    # can be a shift operator or a here-doc operator.  The
    # interpretation of these symbols depends on the current state of
    # the tokenizer, which may either be expecting a term or an
    # operator.  For this example, a << would be a shift if an operator
    # is expected, and a here-doc if a term is expected.  This routine
    # is called to make this decision for any current token.  It returns
    # one of three possible values:
    #
    #     OPERATOR - operator expected (or at least, not a term)
    #     UNKNOWN  - can't tell
    #     TERM     - a term is expected (or at least, not an operator)
    #
    # The decision is based on what has been seen so far.  This
    # information is stored in the "$last_nonblank_type" and
    # "$last_nonblank_token" variables.  For example, if the
    # $last_nonblank_type is '=~', then we are expecting a TERM, whereas
    # if $last_nonblank_type is 'n' (numeric), we are expecting an
    # OPERATOR.
    #
    # If a UNKNOWN is returned, the calling routine must guess. A major
    # goal of this tokenizer is to minimize the possiblity of returning
    # UNKNOWN, because a wrong guess can spoil the formatting of a
    # script.
    #
    # adding NEW_TOKENS: it is critically important that this routine be
    # updated to allow it to determine if an operator or term is to be
    # expected after the new token.  Doing this simply involves adding
    # the new token character to one of the regexes in this routine or
    # to one of the hash lists
    # that it uses, which are initialized in the BEGIN section.
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_type, $last_nonblank_token,
    # $statement_type

    my ( $prev_type, $tok, $next_type ) = @_;

    my $op_expected = UNKNOWN;

#print "tok=$tok last type=$last_nonblank_type last tok=$last_nonblank_token\n";

# Note: function prototype is available for token type 'U' for future
# program development.  It contains the leading and trailing parens,
# and no blanks.  It might be used to eliminate token type 'C', for
# example (prototype = '()'). Thus:
# if ($last_nonblank_type eq 'U') {
#     print "previous token=$last_nonblank_token  type=$last_nonblank_type prototype=$last_nonblank_prototype\n";
# }

    # A possible filehandle (or object) requires some care...
    if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'Z' ) {

        # angle.t
        if ( $last_nonblank_token =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) {
            $op_expected = UNKNOWN;
        }

        # For possible file handle like "$a", Perl uses weird parsing rules.
        # For example:
        # print $a/2,"/hi";   - division
        # print $a / 2,"/hi"; - division
        # print $a/ 2,"/hi";  - division
        # print $a /2,"/hi";  - pattern (and error)!
        elsif ( ( $prev_type eq 'b' ) && ( $next_type ne 'b' ) ) {
            $op_expected = TERM;
        }

        # Note when an operation is being done where a
        # filehandle might be expected, since a change in whitespace
        # could change the interpretation of the statement.
        else {
            if ( $tok =~ /^([x\/\+\-\*\%\&\.\?\<]|\>\>)$/ ) {
                complain("operator in print statement not recommended\n");
                $op_expected = OPERATOR;
            }
        }
    }

    # handle something after 'do' and 'eval'
    elsif ( $is_block_operator{$last_nonblank_token} ) {

        # something like $a = eval "expression";
        #                          ^
        if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'k' ) {
            $op_expected = TERM;    # expression or list mode following keyword
        }

        # something like $a = do { BLOCK } / 2;
        #                                  ^
        else {
            $op_expected = OPERATOR;    # block mode following }
        }
    }

    # handle bare word..
    elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'w' ) {

        # unfortunately, we can't tell what type of token to expect next
        # after most bare words
        $op_expected = UNKNOWN;
    }

    # operator, but not term possible after these types
    # Note: moved ')' from type to token because parens in list context
    # get marked as '{' '}' now.  This is a minor glitch in the following:
    #    my %opts = (ref $_[0] eq 'HASH') ? %{shift()} : ();
    #
    elsif (( $last_nonblank_type =~ /^[\]RnviQh]$/ )
        || ( $last_nonblank_token =~ /^(\)|\$|\-\>)/ ) )
    {
        $op_expected = OPERATOR;

        # in a 'use' statement, numbers and v-strings are not true
        # numbers, so to avoid incorrect error messages, we will
        # mark them as unknown for now (use.t)
        # TODO: it would be much nicer to create a new token V for VERSION
        # number in a use statement.  Then this could be a check on type V
        # and related patches which change $statement_type for '=>'
        # and ',' could be removed.  Further, it would clean things up to
        # scan the 'use' statement with a separate subroutine.
        if (   ( $statement_type eq 'use' )
            && ( $last_nonblank_type =~ /^[nv]$/ ) )
        {
            $op_expected = UNKNOWN;
        }
    }

    # no operator after many keywords, such as "die", "warn", etc
    elsif ( $expecting_term_token{$last_nonblank_token} ) {

        # patch for dor.t (defined or).
        # perl functions which may be unary operators
        # TODO: This list is incomplete, and these should be put
        # into a hash.
        if (   $tok eq '/'
            && $next_type          eq '/'
            && $last_nonblank_type eq 'k'
            && $last_nonblank_token =~ /^eof|undef|shift|pop$/ )
        {
            $op_expected = OPERATOR;
        }
        else {
            $op_expected = TERM;
        }
    }

    # no operator after things like + - **  (i.e., other operators)
    elsif ( $expecting_term_types{$last_nonblank_type} ) {
        $op_expected = TERM;
    }

    # a few operators, like "time", have an empty prototype () and so
    # take no parameters but produce a value to operate on
    elsif ( $expecting_operator_token{$last_nonblank_token} ) {
        $op_expected = OPERATOR;
    }

    # post-increment and decrement produce values to be operated on
    elsif ( $expecting_operator_types{$last_nonblank_type} ) {
        $op_expected = OPERATOR;
    }

    # no value to operate on after sub block
    elsif ( $last_nonblank_token =~ /^sub\s/ ) { $op_expected = TERM; }

    # a right brace here indicates the end of a simple block.
    # all non-structural right braces have type 'R'
    # all braces associated with block operator keywords have been given those
    # keywords as "last_nonblank_token" and caught above.
    # (This statement is order dependent, and must come after checking
    # $last_nonblank_token).
    elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq '}' ) {

        # patch for dor.t (defined or).
        if (   $tok eq '/'
            && $next_type eq '/'
            && $last_nonblank_token eq ']' )
        {
            $op_expected = OPERATOR;
        }
        else {
            $op_expected = TERM;
        }
    }

    # something else..what did I forget?
    else {

        # collecting diagnostics on unknown operator types..see what was missed
        $op_expected = UNKNOWN;
        write_diagnostics(
"OP: unknown after type=$last_nonblank_type  token=$last_nonblank_token\n"
        );
    }

    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_EXPECT && do {
        print
"EXPECT: returns $op_expected for last type $last_nonblank_type token $last_nonblank_token\n";
    };
    return $op_expected;
}

sub new_statement_ok {

    # return true if the current token can start a new statement
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_type

    return label_ok()    # a label would be ok here

      || $last_nonblank_type eq 'J';    # or we follow a label

}

sub label_ok {

    # Decide if a bare word followed by a colon here is a label
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_token, $last_nonblank_type,
    # $brace_depth, @brace_type

    # if it follows an opening or closing code block curly brace..
    if ( ( $last_nonblank_token eq '{' || $last_nonblank_token eq '}' )
        && $last_nonblank_type eq $last_nonblank_token )
    {

        # it is a label if and only if the curly encloses a code block
        return $brace_type[$brace_depth];
    }

    # otherwise, it is a label if and only if it follows a ';'
    # (real or fake)
    else {
        return ( $last_nonblank_type eq ';' );
    }
}

sub code_block_type {

    # Decide if this is a block of code, and its type.
    # Must be called only when $type = $token = '{'
    # The problem is to distinguish between the start of a block of code
    # and the start of an anonymous hash reference
    # Returns "" if not code block, otherwise returns 'last_nonblank_token'
    # to indicate the type of code block.  (For example, 'last_nonblank_token'
    # might be 'if' for an if block, 'else' for an else block, etc).
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_token, $last_nonblank_type,
    # $last_nonblank_block_type, $brace_depth, @brace_type

    # handle case of multiple '{'s

# print "BLOCK_TYPE EXAMINING: type=$last_nonblank_type tok=$last_nonblank_token\n";

    my ( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    if (   $last_nonblank_token eq '{'
        && $last_nonblank_type eq $last_nonblank_token )
    {

        # opening brace where a statement may appear is probably
        # a code block but might be and anonymous hash reference
        if ( $brace_type[$brace_depth] ) {
            return decide_if_code_block( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
                $max_token_index );
        }

        # cannot start a code block within an anonymous hash
        else {
            return "";
        }
    }

    elsif ( $last_nonblank_token eq ';' ) {

        # an opening brace where a statement may appear is probably
        # a code block but might be and anonymous hash reference
        return decide_if_code_block( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
            $max_token_index );
    }

    # handle case of '}{'
    elsif ($last_nonblank_token eq '}'
        && $last_nonblank_type eq $last_nonblank_token )
    {

        # a } { situation ...
        # could be hash reference after code block..(blktype1.t)
        if ($last_nonblank_block_type) {
            return decide_if_code_block( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
                $max_token_index );
        }

        # must be a block if it follows a closing hash reference
        else {
            return $last_nonblank_token;
        }
    }

    # NOTE: braces after type characters start code blocks, but for
    # simplicity these are not identified as such.  See also
    # sub is_non_structural_brace.
    # elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 't' ) {
    #    return $last_nonblank_token;
    # }

    # brace after label:
    elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'J' ) {
        return $last_nonblank_token;
    }

# otherwise, look at previous token.  This must be a code block if
# it follows any of these:
# /^(BEGIN|END|CHECK|INIT|AUTOLOAD|DESTROY|UNITCHECK|continue|if|elsif|else|unless|do|while|until|eval|for|foreach|map|grep|sort)$/
    elsif ( $is_code_block_token{$last_nonblank_token} ) {

        # Bug Patch: Note that the opening brace after the 'if' in the following
        # snippet is an anonymous hash ref and not a code block!
        #   print 'hi' if { x => 1, }->{x};
        # We can identify this situation because the last nonblank type
        # will be a keyword (instead of a closing peren)
        if (   $last_nonblank_token =~ /^(if|unless)$/
            && $last_nonblank_type eq 'k' )
        {
            return "";
        }
        else {
            return $last_nonblank_token;
        }
    }

    # or a sub definition
    elsif ( ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'i' || $last_nonblank_type eq 't' )
        && $last_nonblank_token =~ /^sub\b/ )
    {
        return $last_nonblank_token;
    }

    # user-defined subs with block parameters (like grep/map/eval)
    elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'G' ) {
        return $last_nonblank_token;
    }

    # check bareword
    elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'w' ) {
        return decide_if_code_block( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
            $max_token_index );
    }

    # anything else must be anonymous hash reference
    else {
        return "";
    }
}

sub decide_if_code_block {

    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_token
    my ( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
      find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );

    # we are at a '{' where a statement may appear.
    # We must decide if this brace starts an anonymous hash or a code
    # block.
    # return "" if anonymous hash, and $last_nonblank_token otherwise

    # initialize to be code BLOCK
    my $code_block_type = $last_nonblank_token;

    # Check for the common case of an empty anonymous hash reference:
    # Maybe something like sub { { } }
    if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '}' ) {
        $code_block_type = "";
    }

    else {

        # To guess if this '{' is an anonymous hash reference, look ahead
        # and test as follows:
        #
        # it is a hash reference if next come:
        #   - a string or digit followed by a comma or =>
        #   - bareword followed by =>
        # otherwise it is a code block
        #
        # Examples of anonymous hash ref:
        # {'aa',};
        # {1,2}
        #
        # Examples of code blocks:
        # {1; print "hello\n", 1;}
        # {$a,1};

        # We are only going to look ahead one more (nonblank/comment) line.
        # Strange formatting could cause a bad guess, but that's unlikely.
        my @pre_types  = @$rtoken_type[ $i + 1 .. $max_token_index ];
        my @pre_tokens = @$rtokens[ $i + 1 .. $max_token_index ];
        my ( $rpre_tokens, $rpre_types ) =
          peek_ahead_for_n_nonblank_pre_tokens(20);    # 20 is arbitrary but
                                                       # generous, and prevents
                                                       # wasting lots of
                                                       # time in mangled files
        if ( defined($rpre_types) && @$rpre_types ) {
            push @pre_types,  @$rpre_types;
            push @pre_tokens, @$rpre_tokens;
        }

        # put a sentinal token to simplify stopping the search
        push @pre_types, '}';

        my $jbeg = 0;
        $jbeg = 1 if $pre_types[0] eq 'b';

        # first look for one of these
        #  - bareword
        #  - bareword with leading -
        #  - digit
        #  - quoted string
        my $j = $jbeg;
        if ( $pre_types[$j] =~ /^[\'\"]/ ) {

            # find the closing quote; don't worry about escapes
            my $quote_mark = $pre_types[$j];
            for ( my $k = $j + 1 ; $k < $#pre_types ; $k++ ) {
                if ( $pre_types[$k] eq $quote_mark ) {
                    $j = $k + 1;
                    my $next = $pre_types[$j];
                    last;
                }
            }
        }
        elsif ( $pre_types[$j] eq 'd' ) {
            $j++;
        }
        elsif ( $pre_types[$j] eq 'w' ) {
            unless ( $is_keyword{ $pre_tokens[$j] } ) {
                $j++;
            }
        }
        elsif ( $pre_types[$j] eq '-' && $pre_types[ ++$j ] eq 'w' ) {
            $j++;
        }
        if ( $j > $jbeg ) {

            $j++ if $pre_types[$j] eq 'b';

            # it's a hash ref if a comma or => follow next
            if ( $pre_types[$j] eq ','
                || ( $pre_types[$j] eq '=' && $pre_types[ ++$j ] eq '>' ) )
            {
                $code_block_type = "";
            }
        }
    }

    return $code_block_type;
}

sub unexpected {

    # report unexpected token type and show where it is
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self
    my ( $found, $expecting, $i_tok, $last_nonblank_i, $rpretoken_map,
        $rpretoken_type, $input_line )
      = @_;

    if ( ++$tokenizer_self->{_unexpected_error_count} <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
        my $msg = "found $found where $expecting expected";
        my $pos = $$rpretoken_map[$i_tok];
        interrupt_logfile();
        my $input_line_number = $tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
        my ( $offset, $numbered_line, $underline ) =
          make_numbered_line( $input_line_number, $input_line, $pos );
        $underline = write_on_underline( $underline, $pos - $offset, '^' );

        my $trailer = "";
        if ( ( $i_tok > 0 ) && ( $last_nonblank_i >= 0 ) ) {
            my $pos_prev = $$rpretoken_map[$last_nonblank_i];
            my $num;
            if ( $$rpretoken_type[ $i_tok - 1 ] eq 'b' ) {
                $num = $$rpretoken_map[ $i_tok - 1 ] - $pos_prev;
            }
            else {
                $num = $pos - $pos_prev;
            }
            if ( $num > 40 ) { $num = 40; $pos_prev = $pos - 40; }

            $underline =
              write_on_underline( $underline, $pos_prev - $offset, '-' x $num );
            $trailer = " (previous token underlined)";
        }
        warning( $numbered_line . "\n" );
        warning( $underline . "\n" );
        warning( $msg . $trailer . "\n" );
        resume_logfile();
    }
}

sub is_non_structural_brace {

    # Decide if a brace or bracket is structural or non-structural
    # by looking at the previous token and type
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_type, $last_nonblank_token

    # EXPERIMENTAL: Mark slices as structural; idea was to improve formatting.
    # Tentatively deactivated because it caused the wrong operator expectation
    # for this code:
    #      $user = @vars[1] / 100;
    # Must update sub operator_expected before re-implementing.
    # if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'i' && $last_nonblank_token =~ /^@/ ) {
    #    return 0;
    # }

    # NOTE: braces after type characters start code blocks, but for
    # simplicity these are not identified as such.  See also
    # sub code_block_type
    # if ($last_nonblank_type eq 't') {return 0}

    # otherwise, it is non-structural if it is decorated
    # by type information.
    # For example, the '{' here is non-structural:   ${xxx}
    (
        $last_nonblank_token =~ /^([\$\@\*\&\%\)]|->|::)/

          # or if we follow a hash or array closing curly brace or bracket
          # For example, the second '{' in this is non-structural: $a{'x'}{'y'}
          # because the first '}' would have been given type 'R'
          || $last_nonblank_type =~ /^([R\]])$/
    );
}

#########i#############################################################
# Tokenizer routines for tracking container nesting depths
#######################################################################

# The following routines keep track of nesting depths of the nesting
# types, ( [ { and ?.  This is necessary for determining the indentation
# level, and also for debugging programs.  Not only do they keep track of
# nesting depths of the individual brace types, but they check that each
# of the other brace types is balanced within matching pairs.  For
# example, if the program sees this sequence:
#
#         {  ( ( ) }
#
# then it can determine that there is an extra left paren somewhere
# between the { and the }.  And so on with every other possible
# combination of outer and inner brace types.  For another
# example:
#
#         ( [ ..... ]  ] )
#
# which has an extra ] within the parens.
#
# The brace types have indexes 0 .. 3 which are indexes into
# the matrices.
#
# The pair ? : are treated as just another nesting type, with ? acting
# as the opening brace and : acting as the closing brace.
#
# The matrix
#
#         $depth_array[$a][$b][ $current_depth[$a] ] = $current_depth[$b];
#
# saves the nesting depth of brace type $b (where $b is either of the other
# nesting types) when brace type $a enters a new depth.  When this depth
# decreases, a check is made that the current depth of brace types $b is
# unchanged, or otherwise there must have been an error.  This can
# be very useful for localizing errors, particularly when perl runs to
# the end of a large file (such as this one) and announces that there
# is a problem somewhere.
#
# A numerical sequence number is maintained for every nesting type,
# so that each matching pair can be uniquely identified in a simple
# way.

sub increase_nesting_depth {
    my ( $aa, $pos ) = @_;

    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self, @current_depth,
    # @current_sequence_number, @depth_array, @starting_line_of_current_depth
    my $bb;
    $current_depth[$aa]++;
    $total_depth++;
    $total_depth[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] ] = $total_depth;
    my $input_line_number = $tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
    my $input_line        = $tokenizer_self->{_line_text};

    # Sequence numbers increment by number of items.  This keeps
    # a unique set of numbers but still allows the relative location
    # of any type to be determined.
    $nesting_sequence_number[$aa] += scalar(@closing_brace_names);
    my $seqno = $nesting_sequence_number[$aa];
    $current_sequence_number[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] ] = $seqno;

    $starting_line_of_current_depth[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] ] =
      [ $input_line_number, $input_line, $pos ];

    for $bb ( 0 .. $#closing_brace_names ) {
        next if ( $bb == $aa );
        $depth_array[$aa][$bb][ $current_depth[$aa] ] = $current_depth[$bb];
    }

    # set a flag for indenting a nested ternary statement
    my $indent = 0;
    if ( $aa == QUESTION_COLON ) {
        $nested_ternary_flag[ $current_depth[$aa] ] = 0;
        if ( $current_depth[$aa] > 1 ) {
            if ( $nested_ternary_flag[ $current_depth[$aa] - 1 ] == 0 ) {
                my $pdepth = $total_depth[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] - 1 ];
                if ( $pdepth == $total_depth - 1 ) {
                    $indent = 1;
                    $nested_ternary_flag[ $current_depth[$aa] - 1 ] = -1;
                }
            }
        }
    }
    return ( $seqno, $indent );
}

sub decrease_nesting_depth {

    my ( $aa, $pos ) = @_;

    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self, @current_depth,
    # @current_sequence_number, @depth_array, @starting_line_of_current_depth
    my $bb;
    my $seqno             = 0;
    my $input_line_number = $tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
    my $input_line        = $tokenizer_self->{_line_text};

    my $outdent = 0;
    $total_depth--;
    if ( $current_depth[$aa] > 0 ) {

        # set a flag for un-indenting after seeing a nested ternary statement
        $seqno = $current_sequence_number[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] ];
        if ( $aa == QUESTION_COLON ) {
            $outdent = $nested_ternary_flag[ $current_depth[$aa] ];
        }

        # check that any brace types $bb contained within are balanced
        for $bb ( 0 .. $#closing_brace_names ) {
            next if ( $bb == $aa );

            unless ( $depth_array[$aa][$bb][ $current_depth[$aa] ] ==
                $current_depth[$bb] )
            {
                my $diff =
                  $current_depth[$bb] -
                  $depth_array[$aa][$bb][ $current_depth[$aa] ];

                # don't whine too many times
                my $saw_brace_error = get_saw_brace_error();
                if (
                    $saw_brace_error <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES

                    # if too many closing types have occured, we probably
                    # already caught this error
                    && ( ( $diff > 0 ) || ( $saw_brace_error <= 0 ) )
                  )
                {
                    interrupt_logfile();
                    my $rsl =
                      $starting_line_of_current_depth[$aa]
                      [ $current_depth[$aa] ];
                    my $sl  = $$rsl[0];
                    my $rel = [ $input_line_number, $input_line, $pos ];
                    my $el  = $$rel[0];
                    my ($ess);

                    if ( $diff == 1 || $diff == -1 ) {
                        $ess = '';
                    }
                    else {
                        $ess = 's';
                    }
                    my $bname =
                      ( $diff > 0 )
                      ? $opening_brace_names[$bb]
                      : $closing_brace_names[$bb];
                    write_error_indicator_pair( @$rsl, '^' );
                    my $msg = <<"EOM";
Found $diff extra $bname$ess between $opening_brace_names[$aa] on line $sl and $closing_brace_names[$aa] on line $el
EOM

                    if ( $diff > 0 ) {
                        my $rml =
                          $starting_line_of_current_depth[$bb]
                          [ $current_depth[$bb] ];
                        my $ml = $$rml[0];
                        $msg .=
"    The most recent un-matched $bname is on line $ml\n";
                        write_error_indicator_pair( @$rml, '^' );
                    }
                    write_error_indicator_pair( @$rel, '^' );
                    warning($msg);
                    resume_logfile();
                }
                increment_brace_error();
            }
        }
        $current_depth[$aa]--;
    }
    else {

        my $saw_brace_error = get_saw_brace_error();
        if ( $saw_brace_error <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
            my $msg = <<"EOM";
There is no previous $opening_brace_names[$aa] to match a $closing_brace_names[$aa] on line $input_line_number
EOM
            indicate_error( $msg, $input_line_number, $input_line, $pos, '^' );
        }
        increment_brace_error();
    }
    return ( $seqno, $outdent );
}

sub check_final_nesting_depths {
    my ($aa);

    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: @current_depth, @starting_line_of_current_depth

    for $aa ( 0 .. $#closing_brace_names ) {

        if ( $current_depth[$aa] ) {
            my $rsl =
              $starting_line_of_current_depth[$aa][ $current_depth[$aa] ];
            my $sl  = $$rsl[0];
            my $msg = <<"EOM";
Final nesting depth of $opening_brace_names[$aa]s is $current_depth[$aa]
The most recent un-matched $opening_brace_names[$aa] is on line $sl
EOM
            indicate_error( $msg, @$rsl, '^' );
            increment_brace_error();
        }
    }
}

#########i#############################################################
# Tokenizer routines for looking ahead in input stream
#######################################################################

sub peek_ahead_for_n_nonblank_pre_tokens {

    # returns next n pretokens if they exist
    # returns undef's if hits eof without seeing any pretokens
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self
    my $max_pretokens = shift;
    my $line;
    my $i = 0;
    my ( $rpre_tokens, $rmap, $rpre_types );

    while ( $line = $tokenizer_self->{_line_buffer_object}->peek_ahead( $i++ ) )
    {
        $line =~ s/^\s*//;    # trim leading blanks
        next if ( length($line) <= 0 );    # skip blank
        next if ( $line =~ /^#/ );         # skip comment
        ( $rpre_tokens, $rmap, $rpre_types ) =
          pre_tokenize( $line, $max_pretokens );
        last;
    }
    return ( $rpre_tokens, $rpre_types );
}

# look ahead for next non-blank, non-comment line of code
sub peek_ahead_for_nonblank_token {

    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self
    my ( $rtokens, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $line;
    my $i = 0;

    while ( $line = $tokenizer_self->{_line_buffer_object}->peek_ahead( $i++ ) )
    {
        $line =~ s/^\s*//;    # trim leading blanks
        next if ( length($line) <= 0 );    # skip blank
        next if ( $line =~ /^#/ );         # skip comment
        my ( $rtok, $rmap, $rtype ) =
          pre_tokenize( $line, 2 );        # only need 2 pre-tokens
        my $j = $max_token_index + 1;
        my $tok;

        foreach $tok (@$rtok) {
            last if ( $tok =~ "\n" );
            $$rtokens[ ++$j ] = $tok;
        }
        last;
    }
    return $rtokens;
}

#########i#############################################################
# Tokenizer guessing routines for ambiguous situations
#######################################################################

sub guess_if_pattern_or_conditional {

    # this routine is called when we have encountered a ? following an
    # unknown bareword, and we must decide if it starts a pattern or not
    # input parameters:
    #   $i - token index of the ? starting possible pattern
    # output parameters:
    #   $is_pattern = 0 if probably not pattern,  =1 if probably a pattern
    #   msg = a warning or diagnostic message
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_token
    my ( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $is_pattern = 0;
    my $msg        = "guessing that ? after $last_nonblank_token starts a ";

    if ( $i >= $max_token_index ) {
        $msg .= "conditional (no end to pattern found on the line)\n";
    }
    else {
        my $ibeg = $i;
        $i = $ibeg + 1;
        my $next_token = $$rtokens[$i];    # first token after ?

        # look for a possible ending ? on this line..
        my $in_quote        = 1;
        my $quote_depth     = 0;
        my $quote_character = '';
        my $quote_pos       = 0;
        my $quoted_string;
        (
            $i, $in_quote, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
            $quoted_string
          )
          = follow_quoted_string( $ibeg, $in_quote, $rtokens, $quote_character,
            $quote_pos, $quote_depth, $max_token_index );

        if ($in_quote) {

            # we didn't find an ending ? on this line,
            # so we bias towards conditional
            $is_pattern = 0;
            $msg .= "conditional (no ending ? on this line)\n";

            # we found an ending ?, so we bias towards a pattern
        }
        else {

            if ( pattern_expected( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) >= 0 ) {
                $is_pattern = 1;
                $msg .= "pattern (found ending ? and pattern expected)\n";
            }
            else {
                $msg .= "pattern (uncertain, but found ending ?)\n";
            }
        }
    }
    return ( $is_pattern, $msg );
}

sub guess_if_pattern_or_division {

    # this routine is called when we have encountered a / following an
    # unknown bareword, and we must decide if it starts a pattern or is a
    # division
    # input parameters:
    #   $i - token index of the / starting possible pattern
    # output parameters:
    #   $is_pattern = 0 if probably division,  =1 if probably a pattern
    #   msg = a warning or diagnostic message
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $last_nonblank_token
    my ( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $is_pattern = 0;
    my $msg        = "guessing that / after $last_nonblank_token starts a ";

    if ( $i >= $max_token_index ) {
        "division (no end to pattern found on the line)\n";
    }
    else {
        my $ibeg = $i;
        my $divide_expected =
          numerator_expected( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );
        $i = $ibeg + 1;
        my $next_token = $$rtokens[$i];    # first token after slash

        # look for a possible ending / on this line..
        my $in_quote        = 1;
        my $quote_depth     = 0;
        my $quote_character = '';
        my $quote_pos       = 0;
        my $quoted_string;
        (
            $i, $in_quote, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
            $quoted_string
          )
          = follow_quoted_string( $ibeg, $in_quote, $rtokens, $quote_character,
            $quote_pos, $quote_depth, $max_token_index );

        if ($in_quote) {

            # we didn't find an ending / on this line,
            # so we bias towards division
            if ( $divide_expected >= 0 ) {
                $is_pattern = 0;
                $msg .= "division (no ending / on this line)\n";
            }
            else {
                $msg        = "multi-line pattern (division not possible)\n";
                $is_pattern = 1;
            }

        }

        # we found an ending /, so we bias towards a pattern
        else {

            if ( pattern_expected( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) >= 0 ) {

                if ( $divide_expected >= 0 ) {

                    if ( $i - $ibeg > 60 ) {
                        $msg .= "division (matching / too distant)\n";
                        $is_pattern = 0;
                    }
                    else {
                        $msg .= "pattern (but division possible too)\n";
                        $is_pattern = 1;
                    }
                }
                else {
                    $is_pattern = 1;
                    $msg .= "pattern (division not possible)\n";
                }
            }
            else {

                if ( $divide_expected >= 0 ) {
                    $is_pattern = 0;
                    $msg .= "division (pattern not possible)\n";
                }
                else {
                    $is_pattern = 1;
                    $msg .=
                      "pattern (uncertain, but division would not work here)\n";
                }
            }
        }
    }
    return ( $is_pattern, $msg );
}

# try to resolve here-doc vs. shift by looking ahead for
# non-code or the end token (currently only looks for end token)
# returns 1 if it is probably a here doc, 0 if not
sub guess_if_here_doc {

    # This is how many lines we will search for a target as part of the
    # guessing strategy.  It is a constant because there is probably
    # little reason to change it.
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self, $current_package
    # %is_constant,
    use constant HERE_DOC_WINDOW => 40;

    my $next_token        = shift;
    my $here_doc_expected = 0;
    my $line;
    my $k   = 0;
    my $msg = "checking <<";

    while ( $line = $tokenizer_self->{_line_buffer_object}->peek_ahead( $k++ ) )
    {
        chomp $line;

        if ( $line =~ /^$next_token$/ ) {
            $msg .= " -- found target $next_token ahead $k lines\n";
            $here_doc_expected = 1;    # got it
            last;
        }
        last if ( $k >= HERE_DOC_WINDOW );
    }

    unless ($here_doc_expected) {

        if ( !defined($line) ) {
            $here_doc_expected = -1;    # hit eof without seeing target
            $msg .= " -- must be shift; target $next_token not in file\n";

        }
        else {                          # still unsure..taking a wild guess

            if ( !$is_constant{$current_package}{$next_token} ) {
                $here_doc_expected = 1;
                $msg .=
                  " -- guessing it's a here-doc ($next_token not a constant)\n";
            }
            else {
                $msg .=
                  " -- guessing it's a shift ($next_token is a constant)\n";
            }
        }
    }
    write_logfile_entry($msg);
    return $here_doc_expected;
}

#########i#############################################################
# Tokenizer Routines for scanning identifiers and related items
#######################################################################

sub scan_bare_identifier_do {

    # this routine is called to scan a token starting with an alphanumeric
    # variable or package separator, :: or '.
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $current_package, $last_nonblank_token,
    # $last_nonblank_type,@paren_type, $paren_depth

    my ( $input_line, $i, $tok, $type, $prototype, $rtoken_map,
        $max_token_index )
      = @_;
    my $i_begin = $i;
    my $package = undef;

    my $i_beg = $i;

    # we have to back up one pretoken at a :: since each : is one pretoken
    if ( $tok eq '::' ) { $i_beg-- }
    if ( $tok eq '->' ) { $i_beg-- }
    my $pos_beg = $$rtoken_map[$i_beg];
    pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;

    #  Examples:
    #   A::B::C
    #   A::
    #   ::A
    #   A'B
    if ( $input_line =~ m/\G\s*((?:\w*(?:'|::)))*(?:(?:->)?(\w+))?/gc ) {

        my $pos  = pos($input_line);
        my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
        $tok = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );

        # type 'w' includes anything without leading type info
        # ($,%,@,*) including something like abc::def::ghi
        $type = 'w';

        my $sub_name = "";
        if ( defined($2) ) { $sub_name = $2; }
        if ( defined($1) ) {
            $package = $1;

            # patch: don't allow isolated package name which just ends
            # in the old style package separator (single quote).  Example:
            #   use CGI':all';
            if ( !($sub_name) && substr( $package, -1, 1 ) eq '\'' ) {
                $pos--;
            }

            $package =~ s/\'/::/g;
            if ( $package =~ /^\:/ ) { $package = 'main' . $package }
            $package =~ s/::$//;
        }
        else {
            $package = $current_package;

            if ( $is_keyword{$tok} ) {
                $type = 'k';
            }
        }

        # if it is a bareword..
        if ( $type eq 'w' ) {

            # check for v-string with leading 'v' type character
            # (This seems to have presidence over filehandle, type 'Y')
            if ( $tok =~ /^v\d[_\d]*$/ ) {

                # we only have the first part - something like 'v101' -
                # look for more
                if ( $input_line =~ m/\G(\.\d[_\d]*)+/gc ) {
                    $pos  = pos($input_line);
                    $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
                    $tok  = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
                }
                $type = 'v';

                # warn if this version can't handle v-strings
                report_v_string($tok);
            }

            elsif ( $is_constant{$package}{$sub_name} ) {
                $type = 'C';
            }

            # bareword after sort has implied empty prototype; for example:
            # @sorted = sort numerically ( 53, 29, 11, 32, 7 );
            # This has priority over whatever the user has specified.
            elsif ($last_nonblank_token eq 'sort'
                && $last_nonblank_type eq 'k' )
            {
                $type = 'Z';
            }

            # Note: strangely, perl does not seem to really let you create
            # functions which act like eval and do, in the sense that eval
            # and do may have operators following the final }, but any operators
            # that you create with prototype (&) apparently do not allow
            # trailing operators, only terms.  This seems strange.
            # If this ever changes, here is the update
            # to make perltidy behave accordingly:

            # elsif ( $is_block_function{$package}{$tok} ) {
            #    $tok='eval'; # patch to do braces like eval  - doesn't work
            #    $type = 'k';
            #}
            # FIXME: This could become a separate type to allow for different
            # future behavior:
            elsif ( $is_block_function{$package}{$sub_name} ) {
                $type = 'G';
            }

            elsif ( $is_block_list_function{$package}{$sub_name} ) {
                $type = 'G';
            }
            elsif ( $is_user_function{$package}{$sub_name} ) {
                $type      = 'U';
                $prototype = $user_function_prototype{$package}{$sub_name};
            }

            # check for indirect object
            elsif (

                # added 2001-03-27: must not be followed immediately by '('
                # see fhandle.t
                ( $input_line !~ m/\G\(/gc )

                # and
                && (

                    # preceded by keyword like 'print', 'printf' and friends
                    $is_indirect_object_taker{$last_nonblank_token}

                    # or preceded by something like 'print(' or 'printf('
                    || (
                        ( $last_nonblank_token eq '(' )
                        && $is_indirect_object_taker{ $paren_type[$paren_depth]
                        }

                    )
                )
              )
            {

                # may not be indirect object unless followed by a space
                if ( $input_line =~ m/\G\s+/gc ) {
                    $type = 'Y';

                    # Abandon Hope ...
                    # Perl's indirect object notation is a very bad
                    # thing and can cause subtle bugs, especially for
                    # beginning programmers.  And I haven't even been
                    # able to figure out a sane warning scheme which
                    # doesn't get in the way of good scripts.

                    # Complain if a filehandle has any lower case
                    # letters.  This is suggested good practice.
                    # Use 'sub_name' because something like
                    # main::MYHANDLE is ok for filehandle
                    if ( $sub_name =~ /[a-z]/ ) {

                        # could be bug caused by older perltidy if
                        # followed by '('
                        if ( $input_line =~ m/\G\s*\(/gc ) {
                            complain(
"Caution: unknown word '$tok' in indirect object slot\n"
                            );
                        }
                    }
                }

                # bareword not followed by a space -- may not be filehandle
                # (may be function call defined in a 'use' statement)
                else {
                    $type = 'Z';
                }
            }
        }

        # Now we must convert back from character position
        # to pre_token index.
        # I don't think an error flag can occur here ..but who knows
        my $error;
        ( $i, $error ) =
          inverse_pretoken_map( $i, $pos, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index );
        if ($error) {
            warning("scan_bare_identifier: Possibly invalid tokenization\n");
        }
    }

    # no match but line not blank - could be syntax error
    # perl will take '::' alone without complaint
    else {
        $type = 'w';

        # change this warning to log message if it becomes annoying
        warning("didn't find identifier after leading ::\n");
    }
    return ( $i, $tok, $type, $prototype );
}

sub scan_id_do {

# This is the new scanner and will eventually replace scan_identifier.
# Only type 'sub' and 'package' are implemented.
# Token types $ * % @ & -> are not yet implemented.
#
# Scan identifier following a type token.
# The type of call depends on $id_scan_state: $id_scan_state = ''
# for starting call, in which case $tok must be the token defining
# the type.
#
# If the type token is the last nonblank token on the line, a value
# of $id_scan_state = $tok is returned, indicating that further
# calls must be made to get the identifier.  If the type token is
# not the last nonblank token on the line, the identifier is
# scanned and handled and a value of '' is returned.
# USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $current_package, $last_nonblank_token, $in_attribute_list,
# $statement_type, $tokenizer_self

    my ( $input_line, $i, $tok, $rtokens, $rtoken_map, $id_scan_state,
        $max_token_index )
      = @_;
    my $type = '';
    my ( $i_beg, $pos_beg );

    #print "NSCAN:entering i=$i, tok=$tok, type=$type, state=$id_scan_state\n";
    #my ($a,$b,$c) = caller;
    #print "NSCAN: scan_id called with tok=$tok $a $b $c\n";

    # on re-entry, start scanning at first token on the line
    if ($id_scan_state) {
        $i_beg = $i;
        $type  = '';
    }

    # on initial entry, start scanning just after type token
    else {
        $i_beg         = $i + 1;
        $id_scan_state = $tok;
        $type          = 't';
    }

    # find $i_beg = index of next nonblank token,
    # and handle empty lines
    my $blank_line          = 0;
    my $next_nonblank_token = $$rtokens[$i_beg];
    if ( $i_beg > $max_token_index ) {
        $blank_line = 1;
    }
    else {

        # only a '#' immediately after a '$' is not a comment
        if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '#' ) {
            unless ( $tok eq '$' ) {
                $blank_line = 1;
            }
        }

        if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^\s/ ) {
            ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_beg ) =
              find_next_nonblank_token_on_this_line( $i_beg, $rtokens,
                $max_token_index );
            if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /(^#|^\s*$)/ ) {
                $blank_line = 1;
            }
        }
    }

    # handle non-blank line; identifier, if any, must follow
    unless ($blank_line) {

        if ( $id_scan_state eq 'sub' ) {
            ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state ) = do_scan_sub(
                $input_line, $i,             $i_beg,
                $tok,        $type,          $rtokens,
                $rtoken_map, $id_scan_state, $max_token_index
            );
        }

        elsif ( $id_scan_state eq 'package' ) {
            ( $i, $tok, $type ) =
              do_scan_package( $input_line, $i, $i_beg, $tok, $type, $rtokens,
                $rtoken_map, $max_token_index );
            $id_scan_state = '';
        }

        else {
            warning("invalid token in scan_id: $tok\n");
            $id_scan_state = '';
        }
    }

    if ( $id_scan_state && ( !defined($type) || !$type ) ) {

        # shouldn't happen:
        warning(
"Program bug in scan_id: undefined type but scan_state=$id_scan_state\n"
        );
        report_definite_bug();
    }

    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_NSCAN && do {
        print
          "NSCAN: returns i=$i, tok=$tok, type=$type, state=$id_scan_state\n";
    };
    return ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state );
}

sub check_prototype {
    my ( $proto, $package, $subname ) = @_;
    return unless ( defined($package) && defined($subname) );
    if ( defined($proto) ) {
        $proto =~ s/^\s*\(\s*//;
        $proto =~ s/\s*\)$//;
        if ($proto) {
            $is_user_function{$package}{$subname}        = 1;
            $user_function_prototype{$package}{$subname} = "($proto)";

            # prototypes containing '&' must be treated specially..
            if ( $proto =~ /\&/ ) {

                # right curly braces of prototypes ending in
                # '&' may be followed by an operator
                if ( $proto =~ /\&$/ ) {
                    $is_block_function{$package}{$subname} = 1;
                }

                # right curly braces of prototypes NOT ending in
                # '&' may NOT be followed by an operator
                elsif ( $proto !~ /\&$/ ) {
                    $is_block_list_function{$package}{$subname} = 1;
                }
            }
        }
        else {
            $is_constant{$package}{$subname} = 1;
        }
    }
    else {
        $is_user_function{$package}{$subname} = 1;
    }
}

sub do_scan_package {

    # do_scan_package parses a package name
    # it is called with $i_beg equal to the index of the first nonblank
    # token following a 'package' token.
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $current_package,

    my ( $input_line, $i, $i_beg, $tok, $type, $rtokens, $rtoken_map,
        $max_token_index )
      = @_;
    my $package = undef;
    my $pos_beg = $$rtoken_map[$i_beg];
    pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;

    # handle non-blank line; package name, if any, must follow
    if ( $input_line =~ m/\G\s*((?:\w*(?:'|::))*\w+)/gc ) {
        $package = $1;
        $package = ( defined($1) && $1 ) ? $1 : 'main';
        $package =~ s/\'/::/g;
        if ( $package =~ /^\:/ ) { $package = 'main' . $package }
        $package =~ s/::$//;
        my $pos  = pos($input_line);
        my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
        $tok = 'package ' . substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
        $type = 'i';

        # Now we must convert back from character position
        # to pre_token index.
        # I don't think an error flag can occur here ..but ?
        my $error;
        ( $i, $error ) =
          inverse_pretoken_map( $i, $pos, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index );
        if ($error) { warning("Possibly invalid package\n") }
        $current_package = $package;

        # check for error
        my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
          find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );
        if ( $next_nonblank_token !~ /^[;\}]$/ ) {
            warning(
                "Unexpected '$next_nonblank_token' after package name '$tok'\n"
            );
        }
    }

    # no match but line not blank --
    # could be a label with name package, like package:  , for example.
    else {
        $type = 'k';
    }

    return ( $i, $tok, $type );
}

sub scan_identifier_do {

    # This routine assembles tokens into identifiers.  It maintains a
    # scan state, id_scan_state.  It updates id_scan_state based upon
    # current id_scan_state and token, and returns an updated
    # id_scan_state and the next index after the identifier.
    # USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $context, $last_nonblank_token,
    # $last_nonblank_type

    my ( $i, $id_scan_state, $identifier, $rtokens, $max_token_index,
        $expecting )
      = @_;
    my $i_begin   = $i;
    my $type      = '';
    my $tok_begin = $$rtokens[$i_begin];
    if ( $tok_begin eq ':' ) { $tok_begin = '::' }
    my $id_scan_state_begin = $id_scan_state;
    my $identifier_begin    = $identifier;
    my $tok                 = $tok_begin;
    my $message             = "";

    # these flags will be used to help figure out the type:
    my $saw_alpha = ( $tok =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ );
    my $saw_type;

    # allow old package separator (') except in 'use' statement
    my $allow_tick = ( $last_nonblank_token ne 'use' );

    # get started by defining a type and a state if necessary
    unless ($id_scan_state) {
        $context = UNKNOWN_CONTEXT;

        # fixup for digraph
        if ( $tok eq '>' ) {
            $tok       = '->';
            $tok_begin = $tok;
        }
        $identifier = $tok;

        if ( $tok eq '$' || $tok eq '*' ) {
            $id_scan_state = '$';
            $context       = SCALAR_CONTEXT;
        }
        elsif ( $tok eq '%' || $tok eq '@' ) {
            $id_scan_state = '$';
            $context       = LIST_CONTEXT;
        }
        elsif ( $tok eq '&' ) {
            $id_scan_state = '&';
        }
        elsif ( $tok eq 'sub' or $tok eq 'package' ) {
            $saw_alpha     = 0;     # 'sub' is considered type info here
            $id_scan_state = '$';
            $identifier .= ' ';     # need a space to separate sub from sub name
        }
        elsif ( $tok eq '::' ) {
            $id_scan_state = 'A';
        }
        elsif ( $tok =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) {
            $id_scan_state = ':';
        }
        elsif ( $tok eq '->' ) {
            $id_scan_state = '$';
        }
        else {

            # shouldn't happen
            my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller;
            warning("Program Bug: scan_identifier given bad token = $tok \n");
            warning("   called from sub $a  line: $c\n");
            report_definite_bug();
        }
        $saw_type = !$saw_alpha;
    }
    else {
        $i--;
        $saw_type = ( $tok =~ /([\$\%\@\*\&])/ );
    }

    # now loop to gather the identifier
    my $i_save = $i;

    while ( $i < $max_token_index ) {
        $i_save = $i unless ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ );
        $tok = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];

        if ( ( $tok eq ':' ) && ( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq ':' ) ) {
            $tok = '::';
            $i++;
        }

        if ( $id_scan_state eq '$' ) {    # starting variable name

            if ( $tok eq '$' ) {

                $identifier .= $tok;

                # we've got a punctuation variable if end of line (punct.t)
                if ( $i == $max_token_index ) {
                    $type          = 'i';
                    $id_scan_state = '';
                    last;
                }
            }
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) {    # alphanumeric ..
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
                $id_scan_state = ':';           # now need ::
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq "'" && $allow_tick ) {    # alphanumeric ..
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
                $id_scan_state = ':';                 # now need ::
                $identifier .= $tok;

                # Perl will accept leading digits in identifiers,
                # although they may not always produce useful results.
                # Something like $main::0 is ok.  But this also works:
                #
                #  sub howdy::123::bubba{ print "bubba $54321!\n" }
                #  howdy::123::bubba();
                #
            }
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[0-9]/ ) {              # numeric
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
                $id_scan_state = ':';                 # now need ::
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq '::' ) {
                $id_scan_state = 'A';
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            elsif ( ( $tok eq '#' ) && ( $identifier eq '$' ) ) {    # $#array
                $identifier .= $tok;    # keep same state, a $ could follow
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq '{' ) {

                # check for something like ${#} or ${©}
                if (   $identifier eq '$'
                    && $i + 2 <= $max_token_index
                    && $$rtokens[ $i + 2 ] eq '}'
                    && $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] !~ /[\s\w]/ )
                {
                    my $next2 = $$rtokens[ $i + 2 ];
                    my $next1 = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
                    $identifier .= $tok . $next1 . $next2;
                    $i += 2;
                    $id_scan_state = '';
                    last;
                }

                # skip something like ${xxx} or ->{
                $id_scan_state = '';

                # if this is the first token of a line, any tokens for this
                # identifier have already been accumulated
                if ( $identifier eq '$' || $i == 0 ) { $identifier = ''; }
                $i = $i_save;
                last;
            }

            # space ok after leading $ % * & @
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) {

                if ( $identifier =~ /^[\$\%\*\&\@]/ ) {

                    if ( length($identifier) > 1 ) {
                        $id_scan_state = '';
                        $i             = $i_save;
                        $type          = 'i';    # probably punctuation variable
                        last;
                    }
                    else {

                        # spaces after $'s are common, and space after @
                        # is harmless, so only complain about space
                        # after other type characters. Space after $ and
                        # @ will be removed in formatting.  Report space
                        # after % and * because they might indicate a
                        # parsing error.  In other words '% ' might be a
                        # modulo operator.  Delete this warning if it
                        # gets annoying.
                        if ( $identifier !~ /^[\@\$]$/ ) {
                            $message =
                              "Space in identifier, following $identifier\n";
                        }
                    }
                }

                # else:
                # space after '->' is ok
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq '^' ) {

                # check for some special variables like $^W
                if ( $identifier =~ /^[\$\*\@\%]$/ ) {
                    $identifier .= $tok;
                    $id_scan_state = 'A';

                    # Perl accepts '$^]' or '@^]', but
                    # there must not be a space before the ']'.
                    my $next1 = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
                    if ( $next1 eq ']' ) {
                        $i++;
                        $identifier .= $next1;
                        $id_scan_state = "";
                        last;
                    }
                }
                else {
                    $id_scan_state = '';
                }
            }
            else {    # something else

                # check for various punctuation variables
                if ( $identifier =~ /^[\$\*\@\%]$/ ) {
                    $identifier .= $tok;
                }

                elsif ( $identifier eq '$#' ) {

                    if ( $tok eq '{' ) { $type = 'i'; $i = $i_save }

                    # perl seems to allow just these: $#: $#- $#+
                    elsif ( $tok =~ /^[\:\-\+]$/ ) {
                        $type = 'i';
                        $identifier .= $tok;
                    }
                    else {
                        $i = $i_save;
                        write_logfile_entry( 'Use of $# is deprecated' . "\n" );
                    }
                }
                elsif ( $identifier eq '$$' ) {

                    # perl does not allow references to punctuation
                    # variables without braces.  For example, this
                    # won't work:
                    #  $:=\4;
                    #  $a = $$:;
                    # You would have to use
                    #  $a = ${$:};

                    $i = $i_save;
                    if   ( $tok eq '{' ) { $type = 't' }
                    else                 { $type = 'i' }
                }
                elsif ( $identifier eq '->' ) {
                    $i = $i_save;
                }
                else {
                    $i = $i_save;
                    if ( length($identifier) == 1 ) { $identifier = ''; }
                }
                $id_scan_state = '';
                last;
            }
        }
        elsif ( $id_scan_state eq '&' ) {    # starting sub call?

            if ( $tok =~ /^[\$A-Za-z_]/ ) {    # alphanumeric ..
                $id_scan_state = ':';          # now need ::
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq "'" && $allow_tick ) {    # alphanumeric ..
                $id_scan_state = ':';                 # now need ::
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[0-9]/ ) {    # numeric..see comments above
                $id_scan_state = ':';       # now need ::
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) {     # allow space
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq '::' ) {        # leading ::
                $id_scan_state = 'A';       # accept alpha next
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq '{' ) {
                if ( $identifier eq '&' || $i == 0 ) { $identifier = ''; }
                $i             = $i_save;
                $id_scan_state = '';
                last;
            }
            else {

                # punctuation variable?
                # testfile: cunningham4.pl
                #
                # We have to be careful here.  If we are in an unknown state,
                # we will reject the punctuation variable.  In the following
                # example the '&' is a binary opeator but we are in an unknown
                # state because there is no sigil on 'Prima', so we don't
                # know what it is.  But it is a bad guess that
                # '&~' is a punction variable.
                # $self->{text}->{colorMap}->[
                #   Prima::PodView::COLOR_CODE_FOREGROUND
                #   & ~tb::COLOR_INDEX ] =
                #   $sec->{ColorCode}
                if ( $identifier eq '&' && $expecting ) {
                    $identifier .= $tok;
                }
                else {
                    $identifier = '';
                    $i          = $i_save;
                    $type       = '&';
                }
                $id_scan_state = '';
                last;
            }
        }
        elsif ( $id_scan_state eq 'A' ) {    # looking for alpha (after ::)

            if ( $tok =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) {    # found it
                $identifier .= $tok;
                $id_scan_state = ':';        # now need ::
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq "'" && $allow_tick ) {
                $identifier .= $tok;
                $id_scan_state = ':';        # now need ::
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
            }
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[0-9]/ ) {     # numeric..see comments above
                $identifier .= $tok;
                $id_scan_state = ':';        # now need ::
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
            }
            elsif ( ( $identifier =~ /^sub / ) && ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) ) {
                $id_scan_state = '(';
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            elsif ( ( $identifier =~ /^sub / ) && ( $tok eq '(' ) ) {
                $id_scan_state = ')';
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            else {
                $id_scan_state = '';
                $i             = $i_save;
                last;
            }
        }
        elsif ( $id_scan_state eq ':' ) {    # looking for :: after alpha

            if ( $tok eq '::' ) {            # got it
                $identifier .= $tok;
                $id_scan_state = 'A';        # now require alpha
            }
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[A-Za-z_]/ ) {    # more alphanumeric is ok here
                $identifier .= $tok;
                $id_scan_state = ':';           # now need ::
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
            }
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[0-9]/ ) {        # numeric..see comments above
                $identifier .= $tok;
                $id_scan_state = ':';           # now need ::
                $saw_alpha     = 1;
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq "'" && $allow_tick ) {    # tick

                if ( $is_keyword{$identifier} ) {
                    $id_scan_state = '';              # that's all
                    $i             = $i_save;
                }
                else {
                    $identifier .= $tok;
                }
            }
            elsif ( ( $identifier =~ /^sub / ) && ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) ) {
                $id_scan_state = '(';
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            elsif ( ( $identifier =~ /^sub / ) && ( $tok eq '(' ) ) {
                $id_scan_state = ')';
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            else {
                $id_scan_state = '';        # that's all
                $i             = $i_save;
                last;
            }
        }
        elsif ( $id_scan_state eq '(' ) {    # looking for ( of prototype

            if ( $tok eq '(' ) {             # got it
                $identifier .= $tok;
                $id_scan_state = ')';        # now find the end of it
            }
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) {      # blank - keep going
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            else {
                $id_scan_state = '';         # that's all - no prototype
                $i             = $i_save;
                last;
            }
        }
        elsif ( $id_scan_state eq ')' ) {    # looking for ) to end

            if ( $tok eq ')' ) {             # got it
                $identifier .= $tok;
                $id_scan_state = '';         # all done
                last;
            }
            elsif ( $tok =~ /^[\s\$\%\\\*\@\&\;]/ ) {
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
            else {    # probable error in script, but keep going
                warning("Unexpected '$tok' while seeking end of prototype\n");
                $identifier .= $tok;
            }
        }
        else {        # can get here due to error in initialization
            $id_scan_state = '';
            $i             = $i_save;
            last;
        }
    }

    if ( $id_scan_state eq ')' ) {
        warning("Hit end of line while seeking ) to end prototype\n");
    }

    # once we enter the actual identifier, it may not extend beyond
    # the end of the current line
    if ( $id_scan_state =~ /^[A\:\(\)]/ ) {
        $id_scan_state = '';
    }
    if ( $i < 0 ) { $i = 0 }

    unless ($type) {

        if ($saw_type) {

            if ($saw_alpha) {
                if ( $identifier =~ /^->/ && $last_nonblank_type eq 'w' ) {
                    $type = 'w';
                }
                else { $type = 'i' }
            }
            elsif ( $identifier eq '->' ) {
                $type = '->';
            }
            elsif (
                ( length($identifier) > 1 )

                # In something like '@$=' we have an identifier '@$'
                # In something like '$${' we have type '$$' (and only
                # part of an identifier)
                && !( $identifier =~ /\$$/ && $tok eq '{' )
                && ( $identifier !~ /^(sub |package )$/ )
              )
            {
                $type = 'i';
            }
            else { $type = 't' }
        }
        elsif ($saw_alpha) {

            # type 'w' includes anything without leading type info
            # ($,%,@,*) including something like abc::def::ghi
            $type = 'w';
        }
        else {
            $type = '';
        }    # this can happen on a restart
    }

    if ($identifier) {
        $tok = $identifier;
        if ($message) { write_logfile_entry($message) }
    }
    else {
        $tok = $tok_begin;
        $i   = $i_begin;
    }

    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_SCAN_ID && do {
        my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller;
        print
"SCANID: called from $a $b $c with tok, i, state, identifier =$tok_begin, $i_begin, $id_scan_state_begin, $identifier_begin\n";
        print
"SCANID: returned with tok, i, state, identifier =$tok, $i, $id_scan_state, $identifier\n";
    };
    return ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state, $identifier );
}

{

    # saved package and subnames in case prototype is on separate line
    my ( $package_saved, $subname_saved );

    sub do_scan_sub {

        # do_scan_sub parses a sub name and prototype
        # it is called with $i_beg equal to the index of the first nonblank
        # token following a 'sub' token.

        # TODO: add future error checks to be sure we have a valid
        # sub name.  For example, 'sub &doit' is wrong.  Also, be sure
        # a name is given if and only if a non-anonymous sub is
        # appropriate.
        # USES GLOBAL VARS: $current_package, $last_nonblank_token,
        # $in_attribute_list, %saw_function_definition,
        # $statement_type

        my (
            $input_line, $i,             $i_beg,
            $tok,        $type,          $rtokens,
            $rtoken_map, $id_scan_state, $max_token_index
        ) = @_;
        $id_scan_state = "";    # normally we get everything in one call
        my $subname = undef;
        my $package = undef;
        my $proto   = undef;
        my $attrs   = undef;
        my $match;

        my $pos_beg = $$rtoken_map[$i_beg];
        pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;

        # sub NAME PROTO ATTRS
        if (
            $input_line =~ m/\G\s*
        ((?:\w*(?:'|::))*)  # package - something that ends in :: or '
        (\w+)               # NAME    - required
        (\s*\([^){]*\))?    # PROTO   - something in parens
        (\s*:)?             # ATTRS   - leading : of attribute list
        /gcx
          )
        {
            $match   = 1;
            $subname = $2;
            $proto   = $3;
            $attrs   = $4;

            $package = ( defined($1) && $1 ) ? $1 : $current_package;
            $package =~ s/\'/::/g;
            if ( $package =~ /^\:/ ) { $package = 'main' . $package }
            $package =~ s/::$//;
            my $pos  = pos($input_line);
            my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
            $tok = 'sub ' . substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
            $type = 'i';
        }

        # Look for prototype/attributes not preceded on this line by subname;
        # This might be an anonymous sub with attributes,
        # or a prototype on a separate line from its sub name
        elsif (
            $input_line =~ m/\G(\s*\([^){]*\))?  # PROTO
            (\s*:)?                              # ATTRS leading ':'
            /gcx
            && ( $1 || $2 )
          )
        {
            $match = 1;
            $proto = $1;
            $attrs = $2;

            # Handle prototype on separate line from subname
            if ($subname_saved) {
                $package = $package_saved;
                $subname = $subname_saved;
                $tok     = $last_nonblank_token;
            }
            $type = 'i';
        }

        if ($match) {

            # ATTRS: if there are attributes, back up and let the ':' be
            # found later by the scanner.
            my $pos = pos($input_line);
            if ($attrs) {
                $pos -= length($attrs);
            }

            my $next_nonblank_token = $tok;

            # catch case of line with leading ATTR ':' after anonymous sub
            if ( $pos == $pos_beg && $tok eq ':' ) {
                $type              = 'A';
                $in_attribute_list = 1;
            }

            # We must convert back from character position
            # to pre_token index.
            else {

                # I don't think an error flag can occur here ..but ?
                my $error;
                ( $i, $error ) = inverse_pretoken_map( $i, $pos, $rtoken_map,
                    $max_token_index );
                if ($error) { warning("Possibly invalid sub\n") }

                # check for multiple definitions of a sub
                ( $next_nonblank_token, my $i_next ) =
                  find_next_nonblank_token_on_this_line( $i, $rtokens,
                    $max_token_index );
            }

            if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^(\s*|#)$/ )
            {    # skip blank or side comment
                my ( $rpre_tokens, $rpre_types ) =
                  peek_ahead_for_n_nonblank_pre_tokens(1);
                if ( defined($rpre_tokens) && @$rpre_tokens ) {
                    $next_nonblank_token = $rpre_tokens->[0];
                }
                else {
                    $next_nonblank_token = '}';
                }
            }
            $package_saved = "";
            $subname_saved = "";
            if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '{' ) {
                if ($subname) {

                    # Check for multiple definitions of a sub, but
                    # it is ok to have multiple sub BEGIN, etc,
                    # so we do not complain if name is all caps
                    if (   $saw_function_definition{$package}{$subname}
                        && $subname !~ /^[A-Z]+$/ )
                    {
                        my $lno = $saw_function_definition{$package}{$subname};
                        warning(
"already saw definition of 'sub $subname' in package '$package' at line $lno\n"
                        );
                    }
                    $saw_function_definition{$package}{$subname} =
                      $tokenizer_self->{_last_line_number};
                }
            }
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_token eq ';' ) {
            }
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_token eq '}' ) {
            }

            # ATTRS - if an attribute list follows, remember the name
            # of the sub so the next opening brace can be labeled.
            # Setting 'statement_type' causes any ':'s to introduce
            # attributes.
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_token eq ':' ) {
                $statement_type = $tok;
            }

            # see if PROTO follows on another line:
            elsif ( $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) {
                if ( $attrs || $proto ) {
                    warning(
"unexpected '(' after definition or declaration of sub '$subname'\n"
                    );
                }
                else {
                    $id_scan_state  = 'sub';    # we must come back to get proto
                    $statement_type = $tok;
                    $package_saved  = $package;
                    $subname_saved  = $subname;
                }
            }
            elsif ($next_nonblank_token) {      # EOF technically ok
                warning(
"expecting ':' or ';' or '{' after definition or declaration of sub '$subname' but saw '$next_nonblank_token'\n"
                );
            }
            check_prototype( $proto, $package, $subname );
        }

        # no match but line not blank
        else {
        }
        return ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state );
    }
}

#########i###############################################################
# Tokenizer utility routines which may use CONSTANTS but no other GLOBALS
#########################################################################

sub find_next_nonblank_token {
    my ( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) = @_;

    if ( $i >= $max_token_index ) {
        if ( !peeked_ahead() ) {
            peeked_ahead(1);
            $rtokens =
              peek_ahead_for_nonblank_token( $rtokens, $max_token_index );
        }
    }
    my $next_nonblank_token = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];

    if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
        $next_nonblank_token = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];
    }
    return ( $next_nonblank_token, $i );
}

sub numerator_expected {

    # this is a filter for a possible numerator, in support of guessing
    # for the / pattern delimiter token.
    # returns -
    #   1 - yes
    #   0 - can't tell
    #  -1 - no
    # Note: I am using the convention that variables ending in
    # _expected have these 3 possible values.
    my ( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $next_token = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
    if ( $next_token eq '=' ) { $i++; }    # handle /=
    my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
      find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );

    if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /(\(|\$|\w|\.|\@)/ ) {
        1;
    }
    else {

        if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
            0;
        }
        else {
            -1;
        }
    }
}

sub pattern_expected {

    # This is the start of a filter for a possible pattern.
    # It looks at the token after a possbible pattern and tries to
    # determine if that token could end a pattern.
    # returns -
    #   1 - yes
    #   0 - can't tell
    #  -1 - no
    my ( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $next_token = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
    if ( $next_token =~ /^[cgimosxp]/ ) { $i++; }    # skip possible modifier
    my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
      find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );

    # list of tokens which may follow a pattern
    # (can probably be expanded)
    if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /(\)|\}|\;|\&\&|\|\||and|or|while|if|unless)/ )
    {
        1;
    }
    else {

        if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
            0;
        }
        else {
            -1;
        }
    }
}

sub find_next_nonblank_token_on_this_line {
    my ( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $next_nonblank_token;

    if ( $i < $max_token_index ) {
        $next_nonblank_token = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];

        if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^\s*$/ ) {

            if ( $i < $max_token_index ) {
                $next_nonblank_token = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];
            }
        }
    }
    else {
        $next_nonblank_token = "";
    }
    return ( $next_nonblank_token, $i );
}

sub find_angle_operator_termination {

    # We are looking at a '<' and want to know if it is an angle operator.
    # We are to return:
    #   $i = pretoken index of ending '>' if found, current $i otherwise
    #   $type = 'Q' if found, '>' otherwise
    my ( $input_line, $i_beg, $rtoken_map, $expecting, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $i    = $i_beg;
    my $type = '<';
    pos($input_line) = 1 + $$rtoken_map[$i];

    my $filter;

    # we just have to find the next '>' if a term is expected
    if ( $expecting == TERM ) { $filter = '[\>]' }

    # we have to guess if we don't know what is expected
    elsif ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) { $filter = '[\>\;\=\#\|\<]' }

    # shouldn't happen - we shouldn't be here if operator is expected
    else { warning("Program Bug in find_angle_operator_termination\n") }

    # To illustrate what we might be looking at, in case we are
    # guessing, here are some examples of valid angle operators
    # (or file globs):
    #  
    #  
    #  <$fh>
    #  <*.c *.h>
    #  <_>
    #   ( glob.t)
    #  <${PREFIX}*img*.$IMAGE_TYPE>
    #  
    #  
    #  <$LATEX2HTMLVERSIONS${dd}html[1-9].[0-9].pl>
    #
    # Here are some examples of lines which do not have angle operators:
    #  return undef unless $self->[2]++ < $#{$self->[1]};
    #  < 2  || @$t >
    #
    # the following line from dlister.pl caused trouble:
    #  print'~'x79,"\n",$D<1024?"0.$D":$D>>10,"K, $C files\n\n\n";
    #
    # If the '<' starts an angle operator, it must end on this line and
    # it must not have certain characters like ';' and '=' in it.  I use
    # this to limit the testing.  This filter should be improved if
    # possible.

    if ( $input_line =~ /($filter)/g ) {

        if ( $1 eq '>' ) {

            # We MAY have found an angle operator termination if we get
            # here, but we need to do more to be sure we haven't been
            # fooled.
            my $pos = pos($input_line);

            my $pos_beg = $$rtoken_map[$i];
            my $str = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, ( $pos - $pos_beg ) );

            # Reject if the closing '>' follows a '-' as in:
            # if ( VERSION < 5.009 && $op-> name eq 'aassign' ) { }
            if ( $expecting eq UNKNOWN ) {
                my $check = substr( $input_line, $pos - 2, 1 );
                if ( $check eq '-' ) {
                    return ( $i, $type );
                }
            }

            ######################################debug#####
            #write_diagnostics( "ANGLE? :$str\n");
            #print "ANGLE: found $1 at pos=$pos str=$str check=$check\n";
            ######################################debug#####
            $type = 'Q';
            my $error;
            ( $i, $error ) =
              inverse_pretoken_map( $i, $pos, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index );

            # It may be possible that a quote ends midway in a pretoken.
            # If this happens, it may be necessary to split the pretoken.
            if ($error) {
                warning(
                    "Possible tokinization error..please check this line\n");
                report_possible_bug();
            }

            # Now let's see where we stand....
            # OK if math op not possible
            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
            }

            # OK if there are no more than 2 pre-tokens inside
            # (not possible to write 2 token math between < and >)
            # This catches most common cases
            elsif ( $i <= $i_beg + 3 ) {
                write_diagnostics("ANGLE(1 or 2 tokens): $str\n");
            }

            # Not sure..
            else {

                # Let's try a Brace Test: any braces inside must balance
                my $br = 0;
                while ( $str =~ /\{/g ) { $br++ }
                while ( $str =~ /\}/g ) { $br-- }
                my $sb = 0;
                while ( $str =~ /\[/g ) { $sb++ }
                while ( $str =~ /\]/g ) { $sb-- }
                my $pr = 0;
                while ( $str =~ /\(/g ) { $pr++ }
                while ( $str =~ /\)/g ) { $pr-- }

                # if braces do not balance - not angle operator
                if ( $br || $sb || $pr ) {
                    $i    = $i_beg;
                    $type = '<';
                    write_diagnostics(
                        "NOT ANGLE (BRACE={$br ($pr [$sb ):$str\n");
                }

                # we should keep doing more checks here...to be continued
                # Tentatively accepting this as a valid angle operator.
                # There are lots more things that can be checked.
                else {
                    write_diagnostics(
                        "ANGLE-Guessing yes: $str expecting=$expecting\n");
                    write_logfile_entry("Guessing angle operator here: $str\n");
                }
            }
        }

        # didn't find ending >
        else {
            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
                warning("No ending > for angle operator\n");
            }
        }
    }
    return ( $i, $type );
}

sub scan_number_do {

    #  scan a number in any of the formats that Perl accepts
    #  Underbars (_) are allowed in decimal numbers.
    #  input parameters -
    #      $input_line  - the string to scan
    #      $i           - pre_token index to start scanning
    #    $rtoken_map    - reference to the pre_token map giving starting
    #                    character position in $input_line of token $i
    #  output parameters -
    #    $i            - last pre_token index of the number just scanned
    #    number        - the number (characters); or undef if not a number

    my ( $input_line, $i, $rtoken_map, $input_type, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $pos_beg = $$rtoken_map[$i];
    my $pos;
    my $i_begin = $i;
    my $number  = undef;
    my $type    = $input_type;

    my $first_char = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, 1 );

    # Look for bad starting characters; Shouldn't happen..
    if ( $first_char !~ /[\d\.\+\-Ee]/ ) {
        warning("Program bug - scan_number given character $first_char\n");
        report_definite_bug();
        return ( $i, $type, $number );
    }

    # handle v-string without leading 'v' character ('Two Dot' rule)
    # (vstring.t)
    # TODO: v-strings may contain underscores
    pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;
    if ( $input_line =~ /\G((\d+)?\.\d+(\.\d+)+)/g ) {
        $pos = pos($input_line);
        my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
        $number = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
        $type = 'v';
        report_v_string($number);
    }

    # handle octal, hex, binary
    if ( !defined($number) ) {
        pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;
        if ( $input_line =~ /\G[+-]?0((x[0-9a-fA-F_]+)|([0-7_]+)|(b[01_]+))/g )
        {
            $pos = pos($input_line);
            my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
            $number = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
            $type = 'n';
        }
    }

    # handle decimal
    if ( !defined($number) ) {
        pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;

        if ( $input_line =~ /\G([+-]?[\d_]*(\.[\d_]*)?([Ee][+-]?(\d+))?)/g ) {
            $pos = pos($input_line);

            # watch out for things like 0..40 which would give 0. by this;
            if (   ( substr( $input_line, $pos - 1, 1 ) eq '.' )
                && ( substr( $input_line, $pos, 1 ) eq '.' ) )
            {
                $pos--;
            }
            my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
            $number = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, $numc );
            $type = 'n';
        }
    }

    # filter out non-numbers like e + - . e2  .e3 +e6
    # the rule: at least one digit, and any 'e' must be preceded by a digit
    if (
        $number !~ /\d/    # no digits
        || (   $number =~ /^(.*)[eE]/
            && $1 !~ /\d/ )    # or no digits before the 'e'
      )
    {
        $number = undef;
        $type   = $input_type;
        return ( $i, $type, $number );
    }

    # Found a number; now we must convert back from character position
    # to pre_token index. An error here implies user syntax error.
    # An example would be an invalid octal number like '009'.
    my $error;
    ( $i, $error ) =
      inverse_pretoken_map( $i, $pos, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index );
    if ($error) { warning("Possibly invalid number\n") }

    return ( $i, $type, $number );
}

sub inverse_pretoken_map {

    # Starting with the current pre_token index $i, scan forward until
    # finding the index of the next pre_token whose position is $pos.
    my ( $i, $pos, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $error = 0;

    while ( ++$i <= $max_token_index ) {

        if ( $pos <= $$rtoken_map[$i] ) {

            # Let the calling routine handle errors in which we do not
            # land on a pre-token boundary.  It can happen by running
            # perltidy on some non-perl scripts, for example.
            if ( $pos < $$rtoken_map[$i] ) { $error = 1 }
            $i--;
            last;
        }
    }
    return ( $i, $error );
}

sub find_here_doc {

    # find the target of a here document, if any
    # input parameters:
    #   $i - token index of the second < of <<
    #   ($i must be less than the last token index if this is called)
    # output parameters:
    #   $found_target = 0 didn't find target; =1 found target
    #   HERE_TARGET - the target string (may be empty string)
    #   $i - unchanged if not here doc,
    #    or index of the last token of the here target
    #   $saw_error - flag noting unbalanced quote on here target
    my ( $expecting, $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map, $max_token_index ) = @_;
    my $ibeg                 = $i;
    my $found_target         = 0;
    my $here_doc_target      = '';
    my $here_quote_character = '';
    my $saw_error            = 0;
    my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next_nonblank, $next_token );
    $next_token = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];

    # perl allows a backslash before the target string (heredoc.t)
    my $backslash = 0;
    if ( $next_token eq '\\' ) {
        $backslash  = 1;
        $next_token = $$rtokens[ $i + 2 ];
    }

    ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next_nonblank ) =
      find_next_nonblank_token_on_this_line( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );

    if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /[\'\"\`]/ ) {

        my $in_quote    = 1;
        my $quote_depth = 0;
        my $quote_pos   = 0;
        my $quoted_string;

        (
            $i, $in_quote, $here_quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
            $quoted_string
          )
          = follow_quoted_string( $i_next_nonblank, $in_quote, $rtokens,
            $here_quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth, $max_token_index );

        if ($in_quote) {    # didn't find end of quote, so no target found
            $i = $ibeg;
            if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
                warning(
"Did not find here-doc string terminator ($here_quote_character) before end of line \n"
                );
                $saw_error = 1;
            }
        }
        else {              # found ending quote
            my $j;
            $found_target = 1;

            my $tokj;
            for ( $j = $i_next_nonblank + 1 ; $j < $i ; $j++ ) {
                $tokj = $$rtokens[$j];

                # we have to remove any backslash before the quote character
                # so that the here-doc-target exactly matches this string
                next
                  if ( $tokj eq "\\"
                    && $j < $i - 1
                    && $$rtokens[ $j + 1 ] eq $here_quote_character );
                $here_doc_target .= $tokj;
            }
        }
    }

    elsif ( ( $next_token =~ /^\s*$/ ) and ( $expecting == TERM ) ) {
        $found_target = 1;
        write_logfile_entry(
            "found blank here-target after <<; suggest using \"\"\n");
        $i = $ibeg;
    }
    elsif ( $next_token =~ /^\w/ ) {    # simple bareword or integer after <<

        my $here_doc_expected;
        if ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) {
            $here_doc_expected = guess_if_here_doc($next_token);
        }
        else {
            $here_doc_expected = 1;
        }

        if ($here_doc_expected) {
            $found_target    = 1;
            $here_doc_target = $next_token;
            $i               = $ibeg + 1;
        }

    }
    else {

        if ( $expecting == TERM ) {
            $found_target = 1;
            write_logfile_entry("Note: bare here-doc operator <<\n");
        }
        else {
            $i = $ibeg;
        }
    }

    # patch to neglect any prepended backslash
    if ( $found_target && $backslash ) { $i++ }

    return ( $found_target, $here_doc_target, $here_quote_character, $i,
        $saw_error );
}

sub do_quote {

    # follow (or continue following) quoted string(s)
    # $in_quote return code:
    #   0 - ok, found end
    #   1 - still must find end of quote whose target is $quote_character
    #   2 - still looking for end of first of two quotes
    #
    # Returns updated strings:
    #  $quoted_string_1 = quoted string seen while in_quote=1
    #  $quoted_string_2 = quoted string seen while in_quote=2
    my (
        $i,               $in_quote,    $quote_character,
        $quote_pos,       $quote_depth, $quoted_string_1,
        $quoted_string_2, $rtokens,     $rtoken_map,
        $max_token_index
    ) = @_;

    my $in_quote_starting = $in_quote;

    my $quoted_string;
    if ( $in_quote == 2 ) {    # two quotes/quoted_string_1s to follow
        my $ibeg = $i;
        (
            $i, $in_quote, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
            $quoted_string
          )
          = follow_quoted_string( $i, $in_quote, $rtokens, $quote_character,
            $quote_pos, $quote_depth, $max_token_index );
        $quoted_string_2 .= $quoted_string;
        if ( $in_quote == 1 ) {
            if ( $quote_character =~ /[\{\[\<\(]/ ) { $i++; }
            $quote_character = '';
        }
        else {
            $quoted_string_2 .= "\n";
        }
    }

    if ( $in_quote == 1 ) {    # one (more) quote to follow
        my $ibeg = $i;
        (
            $i, $in_quote, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
            $quoted_string
          )
          = follow_quoted_string( $ibeg, $in_quote, $rtokens, $quote_character,
            $quote_pos, $quote_depth, $max_token_index );
        $quoted_string_1 .= $quoted_string;
        if ( $in_quote == 1 ) {
            $quoted_string_1 .= "\n";
        }
    }
    return ( $i, $in_quote, $quote_character, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
        $quoted_string_1, $quoted_string_2 );
}

sub follow_quoted_string {

    # scan for a specific token, skipping escaped characters
    # if the quote character is blank, use the first non-blank character
    # input parameters:
    #   $rtokens = reference to the array of tokens
    #   $i = the token index of the first character to search
    #   $in_quote = number of quoted strings being followed
    #   $beginning_tok = the starting quote character
    #   $quote_pos = index to check next for alphanumeric delimiter
    # output parameters:
    #   $i = the token index of the ending quote character
    #   $in_quote = decremented if found end, unchanged if not
    #   $beginning_tok = the starting quote character
    #   $quote_pos = index to check next for alphanumeric delimiter
    #   $quote_depth = nesting depth, since delimiters '{ ( [ <' can be nested.
    #   $quoted_string = the text of the quote (without quotation tokens)
    my ( $i_beg, $in_quote, $rtokens, $beginning_tok, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
        $max_token_index )
      = @_;
    my ( $tok, $end_tok );
    my $i             = $i_beg - 1;
    my $quoted_string = "";

    TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_QUOTE && do {
        print
"QUOTE entering with quote_pos = $quote_pos i=$i beginning_tok =$beginning_tok\n";
    };

    # get the corresponding end token
    if ( $beginning_tok !~ /^\s*$/ ) {
        $end_tok = matching_end_token($beginning_tok);
    }

    # a blank token means we must find and use the first non-blank one
    else {
        my $allow_quote_comments = ( $i < 0 ) ? 1 : 0; # i<0 means we saw a 

        while ( $i < $max_token_index ) {
            $tok = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];

            if ( $tok !~ /^\s*$/ ) {

                if ( ( $tok eq '#' ) && ($allow_quote_comments) ) {
                    $i = $max_token_index;
                }
                else {

                    if ( length($tok) > 1 ) {
                        if ( $quote_pos <= 0 ) { $quote_pos = 1 }
                        $beginning_tok = substr( $tok, $quote_pos - 1, 1 );
                    }
                    else {
                        $beginning_tok = $tok;
                        $quote_pos     = 0;
                    }
                    $end_tok     = matching_end_token($beginning_tok);
                    $quote_depth = 1;
                    last;
                }
            }
            else {
                $allow_quote_comments = 1;
            }
        }
    }

    # There are two different loops which search for the ending quote
    # character.  In the rare case of an alphanumeric quote delimiter, we
    # have to look through alphanumeric tokens character-by-character, since
    # the pre-tokenization process combines multiple alphanumeric
    # characters, whereas for a non-alphanumeric delimiter, only tokens of
    # length 1 can match.

    ###################################################################
    # Case 1 (rare): loop for case of alphanumeric quote delimiter..
    # "quote_pos" is the position the current word to begin searching
    ###################################################################
    if ( $beginning_tok =~ /\w/ ) {

        # Note this because it is not recommended practice except
        # for obfuscated perl contests
        if ( $in_quote == 1 ) {
            write_logfile_entry(
                "Note: alphanumeric quote delimiter ($beginning_tok) \n");
        }

        while ( $i < $max_token_index ) {

            if ( $quote_pos == 0 || ( $i < 0 ) ) {
                $tok = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];

                if ( $tok eq '\\' ) {

                    # retain backslash unless it hides the end token
                    $quoted_string .= $tok
                      unless $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] eq $end_tok;
                    $quote_pos++;
                    last if ( $i >= $max_token_index );
                    $tok = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];
                }
            }
            my $old_pos = $quote_pos;

            unless ( defined($tok) && defined($end_tok) && defined($quote_pos) )
            {

            }
            $quote_pos = 1 + index( $tok, $end_tok, $quote_pos );

            if ( $quote_pos > 0 ) {

                $quoted_string .=
                  substr( $tok, $old_pos, $quote_pos - $old_pos - 1 );

                $quote_depth--;

                if ( $quote_depth == 0 ) {
                    $in_quote--;
                    last;
                }
            }
            else {
                $quoted_string .= substr( $tok, $old_pos );
            }
        }
    }

    ########################################################################
    # Case 2 (normal): loop for case of a non-alphanumeric quote delimiter..
    ########################################################################
    else {

        while ( $i < $max_token_index ) {
            $tok = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];

            if ( $tok eq $end_tok ) {
                $quote_depth--;

                if ( $quote_depth == 0 ) {
                    $in_quote--;
                    last;
                }
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq $beginning_tok ) {
                $quote_depth++;
            }
            elsif ( $tok eq '\\' ) {

                # retain backslash unless it hides the beginning or end token
                $tok = $$rtokens[ ++$i ];
                $quoted_string .= '\\'
                  unless ( $tok eq $end_tok || $tok eq $beginning_tok );
            }
            $quoted_string .= $tok;
        }
    }
    if ( $i > $max_token_index ) { $i = $max_token_index }
    return ( $i, $in_quote, $beginning_tok, $quote_pos, $quote_depth,
        $quoted_string );
}

sub indicate_error {
    my ( $msg, $line_number, $input_line, $pos, $carrat ) = @_;
    interrupt_logfile();
    warning($msg);
    write_error_indicator_pair( $line_number, $input_line, $pos, $carrat );
    resume_logfile();
}

sub write_error_indicator_pair {
    my ( $line_number, $input_line, $pos, $carrat ) = @_;
    my ( $offset, $numbered_line, $underline ) =
      make_numbered_line( $line_number, $input_line, $pos );
    $underline = write_on_underline( $underline, $pos - $offset, $carrat );
    warning( $numbered_line . "\n" );
    $underline =~ s/\s*$//;
    warning( $underline . "\n" );
}

sub make_numbered_line {

    #  Given an input line, its line number, and a character position of
    #  interest, create a string not longer than 80 characters of the form
    #     $lineno: sub_string
    #  such that the sub_string of $str contains the position of interest
    #
    #  Here is an example of what we want, in this case we add trailing
    #  '...' because the line is long.
    #
    # 2: (One of QAML 2.0's authors is a member of the World Wide Web Con ...
    #
    #  Here is another example, this time in which we used leading '...'
    #  because of excessive length:
    #
    # 2: ... er of the World Wide Web Consortium's
    #
    #  input parameters are:
    #   $lineno = line number
    #   $str = the text of the line
    #   $pos = position of interest (the error) : 0 = first character
    #
    #   We return :
    #     - $offset = an offset which corrects the position in case we only
    #       display part of a line, such that $pos-$offset is the effective
    #       position from the start of the displayed line.
    #     - $numbered_line = the numbered line as above,
    #     - $underline = a blank 'underline' which is all spaces with the same
    #       number of characters as the numbered line.

    my ( $lineno, $str, $pos ) = @_;
    my $offset = ( $pos < 60 ) ? 0 : $pos - 40;
    my $excess = length($str) - $offset - 68;
    my $numc   = ( $excess > 0 ) ? 68 : undef;

    if ( defined($numc) ) {
        if ( $offset == 0 ) {
            $str = substr( $str, $offset, $numc - 4 ) . " ...";
        }
        else {
            $str = "... " . substr( $str, $offset + 4, $numc - 4 ) . " ...";
        }
    }
    else {

        if ( $offset == 0 ) {
        }
        else {
            $str = "... " . substr( $str, $offset + 4 );
        }
    }

    my $numbered_line = sprintf( "%d: ", $lineno );
    $offset -= length($numbered_line);
    $numbered_line .= $str;
    my $underline = " " x length($numbered_line);
    return ( $offset, $numbered_line, $underline );
}

sub write_on_underline {

    # The "underline" is a string that shows where an error is; it starts
    # out as a string of blanks with the same length as the numbered line of
    # code above it, and we have to add marking to show where an error is.
    # In the example below, we want to write the string '--^' just below
    # the line of bad code:
    #
    # 2: (One of QAML 2.0's authors is a member of the World Wide Web Con ...
    #                 ---^
    # We are given the current underline string, plus a position and a
    # string to write on it.
    #
    # In the above example, there will be 2 calls to do this:
    # First call:  $pos=19, pos_chr=^
    # Second call: $pos=16, pos_chr=---
    #
    # This is a trivial thing to do with substr, but there is some
    # checking to do.

    my ( $underline, $pos, $pos_chr ) = @_;

    # check for error..shouldn't happen
    unless ( ( $pos >= 0 ) && ( $pos <= length($underline) ) ) {
        return $underline;
    }
    my $excess = length($pos_chr) + $pos - length($underline);
    if ( $excess > 0 ) {
        $pos_chr = substr( $pos_chr, 0, length($pos_chr) - $excess );
    }
    substr( $underline, $pos, length($pos_chr) ) = $pos_chr;
    return ($underline);
}

sub pre_tokenize {

    # Break a string, $str, into a sequence of preliminary tokens.  We
    # are interested in these types of tokens:
    #   words       (type='w'),            example: 'max_tokens_wanted'
    #   digits      (type = 'd'),          example: '0755'
    #   whitespace  (type = 'b'),          example: '   '
    #   any other single character (i.e. punct; type = the character itself).
    # We cannot do better than this yet because we might be in a quoted
    # string or pattern.  Caller sets $max_tokens_wanted to 0 to get all
    # tokens.
    my ( $str, $max_tokens_wanted ) = @_;

    # we return references to these 3 arrays:
    my @tokens    = ();     # array of the tokens themselves
    my @token_map = (0);    # string position of start of each token
    my @type      = ();     # 'b'=whitespace, 'd'=digits, 'w'=alpha, or punct

    do {

        # whitespace
        if ( $str =~ /\G(\s+)/gc ) { push @type, 'b'; }

        # numbers
        # note that this must come before words!
        elsif ( $str =~ /\G(\d+)/gc ) { push @type, 'd'; }

        # words
        elsif ( $str =~ /\G(\w+)/gc ) { push @type, 'w'; }

        # single-character punctuation
        elsif ( $str =~ /\G(\W)/gc ) { push @type, $1; }

        # that's all..
        else {
            return ( \@tokens, \@token_map, \@type );
        }

        push @tokens,    $1;
        push @token_map, pos($str);

    } while ( --$max_tokens_wanted != 0 );

    return ( \@tokens, \@token_map, \@type );
}

sub show_tokens {

    # this is an old debug routine
    my ( $rtokens, $rtoken_map ) = @_;
    my $num = scalar(@$rtokens);
    my $i;

    for ( $i = 0 ; $i < $num ; $i++ ) {
        my $len = length( $$rtokens[$i] );
        print "$i:$len:$$rtoken_map[$i]:$$rtokens[$i]:\n";
    }
}

sub matching_end_token {

    # find closing character for a pattern
    my $beginning_token = shift;

    if ( $beginning_token eq '{' ) {
        '}';
    }
    elsif ( $beginning_token eq '[' ) {
        ']';
    }
    elsif ( $beginning_token eq '<' ) {
        '>';
    }
    elsif ( $beginning_token eq '(' ) {
        ')';
    }
    else {
        $beginning_token;
    }
}

sub dump_token_types {
    my $class = shift;
    my $fh    = shift;

    # This should be the latest list of token types in use
    # adding NEW_TOKENS: add a comment here
    print $fh <<'END_OF_LIST';

Here is a list of the token types currently used for lines of type 'CODE'.  
For the following tokens, the "type" of a token is just the token itself.  

.. :: << >> ** && .. || // -> => += -= .= %= &= |= ^= *= <>
( ) <= >= == =~ !~ != ++ -- /= x=
... **= <<= >>= &&= ||= //= <=> 
, + - / * | % ! x ~ = \ ? : . < > ^ &

The following additional token types are defined:

 type    meaning
    b    blank (white space) 
    {    indent: opening structural curly brace or square bracket or paren
         (code block, anonymous hash reference, or anonymous array reference)
    }    outdent: right structural curly brace or square bracket or paren
    [    left non-structural square bracket (enclosing an array index)
    ]    right non-structural square bracket
    (    left non-structural paren (all but a list right of an =)
    )    right non-structural parena
    L    left non-structural curly brace (enclosing a key)
    R    right non-structural curly brace 
    ;    terminal semicolon
    f    indicates a semicolon in a "for" statement
    h    here_doc operator <<
    #    a comment
    Q    indicates a quote or pattern
    q    indicates a qw quote block
    k    a perl keyword
    C    user-defined constant or constant function (with void prototype = ())
    U    user-defined function taking parameters
    G    user-defined function taking block parameter (like grep/map/eval)
    M    (unused, but reserved for subroutine definition name)
    P    (unused, but -html uses it to label pod text)
    t    type indicater such as %,$,@,*,&,sub
    w    bare word (perhaps a subroutine call)
    i    identifier of some type (with leading %, $, @, *, &, sub, -> )
    n    a number
    v    a v-string
    F    a file test operator (like -e)
    Y    File handle
    Z    identifier in indirect object slot: may be file handle, object
    J    LABEL:  code block label
    j    LABEL after next, last, redo, goto
    p    unary +
    m    unary -
    pp   pre-increment operator ++
    mm   pre-decrement operator -- 
    A    : used as attribute separator
    
    Here are the '_line_type' codes used internally:
    SYSTEM         - system-specific code before hash-bang line
    CODE           - line of perl code (including comments)
    POD_START      - line starting pod, such as '=head'
    POD            - pod documentation text
    POD_END        - last line of pod section, '=cut'
    HERE           - text of here-document
    HERE_END       - last line of here-doc (target word)
    FORMAT         - format section
    FORMAT_END     - last line of format section, '.'
    DATA_START     - __DATA__ line
    DATA           - unidentified text following __DATA__
    END_START      - __END__ line
    END            - unidentified text following __END__
    ERROR          - we are in big trouble, probably not a perl script
END_OF_LIST
}

BEGIN {

    # These names are used in error messages
    @opening_brace_names = qw# '{' '[' '(' '?' #;
    @closing_brace_names = qw# '}' ']' ')' ':' #;

    my @digraphs = qw(
      .. :: << >> ** && .. || // -> => += -= .= %= &= |= ^= *= <>
      <= >= == =~ !~ != ++ -- /= x= ~~
    );
    @is_digraph{@digraphs} = (1) x scalar(@digraphs);

    my @trigraphs = qw( ... **= <<= >>= &&= ||= //= <=> !~~ );
    @is_trigraph{@trigraphs} = (1) x scalar(@trigraphs);

    # make a hash of all valid token types for self-checking the tokenizer
    # (adding NEW_TOKENS : select a new character and add to this list)
    my @valid_token_types = qw#
      A b C G L R f h Q k t w i q n p m F pp mm U j J Y Z v
      { } ( ) [ ] ; + - / * | % ! x ~ = \ ? : . < > ^ &
      #;
    push( @valid_token_types, @digraphs );
    push( @valid_token_types, @trigraphs );
    push( @valid_token_types, '#' );
    push( @valid_token_types, ',' );
    @is_valid_token_type{@valid_token_types} = (1) x scalar(@valid_token_types);

    # a list of file test letters, as in -e (Table 3-4 of 'camel 3')
    my @file_test_operators =
      qw( A B C M O R S T W X b c d e f g k l o p r s t u w x z);
    @is_file_test_operator{@file_test_operators} =
      (1) x scalar(@file_test_operators);

    # these functions have prototypes of the form (&), so when they are
    # followed by a block, that block MAY BE followed by an operator.
    @_ = qw( do eval );
    @is_block_operator{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # these functions allow an identifier in the indirect object slot
    @_ = qw( print printf sort exec system say);
    @is_indirect_object_taker{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # These tokens may precede a code block
    # patched for SWITCH/CASE
    @_ =
      qw( BEGIN END CHECK INIT AUTOLOAD DESTROY UNITCHECK continue if elsif else
      unless do while until eval for foreach map grep sort
      switch case given when);
    @is_code_block_token{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # I'll build the list of keywords incrementally
    my @Keywords = ();

    # keywords and tokens after which a value or pattern is expected,
    # but not an operator.  In other words, these should consume terms
    # to their right, or at least they are not expected to be followed
    # immediately by operators.
    my @value_requestor = qw(
      AUTOLOAD
      BEGIN
      CHECK
      DESTROY
      END
      EQ
      GE
      GT
      INIT
      LE
      LT
      NE
      UNITCHECK
      abs
      accept
      alarm
      and
      atan2
      bind
      binmode
      bless
      break
      caller
      chdir
      chmod
      chomp
      chop
      chown
      chr
      chroot
      close
      closedir
      cmp
      connect
      continue
      cos
      crypt
      dbmclose
      dbmopen
      defined
      delete
      die
      dump
      each
      else
      elsif
      eof
      eq
      exec
      exists
      exit
      exp
      fcntl
      fileno
      flock
      for
      foreach
      formline
      ge
      getc
      getgrgid
      getgrnam
      gethostbyaddr
      gethostbyname
      getnetbyaddr
      getnetbyname
      getpeername
      getpgrp
      getpriority
      getprotobyname
      getprotobynumber
      getpwnam
      getpwuid
      getservbyname
      getservbyport
      getsockname
      getsockopt
      glob
      gmtime
      goto
      grep
      gt
      hex
      if
      index
      int
      ioctl
      join
      keys
      kill
      last
      lc
      lcfirst
      le
      length
      link
      listen
      local
      localtime
      lock
      log
      lstat
      lt
      map
      mkdir
      msgctl
      msgget
      msgrcv
      msgsnd
      my
      ne
      next
      no
      not
      oct
      open
      opendir
      or
      ord
      our
      pack
      pipe
      pop
      pos
      print
      printf
      prototype
      push
      quotemeta
      rand
      read
      readdir
      readlink
      readline
      readpipe
      recv
      redo
      ref
      rename
      require
      reset
      return
      reverse
      rewinddir
      rindex
      rmdir
      scalar
      seek
      seekdir
      select
      semctl
      semget
      semop
      send
      sethostent
      setnetent
      setpgrp
      setpriority
      setprotoent
      setservent
      setsockopt
      shift
      shmctl
      shmget
      shmread
      shmwrite
      shutdown
      sin
      sleep
      socket
      socketpair
      sort
      splice
      split
      sprintf
      sqrt
      srand
      stat
      study
      substr
      symlink
      syscall
      sysopen
      sysread
      sysseek
      system
      syswrite
      tell
      telldir
      tie
      tied
      truncate
      uc
      ucfirst
      umask
      undef
      unless
      unlink
      unpack
      unshift
      untie
      until
      use
      utime
      values
      vec
      waitpid
      warn
      while
      write
      xor

      switch
      case
      given
      when
      err
      say
    );

    # patched above for SWITCH/CASE given/when err say
    # 'err' is a fairly safe addition.
    # TODO: 'default' still needed if appropriate
    # 'use feature' seen, but perltidy works ok without it.
    # Concerned that 'default' could break code.
    push( @Keywords, @value_requestor );

    # These are treated the same but are not keywords:
    my @extra_vr = qw(
      constant
      vars
    );
    push( @value_requestor, @extra_vr );

    @expecting_term_token{@value_requestor} = (1) x scalar(@value_requestor);

    # this list contains keywords which do not look for arguments,
    # so that they might be followed by an operator, or at least
    # not a term.
    my @operator_requestor = qw(
      endgrent
      endhostent
      endnetent
      endprotoent
      endpwent
      endservent
      fork
      getgrent
      gethostent
      getlogin
      getnetent
      getppid
      getprotoent
      getpwent
      getservent
      setgrent
      setpwent
      time
      times
      wait
      wantarray
    );

    push( @Keywords, @operator_requestor );

    # These are treated the same but are not considered keywords:
    my @extra_or = qw(
      STDERR
      STDIN
      STDOUT
    );

    push( @operator_requestor, @extra_or );

    @expecting_operator_token{@operator_requestor} =
      (1) x scalar(@operator_requestor);

    # these token TYPES expect trailing operator but not a term
    # note: ++ and -- are post-increment and decrement, 'C' = constant
    my @operator_requestor_types = qw( ++ -- C <> q );
    @expecting_operator_types{@operator_requestor_types} =
      (1) x scalar(@operator_requestor_types);

    # these token TYPES consume values (terms)
    # note: pp and mm are pre-increment and decrement
    # f=semicolon in for,  F=file test operator
    my @value_requestor_type = qw#
      L { ( [ ~ !~ =~ ; . .. ... A : && ! || // = + - x
      **= += -= .= /= *= %= x= &= |= ^= <<= >>= &&= ||= //=
      <= >= == != => \ > < % * / ? & | ** <=> ~~ !~~
      f F pp mm Y p m U J G j >> << ^ t
      #;
    push( @value_requestor_type, ',' )
      ;    # (perl doesn't like a ',' in a qw block)
    @expecting_term_types{@value_requestor_type} =
      (1) x scalar(@value_requestor_type);

    # Note: the following valid token types are not assigned here to
    # hashes requesting to be followed by values or terms, but are
    # instead currently hard-coded into sub operator_expected:
    # ) -> :: Q R Z ] b h i k n v w } #

    # For simple syntax checking, it is nice to have a list of operators which
    # will really be unhappy if not followed by a term.  This includes most
    # of the above...
    %really_want_term = %expecting_term_types;

    # with these exceptions...
    delete $really_want_term{'U'}; # user sub, depends on prototype
    delete $really_want_term{'F'}; # file test works on $_ if no following term
    delete $really_want_term{'Y'}; # indirect object, too risky to check syntax;
                                   # let perl do it

    @_ = qw(q qq qw qx qr s y tr m);
    @is_q_qq_qw_qx_qr_s_y_tr_m{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);

    # These keywords are handled specially in the tokenizer code:
    my @special_keywords = qw(
      do
      eval
      format
      m
      package
      q
      qq
      qr
      qw
      qx
      s
      sub
      tr
      y
    );
    push( @Keywords, @special_keywords );

    # Keywords after which list formatting may be used
    # WARNING: do not include |map|grep|eval or perl may die on
    # syntax errors (map1.t).
    my @keyword_taking_list = qw(
      and
      chmod
      chomp
      chop
      chown
      dbmopen
      die
      elsif
      exec
      fcntl
      for
      foreach
      formline
      getsockopt
      if
      index
      ioctl
      join
      kill
      local
      msgctl
      msgrcv
      msgsnd
      my
      open
      or
      our
      pack
      print
      printf
      push
      read
      readpipe
      recv
      return
      reverse
      rindex
      seek
      select
      semctl
      semget
      send
      setpriority
      setsockopt
      shmctl
      shmget
      shmread
      shmwrite
      socket
      socketpair
      sort
      splice
      split
      sprintf
      substr
      syscall
      sysopen
      sysread
      sysseek
      system
      syswrite
      tie
      unless
      unlink
      unpack
      unshift
      until
      vec
      warn
      while
    );
    @is_keyword_taking_list{@keyword_taking_list} =
      (1) x scalar(@keyword_taking_list);

    # These are not used in any way yet
    #    my @unused_keywords = qw(
    #      CORE
    #     __FILE__
    #     __LINE__
    #     __PACKAGE__
    #     );

    #  The list of keywords was extracted from function 'keyword' in
    #  perl file toke.c version 5.005.03, using this utility, plus a
    #  little editing: (file getkwd.pl):
    #  while (<>) { while (/\"(.*)\"/g) { print "$1\n"; } }
    #  Add 'get' prefix where necessary, then split into the above lists.
    #  This list should be updated as necessary.
    #  The list should not contain these special variables:
    #  ARGV DATA ENV SIG STDERR STDIN STDOUT
    #  __DATA__ __END__

    @is_keyword{@Keywords} = (1) x scalar(@Keywords);
}
1;
package main;


my $arg_string = undef;

# give Macs a chance to provide command line parameters
if ($^O =~ /Mac/) {
    $arg_string =
      MacPerl::Ask( 'Please enter @ARGV (-h for help)',
        defined $ARGV[0] ? "\"$ARGV[0]\"" : "" );
}

Perl::Tidy::perltidy(argv => $arg_string);

universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/hindent.html0000770000000000017510000001273511700107426021011 0ustar  rootvboxsf




HINDENT(1) manual page


Table of Contents



Name

hindent - HTML reformatting/nesting utility 

Synopsis

hindent [-fslcv]
[-i num] [-t num] [file ...] 

Description

This utility takes one or more HTML
files and reformats them by properly indenting them for greater human readability.
The new HTML code is written to standard output, any errors go to standard
error. If no file is specified, hindent reads from standard input. If more
than one file is specified, each is taken in turn and all output is concatenated
(with no way to distinguish when one output ends and the next begins). 

Without
any options, hindent simply varies the amount of whitespace at the beginning
of each line of input - no lines are added or subtracted from the HTML code.
This means that it generates output that should draw the same on all browsers
as the input HTML. If the -s or -f options are used, the resulting HTML may
not draw exactly the same any more.  It is important that you keep your
original HTML data around, just in case! 

This version of hindent understands
all container tags defined in the HTML 3.2 standard. 

Options






-c 


Case.  Forces
all tags to lowercase.  By default, hindent forces all tags to uppercase.




-f 


Flow.  Prints just tags without any data between the tags. Damages the
HTML in a big way, so save a copy of your original HTML. This option helps
you follow the HTML code flow visually. 



-i num 


Indent level.  Set indentation
to this many character spaces per code nesting level. If set to 0, no indentation
is done (all output is left-justified). 



-l 


List tags.  Causes hindent to print
a complete list of tags that it recognizes to stdout, and exits. 



-s 


Strict.
 Multiple tags per line are broken out onto separate lines. Can damage the
HTML in minor ways by drawing an extra space character in certain parts
of the web page, so save a copy of your original HTML. This option helps
you follow the HTML code flow visually, especially with computer-generated
HTML that comes out all on one line. 



-t num 


Tab stop.  Set the number of spaces
that a tab character occupies on your system.  Defaults to 8, but some people
prefer expanding tabs to 4 spaces instead.  If set to 0, no tabs are output
(spaces used to indent lines). 



-v 


Version.  Prints hindent’s version number
to stdout and exits immediately. 





The -s option is the most useful, it would
be the default if it didn’t damage the HTML code. 

Any combination of these
options may be used. 

 

Examples



Example 1.  Download a web page, reformat it,
view it: 








CRlynx -source http://www.domtools.com/~pab









 | hindent | moreExample 2.  View
only the structure, one tag per line: 















CRlynx -source http://www.domtools.com/~pab









 | hindent -s -f | moreExample 3.  Reformat
my home page non-damagingly with 4-space tabs, keeping a backup copy: 













CRcd $HOME/public_htmlmv index.html index.html.oldhindent -i4 index.html.old
> index.htmlSite

The master web page for this tool is: 




http://www.domtools.com/unix/hindent.shtml









Version

Hindent version 1.1.2 

Author

Paul Balyoz <pab@domtools.com> 




Table of Contents





universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/phpStylist.txt0000770000000000017510000001672411700107426021420 0ustar  rootvboxsf/*****************************************************************************
 * The contents of this file are subject to the RECIPROCAL PUBLIC LICENSE
 * Version 1.1 ("License"); You may not use this file except in compliance
 * with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
 * http://opensource.org/licenses/rpl.php. Software distributed under the
 * License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
 * either express or implied.
 *
 * @product: phpStylist
 * @author:  Mr. Milk (aka Marcelo Leite)
 * @email:   mrmilk@anysoft.com.br
 * @version: 1.0
 * @date:    2007-11-22
 *
 *****************************************************************************/

CONTENTS
--------
Below you will find instructions on how to use phpStylist:

- Web Server Usage
- Command Line Mode
- PSPad Integration
- Command Line Options

==============================================================================

WEB SERVER USAGE
----------------

phpStylist runs as a single file on you web server. You don't need any special
module or library. It has been tested with php from 4.4.2 to 5.2.2.

Save phpStylist.php to your web server folder and start it from the browser.
For example, http://localhost/phpStylist.php.

On the left menu, you will see more than 30 options that you can use to adjust
the application to your coding style. All options are sticky based on cookies.
Select one of your files or click on the button "Use Sample" and try each
option to see what it is all about.

If you want to type in or paste code directly into the app, first click on the
option "SHOW EDITABLE TEXT BOX". The right panel will then become editable.

COMMAND LINE MODE
-----------------

You can also use phpStylist through the command line to automatically format
local files. You will still need php installed.

First, find the exact location of you php.exe and the exact location where you
placed phpStylist. Let's say they are in
"C:\Program Files\PHP\php.exe" and "C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\phpStylist.php"

You then must run php passing phpStylist.php along with the -f argument. At
this point the command line would be like this:
"C:\Program Files\PHP\php.exe" -f "C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\phpStylist.php"

But that's not all. You also need to add the full path of the source file you
want to format and the options you want to be used. For each of those 34 options
you see on the web server usage, there will be an option on the command line.
You can use the "--help" option to see a list of options.

Use the --help switch to see all options (full list at the end of this file):
"C:\Program Files\PHP\php.exe" -f "C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\phpStylist.php" --help

The first phpStylist paramenter MUST be the source file name you want to
format. After the file name, you can add as many options as you want, in any
order. It can get pretty big, but it works. Another example:
"C:\Program Files\PHP\php.exe" -f "C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\phpStylist.php"
"C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\source_file_to_format.php" --space_after_if
--indent_case --indent_size 4 --space_after_comma --line_before_function

Output will be to STDOUT, so if you want to send it to a file, append "> filename"
at the end of the command line. In our above example:
"C:\Program Files\PHP\php.exe" -f "C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\phpStylist.php"
"C:\Program Files\Apache\htdocs\source_file_to_format.php" --space_after_if
--indent_case --indent_size 4 --line_before_comment_multi --vertical_array
--line_before_function > "C:\Code Library\Formatted Code\destination_file.php"

Don't forget the quotes around long file names.

PSPAD INTEGRATION
-----------------
PSPad is a popular, powerful and free code editor. It can be extended through
scripting. I have also created a script that will automatically format php code
from inside the editor. In fact, the script runs phpStylist in command line
mode, sending the current editor file name. It then get the results and replace
the code in the editor.

Save the file phpStylist.js to your PSPad javascript folder, usually
C:\Program Files\PSPad\Script\JScript.

Open the phpStylist.js file and edit the first two variables:
	php_path     = "C:\\Program Files\\xampp\\php\\php.exe";
	stylist_path = "C:\\Program Files\\xampp\\htdocs\\phpStylist.php";
	
Replace the paths with the appropriate for your system. Don't forget to double
backslashes.

You will also see all the options, some are commented out, some are active (the
current setup is the one I use). Simply comment out or uncomment the options
you want to use and save the file. Restart PSPad or use the the option Scripts,
Recompile Scripts.

Now, just open a php file on the editor and select phpStylist from the menu.
That's all. You can also select some block of code before using the option so
you can reformat only that portion. Of course, try to select a full block such
as a function.

If you don't use PSPad or don't want the integration you don't need the file
phpStylist.js.

FULL LIST OF OPTIONS
--------------------

Indentation and General Formatting:
--indent_size n                    n characters per indentation level
--indent_with_tabs                 Indent with tabs instead of spaces
--keep_redundant_lines             Keep redundant lines
--space_inside_parentheses         Space inside parentheses
--space_outside_parentheses        Space outside parentheses
--space_after_comma                Space after comma

Operators:
--space_around_assignment          Space around = .= += -= *= /= <<<
--align_var_assignment             Align block +3 assigned variables
--space_around_comparison          Space around == === != !== > >= < <=
--space_around_arithmetic          Space around - + * / %
--space_around_logical             Space around && || AND OR XOR << >>
--space_around_colon_question      Space around ? :

Functions, Classes and Objects:
--line_before_function             Blank line before keyword
--line_before_curly_function       Opening bracket on next line
--line_after_curly_function        Blank line below opening bracket
--space_around_obj_operator        Space around ->
--space_around_double_colon        Space around ::

Control Structures:
--space_after_if                   Space between keyword and opening parentheses
--else_along_curly                 Keep else/elseif along with bracket
--line_before_curly                Opening bracket on next line
--add_missing_braces               Add missing brackets to single line structs
--line_after_break                 Blank line after case "break"
--space_inside_for                 Space between "for" elements
--indent_case                      Extra indent for "Case" and "Default"

Arrays and Concatenation:
--line_before_array                Opening array parentheses on next line
--vertical_array                   Non-empty arrays as vertical block
--align_array_assignment           Align block +3 assigned array elements
--space_around_double_arrow        Space around double arrow
--vertical_concat                  Concatenation as vertical block
--space_around_concat              Space around concat elements

Comments:
--line_before_comment_multi        Blank line before multi-line comment (/*)
--line_after_comment_multi         Blank line after multi-line comment (/*)
--line_before_comment              Blank line before single line comments (//)
--line_after_comment               Blank line after single line comments (//)
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/phpStylist.php0000770000000000017510000015233211700107426021364 0ustar  rootvboxsf

  
  
  

  

  
  
  

  

  

    
      

      

        
phpStylist by Mr. Milk

        “because your code may not work, but it must look professional!!!â€
      

      

      

    		
  

  

    
      

      

        
          

            

              
              •••
            

            

              
            

          

          
          
        		
        
          

            

              
                
              
            

            
          

        		
      

      

    		
  

  

  
  


 $v) {
      if (isset($stylist->options[strtoupper($k)])) {
        $stylist->options[strtoupper($k)] = $v != "off";
      }
    }
    if (isset($_REQUEST["indent_with_tabs"]) && $_REQUEST["indent_with_tabs"] != "off") {
      $stylist->indent_char = "\t";
    }
    if (isset($_REQUEST["indent_size"]) && $_REQUEST["indent_size"] != "" && $_REQUEST["indent_size"] != "null") {
      $stylist->indent_size = $_REQUEST["indent_size"];
    }
    if (strpos($code, '';
    }
    $formatted = $stylist->formatCode($code);
    $highlight = highlight_string($formatted, true);
    if (isset($HTTP_POST_FILES['file']['tmp_name']) && file_exists($HTTP_POST_FILES['file']['tmp_name'])) {
      unlink($HTTP_POST_FILES['file']['tmp_name']);
    }
    $nowrap   = isset($_REQUEST["nowrap"]) && $_REQUEST["nowrap"] == 'on' ? "nowrap" : "";
    $tawrap   = $nowrap == "" ? "" : "wrap='off' ";
    $display  = isset($_REQUEST["textarea"]) && $_REQUEST["textarea"] == 'on' ? "" : "style='display: none;'";
    $textarea = "";
    $display  = isset($_REQUEST["textarea"]) && $_REQUEST["textarea"] == 'on' ? "style='display: none;'" : "";
    $frame    = "$highlight";
  }
  else {
    $nowrap   = isset($_REQUEST["nowrap"]) && $_REQUEST["nowrap"] == 'on' ? "nowrap" : "";
    $tawrap   = $nowrap == "" ? "" : "wrap='off' ";
    $textarea = "";
    $frame    = "";
  }
  if ($download) {
    return isset($formatted) ? $formatted : "";
  }
  else {
    return $textarea . $frame;
  }
}

function isCommandLine() {
  global $argv;
  return ((is_array($argv) && count($argv)>0) || (is_array($_SERVER['argv']) && count($_SERVER['argv'])>0) || (is_array($GLOBALS['HTTP_SERVER_VARS']['argv']) && count($GLOBALS['HTTP_SERVER_VARS']['argv'])>0));
}

function processBatch() {

  global $argv;
  if (is_array($argv)) {
    $options = $argv;
  }
  elseif (is_array($_SERVER['argv'])) {
    $options = $_SERVER['argv'];
  }
  elseif (is_array($GLOBALS['HTTP_SERVER_VARS']['argv'])) {
    $options = $GLOBALS['HTTP_SERVER_VARS']['argv'];
  }
  foreach($options as $index=>$option) {
    if($option=="--help") {
      echo "phpStylist v0.8 by Mr. Milk\n";
      echo "usage: phpStylist source_file options\n\n";
      echo "Indentation and General Formatting:\n";
      echo "--indent_size n\n";
      echo "--indent_with_tabs\n";
      echo "--keep_redundant_lines\n";
      echo "--space_inside_parentheses\n";
      echo "--space_outside_parentheses\n";
      echo "--space_after_comma\n\n";
      echo "Operators:\n";
      echo "--space_around_assignment\n";
      echo "--align_var_assignment\n";
      echo "--space_around_comparison\n";
      echo "--space_around_arithmetic\n";
      echo "--space_around_logical\n";
      echo "--space_around_colon_question\n\n";
      echo "Functions, Classes and Objects:\n";
      echo "--line_before_function\n";
      echo "--line_before_curly_function\n";
      echo "--line_after_curly_function\n";
      echo "--space_around_obj_operator\n";
      echo "--space_around_double_colon\n\n";
      echo "Control Structures:\n";
      echo "--space_after_if\n";
      echo "--else_along_curly\n";
      echo "--line_before_curly\n";
      echo "--add_missing_braces\n";
      echo "--line_after_break\n";
      echo "--space_inside_for\n";
      echo "--indent_case\n\n";
      echo "Arrays and Concatenation:\n";
      echo "--line_before_array\n";
      echo "--vertical_array\n";
      echo "--align_array_assignment\n";
      echo "--space_around_double_arrow\n";
      echo "--vertical_concat\n";
      echo "--space_around_concat\n\n";
      echo "Comments:\n";
      echo "--line_before_comment_multi\n";
      echo "--line_after_comment_multi\n";
      echo "--line_before_comment\n";
      echo "--line_after_comment\n";
      exit;
    }
    if($index==1) {
      $_REQUEST["file"] = $option;
    }
    elseif($option=="--indent_size") {
      $_REQUEST["indent_size"] = $options[$index+1];
    }
    elseif($index>0 && $options[$index-1]!="indent_size") {
      $_REQUEST[substr($option, 2)] = "on";
    }
  }
  $_REQUEST["download"] = 2;
  $str = parseFile(true);
  echo $str;
  exit;

}

function isDownload()
{
  return isset($_REQUEST["download"]) && $_REQUEST["download"] == '1';
}

function downloadFile()
{
  global $HTTP_POST_FILES;
  $charset = isset($_REQUEST["iso8859"]) && $_REQUEST["iso8859"]!="off" ? "ISO-8859-1" : "UTF-8";
  $str = parseFile(true);
  if ($str != "") {
    $fn = isset($HTTP_POST_FILES['file']) && $HTTP_POST_FILES['file']['name'] != '' ? $HTTP_POST_FILES['file']['name'] : "phpStylist.php";
    header("Expires: Wed, 20 Jun 2007 00:00:00 GMT");
    header("Last-Modified: " . gmdate("D, d M Y H:i:s") . " GMT");
    header("Cache-Control: no-store, no-cache, must-revalidate");
    header("Cache-Control: post-check=0, pre-check=0", false);
    header("Pragma: no-cache");
    header("Content-Type: text/plain; charset=".$charset);
    header('Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="' . $fn . '";');
    header("Pragma: public");
    header("Expires: 0");
    header("Cache-Control: must-revalidate, post-check=0, pre-check=0");
    header("Content-Transfer-Encoding: binary");
  }
  echo $str;
  exit;
}

function loadFile($filename)
{
  $code = "";
  if(filesize($filename)>0) {
    $f = fopen("$filename", "rb");
    $code = fread($f, filesize($filename));
    fclose($f);
  }
  return $code;
}

function getSampleCode()
{
  $sample = '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';
  return base64_decode($sample);
}

class phpStylist
{
  var $indent_size = 2;
  var $indent_char = " ";
  var $block_size  = 3;
  var $options = array(
    "SPACE_INSIDE_PARENTHESES"    => false,
    "SPACE_OUTSIDE_PARENTHESES"   => false,
    "SPACE_INSIDE_FOR"            => false,
    "SPACE_AFTER_IF"              => false,
    "SPACE_AFTER_COMMA"           => false,
    "SPACE_AROUND_OBJ_OPERATOR"   => false,
    "SPACE_AROUND_DOUBLE_COLON"   => false,
    "SPACE_AROUND_DOUBLE_ARROW"   => false,
    "SPACE_AROUND_ASSIGNMENT"     => false,
    "SPACE_AROUND_COMPARISON"     => false,
    "SPACE_AROUND_COLON_QUESTION" => false,
    "SPACE_AROUND_LOGICAL"        => false,
    "SPACE_AROUND_ARITHMETIC"     => false,
    "SPACE_AROUND_CONCAT"         => false,
    "LINE_BEFORE_FUNCTION"        => false,
    "LINE_BEFORE_CURLY"           => false,
    "LINE_BEFORE_CURLY_FUNCTION"  => false,
    "LINE_AFTER_CURLY_FUNCTION"   => false,
    "LINE_BEFORE_ARRAY"           => false,
    "LINE_BEFORE_COMMENT"         => false,
    "LINE_AFTER_COMMENT"          => false,
    "LINE_BEFORE_COMMENT_MULTI"   => false,
    "LINE_AFTER_COMMENT_MULTI"    => false,
    "LINE_AFTER_BREAK"            => false,
    "VERTICAL_CONCAT"             => false,
    "VERTICAL_ARRAY"              => false,
    "INDENT_CASE"                 => false,
    "KEEP_REDUNDANT_LINES"        => false,
    "ADD_MISSING_BRACES"          => false,
    "ALIGN_ARRAY_ASSIGNMENT"      => false,
    "ALIGN_VAR_ASSIGNMENT"        => false,
    "ELSE_ALONG_CURLY"            => false,
  );
  var $_new_line = "\n";
  var $_indent   = 0;
  var $_for_idx  = 0;
  var $_code     = "";
  var $_log      = false;
  var $_pointer  = 0;
  var $_tokens   = 0;

  function phpStylist()
  {
    define("S_OPEN_CURLY", "{");
    define("S_CLOSE_CURLY", "}");
    define("S_OPEN_BRACKET", "[");
    define("S_CLOSE_BRACKET", "]");
    define("S_OPEN_PARENTH", "(");
    define("S_CLOSE_PARENTH", ")");
    define("S_SEMI_COLON", ";");
    define("S_COMMA", ",");
    define("S_CONCAT", ".");
    define("S_COLON", ":");
    define("S_QUESTION", "?");
    define("S_EQUAL", "=");
    define("S_EXCLAMATION", "!");
    define("S_IS_GREATER", ">");
    define("S_IS_SMALLER", "<");
    define("S_MINUS", "-");
    define("S_PLUS", "+");
    define("S_TIMES", "*");
    define("S_DIVIDE", "/");
    define("S_MODULUS", "%");
    define("S_REFERENCE", "&");
    define("S_QUOTE", '"');
    define("S_AT", "@");
    define("S_DOLLAR", "$");
    define("S_ABSTRACT", "abstract");
    define("S_INTERFACE", "interface");
    define("S_FINAL", "final");
    define("S_PUBLIC", "public");
    define("S_PRIVATE", "private");
    define("S_PROTECTED", "protected");
    if (defined("T_ML_COMMENT")) {
      define("T_DOC_COMMENT", T_ML_COMMENT);
    }
    elseif (defined("T_DOC_COMMENT")) {
      define("T_ML_COMMENT", T_DOC_COMMENT);
    }
  }

  function formatCode($source = '')
  {
    $in_for        = false;
    $in_break      = false;
    $in_function   = false;
    $in_concat     = false;
    $space_after   = false;
    $curly_open    = false;
    $array_level   = 0;
    $arr_parenth   = array();
    $switch_level  = 0;
    $if_level      = 0;
    $if_pending    = 0;
    $else_pending  = false;
    $if_parenth    = array();
    $switch_arr    = array();
    $halt_parser   = false;
    $after         = false;
    $this->_tokens = token_get_all($source);
    foreach ($this->_tokens as $index => $token) {
      list($id, $text) = $this->_get_token($token);
      $this->_pointer = $index;
      if ($halt_parser && $id != S_QUOTE) {
        $this->_append_code($text, false);
        continue;
      }
      if (substr(phpversion(), 0, 1) == "4" && $id == T_STRING) {
        switch (strtolower(trim($text))) {
          case S_ABSTRACT:
          case S_INTERFACE:
          case S_FINAL:
          case S_PUBLIC:
          case S_PRIVATE:
          case S_PROTECTED:
            $id = T_PUBLIC;
          default:
        }
      }
      switch ($id) {
        case S_OPEN_CURLY:
          $condition = $in_function ? $this->options["LINE_BEFORE_CURLY_FUNCTION"] : $this->options["LINE_BEFORE_CURLY"];
          $this->_set_indent( + 1);
          $this->_append_code((!$condition ? ' ' : $this->_get_crlf_indent(false, - 1)) . $text . $this->_get_crlf($this->options["LINE_AFTER_CURLY_FUNCTION"] && $in_function && !$this->_is_token_lf()) . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
          $in_function = false;
          break;

        case S_CLOSE_CURLY:
          if ($curly_open) {
            $curly_open = false;
            $this->_append_code(trim($text));
          }
          else {
            if (($in_break || $this->_is_token(S_CLOSE_CURLY)) && $switch_level > 0 && $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level] > 0 && $switch_arr["s" . $switch_level] == $this->_indent - 2) {
              if ($this->options["INDENT_CASE"]) {
                $this->_set_indent( - 1);
              }
              $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level]--;
              $switch_arr["c" . $switch_level]--;
            }
            while ($switch_level > 0 && $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level] == 0 && $this->options["INDENT_CASE"]) {
              unset($switch_arr["s" . $switch_level]);
              unset($switch_arr["c" . $switch_level]);
              unset($switch_arr["l" . $switch_level]);
              $switch_level--;
              if ($switch_level > 0) {
                $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level]--;
              }
              $this->_set_indent( - 1);
              $this->_append_code($this->_get_crlf_indent() . $text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
              $text = '';
            }
            if ($text != '') {
              $this->_set_indent( - 1);
              $this->_append_code($this->_get_crlf_indent() . $text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
            }
          }
          break;

        case S_SEMI_COLON:
          if (($in_break || $this->_is_token(S_CLOSE_CURLY)) && $switch_level > 0 && $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level] > 0 && $switch_arr["s" . $switch_level] == $this->_indent - 2) {
            if ($this->options["INDENT_CASE"]) {
              $this->_set_indent( - 1);
            }
            $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level]--;
            $switch_arr["c" . $switch_level]--;
          }
          if ($in_concat) {
            $this->_set_indent( - 1);
            $in_concat = false;
          }
          $this->_append_code($text . $this->_get_crlf($this->options["LINE_AFTER_BREAK"] && $in_break) . $this->_get_crlf_indent($in_for));
          while ($if_pending > 0) {
            $text = $this->options["ADD_MISSING_BRACES"] ? "}" : "";
            $this->_set_indent( - 1);
            if ($text != "") {
              $this->_append_code($this->_get_crlf_indent() . $text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
            }
            else {
              $this->_append_code($this->_get_crlf_indent());
            }
            $if_pending--;
            if ($this->_is_token(array(T_ELSE, T_ELSEIF))) {
              break;
            }
          }
          if ($this->_for_idx == 0) {
            $in_for = false;
          }
          $in_break = false;
          $in_function = false;
          break;

        case S_OPEN_BRACKET:
        case S_CLOSE_BRACKET:
          $this->_append_code($text);
          break;

        case S_OPEN_PARENTH:
          if ($if_level > 0) {
            $if_parenth["i" . $if_level]++;
          }
          if ($array_level > 0) {
            $arr_parenth["i" . $array_level]++;
            if ($this->_is_token(array(T_ARRAY), true) && !$this->_is_token(S_CLOSE_PARENTH)) {
              $this->_set_indent( + 1);
              $this->_append_code((!$this->options["LINE_BEFORE_ARRAY"] ? '' : $this->_get_crlf_indent(false, - 1)) . $text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
              break;
            }
          }
          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($this->options["SPACE_OUTSIDE_PARENTHESES"] || $space_after) . $text . $this->_get_space($this->options["SPACE_INSIDE_PARENTHESES"]));
          $space_after = false;
          break;

        case S_CLOSE_PARENTH:
          if ($array_level > 0) {
            $arr_parenth["i" . $array_level]--;
            if ($arr_parenth["i" . $array_level] == 0) {
              $comma = substr(trim($this->_code), - 1) != "," && $this->options['VERTICAL_ARRAY'] ? "," : "";
              $this->_set_indent( - 1);
              $this->_append_code($comma . $this->_get_crlf_indent() . $text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
              unset($arr_parenth["i" . $array_level]);
              $array_level--;
              break;
            }
          }
          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($this->options["SPACE_INSIDE_PARENTHESES"]) . $text . $this->_get_space($this->options["SPACE_OUTSIDE_PARENTHESES"]));
          if ($if_level > 0) {
            $if_parenth["i" . $if_level]--;
            if ($if_parenth["i" . $if_level] == 0) {
              if (!$this->_is_token(S_OPEN_CURLY) && !$this->_is_token(S_SEMI_COLON)) {
                $text = $this->options["ADD_MISSING_BRACES"] ? "{" : "";
                $this->_set_indent( + 1);
                $this->_append_code((!$this->options["LINE_BEFORE_CURLY"] || $text == "" ? ' ' : $this->_get_crlf_indent(false, - 1)) . $text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
                $if_pending++;
              }
              unset($if_parenth["i" . $if_level]);
              $if_level--;
            }
          }
          break;

        case S_COMMA:
          if ($array_level > 0) {
            $this->_append_code($text . $this->_get_crlf_indent($in_for));
          }
          else {
            $this->_append_code($text . $this->_get_space($this->options["SPACE_AFTER_COMMA"]));
            if ($this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH)) {
              $space_after = $this->options["SPACE_AFTER_COMMA"];
            }
          }
          break;

        case S_CONCAT:
          $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_CONCAT"];
          if ($this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH)) {
            $space_after = $condition;
          }
          if ($this->options["VERTICAL_CONCAT"]) {
            if (!$in_concat) {
              $in_concat = true;
              $this->_set_indent( + 1);
            }
            $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
          }
          else {
            $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
          }
          break;

        case T_CONCAT_EQUAL:
        case T_DIV_EQUAL:
        case T_MINUS_EQUAL:
        case T_PLUS_EQUAL:
        case T_MOD_EQUAL:
        case T_MUL_EQUAL:
        case T_AND_EQUAL:
        case T_OR_EQUAL:
        case T_XOR_EQUAL:
        case T_SL_EQUAL:
        case T_SR_EQUAL:
        case S_EQUAL:
          $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_ASSIGNMENT"];
          if ($this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH)) {
            $space_after = $condition;
          }
          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
          break;

        case T_IS_EQUAL:
        case S_IS_GREATER:
        case T_IS_GREATER_OR_EQUAL:
        case T_IS_SMALLER_OR_EQUAL:
        case S_IS_SMALLER:
        case T_IS_IDENTICAL:
        case T_IS_NOT_EQUAL:
        case T_IS_NOT_IDENTICAL:
          $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_COMPARISON"];
          if ($this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH)) {
            $space_after = $condition;
          }
          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
          break;

        case T_BOOLEAN_AND:
        case T_BOOLEAN_OR:
        case T_LOGICAL_AND:
        case T_LOGICAL_OR:
        case T_LOGICAL_XOR:
        case T_SL:
        case T_SR:
          $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_LOGICAL"];
          if ($this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH)) {
            $space_after = $condition;
          }
          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
          break;

        case T_DOUBLE_COLON:
          $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_DOUBLE_COLON"];
          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
          break;

        case S_COLON:
          if ($switch_level > 0 && $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level] > 0 && $switch_arr["c" . $switch_level] < $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level]) {
            $switch_arr["c" . $switch_level]++;
            if ($this->options["INDENT_CASE"]) {
              $this->_set_indent( + 1);
            }
            $this->_append_code($text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
          }
          else {
            $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_COLON_QUESTION"];
            if ($this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH)) {
              $space_after = $condition;
            }
            $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
          }
          if (($in_break || $this->_is_token(S_CLOSE_CURLY)) && $switch_level > 0 && $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level] > 0) {
            if ($this->options["INDENT_CASE"]) {
              $this->_set_indent( - 1);
            }
            $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level]--;
            $switch_arr["c" . $switch_level]--;
          }
          break;

        case S_QUESTION:
          $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_COLON_QUESTION"];
          if ($this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH)) {
            $space_after = $condition;
          }
          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
          break;

        case T_DOUBLE_ARROW:
          $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_DOUBLE_ARROW"];
          if ($this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH)) {
            $space_after = $condition;
          }
          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
          break;

        case S_MINUS:
        case S_PLUS:
        case S_TIMES:
        case S_DIVIDE:
        case S_MODULUS:
          $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_ARITHMETIC"];
          if ($this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH)) {
            $space_after = $condition;
          }
          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
          break;

        case T_OBJECT_OPERATOR:
          $condition = $this->options["SPACE_AROUND_OBJ_OPERATOR"];
          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($condition));
          break;

        case T_FOR:
          $in_for = true;
        case T_FOREACH:
        case T_WHILE:
        case T_DO:
        case T_IF:
        case T_SWITCH:
          $space_after = $this->options["SPACE_AFTER_IF"];
          $this->_append_code($text . $this->_get_space($space_after), false);
          if ($id == T_SWITCH) {
            $switch_level++;
            $switch_arr["s" . $switch_level] = $this->_indent;
            $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level] = 0;
            $switch_arr["c" . $switch_level] = 0;
          }
          $if_level++;
          $if_parenth["i" . $if_level] = 0;
          break;

        case T_FUNCTION:
        case T_CLASS:
        case T_INTERFACE:
        case T_FINAL:
        case T_ABSTRACT:
        case T_PUBLIC:
        case T_PROTECTED:
        case T_PRIVATE:
          if (!$in_function) {
            if ($this->options["LINE_BEFORE_FUNCTION"]) {
              $this->_append_code($this->_get_crlf($after || !$this->_is_token(array(T_COMMENT, T_ML_COMMENT, T_DOC_COMMENT), true)) . $this->_get_crlf_indent() . $text . $this->_get_space());
              $after = false;
            }
            else {
              $this->_append_code($text . $this->_get_space(), false);
            }
            $in_function = true;
          }
          else {
            $this->_append_code($this->_get_space() . $text . $this->_get_space());
          }
          break;

        case T_START_HEREDOC:
          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($this->options["SPACE_AROUND_ASSIGNMENT"]) . $text);
          break;

        case T_END_HEREDOC:
          $this->_append_code($this->_get_crlf() . $text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
          break;

        case T_COMMENT:
        case T_ML_COMMENT:
        case T_DOC_COMMENT:
          if (is_array($this->_tokens[$index - 1])) {
            $pad = $this->_tokens[$index - 1][1];
            $i   = strlen($pad) - 1;
            $k   = "";
            while (substr($pad, $i, 1) != "\n" && substr($pad, $i, 1) != "\r" && $i >= 0) {
              $k .= substr($pad, $i--, 1);
            }
            $text = preg_replace("/\r?\n$k/", $this->_get_crlf_indent(), $text);
          }
          $after = $id == (T_COMMENT && preg_match("/^\/\//", $text)) ? $this->options["LINE_AFTER_COMMENT"] : $this->options["LINE_AFTER_COMMENT_MULTI"];
          $before = $id == (T_COMMENT && preg_match("/^\/\//", $text)) ? $this->options["LINE_BEFORE_COMMENT"] : $this->options["LINE_BEFORE_COMMENT_MULTI"];
          if ($prev = $this->_is_token(S_OPEN_CURLY, true, $index, true)) {
            $before = $before && !$this->_is_token_lf(true, $prev);
          }
          $after = $after && (!$this->_is_token_lf() || !$this->options["KEEP_REDUNDANT_LINES"]);
          if ($before) {
            $this->_append_code($this->_get_crlf(!$this->_is_token(array(T_COMMENT), true)) . $this->_get_crlf_indent() . trim($text) . $this->_get_crlf($after) . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
          }
          else {
            $this->_append_code(trim($text) . $this->_get_crlf($after) . $this->_get_crlf_indent(), false);
          }
          break;

        case T_DOLLAR_OPEN_CURLY_BRACES:
        case T_CURLY_OPEN:
          $curly_open = true;
        case T_NUM_STRING:
        case T_BAD_CHARACTER:
          $this->_append_code(trim($text));
          break;

        case T_EXTENDS:
        case T_IMPLEMENTS:
        case T_INSTANCEOF:
        case T_AS:
          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space() . $text . $this->_get_space());
          break;

        case S_DOLLAR:
        case S_REFERENCE:
        case T_INC:
        case T_DEC:
          $this->_append_code(trim($text), false);
          break;

        case T_WHITESPACE:
          $redundant = "";
          if ($this->options["KEEP_REDUNDANT_LINES"]) {
            $lines          = preg_match_all("/\r?\n/", $text, $matches);
            $lines          = $lines > 0 ? $lines - 1 : 0;
            $redundant      = $lines > 0 ? str_repeat($this->_new_line, $lines) : "";
            $current_indent = $this->_get_indent();
            if (substr($this->_code, strlen($current_indent) * - 1) == $current_indent && $lines > 0) {
              $redundant .= $current_indent;
            }
          }
          if($this->_is_token(array(T_OPEN_TAG), true)) {
            $this->_append_code($text, false);
          }
          else {
            $this->_append_code($redundant . trim($text), false);
          }
          break;

        case S_QUOTE:
          $this->_append_code($text, false);
          $halt_parser = !$halt_parser;
          break;

        case T_ARRAY:
          if ($this->options["VERTICAL_ARRAY"]) {
            $next = $this->_is_token(array(T_DOUBLE_ARROW), true);
            $next |= $this->_is_token(S_EQUAL, true);
            $next |= $array_level>0;
            if ($next) {
              $next = $this->_is_token(S_OPEN_PARENTH, false, $index, true);
              if ($next) {
                $next = !$this->_is_token(S_CLOSE_PARENTH, false, $next);
              }
            }
            if ($next) {
              $array_level++;
              $arr_parenth["i" . $array_level] = 0;
            }
          }
        case T_STRING:
        case T_CONSTANT_ENCAPSED_STRING:
        case T_ENCAPSED_AND_WHITESPACE:
        case T_VARIABLE:
        case T_CHARACTER:
        case T_STRING_VARNAME:
        case S_AT:
        case S_EXCLAMATION:
        case T_OPEN_TAG:
        case T_OPEN_TAG_WITH_ECHO:
          $this->_append_code($text, false);
          break;

        case T_CLOSE_TAG:
          $this->_append_code($text, !$this->_is_token_lf(true));
          break;

        case T_CASE:
        case T_DEFAULT:
          if ($switch_arr["l" . $switch_level] > 0 && $this->options["INDENT_CASE"]) {
            $switch_arr["c" . $switch_level]--;
            $this->_set_indent( - 1);
            $this->_append_code($this->_get_crlf_indent() . $text . $this->_get_space());
          }
          else {
            $switch_arr["l" . $switch_level]++;
            $this->_append_code($text . $this->_get_space(), false);
          }
          break;

        case T_INLINE_HTML:
          $this->_append_code($text, false);
          break;

        case T_BREAK:
        case T_CONTINUE:
          $in_break = true;
        case T_VAR:
        case T_GLOBAL:
        case T_STATIC:
        case T_CONST:
        case T_ECHO:
        case T_PRINT:
        case T_INCLUDE:
        case T_INCLUDE_ONCE:
        case T_REQUIRE:
        case T_REQUIRE_ONCE:
        case T_DECLARE:
        case T_EMPTY:
        case T_ISSET:
        case T_UNSET:
        case T_DNUMBER:
        case T_LNUMBER:
        case T_RETURN:
        case T_EVAL:
        case T_EXIT:
        case T_LIST:
        case T_CLONE:
        case T_NEW:
        case T_FUNC_C:
        case T_CLASS_C:
        case T_FILE:
        case T_LINE:
          $this->_append_code($text . $this->_get_space(), false);
          break;

        case T_ELSEIF:
          $space_after  = $this->options["SPACE_AFTER_IF"];
          $added_braces = $this->_is_token(S_SEMI_COLON, true) && $this->options["ADD_MISSING_BRACES"];
          $condition    = $this->options['ELSE_ALONG_CURLY'] && ($this->_is_token(S_CLOSE_CURLY, true) || $added_braces);
          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text . $this->_get_space($space_after), $condition);
          $if_level++;
          $if_parenth["i" . $if_level] = 0;
          break;

        case T_ELSE:
          $added_braces = $this->_is_token(S_SEMI_COLON, true) && $this->options["ADD_MISSING_BRACES"];
          $condition = $this->options['ELSE_ALONG_CURLY'] && ($this->_is_token(S_CLOSE_CURLY, true) || $added_braces);
          $this->_append_code($this->_get_space($condition) . $text, $condition);
          if (!$this->_is_token(S_OPEN_CURLY) && !$this->_is_token(array(T_IF))) {
            $text = $this->options["ADD_MISSING_BRACES"] ? "{" : "";
            $this->_set_indent( + 1);
            $this->_append_code((!$this->options["LINE_BEFORE_CURLY"] || $text == "" ? ' ' : $this->_get_crlf_indent(false, - 1)) . $text . $this->_get_crlf_indent());
            $if_pending++;
          }
          break;

        default:
          $this->_append_code($text . ' ', false);
          break;
      }
    }
    return $this->_align_operators();
  }

  function _get_token($token)
  {
    if (is_string($token)) {
      return array($token, $token);
    }
    else {
      return $token;
    }
  }

  function _append_code($code = "", $trim = true)
  {
    if ($trim) {
      $this->_code = rtrim($this->_code) . $code;
    }
    else {
      $this->_code .= $code;
    }
  }

  function _get_crlf_indent($in_for = false, $increment = 0)
  {
    if ($in_for) {
      $this->_for_idx++;
      if ($this->_for_idx > 2) {
        $this->_for_idx = 0;
      }
    }
    if ($this->_for_idx == 0 || !$in_for) {
      return $this->_get_crlf() . $this->_get_indent($increment);
    }
    else {
      return $this->_get_space($this->options["SPACE_INSIDE_FOR"]);
    }
  }

  function _get_crlf($true = true)
  {
    return $true ? $this->_new_line : "";
  }

  function _get_space($true = true)
  {
    return $true ? " " : "";
  }

  function _get_indent($increment = 0)
  {
    return str_repeat($this->indent_char, ($this->_indent + $increment) * $this->indent_size);
  }

  function _set_indent($increment)
  {
    $this->_indent += $increment;
    if ($this->_indent < 0) {
      $this->_indent = 0;
    }
  }

  function _is_token($token, $prev = false, $i = 99999, $idx = false)
  {
    if ($i == 99999) {
      $i = $this->_pointer;
    }
    if ($prev) {
      while (--$i >= 0 && is_array($this->_tokens[$i]) && $this->_tokens[$i][0] == T_WHITESPACE);
    }
    else {
      while (++$i < count($this->_tokens)-1 && is_array($this->_tokens[$i]) && $this->_tokens[$i][0] == T_WHITESPACE);
    }
    if (is_string($this->_tokens[$i]) && $this->_tokens[$i] == $token) {
      return $idx ? $i : true;
    }
    elseif (is_array($token) && is_array($this->_tokens[$i])) {
      if (in_array($this->_tokens[$i][0], $token)) {
        return $idx ? $i : true;
      }
      elseif ($prev && $this->_tokens[$i][0] == T_OPEN_TAG) {
        return $idx ? $i : true;
      }
    }
    return false;
  }

  function _is_token_lf($prev = false, $i = 99999)
  {
    if ($i == 99999) {
      $i = $this->_pointer;
    }
    if ($prev) {
      $count = 0;
      while (--$i >= 0 && is_array($this->_tokens[$i]) && $this->_tokens[$i][0] == T_WHITESPACE && strpos($this->_tokens[$i][1], "\n") === false);
    }
    else {
      $count = 1;
      while (++$i < count($this->_tokens) && is_array($this->_tokens[$i]) && $this->_tokens[$i][0] == T_WHITESPACE && strpos($this->_tokens[$i][1], "\n") === false);
    }
    if (is_array($this->_tokens[$i]) && preg_match_all("/\r?\n/", $this->_tokens[$i][1], $matches) > $count) {
      return true;
    }
    return false;
  }

  function _pad_operators($found)
  {
    global $quotes;
    $pad_size = 0;
    $result   = "";
    $source   = explode($this->_new_line, $found[0]);
    $position = array();
    array_pop($source);
    foreach ($source as $k => $line) {
      if (preg_match("/'quote[0-9]+'/", $line)) {
        preg_match_all("/'quote([0-9]+)'/", $line, $holders);
        for ($i = 0; $i < count($holders[1]); $i++) {
          $line = preg_replace("/" . $holders[0][$i] . "/", str_repeat(" ", strlen($quotes[0][$holders[1][$i]])), $line);
        }
      }
      if (strpos($line, "=") > $pad_size) {
        $pad_size = strpos($line, "=");
      }
      $position[$k] = strpos($line, "=");
    }
    foreach ($source as $k => $line) {
      $padding = str_repeat(" ", $pad_size - $position[$k]);
      $padded  = preg_replace("/^([^=]+?)([\.\+\*\/\-\%]?=)(.*)$/", "\\1{$padding}\\2\\3" . $this->_new_line, $line);
      $result .= $padded;
    }
    return $result;
  }

  function _parse_block($blocks)
  {
    global $quotes;
    $pad_chars = "";
    $holders = array();
    if ($this->options['ALIGN_ARRAY_ASSIGNMENT']) {
      $pad_chars .= ",";
    }
    if ($this->options['ALIGN_VAR_ASSIGNMENT']) {
      $pad_chars .= ";";
    }
    $php_code = $blocks[0];
    preg_match_all("/\/\*.*?\*\/|\/\/[^\n]*|#[^\n]|([\"'])[^\\\\]*?(?:\\\\.[^\\\\]*?)*?\\1/s", $php_code, $quotes);
    $quotes[0] = array_values(array_unique($quotes[0]));
    for ($i = 0; $i < count($quotes[0]); $i++) {
      $patterns[]    = "/" . preg_quote($quotes[0][$i], '/') . "/";
      $holders[]     = "'quote$i'";
      $quotes[0][$i] = str_replace('\\\\', '\\\\\\\\', $quotes[0][$i]);
    }
    if (count($holders) > 0) {
      $php_code = preg_replace($patterns, $holders, $php_code);
    }
    $php_code = preg_replace_callback("/(?:.+=.+[" . $pad_chars . "]\r?\n){" . $this->block_size . ",}/", array($this, "_pad_operators"), $php_code);
    for ($i = count($holders) - 1; $i >= 0; $i--) {
      $holders[$i] = "/" . $holders[$i] . "/";
    }
    if (count($holders) > 0) {
      $php_code = preg_replace($holders, $quotes[0], $php_code);
    }
    return $php_code;
  }

  function _align_operators()
  {
    if ($this->options['ALIGN_ARRAY_ASSIGNMENT'] || $this->options['ALIGN_VAR_ASSIGNMENT']) {
      return preg_replace_callback("/<\?.*?\?" . ">/s", array($this, "_parse_block"), $this->_code);
    }
    else {
      return $this->_code;
    }
  }
}
?>
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/ruby_formatter.rb0000770000000000017510000002311111700107426022051 0ustar  rootvboxsf#!/usr/bin/ruby -w
#
# == Synopsis
#
# Simple Ruby Formatter
#
# Created by: Stephen Becker IV
# Contributions: Andrew Nutter-Upham
# Contact: sbeckeriv@gmail.com
# SVN: http://svn.stephenbeckeriv.com/code/ruby_formatter/
#
# Its been done before RadRails did,
# http://vim.sourceforge.net/tips/tip.php?tip_id = 1368 that guy did it, but I did
# not look for a ruby formatter until i was done.
#
# It is called simple formatting because it is. I have the concept of 3 differnt
# indent actions In, Out and Both. I have mixed the concept of indenting and
# outdenting. Out means you have added white space and in means you remove a layer
# of white space.
#
# Basic logic
# 	Decrease current depth if
# 			((the it is not a one line if unless statment
# 			(need to lookfor more oneline blocks) and it ends with end
# 			or if the } count is larger then {)
# 		or
# 			the first word is in the both list)
#
# 		and
# 			depth is larger then zero
#
# 	Increase current depth if
# 			It is not a one liner
# 		and
# 			(the word is in the out list
# 		or
# 			the word is in the both list
# 		or
# 			it looks like a start block)
# 		and
# 			temp_depth is nil (used for = comment blocks)
#
#
# Sure there are some regx's and a crap load of gsubs, but it still simple. Its
# not like its a pychecker (http://www.metaslash.com/brochure/ipc10.html)
#
# == Usage
#
# ruby [options] filelist
#
# options:
#   -s # will change the indent to a space count of # per level
#        by default we space with 1 tab per level
#   -b # create a backup file
#
# examples:
# ruby simple_formatter.rb -s 3 -b /moo/cluck/cow.rb
# runs with the indent of 3 spaces,creates a backup file, and formats moo/cluck/cow.rb
#
#
# Tested with random files off of koders.com
#
#
::DEBUG_ME = false
require 'getoptlong'
require "fileutils"
require "pp"
$escape_strings = {:regex=>"EsCaPedReGex",:string=>"EsCaPeDStRiNg"}
begin
	require 'rdoc/usage'
rescue Exception => e
	#eat the no load of rdocs?
end
opts = GetoptLong.new(
[ '--help', '-h', GetoptLong::NO_ARGUMENT ],
[ '--spaces', '-s', GetoptLong::OPTIONAL_ARGUMENT ],
[ '--debug', '-d', GetoptLong::NO_ARGUMENT ],
[ '--backup', '-b', GetoptLong::NO_ARGUMENT ]
)
space_count = nil
backup = false
files = []
opts.each do | opt, arg|
	case opt
	when '--help'
		begin
			RDoc::usage
		rescue Exception =>e
			puts "If you want to use rdocs you need to install it"
			exit(-1)
		end
	when '--spaces'
		space_count = arg.to_i
	when '--backup'
		backup = true
	when '--debug'
		::DEBUG_ME = true
	end
end
require "profile" if ::DEBUG_ME
if ARGV.length < 1
	puts "Missing filelist argument (try --help)"
	exit 0
end
array_loc = ARGV
#find if the string is a start block
#return true if it is
#rules
# does not include end at the end
# and ( { out number the } or it includes do
DO_RX = /\sdo\s*$/
def start_block?(string)
	return true if  string.gsub(/\|.*\|/, "").match(DO_RX) || (string.scan(/\{/).size > string.scan(/\}/).size)
	false
end
#is this an end block?
#rules
#its not a one liner
#and it ends with end
#or } out number {
CHECK_ENDS_RX = /end$|end\s+while/
def check_ends?(string)
	#check for one liners end and }
	#string = just_the_string_please(string)
	return true if (string.scan(/\{/).size < string.scan(/\}/).size) || string.match(CHECK_ENDS_RX)
	false
end
IN_OUTS_RX = /^(def|class|module|begin|case|if|unless|loop|while|until|for)/
#look at first work does it start with one of the out works
def in_outs?(string)
	string.sub!(/\(.*\)/, "")
	return true if string.lstrip.match(IN_OUTS_RX) && string.strip.size == $1.strip.size
	false
end
IN_BOTH_RX = /^(elsif|else|when|rescue|ensure)/
#look at first work does it start with one of the both words?
def in_both?(string)
	return true if string.lstrip.match(IN_BOTH_RX) && string.strip.size == $1.strip.size
	false
end
#extra formatting for the line
#we wrap = with spaces
#JUST_STRING_PLEASE_RX = /^#.*|\/.*\/|"([^"])*"|'([^'])*'/
LINE_CLEAN_UP_RX = /[a-zA-Z\]\'\"{\d]+=[a-zA-Z\[\'\"{\d]+/
def line_clean_up(x)
	#this formatts strings and regexs remove and add in replacement works

	x.gsub!(/\\\//,$escape_strings[:regex])
	strings = x.scan(/#.*|["'\/].*?["'\/]/)
	strings.each { | str |
		x.sub!(str, $escape_strings[:string])
	}
	#lofted code from java formatter #{add in link}
	# replace "){" with ") {"
	x.sub!(/\)\s*\{/, ") {")
	# replace "return(" with "return ("
	# replace "if(" with "if ("
	# replace "while(" with "while ("
	# replace "switch(" with "switch ("    ruby does not have a switch 
	# replace "catch(" with "catch ("
	x.sub!(/\b(return|if|elsif|while|case|catch)\s*\(/, '\1 (')
	# replace " ;" with ";"
	# replace " ," with ","
	x.gsub!(/\s+([\;\,])/, '\1')
	#replace ",abc" with ", abc"
	x.gsub!(/\,(\w+)/, ', \1')

	x.gsub!(/(\)|"|\w)\s*([\+\-\*\/\&\|\^\%]|\&\&|\|\||[\>\<]|\>\=|\<\=|\=\=|\!\=|\<\<|\>\>|\>\>\>)\s*(?=(\w | "))/, '\1 \2 ')
	# a space before and after AssignmentOperator
	x.gsub!(/(\w)\s*(\+\=|\-\=|\*\=|\/\=|\&\=|\|\=|\^\=|\%\=|\<\<\=|\>\>\=|\>\>\>\=)\s*(?=(\w))/, '\1 \2 ')
	# do not trim spaces
	x.gsub!(/(\w)\=\s*(?=(\w|"))/, '\1 = ')
	x.gsub!(/(\w)\s*\=(?=(\w|"))/, '\1 = ')
	#becker format
	#not complete list but alot of the common ones.
	x.sub!(/(\.each|\.collect[!]*|\.map[!]*|\.delete_if|\.sort[!]*|\.each_[pair|key|value|byte|with_index|line|option]|\.reject[!]*|\.reverse_each|\.detect|\.find[_all]*|\.select|\.module_eval|\.all_waits|loop|proc|lambda|fork|at_exit)\s*\{/, '\1 {')
	x.sub!(/def\s(\w*)?(\(.*?\))/, 'def \1\2') if x.match(/def\s+?(\w*)?\(.*?\)/)
	x.sub!(/^for\s+(\w*)?\s+in\s+?(.*)$/, 'for \1 in \2') if x.match(/^for\s+(\w*)?\s*?in\s*?(.*)$/)
	x.gsub!(/(\w)\=>\s*(?=(\w|"|:))/, '\1 => ')
	x.gsub!(/(\w)\s*\=>(?=(\w|"|:))/, '\1 => ')
	x.strip!
	x.gsub!($escape_strings[:string]) {
		strings.shift
	}
	x.gsub!($escape_strings[:regex], "\\\/")
	return x
end

JUST_STRING_PLEASE_RX = /\/.*\/|"([^"])*" | '([^']) * '|#.*/
def just_the_string_please(org_string)
	string = String.new(org_string)
	#remove escaped chars
	string.gsub!(/\\\/|\\"|\\'/, "")
	string.gsub!(JUST_STRING_PLEASE_RX, "")
	string = string.strip
	string.sub!(/\b(return|if|while|case|catch)\s*\(/, '\1 (')
	puts "clean string: #{string}" if ::DEBUG_ME
	string
end
ONE_LINER_RX = /(unless|if).*(then).*end|(begin).*(rescue|ensure|else).*end/
def one_liner?(string)
	return true if string.match(ONE_LINER_RX)
	false
end

array_loc.each {|file_loc|
	f = File.open(file_loc, "r")
	text = f.read
	f.close
	if File.expand_path(file_loc) == File.expand_path($0)
		$escape_strings = {:regex=>"EsCaPedReGex#{rand(200)}",:string=>"EsCaPeDStRiNg#{rand(200)}"}
	end
	new_text = ""
	current_depth = 0
	spaces =  " " * space_count if space_count
	here_doc_ending = nil
	indenter = spaces || "\t"
	temp_depth = nil
	line_count = 1

	text.split("\n").each { |x|
		#comments
		#The first idea was to leave them alone.
		#after running a few test i did not like the way it looked
		if temp_depth
			puts "In temp_depth #{x} line ♯ #{line_count} here:#{here_doc_ending}" if ::DEBUG_ME
			new_text << x << "\n"
			#block comments, its going to get ugly
			if !x.lstrip.scan(/^\=end/).empty? || (here_doc_ending && x.strip == here_doc_ending.strip)
				#swap and set
				puts "swap and set #{x} line # #{line_count}" if ::DEBUG_ME
				current_depth = temp_depth
				temp_depth = nil
				here_doc_ending = nil
			end
			line_count += 1
			next
		end
		#block will always be 0 depth
		#block comments, its going to get ugly
		unless x.lstrip.scan(/^\=begin/).empty?
			#swap and set
			puts "Looking for begin #{x} #{line_count}" if ::DEBUG_ME
			temp_depth = current_depth
			current_depth = 0
		end
		#here docs have same type of logic for block comments
		unless x.lstrip.scan(/<<-/).empty?
			#swap and set
			here_doc_ending = x.lstrip.split(/<<-/).last.strip
			temp_depth = current_depth
		end
		#whats the first word?
		text_node = x.split.first || ""
		just_string = just_the_string_please(x)
		in_both = in_both?(text_node)
		one_liner = one_liner?(just_string)
		#check if its in end or both and that the current_depth is >0
		#maybe i should raise if it goes negative ?
		puts "minus one #{line_count} #{x} statement:#{(check_ends?(just_string) || in_both) && current_depth > 0} check_ends:#{check_ends?(just_string)} in_both:#{in_both}  current_depth:#{ current_depth }" if ::DEBUG_ME
		if (check_ends?(just_string) || in_both) &&  !one_liner
			puts "We have a Negative depth count. This was caused around line:#{line_count}\nCheck for if( it should be if (" if  current_depth == 0
			current_depth -= 1 unless current_depth == 0
		end
		clean_string = line_clean_up(x)
		current_indent = clean_string.size>0 ? indenter*current_depth : ""
		new_text << current_indent << clean_string << "\n"
		#we want to kick the indent out one
		#  x.match(/(unless|if).*(then).*end/): we use this match one liners for if statements not one-line blocks
		# in_outs? returns true if the first work is in the out array
		# in_both? does the same for the both array
		# start_block looks for to not have an end at the end and {.count > }.count and if the word do is in there
		# temp_depth is used when we hit the = comments should be nil unless you are in a comment
		puts "plus one match:#{line_count} #{x} not a one liner:#{!(one_liner)} or statements:#{(in_outs?(text_node) || in_both?(text_node) || start_block?(x))} in_outs#{in_outs?(text_node)} in_both:#{ in_both?(text_node)} start_block:#{ start_block?(x)} temp_depth:#{temp_depth}" if ::DEBUG_ME
		current_depth += 1 if ((in_outs?(text_node) || start_block?(just_string) || in_both || x.lstrip.slice(/\w*\s=\s(unless|if|case)/)) && !one_liner && !temp_depth)
		line_count += 1
	}
	FileUtils.cp("#{file_loc}","#{file_loc}.bk.#{Time.now.to_s.gsub(/\s|:/,"_")}") if backup
	f = File.open("#{file_loc}","w+")
	f.puts new_text
	f.close
	puts "Done!"
}universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/JsDecoder.js0000770000000000017510000010363311700107426020670 0ustar  rootvboxsf/*
 * DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE
 *
 * PROJECT:   JsDecoder
 * VERSION:   1.1.0
 * COPYRIGHT: (c) 2004-2008 Cezary Tomczak
 * LINK:      http://code.gosu.pl
 * LICENSE:   GPL
 */

function JsDecoder()
{
    this.s = '';
    this.len = 0;
    
    this.i = 0;
    this.lvl = 0; /* indent level */
    this.code = [''];
    this.row = 0;
    this.switches = [];

    this.lastWord = '';
    this.nextChar = '';
    this.prevChar = '';
    this.isAssign = false;

    this.decode = function ()
    {
        this.s = this.s.replace(/[\r\n\f]+/g, "\n");
        this.len = this.s.length;
        while (this.i < this.len)
        {
            var c = this.s.charAt(this.i);
            this.charInit();
            this.switch_c(c);
            this.i++;
        }
        return this.code.join("\n");
    };
    this.switch_c = function(c)
    {
        switch (c)
        {
            case "\n":
                this.linefeed(); 
                break;

            case ' ':
            case "\t":
                this.space();
                break;

            case '{':  this.blockBracketOn();  break;
            case '}':  this.blockBracketOff(); break;

            case ':':  this.colon();     break;
            case ';':  this.semicolon(); break;

            case '(':  this.bracketOn();        break;
            case ')':  this.bracketOff();       break;
            case '[':  this.squareBracketOn();  break;
            case ']':  this.squareBracketOff(); break;

            case '"':
            case "'":
                this.quotation(c);
                break;

            case '/':
                if ('/' == this.nextChar) {
                    this.lineComment();
                } else if ('*' == this.nextChar) {
                    this.comment();
                } else {
                    this.slash();
                }
                break;

            case ',':  this.comma(); break;
            case '.':  this.dot(); break;

            case '~':
            case '^':
                this.symbol1(c);
                break;

            case '-': case '+': case '*': case '%':
            case '<': case '=': case '>': case '?':
            case ':': case '&': case '|': case '/':
                this.symbol2(c);
                break;

            case '!':
                if ('=' == this.nextChar) {
                    this.symbol2(c);
                } else {
                    this.symbol1(c);
                }
                break;

            default:
                if (/\w/.test(c)) { this.alphanumeric(c); }
                else { this.unknown(c); }
                break;
        }
        c = this.s.charAt(this.i);
        if (!/\w/.test(c)) {
            this.lastWord = '';
        }
    };
    this.blockBracketOn = function ()
    {
        this.isAssign = false;
        var nextNW = this.nextNonWhite(this.i);
        if ('}' == nextNW) {
            var ss = (this.prevChar == ')' ? ' ' : '');
            this.write(ss+'{');
            this.lvl++;
            return;
            
        }
        if (/^\s*switch\s/.test(this.getCurrentLine())) {
            this.switches.push(this.lvl);
        }
        var line = this.getCurrentLine();
        var line_row = this.row;
        var re = /(,)\s*(\w+\s*:\s*function\s*\([^\)]*\)\s*)$/;
        if (re.test(line)) {
            this.replaceLine(this.code[line_row].replace(re, '$1'));
            this.writeLine();
            var match = re.exec(line);
            this.write(match[2]);
        }

        /* example: return {
            title: 'Jack Slocum',
            iconCls: 'user'}
            After return bracket cannot be on another line
        */
        if (/^\s*return\s*/.test(this.code[this.row])) {
            if (/^\s*return\s+\w+/.test(this.code[this.row])) {
                this.writeLine();
            } else if (this.prevChar != ' ') {
                this.write(' ');
            }
            this.write('{');
            this.writeLine();
            this.lvl++;
            return;
        }

        if (/function\s*/.test(this.code[this.row]) || this.isBlockBig()) {
            this.writeLine();
        } else {
            if (this.prevChar != ' ' && this.prevChar != "\n" && this.prevChar != '(') {
                /*  && this.prevChar != '(' && this.prevChar != '[' */
                this.write(' ');
            }
        }
        this.write('{');
        this.lvl++;
        if ('{' != nextNW) {
            this.writeLine();
        }
    };
    this.isBlockBig = function()
    {
        var i = this.i + 1;
        var count = 0;
        var opened = 0;
        var closed = 0;
        while (i < this.len - 1)
        {
            i++;
            var c = this.s.charAt(i);
            if (/\s/.test(c)) {
                continue;
            }
            if ('}' == c && opened == closed) {
                break;
            }
            if ('{' == c) { opened++; }
            if ('}' == c) { closed++; }
            count++;
            if (count > 80) {
                return true;
            }
        }
        return (count > 80);
    };
    this.blockBracketOff = function ()
    {
        var nextNW = this.nextNonWhite(this.i);
        var prevNW = this.prevNonWhite(this.i);
        var line = this.getCurrentLine();

        if (prevNW != '{')
        {
            if (line.length && nextNW != ';' && nextNW != '}' && nextNW != ')' && nextNW != ',') {
                //this.semicolon();
                this.writeLine();
            } else if (line.length && prevNW != ';' && nextNW == '}' && this.isAssign) {
                this.semicolon();
            } else if (line.length && this.isAssign && prevNW != ';') {
                this.semicolon();
            } else if (line.length && prevNW != ';') {
                if (/^\s*(else)?\s*return[\s(]+/i.test(line)) {
                    this.semicolon();
                } else {
                    this.writeLine();
                }
            }
        }
        this.write('}');

        if (',' == nextNW) {
            this.write(',');
            this.goNextNonWhite();
        }
        var next3 = this.nextManyNW(3);
        if (next3 == '(),') {
            this.write('(),');
            this.goNextManyNW('(),');
            this.writeLine();
        }
        else if (next3 == '();') {
            this.write('();');
            this.goNextManyNW('();');
            this.writeLine();
        }
        else if (next3 == '():') {
            this.write('()');
            this.goNextManyNW('()');
            this.write(' : ');
            this.goNextNonWhite();
        }
        else
        {
            if ('{' == prevNW) {
                if (',' == nextNW && this.getCurrentLine().length < 80) {
                    this.write(' ');
                } else {
                    if (this.nextWord() || '}' == nextNW) {
                        this.writeLine();
                    }
                }
            } else {
                if (')' != nextNW && ']' != nextNW) {
                    if (',' == nextNW && /^[\s\w,]+\)/.test(this.s.substr(this.i, 20))) {
                        this.write(' ');
                    } else {
                        this.writeLine();
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        this.lvl--;

        if (this.switches.length && this.switches[this.switches.length - 1] == this.lvl)
        {
            var row = this.row - 1;
            var spaces1 = str_repeat(' ', this.lvl * 4);
            var spaces2 = str_repeat(' ', (this.lvl + 1) * 4);
            var sw1 = new RegExp('^'+spaces1+'(switch\\s|{)');
            var sw2 = new RegExp('^'+spaces2+'(case|default)[\\s:]');
            var sw3 = new RegExp('^'+spaces2+'[^\\s]');
            while (row > 0) {
                row--;
                if (sw1.test(this.code[row])) {
                    break;
                }
                if (sw2.test(this.code[row])) {
                    continue;
                }
                this.replaceLine('    ' + this.code[row], row);
                /*
                if (sw3.test(this.code[row])) {
                    this.replaceLine('    ' + this.code[row], row);
                }
                */
            }
            this.switches.pop();
        }

        // fix missing brackets for sub blocks

        if (this.sub) {
            return;
        }

        var re1 = /^(\s*else\s*if)\s*\(/;
        var re2 = /^(\s*else)\s+[^{]+/;

        var part = this.s.substr(this.i+1, 100);
        
        if (re1.test(part)) {
            this.i += re1.exec(part)[1].length;
            this.write('else if');
            this.lastWord = 'if';
            //debug(this.getCurrentLine(), 're1');
            this.fixSub('else if');
            //debug(this.getCurrentLine(), 're1 after');
        } else if (re2.test(part)) {
            this.i += re2.exec(part)[1].length;
            this.write('else');
            this.lastWord = 'else';
            //debug(this.getCurrentLine(), 're2');
            this.fixSub('else');
            //debug(this.getCurrentLine(), 're2 after');
        }
    };
    this.bracketOn = function ()
    {
        if (this.isKeyword() && this.prevChar != ' ' && this.prevChar != "\n") {
            this.write(' (');
        } else {
            this.write('(');
        }
    };
    this.bracketOff = function ()
    {
        this.write(')');
        /*
        if (/\w/.test(this.nextNonWhite(this.i))) {
            this.semicolon();
        }
        */
        if (this.sub) {
            return;
        }
        var re = new RegExp('^\\s*(if|for|while|do)\\s*\\([^{}]+\\)$', 'i');
        var line = this.getCurrentLine();
        if (re.test(line)) {
            var c = this.nextNonWhite(this.i);
            if ('{' != c && ';' != c && ')' != c) {
                var opened = 0;
                var closed = 0;
                var foundFirst = false;
                var semicolon = false;
                var fix = false;
                for (var k = 0; k < line.length; k++) {
                    if (line.charAt(k) == '(') {
                        foundFirst = true;
                        opened++;
                    }
                    if (line.charAt(k) == ')') {
                        closed++;
                        if (foundFirst && opened == closed) {
                            if (k == line.length - 1) {
                                fix = true;
                            } else {
                                break;
                            }
                        }
                    }
                }
                if (fix) {
                    //alert(this.s.substr(this.i));
                    //throw 'asdas';
                    //alert(line);
                    this.fixSub(re.exec(line)[1]);
                    /*
                    this.writeLine();
                    this.lvl2++;
                    var indent = '';
                    for (var j = 0; j < this.lvl2; j++) {
                        indent += '    ';
                    }
                    this.write(indent);
                    */
                }
            }
        }
    };
    this.sub = false;
    
    this.orig_i = null;
    this.orig_lvl = null;
    this.orig_code = null;
    this.orig_row = null;
    this.orig_switches = null;

    this.restoreOrig = function (omit_i)
    {
        this.sub = false;
        
        if (!omit_i) { this.i = this.orig_i; }
        this.lvl = this.orig_lvl;
        this.code = this.orig_code;
        this.row = this.orig_row;
        this.switches = this.orig_switches;

        this.prevCharInit();
        
        this.lastWord = '';
        this.charInit();
        this.isAssign = false;
    };
    this.combineSub = function ()
    {
        //debug(this.orig_code, 'orig_code');
        for (i = 0; i < this.code.length; i++) {
            var line = this.orig_code[this.orig_row];
            if (0 == i && line.length) {
                if (line.substr(line.length-1, 1) != ' ') {
                    this.orig_code[this.orig_row] += ' ';
                }
                this.orig_code[this.orig_row] += this.code[i].trim();
            } else {
                this.orig_code[this.orig_row+i] = this.code[i];
            }
        }
        //debug(this.code, 'sub_code');
        //debug(this.orig_code, 'code');
    };
    this.fixSub = function (keyword)
    {
        // repair missing {}: for, if, while, do, else, else if

        if (this.sub) {
            return;
        }

        if ('{' == this.nextNonWhite(this.i)) {
            return;
        }

        var firstWord = this.nextWord();

        //debug(this.code, 'fixSub('+keyword+') start');

        this.orig_i = this.i;
        this.orig_lvl = this.lvl;
        this.orig_code = this.code;
        this.orig_row = this.row;
        this.orig_switches = this.switches;
        
        this.sub = true;
        this.code = [''];
        this.prevChar = '';
        this.row = 0;
        this.switches = [];
        this.isAssign = false;

        this.i++;

        var b1 = 0;
        var b2 = 0;
        var b3 = 0;

        if ('else if' == keyword) {
            var first_b2_closed = false;
        }

        var found = false;

        /*
            try catch
            switch
            while do
            if else else else...

            todo: nestings
            if ()
                if () 
                    if ()
                        for ()
                            if () asd();
                    else
                        asd();
                else
                    if ()
                        try {
                        } catch {}
            else
            if ()
        */
        var b1_lastWord = false;
        var b2_lastWord = false;

        while (!found && this.i < this.len)
        {
            var c = this.s.charAt(this.i);
            this.charInit();
            switch (c)
            {
                case '{': b1++; break;
                case '}':
                    b1--;
                    // case: for(){if (!c.m(g))c.g(f, n[t] + g + ';')}
                    if (0 == b1 && 0 == b2 && 0 == b3 && this.lvl-1 == this.orig_lvl)
                    {
                        var nextWord = this.nextWord();
                        if ('switch' == firstWord) {
                            found = true;
                            break;
                        }
                        if ('try' == firstWord && 'catch' == b1_lastWord) {
                            found = true;
                            break;
                        }
                        if ('while' == firstWord && 'do' == b1_lastWord) {
                            found = true;
                            break;
                        }
                        if ('if' == firstWord) {
                            // todo
                        }
                        if ('if' == keyword && 'else' == nextWord && 'if' != firstWord) {
                            found = true;
                            break;
                        }
                        b1_lastWord = nextWord;
                    }
                    break;
                case '(': b2++; break;
                case ')':
                    b2--;
                    if ('else if' == keyword && 0 == b2 && !first_b2_closed) {
                        if (this.nextNonWhite(this.i) == '{') {
                            this.write(c);
                            this.combineSub();
                            this.restoreOrig(true);
                            //debug(this.code, 'fixSub('+keyword+') b2 return');
                            //debug(this.s.charAt(this.i), ' b2 current char');
                            return;
                        }
                        // do not restore orig i
                        this.write(c);
                        this.combineSub();
                        this.restoreOrig(true);
                        this.fixSub('if');
                        //debug(this.code, 'fixSub('+keyword+') b2 return');
                        return;
                    }
                    break;
                case '[': b3++; break;
                case ']': b3--; break;
                case ';':
                    //debug(this.getCurrentLine(), 'semicolon');
                    //debug([b1, b2, b3]);
                    if (0 == b1 && 0 == b2 && 0 == b3 && this.lvl == this.orig_lvl && 'if' != firstWord) {
                        found = true;
                    }
                    break;
            }
            if (-1 == b1 && b2 == 0 && b3 == 0 && this.prevNonWhite(this.i) != '}') {
                this.write(';');
                this.i--;
                found = true;
            } else if (b1 < 0 || b2 < 0 || b3 < 0) {
                found = false;
                break;
            } else {
                this.switch_c(c);
            }
            this.i++;
        }
        this.i--;

        if (found)
        {
            /*
            var re = /^\s*(else\s+[\s\S]*)$/;
            if ('if' == keyword && re.test(this.getCurrentLine())) {
                this.i = this.i - re.exec(this.getCurrentLine())[1].length;
                this.code[this.row] = '';
            }
            */
            this.s = this.s.substr(0, this.orig_i+1) + '{' + this.code.join("\n") + '}' + this.s.substr(this.i+1);
            this.len = this.s.length;
        }

        //debug("{\n" + this.code.join("\n") + '}', 'fixSub('+keyword+') result');
        //debug(found, 'found');

        this.restoreOrig(false);
    };
    this.squareBracketOn = function ()
    {
        this.checkKeyword();
        this.write('[');
    };
    this.squareBracketOff = function ()
    {
        this.write(']');
    };
    this.isKeyword = function ()
    {
        // Check if this.lastWord is a keyword
        return this.lastWord.length && this.keywords.indexOf(this.lastWord) != -1;
    };
    this.linefeed = function () {};
    this.space = function ()
    {
        if (!this.prevChar.length) {
            return;
        }
        if (' ' == this.prevChar || "\n" == this.prevChar) {
            return;
        }
        if ('}' == this.prevChar && ']' == this.nextChar) {
            //return;
        }
        this.write(' ');
        return;
        
        /*
        if (this.isKeyword()) {
            this.write(' ');
            this.lastWord = '';
        } else {
            var multi = ['in', 'new'];
            for (var i = 0; i < multi.length; i++) {
                var isKeywordNext = true;
                for (var j = 0; j < multi[i].length; j++) {
                    if (multi[i][j] != this.s.charAt(this.i + 1 + j)) {
                        isKeywordNext = false;
                        break;
                    }
                }
                if (isKeywordNext) {
                    this.write(' ');
                    this.lastWord = '';
                    break;
                }
            }
        }
        */
    };
    this.checkKeyword = function ()
    {
        if (this.isKeyword() && this.prevChar != ' ' && this.prevChar != "\n") {
            this.write(' ');
        }
    };
    this.nextWord = function ()
    {
        var i = this.i;
        var word = '';
        while (i < this.len - 1)
        {
            i++;
            var c = this.s.charAt(i);
            if (word.length) {
                if (/\s/.test(c)) {
                    break;
                } else if (/\w/.test(c)) {
                    word += c;
                } else {
                    break;
                }
            } else {
                if (/\s/.test(c)) {
                    continue;
                } else if (/\w/.test(c)) {
                    word += c;
                } else {
                    break;
                }
            }
        }
        if (word.length) {
            return word;
        }
        return false;
    };
    this.nextManyNW = function(many)
    {
        var ret = '';
        var i = this.i;
        while (i < this.len - 1)
        {
            i++;
            var c = this.s.charAt(i);
            if (!/^\s+$/.test(c)) {
                ret += c;
                if (ret.length == many) {
                    return ret;
                }
            }
        }
        return false;
    }
    this.goNextManyNW = function (cc)
    {
        var ret = '';
        var i = this.i;
        while (i < this.len - 1)
        {
            i++;
            var c = this.s.charAt(i);
            if (!/^\s+$/.test(c)) {
                ret += c;
                if (ret == cc) {
                    this.i = i;
                    this.charInit();
                    return true;
                }
                if (ret.length >= cc.length) {
                    return false;
                }
            }
        }
        return false;
    };
    this.nextNonWhite = function (i)
    {
        while (i < this.len - 1)
        {
            i++;
            var c = this.s.charAt(i);
            if (!/^\s+$/.test(c)) {
                return c;
            }
        }
        return false;
    };
    this.prevNonWhite = function (i)
    {
        while (i > 0)
        {
            i--;
            var c = this.s.charAt(i);
            if (!/^\s+$/.test(c)) {
                return c;
            }
        }
        return false;
    };
    this.goNextNonWhite = function ()
    {
        // you need to write() this nonWhite char when calling this func
        var i = this.i;
        while (i < this.len - 1)
        {
            i++;
            var c = this.s.charAt(i);
            if (!/^\s+$/.test(c)) {
                this.i = i;
                this.charInit();
                return true;
            }
        }
        return false;
    };
    this.colon = function ()
    {
        //alert(this.getCurrentLine());
        /* case 6: expr ? stat : stat */
        var line = this.getCurrentLine();
        if (/^\s*case\s/.test(line) || /^\s*default$/.test(line)) {
            this.write(':');
            this.writeLine();
        } else {
            this.symbol2(':');
        }
    };
    this.isStart = function ()
    {
        return this.getCurrentLine().length === 0;
    };
    this.backLine = function ()
    {
        if (!this.isStart) {
            throw 'backLine() may be called only at the start of the line';
        }
        this.code.length = this.code.length-1;
        this.row--;
    };
    this.semicolon = function ()
    {
        /* for statement: for (i = 1; i < len; i++) */
        this.isAssign = false;
        if (this.isStart()) {
            this.backLine();
        }
        this.write(';');
        if (/^\s*for\s/.test(this.getCurrentLine())) {
            this.write(' ');
        } else {
            this.writeLine();
        }
    };
    this.quotation = function (quotation)
    {
        this.checkKeyword();
        var escaped = false;
        this.write(quotation);
        while (this.i < this.len - 1) {
            this.i++;
            var c = this.s.charAt(this.i);
            if ('\\' == c) {
                escaped = (escaped ? false : true);
            }
            this.write(c);
            if (c == quotation) {
                if (!escaped) {
                    break;
                }
            }
            if ('\\' != c) {
                escaped = false;
            }
        }
        //debug(this.getCurrentLine(), 'quotation');
        //debug(this.s.charAt(this.i), 'char');
    };
    this.lineComment = function ()
    {
        this.write('//');
        this.i++;
        while (this.i < this.len - 1) {
            this.i++;
            var c = this.s.charAt(this.i);
            if ("\n" == c) {
                this.writeLine();
                break;
            }
            this.write(c);
        }
    };
    this.comment = function ()
    {
        this.write('/*');
        this.i++;
        var c = '';
        var prevC = '';
        while (this.i < this.len - 1)
        {
            this.i++;
            prevC = c;
            c = this.s.charAt(this.i);
            if (' ' == c || "\t" == c || "\n" == c) {
                if (' ' == c) {
                    if (this.getCurrentLine().length > 100) {
                        this.writeLine();
                    } else {
                        this.write(' ', true);
                    }
                } else if ("\t" == c) {
                    this.write('    ', true);
                } else if ("\n" == c) {
                    this.writeLine();
                }
            } else {
                this.write(c, true);
            }
            if ('/' == c && '*' == prevC) {
                break;
            }
        }
        this.writeLine();
    };
    this.slash = function ()
    {
        /*
        divisor /= or *\/ (4/5 , a/5)
        regexp /\w/ (//.test() , var asd = /some/;)
        asd /= 5;
        bbb = * / (4/5)
        asd =( a/5);
        regexp = /\w/;
        /a/.test();
        var asd = /some/;
        obj = { sasd : /pattern/ig }
        */
        var a_i = this.i - 1;
        var a_c = this.s.charAt(a_i);
        for (a_i = this.i - 1; a_i >= 0; a_i--) {
            var c2 = this.s.charAt(a_i);
            if (' ' == c2 || '\t' == c2) {
                continue;
            }
            a_c = this.s.charAt(a_i);
            break;
        }
        var a = /^\w+$/.test(a_c) || ']' == a_c || ')' == a_c;
        var b = ('*' == this.prevChar);
        if (a || b) {
            if (a) {
                if ('=' == this.nextChar) {
                    var ss = this.prevChar == ' ' ? '' : ' ';
                    this.write(ss+'/');
                } else {
                    this.write(' / ');
                }
            } else if (b) {
                this.write('/ ');
            }
        } else if (')' == this.prevChar) {
            this.write(' / ');
        } else {
            var ret = '';
            if ('=' == this.prevChar || ':' == this.prevChar) {
                ret += ' /';
            } else {
                ret += '/';
            }
            var escaped = false;
            while (this.i < this.len - 1) {
                this.i++;
                var c = this.s.charAt(this.i);
                if ('\\' == c) {
                    escaped = (escaped ? false : true);
                }
                ret += c;
                if ('/' == c) {
                    if (!escaped) {
                        break;
                    }
                }
                if ('\\' != c) {
                    escaped = false;
                }
            }
            this.write(ret);
        }
    };
    this.comma = function ()
    {
        /*
         * function arguments seperator
         * array values seperator
         * object values seperator
         */
        this.write(', ');
        var line = this.getCurrentLine();
        if (line.replace(' ', '').length > 100) {
            this.writeLine();
        }
    };
    this.dot = function ()
    {
        this.write('.');
    };
    this.symbol1 = function (c)
    {
        if ('=' == this.prevChar && '!' == c) {
            this.write(' '+c);
        } else {
            this.write(c);
        }
    };
    this.symbol2 = function (c)
    {
        // && !p
        // ===
        if ('+' == c || '-' == c) {
            if (c == this.nextChar || c == this.prevChar) {
                this.write(c);
                return;
            }
        }
        var ss = (this.prevChar == ' ' ? '' : ' ');
        var ss2 = ' ';
        if ('(' == this.prevChar) {
            ss = '';
            ss2 = '';
        }
        if ('-' == c && ('>' == this.prevChar || '>' == this.prevChar)) {
            this.write(' '+c);
            return;
        }
        if (this.symbols2.indexOf(this.prevChar) != -1) {
            if (this.symbols2.indexOf(this.nextChar) != -1) {
                this.write(c + (this.nextChar == '!' ? ' ' : ''));
            } else {
                this.write(c + ss2);
            }
        } else {
            if (this.symbols2.indexOf(this.nextChar) != -1) {
                this.write(ss + c);
            } else {
                this.write(ss + c + ss2);
            }
        }
        if ('=' == c && /^[\w\]]$/.test(this.prevNonWhite(this.i)) && /^[\w\'\"\[]$/.test(this.nextNonWhite(this.i))) {
            this.isAssign = true;
        }
    };
    this.alphanumeric = function (c)
    {
        /* /[a-zA-Z0-9_]/ == /\w/ */
        if (this.lastWord) {
            this.lastWord += c;
        } else {
            this.lastWord = c;
        }
        if (')' == this.prevChar) {
            c = ' '+c;
        }
        this.write(c);
    };
    this.unknown = function (c)
    {
        //throw 'Unknown char: "'+c+'" , this.i = ' + this.i;
        this.write(c);
    };

    this.charInit = function ()
    {
        /*
        if (this.i > 0) {
            //this.prevChar = this.s.charAt(this.i - 1);
            var line = this.code[this.row];
            if (line.length) {
                this.prevChar = line.substr(line.length-1, 1);
            } else {
                this.prevChar = '';
            }
        } else {
            this.prevChar = '';
        }
        */
        if (this.len - 1 === this.i) {
            this.nextChar = '';
        } else {
            this.nextChar = this.s.charAt(this.i + 1);
        }
    };
    this.write = function (s, isComment)
    {
        if (isComment) {
            if (!/\s/.test(s)) {
                if (this.code[this.row].length < this.lvl * 4) {
                    this.code[this.row] += str_repeat(' ', this.lvl * 4 - this.code[this.row].length);
                }
            }
            this.code[this.row] += s;
        } else {
            if (0 === this.code[this.row].length) {
                var lvl = ('}' == s ? this.lvl - 1 : this.lvl);
                for (var i = 0; i < lvl; i++) {
                    this.code[this.row] += '    ';
                }
                    this.code[this.row] += s;
            } else {
                this.code[this.row] += s;
            }
        }
        this.prevCharInit();
    };
    this.writeLine = function ()
    {
        this.code.push('');
        this.row++;
        this.prevChar = "\n";
    };
    this.replaceLine = function (line, row)
    {
        if ('undefined' == typeof row) {
            row = false;
        }
        if (row !== false) {
            if (!/^\d+$/.test(row) || row < 0 || row > this.row) {
                throw 'replaceLine() failed: invalid row='+row;
            }
        }
        if (row !== false) {
            this.code[row] = line;
        } else {
            this.code[this.row] = line;
        }
        if (row === false || row == this.row) {
            this.prevCharInit();
        }
    };
    this.prevCharInit = function ()
    {
        this.prevChar = this.code[this.row].charAt(this.code[this.row].length - 1);
    };
    this.writeTab = function ()
    {
        this.write('    ');
        this.prevChar = ' ';
    };
    this.getCurrentLine = function ()
    {
        return this.code[this.row];
    };

    this.symbols1 = '~!^';
    this.symbols2 = '-+*%<=>?:&|/!';
    this.keywords = ['abstract', 'boolean', 'break', 'byte', 'case', 'catch', 'char', 'class',
        'const', 'continue', 'default', 'delete', 'do', 'double', 'else', 'extends', 'false',
        'final', 'finally', 'float', 'for', 'function', 'goto', 'if', 'implements', 'import',
        'in', 'instanceof', 'int', 'interface', 'long', 'native', 'new', 'null', 'package',
        'private', 'protected', 'public', 'return', 'short', 'static', 'super', 'switch',
        'synchronized', 'this', 'throw', 'throws', 'transient', 'true', 'try', 'typeof', 'var',
        'void', 'while', 'with'];
}

if (typeof Array.prototype.indexOf == 'undefined') {
    /* Finds the index of the first occurence of item in the array, or -1 if not found */
    Array.prototype.indexOf = function(item) {
        for (var i = 0; i < this.length; i++) {
            if ((typeof this[i] == typeof item) && (this[i] == item)) {
                return i;
            }
        }
        return -1;
    };
}
if (!String.prototype.trim) {
    String.prototype.trim = function() {
        return this.replace(/^\s*|\s*$/g, '');
    };
}

function str_repeat(str, repeat)
{
    ret = '';
    for (var i = 0; i < repeat; i++) {
        ret += str;
    }
    return ret;
}

var debug_w;
function debug (arr, name)
{
    if (!debug_w) 
    {
        var width = 600;
        var height = 600;
        var x = (screen.width/2-width/2);
        var y = (screen.height/2-height/2);
        debug_w = window.open('', '', 'scrollbars=yes,resizable=yes,width='+width+',height='+height+',screenX='+(x)+',screenY='+y+',left='+x+',top='+y);
        debug_w.document.open();
        debug_w.document.write('
Debug
');
        debug_w.document.close();
    }
    var ret = '';
    if ('undefined' !== typeof name && name.length) {
        ret = '
'+name+'
'+"\n";
    }
    if ('object' === typeof arr) {
        for (var i = 0; i < arr.length; i++) {
            ret += '['+i+'] => '+arr[i]+"\n";
        }
    } else if ('string' == typeof arr) {
        ret += arr;
    } else {
        try { ret += arr.toString(); } catch (e) {}
        ret += ' ('+typeof arr+')';
    }
    debug_w.document.body.innerHTML += '
'+ret+'
';
}



/* *******************************************************
    The following code lines are added to be able
    to use JsDecoder with UniversalIndentGUI.
   
    For each new JsDecoder version they need to be added!
   ******************************************************* */
if (typeof String.prototype.substr == 'undefined') {
    /* The substr() method extracts a specified number of characters in a string, from a start index. */
    String.prototype.substr = function(start,length) {
        if (typeof length == 'undefined')
            length = this.length - start;
        
        if ( start < 0 )
            return this.substring(this.length+start, this.length);
        else
            return this.substring(start, start + length);
    };
}

var jsdecoder = new JsDecoder();
var formattedCode;

jsdecoder.s = unformattedCode;
formattedCode = jsdecoder.decode();

// Newer Qt versions doesn't seem to need the return statement.
//return formattedCode;
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/shellindent.awk0000770000000000017510000000236511700107426021505 0ustar  rootvboxsf#!/usr/bin/awk -f

# SOLARIS USERS: Change "awk" to "nawk", above!!!

# This is part of Phil's AWK tutorial at http://www.bolthole.com/AWK.html
# This program adjusts the indentation level based on which keywords are
# found in each line it encounters.
#
# THIS IS A (relatively) COMPLEX PROGRAM. If you're an AWK rookie,
# go back and read the tutorial before trying to understand this program!
# This program shows off awk functions, variables, and its ability to
# perform multiple actions for the same line


function doindent(){
	tmpindent=indent;
	if(indent<0){
		print "ERROR; indent level == " indent
	}
	while(tmpindent >0){
		printf("    ");
		tmpindent-=1;
	}
}

$1 == "done" 	{ indent -=1; }
$1 == "fi" 	{ indent -=1; }
$0 ~ /}/	{ if(indent!=0) indent-=1;  }

# This is the 'default' action, that actually prints a line out.
# This gets called AS WELL AS any other matching clause, in the
# order they appear in this program.
# An "if" match is run AFTER we run this clause.
# A "done" match is run BEFORE we run this clause.
		{ 
		  doindent();
		  print $0;
		}

$0 ~ /if.*;[ ]*then/	{ indent+=1; }
$0 ~ /for.*;[ ]*do/	{ indent+=1; }
$0 ~ /while.*;[ ]*do/	{ indent+=1; }

$1 == "then"		{ indent+=1; }
$1 == "do"		{ indent+=1; }
$0 ~ /{$/		{ indent+=1; }
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/rbeautify.rb0000770000000000017510000001533711700107426021012 0ustar  rootvboxsf#!/usr/bin/ruby -w


=begin
/***************************************************************************
 *   Copyright (C) 2008, Paul Lutus                                        *
 *                                                                         *
 *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
 *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
 *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
 *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
 *                                                                         *
 *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,       *
 *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of        *
 *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the         *
 *   GNU General Public License for more details.                          *
 *                                                                         *
 *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License     *
 *   along with this program; if not, write to the                         *
 *   Free Software Foundation, Inc.,                                       *
 *   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.             *
 ***************************************************************************/
=end

PVERSION = "Version 2.9, 10/24/2008"

module RBeautify

   # user-customizable values

   RBeautify::TabStr = " "
   RBeautify::TabSize = 3

   # indent regexp tests

   IndentExp = [
      /^module\b/,
      /^class\b/,
      /^if\b/,
      /(=\s*|^)until\b/,
      /(=\s*|^)for\b/,
      /^unless\b/,
      /(=\s*|^)while\b/,
      /(=\s*|^)begin\b/,
      /(^| )case\b/,
      /\bthen\b/,
      /^rescue\b/,
      /^def\b/,
      /\bdo\b/,
      /^else\b/,
      /^elsif\b/,
      /^ensure\b/,
      /\bwhen\b/,
      /\{[^\}]*$/,
      /\[[^\]]*$/
   ]

   # outdent regexp tests

   OutdentExp = [
      /^rescue\b/,
      /^ensure\b/,
      /^elsif\b/,
      /^end\b/,
      /^else\b/,
      /\bwhen\b/,
      /^[^\{]*\}/,
      /^[^\[]*\]/
   ]

   def RBeautify.rb_make_tab(tab)
      return (tab < 0)?"":TabStr * TabSize * tab
   end

   def RBeautify.rb_add_line(line,tab)
      line.strip!
      line = rb_make_tab(tab) + line if line.length > 0
      return line
   end

   def RBeautify.beautify_string(source, path = "")
      comment_block = false
      in_here_doc = false
      here_doc_term = ""
      program_end = false
      multiLine_array = []
      multiLine_str = ""
      tab = 0
      output = []
      source.each do |line|
         line.chomp!
         if(!program_end)
            # detect program end mark
            if(line =~ /^__END__$/)
               program_end = true
            else
               # combine continuing lines
               if(!(line =~ /^\s*#/) && line =~ /[^\\]\\\s*$/)
                  multiLine_array.push line
                  multiLine_str += line.sub(/^(.*)\\\s*$/,"\\1")
                  next
               end

               # add final line
               if(multiLine_str.length > 0)
                  multiLine_array.push line
                  multiLine_str += line.sub(/^(.*)\\\s*$/,"\\1")
               end

               tline = ((multiLine_str.length > 0)?multiLine_str:line).strip
               if(tline =~ /^=begin/)
                  comment_block = true
               end
               if(in_here_doc)
                  in_here_doc = false if tline =~ %r{\s*#{here_doc_term}\s*}
               else # not in here_doc
                  if tline =~ %r{=\s*<<}
                     here_doc_term = tline.sub(%r{.*=\s*<<-?\s*([_|\w]+).*},"\\1")
                     in_here_doc = here_doc_term.size > 0
                  end
               end
            end
         end
         if(comment_block || program_end || in_here_doc)
            # add the line unchanged
            output << line
         else
            comment_line = (tline =~ /^#/)
            if(!comment_line)
               # throw out sequences that will
               # only sow confusion
               while tline.gsub!(/\{[^\{]*?\}/,"")
               end
               while tline.gsub!(/\[[^\[]*?\]/,"")
               end
               while tline.gsub!(/'.*?'/,"")
               end
               while tline.gsub!(/".*?"/,"")
               end
               while tline.gsub!(/\`.*?\`/,"")
               end
               while tline.gsub!(/\([^\(]*?\)/,"")
               end
               while tline.gsub!(/\/.*?\//,"")
               end
               while tline.gsub!(/%r(.).*?\1/,"")
               end
               # delete end-of-line comments
               tline.sub!(/#[^\"]+$/,"")
               # convert quotes
               tline.gsub!(/\\\"/,"'")
               OutdentExp.each do |re|
                  if(tline =~ re)
                     tab -= 1
                     break
                  end
               end
            end
            if (multiLine_array.length > 0)
               multiLine_array.each do |ml|
                  output << rb_add_line(ml,tab)
               end
               multiLine_array.clear
               multiLine_str = ""
            else
               output << rb_add_line(line,tab)
            end
            if(!comment_line)
               IndentExp.each do |re|
                  if(tline =~ re && !(tline =~ /\s+end\s*$/))
                     tab += 1
                     break
                  end
               end
            end
         end
         if(tline =~ /^=end/)
            comment_block = false
         end
      end
      error = (tab != 0)
      STDERR.puts "Error: indent/outdent mismatch: #{tab}." if error
      return output.join("\n") + "\n",error
   end # beautify_string

   def RBeautify.beautify_file(path)
      error = false
      if(path == '-') # stdin source
         source = STDIN.read
         dest,error = beautify_string(source,"stdin")
         print dest
      else # named file source
         source = File.read(path)
         dest,error = beautify_string(source,path)
         if(source != dest)
            # make a backup copy
            File.open(path + "~","w") { |f| f.write(source) }
            # overwrite the original
            File.open(path,"w") { |f| f.write(dest) }
         end
      end
      return error
   end # beautify_file

   def RBeautify.main
      error = false
      if(!ARGV[0])
         STDERR.puts "usage: Ruby filenames or \"-\" for stdin."
         exit 0
      end
      ARGV.each do |path|
         error = (beautify_file(path))?true:error
      end
      error = (error)?1:0
      exit error
   end # main
end # module RBeautify

# if launched as a standalone program, not loaded as a module
if __FILE__ == $0
   RBeautify.main
enduniversalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/example.cbl0000770000000000017510000000306511700107426020603 0ustar  rootvboxsf000000* An example illustrating the use of a programmer defined paragraphs

      * and perform-thru

       identification division.

       program-id.     level88.

       author.         kik.

       environment division.

       configuration section.

       special-names.

            console is crt

            decimal-point is comma.

       data division.

       working-storage section.

       77  transaction-kode    pic 99.

       88  valid-kode          value 4, 8 thru 15.

       88  create              value 10.

       88  destroy             value 15.



       procedure division.

       main section.

      *

      *  Some code leading to "transacion-kode" getting a value

      *



           move 10 to transaction-kode.





      *

      * Testing the conditions 

      *



           if valid-kode then

              if create then

                 perform p-create thru p-create-end

              else

                 if destroy then

                    perform p-destroy thru p-destroy-end

                 else

                    perform ordinary-transaction 

                            thru ordinary-transaction-end.



      *

       p-create.

      *  some creation code

       p-create-end.

         exit.



       p-destroy.

      *  some destruction code

       p-destroy-end.

         exit. 



       ordinary-transaction.

      *  some ordinary data processing code

       ord-trns-1.



       ord-trns-2.



       ordinary-transaction-end.

         exit.universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_CblBeau.ini0000770000000000017510000003302611700107426021666 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories="Cobol Beautifier|Renumbering|Generic Reporting|Cobol Dialects|Extra Features|Copy Libraries|Parser Messages|Length and Offset|PrettyPrint Basics|PrettyPrint Indentation|Output Comments|Line Identification"
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
configFilename=
fileTypes=*.cbl|*.cob
indenterFileName=cbl-beau.exe
indenterName=Cobol Beautifier (Cobol)
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter=" "
manual=http://www.siber.com/sct/tools/cbl-beau.html
outputFileName=indentoutput
outputFileParameter="-gen-file="
parameterOrder=ipo
showHelpParameter="-help"
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter=
version=1.0


[Add value clause]
Category=0
Description="Add VALUE clauses to WS data items that have no VALUE clause"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-add-value-clause|"

[Norm dd levels]
Category=0
Description="Normalize data item level numbers"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-norm-dd-levels|"

[Add end stmts]
Category=0
Description="Add END-IF, END-SEARCH, END-EVALUATE, END-PERFORM closing statements"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-add-end-stmts|"

[Section name fmt]
CallName="-section-name-fmt="
Category=1
Description="Section name format, smth like T1%dT2%sT3"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault="T1%dT2%sT3"

[Section name start]
CallName="-section-name-start="
Category=1
Description="Start value for number in section name"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=9999
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[Section name step]
CallName="-section-name-step="
Category=1
Description="Step for number in section name"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=9999
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[Para name fmt]
CallName="-para-name-fmt="
Category=1
Description="Paragraph name format, smth like T1%dT2%sT3"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault="T1%dT2%sT3"

[Para name start]
CallName="-para-name-start="
Category=1
Description="Start value for counter in paragraph name"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=9999
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[Para name step]
CallName="-para-name-step="
Category=1
Description="Step for counter in paragraph name"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=9999
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[Data name fmt]
CallName="-data-name-fmt="
Category=1
Description="Data name format, smth like T1%dT2%sT3"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault="T1%dT2%sT3"

[Data name start]
CallName="-data-name-start="
Category=1
Description="Start value for number in data name"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=9999
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[Data name step]
CallName="-data-name-step="
Category=1
Description="Step for number in data name"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=9999
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[Conv warn]
Category=2
Description="Warn about transformation problems"
ValueDefault=1
Enabled=true
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-conv-warn|-no-conv-warn"

[Conv info]
Category=2
Description="Inform about every transformation performed"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-conv-info|-no-conv-info"

[Conv list]
Category=2
Description="List all transformations applied"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-conv-list|-no-conv-list"

[Find only]
Category=2
Description="Only list potential transformations, do not execute them"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-find-only|-no-find-only"

[Silent]
Category=2
Description="Do not print short summary of the conversion"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-silent|-no-silent"

[Primary Cobol dialect]
Category=3
Description="Set the primary Cobol dialect"
ValueDefault=1
Enabled=false
EditorType=multiple
Choices="-lang=ansi74|-lang=ansi85|-lang=osvs|-lang=vsii|-lang=saa|-lang=xopen|-lang=mf|-lang=ms|-lang=rm|-lang=rm85|-lang=dosvs|-lang=univac|-lang=wang|-lang=fsc|-lang=net|-lang=fscnet|-lang=icobol|-lang=acu|-lang=dml|-lang=idms"
ChoicesReadable="Ansi 74|Ansi 85|OSVS|VSII|SAA|XOpen|MF|MS|RM|RM 85|DOSVS|UniVAC|Wang|FSC|Net|FSCnet|iCobol|ACU|DML|IDMS"

[Secondary Cobol dialect]
Category=3
Description="Set the secondary Cobol dialect"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=multiple
Choices="-lang2=ansi74|-lang2=ansi85|-lang2=osvs|-lang2=vsii|-lang2=saa|-lang2=xopen|-lang2=mf|-lang2=ms|-lang2=rm|-lang2=rm85|-lang2=dosvs|-lang2=univac|-lang2=wang|-lang2=fsc|-lang2=net|-lang2=fscnet|-lang2=icobol|-lang2=acu|-lang2=dml|-lang2=idms"
ChoicesReadable="Ansi 74|Ansi 85|OSVS|VSII|SAA|XOpen|MF|MS|RM|RM 85|DOSVS|UniVAC|Wang|FSC|Net|FSCnet|iCobol|ACU|DML|IDMS"

[Line format]
Category=3
Description="Set the secondary Cobol dialect"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=multiple
Choices="-line-format=dial|-line-format=fixed|-line-format=free|-line-format=fsc-free|-line-format=var"
ChoicesReadable="Dial|fixed|free|FSC free|var"

[Progid comments]
Category=3
Description="Allow Program-Id line comments"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-progid-comments|-no-progid-comments"

[Separators follow spaces]
Category=3
Description="Separators must be followed by spaces"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=multiple
Choices="-sep-space-reqd=dial|-sep-space-reqd=no|-sep-space-reqd=yes"
ChoicesReadable="Dial|No|Yes"

[Exclude keywords]
CallName="-exclude-keywords="
Category=3
Description="Excluded keywords (separated by spaces?)"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=""

[Set constants]
CallName="-set-constants="
Category=4
Description="78 constant settings, strings: name'value', numbers: name(value)"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=""

[Assign external]
Category=4
Description="Assume that undefined data items in ASSIGN TO are external"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-assign-external|-no-assign-external"

[SQL]
Category=4
Description="Parse SQL in EXEC SQL"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-sql|-no-sql"

[CICS]
Category=4
Description="Parse CICS statements embedded in EXEC CICS ... END-EXEC"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-cics|-no-cics"

[CICS EIB]
Category=4
Description="Add CICS EIB data block to LINKAGE SECTION"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=multiple
Choices="-cics-eib=auto|-cics-eib=no|-cics-eib=yes"
ChoicesReadable="Auto|No|Yes"

[Copylib dir]
CallName="-copylib-dir="
Category=5
Description="Copylib directories path"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault="."

[Copylib suffix]
CallName="-copylib-sfx="
Category=5
Description="Copylib files default suffix(es)"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=".cpy"

[Copylib names]
Category=5
Description="Add CICS EIB data block to LINKAGE SECTION"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=multiple
Choices="-copynames-case=exact|-copynames-case=lower|-copynames-case=upper"
ChoicesReadable="Exact|Lower|Upper"

[Copylib old]
Category=5
Description="Allow old 1968 Copy statements"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-old-copy|-no-old-copy"

[Copylib irreversibly]
Category=5
Description="Inline copybooks irreversibly"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-irrev-inline|-no-irrev-inline"

[Warnings]
Category=6
Description="Display Warnings"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-warnings|-no-warnings"

[Muli undef errors]
Category=6
Description="Error message for every (OFF: only first) use of undefined name"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-multi-undefd-errs|-no-multi-undefd-errs"

[Same para data name]
Category=6
Description="One name can be used both as paragraph-name and data-name"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=multiple
Choices="-same-para-data-name=dial|-same-para-data-name=no|-same-para-data-name=yes"
ChoicesReadable="Dial|No|Yes"

[Lengths and offsets]
Category=7
Description="Compute data item lengths and offsets"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-leng-offs|-no-leng-offs"

[Storage mode]
Category=7
Description="Is Numeric Sign a Trailing Separate Character"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=multiple
Choices="-lo-stor-mode=dial|-lo-stor-mode=no|-lo-stor-mode=yes"
ChoicesReadable="Dial|No|Yes"

[Numeric sign trailing separate]
Category=7
Description="Is Numeric Sign a Trailing Separate Character"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=multiple
Choices="-num-sign-trail-sep=dial|-num-sign-trail-sep=no|-num-sign-trail-sep=yes"
ChoicesReadable="Dial|No|Yes"

[Num sign EBCDIC]
Category=7
Description="Is Numeric Sign an EBCDIC character"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-num-sign-ebcdic|-no-num-sign-ebcdic"

[Lo pointer size]
CallName="-lo-pointer-size="
Category=7
Description="Memory model: Pointer size"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=99
MinVal=1
ValueDefault=4

[Lo proc pointer size]
CallName="-lo-proc-pointer-size="
Category=7
Description="Memory model: Procedure-Pointer size"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=99
MinVal=1
ValueDefault=4

[Lo index size]
CallName="-lo-index-size="
Category=7
Description="Memory model: Index size"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=99
MinVal=1
ValueDefault=4

[Lo unfold flex arrays]
Category=7
Description="Compute length of table with OCCURS DEPENDING ON based on upper bounds"
ValueDefault=1
Enabled=true
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-lo-unfold-flex-arrays|-no-lo-unfold-flex-arrays"

[Progress]
Category=7
Description="Display Parsing Progress Indicator"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-progress|-no-progress"

[Bailout level]
Category=7
Description="Level of parser messages that cause bailout"
ValueDefault=2
Enabled=false
EditorType=multiple
Choices="-bailout-level=warnings|-bailout-level=errors|-bailout-level=severe"
ChoicesReadable="Warnings|Errors|Severe"

[Stats]
Category=7
Description="Print short source program statistics"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-stat|-no-stat"

[Genereate SourcePrint]
Category=8
Description="Generate Cobol in SourcePrint (ON) / PrettyPrint(OFF) mode"
ValueDefault=0
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-gen-src|-no-gen-src"

[Copybook dir]
CallName="-gen-copy-dir="
Category=8
Description="Write copybooks to this directory"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=""

[Indent size]
CallName="-gen-indent-step="
Category=9
Description="Indentation step"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=99
MinVal=1
ValueDefault=2

[Indent max]
CallName="-gen-max-indent="
Category=9
Description="Maximum starting position for indented text"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=99
MinVal=1
ValueDefault=40

[Tabs]
CallName="-gen-tabs="
Category=9
Description="Tabulation Positions"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault="12,24,32,42,44,54"

[Line format]
Category=9
Description="Generated line format"
ValueDefault=1
Enabled=false
EditorType=multiple
Choices="-gen-line-format=na|-gen-line-format=fixed|-gen-line-format=free|-gen-line-format=fsc-free|-gen-line-format=var"
ChoicesReadable="Na|Fixed|Free|FSC-free|Var"

[Observe rules]
Category=9
Description="Observe Area A/B rules in generated code"
ValueDefault=1
Enabled=true
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-gen-observe-ab-rules |-no-gen-observe-ab-rules "

[Preserve comments]
Category=10
Description="Preserve comments"
ValueDefault=1
Enabled=true
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-gen-print-comments |-no-gen-print-comments "

[Enter Exit comments]
Category=10
Description="Generate Enter/Exit comments around inlined copybooks"
ValueDefault=1
Enabled=true
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-gen-enter-exit-copy-comments|-no-gen-enter-exit-copy-comments"

[Preserve line IDs]
Category=11
Description="Preserve original Line IDs (cols 1-6, 73-80)"
ValueDefault=1
Enabled=true
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-gen-line-id-comments|-no-gen-line-id-comments"

[Put text 73-80]
CallName="-gen-73to80-fmt="
Category=11
Description="Put text of this format into columns 73 to 80"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=""

[Start number 73-80]
CallName="-gen-73to80-start="
Category=11
Description="Start value for number put into columns 73 to 80"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=99
MinVal=1
ValueDefault=1

[Step number 73-80]
CallName="-gen-73to80-step="
Category=11
Description="Step for number put into columns 73 to 80"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=99
MinVal=1
ValueDefault=1

[Convert comments]
CallName="-gen-mark-conv="
Category=11
Description="Add comment in columns 73 and up that show that line was changed or generated"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=""
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/example.cpp0000770000000000017510000001445311700107426020630 0ustar  rootvboxsf#include 
#include 
#include 

using namespace a.b.c a;

PREPROCESSOR()

BEGIN_MESSAGE_MAP()
    ON_COMMAND()
END_MESSAGE_MAP()

extern struct x y;

static const class Example :
    Int1, Int2, Int3
{
public:
    Example::~Example() :
        S1(),
        S2(),
        S3() {
        // if statements with empty braces
        if( x ) { }
        else if( x ) { }
        else { }

        // if statements with exactly one braced statement
        if( x ) {
            statement;
        }
        else if( x ) {
            statement;
        }
        else {
            statement;
        }

        // special 'if' cases
        if( x ) {
            statement;
        }
        else {
            statement;
        }

        if( x ) {
            statement;

            statement;
        }
        else {
            statement;

            statement;
        }

        // if statements with a single implicit substatement
        if( x )
            statement;

        else if( x )
            statement;

        else
            statement;

        // if statements with multiple statements
        if( x ) {
            statement;

            statement;
        }
        else if( x ) {
            statement;

            statement;
        }
        else {
            statement;

            statement;
        }

        // while statements with a single implicit substatement
        while( x )
            statement;

        // while statements with a single implicit 'if' substatement
        while( x )
            if( x )
                statement;

        // while with multiple statements
        while( x ) {
            statement;

            statement;
        }

        // labeled statement
        label:
        statement;

        // for statements with a single braced statement
        for ( x; x; x ) {
            statement;
        }

        // do statements with a single braced substatement
        do {
            statement;
        } while ( false );

        // do statement with an empty block
        do { } while ( x );

        // local blocks
        {
        statement;
        }

        /* Switch blocks:
         *
         * You can have case substatements be aligned by giving an example like:
         *
         * case 1: statement;
         * 
         *         statement;
         * 
         *         statement;
         * 
         *         etc...
         */
        switch( c ) {
            case 1:
            case 2:
            case 3:
                statement;

                statement;

                statement;

            case 4:
                break; // case with exactly one substatement

            default:
                break;
        }
    }

    void method( const myClass &x, int [][][] c, ... ) {
        // try-catch-finally with empty bodies
        try { }
        catch(Throwable e) { }
        finally { }

        // try-catch-finally with exactly one statement
        try {
            statement;
        }
        catch( Throwable t ) {
            statement;
        }
        finally {
            statement;
        }

        // try-catch-finally with multiple statements 
        try {
            statement;

            statement;
        }
        catch( Throwable e ) {
            statement;

            statement;
        }
        finally {
            statement;

            statement;

            statement;
        }
    }
};

// enum statement
static typedef enum x
{
x,
y,
z,
};

// simple typedef
typedef interface static short int x;

namespace x
{
// template header
template 
x y z v() const;

// pure virtual function, using c-style formal parameters with double parens
void v(()) = 0;

// function with one single line statement and c-style formal parameters
void v(( int i )) {
    statement;
};

// function with no statements
myClass::method() { }
};

template  class x
{
public:

    // operator declarations
    int operator +();

    int operator []();

    // template method
    static void A::method() [][][] {
        asm
            {
            - Assembler statements -
            
            The outside braces are formatted but the asm code is passed through
            unchanged.
            }

        asm Single line assembler statements are also just passed through
    }

    extern void oldStyleFunction()
        int a;
        int b;
        int c; {
        // various simple statements
        long int a, b, c;

        long double [] i;

        goto x;

        delete [] x;

        delete [][][] x;

        return x;

        continue label;

        throw e;

        // c-style function calls with double parens
        b((a, b, c));

        a(());

        // expressions 
        new Object()->field.method();

        s = "string"
                "split across lines";

        method(a, B::C, 'd');

        z = j[0][0][0] || k * 3 >> ++i + "0" > i++ & (i) == !j;

        int *v;

        int &v;

        x = x * *x;

        (int *)x;

        int (*functionPointer)( x, y, z );

        h[0] += a ? b : ((int)c).d;

        new Handler();
    }
} a, b, c; // struct instances

class Class2
{
/* Array creation with multiple non-array elements.
 * 
 * If you give this example with the elements on the same line, then 
 * Polystyle will automatically vertically align them into a grid when it 
 * fits your code to the page. An alternate style is to have each
 * element on its own line, like this:
 * {
 * x,
 * y
 * z
 * }
 */
boolean *bools1 =
    {
    x, y, z
    };

// array creation with a single element
boolean bools2 = { x };

// array creation with no elements
boolean bools3 = { };

// multidimensional array creation 
const int *** array =
    {
    { 1, 2, 3 },
    { 1, 2, 3 },
    { 1, 2, 3 },
    };
};

#if x

#define x

#elif a

#define x

#else

#define x

#define x

#define x

#endif

// see if multi line macros are safely handled:
#define multilinemacro do { x= x+5; } while (0); \
printf("a multilinemacro"); \
printf("a multilinemacro2");
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_astyle.ini0000770000000000017510000003273011700107426021673 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories=Predefined Style|Tab and Bracket|Indentation|Padding|Formatting|Other
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
configFilename=.astylerc
fileTypes=*.cpp|*.c|*.cu|*.h|*.hpp|*.inl|*.hh|*.cs|*.java
indenterFileName=astyle
indenterName=Artistic Style (C, C++, C#, JAVA)
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter=
manual=http://astyle.sourceforge.net/astyle.html
outputFileName=indentinput
outputFileParameter=none
parameterOrder=ipo
showHelpParameter=-h
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter="--options="
version=2.02.1

[predefined style]
Category=0
Choices="-A1|-A2|-A3|-A4|-A5|-A6|-A7|-A8|-A9|-A10|-A11|-A12"
ChoicesReadable="Allman/Ansi/BSD/break style|Java/attach style|Kernighan & Ritchie style|Stroustrup style|Whitesmith style|Banner style|GNU style|Linux style|Horstmann style|One True Brace Style|Pico style|Lisp/Python style"
Description=Sets the general style.
EditorType=multiple
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=2

[indent spaces]
CallName="--indent=spaces="
Category=1
Description=Indent using # spaces per indent
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=20
MinVal=2
ValueDefault=4

[indent tab]
CallName="--indent=tab="
Category=1
Description=Indent using tab characters. Treat each tab as # spaces
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=20
MinVal=2
ValueDefault=4

[force indent tab]
CallName="--indent=force-tab="
Category=1
Description="Indent using tab characters. Treat each tab as # spaces. Uses tabs as indents where --indent=tab prefers to use spaces such as inside multi-line statements. "
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=20
MinVal=2
ValueDefault=4

[bracket style]
Category=1
Choices="--brackets=break|--brackets=attach|--brackets=linux|--brackets=stroustrup|--brackets=horstmann"
ChoicesReadable=Break brackets|Attach brackets|Break brackets Linux like
Description=Sets the bracket style.
EditorType=multiple
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=0

[indent classes]
Category=2
Description=Indent 'class' and 'struct' blocks so that the blocks 'public:', 'protected:' and 'private:' are indented. The struct blocks are indented only if an access modifier is declared somewhere in the struct. The entire block is indented. This option is effective for C++ files only.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--indent-classes|
ValueDefault=0

[indent switches]
Category=2
Description=Indent 'switch' blocks so that the 'case X:' statements are indented in the switch  block. The entire case block is indented.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--indent-switches|
ValueDefault=0

[indent cases]
Category=2
Description=Indent 'case X:' blocks from the 'case X:' headers. Case statements not enclosed in blocks are NOT indented.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--indent-cases|
ValueDefault=0

[indent brackets]
Category=2
Description=Add extra indentation to brackets. This is the option used for Whitesmith and Banner style formatting/indenting. If both ‑‑indent‑brackets and ‑‑indent‑blocks are used the result will be ‑‑indent‑blocks. This option will be ignored if used with a predefined style.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--indent-brackets|
ValueDefault=0

[indent blocks]
Category=2
Description=Add extra indentation to blocks within a function. The opening bracket for namespaces, classes, and functions is not indented. This is the option used for GNU style formatting/indenting. This option will be ignored if used with a predefined style.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--indent-blocks|
ValueDefault=0

[indent namespaces]
Category=2
Description=Add extra indentation to namespaces.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--indent-namespaces|
ValueDefault=0

[indent labels]
Category=2
Description=Add extra indentation to labels so they appear 1 indent less than the current indentation, rather than being flushed to the left (the default).
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--indent-labels|
ValueDefault=0

[indent preprocessor]
Category=2
Description=Indent multi-line preprocessor definitions. Should be used with --convert-tabs for proper results. Does a pretty good job but can not perform miracles in obfuscated preprocessor definitions. Without this option the preprocessor statements remain unchanged.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--indent-preprocessor|
ValueDefault=0

[indent comments]
Category=2
Description=Indent C++ comments beginning in column one. By default C++ comments beginning in column one are not indented. This option will allow the comments to be indented with the code. 
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--indent-col1-comments|
ValueDefault=0

[max-instatement-indent]
CallName="--max-instatement-indent="
Category=2
Description=Indent a maximum of # spaces in a continuous statement, relative to the previous line (e.g. ‑‑max‑instatement‑indent=40). #  must be less than  80. If no # is set, the default value of 40 will be used. A maximum of less than two indent lengths will be ignored.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=79
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=40

[min-conditional-indent]
CallName="--min-conditional-indent="
Category=2
Description=Set the minimal indent that is added when a header is built of multiple-lines. This indent makes helps to easily separate the header from the command statements that follow. The value for # must be less than 40. The default setting for this option is twice the current indent  (e.g. --min-conditional-indent=8).
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=39
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=8

[break-blocks]
Category=3
Description=Pad empty lines around header blocks (e.g. 'if' 'while'...). Be sure to read the Supplemental Documentation before using this option.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--break-blocks|
ValueDefault=0

[break-blocks-all]
Category=3
Description=Pad empty lines around header blocks (e.g. 'if' 'while'...). Treat closing header blocks (e.g. 'else' 'catch') as stand-alone blocks. Be sure to read the Supplemental Documentation before using this option.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--break-blocks=all|"
ValueDefault=0

[pad-oper]
Category=3
Description=Insert space padding around operators. Operators inside brackets [] are not padded. Note that there is no option to unpad. Once padded they stay padded.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--pad-oper|"
ValueDefault=0

[pad-paren]
Category=3
Description=Insert space padding around parenthesis on both the outside  and the inside. Any end of line comments will remain in the original column, if possible.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--pad-paren|"
ValueDefault=0

[pad-paren-out]
Category=3
Description=Insert space padding around parenthesis on the outside  only. Any end of line comments will remain in the original column, if possible. This can be used with unpad-paren  below to remove unwanted spaces.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--pad-paren-out|"
ValueDefault=0

[pad-paren-in]
Category=3
Description="Insert space padding around parenthesis on the inside  only. Any end of line comments will remain in the original column, if possible. This can be used with unpad-paren  below to remove unwanted spaces."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--pad-paren-in|"
ValueDefault=0

[pad-header]
Category=3
Description=Insert space padding after paren headers only (e.g. 'if', 'for', 'while'...). Any end of line comments will remain in the original column, if possible. This can be used with unpad-paren to remove unwanted spaces.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--pad-header|
ValueDefault=0

[unpad-paren]
Category=3
Description="Remove extra space padding around parenthesis on the inside and outside.  Any end of line comments will remain in the original column, if possible. This option can be used in combination with the paren padding options pad‑paren, pad‑paren‑out, pad‑paren‑in, and pad‑header above. Only padding that has not been requested by other options will be removed."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--unpad-paren|"
ValueDefault=0

[delete-empty-lines]
Category=3
Description=Delete empty lines within a function or method. Empty lines outside of functions or methods are NOT deleted. If used with break-blocks or break-blocks=all it will delete all lines EXCEPT the lines added by the break-blocks options.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--delete-empty-lines|
ValueDefault=0

[fill-empty-lines]
Category=3
Description=Fill empty lines with the white space of the previous line
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--fill-empty-lines|
ValueDefault=0

[brackets-break-closing]
Category=4
Description=When used with --brackets=attach, --brackets=linux, or --brackets=stroustrup, this breaks closing headers (e.g. 'else', 'catch', ...) from their immediately preceding closing brackets. Closing header brackets are always broken with broken brackets, horstmann brackets, indented blocks, and indented brackets.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-y|"
ValueDefault=0

[break-elseifs]
Category=4
Description=Break "else if" header combinations into separate lines. This option has no effect if keep-one-line-statements is used, the "else if" statements will remain as they are. If this option is NOT used, "else if" header combinations will be placed on a single line.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--break-elseifs|
ValueDefault=0

[add-brackets]
Category=4
Description=Add brackets to unbracketed one line conditional statements  (e.g. 'if', 'for', 'while'...). The statement must be on a single line. The brackets will be added according to the currently requested predefined style or bracket type. If no style or bracket type is requested the brackets will be attached. If --add-one-line-brackets is also used the result will be one line brackets.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--add-brackets|
ValueDefault=0

[add-one-line-brackets]
Category=4
Description=Add one line brackets to unbracketed one line conditional statements  (e.g. 'if', 'for', 'while'...). The statement must be on a single line. The option implies --keep-one-line-blocks and will not break the one line blocks.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--add-one-line-brackets|
ValueDefault=0

[one-line-keep-blocks]
Category=4
Description=Don't break one-line blocks
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--keep-one-line-blocks|"
ValueDefault=0

[one-line-keep-statements]
Category=4
Description=Dont break complex statements and multiple statements residing on a single line.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--keep-one-line-statements|"
ValueDefault=0

[convert-tabs]
Category=4
Description=Converts tabs into spaces in the non-indentation part of the line. The number of spaces inserted will maintain the spacing of the tab. The current setting for spaces per tab is used. It may not produce the expected results if convert-tabs is used when changing spaces per tab. Tabs are not replaced in quotes.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--convert-tabs|
ValueDefault=0

[align-pointer]
Category=4
Choices="--align-pointer=type|--align-pointer=middle|--align-pointer=name"
Description=Attach a pointer or reference operator (* or &) to either the variable type (left) or variable name (right), or place it between the type and name. The spacing between the type and name will be preserved, if possible. This option is effective for C/C++ files only.
EditorType=multiple
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=0

[align-reference]
Category=4
Choices="--align-reference=type|--align-reference=middle|--align-reference=name"
Description=This option will align references separate from pointers. Pointers are not changed by this option. If pointers and references are to be aligned the same, use the previous align-pointer option. The option align-reference=none will not change the reference alignment. The other options are the same as for align-pointer. In the case of a reference to a pointer (*&) with conflicting alignments, the align-pointer value will be used.
EditorType=multiple
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=0

[override-language]
Category=4
Choices="--mode=c|--mode=java|--mode=cs"
Description=Indent a C or C++ or Java or CSharp file. The option is set from the file extension for each file. You can override the setting with this entry. It allows the formatter to identify language specific syntax such as C classes and C templates.
EditorType=multiple
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=0

[nosuffix]
Category=5
Description=Do not retain a backup of the original file. The original file is purged after it is formatted.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--suffix=none|
ValueDefault=0

[errors-to-stdout]
Category=5
Description=Print errors to standard-output rather than to standard-error.
This option should be helpful for systems/shells that do not have this option, such as in Windows95.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--errors-to-stdout|
ValueDefault=0

[preserve-date]
Category=5
Description=Preserve the original file's date and time modified. The date and time modified will not be changed in the formatted file. This option is not effective if redirection is used to rename the input file.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--preserve-date|
ValueDefault=0

[lineend]
Category=5
Choices="--lineend=windows|--lineend=linux|--lineend=macold"
Description=orce use of the specified line end style. Valid options are windows (CRLF), linux (LF), and macold (CR). MacOld style is the format for OS 9 and earlier. Mac OS X uses the Linux style. If one of these options is not used the line ends will be determined automatically from the input file.
EditorType=multiple
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=0
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/example.css0000770000000000017510000001221311700107426020626 0ustar  rootvboxsf/* General
/*******************************/
body
{
	font-size: Small;
	margin: 30px 0 20px 0; 
	background: url(images/background.jpg);
}

span
{
    font-family: Tahoma,serif;
}

/* Page
/*******************************/
#page
{
	width: 808px;
	margin: 0 auto;
	position: relative;
	
}

/* Links general
/*******************************/
a
{
    color: #36b;
}

a:link { text-decoration:none; }
a:visited { text-decoration:none; }
a:active { text-decoration:none; }
a:focus { text-decoration:none; }
a:hover { text-decoration:underline; }

/* Links external
/*******************************/
a.external
{
    background: url("images/externallinks.png") center right no-repeat;
    padding-right: 13px;
}

/* Header
/*******************************/
#header
{
	float: left;
	width: 800px;
	height: 171px;
	background-image: url(images/banner.jpg);
	background-repeat: no-repeat;
	background-position: left bottom;
	padding-left: 20px;
}

/* Tabs
/*******************************/
#tabs 
{
}

#tabs ul 
{
	list-style: none;
	display: inline;
}

#tabs li
{
	width: 125px;
	float: left;
	background-image: url(images/tab3.jpg);
	background-repeat: no-repeat;
	background-position: center top;
	text-align: center;
}

#tabs li a
{
	font-family: sans-serif;
	font-size: 100%;
	font-weight: normal;
	color: black;
	height: 28px;
	padding: 21px 0 0 0;
	display: block;	
}

#tabs li a:link { text-decoration:none; }
#tabs li a:visited { text-decoration:none; }
#tabs li a:active { text-decoration:none; }
#tabs li a:focus { text-decoration:none; }
#tabs li a:hover 
{ 
	width: 125px;
	float: left;
	background-image: url(images/tab3hover.jpg);
	background-repeat: no-repeat;
	background-position: center top;
	text-align: center;
}

#tabs #current
{
	background-image: url(images/tab3_selected.jpg);
    background-repeat: no-repeat;
    background-position: center top;
    margin-top: -5px;
}

#tabs #current a
{
    background-image: url(images/tab3_selected.jpg);
    background-repeat: no-repeat;
    background-position: center top;
    padding: 27px 0;
	height: 17px;	
	font-weight: bold;
}

/* Main
*******************************/
#main
{
	background-image: url(images/page_middle.png);
	background-repeat: repeat-y;
	float: left;
}

/* Content
/*******************************/
#content
{
	padding: 22px;
	margin: 0;
	width: 541px;
	float: left;
}

#content h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, h7, #content h2 a
{
	font-family: Tahoma,serif;
	margin-bottom: 10px;
	margin-top: 10px;
}

#content h1
{
	font-size: x-large;
}

#content h2
{
	font-size: large;
}

#content p, #content ul, #content a, #content ol
{
	margin-top: 10px;
	font-family: verdana, sans-serif;
}

/* Progress
/*******************************/
.progressframe
{
    border: 1px black solid;
    width: 100%;
}

.progress
{
    font-family: Tahoma,serif;
    font-weight: bold;
    /*padding-left: 10px;*/
    background-color: red;
    color: white;
}

.p0 { width: 0%; color: black; background-color: white; }
.p5 { width: 5%; background-color: rgb(240,16,0); }
.p10 { width: 10%; background-color: rgb(240,32,0); }
.p15 { width: 15%; background-color: rgb(240,48,0); }
.p20 { width: 20%; background-color: rgb(240,64,0); }
.p25 { width: 25%; background-color: rgb(240,80,0); }
.p30 { width: 30%; background-color: rgb(240,80,0); }
.p35 { width: 35%; background-color: rgb(240,96,0); }
.p40 { width: 40%; background-color: rgb(240,96,0); }
.p45 { width: 45%; background-color: rgb(240,112,0); }
.p50 { width: 50%; background-color: rgb(240,112,0); }
.p55 { width: 55%; background-color: rgb(224,128,0); }
.p60 { width: 60%; background-color: rgb(208,144,0); }
.p65 { width: 65%; background-color: rgb(192,160,0); }
.p70 { width: 70%; background-color: rgb(176,176,0); }
.p75 { width: 75%; background-color: rgb(176,176,0); }
.p80 { width: 80%; background-color: rgb(160,192,0); }
.p85 { width: 85%; background-color: rgb(160,192,0); }
.p90 { width: 90%; background-color: rgb(144,208,0); }
.p95 { width: 95%; background-color: rgb(144,208,0); }
.p100 { width: 100%; background-color: green; }

/* Sidebar
/*******************************/
#sidebar 
{
	margin: 0;
	padding: 10px;
	width: 195px;
	font-family: verdana, sans-serif;
	float: right;	
}

#sidebar a
{
	border : none;
}

#sidebar a:link { text-decoration:none; }
#sidebar a:visited { text-decoration:none; }
#sidebar a:active { text-decoration:none; }
#sidebar a:focus { text-decoration:none; }
#sidebar a:hover { text-decoration:underline; }

#sidebar a img
{
	border : none;
}

#sidebar h1
{
	font-size: 10pt;
	font-weight: bold;
	margin-bottom: 0;
}

#sidebar ul
{
	vertical-align: middle;
}

#sidebar li
{
	list-style-image: url(images/icon_page.gif);
}


/* Footer
/*******************************/
#footer
{
	font-family: verdana, sans-serif;
	background: url(images/page_bottom.png);
	font-size: x-small;
	font-weight: bold;
	color: #CCCCCC;
	height: 44px;
	width: 800px;
	clear: both;
}

#footer p
{
	padding: 0px 0 0 20px; 
}

#footer a
{
	color: #CCE0F5;
}
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_bcpp.ini0000770000000000017510000001277511700107426021325 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories=Indentation|Comments|General
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
configFilename=bcpp.cfg
fileTypes=*.cpp|*.c|*.h|*.hpp
indenterFileName=bcpp
indenterName=BCPP (C, C++)
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter="-fi "
manual=http://universalindent.sf.net/indentermanuals/bcpp.txt
outputFileName=indentoutput
outputFileParameter="-fo "
parameterOrder=ipo
showHelpParameter=qxyz
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter="-fnc "
version=2009-06-30

[Ascii_Chars_Only]
Category=2
Description=Setting this parameter to yes will strip any non-printable non-ASCII characters from the input file. Any non-printable characters that lie within quotes will be transformed into octal/character notation if NonAscii_Quotes_To_Octal is set to True. Comment out this parameter if you are using Leave_Graphic_Chars parameter as this parameter will override it.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="ascii_chars_only=yes|ascii_chars_only=no"
ValueDefault=1

[Backup_File]
Category=2
Description=This option will backup the input file to a file with the extension .bac and overwrite the input file with the reformatted version.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="backup_file=yes|backup_file=no"
ValueDefault=0

[Comments_With_Code]
CallName="comments_with_code="
Category=1
Description=Defines the column in which comments that appear after code on a line will be placed.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=99
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=50

[Comments_With_Nocode]
CallName="comments_with_nocode="
Category=1
Description=Defines the column in which comments that appear in a line will be placed.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=99
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[Function_Spacing]
CallName="function_spacing="
Category=0
Description=This parameter specifies how many lines separate two functions.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=99
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=2

[Indent_Exec_Sql]
Category=0
Description=If true bcpp looks for embedded SQL statements (e.g. EXEC SQL) and formats them specially.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="indent_exec_sql=yes|indent_exec_sql=no"
ValueDefault=0

[Indent_Preprocessor]
Category=0
Description=If true bcpp will indent preprocessor lines to the indention of the C(++) code. If false preprocessor lines will be in the first column. Unrecognized (i.e. nonstandard) preprocessor lines are always put into the first column.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="indent_preprocessor=yes|indent_preprocessor=no"
ValueDefault=0

[Indent_Spacing]
CallName="indent_spacing="
Category=0
Description=Specifies how many spaces to indent. This parameter also sets the width of tabs. Bcpp considers the width of a tab to be the same as the width of an indent.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=99
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=4

[Keep_Comments_With_Code]
Category=1
Description=This option overrides the "Comments_With_Code" option. Setting this option On will make comments which do not fit as inline comments append to the code anyway. 
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="keep_comments_with_code=yes|keep_comments_with_code=no"
ValueDefault=0

[Leave_Comments_NoCode]
Category=1
Description=This options overrides the Comments_With_Nocodeoption. Setting this option On will indent comments that do not occur on the same line as code to the same indention as code. 
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="leave_comments_nocode=yes|leave_comments_nocode=no"
ValueDefault=0

[Leave_Graphic_Chars]
Category=2
Description=Setting this parameter to yes will strip non-printable characters from the source file but leave any characters that are IBM graphics alone. Any non-printable characters that lie within quotes will be transformed into octal/character notation if NonAscii_Quotes_To_Octal parameter is set to True.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="leave_graphic_chars=yes|leave_graphic_chars=no"
ValueDefault=1

[NonAscii_Quotes_To_Octal]
Category=2
Description=se this option to change non-ASCII (non-printable) chars to octal notation if they lie within quotes. This parameter doesn't take effect unless either the Ascii_Chars_Only or Leave_Graphic_Chars parameters have been set.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="nonascii_quotes_to_octal=yes|nonascii_quotes_to_octal=no"
ValueDefault=0

[Place_Brace_On_New_Line]
Category=0
Description=When set to 'on' bcpp will place opening braces on new lines (Pascalstyle C coding) when set to 'off' bcpp will use K&Rstyle C coding.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="place_brace_on_new_line=yes|place_brace_on_new_line=no"
ValueDefault=1

[Program_Output]
Category=2
Description=This parameter will stop output from the program corrupting output that may exit from the program via the standard output. If this parameter is set to off/no then no output is generated from the program unless an error is encountered. The standard error is used to display any errors encountered while processing.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="program_output=yes|program_output=no"
ValueDefault=0

[Queue_Buffer]
CallName="queue_buffer="
Category=2
Description=Specifies what the internal memory requires will be in size of the line processing buffer. This is used for open brace relocation in Kernighan/Ritchie style. Extending this buffer to large amounts of memory will slow processing on small machines.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=99
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=2

[Use_Tabs]
Category=0
Description=Specifies whether to use tabs in indenting code.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="use_tabs=yes|use_tabs=no"
ValueDefault=0
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_csstidy.ini0000770000000000017510000000654611700107426022062 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories=General
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
configFilename=
fileTypes=*.css
indenterFileName=csstidy
indenterName=CSSTidy (CSS)
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter=
manual=http://csstidy.sourceforge.net/usage.php
outputFileName=indentoutput
outputFileParameter=
parameterOrder=ipo
showHelpParameter=
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter=
version=1.3

[Add Timestamp]
Category=0
Description=Add Timestamp.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--timestamp=true|--timestamp=false"
ValueDefault=0

[Allow HTML in templates]
Category=0
Description=Allow HTML in templates.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--allow_html_in_templates=true|--allow_html_in_templates=false"
ValueDefault=1

[Case for properties]
Category=0
Choices="--case_properties=0|--case_properties=1|--case_properties=2"
Description=
  0 - None.
  1 - Lowercase.
  2 - Uppercase.

EditorType=multiple
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=1

[Compress colors]
Category=0
Description=Compress colors.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--compress_colors=true|--compress_colors=false"
ValueDefault=1

[Compress font-weight]
Category=0
Description=Compress font weight.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--compress_font=true|--compress_font=false"
ValueDefault=1

[Lowercase selectors]
Category=0
Description=Lowercase selectors names needed for XHTML.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--lowercase_s=true|--lowercase_s=false"
ValueDefault=0

[Optimise shorthands]
Category=0
Choices="--optimise_shorthands=0|--optimise_shorthands=1|--optimise_shorthands=2"
Description=
  0 - Do not optimise.
  1 - Safe optimisations.
  2 - All optimisations.

EditorType=multiple
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=1

[Preserve CSS]
Category=0
Description="Save comments, hacks, etc.
Most optimisations can NOT be applied if this is enabled."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--preserve_css=true|--preserve_css=false"
ValueDefault=0

[Regroup selectors]
Category=0
Choices="--merge_selectors=0|--merge_selectors=1|--merge_selectors=2"
Description="
  0 - Do not change anything
  1 - Only seperate selectors (split at , )
  2 - Merge selectors with the same properties (fast)
"
EditorType=multiple
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=2

[Remove last semikolon]
Category=0
Description="Remove last ;"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--remove_last_;=true|--remove_last_;=false"
ValueDefault=0

[Remove unnecessary backslashes]
Category=0
Description=Remove backslashes.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--remove_bslash=true|--remove_bslash=false"
ValueDefault=1

[Sort properties]
Category=0
Description=Sort properties.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--sort_properties=true|--sort_properties=false"
ValueDefault=0

[Sort selectors %28caution%29]
Category=0
Description=Attention: This may change the behavior of your CSS code!
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--sort_selectors=true|--sort_selectors=false"
ValueDefault=0

[Template]
Category=0
Choices="--template=highest|--template=high|--template=default|--template=low"
Description="
  Highest - No readability, smallest size.
  High - Moderate readability, smaller size.
  Default - balance between readability and size.
  Low - Higher readability.
"
EditorType=multiple
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=2
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/example.f900000770000000000017510000000144411700107426020440 0ustar  rootvboxsfmodule module1

!  Identity of a utility
! ____________________________________________________________________

      character (len=*), parameter :: xyz = &
"I am just a more or less long string."

      character (len=*), parameter :: zhlp  = '( &

&"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify"/&

&"____________________________________________________________________")'

integer:: n
contains

recursive subroutine sub1(x)
integer,intent(inout):: x
integer:: y
y=0
if (x

  
    
    HTML Tidy Configuration Options Quick Reference
    
  
  
    
Quick Reference

    
HTML Tidy Configuration Options

    

      Generated automatically with HTML Tidy released
    on 19 September 2007.
    

    

      HTML, XHTML, XML
      

      Diagnostics
      

      Pretty Print
      

      Character Encoding
      

      Miscellaneous
    

    

      
        
        
        
      
      

        HTML, XHTML, XML Options
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Option
        Type
        Default
      

      

        
          add-xml-decl
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          add-xml-space
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          alt-text
        
        String
        
          -
        
      

      

        
          assume-xml-procins
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          bare
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          clean
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          css-prefix
        
        String
        
          -
        
      

      

        
          decorate-inferred-ul
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          doctype
        
        DocType
        auto
      

      

        
          drop-empty-paras
        
        Boolean
        yes
      

      

        
          drop-font-tags
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          drop-proprietary-attributes
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          enclose-block-text
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          enclose-text
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          escape-cdata
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          fix-backslash
        
        Boolean
        yes
      

      

        
          fix-bad-comments
        
        Boolean
        yes
      

      

        
          fix-uri
        
        Boolean
        yes
      

      

        
          hide-comments
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          hide-endtags
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          indent-cdata
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          input-xml
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          join-classes
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          join-styles
        
        Boolean
        yes
      

      

        
          literal-attributes
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          logical-emphasis
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          lower-literals
        
        Boolean
        yes
      

      

        
          merge-divs
        
        AutoBool
        auto
      

      

        
          merge-spans
        
        AutoBool
        auto
      

      

        
          ncr
        
        Boolean
        yes
      

      

        
          new-blocklevel-tags
        
        Tag names
        
          -
        
      

      

        
          new-empty-tags
        
        Tag names
        
          -
        
      

      

        
          new-inline-tags
        
        Tag names
        
          -
        
      

      

        
          new-pre-tags
        
        Tag names
        
          -
        
      

      

        
          numeric-entities
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          output-html
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          output-xhtml
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          output-xml
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          preserve-entities
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          quote-ampersand
        
        Boolean
        yes
      

      

        
          quote-marks
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          quote-nbsp
        
        Boolean
        yes
      

      

        
          repeated-attributes
        
        enum
        keep-last
      

      

        
          replace-color
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          show-body-only
        
        AutoBool
        no
      

      

        
          uppercase-attributes
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          uppercase-tags
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          word-2000
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

         
      

      

        Diagnostics Options
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Option
        Type
        Default
      

      

        
          accessibility-check
        
        enum
        0 (Tidy Classic)
      

      

        
          show-errors
        
        Integer
        6
      

      

        
          show-warnings
        
        Boolean
        yes
      

      

         
      

      

        Pretty Print Options
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Option
        Type
        Default
      

      

        
          break-before-br
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          indent
        
        AutoBool
        no
      

      

        
          indent-attributes
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          indent-spaces
        
        Integer
        2
      

      

        
          markup
        
        Boolean
        yes
      

      

        
          punctuation-wrap
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          sort-attributes
        
        enum
        none
      

      

        
          split
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          tab-size
        
        Integer
        8
      

      

        
          vertical-space
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          wrap
        
        Integer
        68
      

      

        
          wrap-asp
        
        Boolean
        yes
      

      

        
          wrap-attributes
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          wrap-jste
        
        Boolean
        yes
      

      

        
          wrap-php
        
        Boolean
        yes
      

      

        
          wrap-script-literals
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          wrap-sections
        
        Boolean
        yes
      

      

         
      

      

        Character Encoding Options
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Option
        Type
        Default
      

      

        
          ascii-chars
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          char-encoding
        
        Encoding
        ascii
      

      

        
          input-encoding
        
        Encoding
        latin1
      

      

        
          language
        
        String
        
          -
        
      

      

        
          newline
        
        enum
        
          Platform dependent
        
      

      

        
          output-bom
        
        AutoBool
        auto
      

      

        
          output-encoding
        
        Encoding
        ascii
      

      

         
      

      

        Miscellaneous Options
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Option
        Type
        Default
      

      

        
          error-file
        
        String
        
          -
        
      

      

        
          force-output
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          gnu-emacs
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          gnu-emacs-file
        
        String
        
          -
        
      

      

        
          keep-time
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          output-file
        
        String
        
          -
        
      

      

        
          quiet
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

        
          slide-style
        
        String
        
          -
        
      

      

        
          tidy-mark
        
        Boolean
        yes
      

      

        
          write-back
        
        Boolean
        no
      

      

         
      

    

    

      

         
      

      

        HTML, XHTML, XML Options Reference
    
      

      

         
      

      

        add-xml-decl
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
          char-encoding
          

          output-encoding
        		
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should add the XML declaration when outputting XML or XHTML. Note that if the input already includes an <?xml ... ?> declaration then this option will be ignored. If the encoding for the output is different from "ascii", one of the utf encodings or "raw", the declaration is always added as required by the XML standard. 
      

      

         
      

      

        add-xml-space
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should add xml:space="preserve" to elements such as <PRE>, <STYLE> and <SCRIPT> when generating XML. This is needed if the whitespace in such elements is to be parsed appropriately without having access to the DTD. 
      

      

         
      

      

        alt-text
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: String

            Default: -
Example: -		
        
      

      

        This option specifies the default "alt=" text Tidy uses for <IMG> attributes. This feature is dangerous as it suppresses further accessibility warnings. You are responsible for making your documents accessible to people who can not see the images! 
      

      

         
      

      

        assume-xml-procins
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should change the parsing of processing instructions to require ?> as the terminator rather than >. This option is automatically set if the input is in XML. 
      

      

         
      

      

        bare
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should strip Microsoft specific HTML from Word 2000 documents, and output spaces rather than non-breaking spaces where they exist in the input. 
      

      

         
      

      

        clean
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
          drop-font-tags
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should strip out surplus presentational tags and attributes replacing them by style rules and structural markup as appropriate. It works well on the HTML saved by Microsoft Office products. 
      

      

         
      

      

        css-prefix
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: String

            Default: -
Example: -		
        
      

      

        This option specifies the prefix that Tidy uses for styles rules. By default, "c" will be used. 
      

      

         
      

      

        decorate-inferred-ul
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should decorate inferred UL elements with some CSS markup to avoid indentation to the right. 
      

      

         
      

      

        doctype
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: DocType

            Default: auto
Example: omit, auto, strict, transitional, user		
        
      

      

        This option specifies the DOCTYPE declaration generated by Tidy. If set to "omit" the output won't contain a DOCTYPE declaration. If set to "auto" (the default) Tidy will use an educated guess based upon the contents of the document. If set to "strict", Tidy will set the DOCTYPE to the strict DTD. If set to "loose", the DOCTYPE is set to the loose (transitional) DTD. Alternatively, you can supply a string for the formal public identifier (FPI).

For example: 
doctype: "-//ACME//DTD HTML 3.14159//EN"

If you specify the FPI for an XHTML document, Tidy will set the system identifier to an empty string. For an HTML document, Tidy adds a system identifier only if one was already present in order to preserve the processing mode of some browsers. Tidy leaves the DOCTYPE for generic XML documents unchanged. --doctype omit implies --numeric-entities yes. This option does not offer a validation of the document conformance. 		
      

      

         
      

      

        drop-empty-paras
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should discard empty paragraphs. 
      

      

         
      

      

        drop-font-tags
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
          clean
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should discard <FONT> and <CENTER> tags without creating the corresponding style rules. This option can be set independently of the clean option. 
      

      

         
      

      

        drop-proprietary-attributes
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should strip out proprietary attributes, such as MS data binding attributes. 
      

      

         
      

      

        enclose-block-text
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should insert a <P> element to enclose any text it finds in any element that allows mixed content for HTML transitional but not HTML strict. 
      

      

         
      

      

        enclose-text
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should enclose any text it finds in the body element within a <P> element. This is useful when you want to take existing HTML and use it with a style sheet. 
      

      

         
      

      

        escape-cdata
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should convert <![CDATA[]]> sections to normal text. 
      

      

         
      

      

        fix-backslash
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should replace backslash characters "\" in URLs by forward slashes "/". 
      

      

         
      

      

        fix-bad-comments
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should replace unexpected hyphens with "=" characters when it comes across adjacent hyphens. The default is yes. This option is provided for users of Cold Fusion which uses the comment syntax: <!--- ---> 
      

      

         
      

      

        fix-uri
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should check attribute values that carry URIs for illegal characters and if such are found, escape them as HTML 4 recommends. 
      

      

         
      

      

        hide-comments
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should print out comments. 
      

      

         
      

      

        hide-endtags
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should omit optional end-tags when generating the pretty printed markup. This option is ignored if you are outputting to XML. 
      

      

         
      

      

        indent-cdata
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should indent <![CDATA[]]> sections. 
      

      

         
      

      

        input-xml
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should use the XML parser rather than the error correcting HTML parser. 
      

      

         
      

      

        join-classes
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
          join-styles
          

          repeated-attributes
        		
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should combine class names to generate a single new class name, if multiple class assignments are detected on an element. 
      

      

         
      

      

        join-styles
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
          join-classes
          

          repeated-attributes
        		
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should combine styles to generate a single new style, if multiple style values are detected on an element. 
      

      

         
      

      

        literal-attributes
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should ensure that whitespace characters within attribute values are passed through unchanged. 
      

      

         
      

      

        logical-emphasis
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should replace any occurrence of <I> by <EM> and any occurrence of <B> by <STRONG>. In both cases, the attributes are preserved unchanged. This option can be set independently of the clean and drop-font-tags options. 
      

      

         
      

      

        lower-literals
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should convert the value of an attribute that takes a list of predefined values to lower case. This is required for XHTML documents. 
      

      

         
      

      

        merge-divs
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: AutoBool

            Default: auto
Example: auto, y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
          clean
          

          merge-spans
        		
      

      

        Can be used to modify behavior of -c (--clean yes) option. This option specifies if Tidy should merge nested <div> such as "<div><div>...</div></div>". If set to "auto", the attributes of the inner <div> are moved to the outer one. As well, nested <div> with ID attributes are not merged. If set to "yes", the attributes of the inner <div> are discarded with the exception of "class" and "style". 
      

      

         
      

      

        merge-spans
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: AutoBool

            Default: auto
Example: auto, y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
          clean
          

          merge-divs
        		
      

      

        Can be used to modify behavior of -c (--clean yes) option. This option specifies if Tidy should merge nested <span> such as "<span><span>...</span></span>". The algorithm is identical to the one used by --merge-divs. 
      

      

         
      

      

        ncr
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should allow numeric character references. 
      

      

         
      

      

        new-blocklevel-tags
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Tag names

            Default: -
Example: tagX, tagY, ...		
        
          new-empty-tags
          

          new-inline-tags
          

          new-pre-tags
        		
      

      

        This option specifies new block-level tags. This option takes a space or comma separated list of tag names. Unless you declare new tags, Tidy will refuse to generate a tidied file if the input includes previously unknown tags. Note you can't change the content model for elements such as <TABLE>, <UL>, <OL> and <DL>. This option is ignored in XML mode. 
      

      

         
      

      

        new-empty-tags
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Tag names

            Default: -
Example: tagX, tagY, ...		
        
          new-blocklevel-tags
          

          new-inline-tags
          

          new-pre-tags
        		
      

      

        This option specifies new empty inline tags. This option takes a space or comma separated list of tag names. Unless you declare new tags, Tidy will refuse to generate a tidied file if the input includes previously unknown tags. Remember to also declare empty tags as either inline or blocklevel. This option is ignored in XML mode. 
      

      

         
      

      

        new-inline-tags
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Tag names

            Default: -
Example: tagX, tagY, ...		
        
          new-blocklevel-tags
          

          new-empty-tags
          

          new-pre-tags
        		
      

      

        This option specifies new non-empty inline tags. This option takes a space or comma separated list of tag names. Unless you declare new tags, Tidy will refuse to generate a tidied file if the input includes previously unknown tags. This option is ignored in XML mode. 
      

      

         
      

      

        new-pre-tags
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Tag names

            Default: -
Example: tagX, tagY, ...		
        
          new-blocklevel-tags
          

          new-empty-tags
          

          new-inline-tags
        		
      

      

        This option specifies new tags that are to be processed in exactly the same way as HTML's <PRE> element. This option takes a space or comma separated list of tag names. Unless you declare new tags, Tidy will refuse to generate a tidied file if the input includes previously unknown tags. Note you can not as yet add new CDATA elements (similar to <SCRIPT>). This option is ignored in XML mode. 
      

      

         
      

      

        numeric-entities
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
          doctype
          

          preserve-entities
        		
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should output entities other than the built-in HTML entities (&amp;, &lt;, &gt; and &quot;) in the numeric rather than the named entity form. Only entities compatible with the DOCTYPE declaration generated are used. Entities that can be represented in the output encoding are translated correspondingly. 
      

      

         
      

      

        output-html
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should generate pretty printed output, writing it as HTML. 
      

      

         
      

      

        output-xhtml
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should generate pretty printed output, writing it as extensible HTML. This option causes Tidy to set the DOCTYPE and default namespace as appropriate to XHTML. If a DOCTYPE or namespace is given they will checked for consistency with the content of the document. In the case of an inconsistency, the corrected values will appear in the output. For XHTML, entities can be written as named or numeric entities according to the setting of the "numeric-entities" option. The original case of tags and attributes will be preserved, regardless of other options. 
      

      

         
      

      

        output-xml
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should pretty print output, writing it as well-formed XML. Any entities not defined in XML 1.0 will be written as numeric entities to allow them to be parsed by a XML parser. The original case of tags and attributes will be preserved, regardless of other options. 
      

      

         
      

      

        preserve-entities
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should preserve the well-formed entitites as found in the input. 
      

      

         
      

      

        quote-ampersand
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should output unadorned & characters as &amp;. 
      

      

         
      

      

        quote-marks
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should output " characters as &quot; as is preferred by some editing environments. The apostrophe character ' is written out as &#39; since many web browsers don't yet support &apos;. 
      

      

         
      

      

        quote-nbsp
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should output non-breaking space characters as entities, rather than as the Unicode character value 160 (decimal). 
      

      

         
      

      

        repeated-attributes
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: enum

            Default: keep-last
Example: keep-first, keep-last		
        
          join-classes
          

          join-styles
        		
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should keep the first or last attribute, if an attribute is repeated, e.g. has two align attributes. 
      

      

         
      

      

        replace-color
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should replace numeric values in color attributes by HTML/XHTML color names where defined, e.g. replace "#ffffff" with "white". 
      

      

         
      

      

        show-body-only
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: AutoBool

            Default: no
Example: auto, y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should print only the contents of the body tag as an HTML fragment. If set to "auto", this is performed only if the body tag has been inferred. Useful for incorporating existing whole pages as a portion of another page. This option has no effect if XML output is requested. 
      

      

         
      

      

        uppercase-attributes
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should output attribute names in upper case. The default is no, which results in lower case attribute names, except for XML input, where the original case is preserved. 
      

      

         
      

      

        uppercase-tags
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should output tag names in upper case. The default is no, which results in lower case tag names, except for XML input, where the original case is preserved. 
      

      

         
      

      

        word-2000
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should go to great pains to strip out all the surplus stuff Microsoft Word 2000 inserts when you save Word documents as "Web pages". Doesn't handle embedded images or VML. You should consider using Word's "Save As: Web Page, Filtered". 
      

      

         
      

      

         
      

      

        Diagnostics Options Reference
    
      

      

         
      

      

        accessibility-check
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: enum

            Default: 0 (Tidy Classic)
Example: 0 (Tidy Classic), 1 (Priority 1 Checks), 2 (Priority 2 Checks), 3 (Priority 3 Checks)		
        
      

      

        This option specifies what level of accessibility checking, if any, that Tidy should do. Level 0 is equivalent to Tidy Classic's accessibility checking. For more information on Tidy's accessibility checking, visit the Adaptive Technology Resource Centre at the University of Toronto. 
      

      

         
      

      

        show-errors
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Integer

            Default: 6
Example: 0, 1, 2, ...		
        
      

      

        This option specifies the number Tidy uses to determine if further errors should be shown. If set to 0, then no errors are shown. 
      

      

         
      

      

        show-warnings
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should suppress warnings. This can be useful when a few errors are hidden in a flurry of warnings. 
      

      

         
      

      

         
      

      

        Pretty Print Options Reference
    
      

      

         
      

      

        break-before-br
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should output a line break before each <BR> element. 
      

      

         
      

      

        indent
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: AutoBool

            Default: no
Example: auto, y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
          indent-spaces
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should indent block-level tags. If set to "auto", this option causes Tidy to decide whether or not to indent the content of tags such as TITLE, H1-H6, LI, TD, TD, or P depending on whether or not the content includes a block-level element. You are advised to avoid setting indent to yes as this can expose layout bugs in some browsers. 
      

      

         
      

      

        indent-attributes
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should begin each attribute on a new line. 
      

      

         
      

      

        indent-spaces
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Integer

            Default: 2
Example: 0, 1, 2, ...		
        
          indent
        
      

      

        This option specifies the number of spaces Tidy uses to indent content, when indentation is enabled. 
      

      

         
      

      

        markup
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should generate a pretty printed version of the markup. Note that Tidy won't generate a pretty printed version if it finds significant errors (see force-output). 
      

      

         
      

      

        punctuation-wrap
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap after some Unicode or Chinese punctuation characters. 
      

      

         
      

      

        sort-attributes
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: enum

            Default: none
Example: none, alpha		
        
      

      

        This option specifies that tidy should sort attributes within an element using the specified sort algorithm. If set to "alpha", the algorithm is an ascending alphabetic sort. 
      

      

         
      

      

        split
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        Currently not used. Tidy Classic only. 
      

      

         
      

      

        tab-size
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Integer

            Default: 8
Example: 0, 1, 2, ...		
        
      

      

        This option specifies the number of columns that Tidy uses between successive tab stops. It is used to map tabs to spaces when reading the input. Tidy never outputs tabs. 
      

      

         
      

      

        vertical-space
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should add some empty lines for readability. 
      

      

         
      

      

        wrap
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Integer

            Default: 68
Example: 0 (no wrapping), 1, 2, ...		
        
      

      

        This option specifies the right margin Tidy uses for line wrapping. Tidy tries to wrap lines so that they do not exceed this length. Set wrap to zero if you want to disable line wrapping. 
      

      

         
      

      

        wrap-asp
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap text contained within ASP pseudo elements, which look like: <% ... %>. 
      

      

         
      

      

        wrap-attributes
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
          wrap-script-literals
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap attribute values, for easier editing. This option can be set independently of wrap-script-literals. 
      

      

         
      

      

        wrap-jste
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap text contained within JSTE pseudo elements, which look like: <# ... #>. 
      

      

         
      

      

        wrap-php
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap text contained within PHP pseudo elements, which look like: <?php ... ?>. 
      

      

         
      

      

        wrap-script-literals
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
          wrap-attributes
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap string literals that appear in script attributes. Tidy wraps long script string literals by inserting a backslash character before the line break. 
      

      

         
      

      

        wrap-sections
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should line wrap text contained within <![ ... ]> section tags. 
      

      

         
      

      

         
      

      

        Character Encoding Options Reference
    
      

      

         
      

      

        ascii-chars
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
          clean
        
      

      

        Can be used to modify behavior of -c (--clean yes) option.  If set to "yes" when using -c, &emdash;, &rdquo;, and other named character entities are downgraded to their closest ascii equivalents. 
      

      

         
      

      

        char-encoding
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Encoding

            Default: ascii
Example: raw, ascii, latin0, latin1, utf8, iso2022, mac, win1252, ibm858, utf16le, utf16be, utf16, big5, shiftjis		
        
          input-encoding
          

          output-encoding
        		
      

      

        This option specifies the character encoding Tidy uses for both the input and output. For ascii, Tidy will accept Latin-1 (ISO-8859-1) character values, but will use entities for all characters whose value > 127. For raw, Tidy will output values above 127 without translating them into entities. For latin1, characters above 255 will be written as entities. For utf8, Tidy assumes that both input and output is encoded as UTF-8. You can use iso2022 for files encoded using the ISO-2022 family of encodings e.g. ISO-2022-JP. For mac and win1252, Tidy will accept vendor specific character values, but will use entities for all characters whose value > 127. 
      

      

         
      

      

        input-encoding
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Encoding

            Default: latin1
Example: raw, ascii, latin0, latin1, utf8, iso2022, mac, win1252, ibm858, utf16le, utf16be, utf16, big5, shiftjis		
        
          char-encoding
        
      

      

        This option specifies the character encoding Tidy uses for the input. See char-encoding for more info. 
      

      

         
      

      

        language
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: String

            Default: -
Example: -		
        
      

      

        Currently not used, but this option specifies the language Tidy uses (for instance "en"). 
      

      

         
      

      

        newline
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: enum

            Default: Platform dependent
Example: LF, CRLF, CR		
        
      

      

        The default is appropriate to the current platform: CRLF on PC-DOS, MS-Windows and OS/2, CR on Classic Mac OS, and LF everywhere else (Unix and Linux). 
      

      

         
      

      

        output-bom
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: AutoBool

            Default: auto
Example: auto, y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should write a Unicode Byte Order Mark character (BOM; also known as Zero Width No-Break Space; has value of U+FEFF) to the beginning of the output; only for UTF-8 and UTF-16 output encodings. If set to "auto", this option causes Tidy to write a BOM to the output only if a BOM was present at the beginning of the input. A BOM is always written for XML/XHTML output using UTF-16 output encodings. 
      

      

         
      

      

        output-encoding
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Encoding

            Default: ascii
Example: raw, ascii, latin0, latin1, utf8, iso2022, mac, win1252, ibm858, utf16le, utf16be, utf16, big5, shiftjis		
        
          char-encoding
        
      

      

        This option specifies the character encoding Tidy uses for the output. See char-encoding for more info. May only be different from input-encoding for Latin encodings (ascii, latin0, latin1, mac, win1252, ibm858). 
      

      

         
      

      

         
      

      

        Miscellaneous Options Reference
    
      

      

         
      

      

        error-file
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: String

            Default: -
Example: -		
        
          output-file
        
      

      

        This option specifies the error file Tidy uses for errors and warnings. Normally errors and warnings are output to "stderr". 
      

      

         
      

      

        force-output
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should produce output even if errors are encountered. Use this option with care - if Tidy reports an error, this means Tidy was not able to, or is not sure how to, fix the error, so the resulting output may not reflect your intention. 
      

      

         
      

      

        gnu-emacs
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should change the format for reporting errors and warnings to a format that is more easily parsed by GNU Emacs. 
      

      

         
      

      

        gnu-emacs-file
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: String

            Default: -
Example: -		
        
      

      

        Used internally. 
      

      

         
      

      

        keep-time
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should keep the original modification time of files that Tidy modifies in place. The default is no. Setting the option to yes allows you to tidy files without causing these files to be uploaded to a web server when using a tool such as SiteCopy. Note this feature is not supported on some platforms. 
      

      

         
      

      

        output-file
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: String

            Default: -
Example: -		
        
          error-file
        
      

      

        This option specifies the output file Tidy uses for markup. Normally markup is written to "stdout". 
      

      

         
      

      

        quiet
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should output the summary of the numbers of errors and warnings, or the welcome or informational messages. 
      

      

         
      

      

        slide-style
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: String

            Default: -
Example: -		
        
      

      

        Currently not used.  Tidy Classic only. 
      

      

         
      

      

        tidy-mark
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: yes
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should add a meta element to the document head to indicate that the document has been tidied. Tidy won't add a meta element if one is already present. 
      

      

         
      

      

        write-back
        
          Top
        
      

      

        Type: Boolean

            Default: no
Example: y/n, yes/no, t/f, true/false, 1/0		
        
      

      

        This option specifies if Tidy should write back the tidied markup to the same file it read from. You are advised to keep copies of important files before tidying them, as on rare occasions the result may not be what you expect. 
      

      

         
      

    

  

universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_gnuindent.ini0000770000000000017510000002631511700107426022367 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories=General|Blank lines|Comments|Statements|Declarations|Indentation|Breaking long lines
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
configFilename=.indent.pro
fileTypes=*.c|*.h
indenterFileName=indent
indenterName=GNU Indent (C)
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter=
manual=http://universalindent.sf.net/indentermanuals/indent.html
outputFileName=indentoutput
outputFileParameter="-o "
parameterOrder=ipo
showHelpParameter=-h
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter=none
version=2.2.9

[ANSI style formatting]
Category=0
Description=original  Berkeley  indent
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-orig|
ValueDefault=0

[GNU style formatting]
Category=0
Description=GNU style formatting/indenting.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-gnu|
ValueDefault=0

[KR style formatting]
Category=0
Description=Kernighan&Ritchie style formatting/indenting.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-kr|
ValueDefault=0

[blank-before-sizeof]
Category=3
Description=Put a space between sizeof and its argument.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-bs|
ValueDefault=0

[blank-lines-after-commas]
Category=4
Description=Force newline after comma in declaration.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-bc|
ValueDefault=0

[blank-lines-after-declarations]
Category=1
Description=The -bad option forces a blank line after every block of declarations.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-bad|
ValueDefault=0

[blank-lines-after-procedures]
Category=1
Description=The -bap option forces a blank line after every procedure body.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-bap|
ValueDefault=0

[blank-lines-before-block-comments]
Category=1
Description=Force blank lines before block comments.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-bbb|
ValueDefault=0

[brace-indentn]
CallName=-bli
Category=3
Description=Indent braces n spaces.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=120
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=3

[braces-after-if-line]
Category=3
Description="Put braces on line after if, etc."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-bl|
ValueDefault=0

[braces-after-struct-decl-line]
Category=4
Description=Put braces on the line after struct declaration lines.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-bls|
ValueDefault=0

[braces-on-if-line]
Category=3
Description="Put braces on line with if, etc."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-br|
ValueDefault=0

[braces-on-struct-decl-line]
Category=4
Description=Put braces on struct declaration line.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-brs|
ValueDefault=0

[break-after-boolean-operator]
Category=6
Description=Do not prefer to break long lines before boolean operators.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-nbbo|
ValueDefault=0

[break-before-boolean-operator]
Category=6
Description=Prefer to break long lines before boolean operators.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-bbo|
ValueDefault=0

[break-function-decl-args]
Category=4
Description=Break the line after the last argument in a declaration.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-bfde|
ValueDefault=0

[case-brace-indentationn]
CallName=-cbi
Category=3
Description=Indent braces after a case label N spaces.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=120
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=4

[case-indentationn]
CallName=-cli
Category=3
Description=Case label indent of n spaces.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=120
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=4

[comment-delimiters-on-blank-lines]
Category=2
Description=Put comment delimiters on blank lines.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cdb|
ValueDefault=0

[comment-indentationn]
CallName=-c
Category=2
Description=Put comments to the right of code in column n.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=120
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=33

[comment-line-lengthn]
CallName=-lc
Category=2
Description=Set maximum line length for comment formatting to n.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=120
MinVal=1
ValueDefault=78

[continuation-indentationn]
CallName=-ci
Category=3
Description=Continuation indent of n spaces.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=120
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=4

[continue-at-parentheses]
Category=5
Description=Line up continued lines at parentheses.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-lp|
ValueDefault=0

[cuddle-do-while]
Category=2
Description="Cuddle while of do {} while; and preceeding `}'."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cdw|
ValueDefault=0

[cuddle-else]
Category=2
Description=Cuddle else and preceeding `}'.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-ce|
ValueDefault=0

[declaration-comment-columnn]
CallName=-cd
Category=2
Description=Put comments to the right of the declarations in column n.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=120
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=33

[declaration-indentationn]
CallName=-di
Category=4
Description=Put variables in column n.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=120
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=4

[dont-break-function-decl-args]
Category=4
Description=Don't put each argument in a function declaration on a seperate line.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-nbfda|
ValueDefault=0

[dont-break-procedure-type]
Category=4
Description=Put the type of a procedure on the same line as its name.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-npsl|
ValueDefault=0

[dont-cuddle-do-while]
Category=3
Description="Do not cuddle } and the while of a do {} while;."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-ncdw|
ValueDefault=0

[dont-cuddle-else]
Category=3
Description=Do not cuddle } and else.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-nce|
ValueDefault=0

[dont-line-up-parentheses]
Category=3
Description=Do not line up parentheses.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-nlp|
ValueDefault=0

[dont-space-special-semicolon]
Category=3
Description=Do not force a space before the semicolon after certain statements. Disables `-ss'.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-nss|
ValueDefault=0

[else-endif-columnn]
CallName=-cp
Category=2
Description=Put comments to the right of #else and #endif statements in column n.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=120
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=33

[format-all-comments]
Category=2
Description=Do not disable all formatting of comments.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-fca|
ValueDefault=0

[format-first-column-comments]
Category=2
Description=Format comments in the first column.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-fc1|
ValueDefault=0

[honour-newlines]
Category=6
Description=Prefer to break long lines at the position of newlines in the input.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-hnl|
ValueDefault=0

[ignore-newlines]
Category=6
Description=Do not prefer to break long lines at the position of newlines in the input.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-nhnl|
ValueDefault=0

[indent-leveln]
CallName=-i
Category=5
Description=Set indentation level to n spaces.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=120
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=4

[leave-preprocessor-space]
Category=5
Description=Leave space between `#' and preprocessor directive.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-lps|
ValueDefault=0

[line-comments-indentationn]
CallName=-d
Category=2
Description=Set indentation of comments not to the right of code to n spaces.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=120
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=33

[line-lengthn]
CallName=-l
Category=6
Description=Set maximum line length for non-comment lines to n.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=220
MinVal=1
ValueDefault=120

[no-blank-lines-after-commas]
Category=4
Description=Do not force newlines after commas in declarations.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-nbc|
ValueDefault=0

[no-parameter-indentation]
Category=5
Description=Zero width indentation for parameters.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-nip|
ValueDefault=0

[no-space-after-casts]
Category=3
Description=Do not put a space after cast operators.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-ncs|
ValueDefault=0

[no-space-after-for]
Category=3
Description=Do not put a space after every for.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-nsaf|
ValueDefault=0

[no-space-after-function-call-names]
Category=3
Description=Do not put space after the function in function calls.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-npcs|
ValueDefault=0

[no-space-after-if]
Category=3
Description=Do not put a space after every if.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-nsai|
ValueDefault=0

[no-space-after-parentheses]
Category=3
Description=Do not put a space after every '(' and before every ')'.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-nprs|
ValueDefault=0

[no-space-after-while]
Category=3
Description=Do not put a space after every while.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-nsaw|
ValueDefault=0

[no-tabs]
Category=5
Description=Use spaces instead of tabs.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-nut|
ValueDefault=1

[parameter-indentationn]
CallName=-ip
Category=5
Description=Indent parameter types in old-style function definitions by n spaces.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=120
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=4

[paren-indentationn]
CallName=-pi
Category=3
Description=Specify the extra indentation per open parentheses '(' when a statement is broken.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=120
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=4

[procnames-start-lines]
Category=4
Description=Put the type of a procedure on the line before its name.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-psl|
ValueDefault=0

[space-after-cast]
Category=3
Description=Put a space after a cast operator.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cs|
ValueDefault=0

[space-after-for]
Category=3
Description=Put a space after each for.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-saf|
ValueDefault=0

[space-after-if]
Category=3
Description=Put a space after each if.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-sai|
ValueDefault=0

[space-after-parentheses]
Category=3
Description=Put a space after every '(' and before every ')'.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-prs|
ValueDefault=0

[space-after-procedure-calls]
Category=3
Description=Insert a space between the name of the procedure being called and the `('.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-pcs|
ValueDefault=0

[space-after-while]
Category=3
Description=Put a space after each while.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-saw|
ValueDefault=0

[space-special-semicolon]
Category=3
Description="On one-line for and while statements, force a blank before the semicolon."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-ss|
ValueDefault=0

[start-left-side-of-comments]
Category=2
Description=Put the `*' character at the left of comments.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-sc|
ValueDefault=0

[struct-brace-indentationn]
CallName=-sbi
Category=3
Description="Indent braces of a struct, union or enum N spaces."
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=120
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=4

[swallow-optional-blank-lines]
Category=1
Description=The -sob option causes indent to swallow optional blank lines.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-sob|
ValueDefault=0

[tab-sizen]
CallName=-ts
Category=5
Description=Set tab size to n spaces.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=120
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=4

[use-tabs]
Category=5
Description=Use tabs.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-ut|
ValueDefault=0
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/example.js0000770000000000017510000000073411700107426020457 0ustar  rootvboxsffunction decode() {
var jsdecoder = new JsDecoder();var jscolorizer = new JsColorizer();var code;
jsdecoder.s = document.getElementById("a1").value;
code = jsdecoder.decode();

if (document.all) { document.getElementById("a2").innerText = code; }
else {
    code = code.replace(/&/g, "&"); code = code.replace(//g, ">"); jscolorizer.s = code;
    code = jscolorizer.colorize(); document.getElementById("a2").innerHTML = code;
}
}universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_greatcode.ini0000770000000000017510000043315611700107426022336 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories=General|Space|Code|Statements|Pre-Processor|Comments|Miscellaneous
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
configFilename=gc.cfg
fileTypes=*.cpp|*.c|*.h|*.hpp
indenterFileName=greatcode
indenterName=GreatCode (C, C++)
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter=-file-
manual=http://universalindent.sf.net/indentermanuals/gc.txt
outputFileName=indentinput
outputFileParameter=none
parameterOrder=ipo
showHelpParameter=-h
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter=none
version=1.140

[overwrite_read_only]
Category=0
Description=Process read only files (change status)
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-overwrite_read_only-|-no-overwrite_read_only-
ValueDefault=0

[tab_size]
CallName=-tab_size-
Category=0
Description="Set the level (number of blanks) of an indentation level.
        Example :
        -tab_size-4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a)
        {
            a++
        }

        -tab_size-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a)
        {
          a++
        }
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=1
ValueDefault=4

[tab_out]
Category=0
Description=Output tab characters instead of spaces
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-tab_out-|-no-tab_out-
ValueDefault=1

[eol_unix]
Category=0
Description=Unix format for carriage returns
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-eol_unix-|-no-eol_unix-
ValueDefault=0

[space_if]
Category=1
Description="Output a blank character after if. while. for and switch keywords.
        Example :
        -space_if-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if (a)
        {
            while (a--)
            {
            }
        }

        -no-space_if-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a)
        {
            while(a--)
            {
            }
        }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-space_if-|-no-space_if-
ValueDefault=0

[space_return]
Category=1
Description="Output a blank character after return if return is followed by an open
        parenthesis.
        Example :
        -space_return-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        return (6)

        -no-space_return-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        return(6)
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-space_return-|-no-space_return-
ValueDefault=0

[space_fctcall]
Category=1
Description="Output a blank character before the open parenthese of a function call.
        Example :
        -space_fctcall-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call (out)
        loop (100)

        -no-space_fctcall-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(out)
        loop(100)
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-space_fctcall-|-no-space_fctcall-
ValueDefault=0

[space_fctcall_firstparam]
Category=1
Description="Output a blank character before the first/last/inside parameter of a function 
\t\tcall. definition or declaration.
        Example :
        -space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1. 2. 3. 4)

        -no-space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1.2.3.4)

        -space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call( out)
        loop( 100. 200)

        -no-space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(out)
        loop(100. 200)

        -space_fctdef_firstparam-
        -space_fctdef_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out )
        {
        }

        -space_fctdecl_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out. int in)

        -space_fctdecl_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call(int out. int in )
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-space_fctcall_firstparam-|-no-space_fctcall_firstparam-
ValueDefault=0

[space_fctcall_inparam]
Category=1
Description="Output a blank character before the first/last/inside parameter of a function 
\t\tcall. definition or declaration.
        Example :
        -space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1. 2. 3. 4)

        -no-space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1.2.3.4)

        -space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call( out)
        loop( 100. 200)

        -no-space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(out)
        loop(100. 200)

        -space_fctdef_firstparam-
        -space_fctdef_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out )
        {
        }

        -space_fctdecl_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out. int in)

        -space_fctdecl_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call(int out. int in )
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-space_fctcall_inparam-|-no-space_fctcall_inparam-
ValueDefault=1

[space_fctcall_lastparam]
Category=1
Description="Output a blank character before the first/last/inside parameter of a function 
\t\tcall. definition or declaration.
        Example :
        -space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1. 2. 3. 4)

        -no-space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1.2.3.4)

        -space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call( out)
        loop( 100. 200)

        -no-space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(out)
        loop(100. 200)

        -space_fctdef_firstparam-
        -space_fctdef_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out )
        {
        }

        -space_fctdecl_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out. int in)

        -space_fctdecl_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call(int out. int in )
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-space_fctcall_lastparam-|-no-space_fctcall_lastparam-
ValueDefault=0

[space_fctdef_firstparam]
Category=1
Description="Output a blank character before the first/last/inside parameter of a function 
\t\tcall. definition or declaration.
        Example :
        -space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1. 2. 3. 4)

        -no-space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1.2.3.4)

        -space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call( out)
        loop( 100. 200)

        -no-space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(out)
        loop(100. 200)

        -space_fctdef_firstparam-
        -space_fctdef_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out )
        {
        }

        -space_fctdecl_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out. int in)

        -space_fctdecl_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call(int out. int in )
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-space_fctdef_firstparam-|-no-space_fctdef_firstparam-
ValueDefault=0

[space_fctdef_lastparam]
Category=1
Description="Output a blank character before the first/last/inside parameter of a function 
\t\tcall. definition or declaration.
        Example :
        -space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1. 2. 3. 4)

        -no-space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1.2.3.4)

        -space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call( out)
        loop( 100. 200)

        -no-space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(out)
        loop(100. 200)

        -space_fctdef_firstparam-
        -space_fctdef_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out )
        {
        }

        -space_fctdecl_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out. int in)

        -space_fctdecl_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call(int out. int in )
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-space_fctdef_lastparam-|-no-space_fctdef_lastparam-
ValueDefault=0

[space_fctdecl_firstparam]
Category=1
Description="Output a blank character before the first/last/inside parameter of a function 
\t\tcall. definition or declaration.
        Example :
        -space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1. 2. 3. 4)

        -no-space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1.2.3.4)

        -space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call( out)
        loop( 100. 200)

        -no-space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(out)
        loop(100. 200)

        -space_fctdef_firstparam-
        -space_fctdef_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out )
        {
        }

        -space_fctdecl_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out. int in)

        -space_fctdecl_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call(int out. int in )
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-space_fctdecl_firstparam-|-no-space_fctdecl_firstparam-
ValueDefault=0

[space_fctdecl_lastparam]
Category=1
Description="Output a blank character before the first/last/inside parameter of a function 
\t\tcall. definition or declaration.
        Example :
        -space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1. 2. 3. 4)

        -no-space_fctcall_inparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(1.2.3.4)

        -space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call( out)
        loop( 100. 200)

        -no-space_fctcall_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        main_call(out)
        loop(100. 200)

        -space_fctdef_firstparam-
        -space_fctdef_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out )
        {
        }

        -space_fctdecl_firstparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call( int out. int in)

        -space_fctdecl_lastparam-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main_call(int out. int in )
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-space_fctdecl_lastparam-|-no-space_fctdecl_lastparam-
ValueDefault=0

[space_fctdecl]
Category=1
Description="Output a blank character before the open parenthese of a function 
        definition / declaration.
        Example :
        -space_fctdecl-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        extern func (a)

        -space_fctdef-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int func (a)
        {
        }

        -no-space_fctdef-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int func(a)
        {
        }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-space_fctdecl-|-no-space_fctdecl-
ValueDefault=0

[space_fctdef]
Category=1
Description="Output a blank character before the open parenthese of a function 
        definition / declaration.
        Example :
        -space_fctdecl-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        extern func (a)

        -space_fctdef-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int func (a)
        {
        }

        -no-space_fctdef-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int func(a)
        {
        }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-space_fctdef-|-no-space_fctdef-
ValueDefault=0

[space_paren]
CallName=-space_paren-
Category=1
Description="Add spaces after '(' and before ')' if the nested level of the
        parenthese is lower than the argument.
        Example :
        -space_paren-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if((a < 5) && (b > 2))
        {
        }

        -space_paren-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if( (a < 5) && (b > 2) )
        {
        }

        -space_paren-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if( ( a < 5 ) && ( b > 2 ) )
        {
        }

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-space_cast-

        Note(s) :
        - Empty expressions () are not modified.
        - Casts are not modified.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[space_cast]
Category=1
Description="Add spaces after '(' and before ')' for cast operators.
        Example :
        -space_cast-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(( int * ) b)
        {
        }

        return ( int * ) b

        -no-space_cast-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if((int *) b)
        {
        }

        return (int *) b

        See option(s) :
        -space_paren-
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-space_cast-|-no-space_cast-
ValueDefault=0

[space_cast_after]
Category=1
Description="Add a space after a cast expression.
        Example :
        -space_cast_after-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if((int *) b)
        {
        }

        return ( int * ) b

        -no-space_cast_after-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if((int *)b)
        {
        }

        return (int *)b

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-space_cast-
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-space_cast_after-|-no-space_cast_after-
ValueDefault=1

[space_scope_def]
Category=1
Description="Add a space before and after the scope resolution operator '::' in the
        function definition.
        Example :
        -space_scope_def-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void func :: Ping(void)
        {
        }

        -no-space_scope_def-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void func::Ping(void)
        {
        }

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-space_scope_access-
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-space_scope_def-|-no-space_scope_def-
ValueDefault=0

[space_scope_access]
Category=1
Description="Add a space before and after the scope resolution operator '::' when
        accessing a static method.
        Example :
        -space_scope_access-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void func::Ping(void)
        {
            Base :: Ping()
            Base :: Pong()
        }

        -no-space_scope_access-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void func::Ping(void)
        {
            Base::Ping()
            Base::Pong()
        }

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-space_scope_def-
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-space_scope_access-|-no-space_scope_access-
ValueDefault=0

[space_affect_style]
CallName=-space_affect_style-
Category=1
Description="Set the indent style for affect and auto-affectoperators.
        Example :
        -space_affect_style-0
        -space_autoaffect_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        a = b = c      <== Affect
        a *= 6         <== Auto-Affect

        -space_affect_style-1
        -space_autoaffect_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        a= b= c
        a*= 6

        -space_affect_style-2
        -space_autoaffect_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        a=b=c
        a*=6
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[space_autoaffect_style]
CallName=-space_autoaffect_style-
Category=1
Description="Set the indent style for affect and auto-affectoperators.
        Example :
        -space_affect_style-0
        -space_autoaffect_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        a = b = c      <== Affect
        a *= 6         <== Auto-Affect

        -space_affect_style-1
        -space_autoaffect_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        a= b= c
        a*= 6

        -space_affect_style-2
        -space_autoaffect_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        a=b=c
        a*=6
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[code_len]
CallName=-code_len-
Category=2
Description=Maximum length of a line of code
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=8
ValueDefault=120

[code_keep_empty_lines]
Category=2
Description=Keep empty lines in original file
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-code_keep_empty_lines-|-no-code_keep_empty_lines-
ValueDefault=1

[code_keep_more_empty_lines]
Category=2
Description=Make more effort to preserve empty lines in the original file - even in the face of other reformatting
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-code_keep_more_empty_lines-|-no-code_keep_more_empty_lines-
ValueDefault=0

[code_remove_empty_lines]
CallName=-code_remove_empty_lines-
Category=2
Description="Remove all excedent empty lines. If num is 1. then only one single
        blank line is authorized.
        Example :
        -code_remove_empty_lines-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a
        
        
        int a

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a
        
        int a
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=1
ValueDefault=2

[code_split_bool_before]
Category=2
Description="Determine the aspect of boolean expressions when they must be split
        because they are too long.
        Example :
        -code_split_bool_before-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if
        (
            (A + main(func) + 6 > 60)
        &&  (B - 50 > 10)
        ||  var
        )
        {
        }

        -no-code_split_bool_before-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if
        (
            (A + main(func) + 6 > 60) &&
            (B - 50 > 10) ||
            var
        )
        {
        }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-code_split_bool_before-|-no-code_split_bool_before-
ValueDefault=1

[code_split_fctcall_style]
CallName=-code_split_fctcall_style-
Category=2
Description="Set the style when GC must break a function call/def/decl. a for 
        statement or an if statement if the line is too long. 
        The resulting style is the same for all options. 
        Example :
        -code_split_fctcall_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function
        (
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
        )

        -code_split_fctcall_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctcall_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctdef_style-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-5
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter. parameter. parameter. parameter.
            parameter. parameter. parameter)
        {
        }
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=5
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[code_split_fctdef_style]
CallName=-code_split_fctdef_style-
Category=2
Description="Set the style when GC must break a function call/def/decl. a for 
        statement or an if statement if the line is too long. 
        The resulting style is the same for all options. 
        Example :
        -code_split_fctcall_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function
        (
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
        )

        -code_split_fctcall_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctcall_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctdef_style-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-5
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter. parameter. parameter. parameter.
            parameter. parameter. parameter)
        {
        }
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=5
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[code_split_fctdecl_style]
CallName=-code_split_fctdecl_style-
Category=2
Description="Set the style when GC must break a function call/def/decl. a for 
        statement or an if statement if the line is too long. 
        The resulting style is the same for all options. 
        Example :
        -code_split_fctcall_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function
        (
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
        )

        -code_split_fctcall_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctcall_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctdef_style-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-5
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter. parameter. parameter. parameter.
            parameter. parameter. parameter)
        {
        }
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=5
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[code_split_for_style]
CallName=-code_split_for_style-
Category=2
Description="Set the style when GC must break a function call/def/decl. a for 
        statement or an if statement if the line is too long. 
        The resulting style is the same for all options. 
        Example :
        -code_split_fctcall_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function
        (
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
        )

        -code_split_fctcall_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctcall_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctdef_style-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-5
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter. parameter. parameter. parameter.
            parameter. parameter. parameter)
        {
        }
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=5
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[code_split_if_style]
CallName=-code_split_if_style-
Category=2
Description="Set the style when GC must break a function call/def/decl. a for 
        statement or an if statement if the line is too long. 
        The resulting style is the same for all options. 
        Example :
        -code_split_fctcall_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function
        (
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
        )

        -code_split_fctcall_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter. parameter. parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctcall_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        function(parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter.
                 parameter)

        -code_split_fctdef_style-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter.
            parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter.
        parameter)
        {
        }

        -code_split_fctdef_style-5
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void function(
            parameter. parameter. parameter. parameter.
            parameter. parameter. parameter)
        {
        }
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=5
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[code_split_decl_style]
CallName=-code_split_decl_style-
Category=2
Description="Set style of indentation for declaration of variables.
        Example :
        before
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a. b. c = 10
\t\tint d

        -code_split_decl_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a.
            b.
            c = 10
\t\tint d

        -code_split_decl_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a
        int b
        int c = 10
\t\tint d
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[code_constructor_style]
CallName=-code_constructor_style-
Category=2
Description="Set style of indentation for constructors.
        Example :
        -code_constructor_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        cons::cons(void) :
            set(0).
            reset(0)
        {
        }

        -code_constructor_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        cons::cons(void) : set(0). reset(0)
        {
        }

        -code_constructor_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        cons::cons(void) :
        set(0).
        reset(0)
        {
        }
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[code_decl_move_affect]
Category=2
Description="Move initialization in local variables declaration just after the
        declaration.
        Example :
        -code_decl_move_affect-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            int a = 0
            int     c = a + 1
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            int a
            int     c

            a = 0      <= initializations has been moved
            c = a + 1
        }

        Note(s) :
        - Be careful because this option sometimes does not work well. That's
          why it's set to FALSE by default.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-code_decl_move_affect-|-no-code_decl_move_affect-
ValueDefault=0

[code_decl_move_top]
Category=2
Description="Move all local variables declaration to the top of the corresponding
        statement.
        Example :
        -code_decl_move_top-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            int a. b

            a = b = 0
            while(a)
            {
            }

            int c          <= declaration
            c = 10
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            int a. b
            int c          <= declaration has been moved

            a = b = 0
            while(a)
            {
            }

            c = 10
        }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-code_decl_move_top-|-no-code_decl_move_top-
ValueDefault=0

[code_decl_access_to_type]
Category=2
Description="Move * and & access specifier just after the type if TRUE. or
        just before the name if FALSE.
        Example :
        -code_decl_access_to_type-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int**   p
        int function(int* b. int& ref)
        {
        }

        -no-code_decl_access_to_type-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int     **p
        int function(int *b. int &ref)
        {
        }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-code_decl_access_to_type-|-no-code_decl_access_to_type-
ValueDefault=0

[code_decl_break_template]
Category=2
Description="Force an EOL after a template declaration.
        Example :
        -code_decl_break_template-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        template    <= EOL
        class TestClass
        {
        public:
            char    buffer[i]
            T\t\ttestFunc(T *p1)
        }

        -no-code_decl_break_template-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        template class TestClass
        {
        public:
            char    buffer[i]
            T\t\ttestFunc(T *p1)
        }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-code_decl_break_template-|-no-code_decl_break_template-
ValueDefault=1

[code_decl_add_void]
Category=2
Description="Force the voidkeyword in a function declaration if nothing is
        specified.
        Example :
        before
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int function()
        {
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int function(void)
        {
        }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-code_decl_add_void-|-no-code_decl_add_void-
ValueDefault=0

[code_wizard_indent]
Category=2
Description="Indent code between to devstudio appwizard special comments.
        Example :
        -code_wizard_indent-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class   a
        {
        protected:
        //{{AFX_MSG(CDocument)
        enum a              <= has been touched
        {
            id = 0
        }
        afx_msg void    OnFileClose(void)
        afx_msg void    OnFileSave(void)
        afx_msg void    OnFileSaveAs(void)
        //}}AFX_MSG
        DECLARE_MESSAGE_MAP()
        }

        -no-code_wizard_indent-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class   a
        {
        protected:
        //{{AFX_MSG(CDocument)
        enum a { id = 0 }          <= same as original file
        afx_msg void    OnFileClose(void)
        afx_msg void    OnFileSave(void)
        afx_msg void    OnFileSaveAs(void)
        //}}AFX_MSG
        DECLARE_MESSAGE_MAP()
        }

        Note(s) :
        - This option must be set to FALSE if you want to indent special
          appwizard headers with auto generated code. This is because touching
          that code can make appwizard fail to recognize its special marks.
        - This option can't be set in a source file with special comment
          /*$O */
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-code_wizard_indent-|-no-code_wizard_indent-
ValueDefault=1

[code_force_return_paren]
Category=2
Description="Force parentheses around a returnexpression.
        Example :
        -code_force_return_paren-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a()
        {
            return 0
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a()
        {
            return(0)
        }

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-code_remove_return_paren-

        Note(s) :
        - This option can't be set in a source file with special comment
          /*$O */
        - Can't be used with -code_remove_return_paren- option.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-code_force_return_paren-|-no-code_force_return_paren-
ValueDefault=0

[code_remove_return_paren]
Category=2
Description=Remove all parentheses around a return parameter
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-code_remove_return_paren-|-no-code_remove_return_paren-
ValueDefault=0

[code_align_max_blanks]
CallName=-code_align_max_blanks-
Category=2
Description="Set the maximum number of blank characters that can be added by GC to
        align declarations of variables or functions.
        Example :
        -code_align_max_blanks-10
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int     a
        un_int  b
        unsigned int    coucou
        unsigned int    bg

        -code_align_max_blanks-20
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int         a
        un_int      b
        unsigned int    coucou
        unsigned int    bg
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=1
ValueDefault=1000

[code_def_fct_break_return_type]
Category=2
Description="Force a line break after the return type in a function definition.
        Example :
        -code_def_fct_break_return_type-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int
        function(void)
        {
        }

        int 
        class::func(void)
        {
        }

        -no-code_def_fct_break_return_type-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int function(void)
        {
        }

        int class::func(void)
        {
        }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-code_def_fct_break_return_type-|-no-code_def_fct_break_return_type-
ValueDefault=0

[code_concat_strings]
Category=2
Description="Concat adjacent string constants.
        Example :
        -no-code_concat_strings-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        printf(coucoulafoule)

        -code_concat_strings-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        printf(coucoulafoule)
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-code_concat_strings-|-no-code_concat_strings-
ValueDefault=0

[code_empty_fct_blanks]
CallName=-code_empty_fct_blanks-
Category=2
Description="Add empty lines between { and } for empty functions. Empty function
        must have no code between { and }.
        Example :
        -code_empty_fct_blanks-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void empty(void)
        { }

        -code_empty_fct_blanks-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void empty(void)
        {
        }

        -code_empty_fct_blanks-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void empty(void)
        {

        }
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[catch_eol_before]
CallName=-catch_eol_before-
Category=2
Description=Number of EOL before catch
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[code_class_access_eol_before]
CallName=-code_class_access_eol_before-
Category=2
Description="Number of EOL before/after class access specifiers.
        Example :
        -code_class_access_eol_after-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class a
        {
        public:             
            void a(void)

        private:            
            void ab(void)
        }


        -code_class_access_eol_before-2
        -code_class_access_eol_after-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class a
        {
        
        public:             
                            
                            
            void a(void)
        
        
        private:            
                            
                            
            void ab(void)
        }

        See option(s) :
        -code_remove_empty_lines-
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[code_class_access_eol_after]
CallName=-code_class_access_eol_after-
Category=2
Description="Number of EOL before/after class access specifiers.
        Example :
        -code_class_access_eol_after-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class a
        {
        public:             
            void a(void)

        private:            
            void ab(void)
        }


        -code_class_access_eol_before-2
        -code_class_access_eol_after-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class a
        {
        
        public:             
                            
                            
            void a(void)
        
        
        private:            
                            
                            
            void ab(void)
        }

        See option(s) :
        -code_remove_empty_lines-
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[code_labels_eol_after]
CallName=-code_labels_eol_after-
Category=2
Description="Number of EOL after labels.
        Example :
        -code_labels_eol_after-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

            goto label
        label:              
            a++

        -code_labels_eol_after-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

            goto label
        label:              
                            
            a++

        See option(s) :
        -code_remove_empty_lines-
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[stmt_break_alone]
Category=3
Description="Force an empty statement to be alone on its line.
        Example :
        -stmt_break_alone-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        for(a = 0 a < 10 a++)
            

        -no-stmt_break_alone-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        for(a = 0 a < 10 a++)

        Note(s) :
        - Concerns if. while. for and switch statements.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-stmt_break_alone-|-no-stmt_break_alone-
ValueDefault=0

[stmt_break_dowhile]
Category=3
Description="Force a break line before the while of a do...while statement.
        Example :
\t\t-stmt_break_dowhile-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

\t\tdo
\t\t{
\t\t\t...
\t\t} 
\t\twhile(1)

\t\t-no-stmt_break_dowhile-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

\t\tdo
\t\t{
\t\t\t...
\t\t} while(1)
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-stmt_break_dowhile-|-no-stmt_break_dowhile-
ValueDefault=0

[stmt_force_brace]
CallName=-stmt_force_brace-
Category=3
Description="Force a statement to be enclosed with { } if its length exceeded the
        given parameter.
        Example :
        -stmt_force_brace-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a) a++

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a)
        {
            a++
        }
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=100

[code_eol_after_close_brace]
CallName=-code_eol_after_close_brace-
Category=3
Description="Nu
mber of blank lines after every close brace -
        except ones followed by else. while. and those around typedef
        statements...

        -stmt_force_brace-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if foo) {
          bar()
        }
        if foo) {
          bar()
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if foo) {
          bar()
        }

        if foo) {
          bar()
        }
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[stmt_concat_if]
Category=3
Description="Try to output if. while or for expression on a single line if the
        length of the statement is not too long.
        Example :
        -stmt_concat_if-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        while(a && b)
            a = b + 6
        if(a)
            a++
        if(b)
        {
            b++
        }


        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        while(a && b) a = b + 6
        if(a) a++
        if(b)
        {
            b++
        }

        See options(s) :
        -code_len-

        Note(s) :
        - This option does not modify statements with { }.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-stmt_concat_if-|-no-stmt_concat_if-
ValueDefault=1

[stmt_concat_if_and_else]
Category=3
Description="Try to output if ... else expression on two lines - if possible...
        Example :
        -stmt_concat_if_and_else-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a)
            a++
        else
            b++

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a) a++
        else b++

        See options(s) :
        -code_len-

        Note(s) :
        - This option does not modify statements with { }.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-stmt_concat_if_and_else-|-no-stmt_concat_if_and_else-
ValueDefault=0

[stmt_concat_else_2_stmt]
Category=3
Description="Put the else on the same line as the previous statement.
        Example :
        -stmt_concat_else_2_stmt-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a)
        {
        } else
        {
        }

        -no-stmt_concat_else_2_stmt-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a)
        {
        } 
        else
        {
        }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-stmt_concat_else_2_stmt-|-no-stmt_concat_else_2_stmt-
ValueDefault=0

[stmt_concat_else_if]
Category=3
Description="Close up any gap between else and if in else ... ifstructures.
        Example :
        -stmt_concat_else_if-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(foo) 
\t\t{
        } 
\t\telse if(bar) 
\t\t{
        }

        -no-stmt_concat_else_if-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(foo) 
\t\t{
        } else
        if(bar) 
\t\t{
        }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-stmt_concat_else_if-|-no-stmt_concat_else_if-
ValueDefault=1

[stmt_concat_inline_class]
Category=3
Description="Concat if possible inline function body inside a class.
        Example :
        -stmt_concat_inline_class-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class a
        {
            int previous(int a)
            {
                return a - 1
            }
            int next(int a)
            {
                return a + 1
            }
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class   a
        {
            int previous(int a) { return a - 1 }
            int next(int a)     { return a + 1 }
        }

        See options(s) :
        -code_len-
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-stmt_concat_inline_class-|-no-stmt_concat_inline_class-
ValueDefault=1

[stmt_concat_switch]
Category=3
Description="Concat all cases of a switch if possible. Empty lines are removed if
\t\tconcatenation is done.
        Example :
        -stmt_concat_switch-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a)
        {
        case 10:
            break

        case 11:
            a = a + 6 return a

        case 12:
            if(a) a++
            break
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a)
        {
        case 10:    break
        case 11:    a = a + 6 return a
        case 12:    if(a) a++ break
        }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-stmt_concat_switch-|-no-stmt_concat_switch-
ValueDefault=1

[stmt_concat_macros]
Category=3
Description="Concat a macro body if possible.
        Example :
        -stmt_concat_macros-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #define macro()
        {
            a = a + 18 - b
            if(!a) return 10
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #define macro() { a = a + 18 - b if(!a) return 10 }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-stmt_concat_macros-|-no-stmt_concat_macros-
ValueDefault=1

[stmt_concat_enum]
Category=3
Description="Concat content of enum if possible.
        Example :
        -stmt_concat_enum-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        enum a
        {
            id1.
            id2
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        enum a { id1. id2 }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-stmt_concat_enum-|-no-stmt_concat_enum-
ValueDefault=1

[stmt_decl_remove_empty]
Category=3
Description="Remove empty lines in declaration statements.
        Example :
        -stmt_decl_remove_empty-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            int a
                        <= Empty line
            int b
            int c

            a = b = c = 0
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            int a
            int b
            int c

            a = b = c = 0
        }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-stmt_decl_remove_empty-|-no-stmt_decl_remove_empty-
ValueDefault=1

[stmt_concat_if_remove_empty]
Category=3
Description="Remove empty lines between concat if/while/for.
        Example :
        -stmt_concat_if_remove_empty-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a) a++
                        <= Empty line
                        <= Empty line
        if(b) b = b + a

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        if(a) a++
        if(b) b = b + a

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-stmt_concat_if- to concat if/while/for expressions if possible.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-stmt_concat_if_remove_empty-|-no-stmt_concat_if_remove_empty-
ValueDefault=1

[stmt_brace_style_class]
CallName=-stmt_brace_style_class-
Category=3
Description="Change the indentation style of braces.
        -stmt_brace_style_class- for a class declaration.
        -stmt_brace_style_fct- for a function body.
        -stmt_brace_style_decl- for declarations (struct. enum).
        -stmt_brace_style- for all other statements (if. while...).
        Example :
        Style 0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            while(a)
            {
                a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
            {
            while(a)
                {
                a = a + func(a)
                }
            }

        Style 2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void) {
            while(a) {
                a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void) {
            while(a) {
                a = a + func(a)
                }
            }

        Style 4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {   while(a)
            {   a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 5 offset brace by 1/2 tab width
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            while(a)
              {
                a = a + func(a)
              }
        }

        Note(s) :
        - Valid values are only 0. 1. 2. 3. 4 or 5.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=5
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[stmt_brace_style_fct]
CallName=-stmt_brace_style_fct-
Category=3
Description="Change the indentation style of braces.
        -stmt_brace_style_class- for a class declaration.
        -stmt_brace_style_fct- for a function body.
        -stmt_brace_style_decl- for declarations (struct. enum).
        -stmt_brace_style- for all other statements (if. while...).
        Example :
        Style 0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            while(a)
            {
                a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
            {
            while(a)
                {
                a = a + func(a)
                }
            }

        Style 2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void) {
            while(a) {
                a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void) {
            while(a) {
                a = a + func(a)
                }
            }

        Style 4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {   while(a)
            {   a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 5 offset brace by 1/2 tab width
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            while(a)
              {
                a = a + func(a)
              }
        }

        Note(s) :
        - Valid values are only 0. 1. 2. 3. 4 or 5.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=5
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[stmt_brace_style_decl]
CallName=-stmt_brace_style_decl-
Category=3
Description="Change the indentation style of braces.
        -stmt_brace_style_class- for a class declaration.
        -stmt_brace_style_fct- for a function body.
        -stmt_brace_style_decl- for declarations (struct. enum).
        -stmt_brace_style- for all other statements (if. while...).
        Example :
        Style 0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            while(a)
            {
                a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
            {
            while(a)
                {
                a = a + func(a)
                }
            }

        Style 2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void) {
            while(a) {
                a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void) {
            while(a) {
                a = a + func(a)
                }
            }

        Style 4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {   while(a)
            {   a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 5 offset brace by 1/2 tab width
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            while(a)
              {
                a = a + func(a)
              }
        }

        Note(s) :
        - Valid values are only 0. 1. 2. 3. 4 or 5.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=5
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[stmt_brace_style]
CallName=-stmt_brace_style-
Category=3
Description="Change the indentation style of braces.
        -stmt_brace_style_class- for a class declaration.
        -stmt_brace_style_fct- for a function body.
        -stmt_brace_style_decl- for declarations (struct. enum).
        -stmt_brace_style- for all other statements (if. while...).
        Example :
        Style 0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            while(a)
            {
                a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
            {
            while(a)
                {
                a = a + func(a)
                }
            }

        Style 2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void) {
            while(a) {
                a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void) {
            while(a) {
                a = a + func(a)
                }
            }

        Style 4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {   while(a)
            {   a = a + func(a)
            }
        }

        Style 5 offset brace by 1/2 tab width
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void main(void)
        {
            while(a)
              {
                a = a + func(a)
              }
        }

        Note(s) :
        - Valid values are only 0. 1. 2. 3. 4 or 5.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=5
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[stmt_switch_style]
CallName=-stmt_switch_style-
Category=3
Description="Change the indentation style of switch.
        Example :
        Style 0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a)
        {
        case 0:
            a++
            break
        case 1:
            break
        }

        Style 1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a)
        {
            case 0:
                a++
                break
            case 1:
                break
        }

        Style 2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a)
            {
            case 0:
                a++
                break
            case 1:
                break
            }

        Style 3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a) {
        case 0:
            a++
            break
        case 1:
            break
        }

        Style 4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a) {
            case 0:
                a++
                break
            case 1:
                break
        }

        Style 5
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a)
          {
        case 0:
            a++
            break
        case 1:
            break
          }
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=5
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[stmt_switch_eol]
CallName=-stmt_switch_eol-
Category=3
Description="Is there an empty line before the casekeyword ?

        Example :
        Style 0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a)
        {
        case 0:
\t\tcase 3:
            a++
            break

        case 1:
            break

        case 4:
            break
        }

        Style 1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        switch(a)
        {
        case 0:
\t\tcase 3:
            a++
            break
        case 1:
            break
        case 4:
            break
        }
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=1
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[stmt_class_indent]
CallName=-stmt_class_indent-
Category=3
Description="Set the number of additional indentation levels in a class declaration.
        Example :
        -stmt_class_indent-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class a
        {
        public:
            void a(void)
        }

        -stmt_class_indent-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class a
        {
            public:
                void a(void)
        }
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[stmt_namespace_indent]
Category=3
Description="Indent one level a namespace statement.
        Example :
        -no-stmt_namespace_indent-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        namespace com
        {
        int a(void)
        {
        }
        }

        -stmt_namespace_indent-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        namespace com
        {
            int a(void)
            {
            }
        }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-stmt_namespace_indent-|-no-stmt_namespace_indent-
ValueDefault=0

[stmt_extern_c_indent]
Category=3
Description="Indent one level an extern Cstatement.
        Example :
        -no-stmt_extern_c_indent-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        extern C
        {
        int a(void)
        {
        }
        }

        -stmt_extern_c_indent-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        extern C
        {
            int a(void)
            {
            }
        }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-stmt_extern_c_indent-|-no-stmt_extern_c_indent-
ValueDefault=0

[stmt_static_init_style]
CallName=-stmt_static_init_style-
Category=3
Description="De
fines indent style for static initialisations.

\t\t-stmt_static_init_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

\t\tchar *d[] = 
\t\t{ 
\t\t\tNULL. 
\t\t\tROM. 
\t\t\tOTPROM. 
\t\t\tEPROM. 
\t\t\tEEPROM. 
\t\t\tFLASH
\t\t}

\t\t-stmt_static_init_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

\t\tchar *d[] = { NULL. ROM. OTPROM. EPROM. EEPROM. FLASH}

\t\t-stmt_static_init_style-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

\t\tchar *d[] = 
\t\t{ 
\t\t\tNULL. ROM. OTPROM. 
\t\t\tEPROM. EEPROM. FLASH
\t\t}

        Note(s) :
        - Option -stmt_static_init_style-1 let the original indentation 
\t\t  unchanged.
        - The max length of the line in the initialisation statement for option
\t\t  -stmt_static_init_style-3 is defined by the -stmt_static_init_len-
\t\t  option.

        See option(s) :
\t\t-stmt_static_init_len-
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=3
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[stmt_static_init_len]
CallName=-stmt_static_init_len-
Category=3
Description="To
 be used with -stmt_static_init_style-3. Defined the max length of
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=80

[pp_align_to_code]
Category=4
Description="Align or not PP directive to the code just below.
        Example :
        -pp_align_to_code-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #define a   0
        void main(void)
        {
            #define a       0
            #define coucou  0
            #define coucou() 
                while(a) 
                { 
                    a = a + func(a) 
                }

            #if 0
            if(a) a++
            #endif
        }

        -no-pp_align_to_code-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #define a   0
        void main(void)
        {
        #define a       0
        #define coucou  0
        #define coucou() 
            while(a) 
            { 
                a = a + func(a) 
            }

        #if 0
            if(a) a++
        #endif
        }

        Note(s) :
        - This option can't be used in source file file special comment /*$O*/.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-pp_align_to_code-|-no-pp_align_to_code-
ValueDefault=0

[pp_style]
CallName=-pp_style-
Category=4
Description="Set the indentation style of PP directives.
        Example :
        -pp_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #ifdef a
            a++
        #else
        #if 0
        #ifdef a
        #elif b
            a--
        #endif
        #endif
        #endif

        -pp_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #ifdef a
            a++
        #else
            #if 0
                #ifdef a
                #elif b
            a--
                #endif
            #endif
        #endif

        -pp_style-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #ifdef a
            a++
        #else
        #   if 0
        #      ifdef a
        #      elif b
            a--
        #      endif
        #   endif
        #endif
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[pp_include_unix]
Category=4
Description="Change '' to '/' in an include expression.
        Example :
        before
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #include gll.h
        #include 

        -pp_include_unix-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #include gl/gl.h
        #include 

        -no-pp_include_unix-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        #include gll.h
        #include 
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-pp_include_unix-|-no-pp_include_unix-
ValueDefault=1

[pp_align_breakline]
Category=4
Description="Al
ign (or not) breakline characters '' in macros.

        -pp_align_breakline-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

\t\t#define a(A)         
\t\t\tA += 2\t\t\t 
\t\t\tA = c(fonc) + 3 

        -no-pp_align_breakline-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

\t\t#define a(A) 
\t\t\tA += 2\t
\t\t\tA = c(fonc) + 3
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-pp_align_breakline-|-no-pp_align_breakline-
ValueDefault=0

[cmt_fixme]
CallName=-cmt_fixme-
Category=5
Description="Specify the string for FIXME comment the default is /* FIXME: Comment */
        Example :
        -cmt_fixme-/* TODO: add comment */
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=/* */

[cmt_align_max_blanks]
CallName=-cmt_align_max_blanks-
Category=5
Description="Set the max number of blank characters to add to align last line
        comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_align_max_blanks-20
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int         coucou     /* comment */
        unsigned int    b      /* comment */
        unsigned int    long_long_variable_variables   /* comment */

        -cmt_align_max_blanks-30
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int         coucou             /* comment */
        unsigned int    b                  /* comment */
        unsigned int    long_long_variable_variables   /* comment */
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=1
ValueDefault=10

[cmt_first_space_cpp]
Category=5
Description="Force a space after the opening comment delimiter.
        Example :
        -cmt_first_space_cpp-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        // coucou

        -no-cmt_first_space_cpp-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        //coucou
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_first_space_cpp-|-no-cmt_first_space_cpp-
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_dont_modify]
Category=5
Description="Pr
ocess or not all the comments of the file.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_dont_modify-|-no-cmt_dont_modify-
ValueDefault=0

[cmt_add_gc_tag]
Category=5
Description=Add the GC mark at the beginning of the file.

        /*$T test.c GC 1.102 01/06/01 16:47:25 */
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_add_gc_tag-|-no-cmt_add_gc_tag-
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_add_file]
Category=5
Description=Add a special comment at the beginning of file (if not already
        present). The type of the comment is set by -cmt_add_file_style-.

        -cmt_add_file-
        -cmt_add_file_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ** file.c **
        /*$6
         ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
         ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
         */
        ...
        ** EOF **

        -cmt_add_file-
        -cmt_add_file_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ** file.c **
        /*$I0
            ...
         */
        ...
        ** EOF **

        See option(s) :
        -cmt_sep_char_6-
        -cmt_sep_len-
        -cmt_add_file_style-
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_add_file-|-no-cmt_add_file-
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_add_file_style]
CallName=-cmt_add_file_style-
Category=5
Description="Special comment style for -cmt_add_file- option.
        0 = special comment level 6 /*$6
        1 = special comment external insertion file /*$I0

        -cmt_add_file_style-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ** file.c **
        /*$6
         ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
         ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
         */

        -cmt_add_file_style-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ** file.c **
        /*$I0
            ...
         */

        See option(s) :
        [no]-cmt_add_file-
        Special comment /*$I*/"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=1
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[cmt_add_fct_def]
Category=5
Description="Add an empty comment before function definition (if not already
        present).
        Comment is level is set by -cmt_sep_force_fct_def- option.

        ** file.c **

        /*
         ==========================================
         ==========================================
         */
        int a(void)
        {
        }

        ** EOF **

        See option(s) :
        -cmt_sep_char_3-
        -cmt_sep_len-
        -cmt_sep_force_fct_def-

        Note(s) :
        - Actual comments before function are included in the separator."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_add_fct_def-|-no-cmt_add_fct_def-
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_add_fct_def_class]
Category=5
Description=Same as -cmt_add_fct_def-. but for functions defined inside a class
\t\t(inline functions).

        See option(s) :
\t\t-cmt_add_fct_def-
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_add_fct_def_class-|-no-cmt_add_fct_def_class-
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_trailing_style]
CallName=-cmt_trailing_style-
Category=5
Description="Co
ntrol style of trailing comments and an empty comment is added to
        function parameters if not already present. 
        This also causes -cmt_force_fct_def_decl_split-
        and -code_split_fctdef_style-3. The content of
        empty comment is defined by -cmt_fixme-.

        -cmt_trailing_style-1
        -cmt_force_fct_def_decl_split-
        -code_split_fctdef_style-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        before:

        int a(int param1. int param2)                   ## No comments
        {
        }

        after:

        int a(
            int param1. /* FIXME: add a comment */      ## Added automatically
            int param2) /* FIXME: add a comment */      ## Added automatically
        {
        }


        -cmt_trailing_style-2
        -cmt_force_fct_def_decl_split-
        -code_split_fctdef_style-3
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        before:

        int a(
            int param1. /* IN: parameter 1 */
            int param2) /* IN: parameter 2 */
        {
        }

        after:

        int a(
            int param1. ///< IN: parameter 1            ## Changed to cpp
            int param2) ///< IN: parameter 2            ## Changed to cpp
        {
        }
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[cmt_split_before_@_in_fct_cmts]
Category=5
Description=Split lines in fucntion comments before @
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_split_before_@_in_fct_cmts-|-no-cmt_split_before_@_in_fct_cmts-
ValueDefault=0

[cmt_force_fct_def_decl_split]
Category=5
Description="Fo
rce function definitions to split at each paramenter according
        to the sytle defined by -code_split_fctdef_style-
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_force_fct_def_decl_split-|-no-cmt_force_fct_def_decl_split-
ValueDefault=0

[cmt_java_doc]
Category=5
Description=Enable the java doc type comments for all comments. Also enables -cmt_sep_fill_star- and -cmt_fct_java_doc-
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_java_doc-|-no-cmt_java_doc-
ValueDefault=0

[cmt_fct_java_doc]
Category=5
Description=Enable the java doc type comments for functions only. Also enables -cmt_sep_fill_star-.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_fct_java_doc-|-no-cmt_fct_java_doc-
ValueDefault=0

[cmt_add_class_access]
Category=5
Description="Add an empty comment before class access (if not already present).
        Comment level is set by -cmt_sep_force_class_access- option.
        Example :
        -cmt_add_class_access-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class a
        {
        public:
            void v(void)
        protected:
            int c
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        class a
        {
        /*      <= by default. cmt level is 2
         ==========================================
         ==========================================
         */
        public:
            void v(void)

        /*
         ==========================================
         ==========================================
         */
        protected:
            int c
        }

        See option(s) :
        -cmt_sep_char_2-
        -cmt_sep_len-
        -cmt_sep_force_class_access-
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_add_class_access-|-no-cmt_add_class_access-
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_keep_cpp]
Category=5
Description="Keep C++ comments. and do not change them to the C form.
        Example :
        -no-cmt_keep_cpp-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        // this is a comment
        // this is another comment

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         * this is a comment 
         * this is another comment
         */

        See option(s) :
        [no]-cmt_cpp2c_keep_eol-
        -cmt_sep_char_split-

        Note(s) :
        - This option can't be set in a source file with special comment
          /*$O */
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_keep_cpp-|-no-cmt_keep_cpp-
ValueDefault=0

[cmt_c2cpp]
Category=5
Description=Convert all C comments to the C++ form. Only end of lines comments are
        converted.
        See option(s) :
        -cmt_keep_cpp-

        Note(s) :
        - This option set the -cmt_keep_cpp- to true.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_c2cpp-|-no-cmt_c2cpp-
ValueDefault=0

[cmt_cpp2c_keep_eol]
Category=5
Description="Keep trace of EOL characters when converting C++ comments to C
        comment. -cmt_keep_cpp- must be enabled.
        Example :
        before
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        // this is a comment
        // this is another comment

        -cmt_cpp2c_keep_eol-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         * this is a comment           <=  is the default break character
         * this is another comment
         */

        -no-cmt_cpp2c_keep_eol-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* this is a comment this is another comment */

        See option(s) :
        [no]-cmt_keep_cpp-
        -cmt_sep_char_split-
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_cpp2c_keep_eol-|-no-cmt_cpp2c_keep_eol-
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_fct_categ]
CallName=-cmt_fct_categ-
Category=5
Description="-cmt_fct_categ-     Define a special word when indenting function
                            comments.
        -cmt_fct_categ_in-  This word is a special category to describe
                            function parameters.

        GC can indent function definition comments in a special form
        depending of special words defined with those options.
        Example :
        options
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        -cmt_fct_categ-main
        -cmt_fct_categ-output
        -cmt_fct_categ_in-parameters


        before
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* Description: Description of the function. Return: none
        Parameters: a - entering value b - increment value */
        int function(int a. int b)
        {
        }


        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ==========================================
         Description:\tDescription of the function.

         Return:\tnone

         Parameters:    a   - entering value
                        b   - increment value
         ==========================================
         */
        int function(int a. int b)
        {
        }

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_add_fct_def-
\t\t-cmt_fct_categ_style-

        Note(s) :
        - In comment. special words must be followed by ':'.
        - A parameter must be followed by '-'. and then by the comment.
        - This option can't be set in a source file with special comment
          /*$O */
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[cmt_fct_categ_in]
CallName=-cmt_fct_categ_in-
Category=5
Description="-cmt_fct_categ-     Define a special word when indenting function
                            comments.
-cmt_fct_categ_in-  This word is a special category to describe
                            function parameters.

        GC can indent function definition comments in a special form
        depending of special words defined with those options.
        Example :
        options
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        -cmt_fct_categ-main
        -cmt_fct_categ-output
        -cmt_fct_categ_in-parameters


        before
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* Description: Description of the function. Return: none
        Parameters: a - entering value b - increment value */
        int function(int a. int b)
        {
        }


        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ==========================================
         Description:\tDescription of the function.

         Return:\tnone

         Parameters:    a   - entering value
                        b   - increment value
         ==========================================
         */
        int function(int a. int b)
        {
        }

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_add_fct_def-
\t\t-cmt_fct_categ_style-

        Note(s) :
        - In comment. special words must be followed by ':'.
        - A parameter must be followed by '-'. and then by the comment.
        - This option can't be set in a source file with special comment
          /*$O */
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[cmt_fct_categ_style]
CallName=-cmt_fct_categ_style-
Category=5
Description=Set indentation style for special keywords in comments
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=1
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[cmt_decl]
Category=5
Description="Add separators in local variable declaration (before and/or after).
        Separators are by default level 1.
        Example :
        -cmt_decl-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            unsigned int    var
            long b
            var = 0
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/
            unsigned int    var
            long            b
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/

            var = 0
        }

        See options(s) :
        -cmt_decl_max_level-
        [-no]-cmt_decl_before-
        -cmt_decl_len-
        [-no]-cmt_decl_auto_len-
        -cmt_decl_auto_len_add-

        Note(s) :
        - Can't be used with -cmt_dont_modify- option.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_decl-|-no-cmt_decl-
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_decl_max_level]
CallName=-cmt_decl_max_level-
Category=5
Description="-cmt_decl- option is valid for declaration in a statement level lesser
        than that value.
        Example :
        -cmt_decl_max_level-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            /*~~*/
            int b
            /*~~*/

            b = 0
            if(b)
            {
                unsigned int    var    <= stmt level is 2. so is not touched
                long            c

                var = c = 0
            }
        }

        -cmt_decl_max_level-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            /*~~*/
            int b
            /*~~*/

            b = 0
            if(b)
            {
                /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/  <= stmt level 2 is now converned
                unsigned int    var
                long            c
                /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/

                var = c = 0
            }
        }
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=100

[cmt_decl_before]
Category=5
Description="Add a separator before local declarations.
        -cmt_decl- must be enabled.
        Example :
        -cmt_decl_before-

        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/
            unsigned int    var
            long            b
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/

            var = 0
        }

        -no-cmt_decl_before-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            unsigned int    var
            long            b
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/

            var = 0
        }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_decl_before-|-no-cmt_decl_before-
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_decl_len]
CallName=-cmt_decl_len-
Category=5
Description="Se
t the maximum column of the declaration separator.
        -cmt_decl- must be enabled.
        -cmt_decl_auto_len- must be disabled.

        -cmt_decl_len-20
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~*/        <= column 20
            int b
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~*/
            {
                /*~~~~~~*/
                unsigned int    var
                long            b
                /*~~~~~~*/
            }

            var = 0
        }

        -cmt_decl_len-50
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/      <= column 50
            int b
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/
            {
                /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/
                unsigned int    var
                long            b
                /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/
            }

            var = 0
        }
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=120

[cmt_decl_auto_len]
Category=5
Description="Co
mpute the length of the decl separator depending on code.
        Is disabled. the length is set by -cmt_decl_len- option.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_decl_auto_len-|-no-cmt_decl_auto_len-
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_decl_auto_len_add]
CallName=-cmt_decl_auto_len_add-
Category=5
Description="Wh
en -cmt_decl_auto_len- and -cmt_decl- are both enabled. add 
        characters to the length of the separator.

        -cmt_decl_auto_len_add-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/  <= exact size of the code below
            unsigned int    var
            long            b
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/

            {
                /*~~*/      <= idem
                int c
                /*~~*/
            }

            var = 0
        }

        -cmt_decl_auto_len_add-4
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a(void)
        {
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/  <= size + 4
            unsigned int    var
            long            b
            /*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*/

            {
            /*~~~~~~*/              <= size + 4
            int c
            /*~~~~~~*/
            }

            var = 0
        }
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[cmt_first_line_break_first]
Category=5
Description="Add an EOL after /* of first line comments.
        Add an EOL before */ of first line comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_first_line_break_first-
        -cmt_first_line_break_last-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         * Comment 
         * Comment
         */

        -no-cmt_first_line_break_first-
        -cmt_first_line_break_last-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* Comment 
         * Comment
         */

        -no-cmt_first_line_break_first-
        -no-cmt_first_line_break_last-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* Comment 
         * Comment */
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_first_line_break_first-|-no-cmt_first_line_break_first-
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_first_line_break_last]
Category=5
Description="Add an EOL after /* of first line comments.
        Add an EOL before */ of first line comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_first_line_break_first-
        -cmt_first_line_break_last-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         * Comment 
         * Comment
         */

        -no-cmt_first_line_break_first-
        -cmt_first_line_break_last-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* Comment 
         * Comment
         */

        -no-cmt_first_line_break_first-
        -no-cmt_first_line_break_last-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* Comment 
         * Comment */
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_first_line_break_last-|-no-cmt_first_line_break_last-
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_first_line_fill_star]
Category=5
Description="Add a '*' character at the beginning of lines of first line comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_first_line_fill_star-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         * Comment 
         * Comment
         */

        -no-cmt_first_line_fill_star-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
           Comment 
           Comment
         */

        See options(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_sep_fill_star-

        Note(s) :
        - Separators are not concerned.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_first_line_fill_star-|-no-cmt_first_line_fill_star-
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_first_line_len]
CallName=-cmt_first_line_len-
Category=5
Description="Set the maximum length of first line comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_first_line_len-100
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* this is a comment that should be split */

        -cmt_first_line_len-40
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         * this is a comment that should be
         * split
         */

        -cmt_first_line_len-10
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         * this is a
         * comment
         * that
         * should be
         * split
         */

        Note(s) :
        - Separators are not concerned.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=8
ValueDefault=80

[cmt_first_line_concat]
Category=5
Description="Concat adjacent first line comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_first_line_concat-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* first line comment */
        /* another first line comment */

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         * first line comment 
         * another first line comment
         */
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_first_line_concat-|-no-cmt_first_line_concat-
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_first_line_blank]
Category=5
Description="Add an empty line between two adjacent first line comments.
        -cmt_first_line_concat- must be disabled.
        Example :
        -cmt_first_line_blank-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* comment1 */
        /* comment2 */
        /* comment3 */
        if(a)
        {
        }

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* comment1 */
        
        /* comment2 */
        
        /* comment3 */
        if(a)
        {
        }

        See options(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_first_line_concat-
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_first_line_blank-|-no-cmt_first_line_blank-
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_sep_len]
CallName=-cmt_sep_len-
Category=5
Description="Set the maximum length for separators. First line comments are not
        concerned.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_len-10
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$2
         ---------
         ---------
         */

        -cmt_sep_len-20
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$4
         *******************
         *******************
         */
        /*$5-#############*/
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=8
ValueDefault=120

[cmt_sep_fill_star]
Category=5
Description="Add a star at the beginning of all lines of a separator.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_fill_star-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$4
         *******************
         *    comment 
         *    comment
         *******************
         */

        -no-cmt_sep_fill_star-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$4
         *******************
           comment 
           comment
         *******************
         */

        See option(s) :
        -cmt_sep_char_4-
        -cmt_sep_char_split-
        [-no]-cmt_first_line_fill_star-
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_sep_fill_star-|-no-cmt_sep_fill_star-
ValueDefault=0

[cmt_sep_break]
Category=5
Description="Force /* and */ to be alone on their lines for separators.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_break-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ===================
           comment 
           comment
         ===================
         */

        //
        // =================
        // comment
        // =================
        //

        -no-cmt_sep_break-
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* =================
           comment 
           comment
         =================== */

        // =================
        // comment
        // =================
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-cmt_sep_break-|-no-cmt_sep_break-
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_keep-char_1]
CallName=-cmt_keep-char_1-
Category=5
Description=(1) Keep the comment identical to /*$F but apply to the character next to the * in /*
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[cmt_keep-char_2]
CallName=-cmt_keep-char_2-
Category=5
Description=(2) Keep the comment identical to /*$F but apply to the character next to the * in /*
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[cmt_keep-char_3]
CallName=-cmt_keep-char_3-
Category=5
Description=(3) Keep the comment identical to /*$F but apply to the character next to the * in /*
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[cmt_keep-char_4]
CallName=-cmt_keep-char_4-
Category=5
Description=(4) Keep the comment identical to /*$F but apply to the character next to the * in /*
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[cmt_keep-char_cpp_1]
CallName=-cmt_keep-char_cpp_1-
Category=5
Description=(1) Keep the cpp comment as is character after the //.
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[cmt_keep-char_cpp_2]
CallName=-cmt_keep-char_cpp_2-
Category=5
Description=(2) Keep the cpp comment as is character after the //.
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[cmt_keep-char_cpp_3]
CallName=-cmt_keep-char_cpp_3-
Category=5
Description=(3) Keep the cpp comment as is character after the //.
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[cmt_keep-char_cpp_4]
CallName=-cmt_keep-char_cpp_4-
Category=5
Description=(4) Keep the cpp comment as is character after the //.
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[cmt_sep_char_1]
CallName=-cmt_sep_char_1-
Category=5
Description="Set the special character to fill automatic comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_char_1-O
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$1-OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO*/
        /*$1
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         */

        -cmt_sep_char_2-#
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$2-####################################*/
        /*$2
         ##########################################
         ##########################################
         */

        Note(s) :
        - /*$- */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a single line comment.
        - /*$ */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a multiline comment.
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=true
ValueDefault=~

[cmt_sep_char_2]
CallName=-cmt_sep_char_2-
Category=5
Description="Set the special character to fill automatic comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_char_1-O
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$1-OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO*/
        /*$1
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         */

        -cmt_sep_char_2-#
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$2-####################################*/
        /*$2
         ##########################################
         ##########################################
         */

        Note(s) :
        - /*$- */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a single line comment.
        - /*$ */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a multiline comment.
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=true
ValueDefault=-

[cmt_sep_char_3]
CallName=-cmt_sep_char_3-
Category=5
Description="Set the special character to fill automatic comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_char_1-O
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$1-OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO*/
        /*$1
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         */

        -cmt_sep_char_2-#
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$2-####################################*/
        /*$2
         ##########################################
         ##########################################
         */

        Note(s) :
        - /*$- */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a single line comment.
        - /*$ */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a multiline comment.
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=true
ValueDefault="="

[cmt_sep_char_4]
CallName=-cmt_sep_char_4-
Category=5
Description="Set the special character to fill automatic comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_char_1-O
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$1-OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO*/
        /*$1
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         */

        -cmt_sep_char_2-#
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$2-####################################*/
        /*$2
         ##########################################
         ##########################################
         */

        Note(s) :
        - /*$- */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a single line comment.
        - /*$ */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a multiline comment.
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=true
ValueDefault=*

[cmt_sep_char_5]
CallName=-cmt_sep_char_5-
Category=5
Description="Set the special character to fill automatic comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_char_1-O
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$1-OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO*/
        /*$1
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         */

        -cmt_sep_char_2-#
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$2-####################################*/
        /*$2
         ##########################################
         ##########################################
         */

        Note(s) :
        - /*$- */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a single line comment.
        - /*$ */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a multiline comment.
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=true
ValueDefault=#

[cmt_sep_char_6]
CallName=-cmt_sep_char_6-
Category=5
Description="Set the special character to fill automatic comments.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_char_1-O
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$1-OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO*/
        /*$1
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
         */

        -cmt_sep_char_2-#
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*$2-####################################*/
        /*$2
         ##########################################
         ##########################################
         */

        Note(s) :
        - /*$- */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a single line comment.
        - /*$ */ is a special form comment recognized by GC.
          This is a multiline comment.
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=true
ValueDefault=+

[cmt_sep_char_split]
CallName=-cmt_sep_char_split-
Category=5
Description="Define the special break line character in comments.
        before
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* coucou  salut */

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         * coucou 
         * salut
         */

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_first_line_concat-
        [-no]-cmt_cpp2c_keep_eol-

        Note(s) :
        - GC uses this special character to keep trace of EOL when converting
          C++ comments to C comments. or to concat first line comments.
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=true
ValueDefault=

[cmt_sep_eol_before]
CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_before-
Category=5
Description="Set the number of blank lines before and after single-line comments.

        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before-1
        -cmt_sep_eol_after-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

            foo()

            // Single line comment...

            bar()

        -cmt_sep_eol_before-0
        -cmt_sep_eol_after-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

            foo()
            // Single line comment...
            bar()
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_sep_eol_after]
CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_after-
Category=5
Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[cmt_sep_eol_before_1]
CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_before_1-
Category=5
Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_sep_eol_before_2]
CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_before_2-
Category=5
Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_sep_eol_before_3]
CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_before_3-
Category=5
Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_sep_eol_before_4]
CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_before_4-
Category=5
Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_sep_eol_before_5]
CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_before_5-
Category=5
Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_sep_eol_before_6]
CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_before_6-
Category=5
Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=2

[cmt_sep_eol_after_1]
CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_after_1-
Category=5
Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_sep_eol_after_2]
CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_after_2-
Category=5
Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_sep_eol_after_3]
CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_after_3-
Category=5
Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_sep_eol_after_4]
CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_after_4-
Category=5
Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_sep_eol_after_5]
CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_after_5-
Category=5
Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[cmt_sep_eol_after_6]
CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_after_6-
Category=5
Description="Set the number of EOL before and after special first line comments.
        depending on the level.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        
        ...

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_2-1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        ...
        
        /*$2
          ==========================================
          ==========================================
          */
        
        ...

        Note(s) :
        - Only automatic comments and /*$ */ comments are concerned.
          The /*$- */ comment is not concerned.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=2

[cmt_sep_eol_before_fct_def]
CallName=-cmt_sep_eol_before_fct_def-
Category=5
Description="Set the number of blank lines before a function defintion comment.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_eol_before_fct_def-0
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ==========================================
            proto
         ==========================================
         */
        void fct(void)
        {
        }
        /*
         ==========================================
            proto
         ==========================================
         */
        void fct1(void)
        {
        }

        -cmt_sep_eol_before_fct_def-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ==========================================
            proto
         ==========================================
         */
        void fct(void)
        {
        }
        
        
        /*
         ==========================================
            proto
         ==========================================
         */
        void fct1(void)
        {
        }

        See option(s) :
        -code_remove_empty_lines-

        Note(s) :
        -code_remove_empty_lines- has a highter priority.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[cmt_sep_force_fct_proto]
CallName=-cmt_sep_force_fct_proto-
Category=5
Description="Set the comment level for comments found in a given position :

        - Before a function prototype (except if protoype is inside a function
          body).
        - Before a macro.
        - Before a function definition.
        - Before a class access specifier (public. protected...).
        - Before a struct declaration.
        - Before a class declaration.

        A comment must already exist. If 0 is specified. the comment is not
        modified by GC.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_force_fct_proto-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* proto */
        extern int func(void)

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ------------------------------------------
            proto
         ------------------------------------------
         */
        extern int func(void)

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_add_fct_def-
        [-no]-cmt_add_class_access-
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[cmt_sep_force_fct_macro]
CallName=-cmt_sep_force_fct_macro-
Category=5
Description="Set the comment level for comments found in a given position :

        - Before a function prototype (except if protoype is inside a function
          body).
        - Before a macro.
        - Before a function definition.
        - Before a class access specifier (public. protected...).
        - Before a struct declaration.
        - Before a class declaration.

        A comment must already exist. If 0 is specified. the comment is not
        modified by GC.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_force_fct_proto-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* proto */
        extern int func(void)

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ------------------------------------------
            proto
         ------------------------------------------
         */
        extern int func(void)

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_add_fct_def-
        [-no]-cmt_add_class_access-
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=3

[cmt_sep_force_fct_def]
CallName=-cmt_sep_force_fct_def-
Category=5
Description="Set the comment level for comments found in a given position :

        - Before a function prototype (except if protoype is inside a function
          body).
        - Before a macro.
        - Before a function definition.
        - Before a class access specifier (public. protected...).
        - Before a struct declaration.
        - Before a class declaration.

        A comment must already exist. If 0 is specified. the comment is not
        modified by GC.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_force_fct_proto-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* proto */
        extern int func(void)

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ------------------------------------------
            proto
         ------------------------------------------
         */
        extern int func(void)

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_add_fct_def-
        [-no]-cmt_add_class_access-
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=3

[cmt_sep_force_class_access]
CallName=-cmt_sep_force_class_access-
Category=5
Description="Set the comment level for comments found in a given position :

        - Before a function prototype (except if protoype is inside a function
          body).
        - Before a macro.
        - Before a function definition.
        - Before a class access specifier (public. protected...).
        - Before a struct declaration.
        - Before a class declaration.

        A comment must already exist. If 0 is specified. the comment is not
        modified by GC.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_force_fct_proto-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* proto */
        extern int func(void)

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ------------------------------------------
            proto
         ------------------------------------------
         */
        extern int func(void)

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_add_fct_def-
        [-no]-cmt_add_class_access-
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=2

[cmt_sep_force_struct]
CallName=-cmt_sep_force_struct-
Category=5
Description="Set the comment level for comments found in a given position :

        - Before a function prototype (except if protoype is inside a function
          body).
        - Before a macro.
        - Before a function definition.
        - Before a class access specifier (public. protected...).
        - Before a struct declaration.
        - Before a class declaration.

        A comment must already exist. If 0 is specified. the comment is not
        modified by GC.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_force_fct_proto-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* proto */
        extern int func(void)

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ------------------------------------------
            proto
         ------------------------------------------
         */
        extern int func(void)

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_add_fct_def-
        [-no]-cmt_add_class_access-
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=2

[cmt_sep_force_class]
CallName=-cmt_sep_force_class-
Category=5
Description="Set the comment level for comments found in a given position :

        - Before a function prototype (except if protoype is inside a function
          body).
        - Before a macro.
        - Before a function definition.
        - Before a class access specifier (public. protected...).
        - Before a struct declaration.
        - Before a class declaration.

        A comment must already exist. If 0 is specified. the comment is not
        modified by GC.
        Example :
        -cmt_sep_force_fct_proto-2
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /* proto */
        extern int func(void)

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        /*
         ------------------------------------------
            proto
         ------------------------------------------
         */
        extern int func(void)

        See option(s) :
        [-no]-cmt_add_fct_def-
        [-no]-cmt_add_class_access-
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=3

[file_end_eol]
CallName=-file_end_eol-
Category=6
Description=Set the number of EOL after the last token of the file.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=2000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[token_ext]
CallName=-token_ext-
Category=6
Description="Tell GC to consider the user keyword as the given C/C++ keyword.
        Example :
        -token_ext-typedef$tt
        => tt has the same meaning as typedef

        -token_ext-extern$extern_all
        => extern_all has the same meaning as extern

        -token_ext-int$uint8
        -token_ext-int$uint16
        => uint8 and uint16 are some types (same as int).

        GC knows special keywordsyou can specify as a C/C++ keyword.
        GC will indent the corresponding source file word depending of the
        special word :

        -token_ext-single_word$tt
            tt will be alone on a line. Indent at the correct indentation
            level.

        -token_ext-single_word_0$tt
            tt will be alone on a line. and at column 0.

        Example :        -token_ext-single_word_0$WORD
        -token_ext-single_word_0$WORD1
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        void a(int b)
        {
            if(b)
            {
        WORD
                b++
        WORD1
            }
        }
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[replace_on]
Category=6
Description="Ac
tivate/disactivate the word replacement mode.

        See options(s) :
        -replace-$
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-replace_on-|-no-replace_on-
ValueDefault=1

[replace]
CallName=-replace-
Category=6
Description="GC will replace all occurrences of  by
        .
        -replace_on- option must be enabled.
        Example :
        -replace-int$uint
        -replace-a$variable

        before
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        int a
        int     b

        after
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

        uint    variable
        uint    b

        See options(s) :
        [-no]-replace_on-
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=$

[dependencies]
Category=6
Description="-d
ependencies- Activate/Deactivate the output of file dependencies.
        With -dependencies_all- Real dependencies will be computed (instead of
        just includes dependencies). This option takes much longer. but does a
        better job.

        -dependencies- is ignored if -dependencies_all- is set to TRUE.

        typical report
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Processing C:oulotCourcesndent.c   (136 lines. 3360 characters)
Processing ctype.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> ctype.h
Processing malloc.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> malloc.h
Processing stdlib.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> stdlib.h
Processing string.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> string.h
Processing config.h
Processing in.h
Processing grammar.h
Processing lexi.h
Processing error.h
Processing tools.h
Processing indent.h
Processing assert.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> assert.h
- Includes files --------------------------------------------------------
(     1) #include config.h
(     2) #include in.h
(     1) #include grammar.h
(     2) #include lexi.h
(     1) #include error.h
(     1) #include tools.h
(     1) #include indent.h
******** Unresolved 5 Total 12
- Scanning   1 ----------------------------------------------------------
.
- Direct dependencies ---------------------------------------------------
(     1) #include config.h
(     3) #include in.h
(     8) #include lexi.h
(     5) #include tools.h
(    21) #include indent.h
******** Total 5
- No dependencies -------------------------------------------------------
(     1) #include grammar.h
Included by C:oulotCourcesndent.c
(     1) #include error.h
Included by C:oulotCourcesndent.c
******** Total 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-dependencies-|-no-dependencies-
ValueDefault=0

[dependencies_all]
Category=6
Description="-d
ependencies- Activate/Deactivate the output of file dependencies.
        With -dependencies_all- Real dependencies will be computed (instead of
        just includes dependencies). This option takes much longer. but does a
        better job.

        -dependencies- is ignored if -dependencies_all- is set to TRUE.

        typical report
        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Processing C:oulotCourcesndent.c   (136 lines. 3360 characters)
Processing ctype.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> ctype.h
Processing malloc.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> malloc.h
Processing stdlib.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> stdlib.h
Processing string.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> string.h
Processing config.h
Processing in.h
Processing grammar.h
Processing lexi.h
Processing error.h
Processing tools.h
Processing indent.h
Processing assert.h
** Warning: Unable to open source file ==> assert.h
- Includes files --------------------------------------------------------
(     1) #include config.h
(     2) #include in.h
(     1) #include grammar.h
(     2) #include lexi.h
(     1) #include error.h
(     1) #include tools.h
(     1) #include indent.h
******** Unresolved 5 Total 12
- Scanning   1 ----------------------------------------------------------
.
- Direct dependencies ---------------------------------------------------
(     1) #include config.h
(     3) #include in.h
(     8) #include lexi.h
(     5) #include tools.h
(    21) #include indent.h
******** Total 5
- No dependencies -------------------------------------------------------
(     1) #include grammar.h
Included by C:oulotCourcesndent.c
(     1) #include error.h
Included by C:oulotCourcesndent.c
******** Total 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-dependencies_all-|-no-dependencies_all-
ValueDefault=0

[dependencies_dir]
CallName=-dependencies_dir-
Category=6
Description="When -dependencies- option is activated. defines a path where GC
        will find includes.
        Example :
        -dependencies_dir-c:/system/includes
        -dependencies_dir-c:/GC/sources
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=./

[dependencies_dir_rec]
Category=6
Description="Al
l directories set with -dependencies_dir- are recurs scan.

        See options(s) :
        [-no]-dependencies_dir-
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-dependencies_dir_rec-|-no-dependencies_dir_rec-
ValueDefault=0



















universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/example.php0000770000000000017510000000021411700107426020623 0ustar  rootvboxsf0){$j++;doCall($i+$j);if($k){$k/=10;}}}
?>universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/example.pl0000770000000000017510000000332211700107426020452 0ustar  rootvboxsfprint "Help Desk -- What Editor do you use?";

chomp($editor = );

if ($editor =~ /emacs/i) {

  print "Why aren't you using vi?\n";

} elsif ($editor =~ /vi/i) {

  print "Why aren't you using emacs?\n";

} else {

  print "I think that's the problem\n";

}



{
  L9140:
 if ($msccom::obj==$msccom::food) {
 goto L8142;
 }
 if ($msccom::obj==$msccom::bird||$msccom::obj==$msccom::snake||$msccom::obj==$msccom::clam||$msccom::obj==$msccom::oyster||$msccom::obj==$msccom::dwarf||$msccom::obj==$msccom::dragon||$msccom::obj==$msccom::troll||$msccom::obj==$msccom::bear) {
 $msccom::spk=71;
 }
 goto L2011;
 # 
  #  DRINK.  IF NO OBJECT, ASSUME WATER AND LOOK FOR IT HERE.  IF WATER IS 
  #  THE BOTTLE, DRINK THAT, ELSE MUST BE AT A WATER LOC, SO DRINK STREAM. 
  # 
  L9150:
 if ($msccom::obj==0&&$liqloc->($placom::loc)!=$msccom::water&&($liq->(0)!=$msccom::water||!$here->($msccom::bottle))) {
 goto L8000;
 }
 if ($msccom::obj!=0&&$msccom::obj!=$msccom::water) {
 $msccom::spk=110;
 }
 if ($msccom::spk==110||$liq->(0)!=$msccom::water||!$here->($msccom::bottle)) {
 goto L2011;
 }
 $placom::prop->($msccom::bottle)=1;
 $placom::place->($msccom::water)=0;
 $msccom::spk=74;
 goto L2011;
 # 
  #  RUB.  YIELDS VARIOUS SNIDE REMARKS. 
  # 
  L9160:
 if ($msccom::obj!=$placom::lamp) {
 $msccom::spk=76;
 }
 goto L2011;
 # 
  #  THROW.  SAME AS DISCARD UNLESS AXE.  THEN SAME AS ATTACK EXCEPT IGNOR 
  #  AND IF DWARF IS PRESENT THEN ONE MIGHT BE KILLED.  (ONLY WAY TO DO SO 
  #  AXE ALSO SPECIAL FOR DRAGON, BEAR, AND TROLL.  TREASURES SPECIAL FOR 
  # 
  L9170:
 if ($toting->($msccom::rod2)&&$msccom::obj==$msccom::rod&&!$toting->($msccom::rod)) {
 $msccom::obj=$msccom::rod2;
 }
 }universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_hindent.ini0000770000000000017510000000405011700107426022015 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories=Basic Options
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
configFilename=
fileTypes=*.htm|*.html|*.xhtml
indenterFileName=hindent
indenterName=hindent (HTML)
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter=
manual=http://www.linuxdriver.co.il/man/1/H/hindent
outputFileName=
outputFileParameter=stdout
parameterOrder=pio
showHelpParameter=-v
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter=
version=1.1.2-7

[Case]
Category=0
Description="Forces all tags to lowercase.  By default, hindent forces all tags to uppercase."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-c|
ValueDefault=0


[Flow]
Category=0
Description="Prints just tags without any data between the tags. Damages the HTML in a big way, so save a copy of your original HTML. This option helps you follow the HTML code flow visually."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-f|
ValueDefault=0

[Indent level]
CallName="-i "
Category=0
Description="Set indentation to this many character spaces per code nesting level. If set to 0, no indentation is done (all output is left-justified)."
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=9999
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=4

[List tags]
Category=0
Description="Causes hindent to print a complete list of tags that it recognizes to stdout, and exits."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-l|
ValueDefault=0

[Strict]
Category=0
Description="Multiple tags per line are broken out onto separate lines. Can damage the HTML in minor ways by drawing an extra space character in certain parts of the web page, so save a copy of your original HTML. This option helps you follow the HTML code flow visually, especially with computer-generated HTML that comes out all on one line."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-s|
ValueDefault=0

[Tab stop]
CallName="-t "
Category=0
Description="Set the number of spaces that a tab character occupies on your system.  Defaults to 8, but some people prefer expanding tabs to 4 spaces instead.  If set to 0, no tabs are output (spaces used to indent lines)."
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=9999
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=8
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/example.py0000770000000000017510000000117211700107426020470 0ustar  rootvboxsf#! /usr/bin/env python
"Replace CRLF with LF in argument files.  Print names of changed files."

import sys, os

def main():
    for filename in sys.argv[1:]:
        if os.path.isdir(filename):
            print filename, "Directory!"
            continue
        data = open(filename, "rb").read()
        if '\0' in data:
            print filename, "Binary!"
            continue
        newdata = data.replace("\r\n", "\n")
        if newdata != data:
            print filename
            f = open(filename, "wb")
            f.write(newdata)
            f.close()

if __name__ == '__main__':
    main()
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_htb.ini0000770000000000017510000006062711700107426021155 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories=Basic Options
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
configFilename=
fileTypes=*.htm|*.html|*.xhtml|*.xml|*.xlst
indenterFileName=htb
indenterName=HTB (HTML, XML, XSL)
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter=
manual=http://www.digital-mines.com/htb/htb_docs.html
outputFileName=indentoutput
outputFileParameter=
parameterOrder=pio
showHelpParameter=-h
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter=
version=2.0

[Multi-Attribute Tag Break]
Category=0
Description="
The -a command-line option causes all tags containing more that one attribute to be broken over multiple lines, each with a single attribute. The attributes are aligned vertically with the first attribute. A similar attribute break will occur by default, but only on tags exceeding the column 80 limit, and each line may contain more than one attribute.

 Before:
<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" MARGINWIDTH="0" MARGINHEIGHT="0" LINK="#666666" VLINK="#666666" ALINK="#000000">\n<TABLE WIDTH="800" BORDER="0" CELLPADDING="0" CELLSPACING="0">\n<TR>\n<TD COLSPAN="2" WIDTH="196" BGCOLOR="cccccc" VALIGN="top"><IMG SRC="/images/homepage/rev/logo_06.gif" WIDTH="196" HEIGHT="63"></TD>\n<TD BGCOLOR="cccccc" WIDTH="600" VALIGN="top">\n<TABLE WIDTH="600" BORDER="0" CELLPADDING="0" CELLSPACING="0" VALIGN="top">\n<TR>\n<TD VALIGN="top" HEIGHT="17" BGCOLOR="#CCCCCC"><IMG SRC="/images/homepage/rev/comp8_07.gif" WIDTH="600" HEIGHT="17"></TD>\n</TR>
After: 
<BODY ALINK="#000000"\n      BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"\n      LINK="#666666"\n      MARGINHEIGHT="0"\n      MARGINWIDTH="0"\n      VLINK="#666666">\n<TABLE BORDER="0"\n       CELLPADDING="0"\n       CELLSPACING="0"\n       WIDTH="800">\n   <TR>\n      <TD BGCOLOR="cccccc"\n          COLSPAN="2"\n          VALIGN="top"\n          WIDTH="196"><IMG HEIGHT="63"\n                           SRC="/images/homepage/rev/logo_06.gif"\n                           WIDTH="196"></TD>\n      <TD BGCOLOR="cccccc"\n          VALIGN="top"\n          WIDTH="600"> \n         <TABLE BORDER="0"\n                CELLPADDING="0"\n                CELLSPACING="0"\n                VALIGN="top"\n                WIDTH="600">\n            <TR>\n               <TD BGCOLOR="#CCCCCC"\n                   HEIGHT="17"\n                   VALIGN="top"><IMG HEIGHT="17"\n                                    SRC="/images/homepage/rev/comp8_07.gif"\n                                    WIDTH="600"></TD>\n            </TR>
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-a|
ValueDefault=0


[All Attribute Tag Break]
Category=0
Description="
The -b command-line option causes all tag attributes to be broken on succeeding lines. The attributes are aligned vertically with the last character in the tag name.

 Before:
<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" MARGINWIDTH="0" MARGINHEIGHT="0" LINK="#666666" VLINK="#666666" ALINK="#000000">\n<TABLE WIDTH="800" BORDER="0" CELLPADDING="0" CELLSPACING="0">\n<TR>\n<TD COLSPAN="2" WIDTH="196" BGCOLOR="cccccc" VALIGN="top"><IMG SRC="/images/homepage/rev/logo_06.gif" WIDTH="196" HEIGHT="63"></TD>\n<TD BGCOLOR="cccccc" WIDTH="600" VALIGN="top">\n<TABLE WIDTH="600" BORDER="0" CELLPADDING="0" CELLSPACING="0" VALIGN="top">\n<TR>\n<TD VALIGN="top" HEIGHT="17" BGCOLOR="#CCCCCC"><IMG SRC="/images/homepage/rev/comp8_07.gif" WIDTH="600" HEIGHT="17"></TD>\n</TR>
After:
<BODY\n    ALINK="#000000"\n    BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"\n    BOTMARGIN="0"\n    MARGINHEIGHT="0"\n    MARGINWIDTH="0"\n    LEFTMARGIN="0"\n    LINK="#666666"\n    TOPMARGIN="0"\n    VLINK="#666666">\n<TABLE\n     BORDER="0"\n     CELLPADDING="0"\n     CELLSPACING="0"\n     WIDTH="800">\n   <TR>\n      <TD\n        BGCOLOR="cccccc"\n        COLSPAN="2"\n        VALIGN="top"\n        WIDTH="196"><IMG\n                       HEIGHT="63"\n                       SRC="/images/homepage/rev/logo_06.gif"\n                       WIDTH="196"></TD>\n      <TD\n        BGCOLOR="cccccc"\n        VALIGN="top"\n        WIDTH="600"> \n         <TABLE\n              BORDER="0"\n              VALIGN="top"\n              CELLPADDING="0"\n              CELLSPACING="0"\n              WIDTH="600">\n            <TR>\n               <TD\n                 BGCOLOR="#CCCCCC"\n                 HEIGHT="17"\n                 VALIGN="top"><IMG\n                                HEIGHT="17"\n                                SRC="/images/homepage/rev/comp8_07.gif"\n                                WIDTH="600"></TD>\n            </TR>\n
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-b|
ValueDefault=0

[Add Carriage Returns]
Category=0
Description="The -c command-line option adds an extra carriage return character to each output line of reformatted data. This allows Unix versions of HTB to create a DOS/Windows compatible text files directly."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-c|
ValueDefault=0

[Omit Carriage Returns]
Category=0
Description="The -d command-line option inhibits extra carriage return character output even if present in the source data. This allows the Windows version of HTB to create a Unix compatible text file directly. This is the default behavior and correctly creates a natively compatible format whether Unix or Windows."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-d|
ValueDefault=0

[Escaped Tag Conversion]
Category=0
Description="The -e command-line option replaces the special markup characters '<', '>', and '&' with escape strings '<', '>', and '&' respectively. Also, the tag sequence '
' is added to the beginning of the output data and the sequence '
' is appended to the end of the data. This creates an entirely new HTML document, which when viewed with a Web Browser, will appear as source instead of normal rendering. This is useful in creating markup tag documentation and is the mechanism used to create the examples in this document. Use in combination with the -k option to do the conversion without applying other reformatting options."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-e|
ValueDefault=0

[Join Lines - Compress Output]
Category=0
Description="The -j command-line option removes all unnecessary whitespace & comments and joins the output lines together whenever possible. The result is totally 'unbeautified' output, but the size will be reduced from 10-40% for quicker transfer over the network. Use this option whenever performance is more important than readability."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-j|
ValueDefault=0

[Keep Layout - Case Changes Only]
Category=0
Description="
When the current indenting and appearance of your tagged document is acceptable, the -k command-line option may be used to change only the case of the tag names and attributes with no other changes applied.

 Example:

- Keep the current layout of an HTML document, but change the tag attribute names to lower case (-m option, opposite of tag name case which by default is upper)...

htb -km myfile.html

 Before:
<FORM ENCTYPE="multipart/form-data" NAME="coreform" METHOD="POST">\n<INPUT TYPE="submit" VALUE="Submit Request"> \n<INPUT NAME="cgi" TYPE="button" VALUE="cgi2xml">cgi2xml \n<TABLE BORDER="5" CELLPADDING="5">\n   <TR>\n      <TD> <FONT COLOR="purple"> \n         <H4>Output formatting:</H4> </FONT>Debug: \n         <INPUT NAME="debug"><BR> \n         <BR> Filter: \n         <INPUT NAME="filter"><BR> Output: \n         <INPUT NAME="output"><BR> \n         <BR> Pagestart: \n         <INPUT SIZE="4" NAME="pagestart"><BR> Pagesize: \n         <INPUT SIZE="4" NAME="pagesize"><BR> \n      </TD>\n   </TR>\n</TABLE>\n</FORM>
After:
<FORM enctype="multipart/form-data" name="coreform" method="POST">\n<INPUT type="submit" value="Submit Request"> \n<INPUT name="cgi" type="button" value="cgi2xml">cgi2xml \n<TABLE border="5" cellpadding="5">\n   <TR>\n      <TD> <FONT color="purple"> \n         <H4>Output formatting:</H4> </FONT>Debug: \n         <INPUT name="debug"><BR> \n         <BR> Filter: \n         <INPUT name="filter"><BR> Output: \n         <INPUT name="output"><BR> \n         <BR> Pagestart: \n         <INPUT size="4" name="pagestart"><BR> Pagesize: \n         <INPUT size="4" name="pagesize"><BR> \n      </TD>\n   </TR>\n</TABLE>\n</FORM>
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-k|
ValueDefault=0

[Tag Names Lower Case]
Category=0
Description="
The -l command-line option changes all HTML tag names and their attributes to lower case. Combine with the -m (mixed case) option to keep the tag names lower case, but make the attribute names upper case.

 Before:
<FORM ENCTYPE="multipart/form-data" NAME="coreform" METHOD="POST">\n<INPUT TYPE="submit" VALUE="Submit Request"> \n<INPUT NAME="cgi" TYPE="button" VALUE="cgi2xml">cgi2xml \n<TABLE BORDER="5" CELLPADDING="5">\n   <TR>\n      <TD> <FONT COLOR="purple"> \n         <H4>Output formatting:</H4> </FONT>Debug: \n         <INPUT NAME="debug"><BR> \n         <BR> Filter: \n         <INPUT NAME="filter"><BR> Output: \n         <INPUT NAME="output"><BR> \n         <BR> Pagestart: \n         <INPUT SIZE="4" NAME="pagestart"><BR> Pagesize: \n         <INPUT SIZE="4" NAME="pagesize"><BR> \n      </TD>\n   </TR>\n</TABLE>\n</FORM>
After:
<form enctype="multipart/form-data" method="post" name="coreform">\n<input type="submit" value="Submit Request"> \n<input name="cgi" type="button" value="cgi2xml">cgi2xml \n<table border="5" cellpadding="5">\n   <tr>\n      <td> <font color="purple"> \n         <h4>Output formatting:</h4> </font>Debug: \n         <input name="debug"><br> \n         <br> Filter: \n         <input name="filter"><br> Output: \n         <input name="output"><br> \n         <br> Pagestart: \n         <input name="pagestart" size="4"><br> Pagesize: \n         <input name="pagesize size="4"><br> \n      </td>\n   </tr>\n</table>\n</form>\n
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-l|
ValueDefault=0

[Tag Attributes Opposite Case]
Category=0
Description="The -m command-line option makes the tag attribute case the opposite of the tag name. Since the HTB default is to make tag names upper case, the addition of this option will make the tag attributes lower case. If combined with the -l option (lower case) the tag names will be lower case, and the tag attributes will be upper case. See the -k option for an example."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-m|
ValueDefault=0

[Never Break Tags Between Lines]
Category=0
Description="The -n command-line option cancels the default behavior of breaking tags which exceed the 80 column limit and keeps tags intact within a single line of output regardless of their length. This is often desirable, especially on XSL files."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-n|
ValueDefault=0

[Remove Non-HTML Tags]
Category=0
Description="
The -r command-line option strips any tag which is not part of the HTML 4.01 specification (and a group of widely recognized, commonly used legacy tags) from the output. Its a convenient way to separate HTML from hybrid files like ASP, JSP, XSL or files containing custom tags. The stripped tags are reported along with any errors to "standard error".

 Example:

- Remove all non-HTML tags from an XSL/XHTML file... 
 
htb -r myfile.xsl

 Before:
\n   <xsl:for-each select="ELEMENT/NODE1"> \n      <xsl:variable select="position()-1" name="vpos" /> \n      <TR VALIGN="top">\n         <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT SIZE="1" FACE="Helvetica"><xsl:value-of select="$vpos" /></FONT> \n         </TD>\n         <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica"> \n            <INPUT NAME="ELEM{$vpos}" TYPE="text" VALUE="Element {$vpos}" /></FONT> \n         </TD>\n         <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica"> \n            <INPUT NAME="NUMB{$vpos}" TYPE="text" VALUE="2" /></FONT> \n         </TD>\n         <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica"> \n            <xsl:variable select="count(//NODE1[@id &gt; -1)" name="pcnt" /> \n            <xsl:variable name="selsize"> \n               <xsl:choose><xsl:when test="$pcnt &lt; 5"> \n                  <xsl:value-of select="$pcnt" /> \n               </xsl:when><xsl:otherwise> \n                  <xsl:value-of select="'5'" /> \n               </xsl:otherwise></xsl:choose> \n            </xsl:variable> \n            <SELECT SIZE="{$selsize}" NAME="VALU{$vpos}">\n               <xsl:for-each select="//VALUE[@id &gt; -1]"> \n                  <OPTION VALUE="{@id}">\n                  <xsl:value-of select="NAME" /></OPTION> \n               </xsl:for-each> \n            </SELECT></FONT> \n         </TD>\n      </TR>\n   </xsl:for-each>
After: 
\n   <TR VALIGN="top">\n      <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica" SIZE="1"></FONT> \n      </TD>\n      <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica"> \n         <INPUT NAME="ELEM{$vpos}" TYPE="text" VALUE="Element {$vpos}" /></FONT> \n      </TD>\n      <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica"> \n         <INPUT NAME="NUMB{$vpos}" TYPE="text" VALUE="2" /></FONT> \n      </TD>\n      <TD ALIGN="center"><FONT FACE="Helvetica"> \n         <SELECT NAME="VALU{$vpos}" SIZE="{$selsize}">\n            <OPTION VALUE="{@id}"></OPTION>\n         </SELECT></FONT> \n      </TD>\n   </TR>
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-r|
ValueDefault=0

[Remove Tabs from SCRIPTs]
Category=0
Description="HTB automatically removes any tab characters found in the source document during the indenting process, but by default SCRIPTs are kept intact. To completely remove all tabs, specify the -s option and tab characters found within SCRIPT elements will be replaced with sets if of indented spaces. This could make the indented script statements look slightly worse and may require minor editing, but the beautified output is clear of any tab characters."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-r|
ValueDefault=0

[Convert to Plain Text]
Category=0
Description="The -t command-line option strips all markup tags, comments and converts the input to plain text. All ASCII and ISO8859-1 HTML escape strings are converted back to the characters they represent. An attempt is made to compress extra whitespace, but in general the text will require additional re-formatting to be made presentable. Use this option to isolate the textual content within tagged documents (not necessarily HTML) for use in other documentation."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-t|
ValueDefault=0

[Tag Names Upper Case]
Category=0
Description="
The -u command-line option changes all HTML tag names and their attributes to upper case. Since this is the default behavior of HTB, it is not required.  Use the -m (mixed case) option to keep the tag names upper case, but make the attribute names lower case.

 Before:
<form enctype="multipart/form-data" name="coreform" method="POST">\n<input type="submit" value="Submit Request"> \n<input name="cgi" type="button" value="cgi2xml">cgi2xml \n<table border="5" cellpadding="5">\n   <tr>\n      <td> <font color="purple"> \n         <h4>Output formatting:</h4> </font>Debug: \n         <input name="debug"><br> \n         <br> Filter: \n         <input name="filter"><br> Output: \n         <input name="output"><br> \n         <br> Pagestart: \n         <input size="4" name="pagestart"><br> Pagesize: \n         <input size="4" name="pagesize"><br> \n      </td>\n   </tr>\n</table>\n</form>
After:
<FORM ENCTYPE="multipart/form-data" METHOD="POST" NAME="coreform">\n<INPUT TYPE="submit" VALUE="Submit Request"> \n<INPUT NAME="cgi" TYPE="button" VALUE="cgi2xml">cgi2xml \n<TABLE BORDER="5" CELLPADDING="5">\n   <TR>\n      <TD> <FONT COLOR="purple"> \n         <H4>Output formatting:</H4> </FONT>Debug: \n         <INPUT NAME="debug"><BR> \n         <BR> Filter: \n         <INPUT NAME="filter"><BR> Output: \n         <INPUT NAME="output"><BR> \n         <BR> Pagestart: \n         <INPUT NAME="pagestart" SIZE="4"><BR> Pagesize: \n         <INPUT NAME="pagesize" SIZE="4"><BR> \n      </TD>\n   </TR>\n</TABLE>\n</FORM>
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-u|
ValueDefault=0

[Unknown Tags are XML]
Category=0
Description="
HTB automatically detects XML compliant files and is able to apply reformatting to unknown tags since they meet the predictable behavior of the XML specification.  If the input document is not strictly XML compliant, but does contain custom tagging which may be considered "well-formed" XML, the -x option may be used to apply XML handling on these otherwise ignored tags. If XML is detected, either automatically, or with the -x option, the tag case is NOT changed for these non-HTML tags, since they are often case-sensitive.  Also, the attributes of unknown tags will remain in original order instead of being sorted as with HTML attributes.  To turn off XML auto-detection and apply case changes and attribute sorting to all tags known and unknown, use the -y option.

 Example:

- Make tag names and attributes lower case, never break tags, and treat unknown tags in an HTML file as well formed XML... 

htb -lnx myfile.html

 Before:
<TR><TD WIDTH=182 ALIGN=left BGCOLOR="#ffffff">\n<NYT_HEADLINE>\n<A\n\nHREF="/onthisday/20020619.html"><FONT SIZE="3" FACE="times"><B>On June 19 ...<BR></B></FONT></A>\n</NYT_HEADLINE>\n<NYT_BYLINE>\n<FONT SIZE="-1"></FONT>\n</NYT_BYLINE>\n<NYT_SUMMARY>\n<FONT SIZE="-1">\n<B>1964:</B> The Civil Rights Act of 1964 was approved.   (<A \nHREF="/onthisday/big/0619.html">See this front page.</A>) <BR>\n<B>1903:</B> Lou Gehrig was born.  <A \nHREF="/onthisday/bday/0619.html">(Read about his life.)</A> <BR>\n<B>1886:</B> Harper's Weekly featured a cartoon about the proposed annexation of Nova Scotia. <A \nHREF="/onthisday/harp/0619.html">(See the cartoon.)</A></FONT>\n</TD></TR>
After:
<tr>\n   <td align="left" bgcolor="#ffffff" width="182"> \n      <NYT_HEADLINE> \n         <a href="/onthisday/20020619.html"><font face="times" size="3"><b>On June 19 ...<br></b></font></a> \n      </NYT_HEADLINE> \n      <NYT_BYLINE> <font size="-1"></font> \n      </NYT_BYLINE> \n      <NYT_SUMMARY> <font size="-1"> <b>1964:</b> The Civil Rights Act of 1964 was approved. (<a href="/onthisday/big/0619.html">See this front page.</a>) \n         <br> <b>1903:</b> Lou Gehrig was born. \n         <a href="/onthisday/bday/0619.html">(Read about his life.)</a> \n         <br> <b>1886:</b> Harper's Weekly featured a cartoon about the proposed annexation of Nova Scotia. \n         <a href="/onthisday/harp/0619.html">(See the cartoon.)</a></font> \n   </td>\n</tr>
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-x|
ValueDefault=0

[Turn off XML detection]
Category=0
Description="
HTB automatically detects XML compliant files and treats the unknown tags differently than HTML tags.  XML tags are indented as whitespace permits and case changes & attribute sorting are not applied. To turn off this default behavior and apply case changes & sorting to all tags known and unknown, specify the -y option.

 Example:

- Never break tags, make all tags lower case whether HTML or not, and do not change indenting for unknown tags... 
htb -lny myfile.html

 Before: 
<TR><TD WIDTH=182 ALIGN=left BGCOLOR="#ffffff">\n<NYT_HEADLINE>\n<A\n\nHREF="/onthisday/20020619.html"><FONT SIZE="3" FACE="times"><B>On June 19 ...<BR></B></FONT></A>\n</NYT_HEADLINE>\n<NYT_BYLINE>\n<FONT SIZE="-1"></FONT>\n</NYT_BYLINE>\n<NYT_SUMMARY>\n<FONT SIZE="-1">\n<B>1964:</B> The Civil Rights Act of 1964 was approved.   (<A \nHREF="/onthisday/big/0619.html">See this front page.</A>) <BR>\n<B>1903:</B> Lou Gehrig was born.  <A \nHREF="/onthisday/bday/0619.html">(Read about his life.)</A> <BR>\n<B>1886:</B> Harper's Weekly featured a cartoon about the proposed annexation of Nova Scotia. <A \nHREF="/onthisday/harp/0619.html">(See the cartoon.)</A></FONT>\n</TD></TR>
After:
<tr>\n   <td align="left" bgcolor="#ffffff" width="182"> \n      <nyt_headline> \n      <a href="/onthisday/20020619.html"><font face="times" size="3"><b>On June 19 ...<br></b></font></a> \n      </nyt_headline> \n      <nyt_byline> <font size="-1"></font> \n      </nyt_byline> \n      <nyt_summary> <font size="-1"> <b>1964:</b> The Civil Rights Act of 1964 was approved. (<a href="/onthisday/big/0619.html">See this front page.</a>) \n      <br> <b>1903:</b> Lou Gehrig was born. \n      <a href="/onthisday/bday/0619.html">(Read about his life.)</a> \n      <br> <b>1886:</b> Harper's Weekly featured a cartoon about the proposed annexation of Nova Scotia. \n      <a href="/onthisday/harp/0619.html">(See the cartoon.)</a></font> \n   </td>\n</tr>
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-y|
ValueDefault=0

[Remove Comments]
Category=0
Description="The -z command-line option removes all stand-alone comments from the input data. This does not include JavaScript comments or comment blocks within APPLET, OBJECT, SCRIPT, and STYLE tags used to hide text from browsers. The revised output should render and function as the original. The -z option is useful in reducing tagged file sizes when the comment blocks are no longer needed, or in removing dead, commented-out sections within documents which tend to collect over time. The stripped comments are not lost, however. These are sent to the 'standard error' stream and may be collected in another file for reference or for use in documentation by 'standard error' redirection ('2>' or '2>>'). If 'standard error' is not redirected, the stripped comments will be seen scrolling by on the screen. Use in combination with the -k option to strip comments without otherwise changing the document layout."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-z|
ValueDefault=0

[Spaces for Indenting]
CallName="-"
Category=0
Description="A command-line option from 0 to 9 represents the number of spaces used for increments of indenting. Specifying 0 will cause all indenting to be removed and the tags will shifted to the left. If not specified, the default is to indent by 3."
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=9
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=3
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/example.rb0000770000000000017510000000610011700107426020437 0ustar  rootvboxsf#!/usr/bin/env ruby 
#odd assignments
BEGIN {
	puts "a block i have never seen used"
}
entry = Post.update(params["id"],{:title => params["title"],:post => params['post'],:context => params["context"],:creator => session[:creator]})
definition = "moo"
puts moo
moo = case 3
when 2
	"unless proceeding to 3"
when 3
	"right"
when 4
	"one to many"
when 5
	"three sir"
end

puts moo
def pointless_call
	if false
		"Sdf"
	elsif true
		"df"
	end
end
puts pointless_call

if true
	puts "moo"
end
i = 5
def title
	doc = load_page
	title = doc.search("h1").first.inner_html
	clean_html_tags(title)
	clean_9_0(title)
	title
end
if i
	if true
		puts "moo"
	elsif i < 3 * 23
		"sdf"
	else
		"df"
	end
end
class Tested
	def sadf
		"asdf"
	end
end

module Moo
	def t434t
		"352"
	end#comments at the end
end #comments again debug_if

=begin
block comments
    should have no formatting done
ever
=end

#java formatter test parts

ping(argument) {|block|

}

if (moo)
	cow;
else
	dog;
end

x = 5
x = 5
x = 5
x  =  5
IN_OUTS_RX = /^(def|class|module|begin|case|if|unless|loop|while|until|for)/

#end java formatter test parts

here_doc = <<-EOX
This should not
loose its formatting
EOX
dsfffffffff=[2, 3, 4, 5]
print <<-STRING1, <<-STRING2
Concat
STRING1
enate
STRING2

unless false
	"4"
else
	"5"
end
x = 2
while x > 0
	x -= 1
	if x == 1
		"p"
	else
		"3"
	end
end
x = 2
until x < 0
	x -= 1
end
a = 3
a *= 2 while a < 100
a -= 10 until a < 100
print "Hello\n" while false
print "Goodbye\n" while false
3.times do
	print "Ho! "
end
0.upto(9) do | x|
	print x, " "
end
0.step(12, 3) {|x | print x, " " }
x = 0
loop {
	if x == 5
		break
	end
	x += 1
}
(1..4).each {|x|
	puts x
}
(1..4).each do | x|
	puts x
end
for i in (1..4)
	puts i
end
i = 0
loop do
	i += 1
	next if i < 3
	print i
	break if i > 4
end
string = "x+1"
begin
	eval string
rescue SyntaxError, NameError => boom
	print "String doesn't compile: " + boom
rescue StandardError => bang
	print "Error running script: " + bang
ensure
	print "thank you pick axe"
end
a = "Fats ' ' \\\" do Waller"
a =~ /\/a/
if true then print "a" end
x = 3
unless  true then print "a" end
x = 3
begin raise "cow"
rescue Exception => e
end
x = 3
puts i += 1 while i < 3 # ruby
x = 3
klass = Fixnum
#its like a do while loop
begin
	print klass
	klass = klass.superclass
	print " < " if klass
end while klass
puts
p Fixnum.ancestors
boom = %q / this is a spinal tap/
boom = %q - string-
boom =%q(a (nested) string)
x = "done with string"

puts "In parent,term = #{ENV['TERM']}"
cow = if true
	"moot"
else
	"woot"
end

fork do
	puts "Start of child 1,term=#{ENV['TERM']}"
	ENV['TERM'] = "ansi"
	fork do
		puts "Start of child 2, term=#{ENV['TERM']}"
		begin
			if moo < 3
				p "asdf4"
			elsif 9 * 0
				p "asde"
			else
				puts cow
			end
		end	while x > 3
	end
	Process.wait
	puts "End of child 1, term=#{ENV['TERM']}"
end
Process.wait
puts "Back in parent, term=#{ENV['TERM']}"

OPENOFFICE = true  # do Openoffice - Spreadsheet Tests?
EXCEL      = true  # do Excel Tests?
GOOGLE     = true # do Google - Spreadsheet Tests?

OPENOFFICEWRITE = false # experimental:

END{
	puts "another block i have never seen"
}universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_jsdecoder.ini0000770000000000017510000000052511700107426022331 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories=
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
configFilename=
fileTypes=*.js
indenterFileName=JsDecoder
indenterName=JsDecoder (JavaScript)
inputFileName=
inputFileParameter=
manual="http://www.gosu.pl/decoder/"
outputFileName=
outputFileParameter=
parameterOrder=
showHelpParameter=
stringparaminquotes=
useCfgFileParameter=
version=1.1.0
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/example.sh0000770000000000017510000000066711700107426020462 0ustar  rootvboxsf#!/bin/sh

string="Hallo Welt"
# if else test
if [ -n "$string" ]; then
echo "The string is \"$string\"!"
else
echo "The string is empty!"
fi

# for test
array="Text1 Text2 Text3 Text4"
for i in $array
do
echo "The string \"$i\" is in the array!"
done

count=0
while [ $count -le 10 ]
do
echo "We've counted up to $count."
count=$[$count+1]  #increment counter by one.
done

echo "Passed everything!"
#read -p "press any key to continue"

universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_jsppp.ini0000770000000000017510000000470511700107426021527 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories=General options
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
configFilename=
fileTypes=*.jsp|*.html|*.xml
indenterFileName=jsppp
indenterName=JSPPP (JSP)
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter=
manual=http://jsppp.sourceforge.net/
outputFileName=indentinput
outputFileParameter=none
stringparaminquotes=false
parameterOrder=pio
showHelpParameter=-h
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter=
version=0.5.2a

[Spaces]
Category=0
Description="If spaces is true, spaces, not tabs, will be used to indent the lines."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=|--tabs
ValueDefault=1

[Number of spaces]
Category=0
Description="If spaces are used for indenting, NUMSPACES is the number of spaces to use per indent level."
Enabled=true
EditorType=numeric
CallName="--spaces="
MinVal=0
MaxVal=999
ValueDefault=2

[Line length]
Category=0
Description="The length, in bytes (JSPPP does not yet support Unicode input, no one has asked for it yet) of the soft line length limit.  JavaScript, long element names, attributes, etc., that cannot be broken up will end up over the limit if they have already been indented too far."
Enabled=false
EditorType=numeric
CallName="--length="
MinVal=1
MaxVal=9999
ValueDefault=120

[Tabsize]
Category=0
Description="The default number of spaces per tab is 8.  This number is used to determine how much of the line has been used by a tab."
Enabled=false
EditorType=numeric
CallName="--tab-size="
MinVal=0
MaxVal=999
ValueDefault=8

[Punctuation]
Category=0
Description="PUNCTUATION is a list of characters which should be handled specially after an anchor tag.  If there is whitespace after a link tag but before one of these characters then the whitespace is removed. To have no special characters, use the line "PUNCTUATION="."
Enabled=false
CallName=PUNCTUATION=
EditorType=string
ValueDefault=",.!?"

[Loose or tight spacing]
Category=0
Description="Use loose or tight spacing."
Enabled=true
EditorType=multiple
Choices="--loose-spacing|--tight-spacing"
ChoicesReadable="Loose spacing|Tight spacing"
ValueDefault=0

[Backup file]
Category=0
Description="Leave a backup file, which will be overwritten on a second run, or leave no backup file at all."
Enabled=true
EditorType=multiple
Choices="--engage-safety|--disengage-safety"
ChoicesReadable="Leave backup file|Leave NO backup file"
ValueDefault=1
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/example.sql0000770000000000017510000000106011700107426020633 0ustar  rootvboxsfCREATE PACKAGE BODY b IS

PROCEDURE proc1 IS
BEGIN
IF 7 <> 5 THEN
FOR rec IN (SELECT * FROM dual
                  WHERE g = 5) LOOP
NULL;
END LOOP;
    END IF;
END;
  
PROCEDURE recurse IS
   b number:=5;
   d456 number:=456;
BEGIN
    recurse;
    proc1;
    a := (a +        1
          +4
          + 5
          + 8);
    c := f + 4 + 34;
    total := earth +sky;
    
    --this is comment
    
    uk:=h;
    g:=l;
           exception
           when no_data then
           hello;
  END;
  
  BEGIN
    NULL;
END;
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_perltidy.ini0000770000000000017510000032053411700107426022230 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories=Styles|Basic Options|Code Indentation Control|Whitespace Control|Comment Controls|Skip Selected Codesections|Line Break Control|Controlling List Formatting|Retaining or Ignoring Existing Line Breaks|Blank Line Control|Other Controls
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
configFilename=perltidy.cfg
fileTypes=*.pl|*.pm
indenterFileName=perltidy
indenterName=Perltidy (Perl)
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter=
manual=http://perltidy.sourceforge.net/perltidy.html
outputFileName=indentoutput
outputFileParameter="-o="
parameterOrder=pio
showHelpParameter=-h
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter="-pro="
version=1.74 2010/12/17

[Iterations]
CallName="--iterations="
Category=1
Description="This flag causes perltidy to do n complete iterations. For most purposes the default of n=1 should be satisfactory. However n=2 can be useful when a major style change is being made, or when code is being beautified on check-in to a source code control system. The run time will be approximately proportional to n, and it should seldom be necessary to use a value greater than n=2."
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=10
MinVal=1
ValueDefault=1

[Add newlines]
Category=6
Description="
By default, perltidy will add line breaks when necessary to create continuations of long lines and to improve the script appearance.  Use -nanl or --noadd-newlines to prevent any new line breaks.
This flag does not prevent perltidy from eliminating existing line breaks; see --freeze-newlines to completely prevent changes to line break points.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-anl|-nanl
ValueDefault=0

[Add semicolons]
Category=3
Description="
Setting -asc allows perltidy to add any missing optional semicolon at the end of a line which is followed by a closing curly brace on the next line.  This is the default, and may be deactivated with -nasc or --noadd-semicolons.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--add-semicolons|
ValueDefault=0

[Add whitespace]
Category=3
Description="
Setting this option allows perltidy to add certain whitespace improve code readability.  This is the default. If you do not want any whitespace added, but are willing to have some whitespace deleted, use -naws.  (Use -fws to leave whitespace completely unchanged).
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--add-whitespace|
ValueDefault=0

[Block brace tightness]
CallName="--block-brace-tightness="
Category=3
Description="
And finally, curly braces which contain blocks of code are controlled by the parameter -bbt=n or --block-brace-tightness=n as illustrated in the example below.
\n %bf = map { $_ => -M $_ } grep { /deb$/ } dirents '.'; # -bbt=0 (default)\n %bf = map { $_ => -M $_ } grep {/deb$/} dirents '.';   # -bbt=1\n %bf = map {$_ => -M $_} grep {/deb$/} dirents '.';     # -bbt=2
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[Block brace vertical tightness]
CallName="--block-brace-vertical-tightness="
Category=6
Description="
The -bbvt=n flag is just like the -vt=n flag but applies to opening code block braces.
\n -bbvt=0 break after opening block brace (default). \n -bbvt=1 do not break unless this would produce more than one \n         step in indentation in a line.\n -bbvt=2 do not break after opening block brace.
It is necessary to also use either -bl or -bli for this to work, because, as with other vertical tightness controls, it is implemented by simply overwriting a line ending with an opening block brace with the subsequent line.  For example:
\n    # perltidy -bli -bbvt=0\n    if ( open( FILE, "< $File" ) )\n      {\n        while ( $File = <FILE> )\n          {\n            $In .= $File;\n            $count++;\n          }\n        close(FILE);\n      }
\n    # perltidy -bli -bbvt=1\n    if ( open( FILE, "< $File" ) )\n      { while ( $File = <FILE> )\n          { $In .= $File;\n            $count++;\n          }\n        close(FILE);\n      }
By default this applies to blocks associated with keywords if, elsif, else, unless, for, foreach, sub, while, until, and also with a preceding label.  This can be changed with the parameter -bbvtl=string, or --block-brace-vertical-tightness-list=string, where string is a space-separated list of block types.  For more information on the possible values of this string, see Specifying Block Types
For example, if we want to just apply this style to if, elsif, and else blocks, we could use perltidy -bli -bbvt=1 -bbvtl='if elsif else'.
There is no vertical tightness control for closing block braces; with the exception of one-line blocks, they will normally remain on a separate line.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[Brace left and indent]
Category=6
Description="
The flag -bli is the same as -bl but in addition it causes one unit of continuation indentation ( see -ci ) to be placed before an opening and closing block braces.
For example,
\n        if ( $input_file eq '-' )    # -bli\n          {\n            important_function();\n          }
By default, this extra indentation occurs for blocks of type:if, elsif, else, unless, for, foreach, sub, while, until, and also with a preceding label.  The next item shows how to change this.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-bli|
ValueDefault=0

[Brace left and indent list]
CallName="--brace-left-and-indent-list="
Category=6
Description="
Use this parameter to change the types of block braces for which the -bli flag applies; see Specifying Block Types.  For example, -blil='if elsif else' would apply it to only if/elsif/else blocks.
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[Brace tightness]
CallName="--brace-tightness="
Category=3
Description="
Curly braces which do not contain code blocks are controlled by the parameter -bt=n or --brace-tightness=n.
\n $obj->{ $parsed_sql->{ 'table' }[0] };    # -bt=0\n $obj->{ $parsed_sql->{'table'}[0] };      # -bt=1 (default)\n $obj->{$parsed_sql->{'table'}[0]};        # -bt=2
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[Brace vertical tightness]
CallName="--brace-vertical-tightness="
Category=6
Description="
The -vt=n and -vtc=n parameters apply to each type of container token.  If desired, vertical tightness controls can be applied independently to each of the closing container token types.
In fact, the parameter -vt=n is actually just an abbreviation for -pvt=n -bvt=n sbvt=n, and likewise -vtc=n is an abbreviation for -pvtc=n -bvtc=n sbvtc=n.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[Brace vertical tightness closing]
CallName="--brace-vertical-tightness-closing="
Category=6
Description="
The -vt=n and -vtc=n parameters apply to each type of container token.  If desired, vertical tightness controls can be applied independently to each of the closing container token types.
In fact, the parameter -vt=n is actually just an abbreviation for -pvt=n -bvt=n sbvt=n, and likewise -vtc=n is an abbreviation for -pvtc=n -bvtc=n sbvtc=n.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[Break after all operators]
Category=6
Description="
The -baao sets the default to be to break after all of the following operators:
\n    % + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < > | & \n    = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=\n    . : ? && || and or err xor
and the -bbao flag sets the default to break before all of these operators. These can be used to define an initial break preference which can be fine-tuned with the -wba and -wbb flags.  For example, to break before all operators except an = one could use --bbao -wba='=' rather than listing every single perl operator except = on a -wbb flag.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-baao|
ValueDefault=0

[Break before all operators]
Category=6
Description="
The -baao sets the default to be to break after all of the following operators:
\n    % + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < > | & \n    = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=\n    . : ? && || and or err xor
and the -bbao flag sets the default to break before all of these operators. These can be used to define an initial break preference which can be fine-tuned with the -wba and -wbb flags.  For example, to break before all operators except an = one could use --bbao -wba='=' rather than listing every single perl operator except = on a -wbb flag.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-bbao|
ValueDefault=0

[Check syntax]
Category=1
Description="This flag causes perltidy to run perl -c -T to check syntax of input and output. (To change the flags passed to perl, see the next item, -pscf).  The results are written to the .LOG file, which will be saved if an error is detected in the output script.  The output script is not checked if the input script has a syntax error.  Perltidy does its own checking, but this option employs perl to get a ``second opinion''.
If perl reports errors in the input file, they will not be reported in the error output unless the --warning-output flag is given.
The default is not to do this type of syntax checking (although perltidy will still do as much self-checking as possible). The reason is that it causes all code in BEGIN blocks to be executed, for all modules being used, and this opens the door to security issues and infinite loops when running perltidy."
EditorType=boolean
Enabled=false
TrueFalse=--check-syntax|
ValueDefault=0

[Closing Side Comment Else Flag]
CallName="--closing-side-comment-else-flag="
Category=4
Description="
The default, n=0, places the text of the opening if statement after any terminal else.
If n=2 is used, then each elsif is also given the text of the opening if statement.  Also, an else will include the text of a preceding elsif statement.  Note that this may result some long closing side comments.
If n=1 is used, the results will be the same as n=2 whenever the resulting line length is less than the maximum allowed.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=1000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[Closing Side Comment Interval]
CallName="--closing-side-comment-interval="
Category=4
Description="
where n is the minimum number of lines that a block must have in order for a closing side comment to be added.  The default value is n=6.  To illustrate:
\n        # perltidy -csci=2 -csc\n        sub message {\n            if ( !defined( $_[0] ) ) {\n                print("Hello, World\n");\n            } ## end if ( !defined( $_[0] ))\n            else {\n                print( $_[0], "\n" );\n            } ## end else [ if ( !defined( $_[0] ))\n        } ## end sub message
Now the if and else blocks are commented.  However, now this has become very cluttered.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=1000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=6

[Closing Side Comment List]
CallName="--closing-side-comment-list="
Category=4
Description="
where string is a list of block types to be tagged with closing side comments.  By default, all code block types preceded by a keyword or label (such as if, sub, and so on) will be tagged.  The -cscl command changes the default list to be any selected block types; see Specifying Block Types. For example, the following command requests that only sub's, labels, BEGIN, and END blocks be affected by any -csc or -dcsc operation:
\n   -cscl="sub : BEGIN END"
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[Closing Side Comment Maximum Text]
CallName="--closing-side-comment-maximum-text="
Category=4
Description="
The text appended to certain block types, such as an if block, is whatever lies between the keyword introducing the block, such as if, and the opening brace.  Since this might be too much text for a side comment, there needs to be a limit, and that is the purpose of this parameter.  The default value is n=20, meaning that no additional tokens will be appended to this text after its length reaches 20 characters.  Omitted text is indicated with ....  (Tokens, including sub names, are never truncated, however, so actual lengths may exceed this).  To illustrate, in the above example, the appended text of the first block is  ( !defined( $_[0] )....  The existing limit of n=20 caused this text to be truncated, as indicated by the ....
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=1000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=20

[Closing Side Comments Balanced]
Category=4
Description="
As discussed in the previous item, when the closing-side-comment-maximum-text limit is exceeded the comment text must be truncated.  Older versions of perltidy terminated with three dots, and this can still be achieved with -ncscb:
\n  perltidy -csc -ncscb\n  } ## end foreach my $foo (sort { $b cmp $a ...
However this causes a problem with editors editors which cannot recognize comments or are not configured to do so because they cannot "bounce" around in the text correctly.  The -cscb flag has been added to help them by appending appropriate balancing structure:
\n  perltidy -csc -cscb\n  } ## end foreach my $foo (sort { $b cmp $a ... })
The default is -cscb.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--closing-side-comments-balanced|-ncscb
ValueDefault=1

[Closing Side Comment Prefix]
CallName="--closing-side-comment-prefix="
Category=4
Description="
where string is the prefix used before the name of the block type.  The default prefix, shown above, is ## end.  This string will be added to closing side comments, and it will also be used to recognize them in order to update, delete, and format them.  Any comment identified as a closing side comment will be placed just a single space to the right of its closing brace.
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=## end

[Closing Side Comment Warnings]
Category=4
Description="
This parameter is intended to help make the initial transition to the use of closing side comments.  It causes two things to happen if a closing side comment replaces an existing, different closing side comment:  first, an error message will be issued, and second, the original side comment will be placed alone on a new specially marked comment line for later attention.
The intent is to avoid clobbering existing hand-written side comments which happen to match the pattern of closing side comments. This flag should only be needed on the first run with -csc.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--closing-side-comment-warnings|
ValueDefault=0

[Closing Side Comments]
Category=4
Choices=-csc|-dcsc
ChoicesReadable=Add Closing Side Comments|Delete Closing Side Comments
Description="
A closing side comment is a special comment which perltidy can automatically create and place after the closing brace of a code block. They can be useful for code maintenance and debugging.  The command -csc (or --closing-side-comments) adds or updates closing side comments.  For example, here is a small code snippet
\n        sub message {\n            if ( !defined( $_[0] ) ) {\n                print("Hello, World\n");\n            }\n            else {\n                print( $_[0], "\n" );\n            }\n        }
And here is the result of processing with perltidy -csc:
\n        sub message {\n            if ( !defined( $_[0] ) ) {\n                print("Hello, World\n");\n            }\n            else {\n                print( $_[0], "\n" );\n            }\n        } ## end sub message
A closing side comment was added for sub message in this case, but not for the if and else blocks, because they were below the 6 line cutoff limit for adding closing side comments.  This limit may be changed with the -csci command, described below.
The command -dcsc (or --delete-closing-side-comments) reverses this process and removes these comments.
Several commands are available to modify the behavior of these two basic commands, -csc and -dcsc:
"
EditorType=multiple
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=0

[Closing token indentation]
CallName="--closing-token-indentation="
Category=2
Description="The -cti=n flag controls the indentation of a line beginning with a ), ], or a non-block }.  Such a line receives:
\n -cti = 0 no extra indentation (default)\n -cti = 1 extra indentation such that the closing token\n        aligns with its opening token.\n -cti = 2 one extra indentation level if the line looks like:\n        );  or  ];  or  };\n -cti = 3 one extra indentation level always
The flags -cti=1 and -cti=2 work well with the -lp flag (previous section).
\n    # perltidy -lp -cti=1\n    @month_of_year = (\n                       'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',\n                       'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec'\n                     );
\n    # perltidy -lp -cti=2\n    @month_of_year = (\n                       'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',\n                       'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec'\n                       );
These flags are merely hints to the formatter and they may not always be followed.  In particular, if -lp is not being used, the indentation forcti=1 is constrained to be no more than one indentation level.
If desired, this control can be applied independently to each of theclosing container token types.  In fact, -cti=n is merely anabbreviation for -cpi=n -csbi=n -cbi=n, where:  -cpi or --closing-paren-indentation controls )'s,-csbi or --closing-square-bracket-indentation controls ]'s, -cbi or --closing-brace-indentation controls non-block }'s."
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=1000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[Continuation indentation]
CallName="--continuation-indentation="
Category=2
Description="Continuation indentation is extra indentation spaces applied whena long line is broken.  The default is n=2, illustrated here:
 my $level =   # -ci=2   ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 ) ? $levels_to_go[0] : $last_output_level;
The same example, with n=0, is a little harder to read:
 my $level =   # -ci=0 ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 ) ? $levels_to_go[0] : $last_output_level;
The value given to -ci is also used by some commands when a small space is required.  Examples are commands for outdenting labels, -ola, and control keywords, -okw.
When default values are not used, it is suggested that the value n given with -ci=n be no more than about one-half of the number of spaces assigned to a full indentation level on the -i=n command."
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=1000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=2

[Cuddled else]
Category=6
Description="
Enable the ``cuddled else'' style, in which else and elsif are follow immediately after the curly brace closing the previous block. The default is not to use cuddled elses, and is indicated with the flag -nce or --nocuddled-else.  Here is a comparison of the alternatives:
\n  if ($task) {\n      yyy();\n  } else {    # -ce\n      zzz();\n  }
\n  if ($task) {\n        yyy();\n  }\n  else {    # -nce  (default)\n        zzz();\n  }
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-ce|-nce
ValueDefault=0

[Delete old newlines]
Category=6
Description="
By default, perltidy first deletes all old line break locations, and then it looks for good break points to match the desired line length.  Use -ndnl or  --nodelete-old-newlines to force perltidy to retain all old line break points.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-dnl|-ndnl
ValueDefault=0

[Delete old whitespace]
Category=3
Description="
Setting this option allows perltidy to remove some old whitespace between characters, if necessary.  This is the default.  If you do not want any old whitespace removed, use -ndws or --nodelete-old-whitespace.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--delete-old-whitespace|
ValueDefault=0

[Delete semicolons]
Category=3
Description="
Setting -dsm allows perltidy to delete extra semicolons which are simply empty statements.  This is the default, and may be deactivated with -ndsm or --nodelete-semicolons.  (Such semicolons are not deleted, however, if they would promote a side comment to a block comment).
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--delete-semicolons|
ValueDefault=0

[Entab leading whitespace]
CallName="--entab-leading-whitespace="
Category=1
Description="This flag causes each n initial space characters to be replaced by one tab character.  Note that the integer n is completely independent of the integer specified for indentation parameter, -i=n."
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=1000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=4

[Feeze newlines]
Category=6
Description="
If you do not want any changes to the line breaks in your script, set -fnl, and they will remain fixed, and the rest of the commands in this section and sections  Controlling List Formatting, Retaining or Ignoring Existing Line Breaks, and Blank Line Control will be ignored.  You may want to use -noll with this.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-fnl|
ValueDefault=0

[Fixed position side comment]
CallName="--fixed-position-side-comment="
Category=4
Description="
This parameter tells perltidy to line up side comments in column number n whenever possible.  The default, n=0, is not do do this.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=1000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[Format skipping]
Category=5
Description="
Selected lines of code may be passed verbatim to the output without any formatting.  This feature is enabled by default but can be disabled with the --noformat-skipping or -nfs flag.  It should be used sparingly to avoid littering code with markers, but it might be helpful for working around occasional problems.  For example it might be useful for keeping the indentation of old commented code unchanged, keeping indentation of long blocks of aligned comments unchanged, keeping certain list formatting unchanged, or working around a glitch in perltidy.
-fs,  --format-skipping
This flag, which is enabled by default, causes any code between special beginning and ending comment markers to be passed to the output without formatting.  The default beginning marker is #<<< and the default ending marker is #>>> but they may be changed (see next items below).  Additional text may appear on these special comment lines provided that it is separated from the marker by at least one space.  For example
\n #<<<  do not let perltidy touch this\n    my @list = (1,\n                1, 1,\n                1, 2, 1,\n                1, 3, 3, 1,\n                1, 4, 6, 4, 1,);\n #>>>
The comment markers may be placed at any location that a block comment may appear.  If they do not appear to be working, use the -log flag and examine the .LOG file.  Use -nfs to disable this feature.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-fs|-nfs
ValueDefault=1

[Format skipping begin]
CallName="--format-skipping-begin="
Category=5
Description="
The -fsb=string parameter may be used to change the beginning marker for format skipping.  The default is equivalent to -fsb='#<<<'.  The string that you enter must begin with a # and should be in quotes as necessary to get past the command shell of your system.  It is actually the leading text of a pattern that is constructed by appending a '', so you must also include backslashes for characters to be taken literally rather than as patterns.
Some examples show how example strings become patterns:
\n -fsb='#' becomes /^#/  which matches  #{{{ but not #{{{{\n -fsb='#'   becomes /^#/    which matches  #** but not #***\n -fsb='#{2,}' becomes /^#{2,}/  which matches  #** and #*****
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=#<<<

[Format skipping end]
CallName="--format-skipping-end="
Category=5
Description="
The -fsb=string is the corresponding parameter used to change the ending marker for format skipping.  The default is equivalent to -fse='#<<<'.
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=#<<<

[Freeze whitespace]
Category=3
Description="This flag causes your original whitespace to remain unchanged, and causes the rest of the whitespace commands in this section, the Code Indentation section, and the Comment Control section to be ignored."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--freeze-whitespace|
ValueDefault=0

[Gnu style]
Category=0
Description="
-gnu gives an approximation to the GNU Coding Standards (which do not apply to perl) as they are sometimes implemented.  At present, this style overrides the default style with the following parameters:
\n    -lp -bl -noll -pt=2 -bt=2 -sbt=2 -icp
"
EditorType=boolean
Enabled=false
TrueFalse=--gnu-style|
ValueDefault=0

[Hanging side comments]
Category=4
Description="
By default, perltidy tries to identify and align ``hanging side comments'', which are something like this:
\n        my $IGNORE = 0;    # This is a side comment\n                           # This is a hanging side comment\n                           # And so is this
A comment is considered to be a hanging side comment if (1) it immediately follows a line with a side comment, or another hanging side comment, and (2) there is some leading whitespace on the line. To deactivate this feature, use -nhsc or --nohanging-side-comments. If block comments are preceded by a blank line, or have no leading whitespace, they will not be mistaken as hanging side comments.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-hsc|-nhsc
ValueDefault=0

[Indent block comments]
Category=4
Description="
Block comments normally look best when they are indented to the same level as the code which follows them.  This is the default behavior, but you may use -nibc to keep block comments left-justified.  Here is an example:
\n             # this comment is indented      (-ibc, default)\n             if ($task) { yyy(); }
The alternative is -nibc:
\n # this comment is not indented              (-nibc)\n             if ($task) { yyy(); }
See also the next item, -isbc, as well as -sbc, for other ways to have some indented and some outdented block comments.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-ibc|-nibc
ValueDefault=1

[Indent closing brace]
Category=2
Description="The -icb option gives one extra level of indentation to a brace which terminates a code block .  For example,
\n        if ($task) {\n            yyy();\n            }    # -icb\n        else {\n            zzz();\n            }
The default is not to do this, indicated by -nicb."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--indent-closing-brace|
ValueDefault=0

[Indent closing paren]
Category=2
Description="The -icp flag is equivalent to-cti=2, described in the previous section.  The -nicp flag is equivalent -cti=0.  They are included for backwards compatability."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--indent-closing-paren|
ValueDefault=0

[Indent columns]
CallName="--indent-columns="
Category=1
Description="Use n columns per indentation level (default n=4)."
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=1000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=4

[Indent only]
Category=1
Description="This flag is used to deactivate all formatting and line break changes. When it is in effect, the only change to the script will be indentation. And any flags controlling whitespace and newlines will be ignored. You might want to use this if you are perfectly happy with your whitespace and line breaks, and merely want perltidy to handle the indentation. (This also speeds up perltidy by well over a factor of two, so it might be useful when perltidy is merely being used to help find a brace error in a large script).
Setting this flag is equivalent to setting --freeze-newlines and--freeze-whitespace."
EditorType=boolean
Enabled=false
TrueFalse=--indent-only|
ValueDefault=0

[Indent spaced block comments]
Category=4
Description="
If there is no leading space on the line, then the comment will not be indented, and otherwise it may be.
If both -ibc and -isbc are set, then -isbc takes priority.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-isbc|
ValueDefault=0

[List indentation]
Category=2
Description="By default, perltidy indents lists with 4 spaces, or whatever value is specified with -i=n.  Here is a small list formatted in this way:
\n    # perltidy (default)\n    @month_of_year = (\n        'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',\n        'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec'\n    );
Use the -lp flag to add extra indentation to cause the data to begin past the opening parentheses of a sub call or list, or opening square bracket of an anonymous array, or opening curly brace of an anonymous hash.  With this option, the above list would become:
\n    # perltidy -lp\n    @month_of_year = (\n                       'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun',\n                       'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct', 'Nov', 'Dec'\n    );
If the available line length (see -l=n ) does not permit this much space, perltidy will use less.   For alternate placement of the closing paren, see the next section.
This option has no effect on code BLOCKS, such as if/then/else blocks, which always use whatever is specified with -i=n.  Also, the existence of line breaks and/or block comments between the opening and closing parens may cause perltidy to temporarily revert to its default method.
Note: The -lp option may not be used together with the -t tabs option. It may, however, be used with the -et=n tab method.
In addition, any parameter which significantly restricts the ability of perltidy to choose newlines will conflict with -lp and will cause -lp to be deactivated.  These include -io, -fnl, -nanl, and -ndnl.  The reason is that the -lp indentation style can require the careful coordination of an arbitrary number of break points in hierarchical lists, and these flags may prevent that."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--line-up-parentheses|
ValueDefault=0

[Maximum line length]
CallName="--maximum-line-length="
Category=1
Description="The default maximum line length is n=80 characters.  Perltidy will try to find line break points to keep lines below this length. However, long quotes and side comments may cause lines to exceed this length. Setting -l=0 is equivalent to setting -l=(a large number)."
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=1000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=80

[Minimum space to comment]
CallName="--minimum-space-to-comment="
Category=4
Description="
Side comments look best when lined up several spaces to the right of code.  Perltidy will try to keep comments at least n spaces to the right.  The default is n=4 spaces.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=1000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=4

[Nospace after keyword]
CallName="--nospace-after-keyword="
Category=3
Description="
When an opening paren follows a Perl keyword, no space is introduced after the keyword, unless it is (by default) one of these:
\n   my local our and or eq ne if else elsif until unless \n   while for foreach return switch case given when
These defaults can be modified with two commands:
-sak=s  or --space-after-keyword=s  adds keywords.
-nsak=s  or --nospace-after-keyword=s  removes keywords.
where s is a list of keywords (in quotes if necessary).  For example,
\n  my ( $a, $b, $c ) = @_;    # default\n  my( $a, $b, $c ) = @_;     # -nsak="my local our"
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[Nowant left space]
CallName="--nowant-left-space="
Category=3
Description="
For those who want more detailed control over the whitespace around tokens, there are four parameters which can directly modify the default whitespace rules built into perltidy for any token.  They are:
-wls=s or --want-left-space=s,
-nwls=s or --nowant-left-space=s,
-wrs=s or --want-right-space=s,
-nwrs=s or --nowant-right-space=s.
These parameters are each followed by a quoted string, s, containing a list of token types.  No more than one of each of these parameters should be specified, because repeating a command-line parameter always overwrites the previous one before perltidy ever sees it.
To illustrate how these are used, suppose it is desired that there be no space on either side of the token types = + - / *.  The following two parameters would specify this desire:
\n  -nwls="= + - / *"    -nwrs="= + - / *"
(Note that the token types are in quotes, and that they are separated by spaces).  With these modified whitespace rules, the following line of math:
\n  $root = -$b + sqrt( $b * $b - 4. * $a * $c ) / ( 2. * $a );
becomes this:
\n  $root=-$b+sqrt( $b*$b-4.*$a*$c )/( 2.*$a );
These parameters should be considered to be hints to perltidy rather than fixed rules, because perltidy must try to resolve conflicts that arise between them and all of the other rules that it uses.  One conflict that can arise is if, between two tokens, the left token wants a space and the right one doesn't.  In this case, the token not wanting a space takes priority.
It is necessary to have a list of all token types in order to create this type of input.  Such a list can be obtained by the command --dump-token-types.  Also try the -D flag on a short snippet of code and look at the .DEBUG file to see the tokenization.
WARNING Be sure to put these tokens in quotes to avoid having them misinterpreted by your command shell.
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[Nowant right space]
CallName="--nowant-right-space="
Category=3
Description="
For those who want more detailed control over the whitespace around tokens, there are four parameters which can directly modify the default whitespace rules built into perltidy for any token.  They are:
-wls=s or --want-left-space=s,
-nwls=s or --nowant-left-space=s,
-wrs=s or --want-right-space=s,
-nwrs=s or --nowant-right-space=s.
These parameters are each followed by a quoted string, s, containing a list of token types.  No more than one of each of these parameters should be specified, because repeating a command-line parameter always overwrites the previous one before perltidy ever sees it.
To illustrate how these are used, suppose it is desired that there be no space on either side of the token types = + - / *.  The following two parameters would specify this desire:
\n  -nwls="= + - / *"    -nwrs="= + - / *"
(Note that the token types are in quotes, and that they are separated by spaces).  With these modified whitespace rules, the following line of math:
\n  $root = -$b + sqrt( $b * $b - 4. * $a * $c ) / ( 2. * $a );
becomes this:
\n  $root=-$b+sqrt( $b*$b-4.*$a*$c )/( 2.*$a );
These parameters should be considered to be hints to perltidy rather than fixed rules, because perltidy must try to resolve conflicts that arise between them and all of the other rules that it uses.  One conflict that can arise is if, between two tokens, the left token wants a space and the right one doesn't.  In this case, the token not wanting a space takes priority.
It is necessary to have a list of all token types in order to create this type of input.  Such a list can be obtained by the command --dump-token-types.  Also try the -D flag on a short snippet of code and look at the .DEBUG file to see the tokenization.
WARNING Be sure to put these tokens in quotes to avoid having them misinterpreted by your command shell.
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[Opening brace always on right]
Category=6
Description="
The default style, -nbl places the opening code block brace on a new line if it does not fit on the same line as the opening keyword, like this:
\n        if ( $bigwasteofspace1 && $bigwasteofspace2\n          || $bigwasteofspace3 && $bigwasteofspace4 )\n        {\n            big_waste_of_time();\n        }
To force the opening brace to always be on the right, use the -bar flag.  In this case, the above example becomes
\n        if ( $bigwasteofspace1 && $bigwasteofspace2\n          || $bigwasteofspace3 && $bigwasteofspace4 ) {\n            big_waste_of_time();\n        }
A conflict occurs if both -bl and -bar are specified.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-bar|
ValueDefault=0

[Opening brace on new line]
Category=6
Description="
Use the flag -bl to place the opening brace on a new line:
\n  if ( $input_file eq '-' )    # -bl \n  {                          \n      important_function();\n  }
This flag applies to all structural blocks, including sub's (unless the -sbl flag is set -- see next item).
The default style, -nbl, places an opening brace on the same line as the keyword introducing it.  For example,
\n  if ( $input_file eq '-' ) {   # -nbl (default)
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-bl|-nbl
ValueDefault=0

[Opening hash brace right]
Category=6
Description="
The -otr flag is a hint that perltidy should not place a break between a comma and an opening token.  For example:
\n    # default formatting\n    push @{ $self->{$module}{$key} },\n      {\n        accno       => $ref->{accno},\n        description => $ref->{description}\n      };
\n    # perltidy -otr\n    push @{ $self->{$module}{$key} }, {\n        accno       => $ref->{accno},\n        description => $ref->{description}\n      };
The flag -otr is actually a synonym for three other flags which can be used to control parens, hash braces, and square brackets separately if desired:
\n  -opr  or --opening-paren-right\n  -ohbr or --opening-hash-brace-right\n  -osbr or --opening-square-bracket-right
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-ohbr|
ValueDefault=0

[Opening paren right]
Category=6
Description="
The -otr flag is a hint that perltidy should not place a break between a comma and an opening token.  For example:
\n    # default formatting\n    push @{ $self->{$module}{$key} },\n      {\n        accno       => $ref->{accno},\n        description => $ref->{description}\n      };
\n    # perltidy -otr\n    push @{ $self->{$module}{$key} }, {\n        accno       => $ref->{accno},\n        description => $ref->{description}\n      };
The flag -otr is actually a synonym for three other flags which can be used to control parens, hash braces, and square brackets separately if desired:
\n  -opr  or --opening-paren-right\n  -ohbr or --opening-hash-brace-right\n  -osbr or --opening-square-bracket-right
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-opr|
ValueDefault=0

[Opening square bracket right]
Category=6
Description="
The -otr flag is a hint that perltidy should not place a break between a comma and an opening token.  For example:
\n    # default formatting\n    push @{ $self->{$module}{$key} },\n      {\n        accno       => $ref->{accno},\n        description => $ref->{description}\n      };
\n    # perltidy -otr\n    push @{ $self->{$module}{$key} }, {\n        accno       => $ref->{accno},\n        description => $ref->{description}\n      };
The flag -otr is actually a synonym for three other flags which can be used to control parens, hash braces, and square brackets separately if desired:
\n  -opr  or --opening-paren-right\n  -ohbr or --opening-hash-brace-right\n  -osbr or --opening-square-bracket-right
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-osbr|
ValueDefault=0

[Opening sub brace on new line]
Category=6
Description="
The flag -sbl can be used to override the value of -bl for opening sub braces.  For example,
\n perltidy -sbl
produces this result:
\n sub message\n {\n    if (!defined($_[0])) {\n        print("Hello, World\n");\n    }\n    else {\n        print($_[0], "\n");\n    }\n }
This flag is negated with -nsbl.  If -sbl is not specified, the value of -bl is used.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-sbl|-nsbl
ValueDefault=0

[Opening anonymous sub brace on new line]
Category=6
Description="
The flag -asbl is like the -sbl flag except that it applies to anonymous sub's instead of named subs. For example
\n perltidy -asbl
produces this result:
\n $a = sub\n {\n     if ( !defined( $_[0] ) ) {\n         print("Hello, World\n");\n     }\n     else {\n         print( $_[0], "\n" );\n     }\n };
This flag is negated with -nasbl, and the default is -nasbl.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-asbl|-nasbl
ValueDefault=0

[Opening token right]
Category=6
Description="
The -otr flag is a hint that perltidy should not place a break between a comma and an opening token.  For example:
\n    # default formatting\n    push @{ $self->{$module}{$key} },\n      {\n        accno       => $ref->{accno},\n        description => $ref->{description}\n      };
\n    # perltidy -otr\n    push @{ $self->{$module}{$key} }, {\n        accno       => $ref->{accno},\n        description => $ref->{description}\n      };
The flag -otr is actually a synonym for three other flags which can be used to control parens, hash braces, and square brackets separately if desired:
\n  -opr  or --opening-paren-right\n  -ohbr or --opening-hash-brace-right\n  -osbr or --opening-square-bracket-right
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-otr|
ValueDefault=0

[Outdent keyword list]
CallName="--outdent-keyword-list="
Category=2
Description="This command can be used to change the keywords which are outdented with the -okw command.  The parameter string is a required list of perl keywords, which should be placed in quotes if there are more than one. By itself, it does not cause any outdenting to occur, so the -okw command is still required.
For example, the commands -okwl="next last redo goto" -okw will cause those four keywords to be outdented.  It is probably simplest to place any -okwl command in a .perltidyrc file."
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[Outdent long comments]
Category=4
Description="
When -olc is set, lines which are full-line (block) comments longer than the value maximum-line-length will have their indentation removed.  This is the default; use -nolc to prevent outdenting.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-olc|-nolc
ValueDefault=1

[Outdent long lines]
Category=2
Description="This command is equivalent to --outdent-long-quotes and --outdent-long-comments, and it is included for compatibility with previous versions of perltidy.  The negation of this also works, -noll or --nooutdent-long-lines, and is equivalent to setting -nolq and -nolc."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--outdent-long-lines|
ValueDefault=0

[Outdent long quotes]
Category=2
Description="When -olq is set, lines which is a quoted string longer than the value maximum-line-length will have their indentation removed to make them more readable.  This is the default.  To prevent such out-denting, use -nolq or --nooutdent-long-lines."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--outdent-long-quotes|
ValueDefault=0

[Outdenting Keywords]
Category=2
Description="The command -okw will will cause certain leading control keywords to be outdented by 2 spaces (or whatever -ci has been set to), if possible.  By default, these keywords are redo, next, last, goto, and return.  The intention is to make these control keywords easier to see.  To change this list of keywords being outdented, see the next section.
For example, using perltidy -okw on the previous example gives:
\n        my $i;\n      LOOP: while ( $i = <FOTOS> ) {\n            chomp($i);\n          next unless $i;\n            fixit($i);\n        }
The default is not to do this."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--outdent-keywords|
ValueDefault=0

[Outdenting Labels]
Category=2
Description="This command will cause labels to be outdented by 2 spaces (or whatever -ci has been set to), if possible.  This is the default.  For example:
\n        my $i;\n      LOOP: while ( $i = <FOTOS> ) {\n            chomp($i);\n            next unless $i;\n            fixit($i);\n        }
Use -nola to not outdent labels."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--outdent-labels|
ValueDefault=0

[Output line ending]
Category=1
Choices="--output-line-ending=win|--output-line-ending=dos|--output-line-ending=unix|--output-line-ending=mac"
ChoicesReadable=Output line ending Windows|Output line ending Dos|Output line ending Unix|Output line ending Mac
Description="where s=win, dos, unix, or mac.  This flag tells perltidy to output line endings for a specific system.  Normally, perltidy writes files with the line separator character of the host system.  The win and dos flags have an identical result."
EditorType=multiple
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=1

[Paren tightness]
CallName="--paren-tightness="
Category=3
Description="
The -pt=n or --paren-tightness=n parameter controls the space within parens.  The example below shows the effect of the three possible values, 0, 1, and 2:
\n if ( ( my $len_tab = length( $tabstr ) ) > 0 ) {  # -pt=0\n if ( ( my $len_tab = length($tabstr) ) > 0 ) {    # -pt=1 (default)\n if ((my $len_tab = length($tabstr)) > 0) {        # -pt=2
When n is 0, there is always a space to the right of a '(' and to the left of a ')'.  For n=2 there is never a space.  For n=1, the default, there is a space unless the quantity within the parens is a single token, such as an identifier or quoted string."
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[Paren vertical tightness]
CallName="--paren-vertical-tightness="
Category=6
Description="
The -vt=n and -vtc=n parameters apply to each type of container token.  If desired, vertical tightness controls can be applied independently to each of the closing container token types.
In fact, the parameter -vt=n is actually just an abbreviation for -pvt=n -bvt=n sbvt=n, and likewise -vtc=n is an abbreviation for -pvtc=n -bvtc=n sbvtc=n.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[Paren vertical tightness closing]
CallName="--paren-vertical-tightness-closing="
Category=6
Description="
The -vt=n and -vtc=n parameters apply to each type of container token.  If desired, vertical tightness controls can be applied independently to each of the closing container token types.
In fact, the parameter -vt=n is actually just an abbreviation for -pvt=n -bvt=n sbvt=n, and likewise -vtc=n is an abbreviation for -pvtc=n -bvtc=n sbvtc=n.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[Perl best practices]
Category=0
Description="
-pbp is an abbreviation for the parameters in the book Perl Best Practices by Damian Conway:
\n    -l=78 -i=4 -ci=4 -st -se -vt=2 -cti=0 -pt=1 -bt=1 -sbt=1 -bbt=1 -nsfs -nolq\n    -wbb="% + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < > | & = \n          **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x="
Note that the -st and -se flags make perltidy act as a filter on one file only. These can be overridden with -nst and -nse if necessary.
"
EditorType=boolean
Enabled=false
TrueFalse=--perl-best-practices --nostandard-output|
ValueDefault=0

[Perl syntax check flags]
CallName="--perl-syntax-check-flags="
Category=1
Description="When perl is invoked to check syntax, the normal flags are -c -T.  In addition, if the -x flag is given to perltidy, then perl will also be passed a -x flag.  It should not normally be necessary to change these flags, but it can be done with the -pscf=s flag.  For example, if the taint flag, -T, is not wanted, the flag could be set to be just -pscf=-c.
Perltidy will pass your string to perl with the exception that it willadd a -c and -x if appropriate.  The .LOG file will show exactly what flags were passed to perl."
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[Preserve line endings]
Category=1
Description="This flag tells perltidy to write its output files with the same line endings as the input file, if possible.  It should work for dos, unix, and mac line endings.  It will only work if perltidy input comes from a filename (rather than stdin, for example). If perltidy has trouble determining the input file line ending, it will revert to the default behavior of using the line ending of the host system."
EditorType=boolean
Enabled=false
TrueFalse=--preserve-line-endings|
ValueDefault=0

[Space after keyword]
CallName="--space-after-keyword="
Category=3
Description="
When an opening paren follows a Perl keyword, no space is introduced after the keyword, unless it is (by default) one of these:
\n   my local our and or eq ne if else elsif until unless \n   while for foreach return switch case given when
These defaults can be modified with two commands:
-sak=s  or --space-after-keyword=s  adds keywords.
-nsak=s  or --nospace-after-keyword=s  removes keywords.
where s is a list of keywords (in quotes if necessary).  For example,
\n  my ( $a, $b, $c ) = @_;    # default\n  my( $a, $b, $c ) = @_;     # -nsak="my local our"
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[Space for semicolon]
Category=3
Description="
Semicolons within for loops may sometimes be hard to see, particularly when commas are also present.  This option places spaces on both sides of these special semicolons, and is the default.  Use -nsfs or --nospace-for-semicolon to deactivate it.
\n for ( @a = @$ap, $u = shift @a ; @a ; $u = $v ) {  # -sfs (default)\n for ( @a = @$ap, $u = shift @a; @a; $u = $v ) {    # -nsfs
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--space-for-semicolon|
ValueDefault=0

[Space function paren]
Category=3
Description="
When an opening paren follows a function the default is not to introduce a space.  To cause a space to be introduced use:
-sfp  or --space-function-paren
\n  myfunc( $a, $b, $c );    # default \n  myfunc ( $a, $b, $c );   # -sfp
You will probably also want to use the flag -skp (previous item) too.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--space-function-paren|
ValueDefault=0

[Space keyword paren]
Category=3
Description="
When an opening paren follows a function or keyword, no space is introduced after the keyword except for the keywords noted in the previous item.  To always put a space between a function or keyword and its opening paren, use the command:
-skp  or --space-keyword-paren
You will probably also want to use the flag -sfp (next item) too.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--space-keyword-paren|
ValueDefault=0

[Space terminal semicolon]
Category=3
Description="
Some programmers prefer a space before all terminal semicolons. The default is for no such space, and is indicated with -nsts or --nospace-terminal-semicolon.
\n        $i = 1 ;     #  -sts\n        $i = 1;      #  -nsts   (default)
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--space-terminal-semicolon|
ValueDefault=0

[Square bracket tightness]
CallName="--square-bracket-tightness="
Category=3
Description="
Likewise, the parameter -sbt=n or --square-bracket-tightness=n controls the space within square brackets, as illustrated below.
\n $width = $col[ $j + $k ] - $col[ $j ];  # -sbt=0\n $width = $col[ $j + $k ] - $col[$j];    # -sbt=1 (default)\n $width = $col[$j + $k] - $col[$j];      # -sbt=2
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[Square bracket vertical tightness]
CallName="--square-bracket-vertical-tightness="
Category=6
Description="
The -vt=n and -vtc=n parameters apply to each type of container token.  If desired, vertical tightness controls can be applied independently to each of the closing container token types.
In fact, the parameter -vt=n is actually just an abbreviation for -pvt=n -bvt=n sbvt=n, and likewise -vtc=n is an abbreviation for -pvtc=n -bvtc=n sbvtc=n.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[Square bracket vertical tightness closing]
CallName="--square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing="
Category=6
Description="
The -vt=n and -vtc=n parameters apply to each type of container token.  If desired, vertical tightness controls can be applied independently to each of the closing container token types.
In fact, the parameter -vt=n is actually just an abbreviation for -pvt=n -bvt=n sbvt=n, and likewise -vtc=n is an abbreviation for -pvtc=n -bvtc=n sbvtc=n.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[Stack closing hash brace]
Category=6
Description="
The -sct flag tells perltidy to ``stack'' closing tokens when possible to avoid lines with isolated closing tokens.
For example:
\n    # default\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
\n    # -sct\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        } );
The -sct flag is somewhat similar to the -vtc flags, and in some cases it can give a similar result.  The difference is that the -vtc flags try to avoid lines with leading opening tokens by ``hiding'' them at the end of a previous line, whereas the -sct flag merely tries to reduce the number of lines with isolated closing tokens by stacking them but does not try to hide them.  For example:
\n    # -vtc=2\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1, } );
The flag -sct is a synonym for -scp -schb -scsb.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-schb|
ValueDefault=0

[Stack closing paren]
Category=6
Description="
The -sct flag tells perltidy to ``stack'' closing tokens when possible to avoid lines with isolated closing tokens.
For example:
\n    # default\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
\n    # -sct\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        } );
The -sct flag is somewhat similar to the -vtc flags, and in some cases it can give a similar result.  The difference is that the -vtc flags try to avoid lines with leading opening tokens by ``hiding'' them at the end of a previous line, whereas the -sct flag merely tries to reduce the number of lines with isolated closing tokens by stacking them but does not try to hide them.  For example:
\n    # -vtc=2\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1, } );
The flag -sct is a synonym for -scp -schb -scsb.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-scp|
ValueDefault=0

[Stack closing square bracket]
Category=6
Description="
The -sct flag tells perltidy to ``stack'' closing tokens when possible to avoid lines with isolated closing tokens.
For example:
\n    # default\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
\n    # -sct\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        } );
The -sct flag is somewhat similar to the -vtc flags, and in some cases it can give a similar result.  The difference is that the -vtc flags try to avoid lines with leading opening tokens by ``hiding'' them at the end of a previous line, whereas the -sct flag merely tries to reduce the number of lines with isolated closing tokens by stacking them but does not try to hide them.  For example:
\n    # -vtc=2\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1, } );
The flag -sct is a synonym for -scp -schb -scsb.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-scsb|
ValueDefault=0

[Stack closing tokens]
Category=6
Description="
The -sct flag tells perltidy to ``stack'' closing tokens when possible to avoid lines with isolated closing tokens.
For example:
\n    # default\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
\n    # -sct\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        } );
The -sct flag is somewhat similar to the -vtc flags, and in some cases it can give a similar result.  The difference is that the -vtc flags try to avoid lines with leading opening tokens by ``hiding'' them at the end of a previous line, whereas the -sct flag merely tries to reduce the number of lines with isolated closing tokens by stacking them but does not try to hide them.  For example:
\n    # -vtc=2\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1, } );
For detailed control of the stacking of individual closing tokens the following controls can be used:
\n  -scp  or --stack-closing-paren\n  -schb or --stack-closing-hash-brace\n  -scsb or --stack-closing-square-bracket
The flag -sct is a synonym for -scp -schb -scsb.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-sct|
ValueDefault=0

[Stack opening hash brace]
Category=6
Description="
The -sot flag tells perltidy to ``stack'' opening tokens when possible to avoid lines with isolated opening tokens.
For example:
\n    # default\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
\n    # -sot\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new( {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
For detailed control of individual closing tokens the following controls can be used:
\n  -sop  or --stack-opening-paren\n  -sohb or --stack-opening-hash-brace\n  -sosb or --stack-opening-square-bracket
The flag -sot is a synonym for -sop -sohb -sosb.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-sohb|
ValueDefault=0

[Stack opening paren]
Category=6
Description="
The -sot flag tells perltidy to ``stack'' opening tokens when possible to avoid lines with isolated opening tokens.
For example:
\n    # default\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
\n    # -sot\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new( {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
The flag -sot is a synonym for -sop -sohb -sosb.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-sop|
ValueDefault=0

[Stack opening square bracket]
Category=6
Description="
The -sot flag tells perltidy to ``stack'' opening tokens when possible to avoid lines with isolated opening tokens.
For example:
\n    # default\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
\n    # -sot\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new( {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
For detailed control of individual closing tokens the following controls can be used:
\n  -sop  or --stack-opening-paren\n  -sohb or --stack-opening-hash-brace\n  -sosb or --stack-opening-square-bracket
The flag -sot is a synonym for -sop -sohb -sosb.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-sosb|
ValueDefault=0

[Stack opening tokens]
Category=6
Description="
The -sot flag tells perltidy to ``stack'' opening tokens when possible to avoid lines with isolated opening tokens.
For example:
\n    # default\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new(\n        {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
\n    # -sot\n    $opt_c = Text::CSV_XS->new( {\n            binary       => 1,\n            sep_char     => $opt_c,\n            always_quote => 1,\n        }\n    );
For detailed control of individual closing tokens the following controls can be used:
\n  -sop  or --stack-opening-paren\n  -sohb or --stack-opening-hash-brace\n  -sosb or --stack-opening-square-bracket
The flag -sot is a synonym for -sop -sohb -sosb.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-sot|
ValueDefault=0

[Starting indentation level]
CallName="--starting-indentation-level="
Category=2
Description="By default, perltidy examines the input file and tries to determine the starting indentation level.  While it is often zero, it may not be zero for a code snippet being sent from an editing session.  If the default method does not work correctly, or you want to change the starting level, use -sil=n, to force the starting level to be n."
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=1000
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[Static Block Comment Outdent]
Category=4
Description="
The command -osbc will will cause static block comments to be outdented by 2 spaces (or whatever -ci=n has been set to), if possible.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-osbc|
ValueDefault=0

[Static Block Comment Prefix]
CallName="--static-block-comment-prefix="
Category=4
Description="
This parameter defines the prefix used to identify static block comments when the -sbc parameter is set.  The default prefix is ##, corresponding to -sbcp=##.  The prefix is actually part of a perl pattern used to match lines and it must either begin with # or ^#.  In the first case a prefix ^* will be added to match any leading whitespace, while in the second case the pattern will match only comments with no leading whitespace.  For example, to identify all comments as static block comments, one would use -sbcp=#. To identify all left-adjusted comments as static block comments, use -sbcp='^#'.
Please note that -sbcp merely defines the pattern used to identify static block comments; it will not be used unless the switch -sbc is set.  Also, please be aware that since this string is used in a perl regular expression which identifies these comments, it must enable a valid regular expression to be formed.
A pattern which can be useful is:
\n    -sbcp=^#{2,}[^#]
This pattern requires a static block comment to have at least one character which is neither a # nor a space.  It allows a line containing only '#' characters to be rejected as a static block comment.  Such lines are often used at the start and end of header information in subroutines and should not be separated from the intervening comments, which typically begin with just a single '#'.
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=##

[Static Block Comments]
Category=4
Description="
Static block comments are block comments with a special leading pattern, ## by default, which will be treated slightly differently from other block comments.  They effectively behave as if they had glue along their left and top edges, because they stick to the left edge and previous line when there is no blank spaces in those places.  This option is particularly useful for controlling how commented code is displayed.
-sbc, --static-block-comments
When -sbc is used, a block comment with a special leading pattern, ## by default, will be treated specially.
Comments so identified  are treated as follows:
  • If there is no leading space on the line, then the comment will not be indented, and otherwise it may be,
  • no new blank line will be inserted before such a comment, and
  • such a comment will never become a hanging side comment.
For example, assuming @month_of_year is left-adjusted:
\n    @month_of_year = (    # -sbc (default)\n        'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun', 'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct',\n    ##  'Dec', 'Nov'\n        'Nov', 'Dec');
Without this convention, the above code would become
\n    @month_of_year = (   # -nsbc\n        'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Apr', 'May', 'Jun', 'Jul', 'Aug', 'Sep', 'Oct',\n  \n        ##  'Dec', 'Nov'\n        'Nov', 'Dec'\n    );
 
which is not as clear. The default is to use -sbc.  This may be deactivated with -nsbc.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-sbc|-nsbc
ValueDefault=1

[Static Side Comment Prefix]
CallName="--static-side-comment-prefix="
Category=4
Description="
This parameter defines the prefix used to identify static side comments when the -ssc parameter is set.  The default prefix is ##, corresponding to -sscp=##.
Please note that -sscp merely defines the pattern used to identify static side comments; it will not be used unless the switch -ssc is set.  Also, note that this string is used in a perl regular expression which identifies these comments, so it must enable a valid regular expression to be formed.
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=##

[Static Side Comments]
Category=4
Description="
Static side comments are side comments with a special leading pattern. This option can be useful for controlling how commented code is displayed when it is a side comment.
-ssc, --static-side-comments
When -ssc is used, a side comment with a static leading pattern, which is ## by default, will be be spaced only a single space from previous character, and it will not be vertically aligned with other side comments.
The default is -nssc.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-ssc|-nssc
ValueDefault=0

[Tabs]
Category=1
Description="This flag causes one leading tab character to be inserted for each level of indentation.  Certain other features are incompatible with this option, and if these options are also given, then a warning message will be issued and this flag will be unset.  One example is the -lp option."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--tabs|
ValueDefault=0

[Trimming whitespace around qw quotes]
Category=3
Choices=--trim-qw|--notrim-qw
ChoicesReadable=Trim whitespace|Do not trim whitespace
Description="
-tqw or --trim-qw provide the default behavior of trimming spaces around multi-line qw quotes and indenting them appropriately.
-ntqw or --notrim-qw cause leading and trailing whitespace around multi-line qw quotes to be left unchanged.  This option will not normally be necessary, but was added for testing purposes, because in some versions of perl, trimming qw quotes changes the syntax tree.
"
EditorType=multiple
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=0

[Vertical tightness]
CallName="--vertical-tightness="
Category=6
Description="
Opening tokens (except for block braces) are controlled by -vt=n, or --vertical-tightness=n, where
\n -vt=0 always break a line after opening token (default). \n -vt=1 do not break unless this would produce more than one \n         step in indentation in a line.\n -vt=2 never break a line after opening token
You must also use the -lp flag when you use the -vt flag; the reason is explained below.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[Vertical tightness closing]
CallName="--vertical-tightness-closing="
Category=6
Description="
Closing tokens (except for block braces) are controlled by -vtc=n, or --vertical-tightness-closing=n, where
\n -vtc=0 always break a line before a closing token (default), \n -vtc=1 do not break before a closing token which is followed \n        by a semicolon or another closing token, and is not in \n        a list environment.\n -vtc=2 never break before a closing token.
The rules for -vtc=1 are designed to maintain a reasonable balance between tightness and readability in complex lists.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=2
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[Want break after]
CallName="--want-break-after="
Category=6
Description="
These parameters are each followed by a quoted string, s, containing a list of token types (separated only by spaces).  No more than one of each of these parameters should be specified, because repeating a command-line parameter always overwrites the previous one before perltidy ever sees it.
By default, perltidy breaks after these token types:  % + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < >  | &   = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=
And perltidy breaks before these token types by default:  . << >> -> && || //
To illustrate, to cause a break after a concatenation operator, '.', rather than before it, the command line would be
\n  -wba="."
As another example, the following command would cause a break before  math operators '+', '-', '/', and '*':
\n  -wbb="+ - / *"
These commands should work well for most of the token types that perltidy uses (use --dump-token-types for a list).  Also try the -D flag on a short snippet of code and look at the .DEBUG file to see the tokenization.  However, for a few token types there may be conflicts with hardwired logic which cause unexpected results.  One example is curly braces, which should be controlled with the parameter bl provided for that purpose.
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[Want break before]
CallName="--want-break-before="
Category=6
Description="
These parameters are each followed by a quoted string, s, containing a list of token types (separated only by spaces).  No more than one of each of these parameters should be specified, because repeating a command-line parameter always overwrites the previous one before perltidy ever sees it.
By default, perltidy breaks after these token types:  % + - * / x != == >= <= =~ !~ < >  | &   = **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=
And perltidy breaks before these token types by default:  . << >> -> && || //
To illustrate, to cause a break after a concatenation operator, '.', rather than before it, the command line would be
\n  -wba="."
As another example, the following command would cause a break before  math operators '+', '-', '/', and '*':
\n  -wbb="+ - / *"
These commands should work well for most of the token types that perltidy uses (use --dump-token-types for a list).  Also try the -D flag on a short snippet of code and look at the .DEBUG file to see the tokenization.  However, for a few token types there may be conflicts with hardwired logic which cause unexpected results.  One example is curly braces, which should be controlled with the parameter bl provided for that purpose.
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[Want left space]
CallName="--want-left-space="
Category=3
Description="
For those who want more detailed control over the whitespace around tokens, there are four parameters which can directly modify the default whitespace rules built into perltidy for any token.  They are:
-wls=s or --want-left-space=s,
-nwls=s or --nowant-left-space=s,
-wrs=s or --want-right-space=s,
-nwrs=s or --nowant-right-space=s.
These parameters are each followed by a quoted string, s, containing a list of token types.  No more than one of each of these parameters should be specified, because repeating a command-line parameter always overwrites the previous one before perltidy ever sees it.
To illustrate how these are used, suppose it is desired that there be no space on either side of the token types = + - / *.  The following two parameters would specify this desire:
\n  -nwls="= + - / *"    -nwrs="= + - / *"
(Note that the token types are in quotes, and that they are separated by spaces).  With these modified whitespace rules, the following line of math:
\n  $root = -$b + sqrt( $b * $b - 4. * $a * $c ) / ( 2. * $a );
becomes this:
\n  $root=-$b+sqrt( $b*$b-4.*$a*$c )/( 2.*$a );
These parameters should be considered to be hints to perltidy rather than fixed rules, because perltidy must try to resolve conflicts that arise between them and all of the other rules that it uses.  One conflict that can arise is if, between two tokens, the left token wants a space and the right one doesn't.  In this case, the token not wanting a space takes priority.
It is necessary to have a list of all token types in order to create this type of input.  Such a list can be obtained by the command --dump-token-types.  Also try the -D flag on a short snippet of code and look at the .DEBUG file to see the tokenization.
WARNING Be sure to put these tokens in quotes to avoid having them misinterpreted by your command shell.
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[Want right space]
CallName="--want-right-space="
Category=3
Description="
For those who want more detailed control over the whitespace around tokens, there are four parameters which can directly modify the default whitespace rules built into perltidy for any token.  They are:
-wls=s or --want-left-space=s,
-nwls=s or --nowant-left-space=s,
-wrs=s or --want-right-space=s,
-nwrs=s or --nowant-right-space=s.
These parameters are each followed by a quoted string, s, containing a list of token types.  No more than one of each of these parameters should be specified, because repeating a command-line parameter always overwrites the previous one before perltidy ever sees it.
To illustrate how these are used, suppose it is desired that there be no space on either side of the token types = + - / *.  The following two parameters would specify this desire:
\n  -nwls="= + - / *"    -nwrs="= + - / *"
(Note that the token types are in quotes, and that they are separated by spaces).  With these modified whitespace rules, the following line of math:
\n  $root = -$b + sqrt( $b * $b - 4. * $a * $c ) / ( 2. * $a );
becomes this:
\n  $root=-$b+sqrt( $b*$b-4.*$a*$c )/( 2.*$a );
These parameters should be considered to be hints to perltidy rather than fixed rules, because perltidy must try to resolve conflicts that arise between them and all of the other rules that it uses.  One conflict that can arise is if, between two tokens, the left token wants a space and the right one doesn't.  In this case, the token not wanting a space takes priority.
It is necessary to have a list of all token types in order to create this type of input.  Such a list can be obtained by the command --dump-token-types.  Also try the -D flag on a short snippet of code and look at the .DEBUG file to see the tokenization.
WARNING Be sure to put these tokens in quotes to avoid having them misinterpreted by your command shell.
"
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=

[Break at old comma breakpoints]
Category=7
Description="
This flag tells perltidy to try to break at all old commas.  This is not the default.  Normally, perltidy makes a best guess at list formatting, and seldom uses old comma breakpoints.  Usually this works well, but consider:
\n    my @list = (1,\n                1, 1,\n                1, 2, 1,\n                1, 3, 3, 1,\n                1, 4, 6, 4, 1,);
The default formatting will flatten this down to one line:
\n    # perltidy (default)\n    my @list = ( 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 3, 3, 1, 1, 4, 6, 4, 1, );
which hides the structure. Using -boc, plus additional flags to retain the original style, yields
\n    # perltidy -boc -lp -pt=2 -vt=1 -vtc=1\n    my @list = (1,\n                1, 1,\n                1, 2, 1,\n                1, 3, 3, 1,\n                1, 4, 6, 4, 1,);
A disadvantage of this flag is that all tables in the file must already be nicely formatted.  For another possibility see the -fs flag in Skipping Selected Sections of Code.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--break-at-old-comma-breakpoints|
ValueDefault=0

[Maximum fields per table]
CallName="--maximum-fields-per-table="
Category=7
Description="
If the computed number of fields for any table exceeds n, then it will be reduced to n.  The default value for n is a large number, 40.  While this value should probably be left unchanged as a general rule, it might be used on a small section of code to force a list to have a particular number of fields per line, and then either the -boc flag could be used to retain this formatting, or a single comment could be introduced somewhere to freeze the formatting in future applications of perltidy.
\n    # perltidy -mft=2\n    @month_of_year = (    \n        'Jan', 'Feb',\n        'Mar', 'Apr',\n        'May', 'Jun',\n        'Jul', 'Aug',\n        'Sep', 'Oct',\n        'Nov', 'Dec'\n    );
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=9999
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=40

[Comma arrow breakpoints]
CallName="--comma-arrow-breakpoints="
Category=7
Description="
A comma which follows a comma arrow, '=>', requires special consideration.  In a long list, it is common to break at all such commas.  This parameter can be used to control how perltidy breaks at these commas.  (However, it will have no effect if old comma breaks are being forced because -boc is used).  The possible values of n are:
\n n=0 break at all commas after =>  \n n=1 stable: break at all commas after => unless this would break\n     an existing one-line container (default)\n n=2 break at all commas after =>, but try to form the maximum\n     maximum one-line container lengths\n n=3 do not treat commas after => specially at all
For example, given the following single line, perltidy by default will not add any line breaks because it would break the existing one-line container:
\n    bless { B => $B, Root => $Root } => $package;
Using -cab=0 will force a break after each comma-arrow item:
\n    # perltidy -cab=0:\n    bless {\n        B    => $B,\n        Root => $Root\n    } => $package;
If perltidy is subsequently run with this container broken, then by default it will break after each '=>' because the container is now broken.  To reform a one-line container, the parameter -cab=2 would be needed.
The flag -cab=3 can be used to prevent these commas from being treated specially.  In this case, an item such as ``01'' => 31 is treated as a single item in a table.  The number of fields in this table will be determined by the same rules that are used for any other table. Here is an example.
\n    # perltidy -cab=3\n    my %last_day = (\n        "01" => 31, "02" => 29, "03" => 31, "04" => 30,\n        "05" => 31, "06" => 30, "07" => 31, "08" => 31,\n        "09" => 30, "10" => 31, "11" => 30, "12" => 31\n    );
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=3
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=3

[Break at old logical breakpoints]
Category=8
Description="
By default, if a logical expression is broken at a &&, ||, and, or or, then the container will remain broken.  Also, breaks at internal keywords if and unless will normally be retained. To prevent this, and thus form longer lines, use -nbol.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--break-at-old-logical-breakpoints|
ValueDefault=0

[Break at old keyword breakpoints]
Category=8
Description="
By default, perltidy will retain a breakpoint before keywords which may return lists, such as sort and <map>.  This allows chains of these operators to be displayed one per line.  Use -nbok to prevent retaining these breakpoints.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--break-at-old-keyword-breakpoints|
ValueDefault=0

[Break at old ternary breakpoints]
Category=8
Description="
By default, if a conditional (ternary) operator is broken at a :, then it will remain broken.  To prevent this, and thereby form longer lines, use -nbot.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--break-at-old-ternary-breakpoints|
ValueDefault=0

[Ignore old breakpoints]
Category=8
Description="
Use this flag to tell perltidy to ignore existing line breaks to the maximum extent possible.  This will tend to produce the longest possible containers, regardless of type, which do not exceed the line length limit.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--ignore-old-breakpoints|
ValueDefault=0

[Keep interior semicolons] 
Category=8
Description="
Use the -kis flag to prevent breaking at a semicolon if there was no break there in the input file.  Normally perltidy places a newline after each semicolon which terminates a statement unless several statements are contained within a one-line brace block.  To illustrate, consider the following input lines:
\n    dbmclose(%verb_delim); undef %verb_delim;\n    dbmclose(%expanded); undef %expanded;
The default is to break after each statement, giving
\n    dbmclose(%verb_delim);\n    undef %verb_delim;\n    dbmclose(%expanded);\n    undef %expanded;
With perltidy -kis the multiple statements are retained:
\n    dbmclose(%verb_delim); undef %verb_delim;\n    dbmclose(%expanded);   undef %expanded;
The statements are still subject to the specified value of maximum-line-length and will be broken if this maximum is exceeed.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--keep-interior-semicolons|
ValueDefault=0

[Blanks before comments]
Category=9
Description="
A blank line will be introduced before a full-line comment.  This is the default.  Use -nbbc or  --noblanks-before-comments to prevent such blank lines from being introduced.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--blanks-before-comments|
ValueDefault=0

[Blanks before subs]
Category=9
Description="
A blank line will be introduced before a sub definition, unless it is a one-liner or preceded by a comment.  A blank line will also be introduced before a package statement and a BEGIN and END block.  This is the default.  The intention is to help display the structure of a program by setting off certain key sections of code.  This is negated with -nbbs or --noblanks-before-subs.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--blanks-before-subs|
ValueDefault=0

[Blanks before blocks]
Category=9
Description="
A blank line will be introduced before blocks of coding delimited by for, foreach, while, until, and if, unless, in the following circumstances:
  • The block is not preceded by a comment.
  • The block is not a one-line block.
  • The number of consecutive non-blank lines at the current indentation depth is at least -lbl (see next section).
This is the default.  The intention of this option is to introduce some space within dense coding. This is negated with -nbbb or  --noblanks-before-blocks.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--blanks-before-blocks|
ValueDefault=0

[Long block line count]
CallName="--long-block-line-count="
Category=9
Description="
This controls how often perltidy is allowed to add blank lines before certain block types (see previous section).  The default is 8.  Entering a value of 0 is equivalent to entering a very large number.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=9999
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=8

[Maximum consecutive blank lines]
CallName="--maximum-consecutive-blank-lines="
Category=9
Description="
This parameter specifies the maximum number of consecutive blank lines in the output script.  The default is n=1.  If the input file has more than n consecutive blank lines, the number will be reduced to n. (This obviously does not apply to pod sections, here-documents, and quotes).
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=9999
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[Keep old blank lines]
CallName="--keep-old-blank-lines="
Category=9
Description="
The -kbl=n flag gives you control over how your existing blank lines are treated.
The possible values of n are:
\n n=0 ignore all old blank lines\n n=1 stable: keep old blanks, but limited by the value of the B<-mbl=n> flag\n n=2 keep all old blank lines, regardless of the value of the B<-mbl=n> flag
The default is n=1.
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=9999
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[Swallow optional blank lines]
Category=9
Description="
All blank lines not required by the above flags, -bbb, -bbs, and -bbc, will be deleted.  (But essential blank lines above pod documents will be retained).  This is NOT the default.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--swallow-optional-blank-lines|
ValueDefault=0

[Noswallow optional blank lines]
Category=9
Description="
Retain blank lines, including those which do not corresponding to flags -bbb, -bbs, and -bbc.  This is the default.  The number of blanks retained is subject to the limit imposed by --maximum-consecutive-blank-lines, however.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--noswallow-optional-blank-lines|
ValueDefault=0

[Delete all comments]
Category=10
Description="
Perltidy can selectively delete comments and/or pod documentation.  The command -dac or  --delete-all-comments will delete all comments and all pod documentation, leaving just code and any leading system control lines.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--delete-all-comments|
ValueDefault=0

[Delete pod]
Category=10
Description="
The command -dp or --delete-pod will remove all pod documentation (but not comments).
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--delete-pod|
ValueDefault=0

[Delete block comments]
Category=10
Description="
Two commands which remove comments (but not pod) are: -dbc or --delete-block-comments and -dsc or  --delete-side-comments. (Hanging side comments will be deleted with block comments here.)
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--delete-block-comments|
ValueDefault=0

[Delete side comments]
Category=10
Description="
Two commands which remove comments (but not pod) are: -dbc or --delete-block-comments and -dsc or  --delete-side-comments. (Hanging side comments will be deleted with block comments here.)
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--delete-side-comments|
ValueDefault=0

[Tee all comments]
Category=10
Description="
When perltidy writes a formatted text file, it has the ability to also send selected text to a file with a .TEE extension.  This text can include comments and pod documentation.
The command -tac or --tee-all-comments will write all comments and all pod documentation.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--tee-all-comments|
ValueDefault=0

[Tee pod]
Category=10
Description="
When perltidy writes a formatted text file, it has the ability to also send selected text to a file with a .TEE extension.  This text can include comments and pod documentation.
The command -tp or --tee-pod will write all pod documentation (but not comments).
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--tee-pod|
ValueDefault=0

[Tee block comments]
Category=10
Description="
When perltidy writes a formatted text file, it has the ability to also send selected text to a file with a .TEE extension.  This text can include comments and pod documentation.
The commands which write comments (but not pod) are: -tbc or --tee-block-comments and -tsc or  --tee-side-comments. (Hanging side comments will be written with block comments here.)
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--tee-block-comments|
ValueDefault=0

[Tee side comments]
Category=10
Description="
When perltidy writes a formatted text file, it has the ability to also send selected text to a file with a .TEE extension.  This text can include comments and pod documentation.
The commands which write comments (but not pod) are: -tbc or --tee-block-comments and -tsc or  --tee-side-comments. (Hanging side comments will be written with block comments here.)
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--tee-side-comments|
ValueDefault=0

[Look for hash bang]
Category=10
Description="
If your script has leading lines of system commands or other text which are not valid perl code, and which are separated from the start of the perl code by a ``hash-bang'' line, ( a line of the form #!...perl ), you must use the -x flag to tell perltidy not to parse and format any lines before the ``hash-bang'' line.  This option also invokes perl with a -x flag when checking the syntax.  This option was originally added to allow perltidy to parse interactive VMS scripts, but it should be used for any script which is normally invoked with perl -x.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--look-for-hash-bang|
ValueDefault=0

[Making a file unreadable]
Category=10
Choices=--mangle|--extrude
ChoicesReadable=Mangle|Extrude
Description="
The goal of perltidy is to improve the readability of files, but there are two commands which have the opposite effect, --mangle and --extrude.  They are actually merely aliases for combinations of other parameters.  Both of these strip all possible whitespace, but leave comments and pod documents, so that they are essentially reversible.  The difference between these is that --mangle puts the fewest possible line breaks in a script while --extrude puts the maximum possible. Note that these options do not provided any meaningful obfuscation, because perltidy can be used to reformat the files.  They were originally developed to help test the tokenization logic of perltidy, but they have other uses. One use for --mangle is the following:
\n  perltidy --mangle myfile.pl -st | perltidy -o myfile.pl.new
This will form the maximum possible number of one-line blocks (see next section), and can sometimes help clean up a badly formatted script.
A similar technique can be used with --extrude instead of --mangle to make the minimum number of one-line blocks.
Another use for --mangle is to combine it with -dac to reduce the file size of a perl script.
"
EditorType=multiple
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=0

[MakeMaker]
Category=10
Description="
The first $VERSION line of a file which might be eval'd by MakeMaker is passed through unchanged except for indentation. Use --nopass-version-line, or -npvl, to deactivate this feature.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--nopass-version-line|
ValueDefault=0

[AutoLoader]
Category=10
Description="
If the AutoLoader module is used, perltidy will continue formatting code after seeing an __END__ line. Use --nolook-for-autoloader, or -nlal, to deactivate this feature.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--nolook-for-autoloader|
ValueDefault=0

[SelfLoader]
Category=10
Description="
Likewise, if the SelfLoader module is used, perltidy will continue formatting code after seeing a __DATA__ line. Use --nolook-for-selfloader, or -nlsl, to deactivate this feature.
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--nolook-for-selfloader|
ValueDefault=0
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/example.vb0000770000000000017510000000231111700107426020443 0ustar  rootvboxsfDim docRoot As New ChilkatXml

Dim success As Long

docRoot.Tag = "myDoc"

'  To zip compress the content, set this flag to 1
Dim zipContent As Long
zipContent = 0
'  To 128-bit AES encrypt the content, set this flag to 1
Dim encryptContent As Long
encryptContent = 0
Dim encryptPassword As String
encryptPassword = ""

Dim pdfNode As ChilkatXml

Set pdfNode = docRoot.NewChild("pdf","")

'  Embed a PDF into XML
success = pdfNode.SetBinaryContentFromFile("sample.pdf",zipContent,encryptContent,encryptPassword)
If (success <> 1) Then
    MsgBox pdfNode.LastErrorText

    Exit Sub
End If

MsgBox pdfNode.LastErrorText

'  Display the entire XML document:
Text1.Text = Text1.Text & docRoot.GetXml() & vbCrLf

'  Get the Base64-encoded content and display it:
Text1.Text = Text1.Text & pdfNode.Content & vbCrLf

'  Extract the binary content from XML:
Dim unzipContent As Long
unzipContent = 0
Dim decryptContent As Long
decryptContent = 0
Dim decryptPassword As String
decryptPassword = ""
success = pdfNode.SaveBinaryContent("out.pdf",unzipContent,decryptContent,decryptPassword)
If (success <> 1) Then
    MsgBox pdfNode.LastErrorText

    Exit Sub
End If

MsgBox "Success!"universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_phpCB.ini0000770000000000017510000001762111700107426021370 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories=General
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
configFilename=
fileTypes=*.php|*.htm|*.html|*.xhtml
indenterFileName=phpCB
indenterName=PHP Code Beautifier (PHP)
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter=
manual=http://www.waterproof.fr/products/phpCodeBeautifier/manual.php
outputFileName=
outputFileParameter=stdout
parameterOrder=pio
showHelpParameter=-h
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter=
version=2007-02-21

[Align all assignement statements]
Category=0
Description=Align all assignement statements
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--align-equal-statements|
ValueDefault=1

[Align all assignement statements to a fixed position]
CallName="--align-equal-statements-to-fixed-pos "
Category=0
Description="Align all assignement statements to a fixed position.
SourceWith --align-equal-statements-to-fixed-pos 40
<?php 
$noError = true; 
$feildEmpty = false; 
$showMessage = false; 
$showMessage = false; 
$anotherVariable[0123] = 'bla bla bla'; 
$showBlaBlaBlaMessage = false; 
?>
<?php 
$noError                               = true; 
$feildEmpty                            = false; 
$showMessage                           = false; 
$showMessage                           = false; 
$anotherVariable[0123]                 = 'bla bla bla'; 
$showBlaBlaBlaMessage                  = false; 
?> 
"
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=60
MinVal=4
ValueDefault=30

[Allow to insert a space after '(']
Category=0
Description=Allow to insert a space after start bracket '('
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--space-after-start-bracket|
ValueDefault=0

[Allow to insert a space after 'if']
Category=0
Description=Allow to insert a space after 'if' keyword
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--space-after-if|
ValueDefault=1

[Allow to insert a space after 'switch']
Category=0
Description=Allow to insert a space after 'switch' keyword
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--space-after-switch|
ValueDefault=1

[Allow to insert a space after 'while']
Category=0
Description=Allow to insert a space after 'while' keyword
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--space-after-while|
ValueDefault=1

[Allow to insert a space after '}']
Category=0
Description=Allow to insert a space after starting angle bracket '}'
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--space-after-end-angle-bracket|
ValueDefault=1

[Allow to insert a space before ')']
Category=0
Description=Allow to insert a space before end bracket ')'
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--space-before-end-bracket|
ValueDefault=0

[Allow to insert a space before '{']
Category=0
Description=Allow to insert a space before starting angle bracket '{'
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--space-before-start-angle-bracket|
ValueDefault=1

[Change comments]
Category=0
Description="Change '# ...' comments into '// ...' comments
SourceWith --change-shell-comment-to-double-slashes-commentWithout --change-shell-comment-to-double-slashes-comment
<?php

#comment content
//another comment
?>
<?php

// comment content
// another comment
?>
<?php

# comment content
// another comment
?>
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--change-shell-comment-to-double-slashes-comment|
ValueDefault=1

[Comment render style]
Category=0
Choices="--comment-rendering-style PEAR|--comment-rendering-style PHPDoc"
ChoicesReadable="PEAR comment rendering style|PHPDoc comment rendering style"
Description="The following style of comment formating are available:
--comment-rendering-style PEAR--comment-rendering-style PHPDoc
<?php

/**
 * bla bla bla
 *
 * @access public
 */
?>
<?php

/**
* bla bla bla
*
* @access public
*/
?>
"
EditorType=multiple
Enabled=true
ValueDefault=0

[Force large PHP code tag]
Category=0
Description="Change '<?' and '<%' tokens into '<?php' and '%>' into '?>'"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--force-large-php-code-tag|
ValueDefault=1

[Glue "&&" to following item]
Category=0
Description="Glue '&' to following item

With --glue-amperscoreWithout --glue-amperscore
<?php
$value = &$objectInstance;
?>
<?php
$value = & $objectInstance;
?>
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--glue-amperscore|
ValueDefault=1

[Increase padding before case statements]
Category=0
Description="Increase padding before case statements:
With --extra-padding-for-case-statementWithout --extra-padding-for-case-statement
<?php

switch($condition){
    case 1:
        action1();
        break;
    case 2:
        action2();
        break;
    default:
        defaultaction();
        break;
}
?>
<?php

switch($condition){
case 1:
    action1();
    break;
case 2:
    action2();
    break;
default:
    defaultaction();
    break;
}
?>
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--extra-padding-for-case-statement|
ValueDefault=0

[Indent with TAB]
Category=0
Description="If selected, tabulation (ASCII #9) character is used to indent text, elsewhere space (ASCII #32) character is used"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--indent-with-tab|
ValueDefault=0

[Lowercase for NULL, TRUE and FALSE constants]
Category=0
Description="Lowercase for NULL, TRUE and FALSE constants as encouraged in PEAR coding standards
With --force-true-false-null-contant-lowercaseWithout --force-true-false-null-contant-lowercase
<?php
if(true){
    if(false){
        $value = null;
    }
}
?>
<?php
if(TRUE){
    if(FALSE){
        $value = NULL;
    }
}
?>
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--force-true-false-null-contant-lowercase|
ValueDefault=1

[Padding char count]
CallName="--padding-char-count "
Category=0
Description=Indent using # spaces per indent
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=8
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=4

[Use "One true brace" formating for functions]
Category=0
Description="Use 'One true brace' formating for functions
With --one-true-brace-function-declarationWithout --one-true-brace-function-declaration
<?php

function aFunction($param)
{
    // function content
}
?>
<?php

function aFunction($param) {
    // function content
}
?>
"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=--one-true-brace-function-declaration|
ValueDefault=1
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/example.xml0000770000000000017510000000056111700107426020641 0ustar  rootvboxsf

  Wikipedia Städteverzeichnis
  
	   Genf
	   Genf ist der Sitz von ...
  
  
	   Köln
	   Köln ist eine Stadt, die ...
  
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_phpStylist.ini0000770000000000017510000001473411700107426022561 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories="General|Operators|Functions, Classes and Objects|Control Structures|Arrays and Concatenation|Comments"
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
configFilename=
fileTypes=*.php|*.phpt|*.phps
indenterFileName=phpStylist.php
indenterName=phpStylist (PHP)
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter=" "
manual=http://sourceforge.net/projects/phpstylist/
outputFileName=
outputFileParameter=stdout
parameterOrder=ipo
showHelpParameter="-- --help"
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter=
version=1.0

[Indent size]
CallName="--indent_size "
Category=0
Description="Indent the code with the set number of spaces."
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=99
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=4

[Indent with tabs]
Category=0
Description="Indent with tabs instead of spaces"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--indent_with_tabs|"
ValueDefault=0

[Keep redundant lines]
Category=0
Description="Keep redundant lines"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--keep_redundant_lines|"
ValueDefault=0

[Space inside parentheses]
Category=0
Description="Space inside parentheses"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--space_inside_parentheses|"
ValueDefault=0

[Space outside parentheses]
Category=0
Description="Space outside parentheses"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--space_outside_parentheses|"
ValueDefault=0

[Space after comma]
Category=0
Description="Space after comma"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--space_after_comma|"
ValueDefault=0

[Space around assignment]
Category=1
Description="Space around = .= += -= *= /= <<<"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--space_around_assignment|"
ValueDefault=0

[Align block +3 assigned variables]
Category=1
Description="Align block +3 assigned variables"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--align_var_assignment|"
ValueDefault=0

[Space around comparison]
Category=1
Description="Space around == === != !== > >= < <="
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--space_around_comparison|"
ValueDefault=0

[Space around arithmetic]
Category=1
Description="Space around - + * / %"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--space_around_arithmetic|"
ValueDefault=0

[Space around logical]
Category=1
Description="Space around && || AND OR XOR << >>"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--space_around_logical|"
ValueDefault=0

[Space around colon and question]
Category=1
Description="Space around ? :"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--space_around_colon_question|"
ValueDefault=0

[Blank line before keyword]
Category=2
Description="Blank line before keyword"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--line_before_function|"
ValueDefault=0

[Opening bracket on next line]
Category=2
Description="Opening bracket on next line"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--line_before_curly_function|"
ValueDefault=0

[Blank line below opening bracket]
Category=2
Description="Blank line below opening bracket"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--line_after_curly_function|"
ValueDefault=0

[Space around ->]
Category=2
Description="Space around ->"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--space_around_obj_operator|"
ValueDefault=0

[Space around ::]
Category=2
Description="Space around ::"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--space_around_double_colon|"
ValueDefault=0

[Space before parentheses]
Category=3
Description="Space between keyword and opening parentheses"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--space_after_if|"
ValueDefault=0

[Keep else/elseif along with bracket]
Category=3
Description="Keep else/elseif along with bracket"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--else_along_curly|"
ValueDefault=0

[Opening bracket on next line]
Category=3
Description="Opening bracket on next line"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--line_before_curly|"
ValueDefault=0

[Add missing brackets]
Category=3
Description="Add missing brackets to single line structs"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--add_missing_braces|"
ValueDefault=0

[Blank line after case "break"]
Category=3
Description="Blank line after case 'break'"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--line_after_break|"
ValueDefault=0

[Space between "for" elements]
Category=3
Description="Space between 'for' elements"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--space_inside_for|"
ValueDefault=0

[Extra indent for "Case" and "Default"]
Category=3
Description="Extra indent for 'Case' and 'Default'"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--indent_case|"
ValueDefault=0

[Opening array parentheses on next line]
Category=4
Description="Opening array parentheses on next line"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--line_before_array|"
ValueDefault=0

[Non-empty arrays as vertical block]
Category=4
Description="Non-empty arrays as vertical block"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--vertical_array|"
ValueDefault=0

[Align block +3 assigned array elements]
Category=4
Description="Align block +3 assigned array elements"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--align_array_assignment|"
ValueDefault=0

[Space around double arrow]
Category=4
Description="Space around double arrow"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--space_around_double_arrow|"
ValueDefault=0

[Concatenation as vertical block]
Category=4
Description="Concatenation as vertical block"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--vertical_concat|"
ValueDefault=0

[Space around concat elements]
Category=4
Description="Space around concat elements"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--space_around_concat|"
ValueDefault=0

[Blank line before multi-line comment]
Category=5
Description="Blank line before multi-line comment (/*)"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--line_before_comment_multi|"
ValueDefault=0

[Blank line after multi-line comment]
Category=5
Description="Blank line after multi-line comment (/*)"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--line_after_comment_multi|"
ValueDefault=0

[Blank line before single line comments]
Category=5
Description="Blank line before single line comments (//)"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--line_before_comment|"
ValueDefault=0

[Blank line after single line comments]
Category=5
Description="Blank line after single line comments (//)"
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="--line_after_comment|"
ValueDefault=0
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_php_Beautifier.ini0000770000000000017510000000716611700107426023325 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories=General
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
configFilename=
fileTypes=*.php|*.phpt|*.phps
indenterFileName=php_beautifier
indenterName=PHP_Beautifier (PHP)
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter="-f "
manual=http://beautifyphp.sourceforge.net/docs/PHP_Beautifier/tutorial_PHP_Beautifier.howtouse.commandline.pkg.html
outputFileName=indentoutput
outputFileParameter="-o "
parameterOrder=iop
showHelpParameter=--help
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter=
version=0.1.13

[Indent With Spaces]
CallName="-s"
Category=1
Description=Indent the code with the set number of spaces.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=99
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=4

[Indent With Tabs]
CallName="-t"
Category=1
Description=Indent the code with the set number of tabs.
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=99
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=1

[Add Header]
Category=0
Choices="-l \"Pear(add_header=php)\"|-l \"Pear(add_header=bsd)\"|-l \"Pear(add_header=apache)\"|-l \"Pear(add_header=lgpl)\"|-l \"Pear(add_header=pear)\""
ChoicesReadable="PHP|BSD|Apache|LGPL|PEAR"
Description="Adds header information to a file. These can be Php, BSD, Apache, LGPL or Pear license info."
EditorType=multiple
Enabled=true
ValueDefault=0

[Newline Class]
Category=0
Description=Add a new line after class before opening brace.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-l \"Pear(newline_class=true)\"|-l \"Pear(newline_class=false)\""
ValueDefault=1

[Newline Function]
Category=0
Description=Add a new line after function before opening brace.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-l \"Pear(newline_function=true)\"|-l \"Pear(newline_function=false)\""
ValueDefault=1

[New Lines Before]
CallName="-l \"NewLines(before="
Category=0
Description="Add new lines before specific keywords. Keywords are separated by a single colon. Example: if:switch:T_CLASS
The string MUST end with a closing brace and an escaped double quote."
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault="if:switch:T_CLASS)\""

[New Lines After]
CallName="-l \"NewLines(after="
Category=0
Description="Add new lines after specific keywords. Keywords are separated by a single colon. Example: T_COMMENT:function
The string MUST end with a closing brace and an escaped double quote."
EditorType=string
Enabled=false
ValueDefault="T_COMMENT:function)\""

[Arrays Nested]
Category=0
Description=
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-l \"ArrayNested()\"|"
ValueDefault=0

[Lowercase]
Category=0
Description=Lowercases all control structures.
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse="-l \"Lowercase()\"|"
ValueDefault=0

[List Class And Functions]
Category=0
Choices="-l \"ListClassFunction(list_classes=true)\"|-l \"ListClassFunction(list_functions=true)\"|-l \"ListClassFunction()\""
ChoicesReadable="List Classes|List Functions|List Classes And Functions"
Description=Create a list of functions and classes in the script By default, this Filter puts the list at the beggining of the script. If you want it in another position, put a comment like that 
 // Class and Function List 
 The script lookup for the string 'Class and Function List' in a comment and replace the entire comment with the list.
EditorType=multiple
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=0

[Indent Styles]
Category=0
Choices="-l \"IndentStyles(style=k&r)\"|-l \"IndentStyles(style=allman)\"|-l \"IndentStyles(style=whitesmiths)\"|-l \"IndentStyles(style=gnu)\""
ChoicesReadable="K&R|Allman|Whitesmiths|GNU"
Description=
EditorType=multiple
Enabled=false
ValueDefault=0
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_pindent.ini0000770000000000017510000000311511700107426022026 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories=General options
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
configFilename=
fileTypes=*.py
indenterFileName=pindent.py
indenterName=PIndent (Python)
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter=
manual=http://coverage.livinglogic.de/Tools/scripts/pindent.py.html
outputFileName=indentinput
outputFileParameter=none
stringparaminquotes=false
parameterOrder=pio
showHelpParameter=
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter=
version="from Python 2.5.1 package"

[End directives]
Category=0
Description="Complete takes a valid Python program as input and outputs a version augmented with block-closing comments (add #end directives).
Or Delete assumes its input is a Python program with block-closing comments and outputs a commentless version(delete #end directives).
Or Reformat assumes its input is a Python program with block-closing comments but with its indentation messed up, and outputs a properly indented version (use #end directives)."
Enabled=true
EditorType=multiple
Choices="-c|-d|-r"
ChoicesReadable="Complete|Delete|Reformat"
ValueDefault=0

[Step size]
Category=0
Description="Sets the indentation step size."
Enabled=true
EditorType=numeric
CallName="-s "
MinVal=0
MaxVal=999
ValueDefault=8

[Tab size]
Category=0
Description="Sets the number of spaces a tab character is worth."
Enabled=true
EditorType=numeric
CallName="-t "
MinVal=0
MaxVal=999
ValueDefault=8

[Convert Tabs]
Category=0
Description="Expand TABs into spaces."
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-e|
ValueDefault=0
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_psti.ini0000770000000000017510000001040711700107426021346 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories=General options|Spaces|Indentation|Alignments
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
configFilename=psti.cfg
fileTypes=*.sql
indenterFileName=psti.exe
indenterName=Pl/Sql tidy (Pl/Sql)
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter="-i "
manual=http://psti.equinoxbase.com/manual.html
outputFileName=indentoutput
outputFileParameter="-o "
stringparaminquotes=false
parameterOrder=iop
showHelpParameter=-h
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter="-ls "
version=1.2

[Disable all switches]
Category=0
Description="Sets all switches to off."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-0|
ValueDefault=0

[Uppercase Keywords]
Category=0
Description="Uppercase Keywords."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-uk+|-uk-
ValueDefault=0

[Capitalized Keywords]
Category=0
Description="Capitalized Keywords."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-ck+|-ck-
ValueDefault=0

[Lowercase Keywords]
Category=0
Description="Lowercase Keywords."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-lk+|-lk-
ValueDefault=0

[Uppercase Identifiers]
Category=0
Description="Uppercase Identifiers."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-ui+|-ui-
ValueDefault=0

[Lowercase Identifiers]
Category=0
Description="Lowercase Identifiers."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-li+|-li-
ValueDefault=0

[Capitalized Identifiers]
Category=0
Description="Capitalized Identifiers."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-ci+|-ci-
ValueDefault=0

[Compactify]
Category=1
Description="Compactify, remove redundant spaces/keep."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-c+|-c-
ValueDefault=0

[Remove Operation Spaces]
Category=1
Description="Remove spaces around operations (+,- etcdo nothing/)."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-co+|-co-
ValueDefault=0

[Add Operation Spaces]
Category=1
Description="Add space around operations/do nothing."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-sao+|-sao-
ValueDefault=0

[Remove Space Open Bracket]
Category=1
Description="Remove spaces after opening brackets/keep."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-rsaob+|-rsaob-
ValueDefault=0

[Don't Remove Bracket Space]
Category=1
Description="Don't remove spaces around brackets/do nothing."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-ncb+|-ncb-
ValueDefault=0

[Indent Size]
Category=2
Description="Indent size in spaces or in tabs (generally)."
Enabled=true
EditorType=numeric
CallName="-is "
MinVal=0
MaxVal=1024
ValueDefault=4

[Indent Lines]
Category=2
Description="Whether to indent strings lines."
Enabled=true
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-in+|-in-
ValueDefault=1

[Keep relative indentation]
Category=2
Description="Keep the relative identation of an allowed sql/do nothing."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-rs+|-rs-
ValueDefault=0

[Indent after exception]
Category=2
Description="Extra indentation after exception when yes/no."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-iaew+|-iaew-
ValueDefault=0

[Indent after case]
Category=2
Description="Extra indentation after case when yes/no."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-iacw+|-iacw-
ValueDefault=0

[Indent after cursor]
Category=2
Description="Extra indentation after cursor yes/no."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-iac+|-iac-
ValueDefault=0

[Indent comments]
Category=2
Description="Indent standalone comments."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-isc+|-isc-
ValueDefault=0

[Indent comments special]
Category=2
Description="Indent standalone comments in some special cases too."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-isc2+|-isc2-
ValueDefault=0

[Indent inside comments]
Category=2
Description="Indent inside comments/do nothing."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-iic+|-iic-
ValueDefault=0

[Column alignment]
Category=3
Description="Column like lists inside brackets."
Enabled=false
EditorType=boolean
TrueFalse=-clb+|-clb-
ValueDefault=0
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_rbeautify.ini0000770000000000017510000000062411700107426022361 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories=
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
configFilename=
fileTypes=*.rb
indenterFileName=rbeautify.rb
indenterName=Ruby Script Beautifier (Ruby)
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter=
manual=http://www.arachnoid.com/ruby/rubyBeautifier.html
outputFileName=indentinput
outputFileParameter=none
parameterOrder=pio
showHelpParameter=
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter=
version=2.9
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_rubyformatter.ini0000770000000000017510000000114511700107426023273 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories=General
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
configFilename=
fileTypes=*.rb
indenterFileName=ruby_formatter.rb
indenterName=Simple Ruby Formatter (Ruby)
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter=
manual=http://raa.ruby-lang.org/project/ruby_formatter/
outputFileName=indentinput
outputFileParameter=none
parameterOrder=pio
showHelpParameter=
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter=
version=Rev 0.6.1

[indent spaces]
CallName="-s "
Category=0
Description=Indent using # spaces per indent
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=false
MaxVal=20
MinVal=2
ValueDefault=4universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_shellindent.ini0000770000000000017510000000061611700107426022701 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories=
cfgFileParameterEnding=" "
configFilename=
fileTypes=*.sh
indenterFileName=shellindent.awk
indenterName=Shell Code Indent (sh)
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter=
manual=http://www.bolthole.com/AWK.html
outputFileName=
outputFileParameter=stdout
parameterOrder=pio
showHelpParameter=
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter=
version=2008-01-10
universalindentgui-1.2.0/indenters/uigui_tidy.ini0000770000000000017510000006477411700107426021360 0ustar  rootvboxsf[header]
categories="HTML, XHTML, XML|Diagnostics|Pretty Print|Character Encoding|Miscellaneous"
cfgFileParameterEnding=cr
configFilename=htmltidy.cfg
fileTypes=*.html|*.htm
indenterFileName=tidy
indenterName=(HTML) Tidy
inputFileName=indentinput
inputFileParameter=
manual=http://tidy.sourceforge.net/docs/tidy_man.html
outputFileName=indentoutput
outputFileParameter="-o "
parameterOrder=poi
showHelpParameter=-h
stringparaminquotes=false
useCfgFileParameter="-q -config "
version=2007-05-24

[Quiet]
Category=4
Description="This option specifies if Tidy should output the summary of the numbers of errors and warnings, or the welcome or informational messages."
EditorType=boolean
Enabled=true
TrueFalse=quiet:yes|quiet:no
ValueDefault=1

[Uppercase tags]
Category=0
Description=This option specifies if Tidy should output tag names in upper case. The default is no, which results in lower case tag names, except for XML input, where the original case is preserved.
EditorType=boolean
Enabled=false
TrueFalse=uppercase-tags:yes|uppercase-tags:no
ValueDefault=0

[accessibility-check]
CallName=accessibility-check:
Category=1
Description="This option specifies what level of accessibility checking, if any, that Tidy should do. Level 0 is equivalent to Tidy Classic's accessibility checking. For more information on Tidy's accessibility checking, visit the Adaptive Technology Resource Centre at the University of Toronto."
EditorType=numeric
Enabled=true
MaxVal=3
MinVal=0
ValueDefault=0

[add-xml-decl]
Category=0
Description="This option specifies if Tidy should add the XML declaration when outputting XML or XHTML. Note that if the input already includes an  declaration then this option will be ignored. If the encoding for the output is different from 'ascii', one of the utf encodings or 'raw', the declaration is always added as required by the XML standard."
EditorType=boolean
Enabled=false
TrueFalse=add-xml-decl:yes|add-xml-decl:no
ValueDefault=0

[add-xml-space]
Category=0
Description="This option specifies if Tidy should add xml:space='preserve' to elements such as 
, 





    
UiGUI Screenshot

    

    

    

        Ever concerned about how your code looks like?

        Ever heard of different indenting styles, for example K&R?

        Ever received code from someone else who didn't care about code formatting?

        Ever tried to configure a code indenter to convert such code to your coding style?

        Ever got bored by that tedious "changing a parameter"-"call the indeter"-"try and error" procedure?

    


    

        Help is close to you. UniversalIndentGUI offers a live preview for setting the parameters of nearly any indenter.
        You change the value of a parameter and directly see how your reformatted code will look like. Save your beauty looking
        code or create an anywhere usable batch/shell script to reformat whole directories or just one file even out of the
        editor of your choice that supports external tool calls.


        Many free available code beautifier, formatter and indenter are currently supported, like GNU Indent, Uncrustify,
        Artistic Styler, PHP Stylist, Ruby Beautify, HTML Tidy and many other (look at features for complete list).
        Currently not supported indenters can be easyly added by creating a configuration file for them.


        Thus UniversalIndentGUI is open for nearly any new indenter and programming languages. Give it a try.
        Perhaps you'll also find an indenter for your programming language that you even didn't know that it exists.
    



    
Features

    

        
    
            
  • Live Preview: change an indenter parameter and directly see how your formatted code will look like.
    • 
            
  • Support for nearly any existing indenter possible. Currently supported are:
    • 
            UiGUI Screenshot
            
            
  • Easy adding of new indenters: just create a parameter definition file for the new indenter.
    • 
            
  • Load and save different indenter configurations.
    • 
            
  • Reset to indenters default parameters.
    • 
            
  • By the above named indenters currently supported programming languages:
    • 
            UiGUI Screenshot
            
      
                
    • C, C++
      • 
                
    • C#
      • 
                
    • Cobol
      • 
                
    • CSS
      • 
                
    • D
      • 
                
    • Fortran
      • 
                
    • HTML
      • 
                
    • Java
      • 
                
    • JavaScript
      • 
                
    • JSP
      • 
                
    • Objective-C
      • 
                
    • Pawn
      • 
                
    • Perl
      • 
                
    • PHP
      • 
                
    • Pl/Sql
      • 
                
    • Python
      • 
                
    • Ruby
      • 
                
    • Shellscript
      • 
                
    • VALA
      • 
                
    • Visual Basic
      • 
                
    • XML
      • 
                
    • XSL
      • 
            
    
            
  • Syntax highlighting for all of these languages except for Pawn and VALA
    • 
            
  • Really easy to handle user interface.
    • 
            
  • Tooltips for each indenter parameter.
    • 
            
  • Creation of batch/shell scripts.
    • 
            
  • HTML and PDF export of your code.
    • 
            
  • PortableMode and MultiUserMode: In portable mode only uses its own subdirectories for temporary writing.
    • 
            
  • Multiple languages: English, German, Traditional Chinese, Russian, Ukrainian, partly Japanese.
    • 
            
  • Drag'n Drop of source code files.
    • 
            
  • Support for many different file encodings, like Korean KOI8-R or Chinese BIG5.
    • 
            
  • Possibility to edit your code while live preview is turned on. Yeah, thats really live! (but positions cursor wrong sometimes depending on the used indenter :-( )
    • 
            
  • Code completion.
    • 
            
  • Automatic update check. Does check only once a day and can be disabled.
    • 
            
  • A nice about dialog. Errrmm, ok beneath all the mean stuff this is somehow the programmers playground ;-)
    • 
        

    

    

        Also a Notepad++ plugin version is available.
        The programming project for that is currently only available as Visual Studio C++ 2005 project file.
        Also this plugin has some problems with its event handling, because it is running as a DLL inside of Notepad++ event loop.
        This will be replaced with the upcoming UiGUI server functionality. See future plans for more about that.
    


    
Supported and tested platforms

    

        
    
            
  • Windows 32 bit
    • 
            
  • Linux 32 and 64 bit
    • 
            
  • Mac OS X >= 10.4 (currently Intel only. PPC produced mysterious linker error)
    • 
        

    


    
How to install / build UniversalIndentGUI

    

        If you downloaded a complete binary package/archive for your system from SourceForge, you only need to unpack it and
        can run it out of the box. Also all free available indenters for your platform are included. Doing it that way,
        UiGUI will run in portable mode.
    

    

        But if you'd like to build UiGUI from source, follow these steps:
        
    
            
  1. Download, unpack, configure and compile
            Qt
            >= 4.4.0. Make your QTDIR and QMAKESPEC settings. Or install Qt via a package manager.
    2. 
            
  2. Download, unpack, compile and install
            QScintilla
            >= 2.2.
    3. 
            
  3. Checkout UiGUI: svn co https://universalindent.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/universalindent/trunk universalindentgui
    4. 
            
  4. In the checked out directory run "qmake UniversalIndentGUI.pro".
    5. 
            
  5. Run "make release".
    6. 
            
  6. Install it
    7. 
            
      
                
    1. 
                    Windows and Mac:
      
                    For testing on Windows/Mac download the indenter binary package from sourceforge and extract it into the
                    directory where you checked out the code (in the upper example that is "universalindentgui").
                    Then move the file "UniversalIndentGUI.exe" (on Mac the directory "UniversalIndentGUI") from the
                    "release" directory also to that directory. Starting UiGUI from this directory will run it
                    in portable mode.
                
      2. 
                
    2. 
                    Linux:
      
                    Run "sudo make install" installs for multi user mode. Install supported indenters via package manager for
                    example. For portable mode just skip "make install" and move the file "universalindentgui" from the "release"
                    directory into the directory where you checked out the code (in the upper example that is
                    "universalindentgui").
                
      3. 
            
    
        

        Indenter binary packages can be downloaded from the project at SourceForge
        here.
        
Beneath the possibility to build UiGUI using qmake, also project files for Visual Studio 2005
        and XCode are included.

    


    
Used Qt techniques

    
This list shows some selected functionalities that Qt offers and that I use with UiGUI.

    
    
        
  • Translations are done with
        QTranslator,
        QLocale and Linguist.
    • 
        
  • File encodings are supported by using
        QTextCodec
        and QTextStream.
    • 
        
  • QScriptEngine
        and QScriptValue
        is included for executing JavaScript files used as indenters.
    • 
        
  • QGraphicsView
        and QGraphicsProxyWidget
        for creating an animated 3D about dialog, simulating that is done on the whole desktop by using
        the screenshot capability of Qt.
    • 
        
  • Stylesheet settings give the about dialog a special look. Also gradients are used.
    • 
        
  • QHttp
        and QUrl
        are used for the update check.
    • 
        
  • QSettings
        is responsible for storing the application and syntax highlighter settings.
    • 
        
  • QTcpServer
        and QTcpSocket
        build the base for the UiGUI Server.
    • 
        
  • Of course I use the Qt tools qmake, lupdate, lrelease, Designer, Linguist and my very best friend the Assistant.
    • 
    


    
Future plans

    
    
        
  • Exchangeable source code view. Mainly adding a "Live Diff View" where you can see the unformatted
        code and the formatted one side by side with changes highlighted.
    • 
        
  • Bring functionality to the UiGUI server so that he can be run anywhere and a client plugin in any editor
        like Eclipse or Notepad++ can communicate with it. Thus the client plugin can be written in any language
        supporting TCP/IP connections and send to be formatted code to the server. Also some settings might be
        made via that conncection. Plans are going on, so stay tuned.
    • 
        
  • Batch/Multiple file and directory indenting, so that the user can throw a bunch of files or directories
        into a list and click on "Do it", so they all will get formatted.
    • 
    


    
Thanks

    Here I'd like to say "thank you" to all those guys, who helped me improving UiGUI. May it be doing some
    translations, creating packages for Linux, letting me know about bugs or ways to improve or just saying
    that they found my application helpful and that they like it. So:


    
Thank you all out there!!


    
Disclaimer

    You may use this software on your own risk. I am not responsible for any system damage or loss of data.
    Respect the GPL! UiGUI is being released under
    GPL 2.
    You will also find the license in the included file "LICENSE.GPL".


universalindentgui-1.2.0/INSTALL.txt0000770000000000017510000000103511700107426016335 0ustar  rootvboxsfHow to install UniversalIndentGUI
---------------------------------

Well, there is no need to install this application at all. While you are reading this file, 
you obviously already have unpacked the archive and thats all you need to do. You can start
the program by calling its executable. On Windows thats "UniversalIndentGUI.exe" and on any
other system it is "UniversalIndentGUI".

No additional libraries are needed.

For information about how to build UniversalIndentGUI from source, have a look into the
file readme.html.universalindentgui-1.2.0/UniversalIndentGUI.pro0000770000000000017510000001672311700107426020701 0ustar  rootvboxsfTEMPLATE = app
QT += network
QT += script

unix:TARGET = universalindentgui
win32:TARGET = UniversalIndentGUI
macx:TARGET = UniversalIndentGUI

DEPENDPATH += resources \
              src \
              debug \
              release

INCLUDEPATH += src

CONFIG += debug_and_release

macx {
 # If using as framework qscintilla needs to be build with:
 # qmake -spec macx-g++ CONFIG+=sdk CONFIG+=x86_64 CONFIG+=x86 CONFIG+=lib_bundle qscintilla.pro && make && sudo make install
 #LIBS += -framework qscintilla2
 LIBS += -lqscintilla2
 ICON = resources/UniversalIndentGUI.icns
}
else {
 LIBS += -lqscintilla2
}

CONFIG(release, debug|release) {

win32:pipe2nul = ">NUL"
unix:pipe2nul = "&> /dev/null"
macx:pipe2nul = "&> /dev/null"


# Language file processing
##########################
message(Updating language files)
lupdate = lupdate
unix:lupdate = lupdate-qt4
macx:lupdate = lupdate
lrelease = lrelease
unix:lrelease = lrelease-qt4
macx:lrelease = lrelease
# Update translation files
message ( Updating universalindent.ts )
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent.ts -silent)
message ( Updating universalindent_de.ts )
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_de.ts -silent)
message ( Updating universalindent_fr.ts )
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_fr.ts -silent)
message ( Updating universalindent_ja.ts )
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_ja.ts -silent)
message ( Updating universalindent_ru.ts )
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_ru.ts -silent)
message ( Updating universalindent_uk.ts )
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_uk.ts -silent)
message ( Updating universalindent_zh_TW.ts )
system($${lupdate} src -ts ./translations/universalindent_zh_TW.ts -silent)


# Create translation binaries
message ( Creating translation binaries )
system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_de.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_de.qm -silent)
system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_fr.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_fr.qm -silent)
system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_ja.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_ja.qm -silent)
system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_ru.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_ru.qm -silent)
system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_uk.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_uk.qm -silent)
system($${lrelease} ./translations/universalindent_zh_TW.ts -qm ./translations/universalindent_zh_TW.qm -silent)

# Copy Qts own translation files to the local translation directory
message ( Copy Qts own translation files to the local translation directory )
qtTranslationInstallDir = $$[QT_INSTALL_TRANSLATIONS]
win32:qtTranslationInstallDir = $$replace(qtTranslationInstallDir, /, \\)
unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_de.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul)
unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_fr.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul)
unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_ja.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul)
unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_ru.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul)
unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_uk.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul)
unix:system(cp $${qtTranslationInstallDir}/qt_zh_TW.qm ./translations/ $$pipe2nul)
win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_de.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul)
win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_fr.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul)
win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_ja.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul)
win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_ru.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul)
win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_uk.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul)
win32:system(copy $${qtTranslationInstallDir}\\qt_zh_TW.qm .\\translations\\ /Y $$pipe2nul)

# Defining files that shall be installed when calling "make install"
####################################################################
# Create and install man page
exists( ./doc/universalindentgui.1* ) {
    unix:system(rm ./doc/universalindentgui.1*)
}
unix:system(cp ./doc/universalindentgui.man ./doc/universalindentgui.1)
unix:system(gzip -9 ./doc/universalindentgui.1)
unix:documentation.path = /usr/share/man/man1
unix:documentation.files = doc/universalindentgui.1.gz

# Install indenter ini files, examples and some indenters
unix:indenters.path = /usr/share/universalindentgui/indenters
unix:indenters.files = indenters/uigui_*.ini
unix:indenters.files += indenters/example.*
unix:indenters.files += indenters/JsDecoder.js
unix:indenters.files += indenters/phpStylist.php
unix:indenters.files += indenters/phpStylist.txt
unix:indenters.files += indenters/pindent.py
unix:indenters.files += indenters/pindent.txt
unix:indenters.files += indenters/rbeautify.rb
unix:indenters.files += indenters/ruby_formatter.rb
unix:indenters.files += indenters/shellindent.awk

# Install translation files
unix:translation.path = /usr/share/universalindentgui/translations
unix:translation.files = translations/*.qm

# Install highlighter default config
unix:highlighterconfig.path = /usr/share/universalindentgui/config
unix:highlighterconfig.files = config/UiGuiSyntaxHighlightConfig.ini

# Install binary
unix:target.path = /usr/bin

# Set everything that shall be installed
unix:INSTALLS += target \
                 highlighterconfig \
                 indenters \
                 translation \
                 documentation

}

CONFIG(debug, debug|release) {
    DESTDIR = ./debug
    DEFINES += _DEBUG DEBUG
} else {
    DESTDIR = ./release
}

MOC_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/moc
UI_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/uic
OBJECTS_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/obj
RCC_DIR = $${DESTDIR}/qrc

#message ( destdir is $${DESTDIR}. uic is $${UI_DIR}. moc is $${MOC_DIR})

# Input
HEADERS += src/AboutDialog.h \
           src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.h \
           src/IndentHandler.h \
           src/MainWindow.h \
           src/SettingsPaths.h \
           src/TemplateBatchScript.h \
           src/UiGuiErrorMessage.h \
           src/UiGuiHighlighter.h \
           src/UiGuiIndentServer.h \
           src/UiGuiIniFileParser.h \
           src/UiGuiSettings.h \
           src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.h \
           src/UiGuiSystemInfo.h \
           src/UiGuiVersion.h \
           src/UpdateCheckDialog.h \
           src/debugging/TSLogger.h


FORMS += src/MainWindow.ui \
         src/ToolBarWidget.ui \
         src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.ui \
         src/AboutDialog.ui \
         src/UpdateCheckDialog.ui \
         src/debugging/TSLoggerDialog.ui

SOURCES += src/AboutDialog.cpp \
           src/AboutDialogGraphicsView.cpp \
           src/IndentHandler.cpp \
           src/main.cpp \
           src/MainWindow.cpp \
           src/SettingsPaths.cpp \
           src/TemplateBatchScript.cpp \
           src/UiGuiErrorMessage.cpp \
           src/UiGuiHighlighter.cpp \
           src/UiGuiIndentServer.cpp \
           src/UiGuiIniFileParser.cpp \
           src/UiGuiSettings.cpp \
           src/UiGuiSettingsDialog.cpp \
           src/UiGuiSystemInfo.cpp \
           src/UiGuiVersion.cpp \
           src/UpdateCheckDialog.cpp \
           src/debugging/TSLogger.cpp

RESOURCES += resources/Icons.qrc
RC_FILE    = resources/programicon.rc



#message(Creating symbolic links within target dir for debugging)
#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/config ./debug/config)
#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/indenters ./debug/indenters)
#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/translations ./debug/translations)
#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/config ./release/config)
#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/indenters ./release/indenters)
#macx:system(ln -s $$PWD/translations ./release/translations)
universalindentgui-1.2.0/LICENSE.GPL0000770000000000017510000004356411700107426016131 0ustar  rootvboxsf You may use, distribute and copy the UniversalIndentGUI under the terms of
 GNU General Public License version 2, which is displayed below.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
		       Version 2, June 1991

 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
            51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

			    Preamble

  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
your programs, too.

  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.

  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.

  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.

  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.

  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.

  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.

  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.

		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION

  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".

Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.

  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.

You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.

  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:

    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.

    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
    parties under the terms of this License.

    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)

These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.

Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.

In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.

  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:

    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,

    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
    customarily used for software interchange; or,

    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
    received the program in object code or executable form with such
    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)

The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.

If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.

  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.

  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.

  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.

  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.

If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.

It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.

This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.

  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.

  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.

Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.

  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.

			    NO WARRANTY

  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.

  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

	    How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs

  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.

  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.

    
    Copyright (C)   

    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.

    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.

    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA


Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.

If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:

    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.

The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.

You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:

  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.

  , 1 April 1989
  Ty Coon, President of Vice

This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------